re-sync after the big svn loss

76 files changed, 121988 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/Makefile b/perl-install/install/help/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cca58ff11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+help:
+	@if [ ! -d doc ]; then \
+		echo "Checking out doc stuff now ..."; \
+		cvs -d :ext:cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker co doc/manualB/{entities,manuals,modules}; \
+	else \
+		echo "Updating doc stuff now ..."; \
+		cd doc ; cvs update manualB/{entities,manuals,modules}; \
+	fi
+	./help_xml2pm.pl
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/help.pm b/perl-install/install/help/help.pm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dd30f1457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/help.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,862 @@
+package install::help::help;
+use common;
+use utf8;
+
+push @::textdomains, 'DrakX-help';
+
+1;
+
+# IMPORTANT: Do not edit this File - It is automatically generated 
+#            from the manuals !!! 
+#            Write a mail to <documentation@mandriva.com> if
+#            you want it changed.
+sub acceptLicense() {
+    N("Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It
+covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the
+terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"
+button will reboot your computer.", N("Accept"), N("Quit"));
+}
+sub addUser() {
+    N("GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her
+own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the
+system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be authorized
+to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,
+protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could
+impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular
+user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,
+day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do
+anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple
+mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a
+serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll
+lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.
+
+The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory
+-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word
+you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name
+this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override
+the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.
+From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is
+not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it
+by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones
+at risk.
+
+Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one
+of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're
+finished adding users.
+
+Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for
+that user (bash by default).
+
+When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who
+will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If
+you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local
+security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on
+\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box.", N("User name"), N("Accept user"), N("Next"), N("Advanced"), N("Next"), N("Do you want to use this feature?"));
+}
+sub ask_mntpoint_s() {
+    N("Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.
+You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most
+common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a
+root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not
+be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a
+separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition
+(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).
+
+Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".
+
+\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",
+\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").
+
+\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and
+\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.
+
+\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE
+hard drives:
+
+ * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".
+
+With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means
+\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.");
+}
+sub chooseCd() {
+    N("The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a
+selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current
+CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested
+CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be
+installed.", N("Cancel"));
+}
+sub choosePackages() {
+    N("It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.
+There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make it
+simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar
+applications.
+
+Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and
+match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''
+installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category
+installed.
+
+ * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or
+more of the groups in the workstation category.
+
+ * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the
+appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will
+configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the
+Linux Standard Base specifications.
+
+   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,
+instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance
+of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will
+still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.
+
+ * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the
+more common services you wish to install on your machine.
+
+ * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical
+environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical
+interface available.
+
+Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory
+text about that group.
+
+You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the
+packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will
+be installed.
+
+If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups
+and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for
+repairing or updating an existing system.
+
+If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as
+opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options
+for a minimal installation:
+
+ * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a
+working graphical desktop.
+
+ * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their
+documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.
+
+ * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary
+to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a
+command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65
+megabytes.", N("Workstation"), N("Development"), N("Server"), N("Graphical Environment"), N("Individual package selection"), N("Upgrade"), N("With X"), N("With basic documentation"), N("Truly minimal install"));
+}
+sub choosePackagesTree() {
+    N("If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present
+a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While
+browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual
+packages.
+
+Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the
+right to let you know the purpose of that package.
+
+!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically
+chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,
+you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be
+installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed
+services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at
+the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that
+security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was
+finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do or
+why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install
+the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!
+
+The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears
+whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a
+dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of
+one particular package may require the installation of another package. The
+installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency
+to successfully complete the installation.
+
+The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a
+package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you
+have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking
+on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of
+another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create
+such a floppy.", N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Automatic dependencies"));
+}
+sub configureServices() {
+    N("This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot
+time.
+
+DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review
+each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot
+time.
+
+A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is
+selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,
+it is safer to leave the default behavior.
+
+!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a
+server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not need.
+Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a
+server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!");
+}
+sub configureTimezoneGMT() {
+    N("GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to
+local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your
+motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting
+\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the
+hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine
+also hosts another operating system.
+
+The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by
+connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to
+work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you
+choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time
+server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well.", N("Hardware clock set to GMT"), N("Automatic time synchronization"));
+}
+sub configureX_card_list() {
+    N("Graphic Card
+
+   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the
+graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can
+choose from this list the card you actually have installed.
+
+   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,
+with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which
+best suits your needs.");
+}
+sub configureX_chooser() {
+    N("X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface
+on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,
+WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.
+
+You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal
+graphical display.
+
+Graphic Card
+
+   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the
+graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can
+choose from this list the card you actually have installed.
+
+   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,
+with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which
+best suits your needs.
+
+
+
+Monitor
+
+   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the
+monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose
+from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.
+
+
+
+Resolution
+
+   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your
+graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be
+able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen
+configuration is shown in the monitor picture.
+
+
+
+Test
+
+   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.
+
+   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired
+resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",
+then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it
+means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and
+the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the
+menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.
+
+
+
+Options
+
+   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to
+automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may
+want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were
+not successful in getting the display configured.", N("Yes"), N("No"));
+}
+sub configureX_monitor() {
+    N("Monitor
+
+   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the
+monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose
+from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.");
+}
+sub configureX_resolution() {
+    N("Resolution
+
+   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your
+graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be
+able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen
+configuration is shown in the monitor picture.");
+}
+sub configureX_xfree_and_glx() {
+    N("In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with
+or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best
+suits your needs.");
+}
+sub configureXxdm() {
+    N("Options
+
+   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to
+automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may
+want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were
+not successful in getting the display configured.", N("No"));
+}
+sub doPartitionDisks() {
+    N("You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux
+operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an
+existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to
+partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to
+logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new
+Mandriva Linux system.
+
+Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible
+and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful
+for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which
+simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the
+rest of this section and above all, take your time.
+
+Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are
+available:
+
+ * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank
+drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.
+
+ * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on
+your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then
+be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.
+The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's
+a good idea to keep them.
+
+ * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes
+all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for
+GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and
+data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows
+FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any
+data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.
+Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is
+recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on
+the same computer.
+
+   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this
+procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller
+than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows
+to store your data or to install new software.
+
+ * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on
+your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, choose
+this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this operation
+after you confirm.
+
+   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!
+
+ * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by
+Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the
+drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.
+
+   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!
+
+ * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard
+drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very
+easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only
+recommended if you have done something like this before and have some
+experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,
+refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''.", N("Use free space"), N("Use existing partition"), N("Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition"), N("Erase entire disk"), N("Remove Microsoft Windows®"), N("Custom disk partitioning"));
+}
+sub exitInstall() {
+    N("There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is
+ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget
+to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you
+should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the
+boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.
+
+The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:
+
+ * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will
+automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,
+similar to the installation you've just configured.
+
+   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that
+button:
+
+    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning
+step is the only interactive procedure.
+
+    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely
+rewritten, all data is lost.
+
+   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar
+machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more
+information.
+
+ * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.
+To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and
+start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux
+defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.
+
+(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type
+\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat
+/dev/fd0\".", N("Reboot"), N("Advanced"), N("Generate auto-install floppy"), N("Replay"), N("Automated"), N("Save packages selection"));
+}
+sub formatPartitions() {
+    N("If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to
+reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please
+select those partitions as well.
+
+Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing
+partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating
+system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to reformat
+partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").
+
+Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is
+completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you
+will not be able to recover it.
+
+Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.
+
+Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new
+Mandriva Linux operating system installation.
+
+Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for
+bad blocks on the disk.", N("Next"), N("Previous"), N("Advanced"));
+}
+sub installUpdates() {
+    N("By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will
+have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,
+security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,
+you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you
+have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install
+updated packages later.
+
+Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can
+be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree
+will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install
+the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort.", N("Yes"), N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Install"), N("Cancel"));
+}
+sub miscellaneous() {
+    N("At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire
+for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set
+higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly
+exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is
+generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.
+
+If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able
+to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux
+Control Center.
+
+Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for
+security. Security messages will be sent to that address.", N("Security Administrator"));
+}
+sub partition_with_diskdrake() {
+    N("At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the
+installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been
+defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another
+partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive
+partitions must be defined.
+
+To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select
+the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,
+``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.
+
+To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:
+
+ * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive
+
+ * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap
+partitions in the free space of your hard drive
+
+\"%s\": gives access to additional features:
+
+ * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later
+partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you
+perform this step.
+
+ * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a
+floppy disk.
+
+ * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it
+using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always
+work.
+
+ * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was
+originally on the hard drive.
+
+ * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and
+unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.
+
+ * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your
+hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of
+partitioning.
+
+ * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.
+
+ * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)
+and gives more information about the hard drive.
+
+ * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will
+save your changes back to disk.
+
+When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition
+size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.
+
+Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the
+partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.
+
+When a partition is selected, you can use:
+
+ * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)
+
+ * Ctrl-d to delete a partition
+
+ * Ctrl-m to set the mount point
+
+To get information about the different file system types available, please
+read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.
+
+If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS
+``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot
+bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you
+may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for
+emergency boot situations.", N("Clear all"), N("Auto allocate"), N("More"), N("Save partition table"), N("Restore partition table"), N("Rescue partition table"), N("Reload partition table"), N("Removable media auto-mounting"), N("Wizard"), N("Undo"), N("Toggle between normal/expert mode"), N("Done"));
+}
+sub resizeFATChoose() {
+    N("More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.
+Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new
+Mandriva Linux operating system.
+
+Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"
+\"Capacity\".
+
+\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",
+\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").
+
+\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and
+\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.
+
+\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE
+hard drives:
+
+ * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".
+
+With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means
+\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.
+
+\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first
+disk or partition is called \"C:\").");
+}
+sub selectCountry() {
+    N("\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,
+click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in the
+list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list.", N("Country / Region"), N("Configure"), N("More"));
+}
+sub selectInstallClass() {
+    N("This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been
+found on your machine.
+
+DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an
+upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:
+
+ * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.
+However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of
+your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.
+If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change
+the file system, you should use this option.
+
+ * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages
+currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current partitioning
+scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration
+steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.
+
+Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems
+running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior
+to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended.", N("Install"), N("Upgrade"));
+}
+sub selectKeyboard() {
+    N("Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a
+particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits
+you or choose another keyboard layout.
+
+Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your
+language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may
+have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,
+you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and
+country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step
+will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.
+
+Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.
+
+If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next
+dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the
+keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts.", N("More"));
+}
+sub selectLanguage() {
+    N("The first step is to choose your preferred language.
+
+Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the
+documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're
+located in, then the language you speak.
+
+Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to
+be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific
+files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish
+users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in
+the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.
+
+About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to
+cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is
+still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 will
+depend on the user's choices:
+
+ * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1
+languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most
+iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;
+
+ * Other languages will use unicode by default;
+
+ * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using
+the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;
+
+ * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a
+user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which
+languages were been chosen.
+
+Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You
+may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.
+Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,
+etc. will also be installed for that language.
+
+To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can
+launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used
+by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only
+change the language settings for that particular user.", N("Advanced"), N("Espanol"), N("Use Unicode by default"), N("All languages"));
+}
+sub selectMouse() {
+    N("Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your
+mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will
+configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a
+two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and
+right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses
+a PS/2, serial or USB interface.
+
+If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"
+mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the
+wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse
+pointer up and down.
+
+If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it
+from the list provided.
+
+You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which
+will work with nearly all mice.
+
+If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be
+displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are
+correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not
+working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and
+you will be returned to the mouse list.
+
+Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to
+select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to
+the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and
+pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.
+Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you
+scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.
+Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you
+move your mouse about.", N("with Wheel emulation"), N("Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"), N("Next"));
+}
+sub selectSerialPort() {
+    N("Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under
+Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux.");
+}
+sub setRootPassword() {
+    N("This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux
+system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system
+administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,
+change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can
+do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to
+guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you
+can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise
+against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other
+operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and
+unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the
+partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become
+\"root\".
+
+The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8
+characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far
+too easy to compromise your system.
+
+One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because you
+must be able to remember it!
+
+The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the
+chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If
+you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this
+``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".
+
+If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,
+click on the \"%s\" button.
+
+If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication
+services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which
+one to use, you should ask your network administrator.
+
+If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your
+computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust
+everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\".", N("Advanced"), N("authentication"), N("No password"));
+}
+sub setupBootloaderBeginner() {
+    N("A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot
+time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot
+loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot
+sector and act according to what it finds there:
+
+ * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO
+boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other
+OS installed on your machine.
+
+ * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.
+
+If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you
+where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.
+Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if you
+know what you're doing.", N("First sector of drive (MBR)"), N("Skip"));
+}
+sub setupDefaultSpooler() {
+    N("Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other
+operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of
+the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.
+
+ * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice
+if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to
+panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"
+will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used
+within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your
+first experience with GNU/Linux.
+
+ * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent
+choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the
+planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for
+the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older
+operating systems which may still need print services. While quite
+powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to
+emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.
+\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer
+options and for managing the printer.
+
+If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing
+system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux
+Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button.", N("pdq"), N("pdq"), N("CUPS"), N("CUPS"), N("Expert"));
+}
+sub setupSCSI() {
+    N("DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will
+also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is
+found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.
+
+Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting
+your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.
+
+If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you
+want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the
+hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the
+adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any
+issues.
+
+If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine
+which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually
+configure the driver.");
+}
+sub sound_config() {
+    N("\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed
+here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your
+system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.", N("Sound card"));
+}
+sub summary() {
+    N("As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered
+about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you
+may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the
+hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current
+configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.
+
+ * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if
+necessary.
+
+ * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this
+country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country
+is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete
+country list.
+
+ * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country
+you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not
+correct.
+
+ * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button
+to change it if necessary.
+
+ * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed
+here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your
+system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.
+
+ * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its
+configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not
+detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.
+
+ * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with
+the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.
+
+ * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in
+\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on
+\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.
+
+ * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,
+you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the
+Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to benefit
+from full in-line help.
+
+ * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine
+you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.
+
+ * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a
+previous step ().
+
+ * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good
+idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult
+the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about
+firewall settings.
+
+ * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this
+button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed
+documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the
+Mandriva Linux Control Center.
+
+ * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run
+on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good
+idea to review this setup.", N("Configure"), N("Keyboard"), N("Country / Region"), N("Configure"), N("More"), N("Timezone"), N("Configure"), N("Mouse"), N("Sound card"), N("TV card"), N("Configure"), N("ISDN card"), N("Configure"), N("Graphical Interface"), N("Configure"), N("Network"), N("Proxies"), N("Security Level"), N("Firewall"), N("Bootloader"), N("Services"));
+}
+sub takeOverHdChoose() {
+    N("Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new
+Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost
+and will not be recoverable!");
+}
+sub takeOverHdConfirm() {
+    N("Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on
+this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able
+to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including
+any Windows data.
+
+Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions
+present on this hard drive.", N("Next ->"), N("Next ->"), N("<- Previous"));
+}
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/help_xml2pm.pl b/perl-install/install/help/help_xml2pm.pl
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..742bd9b78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/help_xml2pm.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+use XML::Parser;
+use MDK::Common;
+use utf8;
+
+my $dir = "doc/manualB/modules";
+my $xsltproc = "/usr/bin/xsltproc";
+
+if ( ! -x "$xsltproc" ){
+    print "You need to have \"$xsltproc\" - ";
+    print "so type \"urpmi libxslt-proc\" please.\n";
+    exit 1;
+}
+
+my %helps = map {
+    my $lang = $_;
+    my @l = grep { !/drakx-MNF-chapter/ } map { /(drakx-.*).xml$/ } all("$dir/$lang");
+    if (@l < 20) { () } else {
+	my $template_file = "$dir/$lang/drakx.xml";
+	my $file = "$dir/$lang/drakx_full.xml";
+    	output($template_file, template($lang, @l));
+	system("$xsltproc id.xsl $template_file > $file") == 0 or die "$xsltproc id.xsl $template_file failed\n";
+    
+	warn "parsing $file\n";
+	my $p = new XML::Parser(Style => 'Tree');
+	my $tree = $p->parsefile($file);
+
+	$lang => rewrite2(rewrite1(@$tree), $lang);
+    }
+} all($dir);
+
+my $base = delete $helps{en} || die;
+save_help($base);
+
+foreach my $lang (keys %helps) {
+    (my $rlang = $lang) =~ s/_(.*)/_\U$1/;
+    print "Now transforming: $lang\n";
+    open(my $F, ">:encoding(utf8)", "po/$rlang.po");
+    print $F <<EOF;
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\\n"
+
+EOF
+    foreach my $id (keys %{$helps{$lang}}) {
+#	warn "Writing id=$id in lang=$lang\n";
+	$base->{$id} or warn "$lang:$id doesn't exist in english\n", next;
+	print $F qq(# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:\n# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/$dir/$lang/drakx-chapter.xml\n);
+	print_in_PO($F, $base->{$id}[0], $helps{$lang}{$id}[0]);
+    }
+}
+unlink(".memdump");
+
+sub print_in_PO {
+    my ($F, $msgid, $msgstr) = @_;
+
+    print $F qq(msgid ""\n");
+    print $F join(qq(\\n"\n"), split "\n", $msgid);
+    print $F qq("\nmsgstr ""\n");
+    print $F join(qq(\\n"\n"), split "\n", $msgstr);
+    print $F qq("\n\n);
+}
+
+sub save_help {
+    my ($help, $inside_strings) = @_;
+
+    open(my $F, ">:encoding(utf8)", "help.pm");
+    print $F <<'EOF';
+package install::help::help;
+use common;
+use utf8;
+
+push @::textdomains, 'DrakX-help';
+
+1;
+
+# IMPORTANT: Do not edit this File - It is automatically generated 
+#            from the manuals !!! 
+#            Write a mail to <documentation@mandriva.com> if
+#            you want it changed.
+EOF
+    foreach (sort keys %$help) {
+	my ($main, @inside) = map { qq("$_") } @{$help->{$_}};
+	my $s = join(', ', $main, map { qq(N($_)) } @inside);
+	print STDERR "Writing id=$_\n";
+	print $F <<EOF;
+sub $_() {
+    N($s);
+}
+EOF
+	my @nb = $main =~ /\%s/g; @nb == @inside or die "help.pm error: bad \%s in sub $_\n";
+    }
+}
+
+# i don't like the default tree format given by XML::Parser,
+# rewrite it in my own tree format
+sub rewrite1 {
+    my ($tag, $tree) = @_;
+    my ($attr, @nodes) = @$tree;
+    my @l;
+    while (@nodes) {
+	my ($tag, $tree) = splice(@nodes, 0, 2);
+	if ($tag eq '0') {
+	    foreach ($tree) {
+		s/\s+/ /gs;
+		s/"/\\"/g;
+		s/\x{ad}//g;
+		s/\x{2013}/-/g;
+	    }
+	    push @l, $tree
+	} elsif ($tag eq 'screen') {
+	    $tree->[1] eq '0' or die "screen tag contains non CDATA\n";
+	    push @l, $tree->[2];
+	} else {
+	    push @l, rewrite1($tag, $tree);
+	}
+    }
+    { attr => $attr, tag => lc $tag, children => \@l };
+}
+
+# return the list of nodes named $tag
+sub find_tag {
+    my ($tag, $tree) = @_;
+    if (!ref($tree)) {
+	();
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq $tag) {
+	$tree;
+    } else {
+	map { find_tag($tag, $_) } @{$tree->{children}};
+    }
+}
+
+my $help;
+sub rewrite2 {
+    my ($tree, $lang) = @_;
+    our $i18ned_open_text_quote  = $ {{ 
+	fr => "« ",
+	de => "„",
+	es => "\\\"",
+	it => "\\\"",
+	zh_cn => "“"
+	}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_close_text_quote = $ {{ 
+	fr => " »",
+	de => "“",
+	es => "\\\"",
+	it => "\\\"",
+	zh_cn => "”"
+	}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_open_label_quote  = $ {{ fr => "« ", de => "„", zh_cn => "“"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_close_label_quote = $ {{ fr => " »", de => "“", zh_cn => "”"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_open_command_quote  = $ {{ fr => "« ", de => "„", zh_cn => "“"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_close_command_quote = $ {{ fr => " »", de => "“", zh_cn => "”"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_open_input_quote  = $ {{ fr => "« ", de => "»", zh_cn => "“"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_close_input_quote = $ {{ fr => " »", de => "«", zh_cn => "”"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_open_key_quote  = $ {{ de => "["}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_close_key_quote = $ {{ de => "]"}}{$lang};
+    # rewrite2_ fills in $help
+    $help = {};
+    rewrite2_($tree);
+    $help;
+}
+
+sub rewrite2_ {
+    my ($tree, @parents) = @_;
+    ref($tree) or return $tree;
+    !$tree->{attr}{condition} || $tree->{attr}{condition} !~ /no-inline-help/ or return '';
+
+    my ($id) = $tree->{attr}{id} ? $tree->{attr}{id} =~ /drakxid-([^-]+)$/ : ();
+
+    my @inside_strings;
+    my $text = do {
+	my @l = map { 
+	    my ($s, @l) = rewrite2_($_, $tree, @parents);
+	    push @inside_strings, @l;
+	    $s;
+	} @{$tree->{children}};
+	my $text = "";
+	foreach (@l) {
+	    s/^ // if $text =~ /\s$/;
+	    $text =~ s/ $// if /^\s/;
+	    $text =~ s/\n+$// if /^\n/;
+	    $text .= $_;
+	}
+	$text;
+    };
+
+    if ($id) {
+	my $t = $text;
+	$t =~ s/^\s+//;
+
+	my @footnotes = map { 
+	    my ($s, @l) = rewrite2_({ %$_, tag => 'para' });
+	    push @inside_strings, @l;
+	    $s =~ s/^\s+//;
+	    "(*) $s";
+	} find_tag('footnote', $tree);
+	$help->{$id} = [ aerate($t . join('', @footnotes)), @inside_strings ];
+	return '';
+    }
+
+    my $text_ = do {
+    if (0) {
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'formalpara', 'para', 'itemizedlist', 'orderedlist')) {
+	$text =~ s/^\s(?!\s)//;
+	$text =~ s/^( ?\n)+//;
+	$text =~ s/\s+$//;
+	qq(\n$text\n);
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'quote', 'citetitle', 'foreignphrase')) {
+	$text =~ s/^\Q$i18ned_open_label_quote\E(.*)\Q$i18ned_close_label_quote\E$/$1/ if $i18ned_open_label_quote;
+	($i18ned_open_text_quote || "``") . $text . ($i18ned_close_text_quote || "''");
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'literal', 'filename')) {
+	($i18ned_open_label_quote || "\\\"") . $text . ($i18ned_close_label_quote || "\\\"");
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'guilabel', 'guibutton', 'guimenu')) {
+	$text =~ s/\s+$//;
+	push @inside_strings, $text;
+	($i18ned_open_label_quote || "\\\"") . "%s" . ($i18ned_close_label_quote || "\\\"");
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'command') {
+	($i18ned_open_command_quote || "\\\"") . $text . ($i18ned_close_command_quote || "\\\"");
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'userinput') {
+	($i18ned_open_input_quote || ">>") . $text . ($i18ned_close_input_quote || "<<");
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'keycap') {
+	($i18ned_open_key_quote || "[") . $text . ($i18ned_close_key_quote || "]");
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'keysym')) {
+	qq($text);
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'footnote')) {
+	'(*)'
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'warning') {
+	$text =~ s/^(\s+)/$1!! /;
+	$text =~ s/(\s+)$/ !!$1/;
+	$text;
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'listitem') {
+	my $cnt = (any { $_->{tag} eq 'variablelist' } @parents) ? 1 : 0;
+	$text =~ s/^\s+//;
+	$text =~ s/^/' ' . ($cnt++ ? '  ' : '* ')/emg;
+	"\n$text\n";
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag},  
+		    'acronym', 'application', 'emphasis',  
+		    'keycombo', 'note', 'sect1', 'sect2', 'sect3',
+		    'superscript', 'systemitem', 'option',
+		    'tip', 'ulink', 'xref', 'varlistentry', 'variablelist', 'term',
+		    'phrase', 'hardware', 'procedure', 'step', 'bridgehead',
+		   )) {
+	# ignored tags
+	$text;
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag},
+		    qw(title article primary secondary indexterm revnumber
+                       date authorinitials revision revhistory revremark chapterinfo
+                       imagedata imageobject mediaobject figure
+                       abstract book chapter)
+		   )) {
+	# dropped tags
+	@inside_strings = ();
+	'';
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'screen') {
+	qq(\n$text\n);
+    } else {
+	warn "unknown tag $tree->{tag}\n";
+    }
+    };
+    $text_, @inside_strings;
+}
+
+sub aerate {
+    my ($s) = @_;
+    #- the warp_text column is adjusted so that xgettext do not wrap text around
+    #- which cause msgmerge to add a lot of fuzzy
+    my $s2 = join("\n\n", map { join("\n", warp_text($_, 75)) } split "\n", $s);
+    $s2;
+}
+
+sub template {
+    my ($lang, @l) = @_;
+    my $entities = join("\n", map { qq(<!ENTITY $_ SYSTEM '$_.xml'>) } @l);
+    my $body = join("\n", map { '&' . $_ . ';' } @l);
+
+    <<EOF;
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1'?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+"/usr/share/sgml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.1.2/docbookx.dtd"[
+
+$entities
+
+<!ENTITY % params.ent SYSTEM "../../manuals/Starter/$lang/params.ent">
+%params.ent;
+<!ENTITY % strings.ent SYSTEM "../../manuals/Starter/$lang/strings.ent">
+%strings.ent;
+
+<!ENTITY step-only-for-expert "">
+
+<!ENTITY % acronym-list SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/acronym_list.ent" >
+%acronym-list;
+<!ENTITY % button-list SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/button_list.ent" >
+%button-list;
+<!ENTITY % companies SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/companies.ent" >
+%companies;
+<!ENTITY % menu-list SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/menu_list.ent" >
+%menu-list;
+<!ENTITY % tech SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/tech.ent" >
+%tech;
+<!ENTITY % titles SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/titles.ent" >
+%titles;
+<!ENTITY % typo SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/typo.ent" >
+%typo;
+<!ENTITY % common SYSTEM "../../entities/common.ent" >
+%common;
+<!ENTITY % common-acronyms SYSTEM "../../entities/common_acronyms.ent" >
+%common-acronyms;
+<!ENTITY % prog-list SYSTEM "../../entities/prog_list.ent" >
+%prog-list;
+
+<!ENTITY lang '$lang'>
+
+]>
+
+<book>
+  <title>DrakX Documentation</title>
+
+$body
+
+</book>
+EOF
+
+}
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/id.xsl b/perl-install/install/help/id.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4897a204f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/id.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+<xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform">
+<xsl:template match="/">
+  <xsl:copy-of select="."/>
+</xsl:template>
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot b/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b1f3f647
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot
@@ -0,0 +1,1109 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/Makefile b/perl-install/install/help/po/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..457a7cbae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+NAME = DrakX-help
+LOCALEDIR = ${prefix}/share/locale
+PL_FILES = ../help.pm
+
+MAIN_PO_FILES = ../../../share/po/libDrakX.pot ../../share/po/DrakX.pot
+
+POFILES = $(wildcard *.po)
+MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo)
+LANGS = $(POFILES:%.po=%)
+
+default: $(MOFILES)
+
+%.mo: %.po
+	msgfmt -o $@ $<
+
+merge: $(NAME).pot
+	for n in $(POFILES); do \
+	  echo "Merging $$n"; \
+	  msgmerge $$n $(NAME).pot > "$$n"t ; \
+	  mv -f "$$n"t $$n ; \
+	done
+
+$(NAME).pot: $(PL_FILES)
+	perl_checker -q --generate-pot .$@ $(PL_FILES)
+	xgettext $(MAIN_PO_FILES:%=-x %) -o $@ .$@
+	rm -f .$@
+
+install: $(MOFILES)
+	for l in $(LANGS); do \
+		install -d $(LOCALEDIR)/$$l/LC_MESSAGES; \
+		install -m 644 $$l.mo $(LOCALEDIR)/$$l/LC_MESSAGES/$(NAME).mo; \
+	done
+
+clean:
+	@rm -rf *.mo $(POFILES:%=%t)
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..828c570a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1839 @@
+# translation of DrakX-af21-09.po to Afrikaans
+# translation of DrakX-af.po to Afrikaans
+# KTranslator Generated File
+# KTranslator Generated File
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Schalk W. Cronjé <schalkc@ntaba.co.za>, 2000.
+# Dirk van der Walt <mandrake@webmail.co.za>, 2003.
+# Dirk van der Walt <dirkvanderwalt@webmail.co.za>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-af\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-04-21 17:33+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Dirk van der Walt <dirkvanderwalt@webmail.co.za>\n"
+"Language-Team: Afrikaans\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Voordat u voortgaan, lees asb die lisensieterme noukeurig deur. Dit dek\n"
+"die hele Mandriva Linux distribusie. Indien u saamstem met al die\n"
+"voorwaardes daarin, merk die \"%s\" boksie. Indien nie, kan u op die\n"
+"\"%s\" knoppie druk om teherlaai."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux is 'n multigebruikerstelsel, dit beteken dat elke gebruiker sy\n"
+"eie voorkeure kan stel, met sy eie lêers ens. U kan meer hieroor in die\n"
+"\"Starter Guide\"  lees. Andersins as 'root' (die supergebruiker) kan\n"
+"gebruikers wat u hier byvoeg niks behalwe hul eie lêers en eie\n"
+"konfigurasie verander nie. U moet ten minste een gewone gebruiker vir uself\n"
+"skep.\n"
+"Hierdie gebruker is die een waaronder u moet inteken vir normale gebruik\n"
+"van die rekenaar. Alhoewel dit baie gemaklik is om as 'root' in te teken "
+"vir\n"
+"daaglikse werk, is dit baie gevaarlik. 'n Eenvoudige fout kan moontlik u\n"
+"stelsel\n"
+"breek. 'n Fout wat as gewone gebruiker gemaak word, sal net daardie\n"
+"gebruiker\n"
+"beïnvloed en nie hele stelsel nie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Eers moet u, u eie naam intik. Dit is nie verpligtend nie, want u kan\n"
+"eintlik\n"
+"enigiets intik, as u wil. DrakX sal dan die eerste woord wat u ingetik het,\n"
+"in die\n"
+"\"%s\" veld plaas. U kan hier verander indien u wil. Dit is die\n"
+"gebruikernaam waarmee\n"
+"die gebruiker op die rekenaar sal aanteken. U moet dan ook 'n wagwoord\n"
+"voorsien.\n"
+"'n Gewone gebruiker se wagwoord is nie so krities soos dié van die\n"
+"supergebruiker\n"
+"(uit 'n sekuriteitsoogpunt) nie, maar daar is geen\n"
+"rede om agterlosig met u data te wees nie.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u op \"%s\" kliek sal die gebruiker geskep word en kan u nog\n"
+"gebruikers byvoeg.\n"
+"U kan vir al u vriende gebruikername skep, sommer een vir pa en ma ook. \n"
+"Sodra u klaar is, kliek op \"%s\".\n"
+"Kliek op die \"%s\" knoppie indien u die verstek-instruksiedop vir die\n"
+"gebruiker\n"
+"wil verander.\n"
+"Dit is bash by verstek.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sodra u klaar is met die skep van gebruikers, sal u gevra word om 'n\n"
+"gebruiker\n"
+"te kies wie outomaties sal inteken sodra Linux klaar selfgelaai het. Indien\n"
+"u hierdie funksie wil gebruik (en plaaslike sekuriteit tans nie vreeslik\n"
+"belangrik is nie), kies asseblief die verlangde gebruiker en venstermaker,\n"
+"klik dan op \"%s\".\n"
+"Indien u NIE hierdie funksie wil gebruik nie, sorg dat \"%s\" NIE gemerk is\n"
+"nie. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Wil u hierdie funksie gebruik?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier is 'n lys van die bestaande Linux partisies wat opgespoor is.\n"
+"U kan die assistent se keuses behou, hulle is gewoonlik geskik vir die\n"
+"meeste installasies. Sou u wil verander, moet u ten minste 'n wortel-\n"
+"partisie (\"/\") voorsien. Dit moet nie te klein wees nie, anders kan ons \n"
+"nie genog sagteware installeer nie. Indien u die data op 'n aparte \n"
+"partisie wil stoor, moet u ook 'n \"/home\"-partisie skep.\n"
+"(waarvoor u meer as een Linux partisie nodig het).\n"
+"\n"
+"Elke partisie word as volg gelys: \"Naam\", \"Kapasiteit\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Naam werk as volg\" \"tipe hardeskyf\", \"nommer van hardeskyf\",\n"
+"\"nommer van partisie\" (byvoorbeeld: \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u 'n IDE tipe hardeskyf het sal die tipe \"hd\" wees, en SCSI, sal \n"
+"\"sd\" wees\n"
+"\n"
+"Die nommer van die hardeskyf is altyd 'n letter, wat volg na \"hd\" \n"
+"of \"sd\".\n"
+"Met IDE hardeskywe:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" beteken \"meester-hardeskyf op die primêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" beteken \"slaaf-hardeskyf op die primêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" beteken \"meester-hardeskyf op die sekondêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"e\" beteken \"slaaf-hardeskyf op die sekondêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Met SCSI-hardeskywe, beteken 'n \"a\" die kleinste SCSI-ID,\"b\" sal\n"
+"dan die volgende ID verteenwoordig ens."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Mandriva Linux installasie is versprei oor 'n aantal CD-ROMs.DrakX\n"
+"weet wanneer 'n gekose pakket op 'n ander CD-ROM is. DrakX sal in so\n"
+"geval die huidige CD uitskop en aandui watter een benodig word."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Nou moet u spesifiseer watter programme u op die rekenaar wil\n"
+"installeer. Daar is duisende pakkette beskikbaar vir Mandriva Linux, en\n"
+"om alles meer eenvoudig te maak, is die pakkette gegroepeer onder\n"
+"groepe van selfde tipe programme.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die groepe is so saamgestel dat dit saamval met die tipe gebruik van u\n"
+"rekenaar. Mandriva Linux het vier vooraf gespesifseerde installasies\n"
+"beskikbaar. Dink aan hierdie tipes as houers met verskillende pakkette.\n"
+"U kan wel uit die verskillende houers, verskillende pakkette kies.\n"
+"Dus kan u \"Werkstasie\" ook programme uit die \"Ontwikkeling\"\n"
+"bevat.\n"
+"( Amper soos die \"pick 'n mix\" by 'n Clicks of 'n winkel van u keuse! )\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien u die rekenaar as 'n werkstasie wil gebruik, kies een of\n"
+"meer hieruit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien u ontwikkelling op die masjien wil doen, kan u hier\n"
+"kies en keur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mense wat 'n bediener wil opstel, hier is vir julle keuses.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Grafiese-omgewings. Indien u 'n grafiese omgewing wil\n"
+"gebruik, moet u ten minste een hier kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"Beweeg u muis stadig oor elke groep om meer inligting daaroor te bekom.\n"
+"Indien u NIKS kies nie gedurende 'n normale installasie, sal 'n venster\n"
+"opspring met verskillende keuses vir hierdie minimale installasie:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installeer die minimale programme vir 'n werkende grafiese\n"
+"werksomgewing.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installeer 'n basiese stelsel met basiese nutsporgramme en hul\n"
+"dokumentasie. Dit is geskik om 'n bediener op te stel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sal 'n absolute minimale installasie doen, sodat u bloot 'n\n"
+"werkende Linux rekenaar het. Die grootte sal so 65 megagrepe wees.\n"
+"\n"
+"U kan die \"%s\" blokkie merk, dit is handig indien u vertroud is met al\n"
+"die beskikbare pakette, en u meer beheer verlang.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u die installasie in \"%s\"-modus begin het, kan u NIKS kies nie\n"
+"om te verhoed dat nuwe pakette installeer. Baie handig wanneer u 'n\n"
+"bestaande stelsel opdateeer, of herstel."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Opgradeer"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Met basiese dokumentasie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Werklike minimale installasie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Inidein u gespesifiseer het dat u individuele pakkette wil kies,\n"
+"sal daar 'n boom-struktuur aan u vertoon word met al die pakkette\n"
+"wat opgedeel is in groepe en sub-groepe. Soos u die deur hulle rits\n"
+"kan u hele groepe of sub-groepe kies, of self individuele pakkette.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sodra u 'n pakket kies, sal daar 'n beskrywing aan die regterkant verskyn\n"
+"wat aandui waarvoor die pakket gebruik word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u 'n diensprogram kies, of dit nou deel is van 'n groepe pakkette of\n"
+"'n enkel een, sal u gevra word om die installasie daarvan te bevestig.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sal by verstek alle bediener-programme afskop nadat u die\n"
+"rekenaar aangeskakel het. Hierdie bediener-programme is verpak sonder\n"
+"enige probleme bekend. Dit kon intussen verander het, nadat sekuriteits-"
+"gate\n"
+"gevind is. Indien u nie weet wat 'n diens veronderstel is om te doen nie, "
+"of\n"
+"waarom dit geïnstalleer word nie, klik op \"%s\". Deur op \"%s\" te klik "
+"sal\n"
+"die bediener-program geïnstalleer word en afskop sodra die Linux laai!!\n"
+"\n"
+"Die \"%s\"-opsie VERSPER die waarskuwings-dialoog wat verskyn\n"
+"sodra die installeerder ander pakkette moet kies a.g.v. afhanklikhede\n"
+"Afhanklikhede werk as volg: Sommige pakkette moet ander programme\n"
+"installeer om korrek te funksioneer, maar hierdie programme maak soms deel\n"
+"uit van 'n ander pakket, dus sal die installeer-program daardie pakkette\n"
+"ook installeer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die klein disket-ikoon aan die lys se onderkant laat u toe om 'n lys van\n"
+"pakkette van 'n vorige installeasie te laai. Dit is handig indien u 'n\n"
+"aantal masjiene identies wil konfigureer. As u hierop klik, sal u gevra\n"
+"word om die disket te voorsien wat aan die einde van 'n vorige\n"
+"installasie geskep is. Raadpleeg die tweede wenk van die laaste stap\n"
+"oor hoe mens so disket skep."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Outomatiese-afhanklikhede"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": deur op die \"%s\" knoppie te klik, sal u toegang tot die 'printer\n"
+"configuration wizard' kry. Gaan gerus die ooreenstemde hoofstuk in die\n"
+"\"Starter Guide\" na vir meer inligting. Dit stem baie ooreen met die een."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"U kan nou dienste kies wat by herlaaityd moet afskop.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wanneer u die muis oor 'n item beweeg, sal 'n klein ballon opspring\n"
+"wat die rol van die diens verduidelik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wees versigtig met hierdie stap. Indien u beplan om dié rekenaar as 'n\n"
+"bediener te gebruik wil u nie dienste afskop wat u nie gaan gebruik nie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux gebruik die GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) as verwysing en verstel\n"
+"dan die tyd volgens u tydsone. Dit beteken dat, in Suid-Afrika,\n"
+"die tyd op die moederbord sowat twee ure \"uit\" sal wees,\n"
+"indien u Johannesburg as tydsone kies. U kan GNU/Linux forseer om\n"
+"die moederbord en plaaslike tyd dieselfde te hou deur NIE die \"%s\" te\n"
+"merk NIE. Gebruik dit so wanneer die rekenaar\n"
+"ander bedryfstelsels ook kan laai, byvoorbeeld Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die \"%s\"-opsie sal outomaties die klok reguleer deur gebruik te maak van\n"
+"'n eksterne tyd-bediener op die Internet. U sal natuurlik 'n werkende\n"
+"Internetkonneksie daarvoor benodig. Kies 'n bediener naby u. Hierdie opsie\n"
+"laat u toe om hierdie rekenaar self as 'n tyd-bediener te gebruik."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Outotydsinkronisasie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafiesekaart\n"
+"\n"
+"   Die installeer-program sal in meeste gevalle u grafiesekaart outomaties\n"
+"opspoor. Indien daar probleme is, kan u self van hierdie lys die kaart\n"
+"kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dit mag gebeur dat daar verskillende tipe X-bedieners beskikbaar sal\n"
+"wees vir u kaart, met of sonder 3D-versnelling, kies dan die een wat u\n"
+"behoefdes die beste sal bevredig."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (staan vir X Window Stelsel -let geen 's') is die hart van die GNU/Linux \n"
+"se grafiese-koppelvlak. Bo-op X, laai grafiese omgewings. ( dit sluit\n"
+"KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker ens. in)\n"
+"\n"
+"Hier is 'n lys van verstellings wat u kan verander om die beste resultate\n"
+"te verkry: Grafiesekaart\n"
+"\n"
+"Die program sal gewoonlik die regte grafiesekaart optel en opstel.\n"
+"Indien nie, kan u self die regte een vanaf hierdie lys kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dit mag gebeur dat daar verskillende tipe X-bedieners beskikbaar sal\n"
+"wees vir u kaart, met of sonder 3D-versnelling, kies dan die een wat u\n"
+"behoefdes die beste sal bevredig.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Die program sal gewoonlik u monitor korrek kies.\n"
+"Indien nie, kan u self die regte een vanaf hierdie lys kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolusie\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hier kan u die resolusie en aantal kleure kies wat vir u hardeware\n"
+"beskikbaar is. Kies die een wat u die beste sal pas.( let dat u wel\n"
+"hierdie keuse weer kan verander na die installasie). 'n voorbeeld\n"
+"van die gekose konfigurasie word vertoon op die skerm.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Toets\n"
+"\n"
+"   Afhangende van u hardeware, sal die inskrywing moontlik weg wees.\n"
+"\n"
+"   ons gaan 'n grafiese skerm probeer opstel met die verstellings\n"
+"wat u gemaak het. Indien u die boodskap daarop kan sien en \"%s\"\n"
+"antwoord, sal DrakX na die volgende stap gaan. Indien u nie die boodskap\n"
+"kan sien nie, dui dit aan dat iets nie reg opgestel is nie. Die toets sal "
+"dan\n"
+"na 12 sekondes eindig, en terugval na die kieslys toe. Verander dan u\n"
+"keuses vir nog 'n probeerslag.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opsies\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hier kan u spesifiseer indien u rekenaar die grafiese-koppelvlak moet\n"
+"begin tydens selflaai. U kan \"%s\" merk indien u 'die rekenaar as bediener\n"
+"gaan gebruik, of indien u nie X met sukses kon opstel nie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Die program sal gewoonlik u monitor korrek kies.\n"
+"Indien nie, kan u self die regte een vanaf hierdie lys kies."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolusie\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hier kan u die resolusie en aantal kleure kies wat vir u hardeware\n"
+"beskikbaar is. Kies die een wat u die beste sal pas.( let dat u wel hierdie\n"
+"keuse weer kan verander na die installasie). 'n voorbeeld van die gekose\n"
+"konfigurasie word vertoon op die skerm."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Indien daar verskillende tipe bedieners vir u kaart beskikbaar is, met of\n"
+"sonder 3D-versnelling, sal u gevra word om die een te kies wat u die beste\n"
+"sal pas."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opsies\n"
+"\n"
+"   hier kan u kies of u die rekenaar wil laat eindig in 'n grafiese "
+"koppelvlak\n"
+"na dit aangeskakel is. U sal natuurlik \"%s\" kies indien die rekenaar as\n"
+"'n bediener gebruik gaan word, of u nie die skerm reg kon opstel nie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Op hierdie tydstip moet u besluit waar op die hardeskyf u Mandriva Linux\n"
+"wil installeer. Indien u 'n leë hardeskyf het, of indien 'n bestaande\n"
+"bedryfstelsel al die beskikbare spasie gebruik, sal u partisies moet\n"
+"skep. Om 'n partisie te skep veroorsaak dat u die hardeskyf logies\n"
+"verdeel, om spasie te skep vir u nuwe Mandriva Linux bedryfstelsel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u 'n onervare gebruiker is, kan die skep van partisies vreemd en\n"
+"intimiderend wees.\n"
+"Die skep van partisies is gewoonlik onomkeerbaar en kan dataverlies\n"
+"meebring indien daar reeds 'n bestaande bedryfstelsel op die hardeskyf is.\n"
+"Gelukkig sluit DrakX 'n assisstent in wat die proses vergemaklik.\n"
+"Voor u verder gaan, lees die volgende deel deeglik deur, en wees rustig!\n"
+"(Moet nie stres kap nie! - Chill Dude!)\n"
+"\n"
+"Afhangende van hoe u hardeskyf gekonfigureer is, is daar 'n aantal opsies\n"
+"beskikbaar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hierdie opsie sal die partisies op u leë hardeskyf outomaties\n"
+"opstel.\n"
+"Indien u die een kies, is dit al inset wat u hoef te lewer.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": die assistent het een of meer bestaande Linux-partisies op die\n"
+"hardeskyf gekry. Indien u wil gebruik maak van hulle, kies hierdie opsie.\n"
+"Daar is verstek hegpunte, wat u kan verander, indien u wil, maar ons stel\n"
+"voor u hou daarby.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \" %s\": indien u Microsoft Windows op u hardeskyf geïnstalleer het, en\n"
+"dit neem al die spasie in beslag, moet ons eers 'n plekkie vir Linux skep. U "
+"kan die Microsoft Windows partisie met al die data uitwis\n"
+"(verwys na 'Erase entie disk' oplossing)\n"
+"of u kan die Microsoft Windows FAT of NTFS partisie verklein. Dit kan "
+"geskied\n"
+"sonner verlies van data, mits u die partisie gedefragmenteer het.Ons beveel "
+"ten sterkste aan dat u 'n rugsteun maak van u data. Hierdie is\n"
+"die beste metode indien u beide Mandriva Linux en Microsoft Windows op die\n"
+"rekenaar wil gebruik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Neem tog kennis dat dit die beskikbare oop spasie in Microsoft Windows sal\n"
+"verminder, aangesien ons plek moet maak vir Linux op die hardeskyf.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Indien u alle data op alle partisies op u hardeskyf wil uitwis,\n"
+"en dit dan vervang met Mandriva Linux, kan u hierdie opsie kies.\n"
+"Wees versigtig die opsie is onomkeerbaar!\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Net weer waarsku: alle data op die skyf sal vernietig word. !! \n"
+" * \"%s\" hierdie opsie gaan doodeenvoudig alles uitwis en van vooraf\n"
+"die hardeskyf partisies skep. Alle data sal verlore gaan.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Net weer waarsku: alle data up die skyf sal vernietig word. !! \n"
+" * \"%s\": kies hierdie opsie indien u self die partisies wil opstel. Wees\n"
+"uiters versigtig -- dit is 'n gevaarlike keuse en u kan maklik al u data "
+"verloor. Hierdieopsie word aanbeveel vir persone wat ondervinding\n"
+"het en vertroud is met Linux .\n"
+"U kan verder oplees oor hoe om te werk te gaan in die \"Managing Your\n"
+"Partitions deel van die \"Starter Guide\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Gebruik bestaande partisies"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Wis hele skyf"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Fluit-fluit my storie is uit! Die installasie het tot 'n einde gekom en u\n"
+"GNU/Linux reknaar is gereed vir gebruik. Klik bloot op \"%s\" om\n"
+"te herlaai.Onthou tog om die installasie-media (CDROM of Disket)\n"
+"te verwyder. Die eerste skerm wat u sal sien, na die rekenaar sy\n"
+"hardeware-toetse uitgevoer het, is die herlaaistelsel se kieslys.\n"
+"Daar kan u die bedryfstelsel kies wat moet laai.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die \"%s\" knoppie sal nog twee knoppies laat verskyn:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": om 'n installasie-disket te skep wat die hele installasie\n"
+"aotomaties sal doen, sonner die hulp van 'n persoon.\n"
+"Dit sal soortgelyk aan hierdie een wees.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Let daarop dat twee verskillende opsies daarna beskikbaar sal wees:\n"
+"\n"
+"     * \"%s\" Gedeeltelik outomaties. Die skep van partisies benodig 'n\n"
+"persoon om te spesifiseer.\n"
+"\n"
+"      * \"%s\" Volkome outomaties. Die hardeskyf word totaal gewis, alle\n"
+"data word verloor.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hierdie is handig wanneer u 'n paar van dieselfde masjiene moet\n"
+"installeer.\n"
+"Besoek gerus ons webwerf vir meer inligting hieroor.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": stoor 'n lys van die gekose pakette in hierdie installasie.\n"
+"Om hierdie keuses met 'n volgende installasie te gebruik, plaas disket\n"
+"in aandrywer en begin die installasie. Kies [F1] en tik '>> linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<' in."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Skep outo-installasieskyf"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Enige nuwe partisies moet eers geformatteer word voor dit bruikbaar is.\n"
+"(formatteer beteken dan ons 'n lêerstelsel daarop skep).\n"
+"\n"
+"U kan ook nou kies om bestaande partisies te formatteer om so al die\n"
+"data daarop uit te vee. Kies asseblief dan nou daardie partisies ook.\n"
+"\n"
+"Let tog daarop dat die NIE nodig is om al die vooraf-bestaande partisies\n"
+"weer te formatteer NIE. U moet wel partisies wat die bedryfstelsel bevat\n"
+"formatteer. ( byvoorbeeld \"/\",\"/usr\" of \"/var\") maar partisies met\n"
+"data wat u graag wil hou ( bv \"/home\") moet nie geformatteer word\n"
+"nie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wees daarom versigtig wanneer u die partisies kies. Na dit geformatteer\n"
+"is, sal ALLE data daarop vernietig wees.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op \"%s\" sodra u gereed is om te formatteer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op \"%s\" indien u 'n ander partisie vir die installasie van u nuwe\n"
+"Madrake Linux bedryfstelsel wil kies\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op \"%s\" indien u partisies wil kies wat dan ondersoek en\n"
+"getoets moet word."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Teen die tyd wat u Mandriva Linux installeer, is dit hoogs waarskynlik\n"
+"dat van die pakkette intussen opgedateer is. Foute kom reggestel wees,\n"
+"of sekuriteits probleme is dalk opgelos. Om voordeel hieruit te put, kan\n"
+"u hulle nou van die Internet aflaai. Merk \"%s\" indien u 'n werkende\n"
+"Internetkonneksie het, of \"%s\" sou u dit eers later wil doen\n"
+"\n"
+"Deur \"%s\" te kies, kan u 'n lys plekke sien waarvanaf hierdie\n"
+" pakkette gelaai kan word. Kies 'n geskikte een. 'n Boom-struktuur\n"
+" met die nuwwe pakkette in sal verskyn. As u gelukkig is met almal,kan u\n"
+" \"%s\" klik om hulle af te laai en te installeer, of \"%s\" om te ontsnap."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Op hierdie tydstip laat DrakX u toe om die sekuriteitsvlak vir die\n"
+"rekenaar te kies. 'n Algemene reel is dat die sekuriteit hoër behoort\n"
+"te wees indien die masjien belangrike inligting bevat, of direk aan\n"
+"die Internet gekoppel is. Hierdie hoër sekuriteit kom met die koste dat\n"
+"dit algemene gebruik op die rekenaar moeiliker maak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u onseker is oor wat om te kies, bly by die verstek opsie. U\n"
+"kan altyd later die vlak verander deur draksec in die Mandriva Linux "
+"Control\n"
+"Center te grbruik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die \"%s\" veld kan boodskappe stuur na 'n gekose persoon wat\n"
+"verantwoordelik is vir die sekuriteit. Hy/sy sal dan gereelde boodskappe\n"
+"ontvang rakende die stand van die sekuriteit."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Sekuriteits-admin:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Nou moet u asseblief besluit watter partisie(s) u gaan gebruik vir die\n"
+"installasie van u Mandriva Linux rekenaar.Indien die partisies reeds\n"
+"geskep is gedurende 'n vorige GNU/Linux installasie of deur 'n ander\n"
+"partisie-program, kan u hulle gebruik.Indien nie, moet u eerstens\n"
+"partisies skep.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die skep van 'n partisie behels dat u 'n hardeskyf kies.U kan klik op\n"
+"\"hda\" om die eerste IDE hardeskyf te kies, \"hdb\" is die tweede ens.\n"
+"\"sda\" is die eerste SCSI skyf.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hier is die opsies wanneer u partisies skep op die gekose hardeskyf:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hierdie opsie wis alle partisies op die gekose skyf uit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hierdie opsie sal outomaties 'ext3' en 'swap' partisies in die\n"
+"vrye spasie op die hardeskyf skep.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gee u toegang tot verdere keuses:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": stoor die partisielys op 'n disket. Handig indien u later die\n"
+"partisielys wil herstel.Ons beveel hierdie stap aan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": stel u in staat om 'n vorige gestoorde partisielys van 'n\n"
+"disket af te herstel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien u partisielys beskadig is, kan u poog om dit te\n"
+" herstel met hierdie opsie. Wees asseblief versigtig, en onthou\n"
+"dat dit nie altyd werk nie.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ignoreer al die veranderinge en herlaai die partisielys wat\n"
+"oorspronklik op die hardeskyf was.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": deur hierdie opsie NIE te merk NIE, sal u gebruikers verplig\n"
+"om verwyderbere media soos diskette en CD-ROMs self te heg en\n"
+"te ontheg.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gebruik die opsie indien u 'n assistent verlang wat sal help\n"
+" met die skep van partisies. Word aanbeveel indien u nie vertroud met\n"
+"die skep van partisies is nie\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kanselleer al u veranderinge.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": laat ekstra aksies toe op die partisies (tipe, opsies, formaat)\n"
+"en gee ook eksta inligting omtrent die hardeskyf.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sodra u klaar is, sal sal dit u veranderinge stoor\n"
+"\n"
+"Wanneer u die grootte spesifiseer, kan u die fyner verstellings spesifiseer\n"
+"deur u sleutelbord se Pyltjie sleutels te gebruik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Aandag: U kan enige opsie bereik deur die sleutelbort te gebruik. Gebruik\n"
+"bloot die [Tab] sleutel en die [Op/Af] pyltjies. om 'n partisie te kies\n"
+"\n"
+"Wanneer 'n partisie gekies is, kan u die volgende doen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c om 'n nuwe partisie te skep (mits 'n leë partisie gekies is)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d om 'n partisie uit te wis\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m om 'n hegpunt te spesifiseer\n"
+"\n"
+"Om inligting rakende die verskillende beskikbare lêerstelsels te bekom, "
+"lees\n"
+"asseblief die ext2FS hoofstuk in die \"Reference Manual\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u op 'n PPC masjien installeer, sal u 'n klien HFS 'bootstrap'\n"
+"partisie van ten minste 1MB wil skep. Dit sal deur 'yaboot' herlaai-\n"
+" stelsel gebruik word. Maak dit bietjie groter vir spaar 'kernel' en\n"
+"'ramdisk' beelde vir hulp in nood situasies."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Outoheg van verwyderbare media"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Skakel tussen normale/kenner modus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Ons het meer as een Microsoft-partisie op u hardeskyf gevind.\n"
+"Kies dan nou die een wie se grootte u wil verander, om plek te maak\n"
+"vir u nuwe Mandriva Linux bedryfstelsel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Elke partisie is as volg gelys: \"Linux-naam\", \"Windows-naam\"\n"
+"\"Kapasiteit\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux-naam werk as volg\" \"tipe hardeskyf\", \"nommer van hardeskyf\",\n"
+"\"nommer van partisie\" (byvoorbeeld: \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u 'n IDE tipe hardeskyf het sal die tipe \"hd\" wees, en SCSI, sal \n"
+"\"sd\" wees\n"
+"\n"
+"Die nommer van die hardeskyf is altyd 'n letter, wat volg na \"hd\" of\n"
+"\"sd\".\n"
+"Met IDE hardeskywe:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" beteken \"meester-hardeskyf op die primêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" beteken \"slaaf-hardeskyf op die primêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" beteken \"meester-hardeskyf op die sekondêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" beteken \"slaaf-hardeskyf op die sekondêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Met SCSI-hardeskywe, beteken 'n \"a\" die kleinste SCSI-ID,\"b\" sal\n"
+"dan die volgende ID verteenwoordig ens.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows-naam\" is die letter van u hardeskyf onder Windoes ( die eerste\n"
+"skyf of partisie word \"C:\" genoem.)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ondersoek die huidige landskeuse. Indien u nie in daardie land\n"
+"is nie, klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie en kies die regte een. Indien u land\n"
+"nie in daardie lys teenwoordig is nie, kies die \"%s\"-knoppie vir 'n\n"
+"volledige lys."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Hierdie stap word slegs gedoen indien ou GNU/Linux partisies op die\n"
+"rekenaar gevind is.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX moet nou weet of u 'n nuwe installasie of 'n opgradering van 'n\n"
+"bestaande Mandriva Linux wil doen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hierdie deel word grootliks gebruik vir 'n hele nuwe "
+"installasie.\n"
+"Indien u aan die hardeskywe se partisies of die lêerstelsel wil verander,\n"
+"moet u hierdie opsie kies. Maar u kan ook hierdie een kies indien u sekere\n"
+"van u partisies se data wil behou.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hierdie tipe installasie laat u toe om pakkette op te dateer\n"
+"wat deel uitmaak van u huidige Mandriva Linux installasie. Die partisies\n"
+"en gebruiker se data bly onveranderd. Ander stappe is baie dieselfde as\n"
+"'n normale installasie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die gebruik van die 'Opdateer' opsie behoort reg te werk vir al die\n"
+"weergawes vanaf \"8.1\" en opwaarts. Ons raai u af on dit op weergawes\n"
+"ouer as \"8.1\" te probeer."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Afhangende van die verstek taal wat u kies, sal DrakX outomaties 'n\n"
+"betrokke steutelbord-konfigurasie kies. U mag moontlik 'n sleutelbord\n"
+"besit wat nie 100-persent ooreenstem met u taal nie: byvoorbeeld as u 'n\n"
+"Ingelse Sweed is, sal u dalk 'n sweedse sleutelbord besit. Hier is nog\n"
+"een: gestel jy is 'n Afrikaner wat werk in Quebec, u sal dalk met 'n ander\n"
+"tipe sleutelbord moet klaarkom as wat u gewoond is. Wel, hier kan u die\n"
+"gepaste sleutelbord uit 'n lys kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie vir 'n lys van al die ondersteunde sleutelborde\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u 'n nie-Latynse sleutelbord kies, sal die volgende dialoog u\n"
+"toelaat om sleutel-bindings tussen Latynse en nie-Latynse uitlegte\n"
+"te kies."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Die taal wat u hier kies sal die dokumentasie se taal, die installeer\n"
+"program, en rekenaar oor die algemeen, beïnvloed. Kies eerstens\n"
+"die area waar u woon, en daarna die taal wat u praat.\n"
+"( Jammer, geen inskrywing vir die wat 'nonsens' wou kies nie! )\n"
+"\n"
+"Deur op die \"%s\"-knoppie te klik, kan u ander tale by kies.\n"
+"Dit sal dan dokumentasie en programme toelaat in daardie ekstra tale.\n"
+"Sou daar byvoorbeeld Spaanse gebruikers op die masjien inteken, kies\n"
+"Afrikaans(of Engels) as die verstek taal en \"%s\" in die Gevorderde\n"
+"seksie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Deur 'n sekere taal te kies, sal vertalings, lettertipes,\n"
+"spelkykers ens vir die betrokke taal geïnstalleer word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Boonop kan die \"%s\" merkblokkie u toelaat om die gebruik van 'unicode\n"
+"(UTF-8)' af te dwing. Let daarop dat dit eksperimenteel is. Indien u "
+"verskillende tale met verskillende koderings kies, sal\n"
+"'nicode'-ondersteuning geïnstalleer word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Let tog daarop dat u nie verbind is tot slegs een ekstra taal nie. U kan 'n\n"
+"paar van hulle kies, as u nou regtig wild wil raak, installeer almal deur\n"
+"die \"%s\" blokkie te merk!\n"
+"Om tussen verskillende tale te skakel, gebruik \"/usr/bin/localedrake\"\n"
+"Wanneer die supergebruiker (root) dit doen sal dit die taal vir almal\n"
+"verander, en wanneer 'n gewone gebruiker dit doen , sal dit net vir\n"
+"daardie gebruiker verander."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX het gewoonlik geen probleme met die speur van die aantal muisknoppies\n"
+"nie. Indien wel, sal dit aanneem dat die muis twee knoppies het, en sal dan\n"
+"3-knop emulasie konfigureer. Die 3de knoppie kan \"gedruk\" word deur beide\n"
+"knoppies gelyktydig te klik. DrakX sal vanself weet watter tipe muis u het,\n"
+"of dit nou 'n PS/2, sierie of USB muis mag wees.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u muis 3 knoppies het, maar nie 'n wielletjie nie, kan u \"%s\" kies\n"
+"DrakX sal dan u muis so opstel dat die wielletjie gesimuleer word. Druk\n"
+"die middel knoppie en beweeg die muis op en af - maklik!\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u moontlik 'n ander tipe muis wil spesifiseer, kies dit vanaf die\n"
+" voorsiende lys.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u gekose muis verskil van die verstek muis, sal 'n toetsskerm\n"
+"vertoon word. Gebruik die knoppies en wielletjie om seker te maak\n"
+"alles werk korrek.\n"
+"Indien u probleme ondervind, druk die spasiebalk of [ Enter ] sleutel om\n"
+"die toets te kansselleer en weer te kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wielmuise word soms verkeerdelik geïdentifiseer, dan moet u self u\n"
+"muis vanaf die lys kies.\n"
+"Maak tog seker u kies die regte poort waaraan die muis\n"
+"gekoppel is. Na u die muis gekies, en \"%s\" geklik het, sal 'n beeld van\n"
+" 'n muis verskyn.\n"
+"Rol die wielletjie om te bevestig dat dit korrek funksioneer. Sodra u\n"
+"die beeld van die muis se wielletjie sien reageer, kan u ook die knoppies\n"
+"en beweging van u muis toets."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "met wielletjie-emulasie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Enige PS/2 & USB muis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies asb. die korrekte poort. Onthou dat COM1 onder MS Windows \n"
+"ttyS0 onder GNU/Linux is."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Hierdie is die belangrikste oomblik vir u GNU/Linux-rekenaar se sekuriteit:\n"
+"u moet 'n wagwoord voorsien vir \"root\". \"Root\" is die supergebruiker "
+"wat\n"
+"dinge doen soos om die sagteware op te dateer, gebruikers by te voeg,\n"
+"en die konfigurasie te verander. \"Root\" kan alles doen! Hieroor moet\n"
+"u 'n deeglike wagwoord vir \"root\" kies - (DrakX sal jou tune as die wag-\n"
+"woord nie op spec is nie.) U kan wel die wagwoord uitlaat, maar dit word\n"
+"te sterkste afgeraai. GNU/Linux is net so vatbaar vir foute soos enige\n"
+"ander bedryfstelsel. Aangesien \"root\" geen perke het nie, kan hy/sy\n"
+"maklik skade aanrig as die persoon roekeloos handel. Dit moet dus\n"
+"moeilik wees vir 'n persoon om \"root\" te word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die wagwoord behoort 'n mengsel van letters en syfers te wees en ten minste\n"
+"8 karakters lank te wees. Moet dit nie neerskryf nie, dit veroorsaak 'n\n"
+"swak skakel\n"
+"\n"
+"Moet dit ook nie te vreemd maak nie, u moet dit tog kan onthou!\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u gebruik maak van 'n eksterne bediener wat die toegang beheer,\n"
+"klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u netwerk gebruik maak van LDAP, NIS of 'n Windows PDC, moet\n"
+"u die gepaste diens vir \"%s\" kies. Vra u administrateur indien u nie weet\n"
+"watter een om te kies nie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u probleme ondervind om wagwoorde te onthou, en die rekenaar is\n"
+"ver van die Internet af, en u vertrou almal wat die masjien gebruik, kan u\n"
+"kies om \"%s\" te gebruik. -once & heavy!-"
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "magtiging"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO en grup is herlaaistelsels vir GNU/Linux. Hierdie stap is normaalweg\n"
+"geheel en al outomaties. DrakX sal u hardeskyf se selflaai-sektor nagaan\n"
+"en dienooreenkomstig handel met wat dit vind:\n"
+"\n"
+" * indien 'n Windows selflaai-sektor teenwoordig is, sal dit met 'n grub/\n"
+"LILO een vervang word. Dit sal u toelaat om te kan kies watter\n"
+"bedryfstelsel om te laai sodra u die masjien aanskakel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * indien 'n grub of LILO selflaai-sektor teenwoordig is, sal dit vervang\n"
+"word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien DrakX nie self kan besluit nie, sal u gevra word om 'n ligging vir\n"
+"die herlaaistelsel te voorsien. Gewoonlik is die veiligste plek \"%s\". Deur "
+"\"%s\" te kies, sal DrakX geen herlaaistelsel installeer nie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit is nou tyd om u drukkerstelsel te kies. Ander bedryfstelsels sal\n"
+"seker net een aan u bied, maar Mandriva Linux gee twee. Elk van hulle\n"
+"is beter as die ander in sekere gevalle.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- wat vir \"print, do not queue\" staan. Kies dit indien u\n"
+"'n direkte konneksie na die drukker het, en u blitsig wil inmeng sodra\n"
+"daar probleme is, ook indien u nie netwerk-drukkers het nie. (\"%s\"\n"
+"hanteer net eenvoudige netwerk-toegang en is effe stadig deur die netwerk)\n"
+"Ons beveel aan dat u \"pdq\" gebruik indien u nog groen is met GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - 'Common Unix Printing System', is 'n uitstekende keuse om na\n"
+"u plaaslike drukker, of na een in myle vanaf u, te druk. Eenvoudig om\n"
+"op te stel, kan kliënt of bediener rolle vertolk vir die lpd-fossiel. Dit\n"
+" beteken dat ons omsien na ons veterane! Dit is baie kragtig, maar 'n\n"
+"elementêre opstel is byna so maklik soos \"pdq\". Indien u 'n lpd-\n"
+"bediener wil nastreef, maak seker dat u die \"cups-lpd\"-daemoon\n"
+"loop. \"%s\" sluit grafiese programme in om vanaf te druk of om\n"
+"opsies te keis en drukkers te bestuur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sou u die keuse nou, later wil verander, gaan gerus na 'PrinterDrake'\n"
+"in die 'Mandriva Linux Control Center' en klik op die \"Kenner\" knoppie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ervare"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sal eerstens vir IDE toestelle op die rekenaar soek.\n"
+"Daarna sal dit probeer om vir PCI SCSI-kaarte te kry.\n"
+"Indien DrakX 'n SCSI-kaart bespeur en weet watter drywer\n"
+"om te gebruik sal dit outomaties installeer word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Omrede hierdie proses nie altyd alles opspoor nie, sal u dalk self u\n"
+"hardeware moet spesifiseer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u self 'n drywer moes spesifiseer, sal DrakX u ook vra vir enige\n"
+"spesifieke opsies.\n"
+"U kan egter DrakX toelaat om self die hardeware te ondervra. Dit werk\n"
+"gewoonlik die beste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lees die installasie inligting hoe om hierdie tipe inligting m.b.v. die\n"
+"Windows-bedryfstelsel te bekom.\n"
+"U kan dit ook vanaf die internet onttrek indien u sulke toegang het."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\" die bespeurde klankkaart op u rekenaar sal hier vertoon word.\n"
+"Indien die aangeduide klankkaart verskil van die werklike een op u\n"
+"rekenaar,\n"
+"kan u op die knoppie klik, om 'n ander drywer te kies."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sal u 'n oorsig bied van u rekenaar se inligting. Afhangende van die\n"
+"sagteware wat u geïnstalleer het, sal u sommige of al die volgende\n"
+"afdelings hê. Elke inskrywing bestaan uit die item wat gekonfigureer\n"
+"moet word, asook 'n kernopsomming oor die huidige stand.\n"
+"Klik op die ooreenkomstige \"%s\"-knoppie om dit te verander.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bekyk die huidige sleutelbord-uitleg en verander indien nodig.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bekyk die huidige keuse van u land. Indien u nie in hierdie land\n"
+"woon nie, klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie om 'n ander te kies. Sou dit nie in\n"
+"die lys wees nie, klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie vir 'n volledige lys.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": By verstek word u tydsone aangepas, afhangende van die land\n"
+"wat u kies. Klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie indien dit verkeerd is.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ondersoek die huidige muiskonfigurasie en klik op die knoppie\n"
+"on dit te verander.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": deur op die \"%s\"-knoppie te klik, sal u die drukker-assistent\n"
+"loods. Raadpleeg die ooreenkomstige hoofstuk in die \"Starter Guide\"\n"
+"vir meer inligting daaroor.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sou ons 'n klankkaart opspoor op die rekenaar, sal dit hier\n"
+"vertoon word. Indien u verskil van ons keuse, klik op die knoppie om\n"
+"'n ander drywer te kies.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": DrakX stel u skerm op met 'n resolusie van \"800x600\"\n"
+" of \"1024x768\" by verstek. Indien u wil verander, kan u \"%s\"\n"
+"kies om dit te herkonfigureer.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien 'n TV-kaart opgespoor is, sal dit hier vertoon. Inidien\n"
+"nie, en u het wel een, klik op \"%s\" om dit self op te stel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\":  indien 'n ISDN-kaart opgespoor is, sal dit hier vertoon. Klik\n"
+"op \"%s\" om verstellings daarop aan te bring\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Indien u die netwerk en Internet toegang nou wil opstel\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hier kan u die sekuriteitsvlak verander wat in 'n vorige stap \n"
+"opgestel is.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Indien die masjien toegang tot die Internet sal hê, kan u gerus\n"
+"u rekenaar beskem teen die hansworse daar buite, deur 'n vuurmuur op te\n"
+"stel. Lees gerus meer daaroor op in die \"Starter Guide\"\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien u die herlaaistelsel se konfigurasie wil verander. Word\n"
+"meer vir slimkoppe aanbeveel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hier kan u fyner verstellings maak op die dienste wat sal afskop\n"
+"Ondersoek dit gerus indien u die rekenaar as bediener gaan gebruik."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN-kaart"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafiese koppelvlak"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Kies die hardeskyf wat u wil wis, om u nuwe Mandriva Linux\n"
+"te kan installeer. Wees tog versigtig, alle huidige data op daardie\n"
+"partisie sal vernietig word!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op \"%s\" sou u al die data an al die partisies wat tans op hierdie\n"
+"hardeskyf is wil uitwis. Wees versigtig! Na u \"%s\" geklik het, sal u nie\n"
+"weer enige van die data of partisies kan red nie, dit sluit data op\n"
+"Windows-partisies in.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op \"%s\" indien u hierdie aksie wil staak, sonder om data te verloor."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Volgende ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Vorige"
+
+#
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a13e3c08c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1108 @@
+# Latest versions of po files are at http://www.mandrivalinux.com/l10n/am.php3
+# Copyright (C) 2004 Mandriva SA
+# Alemayehu Gemeda <alemayehu@gmx.at>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-06-01 03:36+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alemayehu <alemayehu@gmx.at>\n"
+"Language-Team: Amharic <am-translate@geez.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "ይህንን ሁኔታ መጠቀም ይፈልጋሉ?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "ከመሰረታዊ ማስረጃ ጋር"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "በእውነት አነስተኛ ተከላ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "ራስ-ገዛዊ ራስን መቻል"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "ቀን እና ሰዓት"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "የነበረውን ክፋይ ተጠቀም"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "ዲስኩን እንዳለ ደምስስ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "የደህንነት ተቆጣጣሪ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "ስፓኒሽ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "አኃዞች (ከክፍተት ጋር)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "የመሸፈኛ ዘዴ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "የISDN ካርድ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "ንድፋዊ እይታ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "የሚቀጥለው ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- የቀድሞው"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a33dab8c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1919 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to Arabic
+# Amr Fathy <amr10@menanet.net>, 2001.
+# Mohammed Gamal <f2c2001@yahoo.com>, 2002.
+# Youcef Rabah Rahal <rahal@arabeyes.org>, 2004.
+# Ossama M. Khayat <okhayat@yahoo.com>, 2004, 2005.
+# Munzir Taha <munzir@kacst.edu.sa>, 2004.
+# Abdulaziz Al-Arfaj <alarfaj@arabeyes.org>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-03 01:06+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ossama M. Khayat <okhayat@yahoo.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Arabic <support@arabeyes.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=n==1 ? 0 : n==2 ? 1 : n>=3 && n<=10 ? 2 : "
+"3\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"قبل المتابعة، عليك قراءة بنود الترخيص جيداً.. إنها\n"
+"تغطي كل توزيعة ماندريبا لينكس. إذا كنت توافق على كل البنود\n"
+"الموجودة فيها، قم بالتأشير على مربّع  \"%s\". إن لم يكن كذلك،  فبالضّغط على زرّ "
+"\"%s\"\n"
+"سيتم إعادة تشغيل جهازك."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"نظام جنو/لينكس هو نظام متعدد المستخدمين، مما يعني أن كل مستخدم\n"
+"له تفضيلاته الخاصة و ملفاته الخاصة و ما إلى ذلك. لكن على غرار المستخدم \"root"
+"\"، والذي هو مدير النظام، فإن المستخدمين الذين تُضيفهم حتى هذه النقطة لن "
+"يكونوا مُخوّلين\n"
+"بتغيير أي شيء عدا ملفّاتهم الخاصّة وإعداداتهم،\n"
+"لحماية النظام من أيّ تغييرات مشبوهة أو غير مقصودة والتي\n"
+"قد تكون ذات تأثير على النّظام بشكل كامل. سيتعيّن عليك إنشاء مستخدم واحد على "
+"الأقل لنفسك -- والذي هو حساب عليك استخدامه للعمل الروتيني اليومي.\n"
+"مع أنّه من السهل تسجيل الدخول كـ\"root\" لعمل\n"
+"أي شيء وكل شيء، إلا أنّه قد يكون أيضاً خطراً جداً. الخطأ البسيط جداً\n"
+"قد يعني أنّ نظامك لن يعمل بعد ذلك. إن قمت بخطأ جسيم\n"
+"كمستخدم عادي، فإنّ أسوأ ما قد يحدث أنّك ستفقد\n"
+"بعض المعلومات، ولكن لن تُؤثّر على النظام ككلّ.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"الحقل الأول سيسألك عن اسمك الحقيقي. بالطبع هذا الحقل\n"
+"ليس اجبارياً -- يمكنك إدخال أي شئ تريد. DrakX سيستخدم الكلمة\n"
+"الأولى التي قمت بإدخالها في هذا الحقل وينقلها إلى حقل \"%s\"، الذي\n"
+"هو الاسم الذي سيدخله المستخدم  للدخول على النظام. إن أحببت، يمكنك تخطّي\n"
+"المُدخل الافتراضي وتغيّر اسم المستخدم. الخطوة التالية هي إدخال كلمة المرور.\n"
+"من وجهة نظر أمنية، فإن كلمة مرور المستخدم العادي بدون صلاحيات\n"
+"ليست بأهمّيّة كلمة مرور المستخدم \"الجذر\"، لكن ليس هذا سبب للتغاضي\n"
+"عنها أو جعلها فارغة أو جعلها سهلة جداً: على كلّ حال، ملفاتك قد تكون هي\n"
+"التي في خطر.\n"
+"\n"
+"بمجرد ضغطك على زر \"%s\"، يمكنك إضافة مستخدمين أخر. أضف اسم مستخدم\n"
+"لكل صديق من أصدقائك أو لأبيك أو لأختك،مثلاً. اضغط \"%s\" عندما\n"
+"تنتهي من إضافة المستخدمين.\n"
+"\n"
+"ضغط زرّ \"%s\" يسمح لك بتغيير \"الصَّدفة\"\n"
+"لذلك المستخدم (bash هو الافتراضي).\n"
+"\n"
+"عندما تنتهي من إضافة المستخدمين، سيتم سؤالك عما إذا كنت تريد اختيار مستخدم\n"
+"يتم الدخول بواسطته إلى النظام تلقائياً عند بدء التشغيل.\n"
+"إذا كنت مهتماً بهذه الميزة (و لم تكن مهتماً كثيراً بالأمن المحلّي)،\n"
+"اختر المستخدم المطلوب و مدير النوافذ ثم اضغط \"%s\".\n"
+"إن لم تكن مهتماً بهذه الميزة، قم بإزالة التأشير من مربّع الاختيار \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "هل تريد استخدام هذه الميزة؟"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"في الأعلى ستجد تجزيئات لينكس الموجودة والتي عثر عليها على القرص الصلب الخاص "
+"بك.\n"
+"يمكنك أن تُبقي اختيارات المرشد، وهي جيدة لأغلب أنواع التثبيت.\n"
+"إذا قمت بعمل أي تغييرات فيجب عليك أن تعرف التجزيء الجذر (\"/\"). لا تختر\n"
+"تجزيئات صغيرة جدا و إلا لن تستطيع تثبيت برامج كافية. إذا كنت تريد تخزين "
+"البيانات\n"
+"على تجزيء مستقل فستحتاج إلى عمل تجزيء لـ\"/home\"\n"
+"(ممكن فقط إذا كان لديك أكثر من تجزيء للينكس).\n"
+"\n"
+"كل تجزيء مُعطى بالشكل التالي: \"الإسم\"، \"السعة\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"الإسم\" مركب بالسكل التالي: \"نوع القرص الصلب\"، \"رقم القرص الصلب\"،\n"
+"\"رقم التجزيء\" (مثلا، \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"رقم القرص الصلب\" دائما هو حرف بعد \"hd\" أو \"sd\". بالنسبة للأقراص "
+"الصلبة\n"
+"من نوع IDE فإن:\n"
+" * \"a\" تعني \"القرص الصلب الأساسي على متحكم IDE الأساسي\"،\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" تعني \"القرص الصلب الثانوي على متحكم IDE الأساسي\"،\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" تعني \"القرص الصلب الأساسي على متحكم IDE الثانوي\"،\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" تعني \"القرص الصلب الثانوي على متحكم IDE الثانوي\"،\n"
+"\n"
+"أما بالنسبة لأقراص سكزي SCSI فالحرف \"a\" يعني \"أقل معرف SCSI\"، و الحرف \"b"
+"\"\n"
+"يعني \"ثاني أقل معرف SCSI\"، الخ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"تثبيت ماندريبا لينكس موزّع على العديد من الأقراص.\n"
+"إن كانت حزمة ما في قرص آخر، سيقوم DrakX بإخراج القرص\n"
+"الحالي و سيطلب منك أن تدخل القرص المطلوب. إن لم يكن القرص المطلوب لديك،\n"
+"فقط اضغط على \"%s\"، ولن يتمّ تثبيت تلك الحزم.."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"حان الوقت الآن لتحديد أيّ البرامج تريد تثبيتها على نظامك.\n"
+"هناك الآلاف من الحزم المتوفّرة لماندريبا لينكس، و\n"
+"لكي نجعلها أسهل إدارة فقد وضعت الحزم في مجموعات من\n"
+"التّطبيقات المتشابهة.\n"
+"\n"
+"يصنف ماندريبا لينكس الحزم في أصناف أربعة. يمكنك \n"
+"خلط ومطابقة التّطبيقات من الأصناف المتعدّدة، بحيث\n"
+"يحتوي تثبيت \"محطّة عمل\" على تطبيقات من فئة خادم.\"\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن كنت تنوي استخدام جهازك كمحطّة عمل، اختر واحد أو\n"
+"أكثر من المجموعات التي في فئة محطّة العمل.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن كنت تنوي استخدام جهازك للبرمجة، اختر\n"
+"المجموعات المناسبة من تلك الفئة. مجموعة \"LSB\" المميزة سوف\n"
+"تهيئ نظامك بحيث يتوافق قدر الإمكان مع توصيات قاعدة لينكس القياسية.\n"
+"\n"
+"   اختيار مجموعة \"LSB\" سوف يثبت أيضاً تسلسل النواة \"2.4\"،\n"
+"بدلاً من \"2.6\" الافتراضيّة. هذا للتأكيد على التوافق الكامل للنظام مع LSB.\n"
+"على كل حال، إن لم تختر مجموعة \"LSB\" فسوف\n"
+"لا يزال يكون لديك نظام متوافق 100%% تقريباً مع LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن كان جهازك سيستخدم كخادم، اختر أيّاً من\n"
+"الخدمات الأكثر شيوعاً ترغب في تثبيتها على جهازك.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": هذا هو المكان الذّي تحدّد فيه بيئتك الرّسوميّة المفضّلة.\n"
+"يجب على الأقلّ اختيار واحدة إن كنت تريد أن يكون لديك\n"
+"واجهة رسوميّة متوفّرة.\n"
+"\n"
+"تحريك مؤشّر الماوس عبر اسم مجموعة سيظهر نصّ شرحٍ مختصرٍ\n"
+"عن تلك المجموعة.\n"
+"\n"
+"يمكنك اختيار مربّع \"%s\"، والذي هو مفيد إن كنت معتاداً على\n"
+"الحزم المُوفّرة أو إن كنت متحكماً تماماً\n"
+"بما سيتم تثبيته.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن بدأت التثبيت بالوضع \"%s\"، يمكنك إزالة اختيار كل المجموعات ومنع تثبيت أي "
+"حزم جديدة. هذا مفيد\n"
+"لإصلاح أو تحديث نظام موجود.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن قمت بإلغاء تحديد كلّ المجموعات عند القيام بتثبيت عاديّ\n"
+"(كما هو الحال في التّحديث)، سينبثق حوار يقترح\n"
+"خيارات متعدّدة للتثبيت الأدنى:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": تثبيت أقلّ عدد من الحزم الممكنة لتحصل\n"
+"على سطح مكتب رسوميّ عامل.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": بتثبيت النّظام الأساسي بالإضافة إلى الأدوات البسيطة وتوابعها\n"
+"من المواثقة. هذا التثبيت مناسب لإعداد خادم.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": سوف يثبت أقلّ عدد ممكن من الحزم الضّروريّة\n"
+"للحصول على نظام لينكس عامل. بهذا التّثبيت ستحصل فقط على\n"
+"واجهة سطر الأوامر. الحجم الكلّي لهذا التّثبيت هو حوالي 65\n"
+"ميجابايت."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "ترقية"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "مع وثائق المساعدة الأساسية"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "تثبيت مصغّر جداً"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"إن أخبرت برنامج التثبيت أنك تريد اخيار الحزم فرديّاً،\n"
+"فسوف يقدّم لك شجرة تحتوي كلّ الحزم مصنّفةً بحسب المجموعات و\n"
+"المجموعات الفرعيّة. خلال استعراض الشّجرة، يمكنك تحديد مجموعات بالكامل،\n"
+"مجموعات فرعيّة، أو حزم مفردة.\n"
+"\n"
+"حينما تحدّد حزمة من الشّجرة، يظهر وصفٌ على\n"
+"اليمين يعلمك بالغرض من الحزمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! إن تمّ اختيار حزمة خادم، إمّا بسبب أنّك حدّدتها\n"
+"قصداً أو بسبب أنّها كانت جزءً من مجموعة حزم،\n"
+"سوف تسأل التّأكيد على أنّك حقّاً تريد تلك الخادمات أن تكون\n"
+"مثبتة. بشكل افتراضي سيقوم ماندريبا لينكس بتشغيل أي خدمات مثبّتة تلقائيّاً\n"
+"عند بدء التّشغيل. حتى إن كانت آمنة وليس لها أيّ مسائل معروفة حين\n"
+"وقت شحن التّوزيعة، فإنّه من الممكن جدّاً أن\n"
+"تكون الثّغرات الأمنيّة اكتشفت بعد أن تمّ الانتهاء من هذه النّسخة من ماندريبا "
+"لينكس.\n"
+"إن لم تكن تعرف ما يفترض من خدمة معيّنة\n"
+"عمله أو لم سيتمّ تثبيتها، فاضغط على\"%s\". الضّغط على \"%s\"سوف\n"
+"يثبت الخدمات المُسردة وسوف يتمّ تشغيلها تلقائيّاً\n"
+"بشكل افتراضي خلال الإقلاع.!!\n"
+"\n"
+"يستخدم الخيار \"%s\" لتعطيل حوار التّحذير الذي يظهر\n"
+"حينما يحدّد برنامج التثبيت حزمة ليحلّ\n"
+"مسألة اعتماد. بعض الحزم بينها علاقات بحيث\n"
+"يكون تثبيت أحدها يتطلّب تثبيت برامج أخرى أيضاً.\n"
+"يستطيع برنامج التثبيت تحديد الحاجة إلى أي من هذه الحزم\n"
+"لإرضاء الاعتماد لإكمال التّثبيت ينجاح.\n"
+"\n"
+"تسمح لك الأيقونة الصّغيرة للقرص المرن في أسفل اللائحة بتحميل\n"
+"لائحة الحزم المُنشأة خلال تثبيت سابق. يكون هذا نافعاً إن كان\n"
+"لديك عدد من الأجهزة التي تودّ تهيئتها بشكل مشابه. الضّغط\n"
+"على هذه الأيقونة سيسألك إدخال قرص مرن أنشئ في\n"
+"نهاية تثبيت آخر. انظر التّلميح الثّاني من الخطوة الأخيرة عن كيفيّة\n"
+"إنشاء قرص مرن كهذا."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "مُعتمدات آلية"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": الضغط على \"%s\" سيفتح معالج تهيئة\n"
+"الطابعة. اقرأ الفصل المختص في ``دليل المبتدئ''\n"
+"لمزيد من المعلومات عن كيفية تهيئة طابعة جديدة. الواجهة\n"
+"المقدمة في دليلنا\n"
+"هي مماثلة لتلك المستخدمة أثناء التثبيت."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"يستخدم هذا الحوار لاختيار الخدمات التي تودّ تشغيلها عند بدء التشغيل.\n"
+"\n"
+"سيقوم DrakX بعرض قائمة بكل الخدمات المتوفرة في هذا التثبيت.\n"
+"راجع كل خدمة بتمعن و قم بإزالة التأشير من تلك الخدمات التي لا تحتاجها\n"
+"بشكل دائم عند الإقلاع.\n"
+"\n"
+"سيتم عرض شرح قصير حول الخدمة عند\n"
+"اختيارها. عموماً، إن لم تكن متأكد ما إذا كانت الخدمة مفيدة أم لا،\n"
+"فمن الأفضل ترك الخيار الإفتراضي.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! في هذه المرحلة كن حذراُ إذا كنت تريد استخدام ماكينتك\n"
+"كخادم: ربما لن تريد بدء أي خدمات لا تحتاجها.\n"
+"فضلاً تذكر أن العديد من الخدمات قد تكون خطرة إذا كانت\n"
+"متاحة على الخادم. بشكل عام اختر فقط الخدمات التي تحتاجها بالفعل !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"يقوم جنو/لينكس بإدارة الوقت بحسب توقيت غرينتش ثم يترجمه إلى\n"
+"التوقيت المحلي بحسب المنطقة الزّمنية التي اخترتها. إذا كانت الساعة\n"
+"التي في اللّوحة الرئيسية مضبوطة على التوقيت المحلي، يمكنك تعطيل ذلك\n"
+"عن طريق إزالة اختيار \"%s\" و التي ستجعل\n"
+"جنو/لينكس يعلم أن ساعة النظام وساعة الجهاز في نفس المنطقة الزّمنيّة. هذا مفيد "
+"عندما يستضيف الجهاز\n"
+"أيضاً نظام تشغيل آخر.\n"
+"\n"
+"الخيار \"%s\" سيقوم آلياً بضبط الساعة عن طريق الإتصال\n"
+"بخادم وقت بعيد على الإنترنت. كي تعمل هذه الميزة، يجب أن تكون لديك\n"
+"وصلة انترنت عاملة. من الأفضل اختيار خادم الوقت\n"
+"الأقرب إليك. في الحقيقة يُثبت هذا الخيار خادم وقت يمكن استخدامه\n"
+"من قبل الأجهزة الأخرى على الشبكة المحلية أيضاً."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "تزامن وقت آلي"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"بطاقة الرسوم\n"
+"\n"
+"   برنامج التثبيت يقوم باكتشاف وتهيئة\n"
+"البطاقة الموجودة على نظامك بشكل آلي. إن لم يحدث ذلك، يمكنك\n"
+"اختيار البطاقة المُتثبيتة لديك بالفعل من القائمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"   في حال كانت هناك خادمات رسومية مختلفة لبطاقتك،\n"
+"مع أو بدون تعزيز للرسوم ثلاثية الأبعاد، ستُسأل اختيار الخادم الذي\n"
+"يناسب احتياجاتك أكثر."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"؛X (إشارةً إلى نظام نوافذ X) هو قلب الواجهة الرّسوميّة لجنو/لينكس\n"
+"الذي تعتمد عليه كل البيئات الرّسوميّة (كيدي، جينوم، AfterStep،\n"
+"WindowMaker، وغيرها) المضمّنة مع ماندريبا لينكس.\n"
+"\n"
+"سوف تقدّم لك لائحة من معامِلاتٍ مختلفة يمكنك تغييرها للحصول\n"
+"على العرض الرّسوميّ الأمثل.\n"
+"\n"
+"بطاقة الرسوم\n"
+"\n"
+"   عادةً سيقوم المثبت بالاستكشاف والتّهيئة الآليّة\n"
+"للبطاقة الرّسوميّة المثبّثة على جهازك. إن لم يكن ذلك الحال، فيمكنك\n"
+"اختيار البطاقة الموجودة لديك بالفعل من هذه القائمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"   في حال توفّرت عدّة خادماتٍ لبطاقتك،\n"
+"مع أو بدون التعزيز الثّلاثي الأبعاد، سوف يطلب منك أن تحدّد الخادم\n"
+"الأكثر ملائمة لحاجاتك.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"الشّاشة\n"
+"\n"
+"   عادةً سيقوم المُتثبيت بالاستكشاف والتهيئة الآليّة\n"
+"للشّاشة المُتّصلة بجهازك. إن لم تكن صحيحة، فيمكنك\n"
+"اختيار الشّاشة المتّصلة بجهازك بالفعل من هذه القائمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"الاستبانة\n"
+"\n"
+"   يمكنك هنا اختيار الاستبانة وعمق الألوان المتوفّرين\n"
+"لعتادك الرّسومي. اختر الأكثر مناسبةً لحاجاتك (سوف تكون قادراً على\n"
+"تغيير ذلك بعد التّثبيت على كل حال). تظهر عيّنة من التهيئة\n"
+"المحدّدة في صورة الشّاشة.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"اختبار\n"
+"\n"
+"   قد لا يظهر هذا المُدخل بحسب عتادك.\n"
+"\n"
+"   سوف يحاول النّظام فتح شاشة رسوميّة بالاستبانة المرغوبة.\n"
+"إذا رأيت رسالة الاختبار خلال الاختبار وأجبت بـ\"%s\"،\n"
+"فسوف يتقدّم DrakX إلى الخطوة التّالية. إن لم تستطع رؤية الرّسالة، فهذا\n"
+"يعني أن جزءً ما من التّهيئة المكتشفة آلياً كان غير صحيح\n"
+"وسينتهي الاختبار تلقائيّاً بعد 12 ثانية، معيداً إيّاك إلى\n"
+"القائمة. غيّر الإعدادات حتّى تحصل على عرض رسوميّ صحيح.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"خيارات\n"
+"\n"
+"   يمكنك هنا اختيار ما إذا كنت تريد جهازك أن يبدّل تلقائيّاً\n"
+"إلى الواجهة الرّسوميّة عند الإقلاع. طبعاً ستفضّل\n"
+"أن تختار \"%s\" إن كان جهازك سيعمل كخادم، أو إن كنت لم تنجح في\n"
+"تهيئة العرض."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"الشاشة\n"
+"\n"
+"   يمكن لبرنامج التثبيت اكتشاف و تهيئة الشاشة المتصلة بماكينتك\n"
+"آلياً. ان لم يحدث ذلك، يمكنك اختيار الشاشة التي لديك\n"
+"من القائمة."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"الاستبانة\n"
+"\n"
+"   يمكنك اختيار الاستبانة وعمق الألوان في الحدود المتوفرة للعتاد.\n"
+"اختر تلك التي تناسب احتياجاتك (لا تزال\n"
+"تستطيع تغيير تلك الخيارات بعد التثبيت). يتم عرض عينة\n"
+"من التهيئة المختارة في صورة الشاشة."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"في حال كانت هناك خادمات مختلفة للبطاقة الخاصة بك، مع أو\n"
+"دون تعزيز للرسوم ثلاثية الأبعاد، ستُسأل اختيار الخادم الذي\n"
+"يناسب احتياجاتك."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"الخيارات\n"
+"\n"
+"   تخولك هذه الخطوة اختيار ما إذا كنت تريد بدء الواجهة الرسومية\n"
+"عند بدء النظام تلقائيّاً. بوضوح،\n"
+"ستختار \"%s\" إذا كانت ماكينتك ستستخدم كجهاز\n"
+"خادم، أو إذا لم تنجح في تهيئة العرض\n"
+"بشكل صحيح."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"عند هذه النقطة، عليك أن تقرر أين تريد تثبيت نظام\n"
+"التشغيل ماندريبا لينكس على القرص الصلب الخاص بك. إذا كان القرص الصلب\n"
+"فارغاً أو أن نظام تشغيل آخر يستخدم كل المساحة المتوفرة فسوف\n"
+"تحتاج إلى تجزئة القرص الصلب. بشكل عام، تجزئة القرص الصلب\n"
+"تعني تقسيم القرص الصلب منطقياً لإنشاء المساحة المطلوبة لتثبيت\n"
+"نظام ماندريبا لينكس الجديد الخاص بك.\n"
+"\n"
+"عملية تقسيم القرص الصلب لا يمكن التّراجع عنها عادةًَ\n"
+"كما أنها قد تتسبب في خسارة للبيانات إن وجد هناك نظام تشغيل\n"
+"آخر مثبت على هذا القرص الصلب، لذا فإنّ تجزئة القرص قد تكون عمليّةً صعبةً ومرهقة\n"
+"إن لم تكن مستخدماً محترفاً. من حسن الحظ، يوفّر DrakX معالجاً يسهل العملية.\n"
+"قبل متابعة هذه الخطوة، اقرأ بقية هذا القسم و قبل كل شئ، خذ وقتك.\n"
+"\n"
+"اعتماداً على إعدادات القرص الصلب، تتوفر العديد من الخيارات:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": هذا الخيار سيقوم بعملية تجزئة آلية\n"
+"للأقراص الصلبة الفارغة. إذا استخدمت هذا الخيار، لن تكون هناك إشعارات أخرى.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يكون المرشد قد اكتشف تجزيء أو أكثر من\n"
+"تجزيئات لينكس على القرص الصلب. إذا كنت تريد استخدامها، اختر هذا\n"
+"الخيار. سيتم بعد ذلك سؤالك عن أماكن التركيب المرتبطة بكل\n"
+"تجزيء. يتم اختيار أماكن التركيب المعتادة افتراضياً،\n"
+"ولأغلب المستخدمين فإنها فكرة جيدة تركها كما هي.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" : إذا كان ميكروسوفت ويندوز مثبتاً على القرص الصلب و يحتل كل "
+"المساحة \n"
+"التي عليه، ستحتاج إلى إنشاء مساحة فارغة لبيانات جنو/لينكس. لعمل ذلك يمكنك "
+"حذف\n"
+"تجزيء و بيانات ميكروسوفت ويندوز (انظر حلّ ``إزالة القرص بأكمله'')\n"
+"أو قم بتغيير حجم تجزيء ميكروسوفت ويندوز FAT. يمكن تصغير الحجم\n"
+"دون أي خسارة للبيانات، إن كنت قمت بإزالة تجزّئات التجزيء الخاص بويندوز.\n"
+"يفضّل بشدّة نسخ بياناتك احتياطياً.. استخدام هذا الخيار\n"
+"منصوح به إذا كنت تريد استخدام كل من ماندريبا لينكس و ميكروسوفت ويندوز\n"
+"على نفس الحاسب.\n"
+"\n"
+"   قبل اختيارك لهذا الخيار، عليك أن تعلم أنه بعد هذا\n"
+"الإجراء، ستتقلص مساحة تجزيء ميكروسوفت ويندوز عن ما قبل\n"
+"ستكون لديك مساحة فارغة أقل على ميكروسوفت ويندوز\n"
+"لتخزين بياناتك أو تثبيت برامج جديدة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إذا كنت تريد حذف كل البيانات و كل التجزيئات\n"
+"الموجودة على القرص الصلب و استبدالها بنظام ماندريبا لينكس الجديد\n"
+"الخاص بك، اختر هذا الخيار. كن حذراً، لأنك لن تتمكن من التراجع\n"
+"بعد أن تقوم بالتأكيد.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! إن اخترت هذا الخيار، سيتم حذف كل البيانات الموجودة على القرص. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"؛ * \"%s\". هذا الخيار يظهر في حال كان القرص محتلاً بأكمله\n"
+"من قبل ميكروسوفت ويندوز. سيقوم هذا الخيار ببساطة بمحو كل شيء على القرص و\n"
+"بدء التثبيت من الصفر، مجزّأً كلّ شيء من لاشيء.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! إن اخترت هذا الخيار، ستخسر كلّ البيانات على القرص الخاص بك. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اختر هذا الخيار إذا كنت تريد\n"
+"تقسيم القرص الصلب بشكل يدوي. كن حذراً -- هذا الخيار قوي\n"
+"لكنه خطير و من الممكن أن تفقد بياناتك بسهولة. لهذا فإن\n"
+"هذا الخيار مفضّل فقط إذا كنت قد قمت بشئ مماثل من قبل \n"
+"و لديك بعض الخبرة. لمزيد من التعليمات حول استخدام أداة DiskDrake\n"
+"راجع قسم ``إدارة التجزيئات'' في\n"
+"``دليل المبتدئ''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "استخدام التجزيء الموجود"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "مسح كل القرص"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"ها أنت ذا. التثبيت قد اكتمل الآن ونظام جنو/لينكس الخاصّ بك\n"
+"جاهز للاستخدام. فقط اضغط \"%s\" لإعادة تشغيل نظامك. لا تنْسَ أن\n"
+"تزيل وسط التّثبيت (قرص مدمج أو مرن). أوّل شيء يجب أن\n"
+"تراه بعد أن ينتهي حاسبك من فحص عتاده هو\n"
+"قائمة محمّل الإقلاع، والتي تعطيك الخيار لأيّ نظام تشغيل تريد بدءه.\n"
+"\n"
+"زرّ \"%s\" يظهر زرّين إضافيّين كي:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": تنشئ قرص تثبيت مرن يساعدك آليّاً\n"
+"بالقيام بالتّثبيت بأكمله دون مساعدة المُشغّل، كما هو\n"
+"التّثبيت الذي قمت بتهيئته للتّوّ.\n"
+"\n"
+"   لاحظ أن خيارين مختلفين متوفّرين بعد الضّغط على الزّر:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". هذا تثبيت آليّ جزئيّاً. خطوة التّجزئة\n"
+"هي الإجراء الوحيد التّفاعليّ.\n"
+"\n"
+"    \"%s\". التّثبيت الآليّ بالكامل: يُعاد كتابة القرص الصّلب\n"
+"بالكامل، وتفقد كلّ البيانات.\n"
+"\n"
+"   هذه الميزة مفيدة جدّاً عند تثبيت عدد من الماكينات المتشابهة.\n"
+"راجع قسم التّثبيت الآلي على موقعنا لمزيد من المعلومات.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يحفظ لائحة بالحزم المُختارة في هذا التّثبيت. كي\n"
+"تستخدم هذا الاختيار مع تثبيت آخر، أدخل القرص المرن وابدأ\n"
+"التّثبيت. على الملقن، اضغط مفتاح [F1] واكتب\n"
+">> linux defcfg=\"floppy\" << ثمّ اضغط مفتاح الإدخال.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) ستحتاج إلى قرص مرن منسّق بنسق FAT. لإنشاءه على GNU/Linux، أدخل\n"
+"\"mformat a:\"، أو \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" تتبعها \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "إنشاء قرص تثبيت آلي"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"إن اخترت إعادة استخدام بعض تجزيئات جنو/لينكس القديمة، قد ترغب\n"
+"بإعادة تنسيق بعضها ومسح أية بيانات تحتويها. لعمل ذلك، الرجاء،\n"
+"اختيار تلك التجزيئات أيضاً.\n"
+"\n"
+"الرجاء ملاحظة أنّه ليس من الضّروري إعادة تنسيق كل التّجزيئات الموجودة مسبقاً.\n"
+"يجب عليك إعادة تنسيق التجزيئات التي تحتوي نظام\n"
+"التشغيل (مثل \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\"( ولكن ليس عليك\n"
+"إعادة تنسيق التجزيئات التي تحتوي بيانات تودّ الاحتفاظ بها (عادة\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"رجاء كن على حذر عند اختيار التّجزيئات. بعد إعادة التّنسيق، كلّ البيانات التي\n"
+"على التّجزيئات المحدّدة سوف تُحذف ولن تكون قادراً على\n"
+"استعادتها.\n"
+"\n"
+"اضغط على \"%s\" عندما تكون جاهزاً لتنسيق التّجزيئات.\n"
+"\n"
+"اضغط على \"%s\" إن كنت تريد اختيار تجزيء آخر من أجل\n"
+"تثبيت نظام التّشغيل ماندريبا لينكس الخاصّ بك.\n"
+"\n"
+"اضغط على \"%s\" إن كنت ترغب باختيار تجزيئات سيتمّ تفحّصها من أجل\n"
+"الكتل السّيئة على القرص."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"في الوقت الذي تقوم فيه بتثبيت ماندريبا لينكس، قد يكون تم تحديث\n"
+"بعض الحزم منذ الإصدار الأول. قد يكون تم إصلاح بعض العيوب\n"
+"أو حل المشاكل الأمنية. لكي تستفيد من هذه التحديثات، يمكنك\n"
+"الآن تنزيل هذه التحديثات عبر الإنترنت. اختر\n"
+"\"%s\" إذا كانت لديك وصلة انترنت عاملة، أو \"%s\" إذا كنت تفضل\n"
+"تثبيت هذه التحديثات لاحقاً.\n"
+"\n"
+"اختيار \"%s\" يعرض قائمة بالأماكن التي يمكن منها الحصول\n"
+"على التحديثات. اختر المكان الأقرب إليك. سيتم عرض قائمة شجريّة بالحزم:\n"
+"راجع اختياراتك، ثم اضغط \"%s\" لجلْب و تثبيت\n"
+"الحزم المختارة، أو \"%s\" لإلغاء التّحديث."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"عند هذه النقطة، سيسمح لك DrakX باختيار المستوى الأمني الذي ترغب به\n"
+"لهذا الجهاز. بديهياً، يجب تعيين مستوى أمني\n"
+"عالٍ إذا كان الجهاز يحتوي على معلومات هامة، أو إذا كان الجهاز\n"
+"سيُستخدم للإتصال بالإنترنت. إنّ استخدام مستوى أمن عالٍ يأتي\n"
+"عادة على حساب سهولة الإستخدام.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن لم تكن تعرف ماذا تختار، أبق الاختيار الافتراضي. سوف تكون\n"
+"قادراً على تغيير مستوى الأمن لاحقاً باستخدام الأداة draksec من\n"
+"لوحة تحكّم ماندريبا .\n"
+"\n"
+"يُعْلم الحقل \"%s\" نظام المُستخدم على هذا الجهاز الذي\n"
+"سيكون مسؤولاً عن الأمن. رسائل الأمن ستُرسل إلى ذلك\n"
+"العنوان."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "مدير الأمن"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"عند هذه النقطة، تحتاج لاختيار أي التجزيئات ستستخدم\n"
+"لتثبيت نظام ماندريبا لينكس. إن كانت التجزيئات بالفعل\n"
+"مُعرّفة، إمّا من تثبيت سابق لجنو/لينكس أو بواسطة\n"
+"أداة أخرى، يمكن أن تستخدم التجزيئات الحاليّة . وإلا، يجب أن تُعَرَّف\n"
+"تجزيئات القرص الصّلب.\n"
+"\n"
+"لإنشاء التجزيئات، يجب أوّلاً يجب أن تختار قرص صلب. يمكن أن تختار\n"
+"قرص للتّجزئة بالضّغط على ''hda'' لقرص IDE الأوّل،\n"
+"\"hdb\" للثّاني، \"sda\" لقرص SCSI الأوّل وهكذا.\n"
+"\n"
+"لتقوم بتجزئة القرص الصّلب المحدّد، يمكنك استخدام هذه الخيارات:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": هذا الخيار يحذف كل التجزيئات على القرص الصّلب المحدّد\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": هذا الخيار يمكّنك من إنشاء تجزيئات ext3 والذّاكرة البديلة آليّاً\n"
+"في المساحة الشّاغرة لقرصك الصّلب\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: يعطي حقّ الوصول إلى مزايا إضافيّة:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يحفظ جدول التجزئة إلى قرص مرن. مفيد لاسترجاع لاحق\n"
+"لجدول التجزئة إن كان ضروريّاً. من المُستحسن جداً\n"
+"أن تقوم بهذه الخطوة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: يسمح لك باستعادة جدول تجزئة محفوظ مسبقاً من\n"
+"قرص مرن.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \" %s\": إن كان جدول التّجزئة معطوباً، يمكنك محاولة استعادته\n"
+"باستخدام هذا الخيار. رجاءً كن على حذر وتذكّر أنّه لا\n"
+"يعمل دائماً.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يتجاهل كلّ التّغييرات ويعيد تحميل جدول التّجزئة الذي كان\n"
+"أصلاً على القرص الصّلب.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إزالة اختيار هذا الخيار سيجبر المستخدمين على القيام يدويّاً بتجهيز "
+"و\n"
+"فكّ الوسائط القابلة للإزالة كالأقراص المرنة والمدمجة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": استخدم هذا الخيار إن رغبت في استخدام المرشد لتجزئة\n"
+"قرصك الصّلب. هذا مستحسن إن لم يكن لديك فهم جيّد\n"
+"للتّجزئة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": استخدم هذا الخيار لإلغاء تغييراتك.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يوفّر أعمالاً إضافيّة على التجزيئات )النّوع، الخيارات، التّنسيق(\n"
+"ويعطيك المزيد من المعلومات حول القرص الصّلب.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": عندما تنتهي من تجزئة قرصك الصّلب، سوف يقوم هذا\n"
+"بحفظ تغييرات إلى القرص.\n"
+"\n"
+"عند تحديد الحجم لتجزيء ما، يمكنك تحديد حجم التّجزيء بدقّة\n"
+"باستخدام مفاتيح الأسهم للوحة مفاتيحك.\n"
+"\n"
+"ملاحظة: يمكنك الوصول إلى أيّ خيار باستخدام لوحة المفاتيح. تنقّل بين\n"
+"التجزيئات باستخدام [TAB] وأسهم أعلى/أسفل.\n"
+"\n"
+"عندما تُحدّد تجزيءً، يمكنك استخدام:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c لإنشاء تجزيء جديد )عندما يكون تجزيء فارغ مُحدّد(.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d لحذف تجزيء\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m لتحدّد مكان التركيب.\n"
+"\n"
+"لتحصل على معلومات حول أنواع أنظمة الملفّات المختلفة المتوفّرة، رجاءً\n"
+"اقرا فَصْل ext2FS من ``الدّليل المرجعي``.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن كنت تقوم بالتّثبيت على ماكينة PPC، ستحتاج أن تنشئ تجزيء HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap`` صغير بحجم 1 ميجابايت على الأقلّ والذي سيستخدم بواسطة مُحمّل "
+"الإقلاع  yaboot.\n"
+"إن اخترت أن تجعل التجزيء أكبر قليلاً، لنقل 50 ميجابايت، قد تجده\n"
+"مفيد لتخزين نواة احتياطية وصور ramdisk من أجل\n"
+"أوضاع الإقلاع الطّارئة."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "التركيب الآلي للوسائط القابلة للإزالة"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "التغيير إلى الوضع العادي/وضع الخبير"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"تمّ اكتشاف أكثر من تجزيء ميكروسوفت على قرصك الصّلب.\n"
+"رجاء اختيار القرص الذي تريد تغيير حجمه كي تتثبيت\n"
+"نظام تشغيل ماندريبا لينكس الجديد.\n"
+"\n"
+"كل تجزيء مُسرد كما يلي: \"اسم لينكس\"، \"اسم ويندوز\"\n"
+"\"الكثافة\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"اسم لينكس\" مركّب: \"نوع القرص الصلب\"، \"رقم القرص الصلب\"،\n"
+"\"رقم التّجزيء\" (مثلاً، \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"نوع القرص الصلب\" هو \"hd\" إن كان القرص من نوع IDE و\n"
+"\"sd\" إن كان من نوع SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"رقم القرص الصّلب\" هو دائماً حرف بعد \"hd\" أو \"sd\". لأقراص IDE الصّلبة:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" يعني \"القرص الصّلب الرّئيسي على مُتحكّم IDE الأوّلي\"؛\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" يعني \"القرص الصّلب الثّانوي على مُتحكّم IDE الأوّلي\"؛\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" يعني \"القرص الصّلب الرّئيسي على مُتحكّم IDE الثّانوي\"؛\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" يعني \"القرص الصّلب الثّانوي على مُتحكّم IDE الثّانوي\"؛\n"
+"\n"
+"بالنّسبة لأقراص SCSI الصّلبة، \"a\" يعني \"أقلّ رقم تعريف SCSI\"، و\"b\" يعني\n"
+"\"ثاني أقلّ رقم تعريف SCSI\"، إلخ.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"اسم ويندوز\" هو الحرف الخاص بقرصك الصّلب ضمن ويندوز (القرص الأوّل\n"
+"أو التجزيء المسمّى \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": تأكد من اختيار البلد الحالي. إذا لم تكن في هذا\n"
+"البلد، اضغط على زر \"%s\" و اختر بلداً آخر. إذا لم تكن\n"
+"بلدك في القائمة اضغط زر \"%s\" لإظهار قائمة كاملة\n"
+"بالبلدان."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"يتم تنشيط هذه الخطوة فقط إذا عُثر على تجزيء جنو/لينكس موجود\n"
+"على ماكينتك.\n"
+"\n"
+"يحتاج DrakX الآن إلى معرفة ما إذا كنت تريد القيام بتثبيت جديد أو ترقية\n"
+"نظام ماندريبا لينكس الموجود لديك مسبقاً:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": في الأغلب، يقوم هذا بإزالة النظام القديم.\n"
+"على أيّ، بناءً على طريقة تجزئتك، يمكنك منع الكتابة على بعض\n"
+"من بياناتك الموجودة مسبقاً (بالطبع الأدلة \"المنزلية\").\n"
+"إن كنت تريد تغيير طريقة تجزئة القرص الصلب، أو تريد تغيير نظام\n"
+"الملفّات، عليك باستخدام هذا الخيار.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": صنف التثبيت هذا يسمح لك بتحديث الحزم\n"
+"المثبّتة حاليّاً على نظام ماندريبا لينكس الخاص بك. لن يتم تغيير\n"
+"بياناتك أو تقسيمات القرص الصلب. أغلب\n"
+"خطوات التهيئة الأخرى لا تزال متوفّرة، مثل التثبيت الاعتيادي.\n"
+"\n"
+"استخدام خيار ``الترقية'' يجب أن يعمل بشكل جيد على أنظمة ماندريبا لينكس\n"
+"التي تعمل على إصدار \"8.1\" أو ما بعده. لا ينصح بالترقية\n"
+"من إصدرات ماندريبا لينكس قبل \"8.1\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"اعتماداً على اللغة التي اخترتها ()، سيقوم DrakX آليّاً\n"
+"باختيار تهيئة لوحة المفاتيح. تحقّق من أنّ\n"
+"الاختيار يناسبك أو اختر توزيعة لوحة مفاتيح أخرى.\n"
+"\n"
+"أيضاً، قد لا تكون لديك لوحة مفاتيح توافق لغتك تماماً:\n"
+"مثلاً ربما تكون سويسريّاً متكلماً للغة الإنجليزية، قد تكون لديك\n"
+"لوحة مفاتيح سويسرية. أو إذا كنت تتكلم الإنجليزية لكنك موجود في كيبك،\n"
+"ربما تجد نفسك في نفس الموقف حيث لا تتطابق لغتك الأم\n"
+"مع لوحة المفاتيح. في الحالتين، ستسمح لك خطوة التثبيت\n"
+"باختيار لوحة مفاتيح مناسبة من القائمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"اضغط زر \"%s\" لعرض قائمة بكل\n"
+"لوحات المفاتيح المدعومة.\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا اخترت لوحة مفاتيح لحروف غير لاتينية، فسيسمح لك\n"
+"الحوار التالي باختيار اختصارات لوحة المفاتيح التي\n"
+"ستبدل وضع لوحة المفاتيح بين الحروف اللاتينية والغير لاتينية."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"الخطوة الأولى هي اختيار اللغة المفضلة.\n"
+"\n"
+"اختيارك للغة المفضلة سيؤثر على برنامج التثبيت،\n"
+"والنظام بشكل عام. أولاً، اختر المنطقة التي\n"
+"تقع فيها، ثم اللغة التي تتحدثها.\n"
+"\n"
+"ضغط زر \"%s\" سيسمح لك باختيار لغات\n"
+"أخرى ليتم تثبيتها على محطة عملك، ومن ثم\n"
+"تثبيت الملفات الخاصة باللغات لوثائق المساعدة والتطبيقات. مثلاً\n"
+"إذا كنت ستستضيف مستخدمين من أسبانيا على ماكينتك، اختر الإنجليزية\n"
+"كلغة افتراضية في العرض الشجري و\"%s\" في القسم المتقدم.\n"
+"\n"
+"حول دعم UTF-8 (يونيكود): يونيكود هي طريقة تشفير محارف جديدة غرضها\n"
+"تغطية كلّ اللّغات الموجودة. مع ذلك فإن دعمها الكامل في جنو/لينكس ما\n"
+"زال قيد التّطوير. لذلك السّبب، سيستخدمها ماندريبا لينكس أو لا يستخدمها\n"
+"بناءً على خيارات المستخدم:\n"
+"\n"
+" * إن اخترت لغة ذات تراث قويّ (اللّغات\n"
+"لاتيني1، والروسيّة، واليابانيّة، والصينيّة، والكوريّة، والتايلنديّة، واليونانيّة، "
+"والتّركيّة،\n"
+"ومعظم لغات iso-8859-2(، فسيستخدم التّشفير التّراثيّ بشكل افتراضي؛\n"
+"\n"
+" * اللّغات الأخرى ستستخدم يونيكود بشكل افتراضيّ؛\n"
+"\n"
+"إن كان هناك حاجة للغتين أو أكثر، وتلك اللّغات لا تستخدم\n"
+"نفس التّشفير، فسيستخدم يونيكود للنّظام بأكمله؛\n"
+"\n"
+" * أخيراً، يُمكن إجبار استخدام يونيكود للنظام بطلب المستخدم بواسطة\n"
+"اختيار الخيار \"%s\" بشكل منفصل والذي\n"
+"اختيرت لغته.\n"
+"\n"
+"لاحظ أنّك غير محدود باختيار لغة إضافيّة واحدة.\n"
+"يمكنك اختيار عدّة لغات، أو حتّى تثبيتها كلّها باختيار مربّع \"%s\".\n"
+"اختيار دعم لغة يعني أن التّرجمات، والخطوط، ومدقّقات\n"
+"الإملاء، إلخ. لتلك اللّغة سوف تكون مثبتة أيضاً.\n"
+"\n"
+"للتبديل بين اللغات المختلفة المثبتة على نظامك، يمكن\n"
+"تشغيل الأمر \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" كمستخدم \"root\" لتغيير\n"
+"اللّغة المستخدمة من قبل النّظام بأكمله. تشغيل الأمر كمستخدم عاديّ\n"
+"سوف يغيّر فقط إعدادت اللّغة الخاصّة بذلك المستخدم بذاته."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "الأسبانية"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"عادة، لا يواجه DrakX مشاكل في استكشاف عدد الأزرار في\n"
+"الماوس الخاصّة بك. إذا حدث ذلك، يفترض أن لديك ماوس ذات زرّين وسوف\n"
+"يقوم بتهيأتها لمحاكاة الزرّ الثالث. الزرّ الثالث للماوس ذات\n"
+"الزرّين يمكن الحصول على تأثيره بالضّغط على الزرّين الأيسر\n"
+"والأيمن بنفس الوقت. سوف يعرف DrakX تلقائيّاً ما إذا كانت الماوس الخاصّة بك "
+"تستخدم\n"
+"واجهة PS/2، أو متوالية أو USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"في حال كان لديك ماوس ذات ثلاثة أزرار دون عجل، يمكنك اختيار الماوس\n"
+"التي تظهر بإسم \"%s\". سيقوم DrakX بعدها بتهيأت الماوس الخاصّة بك حتّى تستطيع\n"
+"مُحاكاة العجل بها: لتقوم بذلك، اضغط الزرّ الأوسط وحرّك\n"
+"الماوس للأعلى وللأسفل.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن رغبت لسبب ما اختيار نوع ماوس آخر، اخترها\n"
+"من اللائحة المُقدَّمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"يمكنك تحديد المُدخل \"%s\" لاختيار نوع ماوس ``شامل'' والذي\n"
+"سوف يعمل تقريباً مع كل الأنواع.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن اخترت ماوس غير الافتراضيّة، سوف تظهر شاشة\n"
+"اختباريّة. استخدم الأزرار والعجل للتأكّد من أن الإعدادات\n"
+"صحيحة وأنّ الماوس تعمل بشكل صحيح. إن لم تكن الماوس\n"
+"تعمل بشكل جيّد، اضغط مفتاح المسافة أو [الإرجاع] لإلغاء الاختبار و\n"
+"العودة إلى لائحة الخيارات.\n"
+"\n"
+"كثيراً ما يتعذر استكشاف أجهزة الماوس ذات العجلات تلقائيّاً، لذا ستحتاج\n"
+"لاختيار الماوس من القائمة. تأكّد من اختيار التي تطابق\n"
+"المنفذ الذي تتّصل به الماوس الخاصّة بك. بعد اختيار الماوس و\n"
+"الضّغط على الزّرّ \"%s\"، تظهر صورة الماوس على الشّاشة. أدرْ\n"
+"عجل الماوس للتّأكّد من أنّه مُنشّط بشكل صحيح. أثناء تحريك\n"
+"عجل الماوس، ستراه كذلك يتحرك على الشاشة.\n"
+"قم باختبار الأزرار وتحقق من أن المؤشر يتحرك على الشاشة\n"
+"بينما تقوم بتحريكه حولها."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "بمحاكاة العجلة"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "عالمي | أيّ ماوس PS/2 و USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"الرجاء اختيار المنفذ الصحيح. مثلاً لمنفذ \"COM1\" في\n"
+"ويندوز اسمه \"ttys0\" في لينكس."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"هذه هي أهم خطوة تتخذها لأمن نظام جنو/لينكس الخاصّ بك:\n"
+"عليك إدخال كلمة مرور المستخدم \"root\". \"Root\" هو\n"
+"مدير النظام والمستخدم الوحيد المخوّل بتحديث النظام، وإضافة المستخدمين،\n"
+"وتغيير تهيئة النظام بشكل عام، الخ. باختصار يمكن للمستخدم \"root\" أن يفعل\n"
+"كل شئ! لذا عليك اختيار كلمة مرور صعبة\n"
+"التّخمين: سيخبرك DrakX إذا كانت كلمة المرور التي تستخدمها سهلة. كما\n"
+"ترى، لست مجبراً على إدخال كلمة مرور، لكننا ننصح بشدة ألا تفعل هذا. جنو/لينكس "
+"مُعرّص لأخطاء المُشغّل كأيّ\n"
+"نظام تشغيل آخر. وحيث أن \"الجذر\" يمكنه تعدي كل الحدود\n"
+"و قد يحذف كل البيانات عن غير قصد بالوصول إلى التجزيئات بلا مبالاة\n"
+"فإنّه من المهمّ أن يكون من الصّعب أن تصبح المستخدم\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"يجب أن تكون كلمة المرور خليطاً من الحروف والأرقام كما يجب أن تحتوي\n"
+"على 8 حروف على الأقل. لا تكتب كلمة مرور \"الجذر\" على ورق -- هذا يسهّل\n"
+"اختراق النظام إذا رأى أحد كلمة المرور.\n"
+"\n"
+"نصيحة أخرى -- لا تجعل كلمة المرور طويلة جداً أو معقّدة لأنك يجب أن تكون\n"
+"قادراً على تذكرها!\n"
+"\n"
+"لن يتم عرض كلمة المرور على الشاشة عند كتابتها. لتقليل فرصة حدوث\n"
+"خطأ أثناء الكتابة، ستحتاج إلى إدخال كلمة المرور مرتين.\n"
+"إذا أخطأت في الكتابة في المرتين، فسيجب استخدام كلمة\n"
+"المرور \"الخاطئة\" في المرة الأولى التي ستحاول فيها الاتصال كمستخدم \"جذر"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا أردت أن يكون الوصول إلى هذا الحاسب يتحكّم به\n"
+"خادم مواثقة، اضغط \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا كانت شبكتك تستخدم LDAP، أوNIS، أو خدمات PDC مواثقة نطاق ويندوز، اختر "
+"الخيار المناسب لـ\"%s\". إن لم تعرف أيّها تريد\n"
+"استخدامه، اسأل مدير الشبكة لديك.\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا كانت لديك مشكلة في تذكر كلمات المرور، يمكنك اختيار\n"
+"\"%s\" إذا لم يكن الحاسب الخاص بك متصلاً بالإنترنت،\n"
+"أو أنك تثق في جميع من يستخدمون حاسبك."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "المواثقة"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"محمّل الإقلاع هو برنامج بسيط يشغلّه حاسبك وقت الإقلاع.\n"
+"وهو المسؤول عن بدء تشغيل النظام بأكمله. عادة، يكون\n"
+"تثبيت محمّل الإقلاع آلياً بالكامل. سيقوم DrakX بتحليل قطاع التركيب الخاص "
+"بالقرص\n"
+"ويتصرف بحسب ما يجد هناك:\n"
+"\n"
+" * إن عثر على قطاع تحميل ويندوز، فسيقوم باستبداله بقطاع تحميل LILO/GRUB.\n"
+"بهذه الطريقة ستستطيع تحميل جنو/لينكس أو أيّ\n"
+"نظام تشغيل آخر على ماكينتك.\n"
+"\n"
+" * إذا تم العثور على قطاع تحميل LILO أو GRUB، سيتم استبداله بقطاع جديد.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن لم يستطع DrakX أن يقرر مكان وضع قطاع الإقلاع، فسيسألك\n"
+"عن المكان الأكثر أماناً لوضعه فيه. عامة، \"%s\" هو الأكثر أماناً.\n"
+"اختيار \"%s\" لن يقوم بتثبيت أيّ محمّل إقلاع. اسخدم هذا الخيار فقط\n"
+"إن كنت تعرف ماذا تفعل."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"الآن، حان وقت اختيار نظام الطباعة لحاسبك. قد توفّر أنظمة التشغيل الأخرى\n"
+"نظام طباعة واحد، لكن ماندريبا لينكس يوفر لك نظامين. كل نظام مناسب\n"
+"لنوع معين من التهيئة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- وهو اختصار لـ``اطبع و لا تصفّ''، هو الخيار الأمثل\n"
+"إذا كانت لديك وصلة مباشرة بالطابعة، و تريد أن تكون قادراً على\n"
+"تفادي أي ارتباك في الطابعة، وليس لديك طابعات شبكيّة.(يقوم \"%s\"\n"
+"بالتعامل مع حالات الشبكة البسيطة ويعيبه البطء عند الاستخدام\n"
+"مع الشبكات). من الأفضل أن تستخدم \"pdq\" إذا.\n"
+"كانت هذه تجربتك الأولى مع جنو/لينكس.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - ``نظام طباعة يونكس الشّائع CUPS''، هو الخيار الأمثل\n"
+"للطباعة على طابعتك المحلية أو حتى على طابعة في النصف الآخر من الكوكب. إنه\n"
+"سهل الإعداد و يمكن أن يتصرف كخادم أو كعميل لأنظمة طباعة \"lpd\"\n"
+"القديمة، لذا فإنه متوافق مع أنظمة التشغيل القديمة\n"
+"التي لا تزال تحتاج إلى خدمات الطباعة. بينما التهيئة سهلة\n"
+"و قوية مثل \"pdq\". إذا كنت تحتاج إلى محاكاة خادم \"lpd\"، تأكّد\n"
+"من تشغيل عفريت \"cups-lpd\".\n"
+"يحتوي \"%s\" على واجهات\n"
+"رسوميّة للطّباعة أو لتحديد خيارات الطّابعة\n"
+"ولإدارة الطابعة.\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا قررت اختيارك الآن، ثم لم يعجبك نظام الطباعة\n"
+"فيما بعد، يمكنك تغييره عن طريق تشغيل PrinterDrake من مركز تحكم ماندريبا "
+"لينكس\n"
+"و الضغط على زرّ \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "وضعية الخبير"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"سيقوم DrakX أولاً بالتحقق من أي أجهزة IDE مرتبطة بالحاسب. سيقوم\n"
+"أيضا بالتحقق من وجود بطاقات PCI SCSI على نظامك. إذا تم ايجاد\n"
+"بطاقة SCSI، سيقوم DrakX تلقائياً بتثبيت المُشغّل المناسب.\n"
+"\n"
+"لأن التحقق الآلي من العتاد غير خالي من الأخطاء، قد يتعذر\n"
+"على DrakX التحقق من أقراصك الصلبة. لذا سيكون عليك تحديد عتادك يدوياً.\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا اضطررت إلى تحديد موائم PCI SCSI يدوياً، سيسألك DrakX عمّا إذا\n"
+"كنت تريد تهيئة الخيارات الخاصة به. يجب أن تسمح لـ DrakX بأن\n"
+"يقوم بالتحقق الآلي من العتاد لكي يحدد الخيارات الخاصة بالبطاقة\n"
+"و التي يحتاج اليها لتشغيل الموائم. في أغلب الأحيان، سيتخطى DrakX\n"
+"هذه الخطوة بدون أي مشاكل.\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا تعذر على DrakX التحقق من الخيارات آلياً ستحتاج\n"
+"إلى تهيئة المُشغّل يدوياً."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": إذا تم اكتشاف بطاقة صوت على نظامك، سيتم عرضها\n"
+"هنا. إذا لاحظت أن بطاقة الصوت المعروضة هنا ليست تلك الموجودة\n"
+"فعلاً على نظامك، يمكنك الضغط على الزر و اختيار مشغل\n"
+"آخر."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"كمُراجعة، سيقدّم DrakX تلخيص المعلومات التي استجمعها حول\n"
+"نظامك. بناءً على عتادك المثبت، قد يكون لديك بعض أو كلّ\n"
+"المُدخلات التّالية. كل مُدخل مكوّن من عنصر التهيئة المطلوب\n"
+"تهيئته، متبوعاً بملخّص سريع من التّهيئة الحاليّة.\n"
+"اضغط على الزّر المرافق \"%s\" لتغييّر ذلك.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": تحقّق من تهيئة خريطة لوحة المفاتيح الحاليّة وغيّرها إن كان\n"
+"ضروريّاً.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": تحقّق من اختيار الدّولة الحالي. إن لم تكن في هذه\n"
+"الدّولة، اضغط على زرّ \"%s\" واختر دولة أخرى. إن لم تكن دولتك\n"
+"في القائمة المعروضة الأولى، اضغط على الزّر \"%s\" لتحصل على لائحة\n"
+"الدّول الكاملة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": بشكل افتراضي، يخفّض DrakX توقيتك الزّمني بناءً على الدّولة\n"
+"التي اخترتها. يمكنك الضّغط على الزّر \"%s\" هنا إن لم يكن ذلك\n"
+"صحيحاً.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": تحقّق من تهيئة الماوس الحاليّة واضغط على الزّر كي\n"
+"تغيّرها إن كان ضروريّاً.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": الضّغط على الزّر \"%s\" سيفتح\n"
+"معالج تهيئة الطّابعة. راجع الفصل المتعلّق من ``دليل\n"
+"المبتدئ'' للمزيد من المعلومات حول كيفيّة تهيئة طابعة جديدة. الواجهة\n"
+"المعروضة هناك مشابهة للتي هي مستخدمة خلال التّثبيت.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن اكتشف بطاقة صوت في نظامك، سوف تُعرض\n"
+"هنا. إن لاحظت أنّ بطاقة الصّوت المعروضة ليست هي التّي\n"
+"فعليّاً موجودة في نظامك، يمكنك الضّغط على الزّر واختيار\n"
+"مشغّل آخر.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن كانت لديك بطاقة تلفزيون على نظامك، يتمّ عرضها\n"
+"هنا وإن كانت لديك ولم تُكتشف،\n"
+"اضغط على \"%s\" تحاول تهيئتها يدوياً.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يمكنك الضغط على \"%s\" كي تُغيّر المُعطيات المرتبطة\n"
+"مع البطاقة إن شعرت بخطأ ما في التهيئة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": بشكل افتراضي، يهيّء DrakX واجهتك الرّسوميّة\n"
+"بدقّة \"800×600\" أو \"1024×768\". إن لم يناسبك ذلك، اضغط على\n"
+"\"%s\" كي تهيّء واجهتك الرّسوميّة.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن رغبت بتهيئة الوصول إلى الإنترنت والشّبكة المحل، فيمكنك عمل ذلك "
+"الآن. راجع الكتيّبات المطبوعة أو\n"
+"استخدم مركز تحكّم ماندريبا لينكس بعض الانتهاء من التثبيت كي تستفيد\n"
+"من المساعدة المُدرجة بالكامل.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يمكنك من تهيئة عناوين بروكسي HTTP و FTP إن كانت الماكينة التي\n"
+"تقوم بالتثبيت عليها واقعة خلف خادم بروكسي.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": هذا المُدخل يمكنّك من إعادة تعريف مستوى الأمن كما هو محدّد في\n"
+"الخطوة السّابقة ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن كنت تنوي وصل ماكينتك إلى الإنترنت، فإنّها لفكرة جيّدة\n"
+"أن تحمي نفسك من التّدخّلات الخارجيّة بإعداد جدار ناريّ. راجع\n"
+"الفصل المتعلّق من ``دليل المبتدئ'' لتفاصل\n"
+"إعدادات الجدار النّاري.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن رغبت بتغيير تهيئة محمّل الإقلاع، اضغط ذلك\n"
+"الزّر. يجب أن يُحتفظ بهذا للمستخدمين المُتقدّم راجع الكتيبات المطبوعة أو "
+"المساعدة المضمنة حول تهيئة محمل الإقلاع من خلال\n"
+"مركز تحكم ماندريبا لينكس.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": سيمكنك هذا من ضبط التّحكّم بالخدمات التي سوف تشغّل\n"
+"على ماكينتك. إن نويت استخدام هذه الماكنية كخادم فإنّها لفكرة جيّدة\n"
+"أن تُراجع هذه الخطوة."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "بطاقة ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "الواجهة الرسومية"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"اختر القرص الصلب الذي تريد محوه لتثبيت تجزيء\n"
+"ماندريبا لينكس الجديدة. خذ حذرك، كل البيانات الموجود عليه ستضيع\n"
+"و لن يمكن استعادتها!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"اضغط \"%s\" إن كنت تريد حذف كل التجزيئات الموجودة على القرص\n"
+"الصلب. خذ حذرك، بعد ضغطك لزر \"%s\" لن تتمكن من استعادة\n"
+"أي بيانات أو تجزئات كانت موجودة على هذا القرص الصلب، بما في ذلك\n"
+"أي بيانات ويندوز.\n"
+"\n"
+"اضغط \"%s\" لإيقاف هذه العملية دون خسارة أي بيانات أو تجزيئات\n"
+"موجودة على القرص الصلب."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "التالي ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- السابق "
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f8948da00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1926 @@
+# translation of DrakX-az.po to Azerbaijani
+# translation of DrakX-az.po to Azerbaijani Turkish
+# DrakX-az.po faylının Azərbaycan dilinə tərcüməsi
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva
+# Vasif Ismailoglu MD<azerb_linux@hotmail.com> , 2000-2001
+# Mətin Əmirov <metin@karegen.com>, 2001-2003, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-az\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-31 14:21+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Mətin Əmirov <metin@karegen.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Azerbaijani <translation-team-az@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Davam etmədən əvvəl, diqqətlə lisenziyanın qaydalarını oxumalısınız. O,\n"
+"bütün Mandriva Linux distribusiyasını əhatə edir. Əgər lisenziyadakı bütün\n"
+"qaydalarla razısınızsa, qutusunu \"%s\" işarələyin. Əgər razı deyilsəniz, "
+"sadəcə olaraq kompüterinizi bağlayın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linuks çox istifadəçili əməliyyat sistemidir, bu da o deməkdir ki\n"
+"hər istifadəçinin öz xüsusi seçimləri, faylları və s. ola bilər. Ancaq \n"
+"sistem idarəçisi olan \"ali istifadəçi\" xaricindəki indi əlavə edəcəyiniz\n"
+"istifadəçilər öz faylları və qurğuları xaricində sistemin heç bir təhlükəli\n"
+"yeri ilə iş görə bilməz və beləcə də sistem istənməyən pozulmalara qarşı\n"
+"qorunmuş olacaq. Ən az bir dənə sıravi istifadəçi yaradmalısınız və bu "
+"hesabı\n"
+"gündəlik işləriniz üçün istifadə etməlisiniz. Ali İstifadəçi olaraq giriş "
+"etmək də\n"
+"olduqca asanddır ancaq bu eyni zamanda çox təhlükəlidir. Çox kiçik bir xəta "
+"ilə\n"
+"sistemi qeyri-fəal vəziyyətə gətirə bilərsiniz. Ancaq sıravi istifadəçi "
+"olaraq xəta\n"
+"ediləndə ancaq bəzi mə'lumatları itirəcək, sisteminiz yenə də sağlam \n"
+"qalacaqdır.\n"
+"\n"
+"Birinci sahə sizdən adı soruşacaq. Əlbəttə ki bunu yazmaq məcburi deyil. \n"
+"Oraya istədiyiniz kəlmələri yaza bilərsiniz. DrakX buraya yazdığınız "
+"kəlmələrin\n"
+"ilk kəlməsini alıb \"%s\" sahəsinə köçürəcək, bu istifadəçinin sistemə "
+"girmək\n"
+"üçün işlədəcəyi istifadəçi adı olacaq. İstəsəniz bunu da dəyişdirə "
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Sonrakı addım şifrə girməkdir. Təhlükəsizlik nəzər nöqtəsindən şifrəsi "
+"olmayan\n"
+"sıravi istifadəçi ali istifadəçi qədər səlahiyyətli ola bilməz ancaq yenə də "
+"sizə\n"
+"hər bir istifadəçiyə tapılması asand olmayan bir şifrə tə'yin etmənizi \n"
+"məsləhət görürük\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" basdıqdan sonra başqa istifadəçiləri də əlavə edə bilərsiniz. Hər "
+"dostunuz\n"
+"üçün bir istifadəçi əlavə edin, misal üçün atanız, qardaşınız kimi. "
+"İstifadəçiləri əlavə \n"
+"etməyi bitirəndə \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" düyməsi istifadəçinin işlədəcəyi qabığı dəyişdirmək üçündür. \n"
+"(əsas olan bash qabığıdır).\n"
+"\n"
+"İstifadəçiləri əlavə edib bitirəndə sizə kompüteriniz açılanda hansı "
+"istifadəçinin\n"
+"avtomatik olaraq sistemə daxil etmək istədiyiniz sualı veriləcəkdir. Əgər "
+"bu\n"
+"xüsusiyyət xoşunuza gəlirsə və təhlükəsizlik haqqında elə də "
+"maraqlanmırsınızsal\n"
+"istədiyiniz istifadəçini və pəncərə idarəçisini seçib \"%s\" düyməsinə "
+"basın.\n"
+"Əgər bu xassə sizi maraqlandırmırsa \"%s\" qutusunun seçimini silin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Bu xüsusiyyəti istifadə etmək istəyirsiniz?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada sürücünüzdə tapılan Linuks bölmələri sıralanıb.\n"
+"Sehirbazın məsləhətlərinə qulaq asın, onlar çox vaxt işə yarayır.\n"
+"Əgər hər hansı bir dəyişiklik etsəniz ən azından kök bölməsini (\"/\") "
+"müəyyən\n"
+"etməlisiniz. Çox kiçik bölmə seçməyin, yoxsa kifayət qədər proqram "
+"tə'minatı\n"
+"qura bilməyəcəksiniz. Əgər mə'lumatlarınızı başqa bölmədə tutmaq "
+"istəyirsinizsə,\n"
+"o zaman bir də \"/home\" bölməsi yaratmalısınız (yalnız birdən çox Linuks\n"
+"bölməniz var isə mümkündür).\n"
+"\n"
+"Hər bölmə bu cür sıralanıb; \"Ad\",\"Həcm\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Ad\" bu cür qurulub: \"sabit disk növü\", \"sabit disk nömrəsi\",\n"
+"\"bölmə nömrəsi\" (məsələn, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Sabit disk növü\" diskiniz İDE sürücüsü isə \"hd\"dir, SCSİ sürücüsü isə\n"
+"\"sd\"dir.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Sabit disk nömrəsi\" həmişə \"hd\" və ya \"sd\"dən sonrakı rəqəmdir. İDE \n"
+"sürücülər üçün:\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"a\" mə'nası \"birinci İDE idarəçisində ali (master) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"b\" mə'nası \"birinci İDE idarəçisində qul (slave) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"c\" mə'nası \"ikinci İDE idarəçisində ali (master) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"d\" mə'nası \"ikinci İDE idarəçisində qul (slave) sürücü\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSİ sürücülərində, \"a\"nın mə'nası \"ən düşük SCSİ ID\",\n"
+"\"b\"nin mə'nası \"ikinci ən düşük SCSİ ID\"dir, vs..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux qurulumu müxtəlif CD-lər üstündə gəlir. DrakX\n"
+"seçili paketlərin hansı CD'də olduğunu bilir ona görə də lazım olanda\n"
+"hazırkı CD-ni çıxardıb sizdən lazım olan CD-ni daxil etməyi istəyəcək.\n"
+"Əgər əlinizin altında istənən CD yoxdursa \"%s\" düyməsinə basın və istənən\n"
+"paketlər qurulmayacaqdır."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"İndi sisteminizə qurmaq istədiyiniz proqramları müəyyən etmə vaxtıdır.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux daxilində minlərcə proqram mövcuddur və idarələrinin\n"
+"asan olması üçün onlar bənzər paketlər qruplarına ayrılıblar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Paketlər sisteminizin xüsusui istifadə sahəsinə görə qruplanıb.\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxda dörd əvvəldən müəyyən edilmiş qurulum növü mövcuddur.\n"
+"Yalnız siz bu qrupları yenə də qarışdıra bilərsiniz və istədiyiniz əlavə.\n"
+"proqramları seçə bilərsiniz. Misal üçün ''İş Stansiyası'' qurulumu\n"
+"``İnkişaf'' qurulumundakı proqramları daxil edə bilər.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminiz iş stansiyası olaraq istifadə ediləcəksə, bu\n"
+"qrupda yer alan bir ya da daha çox proqramı seçin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminizi proqramlaşdırma və inkişaf üçün işlədəcəksəniz,\n"
+"bu qrupdakı proqramları seçə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminiz verici olacaqsa, sisteminizə hansı xidmətləri\n"
+"qurmaq istədiyinizi buradan seçin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": qrafiki istifadəçi mühidini burada seçəcəksiniz. Əgər "
+"sisteminizdə\n"
+"qrafiki mühit işlətmək istəyirsinizsə ən az birisi seçilməlidir.\n"
+"\n"
+"Siçanın oxu qrup adının üstünə gələndə o qrup haqqında qısa izahat\n"
+"göstəriləcək. Əgər sistemi qurarkən bu qruplardan heç birini seçməsəniz\n"
+"minimal qurulum üçün fərqli seçimləri təqdim edən bir pəncərə\n"
+"göstəriləcək:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": minimal ədəddə paket qur, işləyən qrafiki ara üzə malik\n"
+"olma mümkündür.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sistem bazası və əsas tə'minatlar və sənədləri qurulacaq.\n"
+"Bu qurulum növü verici quraşdırmaq üçün uyğundur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": işləyən Linuks sistemi üçün lazım olan ən minimal paketlər\n"
+"qurulacaq. Bu qurulum ilə yalnız əmr sətirinə malik olacaqsınız.\n"
+"Qurulumun ümumi böyüklüyü təqribən 65 meqabayt olacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"Təklif edilən paketləri tanıyırsınızsa ya da qurulan hər paket üstündə\n"
+"tam idarə sahibi olmaq istəyirsinizsə\"%s\" qutusunu işarələyə bilərsiniz\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər qurulumu \"%s\" modunda başlatmışsınızsa, yeni paketlərin\n"
+"qurulmasının qabağını almaq üçün bütün qrupların seçimini silə\n"
+"bilərsiniz. Bu əsasən sistem tə'mir edilirkən ya da yenilənirkən\n"
+"sərfəlidir."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Yeniləmə"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Əsas sənədlərlə birlikdə"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Həqiqətən minimal qurulum"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Əgər qurulum proqramına paketləri ayrı ayrı seçmək istədiyinizi dedinizsə,\n"
+"o, qrup və alt qruplara ayrılmış paketləri ağac şəklində sizə göstərəcək.\n"
+"Bu ağacda gəzərkən, bütün qrupu, alt qrupu ya da paketləri ayrı ayrı seçə "
+"biləcəksiniz\n"
+"\n"
+"Hər paket seçişinizdə sağ tərəfdə bu paket ilə əlaqəli və onun nə işə\n"
+"yaradığını göstərən mə'lumat yer alacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Əgər paketin ya da paketin daxil oduğu alt qrupun seçilməsi ilə bir "
+"verici\n"
+"seçilsə, sizə bu vericini həqiqətən də qurmaq istədiyinizi soruşan və "
+"sizdən\n"
+"təsdiq istəyən pəncərə göstəriləcək. Əsas olaraq Mandriva Linux bütün "
+"qurulu\n"
+"olan xidmətləri açılışda fəal edir. Distribusiyanın çıxdığı vaxt onların "
+"bilinən heç bir\n"
+"xətası ya da təhlükəli yanı olmasa da, mümkündür ki, müəyyən vaxt sonra\n"
+"təhlükəsizlik nöqtələri aşkar edilə bilər. Əgər seçilən xidmətin nə etdiyini "
+"və nəyə\n"
+"yaradığını bilmirsinizsə, \"%s\" düyməsinə basın. \"%s\" düyməsini seçsəniz "
+"isə\n"
+"xidmət sisteminizə qurulacaq və sisteminizin açılışında fəal hala "
+"gətiriləcək.\n"
+"Qeyd: Xidmətlərin açılışda fəal olub olmamasını qurulum bitdikdən sonra da\n"
+"Mandriva Linux İdarə Mərkəzindən quraşdıra bilərsiniz!!\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" seçimi, bir proqramı seçdiyiniz zaman qurulum proqramının o proqram "
+"ilə\n"
+"əlaqəli diqər paket ya da asıllılıqların avtomatik seçməsi üçündür.\n"
+"Bə'zi paketlər bir birindən aslıdır və birinin qurulması digərinin də "
+"qurulmasını\n"
+"məcbur qılır. Bu paketləri qurulum proqramı müvəffəqiyyətlə taparaq "
+"sisteminizə\n"
+"quracaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"Siyahının altındakı kiçik disket rəsmi isə daha əvvəlki qurulumda (əgər "
+"yaratmışsınızsa)\n"
+"yaradılan paket siyahısı faylını yükləmək üçündür. Bu, birdən çox kompüterə "
+"eyni\n"
+"paket ya da proqramları qurmaq istədiyiniz zaman çox əlverişlidir. Düyməyə\n"
+"basdıqdan sonra sizdən disketi daxil etməniz xahiş ediləcək.\n"
+"Belə bir disketi necə yaradılacağını bilmək istəyirsinizsə son qurulum "
+"addımının \n"
+"ikinci yardım abzasına baxa bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Avtomatik asıllılıqlar"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\":  \"%s\" düyməsinə basmaq çapçı quraşdırma sehirbazını başladacaq."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Bu dialoq, açılışda avtomatik olaraq başlamasını istədiyiniz xidmətləri \n"
+"seçmək üçündür.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX hazırkı qurulumda mövcud olan bütün xidmətləri siyahıda göstərəcək.\n"
+"Hər birini diqqətlə nəzərdən keçirin və açılış vaxtı ehtiyac hiss "
+"etmədiyiniz\n"
+"xidmətlərin qabağındakı seçimi silin.\n"
+"\n"
+" Siçan xidmətin üzərinə gələndə o xidmətin vəzifəsini başa salan mətn\n"
+"göstəriləcək. Yalnız, əgər xidmətin faydalı olub olmamasından əmin "
+"deyilsəniz\n"
+"ən yaxşısı onu olduğu kimi saxlamaq olacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Əgər kompüteriniz verici olaraq istifadə ediləcəksə, bu addıma diqqət\n"
+"ayırmalısınız: istəmədiyiniz xidmətləri başlanğıcda başlatmaq "
+"istəməyəcəksiniz.\n"
+"Diqqətinizdə saxlayın ki, bə'zi xidmətlər fəal isə, bu verici üstündə "
+"təhlükəli ola bilər.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linuks vaxtı GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) ilə idarə edir və onu yerli\n"
+"vaxtı seçdiyiniz vaxt zolağına bağlı olaraq seçir. Əgər ana kartınızın "
+"saatı\n"
+"yerli saata quraşdırılıbsa, bunu, \"%s\"i seçərək qeyri-fəallaşdıra "
+"bilərsiniz,\n"
+"Bu, Linuksa sistem vaxtı ilə avadanlıq vaxtının eyni vaxt zolağında "
+"olduğunu\n"
+"bildirəcək. Bu, sistemdə Windows kimi digər əməliyyat sistemi mövcuddursa\n"
+"faydalıdır.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" seçimi isə, saatınızı internetdəki uzaq zaman vericisinə bağlanaraq\n"
+"düzəldəcək. Bu xüsusiyyətin işləməsi üçün, internet bağlantınız olmalıdır.\n"
+"Sizə ən yaxın olan vericini seçmək məsləhət edilir.\n"
+"Bu seçim əslində yerli şəbəkənizdəki başqa kompüterlərin də istifadə edə\n"
+"biləcəyi zaman vericisini qurur."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Avtomatik zaman sinxronlaşdırılması"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Səs Kartı\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qurulum proqramı sisteminizə bağlı olan səs kartını əsasən avtomatik "
+"olaraq\n"
+"aşkar edəcəkvə quraşdıracaq. Əgər səhv tapılsa həqiqətən sisteminizə bağlı "
+"olan\n"
+"səs kartını siyahıdan seçə bilərsiniz. \n"
+"   Əgər kartınız üçün həm 3D dəstəyi olan həm də olmayan vericilər "
+"mövcudsa,\n"
+"sizdən ehtiyaclarınıza ən gözəl cavab verən vericini seçməniz xahiş ediləcək."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (X Pəncərə Sistemi) GNU/Linuks qrafiki ara üzünün qəlbidir.\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxla bərabər gələn qrafiki mühitlərin hamısı (KDE, \n"
+"GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, vs.) buna bağlıdır.\n"
+"\n"
+"Optimal görünüşü almaq üçün sizə dəyişdiriləcək fərqli parametrlər\n"
+"təqdim ediləcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qurulum proqramı sisteminizə bağlı olan qrafika kartını əsasən avtomatik "
+"olaraq\n"
+"aşkar edəcək və quraşdıracaq. Əgər səhv tapılsa həqiqətən sisteminizə bağlı "
+"olan\n"
+"səs kartını siyahıdan seçə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"   Əgər kartınız üçün həm 3D dəstəyi olan həm də olmayan vericilər "
+"mövcudsa,\n"
+"sizdən ehtiyaclarınıza ən gözəl cavab verən vericini seçməniz xahiş "
+"ediləcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qurulum proqramı sisteminizə bağlı olan monitoru əsasən avtomatik olaraq\n"
+"aşkar edəcək və quraşdıracaq. Əgər səhv tapılsa həqiqətən sisteminizə bağlı "
+"olan\n"
+"monitoru siyahıdan seçə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Həlledilirlik\n"
+"\n"
+"   Burada avadanlığınız üçün mümkün olan həlledilirlik və rəng "
+"dərinliklərini\n"
+"seçə bilərsiniz. Ehtiyaclarınıza ən gözəl cavab verəni seçin. (Bunları "
+"qurulum\n"
+"tamamlandıqdan sonra da dəyişdirə biləcəksiniz). Seçilən qurğuların bir\n"
+"nümunəsi monitorda göstərilir.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Sınaq\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sistem, seçilən həlledilirlikdə qrafiki ekranı açmağa cəhd edəcək.\n"
+"Əgər sınaq sırasında ismarışı görüb \"%s\" düyməsinə bassanız, DrakX\n"
+"növbəti mərhələyə keçəcək. Əgər ismarışı görə bilmirsinizsə, bu avtomatik\n"
+"aşkar edilən quraşdırmanın bir hissəsi səhvdir və sınaq 12 saniyə sonra\n"
+"sonlanaraq sizi menyuya geri götürəcək.\n"
+"Düzgün qrafiki görünüş alana qədər qurğuları dəyişdirin.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Seçimlər\n"
+"\n"
+"   Burada, sisteminiz başlarkən avtomatik olaraq qrafiki ekrana keçməsini\n"
+"seçə bilərsiniz. Yalnız, əgər sisteminiz bir verici olacaqsa ya da ekran "
+"qurğularını\n"
+"müvəffəqiyyətlə sazlaya bilmədinizsə hər halda \"%s\" seçimini seçmək "
+"istəyəcəksiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qurulum proqramı sisteminizə bağlı olan monitoru əsasən avtomatik olaraq\n"
+"aşkar edəcək. Əgər səhv tapılsa həqiqətən sisteminizə bağlı olan monitoru\n"
+"siyahıdan seçə bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Həlledilirlik\n"
+"\n"
+"   Burada, avadanlığınız üçün mövcud olan həlledilirlik və rəng "
+"dərinliklərini\n"
+"seçə bilərsiniz. Ehtiyacınıza ən yaxşı cavab verəni seçin (qurulumdan sonra\n"
+"bunu dəyişdirə biləcəksiniz). Seçilən qurğunun bir nümunəsi\n"
+"monitorda göstərilir."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Əgər kartınız üçün həm 3D dəstəyi olan həm də olmayan vericilər mövcudsa,\n"
+"sizdən ehtiyaclarınıza ən gözəl cavab verən vericini seçməniz xahiş ediləcək."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçimlər\n"
+"\n"
+"   Burada, sisteminiz başlarkən avtomatik olaraq qrafiki ekrana keçməsini\n"
+"seçə bilərsiniz. Yalnız, əgər sisteminiz bir verici olacaqsa ya da ekran "
+"qurğularını\n"
+"müvəffəqiyyətlə sazlaya bilmədinizsə hər halda \"%s\" seçimini seçmək "
+"istəyəcəksiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu nöqtədə Mandriva Linuxi sabit diskinizdə haraya quracağınıza\n"
+"qərar verəcəksiniz. Əgər diskiniz boş isə və ya bir başqa sistem\n"
+"bütün yeri doldurmuş isə, o zaman diskinizdə Mandriva Linux üçün\n"
+"yer açmalısınız. Bölmələndirmə əsasən diskinizdə Mandriva Linuxu\n"
+"qurmaqməntiqi sürücülər yaratmaqdan ibarətdir.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ümumiyyətlə bölmələndirmənin təsiri geri dönülməzdir və mə'lumat\n"
+"itirilməsinə səbəb ola bilər. Ona görə də əgər sisteminizdə başqa bir\n"
+"əməliyyat sistemi quruludursa və siz Linuksla yeni tanışırsınızsa bu iş\n"
+"çox gərgin və yorucudur. Ancaq DrakX sabit diski çox rahat bölmələndirməniz\n"
+"üçün çox sadə bir sehirbaz daxil edir. Başlamadan əvvəl xahiş edirik, "
+"buradakı\n"
+"mə'lumatları oxuyun, və bu iş üçün bir az vaxt ayırın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sabit diskinizin qurğularına nəzarən birdən çox seçim mövcud ola bilər:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bu seçim boş sürücülərinizi avtomatik olaraq bölmələndirəcək\n"
+"Bu seçənəyi seçsəniz sizə heç bir sual verilməyəcək.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sehirbaz sabit diskinizdə bir ya da daha çox mövcud Linuks \n"
+"bölməsi aşkar edib. Onları istifadə etmək istəyirsinizsə bu seçənəyi "
+"işlədin.\n"
+"Daha sonra hər bölmə ilə əlaqələndirilmiş bağlama nöqtəsi seçəcəksiniz.\n"
+"Əvvəldən qalan bağlama nöqtələri əsas olaraq seçilidir və onları eləcə də\n"
+"saxlamaq gözəl fikirdir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sabit diskinizdə Microsoft Windows quruludur və üstündəki bütün\n"
+" sahəni əhatə edir, bu vəziyyətdə siz Linuks üçün boş yer ayırmalısınız.\n"
+"Bunu etmək üçün Microsoft Windows bölməsini və mə'lumatlarını silə "
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"(baxın ``Bütün diski sil'' həlli) ya da Microsoft Windows FAT ya da NTFS "
+"bölmənizin\n"
+" böyüklüyünü dəyişdirə bilərsiniz. Ölçüləndirmə qaydalara riayət edilərsə "
+"heç bir mə'lumat\n"
+"itirilməsinə yol açmaz. Qaydalar isə əvvəlcədən Windows bölməniz üstündə "
+"'Scandisk' və\n"
+"'Defraq' əmrlərinin icra edilməsinir. Eyni zamanda mə'lumatlarınızın ehtiyat "
+"nüsxəsini almayı\n"
+"da qətiyyən unutmayın. Kompüteriniz üstündə həm Mandriva Linux həm də "
+"Microsoft\n"
+"Windows ƏS'lərini işlətmək istəyirsinizsə bu seçənəyi seçin. Unutmayın ki "
+"Microsoft\n"
+"Windows bölmənizin böyüklüyünü Windows altında da bəzi (PartitionMagic) "
+"proqramlar\n"
+"vasitəsi ilə dəyişdirə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bu seçənəyi seçmədən əvvəl nəzərə alın ki bu əməliyyatdan sonra Microsoft "
+"Windows\n"
+"bölməniz əvvəlkindən daha kiçik olacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminizdəki bütün mövcud bölmələri silmək və yerinə\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistemini qurmaq istəyirsinizsə bu seçənəyi seçin.\n"
+"Diqqətli olun, ona görə ki seçiminizi təsdiqlədikdən sonra geri ala "
+"bilməyəcəksiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Əgər bu seçənəyi seçsəniz, diskinizdəki bütün mə'lumat "
+"silinəcəkdir. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bu sabit disk üstündəki hər şeyi siləcək və sıfırdan təzə bir "
+"bölmələmə,\n"
+"həyata keçirəcəkdir. Diskinizdəki bütün mə'lumat silinəcəkdir.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Əgər bu seçənəyi seçsəniz, diskinizdəki bütün mə'lumat "
+"silinəcəkdir. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": diskinizi əllə bölmələmək istəyirsinizsə bu seçənəyi seçin. \n"
+"Diqqətli olun -- bu çox qüvvətli ancaq təhlükəli seçimdir. Ona görə də bu \n"
+"seçimi ancaq daha əvvəl buna oxşar bir şey etmişsinizsə və bu sahədə\n"
+"bilikləriniz mövcuddursa seçin. Yaxşısı budur ki bu əməliyyat sırasında\n"
+"yanınızda daha əvvəl bunu etmiş dostunuz da olsun. DiskDrake vasitəsinin\n"
+"istifadəsi haqqında mə'lumatı ``Starter Guide'' kitabçasının ``Managing \n"
+"Your Partitions '' qismində tapa bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Mövcud bölməni işlət"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Bütün diski sil"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Təbrik edirik! Qurulum başa çattı və GNU/Linuks sisteminiz indi\n"
+"istifadəyə hazırdır. Sadəcə olaraq sisteminizi yenidən başlatmaq üçün\n"
+"\"%s\" düyməsinə basın. Kompüteriniz başlarkən avadanlıq yoxlamasından\n"
+"sonra görəcəyiniz açılış yükləyici menyusunda sizə başlatmaq\n"
+"istədiyiniz əməliyyat sistemlərinin siyahısı göstəriləcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" düyməsi seçimə bağlı olaraq aşağıdakı iki seçimi göstərir:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indi etdiyiniz quruluma bənzər və operatora (kompüterin\n"
+"yanında oturana) ehtiyaca qalmadan qurulumu etmək üçün avtomatik\n"
+"qurulum disketi yaratma imkanı verir.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Düyməni basdıqdan sonra iki fərqli seçim görəcəksiniz:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Qismən avtomatikləşdirilmiş qurulum. Yalnız disk bölmələmə\n"
+"addımı interaktiv olacaq və sizin istəklərinizə qulaq asacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Tamamilə avtomatikləşdirilmiş qurulum: sabit disk tamamilə\n"
+"yenidən yazılacaq, bütün mə'lumat yox olacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bu xassə, əsasən birdən çox eyni sistemin qurulmasında çox əlverişlidir.\n"
+"Daha çox mə'lumat üçün saytımızın Auto install qisminə baxın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): bu, qurulum sırasında seçilən paketlərin siyahısını disketə\n"
+"qeyd edər. Bu disketi başqa qurulum ilə işlətmək üçün, disketi daxil edin "
+"və\n"
+"quruluma başlayın. Promptda, [F1] düyməsinə basın və >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" << yazın.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Bunun üçün FAT ilə şəkilləndirilmiş disketə ehtiyacınız olacaq. (GNU/"
+"Linuks\n"
+"altında bunu yaratmaq üçün \"mformat a:\" əmrini verin)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Avtomatik qurulum disketi hazırla"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Yeni yaradılan bütün bölmələr şəkilləndirilməlidir\n"
+"(şəkilləndirmək, fayl sistemini yaratmaq deməkdir - format).\n"
+"\n"
+"Bu arada var olan hazır bölmələri də üstündəkiləri silmək üçün yenidən\n"
+"şəkilləndirmək istəyə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Bunu istəyirsinizsə xahiş edirik, bu bölmələri də seçin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ağlınızda tutun ki var olan bütün bölmələri şəkilləndirmək\n"
+"məcburi deyil. Əməliyyat sistəmini əmələ gətirən bölmələri\n"
+"(yəni \"/\", \"usr\" və ya \"var\"ı yenidən şəkilləndirmək üçün\n"
+"seçə bilərsiniz. Mə'lumatlar olan \"home\"u isə toxunmadan\n"
+"saxlaya bilərsiniz).\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölmələri seçərkən diqqətli olun. Şəkilləndirdiyiniz bölmələrdəki\n"
+"mə'lumatlar itiriləcək və geri gəlməyəcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölmələri şəkilləndirməyə hazır olanda \"%s\" düyməsini basın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yeni Mandriva Linux sisteminizi qurmaq üçün başqa bölmə seçmək\n"
+"istəyirsinizsə \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Üstündəki xəsərli blokların yoxlanmasını istədiyiniz bölmələri seçmək\n"
+"üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linuxu qurduğunuz vaxtda çox güman ki bə'zi paketlər \n"
+"ilk çıxışlarından sonra yenilənmiş ola bilər. Bunlarla bir çox xəta "
+"düzəldilmiş\n"
+"ya da təhlükəsizlik qüvvətləndirilmiş ola bilər. Bu yeniləmələrdən istifadə\n"
+"etmək üçün indi siz İnternetdən endirmə əməliyyatına başlaya bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Əgər fəal internet bağlantınız varsa \"%s\", yoxsa, yenilənmiş paketləri\n"
+"daha sonra qurmaq üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" seçilərsə, yeniləmələrin endirilə biləcəyi yerlərin siyahı "
+"göstəriləcək.\n"
+"Sizə ən yaxın olanı seçməlisiniz. Paket seçim ağacı göstəriləcək, bu bölümü\n"
+"gözdən keçirin və paketləri endirib qurmaq üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"Ləğv etmək üçün isə \"%s\" düyməsindən istifadə edə bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu nöqtədə, DrakX sizə sisteminiz üçün təhlükəsizlik səvissəyini seçmə\n"
+"imkanını təqdim edəcək. Qayda olaraq, əgər kompüter vacib mə'lumat daxil\n"
+"edir ya da internetə birbaşa açıq sistem olacaqsa təhlükəsizlik səviyyəsi\n"
+"yüksək seçilməlidir. Bunun gətirdiyi əlverişsiz şərait isə sistemin "
+"istifadəsinin\n"
+"daha çətin olmasıdır.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər nə seçəcəyinizi bilmirsinizsə, seçili qurğuları olduğu kimi saxlayın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Təhlükəsizlik İdarəçisi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu nöqtədə siz Mandriva Linux yüklənəcək bölmə(lər)i seçməlisiniz. Əgər\n"
+"bölmələr əvvəldən mövcuddursa (sistemdə əvvəllər qurulu olan GNU/Linuks \n"
+"bölmələri və ya başqa bölmələndirmə vasitələri ilə hazırladığınız "
+"bölmələr),\n"
+"onları istifadə edə bilərsiniz, əks halda onları müəyyən etməlisiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölmələri yaratmaq üçün əvvəlcə diski seçməlisiniz. Diski seçmək üçün \n"
+"birinci İDE sürücüsü üçün ``hda''nı, ikincisi üçün ``hdb''ni, birinci SCSİ \n"
+"sürücüsü üçün isə ``sda'' v.s. üstünə tıqlamalısınız.\n"
+"\n"
+"Seçdiyiniz sürücünü bölmələndirmək üçün aşağıdakı seçimləri etməyə "
+"qadirsiniz:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bu seçim seçili sabit disk üstündəki bütün bölmələri silər\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bu seçim sizə avtomatik olaraq sabit diskinizin boş sahəsində\n"
+"ext3 və dəyiş-toqquş sahəsi yaratma imkanı verəcək\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": Əlavə xüsusiyyətlərə yetişmə imkanı verir\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bölmə cədvəlini disketə qeyd edər. Bu disket daha sonra əmələ "
+"gələ\n"
+"biləcək disk bölmə cədvəli xətalarını bərpa etmək üçün işlədilir. Bu addımı "
+"həyata keçirməyi\n"
+"sizə şiddətlə məsləhət edirik.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Daha əvvəl disketə qeyd edilən bölmə cədvəlini bərpa etmək "
+"(yenidən\n"
+"yükləmək) üçün bu seçimi işlədin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Əgər bölmə cədvəliniz pozulubsa, onu bu seçimlə düzəldə\n"
+"bilərsiniz. Diqqətli olun və unutmayın ki bu həmişə işləməyə bilər.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bütün dəyişiklikləri silərək sabit diskin əvvəlki bölmə "
+"cədvəlini\n"
+"geri yükləyəcək.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bu seçimin işarəsini silərsəniz, istifadəçilər CD-ROM'lar və "
+"disketlər\n"
+"kimi çıxardıla bilən mediyaları əl ilə bağlamaq (mount) məcburiyyətində "
+"qalacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Əgər diskinizi bölmələmək üçün bir sehirbaza ehtiyac hiss "
+"edirsinizsə,\n"
+"bu seçimi seçin. Bu yol, bölmələmədən yaxşı başı çıxmayanlar üçündür.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Dəyişikliklərinizi rədd etmək üçün bu seçimi işlədin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Sabit disk haqqında ətraflı mə'lumat verir və onun üstündə əlavə\n"
+"əməliyyatlar (növ, seçimlər, şəkilləndirmə) icra etmə icazəsi verir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Sabit diskinizi bölmələyib bitirdiyiniz vaxt bu seçim "
+"dəyişiklikləri\n"
+"sabit diskinizə qeyd edəcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölmənin böyüklüyünü müəyyən edərkən klaviaturadakı istiqamət düymələri\n"
+"ilə seçiminizi sazlaya bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Qeyd: bütün seçimlərə klaviatura ilə yetişə bilərsiniz. Bölmələr arasında "
+"[Tab]\n"
+"və [Yuxarı/Aşağı] düymələri ilə hərəkət edə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bir bölmə seçili ikən bu qısa yolları istifadə edə bilərsiniz:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c -> yeni bölmə yaratmaq üçün (əgər boş bölmə seçilidirsə)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d -> bölməni silmək üçün\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m -> bağlama nöqtəsi seçmək üçün\n"
+"\n"
+"Fərqli fayl sistem növləri haqqında daha ətraflı mə'lumat üçün, xahiş "
+"edirik,\n"
+"``Reference Manual'' kitabının ext2FS bölümünü oxuyun.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər PPC kompüterdə qurulum aparırsınızsa, ən az 1 MBlıq balaca bir HFS \n"
+"``bootstrap'' bölməsini yaboot açılış yükləyicisi üçün seçmək "
+"istəyəcəksiniz.\n"
+"Əgər daha çox yeriniz varsa, məsələn 50 MB, onda bütün kernel və ramdisk \n"
+"açılış əkslərinizi təcili hallar üçün burada saxlaya bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Sökülə bilən avadanlıqların avtomatik bağlanması"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Normal modla mütəxəssis modu arasında keç"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Sürücünüzdə bir və ya daha çox Microsoft bölməsi tapıldı.\n"
+"Xahiş edirik, Mandriva Linuxi qurmaq üçün onlardan hansını\n"
+"yenidən ölçüləndirmək istədiyinizi seçin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hər bölmə bu cür sıralanıb; \"Linuks adı\",\"Windows adı\"\n"
+"\"Həcm\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linuks adı\" bu cür qurulub: \"sabit disk növü\", \"sabit disk nömrəsi\",\n"
+"\"bölmə nömrəsi\" (məsələn, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Sabit disk növü\" diskiniz İDE sürücüsü isə \"hd\"dir, SCSİ sürücüsü isə\n"
+"\"sd\"dir.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Sabit disk nömrəsi\" həmişə \"hd\" və ya \"sd\"dən sonrakı rəqəmdir. İDE \n"
+"sürücülər üçün:\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"a\" mə'nası \"birinci İDE idarəçisində ali (master) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"b\" mə'nası \"birinci İDE idarəçisində qul (slave) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"c\" mə'nası \"ikinci İDE idarəçisində ali (master) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"d\" mə'nası \"ikinci İDE idarəçisində qul (slave) sürücü\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSİ sürücülərində, \"a\"nın mə'nası \"ən düşük SCSİ ID\",\n"
+"\"b\"nin mə'nası \"ikinci ən düşük SCSİ ID\"dir, vs...\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows adı\" sabit diskinizin Windows altındakı adıdır (birinci\n"
+"disk ya da bölmənin adı \"C:\"dir, vs...)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": hazırkı ölkə seçimini yoxlayın. Əgər bu ölkədə deyilsəniz \"%s\"\n"
+"düyməsinə basaraq başqasını seçin. Əgər ölkəniz göstərilən ilk siyahıda\n"
+"deyilsə, tam ölkə siyahısını görmək üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu addım, yalnız sisteminizdə daha əvvəldən qurulu olan GNU/Linuks bölməsi\n"
+"tapılanda fəal olur.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX indi mövcud Mandriva Linux sisteminizi yeniləmək mi, yoxsa yenidən\n"
+"qurmaq mı istədiyinizi bilməlidir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bu seçim köhnə sistemi tamamilə siləcək. Əgər sabit "
+"disklərinizin\n"
+"bölmələndirilməsini dəyişdirmək ya da fayl sistemini dəyişdirmək "
+"istəyirsinizsə\n"
+"bu seçimi seçin. Yalnız, bölmələndirmə sxeminizdən aslı olaraq bə'zi mövcud\n"
+"mə'lumatlarınızın üstündən yazılmasının qabağını ala bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hazırkı Mandriva Linux sisteminizdə qurulu olan paketləri "
+"yeniləmə\n"
+"imkanı verir. Qurulum hazırkı bölmələmə sxemi və istifadəçi mə'lumat və "
+"sənədlərinə\n"
+"dəyməyəcək və dəyişdirməyəcək. Digər qurulum addımlarının çoxu isə standart\n"
+"qurulumdakının eynisi olacaq. Bu seçimi \"8.1\" versiyasından əvvəlki "
+"Mandriva Linuxlarda\n"
+"tədbiq etmək uyğun görülmür."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Bölümdə seçdiyiniz dilə bağlı olaraq, DrakX uyğun gələn klaviatura növü\n"
+"quraşdırmasını seçəcək. Yalnız, dilinizə tam uyğun olmayan klaviatura "
+"yiyəsi\n"
+"də ola bilərsiniz: misal üçün Azərbaycanda yaşayan Rus dilli şəxs isəniz\n"
+"klaviaturanızı Rus dilində istifadə etmək istəyəcəksiniz, ya da Rusiyada "
+"yaşayan\n"
+"Azərbaycanlı isəniz klaviaturanızı Rus dilində yox Azərbaycan dilində "
+"istifadə\n"
+"etmək istəyə bilərsiniz. İki vəziyyətdə də istədiyiniz klaviaturlarını "
+"siyahıdan seçə\n"
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dəstəklənən klaviaturaların tam siyahısını görmək üçün \"%s\" \n"
+"düyməsinə basın\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər Latın əlifbası əsasında olmayan klaviatura düzülüşü seçsəniz, növbəti\n"
+"dialoq sizə Latın və Latın olmayan düzülüşlər arasında keçiş üçün\n"
+"qısa yol seçmə imkanı verəcək."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçdiyiniz dil, sənədlər , qurulum və ümumi sistemə tə'sir edəcəkdir.\n"
+"İlk olaraq qaldığınız yerin coğrafi bölgəsini seçin, daha sonra\n"
+"istifadə etdiyiniz dili seçin.\n"
+"\"%s\" düyməsi əlavə dilləri seçmə imkanı verəcəkdir. Bu imkan\n"
+"fərqli bir dili də eyni zamanda istifadə etmə imkanı verəcək. Bu qurğunu\n"
+"\"%s\" ətraflı menyusundan həyata keçirə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Qeyd: Əlavə dil seçməkdə bir dil ilə məhdud deyilsiniz. \"%s\" "
+"qutusundanistədiyiniz qədər dil seçə bilərsiniz. \n"
+"Bir dil seçimi bərabərində tərcümələr, yazı növləri və\n"
+"imla yoxlayıcıları kimi bə'zi üstünlükləri gətirəcəkdir.\n"
+"Ayrıca \"%s\" qutusundan sistemi UTF-8 (yunikod) kodlamasını işlətmək\n"
+"üçün zorlaya bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Qurduğunuz dillər arasında keçiş etmək üçün ali istifadəçi səlahiyyətləri\n"
+"ilə konsolda \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" əmrini verə bilər ya da menyunuzdan\n"
+" \"localedrake\"'i seçərək dəyişdirə bilərsiniz. Bu, bütün sisteminya da\n"
+"yalnız bir istifadəçinin bütün dil qurğularını dəyişdirmə imkanı verir.\n"
+"Əgər bunları sıravi istifadəçi olaraq həyata keçirsəniz yalnız öz xüsusi\n"
+"dil qurğularınızı dəyişdirəcəksiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "İspanca"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Adətən DrakX siçanınızdakı düymə ədədini tapmaqda əziyyət çəkməyəcək. Əgər\n"
+"müvəffəqiyyətsiz olsa, siçanınızı iki düyməli qəbul edəcək və üçüncü düymə \n"
+"emulyasiyasını fəallaşdıracaq. İki düyməli siçanda üçüncü düyməyə "
+"``basmaq''\n"
+"üçün sağ və sol düyməyə bərabər basmalısınız. DrakX, siçanınızın PS/2 ya da "
+"USB bağlantısından hansını işlətdiyini özü tapacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər fərqli bir siçan növü seçmək istəsəniz verilən siyahıdan seçməniz\n"
+"kifayətdir.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər əsas siçan xaricində başqa bir siçan seçmək istəsəniz bir sınaq ekranı\n"
+"göstəriləcək.  Sİçanın qurğularının düz olduğundn əmin olmaq üçün\n"
+"düymələri və çarxı sınayın. Əgər siçan düzgün işləmirsə boşluq ya da\n"
+"[Return] düyməsinə basıb seçim siyahısına geri dönə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Çərxli siçanlar adətən avtomatik aşkar edilə bilmir, bu səbəblə\n"
+"siçanınızı siyahıdan seçməniz lazım ola bilər. Siçanızın taxılı olduğu "
+"qapını\n"
+"və siçanınızı seçəndən sonra  \"%s\" düyməsinə basın, ekranda bir siçan\n"
+"rəsmi göstəriləcək. Çərxin düzgün işlədiyini yoxlamaq üçün onu döndərin.\n"
+"Ekrandakı siçan çərxinin döndüyünü görəndən sonra siçanın düymələrini \n"
+"oxun ekrandakı hərəkətini yoxlayın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Çərx emulyasiyalı"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Hər hansı bir PS/2 və USB siçan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Xahiş edirik, doğru qapını seçin. Məsələn, Windows'dakı COM1\n"
+"GNU/Linuks'da ttyS0'dır."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu, GNU/Linuks sisteminizin təhlükəsizliyi üçün ən əsas mərhələdir.\n"
+"\"Ali istifadəçi (root)\" şifərsini daxil edəcəksiniz. \"Ali istifadəçi\" "
+"sistemin\n"
+"idarəçisidir və yalnız o yeniləmələri, istifadəçiləri əlavə edib/silməyi\n"
+"sistemin bütün qurğularını dəyişdirə bilər. Qısaca, \"ali istifadəçi\" hər\n"
+"şeyi edə bilər! Buna görə də tapılması çətin olan bir şifrə seçməlisiniz.\n"
+"DrakX seçdiyiniz şifrənin asan olub olmadığını sizə bildirəcək. Görüdüyünüz\n"
+"kimi, şifrə müəyyən etməkdə məcbur deyilsiniz, yalnız bunu sizə şiddətlə\n"
+"məsləhət etmirik. GNU/Linuks da diqər əməliyyat sistemləri kimi "
+"istifadəçinin\n"
+"xətasından çox tə'sir ala bilər. \"Ali istifadəçi\" bütün həddləri keçərək\n"
+"bütün bölmələrdəki bütün mə'lumatları silə bilər. Ona görə də ali "
+"istifadəçi\n"
+"olma imkanını olduqca çətinləşdirməlisiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Şifrəniz ədəd və hərflərin qarışığı olmalıdır və 8 hərfdən qısa "
+"olmamalıdır.\n"
+"Şifrəni heçvaxt başqa bir yerə qeyd etməyin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yalnız şifrəni çox uzun ya da çətin də seçməyin ona görə ki onu əzbərləmək\n"
+"məcburiyyətindəsiniz!\n"
+"\n"
+"Şifrənizi yazarkən ekranda göstərilməyəcək. Xəta riskini azaltmaq üçün\n"
+"şifrəni iki dəfə daxil edəcəksiniz. Burada diqqətli olun və eyni xətanı\n"
+"iki dəfə etməyin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər bu kompüterə yetişmənin səlahiyyət vericisi tərəfindən idarə "
+"edilməsini\n"
+"istəyirsinizsə, \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər şəbəkəniz LDAP, NIS, ya da PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"xidmətlərindən birisini işlədirsə, \"%s\" üçün uyğun gələnini seçin. Əgər\n"
+"hansını işlədəcəyinizi bilmirsinizsə, şəbəkə idarəçinizdən soruşun.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər şifrələri yadda saxlamaqda çətinlik çəkirsinizsə, internetə heç\n"
+"vaxt bağlanmayacaqsanızsa ya da kompüterini işlədən hamıya e'tibar\n"
+"edirsinizsə \"%s\" seçimini seçə bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "səlahiyyətləndirmə"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO və grub ikisi də GNU/Linuks açılış yükləyiciləridir. Normalda bu "
+"mərhələ\n"
+"tamamilə avtomatikdir. DrakX diskin kök sektorunu yoxlayacaq və orada "
+"tapacağı\n"
+"mə'lumatlara görə açağıdakı addımları tətbiq edəcək:\n"
+"\n"
+" * əgər Windows açılış sektoru aşkar edilərsə, DrakX onu grub/LILO açılış "
+"sektoru\n"
+"ilə dəyişdirəcək. Beləliklə, siz həm GNU/Linuksu həm də digər əməliyyat "
+"sisteminizi\n"
+"(Windows ya da MacOS) aça biləcəksiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * əgər grub ya da LILO açılış sektoru aşkar edilərsə, o, yenisiylə əvəz "
+"ediləcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər müəyyən edib qərara gələ bilməzsə, DrakX açılış yükləyicisini hara "
+"yazmaq\n"
+"istədiyinizi sizə soruşacaq."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"İndi kompüteriniz üçün çap sistemini seçmə vaxtı gəldi. Digər ƏS'ləri sizə "
+"bir\n"
+"dənəsini təqdim edə bilərlər, yalnız Mandriva Linux ikisini təqdim edir.\n"
+"Hər çap sistemi xüsusi quraşdırma növləri üçün uyğundur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- bu seçim``çap et, növbəyə alma'' mə'nasına gəlir.\n"
+"Əgər kompüterinizə bağlı olan çapçı varsa, çap yığılmalarından qurtulmaq\n"
+"istəyirsinizsə və şəbəkə çapçılarınız yoxdursa, bunu seçin. (\"%s\"\n"
+"yalnız çox sadə şəbəkə hallarını idarə edə bilər və şəbəkələrlə işlədiləndə\n"
+"biraz yavaş qalır. Əgər bu GNU/Linuks ilə ilk tanışmanızdırsa, sizə \"pdq\"\n"
+"işlətməyi məsləhət edirik.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Ümumi Unix Çap Sistemi'', isə həm öz kompüterinizə\n"
+"bağlı olan həm də bu dünyadakı istənən yerə qurulan çapçıdan istifadə\n"
+"etmək üçün ideal vasitədir və quraşdırılması çox asandır.\n"
+"Əsas quraşdırma \"pdq\" qədər asandır. Əgər bir \"lpd\" vericisini\n"
+"emulyasiya etmək istəyirsinizsə, \"cups-lpd \" demonunu başlatdığınıza\n"
+"əmin oun. .\"%s\" eyni zamanda çapçının quraşdırılması və idarəsi və çap\n"
+"üçün qrafiki ara üzlərə də sahibdir. \n"
+"Əgər indi birisini seçib sonra çap sistemini bəyənməzsəniz, onu Mandriva "
+"Linux\n"
+"İdarə Mərkəzindəki PrinterDrake bölməsindəki mütəxəssis düyməsi vasitəsiylə\n"
+"dəyişdirə bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Usta"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX əvvəlcə kompüterinizdə mövcud olan bütün İDE adapterleri \n"
+"axtarmağa cəhd edəcək. Eyni zamanda sisteminizdəki PCİ SCSİ kartları\n"
+"da axtarılacaq. Əgər SCSİ kart tapılsa sürücüsü avtomatik qurulacaq\n"
+"\n"
+"Bəzən DrakX sabit disklərinizi müvəffəqiyyətlə aşkar etməyə bilər.\n"
+"Bu vəziyyətdə avadanlığınızı əllə müəyyən etməli olacaqsınız.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər PCİ SCSİ adapterini əllə müəyyən etsəniz DrakX sizdən onun qurğularını\n"
+"sazlamak istədiyinizi soruşacaq, sizə sisteminizdə SCSİ\n"
+"adapteri olub olmadığı soruşulacaq. İmkan verin ki, DrakX sərbəstcə özü\n"
+"xüsusiyyətləri tapsın. Çox vaxt DrakX bu addımdan müvəffəqiyyətlə\n"
+"və xətasız çıxacaq.\n"
+"Əgər DrakX avadanlığa avtomatik olaraq hansı parametrlərin yollanacağını\n"
+"tapmaq üçün seçimləri qurğulaya bilməzsə sürücünü əllə siz quraşdırmaq\n"
+"məcburiyyətində qalacaqsınız."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": əgər sisteminizdə səs kartı tapılıbsa burada göstəriləcək.\n"
+"Əgər burada göstərilən səs kartının sisteminizdəkindən fərqli olduğu\n"
+"nəzərinizə çatsa, düyməyə basıb başqa bir sürücü seçə bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"İcmal olaraq, DrakX sisteminiz haqqında malik olduğu mə'lumatı göstərəcək.\n"
+"Qurulu avadanlığınıza bağlı olaraq, aşağıdakı girişlərin hamısını ya da bir "
+"neçəsi\n"
+"icmalda yer ala bilər. Hər giriş, quraşdırılan üzvdən və hazırkı qurğusunun "
+"qısa\n"
+"izahatından ibarətdir.\n"
+"Qurğunu dəyişdirmək üçün uyğun olan \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hazırkı klaviatura düzülüşünü göstərir. Lazımdırsa, bunu "
+"dəyişdirin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hazırkı ölkə seçimini göstərir. Əgər bu ölkədə deyilsəniz,\"%s\"\n"
+"düyməsinə basaraq başqasını seçin. Ölkəniz siyahıda yer almırsa ölkələrin\n"
+"tam siyahısını görmək üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əsasən, DrakX vaxt zolağınızı yaşadığınız ölkəyə görə müəyyən\n"
+"edir. Yalnız seçim düzgün deyilsə, \"%s\" düyməsinə basaraq onu dəyişdirə\n"
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hazırkı siçan qurğularını yoxlayın və lazımdırsa düyməyə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": \"%s\" düyməsinə basaraq çapçı quraşdırma sehirbazını işə sala\n"
+"bilərsiniz. Ətraflı mə'lumat üçün ''Başlanğıc Bələdçisi'' kitabçasının "
+"uyğun\n"
+"bölümünə baxın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminizdə səs kartı tapılıbsa, burada göstəriləcək.\n"
+"Əgər buradakı səs kartının sisteminizdə olandan fərqli olduğu nəzərinizə\n"
+"çatarsa, düyməyə basaraq başqa sürücü seçə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əsasən, DrakX qrafiki ara üzünüzü \"800x600\" ya da \"1024x768\"\n"
+"həlledirliyində quraşdırır. Bu sizə uyğun deyilsə, \"%s\" düyməsinin köməyi "
+"ilə\n"
+"qrafiki ara üzünüzü yenidən quraşdıra bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminizdə televiziya kartı tapılıbsa, burada "
+"göstəriləcək.\n"
+"Əgər televiziya kartınız var olub aşkar edilməyibsə, \"%s\" düyməsinə\n"
+"basaraq onu əllə quraşdırmağı sınayın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminizdə ISDN kartı aşkar edilibsə, burada "
+"göstəriləcək.\n"
+"Kart ilə əlaqəli parametrləri dəyişdirmək üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basa "
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər İnternet ya da şəbəkənizi indi quraşdırmaq istəyirsinizsə.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bu, əvvəlki addımda seçilən təhlükəsizlik səviyyəsini dəyişdirmə "
+"imkanı\n"
+"verir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər İnternetə bağlanmağı fikirləşirsinizsə, sisteminizi qorumaq "
+"üçün\n"
+"atəş divarı quraşdırmaq yaxşı fikirdir. Ətraflı mə'lumat üçün ''Başlanğıc "
+"Bələdçisi''\n"
+"kitabçasının uyğun bölümünə baxın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər açılış yükləyicisi qurğularınızı dəyişdirmək istəyirsinizsə, "
+"bu düyməyə\n"
+"basın. Bu, əsasən mütəxəssis istifadəçilər üçündür.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": burada, sistemdə hansı xidmətlərin işləyəcəyini sazlaya "
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Əgər sisteminizi verici olaraq işlətəcəksəniz, bu qurğuları gözdən keçirin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN kartı"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Qrafiki Ara Üz"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Yeni Mandriva Linux'izi qurmaq üçün silmək istədiyiniz sürücünü seçin.\n"
+"Diqqətli olun, sürücüdəki bütün mə'lumatlar silinəcək\n"
+"və geri gəlməyəcək!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Sürücüdəki bütün mə'lumatları və bölmələri silmək üçün\n"
+"\"%s\" düyməsinə basın. Diqqətli olun,\"%s\" düyməsinə basdıqdan sonra\n"
+"Windows mə'lumatları də daxil olmaq üzərə bütün bölmə mə'lumatı geri\n"
+"dönməyəcək şəkildə silinəcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölmədəki mə'lumatları qorumaq üçün və  əməliyyatı ləğv etmək üçün \"%s\" "
+"düyməsinə basın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Sonrakı ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Əvvəlki"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..681952245
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1108 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 1999 Mandriva.
+# Alexander Bokovoy <ab@avilink.net>, 2000
+# Maryia Davidouskaia <maryia@scientist.com>, 2000
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-09-24 12:30 +0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alexander Bokovoy <ab@avilink.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: be\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Вы жадаеце выкарыстоўваць aboot?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Аркады"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Аўтэнтыфікацыя"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Аўтаматычнае вызначэнне"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Аўтаматычнае вызначэнне"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Выкарыстоўваць існуючы раздзел"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Сцёрці дадзеныя на ўсім дыску"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Стварэнне дыскеты для ўсталявання"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Сістэмнае адміністраваньне"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Звычайны рэжым"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Эсперанто:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Аўтэнтыфікацыя"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "/Графік"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Унутраная ISDN карта"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Запуск X пры старце сістэмы"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Далей ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- прылада"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c1d84745
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1633 @@
+# translation of DrakX-bg.po to Bulgarian
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva
+# Bozhan Boiadzhiev <bozhan@plov.omega.bg>, 2000.
+# Borislav Aleksandrov <B.Aleksandrov@cnsys.bg>, 2003.
+# Boyan Ivanov <boyan17@bulgaria.com>, 2003.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-bg\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-15 13:27+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Boyan Ivanov <boyan17@bulgaria.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Bulgarian <dict@linux.zonebg.com>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Преди да продължите, трябва внимателно да прочетете условията на лиценза. "
+"Той\n"
+"покрива цялата Mandriva Linux дистрибуция, и, ако сте съгласни с всички "
+"условия\n"
+"в него, сложете отметка на \"%s\".Ако не сте съгласни,просто спрете "
+"компютъра си."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux е многопотребителска система, която означава, че всеки потребител "
+"може\n"
+"да има свои предпочитания, файлове и т.н.. можете да прочетете Ръководството "
+"на\n"
+"Потребителя, за да научите повече.\n"
+"За разлика от Root, който е администраторът, потребителите, които ще "
+"добавите тук\n"
+"няма да могат да променят нищо освен собствените си файлове и техните "
+"настройки.\n"
+"Ще трябва да създадете поне един обикновен потребител за себе си.\n"
+"С този акаунт ще трябва да влизате за рутинна дейност. Въпреки това "
+"практиката\n"
+"да влизате като root ежедневно, може да бъде много опасна ! И най-малката "
+"грешка\n"
+"може да означава, че системата ви няма да работи повече. Ако направите някоя "
+"сериозна\n"
+"грешка като потребител, това може са да доведе до загуба на част от "
+"информацията,\n"
+"но не и на цялата система.\n"
+"\n"
+"Първо, трябва да си въведете името. Това не е задължително, разбира се, "
+"всъщност\n"
+"можете да въведете каквото и да е. DrakX след това ще избере първата "
+"въведена\n"
+"в кутийката дума и ще го изкара като потребителско име. Това е името, с "
+"което\n"
+"всъщност определеният потребител ще влиза в системата. Можете да го "
+"промените.\n"
+"Трябва да въведете и парола тук. Паролата на непревилегирован (обикновен) "
+"потребител\n"
+"не е толкова фатална като тази на Root от гледна точка на сигурността, но "
+"все\n"
+"пак няма причина да я подценявате, тъй като рискувате файловете си.\n"
+"\n"
+"След като цъкнете на \"Приеми потребител\", можете да добавите колкото си "
+"искате.\n"
+"Добавете по един потребител за всеки от приятелите си: баща си, сестра си, "
+"например.\n"
+"Когато сте добавили всички потребители, които искате, цъкнете Готово.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкнете на бутона \"Напредничав\", за да промените обвивката по подразбиране "
+"на\n"
+"потребителя (bash по подразбиране)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Искате ли да използвате тази особеност?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"По-горе са изброени засечените Linux дялове съществуващи\n"
+"на твърдия ви диск. Можете да запазите избора направен от магьосника, те са\n"
+"добри за обща употреба. Ако ги промените, трябва да поне да определите\n"
+"root дял (\"/\"). Не избирайте прекалено малки дялове, защото няма да "
+"можете\n"
+"да инсталирате достатъчно софтуер. Ако искате да съхранявате данните си на\n"
+"отделен дял, трябва да изберете \"/home\" (възможно е само, ако имате "
+"повече\n"
+"от един Linux дял).\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"За информация, всеки дял е показан, както следва: \"Име\", \"Капацитет\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Името\" се кодира както следва: \"тип на диска\", \"номер на диска\",\n"
+"\"номер на дял\" (например, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Типът на диска\" може да е \"hd\", ако е IDE твърд диск, или \"sd\", ако "
+"е\n"
+"SCSI твърд диск.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Номерът на диска\" винаги е буквата след \"hd\" или \"sd\". При IDE "
+"дискове:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" означава \"master диск на първия IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"b\" означава \"slave диск на първия IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"c\" означава \"master диск на втория IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"d\" означава \"slave диск на втория IDE контролер\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"При SCSI устройства, \"a\" означава \"първи твърд диск\", \"b\" означава "
+"\"втори твърд диск\" и т.н.."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Инсталацията на Mandriva Linux е разположена на няколко CDROM-а. DrakX\n"
+"знае дали избран пакет не се намира на друг CDROM,така че ще извади "
+"текущото\n"
+"CD и ще ви остави да вкарате това, от което има нужда."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Сега е моментът да определите кои програми искате да бъдат инсталирани на\n"
+"системата ви. В Mandriva Linux дистрибуцията има хиляди пакети, но не е\n"
+"задължително да ги знаете наизуст.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако извършвате стандартна инстлация от CDROM, първо ще бъдете попитани кои\n"
+"CD-та имате (в Експертен режим). Проверете заглавията на CD-тата и посочете\n"
+"кутийките съответстващи на CD-тата, с които разполагате. Цъкнете \"OK\",\n"
+"когато сте готови да продължите.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пакетите са подредени в групи съответстващи на практическата употреба на\n"
+"машината ви. Групите, сами по себе си, са подредени в четири секции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Работна станция\": ако смятате да използвате машината си като работна "
+"станция,\n"
+"изберете една или повече съответните групи.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Разработка\": ако машината ви ще бъде използване за програмиране, "
+"изберете\n"
+"желаната(ите) група(и).\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Сървър\": накрая, ако машината ви ще бъде използвана за сървър, ще\n"
+"можете да изберете кои от най-често използваните услуги искате да имате\n"
+"инсталирани на машината.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Графична среда\": тук можете да изберете предпочитаната графична "
+"среда.\n"
+"Поне една трябва да бъде избрана, ако искате да имате графична среда !\n"
+"\n"
+"Премествайки курсора на мишната над името на групата, ще видите кратък\n"
+"обясненителен текст за нея.\n"
+"\n"
+"Можете да цъкнете кутийката \"Индивидуален избор на пакети\", която е "
+"полезна,\n"
+"ако сте запознати с пакетите, които ще ви бъдат предложени или ако искате "
+"да\n"
+"имате пълен контрол над това, което да бъде инсталирано.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сте започнали инсталацията в режим на \"Обновяване\", можете да "
+"изключите\n"
+"всички групи, за да избегнете инсталирането на нови пакети. Това е полезно\n"
+"при поправка или обновяване на съществуващата система."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Обновяване"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "С базова документация"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Наистина минимална инсталация"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Накрая, в зависимост от избора ви дали да избирате пакети един по един, ще\n"
+"ви бъде представено дърво съдържащо всички пакети подредени по групи и\n"
+"подргрупи. Докато обхождате дървото, можете да изберете цели групи, "
+"подгрупи\n"
+"или отделни пакети.\n"
+"\n"
+"Когато посочите пакет от дървото, ще се появи описание вдясно. Когато\n"
+"изборът е приключен, цъкнете бутона \"Инсталирай\", който ще пусне процеса\n"
+"на инсталация. В зависимост от скоростта на хардуера ви и броя на пакетите,\n"
+"които искате да бъдат инсталирани, процесът може да отнеме известно време.\n"
+"Очакваното време за приключване на процеса, че бъде показано на екрата, за\n"
+"да ви помогне да прецените дали имате достатъчно време да се насладите на\n"
+"чаша кафе.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Ако е избран сървърен пакет, било то умишлено или защото е част от цяла\n"
+"група, ще бъдете помолени за потвърждение, че наистина искате този сървър\n"
+"да бъде инсталиран. В Mandriva Linux, всички сървъри тръгват по "
+"подразбиране\n"
+"при зареждане.Даже ако са сигурни и нямат известни проблеми, когато\n"
+"дистрибуцията се разпространява, може да се случи така, че да се появят\n"
+"дупки в сигурността, след като версията на Mandriva Linux е завършена. Ако\n"
+"не знаете за какво служи определена услуга или защо е инсталирана, цъкнете\n"
+"\"Не\". С цъкане на \"Да\"  ще инсталирате изброени услуги и те ще бъдат\n"
+"стартирани автоматично по подразбиране. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Опцията \"Автоматични зависимости\" изключва предупредителните диалози,\n"
+"когато инсталаторът авоматично реши избере пакет. Това се случва, защото\n"
+"е решил, че се нуждае да задоволи зависимост с друг пакет, за да приключи\n"
+"успешно инсталацията.\n"
+"\n"
+"Малката иконка на дискетка в дъното на списъка позволява да заредите списък\n"
+"с пакети от предишна инсталация. Ако цъкнете на тази иконка, ще бъдете\n"
+"помолени да вкарате дискета създадена преди това в края на друга "
+"инсталация.\n"
+"Вижте втората подсказка по време на последната стъпка, за това как да\n"
+"създадете такава дискета."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Сега можете да изберете кои услуги да се пускат при стартиране.\n"
+"\n"
+"Тук са представени всички услуги, достъпни с настоящата инсталация.\n"
+"Прегледайте ги внимателно и изключете тези, които не ви трябват винаги при "
+"стартиране.\n"
+"\n"
+"Можете да видите кратък обяснителен текст за услугата, като поставите курора "
+"на мишката си\n"
+"над името на услугата. Ако не сте сигурни, дали услугата е полезна или не, "
+"по-добре\n"
+"е да оставите избора по подразбиране.\n"
+"\n"
+"Внимавайте с тази стъпка, ако смятате да използвате машината си като "
+"сървър:\n"
+"сигурно не бихте искали да пускате услуги, от които не се нуждаете. Моля,\n"
+"запомнете, че някои услуги могат да бъдат опасни, ако са включени на "
+"сървъра.\n"
+"По принцип, избирайте само услугите, от които наистина се нуждаете.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Автоматична синхронизация на времето"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Накрая, ще бъдете попитани дали искате да виждате графичния интерфейс при\n"
+"зареждане. Отбележете, че този въпрос ще ви бъде зададен даже ако изберете,\n"
+"да не тествате настройката. Очевидно, бихте отговорили с \"Не\", ако "
+"машината\n"
+"ще работи като сървър или ако няма успешно настроен дисплей."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"В този момент трябва изберете къде на твърдия си диска да инсталирате "
+"вашата\n"
+"Mandriva Linux операционна система. Ако твърдият ви диск е празен или друга\n"
+"операционна система използва цялото пространство, ще трябва да го "
+"разделите.\n"
+"Казано простичко, разделянето на твърдия диск се състои в логическо "
+"разделяне\n"
+"цел да се създаде място за инсталация на новата Mandriva Linux система.\n"
+"\n"
+"Тъй като процесът на разделяне обикновено е необратим, разделянето може да\n"
+"изглежда плашещ и стряскащ, ако сте неопитен потребител. Слава Богу, има\n"
+"магьосник, който опростява този процес. Преди да започнете, консултирайте "
+"се\n"
+"с ръководството и не бързайте.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако пускате инсталацията в Експертен режим, ще бъдете въведени в DiskDrake,\n"
+"разделящия инструмент на Mandriva Linux, който ви позволява да донастроите\n"
+"дяловете си. Вижте главата DiskDrake от ръководството. От инсталационния\n"
+"интерфейс можете да използвате магьосниците, като натиснете бутона\n"
+"\"Магьосник\" на диалога.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако дяловете са вече определени, дали от предишна инсталация или от друг\n"
+"иструмент за разделяне, просто изберете на кой да инсталирате Linux\n"
+"системата.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако дяловете не са определени, ще трябва да създадете такива използвайки\n"
+"магьосника. В зависимост от настройката на твърдия диск, са възможни "
+"няколко\n"
+"опции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" тази опция просто ще доведе до автоматично поделяне на празното "
+"пространство на твърдия ви диск. Няма да бъдете питани за това.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": магьосникът е засякъл един или повече\n"
+"съществуващи Linux дялове на твърдия ви диск. Ако искате да ги използвате,\n"
+"изберете тази опция.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ако имате инсталиран\n"
+"Microsoft Windows на твърдия си диск и той заема цялото достъпно\n"
+"пространство на него, трябва да освободите място за Linux данни. За да\n"
+"направитетова, можете да изтриете Microsoft Windows дяла и данните (вижте\n"
+"решенията \"Изтрий целия диск\" или \"Екпертен режим\") или да промените\n"
+"големината на Microsoft Windows дяла. Промяната на големината може да бъде\n"
+"извършена без загуба на данни. Това решение се препоръчва, ако искате\n"
+"едновременно Mandriva Linux и Microsoft Windows на един и същи компютър.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Преди да изберете тази опция, моля, разберете, че след тази процедура,\n"
+"големината на Microsoft Windows дяла ще бъде по-малка, отколкото преди "
+"това.\n"
+"Ще имате по-малко място под Microsoft Windows за съхраняване на данни или "
+"за\n"
+"инсталира на нов софтуер.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ако искате да изтриете всички данни и дялове, които\n"
+"съществуват на вашия твърд диск и да ги замените с новата Mandriva Linux\n"
+"система, изберете тази опция. Бъдете внимателни с това решения, защото няма\n"
+"да можете да върнете обратно избора си, след като потвърдите.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ако изберете тази опция, всички данни на диска ви ще бъдат "
+"загубени !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Това просто ще изтрие всичко на диска и ще започне на\n"
+"чисто, разделяне от раз. Всякакви данни на диска ви ще бъдат загубени.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ако изберете тази опция, всички данни на диска ви ще бъдат "
+"загубени !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": изберете тази опция, ако искате ръчно да разделите\n"
+"твърдия си диск. Бъдете внимателни - това е мощен, но опасен избор. Можете\n"
+"много лесно да загубите всички данни. Така че не избирайте това, ако не\n"
+"знаете какво правите."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Изпозване на съществуващ дял"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Изтрий целия диск"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"А така ! Инсталацията е завършена и GNU/Linux системата ви е готова за\n"
+"употреба. Просто цъкнете \"OK\", за да рестартирате системата. Можете да\n"
+"стартирате GNU/Linux или Windows, което предпочитате (ако имате две "
+"системи),\n"
+"веднага след като компютърът стартира отново.\n"
+"\n"
+"Бутона \"Напредничав\" (само в \"Експертен\") показва още два бутона за:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"генериране на дискета за автоматична инсталация\": за да създадете\n"
+"инсталационна дискета, която след това автоматично да изчършва цялата\n"
+"инсталация без помощта на оператор, приличаща на инсталацията, която току-"
+"що\n"
+"сте извършили.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Отбележете, че две различни опции са достъни, чрез цъкане на бутона:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Преиграй\". Това е частично автоматизирана инсталация като стъпките\n"
+"по разделяне на дялове остават интерактивни.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Автоматична\". Напълно автоматична инсталация: твърдият диск се\n"
+"презаписва напълно, всякакви данни се загубват.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Тази особеност е много удобна, когато инсталирате голям брой подобно\n"
+"машини. Вижте секцията за автоматична инсталация на нашия web-сайт.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Запази избора на пакети\"(*): запазва избора на пакети, така както "
+"е\n"
+"направен преди. Когато правите друга инсталация, вкарайте дискетата в\n"
+"устройството и пуснете инсталацията да върви чрез помощния екран, като\n"
+"натиснете клавиша [F1] и като напишете >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Трябва ви FAT-форматирана дискета (за да създадете таква под GNU/Linux,\n"
+"напишете \"mformat a:\")"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Подготвя дискета за автоматична инсталация"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Всички новодефинирани дялове трябва да бъдат форматирани, за да се "
+"използват\n"
+"(форматиране означава създаване на файлова система).\n"
+"\n"
+"В този момента може би искате да преформатирате някои съществуващи дялове, "
+"за\n"
+"да изтриете всякакви данни, които съдържат. Ако искате да го направите, "
+"моля\n"
+"изберете тях.\n"
+"\n"
+"Моля, отбележете, че не е необходимо да преформатирате всички дялове\n"
+"съществуващи отпреди. Трябва да преформатирате дяловете съдържащи\n"
+"операционната система (като \"/\", \"/usr\" или \"/var\"), но това не е\n"
+"задължително за дялове съдържащи данни, които искате да запазите "
+"(обикновено\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Моля, бъдете внимателни, когато избирате дяловете. След форматиране всички\n"
+"данни на посочените дялове ще бъдат изтрити и няма да можете да ги\n"
+"възстановите.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкнете \"OK\", когато сте готови да форматирате далове.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкнете \"Отказ\", ако искате да изберете други дялове за инсталация на "
+"новата\n"
+"си Mandriva Linux операционна система.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкнете \"Напредничав\", ако искате да изберете дялове, които да бъдат\n"
+"проверени за лоши блокове от диска."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"В този момент, трябва да изберете нивото на сигурност, което искате за\n"
+"машината. По правило, колкото повече машината ви е достъпна и колкото "
+"повече\n"
+"данни се съхраняват на нея, толкова по-високо трябва да е нивото на "
+"сигурност.\n"
+"Въпреки това, високата сигурност е за сметка на лекотата на работа.\n"
+"Обърнете се към главата MSEC на Reference Manual, за да получите повече "
+"информация\n"
+"за значението на тези нива.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако не знаете както да изберете, изберете опцията по подразбиране."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Администратор по защита:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"В този момент трябва да изберете кой дялове да бъдат използвани за "
+"инсталация\n"
+"на вашата Mandriva Linux система. Ако дяловете вече са определени, дали от\n"
+"предишна инсталация на GNU/Linux или от друг инструмент за разделяне, "
+"можете\n"
+"да използвате съществуващите далове. В противен случай трябва да определите\n"
+"дялове от твърдия диск.\n"
+"\n"
+"За да създадете дялове, трябва първо да изберете твърд диск. Можете да\n"
+"изберете диск за разделяне, като цъкнете на \"hda\" за първо IDE "
+"устройство,\n"
+"\"hdb\" за второто, \"sda\" за първо SCSI устройство и т.н..\n"
+"\n"
+"За да разделите избрания твър диск, можете да използвате следния опции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Изчисти всичко\": тази опция изтрива всички дялове на избрания диск.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Автоматично създаване\": тази опция позволява автоматично да съзадете\n"
+"Ext2 и swap дялове в свободното пространство на твърдия ви диск.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Спаси таблицата с дялове\": ако таблицата с дялове е повредена, можете\n"
+"да се опитате да я възстановите с тази опция. Моля, бъдете внимателни и\n"
+"помнете, че може да не стане.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Върни\": използвайте тази опция, за да отмените промените.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Презареди\": можете да използвате тази опция, ако искате да върнете\n"
+"всички промени и да заредите първоначалната таблица с дялове.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Магьосник\": използвайте тази опция, ако искате да използвате "
+"магьосник,\n"
+"да раздели твърдия ви диск. Това се препоръчва, ако нямате достатъчно "
+"познания\n"
+"за разделянето.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Възстанови от дискета\": тази опция ще ви позволи да възстановите "
+"запазена\n"
+"преди това на дискета таблица с дялове.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Запази на дискета\": запазва таблицата с дялове на дискета. Полезно е "
+"при\n"
+"евентуално възстановяване на таблицата при необходимост. Силно се "
+"препоръчва\n"
+"да направите това.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Готово\": когато сте свършили с разделянето на твърдия си диск, това "
+"ще\n"
+"запише промените върху диска.\n"
+"\n"
+"Забележета: можете да достигнете всяка опция използвайки клавиатурата.\n"
+"Минавайте през дяловете използвайки [Tab} и стрелките нагоре/надолу.\n"
+"\n"
+"Когато е избран дял, можете да използвате:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c, за да създадете нов дял (ако е избран празен дял);\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d, за да изтриете дял;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m, за да установите точка на монтиране.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако инсталите на PPC машина, сигурно ще искате да създадете малък HFS\n"
+"\"bootstrap\" дял от поне 1 МБ, който ще бъде използват от boot loader-ът\n"
+"yaboot. Ако смятате да направите дяла по-голям, например 50 МБ, можете да "
+"го\n"
+"намерите за полезно място, където да съхранявате някое ядро или image на\n"
+"ramdisk в случай на извънредни ситуации."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Автоматично монтиране на сменяем носител"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Премини в нормален/експертен режим"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Беше засечен повече от един Microsoft Windows дял\n"
+"на твърдия ви диска. Изберете този, чиято дължина искате да промените, за "
+"да\n"
+"инсталирате Mandriva Linux операционна система.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"За информация, всеки дял е изброен както следва: \"Linux име\", \"Windows име"
+"\", \"Капацитет\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux името\" се кодира както следва: \"тип на диска\", \"номер на диска"
+"\",\n"
+"\"номер на дял\" (например, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Типът на диска\" може да е \"hd\", ако е IDE твърд диск, или \"sd\", ако "
+"е\n"
+"SCSI твърд диск.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Номерът на диска\" винаги е буквата след \"hd\" или \"sd\". При IDE "
+"дискове:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" означава \"master диск на първия IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"b\" означава \"slave диск на първия IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"c\" означава \"master диск на втория IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"d\" означава \"slave диск на втория IDE контролер\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"При SCSI устройства, \"a\" означава \"първи твърд диск\", \"b\" означава "
+"\"втори твърд диск\" и т.н..\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows името\" е буквата на твърдия ви диск под Windows (първият диск "
+"или\n"
+"дял се нарича \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Обикновено, DrakX би трябвало да избере правилната за вас клавиатура (в "
+"зависимост\n"
+"от езика, който сте избрали) и няма да се наложи да видите тази стъпка. "
+"Обаче може да\n"
+"нямате клавиатура съответстваща точно на вашия език: например, ако сте "
+"англоговорящ швед,\n"
+"може би ще искате клавиатурата ви да бъде шведска. Или ако говорите "
+"английски, но сте\n"
+"в Квебек, може би ще сте в същата ситуация. И в двата случая, ще трябва да "
+"се върнете\n"
+"към тази инсталационна стъпка и да изберете правилната клавиатура от "
+"списъка.\n"
+"\n"
+"Всичко, което трябва да направите, е да посочите предпочитаната клавиатурна "
+"наредба\n"
+"от списъка, който ще се появи пред вас.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако имате клавиатура от език различен от този използван по подразбиране, "
+"цъкнете\n"
+"на бутона \"Напредничав\". Ще ви бъде предоставен пълен списък с "
+"поддържаните клавиатури."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Моля, цъкнете на предпочитания език на инсталация и системна употреба.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкането на бутона \"Напредничав\" ще ви позволи да изберете други езици\n"
+"да бъдат инсталирани на работната ви станция. Избирането на други езици\n"
+"ще инсталира файлове специвични за езиците за системна документация и\n"
+"приложения. Например, ако имате потребители от Изпания на машината си,\n"
+"изберете английски като главен език в дървовидната форма и в секция\n"
+"\"Напредничав\" цъкнете на сивата звезда съответстваща на\n"
+"\"Испански|Испания\".\n"
+"Отбележете, че могат да бъдат инсталирани няколко езика. Веднъж избран\n"
+"някакъв локал, цъкнете бутона \"OK\", за да продължите."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"По подразбиране, DrakX предполага че имате двубутонна мишка и ще включи\n"
+"симулиране на три бутона. DrakX автоматично разбира дали е PS/2, серийна "
+"или\n"
+"USB мишка.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако искате да определите друг тип на мишката, изберете подходящ от списъка,\n"
+"който ще ви бъде представен.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако изберете мишка различна от тази по подразбиране, ще ви бъде предоставен\n"
+"екран за проба. Използвайте бутоните и колелцето, за да проверите, че\n"
+"настройката е дора. Ако мишката не работи, както трябва, натиснете интервал\n"
+"или СЕ ВЪРНЕТЕ към \"Отказ\" и изберете пак."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "3 бутона с емулация на колелце"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Моля, изберете верния порт. Например, портът COM1 под Windows под GNU/Linux\n"
+"се нарича ttyS0."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "идентификация"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Дойде времето да изберете система за печат за вашия компютър.Другите\n"
+"операционни системи може да ви предлагат една,но ние ви предлагаме две.\n"
+"Всяка от тях е пригодена за даден тип конфигурация.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"-- е акроним на \"print,do not queue\"(\"пачатай,не чакай\"),е "
+"идеалният\n"
+"избор,ако имате директна връзка с принтера,искате да го контролирате,или\n"
+"нямате мрежови принтери.(\"%s\" може да работи само в много прости\n"
+"ситуации и е някак бавен,когато се ползва в мрежа.) Препоръчително е да \n"
+"изполвате \"pdq\" ако нямате опит с GNU/Linux. \n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System``(обичайна система за печат за "
+"Unix)\n"
+"е отличен избор,за печат както на собствения ви принтер,така и на друг,на\n"
+"половин свят разстояние.Тя е лесна за конфигуриране и може работи като\n"
+"клиент или сървър на архаичната\"lpd \",което я прави напълно съвместима\n"
+"с по-стари операционни системи,които може все още да се нуждаят от тази\n"
+"услуга.Въпреки че е доста мощна,основната инсталация е почти толкова \n"
+"лесна,колкото и тази на \"pdq\".Ако искате да емулирате \"lpd\" сървър,\n"
+"уверете се,че \"cups-lpd\" демона е пуснат.\"%s\" включва графични \n"
+"интерфейси за пречат и избор на опции за принтера,както и за\n"
+"конфигурирането му.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сега направите избор,а по-късно разберете,че не харесвате системата\n"
+"си за печат,можете да я смените като пуснете PrinterDrake от Мандрива "
+"линукс \n"
+"контролия център и цъкнете на \"експерт\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Трудно"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\"ако намеря звукова карта,ще видите съобщение за това.\n"
+"Ако забележите,че намерената звукова карта не отговаря на истината,\n"
+"можете да цъкнете на бутона и да изберете друг драйвер."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN карта"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Графичен интерфейс"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Изберете твърдия диск, който искате да изтриете, за да\n"
+"инсталирам новия ви Mandriva Linux дял. Внимание, всички данни на него ще "
+"бъдат загубени\n"
+"и няма да могат да се възстановят."
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Цъкнете на \"%s\", ако искате да изтриете всички данни и\n"
+"дялове съществуващи на този твърд диск. Внимание, след цъкане на \"%s\", "
+"няма да можете да възстановите каквито и да било данни и дялове съществуващи "
+"на този твърд диск,\n"
+"включително каквито и да е Windows данни.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкнете \"%s\", за да отмените тази операция без загуба да данните и\n"
+"дяловете съществуващи на този твърд диск."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Следващ ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Предишен"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..608c3b016
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1510 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Omi Azad <omi@altruists.org>, 2004.
+# Khandakar Mujahidul Islam <suzan@BengaLinux.Org>, 2004.
+# Progga <progga@BengaLinux.Org>, 2004.
+# Jamil Ahmed <jamil@BengaLinux.Org>, 2004, 2005.
+# Samia <mailsamia2001@yahoo.com>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX HEAD\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-19 23:18+0600\n"
+"Last-Translator: Samia <mailsamia2001@yahoo.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Bangla <mdk-translation@bengalinux.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"চালিয়ে যাওয়ার আগে, লাইসেন্সের শর্তগুলো আপনার সাবধানতার পড়া উচিত। এটা সম্পূর্ণ\n"
+"ম্যান্ড্রিব লিনাক্স ডিস্ট্রিবিউশন পূর্ণ করে। যদি আপনি এখানকার সব শর্তের সাথে একমত \n"
+"থাকেন, \"%s\" বাক্সটি চেক্‌ করুন। যদি না হয়, তাহলে \"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক \n"
+"করলে আপনার কম্পিউটার রিবুট হবে।"
+
+# সাম: 
+# \"shell\" = ?
+# bash
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux একটি বহু‌-ব্যবহারকারী সিস্টেম যেখানে প্রতিটি ব্যবহারকারী নিজস্ব পছন্দ ও\n"
+"ফাইলসমূহ আলাদাভাবে রক্ষণাবেক্ষণ করতে পারে। কিন্ত এসব সংযোজিত ব্যবহারকারীরা,\n"
+"\"root\"‌ (যে কিনা সিস্টেম অ্যাডমিনিস্ট্রেটর) এর মত, তাদের নিজস্ব ফাইল ও "
+"কনফিগারেশন\n"
+"ছাড়া অন্য কিছু বদলাতে অনুমোদিত নয়। এটি সিস্টেমকে অনিচ্ছাকৃত বা অস্বাভাবিক পরিবর্তন "
+"থেকে রক্ষা করে,\n"
+"যা কিনা সম্পূর্ণ সিস্টেমের ক্ষতি করতে পারে। আপনাকে নিজের জন্য অন্তত একটি সাধারণ "
+"ব্যবহারকারী\n"
+" তৈরী করতে হবে -- যে অ্যাকাউন্টটি আপনি নিয়মিত কাজের জন্য ব্যবহার করবেন। যদিও "
+"\"root\"\n"
+" হিসেবে লগ ইন করে সব কাজই করা সম্ভব, এটি বিপদজনকও বটে! একটি ছোটখাটো ভুলের "
+"কারণে\n"
+" আপনার সম্পূর্ণ সিস্টেম অচল হয়ে যেতে পারে। একজন সাধারণ  ব্যবহারকারী খুব বড় ভুল "
+"করলেও হয়ত\n"
+" কিছু তথ্য হারাতে পারে তবে সম্পূর্ণ সিস্টেমের ক্ষতি করতে পারে না।\n"
+"\n"
+"প্রথম ক্ষেত্রটিতে একটি আসল নাম দিন। তবে এটি অত্যাবশ্যকীয় নয় -- আপনি অন্য কিছুও "
+"লিখতে\n"
+"পারেন। DrakX, এর প্রথম শব্দটি নিয়ে \"%s\" এ কপি করবে, যা দিয়ে কিনা এই "
+"ব্যবহারকারী\n"
+"সিস্টেমে লগ ইন করবে। প্রয়োজন হলে আপনি ডিফল্ট নামটি বদল করতে পারেন। এরপর আপনাকে\n"
+"একটি পাসওয়ার্ড দিতে হবে। নিরাপত্তার দৃষ্টিকোণ থেকে সাধারণ ব্যবহারকারীর পাসওয়ার্ড, "
+"\"root\" এর\n"
+"পাসওয়ার্ডের মত জরুরী নয় তবে এটিকে খালি রাখা বা সহজ পাসওয়ার্ড দেয়া উচিত নয়, কারণ "
+"এতে\n"
+"আপনার ফাইলসমূহ অরক্ষিত থেকে যায়।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" তে ক্লিক করার পর আপনি আরও ব্যবহারকারী তৈরী করতে পারেন। আপনার পরিবারের\n"
+"সদস্য ও বন্ধুদের জন্য আলাদা আলাদা একাউন্ট তৈরী করুন। শেষ হলে \"%s\" ক্লিক করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক করে আপনি একজন ব্যবহারকারীর ডিফল্ট \"শেল\" বদল করতে পারেন\n"
+"(ডিফল্ট মান bash)।\n"
+"\n"
+"সব ব্যবহারকারী তৈরীর পর আপনাকে একটি বেছে নিতে হবে যা কিনা কম্পিউটার বুট করার "
+"পর\n"
+"স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে লগইন হবে। আপনি যদি এই ফিচারে আগ্রহী হন(এবং স্থানীয় নিরাপত্তা নিয়ে "
+"বিচলিত\n"
+"না হন), তবে পছন্দনুযায়ী ব্যবহারকারী ও উইন্ডো ম্যানেজার নির্বাচন করুন এবং \"%s\" "
+"টিতে ক্লিক\n"
+"করুন। অন্যথায় \"%s\" চেকবক্সটি আনচেক করুন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "এই সুবিধাটি কি আপনি ব্যবহার করতে চান?"
+
+# সাম:
+# secondary = সহকারী?
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"আপনার হার্ড ড্রাইভে বর্তমানে নিম্নলিখিত লিনাক্স পার্টিশনগুলো বিদ্যমান।\n"
+"আপনি উইজার্ড কর্তৃক বাছাইকৃত সেটিংসমূহ রাখতে পারেন কারণ বেশীরভাগ\n"
+"সাধারণ ইনস্টলেশনের ক্ষেত্রে এটিই যথেষ্ট। যদি পরিবর্তন করতে চান, আপনাকে অন্তত একটি\n"
+"রুট পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে হবে (\"/\")। পার্টিশনের সাইজ খুব ছোট না হওয়া জরুরী, কারন\n"
+"অন্যথা আপনি যথেষ্ট সফ্টওয়্যার ইনস্টল করতে পারবেন না। আপনার তথ্যসমূহ আলাদা\n"
+"পার্টিশনে রাখতে চাইলে, আপনাকে আরও একটি \"/home\" পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে হবে\n"
+"(যা কিনা একাধিক লিনাক্স পার্টিশন থাকলেই সম্ভব)।\n"
+"\n"
+"পার্টিশনগুলো তালিকায় এভাবে দেখানো হয়েছে: \"নাম\", \"ধারণক্ষমতা\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"নাম\" এর কাঠামো হচ্ছে: \"হার্ড ড্রাইভের ধরন\", \"হার্ড ড্রাইভ নাম্বার\",\n"
+"\"পার্টিশন নাম্বার\" (যেমন, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"যদি আপনার হার্ড ড্রাইভটি IDE হার্ড ড্রাইভ হলে \"হার্ড ড্রাইভের ধরন\" হবে \"hd\", "
+"আর\n"
+" SCSI হার্ড ড্রাইভ হলে হবে \"sd\"।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"হার্ড ড্রাইভ নাম্বার\", হচ্ছে \"hd\" বা \"sd\" এর পরের একটি অক্ষর। IDE হার্ড "
+"ড্রাইভের\n"
+"জন্য:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" অর্থ \"প্রাথমিক IDE কনট্রোলারে মাস্টার হার্ড ড্রাইভ\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" অর্থ \"প্রাথমিক IDE কনট্রোলারে স্লেভ হার্ড ড্রাইভ\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" অর্থ \"সহকারী IDE কনট্রোলারে মাস্টার হার্ড ড্রাইভ\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" অর্থ \"সহকারী IDE কনট্রোলারে স্লেভ হার্ড ড্রাইভ\".\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI হার্ড ড্রাইভের জন্য, \"a\" অর্থ \"সর্বনিম্ন SCSI ID\", \"b\" অর্থ\n"
+"\"দ্বিতীয় সর্বনিম্ন SCSI ID\", ইত্যাদি।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"ম্যান্ড্রিব লিনাক্স ইনস্টলেশন কয়েকটি সিডি'তে ভাগ করা থাকে। যদি একটি চিহ্নিত "
+"প্যাকেজ\n"
+"অন্য সিডি'তে থেকে থাকে, তাহলে DrakX বর্তমান সিডি'টি বের করে দেয় এবং "
+"প্রয়োজনীয়টি\n"
+"প্রবেশ করাতে জিজ্ঞেস করে। যদি এরকম অনুরোধ না আসে, তাহলে \"%s\" তে ক্লিক করুন,\n"
+"যথাযথ প্যাকেজগুলো ইনস্টল হবে না।"
+
+# সাম: 
+# documentation = ডকুমেন্টেশন
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"এখন আপনাকে নির্বাচন করতে হবে আপনি কোন কোন প্রোগ্রাম সিস্টেমে ইনস্টল করতে চান।\n"
+"Mandriva Linux এর জন্য কয়েক হাজার প্যাকেজ রয়েছে, এবং ব্যাবস্থাপনার সুবিধার্থে "
+"সেগুলোকে\n"
+"অ্যাপ্লিকেশনের ধরন অনুযায়ী ভাগ করা হয়েছে।\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux সব প্যাকেজগ্রুপসমূহ চারটি শ্রেণীতে ভাগ করে। আপনি বিভিন্ন শ্রেণীর\n"
+"অ্যাপ্লিকেশনমিলিয়ে ও মিশিয়ে ইনস্টল করতে পারেন, যেমন একটি ``Workstation''\n"
+"ইনস্টলেশনে আপনি ''Server'' শ্রেণী থেকে অ্যাপ্লিকেশন ইনস্টল\n"
+"করতে পারেন।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": আপনি যদি আপনার মেশিনটি ওয়ার্কস্টেশন হিসেবে ব্যবহার করতে চান, "
+"Workstation''\n"
+"শ্রেণী থেকে এক বা একাধিক গ্রুপ নির্বাচন করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": আপনি যদি আপনার মেশিনটি প্রোগ্রামিংএর জন্য ব্যবহার করতে চান, সে "
+"অনুযায়ী\n"
+"গ্রুপ নির্বাচন করুন। \"LSB\" নামের বিশেষ গ্রুপটি আপনার সিস্টেমকে এমনভাবে\n"
+"কনফিগার করবে যাতে তা Linux Standard Base স্পেসিফিকেশনের সাথে যতদূর\n"
+"সম্ভব সামঞ্জস্য বজায় রাখে।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"LSB\" গ্রুপটি নির্বাচন করলে, ডিফল্ট \"2.6\" কার্নেল সিরিজের বদলে\n"
+"\"2.4\" সিরিজটি ইনস্টল হবে। এটি করা হয় সিস্টেমকে 100%%-LSB সামঞ্জস্যপূর্ণ\n"
+"করার জন্য। তবে, আপনি \"LSB\" গ্রুপটি নির্বাচন না করলেও আপনার সিস্টেম প্রায়\n"
+"100%%-LSB সামঞ্জস্যপূর্ণ হবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": আপনার মেশিনটি যদি সার্ভার হিসেবে ব্যবহৃত হয়, আপনার মেশিনে কোন সাধারন\n"
+" সার্ভিসসমূহ ইনস্টল করতে চান তা  নির্বাচন করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এখানে আপনার পছন্দ অনুযায়ী গ্রাফিক্যাল প্রতিবেশ নির্বাচন\n"
+"করুন। আপনি যদি গ্রাফিক্যাল ইন্টারফেস ব্যবহার করতে চান, অন্তত একটি অবশ্যই\n"
+"নির্বাচন করতে হবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"কোন গ্রুপ নামের উপর মাউস কার্সার রাখলে ঐ গ্রুপ সম্পর্কে টীকা প্রদর্শিত হবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনি \"%s\" বক্সটি চেক করতে পারেন, যা কিনা প্রয়োজনীয় যদি আপনি প্যাকেজগুলো\n"
+"সম্পর্কে পরিচিত হন বা কোন কোন প্যাকেজ ইনস্টল হবে তা সম্পূর্ণভাবে নিয়ন্ত্রন\n"
+"করতে চান।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" মোডে ইনস্টলেশন শুরু করলে, আপনি সব গ্রুপ ডিসিলেক্ট করে নতুন প্যাকেজ\n"
+"ইনস্টলেশন বাতিল করতে পারেন। এটি একটি বিদ্যমান সিস্টেম মেরামত ও আপডেট\n"
+"করার জন্য প্রযোজ্য।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনি যদি একটি সাধারণ ইনস্টলেশনের ক্ষেত্রে (আপগ্রেড নয়), সব গ্রুপ\n"
+"ডিসিলেক্ট করে থাকেন, তবে একটি পপআপ ডায়ালগে সর্বনিম্ন ইনস্টলেশনের কিছু\n"
+"অপশন পরামর্শ করা হবে:\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": একটি সক্রিয় গ্রাফিক্যাল ডেস্কটপের জন্য প্রয়োজনীয় সর্বনিম্ন প্যাকেজ ইনস্টল "
+"কর।\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": মূল সিস্টেম, প্রাথমিক ইউটিলিটিসমূহ ও তাদের ডকুমেন্টেশন ইনস্টল করে। এই "
+"ইনস্টলেশনটি সার্ভার সেটআপ করার জন্য উপযুক্ত।\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": একটি সক্রিয় Linux সিস্টেমের জন্য জরুরী সর্বনিম্ন সংখ্যক প্যাকেজ ইনস্টল করে। "
+"এ\n"
+" ইনস্টলেশনে আপনি শুধু একটি কমান্ড লাইন ইন্টারফেস পাবেন। ইনস্টলেশনে মোট সাইজ প্রায় "
+"৬৫\n"
+" মেগাবাইট।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "আপগ্রেড"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "সাধারণ ডকুমেন্টেশন"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "এক্কেবারেই সল্প ইনস্টলেশন"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "সয়ংক্রিয় নির্ভরতা"
+
+# sam
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": \"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক করলে প্রিন্টার কনফিগারেশন উইজার্ড খুলবে।\n"
+"প্রিন্টার কনফিগারেশন সম্বন্ধে আরো জানতে, \"স্টার্টার গাইড\" এর যথাযথ\n"
+"অধ্যায়ের পরামর্শ নিন। আমাদের সহায়িকাতে দেখানো ইন্টারফেসটি, ইনস্টলেশনে\n"
+"ব্যবহৃত ইন্টারফেসের অনুরুপ। "
+
+# সাম
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"এই ডায়ালগটি আপনি বুট করার সময় কি কি সার্ভিস শুরু করতে চান তা নির্বাচন করার জন্য।\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX বর্তমান ইনস্টলেশনে বিদ্যমান সব সার্ভিস দেখাবে। প্রতিটি সার্ভিস ভালভাবে দেখুন "
+"এবং\n"
+"বুটের সময় যেগুলো প্রয়োজন না হয়, সেগুলো আনচেক করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"একটি সার্ভিস নির্বাচন করলে, সার্ভিসটি সম্পর্কে সংক্ষিপ্ত তথ্য প্রদর্শিত হবে। আপনি যদি "
+"কোন সার্ভিসের\n"
+"আবশ্যকতা সম্পর্কে নিশ্চিত না হন তবে ডিফল্ট মানে রেখে দেয়াই নিরাপদ।\n"
+"\n"
+"!! আপনি আপনার মেশিন সার্ভার হিসেবে ব্যবহার করতে চাইলে খুব সাবধান থাকবেন: আপনি "
+"অবশ্যই\n"
+"কোন অবাঞ্ছনীয় সার্ভিস চালু করতে চান না কারন কিছু সার্ভিস সার্ভারে সক্রিয় করাটা "
+"বিপদজনক।\n"
+"এক কথায়, শুধু সেসব সার্ভিসই চালু করুন যেসব আপনার প্রয়োজন। !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "সয়ংক্রিয় সময় মেলানো"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"গ্রাফিক কার্ড\n"
+"\n"
+"   সাধারণত ইনস্টলার আপনার মেশিনে ইনস্টলকৃত গ্রাফিক কার্ড স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে সন্ধান করবে\n"
+"এবং কন্‌ফিগার করবে। যদি এটি সঠিক না হয়, তাহলে আপনি এই তালিকা থেকে যেই কার্ড\n"
+"আপনি ইনস্টল করেছেন সেটা বেছে নিতে পারবেন।\n"
+"\n"
+"   এই অবস্থাতে যেখানে আপনার কার্ডের জন্য বিভিন্ন সার্ভার পাওয়া যায়, 3D \n"
+"acceleration সহ অথবা ছাড়া, আপনার প্রয়োজন অনুযায়ী সেরা সার্ভার বেছে নিতে\n"
+"আপনাকে জিজ্ঞেস করা হবে।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"মনিটর\n"
+"\n"
+"   সাধারণত ইনস্টলার আপনার মেশিনে সংযুক্ত মনিটর স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে সন্ধান করবে\n"
+"এবং কন্‌ফিগার করবে। যদি এটি সঠিক না হয়, তাহলে আপনি এই তালিকা থেকে যেই মনিটর\n"
+"আপনার কম্পিউটারে সংযুক্ত করেছেন সেটা বেছে নিতে পারবেন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"রেজ্যুলুশন\n"
+"\n"
+"   এখানে আপনার গ্রাফিক্‌স হার্ডওয়্যারের রেজ্যুলুশন এবং রংয়ের গভীরতা বেছে নিতে \n"
+"পারেন। আপনার প্রয়োজনের সাথে যেটি সবচেয়ে ভাল হয় তার যেকোন একটি বেছে নিন\n"
+"(ইনস্টলেশনের পর আপনি তা পরিবর্তন করতে সমর্থ হবেন)। বেছে নেয়া কন্‌ফিগারেশনের\n"
+"নমুনা মনিটরের ছবিতে দেখানো হচ্ছে।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"এই অবস্থাতে যেখানে আপনার কার্ডের জন্য বিভিন্ন সার্ভার পাওয়া যায়, 3D \n"
+"acceleration সহ অথবা ছাড়া, আপনার প্রয়োজন অনুযায়ী সেরা সার্ভার বেছে নিতে\n"
+"আপনাকে জিজ্ঞেস করা হবে।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"অপশন\n"
+"\n"
+"   এই ধাপগুলো বুট করার সময় স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে আপনি যেখানে আপনার মেশিনের গ্রাফিকাল\n"
+"ইন্টারফেস বাছাই করার অনুমতি পাবেন। সুস্পষ্টভাবেই, যদি আপনার মেশিনকে একটি সার্ভার "
+"হিসেবে\n"
+"ব্যবহার করতে চান, তাহলে আপনি \"%s\" দিয়ে পরীক্ষা করে নিতে পারেন, অথবা যদি "
+"আপনি\n"
+"সফলভাবে ডিসপ্লে কন্‌ফিগার করতে না পারেন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "উপস্থিত পার্টিশন ব্যবহার করো"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "সম্পূর্ণ ডিস্ক মুছে ফেলো"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "সয়ংক্রিয়-ইনস্টল ফ্লপি তৈরী করো"
+
+# সাম
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"আপনি যদি পুরানো GNU/Linux পার্টিশন আবার ব্যবহার করতে চান, আপনি হয়ত কোন পার্টিশন "
+"নতুন করে ফরম্যাট করে পুরানো তথ্য মুছে ফেলতে চাইবেন। এটি করতে হলে, ঐ পার্টিশনগুলোও "
+"নির্বাচন করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"মনে রাখবেন, সব পার্টিশন ফরম্যাট করা জরুরী নয়। যে পার্টিশনে অপারেটিং সিস্টেম থাকবে "
+"(যেমন \"/\", \"/usr\" বা \"/var\") সেটি অবশ্যই ফরম্যাট করতে হবে কিন্তু যেসব "
+"পার্টিশনের তথ্য আপনি সংরক্ষন করতে চান (সাধারনত \"/home\") সেগুলো ফরম্যাট করা "
+"অত্যাবশ্যকীয় নয়।\n"
+"\n"
+"পার্টিশন নির্বাচন করতে সাবধানতা অবলম্বন করবেন। ফরম্যাট করলে নির্বাচিত পার্টিশনের "
+"সব তথ্য মুছে যাবে এবং তা আর ফিরে পাওয়া যাবে না।\n"
+"\n"
+"পার্টিশন ফরম্যাট শুরু করতে \"%s\" চাপুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনার নতুন Mandriva Linux অপারেটিং সিস্টেম ইনস্টেশনের জন্য আপনি যদি অন্য একটি "
+"পার্টিশন নির্বাচন করতে, তবে \"%s\" ক্লিক করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"যদি আপনি পার্টিশনের জন্য ডিস্কের খারাপ ব্লক সনাক্ত করাতে চান তাহলে \"%s\" ক্লিক "
+"করুন।"
+
+# সাম
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"আপনি যখন Mandriva Linux ইনস্টল করবেন, সম্ভবত প্রথম রিলিজ থেকে কিছু\n"
+"প্যাকেজ আপডেট হয়ে গেছে। কোন সাধারন বা নিরাপত্তা ত্রুটি সমাধান করা হয়েছে।\n"
+"আপনাকে এই সুবিধাগুলি দেয়ার লক্ষ্যে এই আপডেটগুলো ইন্টারনেট থেকে ডাউনলোড\n"
+"করার সুযোগ দেয়া হয়েছে। যদি আপনার সক্রিয় ইন্টারনেট সংযোগ থাকে, \"%s\" চেক\n"
+"করুন, আর \"%s\" চেক করুন যদি আপাতত ইনস্টল করতে না চান।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" বাছাই করলে আপাকে কিছু ওয়েব লোকেশনের তালিকা দেয়া হবে যেখান থেকে\n"
+"আপডেট পাওয়া যাবে। আপনি আপনার কাছের একটি লোকেশন পছন্দ করুন। এরপর\n"
+"একটি প্যাকেজ নির্বাচন করার জন্য একটি  ট্রী দেখানো হবে। প্যাকেজগুলো দেখুন এবং\n"
+"ডাউনলোড করে ইনস্টল করতে \"%s\" বাটন চাপুন। অথবা \"%s\" ক্লিক করে বের হয়ে আসুন।"
+
+# সাম
+# নিরাপত্তা স্তর
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"এই সময়ে DrakX আপনার মেশিনের জন্য আপনার ইচ্ছানুযায়ী নিরাপত্তা স্তর\n"
+"বেছে নেয়ার সুযোগ দেবে। সাধারন নিয়ম অনুযায়ী, যদি একটি মেশিনে জরুরী\n"
+"তথ্য থাকে বা মেশিনটি ইন্টারনেটে সংযুক্ত থাকে তবে নিরাপত্তা বাড়িয়ে দেয়া\n"
+"হয়। নিরাপত্তা যত বেশী, ব্যবহারের স্বাচ্ছন্দ্য তত কমে যায়।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনি যদি নিশ্চিত না হন কোন অপশনটি রাখবেন তবে ডিফল্ট অপশনটিই রাখুন।\n"
+"পরবর্তীতে আপনি এটি draksec টুল (যেটি Mandriva Linux নিয়ন্ত্রন কেন্দ্রের একটি অংশ)\n"
+"দিয়ে পরিবর্তন করতে পারবেন।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" ক্ষেত্রটিতে যিনি নিরাপত্তার দায়িত্বে নিয়োজিত তার ই-মেইল অ্যাড্রেস দিন।\n"
+"নিরাপত্তা বিষয়ক বার্তাগুলো এই অ্যাড্রেসে পাঠানো হবে। "
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "সিকিউরিটি এ্যডমিনিস্ট্রেটর"
+
+# সাম
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"এই সময়ে আপনাকে Mandriva Linux যে পার্টিশনে ইনস্টল হবে তা নির্বাচন\n"
+"করতে হবে। যদি আগে থেকেই পার্টিশন তৈরী থাকে, (GNU/Linux এর পুর্বের\n"
+"কোন ইনস্টলেশনের কারনে বা অন্য কোন পার্টিশন টুল দিয়ে তৈরী করা) আপনি\n"
+"সেগুলো ব্যবহার করতে পারেন। অন্যথায় হার্ডড্রাইভ পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে হবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে প্রথমে একটি হার্ডড্রাইভ নির্বাচন করুন। প্রথম পার্টিশন\n"
+"নির্বাচনের জন্য \"hda\", দ্বিতীয় পার্টিশনের জন্য \"hdb\", প্রথম SCSI ড্রাইভের\n"
+"জন্য \"sda\" ইত্যাদি ক্লিক করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"নির্বাচিত ড্রাইভটি পার্টিশন করতে নিম্নলিখিত অপশনসমূহ ব্যবহার করুন:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি  নির্বাচিত ড্রাইভের সব পার্টিশন মুছে দিবে\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি  আপনার হার্ডড্রাইভের খালি অংশে স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে ext3 এবং\n"
+"swap পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে দিবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": আরও ফিচার ব্যবহার করার সুযোগ দেয়:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": পার্টিশন টেবিলটি ফ্লপিতে সংরক্ষন করে যা কিনা পরবর্তীতে পার্টিশন\n"
+"টেবিল উদ্ধার করতে কাজে লাগে। এটি খুবই গুরুত্বপুর্ণ একটি ধাপ যেটি আপনার\n"
+"করা উচিত।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ফ্লপি ডিস্কে সংরক্ষিত পার্টিশন টেবিল এনে তা পুর্বাবস্থায় ফিরিয়ে নেয়।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": আপনার পার্টিশন টেবিল নষ্ট হলে আপনি এই অপশনটি দিয়ে তা মেরামত\n"
+"করার চেষ্টা করতে পারেন। অনুগ্রহ করে সাবধানতা অবলম্বন করবেন এবং মনে রাখবেন\n"
+"এই প্রক্রিয়া সবসময় সফল নাও হতে পারে।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": সব পরিবর্তন বাতিল করে দিয়ে হার্ডড্রাইভের পুর্বের মূল পার্টিশন টেবিল লোড "
+"করে।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি অনির্বাচিত করলে, ব্যবহারকারীদের রিমুভেবল মাধ্যম যেমন\n"
+"ফ্লপি এবং CD-ROM নিজে নিজে মাউন্ট/আনমাউন্ট করার প্রায়োজন পরবে।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি ব্যবহার করুন যদি হার্ডড্রাইভ পার্টিশন আপনি উইজার্ডের\n"
+"মাধ্যমে করতে চান। পার্টিশন সম্বন্ধে ভাল ধারনা না থাকলে এই অপশনটি পরামর্শনীয়।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি ব্যবহার করে পরিবর্তনগুলো বাতিল করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": আপনার পার্টিশনে আরও কিছু কাজ (ধরন, অপশন ফরম্যাট) করার অপশন\n"
+"দেয় ও হার্ডড্রাইভ সম্পর্কে আরও তথ্য দেয়।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": পার্টিশন করা শেষ হলে এই অপশন আপনার সেটিংগুলো ডিস্কে সংরক্ষণ করবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"পার্টিশনের সাইজ ঠিক করতে আপনি কীবোর্ডের তীর চিহ্নিত কীগুলো ব্যবহার করতে পারেন।\n"
+"\n"
+"দ্রষ্টব্য: আপনি যেকোন অপশন কীবোর্ড দিয়ে নির্বাচন করতে পারেন। পার্টিশন নির্বাচন\n"
+"করতে [Tab] এবং [Up/Down] তীর চিহ্নগুলো ব্যবহার করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"যখন একটি পার্টিশন নির্বাচন অবস্থায় আছে, আপনি নিম্নলিখিত কীগুলো ব্যবহার করতে "
+"পারেন:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c নতুন পার্টিশন তৈরী করার জন্য (যখন একটি খালি পার্টিশন নির্বাচন করা "
+"হয়েছে)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d একটি পার্টিশন মুছে দিতে\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m মাউন্ট পয়েন্ট সেট করতে\n"
+"\n"
+"বিদ্যমান ফাইল সিস্টেমের ধরন সম্পর্কে জানতে হলে \"Reference Manual\" এর\n"
+"ext2FS অধ্যায়টি পড়ুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনি যদি PPC মেশিনে ইনস্টল করেন, তাহলে আপনাকে yaboot বুটলোডারের\n"
+"ব্যবহারের জন্য একটি  ছোট অন্তত ১ এমবি এর HFS \"বুটস্ট্র্যাপ\" পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে "
+"হবে।\n"
+"আপনি যদি পার্টিশনটি আরও বড় করতে চান, যেমন ৫০ MB, আপনি কোন জরুরী বুট সমস্যার\n"
+"জন্য একটি আলাদা কার্নেল এবং ramdisk তৈরী করে এই পার্টিশনে রাখতে পারেন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "রিমুভযোগ্য মিডিয়া সয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে মাউন্ট করা হচ্ছে"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "সাধারণ/দক্ষ মোডের মধ্যে পরিবর্তন"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": বর্তমান দেশ নির্বাচন পরীক্ষা করুন। আপনি যদি এই দেশের জন্য না হন,\n"
+"তাহলে \"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক করুন এবং অন্য একটি বেছে নিন। যদি আপনার দেশ\n"
+"উল্লেখিত তালিকায় না থাকে, তাহলে \"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক করে সম্পূর্ণ দেশের তালিকায় "
+"পেয়ে যান।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+# সাম
+# ইনস্টলেশন
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"আপনার ভাষা নির্বাচনের উপর ভিত্তি করে, DrakX স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে একটি কীবোর্ড\n"
+"কনফিগারেশন বেছে নেবে। এই নির্চনটি বাঞ্ছনীয় কিনা দেখে নিন বা অন্য একটি\n"
+"লেআউট পছন্দ করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনার ভাষার সাথে সম্পূর্ন মিলিয়ে কীবোর্ড আপনি নাও পেতে পারেন:\n"
+"যেমন যদি আপনি ইংরেজী ভাষাভাষী একজন সুইস নাগরিক হন, আপনি সুইস কীবোর্ড\n"
+"ব্যবহার করতে পারেন। কিন্তু আপনি যদি ইংরেজী ভাষী হয়ে Quebec এ বসবাস\n"
+"করেন আপনার পরিস্থিতি এমন হতে পারে যেখানে country-set কীবোর্ড এবং\n"
+"নিজস্ব ভাষা একই নয়। যেকোন ক্ষেত্রেই আপনি আপনি একটি তালিকা থেকে সঠিক\n"
+"কীবোর্ডটি বেছে নিতে পারেন।\n"
+"\n"
+"সমর্থিত কীবোর্ডের তালিকা দেখতে \"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"যদি আপনি নন‌-ল্যাটিন বর্ণমালার কীবোর্ডে লেআউট বাছাই করেন, পরবর্তী ডায়ালগটি\n"
+"আপনাকে ল্যাটিন ও নন‌-ল্যাটিন কীবোর্ডের মধ্যে সুইচ করার জন্য একটি কী বাইন্ডিং\n"
+"বাছাই করতে হবে।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "স্পেনীয়"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "চাকার বৈশিষ্ঠ অনুহকরণ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | যে কোন PS/2 এবং ইউএসবি মাউস"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"সঠিক পোর্টটি নির্বাচন করুন। যেমন, উইন্ডোজের \"COM1\" পোর্টটি GNU/Linux-এ\n"
+"\"ttyS0\" নামে পরিচিত।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "অনুমোদন"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+# সাম 
+# emulate = এমুলেট?
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"এখন সময় আপনার কম্পিউটারের জন্য একটি প্রিন্টিং সিস্টেম নির্বাচন করার। অনান্য\n"
+"অপারেটিং সিস্টেম আপনাকে একটি অপশন দিতে পারে কিন্তু Mandriva Linux দেবে দুটি।\n"
+"প্রিন্টিং সিস্টেমগুলো বিভিন্ন কনফিগারেশনের জন্য প্রযোজ্য।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- অর্থ হচ্ছে \"প্রিন্ট করো, সারিতে রাখবেনা\". এটি নির্বাচন করুন যদি "
+"আপনার কোন\n"
+"প্রিন্টারের সাথে সরাসরি সংযোগ থাকে, আপনি প্রিন্টার জ্যাম থেকে জরুরীভাবে বের হয়ে "
+"যেতে\n"
+"চান এবং যদি আপনার নেটওয়ার্ক প্রিন্টার না থাকে।(\"%s\" শুধুমাত্র খুবই সাধারন "
+"নেটওয়ার্ক\n"
+"সামলাতে পারে এবং কিছুটা ধীর হয়)। এটি আপনার GNU/Linux এর প্রথম অভিজ্ঞতা হলে\n"
+"আপনার \"pdq\" ব্যবহার করাটাই শ্রেয়।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" অর্থ \"সাধারন Unix প্রিন্টিং সিস্টেম\" এবং এটি আপনার স্থানীয় প্রিন্টার "
+"হোক\n"
+"বা পৃথিবীর অন্য প্রান্তে অবস্থিত কোন প্রিন্টারই হোক যেকোন ক্ষেত্রেই একটি উত্‍কৃষ্ট "
+"সিস্টেম।\n"
+"এটি কনফিগার করতে সহজ এবং পুরোনো \"lpd\" প্রিন্টিং সিস্টেমের জন্য সার্ভার বা "
+"ক্লায়েন্ট\n"
+"হিসেবে কাজ করতে পারে। অতএব এটি পুরানো অপারেটিং সিস্টেম যেগুলোর সার্ভিস প্রয়োজন\n"
+"তাদের সাথেও সামঞ্জস্যপূর্ণ। যদিও খুব শক্তিশালী, মূল সেটআপটি প্রায় \"pdq\" এর মত "
+"সহজ।\n"
+"আপনি যদি \"lpd\" সার্ভার এমুলেট করতে চান, তবে \"cups-lpd\" daemon টি চালু করতে\n"
+"ভুলবেন না। \"%s\" এর প্রিন্টার অপশন বাছাই করা ও প্রিন্টার ব্যবস্থাপনার জন্য একটি "
+"গ্রাফিক্যাল\n"
+"ইন্টারফেস রয়েছে।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনার বাছাইকৃত প্রিন্টিং সিস্টেমটি যদি আপনার পরে পছন্দ না হয়,\n"
+"তবে আপনি Mandriva Linux নিয়ন্ত্রন কেন্দ্র থেকে PrinterDrake চালিয়ে ও \"%s\" বাটন "
+"ক্লিক\n"
+"করে তা বদল করতে পারেন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "দক্ষ"
+
+# সাম
+# check উচিত spelling, zwj didn't work for me... 
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX প্রথমে আপনার কম্পিউটারে বিদ্যমান IDE ডিভাইস সনাক্ত করবে। এটি আপনার\n"
+"সিস্টেমে এক বা একাধিক PCI SCSI কার্ডের জন্যেও স্ক্যান করবে। যদি SCSI কার্ড পাওয়া\n"
+"যায়, DrakX নিজে নিজেই সঠিক ড্রাইভারটি ইনস্টল করবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"যেহেতু হার্ডওয়্যার সনাক্তকরন কোন অব্যার্থ পক্রিয়া নয়, DrakX আপনার হার্ডড্রাইভ সনাক্ত\n"
+"নাও করতে পারে। এ ক্ষেত্রে আপনাকে হার্ডওয়্যারটি নিজ হাতে নির্দিষ্ট করে দিতে হবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"PCI SCSI adapter নিজ হাতে নির্দিষ্ট করে দিতে হলে, DrakX আপনাকে জিজ্ঞাসা করবে\n"
+"আপনি অপশন কনফিগার করতে চান কিনা। আপনার DrakX কে হার্ডওয়্যারটির নির্দিষ্ট কার্ডের\n"
+"অপশনের জন্য প্রোব করতে দেয়া উচিত্‍ যা কিনা adapter ইনিশিয়ালাইজ করতে প্রয়োজন।\n"
+"বেশীরভাগ ক্ষেত্রে DrakX এই কাজটি কোন ঝামেলা ছাড়াই সম্পন্ন করবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX যদি প্রোব করে হার্ডওয়্যারে পাঠানোর জন্য প্যারামিটারগুলো নির্ধারন করতে না "
+"পারে\n"
+"তাহলে আপনাকে তা নিজে হাতে কনফিগারেশন করতে হবে।\n"
+" "
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": যদি আপনার সিস্টেমে একটি সাউন্ড কার্ড পাওযা যায়, সেটা এখানে দেখানো হবে।\n"
+"যদি আপনি জানান যে আসলে এই সাউন্ড কার্ডটি আপনার সিস্টেমে উপস্থিত নেই, তাহলে আপনি\n"
+"বাটনে ক্লিক করুন এবং অন্য একটি ড্রাইভার বেছে নিন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN কার্ড"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "গ্রাফিকাল ইন্টারফেস"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"হার্ড ড্রাইভ বেছে নিন যেটি আপনি আপনার নতুন ম্যান্ড্রিব লিনাক্স পার্টিশন ইনস্টল করার "
+"জন্য\n"
+"মুছে ফেলতে চান। সাবধান, এই ড্রাইভে থাকা সকল ডাটা হারিয়ে যাবে এবং আর কখনই\n"
+"পাওয়া যাবে না!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"যদি এই হার্ড ড্রাইভে থাকা সব ডাটা এবং পার্টিশন মুছে ফেলতে চান তাহলে আপনি\n"
+"\"%s\"তে ক্লিক করুন। সাবধান, \"%s\"তে ক্লিক করার পর, উইন্ডোজ ডাটাসহ,\n"
+"আপনি এই হার্ড ড্রাইভে থাকা কোন ডাটা এবং পার্টিশন ফিরে\n"
+"পাবেন না।\n"
+"\n"
+"এই অপারেশনের মাধ্যমে হার্ড ড্রাইভের উপস্থিত ডাটা এবং পার্টিশন হারাতে না চাইলে \"%s"
+"\"তে ক্লিক করুন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "পরবর্তী ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- পূর্ববর্তী"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df8901d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1120 @@
+# DrakX e Brezhoneg.
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Mandriva
+# Thierry Vignaud <tvignaud@mandriva.com>, 1999-2005
+# Jañ-Mai Drapier <jan-mai.drapier@mail.dotcom.fr>, 1999-2000
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX 10.2\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-06 19:37+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thierry Vignaud <tvignaud@mandriva.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Brezhoneg <ofisk@wanadoo.fr>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1;plural=0\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Mennout a rit implijout an arc'hwel-mañ ?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Bremanaat"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Gant teuliadur bihan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Staliadur bihan gwir"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Bremañ e c'hellit diuz pe servijoù a vennit e vije lañset pa loc'her.\n"
+"Pa zeu ho logodenn war un draez, ul lagadenn skoazell a zeuio war wel hag\n"
+"a zisplego pal ar servij-se.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bezit aketuz-kenañ el lankad-mañ ma vennit implijout ho ardivink evel ur\n"
+"servijer : mennout a rit emichañs chom hep loc'hañ kement servij n'ho peus "
+"ket\n"
+"c'hoant."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Impliji parzhadur o vezañ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Chetañ an holl planedenn"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Krouiñ ur bladennig staliañ emgefreek"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Melestradur an surentez"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Emvarc'hañ ar skoroù lem/laka"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Tremen er mod boas/mailh"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spagnoleg"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "gant kendarvanerezh ar rodell"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Hollvedel | Ul logodenn bennak (PS/2 pe USB)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Dibabit ar porzh a zere mar plij. Da skouer, porzh « COM1 » dindan MS\n"
+"Windows a vez anvet « ttyS0 » gant Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "dilesadur"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Mod mailh"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Kartenn ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Ketal Kevregañ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "A heul ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Diaraog"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6a3a81143
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1945 @@
+# translation of bs.po to Bosanski
+# translation of DrakX-bs.po to Bosanski
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005. Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Amila Akagić <bono@lugbih.org>, 06. 2001.
+# Vedran Ljubovic <vljubovic@smartnet.ba>, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: bs\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-26 11:13+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Vedran Ljubovic <vljubovic@smartnet.ba>\n"
+"Language-Team: Bosanski <lokal@lugbih.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Prije nego što nastavimo, trebate pažljivo pročitati uvjete licence. Ona\n"
+"pokriva cijelu Mandriva Linux distribuciju. Ako se slažete sa svim\n"
+"uvjetima u njoj, izaberite opciju \"%s\". Ako ne, klikom na \"%s\" ćete\n"
+"restartovati vaš računar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux je višekorisnički sistem, što znači da svaki korisnik može imati\n"
+"vlastite preference, vlastite datoteke i tako dalje. Možete pročitati "
+"''Početnički\n"
+"vodič'' da biste saznali više o višekorisničkim sistemima. Ali za razliku "
+"od\n"
+"\"root\"-a, koji je administrator sistema, korisnicima koje dodate u ovom "
+"trenutku\n"
+"neće biti dozvoljeno da promijene ništa osim vlastitih datoteka i vlastite\n"
+"konfiguracije, čime je sistem zaštićen od nenamjernih ili zlonamjernih "
+"izmjena\n"
+"koje mogu uticati na cijeli sistem. Moraćete kreirati najmanje jednog "
+"korisnika\n"
+"za vas same -- ovo je račun koji trebate koristiti za rutinsku, svakodnevnu\n"
+"upotrebu. Iako je vrlo lako prijaviti se kao \"root\" da biste radili sve i "
+"svašta,\n"
+"to takođe može biti i vrlo opasno! Jedna greška može značiti da vaš sistem\n"
+"više ne radi. Ako napravite ozbiljnu pogrešku kao običan korisnik, najgore\n"
+"što se može desiti jeste da izgubite neke informacije, ali ne i da utičete "
+"na\n"
+"cijeli sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+"U prvom polju unosite vaše pravo ime i prezime. Naravno, ovo nije obavezno\n"
+"-- u stvari možete ovdje unijeti šta god hoćete. DrakX će koristiti prvu "
+"riječ\n"
+"koju unesete i kopirati je u polje \"%s\", što je ime koje će ovaj\n"
+"korisnik unositi da bi ušao na sistem. Ako želite, možete promijeniti\n"
+"ponuđenu vrijednost. Idući korak je da unesete šifru. Sa sigurnosne tačke\n"
+"gledišta, šifra neprivilegovanog (običnog) korisnika nije tako važna kao "
+"\"root\"\n"
+"šifra, ali to nije razlog da je zanemarite tako što ćete je ostaviti praznom "
+"ili\n"
+"prejednostavnom: na kraju krajeva, vaše lične datoteke je ono što je u\n"
+"riziku.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jednom kada kliknete na \"%s\", možete ih dodati još.\n"
+"Dodajte po jednog korisnika za svakog od vaših prijatelja: na primjer za\n"
+"vašeg oca ili sestru. Kliknite na \"%s\" kada završite dodavanje korisnika.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikanjem na dugme \"%s\" možete promijeniti osnovni \"shell\" za tog\n"
+"korisnika (ponuđen je bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Kada završite dodavanje svih korisnika, bićete upitani da odaberete\n"
+"korisnika koji se može automatski prijaviti prilikom pokretanja sistema.\n"
+"Ako ste zainteresovani za ovu mogućnost (i ne brinete previše o lokalnoj\n"
+"sigurnosti), izaberite željenog korisnika i window manager, zatim kliknite\n"
+"na \"%s\". Ako niste zainteresovani za to, isključite opciju\n"
+"\"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Da li želite koristiti ovu mogućnost?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovdje su navedene Linux particije koje već postoje na vašem hard disku.\n"
+"Možete zadržati izbore koje je napravio čarobnjak, pošto su oni dobri za\n"
+"uobičajene instalacije. Ako napravite neke izmjene, morate, ako ništa\n"
+"drugo, definisati root particiju (\"/\"). Nemojte izabrati premalu "
+"particiju\n"
+"ili nećete moći instalirati dovoljno softvera. Ako želite držati vaše "
+"podatke\n"
+"na zasebnoj particiji, trebate takođe napraviti \"/home\" particiju (što je\n"
+"moguće samo ako imate više od jedne Linux particije na raspolaganju).\n"
+"\n"
+"Svaka particija je navedena ovako: \"Ime\", \"Kapacitet\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Ime\" se sastoji od: \"vrsta hard diska\", \"broj hard diska\", \"broj\n"
+"particije\" (na primjer, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Vrsta hard diska\" je \"hd\" ako je vaš hard disk IDE, a \"sd\" ako je\n"
+"u pitanju SCSI hard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Broj hard diska\" je uvijek slovo nakon \"hd\" ili \"sd\". Kod IDE hard\n"
+"diskova:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" znači \"master hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" znači \"slave hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" znači \"master hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" znači \"slave hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Kod SCSI hard diskova, \"a\" je \"disk sa najnižim SCSI IDom\", \"b\"\n"
+"je \"drugi najniži SCSI ID\", itd."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux instalacija se prostire na nekoliko CDova. Ako je neki\n"
+"paket smješten na drugom CDu, DrakX će izbaciti trenutni CD i zamoliti vas\n"
+"da ubacite neki drugi po potrebi. Ako nemate potreban CD pri ruci,\n"
+"samo kliknite na \"%s\", odgovarajući paketi neće biti instalirani."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Sada je vrijeme da izaberete koje programe želite instalirati na vaš\n"
+"sistem. Za Mandriva Linux su dostupne hiljade paketa, pa da bi\n"
+"njihovo upravljanje bilo lakše, organizovani su u grupe slične\n"
+"primjene.\n"
+"\n"
+"Paketi su sortirani u grupe ovisno o tipičnoj namjeni vašeg računara.\n"
+"U Mandriva Linuxu date su četiri predefinisane kategorije. Možete\n"
+"miješati i poklapati programe iz raznih grupa, pa tako instalacija ``Radna\n"
+"stanica'' može sadržavati programe iz grupe ``Programiranje''.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ako planirate da koristite vaš računar kao radnu stanicu, "
+"izaberite\n"
+"jednu ili više grupa koje se nalaze u ovoj kategoriji.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ako planirate koristiti vaš računar za programiranje, izaberite\n"
+"odgovarajuće grupe iz te kategorije. Posebna \"LSB\" grupa će podesiti\n"
+"vaš sistem tako da on bude sukladan specifikaciji Linux Standard Base\n"
+"koliko god je to moguće.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Izborom \"LSB\" grupe također ćete koristiti kernel serije \"2.4\",\n"
+"umjesto uobičajenog \"2.6\". Ovo je kako bi se osigurala 100%%\n"
+"sukladnost sistema sa LSBom. Ipak, čak i ako niste izabrali opciju\n"
+"\"LSB\" imaćete sistem koji je skoro 100%% sukladan sa LSBom.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ako je vaš računar zamišljen kao server, izaberite koje od\n"
+"uobičajenih servisa želite instalirati na vaš računar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ovdje možete izabrati vašu preferiranu grafičku okolinu. Barem\n"
+"jedna od njih mora biti izabrana ako želite da imate grafički interfejs.\n"
+"\n"
+"Držanjem kursora miša iznad imena grupe će nakratko prikazati kratko\n"
+"objašnjenje o pojedinoj grupi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Možete aktivirati opciju \"%s\", koja je zgodna ako se upoznati sa "
+"ponuđenim\n"
+"paketima ili ako želite imati potpunu kontrolu nad onim što će se "
+"instalirati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ste započeli instalaciju u \"%s\" režimu, možete isključiti sve grupe\n"
+"kako biste izbjegli instalaciju bilo kojeg novog paketa. Ovo je pogodno za\n"
+"popravljanje ili unaprjeđenje postojećeg sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako isključite sve grupe prilikom obavljanja obične instalacije (a ne\n"
+"upgrade), iskočiće dijalog koji vam nudi razne opcije za minimalnu "
+"instalaciju:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalira minimalan mogući broj paketa potrebnih da imate\n"
+"funkcionalan grafički desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalira bazni sistem plus osnovne alate i njihovu\n"
+"dokumentaciju.\n"
+" Ova instalacija je prikladna za podešavanje servera.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ovo će instalirati apsolutni minimum paketa potrebnih da imate\n"
+"funkcionalan Linux sitsem. Sa ovom instalacijom imaćete samo komandnu\n"
+"liniju. Ukupna veličina ove instalacije je oko 65 megabajta."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Unaprijedi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Sa osnovnom dokumentacijom"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Stvarno minimalna instalacija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako ste naveli da želite individualno izabrati pakete, biće vam prikazano\n"
+"stablo koje sadrži sve pakete klasifikovane po grupama i podgrupama.\n"
+"Pregledajući stablo, možete izabrati čitave grupe, podgrupe ili\n"
+"individualne pakete.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad god izaberete paket na stablu, desno od njega se pojavljuje opis koji\n"
+"vam objašnjava svrhu paketa.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Ako izaberete neki serverski paket, zato što ste specifično izabrali taj\n"
+"paket ili zato što je on dio grupe paketa, bićete zamoljeni da potvrdite da\n"
+"zaista želite da taj server bude instaliran. Mandriva Linux obično\n"
+"automatski pokreće sve instalirane servise prilikom pokretanja sistema.\n"
+"Čak i ako su sigurni i nemaju poznatih problema u trenutku pakovanja\n"
+"distribucije, sasvim je moguće da su neke sigurnosne rupe otkrivene\n"
+"nakon što je dovršena ova verzija Mandriva Linuxa. Ako niste sigurni\n"
+"čemu tačno služi taj paket ili zašto ga treba instalirati, kliknite na \"%s"
+"\".\n"
+"Klikom na \"%s\" instalirate navedene servise i oni će biti automatski\n"
+"pokrenuti tokom pokretanja sistema. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcija \"%s\" se koristi da bi se isključio dijalog upozorenja\n"
+"koji se pojavljuje svaki put kada instalacioni program automatski izabere\n"
+"neki paket kako bi razriješio neku zavisnost. Pojedini paketi imaju\n"
+"zavisnost jedan od drugog u smislu da instalacija jednog paketa traži\n"
+"da bude instaliran i drugi. Instalacioni program može odrediti koji paketi\n"
+"su potrebni da bi se zadovoljila zavisnost i uspješno završila instalacija.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mala ikona sa disketom na dnu liste vam omogućuje da učitate listu paketa\n"
+"koja je napravljena tokom neke ranije instalacije. Ovo je korisno ako "
+"želite\n"
+"da imate nekoliko računara koji su identično podešeni. Nakon klika na ovu\n"
+"ikonu bićete zamoljeni da u disketnu jedinicu stavite disketu napravljenu\n"
+"tokom ranije instalacije. Pogledajte drugi savjet na zadnjem koraku da "
+"biste\n"
+"saznali kako se pravi ova disketa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatske ovisnosti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": klikanjem na dugme \"%s\" otvorićete čarobnjak za\n"
+"podešavanje štampača. Konsultujte odgovarajuće poglavlje ``Vodiča za\n"
+"početnike'' za više informacija o tome kako podesiti novi štampač.\n"
+"Interfejs koji je tamo prikazan je vrlo sličan onom koji se koristi\n"
+"prilikom instalacije."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Ovim dijalogom možete izabrati koje servise želite pokretati prilikom "
+"boota.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ovdje su predstavljeni svi servisi koji su dostupni u trenutnoj\n"
+"instalaciji. Pregledajte ih pažljivo i isključite sve one koji nisu\n"
+"potrebni prilikom boota.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kada izaberete servis dobićete kratki tekst koji objašnjava taj servis.\n"
+"Ipak, ako niste sigurni da li je servis koristan ili ne, sigurnije je da ne\n"
+"mijenjate predloženi izbor.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Budite vrlo pažljivi sa ovim korakom ako namjeravate koristiti vaš\n"
+"računar kao server: vjerovatno ne želite da pokrenete neke servise koji\n"
+"vam ne trebaju. Molim vas da zapamtite da pojedini servisi mogu biti\n"
+"opasni ako su aktivni na serveru. Općenito, izaberite samo one servise\n"
+"koji vam stvarno trebaju. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux koristi vrijeme u GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) obliku i prevodi ga\n"
+"u lokalno vrijeme u skladu sa vremenskom zonom koju ste izabrali. Ako je\n"
+"sat na vašoj matičnoj ploči podešen na lokalno vrijeme, možete isključiti "
+"ovu\n"
+"opciju isključujući \"%s\", što će saopštiti GNU/Linuxu da su sistemski sat\n"
+"i hardverski sat u istoj vremenskoj zoni. Ovo je korisno kada se na "
+"računaru\n"
+"takođe nalazi i drugi operativni sistem kao što je Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcija \"%s\" će automatski regulisati sat spajajući se na udaljeni time "
+"server\n"
+"na Internetu. Kako bi ova mogućnost radila, morate imati ispravnu Internet\n"
+"konekciju. Najbolje je izabrati time server negdje u vašoj blizini. Ova "
+"opcija\n"
+"će ustvari instalirati time server koji mogu koristiti i drugi računari u "
+"vašoj\n"
+"lokalnoj mreži."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatska sinhronizacija vremena"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafička kartica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalacija obično automatski prepoznaje i podešava grafičku karticu\n"
+"koja je instalirana na računar. Ako se ovo nije desilo, možete izabrati\n"
+"sa liste karticu koja je ugrađena u vaš računar.\n"
+"\n"
+"   U slučaju da postoji više dostupnih servera za vašu karticu, sa ili bez\n"
+"3D ubrzanja, biće vam ponuđeno da izaberete server koji najbolje odgovara\n"
+"vašim potrebama."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (skraćeno od X Window System) je srce GNU/Linux grafičkog interfejsa\n"
+"o kojem ovise sve grafičke okoline (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker itd.) uključene u Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Biće vam predstavljena lista različitih parametara koje možete promijeniti\n"
+"da biste dobili optimalan grafički prikaz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Grafička kartica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalacija obično automatski prepoznaje i podešava grafičku karticu\n"
+"koja je instalirana na računar. Ako se ovo nije desilo, možete izabrati\n"
+"sa liste karticu koja je ugrađena u vaš računar.\n"
+"\n"
+"   U slučaju da postoji više dostupnih servera za vašu karticu, sa ili bez\n"
+"3D ubrzanja, biće vam ponuđeno da izaberete server koji najbolje odgovara\n"
+"vašim potrebama.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalacioni program obično može prepoznati i podesiti monitor koji\n"
+"je povezan na vaš računar. Ako se ovo ne desi, možete odabrati neki\n"
+"monitor sa ove liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Rezolucija\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ovdje možete izabrati rezoluciju i broj boja među vrijednostima koje su\n"
+"moguće na vašem hardveru. Izaberite one vrijednosti koje vam najbolje\n"
+"odgovaraju (moći ćete ih promijeniti nakon instalacije). Primjer izabrane\n"
+"konfiguracije je prikazan na slici monitora.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ovisno o vašem hardveru, ova opcija možda neće biti dostupna.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sistem će pokušati prikazati grafički ekran na željenoj rezoluciji.\n"
+"Ako možete vidjeti poruku tokom testa i odgovorite sa \"%s\", DrakX\n"
+"će produžiti na idući korak. Ako ne možete vidjeti poruku, to znači\n"
+"da je neki dio automatski prepoznate konfiguracije bio pogrešan.\n"
+"Test će automatski završiti nakon 12 sekundi, čime ćete biti vraćeni na\n"
+"meni. Mijenjajte postavke dok ne dobijete ispravan grafički prikaz.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcije\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ovdje možete izabrati da li želite da vaš računar automatski pređe na\n"
+"grafički interfejs nakon uključivanja. Očito, trebate odgovoriti \"%s\" ako\n"
+"će vaš računar imati ulogu servera ili ako imate problema sa\n"
+"podešavanjem ekrana."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalacioni program obično može prepoznati i podesiti monitor koji\n"
+"je povezan na vaš računar. Ako se ovo ne desi, možete odabrati sa ove\n"
+"liste monitor koji je ustvari povezan na vaš računar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Rezolucija\n"
+"\n"
+"    Ovdje možete izabrati rezoluciju i broj boja među vrijednostima koje su\n"
+"moguće na vašem hardveru. Izaberite one vrijednosti koje vam najbolje\n"
+"odgovaraju (moći ćete ih promijeniti nakon instalacije). Primjer izabrane\n"
+"konfiguracije je prikazan na slici monitora."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"U slučaju da postoji više dostupnih servera za vašu karticu, sa ili bez\n"
+"3D ubrzanja, biće vam ponuđeno da izaberete server koji najbolje odgovara\n"
+"vašim potrebama."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcije\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ovdje možete izabrati da li želite da vaš računar automatski pređe na\n"
+"grafički interfejs nakon uključivanja. Očito, trebate odgovoriti \"%s\" ako\n"
+"će vaš računar imati ulogu servera ili ako imate problema sa\n"
+"podešavanjem ekrana."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Na ovom mjestu trebate izabrati gdje želite instalirati Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operativni sistem na vašem hard disku. Ako je disk prazan ili ako postojeći\n"
+"operativni sistem koristi sav prostor na njemu, potrebno je da ga\n"
+"particionirate. U biti, particioniranje hard diska predstavlja logičko\n"
+"organiziranje kako bi se stvorio prostor za instaliranje vašeg novog\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pošto su efekti particioniranja obično nepovratni, i mogu voditi do gubitka\n"
+"podataka na eventualnom postojećem operativnom sistemu, particioniranje\n"
+"može biti zastrašujuće i stresno ako ste neiskusan korisnik. Srećom, "
+"postoji\n"
+"čarobnjak koji pojednostavljuje taj proces. Prije započinjanja, molim\n"
+"pročitajte pažljivo ovaj tekst i, prije svega, nemojte žuriti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ovisno o konfiguraciji vašeg hard diska, može biti dostupno nekoliko\n"
+"mogućnosti:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ova opcija vodi na automatsko particioniranje vašeg praznog\n"
+"diska (diskova). Ako izaberete ovu opciju, neće biti postavljana\n"
+"nikakva daljnja pitanja.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Čarobnjak je detektovao jednu ili više postojećih\n"
+"Linux particija na vašem hard disku. Ako ih želite zadržati, izaberite ovu\n"
+"opciju. U tom slučaju, bićete upitani da izaberete tačke montiranja koje\n"
+"odgovaraju svakoj od ovih particija. Automatski će biti predložene ranije\n"
+"tačke montiranja, i najčešće je pametno zadržati ih.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ako je na vašem hard\n"
+"disku instaliran Microsoft Windows koji je zauzeo sav slobodan prostor,\n"
+"moraćete napraviti nešto slobodnog prostora za GNU/Linux. To možete učiniti\n"
+"brišući vašu Microsoft Windows particiju zajedno sa podacima (vidi opciju\n"
+"``Obriši čitav disk'' ispod) ili možete promijeniti veličinu vaše Microsoft\n"
+"Windows FAT ili NTFS particije. Promjena veličine se može izvršiti bez "
+"gubitka\n"
+"podataka, pod uslovom da prethodno defragmentirate Windows particiju\n"
+"i da ona koristi FAT format. Backupovanje vaših podataka je strogo\n"
+"preporučeno. Ova mogućnost je preporučena ako namjeravate koristiti i\n"
+"Mandriva Linux i Microsoft Windows na istom računaru.\n"
+"\n"
+"    Prije izbora ove opcije, molim da imate na umu da će, nakon ove\n"
+"procedure, veličina vaše Microsoft Windows particije biti manja nego\n"
+"trenutno. To znači da će Microsoft Windows prijavljivati da imate manje\n"
+"prostora za smještaj podataka ili instaliranje novog softwarea.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ako želite da obrišete sve podatke i sve particije koje su\n"
+"prisutne na vašem hard disku i umjesto njih postavite vaš novi Mandriva\n"
+"Linux sistem, možete izabrati ovu opciju. Budite oprezni sa ovom\n"
+"mogućnošću, jer nećete moći poništiti vaš izbor nakon potvrde.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ako izaberete ovu opciju, svi podaci na vašem disku će biti "
+"izgubljeni. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ova opcija se javlja kada je čitav disk zauzet Microsoft\n"
+"Windowsom. Ovo će jednostavno pobrisati sve na disku i početi od\n"
+"početka, particionirajući ga.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ako izaberete ovu opciju, svi podaci na vašem disku će biti "
+"izgubljeni. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ako želite da ručno particionirate vaš hard disk,\n"
+"izaberite ovu opciju. Budite oprezni -- to je moćan, ali i opasan izbor. "
+"Vrlo\n"
+"lako možete izgubiti sve vaše podatke. Zato ovu opciju ne preporučujemo,\n"
+"osim ako ste nešto ovakvo već radili i imate nekog iskustva. Više uputstava\n"
+"za korištenje DiskDrake alata možete naći u ``Vodiču za početnike'', "
+"odjeljak\n"
+"``Upravljanje vašim particijama''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Koristi postojeću particiju"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Pobriši čitav disk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"To je to. Instalacija je sada završena i vaš GNU/Linux sistem je spreman\n"
+"za upotrebu. Samo kliknite na \"%s\" da restartujete sistem. Ne zaboravite\n"
+"da izvadite instalacioni medij (CD-ROM ili disketu). Prva stvar\n"
+"koju ćete ugledati nakon što računar završi hardverske provjere je meni\n"
+"bootloadera, koji vam nudi izbor operativnog sistema koji želite pokrenuti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dugme \"%s\" će vam ponuditi još dva dugmeta za:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": da biste napravili instalacionu\n"
+"disketu koja će automatski izvršiti cijelu instalaciju bez intervencije\n"
+"operatora, sličnu instalaciji koju ste upravo konfigurisali.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Obratite pažnju na dvije različite opcije koje su dostupne nakon\n"
+"klikanja na ovo dugme:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Ovo je djelomično automatizirana instalacija. Korak\n"
+"particioniranja je jedini interaktivni dio.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Potpuno automatska instalacija: hard disk je\n"
+"potpuno prepisan, svi podaci su izgubljeni.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ova mogućnost je vrlo prikladna kada instalirate nekoliko sličnih\n"
+"računara. Pogledajte odjeljak Automatska instalacija na našoj web stranici\n"
+"za više informacija.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": snima listu paketa koje ste izabrali u ovoj\n"
+"instalaciji. Da biste upotrijebili ovaj izbor sa drugom instalacijom,\n"
+"ubacite disketu i započnite instalaciju. Na upitu, pritisnite tipku [F1]\n"
+"i ukucajte >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Napravi auto-instalacijsku disketu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako želite koristiti neke stare GNU/Linux particije, možda ćete poželjeti\n"
+"da reformatirate neke od njih kako biste pobrisali podatke koje sadrže.\n"
+"Ako želite to učiniti, molim takođe izaberite i te particije.\n"
+"\n"
+"Molim obratite pažnju da nije neophodno formatirati sve postojeće\n"
+"particije. Morate reformatirati particije koje sadrže operativni sistem\n"
+"(kao što su \"/\", \"/usr\" ili \"var\") ali ne morate reformatirati "
+"particije\n"
+"koje sadrže podatke koje želite zadržati (tipično /home).\n"
+"\n"
+"Molim da pažljivo izaberete particije. Nakon formatiranja, svi podaci na\n"
+"odabranim particijama će biti pobrisani i nećete biti u mogućnosti da ih\n"
+"povratite.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" kada budete spremni za formatiranje particija.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" ako želite da izaberete druge particije za instalaciju\n"
+"vašeg novog Mandriva Linux operativnog sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" da izaberete particije koje želite provjeriti radi\n"
+"loših blokova."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Kada završite instalaciju Mandriva Linuxa, moguće je da su neki paketi\n"
+"ažurirani od zadnjeg izdanja. Moguće je da su ispravljeni bugovi ili\n"
+"rješena neka sigurnosna pitanja. Ako želite iskoristiti ova unaprjeđenja,\n"
+"možete ih sada dobaviti sa Interneta. Izaberite \"%s\" ako imate ispravnu\n"
+"Internet vezu, ili \"%s\" ako ćete radije instalirati ažurirane pakete\n"
+"kasnije.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako izaberete \"%s\" dobićete listu web lokacija sa kojih se mogu skinuti\n"
+"novi paketi. Izaberite ono najbliže vama. Pojaviće se stablo za izbor\n"
+"paketa: pregledajte izabrano i pritisnite \"%s\" da dobavite i\n"
+"instalirate izabrane pakete, ili \"%s\" za prekid."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Na ovom mjestu, DrakX vam omogućuje da izaberete sigurnosni nivo\n"
+"koji želite imati na ovom računaru. Kao pravilo, sigurnosni nivo treba biti\n"
+"tim viši što su važniji podaci na računaru, a pogotovo ako će računar biti\n"
+"direktno izložen Internetu. Većim nivoom sigurnosti obično gubite na\n"
+"jednostavnosti korištenja.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ne znate šta izabrati, zadržite ponuđenu opciju. Možete promijeniti\n"
+"nivo sigurnosti naknadno koristeći program draksec iz Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Kontrolnog centra.\n"
+"\n"
+"Polje \"%s\" obavještava sistem o korisniku koji će biti odgovoran za\n"
+"sigurnost. Njemu će biti upućena sigurnosna obavještenja."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Sigurnosni administrator"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Sada trebate izabrati koje particije želite koristiti za instalaciju vašeg\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistema. Ako su particije već definisane, iz prijašnje\n"
+"GNU/Linux instalacije ili nekim drugim alatom za particioniranje, možete\n"
+"koristiti postojeće particije. U suprotnom, sada morate definisati\n"
+"particije vašeg hard diska.\n"
+"\n"
+"Da biste napravili particije, najprije morate izabrati hard disk. Možete\n"
+"izabrati disk za particioniranje klikom na ''hda'' za prvi IDE disk, "
+"''hdb''\n"
+"za drugi, ''sda'' za prvi SCSI disk i slično.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pri particioniranju hard diska, možete koristiti sljedeće opcije:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ova opcija briše sve particije na izabranom hard disku\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ova opcija vam omogućuje da automatski napravite ext3\n"
+"i swap particije u slobodnom prostoru vašeg hard diska\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" omogućuje pristup dodatnim mogućnostima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": snima tabelu particija na disketu. Ovo je korisno za\n"
+"kasnije vraćanje tabele particija, ako je potrebno. Strogo je preporučeno\n"
+"da izvršite ovaj korak.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": omogućuje vam da vratite ranije snimljenu tabelu\n"
+"particija sa diskete.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ako je vaša tabela particija oštećena, možete je pokušati\n"
+"obnoviti koristeći ovu opciju. Molim budite pažljivi i zapamtite da\n"
+"ova opcija ne uspijeva svaki put.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": poništava sve promjene i ponovo učitava originalnu tabelu\n"
+"particija sa hard diska.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": isključivanjem ove opcije ćete prisiliti korisnike da ručno\n"
+"montiraju i demontiraju izmjenjive medije kao što su diskete i\n"
+"CD-ROMovi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": koristite ovu opciju ako želite koristiti čarobnjak za\n"
+"particioniranje vašeg hard diska. Ovo je preporučeno ako nemate\n"
+"izraženo razumijevanje particioniranja.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": koristite ovu opciju da poništite vaše izmjene.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": omogućuje dodatne akcije na particijama (tip, opcije,\n"
+"formatiranje) i daje više informacija o hard disku.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kada završite particioniranje diska, ovo će zapisati\n"
+"vaše izmjene na disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Prilikom definisanja veličine particije, možete fino podešavati veličinu\n"
+"particije koristeći dugmad sa strjelicama na vašoj tastaturi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Napomena: svaku opciju možete postići tastaturom. Između particija\n"
+"se krećete koristeći dugme [Tab] i strjelice [Gore/Dolje].\n"
+"\n"
+"Kada izaberete particiju, možete koristiti:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-C da napravite novu particiju (ako ste izabrali prazan prostor)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-D da obrišete particiju\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-M da podesite tačku montiranja\n"
+"\n"
+"Da biste dobili informacije o raznim tipovima datotečnog sistema koji\n"
+"su dostupni, pročitajte poglavlje o ext2FS iz ''Referentnog priručnika''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako instalirate na PPC računar, trebate napraviti malu HFS ''bootstrap''\n"
+"particiju od najmanje 1 MB koju će koristiti yaboot bootloader. Ako se\n"
+"odlučite da ovu particiju učinite nešto većom, npr. 50 MB, primjetićete\n"
+"da je ona korisno mjesto za čuvanje rezervnog kernela ili ramdisk slika\n"
+"za hitne slučajeve."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automatsko montiranje izmjenjivog medija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Prekidač normalnog/ekspertnog moda"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Na vašem hard disku ustanovljeno je više od jedne Microsoft particije.\n"
+"Molim izaberite onu koju želite smanjiti kako biste instalirali vaš\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operativni sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Svaka particija je navedena ovako: \"Linux ime\", \"Windows ime\",\n"
+"\"Kapacitet\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux ime\" se sastoji od: \"vrste hard diska\", \"broja hard diska\",\n"
+"\"broja particije\" (na primjer, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Vrsta hard diska\" je \"hd\" ako je vaš hard disk IDE, a \"sd\" ako je\n"
+"u pitanju SCSI hard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Broj hard diska\" je uvijek slovo nakon \"hd\" ili \"sd\". Kod IDE hard\n"
+"diskova:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" znači \"master hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" znači \"slave hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" znači \"master hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" znači \"slave hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Kod SCSI hard diskova, \"a\" je \"disk sa najnižim SCSI IDom\", \"b\"\n"
+"je \"drugi najniži SCSI ID\", itd.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows ime\" je slovo kojim je vaš hard disk označen pod Windowsom\n"
+"(prva particija prvog diska se zove \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": provjerite trenutni izbor države. Ako se ne nalazite ovdje,\n"
+"kliknite na dugme \"%s\" i izaberite neku drugu državu. Ako se vaša\n"
+"zemlja ne nalazi na listi, kliknite na dugme \"%s\" kako biste dobili\n"
+"listu svih država."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovaj korak se aktivira samo ako je na vašem računaru pronađena postojeća\n"
+"GNU/Linux particija.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX sada treba znati da li želite izvršiti novu instalaciju ili\n"
+"nadogradnju postojećeg Mandriva Linux sistema:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Najčešće ovo će u potpunosti obrisati stari sistem. Ipak,\n"
+"ovisno o vašoj šemi particioniranja, možete spriječiti da neki od vaših\n"
+"postojećih podataka (prije svega \"home\" direktoriji) budu prepisani.\n"
+"Ako želite promijeniti particioniranje starog hard diska ili promijeniti\n"
+"datotečni sistem, trebate koristiti ovu opciju.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Ova vrsta instalacije vam omogućuje da ažurirate pakete\n"
+"koji su trenutno instalirani na vašem Mandriva Linux sistemu. Vaša trenutna\n"
+"šema particioniranja i korisnički podaci neće biti izmijenjeni. Većina\n"
+"ostalih koraka konfiguracije ostaju kao što jesu, slično običnoj "
+"instalaciji.\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcija ''Nadogradi'' bi trebala raditi ispravno na Mandriva Linux sistemima\n"
+"koji koriste verziju \"8.1\" ili kasniju. Obavljanje nadogradnje na ranijim\n"
+"verzijama Mandriva Linuxa, prije verzije \"8.1\", nije preporučeno."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovisno o jeziku koji izaberete (), DrakX će\n"
+"automatski izabrati određeni tip tastature. Provjerite da li vam izabrano\n"
+"odgovara ili odaberite neki drugi raspored tastature.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ipak, možda nemate tastaturu koja tačno odgovara vašem jeziku: npr.\n"
+"ako ste Švajcarac koji govori engleski, možda imate švajcarsku tastaturu.\n"
+"Ili ako govorite engleski ali se nalazite u Kvibeku, možda ćete se naći u\n"
+"situaciji gdje se vaš jezik i tastatura ne poklapaju. U svakom slučaju, "
+"ovaj\n"
+"korak instalacije vam omogućava da izaberete odgovarajuću tastaturu sa "
+"liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na dugme \"%s\" kako bi vam bila predstavljena potpuna lista\n"
+"podržanih tastatura.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako izaberete raspored tipaka koji je baziran na ne-latiničnoj abecedi,\n"
+"sljedeći dijalog će vam ponuditi da izaberete tipke pomoću kojih možete\n"
+"prebaciti tastaturu između latiničnog i ne-latiničnog rasporeda."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Prvi korak je da izaberete preferirani jezik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vaš izbor preferiranog jezika će se odraziti na jezik dokumentacije,\n"
+"instalacione procedure i generalno sistema. Najprije izaberite oblast u\n"
+"kojoj se nalazite, a zatim jezik kojim govorite.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikanjem na dugme \"%s\" možete izabrati druge jezike koje\n"
+"želite instalirati na vašu radnu stanicu, time instalirajući sistemsku\n"
+"dokumentaciju i programe za svaki od izabranih jezika. Na primjer, ako\n"
+"će vaš računar koristiti osobe iz španije, izaberite Engleski kao osnovni\n"
+"jezik na listi, a \"%s\" u oblasti Više opcija.\n"
+"\n"
+"O UTF-8 (Unicode) podršci. Unicode je novi način kodiranja znakova čiji\n"
+"je cilj da obuhvati sve postojeće jezike. Ipak puna podrška za njega pod\n"
+"GNU/Linuxom je još uvijek u razvoju. Iz tog razloga, Mandriva Linux će ga\n"
+"koristiti ovisno o drugim izborima korisnika:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ako izaberete jezike sa raširenim starim kodiranjem (latin1 jezici, "
+"ruski,\n"
+"japanski, kineski, korejanski, tajlandski, grčki, turski, većina iso-8859-2\n"
+"jezika), biće korišteno staro kodiranje;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Za ostale jezike podrazumijeva se Unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ako je potrebno dva ili više jezika koji ne koriste isto kodiranje, "
+"Unicode\n"
+"će se koristiti za čitav sistem;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Konačno, Unicode može biti nametnut sistemu ako korisnik to odluči\n"
+"izborom opcije \"%s\" bez obzira na izabrane jezike.\n"
+"n\n"
+"Obratite pažnju da niste ograničeni na samo jedan dodatni jezik. Možete\n"
+"ih izabrati nekoliko ili čak ih instalirati sve klikom na polje \"%s\".\n"
+"Vaš izbor podrške za neki jezik označava da će biti instaliran prijevod,\n"
+"fontovi, pravila za provjeru pravopisa itd. za taj jezik.n\n"
+"\n"
+"Da biste izabrali između raznih jezika instaliranih na vašem sistemu, "
+"možete\n"
+"pokrenuti kao \"root\" naredbu \"localedrake\", čime mijenjate\n"
+"jezik koji koristi čitav sistem. Izvršavanjem te naredbe kao običan\n"
+"korisnik mijenjate jezičke postavke samo za tog konkretnog korisnika."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Obično DrakX nema problema da odredi broj dugmadi na vašem mišu.\n"
+"Ako ima, pretpostaviće da imate miš sa dva dugmeta i podesiće simulaciju\n"
+"trećeg dugmeta. Treće dugme se može postići na mišu sa dva dugmeta\n"
+"istovremenim klikom na lijevo i desno dugme miša. DrakX će automatski\n"
+"znati da li miš koristi PS/2, serijski ili USB interfejs.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako imate miš sa tri dugmeta bez točkića, možete izabrati tip miša pod\n"
+"imenom \"%s\". DrakX će zatim konfigurisati vašeg miša tako da može\n"
+"simulirati rad točkića trećim dugmetom. Da biste ovo postigli, držite\n"
+"srednje dugme miša i pomjerajte ga gore-dolje.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako iz nekog razloga želite navesti drugačiji tip miša, izaberite ga sa\n"
+"ponuđene liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Možete izabrati stavku \"%s\" da izaberete ``opšti'' tip miša koji bi\n"
+"trebao raditi sa skoro svim miševima.\n"
+"Ako izaberete miš različit od ponuđenog, biće prikazan testni ekran.\n"
+"Koristite miš i točkić da potvrdite da su postavke tačne i da miš radi\n"
+"ispravno. Ako miš ne radi kako treba, pritisnite razmaknicu ili tipku Enter\n"
+"da prekinete test i vratite se na listu izbora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Miševi sa točkićem često nisu prepoznati automatski, stoga trebate izabrati\n"
+"miš na listi. Pazite da izaberete odgovarajući port na koji je vaš miš\n"
+"priključen. Nakon izbora miša i pritiska na dugme \"%s\", na ekranu će\n"
+"biti prikazana slika miša. Pomjerajte točkić miša kako biste provjerili da "
+"li\n"
+"ispravno funkcioniše. Kada vidite da se točkić na ekranu pomjera onako\n"
+"kako vi vrtite stvarni točkić, provjerite dugmad i provjerite da li se "
+"pokazivač\n"
+"na ekranu pomjera onako kako vi pomjerate miš."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "sa simulacijom točkića"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Univerzalni | Bilo koji PS/2 ili USB miš"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Molim izaberite ispravan port. Na primjer, \"COM1\" port pod Windows\n"
+"operativnim sistemom, pod GNU/Linuxom se zove \"ttyS0\" ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovo je najvažnija odluka za sigurnost vašeg GNU/Linux sistema: trebate\n"
+"unijeti \"root\" šifru, \"Root\" je sistemski administrator i jedini\n"
+"korisnik kojem je dozvoljeno da updatuje sistem, dodaje druge korisnike,\n"
+"mijenja konfiguraciju sistema itd. Ukratko, \"root\" može raditi sve! Stoga\n"
+"trebate izabrati šifru koju je teško pogoditi - DrakX će vam reći da li je "
+"šifra\n"
+"koju ste odabrali prejednostavna. Kao što možete vidjeti, niste prisiljeni "
+"da\n"
+"unesete šifru, ali vam savjetujemo da to uradite. GNU/Linux je podložan\n"
+"operatorskim greškama kao i bilo koji drugi operativni sistem. Pošto\n"
+"\"root\" može prevazići sva ograničenja i nenamjerno pobrisati sve podatke\n"
+"na particijama neoprezno im pristupajući, važno je da je teško postati \"root"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Šifra treba biti kombinacija alfanumeričkih znakova i biti barem 8 znakova\n"
+"duga. Nikad ne zapisujte \"root\" šifru -- time vaš sistem postaje lagano\n"
+"kompromitovati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jedan izuzetak: ne dozvolite da šifra bude preduga ili prekomplikovana\n"
+"pošto ćete je morati zapamtiti!\n"
+"\n"
+"Šifra neće biti prikazana na ekranu dok je unosite. Da bismo smanjili\n"
+"mogućnost greške zbog kucanja naslijepo, moraćete unijeti šifru dva puta.\n"
+"Ako nekim slučajem ponovite istu grešku dva puta, ovu ''neispravnu'' šifru\n"
+"trebate koristiti prilikom prve prijave kao \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako želite da pristup ovom računaru bude kontroliran pomoću servera za\n"
+"provjeru identiteta (authentication), kliknite na dugme \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako vaša mreža koristi LDAP, NIS ili PDC Windows domen servise za\n"
+"provjeru identiteta, izaberite odgovarajući kao \"%s\". Ako ne znate koji\n"
+"koristiti, pitajte vašeg mrežnog administratora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako imate problema sa pamćenjem šifara, ako vaš računar neće biti spojen\n"
+"na Internet i ako apsolutno vjerujete svakome ko mu ima fizički pristup,\n"
+"možete izabrati opciju \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "provjera autentičnosti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Boot loader\" je mali program koji se pokreće prilikom paljenja računara.\n"
+"On je odgovoran za izbor i pokretanje operativnog sistema. Faza izbora boot\n"
+"loadera je obično automatizovana. DrakX će analizirati boot sektor diska i\n"
+"postupati u skladu s onim što zatekne tamo:\n"
+"\n"
+" * ako pronađe Windows boot sektor, biće zamijenjen sa GRUB/LILO boot\n"
+"sektorom. Na ovaj način bićete u mogućnosti da učitate ili GNU/Linux ili\n"
+"neki drugi OS koji je instaliran na vašem računaru.\n"
+"\n"
+" * ako pronađe GRUB ili LILO boot sektor, zamijeniće ga novim.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ne može donijeti odluku, DrakX će vas pitati gdje da postavi\n"
+"bootloader. Generalno, \"%s\" je najsigurnije mjesto. Birajući \"%s\"\n"
+"izbjeći ćete instalaciju bootloadera. Koristite ovu opciju samo ako znate\n"
+"šta radite."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Sada je vrijeme da izaberete sistem štampe za vaš računar. Drugi\n"
+"operativni sistemi vam možda nude jedan, ali Mandriva Linux nudi\n"
+"dva. Svaki od ovih sistema je najbolji za određenu vrstu konfiguracije.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\" -- skraćeno za ``štampaj i nemoj stavljati u red'' (print, do not\n"
+"queue) je najbolji izbor ako imate direktnu vezu na štampač, želite izlaz\n"
+"za paniku u slučajevima zaglavljivanja papira i nemate mrežne štampače.\n"
+"(\"%s\" može riješiti samo vrlo jednostavne mrežne slučajeve i pomalo je\n"
+"spor kada se koristi sa mrežama.) Preporučujemo da koristite \"pdq\" ako\n"
+"je ovo vaše prvo iskustvo sa GNU/Linuxom.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\" znači ``Common UNIX Printing System'' (uobičajeni UNIX sistem "
+"štampe)\n"
+"je odličan izbor za štampanje na štampač koji se nalazi lokalno ili s druge\n"
+"strane planete. Vrlo ga je jednostavno podesiti i može služiti kao server "
+"ili\n"
+"klijent za prastari \"lpd\" sistem štampe, tako da je kompatibilan sa "
+"starijim\n"
+"operativnim sistemima kojima možda još trebaju usluge štampanja. Mada je\n"
+"vrlo moćan, osnovno podešavanje je skoro jednako lagano kao za \"pdq\".\n"
+"Ako želite simulirati \"lpd\" server, provjerite da li ste pokrenuli \"cups-"
+"lpd\"\n"
+"servis. \"%s\" uključuje grafičke alate za štampanje ili izbor opcija "
+"štampača,\n"
+"te za upravljanje štampačem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako sada napravite izbor, pa kasnije zaključite da vam se ne sviđa izabrani\n"
+"sistem štampe, možete ga promijeniti pokretanjem PrinterDrake iz\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Kontrolnog centra i klikanjem na dugme \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ekspert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX će najprije potražiti sve IDE uređaje prisutne na vašem računaru.\n"
+"Također će pretražiti sistem za jednu ili više PCI SCSI kartica. Ako\n"
+"SCSI kartica bude pronađena, DrakX će automatski instalirati odgovarajući\n"
+"drajver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Budući da pronalaženje hardware-a nikad nije savršeno, DrakX možda neće\n"
+"pronaći vaše hard diskove. Ako se to desi, moraćete ih navesti ručno.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako je potrebno da ručno odaberete PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX će vas pitati\n"
+"da li želite navesti neke opcije za njega. Trebate dopustiti DrakXu da\n"
+"ispita hardware za neke opcije specifične za tu karticu. Obično DrakX "
+"prolazi\n"
+"kroz ovaj korak bez problema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako DrakX ne može ispitati opcije koje trebaju biti proslijeđene, moraćete\n"
+"ručno navesti opcije za drajver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ako je na vašem sistemu otkrivena zvučna kartica, ona će\n"
+"biti prikazana ovdje. Ako primijetite da prikazana zvučna kartica nije ona\n"
+"koja je ustvari dio vašeg sistema, možete kliknuti na dugme i odabrati neki\n"
+"drugi drajver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX će vam pružiti sažetak raznih informacija koje su prikupljene\n"
+"o vašem sistemu. Ovisno o instaliranom hardveru, vjerovatno imate\n"
+"neke ili sve od navedenih stavki. Pojedinačna stavka se sastoji od\n"
+"onoga što je potrebno podesiti, nakon čega slijedi kraći sažetak trenutne\n"
+"konfiguracije. Da biste ovo izmijenili, kliknite na odgovarajuće dugme \"%s"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": provjerite trenutnu mapu tastature i izmijenite je ako je\n"
+" potrebno.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": provjerite trenutno izabranu državu. Ako se nalazite negdje\n"
+"drugo, kliknite na dugme \"%s\" i izaberite neku drugu. Ako se vaša\n"
+"zemlja ne nalazi na prikazanoj listi, kliknite na dugme \"%s\" da biste\n"
+"dobili cjelokupnu listu zemalja.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": DrakX automatski određuje vašu vremensku zonu\n"
+"na osnovu države koju ste izabrali. Možete kliknuti na dugme \"%s\"\n"
+"ako ovo nije ispravno.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": provjerite trenutnu konfiguraciju miša i klinite na dugme da je\n"
+"promijenite ako je to potrebno.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": klikanjem na dugme \"%s\" otvoriće se čarobnjak za\n"
+"podešavanje štampača. Pogledajte odgovarajuće poglavlje ''Vodiča za\n"
+"početnike'' za više informacija o podešavanju novog štampača. Interfejs\n"
+"koji je prikazan u našem priručniku je sličan onom koji će biti korišten "
+"tokom instalacije.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ako je na vašem sistemu otkrivena zvučna kartica, ona će\n"
+"biti prikazana ovdje. Ako primjetite da prikazana zvučna kartica nije ona\n"
+"koja je ustvari dio vašeg sistema, možete kliknuti na dugme i odabrati neki\n"
+"drugi drajver.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ako je na vašem sistemu prepoznata TV kartica, biće\n"
+"prikazana ovdje. Ako imate TV karticu koja nije prepoznata, kliknite na\n"
+"dugme \"%s\" kako biste pokušali podesiti je ručno.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": možete kliknuti na \"%s\" da promijenite parametre pridružene\n"
+"kartici ako mislite da je konfiguracija neispravna.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": DrakX će podesiti vaš grafički interfejs za rad na\n"
+"rezoluciji \"800x600\" ili \"1024x768\". Ako vam to ne odgovara, kliknite\n"
+"na dugme \"%s\" kako biste drugačije podesili vaš interfejs.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ako želite, možete podesiti vaš Internet pristup ili pristup\n"
+"lokalnoj mreži. Pogledajte štampanu dokumentaciju ili koristite\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Kontrolni centar nakon što je završena instalacija\n"
+"kako biste koristili ugrađenu pomoć. \n"
+" * \"%s\": omogućuje vam da podesite adrese HTTP i FTP proxyja ako\n"
+"se računar na koji instalirate nalazi iza proxy servera.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ovdje možete promijeniti nivo sigurnosti sistema koji\n"
+"je podešen u prethodnom koraku ().\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ako planirate povezati vaš računar na Internet, pametno je\n"
+"zaštititi ga od upada postavljanjem firewalla. Pogledajte odgovarajuće\n"
+"poglavlje ''Vodiča za početnike'' za detalje o podešavanju firewalla.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ako želite promijeniti postavke bootloadera, kliknite na to\n"
+"dugme. Ovo bi trebalo biti rezervisano za napredne korisnike. Pogledajte\n"
+"štampanu dokumentaciju ili pomoć za bootloader konfiguraciju uključenu\n"
+"u Mandriva Linux Kontrolni centar.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ovdje možete fino podešavati koji servisi će biti pokrenuti\n"
+"na vašem računaru. Ako planirate koristiti ovaj računar kao server,\n"
+"dobra je ideja još jednom pregledati ove postavke."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN kartica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafički interfejs"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Izaberite hard disk koji želite obrisati kako biste instalirali vašu novu\n"
+"Mandriva Linux particiju. Budite pažljivi, svi podaci koji se nalaze na\n"
+"njemu će biti izgubljeni i neće se moći vratiti!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" ako želite obrisati sve podatke i particije koje\n"
+"su prisutne na ovom hard disku. Budite oprezni, jer nakon klikanja na\n"
+"\"%s\" nećete moći vratiti podatke i particije koji se trenutno nalaze\n"
+"na ovom hard disku, uključujući i sve Windows podatke.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" da prekinete ovu operaciju bez gubitka\n"
+"podataka i particija na ovom hard disku."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Dalje ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Nazad"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc6d9a848
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1966 @@
+# translation of ca.po to Catalan
+# translation of DrakX.po to Catalan
+# Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Softcatala, softcatala.org, 2000-2003
+# Albert Astals Cid <astals11@terra.es>, 2003-2004, 2005.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: ca\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-13 23:24+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Albert Astals Cid <astals11@terra.es>\n"
+"Language-Team: Catalan <kde-i18n-ca@kde.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n!=1;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Abans de continuar, llegiu atentament les clàusules de la llicència. "
+"Cobreix\n"
+"tota la distribució Mandriva Linux. Si esteu d'acord amb tots els termes de "
+"la\n"
+"llicència, feu clic al quadre \"%s\"; si no, prémer el botó \"%s\"\n"
+"reiniciarà el vostre ordinador."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"El GNU/Linux és un sistema multiusuari; això vol dir que cada usuari pot\n"
+"tenir les seves pròpies preferències, els seus propis fitxers, etc. Podeu "
+"llegir\n"
+"la ``Guia d'iniciació''\n"
+" per aprendre més coses sobre els sistemes\n"
+"multiusuari. Però, a diferència del \"root\", que és l'administrador del "
+"sistema,\n"
+"als usuaris que afegiu aquí no se'ls permetrà modificar res tret dels seus "
+"propis\n"
+"fitxers i configuracions, protegint així el sistema de canvis, intencionats "
+"o no, \n"
+" que tenen efecte sobre tot el sistema . Cal que us creeu, com a mínim, un "
+"usuari\n"
+"normal, i és aquest compte el que heu d'utilitzar per a l'ús quotidià. Tot i "
+"que\n"
+"és molt fàcil entrar com a \"root\" per a tot, també pot ser molt perillós: "
+"la més\n"
+"petita errada podria significar que el sistema deixés de funcionar. Si "
+"cometeu\n"
+"una errada greu com a usuari normal el pitjor que pot passar és que perdeu\n"
+"algunes daDES, però sense afectar a tot el sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Primer, heu d'introduir el vostre nom real. Per suposat, això no és "
+"obligatori,\n"
+"ja que podeu introduir el que vulgueu. DrakX agafarà la primera paraula\n"
+"que heu introduït en aquest camp i la copiarà en el camp \"%s\", que serà "
+"el\n"
+"nom que utilitzarà aquest usuari per entrar al sistema (ho podeu canviar si\n"
+"voleu). Després cal que introduïu una contrasenya. Des del punt de vista de\n"
+"la seguretat, una contrasenya d'un usuari no privilegiat (habitual) no és "
+"tan\n"
+"important com la del \"root\" des del punt de vista de la seguretat, però no "
+"hi\n"
+"ha cap raó per menystenir-la, deixant-la en blanc o fent-la massa senzilla: "
+"al\n"
+"cap i a la fi, els vostres fitxers poden estar en joc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Un cop hagueu fet clic a \"%s\" podreu afegir altres usuaris. Afegiu-ne un\n"
+"per a tothom que hagi de fer servir l'ordinador. Feu clic a \"%s\" quan "
+"hagueu\n"
+"acabat d'afegir-ne.\n"
+"\n"
+"Feu clic al botó \"%s\" per canviar l'intèrpret d'ordres (\"shell\") per "
+"defecte\n"
+"(bash) de l'usuari seleccionat. \n"
+"\n"
+"Quan hagueu acabat d'afegir usuaris, se us proposarà decidir quin usuari\n"
+"entrarà automàticament en el sistema en arrencar l'ordinador. Si us\n"
+"interessa aquesta característica (i no us importa gaire la seguretat "
+"local), \n"
+"trieu l'usuari i el gestor de finestres desitjat i feu clic a \"%s\".\n"
+"Si no hi esteu interessat, desactiveu el quadre \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Voleu utilitzar aquesta característica?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquestes són les particions de Linux existents que s'han detectat al disc "
+"dur.\n"
+"Podeu conservar les decisions preses per l'auxiliar, atès que són les "
+"adequades\n"
+"per a les instal·lacions més habituals. Si hi feu algun canvi, com a mínim "
+"heu\n"
+"de definir una partició arrel (\"/\"). No trieu una partició massa petita "
+"perquè\n"
+"no podríeu instal·lar-hi prou programari. Si voleu emmagatzemar les dades en "
+"una\n"
+"altra partició, us caldrà crear una partició \"/home\" (això només serà "
+"possible\n"
+"si hi ha més d'una partició de Linux disponible).\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partició està identificada d'aquesta manera: \"Nom\", \"Capacitat\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nom\" es compon de: \"tipus d'unitat de disc\", \"número d'unitat de disc"
+"\",\n"
+"\"número de la partició\" (per exemple, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"El \"Tipus d'unitat de disc\" és \"hd\" si la vostre unitat de disc és IDE i "
+"\"sd\" si és SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"El \"Número de la unitat de disc\" és sempre una lletra després d'\"hd\" o "
+"\"sd\".\n"
+"Per a unitats de disc IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE primari\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE primari"
+"\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE secundari"
+"\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE secundari"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Amb unitats de disc SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI més baixa\",\n"
+"una \"b\" significa \"segona ID SCSI més baixa\", etc."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"La instal·lació del Mandriva Linux està repartida en diversos CD-ROM. Si\n"
+"un dels paquets escollits està en un altre CD-ROM, DrakX expulsarà el CD\n"
+"actual i us demanarà que n'inseriu un altre. Si no teniu el CD necessari a\n"
+"mà, premeu \"%s\" i els paquets corresponents no s'instal·laran."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha arribat el moment d'indicar els programes que voleu instal·lar en el\n"
+"sistema. Mandriva Linux té milers de paquets, i per facilitar-ne la\n"
+"gestió s'han distribuït en grups d'aplicacions similars.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux agrupa els paquets en quatre categories. Podeu mesclar i fer\n"
+"coincidir aplicacions de grups diversos, de manera que una instal·lació\n"
+"d'``Estació de treball'' pot perfectament tenir instal·lades aplicacions\n"
+"de la categoria ``Servidor'' \n"
+" * \"%s\": si voleu utilitzar l'ordinador com a estació de treball,\n"
+"seleccioneu un o més grups de la categoria estació de treball.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si penseu utilitzar la vostra màquina per programar, escolliu\n"
+"els grups adients d'aquesta categoria. El grup especial \"LSB\"\n"
+"configurarà el vostre sistema per tal que compleixi tant com sigui\n"
+"possible amb les especificacions Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Seleccionar el grup \"LSB\" també instal·larà un kernel \"2.4\",\n"
+"en comptes del \"2.6\". Això es fa per assegurar que els sistema\n"
+"compleixi al 100%% amb LSB. Si no seleccioneu el grup \"LSB\"\n"
+"encara tindreu un sistema que compleix la LSB quasi al 100%%.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\":  si l'ordinador s'ha d'utilitzar com a servidor, seleccioneu\n"
+"quins dels serveis més habituals voleu instal·lar\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquí és on escollireu quin és el vostre entorn gràfic\n"
+"preferit. Heu de seleccionar-ne un com a mínim si voleu tenir una\n"
+"interfície gràfica.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si moveu el cursor per sobre d'un nom de grup veureu una breu explicació\n"
+"d'aquest grup.\n"
+"\n"
+"Podeu marcar la casella \"%s\", que és útil si esteu familiaritzat amb els\n"
+"diversos paquets o si voleu tenir un control total sobre el que "
+"s'instal·larà.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si heu començat la instal·lació en el mode \"%s\", podeu desseleccionar \n"
+"tots els grups si voleu evitar que s'instal·li cap paquet nou. Això és\n"
+"útil per reparar o actualitzar un sistema existent.\n"
+"Si desseleccioneu tots els grups quan estigueu fent una\n"
+"instal·lació normal (i no una actualització), se us presentarà un diàleg \n"
+"proposant-vos diferents opcions per a una instal·lació mínima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instal·la els mínims paquets necessaris per tenir un\n"
+"entorn gràfic funcional\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instal·la el sistema base i les utilitats bàsiques amb la seva\n"
+"documentació. Aquesta instal·lació és adequada per configurar un servidor;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instal·la el nombre mínim de paquets necessari per aconseguir un\n"
+"sistema Linux operatiu, només amb una interfície de línia d'ordres. Aquesta\n"
+"instal·lació ocupa uns 65 MB."
+
+#
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Actualitza"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Amb la documentació bàsica"
+
+#
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Instal·lació mínima real"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Si heu dit a l'instal·lador que volíeu seleccionar els paquets "
+"individualment\n"
+"se us presentarà un arbre amb tots els paquets classificats per grups i\n"
+"subgrups. Mentre navegueu per l'arbre, podeu seleccionar grups complets,\n"
+"subgrups o paquets individuals.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada cop que seleccioneu un paquet de l'arbre, apareixerà una descripció a \n"
+"la dreta que us informarà de la finalitat del paquet.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Si heu seleccionat un paquet de servidor, intencionadament o perquè\n"
+"formava part d'un grup, se us demanarà que confirmeu si realment voleu\n"
+"instal·lar aquests servidors. Per defecte, Mandriva Linux "
+"iniciaràautomàticament qualsevol servidor durant l'arrencada. Tot i que\n"
+"siguin segurs i no tinguin cap problema conegut quan es publica la\n"
+"distribució, és totalment possible que es descobreixin forats de seguretat\n"
+"després que aquesta versió de Mandriva Linux quedi finalitzada.\n"
+"Si no sabeu què se suposa que fa un servei en particular, o per què s'està\n"
+"instal·lant, feu clic a \"%s\". Per defecte, si feu clic a \"%s\" els "
+"serveis\n"
+"llistats s'instal·laran i s'iniciaran automàticament durant l'arrencada. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opció \"%s\" s'utilitza per inhabilitar el diàleg d'advertència que\n"
+"apareix quan l'instal·lador selecciona automàticament un paquet per "
+"resoldre\n"
+"dependències. Alguns paquets estan relacionats els uns amb els\n"
+"altres, de manera que la instal·lació d'un paquet fa que calgui instal·lar\n"
+"també algun altre programa. L'instal·lador pot determinar quins paquets "
+"calen\n"
+"per satisfer una dependència i completar la instal·lació satisfactòriament.\n"
+"\n"
+"La diminuta icona d'un disquet al peu de la llista us permet carregar una\n"
+"llista de paquets creada en una instal·lació anterior. Això és útil si "
+"teniu\n"
+"un cert nombre d'ordinadors que voleu configurar de manera idèntica. Si feu\n"
+"clic a aquesta icona se us demanarà que inseriu un disquet creat "
+"anteriorment\n"
+"al final d'una altra instal·lació. Vegeu el segon suggeriment de l'últim "
+"pas\n"
+"per saber com crear aquest disquet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dependències automàtiques"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": feu clic al botó \"%s\" per obrir l'auxiliar de configuració de la\n"
+"impressora. Consulteu el capítol corresponent de la ``Guia d'iniciació''\n"
+"per tenir més informació en quant a la configuració de noves impressores.\n"
+"La interfície que apareix és similar a la que s'utilitza durant la "
+"instal·lació."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"En aquest diàleg escollireu els serveis que voleu que s'iniciïn durant "
+"l'arrencada.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX farà una llista de tots els serveis disponibles en la instal·lació "
+"actual.\n"
+"Reviseu-los amb cura i desmarqueu aquells que no siguin necessaris durant "
+"l'arrencada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Podeu obtenir una explicació breu sobre un servei si el seleccioneu. Si no\n"
+"esteu segur de la utilitat d'un servei, el més segur és deixar el "
+"comportament\n"
+"per defecte.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Aneu especialment amb cura en aquest pas si penseu utilitzar l'ordinador "
+"com\n"
+"a servidor: segurament no voldreu iniciar serveis que no necessiteu.\n"
+"Recordeu que hi ha diversos serveis que poden ser perillosos si s'habiliten\n"
+"en un servidor. En general, seleccioneu només els serveis que realment "
+"necessiteu. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux gestiona l'hora en GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) i el tradueix a\n"
+"l'hora local d'acord amb la zona horària seleccionada. Si el rellotge de la\n"
+"placa base indica l'hora local, podeu desactivar-ho desseleccionant \"%s\", "
+"i\n"
+"això informarà a GNU/Linux que el rellotge del sistema i el rellotge del\n"
+"maquinari són a la mateixa zona horària. Això és convenient quan la màquina\n"
+"també té instal·lat un altre sistema operatiu.\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opció \"%s\" regularà automàticament l'hora connectant-se a un servidor\n"
+"horari remot d'Internet. Per tal que funcioni aquesta funció us caldrà "
+"tenir\n"
+"connexió a Internet. És millor triar un servidor que estigui ubicat a prop\n"
+"vostre. De fet, aquesta opció instal·la un servidor d'hora que altres "
+"màquines\n"
+"de la vostra xarxa local també podran utilitzar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sincronització automàtica de la hora"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Targeta gràfica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalment, l'instal·lador detectarà automàticament i configurarà la\n"
+"targeta gràfica que tingueu instal·lada a l'ordinador. Si no fos així, la\n"
+"podeu seleccionar d'aquesta llista.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Cas que hi hagi diferents servidors per a la targeta, amb o sense\n"
+"acceleració 3D, se us demanarà que trieu el servidor que us sigui\n"
+"més convenient."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (per sistema X Window) és el cor de la interfície gràfica de GNU/Linux\n"
+"de què depenen tots els entorns gràfics (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, \n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) que venen amb Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Veureu una relació de diferents paràmetres que podeu canviar per aconseguir\n"
+"una visualització gràfica òptima.\n"
+"\n"
+"Targeta gràfica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalment, l'instal·lador detectarà i configurarà automàticament la\n"
+"targeta gràfica instal·lada a l'ordinador. Si no fos així, podeu escollir\n"
+"de la llista la targeta que realment tingueu instal·lada.\n"
+"\n"
+"   En cas que hi hagi diferents servidors disponibles per a la vostra\n"
+"targeta, amb o sense acceleració 3D, se us demanarà que escolliu el que\n"
+"més us convingui.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalment, l'instal·lador detectarà i configurarà automàticament el\n"
+"monitor que teniu connectat a l'ordinador. Si no és correcte, podreu triar\n"
+"d'aquesta llista el monitor que realment teniu connectat a l'ordinador.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolució\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí podeu triar les resolucions i profunditats de color disponibles per\n"
+"al vostre maquinari. Trieu la que us vagi més bé (tot i que podreu\n"
+"canviar-la després de la instal·lació). Al monitor veureu una mostra de la\n"
+"configuració triada.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Prova\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depenent del maquinari aquesta entrada pot no aparèixer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   El sistema intentarà obrir una pantalla gràfica amb la resolució\n"
+"desitjada. Si podeu veure el missatge durant la prova i responeu \"%s\",\n"
+"DrakX passarà al pas següent. Si no el podeu veure, vol dir que la\n"
+"configuració detectada automàticament no era del tot correcta i la prova\n"
+"finalitzarà automàticament al cap de 12 segons, portant-vos de nou al menú.\n"
+"Canvieu els paràmetres fins que obtingueu una pantalla gràfica correcta.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcions\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí podeu decidir si voleu que l'ordinador canviï automàticament a una\n"
+"interfície gràfica en arrencar. Òbviament, voldreu activar \"%s\" si\n"
+"l'ordinador ha d'actuar com a servidor, o si no heu aconseguit\n"
+"configurar la pantalla."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalment, l'instal·lador detectarà i configurarà automàticament el\n"
+"monitor que teniu connectat a l'ordinador. Si no és correcte, podreu triar\n"
+"d'aquesta llista el monitor que realment teniu connectat a l'ordinador."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolució\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí podeu triar les resolucions i profunditats de color disponibles per\n"
+"al vostre maquinari. Trieu la que us vagi més bé (tot i que podreu\n"
+"canviar-la després de la instal·lació). Al monitor veureu una mostra de la\n"
+"configuració triada."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"En cas que hi hagi diferents servidors disponibles per a la vostra\n"
+"targeta, amb o sense acceleració 3D, se us demanarà que escolliu\n"
+"el servidor que més us convingui."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcions\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí podeu decidir si voleu que l'ordinador canviï automàticament a una\n"
+"interfície gràfica en arrencar. Òbviament, activareu \"%s\" si l'ordinador\n"
+"ha de ser un servidor, o si no heu pogut configurar la pantalla."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Ara és quan heu de decidir en quin lloc del vostre disc dur voleu\n"
+"instal·lar el sistema operatiu Mandriva Linux. Si el disc és buit,\n"
+"o si un sistema operatiu existent n'utilitza tot l'espai disponible,\n"
+"us caldrà  particionar-lo. Bàsicament, particionar un disc dur\n"
+"consisteix a dividir-lo de manera lògica per crear espai on\n"
+"instal·lar el nou sistema Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Atès que els efectes d'aquest procés solen ser irreversibles i poden\n"
+"implicar pèrdua de dades si ja teniu un sistema operatiu instal·lat, el\n"
+"particionament us pot espantar si sou un usuari sense experiència.\n"
+"Per sort, DrakX inclou un auxiliar que simplifica aquest procés.\n"
+"Abans de continuar, però, llegiu la resta d'aquesta secció i,\n"
+"sobre tot, preneu-vos el temps que calgui.\n"
+"\n"
+"Segons la configuració del vostre disc dur, hi ha diverses opcions\n"
+"possibles:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquesta opció particionarà automàticament les unitats buides.\n"
+"Amb aquesta opció no se us farà cap pregunta més.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": l'auxiliar ha detectat una o més particions de Linux al vostre\n"
+"disc dur. Si voleu utilitzar-les, escolliu aquesta opció. Se us demanarà\n"
+"que trieu els punts de muntatge associats a cadascuna de les particions.\n"
+"Els punts de muntatge existents se seleccionen per defecte, i en la\n"
+"majoria dels casos és bona idea conservar-los.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Si teniu el Microsoft Windows instal·lat al disc dur i n'ocupa\n"
+"tot l'espai disponible, caldrà crear espai lliure per a GNU/Linux. Per\n"
+"fer-ho, podeu suprimir la partició i les dades del Windows\n"
+"(consulteu la solució ``Esborrar completament el disc'') o canviar\n"
+"la mida de la partició FAT o NTFS de Windows. Aquest canvi de mida\n"
+"es pot dur a terme sense cap pèrdua de dades, sempre que la\n"
+"partició de Windows hagi estat desfragmentada prèviament.\n"
+"És molt recomanable, fer una còpia de seguretat de les dades.\n"
+"Aquesta opció és la més recomanable si voleu utilitzar tant\n"
+"Mandriva Linux com Microsoft Windows al mateix ordinador.\n"
+"\n"
+"  Abans de decidir-vos per aquesta opció, penseu que en acabar la partició\n"
+"de Microsoft Windows serà més petita que anteriorment. Tindreu menys espai\n"
+"lliure a Microsoft Windows per emmagatzemar-hi dades o instal·lar-hi més "
+"programari.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": si voleu suprimir totes les dades i particions que teniu al disc\n"
+"dur i substituir-les pel sistema Mandriva Linux, podeu escollir aquesta\n"
+"opció. Aneu amb compte, però, perquè, un cop la confirmeu, no podreu\n"
+"fer-vos enrere.\n"
+"\n"
+"   ¡¡ Si trieu aquesta opció, totes les dades del disc s'esborraran !!.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": aquesta opció apareix quan el disc dur està completament ple\n"
+"per Microsoft Windows. Escollir aquest opció esborrarà tot el contingut del "
+"disc i\n"
+"començarà de nou, particionant des de zero.\n"
+"   ¡¡ Si trieu aquesta opció, totes les dades del disc s'esborraran !!.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si voleu particionar el disc dur manualment, podeu triar aquesta\n"
+"opció. Aneu amb compte: és una opció molt potent però també perillosa, ja\n"
+"que podeu perdre fàcilment totes les dades. Per tant, aquesta opció només "
+"és\n"
+"recomanable si heu fet abans alguna cosa similar i teniu una mica\n"
+"d'experiència. Trobareu més instruccions sobre la utilitat DiskDrake a la\n"
+"secció ``Gestió de les particions'' de la ``Guia d'iniciació''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Utilitza les particions existents"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Esborra tot el disc"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ja ho teniu. S'ha completat la instal·lació i el vostre sistema GNU/Linux\n"
+"està preparat per fer-se servir. Simplement premeu \"%s\" per reiniciar el\n"
+"sistema. No oblideu treure la font d'instal·lació (CD-ROM o disquet).\n"
+"La primera cosa que veureu, després que l'ordinador hagi finalitzat les\n"
+"comprovacions de maquinari, és el menú del carregador d'arrencada, que us\n"
+"deixa triar el sistema operatiu amb què voleu iniciar.\n"
+"\n"
+"El botó \"%s\" mostra dos botons més per:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": per crear un disquet d'instal·lació que realitzarà\n"
+"automàticament una instal·lació completa sense l'ajuda d'un operador,\n"
+"semblant a la instal·lació que acabeu de configurar.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tingueu en compte que hi ha dues opcions diferents després de fer clic al "
+"botó:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Aquesta és una instal·lació parcialment automatitzada; el pas\n"
+"de particionament és l'únic procediment interactiu.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Instal·lació completament automatitzada: el disc dur es\n"
+"reescriu completament i totes les dades es perden.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquesta característica és força útil quan es fa una instal·lació a un\n"
+"cert nombre d'ordinadors similars. En trobareu més informació a la secció\n"
+"d'instal·lació automàtica del nostre lloc web.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": desa una llista dels paquets seleccionats en aquesta\n"
+"instal·lació. Per utilitzar aquesta selecció en una altra instal·lació,\n"
+"inseriu el disquet i inicieu la instal·lació. A l'indicador, premeu la\n"
+"tecla F1, i escriviu >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< i premeu la tecla [Enter].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Cal un disquet formatejat amb FAT. Per crear-ne un a GNU/Linux, \n"
+"escriviu \"mformat a:\", o \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" seguit de\n"
+"\"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Genera un disquet per a la instal·lació automàtica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Per poder utilitzar les particions que s'acaben de definir cal formatar-les\n"
+"(la formatació consisteix a crear-hi un sistema de fitxers).\n"
+"\n"
+"En aquest punt, potser voldreu tornar a formatar algunes de les particions\n"
+"existents per eliminar les dades que contenen. Si és així, seleccioneu\n"
+"també aquestes particions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tingueu en compte que no cal tornar a formatar totes les particions que ja\n"
+"existien; heu de tornar a formatar les particions que continguin el sistema\n"
+"operatiu (com ara \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\"), però no les que contenen\n"
+"dades que voleu conservar (habitualment, \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Aneu amb compte en seleccionar les particions; després de la formatació,\n"
+"totes les dades s'hauran suprimit i no en podreu recuperar cap.\n"
+"\n"
+"Feu clic a \"%s\" quan estigueu a punt per formatar les particions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Feu clic a \"%s\" si voleu seleccionar una altra partició per instal·lar\n"
+"el nou sistema Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Feu clic a \"%s\" si voleu seleccionar particions on cercar-hi blocs "
+"defectuosos."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Ara esteu instal·lant Mandriva Linux, és probable que alguns paquets\n"
+"hagin estat actualitzats des de la data de llançament. Alguns errors poden\n"
+"haver estat resolts, i problemes de seguretat poden estar ja corregits.\n"
+"Per beneficiar-vos d'aquestes actualitzacions, les podeu baixar d'Internet.\n"
+"Trieu \"%s\" si teniu una connexió a Internet operativa, o \"%s\" si\n"
+"preferiu instal·lar-les més tard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si trieu \"%s\" apareixerà una llista de llocs des d'on podeu baixar les\n"
+"actualitzacions. Escolliu la ubicació més propera. Aleshores, apareixerà\n"
+"un arbre de selecció de paquets: comproveu la selecció i premeu \"%s\" per\n"
+"baixar i instal·lar els paquets seleccionats, o \"%s\" per abandonar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Ara és el moment de triar el nivell de seguretat desitjat per a la màquina.\n"
+"Com a norma general, el nivell de seguretat ha de ser més alt si la màquina\n"
+"conté dades importants, o si està connectada directament a Internet.\n"
+"Tanmateix, un nivell alt de seguretat sovint comporta una disminució de la\n"
+"facilitat d'ús.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si no sabeu quin escollir, deixeu l'opció per defecte.. Podreu canviar\n"
+"el nivell de seguretat més tard amb l'eina draksec del\n"
+"Centre de Control Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ompliu el camp \"%s\" amb l'adreça electrònica de la persona responsable\n"
+"de la seguretat. Els missatges de seguretat s'enviaran a aquesta adreça."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Administrador de seguretat"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Ara és quan heu de decidir quina(es) partició(ns) voleu utilitzar per\n"
+"instal·lar el sistema Mandriva Linux. Si ja s'han definit les particions\n"
+"en una instal·lació anterior de GNU/Linux o mitjançant una altra eina de\n"
+"particionament, podeu utilitzar les particions existents. En cas contrari,\n"
+"s'han de definir particions al disc dur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per crear particions, primer heu de seleccionar un disc dur. Podeu\n"
+"seleccionar el disc que s'ha de particionar fent clic a ``hda'' per a la\n"
+"primera unitat IDE, ``hdb'' per a la segona, ``sda'' per a la primera "
+"unitat\n"
+"SCSI, etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per particionar el disc dur seleccionat, podeu utilitzar aquestes opcions:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquesta opció suprimeix totes les particions que hi ha al\n"
+"disc dur seleccionat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquesta opció us permet crear automàticament les particions\n"
+"ext3 i d'intercanvi en l'espai lliure del disc dur.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": dóna accés a funcions addicionals:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": desa la taula de particions en un disquet. És útil per a una\n"
+"recuperació posterior de la taula de particions si fos necessari. És molt\n"
+"recomanable que efectueu aquesta operació.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permet restaurar d'un disquet una taula de particions que hi\n"
+"hagueu desat prèviament.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si la taula de particions està malmesa, podeu provar de\n"
+"recuperar-la utilitzant aquesta opció. Aneu amb compte i recordeu que no\n"
+"sempre funciona.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": descarta tots els canvis fets i torna a carregar la taula\n"
+"de particions original.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si desseleccioneu aquesta opció fareu que els usuaris hagin\n"
+"de muntar i desmuntar manualment les unitats de suports extraïbles, com ara\n"
+"els disquets i els CD-ROM.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": utilitzeu aquesta opció si voleu utilitzar un auxiliar per\n"
+"particionar el vostre disc dur. Es recomana que l'utilitzeu si no teniu\n"
+"sòlids coneixements sobre particionament.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": utilitzeu aquesta opció per cancel·lar els canvis.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permet accions addicionals en les particions (tipus,\n"
+"opcions, format) i dóna més informació sobre el disc dur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": quan hagueu acabat de particionar el disc dur, aquesta opció\n"
+"desarà els canvis al disc.\n"
+"\n"
+"En definir la mida d'una partició, podeu acabar d'afinar-la mitjançant\n"
+"les tecles de fletxa del teclat.\n"
+" \n"
+"Nota: podeu accedir a qualsevol opció mitjançant el teclat. Moveu-vos per\n"
+"les particions amb les tecles Tab i Fletxa amunt/Fletxa avall.\n"
+"\n"
+"Quan seleccioneu una partició, podeu utilitzar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+c per crear una nova partició (quan se n'ha seleccionat una de "
+"buida)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+d per suprimir una partició\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+m per definir el punt de muntatge\n"
+"\n"
+"Per a més informació sobre els diferents sistemes de fitxers disponibles,\n"
+"llegiu el capítol sobre ext2FS del ``Manual de Referència''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si esteu fent la instal·lació en un ordinador PPC, voldreu crear una\n"
+"petita partició ``bootstrap'' HFS d'un mínim d'1 MB per a ús del carregador\n"
+"d'arrencada yaboot. Si decidiu fer-la una mica més gran, per exemple de\n"
+"50 MB, us serà d'utilitat per emmagatzemar un nucli de recanvi i imatges\n"
+"del disc RAM per a situacions d'emergència durant l'arrencada."
+
+#
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Muntatge automàtic dels dispositius extraïbles"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Commuta entre els modes normal i expert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"S'ha detectat més d'una partició de Microsoft a la unitat de disc.\n"
+"Si us plau, trieu quina d'elles voleu redimensionar per instal·lar el nou\n"
+"sistema operatiu Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partició està identificada d'aquesta manera: \"Nom Linux\",\n"
+"\"Nom Windows\" \"Capacitat\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nom Linux\" es compon de: \"tipus d'unitat de disc dur\",\n"
+"\"número d'unitat de disc dur\", \"número de la partició\"\n"
+"(per exemple, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tipus d'unitat de disc dur\" és \"hd\" si la vostre unitat de disc dur és\n"
+"IDE i \"sd\" si és SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Número de la unitat de disc dur\" és sempre una lletra després d'\"hd\" o\n"
+"\"sd\". Amb unitats de disc IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE primari\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE primari"
+"\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE secundari"
+"\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE secundari"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Amb les unitats de disc SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI més baixa\",\n"
+"una \"b\" significa \"segona ID SCSI més baixa\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nom Windows\" és la lletra de la vostra unitat de disc sota Windows (el\n"
+"primer disc o partició s'anomena \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": comproveu que la selecció del país és correcta. Si no sou a\n"
+"aquest país, feu clic al botó \"%s\" i seleccioneu-ne un altre.\n"
+"Si el vostre país no és a la primera llista, feu clic al botó \"%s\" per\n"
+"obtenir una llista de països completa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquest pas només s'activa si s'ha trobat una partició GNU/Linux antiga\n"
+"al vostre ordinador.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX necessita saber si voleu realitzar una instal·lació nova o\n"
+"una actualització d'un sistema Mandriva Linux existent:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquesta opció destrueix gairebé del tot el sistema antic. Si\n"
+"voleu canviar les particions dels discs durs, o el sistema de fitxers,\n"
+"heu d'utilitzar aquesta opció. No obstant això, i depenent de l'esquema de\n"
+"particionament que tingueu, podeu evitar que part de les dades existents\n"
+"(per exemple els directoris \"home\") se sobreescriguin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquest tipus d'instal·lació us permet actualitzar els paquets\n"
+"que ja estan instal·lats al sistema Mandriva Linux. L'esquema de\n"
+"particionament actual i les dades d'usuari no queden afectades. La\n"
+"majoria de les altres fases de configuració queden disponibles, de\n"
+"manera similar a una instal·lació estàndard.\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opció “Actualitza” ha de funcionar correctament en sistemes Mandriva\n"
+"Linux amb la versió \"8.1\" o posteriors. No es recomana realitzar una\n"
+"actualització en versions de Mandriva Linux anteriors a la \"8.1\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX seleccionarà automàticament la configuració de teclat correcta\n"
+"segons l'idioma que hagueu escollit a Secció. Comproveu que la selecció\n"
+"us vagi bé o escolliu una altra configuració de teclat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tanmateix, pot ser que tingueu un teclat que no correspongués exactament al\n"
+"vostre idioma: per exemple, si sou un suís que parla anglès, potser teniu "
+"un\n"
+"teclat suís. O, si parleu anglès però viviu al Quebec, us podeu trobar en "
+"la\n"
+"mateixa situació i el vostre teclat no coincidirà amb el vostre idioma. En\n"
+"tots dos casos, aquesta fase de la instal·lació us permetrà triar un teclat\n"
+"adequat d'una llista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Feu clic al botó \"%s\" per veure la llista completa de teclats "
+"disponibles.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si trieu una disposició de teclat basada en un alfabet no llatí, el diàleg\n"
+"següent us permetrà escollir la tecla que servirà per canviar entre les\n"
+"configuracions llatina i no llatina."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"L'idioma preferit que trieu afectarà a l'idioma de la documentació,\n"
+"l'instal·lador i a tot el sistema en general. Seleccioneu primer la\n"
+"regió on us trobeu i després l'idioma que parleu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si feu clic al botó \"%s\" podreu seleccionar altres idiomes que vulgueu\n"
+"instal·lar a la vostra estació de treball. S'instal·laran els fitxers\n"
+"d'idioma específics de la documentació i de les aplicacions. Per exemple,\n"
+"si heu de tenir usuaris espanyols a l'ordinador, podeu triar l'anglès com a\n"
+"idioma per defecte a la vista d'arbre i marcar \"%s\" a la secció Avançat.\n"
+"\n"
+"En quant al suport UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode és una nova codificació de\n"
+"caràcters que cobreix tots els idiomes existents. El suport complet a\n"
+"GNU/Linux encara està sota desenvolupament. Per aquesta raó, Mandriva Linux\n"
+"l'usarà o no depenent de les opcions que esculli l'usuari:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si escolliu un idioma amb una codificació existent forta(idiomes\n"
+"llatins, rus, japonès, xinès, coreà, thai, grec, turc, la majoria dels\n"
+"idiomes iso-8859-2), la codificació existent s'usarà per defecte;\n"
+"\n"
+" * La resta d'idiomes usaran unicode per defecte;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si s'instal·len dos o més idiomes i aquests idiomes no usen la mateixa\n"
+"codificació, llavors s'usarà unicode per tot el sistema;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finalment, es pot forçar l'ús de unicode si s'escull la opció\"%s\"\n"
+"independentment dels idiomes escollits.\n"
+"\n"
+"Noteu que no esteu limitats a escollir només un idioma addicional. Podeu\n"
+"triar diversos idiomes addicionals, i fins i tot instal·lar-los tots\n"
+"activant la casella \"%s\". Si habiliteu un idioma esteu instal·lant les\n"
+"traduccions, els tipus de lletra, els verificadors ortogràfics, etc. "
+"d'aquest idioma.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per passar d'un dels idiomes a un altre, podeu executar com a \"root\"\n"
+"l'ordre \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" per canviar l'idioma de tot el sistema. "
+"Si\n"
+"l'executeu com a usuari normal, només es canviarà l'idioma d'aquest\n"
+"usuari concret."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanyol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX generalment detecta el nombre de botons que té el vostre ratolí.\n"
+"Si no pot, assumeix que teniu un ratolí de dos botons i el configurarà per\n"
+"emular el tercer botó. Es pot ``prémer' ' el tercer botó d'un ratolí de dos\n"
+"botons fent clic simultàniament als botons dret i esquerre. DrakX\n"
+"detectarà automàticament si el ratolí utilitza la interfície PS/2, sèrie o "
+"USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"En cas que tingueu un ratolí de 3 botons sense rodeta, podeu escollir\n"
+"\"%s\". DrakX configurarà el ratolí per tal de simular la rodeta,\n"
+"per fer-ho premeu el botó central i moveu el ratolí a dalt i a baix.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si per alguna raó voleu especificar un altre tipus de ratolí,\n"
+"seleccioneu-lo a la llista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si escolliu un ratolí diferent del ratolí per defecte, es mostrarà una\n"
+"pantalla de prova. Utilitzeu els botons i la roda per verificar que la\n"
+"configuració és correcta i que el ratolí funciona bé. Si el ratolí no\n"
+"funciona bé, premeu la barra d'espai o la tecla [Intro] per cancel·lar la\n"
+"prova i tornar a la llista.\n"
+"\n"
+"De vegaDES, la roda del ratolí no es detecta automàticament. En aquest cas,\n"
+"haureu de seleccionar-lo a la llista. Assegureu-vos de triar el que\n"
+"correspon al port a què esta connectat el ratolí. Després de seleccionar un\n"
+"ratolí i prémer el botó \"%s\", a la pantalla apareixerà un ratolí. Mogueu "
+"la\n"
+"roda del ratolí per assegurar-vos que s'ha activat correctament, comprovant\n"
+"que es mou també a la pantalla; després comproveu els botons i que el "
+"cursor\n"
+"de la pantalla es mou quan moveu el ratolí."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "amb emulació de rodeta"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Qualsevol ratolí PS/2 o USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Si us plau, seleccioneu el port correcte. Per exemple, el port \"COM1\" a\n"
+"Windows s'anomena \"ttyS0\" a GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta és la decisió més important quant a la seguretat del vostre sistema\n"
+"GNU/Linux: heu d'introduir la contrasenya de l'usuari \"root\". El \"root\"\n"
+"és l'administrador del sistema i és l'únic autoritzat a fer "
+"actualitzacions,\n"
+"afegir usuaris, canviar la configuració del tot el sistema, etc. En poques\n"
+"paraules, el \"root\" ho pot fer tot! És per això que heu d'escollir una\n"
+"contrasenya que sigui difícil d'endevinar; DrakX us avisarà si és massa\n"
+"fàcil. Com veieu, podeu optar per no introduir cap contrasenya, però us\n"
+"aconsellem vivament que no ho feu. GNU/Linux és tan vulnerable als errors\n"
+"de l'operador com qualsevol altre sistema operatiu. Com que l'usuari\n"
+"\"root\" pot superar totes les limitacions i esborrar accidentalment totes\n"
+"les dades de qualsevol partició com a conseqüència d'accedir-hi sense\n"
+"precaucions, és molt important que sigui difícil esdevenir \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"La contrasenya ha de ser una mescla de caràcters alfanumèrics i, com a\n"
+"mínim, de 8 caràcters de longitud. No apunteu enlloc la contrasenya de\n"
+"\"root\" ja que és molt fàcil comprometre el sistema si ho feu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tot i això, no feu la contrasenya massa llarga o complicada perquè heu de\n"
+"poder recordar-la!\n"
+"\n"
+"La contrasenya no es mostrarà per pantalla quan la teclegeu. Per tant,\n"
+"haureu d'escriure-la dues vegades per reduir la probabilitat d'errors en\n"
+"l'escriptura. Si, malauradament, feu el mateix error dues vegaDES, haureu\n"
+"d'usar aquesta contrasenya ``incorrecta'' el primer cop que us connecteu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si voleu que aquest ordinador sigui controlat per un servidor\n"
+"d'autenticació, feu clic al botó \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Si la vostra xarxa usa els serveis d'autenticació LDAP, NIS o Windows\n"
+"Domain, seleccioneu l'adient per a \"%s\" . Si no sabeu quin utilitzar,\n"
+"pregunteu-ho al vostre administrador de xarxa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si teniu problemes per recordar les contrasenyes, si l'ordinador mai no es\n"
+"connectarà a Internet o si confieu absolutament en tothom que utilitza\n"
+"l'ordinador, podeu triar tenir \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autenticació"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO i GRUB són carregadors d'arrencada de GNU/Linux. Normalment,\n"
+"aquesta fase es realitza de manera totalment automàtica. DrakX analitzarà\n"
+"el sector d'arrencada del disc i actuarà conforme al que hi trobi:\n"
+"\n"
+" * si troba un sector d'arrencada del Windows, el reemplaçarà amb un sector\n"
+"d'arrencada de GRUB/LILO. D'aquesta manera podreu carregar GNU/Linux\n"
+"o un altre SO.\n"
+"\n"
+" * si troba un sector d'arrencada grub o LILO, el reemplaçarà amb un nou.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si no pot prendre una decisió,  DrakX us preguntarà on ha de col·locar el\n"
+"carregador d'arrencada. Normalment, \"%s\" és el lloc més segur. Si "
+"escolliu\n"
+"\"%s\" no s'instal·larà cap carregador d'arrencada. Utilitzeu-lo només si\n"
+"sabeu que esteu fent."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Ara cal seleccionar el sistema d'impressió del vostre ordinador. Altres\n"
+"sistemes operatius us poden oferir un, però el Mandriva Linux n'ofereix\n"
+"dos. Cada sistema d'impressió és el més convenient per a un tipus de\n"
+"configuració determinat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\", acrònim de \"print, do not queue\" (imprimeix, no facis cua), és\n"
+"la millor opció si teniu una connexió directa amb la impressora i voleu\n"
+"evitar els embussos a l'hora d'imprimir, i no teniu impressores de xarxa.\n"
+"(\"%s\" només gestionarà xarxes molt senzilles i és una mica lenta quan\n"
+"s'usa en xarxa.) Escolliu \"pdq\" si és la vostra primera incursió\n"
+"en GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" `` Common Unix Printing System'', Sistema d'impressió comú de\n"
+"Unix, és una elecció excel·lent tant si voleu imprimir a la vostra\n"
+"impressora local com a l'altra punta del món. És senzilla de configurar i\n"
+"pot actuar com a servidor o client per a l'antic sistema d'impressió \"lpd"
+"\"\n"
+"i, per tant, és compatible amb sistemes operatius antics que encara\n"
+"necessitin serveis d'impressió. És força potent, però la configuració "
+"bàsica\n"
+"és gairebé tan senzilla com la de \"pdq\". Si necessiteu emular un servidor\n"
+"\"lpd\", heu d'habilitar el dimoni \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\" inclou frontals\n"
+"gràfics per a la impressió o per escollir les opcions d'impressió\n"
+"i per gestionar la impressora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si ara feu una tria, i després veieu que el sistema d'impressió no us\n"
+"agrada, podeu canviar-lo executant el PrinterDrake des del Centre de "
+"control\n"
+"de Mandriva Linux i fent clic al botó Expert."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Expert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Primer, DrakX detectarà qualsevol dispositiu IDE en l'ordinador. També\n"
+"cercarà una o més targetes SCSI PCI. Si troba una targeta SCSI, DrakX\n"
+"instal·larà automàticament el controlador adequat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Com que la detecció de maquinari no és infal·lible, pot ser que DrakX no "
+"trobi\n"
+"els discos durs; si és així, caldrà que indiqueu el vostre maquinari "
+"manualment.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si heu de seleccionar l'adaptador SCSI PCI manualment, DrakX us preguntarà "
+"si\n"
+"voleu configurar-ne les opcions. Convé que deixeu que DrakX comprovi\n"
+"el maquinari per saber les opcions específiques de la targeta que calen per "
+"inicialitzar\n"
+"l'adaptador. La majoria de vegaDES, DrakX realitzarà aquest pas sense "
+"problemes.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si DrakX no pot comprovar les opcions per determinar automàticament els "
+"paràmetres\n"
+"que s'han de passar al maquinari, us caldrà configurar el controlador "
+"manualment."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": si es detecta una targeta de so al vostre sistema, es mostra aquí.\n"
+"Si veieu que la targeta de so que es mostra no és la que realment teniu al\n"
+"sistema, podeu fer clic al botó i seleccionar un altre programa de control."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Com a revisió, DrakX presentarà un resum de la informació que\n"
+"té sobre el vostre sistema. Segons el maquinari instal·lat, podeu\n"
+"tenir algunes o totes les entrades següents. Cada entrada consta\n"
+"de l'element de configuració que cal configurar, seguit d'un breu\n"
+"resum de la configuració actual.\n"
+"Feu clic al botó \"%s\" corresponent per canviar-ho.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": comproveu la configuració actual del mapa de teclat i\n"
+"canvieu-la si és necessari.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": comproveu la selecció actual de país. Si no sou a aquest\n"
+"país, feu clic al botó \"%s\" i escolliu-ne un altre. Si el vostre\n"
+"país no és a la primera llista que es mostra, feu clic al botó \"%s\"\n"
+"per obtenir una llista de països completa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": per defecte, DrakX dedueix la vostra zona horària en\n"
+"funció del país que hagueu escollit. Aquí podeu fer clic al botó \"%s\"\n"
+"si no fos correcta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": comproveu la configuració actual del ratolí i feu clic al\n"
+"botó per canviar-la si fos necessari.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": feu clic al botó \"%s\" per obrir l'auxiliar de configuració\n"
+"de la impressora. Consulteu el capítol corresponent de la ``Guia d'\n"
+"iniciació'' per tenir més informació sobre la configuració d'una nova\n"
+"impressora. Aquesta interfície és similar a la utilitzada durant la\n"
+"instal·lació.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si es detecta una targeta de so al vostre sistema, es\n"
+"mostra aquí. Si veieu que que no és la que realment teniu al sistema,\n"
+"podeu fer clic al botó per triar un altre controlador.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": per defecte, DrakX configura la vostra interfície\n"
+"gràfica a una resolució de \"800x600\" or \"1024x768\". Si no us\n"
+"va bé, feu clic a \"%s\" per reconfigurar la interfície gràfica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si es detecta una targeta de TV al sistema, es mostra\n"
+"aquí. Si en teniu una però no és detectada, feu clic a \"%s\" per\n"
+"intentar configurar-la manualment.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si es detecta una targeta XDSI al sistema, es mostra\n"
+"aquí. Podeu fer clic a \"%s\" per canviar els paràmetres associats\n"
+"amb la targeta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si voleu configurar ara l'accés a Internet o a la xarxa local.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquesta entrada un permet redefinir el nivell de seguretat\n"
+"definit en un pas anterior ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si teniu previst connectar-vos a Internet, és bona idea\n"
+"protegir-vos d'intrusions instal·lant un tallafocs. Consulteu-ne\n"
+"els detalls a la secció corresponent de la ``Guia d'iniciació''.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si voleu canviar la configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n"
+"feu clic a aquest botó. Es recomana que això només ho facin els usuaris\n"
+"avançats.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquí podreu acabar d'ajustar els serveis que s'executaran\n"
+"en el vostre ordinador. Si teniu previst utilitzar aquesta màquina com\n"
+"a servidor, és aconsellable que reviseu aquesta configuració."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Targeta XDSI"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interfície gràfica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Escolliu el disc dur que voleu buidar per instal·lar la nova partició\n"
+"Mandriva Linux. Aneu amb compte, totes les dades actuals es perdran i no\n"
+"es podran recuperar!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Feu clic a \"%s\" si voleu suprimir totes les dades i particions\n"
+"que hi ha en aquest disc dur. Aneu amb compte perquè, un cop\n"
+"hagueu fet clic a \"%s\", no podreu recuperar cap dada ni partició\n"
+"del disc, incloent les dades del Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Feu clic a \"%s\" per aturar aquesta operació sense perdre cap dada\n"
+"ni partició d'aquest disc."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Següent ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Anterior"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/cs.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/cs.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fad687c81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/cs.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1952 @@
+# Translation of cs.po to Czech
+# Translation of DrakX-cs.po to Czech
+# Copyright (C) 1999,2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Radek Vybiral <Radek.Vybiral@vsb.cz>, 2000, 2001-2003.
+# Michal Bukovjan <bukm@centrum.cz>, 2002-2003, 2004, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: cs\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-19 00:26+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Michal Bukovjan <bukm@centrum.cz>\n"
+"Language-Team: Czech <cs@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
+"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Předtím, než budete pokračovat, přečtěte si pozorně licenční podmínky. Ty\n"
+"se vztahují k celé distribuci Mandriva Linux a pokud s nimi souhlasíte,\n"
+"klepněte na tlačítko \"%s\". Pokud ne, klepněte na tlačítko \"%s \" a "
+"počítač bude restartován."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux je víceuživatelský systém, což znamená, že každý uživatel může\n"
+"mít své vlastní nastavení, soubory atd. Více se dočtete v příručce \"Začínáme"
+"\".\n"
+"Na rozdíl od uživatele root, který je správcem počítače, uživatelé, kteří "
+"jsou\n"
+"zde vytvořeni, nemají oprávnění měnit nic kromě svých vlastních souborů a\n"
+"nastavení. Doporučuje se vytvořit účet pro minimálně jednoho běžného "
+"uživatele.\n"
+"Tento účet se používá na všechny běžné úkoly. Ačkoliv je velmi praktické\n"
+"přihlašovat se každý den jako uživatel root, je to také velmi nebezpečné!\n"
+"Jedna malá chyba může způsobit, že celý operační systém již nebude funkční.\n"
+"Pokud uděláte chybu jako normální uživatel, můžete přijít pouze o své "
+"informace,\n"
+"ale nepoškodí se celý systém.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jako první zadejte vaše skutečné jméno. To není samozřejmě povinné - můžete\n"
+"zadat co chcete. Aplikace DrakX použije první slovo jako uživatelské jméno,\n"
+"pod kterým se bude uživatel hlásit do systému, a předvyplní jej do políčka\n"
+"\"%s\". To je možné následně změnit.\n"
+"Dále se zadává heslo pro uživatele. Volba hesla pro normální uživatele sice "
+"není\n"
+"z hlediska bezpečnosti tak kritická jako v případě správce, ale i tak se "
+"doporučuje\n"
+"ji nepodceňovat; koneckonců, jde o zabezpečení souborů tohoto uživatele.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud klepnete na \"%s\", můžete přidávat uživatelů, kolik\n"
+"potřebujete, např. své přátele, účet pro otce či sestru. Pokud máte všechny\n"
+"uživatele vytvořeny, klepněte na tlačítko \"%s\". \n"
+"\n"
+"Klepnutím na tlačítko \"%s\" můžete pro nový účet změnit shell, který\n"
+"bude uživatel používat (výchozí je bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Až dokončíte přidávání uživatelů, budete dotázáni na to, jaký uživatel má "
+"být\n"
+"zvolen pro automatické přihlášení do systému po jeho spuštění. Pokud chcete\n"
+"tuto možnost využít (a neobáváte se o bezpečnost), vyberte požadovaného\n"
+"uživatele a správce oken a klepněte na \"%s\".\n"
+"Pokud tuto možnost nechcete využít, odškrtněte políčko \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Chcete použít tuto vlastnost?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde je vypsán seznam již existujících detekovaných oddílů na pevném disku.\n"
+"Můžete ponechat volby detekované průvodcem, protože ve většině případů\n"
+"vyhovují. Pokud chcete provést nějaké změny, musíte definovat aspoň "
+"kořenový\n"
+"oddíl (\"/\"). Velikost oddílů zvolte dostatečnou, jinak nebude možné "
+"nainstalovat\n"
+"dostatečné množství programů. Pokud chcete ukládat data na zvláštní oddíl,\n"
+"vytvořte také oddíl \"/home\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Každý oddíl vypsaný níže má: \"Název\", \"Velikost\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Název\" je složen následovně: \"typ pevného disku\", \"číslo disku\",\n"
+"\"číslo oddílu\". (například \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud máte IDE disky, pak je \"typ pevného disku\" \"hd\", pokud máte SCSI,\n"
+"označení bude \"sd\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Číslo disku\" je vždy písmeno za \"hd\" nebo \"sd\". Pro IDE disky je to "
+"takto:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" znamená \"master disk na primárním IDE řadiči\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" znamená \"slave disk na primárním IDE řadiči\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" znamená \"master disk na sekundárním IDE řadiči\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" znamená \"slave disk na sekundárním IDE řadiči\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Pro SCSI disky platí, že \"a\" je \"nejmenší SCSI ID\", \"b\" je \"druhé\n"
+"nejmenší SCSI ID\" atd."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Distribuce Mandriva Linux je složena z několika CD. Instalační program ví,\n"
+"na kterém disku je umístěn jaký balíček a v případě potřeby vysune CD a "
+"vyžádá\n"
+"si výměnu CD za požadované. Pokud nemáte požadované CD po ruce, klikněte\n"
+"na \"%s\" a odpovídající balíčky nebudou nainstalovány."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"V této chvíli je možné vybrat, které programy chcete nainstalovat na váš "
+"systém.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux obsahuje tisíce balíčků s programy a pro snadnější orientaci\n"
+"byly rozděleny do skupin, které sdružují podobné aplikace.\n"
+"\n"
+"Balíčky jsou rozděleny do skupin, které odpovídají tomu, jak je nejčastěji\n"
+"počítač používán. Skupiny samotné jsou umístěny do čtyř sekcí. Výběr "
+"aplikací\n"
+"z těchto sekcí lze různě kombinovat, takže můžete mít celou instalovánu "
+"sekci\n"
+"\"Pracovní stanice\" a k ní nějaké aplikace ze sekce \"Server\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud plánujete používat počítač převážně na\n"
+"běžnou práci, vyberte si balíčky ze skupin kategorie pracovní stanice.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud budete na počítači programovat, můžete si z této\n"
+"sekce vybrat další skupiny. Zvláštní skupina \"LSB\" nastaví váš systém "
+"tak,\n"
+"aby co nejvíce odpovídal specifikaci Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Výběr skupiny \"LSB\" rovněž nainstaluje jádro řady \"2.4\" místo "
+"výchozího\n"
+"jádra řady \"2.6\", pro zajištění plné kompatibility se specifikací LSB. I "
+"když ale\n"
+"skupinu LSB nevyberete, bude systém téměř úplně specifikaci odpovídat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud bude počítač provozován jako server, máte možnost\n"
+"vybrat si ty nejběžnější služby, které chcete nainstalovat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud preferujete grafické prostředí, zde je\n"
+"nabídka několika prostředí, ze které si musíte vybrat nejméně jedno,\n"
+"aby bylo možné grafické prostředí nainstalovat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud přejedete myší nad skupinou, objeví se krátký text, který vysvětluje,\n"
+"co je obsahem dané skupiny.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud zatrhnete volbu \"%s\", zobrazí se seznam všech\n"
+"balíčků, které je možno nainstalovat. To je to užitečné v případě, že "
+"chcete\n"
+"mít absolutní kontrolu nad tím, co se bude instalovat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud jste spustili instalaci v režimu \"%s\", můžete zrušit výběr\n"
+"daných skupin, čímž zabráníte instalaci nových balíčků. To je užitečné\n"
+"pro případ opravy nebo aktualizace existujícího systému.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud nevyberete při běžné instalaci žádnou skupinu (na rozdíl od\n"
+"aktualizace), zobrazí se otázka na instalaci několika typů minimální\n"
+"instalace:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Provede instalaci minima balíčků s podporou grafického prostředí.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Nainstaluje systém se základními programy a jejich dokumentací. \n"
+"Tento typ je vhodný pro instalaci serveru.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Nainstaluje se opravdu nezbytné minimum, aby bylo\n"
+"možné provozovat Linux z příkazové řádky. Instalace zabere asi\n"
+"65MB."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Aktualizovat"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Obsahuje základní dokumentaci"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Opravdu minimální instalace"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"V závislosti na tom, zda jste zvolili individuální výběr balíčků, se "
+"nabídne\n"
+"stromová struktura obsahující všechny balíčky organizované do skupin\n"
+"a podskupin. Při procházení stromu můžete vybrat jednotlivé balíčky, "
+"podskupiny\n"
+"nebo celé skupiny.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud vyberete ze stromu balíček, objeví se v pravé části jeho popis.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Pokud se nachází mezi vybranými balíčky serverové programy, ať už "
+"vybrané\n"
+"záměrně nebo jako součást skupiny, zobrazí se dotaz na to,\n"
+"zda opravdu chcete tyto servery nainstalovat. V distribuci Mandriva Linux\n"
+"jsou tyto servery spuštěny při startu systému. I když v době vydání "
+"distribuce\n"
+"nejsou známy žádné bezpečnostní problémy, mohou se vyskytnout později.\n"
+"Pokud nevíte, k čemu jsou určeny některé serverové služby, klepněte na \"%s"
+"\".\n"
+"Klepnutím na \"%s\" se dané služby nainstalují a automaticky spustí při "
+"startu !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Volba \"%s\" vypne varovné hlášení, které se objeví\n"
+"vždy, když vyberete balíček, který má další závislosti a instalační program\n"
+"musí vybrat další potřebné balíčky, aby instalace mohla proběhnout úspěšně.\n"
+"\n"
+"Malá ikonka diskety dole umožňuje nahrát již předem vybraný seznam balíčků.\n"
+"To je užitečné, pokud máte několik počítače a chcete na nich shodnou "
+"instalaci.\n"
+"Po klepnutí na ikonu budete dotázáni na vložení diskety, která byla "
+"vytvořena na\n"
+"konci jiné instalace. Ve druhém tipu při posledním kroku najdete návod, jak "
+"si\n"
+"tuto disketu vytvořit. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Ošetří automaticky závislosti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": klepnutím na \"%s\" se otevře průvodce nastavením tiskárny.\n"
+"Jak nastavit tiskárnu se také dozvíte z odpovídající kapitoly z příručky\n"
+"\"Začínáme\". Rozhraní je podobné tomu, které vidíte při instalaci."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Nyní si zvolte, které služby mají být spuštěny při startu počítače.\n"
+"\n"
+"Je zde seznam všech služeb, které jsou aktuálně nainstalovány.\n"
+"Prohlédněte si seznam pozorně a zrušte ty, které nepotřebujete při startu\n"
+"počítače spouštět.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud přejedete myší nad některou položkou, objeví se malá nápověda\n"
+"s popisem, co daná služba dělá. Pokud přesně nevíte, zda je služba užitečná\n"
+"nebo ne, je lepší ji nechat ve výchozím stavu.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Rozvažte, co za služby spustit, zvláště pokud budete počítač provozovat\n"
+"jako server: nepotřebujete všechny služby. Pamatujte, že čím více služeb\n"
+"je spuštěno, tím je větší nebezpečí nežádoucího proniknutí do počítače.\n"
+"Takže povolte opravdu jen ty služby, které nezbytně potřebujete !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux spravuje čas podle GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) a převádí ho na\n"
+"čas podle příslušné vybrané časové zóny. Pokud je čas na vaší mateřské "
+"desce\n"
+"nastaven jako lokální, je možné toto zrušit odznačením volby \"%s\" a pak "
+"budou\n"
+"systémové hodiny stejné jako hardwarové a ve stejné časové zóně.\n"
+"To je užitečné tehdy, když je na počítači jiný operační systém.\n"
+"\n"
+"Volba \"%s\" provádí automatické nastavení hodin pomocí připojení k "
+"časovému\n"
+"serveru na Internetu. Vyberte si v seznamu ten server, který je vám "
+"nejblíž.\n"
+"Je samozřejmé, že pro správnou funkci musíte mít funkční připojení\n"
+"k Internetu. Na počítač se také nainstaluje časový server, který mohou\n"
+"volitelně používat jiné počítače ve vaší lokální síti."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatická synchronizace času"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafická karta\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalační program je schopen automaticky detekovat a nastavit grafickou\n"
+"kartu instalovanou v počítači. Pokud se to nepodaří, máte možnost si ze\n"
+"seznamu vybrat příslušnou grafickou kartu ručně.\n"
+"\n"
+"   V případě, že pro vaši kartu je možné použít více různých serverů, buď\n"
+"s 3D akcelerací nebo bez, je pouze na vás, který server si vyberete jako\n"
+"nejvíce vyhovující vašim potřebám."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (X Window System) je srdcem grafického rozhraní pro GNU/Linux, které\n"
+"využívají dodávané grafické prostředí (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker) "
+"se systémem Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nyní bude zobrazen seznam různých parametrů, které je možné změnit pro\n"
+"dosažení optimálního grafického zobrazení\n"
+"\n"
+"Grafická karta\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalační program je schopen automaticky detekovat a nastavit grafickou\n"
+"kartu instalovanou v počítači. Pokud se to nepodaří, máte možnost si ze\n"
+"seznamu vybrat příslušnou grafickou kartu ručně.\n"
+"\n"
+"   V případě, že pro vaši kartu je možné použít více různých serverů, s 3D\n"
+"akcelerací nebo bez, je pouze na vás, který server si vyberete jako nejvíce\n"
+"vyhovující vašim potřebám.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalační program dokáže většinou automaticky detekovat a správně \n"
+"nastavit monitor připojený k vašemu počítači. Pokud se to nezdaří, lze se\n"
+"seznamu vybrat monitor, který máte.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Rozlišení\n"
+"\n"
+"   Zde si můžete vybrat rozlišení a barevnou hloubku, které vaše karta \n"
+"podporuje. Vyberte si to co vám nejvíce vyhovuje (výběr lze po instalaci\n"
+"samozřejmě změnit). Na monitoru bude zobrazen příklad nastavení.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"  Systém se pokusí otestovat grafickou obrazovku v požadovaném rozlišení.\n"
+"Pokud během testu uvidíte zprávy a odpovíte na ni \"%s\", instalační "
+"program\n"
+"bude pokračovat dalším krokem. Pokud zprávu neuvidíte, znamená to, že "
+"některá\n"
+"část automatické detekce neproběhla v pořádku a test automaticky za 12 "
+"vteřin\n"
+"skončí s tím, že se provede návrat k základní nabídce. Následně je možné "
+"opět\n"
+"provést změny až do té doby, než bude zobrazeno správné rozlišení.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Volby\n"
+"\n"
+"   Zde si můžete vybrat, zda chcete provést automatický start grafického\n"
+"prostředí po spuštění systému. Je samozřejmé, že pokud bude počítač\n"
+"provozován jako server nebo pokud se nepodařilo nastavit grafickou kartu,\n"
+"je nutné odpovědět \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalační program dokáže většinou automaticky detekovat a správně \n"
+"nastavit monitor připojený k vašemu počítači. Pokud se to nezdaří, lze si\n"
+"ze seznamu vybrat monitor, který máte."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Rozlišení\n"
+"\n"
+"   Zde si můžete vybrat rozlišení a barevnou hloubku, které vaše karta \n"
+"podporuje. Vyberte si to, co vám nejvíce vyhovuje (výběr lze po instalaci\n"
+"samozřejmě změnit). Na monitoru bude zobrazen příklad nastavení."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"V případě, že je pro vaši kartu možno použít více různých serverů s 3D\n"
+"akcelerací nebo bez, záleží na vašem výběru, který vám nejvíce vyhovuje."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Volby\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tento krok vám umožňuje nastavit automatické spouštění grafického "
+"prostředí\n"
+"při startu. Je zřejmé, že odpovíte \"%s\" v případě, že počítač bude "
+"pracovat\n"
+"jako server nebo v případě, že se nepodařilo správně nastavit grafickou "
+"kartu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"V tomto bodě si musíte rozhodnout, na které diskové oddíly budete\n"
+"instalovat nový operační systém Mandriva Linux. Pokud je disk prázdný\n"
+"nebo existující operační systém používá celý disk, je nutné ho rozdělit.\n"
+"Rozdělení disku spočívá ve vytvoření volného prostoru pro instalaci\n"
+"systému Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Protože rozdělení disku je nenávratná operace, je to velmi nebezpečná\n"
+"akce pro ty uživatele, kteří nemají žádné zkušenosti.\n"
+"Pro tyto uživatele je dobrý průvodce, který zjednoduší daný proces.\n"
+"Ještě před započetím rozdělování disku si pročtěte zbytek této sekce a "
+"hlavně\n"
+"nespěchejte.\n"
+"\n"
+"Na základě vaší stávající konfigurace nabídne průvodce několik řešení:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": takto se jednoduše automaticky disk(y) rozdělí\n"
+"a již se o nic nemusíte starat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": průvodce detekoval jeden nebo více existujících\n"
+"Linuxových oddílů a ty nabídne pro instalaci. Budete muset definovat ke "
+"každému\n"
+"oddílu přípojný bod. Původní přípojné body jsou předvyplněny a obvykle by\n"
+"jste je měli ponechat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud máte na disku nainstalovány Microsoft Windows a tyto\n"
+"zabírají celý disk, je možné tento prostor zmenšit a použít ho pro "
+"instalaci.\n"
+"Oddíl a data lze také vymazat  (viz volba \"Smazat celý disk\") nebo\n"
+"změnit velikost FAT či NTFS oddílu s Microsoft Windows. Změna velikosti\n"
+"oddílu je provedena beze ztráty dat a je možná, pokud jste předtím tento "
+"oddíl ve\n"
+"Windows defragmentovali. Je doporučeno zazálohovat vaše data. Tento postup\n"
+"je doporučený, pokud chcete na disku provozovat současně systém\n"
+"Mandriva Linux i Microsoft Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Před výběrem této volby si prosím uvědomte, že velikost oddílu s "
+"Microsoft\n"
+"Windows bude menší než je nyní. To znamená, že budete mít méně místa pro\n"
+"uložení dat nebo instalaci programů do Microsoft Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud chcete smazat veškerá data a všechny oddíly na disku\n"
+"a použít je pro instalaci systému Mandriva Linux, vyberte toto řešení.\n"
+"Zde postupujte opatrně, po výběru již není možné vzít tuto volbu zpět.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Pokud zvolíte tuto možnost, všechna data na disku budou ztracena.!!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Tato volba se objeví, pokud celý disk zabírá operační systém\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Tato volba jednoduše smaže vše na disku a znovu disk\n"
+"rozdělí.\n"
+"\n"
+"    !! Pokud vyberete tuto volbu, veškerá data budou ztracena. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud chcete disk rozdělit ručně. Před touto volbou buďte "
+"opatrní,\n"
+"je sice mocná, ale nebezpečná. Velmi jednoduše zde můžete přijít o svá "
+"data.\n"
+"Nedoporučuje se těm, kteří přesně nevědí, co dělají. Chcete-li se dozvědět\n"
+"více o nástroji DiskDrake, který se v tomto případě používá, prostudujte "
+"sekci\n"
+"\"Správa vašich oddílů\" v příručce \"Začínáme\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Použije existující oddíl"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Smazat celý disk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Nyní je instalace ukončena a operační systém GNU/Linux je připraven k "
+"použití.\n"
+"Klepněte na \"%s\" a systém bude restartován. Nezapomeňte vyjmout "
+"instalační\n"
+"médium (CD-ROM nebo disketu). První věcí, kterou uvidíte po skončení\n"
+"hardwarových testů po zapnutí počítače, bude zavaděč s menu, kde si můžete\n"
+"vybrat, který operační systém chcete spustit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tlačítko \"%s\" zobrazí další dvě tlačítka:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": vytvoří disketu, se kterou\n"
+"lze celou instalaci opakovat bez zásahu operátora se stejnými volbami,\n"
+"které byly zvoleny při instalaci.\n"
+"\n"
+"    Po klepnutí na toto tlačítko se zobrazí další dvě volby:\n"
+"\n"
+"     * : \"%s\": je to částečně automatická instalace, kdy se potvrzuje\n"
+"krok při rozdělování disků (a pouze tento krok).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * : \"%s\": plně automatická instalace, data na pevném disku\n"
+"budou zrušena a disk přepsán.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tato volba je velmi užitečná, když potřebujete nainstalovat větší počet\n"
+"stejných počítačů. Více o této možnosti je na našich WWW stránkách.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): uloží výběr balíčků, který byl zvolen při\n"
+"instalaci. Pokud budete instalovat další počítač, vložte disketu do "
+"mechaniky\n"
+"a spusťte instalaci, stiskněte [F1] a napište na příkazový řádek \n"
+">> linux defcfg=\"floppy\" << a stiskněte klávesu Enter.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Budete potřebovat disketu naformátovanou systémem souborů FAT.\n"
+"Chcete-li si takovou disketu vytvořit v systému GNU/Linux, napište příkaz\n"
+"\"mformat a:\" nebo \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" a poté \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Vytvoří disketu pro automatickou instalaci"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Každý nově vytvořený diskový oddíl musí být před použitím zformátován\n"
+"(formátováním se myslí vytvoření souborového systému).\n"
+"\n"
+"Nyní lze formátovat již existující diskové oddíly pro vymazání\n"
+"všech dat, která obsahují. Pokud to chcete provést, vyberte diskové oddíly\n"
+"pro přeformátování.\n"
+"\n"
+"Není ale nutné přeformátovat všechny již existující diskové oddíly.\n"
+"Je nutné přeformátovat oddíly, které obsahují operační systém (jako je \"/"
+"\",\n"
+"\"/usr\" nebo \"/var\") ale není nutné přeformátovat oddíly, které obsahují\n"
+"data, která chcete zachovat (typicky \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Při výběru diskových oddílů, které se budou formátovat buďte opatrní, "
+"všechna\n"
+"data na formátovaných oddílech budou ztracena a nelze je již obnovit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud je vše připraveno pro formátování, klepněte na \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud chcete vybrat jiné oddíly pro instalaci systému Mandriva Linux,\n"
+"klepněte na \"%s\" \n"
+"\n"
+"Klepnutím na \"%s\" můžete vybrat, které oddíly budou otestovány\n"
+"na vadné bloky."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokaždé, když instalujete distribuci Mandriva Linux, je možné, že některé\n"
+"balíčky byly od vydání distribuce aktualizovány. Mohly to být opravy chyb\n"
+"či řešení možných bezpečnostních problémů. Pokud chcete využít právě\n"
+"této nabídky, je možné tyto balíčky nyní stáhnout z Internetu. Zvolte \"%s"
+"\"\n"
+"pokud máte funkční připojení na Internet nebo \"%s\", pokud budete\n"
+"instalovat aktualizace později.\n"
+"\n"
+"Po zvolení \"%s\" se zobrazí seznam míst, odkud mohou být aktualizace "
+"získány.\n"
+"Vyberte si nejbližší místo. Následně se objeví stromový seznam balíčků,\n"
+"který je možno ještě upravit a stisknutím tlačítka \"%s\" se provede "
+"stažení\n"
+"a instalace vybraných balíčků. Akci můžete přerušit klepnutím na \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Nyní si vyberte úroveň zabezpečení vašeho počítače Je zřejmé, že čím více\n"
+"je počítač využíván a čím cennější data obsahuje, tím je potřeba zvolit "
+"vyšší\n"
+"úroveň, stejně tak pokud je přímo vystaven na síti Internet. Na druhou "
+"stranu,\n"
+"vyšší úroveň znesnadňuje některé obvyklé postupy.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud nevíte co vybrat, ponechte výchozí nastavení. Úroveň zabezpečení\n"
+"lze později změnit pomocí nástroje draksec z Ovládacího centra Mandriva.\n"
+"\n"
+"V políčku \"%s\" je jméno uživatele, který bude odpovědný za zabezpečení\n"
+"počítače. Všechny bezpečnostní zprávy systému budou odeslány na tuto adresu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Správce zabezpečení"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"V této chvíli je potřeba určit, který(é) oddíl(y) budou použity pro "
+"instalaci\n"
+"systému Mandriva Linux. Pokud byly oddíly již jednou definovány, buď\n"
+"z předchozí instalace GNU/Linux nebo jiným programem na rozdělení disku,\n"
+"je možné použít právě tyto oddíly. Jinak musí být oddíly nově definovány.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pro vytvoření oddílu musíte nejdříve vybrat pevný disk. Klepněte na \n"
+"\"hda\", což je první IDE disk, nebo na \"hdb\", což je druhý disk,\n"
+"případně na \"sda\", což je první SCSI disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pro rozdělení vybraného disku můžete použít tyto volby:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tato volba smaže všechny oddíly na vybraném disku.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dojde k automatickému vytvoření oddílu pro Ext2 a swap ve volném\n"
+"prostoru disku.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nabídne další možnosti:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": uloží tabulku oddílů na disketu. To je\n"
+"vhodné pro případ poškození tabulky, kdy ji lze z této zálohy obnovit.\n"
+"Doporučujeme využít tuto možnost.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": obnoví tabulku oddílů, která byla již dříve\n"
+"uložena na disketu.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": pokud je tabulka poškozena, můžete se\n"
+"pokusit ji opravit. Buďte ale opatrní a pamatujte na to, že se to nemusí "
+"vždy\n"
+"podařit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zruší všechny změny a nahraje původní\n"
+"tabulku oddílů.\n"
+"\n"
+"    \"%s\": odznačení této volby\n"
+"způsobí, že při připojování a odpojování vyjímatelných médií jako jsou CD-"
+"ROM\n"
+"disky a floppy disky je nutné použít ručně příkaz mount.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud nemáte dobré znalosti o rozdělování disků, použijte\n"
+"tuto volbu, kdy se spustí průvodce. Doporučujeme, pokud nemáte dobré "
+"znalosti\n"
+"o vytváření oddílů na disku.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zruší všechny provedené změny.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dovoluje další akce s oddíly\n"
+"(typ oddílu, volby, formátování) a zobrazí další informace.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud máte disk rozdělen, uloží se změny na disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud definujete velikost oddílu, můžete přesněji jejich velikost určit "
+"pomocí\n"
+"kurzorových šipek na klávesnici.\n"
+"\n"
+"Poznámka: každou volbu je možné zadat také z klávesnice. Mezi oddíly se\n"
+"můžete pohybovat pomocí kláves [Tab] a [Šipka nahoru/šipka dolů].\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud je vybrán oddíl, lze použít tyto volby:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c pro vytvoření nového oddílu (pokud je vybrán prázdný oddíl);\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d pro smazání oddílu;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m pro zadání bodu připojení.\n"
+"\n"
+"Více informací o jednotlivých druzích souborových systémů naleznete\n"
+"v kapitole o ext2fs v \"Referenční příručce\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud instalujete na počítač PPC, je potřeba vytvořit malý oddíl HFS,\n"
+"tzv. \"bootstrap\" o minimální velikosti 1MB, který bude použit pro zavaděč\n"
+"Yaboot. Pokud vytvoříte tento oddíl větší, např. 50 MB, je to dobré místo "
+"pro\n"
+"uložení ramdisku a jádra pro situace záchrany disku."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automatické připojování pro vyjímatelná média"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Přepne mezi normální/expertním režimem"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalační program nalezl na disku více než jeden oddíl s Microsoft "
+"Windows.\n"
+"Prosím vyberte si jeden z nich, který je potřeba pro novu instalaci systému\n"
+"Mandriva Linux zmenšit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Každý oddíl je zobrazen následovně: \"Pojmenování v Linuxu\",\n"
+"\"Název ve Windows\", \"Velikost\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Pojmenování v Linuxu\" je složeno následovně: \"typ pevného disku\",\n"
+"\"číslo disku\", \"číslo oddílu\". (například \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud máte IDE disky, pak je \"typ pevného disku\" \"hd\", pokud máte SCSI,\n"
+"označení bude \"sd\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Číslo disku\" je vždy písmeno za \"hd\" nebo \"sd\". Pro IDE disky je "
+"takto:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" znamená \"master disk na primárním IDE řadiči\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" znamená \"slave disk na primárním IDE řadiči\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" znamená \"master disk na sekundárním IDE řadiči\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" znamená \"slave disk na sekundárním IDE řadiči\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Pro SCSI disky platí, že \"a\" je \"nejmenší SCSI ID\", \"b\" je \"druhé\n"
+"nejmenší SCSI ID\" atd.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Název ve Windows\" je písmeno, které je použito ve Windows\n"
+"(první oddíl nebo disk má písmeno \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": zkontrolujte aktuální výběr země. Pokud nejste v dané zemi, "
+"klepněte\n"
+"na tlačítko \"%s\" a vyberte si jinou. Pokud vaše země není na prvním "
+"seznamu,\n"
+"klepněte na tlačítko \"%s\" a získáte kompletní seznam zemí."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Tento krok se objeví pouze tehdy, pokud je na vašem počítači nalezen starší\n"
+"oddíl GNU/Linuxu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Instalační program potřebuje vědět, zda má provést instalaci nebo pouze\n"
+"aktualizaci existujícího systému Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Nejběžnější volba, provede kompletní výmaz starého systému.\n"
+"V závislosti na rozvržení oddílů vašeho starého systému je však možné\n"
+"zachovat obsah některých oddílů (např. adresáře \"/home\") a uchránit je "
+"před přepsáním. Pokud si přejete změnit rozmístění oddílů, změnit\n"
+"souborový systém, použijte tuto volbu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tato volba provede aktualizaci balíčků instalovaných na vašem\n"
+"systému Mandriva Linux. Aktuální rozmístění diskových oddílů a uživatelská\n"
+"data zůstanou zachována. Bude ale provedena většina konfiguračních kroků,\n"
+"stejně jako při instalaci.\n"
+"\n"
+"Použití volby \"Aktualizace\" bude fungovat bez problémů na stávající "
+"verzi \n"
+"\"8.1\" a novější. Aktualizace na verzích starších než \"8.1\" není "
+"doporučována."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Normálně zvolí instalační program správnou klávesnici na základě zvoleného\n"
+"jazyka, takže v tomto kroku není potřeba nic měnit. Zkontrolujte jeho volbu "
+"a případně\n"
+"ji změňte.\n"
+"\n"
+"Může se stát, že nemáte klávesnici, která odpovídá vašemu jazyku: například\n"
+"pokud jste anglicky hovořící Švýcar, stejně chcete mít švýcarskou "
+"klávesnici.\n"
+"Nebo pokud mluvíte anglicky, ale žijete v Quebecu, je to stejný případ. V "
+"obou\n"
+"případech se můžete vrátit na tento instalační krok a vybrat si "
+"odpovídající\n"
+"klávesnici ze seznamu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud máte klávesnici pro jiný jazyk, klepněte na tlačítko \"%s\"\n"
+"a zobrazí se kompletní seznam všech podporovaných rozložení klávesnic.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud vyberete rozložení klávesnice založené na abecedě jiné než latince,\n"
+"budete v dalším dialogu vyzváni k výběru klávesové zkratky, která bude "
+"přepínat\n"
+"rozložení klávesnice mezi latinkou a vámi zvoleným rozložením."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Prvním krokem je výběr preferovaného jazyka.\n"
+"\n"
+"Výběr preferovaného jazyka ovlivňuje dokumentaci, jazyk instalačního "
+"programu\n"
+"a všech programů obecně. V prvním kroku si vyberete region kde žijete\n"
+"a potom jazyk kterým mluvíte.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tlačítko \"%s\" umožňuje zvolit další jazyky, které budou také\n"
+"nainstalovány a můžete je použít v systému. Výběrem dalších jazyků "
+"nainstalujete\n"
+"soubory s aplikacemi a dokumentací specifické pro tyto jazyky. Pokud "
+"například\n"
+"na počítači pracují občas lidé ze Španělska, vyberte angličtinu jako hlavní\n"
+"jazyka pod tlačítkem rozšířené zatrhněte volbu \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Podpora UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode je nové kódování znaků, které obsahuje\n"
+"všechny známé jazyky. Plná podpora v GNU/Linuxu je stále ve vývoji.\n"
+"Z toho důvodu bude nebo nebude v systému použita podle volby uživatele:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Pokud vyberete jazyk s jasně daným kódováním (latin1, Ruština, "
+"Japonština\n"
+"Čínština, Korejština, Thajština, Řečtina, Turečtina, většina jazyků "
+"používajících kódování\n"
+"iso-8859-2), bude implicitně použito minulostí staré kódování;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ostatní jazyky používají implicitně Unicode.\n"
+" * Pokud potřebujete dva nebo více jazyků a tyto jazyky nepoužívají stejné\n"
+"kódování, bude pro celý systém použito kódování Unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Pokud uživatel vybere volbu \"%s\", bude použito kódování Unicode "
+"nezávisle\n"
+"na výběru jazyků pro celý systém.\n"
+"\n"
+"Při výběru jazyka nejste omezeni pouze na jediný další. Můžete si jich "
+"vybrat\n"
+"více nebo dokonce nainstalovat všechny vybráním volby \"%s\".\n"
+"Podpora jazyka zahrnuje instalaci lokalizací programů, písem, kontroly\n"
+"pravopisu, atd. \n"
+"\n"
+"Změnu různých jazyků instalovaných v systému lze provést pomocí příkazu\n"
+"\"localedrake\" spuštěného jako uživatel \"root\". Spuštění pod\n"
+"běžným uživatelem způsobí změnu nastavení pouze pro daného uživatele."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Španělské"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Aplikace DrakX obvykle zjistí počet tlačítek na vaší myši. Pokud ne, "
+"předpokládá,\n"
+"že máte dvoutlačítkovou myš a nastaví emulaci pro třetí tlačítko myši.\n"
+"Emulace třetího tlačítka se provádí současným stiskem levého i pravého\n"
+"tlačítka. Aplikace také umí rozpoznat, zda se jedná o myš PS/2, USB\n"
+"nebo sériovou.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud máte třítlačítkovou myš bez kolečka, můžete si vybrat typ myši \"%s"
+"\".\n"
+"Instalační program potom nastaví emulaci tak, že se posun kolečkem simuluje\n"
+"stisknutím prostředního tlačítka a posunováním myší nahoru a dolů.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud chcete zadat jiný typ myši, vyberte odpovídající typ se seznamu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Můžete rovněž vybrat položku \"%s\", kterou zvolíte \"obecný\" typ myši,\n"
+"který by měl pracovat správně s téměř každou myší.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud vyberete jinou myš než ta, která byla detekována, zobrazí se "
+"testovací\n"
+"obrazovka. Zde otestujte jak tlačítka tak i kolečko a ověřte, zda je "
+"nastavení\n"
+"správné. Pokud myš nepracuje správně, stiskněte mezerník nebo klávesu Enter\n"
+"a vyberte jiný typ myši.\n"
+"\n"
+"Myši s kolečkem nejsou v některých případech automaticky rozpoznány. Budete\n"
+"je muset vybrat ze seznamu. Ujistěte se, že vyberete myš s odpovídajícím "
+"typem\n"
+"portu, ke kterému je připojená. Poté, co stisknete tlačítko \"%s\", \n"
+"zobrazí se obrázek s myší. Posunujte kolečkem, aby se správně aktivovalo; "
+"kolečko\n"
+"na obrazovce by se mělo pohybovat. Poté ověřte tlačítka a zda-li se myš "
+"pohybuje\n"
+"na obrazovce správně."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "s emulací kolečka"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Univerzální | Libovolná PS/2 & USB myš"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte prosím správný port. Například \"COM1\" pod MS Windows má\n"
+"v Linuxu název \"ttyS0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Následující rozhodnutí je jedním z těch, které ovlivňují celkovou "
+"bezpečnost\n"
+"systému GNU/Linux, tj. volba hesla pro uživatele \"Root\". Root je správcem\n"
+"systému, je jediný odpovědný za provádění aktualizací, přidávání uživatelů a "
+"také\n"
+"za celkové nastavení systému. Zkráceně: \"root\" může úplně všechno!\n"
+"To je také důvodem, proč se heslo volí takové, aby se nedalo lehce uhodnout\n"
+"a instalační program DrakX zkontroluje, zda není příliš jednoduché. Jak "
+"vidíte,\n"
+"je možné heslo nezadat, ale toto velmi důrazně nedoporučujeme, a to z "
+"jednoho\n"
+"důvodu. Nemyslete si, že pokud spustíte systém GNU/Linux, že je vše bezpečné "
+"a že se nemůže nic stát.. Vzhledem k tomu, že na uživatele \"root\" se "
+"nevztahují\n"
+"běžná omezení, může nenávratně poškodit celý systém, smazat data z jiných\n"
+"oddílů na disku a operačních systémů, vymazat potřebné soubory nebo celé\n"
+"oddíly, atd. Proto je důležité, aby nebylo jednoduché se tímto uživatelem "
+"stát.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zvolené heslo by se mělo skládat ze znaků a číslic a mělo by být dlouhé\n"
+"minimálně 8 znaků. Také není dobré si ho kamkoliv poznamenávat - po\n"
+"nalezení vaší poznámky může být velmi jednoduché se do vašeho systému\n"
+"dostat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nevolte však heslo příliš dlouhé nebo komplikované, bude nutné si jej bez\n"
+"větších potíží zapamatovat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Při zadávání nebude heslo na obrazovce zobrazeno. Proto se heslo zadává\n"
+"dvakrát pro ověření, zda nedošlo k překlepu při prvním pokusu. Tak je možné\n"
+"heslo opravit a zadat dvakrát stejné. Pokud se vám přesto podaří zadat "
+"stejný\n"
+"překlep dvakrát, budete muset toto heslo s překlepem použít při prvním\n"
+"přihlášení.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jestliže chcete použít ověřovací server, klepněte na tlačítko \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud se ve vaší síti používá pro ověřování uživatelů protokol LDAP, NIS\n"
+"nebo ověřovací doména Windows PDC, vyberte odpovídající protokol pro \"%s"
+"\".\n"
+"Pokud o tom nic nevíte, zeptejte se správce vaší sítě.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud máte problémy se zapamatováním si hesel nebo pokud není počítač\n"
+"připojen do žádné spravované sítě a věříte všem, kteří mají k počítači "
+"přístup,\n"
+"můžete vybrat volbu \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "ověření"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Zavaděč je malý program, který se spustí ihned po startu počítače a je\n"
+"zodpovědný za zavedení operačního systému. Tato část je obvykle plně\n"
+"automatická. Instalační program analyzuje zaváděcí sektor disku a zachová\n"
+"se podle toho, co zde nalezne:\n"
+"\n"
+" * pokud nalezne zaváděcí sektor Windows, přepíše ho sektorem pro LILO/GRUB\n"
+"tak, aby bylo možné spouštět jak systém Windows tak i Linux či jiný OS "
+"instalovaný\n"
+"na vašem počítači;\n"
+"\n"
+" * pokud nalezne zaváděcí sektor pro LILO nebo GRUB, tak jej přepíše novým.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud instalační program nedokáže rozhodnout, zeptá se na to, kam má "
+"zavaděč\n"
+"umístit. Obecně je nejbezpečnější místo \"%s\". Zvolením \"%s\" se "
+"neprovede\n"
+"instalace žádného zavaděče. Použijte to pouze tehdy, pokud víte, co děláte."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde si můžete vybrat tiskový systém, který budete používat. Jiné OS "
+"nabízejí\n"
+"jeden, Mandriva Linux nabízí dva. Každý z nich je vhodnější pro různé typy\n"
+"konfigurací.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - což znamená 'print, do not queue' a je vhodný tehdy, pokud máte\n"
+"přímo připojenou lokální tiskárnu, chcete rychle řešit zaseklý papír a "
+"nemáte\n"
+"žádné síťové tiskárny. \"%s\" zvládá pouze několik možností a tisk na něj ze "
+"sítě\n"
+"je velmi pomalý. Pokud s GNU/Linuxem teprve začínáte, pak je \"pdq\"\n"
+"doporučený tiskový systém pro vás.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"'Common Unix Printing System' je vynikající v tisku na lokální\n"
+"tiskárny stejně jako při tisku na tiskárnu na druhé straně planety. "
+"Nastavení\n"
+"je jednoduché a může fungovat jako klient i server pro klienty z \"lpd\"\n"
+"systému, takže je kompatibilní se staršími systémy. Je možné nastavit\n"
+"spoustu voleb, ale základní nastavení je velmi jednoduché, téměř jako u \"pdq"
+"\".\n"
+"Pokud potřebujete emulovat \"lpd\" server, stačí spustit démona \"cups-lpd"
+"\".\n"
+"\"%s\" má také grafické prostředí pro tisk a nastavení tiskárny.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud nyní provedete volbu a později budete chtít tiskový systém změnit,\n"
+"můžete to provést pomocí nástroje PrinterDrake z ovládacího centra Mandriva "
+"tak,\n"
+"že klepnete na tlačítko \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Expert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Aplikace DrakX se nejdříve pokusí najít všechny pevné disky v počítači.\n"
+"Také se pokusí nalézt jeden nebo více PCI SCSI adaptérů. Pokud nějaký "
+"najde,\n"
+"automaticky nainstaluje správný ovladač.\n"
+"\n"
+"Protože automatická detekce hardware nemusí vždy nalézt všechny typy "
+"hardware,\n"
+"budete v dialogu dotázáni, zda vůbec máte nějaký SCSI adaptér. \n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud si budete muset vybrat ovladač ručně, aplikace DrakX se zeptá,\n"
+"zda pro něj chcete zadat nějaké volby Měli byste povolit aplikaci DrakX,\n"
+"ať se pokusí zjistit, které volby jsou pro danou kartu potřeba. Většinou to\n"
+"funguje dobře.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pokud to nebude fungovat, budete muset zadat další informace pro ovladač "
+"ručně."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": pokud je detekována v počítači zvuková karta, je zde\n"
+"zobrazena. Pokud ale vidíte, že zobrazená karta není přesně tak, kterou\n"
+"máte v počítači, můžete klepnutím na tlačítko vybrat jinou kartu a ovladač."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde jsou shromážděny různé informace, které se vztahují k tomuto počítači.\n"
+"V závislosti na tom, zda je či není přítomen daný hardware, můžete nebo\n"
+"nemusíte některé z těchto položek vidět. Každý záznam má krátký souhrn\n"
+"s aktuální konfigurací. Klepnutím na odpovídající tlačítko \"%s\" jej "
+"můžete\n"
+"změnit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zkontrolujte nastavení rozložení kláves, pokud je to nutné, \n"
+"klepnutím na tlačítko lze změnit rozložení kláves, .\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zkontrolujte výběr země. Pokud výběr nesouhlasí, klepnutím na\n"
+"tlačítko \"%s\" můžete vybrat jinou zemi. Pokud vaše země není na prvním\n"
+"seznamu, můžete si klepnutím na tlačítko \"%s\" zobrazit kompletní seznam.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalační program se pokusí odhadnout časové pásmo na\n"
+"základě vámi vybraného jazyka. Pokud není odhadnuto správně, můžete jej\n"
+"pomocí tlačítka \"%s\" změnit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zkontrolujte vaši myš. Pokud je to nutné, lze ji také změnit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Klepnutím na tlačítko \"%s\" se spustí průvodce\n"
+"nastavením tiskárny. V odpovídající kapitole v \"Uživatelské příručce\" se\n"
+"dozvíte více o tom, jak tiskárnu nastavit. Rozhraní, které je v ní popsané, "
+"je\n"
+"podobné rozhraní použitému při této instalaci.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud byla při instalaci detekována zvuková karta, je\n"
+"zde zobrazena. Pokud uvedený ovladač není správný, lze provést výběr "
+"správného.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud byla detekována televizní karta, je zde zobrazena.\n"
+"Pokud karta nebyla automaticky detekována, klepnutím na tlačítko \"%s\"\n"
+"můžete provést ruční nastavení.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud byla detekována ISDN karta, je zde zobrazena.\n"
+"Klepnutím na tlačítko \"%s\" můžete měnit parametry pro tuto kartu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalační program jako výchozí rozlišení zvolí\n"
+"rozlišení \"800×600\" nebo \"1024×768\". Pokud vám to nevyhovuje, je možné\n"
+"to pomocí tlačítka \"%s\" změnit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud chcete nyní nastavit připojení k Internetu nebo k lokální\n"
+"síti, klepnutím na tlačítko se spustí průvodce. Plnou dokumentaci naleznete\n"
+"v tištěné příručce, případně můžete po instalaci využít ovládací centrum\n"
+"Mandriva Linux, kde rovněž naleznete kompletní nápovědu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": umožňuje nastavit adresu HTTP a FTP proxy, což je užitečné,\n"
+"pokud se počítač nachází za firewallem.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tato položka dovoluje předefinovat úroveň zabezpečení, která "
+"byla\n"
+"nastavena v předchozím kroku\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud budete počítač připojovat do Internetu, je doporučeno "
+"spustit\n"
+"ochranu před napadením aktivací firewallu. Více o nastavení firewallu se\n"
+"dočtete v odpovídající kapitole příručky \"Začínáme\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pokud chcete změnit nastavení zavaděče, můžete to provést\n"
+"klepnutím na toto tlačítko. Změny by měly provádět pouze zkušení uživatelé.\n"
+"Více informací lze nalézt v tištěné dokumentaci nebo online nápověde\n"
+"v ovládacím centru Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zde si můžete konkrétně určit, které služby budou na vašem "
+"počítači\n"
+"spuštěny. Pokud bude tento počítač používán jako server, je vhodné provést\n"
+"kontrolu toho, co je nastaveno."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN karta"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafické rozhraní"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte disk, který chcete smazat pro instalaci oddílu Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"Pamatujte na to, že všechna data budou ztracena a nelze je již obnovit!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Klepněte na \"%s\", pokud chcete smazat všechna data a oddíly na tomto\n"
+"pevném disku. Buďte opatrní, po odklepnutí tlačítka \"%s\" nelze obnovit "
+"žádná dřívější data ani oddíly a to i pro Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klepnutím na \"%s\" zrušíte tuto operaci bez ztráty dat a oddílů na disku."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Další ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Předchozí"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/cy.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/cy.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b9bdc1582
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/cy.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1909 @@
+# translation of DrakX-cy.po to Cymraeg
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Rhoslyn Prys <rhoslyn.prys@ntlworld.com>, 2003,2004,2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mandriva DrakX.cy\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-08 19:38-0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Rhoslyn Prys <post@meddal.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Cymraeg <post@meddal.com>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Poedit-Language: Welsh\n"
+"X-Poedit-Country: UNITED KINGDOM\n"
+"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n == 2) ? 1 : 0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Cyn parhau dylech ddarllen amodau'r drwydded yn ofalus. Mae'n ymwneud\n"
+"â holl ddosbarthiad Mandriva Linux. Os ydych yn cytuno â'r holl amodau,\n"
+"cliciwch flwch \"%s\". Os nad, bydd clicio ar y botwm \"%s\" yn\n"
+"ail gychwyn eich cyfrifiadur."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"Mae GNU/Linux yn system aml-ddefnyddiwr, ac mae hyn yn golygu bod pob\n"
+"defnyddiwr yn gallu cael ei ddewisiadau ei hun, ei ffeiliau ei hun ac yn y "
+"blaen.\n"
+"Gallwch ddarllen yr \"Starter Guide\" i ddysgu mwy. Ond yn annhebyg i "
+"\"gwraidd\",\n"
+"sef y gweinyddwr, ni fydd modd i'r defnyddiwr fyddwch yn eu creu yma'n "
+"gallu\n"
+"newid dim ond eu ffeiliau a'u ffurfweddiad ei hun gan amddiffyn y system "
+"rhag\n"
+"newidiadau anfwriadol neu faleisus fydd yn effeithio'r system gyfan. Bydd "
+"rhaid\n"
+"i chi greu un defnyddiwr cyffredin ar gyfer chi eich hun. Dyma'r cyfrif "
+"ddylech\n"
+"fewngofnodi iddo ar gyfer defnydd bob dydd. Er ei fod yn ymarferol iawn i "
+"fewngofnodi fel\n"
+"\"root\" gall fod yn beryglus iawn!. Gall y camgymeriad lleiaf olygu nad yw "
+"eich\n"
+"system yn gweithio ragor. Os wnewch chi gamgymeriad mawr  fel defnyddiwr\n"
+"cyffredin, byddwch ond yn colli rhywfaint o wybodaeth, ac nid y system "
+"gyfan.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yn gyntaf rhowch eich enw go iawn. Does dim rhaid, wrth gwrs  - mae modd\n"
+"i chi rhoi beth bynnag hoffech chi. Bydd DraX yn cymryd yr enw cyntaf a'i "
+"roi yn\n"
+"yr \"%s\" Dyma'r enw bydd y defnyddiwr hwn yn ei ddefnyddio i\n"
+"fewngofnodi i'r system. Mae modd ei newid.  Yna rhowch gyfrinair. Nid yw\n"
+"cyfrinair defnyddiwr cyffredin mor bwysig ag un \"gwraidd\" o safbwynt "
+"diogelwch\n"
+"ond nid yw hynny'n rheswm i'w esgeuluso - wedi'r cyfan mae eich ffeiliau "
+"mewn\n"
+"perygl\n"
+"\n"
+"Os wnewch chi glicio \"%s\", bydd modd ychwanegu faint\n"
+"fynnoch. Ychwanegwch ddefnyddiwr ar gyfer pob un o'ch ffrindiau: eich tad\n"
+"neu eich chwaer, e.e. Ar ôl ychwanegu'r holl ddefnyddwyr, cliciwch \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Bydd clicio'r botwm \"%s\" yn caniatáu i chi newid y \"cragen\" "
+"rhagosodedig\n"
+"ar gyfer y defnyddiwr hwnnw (bash yw'r rhagosodedig).\n"
+"\n"
+"Pan fyddwch wedi cwblhau ychwanegu defnyddwyr, bydd gofyn i chi ddewis\n"
+"defnyddiwr sy'n gallu mewngofnodi'n awtomatig mewngofnodi i'r system pan\n"
+"fydd y cyfrifiadur yn cychwyn.Os oes gennych ddiddordeb yn y nodwedd hon\n"
+"a dim gwahaniaeth am ddiogelwch, dewiswch y defnyddiwr a rheolwr ffenestr\n"
+"a chlicio \"%s\". Os nad dad-diciwch blwch \"%s\" ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Ydych chi eisiau defnyddio'r nodwedd?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Dyma'r rhaniadau Linux sydd wedi canfod ar eich disg caled.\n"
+"Gallwch gadw'r dewisiadau sydd wedi eu gwneud gan y dewin, maen nhw'n iawn\n"
+"ar gyfer y rhan fwyaf o osodiadau. Os ydych am wneud newidiadau, rhaid i chi "
+"o leiaf\n"
+"ddiffinio rhaniad gwraidd (\"/\"). Peidiwch ddewis rhaniad sy'n rhy fach neu "
+"fidicon"
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mae gosodiad Mandriva Linux i'w gael ar nifer o CD-ROMau. Mae DrakX\n"
+"yn gwybod os yw pecyn penodol wedi ei leoli ar CD-ROM arall a bydd yn bwrw\n"
+"allan y CD cyfredol a gofyn am y llall. Os nad yw'r CD angenrheidiol "
+"gennych\n"
+"wrth law, cliciwch \"%s\", ac ni fydd y pecynnau hynny'n cael eu gosod."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Mae'n amser penderfynu pa raglenni rydych am eu gosod ar eich\n"
+"system. Mae yna filoedd o becynnau ar gael ar gyfer Mandriva Linux, ond\n"
+"i'w gwneud hi'n haws eu rheoli maent wedi cael eu gosod mewn grwpiau\n"
+"o raglenni tebyg.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae Mandriva Linux wedi trefnu'r grwpiau pecynnau i bedwar categori. Mae\n"
+"modd dewis a dethol rhaglenni o'r categorïau gwahanol, fel bo \"Man Gwaith"
+"\"\n"
+"yn medru cael rhaglenni o'r categori \"Gweinydd\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": os ydych yn bwriadu defnyddio eich peiriant fel man\n"
+"gwaith yna dewiswch un o'r grwpiau cyfatebol.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": os yw'r peiriant yn cael ei ddefnyddio i raglennu, dewiswch\n"
+" y grwpiau perthnasol. Bydd y grŵp arbennig \"LSB\" yn ffurfweddu\n"
+"eich system fel ei fos yn cyd-fynd gymaint ag y bo modd gyda manyleb\n"
+"Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bydd dewis grŵp \"LSB\" hefyd yn gosod cnewyllyn cyfres \"2.4\",\n"
+"yn lle'r \"2.6\" rhagosodedig. Mae hyn i sicrhau cydymffurfiad llawn\n"
+"y system gyda LSB. Er hynny, os nad ydych yn dewis grŵp \"LSB\"\n"
+"bydd eich system yn cydymffurfio bron yn 100%% gyda LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": os yw'n fwriad defnyddio eich peiriant fel gweinydd dewiswch\n"
+" y gwasanaethau cyffredin rydych am eu gosod ar eich peiriant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dyma'r lle i ddewis eich amgylchedd graffigol.\n"
+"Rhaid dewis o leiaf un er mwyn cael man gwaith graffigol!\n"
+"\n"
+"Bydd symud cyrchwr y llygoden dros enw grŵp yn amlygu esboniad byr am y\n"
+"grŵp hwnnw.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ticiwch flwch \"%s\", sy'n ddefnyddiol os ydych yn gyfarwydd â'r\n"
+"pecynnau sydd ar gael neu os ydych am gael rheolaeth lwyr dros\n"
+"beth fydd yn cael ei osod.\n"
+"\n"
+"Os fyddwch yn cychwyn y gosod ym modd \"%s\" gallwch ddad-ddewis\n"
+"pob grŵp ac atal gosod unrhyw becynnau newydd. Mae hyn yn ddefnyddiol\n"
+"ar gyfer trwsio neu ddiweddaru system bresennol.\n"
+"\n"
+"Os ydych wedi dad-ddewis pob grŵp wrth wneud gosodiad\n"
+"arferol ac nid uwchraddiad), bydd dialog yn ymddangos a chynnig\n"
+"dewisiadau amrywiol ar gyfer y gosodiad lleiaf\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Gosod y nifer lleiaf o becynnau i gael bwrdd gwaith graffigol\n"
+"i weithio.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Gosod y system sylfaenol yn ogystal â gwasanaethau elfennol\n"
+"a'u dogfennau. Mae'r gosodiad hwn yn addas ar gyfer gosod gweinydd.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Gosod y lleiafswm posibl o becynnau i greu system Linux \n"
+"llinell orchymyn weithredol. Cyfanswm maint y gosodiad fydd tua 65MB."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Uwchraddio"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Gyda dogfennaeth elfennol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Gosodiad lleiaf posibl"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Os ydych wedi dewis gosod pecynnau'n unigol unigol, bydd y gosodwr\n"
+"yn cyflwyno coeden sy'n cynnwys yr holl becynnau wedi eu dosbarthu yn ôl\n"
+"grwp ac isgrwp. Wrth bori'r goeden, gallwch ddewis grwp cyfan, isgrwp \n"
+"neu becyn unigol.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pryd bynnag fyddwch wedi dewis pecyn ar y goeden, bydd disgrifiad yn\n"
+"ymddangos ar y dde. \n"
+"\n"
+"!! Os oes pecyn gweinydd wedi ei ddewis, yn fwriadol neu am ei fod yn rhan\n"
+"o grwp cyfan, bydd angen i chi gadarnhau eich bod eisiau i'r gweinyddion\n"
+"gael eu gosod. Ym Mandriva Linux mae unrhyw weinydd sydd wedi ei\n"
+"osod yn cael ei gychwyn fel rhagosodiad wrth gychwyn. Hyd yn oed os ydynt\n"
+"yn ddiogel a doedd dim materion pryder pan gafodd y dosbarthiad ei ryddhau,\n"
+"mae'n bosibl i fylchau diogelwch gael eu darganfod wedi i'r fersiwn hwn o\n"
+"Mandriva Linux gael ei gwblhau. Os nad ydych yn gwybod beth mae\n"
+"gwasanaeth arbennig i fod i'w wneud na pham mae wedi ei osod, yna\n"
+"cliciwch\"%s\". Bydd clicio \"%s\" yn gosod y gwasanaethau hynny a\n"
+"byddant yncael eu cychwyn yn awtomatig drwy ragosodiad!!\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae'r dewis \"%s\"yn analluogi'r deialog rhybudd sy'nymddangos bob\n"
+" tro fydd y gosodwr yn dewis pecyn yn awtomatig. Mae hyn yn digwydd\n"
+"am ei fod wedi penderfynu ei fod angen bodlon dibyniad gyda phecyn arall\n"
+"er mwyn cwblhau'r gosodiad yn llwyddiannus\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae'r eicon disg medal bychan ar waelod y rhestr yn caniatáu llwytho'r\n"
+"rhestr pecynnau dewiswyd yn ystod gosodiad blaenorol. Bydd clicio\n"
+"ar yr eicon hwn yn gofyn i chi osod yn y peiriant disg meddal grëwyd ar\n"
+"ddiwedd gosodiad arall. Gwelwch yr ail neges o'r cam diwethaf ar sut i\n"
+"greu disg meddal o'r fath."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dibyniaethau awtomatig"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": mae clicio ar y botwm\"%s\" yn agor dewin ffurfweddu argraffydd.\n"
+"Darllenwch y pennawd penodol yn y 'Starter Guide' am ragor o \n"
+"wybodaeth ar sut i osod argraffydd newydd. Mae'r rhyngwyneb yn y llawlyfr\n"
+"yn debyg i'r un welwyd wrth osod y system."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dewiswch pa wasanaethau rydych am eu cael wrth gychwyn eich cyfrifiadur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bydd DrakX yn rhestri'r holl wasanaethau sydd ar gael gyda'r gosodiad "
+"cyfredol.\n"
+"Darllenwch y rhestr yn ofalus a dad-diciwch y rhai nad oes eu hangen bob "
+"tro\n"
+"wrth gychwyn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae modd cael esboniad byr am wasanaeth wrth eu dewis. Ond, os nad ydych\n"
+"yn siwr a yw'r gwasanaeth o werth neu beidio, mae'n well cadw at y drefn\n"
+"rhagosodedig\n"
+"\n"
+"!!Byddwch yn ofalus iawn os ydych am ddefnyddio eich peiriant fel gweinydd:\n"
+"mwy na thebyg na fyddwch eisiau cychwyn unrhyw wasanaethau nad oes eu\n"
+"hangen. Cofiwch fod cael nifer o wasanaethau wedi eu galluogi ar y "
+"gweinydd,\n"
+"fod yn beryglus. Yn gyffredinol, dim ond dewis y gwasanaethau mae'n rhaid eu "
+"cael !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Mae GNU/Linux yn rheoli amser drwy GMT (Greenwich Mean Time)\n"
+"a'i drosi i amser lleol yn ôl y parth amser rydych wedi ei ddewis.\n"
+"Mae'n bosib dad-ddewis hyn drwy ddad-ddewis \"%s\" fel bod y cloc\n"
+"caledwedd yr un a chloc y system yr un peth. Mae hyn yn ddefnyddiol\n"
+"pan fo'r peiriant yn westai i system arall.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bydd y dewis \"%s\" yn rheoli'r cloc yn awtomatig drwy gysylltu \n"
+"â gweinydd amser ar y Rhyngrwyd. Yn y rhestr sy'n cael ei gynnig \n"
+"dewiswch yr agosaf atoch. Rhaid i'ch cyswllt â'r we fod yn gweithio\n"
+"i hyn ddigwydd. Bydd yn gosod ar eich peiriant wasanaethwr amser fydd\n"
+"o ddewis yn medru cael ei ddefnyddio gan beiriannau eraill ar eich "
+"rhwydwaith."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Cydweddi amser awtomatig"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Cerdyn Graffeg\n"
+"\n"
+"    Mae'r gosodwr fel rheol yn canfod ac yn ffurfweddu'n awtomatig\n"
+"y cerdyn graffig sydd ar eich cyfrifiadur. Os nad yw hyn yn wir,\n"
+"dewiswch eich cerdyn o'r rhestr.\n"
+"\n"
+"  Mewn achos lle mae gweinyddion eraill i'w cael i'ch cerdyn, gyda\n"
+"neu heb gyflymydd 3D, mae cynnig i chi ddewis y gweinydd gorau\n"
+"ar eich cyfer."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (sef X Window System) yw calon rhyngwyneb graffigol GNU/Linux a'r\n"
+"hyn mae'r holl amgylcheddau graffigol (KDE, Gnome, AterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc) sy'n dod gyda Mandriva Linux yn dibynnu arno.\n"
+"\n"
+"Byddwch yn derbyn rhestr o baramedrau gwahanol i'w newid i gael\n"
+"y dangosiad graffigol gorau:\n"
+"\n"
+" Cerdyn Graffeg\n"
+"\n"
+"    Mae'r gosodwr fel rheol yn canfod ac yn ffurfweddu'n awtomatig\n"
+"y cerdyn graffeg sydd ar eich cyfrifiadur. Os nad yw hyn yn wir,\n"
+"dewiswch eich cerdyn.\n"
+"\n"
+"  Mewn achos lle mae gweinyddion eraill i'w cael i'ch cerdyn, gyda\n"
+"neu heb gyflymydd 3D, mae cynnig i chi ddewis y gweinydd gorau\n"
+"ar eich cyfer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Dangosydd\n"
+"\n"
+"    Mae'r gosodwr fel rheol yn canfod ac yn ffurfweddu'n awtomatig\n"
+"y dangosydd sy'n gysylltiedig â'ch cyfrifiadur. Os nad yw hyn yn gywir,\n"
+"mae'n dangos eich dangosydd.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Cydraniad\n"
+"\n"
+"   Cewch ddewis yma gydraniad a dyfnder lliw rhwng y rhai sydd ar gael\n"
+"ar gyfer eich caledwedd. Dewiswch yr un sydd orau ar eich cyfer (bydd\n"
+"modd newid hynny wedi'r gosod) Mae enghraifft o ffurfweddiad i'w weld\n"
+"ar y dangosydd.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Prawf\n"
+"\n"
+"  Bydd y system yn ceisio agor sgrin graffigol yn unol â'r cydraniad "
+"dewisol.\n"
+"Os ydych yn gweld y neges yn ystod y prawf ac ateb \"%s\", yna bydd\n"
+"DrakX yn symud ymlaen i'r cam nesaf. Os nad ydych yn gweld y neges nesaf\n"
+"mae'n golygu fod rhan o'r drefn awtoganfod yn anghywir a bydd y prawf\n"
+"yn dod i ben ar ôl 12 eiliad, gan ddod a chi nôl i'r ddewislen. Newidiwch y\n"
+"gosodiadau nes i chi gael y sgrin i edrych yn iawn.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Dewisiadau\n"
+"\n"
+"   Yma cewch ddewis p'un ai i drefnu i'ch cyfrifiadur newid yn awtomatig i\n"
+"rhyngwyneb graffigol wrth gychwyn. Yn amlwg byddwch angen ticio \"%s\"\n"
+"os yw eich peiriant i weithredu fel gweinydd, neu os na fuoch yn\n"
+"llwyddiannus yn ffurfweddu'r dangosydd."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Dangosydd\n"
+"\n"
+"    Mae'r gosodwr fel rheol yn canfod ac yn ffurfweddu'n awtomatig\n"
+"y dangosydd sy'n gysylltiedig â'ch cyfrifiadur. Os nad yw hyn yn wir,\n"
+"dewiswch eich dangosydd o'r rhestr."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Cydraniad\n"
+"\n"
+"   Cewch ddewis yma gydraniad a dyfnder lliw rhwng y rhai sydd ar gael\n"
+"ar gyfer eich caledwedd. Dewiswch yr un sydd orau ar eich cyfer (bydd\n"
+"modd newid hynny wedi'r gosod) Mae enghraifft o ffurfweddiad i'w weld\n"
+"ar y dangosydd."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mewn achos lle mae gweinyddion eraill i'w cael i'ch cerdyn, gyda\n"
+"neu heb gyflymydd 3D, mae cynnig i chi ddewis y gweinydd gorau\n"
+"ar eich cyfer."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Dewisiadau\n"
+"\n"
+" Yma gallwch ddewis os ydych am i'ch cyfrifiadur droi i ryngwyneb graffig\n"
+"wrth gychwyn y cyfrifiadur.  Yn amlwg, byddwch am ateb \"%s\" os yw\n"
+"eich peiriant i weithredu fel gweinydd, neu os nad oeddech yn\n"
+"llwyddiannus yn cael eich dangosydd i ffurfweddu'n gywir."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Mae angen i chi nawr ddewis lle ar eich disg caled i osod eich system\n"
+"weithredu Mandriva Linux. Os yw eich disg caled yn wag neu os oes\n"
+"yna system weithredol eisoes yn cymryd yr holl le sydd ar gael, bydd\n"
+"angen i chi greu rhaniadau arno. Yn y bôn, mae rhannu disg caled yn\n"
+"golygu ei rhannu'n rhesymegol i greu lle i osod eich system Mandriva\n"
+"Linux newydd.\n"
+"\n"
+"Gan fo effaith y broses rannu'n ddidroi nôl,  gan arwain at golli data os\n"
+"oes system weithredol eisoes ar y gyrrwr, gall creu rhaniadau fod yn\n"
+"broses anodd a straenus os ydych yn ddefnyddiwr dibrofiad. Yn ffodus,\n"
+"mae gan DrakX ddewin sy'n symleiddio'r broses. Cyn cychwyn, \n"
+"darllenwch y llawlyfr a chymerwch bwyll.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yn ddibynnol ar ffurfweddiad eich disg caled, mae dewisiadau ar gael:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mae'r dewis hwn yn arwain at greu rhaniadau awtomatig\n"
+"o'ch disg(iau) caled gwag. Bydd dim cwestiynau eraill os byddwch\n"
+"yn defnyddio'r dewis hwn.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mae'r dewin wedi canfod un neu fwy o raniadau Linux\n"
+"cyfredol ar eich disg caled. Os ydych am eu defnyddio, dewiswch y\n"
+"dewis hwn. Bydd gofyn i chi ddewis pwyntiau gosod yn gysylltiedig\n"
+"â phob rhaniad. Mae'r pwyntiau gosod gosodedig wedi eu dewis,\n"
+"ac ar y cyfan mae'n syniad da cadw atynt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": os yw Microsoft Windows ar eich disg caled ac yn cymryd\n"
+"y lle i gyd, bydd rhaid i chi greu lle ar gyfer data Linux. I wneud hynny\n"
+"gallwch ddileu eich rhaniad a data Microsoft Windows (Gw. atebion\n"
+"\"Dileu'r ddisg gyfan \") neu ail-lunio maint rhaniad FAT Microsoft "
+"Windows.\n"
+"Mae modd ail lunio maint y rhaniad heb golli data cyn belled eich bod wedi\n"
+"dad-ddarnio rhaniad Windows ac mae'n defnyddio fformat Windows.\n"
+"Argymhellir cadw data wrth gefn hefyd. Argymhellir gwneud hyn os ydych\n"
+"am ddefnyddio Mandriva Linux a Microsoft Windows ar yr un cyfrifiadur.\n"
+"\n"
+"  Cyn gwneud y dewis hwn, cofiwch y bydd maint eich rhaniad Microsoft\n"
+"Windows yn llai nag yw ar hyn o bryd ar ol dilyn y drefn yma. Bydd gennych\n"
+"llai o le yn Microsoft Windows i gadw data neu i osod meddalwedd newydd\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" os ydych am ddileu'r holl ddata a rhaniadau presennol ar\n"
+"eich disg caled a'u cyfnewid am system Mandriva Linux, yna dewiswch\n"
+"hwn. Byddwch yn ofalus wrth wneud hyn gan na fydd modd troi nôl\n"
+"ar ôl cadarnhau.\n"
+"\n"
+"  !! Os ydych yn dewis hwn, byddwch yn colli'r holl ddata ar eich disg.  !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bydd y dewis yma'n ymddangos pam mae'r ddisg gyfan wedi\n"
+"ei chymryd gan Microsoft Windows. Bydd hwn yn dileu popeth o'r disg\n"
+"caled a chychwyn popeth o'r newydd, gan greu rhaniadau newydd.\n"
+"\n"
+"  !! Os ydych yn dewis hwn, byddwch yn colli'r holl ddata ar eich disg.  !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dewiswch hwn os ydych am rannu'r disg caled gyda llaw.\n"
+"Byddwch ofalus - mae'n ddewis pwerus a pheryglus. Mae modd i chi \n"
+"golli'ch holl ddata. Peidiwch dewis hwn oni bai eich bod yn gwybod beth\n"
+"ydych yn ei wneud.. Am ragor o wybodaeth ar sut i ddefnyddio DiskDrake,\n"
+"darllenwch adran \"Managing your Partitions\" yn y \"Starter Guide\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Defnyddiwch y rhaniadau presennol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Dileu'r ddisg gyfan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Dyna ni, mae'r gosodiad wedi ei gwblhau ac mae eich system GNU/Linux\n"
+"yn barod i'w ddefnyddio. Cliciwch \"%s\" i ailgychwyn y cyfrifiadur. "
+"Peidiwch\n"
+"anghofio tynnu'r cyfrwng gosod (CD-ROM neu feddal). Y peth cyntaf i chi\n"
+"weld ar ôl i'ch cyfrifiadur gwblhau ei brofion caledwedd yw'r ddewislen\n"
+"llwytho, sy'n rhoi dewis o ba system i'w chychwyn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae'r botwm \"%s\" yn dangos dau fotwm arall:\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": i greu disg meddal gosod fydd yn creu yn awtomatig osodiad\n"
+"cyflawn heb gymorth gweithredwr, yn debyg i'r gosodiad sydd\n"
+"newydd ei ffurfweddu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sylwer bod dau ddewis gwahanol i'w gael wedi clicio'r botwm:\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\". Gosodiad rhannol awtomatig gan fod mai'r cam o greu\n"
+"rhaniad yw'r unig ran ryngweithiol o'r broses.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\".Gosodiad cwbl awtomatig: mae'r disg caled wedi ei\n"
+"ailysgrifennu'n llwyr, a'r holl ddata wedi ei golli.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae hwn yn nodwedd ddefnyddiol iawn wrth osod ar nifer fawr o\n"
+"beiriannau tebyg. Gw. yr adran Auto install ar ein safle gwe.\n"
+"\n"
+"*\"%s\":(*): mae hwn yn cadw'r dewis o becynnau wnaed cynt.\n"
+"Wrth wneud gosodiad arall, rhowch ddisg meddal yn y gyrrwr a rhedeg\n"
+"y gosodiad gan fynd i'r sgrin cymorth drwy wasgu'r fysell [F1], \n"
+"a theipio >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< a phwyso bysell [Enter].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Bydd angen disg meddal wedi ei fformatio fel FAT (i greu un yn\n"
+"GNU/Linux, teipiwch \"mformat a:\" neu \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" wedi\n"
+"ei ddilyn gan \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Creu disg meddal awto gosod"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Efallai y byddwch eisiau ailfformatio rhai rhaniadau presennol i ddileu "
+"data\n"
+"sydd arnynt. Os ydych am wneud hynny, dewiswch y rhaniadau hynny hefyd.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sylwch nad oes angen ailfformatio'r holl raniadau sy'n bodoli eisoes. "
+"Rhaid \n"
+"ailfformatio'r rhaniadau sy'n cynnwys y system weithredu [megis \"/\",\"usr"
+"\"\n"
+"neu \"/var\") ond nid oes rhaid i chi ail fformatio rhaniadau sy'n cynnwys\n"
+"data rydych am ei gadw (e.e. \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Byddwch ofalus wrth ddewis rhaniadau. Ar ôl fformatio bydd yr holl ddata ar\n"
+"y rhaniadau'n cael eu dileu ac ni fydd modd ei adfer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliciwch \"%s\" pan ydych yn barod i fformatio rhaniadau.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliciwch \"%s\" os ydych am ddewis rhaniad arall ar gyfer eich gosodiad\n"
+"Mandriva Linux newydd\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliciwch \"%s\" os ydych am ddewis rhaniadau i'w gwirio am flociau\n"
+"gwallus ar y ddisg."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Erbyn i chi osod Mandriva Linux, mae'n debygol y bydd rhai \n"
+"pecynnau wedi eu diweddaru ers y rhyddhad cychwynnol. Bydd rhai \n"
+"gwallau wedi eu cywiro a materion diogelwch wedi eu datrys. I ganiatáu\n"
+"i chi fanteisio ar hyn mae cynnig i chi eu llwytho i lawr o'r rhyngrwyd.\n"
+"Dewiswch \"%s\" os oes gennych gyswllt gweithredol â'r rhyngrwyd,\n"
+"neu \"%s\"\"os ydych am osod pecynnau mwy diweddar rhywbryd eto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bydd dewis \"%s\" yn dangos rhestr o leoedd o le mae modd derbyn\n"
+"diweddariadau. Dewiswch yr un agosaf atoch. Yna, bydd coeden dewis\n"
+"pecynnau yn ymddangos: Wedi i chi benderfynu ar eich dewis, cliciwch\n"
+"\"%s\" i estyn a gosod y pecynnau hynny neu \"%s\" i beidio."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Yma mae DrakX yn caniatáu i chi ddewis lefel diogelwch y peiriant. Fel\n"
+"rheol, y mwyaf agored yw'r peiriant, y mwyaf pwysig yw'r data'r uchaf\n"
+"ddylai'r lefel diogelwch fod neu fod gan y peiriant gysylltiad uniongyrchol\n"
+"gyda'r rhyngrwyd. Er hynny, mae diogelwch yn dod ar draul\n"
+"hwylustod. \n"
+"\n"
+"Os nad ydych yn siŵr beth i'w ddewis, dewiswch y rhagosodedig. Byddwch\n"
+"yn gallu newid y lefel diogelwch yn ddiweddarach gyda draksec o\n"
+"Ganolfan Rheoli Mandriva.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae maes \"%s\" yn gallu dweud wrth y system o'r defnyddiwr sydd â\n"
+"chyfrifoldeb am ddiogelwch. Bydd negeseuon diogelwch yn cael eu hanfon\n"
+"at y cyfeiriad hwnnw. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Cyfrinair Gweinyddwr"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Yn awr mae angen i chi ddewis pa raniadau i'w defnyddio ar gyfer gosodiad\n"
+"eich system Mandriva Linux. Os oes rhaniadau wedi eu diffinio eisoes, un\n"
+"ai drwy osodiad blaenorol o GNU/Linux neu gan offeryn rhannu arall, mae\n"
+"modd i chi ddefnyddio'r rhaniadau presennol. Os nad, rhaid i' rhaniadau'r\n"
+"ddisg caled gael eu diffinio.\n"
+"\n"
+"I greu rhaniadau, rhaid yn gyntaf ddewis disg caled. Mae modd dewis disg\n"
+"i'w rannu drwy glicio ar \"hda\" ar gyfer y ddisg IDE cyntaf., \"hdb\" ar\n"
+"gyfer yr ail, \"sda\" ar gyfer y ddisg SCSI cyntaf, ac yn y blaen.\n"
+"\n"
+"I greu'r rhaniad, mae modd defnyddio'r dewisiadau hyn:\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": mae'r dewis hwn yn dileu pob rhaniad ar ddisg.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": mae'r dewis hwn yn caniatáu i chi greu'n awtomatig\n"
+"Ext2 a rhaniadau cyfnewid mewn lle gwag ar eich disg.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": yn rhoi mynediad i ragor o nodweddion:\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"%s\": mae hwn yn cadw'r tabl rhaniad i ddisg\n"
+"meddal. Mae hyn yn ddefnyddiol ar gyfer adfer tabl rhaniad, os fydd angen\n"
+"\n"
+"   \"%s\": mae hyn yn caniatáu adfer tabl rhaniad blaenorol\n"
+"o ddisg meddal.\n"
+"\n"
+"   \"%s\": os yw eich tabl rhaniad wedi ei ddifrodi, mae modd\n"
+"ceisio ei  adfer drwy'r dewis yma. Byddwch ofalus a chofiwch fod modd iddo\n"
+"fethu.\n"
+"\n"
+"   \"%s\": mae hwn yn dileu pob newid ac yn ail lwytho'r\n"
+"tabl rhaniad gwreiddiol.\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"%s\": dad-diciwch y dewis hwn i osod a dad osod\n"
+"gyda llaw, cyfryngau symudol megis disgiau meddal ac CD-ROMau\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"%s\": defnyddiwch y dewis hwn os ydych am ddefnyddio'r dewin i rannu\n"
+"eich disg caled. Dyma'sydd orau os nad oes gennych wybodaeth sylweddol ar\n"
+"rhannu\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"%s\": defnyddiwch y dewis hwn i ddileu eich newidiadau\n"
+"\n"
+"    *\"%s\": mae hwn yn caniatáu gweithredoedd\n"
+"pellach ar raniadau. (Math, dewisiadau, fformat) ac mae'n cynnig mwy o\n"
+" wybodaeth.\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"%s\":pan fyddwch wedi gorffen rhannu eich disg, bydd hwn yn cadw\n"
+" eich newidiadau yn ôl i'r ddisg\n"
+"\n"
+"Sylwer: mae modd cyrraedd y dewisiadau drwy'r bysellfwrdd. Symudwch drwy'r\n"
+" rhaniadau gan ddefnyddio [Tab] a'r saethau [I Fyny/I Lawr].\n"
+"\n"
+"Pan fydd rhaniad wedi ei ddewis, gallwch ddefnyddio:\n"
+"\n"
+" *Ctrl-c i greu rhaniad newydd (pan fo rhaniad gwag yn cael ei ddewis);\n"
+"\n"
+" *Ctrl-d i ddileu rhaniad;\n"
+"\n"
+" *Ctrl-m i greu pwynt gosod;\n"
+"\n"
+"I dderbyn gwybodaeth am yr amrywiol systemau ffeil sydd ar gael, darllenwch "
+"y\n"
+" pennawd ar ext2fs yn y ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Os ydych yn gosod ar beiriant PPC, bydd angen i chi greu \"ymlwythwr\" \n"
+" bychan o leiaf 1MB o faint, fydd yn cael ei ddefnyddio gan ymlwythwr "
+"yaboot.\n"
+"Os ydych yn dewis gwneud y rhaniad rhywfaint yn fwy, dyweder tua 50MB, yna\n"
+"gall fod yn le defnyddiol i gadw cnewyllyn sbâr a delweddau ramdisk ar "
+"gyfer\n"
+" sefyllfaoedd cychwyn argyfyngus!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Awto gosod cyfrwng symudol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Amnewid rhwng modd arferol/arbenigol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Mae mwy nag un rhaniad Microsoft wedi ei ganfod ar eich disg caled.\n"
+"Dewiswch ba un rydych am newid ei faint er mwyn gosod eich\n"
+"system weithredu Mandriva Linux newydd\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae pob rhaniad wedi ei restri fel hyn: \"Enw Linux\", \"Enw Windows\",\n"
+"\"Maint\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae \"Enw Linux\" wedi ei strwythuro fel hyn: \"math o ddisg caled\", \n"
+"\"rhif y disg caled\", \"rhif y rhaniad\" (e.e., \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"hd\" yw'r \"Math o ddisg caled\" os mai disg caled IDE sydd gennych\n"
+"a \"sd\" yw disg caled SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"Llythyren wedi'r \"hd\" neu \"sd\" yw'r \"Rhif disg caled\" bob tro.\n"
+"Gyda disgiau caled IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * mae \"a\" yn golygu \"prif ddisg caled ar y rheolydd IDE cyntaf\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * mae \"b\" yn golygu \"ddisg caled gwas ar y rheolydd IDE cyntaf\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * mae \"c\" yn golygu \"prif ddisg caled ar yr ail reolydd IDE\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * mae \"d\" yn golygu \"ddisg caled gwas ar yr ail reolydd IDE\",\n"
+"\n"
+"Gyda disgiau caled SCSI mae \"a\" yn golygu'r \"enw SCSI isaf\", ac mae\n"
+" \"b\" yn golygu'r \"ail enw SCSI isaf\", ag ati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mae \"Enw Windows\" yn cyfeirio at y llythyren y disg caled o dan\n"
+" Windows (\"C:\" yw'r ddisg  neu raniad cyntaf)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\":gwiriwch y dewis gwlad. Os nad ydych yn y wlad hon cliciwch y\n"
+"botwm \"%s\"a dewis un arall. Os nad yw eich gwlad ar y rhestr gyntaf,\n"
+"cliciwch \"%s\" i edrych ar y rhestr gyflawn."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Mae'r cam hwn yn cael ei weithredu os oes hen raniad GNU/Linux wedi\n"
+"ei ganfod ar y cyfrifiadur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bydd DrakX angen gwybod a ydych am osod o'r newydd neu uwchraddio\n"
+"system Mandriva Linux presennol.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\" Ar y cyfan, mae hwn yn tynnu'r hen system gyfan oddi ar eich\n"
+"cyfrifiadur. Er hynny, yn ddibynnol ar eich trefn rhannu, mae modd atal\n"
+"peth o'ch data (yn arbennig, cyfeiriaduron \"home\" ) rhag cael ei "
+"ysgrifennu drosto. Os ydych am newid rhaniadau eich disgiau caled, neu newid "
+"y\n"
+"system ffeil, dylech ddewis hwn.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": Mae'r dosbarth gosod hwn yn caniatáu i chi ddiweddaru'r\n"
+"pecynnau sydd wedi eu gosod ar eich system Mandriva Linux. Bydd eich\n"
+"rhaniadau presenol a'ch data personol yn cael eu cadw. Bydd y rhan fwyaf\n"
+"o'r camau ffurfweddu ar gael fel gyda'r gosod arferol.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dylai defnyddio \"Diweddaru\" weithio'n iawn ar systemau Mandriva Linux\n"
+"sy'n rhedeg systemau \"8.1\" neu'n ddiweddarach. Nid yw uwchraddio\n"
+"fersiynau cyn Mandriva Linux \"8.1\" yn cael ei gymeradwyo."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Fel arfer mae DrakX yn dewis y bysellfwrdd cywir ar eich cyfer ( gan "
+"ddibynnu pa\n"
+" iaith rydych wedi ei ddewis(). Gwiriwch fod y dewis yn addas neu dewiswch "
+"gynllun\n"
+"bysellfwrdd arall.\n"
+"\n"
+"Efallai nad oes gennych fysellfwrdd sy'n cyfateb yn union i'ch iaith: e.e., "
+"os ydych\n"
+"yn Americanwr sy'n siarad Cymraeg, efallai eich bod am gadw eich "
+"bysellfwrdd\n"
+"Americanaidd. Neu os ydych yn siarad Cymraeg ac yn byw yn Hong Kong mae'r\n"
+" un sefyllfa'n codi. Yn y ddwy achos bydd angen i chi fynd yn ôl i'r cam yma "
+"yn y\n"
+" gosodiad a dewis y bysellfwrdd perthnasol o'r rhestr.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliciwch ar fotwm \"%s\" i dderbyn y rhestr o fysellfyrddau sy'n cael eu "
+"cynnal.\n"
+" \n"
+"Os fyddwch yn dewis cynllun bysellfwrdd wedi ei seilio ar wyddor an-"
+"Lladinaidd, \n"
+"bydd y deialog nesaf yn caniatáu i chi ddewis rwymiad allwedd fydd yn newid "
+"y\n"
+"bysellfwrdd rhwng cynlluniau Lladin ac an-Lladin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Y cam cyntaf yw dewis eich hoff iaith.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bydd eich dewis iaith yn effeithio ar iaith y gosodwr, y ddogfennaeth\n"
+" a'r system yn gyffredinol. Dewiswch yr ardal lle rydych ac yna eich iaith.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bydd clicio ar y botwm \"%s\" yn caniatáu i chi ddewis ieithoedd eraill\n"
+"i'w gosod ar eich peiriant gwaith. Bydd dewis ieithoedd eraill yn gosod\n"
+"ffeiliau  penodol sy'n cynnwys dogfennaeth a rhaglenni yn yr ieithoedd\n"
+"hynny. Er enghraifft, os ydych yn westeiwr ar gyfer defnyddwyr o Sbaen,\n"
+"dewiswch Gymraeg fel y rhagosodedig yng ngolwg coeden ac yn yr Uwch\n"
+"adran cliciwch \"%s\". \n"
+"\n"
+"Ynghylch cefnogaeth UTF-8 (unicode): Amgodiad nod newydd yw Unicode\n"
+"sydd i gynnwys pob iaith. Er hynny, mae cefnogaeth i bob iaith o fewn\n"
+"GNU/Linux yn dal yn cael ei ddatblygu Oherwydd hynn mae defnydd\n"
+"Mandriva Linux o UTF-8 yn ddibynnol ar ddewis y defnyddiwr:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Os ydych yn dewis iaith gyda hen amgodiad cryf (ieithoedd lladin1\n"
+"Rwsieg, Siapanëeg, Tsieinëeg, Corëeg, Thai, Groeg, Twrceg, y rhan\n"
+" fwyaf o ieithoedd iso-8859-2) bydd yr hen amgodiad yn cael ei ddefnyddio;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Bydd ieithoedd eraill yn defnyddio unicode drwy ragosodiad;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Os oes angen dwy neu fwy o ieithoedd, ac nid yw'r ddwy iaith yn "
+"defnyddio'r\n"
+"un amgodiad, yna bydd unicode yn cael ei ddefnyddio drwy'r holl system\n"
+"\n"
+" * Yn olaf, mae modd gorfodi'r defnydd o unicode drwy'r system gyfan ar\n"
+"gais y defnyddiwr drwy ddewis  \"%s\" yn annibynnol o ba iaith sydd wedi cêl "
+"ei ddewis.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sylwer bod modd gosod mwy nag un iaith. Mae modd i chi ddewis mwy\n"
+"nag un, neu hyd yn oed eu gosod i gyd, drwy ddewis y blwch \"%s\".\n"
+"Mae dewis cefnogaeth i bob iaith yn golygu gosod cyfieithiadau, ffontiau, \n"
+"gwiryddion sillafu, ag ati, ar gyfer yr iaith honno.\n"
+"\n"
+"I newid rhwng yr ieithoedd amrywiol sydd ar y system gallwch gychwyn\n"
+"y gorchymyn  \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" fel \"root\" i newid yr iaith\n"
+"sy'n cael ei ddefnyddio gan y system gyfan. Bydd rhedeg y gorchymyn fel\n"
+"defnyddiwr cyffredin yn gweithio dim ond ar gyfer yr unigolyn hwnnw."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Sbaeneg"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Fel rheol does gan DrakX ddim problem yn canfod y nifer o fotymau ar eich\n"
+"llygoden. Os yw, bydd yn cymryd for gennych lygoden dau fotwm a bydd yn\n"
+"ffurfweddu efelychiad trydydd botwm. Mae modd pwyso trydydd botwm\n"
+"llygoden dau fotwm ar unwaith gan glicio'r botymau chwith a de. Bydd DrakX\n"
+"yn gwybod yn awtomatig p'un ai yw'r llygoden yn defnyddio rhyngwyneb PS/2\n"
+"cyfresol neu USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lle mae gennych lygoden 3 botwm heb olwyn, cewch ddewis y llygoden sy'n\n"
+"dweud  \"%s\". Bydd DrakX yn ffurfweddu eich llygoden fel bod modd "
+"efelychu'r\n"
+"olwyn gydag ef: i wneud hynny pwyswch y botwm canol a symud eich llygoden "
+"nôl a blaen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Os am ryw reswm yr hoffech nodi llygoden o fath gwahanol, dewiswch un\n"
+"o'r rhestr amgaeëdig.\n"
+"\n"
+"Gallwch ddewis \"%s\" i ddewis math llygoden ``generic'' sy'n gweithio gyda\n"
+"bron bob llygoden.\n"
+"\n"
+"Os fyddwch yn dewis llygoden wahanol i'r rhagosodedig gyd sgrin\n"
+"profi'n cael ei ddangos. Defnyddiwch y botymau a'r olwyn i wirio fod\n"
+"y gosodiadau'n gywir a bod y llygoden yn gweithio'n iawn. Os nad yw'r\n"
+"llygoden yn gweithio'n dda, pwyswch y bar bylchu neu fysell [Return] i\n"
+"i ddiddymu'r prawf ac i fynd nôl i'r rhestr dewis.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ar brydiau nid yw llygod olwyn yn cael eu canfod yn awtomatig, felly bydd\n"
+"angen dewis eich llygoden o'r rhestr. Gwnewch yn siŵr eich bod yn dewis\n"
+"y porth sy'n cyfateb i le mae eich llygoden. Ar ôl dewis llygoden a "
+"phwyso'r\n"
+"botwm \"%s\" , bydd delwedd llygoden yn cael ei dangos ar y sgrin. Trowch\n"
+"olwyn y llygoden i sicrhau ei fod yn gweithio'n iawn. Unwaith i chi weld yr\n"
+"olwyn ar y sgrin yn symud wrth i chi droi'r olwyn. profwch y botymau a "
+"gwirio fod\n"
+"pwyntydd y llygoden yn symud ar y sgrin wrth i chi symud y llygoden."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "gydag efelychiad Olwyn"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Cyffredinol | Unrhyw lygoden PS/2 ac USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Dewiswch y porth cywir. Mae porth \"COM1\" o dan MS Windows yn cael ei alw "
+"yn\n"
+"\"ttyS0\" yn GNU/Linux, e.e."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Mae hwn yn fan pwysig ynghylch diogelwch eich system GNU/Linux; rhaid\n"
+"rhoi cyfrinair \"root\".\"Root\" yw gweinyddwr y system a'r unig un sydd â'r "
+"hawl\n"
+"i wneud diweddariadau, ychwanegu defnyddwyr, newid ffurfweddiad cyffredinol\n"
+"y system, ac yn y blaen. Yn fyr mae \"root\" yn medru gwneud popeth! Dyna\n"
+"pam mae'n rhaid dewis cyfrinair sy'n anodd ei ddyfalu - bydd DrakX yn dweud\n"
+"wrthych os yw'n rhy hawdd. Fel y gwelwch, mae modd peidio gorfod cynnig\n"
+"cyfrinair, ond rydym yn argymell yn erbyn hyn, hyd yn oed am un rheswm:\n"
+"peidiwch â meddwl bod eich systemau gweithredu eraill yn ddiogel rhag\n"
+"camgymeriadau, gan eich bod wedi cychwyn o GNU/Linux. Gan fod \"root\" yn\n"
+"medru goresgyn unrhyw gyfyngiadau a dileu data'n anfwriadol ar bob rhaniad,\n"
+"drwy fynd at y rhaniadau'n ddi-hid, yna mae'n bwysig ei gwneud hi'n anodd "
+"bod\n"
+"yn \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Dylai'r cyfrinair fod yn gyfuniad o rifau a llythrennau ac o leiaf 8 nod o "
+"hyd.\n"
+"Peidiwch ysgrifennu cyfrinair \"root\" ar bapur - bydd yn ei gwneud hi'n "
+"rhy\n"
+"hawdd gwanhau'r system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Er hynny, peidiwch â gwneud y cyfrinair yn rhy hir neu gymhleth am fod rhaid "
+"i\n"
+"chi fedri ei gofio heb ormod o drafferth.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ni fydd y cyfrinair yn cael ei ddangos ar y sgrin wrth i chi ei deipio. "
+"Felly bydd\n"
+" rhaid i chi deipio'r cyfrinair ddwywaith i leihau'r siawns o deipio gwall. "
+"Os ydych\n"
+"yn digwydd gwneud yr un gwall teipio ddwywaith, bydd rhaid defnyddio'r "
+"cyfrinair\n"
+"\"anghywir\" i gychwyn y tro cyntaf fel \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Os hoffech i fynediad i'r cyfrifiadur gael ei reoli gan wasanaethwr dilysu, "
+"cliciwch\n"
+"y botwm \"%s\".\n"
+"Os yw eich rhwydwaith yn defnyddio protocol gwasanaethau dilysu LDAP, NIS\n"
+"neu PDC Windows Domain, dewiswch un addas fel \"%s\",\n"
+"Os nad ydych yn gwybod,  gofynnwch i'ch gweinyddwr rhwydwaith\n"
+"\n"
+"Os ydych yn cael anawsterau atgoffa cyfrineiriau, gallwch ddewis\n"
+"\"%s\", os na fydd eich cyfrifiadur yn cael cyswllt â'r we ac rydych\n"
+"yn ymddiried yn y defnyddiwr."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "dilysu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Rhaglen fechan yw'r cychwynnwr sy'n cael ei gychwyn gan y cyfrifiadur.\n"
+"Mae'n gyfrifol am gychwyn y system i gyd. Fel rheol mae'r rhan yma'n\n"
+"digwydd yn awtomatig. Bydd DrakX yn dadansoddi'r adran cychwyn\n"
+"disg a gweithredu yn â'r yr hyn mae'n ei ganfod yno.\n"
+"\n"
+" *os yw'n canfod adran cychwyn Windows, bydd yn ei amnewid gyda\n"
+"adran cychwyn GRUB/LILO. O ganlyniad bydd modd i chi gychwyn un\n"
+"ai GNU/Linux neu system arall.\n"
+"\n"
+" *os fydd adran gychwyn GRUB neu LILO'n cael ei ganfod bydd yn ei\n"
+"amnewid gydag un mwy diweddar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Os nad yw'n medru penderfynu, bydd DrakX yn gofyn i chi lle i osod\n"
+"y cychwynnydd. Yn gyffredinol, \"%s\" yw'r man mwyaf diogel. Ni fydd\n"
+" dewis \"%s\" yn gosod cychwynnydd. Dim ond ar gyfer y gwybodus."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Yma byddwn yn dewis system argraffu i'ch cyfrifiadur ei ddefnyddio. Efallai\n"
+"bod systemau eraill yn cynnig un i chi, ond mae Mandriva yn cynnig dwy.\n"
+"Mae 'r systemau'n addas gar gyfer ffurfweddiad arbennig.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\" - sy'n golygu \"print, do not queue\", yw'r dewis os oes gennych\n"
+"gysylltiad uniongyrchol â'ch argraffydd a'ch bod eisiau medru tynnu allan o "
+"waith\n"
+"argraffu pan fo'r papur wedi mynd yn sownd ac nad oes gennych argraffyddion\n"
+"wedi eu cysylltu drwy rwydwaith. (Dim ond rhwydweithiau syml mae \"%s\" yn "
+"ei\n"
+"drin ac mae'n araf ar rwydweithiau). Dewiswch \"pdq\" os mai dyma yw eich\n"
+"tro cyntaf yn GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\". Mae hwn yn dda ar gyfer\n"
+"argraffu i argraffyddion lleol a hanner ffordd rownd y byd. Mae'n symlach, "
+"yn\n"
+"gallu gweithredu fel gwasanaethwr neu gleient ar gyfer yr hen system \"lpd"
+"\"\n"
+"ac felly mae'n cydweddi â'r systemau sydd wedi mynd o'i flaen. Mae'n gallu\n"
+"gwneud nifer o driciau, ond mae bron mor syml i'w osod  \"pdq\". Os ydych\n"
+"amgen hwn i efelychu gwasanaethwr \"lpd\", yna rhaid cychwyn aemon\n"
+"\"cups-lpd\". Mae gan \"%s\" wyneb graffigol ar gyfer argraffu dewis\n"
+"argraffydd neu reoli'r argraffu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Os ydych yn dewis yn awr ac yn ddiweddarach yn penderfynu eich bod\n"
+"am newid eich system argraffu gallwch ei newid drwy gyfrwng PrinterDrake\n"
+"yng Nghanolfan Rheoli Mandriva a chlicio'r botwm %s."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Arbenigwr"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Bydd DrakX yn canfod unrhyw ddyfais IDE sydd ar eich cyfrifiadur. Bydd yn\n"
+"chwilio am un neu fwy o gardiau SCSI PCI ar eich system. Os oes Cerdyn\n"
+"SCSI'n cael ei ganfod bydd DrakX yn awtomatig yn gosod y gyrrwr priodol.\n"
+"\n"
+"Oherwydd nad yw canfod caledwedd bob tro'n canfod darn o galedwedd,\n"
+"gall DrakX fethu canfod eich disgiau caled. Os felly, bydd rhaid i chi "
+"bennu\n"
+"eich caledwedd â llaw.\n"
+"\n"
+"Os ydych wedi pennu eich addaswr PCI SCS gyda llaw, bydd DrakX yn\n"
+"gofyn i chi ydych am bennu dewisiadau ar ei gyfer. Dylech adael i DrakX "
+"ofyn\n"
+"i'r cerdyn am ddewisiadau penodol i'r cerdyn mae angen i'r caledwedd eu\n"
+"cychwyn. Mae hyn fel rheol yn gweithio'n dda\n"
+"\n"
+"Os nad yw DrakX yn gallu holi am y dewisiadau sydd eu hangen, bydd rhaid i\n"
+" chi ffurfweddu'r gyrrwr gyda llaw. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\":  os yw cerdyn sain yn cael ei ganfod ar eich cyfrifiadur, bydd \n"
+"yn cael ei ddangos yma. Os ydych yn sylwi nad y cerdyn sain sydd ar eich\n"
+"cyfrifiadur sy'n cael ei ddangos, yna cliciwch ar y botwm a dewis\n"
+"gyrrwr arall."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"I grynhoi, bydd DrakX yn cyflwyno crynodeb o'r wybodaeth amrywiol\n"
+"sydd ganddo am eich system. Yn ddibynnol ar eich caledwedd, mae'n bosib\n"
+"bod gennych rywfaint o'r nodweddion canlynol. Mae pob cofnod yn cynnwys\n"
+"eitem ffurfweddadwy, a chrynodeb o'r ffurfweddiad presennol. Cliciwch ar y\n"
+"botwm \"%s\" perthnasol i'w newid.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": gwirio ffurfweddiad map y bysellfwrdd a'i newid os oes angen.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": gwirio'r dewis gwlad. Os nad ydych yn y wlad hon, cliciwch y "
+"botwm\n"
+"\"%s\" a dewis un arall. Os nad yw eich gwlad ar y rhestr gyntaf i'w\n"
+"dangos, cliciwch y botwm \"%s\"  am y rhestr gyflawn o wledydd.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": Mae DrakX yn dyfalu eich parth amser yn ôl y wlad rydych\n"
+"wedi ei dewis. Mae modd clicio ar y botwm \"%s\" i'w gywiro.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": gwirio ffurfweddiad y llygoden bresennol a chlicio ar y botwm\n"
+"i'w newid os oes angen.\n"
+"\n"
+" \"%s\": bydd clicio ar y botwm \"%s\" yn agor y dewin\n"
+"ffurfweddu argraffydd. Darllenwch y pennawd yn y \"Starter Guide\" ar\n"
+"sut i osod argraffydd newydd. Mae'r rhyngwyneb yn debyg i'r un ar gyfer\n"
+"ei osod yn y man cyntaf.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": os oes cerdyn sain wedi ei ganfod ar eich system bydd\n"
+"yn cael ei ddangos yma.  Os ydych yn sylwi nad y cerdyn sain sy'n cael ei\n"
+"ddangos yw'r un sydd ar eich system, yna cliciwch y botwm a dewis\n"
+"gyrrwr arall.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": os oes cerdyn teledu wedi ei ganfod ar eich system\n"
+"bydd yn cael ei ddangos yma. Os oes gennych gerdyn ac nid yw wedi cael\n"
+"ei ganfod, cliciwch \"%s\" i geisio ei ffurfweddu â llaw.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cliciwch ar \"%s\" i newid paramedrau cysylltiedig â'r cerdyn\n"
+"os yw'r ffurfweddiad yn anghywir.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": fel rheol bydd DrakX yn gosod eich rhyngwyneb\n"
+"i gydraniad  \"800x600\" neu \"1024x768\". Os nad yw hyn yn addas ar\n"
+"eich cyfer cliciwch y botwm \"%s\" i'w newid.\n"
+" \n"
+" * \"%s\": os ydych am ffurfweddu eich mynediad i'r Rhyngrwyd neu\n"
+"eich rhwydwaith lleol, mae modd gwneud hynny. Darllenwch y deunydd\n"
+"ysgrifenedig neu ddefnyddio Canolfan Reoli Mandriva Linux wedi i'r gosod\n"
+"orffen i fanteisio ar gymorth ar-lein llawn.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": os ydych am ffurfweddu cyfeiriadau dirprwyol HTTP ac FTP os\n"
+"yw'r peiriant rydych yn ei osod i fod tu nôl i weinydd dirprwyol.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mae modd ail ddiffinio'r lefel diogelwch a osodwyd yn\n"
+"flaenorol ().\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": mae'n syniad da gosod mur cadarn i'ch amddiffyn rhag\n"
+"ymyriadau os ydych yn bwriadu cysylltu eich cyfrifiadur â'r Rhyngrwyd.\n"
+"Darllenwch y bennod berthnasol yn y \"Starter Guide\" am fanylion\n"
+"gosodiadau mur cadarn.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": os hoffech newid ffurfweddiad eich cychwynnwr\n"
+"cliciwch y botwm yma. Ar gyfer defnyddwyr profiadol. Darllenwch y\n"
+"deunydd ysgrifenedig  neu'r cymorth ar-lein am ffurfweddiad\n"
+"cychwynwyr yng Nghanolfan Rheoli Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": yma bydd modd i chi wneud man newidiadau i'r\n"
+"gwasanaethau sy'n cael eu rhedeg ar eich cyfrifiadur. Os ydych yn\n"
+" bwriadu defnyddio'r cyfrifiadur fel gwasanaethwr mae'n syniad da\n"
+"darllen y gosodiadau'n fanwl."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Cerdyn ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Rhyngwyneb Graffigol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dewiswch y ddisg galed rydych am ei ddileu er mwy n gosod eich rhaniad\n"
+"Mandriva Linux newydd. Byddwch ofalus, bydd yr holl ddata sydd arno'n\n"
+"cael ei ddileu ac ni fydd modd ei adfer!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliciwch \"%s\" os ydych am ddileu'r holl ddata a rhaniadau sy'n bresennol\n"
+"ar y disg. Byddwch ofalus, wedi i chi glicio \"%s\" ni fydd modd i chi\n"
+"adfer unrhyw ddata na rhaniadau presennol ar y disg caled, gan gynnwys\n"
+"data Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliciwch \"%s\" i atal y weithred hon heb golli unrhyw ddata\n"
+"a rhaniadau sy'n bresennol ar y ddisg galed."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Nesaf ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Blaenorol"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/da.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/da.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d6d4c540f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/da.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1906 @@
+# translation of da.po to
+# translation of da1.po to Danish
+# translation of da.po to Danish
+# translation of DrakX-da.po to Danish
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Troels Liebe Bentsen <tlb@iname.com> 2000.
+# Keld Simonsen <keld@dkuug.dk>, 2000-2003, 2004, 2005.
+# Keld Simonsen <keld@rap.dk>, 2005, 2006.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: da\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-05 18:46+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Keld Simonsen <keld@rap.dk>\n"
+"Language-Team:  <da@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Før du går videre bør du læse betingelserne i licensen omhyggeligt.  Den "
+"omfatter hele Mandriva Linux distributionen. Hvis du er enig i alle "
+"betingelserne i den, så klik på '%s'-boksen. Hvis ikke, så vil klikning på "
+"\"%s\"-knappen genstarte din maskine."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux er et flerbrugersystem, det vil sige at hver bruger kan have sine "
+"egne præferencer, sine egne filer og så videre. Du kan læse "
+"startvejledningen for at lære mere om flerbrugersystemer.\n"
+"Men i modsætning til 'root', som er systemadministratoren, vil brugerne som "
+"du tilføjer her ikke have lov til at ændre nogetsomhelst, undtagen deres "
+"egne filer og deres egne opsætninger, hvilket beskytter systemet mod "
+"utilsigtede eller ondartede ændringer som påvirker hele systemet. Du skal "
+"oprette i det mindste én almindelig bruger til dig selv - dette er den konto "
+"som du bør bruge til almindelig dagligt brug. Selvom det er meget nemt at "
+"logge ind som root for at gøre alt, kan det også være meget farligt!\n"
+"En meget simpel fejltagelse kan betyde at dit system ikke virker mere. Hvis "
+"du laver en alvorlig fejltagelse som almindelig bruger, vil det værste der "
+"kan ske at du vil tabe nogen information, men det vil ikke påvirke hele "
+"systemet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Det første felt spørger efter dit rigtige navn. Dette er naturligvis ikke "
+"krævet -du kan faktisk skrive hvad du lyster. DrakX vil bruge det første ord "
+"du indtastede i feltet og kopiere det til '%s'-feltet, hvilket er navnet, "
+"som denne bruger skal indtaste for at logge ind på systemet. Hvis du ønsker "
+"det kan du tilsidesætte det forvalgte og ændre brugernavnet. Det næste trin "
+"er at indtaste en adgangskode. Fra et sikkerhedsmæssigt synspunkt er "
+"adgangskoden for en ikke-priviligeret (normal) bruger er ikke så afgørende "
+"som 'Root'-adgangskoden, men det er ingen grund til at negligere det "
+"alligevel, ved at lade det være blankt eller at gøre det for nemt - når det "
+"kommer til stykket er det dine egne filer, der er i fare.\n"
+"\n"
+"Når du har klikket på '%s', kan du tilføje andre brugere. Tilføj en bruger "
+"for hver af dine venner, din far eller din søster. Når du har tilføjet alle "
+"de brugere du ønsker, klik da på '%s'.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik på '%s'-knappen lader dig ændre standard-'skál' for denne bruger\n"
+"(bash er standard). \n"
+"\n"
+"Når du er færdig med at tilføje brugere, vil du blive spurgt om at vælge en "
+"bruger som automatisk kan logge ind på systemet når maskinen startes op. "
+"Hvis du er interesseret i denne facilitet (og ikke kærer dig synderligt om "
+"lokal sikkerhed), så vælg den ønskede bruger og vindueshåndtering og klik '%"
+"s'. Hvis du ikke er interesseret i denne facilitet, så afmarkér boksen med '%"
+"s'."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Ønsker du at bruge denne facilitet?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Her er listet de eksisterende Linux-partitioner genkendt på din disk. Du kan "
+"beholde valgene gjort af vejlederen, de er velegnede til almindelig brug. "
+"Hvis du ændrer disse valg skal du i det mindste definere en rod-partition "
+"'/'. Lad være med at vælge en for lille partition, ellers vil du ikke kunne "
+"installere nok programmel. Hvis du ønsker at lagre data på en separat "
+"partition, skal du også vælge en '/home' (kun muligt hvis du har mere end én "
+"Linux-partition). \n"
+"Hver partition er listet som følger: 'Navn', 'Kapacitet'.\n"
+"\n"
+"'Navn' er kodet som følger: 'drevtype', 'drevnummer', "
+"'partitionsnummer' (for eksempel '/hda1').\n"
+"\n"
+"'drevtype' er 'hd' hvis dit diskdrev er et IDE drev, og 'sd' hvis det er et "
+"SCSI drev.\n"
+"\n"
+"'drevnummer' er altid et bogstav efter 'hd' eller 'sd'. For IDE drev:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * 'a' betyder 'hoved-drev på den primære IDE controller',\n"
+"\n"
+"   * 'b' betyder 'slave-drev på den primære IDE controller',\n"
+"\n"
+"   * 'c' betyder 'hoved-drev på den sækundære IDE controller',\n"
+"\n"
+"   * 'd' betyder 'slave-drev på den sækundære IDE controller'.\n"
+"\n"
+"For SCSI drev betyder 'a' det 'første drev', 'b' betyder det 'andet drev', "
+"osv."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux installationen bliver distribueret på flere cdrom-er. Hvis en "
+"valgt pakke ligger på en anden cdrom, vil DrakX udskyde den nuværende cd og "
+"bede dig om at isætte den forespurgte cd. Hvis du ikke har den forespurgte "
+"cd ved hånden, så klik bare på '%s' - de tilsvarende pakker vil da ikke "
+"blive installerede."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Det er nu tid til at angive hvilke pakker du vil installere på dit system. "
+"Der er tusindvis af pakker til dit Mandriva Linux system, og for at gøre det "
+"nemmere at håndtere dem er pakkerne blevet placeret i grupper af lignende "
+"programmer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux opdeler pakkegrupper i fire kategorier. Du kan vælge og vrage "
+"programmer fra de forskellige grupper, så en installation af "
+"'Arbejdsstation' kan også have programmer fra 'Udvikling'-kategorien "
+"installeret.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Hvis din maskine skal bruges som en arbejdsstation, vælg da en "
+"eller flere af programmerne der er i arbejdsstationskategorien.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': hvis du vil bruge maskinen til programmering, vælg da de relevante "
+"pakker fra denne kategori. Den særlige 'LSB'-gruppe vil konfigurere dit "
+"system så det er så meget som muligt i overensstemmelse med Linux Standards "
+"Base specifikationerne.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Valg af 'LSB'-gruppen vil også installere kerne '2.4'-serien, i stedet "
+"for den normale '2.6'-kerne. Dette for at sikre 100%% LSB overensstemmelse "
+"for systemet. Hvis du ikke vælger -LSB--gruppen vil du dog stadig have et "
+"system der er næsten 100%% LSB-overensstemmende.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': hvis det er planen at maskinen skal være en server, så vælg de mere "
+"almindelige tjenester, som du ønsker at installere på maskinen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': her skal du vælge foretrukne grafiske miljø. Vælg mindst ét, hvis "
+"du ønsker at have en grafisk grænseflade tilgængelig.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ved flytning af musen over et gruppenavn vises en kort forklarende tekst om "
+"denne gruppe.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan afkrydse '%s'-boksen, hvilket er nyttigt hvis du er bekendt med de "
+"pakker der tilbydes, eller hvis du ønsker at have helt styr på hvad der skal "
+"installeres.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du starter installationen i '%s'-tilstand, kan du fravælge alle grupper "
+"og forhindre installationen af enhver ny pakke. Dette er nyttigt ved "
+"reparation eller opdatering af et ekisterende system.\n"
+" \n"
+"Hvis du fravælger alle grupper ved udførelse af en almindelig installation "
+"(i modsætning til en opgradering), vil en dialog komme frem som foreslår "
+"dig  forskellige former for minimal installation: \n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s' installerer de færrest mulige antal pakker for at få en fungerende "
+"grafisk arbejdsstation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s' installerer det basale system plus basale nytteprogrammer og "
+"tilhørende dokumentation. Denne installation er passende til at sætte en "
+"server op.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s' vil installere det absolut mindst mulige antal pakker nødvendigt for "
+"at få et virkende Linux-system. Med denne installation fås kun en "
+"grænseflade med kommandolinjer. Den totale størrelse af denne installation "
+"er omkring 65 megabyte."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Opgradér"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Med basal dokumentation"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Virkeligt minimale installation"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du vælger at installere pakker individuelt, vil installeringen vise et "
+"træ med alle pakker opdelt i grupper og undergrupper. Under gennembladring "
+"af træet kan du udvælge hele grupper, undergrupper eller individuelle "
+"pakker.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hver gang du udvælger en pakke i træet vil en beskrivelse fremkomme til "
+"højre for at lade dig vide formålet med denne pakke. \n"
+"\n"
+"!! Når en server-pakke er blevet valgt, enten fordi du specielt valgte den "
+"individuelle pakke, eller fordi den var en del af en gruppe af pakker, vil "
+"du blive spurgt om at bekræfte at du virkelig ønsker at installere disse "
+"servere. Som standard under Mandriva Linux bliver installerede servere "
+"startet op ved opstart af maskinen. Selvom de er sikre og ikke har nogen "
+"kendte problemer på udgivelsestidspunktet for distributionen, er det absolut "
+"muligt at sikkerhedshuller blev opdaget efter at denne version af Mandriva "
+"Linux blev færdiggjort. Hvis du ikke véd hvad en bestemt tjeneste vil gøre "
+"eller hvorfor den skal installeres, så klik '%s' her. Et klik med '%s' her "
+"vil installere de nævnte servere og de vil blive startet automatisk under "
+"opstarten!!\n"
+"\n"
+"'%s'-valget deaktiverer advarselsdialogen, som vises hver gang "
+"installeringsprogrammet automatisk vælger en pakke for at løse et "
+"afhængighedsproblem. Nogen pakker afhænger af andre oginstallation af en "
+"bestemt pakke kan kræve installationen af andre pakker. "
+"Installationsprogrammet kan beregne hvilke pakker der er krævet for at "
+"tilfredsstille en afhængighed for at kunne færdiggøre en installation "
+"problemfrit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Den klejne disketteikon i bunden af listen muliggør indlæsning af en "
+"pakkeliste oprettet ved en tidligere installation. Dette er nyttigt hvis du "
+"har et antal maskiner som du ønsker at konfigurere på samme måde. Klik på "
+"denne ikon vil bede dig om at indsætte disketten lavet i slutningen på en "
+"anden installation. Se råd nr to i det sidste trin for hvordan en sådan "
+"diskette kan laves."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatiske afhængigheder"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"'%s': Et klik på '%s'-knappen vil åbne vejlederen for printerkonfigurering. "
+"Kig i det tilhørende kapitel i 'Startvejledningen' for mere information om "
+"hvordan man opsætter en ny printer. Grænsefladen\n"
+"præsenteret i vores manual ligner den som bruges på installationstidspunktet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Denne dialog bruges til at vælge hvilke tjenester du ønsker skal startes ved "
+"opstart af maskinen.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX vil præsentere alle tjenester, som er med i den aktuelle installation. "
+"Gennemse hver enkelt af dem omhyggeligt og vælg dem fra som ikke er "
+"nødvendige på opstartstidspunktet.\n"
+"\n"
+"En kort forklarende tekst om en tjeneste bliver vist når den vælges. Hvis du "
+"ikke er sikker på om en tjeneste er nyttig eller ej, er det dog sikrere at "
+"bruge den foreslåede opførsel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vær specielt varsom på dette trin hvis du planlægger at bruge maskinen som "
+"server: du vil formentlig ønske ikke at starte nogensomhelst tjeneste op som "
+"du ikke har brug for. Husk at nogen tjenester kan være farlige hvis de er "
+"aktiveret på en server. Vælg som hovedregel kun de tjenester som du virkelig "
+"behøver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux håndterer tiden i GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) og oversætter den til "
+"lokal tid ifølge den tidszone du har valgt. Hvis uret på bundkortet er sat "
+"til lokal tid, kan du deaktivere dette ved at fravælge '%s', hvilket vil "
+"lade GNU/Linux vide at systemuret og maskinens ur er i samme tidszone. Dette "
+"er nyttigt når maskinen også bruges til andre operativsystemer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Muligheden '%s' vil automatisk tilpasse systemuret ved at forbinde til en "
+"ekstern tidsserver på internettet. For at denne facilitet kan virke, skal du "
+"have en fungerende internetforbindelse. Vi anbefaler at du vælger en "
+"tidsserver med en placering nær ved dig. Denne mulighed installerer faktisk "
+"en tidsserver som også kan bruges af andre maskiner på dit lokalnetværk."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatisk tidssynkronisering"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafikkort\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installationsprogrammet vil normalt automatisk finde og konfigurere "
+"grafikkortet installeret på din maskine. Hvis dette ikke er tilfældet, kan "
+"du fra denne liste vælge det kort du faktisk har installeret.\n"
+"   I tilfælde af at forskellige drivere er tilgængelige til dit kort, med "
+"eller uden 3D-accelleration, bliver du spurgt om at vælge den server der "
+"bedst opfylder dine behov."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (for X Window System) er hjertet af GNU/Linux' grafiske grænseflade som "
+"alle de grafiske miljøer (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, mv.) der "
+"kommer sammen med Mandriva Linux afhænger af.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du vil se en liste med forskellige parametre der kan ændres for at få den "
+"bedst mulige grafiske fremvisning:\n"
+"\n"
+"Grafikkort\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installationsprogrammet vil normalt automatisk finde ud af at konfigurere "
+"grafikkortet installeret på din maskine. Hvis dette ikke er rigtigt kan du "
+"fra denne liste vælge det kort du faktisk har installeret.\n"
+"\n"
+"   I tilfælde af at forskellige drivere er tilgængelige til dit kort, med "
+"eller uden 3D-accelleration, bliver du spurgt om at vælge den server der "
+"bedst opfylder dine behov.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Skærm\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalt vil Installationsprogrammet automatisk finde ud af at konfigurere "
+"skærmen tilsluttet din maskine. Hvis dette ikke er rigtigt, kan du fra denne "
+"liste vælge den skærm som er tilsluttet din maskine.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opløsning\n"
+"\n"
+"   Her kan du vælge de opløsninger og farvedybder som er tilstede for dit "
+"grafikudstyr. Vælg dem som bedst opfylder dine behov (du vil kunne ændre "
+"dette efter installationen). En prøve på den valgte konfiguration vil blive "
+"vist på skærmen.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Afhængigt af dit udstyr vil denne indgang muligvis ikke vises.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Systemet vil prøve at åbne en grafisk skærm i den ønskede opløsning. Hvis "
+"du ser testbeskeden under afprøvningen og svarer '%s', så vil DrakX gå "
+"videre til næste trin. Hvis du ikke ser beskeden, så betyder det at en del "
+"af den automatisk fundne konfiguration var forkert og testen vil automatisk "
+"slutte efter 12 sekunder, og bringe dig tilbage til menuen. Ændr "
+"indstillingerne til du får en korrekt grafisk fremvisning.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Valgmuligheder\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dette trin lader dig vælge om du ønsker at din maskine automatisk skal "
+"skifte til en grafisk grænseflade ved opstart. Selvfølgelig vil du ønske at "
+"svare '%s', hvis din maskine skal bruges som server, eller hvis ikke "
+"lykkedes dig at få skærmen konfigureret. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Skærm\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installationsprogrammet vil normalt automatisk finde ud af at konfigurere "
+"skærmen tilsluttet din maskine. Hvis dette ikke er den rigtige, kan du i "
+"denne liste vælge den skærm du faktisk har tilsluttet din maskine."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Opløsning\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hér kan du vælge opløsninger og farvedybder ud af de tilgængelige "
+"muligheder for dit udstyr. Vælg dem som bedst opfylder dine behov (du vil "
+"dog kunne ændre dette efter installationen). Et eksempel på den valgte "
+"konfiguration vil blive vist på skærmen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"I tilfælde af at forskellige servere er tilgængelige for dit kort, med eller "
+"uden 3D-accelleration, bliver du spurgt om at vælge den server der bedst "
+"opfylder dine behov."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Til sidst valgmulighederne\n"
+"\n"
+"Dette trin lader dig vælge om du ønsker automatisk at skifte til en grafisk "
+"grænseflade ved opstart. Selvfølgelig vil du ønske at svare '%s', hvis din "
+"maskine skal bruges som server, eller hvis ikke lykkedes dig at få skærmen "
+"konfigureret."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu skal du vælge hvor på din harddisk du vil installere dit Mandriva Linux-"
+"operativsystem. Hvis disken er tom eller et eksisterende operativsystem "
+"bruger alt pladsen på den, bliver du nødt til at partitionere drevet. "
+"Partitionering vil sige at diskdrevet opdeles i logiske dele for at lave den "
+"plads der behøves til at installere dit nye Mandriva Linux-system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Da partitioneringen af en disk normalt ikke kan fortrydes og kan føre til "
+"tab af data, kan det godt være frustrerende og stressende for uøvede "
+"brugere. Heldigvis har DrakX en vejleder som forenkler denne proces. Før du "
+"fortsætter med dette trin kan du gennemlæse resten af dette afsnit, og ikke "
+"mindst tage dig den tid du behøver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Afhængig af dit diskdrevs konfiguration er flere muligheder tilstede:\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Denne mulighed vil udføre en automatisk opdeling af dine tomme "
+"diskdrev. Hvis du bruger denne mulighed vil du ikke blive spurgt om mere.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Vejlederen har fundet en eller flere eksisterende Linux-partitioner "
+"på dit diskdrev. Hvis du vil bruge dem, så vælg denne mulighed. Du vil så "
+"blive spurgt om monteringspunkter tilknyttet hver af partitionerne. De gamle "
+"monteringspunkter er forvalgt og i de fleste tilfælde er det en god idé at "
+"beholde dem.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Hvis Microsoft Windows er installeret på din disk og bruger al "
+"pladsen, bliver du nødt til at lave fri plads til GNU/Linux. For at gøre "
+"dette kan du slette dine Microsoft Windows partitioner og data (se "
+"muligheden \"Slet hele disken\") eller ændre størrelsen på din Microsoft "
+"Windows-FAT- eller NTFS-partition. Størrelsesændringen kan fortages uden tab "
+"af data, hvis du i forvejen har defragmenteret Windows-partitionen. Det "
+"anbefales på det kraftigste at du laver en sikkerhedskopi først. Denne "
+"mulighed anbefales hvis du vil bruge både Mandriva Linux og Microsoft "
+"Windows på samme maskine.\n"
+"\n"
+"  Før du vælger denne løsning, bør du forstå at størrelsen på din Microsoft "
+"Windows partition vil blive mindre end da du startede. Du vil have mindre "
+"fri plads under Microsoft Windows til at gemme dine data eller installere "
+"nyt programmel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Hvis du vil slette alle data på alle partitioner på denne disk og "
+"erstatte dem med dit nye Mandriva Linux-system, kan du vælge denne mulighed. "
+"Vær forsigtig, for du vil ikke være i stand til at fortryde denne handling "
+"efter at du har sagt ja.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Hvis du bruger denne mulighed vil alle eksisterende data på din disk "
+"gå tabt. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Denne mulighed kommer til syne når diskdrevet er fuldstændigt "
+"optaget af Microsoft Windows. Valg af denne mulighed vil simpelthen slette "
+"alt på disken og begynde fra en frisk, og partitionere det hele fra ny.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Hvis du bruger denne mulighed vil alle eksisterende data på din disk "
+"gå tabt. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Vælg denne mulighed hvis du vil partitionere disken i hånden. Vær "
+"forsigtig - det er en stærk , men også farlig mulighed. og du kan meget nemt "
+"komme til at slette alle dine data. Derfor er denne mulighed kun anbefalet "
+"hvis du har lavet noget lignende før og har nogen erfaring. For flere "
+"instruktioner om brugen af DiskDrake-programmet kan du se i afsnittet "
+"'Administrér dine partitioner' i 'Startervejledningen'."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Brug eksisterende partition"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Slet hele disken"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Værsgo'. Installationen en nu færdig og dit GNU/Linux-system er nu klar til "
+"brug. Klik blot på '%s' for at genstarte systemet. Glem ikke at fjerne "
+"installationsmediet (cdrom eller diskette). Den første ting, som du burde "
+"se, efter din maskine har lavet sine test af maskinel, er opstartsmenuen, "
+"som lader dig vælge det operativsystem der skal startes.\n"
+"\n"
+"'%s'-knappen viser to ekstra knapper for:\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': at oprette en installerings-diskette, som automatisk vil udføre en "
+"hel installation uden hjælp fra en operatør, magen til den installation du "
+"lige har konfigureret.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bemærk at to forskellige muligheder er tilstede efter klik på denne "
+"knap:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * '%s': Dette er en delvist automatiseret installering. "
+"Partitioneringstrinnet er den eneste interaktive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * '%s': Fuldautomatisk installering: harddisken bliver fuldstændig "
+"genoverskrevet, alle data forsvinder.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Denne facilitet er meget nyttig ved installering af et antal lignende "
+"maskiner. Se afsnittet om autoinstallering på vores websted for yderligere "
+"oplysninger.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s'(*): gemmer en liste med de pakker der er valgt under denne "
+"installation. For at bruge dette pakkevalg i en anden installation kan "
+"disketten indsættes i drevet og installeringen kan startes. Brug [F1]-tasten "
+"på opstartsskærmen og indtast >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< og trykke på "
+"[Enter]-tasten.\n"
+". \n"
+"(*) Du har brug for en FAT-formatteret diskette. For at lave en under GNU/"
+"Linux skal du taste\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", eller \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" fulgt af \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Lav autoinstallations-diskette"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du vælger at genbruge nogle gamle GNU/Linux-partitioner, kan duønske at "
+"omformatere nogle af dem og slette de data som de indeholder. For at gøre "
+"dette skal du også  vælge disse partitioner.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bemærk at det ikke er nødvendigt at omformatere alle allerede eksisterende "
+"partitioner. Det er nødvendigt at omformatere de partitioner, der indeholder "
+"operativsystemet (såsom '/', '/usr' og '/var', men du er ikke nødt til at "
+"omformatere partitioner som du ønsker at beholde (typisk /home).\n"
+"\n"
+"Vær forsigtig med valg af partitioner; efter formatering vil alle data være "
+"slettede på de valgte partitioner, og du vil ikke kunne redde nogetsomhelst "
+"af det.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik på '%s' når du er klar til at formatere partitionerne.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik på '%s' hvis du ønsker at vælge andre partitioner til at installere dit "
+"nye Mandriva Linux operativsystem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik på '%s' for at vælge partitioner som du ønsker at tjekke for dårlige "
+"blokke."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"På det tidspunkt hvor du installerer Mandriva Linux er det sandsynligt at "
+"nogen af pakkerne er blevet opdaterede siden den oprindelige udgivelse. Fejl "
+"er måske blevet rettet, og sikkerhedsproblemer måske løst. Det er nu muligt "
+"for dig at hente disse ned fra internettet for at disse opdateringer kan "
+"komme dig til gode. Vælg '%s' hvis du har en fungerende internet- "
+"forbindelse eller '%s' hvis du foretrækker at installere opdaterede pakker "
+"senere.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valg af '%s' viser en liste af netsteder hvorfra opdateringer kan hentes. Du "
+"bør vælge en der er nær ved dig. Så vil et træ med pakkevalg blive vist: "
+"gennemse valget og tryk '%s' for at modtage og installere de valgte pakker "
+"eller '%s' for at afbryde."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu vil DrakX give dig mulighed for at vælge det sikkerhedsniveau du ønsker "
+"for maskinen. Hovedreglen er at sikkerhedsniveauet bør sættes højere, hvis "
+"maskinen skal indeholde vigtige data, eller hvis den skal være direkte "
+"offentligt på Internettet. Men et højere sikkerhedsniveau vindes normalt på "
+"bekostning af letheden af anvendelsen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du ikke véd hvad du skal vælge, så behold den foreslåede mulighed. Du "
+"vil kunne ændre det senere med værktøjet draksec som er en del af Mandriva "
+"Linux Kontrolcentret.\n"
+"\n"
+"Udfyld '%s'-feltet med epost-adressen på den person, som er ansvarlig for "
+"sikkerhed. Sikkerhedsmeddelelser vil blive sendt til denne adresse."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Sikkerhedsadministrator"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu skal du vælge hvilke partitioner som skal bruges til installering af dit "
+"Mandriva Linux system. Hvis partitionerne allerede er blevet defineret, "
+"enten fra en tidligere installation af GNU/Linux eller med et andet "
+"partitioneringsværktøj, kan du bruge de eksisterende partitioner. Ellers "
+"skal disk-partitionerne defineres først.\n"
+"\n"
+"For at lave partitioner skal du først vælge et diskdrev. Du kan vælge "
+"diskdrevet der skal partitioneres ved at trykke på \"hda\" for det første "
+"IDE drev, \"hdb\" for det andet eller \"sda\" for det første SCSI-drev og så "
+"videre.\n"
+"\n"
+"For at partitionere det valgte diskdrev kan du bruge disse muligheder:\n"
+"\n"
+"  * '%s': Dette valg sletter alle partitioner på det valgte diskdrev.\n"
+"\n"
+"  * '%s': dette valg tillader dig automatisk at lave Ext3 og swappartitioner "
+"på den fri plads på dit drev.\n"
+"\n"
+"'%s': giver adgang til flere faciliteter:\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Gemmer din partitionstabel på en diskette. Nyttigt ved senere "
+"redning af partitionstabellen, om nødvendigt. Det anbefales meget at du "
+"bruger dette trin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': lader dig genskabe en tidligere gemt partitionstabel fra diskette.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': hvis din partitionstabel er beskadiget, kan du prøve at redde den "
+"med denne mulighed. Vær forsigtig og husk at det ikke altid virker.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': forkaster alle ændringer og genindlæser partitionstabellen som "
+"oprindeligt lå på diskdrevet\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': fravalg af denne mulighed vil tvinge brugere til at manuelt montere "
+"og afmontere medier såsom disketter og cdrommer\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Hvis du ønsker at bruge vejlederen til at partitionere dit "
+"diskdrev, kan du bruge denne mulighed. Dette anbefales, hvis du ikke har den "
+"store forståelse om partitionering\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Du kan bruge denne mulighed for at annullere dine ændringer\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': giver mulighed for yderligere handlinger på partitioner (type, "
+"valgmuligheder, format) og giver mere information om diskdrevet\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': når du er færdig med partitionering af din disk, vil dette skrive "
+"ændringerne tilbage på disken.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ved definering af en partitionsstørrelse kan du finjustere denne ved at "
+"bruge piletasterne på tastaturet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bemærk: du kan nå enhver valgmulighed ved brug af tastaturet: navigér gennem "
+"partitionerne med Tab og op- og ned-pilene.\n"
+"\n"
+"Når en partition er valgt kan du bruge:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c for at lave en ny partition (Når en tom partition er valgt)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d for at slette en partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m for at sætte et monteringssti\n"
+"\n"
+"For at få information om de forskellige tilgængelige filsystemstyper kan du "
+"læse kapitlet ext2fs i 'Referencemanualen'.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du er i gang med at installere på en PPC-maskine skal du lave en lille "
+"HFS-'bootstrap'-partition på mindst 1 MB til Yaboot-systemstarteren. Hvis du "
+"vælger at lave partitionen en smule større, f.eks. 50 MB kan den være nyttig "
+"til at gemme en ekstra kerne og ramdisk-billede for nødsituationer ved "
+"opstart."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automontering af flytbare medier"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Skift mellem normal og ekspert-tilstand"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Mere end én Microsoft Windows partition er blevet genkendt på dit diskdrev. "
+"Vælg den som du ønsker at ændre størrelse på for at kunne installere dit nye "
+"Mandriva Linux operativsystem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hver partition er listet som følger: 'Linux navn', 'Windows navn', "
+"'Kapacitet'.\n"
+"\n"
+"'Linux navn' er kodet som følger: 'drevtype', 'drevnummer', "
+"'partitionsnummer' (for eksempel '/hda1').\n"
+"\n"
+"'drevtype' er 'hd' hvis dit diskdrev er et IDE drev, og 'sd' hvis det er et "
+"SCSI drev.\n"
+"\n"
+"'drevnummer' er altid et bogstav efter 'hd' eller 'sd'. For IDE drev "
+"gælder:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * 'a' betyder 'hoved-drev på den primære IDE controller',\n"
+"\n"
+"   * 'b' betyder 'slave-drev på den primære IDE controller',\n"
+"\n"
+"   * 'c' betyder 'hoved-drev på den sækundære IDE controller',\n"
+"\n"
+"   * 'd' betyder 'slave-drev på den sækundære IDE controller'.\n"
+"\n"
+"For SCSI drev betyder 'a' det 'laveste SCSI-nummer', 'b' betyder det "
+"'næstlaveste SCSI-nummer', osv.\n"
+"\n"
+"'Windows navn' er det bogstav som dit drev har under Windows (den første\n"
+"disk eller partition kaldes 'C:')."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"'%s': Tjek det aktuelle valg af land. Hvis du ikke er i dette land, så klik "
+"på '%s'-knappen og vælg et andet. Hvis dit land ikke er på den første liste "
+"der vistes, så klik på '%s'-knappen for at få den komplette liste over lande."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette trin bliver kun aktiveret hvis der bliver fundet en eksisterende\n"
+"GNU/Linux partition på din maskine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX skal nu vide om du vil udføre en ny installation eller en opgradering\n"
+"af et eksisterende Mandriva Linux-system.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Dette vil stort sét slette hele det gamle system. Dog kan du "
+"afhængigt af din partitionsopsætning forhindre at nogen af dine ekisterende "
+"data (især kataloger i '/home') fra at blive overskrevet. Hvis du ønsker at "
+"ændre hvordan dine diskdrev er partitioneret, eller ændre på filsystemet, "
+"bør du bruge denne mulighed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Denne installationsklasse lader dig opgradere pakkene som er "
+"installeret på dit nuværende Mandriva Linux-system. Din nuværende "
+"partitionsopsætning og brugerdata bliver ikke berørt. De fleste andre "
+"konfigurationstrin forbliver tilgængelige, i lighed med en "
+"standardinstallation.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Opgradér\"-valget bør fungere fint på Mandriva Linux-systemer som kører "
+"version '8.1' eller nyere. Udførelse af Opgradér på versioner tidligere end "
+"Mandriva Linux '8.1' er ikke anbefalet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Afhængigt af det sprog du har valgt vil DrakX automatisk vælge en bestemt "
+"type tastaturopsætning. Tjek at valget er passende, eller vælg en anden "
+"tastaturudlægning.\n"
+"Men du har måske ikke et tastatur som svarer nøjagtigt til dit sprog: for "
+"eksempel hvis du er en engelsktalende svejtser, vil du måske have et "
+"svejtsisk tastatur. Eller hvis du taler engelsk og bor i Québec, er du måske "
+"i samme situation, hvor dit modersmål og tastaturet for landet ikke passer "
+"sammen. I begge tilfælde giver dette installationstrin mulighed for at vælge "
+"et passende tastatur fra listen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik på '%s'-tasten for at få víst en liste af understøttede tastaturer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du vælger en tastaturudlægning baseret på et ikke-latinsk alfabet, vil "
+"den næste dialog give dig mulighed for at vælge den tastekombination, der "
+"vil skifte mellem den latinske og den ikke-latinske udlægning."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Det første trin er at vælge dit foretrukne sprog.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dit valg af foretrukkent sprog vil påvirke sproget for installeringen, "
+"dokumentationen og systemet generelt. Vælg den verdensdel du befinder dig i, "
+"og så det sprog, du taler.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du klikker på '%s'-knappen kan du vælge andre sprog, der installeres  "
+"på maskinen, og derved installeres de sprogspecifikke filer for "
+"systemdokumentation og programmer. Hvis spanske brugere skal bruge din "
+"maskine, vælg da dansk som standardsproget i træ-visningen, og '%s' i den "
+"avancerede afdeling.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om UTF-8 (ISO 10646)-understøttelse. ISO 10646 er en ny tegnkodning som er "
+"beregnet til at dække alle eksiterende sprog. Dog er fuld understøttelse for "
+"dette i GNU/Linux stadig under udvikling. Af denne årsag vil Mandriva Linux' "
+"brug af UTF-8 afhænge af brugerens valg:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Hvis du vælger et sprog som har en lang tradition for tegnkodning (latin1 "
+"sprog, russisk, japansk, kinesisk, koreansk, thai, græsk, tyrkisk, de fleste "
+"iso-8859-2 sprog) vil den traditionelle tegnkodning blive brugt som "
+"standard;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Andre sprog vil bruge ISO 10646 som standard;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Hvis to eller flere sprog er krævet, og disse sprog ikke bruger samme "
+"kodning, så vil ISO 10646 blive brugt for hele systemet;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Endeligt kan ISO 10646 blive gennemtvunget for brugeren på hele systemet "
+"på foranledning af brugeren ved at vælge muligheden '%s' uafhængigt af "
+"hvilket sprog der er valgt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bemærk at du ikke er begrænset til at vælge et enkelt yderligere sprog. Du "
+"kan vælge flere sprog, eller endog installere dem alle ved at markere '%s'-"
+"boksen. Valg af understøttelse for et sprog betyder at oversættelser, "
+"skrifttyper, stavekontrol mv for dette sprog bliver installeret. \n"
+"For at skifte mellem de forskellige sprog installeret på systemet kan du "
+"starte programmet '/usr/sbin/localedrake' som 'root' for at ændre det sprog "
+"der bruges af hele systemet. Kørsel af dette program som almindelig bruger "
+"vil kun ændre sprogindstillingerne for denne bruger."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spansk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalt har DrakX ingen problemer med at finde ud af hvor mange knapper du "
+"har på din mus. Den antager at du har en to-knapsmus og vil lave en "
+"opsætning hvor den tredje knap emuleres. Den tredje knap for en to-knaps mus "
+"kan fås ved at trykke på den venstre og højre museknap samtidigt. DrakX vil "
+"automatisk vide om din mus bruger et PS/2, et serielt eller et USB-"
+"grænsesnit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du har en 3-knaps mus uden hjul, kan du vælge '%s'-musen. DrakX vil så "
+"konfigurere din mus så du kan simulere hjulet med den: for at gøre dette "
+"skal du trykke på midterknappen og flyttte op og ned på musen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du ønsker en anden type mus, vælg da den rigtige type mus fra den viste "
+"liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan vælge '%s'-indgangen for at få en 'generisk' musetype som vil virke "
+"med næsten alle mus.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du vælger en mus forskellig fra den forvalgte, vil der blive vist en "
+"afprøvningsskærm. Brug knapperne og hjulet for at efterprøve om indstillerne "
+"er korrekte, og at musen virker korrekt. Hvis musen ikke virker godt, tryk "
+"da på mellemrumstangenten eller vognretur for at annullere testen, og du vil "
+"vende tilbage til listen med mus.\n"
+"\n"
+"Til tider findes mus med hjul ikke automatisk, så du vil behøve at vælge din "
+"mus fra en liste. Forsikr dig om at du vælger den der passer til porten som "
+"din mus er tilsluttet. Efter valg af en mus og trykning på '%s'-knappen vil "
+"et billede blive vist med en mus på skærmen. Rul med musehjulet for at "
+"forsikre dig om at det er aktiveret korrekt. Når du ruller med dit musehjul "
+"vil du se musehjulet på skærmen bevæger sig. Afprøv knapperne og tjek at "
+"musemarkøren flytter sig når du flytter rundt på musen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "med hjul-emulering"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universel | Alle PS/2 & USB mus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg den rigtige port. For eksempel er navnet for COM1-porten  under MS "
+"Windows 'ttyS0' under GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette er den vanskeligste beslutning omkring sikkerheden af dit GNU/Linux- "
+"system: Du skal indtaste din 'root'-adgangskode. 'Root' er "
+"systemadministratoren og er den eneste bruger, der har lov til at lave "
+"opdateringer, tilføje brugere, ændre i den overordnede systemkonfiguration "
+"og så videre. Kort sagt, 'root' kan gøre alt! Derfor skal du vælge en "
+"adgangskode der er svær at gætte - DrakX vil fortælle dig hvis adgangskoden "
+"du valgte er for simpel. Som du kan se er du ikke tvunget til at indtaste en "
+"adgangskode, men vi advarer på det kraftigste mod dette. GNU/Linux er lige "
+"så udsat for behandlingsfejl som ethvert andet operativsystem. Da 'root' kan "
+"overvinde alle forhindringer og uforvarende slette alle data på partitioner "
+"ved sorgløst at behandle partitionerne selv, er det vigtigt at det er "
+"vanskeligt at blive 'root'.\n"
+"\n"
+"Adgangskoden bør være en blanding af bogstaver og tal og mindst 8 tegn "
+"langt. Skriv aldrig en adgangskode ned for 'root' - det gør det alt for nemt "
+"at bryde ind i dit system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Gør dog ikke adgangskoden for lang eller for kompliceret da du skal være i "
+"stand til at huske den uden for stort besvær!\n"
+"\n"
+"Adgangskoden vil ikke blive vist på skærmen når du indtaster den. Du skal "
+"derfor indtaste adgangskoden to gange, for at begrænse risikoen for "
+"tastefejl. Hvis du kommer til at lave den samme tastefejl to gange, skal du "
+"bruge denne 'ukorrekte' adgangskode den første gang du prøver at koble op "
+"som 'root'.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du ønsker at en autentificerings-server skal styre adgangen til din "
+"maskine, så klik på '%s'-knappen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis dit netværk bruger LDAP, NIS eller PDC Windows domæne-"
+"autentificeringstjenester, vælg da den rigtige som '%s'. Hvis du ikke véd "
+"hvilken der skal bruges, så bør du spørge din systemadministrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du har problemer med at huske adgangskoder, så kan du vælge '%s' hvis "
+"din maskine ikke vil være forbundet til Internettet, og du stoler på alle "
+"som kan få adgang til maskinen. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autentifikation"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"En opstartsindlæser er et lille program som startes af maskinen på "
+"opstartstidspunktet. Det er ansvarligt for at starte hele systemet op. "
+"Normalt er dette trin helt automatisk. DrakX vil analysere opstartssektoren "
+"på disken og handle ud fra det som findes der.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Hvis en opstartssektor for Windows bliver fundet, vil den erstatte denne "
+"med en GRUB- eller LILO-opstartsektor. På denne måde kan du indlæse enten "
+"GNU/Linux eller ethvert andet operativsystem installeret på din maskine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Hvis en opstartsektor for grub eller LILO bliver fundet, vil den blive "
+"erstattet med en ny.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis det ikke er mulig at afgøre dette automatisk, vil DrakX spørge dig hvor "
+"opstartsindlæseren skal installeres. Generelt er '%s' det sikreste sted. "
+"Valg af '%s' vil ikke installere nogen opstartsindlæser. Brug kun dette hvis "
+"du véd hvad du gør."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu er det tid til at vælge et udskrivningssystem for din maskine. Andre "
+"styresystemer tilbyder måske ét, men Mandriva tilbyder to. Printersystemerne "
+"er hver især bedst til en bestemt konfigurationstype.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s' - som betyder 'print, do not queue' (udskriv, kø ej), er valget, "
+"hvis du har en direkte forbindelse til din printer, og du ønsker at kunne "
+"klare printproblemer med det samme, og du ikke har nogen printere via "
+"netværk. ('%s' vil kun behandle meget simple netværkstilfælde, og er lidt "
+"sløvt på netværk.) Det anbefales at du bruger 'pdq' hvis dette er din første "
+"erfaring med GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s' - står for 'Common Unix Printing System' (Fælles printersystem for "
+"Unix) er fremragende til at udskrive på din lokale printer, og også på den, "
+"der står på den anden side af jordkloden. Det er nemt at konfigurere, og kan "
+"virke som en server eller klient for det bedagede 'lpd'-printsystem, så det "
+"er kompatibelt med ældre styresystemer, som stadig kan have brug for "
+"udskriftstjenester. Det er ganske stærkt, men den basale opsætning er næsten "
+"lige så nem som for 'pdq'. Hvis du har brug for at dette efterligner en "
+"'lpd'-server, skal du aktivere 'cups-lpd'-dæmonen. '%s' har grafiske "
+"grænseflader for udskrivning og valg af printermuligheder, og for "
+"administration af printeren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du laver et valg nu og senere finder ud af at du ikke kan lide dit "
+"udskriftssystem, kan du ændre det ved at køre PrinterDrake fra Mandriva "
+"Linuxs Kontrolcenter, og klikke på '%s'-knappen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ekspert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX vil først finde alle IDE-enheder der er tilstede på din maskine. Den "
+"vil også lede efter en eller flere PCI SCSI-kort på dit system. Hvis et SCSI-"
+"kort finDES, vil DrakX automatisk installere en driver til det.\n"
+"\n"
+"Da maskineleftersøgningen ikke er idiotsikker, kan DrakX fejle i at finde "
+"dine diskdrev. I så fald må du angive dit maskinel manuelt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du måtte angive dit PCI SCSI-kort manuelt, vil DrakX spørge om du vil "
+"specificere nogle indstillingsmuligheder for den. Du bør lade DrakX spørge "
+"udstyret om opsætning af kortspecifikke indstillinger, som er nødvendige for "
+"at initialisere kortet. De fleste gange vil DrakX finde ud af dette uden "
+"problemer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis DrakX ikke kan få oplysninger om indstillinger ud af udstyret, som skal "
+"bruges til opsætningen, skal du angive opsætningsinformation til driveren. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"'%s': Hvis et lydkort er blevet fundet på dit system, vil det blive vist "
+"her. Hvis du bemærker at lydkortet ikke er det som faktisk er til stede på "
+"systemet, kan du klikke på knappen og vælge en anden driver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Som en opsummering vil DrakX give dig en oversigt over information som den "
+"har indsamlet om dit system. Afhængig af det maskinel der er installeret på "
+"din maskine kan du have et eller flere af de følgende punkter. Hvert punkt "
+"består af den maskinelle enhed der skal konfigureres fulgt af en kort "
+"opsummering af den nuværende konfiguration. Klik på den tilsvarende \"%s\"-"
+"knap for at ændre på opsætningen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Tjek at din tastaturopsætning er korrekt og ændr om nødvendigt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Tjek det nuværende valg af land. Hvis du ikke er i dette land, så "
+"klik på \"%s\"-knappen og vælg et andet land. Hvis dit land ikke er i "
+"listen, så klik på \"%s\"-knappen for at få en fuldstændig liste over "
+"lande.\n"
+"\n"
+" ' \"%s\": Som standard bestemmer DrakX din tidszone ud fra hvilket land du "
+"har valgt. Du kan klikke på \"%s\" her, hvis dette ikke er korrekt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" :Tjek den nuværende museopsætning og klik på knappen for at ændre "
+"om nødvendigt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ved at klikke på \"%s\"-knappen åbnes printeropsætnings-\n"
+"hjælperen. Konsultér det tilhørende kapitel i begynderguiden for mere\n"
+"information om hvordan en printer kan sættes op. Grænsefladen som er vist\n"
+"i vores manual er magen til den som benyttes under installationen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * '%s': Hvis et lydkort er blevet fundet på dit system, vil det blive vist "
+"hér. Hvis du bemærker at lydkortet ikke er det som faktisk er til stede på "
+"systemet, kan du klikke på knappen og vælge en anden driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hvis du har et TV-kort, så er det her at information om dets "
+"konfiguration bliver vist. Hvis du har et TV-kort som ikke er fundet, så "
+"klik på \"%s\" for at sætte det op manuelt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Du kan klikke på \"%s\" for at ændre på parameterne til kortet, "
+"hvis du synes at konfigurationen er forkert.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Som standard vil DrakX opsætte din grafiske grænseflade i "
+"opløsningen 800x600 eller 1024x768. Hvis dette ikke passer dig, så klik på '%"
+"s'-knappen for at ændre på opsætningen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hvis du ønsker at konfigurere din adgang til internet eller "
+"lokalnet, kan du gøre dette nu. Kig i den trykte dokumentation eller brug "
+"Mandriva Linux Kontrolcenter efter installationen er afsluttet for at drage "
+"nytte af den fulde indbyggede vejledning. \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": lader dig konfigurere HTTP- og FTP-proxyadresser, hvis maskinen, "
+"du installerer på, skal placeres bag en proxyserver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Du kan her ændre på sikkerhedsniveauet som defineret i et "
+"tidligere trin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hvis du skal koble din maskine direkte til internet, er det en "
+"god idé at beskytte sig mod indtrængning med en brandmur. Kig i det "
+"tilsvarende afsnit i Begyndervejledningen for detaljer om opsætning af "
+"brandmur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hvis du vil ændre på konfigurationen for opstartsindlæseren, så "
+"klik på denne knap. Dette bør forbeholdes avancerede brugere. Kig i den "
+"trykte dokumentation eller i den indbyggede hjælp om konfiguration af "
+"opstartsindlæser i Mandriva Linux Kontrolcenter.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": her kan du fininstille hvilke tjenester som skal startes på din "
+"maskine. Hvis du skal bruge maskinen som server er det en god idé at "
+"gennemse denne opsætning."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN-kort"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafisk grænseflade"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg det diskdrev som du vil slette for at installere din nye Mandriva Linux "
+"partition. Vær forsigtig, alle data som er på denne partition vil gå tabt og "
+"vil ikke kunne genskabes!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik på '%s' hvis du ønsker at slette alle data og partitioner der ligger på "
+"dette diskdrev. Vær omhyggelig, efter klik på '%s' vil du ikke være i stand "
+"til at redde nogen data eller partitioner, der ligger på dette diskdrev, "
+"inklusive alle Windows data.\n"
+"Klik på '%s' for at stoppe denne handling uden at tabe nogen data og "
+"partitioner der er tilstede på dette diskdrev."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Næste ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Forrige"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/de.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/de.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e688af7b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/de.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2016 @@
+# translation of de.po to deutsch
+# translation of DrakX-de.po to deutsch
+# translation of de.po to Deutsch
+# translation of DrakX-de.po to german
+# german translation of the MandrivaInstaller.
+# Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Mandriva S.A.
+# Stefan Siegel <siegel@linux-mandrake.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003.
+# Sebastian Deutscher <sebastian_deutscher@web.de>, 2003,2004.
+# Gerhard Ortner <gerhard.ortner@aon.at>, 2003, 2004.
+# Roy Steuber <roysteuber@mittweida-net.de>, 2004.
+# Marcus Fischer <i18n@marcusfischer.com>, 2004.
+# Frank Köster <frank@dueppel13.de>, 2004, 2005.
+# Ronny Standtke <Ronny.Standtke@gmx.de>, 2003, 2004.
+# Ronny Standtke <Ronny.Standtke@gmx.net>, 2004, 2005.
+# Nicolas Bauer <webmaster@mandrakeusers.de>, 2005.
+# Frank Koester <frank@dueppel13.de>, 2005.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-de\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Frank Koester <frank@dueppel13.de>\n"
+"Language-Team: deutsch\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Lesen Sie bitte aufmerksam die Lizenz, bevor Sie fortfahren. Sie umfasst\n"
+"die gesamte Mandriva Linux Distribution. Sollten Sie nicht in allen Punkten\n"
+"zustimmen, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche „%s“, um die Installation\n"
+"abzubrechen. Um mit der Installation fortzufahren, betätigen Sie die\n"
+"Schaltfläche „%s“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux ist ein Mehrbenutzer-System, das bedeutet konkret jedes\n"
+"Benutzerkennzeichen hat eigene Präferenzen (Grafische Umgebung,\n"
+"Programmeinstellungen, etc.), sowie ein eigenes Heim-Verzeichnis, in dem\n"
+"diese Einstellungen gespeichert werden. Falls Sie mehr wissen wollen,\n"
+"können Sie im „Starter Handbuch“ nachsehen. Sie können mehrere normale\n"
+"Benutzerkonten einrichten, im Gegensatz zum „privilegierten“ Kennzeichen:\n"
+"»root«, das einmalig ist. Im Gegensatz zu »root« können diese normalen\n"
+"Benutzer jedoch nur ihre eigenen Dateien und Konfigurationen verändern. Sie\n"
+"können sogar mehrere Benutzerkennzeichen pro Person einrichten, denen Sie\n"
+"Zugang zu Ihrem GNU/Linux-System gewähren wollen. Erstellen Sie sich ein\n"
+"eigenes Benutzerkennzeichen, auch wenn Sie der einzige Anwender sind, der\n"
+"diesen Rechner nutzt. Sie sollten nicht ständig mit dem privilegierten\n"
+"Kennzeichen arbeiten! Das ist ein hohes Sicherheitsrisiko! Wenn Sie einen\n"
+"schweren Fehler als einfacher Benutzer machen, dann können Sie maximal\n"
+"Daten verlieren, jedoch nicht Ihr gesamtes System unbrauchbar machen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zuerst geben Sie bitte einen normalen Namen an. Das muss nicht\n"
+"notwendigerweise Ihr richtiger Name sein. „DrakX“ wird das erste Wort, das\n"
+"Sie eingegeben haben, in das Feld „%s“ eintragen. Dies ist der Name, den\n"
+"Sie zum Anmelden für dieses Kennzeichen benötigen. Natürlich können Sie ihn\n"
+"hier nach Belieben verändern. Dann geben Sie Ihrem Konto ein Passwort. Für\n"
+"ein Benutzerkennzeichen ist dieses zwar nicht von so herausragender\n"
+"Bedeutung wie das für »root«, doch Sie sollten trotzdem etwas Sorgfalt\n"
+"walten lassen. Immerhin sind es Ihre Daten ...\n"
+"\n"
+"Klicken Sie auf „%s“, um das Kennzeichen zu erstellen. Anschließend können\n"
+"Sie direkt weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Wenn Sie alle Kennzeichen erstellt\n"
+"haben, klicken Sie auf „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ haben Sie auch die Möglichkeit, die\n"
+"Standard-Shell dieses Benutzers ändern (normalerweise ist dies die „Bash“).\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie alle Kennzeichen erstellt haben, die Sie nutzen wollen, wird Ihnen\n"
+"die Möglichkeit eröffnet, ein Kennzeichen automatisch beim\n"
+"Betriebssystemstart angemeldet zu bekommen. Falls Sie sich für diese\n"
+"Funktionalität entscheiden (und wenig Wert auf Sicherheit legen) wählen Sie\n"
+"einfach die gewünschte Arbeitsumgebung und das Kennzeichen aus. Bestätigen\n"
+"Sie Ihre Auswahl durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“. Andernfalls löschen\n"
+"Sie einfach die Markierung des Punktes „%s“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Möchten Sie diese Möglichkeit nutzen?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie erhalten die Liste, der auf Ihren Festplatten gefundenen GNU/Linux\n"
+"Partitionen. Sie können die Auswahl des Assistenten beibehalten - sie\n"
+"sollte normalerweise Ihren Bedürfnissen entsprechen. Falls Sie es vorziehen\n"
+"die Einhängpunkte selbst zu definieren, denken Sie bitte daran, dass Sie\n"
+"zumindest eine Verzeichnisbaumwurzel („/“) benötigen. Wählen Sie die\n"
+"Partitionen nicht zu klein, da Sie sonst nicht genügend Programme\n"
+"installieren können. Wenn Sie Ihre persönlichen Daten auf einer eigenen\n"
+"Partition halten wollen, legen Sie sich eine Partition namens „/home“ an.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Partitionen werden folgendermaßen aufgelistet: „Name“, „Kapazität“.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Name“ hat folgende Struktur: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“,\n"
+"„Partitionsnummer“ (etwa „hda1“).\n"
+"\n"
+"„Festplattentyp“ ist „hd“, falls Ihre Platte eine IDE/ATAPI-Platte ist, und\n"
+"„sd“, wenn es sich um eine SCSI-Platte handelt.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Festplattennummer“ ist immer der Buchstabe hinter dem Festplattentyp. Bei\n"
+"IDE-Platten bedeutet:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „a“ bedeutet „Master-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „b“ bedeutet „Slave-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „c“ bedeutet „Master-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „d“ bedeutet „Slave-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+"Bei SCSI-Platten steht „a“ für „niedrigste SCSI-ID“, „b“ für\n"
+"„zweitniedrigste SCSI-ID“, etc."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Mandriva Linux-Distribution wird auf mehreren CD-ROMs ausgeliefert. Es\n"
+"kann daher vorkommen, dass DrakX Pakete von anderen, als der\n"
+"Installations-CD-ROM installieren will. In diesem Fall wird es die aktuelle\n"
+"CD auswerfen und nach einer anderen fragen. Wenn Sie dieses CD nicht haben,\n"
+"klicken Sie einfach auf „%s“. Die entsprechenden Pakete werden in dem Fall\n"
+"nicht installiert."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Nun ist es Zeit sich zu entscheiden, welche Programme Sie auf Ihrem Rechner\n"
+"installieren wollen. Es gibt tausende von Paketen für Mandriva Linux, und\n"
+"Sie müssen sie nicht alle auswendig kennen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Pakete sind nach ihrer Verwendung in vier Kategorien eingeteilt. Sie\n"
+"können Pakete aus verschiedenen Kategorien nach Belieben mischen, sodass\n"
+"beispielsweise eine „Workstation“-Installation auch Bestandteile einer\n"
+"„Server“-Installation aufweisen kann.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Ihr Rechner als Arbeitsplatzrechner verwendet werden soll,\n"
+"markieren Sie eine oder mehrere Gruppen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie mit Ihrem Rechner programmieren wollen, sollten Sie\n"
+"diese Gruppe markieren. Die spezielle Gruppe „LSB“ wird Ihr System\n"
+"möglichst eng an den Vorgaben der Linux Standard Base ausrichten.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Die Auswahl der „LSB“-Gruppe bewirkt auch, dass der Kernel „2.4“\n"
+"anstelle des standardmäßigen Kernel „2.6“ installiert wird, um die 100%%ige\n"
+"Einhaltung der-LSB-Bedingungen zu garantieren. Allerdings erhalten Sie auch\n"
+"ohne die Auswahl der „LSB“-Gruppe ein nahezu 100%%ig LSB-konformes System.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Wenn Ihre Maschine ein Server werden soll, können Sie hier die\n"
+"wichtigsten Dienste auswählen, die auf Ihren Rechner installiert werden\n"
+"sollen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte grafische Arbeitsoberfläche. Wenn\n"
+"Sie eine grafische Oberfläche verwenden wollen, so müssen Sie hier\n"
+"zumindest eine Gruppe auswählen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie die Maus über eine Gruppe bewegen, erhalten Sie einen kurzen\n"
+"erklärenden Text über die Gruppe.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie können auch die „%s“ markieren. Das macht Sinn, wenn Sie die Pakete\n"
+"genau kennen oder wenn Sie volle Kontrolle darüber haben wollen, was\n"
+"installiert werden soll.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haben Sie die Installation als „%s“ gestartet, können Sie die Markierungen\n"
+"aller Gruppen entfernen, um die Installation neuer Pakete zu vermeiden.\n"
+"Hierdurch werden nur bereits installierte Pakete aktualisiert oder\n"
+"repariert.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie bei einer normalen Installation alle Gruppen de-markieren\n"
+"erscheint ein Dialog, der Ihnen verschiedene Optionen für eine\n"
+"Minimal-Installation anbietet:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ Installiert eine rudimentäre grafische Oberfläche;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ Installiert das Basissystem zuzüglich grundlegender Werkzeuge\n"
+"inklusive deren Dokumentation. Dies ist die sinnvollste Wahl für eine\n"
+"Serverinstallation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ Sie erhalten eine komplett „nackte“ 65MB große\n"
+"GNU/Linux-Distribution. Es versteht sich von selbst, dass das nur eine\n"
+"Kommandozeileninstallation sein kann."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Aktualisierung"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Mit minimaler Dokumentation (Empfohlen)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Minimal-Installation"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie sich für die einzelne Paketauswahl entschieden haben erhalten Sie "
+"eine\n"
+"Baumliste aller Pakete, nach Gruppen und Untergruppen klassifiziert. Beim\n"
+"Durchstöbern des Baums können Sie Gruppen, Untergruppen oder einzelne "
+"Pakete\n"
+"auswählen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie ein Paket auswählen, erscheint rechts eine kurze Beschreibung.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Es kommt vor, dass Server- und Dienst-Pakete angewählt wurden - entweder\n"
+"absichtlich, oder als Paket einer ganzen Gruppe; sollte das der Fall sein,\n"
+"werden Sie nun gefragt, ob Sie diese wirklich installiert haben wollen.\n"
+"Unter Mandriva Linux werden installierte Server und Dienste automatisch "
+"beim\n"
+"Betriebssystemstart gestartet. Selbst wenn zum Zeitpunkt, als die\n"
+"Distribution zusammengestellt wurde, keine Sicherheitslücken oder Fehler in\n"
+"diesen Paketen bekannt waren, ist natürlich nicht auszuschließen, dass\n"
+"später solche Fehler gefunden werden. Sollten Sie also nicht wissen, wovon\n"
+"hier die Rede ist, wählen Sie sicherheitshalber lieber „%s“. Falls Sie mit\n"
+"„%s“ antworten, werden die Dienste und Server installiert und stehen Ihnen\n"
+"nach der Installation standardmäßig zur Verfügung. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Option „%s“ unterdrückt nur die Warnungen, die erscheinen, wenn das\n"
+"Installationsprogramm Pakete automatisch markiert, um Paketabhängigkeiten\n"
+"aufzulösen, wenn Sie ein Paket auswählen. Einige Pakete hängen von der\n"
+"Existenz anderer Pakete ab und die Installation eines Pakets mag die\n"
+"Installation eines anderen voraussetzen. Das Installprogramm ist in der\n"
+"Lage, diese Abhängigkeiten zu erkennen und zu erfüllen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Das kleine Diskettensymbol am unteren Rand der Liste ermöglicht es Ihnen,\n"
+"die während einer vorangegangenen Installation gespeicherte Paketauswahl\n"
+"erneut zu verwenden. Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche öffnen Sie einen\n"
+"Dialog, der Sie auffordert, die Diskette einzulegen, die die Auswahl der\n"
+"früheren Installation enthält. Um zu erfahren, wie Sie diese Diskette\n"
+"erstellen, lesen Sie bitte den zweiten Tipp des vorangegangenen\n"
+"Installationsschrittes."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatische Abhängigkeiten"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ startet den Druckerassistenten.\n"
+"Weitere Informationen zu diesem Assistenten erhalten Sie im Drucker-Kapitel\n"
+"des „Starter Handbuch“. Das dort vorgestellte Programm entspricht dem\n"
+"während der Installation angebotenen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Als nächstes können Sie die Dienste auswählen, die während des\n"
+"Betriebssystemstarts aktiviert werden sollen.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX listet hier alle Dienste, die nach der aktuellen Installation zum\n"
+"BS-Start zur Verfügung stehen, angezeigt. Lesen Sie diese Liste sorgfältig\n"
+"durch und markieren Sie nur die Dienste, die Sie immer ab dem BS-Start zur\n"
+"Verfügung haben wollen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie einen Dienst anwählen, erhalten Sie eine kurze Erklärung dazu.\n"
+"Wenn Sie nicht sicher sind, ob ein Dienst bzw. Server sinnvoll ist oder\n"
+"nicht, verändern Sie am Besten die voreingestellten Markierungen nicht.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Sollten Sie Ihren Rechner als Server verwenden wollen, so müssen Sie an\n"
+"dieser Stelle besonders vorsichtig sein: wählen Sie alle Dienste ab, die\n"
+"Sie nicht benötigen. Denken Sie daran, dass etliche Dienste eine\n"
+"potentielle Einbruchstelle in das System von außen darstellen, wenn diese\n"
+"im Serverbetrieb laufen. Also, nur die Dienste einschalten, die Sie\n"
+"wirklich brauchen! !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux arbeitet mit GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) und übersetzt diese anhand\n"
+"der Zeitzone in Ihre lokale Zeit. Falls die Uhr Ihres Computers auf die\n"
+"lokale Zeit eingestellt ist, sollten Sie die Option „%s“ deaktivieren.\n"
+"Dadurch wird GNU/Linux mitgeteilt, dass sich die Systemzeit und die\n"
+"Hardware-Uhr in der gleichen Zeitzone befinden. Dieses Verfahren ist\n"
+"notwendig, wenn Sie auf Ihrem Computer noch ein weiteres Betriebssystem per\n"
+"Dual-Boot betreiben.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Verwendung der Option „%s“ reguliert Ihre Uhr, indem sie Verbindung mit\n"
+"einem Zeitserver im Internet aufnimmt. Wählen Sie aus der Liste einen\n"
+"Server in Ihrer Nähe. Damit die funktioniert benötigen Sie eine ständige\n"
+"Internetverbindung. Mit dieser Option installieren Sie einen Time-Server,\n"
+"der von weiteren Maschinen Ihres lokalen Netzwerks genutzt werden kann."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatische Zeit-Synchronisation (durch NTP)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafikkarte\n"
+"\n"
+"   DrakX erkennt normalerweise automatisch Ihre Grafikkarte und richtet sie\n"
+"entsprechend ein. Sollten dabei Probleme auftreten, können Sie in der hier\n"
+"aufgeführten Liste Ihr Modell auswählen.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Falls für Ihre Karte verschiedene Server zur Verfügung stehen, etwa mit\n"
+"und ohne 3D-Beschleunigung, werden Sie gebeten, den zu wählen, der Ihren\n"
+"Bedürfnissen am besten entspricht."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (das X Window System) ist das Herz der grafischen Benutzeroberfläche von\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Es bildet die Grundlage für die Vielzahl grafischer\n"
+"Benutzerumgebungen, die Mandriva Linux Ihnen anbietet (wie etwa KDE, GNOME,\n"
+"AfterStep oder WindowMaker).\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie erhalten eine Liste möglicher Parameter, mit deren Hilfe Sie die\n"
+"Grafikausgabe ändern können:\n"
+"\n"
+"Grafikkarte\n"
+"\n"
+"   DrakX erkennt normalerweise automatisch Ihre Grafikkarte und richtet sie\n"
+"entsprechend ein. Sollten dabei Probleme auftreten, können Sie in der hier\n"
+"aufgeführten Liste Ihr Modell auswählen.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Falls für Ihre Karte verschiedene Server zur Verfügung stehen, etwa mit\n"
+"und ohne 3D-Beschleunigung, werden Sie gebeten, den zu wählen, der Ihren\n"
+"Bedürfnissen am besten entspricht.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   DrakX erkennt normalerweise automatisch Ihren Monitor. Sollten dabei\n"
+"Probleme auftreten, können Sie in der hier aufgeführten Liste Ihr Modell\n"
+"auswählen.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Auflösung\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sie können hier Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihre Hardware wählen.\n"
+"Entscheiden Sie sich, welche Variante Ihren Wünschen am ehesten entspricht\n"
+"(Sie können diese Angaben natürlich nach der Installation noch ändern).\n"
+"Anhand des abgebildeten Monitors können Sie sich einen sofortigen Eindruck\n"
+"bilden.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Je nach Hardware kann es sein, dass dieser Eintrag nicht erscheint.\n"
+"\n"
+"   DrakX versucht eine Testbild mit denen von Ihnen gewünschten\n"
+"Einstellungen zu öffnen. Falls Sie während des Tests einen Dialog sehen, in\n"
+"dem Sie gefragt werden, ob sie die getroffenen Einstellungen behalten\n"
+"wollen, antworten Sie mit „%s“, damit DrakX mit dem nächsten\n"
+"Installationsschritt fortfährt. Sollten Sie die Nachricht nicht sehen,\n"
+"bedeutet das, dass eine oder mehrere getroffene Einstellungen nicht korrekt\n"
+"sind. Nach 12 Sekunden sollten Sie wieder das Installationsmenü sehen. Sie\n"
+"können nun die Einstellungen ändern, bis Sie das Testbild sehen.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Optionen\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sie können direkt bei Betriebssystemstart die grafische Umgebung\n"
+"aktivieren. Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ wird in eine reine\n"
+"Textumgebung gestartet. Das ist sinnvoll für Server oder wenn Sie bei dem\n"
+"Versuch die grafische Umgebung zu konfigurieren erfolglos waren."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   DrakX erkennt normalerweise automatisch Ihren Monitor. Sollten dabei\n"
+"Probleme auftreten, können Sie in der hier aufgeführten Liste Ihr Modell\n"
+"auswählen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Auflösung\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sie können hier Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihre Hardware wählen.\n"
+"Entscheiden Sie sich, welche Variante Ihren Wünschen am ehesten entspricht\n"
+"(Sie können diese Angaben natürlich nach der Installation noch ändern). Sie\n"
+"können sich einen Eindruck anhand des abgebildeten Monitors bilden."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls für Ihre Karte verschiedene Server zur Verfügung stehen, etwa mit und\n"
+"ohne 3D-Beschleunigung, werden Sie gebeten, den zu wählen, der Ihren\n"
+"Bedürfnissen am besten entspricht."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Optionen\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sie können direkt bei Betriebssystemstart die grafische Umgebung\n"
+"aktivieren. Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ wird in eine reine\n"
+"Textumgebung gestartet. Das ist sinnvoll für Server oder wenn Sie bei dem\n"
+"Versuch die grafische Umgebung zu konfigurieren erfolglos waren."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, wo auf Ihrer Festplatte Ihr Mandriva Linux\n"
+"System installiert werden soll. Sofern alles leer ist bzw. ein\n"
+"Betriebssystem alles belegt, muss die Festplatte neu partitioniert werden.\n"
+"Prinzipiell besteht das Partitionieren der Festplatte darin, den\n"
+"Plattenplatz so aufzuteilen, dass Ihr Mandriva Linux darauf installiert\n"
+"werden kann.\n"
+"\n"
+"Da dieser Schritt normalerweise irreversibel ist und auch zu Datenverlusten\n"
+"führen kann, haben manche unerfahrenen Benutzer Hemmungen, diesen Schritt\n"
+"auszuführen. Glücklicherweise enthält DrakX einen Assistenten, der den\n"
+"Prozess sehr vereinfacht. Lesen Sie dennoch vor Beginn im Handbuch die\n"
+"entsprechenden Passagen und lassen Sie sich Zeit mit der Entscheidung.\n"
+"\n"
+"Abhängig vom aktuellen Zustand Ihrer Festplatte haben Sie verschiedene\n"
+"Alternativen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Dies führt einfach dazu, dass Ihre leere(n) Festplatte(n)\n"
+"automatisch partitioniert werden; Sie müssen sich also um nichts weiter\n"
+"kümmern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Der Assistent hat eine oder mehrere existierende Linux-Partitionen\n"
+"auf Ihrer Platte gefunden. Wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche, falls Sie sie\n"
+"behalten wollen. Sie werden dann gebeten, die Einhängpunkte der Partitionen\n"
+"anzugeben. Als Vorgabe erhalten Sie die Einhängpunkte der gefundenen\n"
+"Distribution, normalerweise ist es nicht nötig diese zu ändern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls der gesamte Plattenplatz aktuell für Microsoft Windows™\n"
+"verschwendet ist, müssen Sie für GNU/Linux Platz schaffen. Um dies zu\n"
+"erreichen, können Sie entweder Ihre Microsoft Windows™ Partition(en)\n"
+"samt Daten löschen (siehe „Komplette Platte löschen“) oder Ihre Microsoft\n"
+"Windows NTFS oder FAT Partition verkleinern. Letzteres geht ohne\n"
+"Datenverlust, vorausgesetzt Sie haben ihre Windows Partition(en) vorher\n"
+"defragmentiert. Dennoch sollten Sie vor diesem Schritt eine Sicherungskopie\n"
+"Ihrer Daten auf einem anderem Medium als der zu verändernden Festplatte\n"
+"vornehmen. Sie sollten diese Variante wählen, falls Sie beide\n"
+"Betriebssysteme (Microsoft Windows und Mandriva Linux) nebeneinander nutzen\n"
+"wollen.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bevor Sie sich für diese Variante entscheiden, sei hier noch einmal\n"
+"betont, dass das bedeutet, Sie haben weniger Platz für Microsoft Windows\n"
+"als momentan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie alle Daten Ihrer Platte verlieren, und sie durch Ihr\n"
+"neues Mandriva Linux System ersetzen wollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche.\n"
+"Beachten Sie, dass dieser Schritt nicht rückgängig gemacht werden kann.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Wenn Sie diese Variante wählen, werden alle Ihre Daten auf der Platte\n"
+"gelöscht! !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Diese Option erscheint, wenn der gesamte Platz von Microsoft\n"
+"Windows eingenommen wird. Bei der Auswahl der Option wird einfach der\n"
+"gesamte Inhalt der Platte gelöscht und neu partitioniert.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Wenn Sie diese Variante wählen, werden alle Ihre Daten auf der Platte\n"
+"gelöscht! !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Wenn Sie Ihre Festplatte selbst von Hand partitionieren wollen,\n"
+"dann können Sie diese Option wählen. Seien Sie bitte sehr sorgfältig, wenn\n"
+"Sie diese Lösung wählen, da Sie zwar alle möglichen Einstellungen\n"
+"vornehmen, aber gleichzeitig auch sehr leicht Daten verlieren können. Diese\n"
+"Option ist nur geeignet, wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun. Um zu erfahren, wie\n"
+"Sie DiskDrake verwenden können, lesen Sie bitte das Kapitel „Ihre\n"
+"Partitionen verwalten“ im „Starter Handbuch“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Verwende existierende Partition(en)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Komplette Platte löschen"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Nun ist es soweit, die Installation ist abgeschlossen und Ihr neues\n"
+"Betriebssystem sollte einsatzbereit sein. Klicken Sie nur noch auf „%s“ und\n"
+"das System wird neu gestartet. Vergessen Sie nicht, vorher das\n"
+"Installationsmedium (CD oder Diskette) zu entfernen. Das erste, was Sie bei\n"
+"dem Neustart nach dem Hardwaretest Ihres Computers sehen, ist das\n"
+"Auswahlmenü Ihres Bootloaders, aus dem Sie das zu startende Betriebssystems\n"
+"auswählen können.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Schaltfläche „%s“ liefert zwei weitere Schaltflächen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Hiermit können Sie eine Installationsdiskette erstellen, mit deren\n"
+"Hilfe Sie eine identische automatische Installation ohne Interaktion eines\n"
+"Administrators durchzuführen können.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Es gibt zwei verschiedene Alternativen, nachdem Sie diese Schaltfläche\n"
+"aktiviert haben:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“: Diese Installation ist nur teilweise automatisch, da der\n"
+"Partitionierungsschritt (aber nur dieser!) immer noch interaktiv vonstatten\n"
+"geht.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“: Vollautomatische Installation: Die Festplatte wird vollständig\n"
+"reorganisiert. Alle darauf vorhandenen Daten gehen verloren!\n"
+"\n"
+"   Diese Funktion ist besonders nützlich, wenn man eine Menge von\n"
+"identischer Rechner einrichten will. Weitere Informationen erhalten Sie\n"
+"auch auf der Seite Auto install\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“:(*) Sie speichern damit die Paketauswahl, die Sie vorher getroffen\n"
+"haben. Wenn Sie später eine erneute Installation vornehmen wollen, legen\n"
+"Sie einfach die Diskette ins Laufwerk und starten Sie die Installation\n"
+"mittels [F1] an der ersten Eingabeaufforderung. Geben Sie dann »linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"« ein.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Sie benötigen eine FAT formatierte Diskette (Mittels „mformat a:“ oder\n"
+"„fdformat /dev/fd0“, gefolgt von „mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0“ können Sie unter\n"
+"GNU/Linux eine solche erstellen)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Erstellen einer Autoinstallations-Diskette"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie erhalten hier die Möglichkeit bereits existierende Partitionen neu zu\n"
+"formatieren, um die darauf vorhandenen Daten zu löschen. Markieren Sie\n"
+"diese einfach ebenfalls in der Liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Es sei angemerkt, dass nicht alle Partitionen neu formatiert werden müssen.\n"
+"Sie sollten normalerweise nur die Partitionen neu formatieren, die\n"
+"Systemdateien, jedoch keine Privatdaten enthalten (etwa „/“, „/usr“ oder\n"
+"„/var“). Partitionen wie etwa „/home“ sollten Sie normalerweise nicht neu\n"
+"formatieren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Seien Sie sorgfältig bei der Auswahl der Partitionen. Nach dem Formatieren\n"
+"sind alle zuvor darauf existierenden Daten unwiederbringlich verloren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie alle Einstellungen vorgenommen haben, betätigen Sie die\n"
+"Schaltfläche „%s“, um mit dem Formatieren der Partitionen zu beginnen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Betätigen Sie „%s“, wenn Sie eine andere Partition für Ihr neues\n"
+"Mandriva Linux vorgesehen haben.\n"
+"\n"
+"Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, falls Sie Partitionen auf defekte\n"
+"Blöcke untersuchen wollen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Es ist sehr wahrscheinlich, dass zum Zeitpunkt Ihrer Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Installation bereits einige Pakete aktualisiert wurden, etwa da noch Fehler\n"
+"entdeckt und beseitigt wurden oder da in Paketen Sicherheitslücken entdeckt\n"
+"wurden, für die bereits Lösungen existieren. Um von diesen aktualisierten\n"
+"Paketen Gebrauch zu machen, wird Ihnen nun angeboten, diese aus dem\n"
+"Internet nachzuladen. Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, wenn Sie einen\n"
+"Internetzugang haben, um die Pakete zu installieren, andernfalls betätigen\n"
+"Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“. Sie können diese Pakete natürlich auch jederzeit\n"
+"nach der Installation noch installieren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von Servern, von\n"
+"denen Sie die Aktualisierungen herunterladen können. Wählen Sie einen in\n"
+"Ihrer Nähe. Sie erhalten dann einen Paketauswahldialog: Kontrollieren Sie\n"
+"die Auswahl und bestätigen Sie diese durch Betätigen von „%s“. Die Pakete\n"
+"werden nun angefordert und installiert. Sollten Sie das nicht wünschen,\n"
+"betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche „%s“."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Nun ist es an der Zeit, mittels DrakX die gewünschte Sicherheitsebene für\n"
+"Ihr System festzulegen. Als Faustregel sollte hier dienen: Je zugänglicher\n"
+"die Maschine ist und je kritischer die auf ihr gesicherten Daten sind,\n"
+"desto höher sollte die Sicherheitsebene sein. Andererseits geht die\n"
+"gewonnene Sicherheit zulasten der Benutzerfreundlichkeit und Einfachheit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollten Sie sich an dieser Stelle nicht sicher sein, so behalten Sie die\n"
+"Standardeinstellung bei. Sie können die Ebene später noch mittels draksec\n"
+"im Mandriva Linux Control Center anpassen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Das Feld „%s“ dient dazu, dem System mitzuteilen, wer für die Sicherheit\n"
+"dieses Rechners verantwortlich ist. An dieses Kennzeichen/diese E-Mail\n"
+"Adresse werden sicherheitsrelevante Informationen per E-Mail versandt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Sicherheitsadministrator:"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, auf welche(n) Partition(en) Ihr neues Mandriva\n"
+"Linux System installiert werden soll. Falls bereits Partitionen existieren\n"
+"(etwa von einer früheren Installation von GNU/Linux oder durch das Erzeugen\n"
+"mit einem anderen Partitionierungswerkzeug), können Sie diese verwenden.\n"
+"Anderenfalls müssen Sie Partitionen definieren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Um Partitionen zu erzeugen müssen Sie erst eine Festplatte wählen. Sie\n"
+"können die Platte wählen in dem Sie „hda“ für die erste IDE-Platte wählen,\n"
+"„sda“ für die erste SCSI-Platte, usw.\n"
+"\n"
+"Um die gewählte Platte zu partitionieren stehen folgende Möglichkeiten zur\n"
+"Verfügung:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Betätigen dieser Schaltfläche löscht alle Partitionen auf der\n"
+"markierten Festplatte.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Dieser Punkt aktiviert die automatische ext3- und\n"
+"Swap-Partitionen-Erstellung im ungenutzten Bereich Ihrer Festplatte.\n"
+"\n"
+"„%s“: bietet Zugriff auf weitere Möglichkeiten:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Sie können hiermit Ihre aktuelle Partitionstabelle auf Diskette\n"
+"speichern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie eine vorher auf Diskette\n"
+"gesicherte Partitionstabelle wieder herstellen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Sollte Ihre Partitionstabelle zerstört worden sein, können Sie\n"
+"versuchen, mit dieser Schaltfläche eine Restaurierung vorzunehmen. Seien\n"
+"Sie vorsichtig! Es ist nicht unwahrscheinlich, dass dieser Versuch fehl\n"
+"schlägt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Alle Änderungen verwerfen und mit der ursprünglichen\n"
+"Partitionstabelle neu beginnen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Entfernen dieser Markierung führt dazu, dass die Anwender\n"
+"hinterher die Wechselmedien manuell ein- und aushängen müssen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie keine Ahnung haben wie Sie die Festplatte partitionieren\n"
+"sollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Sie überlassen damit die gesamte\n"
+"Arbeit unserem Assistenten, der mittels „Abra Kadabra“™ Ihre Platte\n"
+"partitioniert.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie alle Einstellungen rückgängig\n"
+"machen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Anbieten bzw. Maskieren von Zusatzmöglichkeiten.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Nachdem Sie das Partitionieren Ihrer Festplatte beendet haben,\n"
+"aktivieren Sie diese Schaltfläche, um Ihre Änderungen zu speichern.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie die Größe einer Partition festlegen wollen, können Sie die\n"
+"Feineinstellungen mit den Rechts- / Links-Pfeiltasten Ihrer Tastatur\n"
+"vornehmen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Information: Sie können alle Einstellungen per Tastatur vornehmen. Mittels\n"
+"[Tab] und den Hoch-/Runter-Pfeiltasten können Sie sich bewegen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn eine Partition ausgewählt ist, können Sie mittels:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Strg-C - eine neue Partition erstellen (wenn Sie auf einer leeren\n"
+"Partition sind)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Strg-D - die Partition löschen\n"
+"\n"
+" * Strg-M - den Einhängpunkt festlegen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Um mehr Informationen über die verschiedenen Dateisystemtypen zu erhalten,\n"
+"lesen Sie bitte das Kapitel ext2FS in der „Referenz“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls Sie die Installation auf einem PPC-Rechner vornehmen, sollten Sie\n"
+"eine mindestens 1MB, große HFS Start-Partition für den\n"
+"Betriebssystemstarter yaboot erstellen. Wenn Sie diese Partition etwas\n"
+"größer dimensionieren, etwa 50MB, haben Sie einen geeigneten Platz, um\n"
+"einen Rettungskern samt RamDisk abzulegen, um in Notfällen starten zu\n"
+"können."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Wechselmedien automatisch einhängen"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "In den Normal-Modus wechseln"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Es wurde mehr als eine Windows-Partition gefunden. Wählen Sie bitte, welche\n"
+"Sie verkleinern wollen, um Platz für Ihr neues Mandriva Linux zu schaffen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Partitionen werden folgendermaßen aufgelistet: „Linux-Name“,\n"
+"„Windows-Name“, „Kapazität“.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Linux-Name“ hat folgende Struktur: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“,\n"
+"„Partitionsnummer“ (etwa „hda1“).\n"
+"\n"
+"„Festplattentyp“ ist „hd“, falls Ihre Platte eine IDE/ATAPI-Platte ist, und\n"
+"„sd“, wenn es sich um eine SCSI-Platte handelt.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Festplattennummer“ ist immer der Buchstabe hinter dem Festplattentyp. Bei\n"
+"IDE-Platten bedeutet:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „a“ ist „Master-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „b“ ist „Slave-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „c“ ist „Master-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „d“ ist „Slave-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+"Bei SCSI-Platten steht „a“ für „niedrigste SCSI-ID“, „b“ für\n"
+"„zweitniedrigste SCSI-ID“, etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Windows-Name“ ist der Buchstabe, den die Partition (vermutlich) unter\n"
+"Windows erhalten würde (die erste Partition der ersten Platte heißt „C:“)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: Kontrollieren Sie, ob die Auswahl des Staates, in dem Sie sich\n"
+"befinden korrekt ist. Falls nicht, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche\n"
+"„%s“ und wählen Sie den richtigen. Ist Ihr Staat nicht in der Liste, können\n"
+"Sie über die Schaltfläche „%s“ eine vollständigere Liste erzwingen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieser Schritt wird nur aufgerufen, wenn mindestens eine GNU/Linux\n"
+"Partition auf Ihren Festplatten gefunden wird.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX fragt Sie nun nach der gewünschten Installationsart. Sie haben die\n"
+"Wahl zwischen einer Aktualisierung einer bereits vorhandenen\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-Version oder einer kompletten Neuinstallation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Entfernt komplett ältere Versionen von Mandriva Linux, die noch\n"
+"installiert sind - um genau zu sein, können Sie je nach aktuellem Inhalt\n"
+"Ihrer Platte auch einige ältere Linux- oder anderweitige Partitionen\n"
+"unangetastet behalten. Diese Installationsart ist gut, wenn Sie die\n"
+"Partitionseinteilung auf Ihrer Festplatte sowieso ändern oder das benutzte\n"
+"Dateisystem austauschen wollen\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Mit dieser Variante können Sie eine existierende Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Version aktualisieren. Die Partitionstabellen sowie die persönlichen\n"
+"Verzeichnisse der Anwender bleiben erhalten. Alle anderen\n"
+"Installationsschritte werden wie bei einer Installation ausgeführt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Aktualisierungen von Mandriva Linux „8.1“ oder neueren Systemen sollten\n"
+"problemlos funktionieren. Ältere Versionen von Mandriva Linux sollten Sie\n"
+"nicht zu aktualisieren versuchen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Entsprechend der ausgewählten Sprache ()versucht DrakX das für Sie passende\n"
+"Tastaturlayout aus.\n"
+"\n"
+"Möglicherweise haben Sie jedoch eine Tastatur, die nicht dieser Einstellung\n"
+"entspricht: wenn Sie beispielsweise in der Schweiz eine deutsche Tastatur\n"
+"verwenden wollen oder wenn Sie in Québec (dem französischsprachigen Teil\n"
+"Kanadas) eine französischsprachige Tastatur besitzen. Wählen Sie einfach\n"
+"ein passendes Layout aus der Liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollten Sie eine andere als die zur gewählten Sprache gehörende Tastatur\n"
+"verwenden wollen, wählen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“. Sie erhalten dann eine\n"
+"Liste aller unterstützten Tastaturen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollten Sie sich für ein Tastaturlayout einer nicht lateinischen Sprache\n"
+"entschieden haben, werden Sie im nächsten Schritt gefragt, mit welcher\n"
+"Tastenkombination Sie zwischen dem von Ihnen gewählten und dem lateinischen\n"
+"Layout umschalten wollen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ersten Schritt wählen Sie bitte die gewünschte Sprache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wählen Sie Ihre bevorzugte Sprache für den Installationsvorgang und\n"
+"Systemlaufzeit. Wählen Sie zuerst die Region, in der Sie sich befinden,\n"
+"anschließend die Sprache, die Sie sprechen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ erhalten Sie die Möglichkeit, weitere\n"
+"Sprachen auf Ihrem Rechner zu installieren, um diese später verwenden zu\n"
+"können. Wollen Sie etwa Spaniern muttersprachlichen Zugang zu Ihrem System\n"
+"erlauben, wählen Sie Deutsch als Hauptsprache in der Liste und im\n"
+"Fortgeschrittenen-Bereich „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zur UTF-8 (Unicode) Unterstützung: Unicode ist ein Zeichenkodierung, die\n"
+"die existierenden Kodierungen ablösen soll und die Zeichen aller\n"
+"existierender Sprachen beinhalten. Komplette Unterstützung in GNU/Linux ist\n"
+"leider immer noch nicht gegeben. Daher verwendet Mandriva Linux diese\n"
+"Kodierung nur auf Wunsch des Anwenders:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Falls Sie eine Sprache nutzen, die eine gut unterstütztes Kodierung\n"
+"verwendet (Sprachen mit Lateinischen Zeichen, Russisch, Griechisch,\n"
+"Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch, Thailändisch), wird standardmäßig das\n"
+"klassische Kodierung beibehalten;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Alle anderen Sprachen verwenden standardmäßig Unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Fall Sie zwei oder mehr Sprachen verwenden wollen, die unterschiedliche\n"
+"klassische Kodierungen verwenden, wird ebenfalls Unicode verwendet;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Schlussendlich kann Unicode vom Anwender auch für Sprachen mit\n"
+"klassischer Kodierung ausgewählt werden, indem er den Punkt „%s“ markiert.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie sind nicht auf eine weitere Sprache begrenzt. Sie können so viele\n"
+"auswählen, wie Sie wollen, ja sogar alle, indem Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“\n"
+"verwenden. Das Auswählen einer Sprache beeinflusst die installierten\n"
+"Übersetzungen der Programme, Schriften, Rechtschreibkorrekturen, etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Um die Spracheinstellungen des ganzen Systems zwischen verschiedenen\n"
+"Sprachen umzuschalten, starten Sie einfach „localedrake“ unter dem\n"
+"privilegierten Kennzeichen „root“. Wollen Sie die Einstellungen nur für ein\n"
+"Kennzeichen ändern starten Sie denselben Befehl mit eben diesem\n"
+"Kennzeichen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spanisch"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX versucht normalerweise die Anzahl der Tasten Ihrer Maus zu erkennen.\n"
+"Sollte das nicht möglich sein, so behandelt es Ihre Maus als\n"
+"Zwei-Tasten-Maus und emuliert die mittlere Taste. Die mittlere Taste kann\n"
+"dann durch gleichzeitiges Drücken der rechten und Linken Taste simuliert\n"
+"werden. Üblicherweise erkennt DrakX korrekt, ob es sich um eine serielle,\n"
+"eine PS/2- oder um eine USB-Maus handelt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls Sie eine 3-Button-Maus ohne Rad haben können Sie eine Maus „%s“\n"
+"auswählen. DrakX wird dann Ihre Maus so einrichten, dass Sie das Rad in der\n"
+"folgenden Weise simulieren können: Sie drücken die mittlere Maustaste und\n"
+"bewegen Ihren Mauszeiger auf und ab.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollte dies nicht Ihren Vorstellungen entsprechen: Wählen Sie einfach Ihren\n"
+"Maustyp aus der Liste, die Ihnen angezeigt wird.\n"
+"\n"
+"Einen generischen Maustyp, der mit fast allen Maustypen funktioniert,\n"
+"können Sie über „%s“ einstellen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollten Sie einen anderen als den vorgeschlagenen Maustyp gewählt haben, so\n"
+"wird Ihnen ein Testfenster angezeigt. Verwenden Sie die Knöpfe und\n"
+"gegebenenfalls das Mausrad, um sicherzustellen, dass die festgelegten\n"
+"Einstellungen funktionieren. Falls nicht, drücken Sie die Leertaste oder\n"
+"die Eingabetaste, um zurück zum Auswahlmenü zu gelangen und suchen Sie\n"
+"einen anderen Treiber aus.\n"
+"\n"
+"Es kommt vor, dass Mäuse mit Rädern nicht korrekt erkannt werden. Wählen\n"
+"Sie in diesem Fall die richtige Maus aus der vorgegebenen Liste. Stellen\n"
+"Sie sicher, dass Sie auch den Anschluss richtig angegeben haben. Nach\n"
+"betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“, wird Ihnen ein Bild der gewählten Maus\n"
+"gezeigt. Bewegen Sie Räder und Tasten, um sicherzustellen, dass die Maus\n"
+"richtig erkannt wurde."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "mit Mausrad Emulation"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Alle PS/2 & USB-Mäuse"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie bitte den richtigen Anschluss. So ist etwa der unter Windows\n"
+"„COM1“ genannte Anschluss in GNU/Linux unter „ttyS0“ erreichbar."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies ist der wichtigste Punkt in der Absicherung Ihres neuen\n"
+"GNU/Linux-Systems: Sie müssen das Passwort für „root“ eingeben. „root“ ist\n"
+"der Systemadministrator. Er ist der einzige der berechtigt ist, neue\n"
+"Software zu installieren, Systemdateien zu ändern oder neue\n"
+"Benutzer anzulegen. Kurz gesagt: „root“ darf alles! Daher müssen\n"
+"Sie auch ein Passwort auswählen, was nicht leicht zu erraten ist; DrakX\n"
+"teilt Ihnen mit, wenn das Passwort zu einfach ist. Sie sehen, dass es auch\n"
+"möglich ist, kein Passwort zu vergeben. Wir raten Ihnen jedoch dringend\n"
+"davon ab! GNU/Linux ist genauso anfällig für Fehler wie jedes andere \n"
+"Betriebssystem. »root« hat keine Beschränkungen. Er könnte beispielsweise\n"
+"unbeabsichtigterweise alle Daten auf allen Partitionen löschen. Also sollte\n"
+"es schwierig gemacht werden, „root“ zu werden!\n"
+"\n"
+"Das Passwort sollte eine Mischung aus alphanumerischen Zeichen sein und\n"
+"mindestens acht Zeichen lang. Es sollte niemals irgendwo aufgeschrieben\n"
+"werden.\n"
+"\n"
+"Machen Sie das Passwort aber nicht zu lang oder zu kompliziert: Sie sollten\n"
+"es sich ohne großen Aufwand merken können.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bei der Eingabe des Passwortes wird nichts angezeigt. Um ein Verschreiben\n"
+"bei dieser „Blindeingabe“ zu vermeiden müssen Sie das Passwort zweimal\n"
+"eingeben - ein Tippfehler beim ersten Versuch könnte sonst zu einem Problem\n"
+"werden, da Sie anschließend das „falsche“ Passwort bei der Verbindung mit\n"
+"dem System eingeben müssten.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie wollen, dass der Zugang zu diesem Rechner über einen\n"
+"Authentifizierungsserver verwaltet wird, betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche\n"
+"„%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls in Ihrem Netzwerk LDAP, NIS oder PDC zur Authentifizierung verwendet\n"
+"wird, wählen Sie bitte den entsprechenden Menüpunkt für „%s“. Falls Sie "
+"nicht\n"
+"wissen, welches Protokoll Sie verwenden sollen, fragen Sie Ihren\n"
+"Netzwerkadministrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie Probleme haben, sich Passwörter zu merken, oder Ihr Computer nie\n"
+"mit dem Internet verbunden wird und Sie allen Benutzern Ihres Computers\n"
+"absolut vertrauen, können Sie die Option „%s“ wählen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Authentifizierung"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ein Betriebssystemstarter ist ein kleines Programm, das vom Computer\n"
+"während des Startvorganges aufgerufen wird. Es ist für den Start des\n"
+"gesamten Systems verantwortlich. Im Normalfall läuft die Installation des\n"
+"Betriebssystemstarters vollkommen automatisch ab. DrakX analysiert den\n"
+"Bootsektor und ergreift dann die passenden Maßnahmen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Findet DrakX einen Windows-Bootsektor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen GRUB-\n"
+"oder LILO-Bootsektor. Sie erhalten dadurch die Möglichkeit, beim\n"
+"Systemstart zwischen Windows (bzw. anderen Betriebssystemen, sofern\n"
+"vorhanden) und GNU/Linux auszuwählen;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Findet DrakX einen Linux-Bootsektor vor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen\n"
+"neuen;\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls DrakX nicht weiß, wo der Betriebssystemstarter installiert werden\n"
+"soll, wird es Sie um Ihre Meinung bitten. Normalerweise sollte die\n"
+"Installation auf dem „%s“ erfolgen. Durch Auswahl von „%s“ wird überhaupt\n"
+"kein Starter installiert. Verwenden Sie diese Möglichkeit nur, wenn Sie\n"
+"genau wissen was Sie tun."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie das Drucksystem für Ihren Rechner wählen. Andere\n"
+"Betriebssysteme bieten Ihnen nur eines, bei Mandriva Linux können Sie\n"
+"zwischen zwei verschiedenen wählen. jedes dieser Systeme ist für eine\n"
+"bestimmte Konfiguration des Systems am besten geeignet.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ -- Es steht für „print, do not queue“ (engl. für „Drucken ohne\n"
+"Warteschlange“). Falls Sie einen Drucker haben, der direkt an Ihrem Rechner\n"
+"hängt und Sie keine Netzwerkdrucker verwenden wollen, ist dies das\n"
+"Drucksystem Ihrer Wahl. „%s“ kann zwar auch mit Netzwerkdruckern umgehen, "
+"ist\n"
+"dabei aber extrem langsam. Wählen Sie „pdq“, wenn Sie ein GNU/Linux Neuling\n"
+"sind.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ - Mit dem „Common Unix Printing System“ (engl. für „Allgemeines\n"
+"Unix-Drucksystem“) können Sie ebensogut auf Ihrem direkt angeschlossenen\n"
+"Drucker drucken, wie auf einem Drucker, der an einem Server auf der anderen\n"
+"Seite der Welt hängt. Es ist einfach zu bedienen und kann sowohl als Server\n"
+"als auch als Klient für das alte „lpd“-Drucksystem verwendet werden - Es\n"
+"ist somit rückwärtskompatibel. Es ist sehr mächtig, in seiner\n"
+"Grundeinstellung verhält es sich jedoch genau wie „pdq“. Wenn Sie einen\n"
+"„lpd“ Server benötigen, müssen Sie einfach nur den „cups-lpd“ Dämon\n"
+"starten. „%s“ bietet grafische Konfigurations- und Druckmenüs.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie können diese Wahl später immer wieder ändern, indem Sie PrinterDrake\n"
+"aus dem Mandriva Linux Control Center starten und dort die Schaltfläche „%"
+"s“\n"
+"betätigen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Expertenmodus"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX versucht nun alle IDE Festplatten Ihres Systems zu finden. Unter\n"
+"Anderem sucht DrakX auch nach PCI-SCSI-Karten, die es kennt, um sie\n"
+"automatisch mit dem richtigen Treiber einzubinden.\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls DrakX nicht weiß, welcher Treiber funktioniert, werden Sie gebeten,\n"
+"DrakX zu helfen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollten Sie die PCI-SCSI-Karte selbst angegeben haben, wird DrakX Sie\n"
+"fragen, ob Sie weitere Parameter angeben wollen. Sie sollten DrakX\n"
+"erlauben, die kartenspezifischen Informationen selbst zu finden. In den\n"
+"meisten Fällen wird DrakX diesen Schritt ohne Ihre Hilfe bewerkstelligen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls DrakX nicht in der Lage ist, die Parameter selbst zu finden, die dem\n"
+"Modul zu übergeben sind, müssen Sie diese angeben.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie können die benötigten Informationen etwa unter Windows (sofern das auf\n"
+"Ihren Rechner installiert ist) finden, aus den Handbüchern, die sie mit dem\n"
+"Adapter erhalten haben oder von den Web-Seiten des Hardware-Anbieters\n"
+"(sofern Sie einen WWW-Zugang haben)."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: Falls eine Soundkarte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie hier\n"
+"angezeigt. Sollte die von DrakX getroffene Auswahl nicht korrekt sein,\n"
+"betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche, um sie zu korrigieren."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Nun bekommen Sie eine Zusammenfassung verschiedener Informationen Ihres\n"
+"Systems. Je nach vorhandener Hardware sehen Sie hier (oder eben nicht) die\n"
+"folgende Einträge. Jeder Eintrag besteht aus einem konfigurierbaren Gerät\n"
+"gefolgt vom dessen aktuellen Zustand. Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“\n"
+"können Sie diesen ändern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie die aktuelle Tastaturvorgabe und wählen Sie die\n"
+"Schaltfläche, falls Sie die Vorgabe ändern wollen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie, ob die Auswahl des Staates, in dem Sie sich\n"
+"befinden korrekt ist. Falls nicht, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche\n"
+"„%s“ und wählen Sie den richtigen. Ist Ihr Staat nicht in der Liste, können\n"
+"Sie über die Schaltfläche „%s“ eine vollständigere Liste erzwingen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: DrakX versucht die Zeitzone anhand des gewählten Staates zu\n"
+"setzen. Sollte diese Auswahl nicht korrekt sein können Sie durch Betätige\n"
+"der Schaltfläche „%s“ Ihre lokale Zeitzone setzen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie die konfigurierte Maus und betätigen Sie, falls\n"
+"notwendig, die Schaltfläche.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ startet den Druckerassistenten.\n"
+"Weitere Informationen zu diesem Assistenten erhalten Sie im Drucker-Kapitel\n"
+"des „Starter Handbuch“. Das dort vorgestellte Programm entspricht dem\n"
+"während der Installation angebotenen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls eine Soundkarte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie\n"
+"hier angezeigt. Sollte die von DrakX getroffene Auswahl nicht korrekt sein,\n"
+"betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche, um sie zu korrigieren.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls eine TV-Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie hier\n"
+"angezeigt. Falls Sie eine TV-Karte besitzen, die hier nicht richtig erkannt\n"
+"wurde, können Sie versuchen, diese manuell einzurichten. Betätigen Sie\n"
+"einfach die Schaltfläche „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls eine ISDN Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie\n"
+"hier angezeigt. Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ können Sie die Parameter\n"
+"ändern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: DrakX richtet Ihre Grafikumgebung normalerweise in der Auflösung\n"
+"„800×600“ bzw. „1024×768“ ein. Sollte Ihnen das nicht zusagen, können Sie\n"
+"es durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ ändern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie Ihren Internetzugang oder Ihr lokales Netzwerk nun\n"
+"einrichten wollen, können Sie das hier tun. Lesen Sie sich dazu die\n"
+"gedruckte Dokumentation durch oder benutzen Sie das Mandriva Linux Control\n"
+"Center nachdem die Installation beendet ist.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Hier können Sie HTTP- und FTP-Proxyadressen eintragen falls Ihre\n"
+"Maschine die Verbindung über einen Proxyserver abwickelt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Dieser Eintrag ermöglicht es Ihnen, die Sicherheitsebene Ihres\n"
+"Systems zu ändern, die Sie in einem früheren Installationsschritt ()\n"
+"gewählt haben.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie Ihren Rechner mit dem Internet verbinden wollen, ist es\n"
+"sinnvoll sich vor ungebetenen Eindringlingen durch Einrichten einer\n"
+"Firewall zu schützen. Weitere Informationen erhalten Sie im „Starter\n"
+"Handbuch“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie die Konfiguration Ihres Betriebssystemstarters\n"
+"(„Bootloader“) ändern wollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Es sei\n"
+"angemerkt, dass dieser Punkt sich an fortgeschrittenere Nutzer richtet.\n"
+"Hilfe finden Sie in der gedruckten Dokumentation oder im integrierten\n"
+"Hilfeteil des Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Sie können hier die Dienste wählen, die ab dem Start von\n"
+"Mandriva Linux zur Verfügung gestellt werden sollen. Wollen Sie den Rechner\n"
+"als Server verwenden, sollten Sie unbedingt einen Blick auf diese Liste\n"
+"werfen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN-Karte"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafikumgebung"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte wählen Sie die Festplatte, die Sie löschen wollen, um Ihr neues\n"
+"Mandriva Linux zu installieren. Bedenken Sie dabei, dass alle Daten auf\n"
+"dieser Platte nach diesem Schritt unwiederbringlich verloren sind!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, wenn Sie alle Partitionen und die\n"
+"darauf befindlichen Daten löschen wollen. Bedenken Sie, dass Sie nach\n"
+"betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ auch an die möglicherweise noch vorhandenen\n"
+"Windows-Daten nicht mehr gelangen werden!\n"
+"\n"
+"Wählen Sie „%s“, um die Aktion ohne Datenverlust abzubrechen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Weiter ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Zurück"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/el.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/el.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7269f5adf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/el.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1791 @@
+# translation of DrakX-el.po to Greek
+# Greek translation for drakfloppy.
+# Copyright (C) 2001,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Thanos Kyritsis <djart@hellug.gr>, 2001.
+#  Νίκος Νύκταρης (Nick Niktaris) <niktarin@yahoo.com>, 2003
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-el\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-15 13:28+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator:  Νίκος Νύκταρης (Nick Niktaris) <niktarin@yahoo.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Greek <nls@tux.hellug.gr>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+" Αποδοχή\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux χρήστης χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+" χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Χρήστης\n"
+" χρήστης\n"
+" εξ' ορισμού\n"
+" χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+" απλό\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Αποδοχή χρήστης Προσθήκη χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+" Επόμενο\n"
+"\n"
+" Για Προχωρημένους εξ' ορισμού\n"
+" χρήστης εξ' ορισμού\n"
+"\n"
+" Πότε χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" χρήστης Επόμενο\n"
+" Ολοκληρώθηκε\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη λειτουργία;"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux ανιχνεύθηκε\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ολοκληρώθηκε\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+" Όνομα\n"
+"\n"
+" Όνομα\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" IDE\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" IDE\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" πρωτεύουσα IDE\n"
+"\n"
+" πρωτεύουσα IDE\n"
+"\n"
+" δευτερεύουσα IDE\n"
+"\n"
+" δευτερεύουσα IDE\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Η εγκατάσταση του Mandriva Linux είναι μοιρασμένο σε αρκετά CD-ROM. Το \n"
+"DrakX ξέρει αν ένα επιλεγμένο πακέτο υπάρχει σε άλλο CD-ROM, θα εξάγει το \n"
+"τρέχον CD και θα ζητήσει να εισάγετε ένα άλλο όταν αυτό θα χρειαστεί."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Σταθμός Εργασίας\n"
+" Ανάπτυξη\n"
+"\n"
+" Σταθμός Εργασίας\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ανάπτυξη\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Εξυπηρετητής εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Μετακίνηση σε εξέλιξη Ομάδα εργασίας:\n"
+" Ομάδα εργασίας:\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Αναβάθμιση\n"
+" νέο\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Αναβάθμιση"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Με την βασική τεκμηρίωση (συνιστάται!)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Ελάχιστη Εγκατάσταση"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+" Ομάδα εργασίας:\n"
+"\n"
+" εξ' ορισμού Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+" Όχι Ναι\n"
+"\n"
+" εξ' ορισμού\n"
+"\n"
+" απενεργοποίηση\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Εκτυπωτής Όχι Εκτυπωτής\n"
+"\n"
+" νέο\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξ' ορισμού\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" HardDrake Linux\n"
+"\n"
+" Τομέας Windows \n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής Διαδίκτυο\n"
+" Διαδίκτυο\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Αυτόματος συγχρονισμός ώρας (χρήση NTP)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Σύστημα Linux\n"
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Οθόνη\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ανάλυση\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Δοκιμή\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ναι\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Επιλογές\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Όχι εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Οθόνη\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Ανάλυση\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Όχι\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" νέο\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" ανιχνεύθηκε\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+" εξ' ορισμού\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Τομέας Windows  Τομέας Windows \n"
+"\n"
+" Linux Διαγραφή\n"
+" Τομέας Windows \n"
+" Τομέας Windows  Αλλαγή μεγέθους\n"
+"\n"
+" Τομέας Windows \n"
+"\n"
+" Linux Τομέας Windows \n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Τομέας Windows \n"
+"\n"
+" Τομέας Windows  νέο\n"
+"\n"
+" Διαγραφή\n"
+" νέο Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Λίστα Αφαίρεσης Τομέας Windows \n"
+" Όλα\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Προσαρμοσμένο\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ολοκληρώθηκε\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Χρήση υπαρχουσών κατατμήσεων"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Διαγραφή ολόκληρου του δίσκου"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux\n"
+" Επόμενο\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Για Προχωρημένους\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Επαναφόρτωση\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Αυτόματο\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Αποθήκευση\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Δημιουργία δισκέτας αυτόματης εγκατάστασης"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Επόμενο\n"
+"\n"
+" Προηγούμενο\n"
+" νέο Linux\n"
+"\n"
+" Για Προχωρημένους\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Διαδίκτυο\n"
+" Ναι Διαδίκτυο Όχι\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ναι\n"
+"\n"
+" Εγκατάσταση\n"
+" Άκυρο."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"επίπεδο\n"
+" επίπεδο\n"
+"\n"
+" Διαδίκτυο επίπεδο\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξ' ορισμού."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Διαχειριστής Ασφαλείας:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" IDE\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Άλλα\n"
+"\n"
+" Αποθήκευση\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Επαναφορά\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" μετά βίας\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Οδηγός\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Αναίρεση\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ολοκληρώθηκε\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Πότε\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ολοκληρώθηκε\n"
+"\n"
+" Πότε\n"
+"\n"
+" νέο\n"
+"\n"
+" Διαγραφή\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" HFS\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Αυτόματη σύνδεση αποσπώμενων μονάδων"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Αλλαγή σε κανονικό τρόπο λειτουργίας"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Περισσότερες των μία κατατμήσεις Windows βρέθηκαν στον δίσκο σας. Παρακαλώ \n"
+"επιλέξτε ποια θέλετε να συρρικνώσετε για να εγκαταστήσετε το Mandriva "
+"Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Κάθε κατάτμηση αναφέρεται ως: \"Όνομα Linux\", \"Όνομα Windows\"\n"
+"\"Χωρητικότητα\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Το όνομα Linux σημαίνει τα εξής: \"Τύπος δίσκου\",\"αριθμός δίσκου\",\n"
+"\"αριθμός κατάτμησης για παράδειγμα, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Ο \"Τύπος δίσκου\" είναι \"hd\" εάν πρόκειται για δίσκο IDE και \"sd\" \n"
+"για SCSI δίσκο.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ο \" αριθμός δίσκου\"είναι πάντα ένα γράμμα μετά το \"hd\" ή \"sd\". Για\n"
+"τους IDE δίσκους: \n"
+"\n"
+"  * \"a\" είναι ο \"master δίσκος στον πρώτο ελεγκτή IDE\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" είναι ο \"slave δίσκος στον πρώτο ελεγκτή IDE\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" είναι ο \"master δίσκος στον δεύτερο ελεγκτή IDE\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" είναι ο \"slave δίσκος στον δεύτερο ελεγκτή IDE\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Για δίσκους SCSI, \"a\" είναι ο πρώτος δίσκος, \"b\" είναι ο δεύτερος "
+"δίσκος\n"
+" κλπ...\n"
+"\n"
+"Το \"Όνομα Windows\" είναι το γράμμα της κατάτμησης όπως φαίνεται από τα\n"
+"Windows (ο πρώτος δίσκος ή κατάτμηση λέγεται \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Χώρα\": ελέγξτε την επιλογή χώρας. Αν δεν είστε σε αυτή τη χώρα,\n"
+"κάντε κλικ στο πλήκτρο και επιλέξτε μια άλλη."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"ενεργοποίηση τώρα Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" νέο\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+" Εγκατάσταση\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Αναβάθμιση\n"
+" Linux\n"
+" χρήστης\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Αναβάθμιση Linux\n"
+" εκτελείται Αναβάθμιση\n"
+" Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"εξ' ορισμού\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Άλλα\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Για Προχωρημένους\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Ισπανία\n"
+" εξ' ορισμού Για Προχωρημένους\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Επόμενο\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" χρήστης\n"
+" χρήστης."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" σειριακό\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξ' ορισμού\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Με ροδάκι ανιχνεύθηκε\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Επόμενο\n"
+" ενεργοποίηση τώρα\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Προσομοίωση Κουμπιών"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη θύρα. Για παράδειγμα,\n"
+"η\"COM1\"  στα Windows ονομάζεται \"ttyS0\" στο GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux\n"
+" Root\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" σημαντικό\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής Για Προχωρημένους\n"
+"\n"
+" LDAP NIS Τομέας Windows  Τομέας\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" Όχι Διαδίκτυο\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Πιστοποίηση"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Άλλο\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" απλό\n"
+"\n"
+" Linux\n"
+"\n"
+" CUPS Εκτύπωση Σύστημα\n"
+"\n"
+" απλό εξυπηρετητής\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εξυπηρετητής\n"
+" CUPS\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" εκτελείται\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Εξπέρ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"IDE\n"
+" PCI\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" PCI Ναι\n"
+" Όχι\n"
+"\n"
+" ανιχνεύθηκε\n"
+" Επόμενο Επόμενο\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" PCI\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"ανιχνεύθηκε\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Εσωτερική κάρτα ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Γραφικό περιβάλλον"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε τον δίσκο που θέλετε να διαγράψετε για να εγκαταστήσετε \n"
+"την νέα κατάτμηση Mandriva Linux. ΠΡΟΣΟΧΗ: Όλα τα δεδομένα θα διαγραφούν\n"
+"και θα είναι αδύνατη η επαναφορά τους!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάντε κλικ στο \"Επόμενο ->\" εάν θέλετε να διαγράψετε όλα τα δεδομένα\n"
+"τις κατατμήσεις που βρίσκονται στον σκληρό σας δίσκο. Προσοχή μετά\n"
+"που θα κλικ στο \"Επόμενο ->\"δεν θα μπορείτε να ανακτήσετε τα δεδομένα\n"
+"και τις κατατμήσεις που βρίσκονται στον δίσκο μαζί και τα Windows\n"
+" Επόμενο\n"
+"\n"
+"Κάντε κλικ στο \"<- Προηγούμενο\" για να τερματίσετε τη λειτουργία αυτή\n"
+"χωρίς να χάσετε τα δεδομένα και τις κατατμήσεις σας στο δίσκο."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Επόμενο ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Προηγούμενο"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/eo.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/eo.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a09d09e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/eo.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1196 @@
+# Esperanto drakbootdisk
+# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Mandriva
+# D. Dale Gulledge <dsplat@rochester.rr.com>, 2000.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-03-12 18:31-0400\n"
+"Last-Translator: Vilhelmo Lutermano <vlutermano@free.fr>\n"
+"Language-Team: esperanto <eo@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 0.9.6\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Ĉu vi deziras uzi tiun funkcion?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Aktualigo"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Kun baza dokumentaĵo (rekomendita!)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Minimuma instalado"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Tiu ĉi dialogo uzeblas por elekti kiujn servojn vi deziras startigi kiam vi "
+"startigas\n"
+"vian komputilon.\n"
+"DrakX listigos ĉiujn servojn atingeblajn en la nuna instalaĵo.\n"
+"Kontrolu ĉiujn zorge kaj malelektu tiujn kiuj ne estas ĉiam bezonataj\n"
+"dum la starto.\n"
+"Kiam via muso estas supre de ero, malgranda balono\n"
+"ekaperas por helpi vin.  Ĝi priskribas la rolon de la servo.\n"
+"Tamen, se vi ne certas ĉu iu servo utilas aŭ ne, prefere lasu la defaŭltan "
+"sintenon.\n"
+"\n"
+"!!Zorgegu en ĉi tiu paŝo se vi intencas uzi vian komputilon kiel servilo:\n"
+"ne startu servojn kiujn vi ne bezonas. Memoru ke certaj servoj povas esti\n"
+"danĝeraj se ili estas aktivigitaj en servilo. Ĝenerale,\n"
+"elektu nur tiujn servojn kiujn vi vere bezonas.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Auxtomata hor-sinkronizado (uzante NTP) "
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Uzu ekzistantajn subdiskojn"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Forviŝu la tutan diskon"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Kreu aŭtoinstalan disketon"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Malproksimaj lpd Printilaj Opcioj"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Aŭtomata kroĉado de demeteblaj aparatoj"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Ŝanĝu al Normala reĝimo"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Loĝiteka MouseMan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Bonvolu elekti la ĝustan pordon. Ekzemple, la \"COM1\"-a\n"
+"pordo sub MS Vindozo estas nomata \"ttyS0\" sub GNU/Linukso."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Aŭtentikigado"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO kaj grub estas GNU/Linuksaj startigiloj. Normale, tiu paŝo estas "
+"komplete\n"
+"aŭtomata. DrakX analizos la startsektoron de la disko kaj agas laŭ tio\n"
+"kion ĝi trovas tie:\n"
+"\n"
+" *  se ĝi trovas vindozan startsektoron, ĝi anstataŭigos tiun per grub/LILO-"
+"a startsektoro.\n"
+"Tiel vi povos ŝargi aŭ GNU/Linukson aŭ alian mastrumsistemon.\n"
+"\n"
+" *  se ĝi trovas grub- aŭ LILO-startsektoron, ĝi anstataŭigos tiun per "
+"nova.\n"
+"\n"
+" *  se ĝi ne povas determini, DrakX demandos vin kien ĝi metu la\n"
+"startigilon.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Boot device\": En plej multaj okazoj, vi ne ŝanĝu la defaŭltan (\"Unua\n"
+"sektoro de la disko (MBR)\"), sed se vi preferas, la startigilo povas esti\n"
+"instalata sur la dua fiksdisko (\"/dev/hdb\"), aŭ eĉ sur disketo\n"
+"(\"Sur disketo\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Nun estas tempo por elekti pressistemon por via komputilo. Aliaj mastrum-"
+"sistemoj\n"
+"proponas al vi unu, sed Mandriva Linukso proponas du. Ĉiu el la "
+"pressistemoj\n"
+"plej taŭgas por aparta tipo de konfigurado.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"pdq\" -- kio estas akronimo por \"print, do not queue\" (presu, ne "
+"vicigu), elektindas\n"
+"se vi havas rektan konekton kun via presilo, vi ŝatus eskapi el problemoj "
+"kun\n"
+"aliaj presiloj, kaj vi ne havas retajn presilojn. (\"pdq\"\n"
+"pritraktos nur tre simplajn retokazojn kaj estas iom malrapida se\n"
+"uzata kun retoj.) Konsilindas uzi \"pdq\" se tio ĉi estas via\n"
+"unua sperto kun GNU/Linukso.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\", estas bonega elekto por\n"
+"presigi vian lokan presilon aŭ iun ie tra la planedo. Ĝi estas\n"
+"facile konfigurebla kaj povas agi kiel servilo aŭ kiel kliento por la "
+"antaŭa\n"
+"\"lpd \" pressistemo, kaj estas kongrua kun pli malnovaj mastrum-sistemoj\n"
+"kiuj eble ankoraŭ bezonas presservojn. Kvankam tre potenca, la baza "
+"konfigurado\n"
+"estas preskaŭ same simpla kiel \"pdq\". Se vi bezonas imiti \"lpd\"-"
+"servilon,\n"
+"certiĝu ke vi aktivigis la \"cups-lpd\"-demonon. \"%s\" enhavas grafikajn\n"
+"'front-ends' por presi aŭ por elekti presil-opciojn kaj por mastrumi\n"
+"la presilon.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se vi faras vian elekton nun, kaj poste trovas ke vi ne ŝatas vian "
+"pressistemon,\n"
+"vi povas ŝanĝi ĝin rulante PrinterDrake ekde la Mandriva KontrolCentro kaj\n"
+"alklaki la eksperto-butonon."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Spertulo"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX unue detektos iujn IDE-aparatojn en via komputilo. Ĝi ankaŭ\n"
+"serĉas unu aŭ plurajn PCI-SCSI-kartojn en via sistemo. Se SCSI-karto\n"
+"estas trovita, DrakX aŭtomate instalos la taŭgan pelilon.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ĉar detektado de aparataro ne estas absolute senerara, DrakX povas\n"
+"malsukcesi detektante viajn fiksdiskojn. Se tiel, vi devos mem mane entajpi\n"
+"vian aparataron.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se vi devis mane entajpi vian PCI-SCSI-adaptilon, DrakX demandos ĉu vi\n"
+"deziras konfiguri opciojn por ĝi. Prefere permesu al DrakX provi la "
+"aparatojn\n"
+"por la kartospecifaj opcioj kiuj estas bezonataj por inici la adaptilon. "
+"Plej ofte,\n"
+"DrakX trairos tiun paŝon sen ajna problemo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se DrakX ne kapablas provi kiujn parametrojn la opcioj aŭtomate devas doni "
+"al la\n"
+"aparatoj, vi devos mane konfiguri la pelilon."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Interna ISDN-karto"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafika interfaco"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Sekvanta ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Antaŭa"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/es.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/es.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a14c851b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/es.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2046 @@
+# traducción de DrakX-es.po to Español
+# spanish translation of DrakX
+# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001,2002 Mandriva S.A.
+# Fabian Mandelbaum <fabman@mandriva.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002,2003, 2004.
+# Fabian Mandelbaum <fmandelbaum@hotmail.com>, 2003, 2004.
+# Pablo Saratxaga <pablo@mandriva.com>, 2004.
+# Jaime Crespo <505201@unizar.es>, 2004, 2005.
+# José Manuel Pérez <jmprodu@hotmail.com>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-es\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-04-24 11:46+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: José Manuel Pérez <jmprodu@hotmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Español <es@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de continuar, debería leer cuidadosamente los términos de la\n"
+"licencia. La misma cubre a toda la distribución Mandriva Linux. Si está de\n"
+"acuerdo con todos los términos en la misma, haga clic en el botón \"%s\".\n"
+"Si no, haga clic en el botón \"%s\" lo que reiniciará su computadora."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux es un sistema multiusuario, y esto significa que cada usuario\n"
+"puede tener sus preferencias propias, sus archivos propios, y así\n"
+"sucesivamente. Puede leer la \"Guía de Comienzo\" para aprender más. Pero,\n"
+"a diferencia de \"root\", que es el administrador del sistema, los usuarios\n"
+"que agregue en este punto no estarán autorizados a cambiar nada excepto su\n"
+"configuración y sus archivos propios, protegiendo al sistema contra cambios\n"
+"no intencionales o maliciosos que pueden impactar al sistema como un todo.\n"
+"Tendrá que crear al menos un usuario no privilegiado para Usted mismo - esa\n"
+"cuenta es la que debería utilizar para el uso rutinario diario. Aunque es\n"
+"muy práctico ingresar como \"root\" para hacer cualquier cosa y de todo,\n"
+"¡también puede ser muy peligroso! Un error podría significar que su sistema\n"
+"deje de funcionar. Si comete un error serio como usuario no privilegiado,\n"
+"sólo puede llegar a perder algo de información, pero no afectar a todo el\n"
+"sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"El primer campo le pide un nombre real. Por supuesto, esto no es\n"
+"obligatorio - en realidad, puede ingresar lo que desee. DrakX usará la\n"
+"primer palabra que ingresó y la copiará al campo \"%s\", que es el nombre\n"
+"que este usuario en particular usará para ingresar al sistema. Si lo desea,\n"
+"puede omitir lo predeterminado y cambiar el nombre de usuario. El próximo\n"
+"paso es ingresar una contraseña. La contraseña de un usuario no\n"
+"privilegiado (regular) no es tan crucial como la de \"root\" desde el punto\n"
+"de vista de la seguridad, pero esto no es razón alguna para obviarla o\n"
+"hacerla muy simple: después de todo, son sus archivos los que podrían estar\n"
+"en peligro.\n"
+"\n"
+"Una vez que hace clic sobre \"%s\", puede agregar otros usuarios. Agregue\n"
+"un usuario para cada uno de sus amigos: por ejemplo su padre o su hermana.\n"
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" cuando haya terminado de agregar todos los usuarios\n"
+"que desee.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" le permite cambiar el \"shell\"\n"
+"predeterminado para ese usuario (bash, por defecto)\n"
+"\n"
+"Cuando haya finalizado de añadir todos los usuarios se le propone elegir un\n"
+"usuario para conectarse automáticamente en el sistema cuando arranca la\n"
+"computadora. Si está interesado en esta característica (y no le importa\n"
+"mucho la seguridad local), elija el usuario y administrador de ventanas\n"
+"deseado. Si no está interesado en esta característica, quite la marca de la\n"
+"casilla \"%s\". Haga clic sobre \"%s\" una vez que seleccionó su\n"
+"preferencia."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "¿Desea usar esta característica?"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí se listan las particiones Linux existentes que se detectaron en su\n"
+"disco rígido. Puede mantener las elecciones hechas por el asistente, ya que\n"
+"las mismas son buenas para las instalaciones más comunes. Si hace cambios,\n"
+"al menos debe definir una partición raíz (\"/\"). No elija una partición\n"
+"muy pequeña o no podrá instalar software suficiente. Si desea almacenar sus\n"
+"datos en una partición separada, también puede necesitar crear una\n"
+"partición para \"/home\" (sólo es posible si tiene más de una partición\n"
+"Linux disponible)\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partición se lista como sigue: \"Nombre\", \"Capacidad\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nombre\" está estructurado: \"tipo de disco rígido\", \"número de disco\n"
+"rígido\", \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tipo de disco rígido\" es \"hd\" si su disco es un disco IDE y \"sd\" si\n"
+"el mismo es un disco SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Número de disco rígido\" siempre es una letra que sigue a \"hd\" o a\n"
+"\"sd\". Para los discos IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"disco rígido maestro en la controladora IDE\n"
+"primaria\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"disco rígido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n"
+"primaria\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"disco rígido maestro en la controladora IDE\n"
+"secundaria\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"disco rígido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n"
+"secundaria\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Para los discos SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"SCSI ID menor\", una \"b\"\n"
+"significa \"segunda SCSI ID menor\", etc."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"La instalación de Mandriva Linux se distribuye en varios CD-ROM. Si un\n"
+"paquete seleccionado se encuentra en otro CD-ROM, DrakX expulsará el CD\n"
+"corriente y le pedirá que inserte el necesario. Si no tiene el CD necesario\n"
+"a mano, simplemente haga clic sobre \"%s\", no se instalarán los paquetes\n"
+"correspondientes."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Ahora es el momento de especificar los programas que desea instalar en su\n"
+"sistema. Hay miles de paquetes disponibles para Mandriva Linux, y para "
+"hacer\n"
+"más simple el manejo de los paquetes, los mismos se han puesto en grupos de\n"
+"aplicaciones similares.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux clasifica los grupos de paquetes en cuatro categorías. Puede\n"
+"mezclar y hacer coincidir aplicaciones de varias categorías, por lo que una\n"
+"instalación de \"Estación de trabajo\" puede tener instaladas aplicaciones\n"
+"de la categoría \"Desarrollo\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si planifica utilizar su máquina como una estación de trabajo,\n"
+"seleccione una o más aplicaciones de la categoría estación de trabajo.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si planifica utilizar su máquina para programar, elija los\n"
+"grupos apropiados de esa categoría. El grupo especial \"LSB\" configurará\n"
+"su sistema de forma tal que cumpla tanto como sea posible con las\n"
+"especificaciones Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Si selecciona el grupo \"LSB\" también se instalará la serie del núcleo\n"
+"\"2.4\", en vez de la serie predeterminada \"2.6\". Esto es para asegurar\n"
+"una compatibilidad 100%% con LSB del sistema. Sin embargo, si no selecciona\n"
+"el grupo \"LSB\" todavía obtendrá un sistema que es casi 100%% compatible\n"
+"con LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si pretende usar la máquina como un servidor, seleccione cuáles\n"
+"de los servicios más comunes desea instalar en su máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquí es donde seleccionará su entorno gráfico preferido. Si\n"
+"desea tener una estación de trabajo gráfica, debe seleccionar al menos uno.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si mueve el cursor del ratón sobre el nombre de un grupo se mostrará un\n"
+"pequeño texto explicativo acerca de ese grupo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Puede marcar la casilla \"%s\" que es útil si está familiarizado con los\n"
+"paquetes que se ofrecen, o si desea tener un control total sobre lo que se\n"
+"instalará.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si inició la instalación en el modo \"%s\", puede deseleccionar todos los\n"
+"grupos para evitar la instalación de cualquier paquete nuevo. Esto es útil\n"
+"para reparar o actualizar un sistema existente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si deselecciona todos los grupos cuando está realizando una instalación\n"
+"regular (es decir, no una actualización), aparecerá un diálogo que sugiere\n"
+"opciones diferentes para una instalación mínima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instala la menor cantidad de paquetes posible para tener un\n"
+"escritorio gráfico que funcione.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instala el sistema base más algunos utilitarios básicos y la\n"
+"documentación de los mismos. Esta instalación es adecuada para configurar\n"
+"un servidor.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalará el mínimo necesario estricto para obtener un sistema\n"
+"Linux que funciona. Con esta instalación sólo tendrá una interfaz de línea\n"
+"de comandos. Esta instalación ocupa alrededor de 65 MB."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Actualización"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Con documentación básica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Instalación realmente mínima"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Si eligió instalar los paquetes de manera individual, el instalador\n"
+"presentará un árbol que contiene todos los paquetes clasificados por grupos\n"
+"y subgrupos. Mientras navega por el árbol puede seleccionar grupos enteros,\n"
+"subgrupos, o paquetes individuales.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tan pronto como selecciona un paquete en el árbol, aparece una descripción\n"
+"del mismo sobre la derecha que le permite conocer el propósito del paquete.\n"
+"\n"
+"Es muy probable que la gran mayoría de las descripciones de los paquetes\n"
+"estén en inglés.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Si ha sido seleccionado un paquete de servidor, ya sea porque Usted\n"
+"seleccionó específicamente el paquete individual o porque el mismo era\n"
+"parte de un grupo de paquetes, se le pedirá que confirme que realmente\n"
+"desea que se instalen esos servidores. De manera predeterminada,\n"
+"Mandriva Linux iniciará automáticamente todos los servicios instalados al\n"
+"momento del arranque. Aunque estos son seguros y no tienen problemas\n"
+"conocidos al momento en que se publicó la distribución, es muy posible que\n"
+"se descubran vulnerabilidades en la seguridad luego que se terminó con esta\n"
+"versión de Mandriva Linux. Si no sabe que es lo que se supone que hace un\n"
+"servicio o la razón por la cual se está instalando, entonces haga clic\n"
+"sobre \"%s\". Si hace clic sobre \"%s\" se instalarán todos los servicios\n"
+"listados y los mismos se iniciarán automáticamente al momento del arranque.\n"
+"!!\n"
+"\n"
+"La opción \"%s\" se usa para deshabilitar el diálogo de advertencia que\n"
+"aparece cada vez que el instalador selecciona automáticamente un paquete\n"
+"para resolver un problema de dependencias. Algunos paquetes dependen de\n"
+"otros y la instalación de un paquete en particular puede requerir la\n"
+"instalación de otro paquete. El instalador puede determinar qué paquetes se\n"
+"necesitan para satisfacer una dependencia para poder completar la\n"
+"instalación de manera satisfactoria.\n"
+"\n"
+"El pequeño icono del disquete en la parte inferior de la lista le permite\n"
+"cargar la lista de paquetes elegida durante una instalación previa. Esto es\n"
+"útil si Usted tiene una cantidad de máquinas que desea configurar de manera\n"
+"idéntica. Al hacer clic sobre este icono se le pedirá que inserte un\n"
+"disquete creado al final de otra instalación. Vea el segundo consejo del\n"
+"último paso para información sobre como crear dicho disquete."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dependencias automáticas"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" se abrirá el asistente de\n"
+"configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capítulo correspondiente de la\n"
+"\"Guía de Comienzo\" para más información sobre cómo configurar una\n"
+"impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allí es similar a la utilizada\n"
+"durante la instalación."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Este diálogo se usa para elegir cuáles servicios Usted desea que se inicien\n"
+"durante el arranque.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX listará todos los servicios disponibles en la instalación corriente.\n"
+"Revíselos con cuidado y quite la marca de aquellos que no son necesarios al\n"
+"arrancar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cuando se selecciona un servicio obtendrá un pequeño texto explicativo\n"
+"acerca del mismo. Sin embargo, si no está seguro si un servicio es útil o\n"
+"no, es más seguro dejar el comportamiento predeterminado.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Tenga mucho cuidado en esta etapa si pretende usar su máquina como un\n"
+"servidor: probablemente no desea iniciar servicios que no necesita. Por\n"
+"favor recuerde que algunos servicios pueden ser peligrosos si están\n"
+"habilitados en un servidor. En general, seleccione sólo aquellos servicios\n"
+"que realmente necesita. !!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux administra la hora en GMT (\"Greenwich Mean Time\", Hora del\n"
+"Meridiano de Greenwich) y la traduce a la hora local de acuerdo al huso\n"
+"horario que Usted seleccionó. Sin embargo, es posible desactivar esto\n"
+"quitando la marca de la casilla \"%s\", lo que hará que GNU/Linux sepa que\n"
+"el reloj del sistema y el reloj de hardware están en el mismo huso horario.\n"
+"Esto es útil cuando la máquina también alberga otro sistema operativo.\n"
+"\n"
+"La opción \"%s\" regulará automáticamente el reloj del sistema conectándose\n"
+"a un servidor remoto de la hora en la Internet. Para que esta\n"
+"característica funcione, debe tener una conexión con la Internet\n"
+"funcionando. Le recomendamos que elija un servidor de la hora ubicado cerca\n"
+"de Usted. En realidad, esta opción instala un servidor de la hora que\n"
+"también puede ser utilizado por otras máquinas en su red local."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sincronización automática de la hora"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Tarjeta gráfica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente la\n"
+"tarjeta de vídeo instalada en su máquina. Si este no es el caso, en esta\n"
+"lista puede elegir la tarjeta que realmente tiene instalada.\n"
+"\n"
+"   En caso de que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta,\n"
+"con o sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le va a proponer elegir el\n"
+"servidor que mejor satisface sus necesidades."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (por \"X Window System\") es el corazón de la interfaz gráfica de\n"
+"GNU/Linux en el que se apoyan todos los entornos gráficos (KDE, GNOME,\n"
+"AfterStep, WindowMaker, etc.) que se incluyen con Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se le presentará la lista de parámetros diferentes a cambiar para obtener\n"
+"una presentación gráfica óptima.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tarjeta gráfica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente la\n"
+"tarjeta de vídeo instalada en su máquina. Si este no es el caso, en esta\n"
+"lista puede elegir la tarjeta que realmente tiene instalada.\n"
+"\n"
+"   En caso de que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta,\n"
+"con o sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le va a proponer elegir el\n"
+"servidor que mejor satisface sus necesidades.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente el\n"
+"monitor conectado a su máquina. Si es incorrecto, en esta lista puede\n"
+"elegir el monitor que realmente posee.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolución\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí puede elegir las resoluciones y profundidades de color disponibles\n"
+"para su hardware de gráficos. Seleccione la que mejor se ajuste a sus\n"
+"necesidades (podrá hacer cambios luego de la instalación). En la imagen del\n"
+"monitor se muestra un ejemplo de la configuración elegida.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Probar\n"
+"\n"
+"   Esta entrada puede no aparecer, dependiendo de su hardware.\n"
+"\n"
+"   El sistema intentará abrir una pantalla gráfica con la resolución\n"
+"deseada. Si ve el mensaje durante la prueba, y responde \"%s\", entonces\n"
+"DrakX continuará con el paso siguiente. Si no puede ver el mensaje,\n"
+"entonces significa que alguna parte de la configuración detectada\n"
+"automáticamente era incorrecta y la prueba terminará automáticamente luego\n"
+"de unos segundos, restaurando el menú. Cambie los ajustes hasta obtener una\n"
+"pantalla gráfica correcta.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opciones\n"
+"\n"
+"   Este paso le permite elegir si desea que su máquina cambie\n"
+"automáticamente a la interfaz gráfica al arrancar. Obviamente, querrá\n"
+"marcar \"%s\" si su sistema actuará como servidor, o si no tuvo éxito en la\n"
+"configuración de su pantalla."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente el\n"
+"monitor conectado a su máquina. Si es incorrecto, en esta lista puede\n"
+"elegir el monitor que realmente posee."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolución\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí puede elegir las resoluciones y profundidades de color disponibles\n"
+"para su hardware de gráficos. Seleccione la que mejor se ajuste a sus\n"
+"necesidades (podrá hacer cambios luego de la instalación). En la imagen del\n"
+"monitor se muestra un ejemplo de la configuración elegida."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"En caso de que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta, con\n"
+"o sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le va a proponer elegir el servidor\n"
+"que mejor satisface sus necesidades."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opciones\n"
+"\n"
+"   Este paso le permite elegir si desea que su máquina cambie\n"
+"automáticamente a la interfaz gráfica al arrancar. Obviamente, querrá\n"
+"marcar \"%s\" si su sistema actuará como servidor, o si no tuvo éxito en la\n"
+"configuración de su pantalla."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Ahora necesita elegir el lugar de su disco rígido donde se instalará su\n"
+"sistema operativo Mandriva Linux. Si su disco rígido está vacío o si un\n"
+"sistema operativo existente está utilizando todo el espacio disponible,\n"
+"necesitará particionar el disco. Básicamente, particionar un disco rígido\n"
+"consiste en dividirlo lógicamente para crear espacio para instalar su\n"
+"sistema Mandriva Linux nuevo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Debido a que el proceso de particionado de un disco rígido por lo general\n"
+"es irreversible y puede llevar a pérdida de datos, el particionado puede\n"
+"ser intimidante y estresante si Usted es un usuario inexperto. Por fortuna,\n"
+"DrakX incluye un asistente que simplifica este proceso. Antes de continuar\n"
+"con este paso, por favor lea el resto de esta sección y, por sobre todo,\n"
+"tómese su tiempo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dependiendo de la configuración de su disco rígido, están disponibles\n"
+"varias opciones:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Esta opción simplemente llevará a un particionado automático de\n"
+"su(s) disco(s) vacío(s). Si elige esta opción, no se le pedirán más\n"
+"detalles ni se le formularán más preguntas.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". El asistente ha detectado una o más particiones Linux existentes\n"
+"en su disco rígido. Si desea utilizarlas, elija esta opción. Entonces se le\n"
+"pedirá que elija los puntos de montaje asociados a cada una de las\n"
+"particiones. Los puntos de montaje legados se seleccionan de manera\n"
+"predeterminada, y por lo general es buena idea mantenerlos.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Si Microsoft Windows está instalado en su disco rígido y ocupa\n"
+"todo el espacio disponible en el mismo, Usted tendrá que liberar espacio\n"
+"para Linux. Para hacerlo, puede borrar su partición y datos Microsoft\n"
+"Windows (vea la solución \"Borrar el disco entero\") o cambiar el tamaño de\n"
+"su partición Microsoft Windows FAT o NTFS. El cambio de tamaño se puede\n"
+"realizar sin la pérdida de datos, siempre y cuando Usted haya\n"
+"desfragmentado con anterioridad la partición Windows. Es altamente\n"
+"recomendable hacer una copia de respaldo de sus datos. Se recomienda usar\n"
+"esta solución si desea utilizar tanto Mandriva Linux como Microsoft Windows\n"
+"en la misma computadora.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Antes de elegir esta opción, por favor comprenda que después de este\n"
+"procedimiento el tamaño de su partición Microsoft Windows será más pequeño\n"
+"que cuando comenzó. Tendrá menos espacio bajo Microsoft Windows para\n"
+"almacenar sus datos o instalar software nuevo.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Si desea borrar todos los datos y todas las particiones\n"
+"presentes en su disco rígido y reemplazarlos con su nuevo sistema\n"
+"Mandriva Linux, seleccione esta opción. Tenga cuidado con esta solución ya\n"
+"que no podrá revertir su elección después de confirmarla.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Si elige esta opción, se perderán todos los datos en su disco. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Esta opción aparece cuando todo el disco está tomado por\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Al elegir esta opción simplemente se borrará todo el\n"
+"disco y se comenzará desde cero, particionando todo de nuevo.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Si elige esta opción, se perderán todos los datos en su disco. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": elija esta opción si desea particionar manualmente su disco\n"
+"rígido. Tenga cuidado - esta es una elección potente pero peligrosa y puede\n"
+"perder todos sus datos con facilidad. Esa es la razón por la cual esta\n"
+"opción realmente sólo se recomienda si ha hecho algo como esto antes y\n"
+"tiene algo de experiencia. Para más instrucciones acerca de la utilización\n"
+"del utilitario DiskDrake, consulte la sección \"Administrar sus\n"
+"particiones\" de la \"Guía de Comienzo\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Usar la partición existente"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Borrar el disco entero"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ya está. Ahora la instalación está completa y su sistema GNU/Linux está\n"
+"listo para ser utilizado. Simplemente haga clic sobre \"%s\" para volver a\n"
+"arrancar el sistema. Lo primero que debería ver tan pronto como su máquina\n"
+"haya finalizado sus pruebas de hardware, es el menú del cargador de\n"
+"arranque dándole la opción de elegir que sistema operativo arrancar.\n"
+"\n"
+"El botón \"%s\" le muestra dos botones más:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": le permite crear un disquete de instalación que realizará una\n"
+"instalación completa automáticamente, sin la asistencia de un operador,\n"
+"similar a la instalación que ha configurado recién.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note que hay dos opciones diferentes disponibles después de hacer clic\n"
+"sobre ese botón:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Esta es una instalación parcialmente automatizada. La etapa\n"
+"de particionado es el único procedimiento interactivo.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Instalación completamente automatizada: el disco rígido se\n"
+"sobreescribe por completo, y se pierden todos los datos.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Esta característica es muy útil cuando se instala una cantidad grande de\n"
+"máquinas similares. Consulte la sección Auto install (en inglés) en nuestro\n"
+"sitio web para más información.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): guarda una lista de los paquetes seleccionados en esta\n"
+"instalación. Para usar esta selección con otra instalación, inserte el\n"
+"disquete en la disquetera y comience la instalación. En el prompt, presione\n"
+"la tecla [F1], y a continuación ingrese >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< y\n"
+"presione la tecla [Intro].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Necesita un disquete formateado con FAT. Para crear uno bajo GNU/Linux\n"
+"teclee \"mformat a:\", o \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" seguido de \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Generar un disquete de instalación automática"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Si desea volver a utilizar algunas particiones GNU/Linux legadas, puede\n"
+"desear volver a formatear algunas de ellas y borrar cualquier dato que\n"
+"pudieran contener. Para hacerlo, por favor seleccione también dichas\n"
+"particiones.\n"
+"\n"
+"Por favor note que no es necesario volver a formatear todas las particiones\n"
+"preexistentes. Debe volver a formatear las particiones que contienen el\n"
+"sistema operativo (tales como \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\") pero no tiene que\n"
+"volver a formatear particiones que contienen datos que desea preservar\n"
+"(típicamente \"/home\")\n"
+"\n"
+"Por favor, tenga sumo cuidado cuando selecciona las particiones. Después de\n"
+"formatear se borrarán todos los datos en las particiones seleccionadas y no\n"
+"podrá recuperarlos en absoluto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" cuando esté listo para formatear las particiones.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea elegir otra partición para la instalación\n"
+"de su sistema operativo Mandriva Linux nuevo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea seleccionar las particiones del disco en\n"
+"las que se buscarán bloques defectuosos."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Es probable que cuando instale Mandriva Linux algunos paquetes se hayan\n"
+"actualizado desde la publicación inicial. Se pueden haber corregido errores\n"
+"y solucionado problemas de seguridad. Para permitir que Usted se beneficie\n"
+"de estas actualizaciones, ahora las puede descargar desde la Internet.\n"
+"Marque \"%s\" si tiene funcionando una conexión con la Internet, o \"%s\"\n"
+"si prefiere instalar los paquetes actualizados más tarde.\n"
+"\n"
+"Al elegir \"%s\" se mostrará una lista de lugares desde los que se pueden\n"
+"obtener las actualizaciones. Debería elegir el más cercano a Usted.\n"
+"Aparecerá un árbol de selección de paquetes: revise la selección y presione\n"
+"\"%s\" para obtener e instalar los paquetes seleccionados, o \"%s\" para\n"
+"abortar."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"En este punto, DrakX le permitirá elegir el nivel de seguridad que desea\n"
+"para su máquina. Como regla general, el nivel de seguridad debería ser\n"
+"mayor si la máquina va a contener datos cruciales, o si estará expuesta\n"
+"directamente a la Internet. No obstante, un nivel de seguridad más alto\n"
+"generalmente se obtiene a expensas de la facilidad de uso.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si no sabe cual elegir, mantenga la opción predeterminada. Podrá cambiarla\n"
+"más adelante con la herramienta draksec, que es parte del Centro de Control\n"
+"de Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Complete el campo \"%s\" con la dirección de correo electrónico de la\n"
+"persona responsable de la seguridad. Los mensajes relativos a la seguridad\n"
+"se enviarán a esa dirección."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Administrador de seguridad"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Ahora necesita elegir qué particiones se utilizarán para la instalación de\n"
+"su sistema Mandriva Linux. Si ya se han definido particiones, ya sea por\n"
+"una instalación previa de GNU/Linux o con otra herramienta de particionado,\n"
+"puede utilizarlas. De lo contrario, se deben definir particiones en el\n"
+"disco rígido.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para crear particiones, primero debe seleccionar un disco rígido. Puede\n"
+"seleccionar el disco a particionar haciendo clic sobre \"hda\" para el\n"
+"primer disco IDE, \"hdb\" para el segundo, \"sda\" para el primer disco\n"
+"SCSI y así sucesivamente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para particionar el disco rígido seleccionado, puede utilizar estas\n"
+"opciones:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta opción borra todas las particiones sobre el disco\n"
+"seleccionado.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta opción le permite crear particiones ext3 y swap\n"
+"automáticamente en el espacio libre de su disco rígido.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": le da acceso a características adicionales:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": guarda la tabla de particiones en un disquete. Útil para\n"
+"recuperar la tabla de particiones más adelante en caso que sea necesario.\n"
+"Es altamente recomendable realizar este paso.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta opción le permitirá restaurar una tabla de particiones\n"
+"guardada previamente en un disquete.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si su tabla de particiones está dañada puede intentar\n"
+"recuperarla utilizando esta opción. Por favor, tenga cuidado y recuerde que\n"
+"puede fallar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": descarta todos los cambios y carga la tabla de particiones que\n"
+"estaba originalmente en el disco rígido.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si desmarca esta opción los usuarios estarán forzados a montar y\n"
+"desmontar manualmente los soportes removibles como los disquetes y los\n"
+"CD-ROM.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use esta opción si desea utilizar un asistente para particionar\n"
+"su disco rígido. Se recomienda esto si no tiene un buen conocimiento del\n"
+"particionado.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use esta opción para deshacer sus cambios.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permite realizar acciones adicionales sobre las particiones\n"
+"(tipo, opciones, formatear) y brinda más información acerca del disco\n"
+"rígido.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cuando ha terminado de particionar su disco rígido, esto\n"
+"guardará sus cambios en el disco.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cuando se define el tamaño de una partición, puede realizar un ajuste fino\n"
+"del tamaño utilizando las teclas de las flechas de su teclado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nota: todas las opciones son accesibles por medio del teclado. Navegue a\n"
+"través de las particiones usando [Tab] y las flechas [Arriba/Abajo].\n"
+"\n"
+"Cuando se selecciona una partición, puede utilizar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * [Ctrl] [C] para crear una partición nueva (cuando está seleccionada una\n"
+"partición vacía);\n"
+"\n"
+" * [Ctrl] [D] para borrar una partición;\n"
+"\n"
+" * [Ctrl] [M] para configurar el punto de montaje.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para obtener información sobre los distintos tipos de sistemas de archivos\n"
+"disponibles, por favor lea el capítulo acerca de ext2FS del \"Manual de\n"
+"Referencia\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Si está instalando en una máquina PPC, querrá crear una pequeña partición\n"
+"HFS de \"bootstrap\" de al menos 1 MB que será utilizada por el cargador de\n"
+"arranque yaboot. Si opta por hacer la partición un poco más grande, digamos\n"
+"50 MB, puede ver que es un lugar útil para almacenar un núcleo y ramdisk\n"
+"alternativos para arrancar en situaciones de emergencia."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Montaje automático de soportes extraíbles"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Cambiar entre el modo normal/experto"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Se ha detectado más de una partición Microsoft Windows en su disco rígido.\n"
+"Por favor, elija aquella a la cual desea cambiar el tamaño para poder\n"
+"instalar su sistema operativo Mandriva Linux nuevo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partición se lista como sigue: \"Nombre Linux\", \"Nombre Windows\",\n"
+"\"Capacidad\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nombre Linux\" está estructurado: \"tipo de disco rígido\", \"número de\n"
+"disco rígido\", \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tipo de disco rígido\" es \"hd\" si su disco es un disco IDE y \"sd\" si\n"
+"el mismo es un disco SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Número de disco rígido\" siempre es una letra que sigue a \"hd\" o a\n"
+"\"sd\". Para los discos IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"disco rígido maestro en la controladora IDE\n"
+"primaria\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"disco rígido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n"
+"primaria\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"disco rígido maestro en la controladora IDE\n"
+"secundaria\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"disco rígido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n"
+"secundaria\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Para los discos SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"SCSI ID menor\", una \"b\"\n"
+"significa \"segunda SCSI ID menor\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nombre Windows\" es la letra de su unidad de disco bajo Windows (el\n"
+"primer disco o partición se denomina \"C:\")."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": verifique la selección actual del país. Si Usted no se encuentra en\n"
+"este país haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" y seleccione otro. Si su país no\n"
+"se muestra en la primer lista que se muestra, haga clic sobre el botón\n"
+"\"%s\" para obtener la lista completa de países."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Este paso se activa sólo si se encontró una partición GNU/Linux existente\n"
+"en su máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX ahora necesita saber si desea realizar una instalación nueva o una\n"
+"actualización de un sistema Mandriva Linux existente:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". En gran parte, esta opción borrará por completo el sistema\n"
+"anterior. Sin embargo, dependiendo de su esquema de particiones, puede\n"
+"evitar que se sobre-escriban algunos datos existentes (notablemente los\n"
+"directorios de \"home\"). Si desea cambiar la forma en la que se\n"
+"particionan sus discos, debería usar esta opción.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Esta clase de instalación le permite actualizar los paquetes que\n"
+"en este momento están instalados en su sistema Mandriva Linux. No se "
+"alteran\n"
+"las particiones corrientes de sus discos ni los datos de los usuarios. La\n"
+"mayoría de los otros pasos de configuración permanecen disponibles y son\n"
+"similares a una instalación estándar.\n"
+"\n"
+"El uso de la opción \"Actualizar\" debería funcionar sin problemas para los\n"
+"sistemas Mandriva Linux que corren la versión \"8.1\" o una posterior. No "
+"se\n"
+"recomienda realizar una actualización sobre versiones anteriores a\n"
+"Mandriva Linux versión \"8.1\"."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependiendo del idioma que eligió (ver ), DrakX seleccionará\n"
+"automáticamente un tipo particular de configuración del teclado. Verifique\n"
+"que la selección le satisface o elija otra distribución de teclado.\n"
+"\n"
+"También, puede ser que Usted no tenga un teclado que se corresponde\n"
+"exactamente con su idioma: por ejemplo, si Usted es un argentino que habla\n"
+"inglés, puede ser que tenga un teclado latino americano. O si habla\n"
+"castellano pero está en Inglaterra puede estar en la misma situación en la\n"
+"cual su idioma nativo y su teclado no coinciden. En cualquier caso, este\n"
+"paso de instalación le permitirá elegir un teclado apropiado de una lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" para que se le presente la lista completa\n"
+"de los teclados soportados.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si eligió una distribución de teclado basada en un alfabeto no latino, el\n"
+"próximo diálogo le permitirá elegir la combinación de teclas que cambiará\n"
+"la distribución del teclado entre la latina y la no latina."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"El primer paso es elegir el idioma que prefiere.\n"
+"\n"
+"Su elección de idioma preferido afectará al idioma del instalador, de la\n"
+"documentación, y del sistema en general. Seleccione primero la región en la\n"
+"que se encuentra, y luego el idioma que habla.\n"
+"\n"
+"Al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" (Avanzada) podrá seleccionar otros\n"
+"idiomas para instalar en su sistema, instalando así los archivos\n"
+"específicos para esos idiomas para la documentación y las aplicaciones. Por\n"
+"ejemplo, si albergará a gente de Francia en su máquina, seleccione Español\n"
+"como idioma principal en la vista de árbol y \"%s\" en la sección avanzada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Acerca del soporte UTF-8 (Unicode): Unicode es una codificación nueva de\n"
+"caracteres que pretende cubrir todos los idiomas existentes. Sin embargo,\n"
+"el soporte completo para Unicode bajo GNU/Linux todavía está en desarrollo.\n"
+"Por esta razón, Mandriva Linux lo usará o no dependiendo de las elecciones\n"
+"del usuario:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si elige un idioma con codificación legada fuerte (idiomas latin1, ruso,\n"
+"japonés, chino, coreano, thai, griego, turco, la mayoría de los idiomas\n"
+"ISO-8859-2), de manera predeterminada se usará la codificación legada.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Otros idiomas utilizarán Unicode de manera predeterminada.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si se necesitan dos o más idiomas, y dichos idiomas no utilizan la misma\n"
+"codificación, entonces el sistema completo utilizará Unicode.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finalmente, también se puede forzar el uso de Unicode para todo el\n"
+"sistema a pedido del usuario seleccionando la opción \"%s\" sin importar\n"
+"qué idiomas han sido seleccionados.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note que no está limitado a elegir un único idioma adicional. Puede elegir\n"
+"varios, o incluso instalarlos a todos marcando la casilla \"%s\".\n"
+"Seleccionar el soporte para un idioma significa que se instalarán las\n"
+"traducciones, tipografías, correctores ortográficos, etc. para dicho\n"
+"idioma.\n"
+"\n"
+"Puede ejecutar el comando \"localedrake\" como \"root\" para cambiar el\n"
+"idioma de todo el sistema de uno a otro. Ejecutar el comando como usuario\n"
+"no privilegiado sólo cambiará la configuración de idioma para ese usuario\n"
+"en particular."
+
+# este es el idioma de ejemplo en la ayuda de la seleccion de idiomas;
+# en la traduccion de la ayuda se usa el frances como idioma extra de ejemplo
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Français"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Por lo general, DrakX no tiene problemas en detectar la cantidad de botones\n"
+"de su ratón. Si no es así, asume que Usted tiene un ratón de dos botones y\n"
+"lo configurará para que emule el tercero. El tercer botón del ratón en un\n"
+"ratón de dos botones se puede \"obtener\" haciendo clic simultáneamente\n"
+"sobre el botón izquierdo y el derecho. DrakX sabrá automáticamente si su\n"
+"ratón utiliza una interfaz PS/2, serie o USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"En caso que tenga un ratón de 3 botones sin rueda, puede elegir un ratón\n"
+"\"%s\". Entonces, DrakX configurará su ratón de forma tal que pueda simular\n"
+"la rueda con el mismo: para hacerlo, presione el botón del medio y, sin\n"
+"soltarlo, mueva el puntero de su ratón arriba y abajo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si, por alguna razón, desea especificar un tipo de ratón diferente,\n"
+"selecciónelo de la lista que se proporciona.\n"
+"\n"
+"Puede seleccionar la entrada \"%s\" para elegir un tipo de ratón\n"
+"\"genérico\" que funcionará con casi todos los ratones.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si elige un ratón distinto al predeterminado, se mostrará una pantalla de\n"
+"prueba. Use los botones y la rueda para verificar que los ajustes son\n"
+"correctos y que el ratón está funcionando correctamente. Si el ratón no\n"
+"está funcionando bien, presione la [barra espaciadora] o la tecla [Intro]\n"
+"para cancelar la prueba y volverá a la lista de opciones.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ocasionalmente, los ratones con rueda no se detectan automáticamente, por\n"
+"lo que deberá seleccionar su ratón de una lista. Debe asegurarse de\n"
+"seleccionar el correspondiente al puerto en el cual está conectado su\n"
+"ratón. Después de seleccionar un ratón y presionar el botón \"%s\", se\n"
+"mostrará la imagen de un ratón en la pantalla. Mueva la rueda de su ratón\n"
+"para asegurarse que está activa correctamente. A medida que mueva la rueda,\n"
+"verá que se mueve la rueda en la pantalla. Pruebe los botones y verifique\n"
+"que el puntero del ratón se mueve en la pantalla a medida que mueve su\n"
+"ratón."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Con emulación de rueda"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Cualquier ratón PS/2 y USB"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor, seleccione el puerto correcto. Por ejemplo, el puerto \"COM1\"\n"
+"bajo Windows se denomina \"ttyS0\" bajo GNU/Linux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Este es el punto de decisión más crucial para la seguridad de su sistema\n"
+"GNU/Linux: tendrá que ingresar la contraseña de \"root\". El usuario\n"
+"\"root\" es el administrador del sistema y es el único autorizado a hacer\n"
+"actualizaciones, agregar usuarios, cambiar la configuración general del\n"
+"sistema, etc. Resumiendo, ¡\"root\" puede hacer de todo! Es por esto que\n"
+"deberá elegir una contraseña que sea difícil de adivinar - DrakX le dirá si\n"
+"la que eligió es demasiado fácil. Como puede ver, no es forzoso ingresar\n"
+"una contraseña, pero le recomendamos encarecidamente que ingrese una.\n"
+"GNU/Linux es tan propenso a errores del operador como cualquier otro\n"
+"sistema operativo. Es importante que sea difícil convertirse en \"root\"\n"
+"debido a que \"root\" puede sobrepasar todas las limitaciones y borrar, sin\n"
+"intención, todos los datos que se encuentran en las particiones accediendo\n"
+"a las mismas sin el cuidado suficiente.\n"
+"\n"
+"La contraseña debería ser una mezcla de caracteres alfanuméricos y tener al\n"
+"menos una longitud de 8 caracteres. Nunca escriba la contraseña de \"root\"\n"
+"- por ejemplo, en un papel - eso hace que sea muy fácil comprometer su\n"
+"sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sin embargo, no debería hacer la contraseña muy larga o complicada ¡debido\n"
+"a que Usted debe poder recordarla!\n"
+"\n"
+"La contraseña no se mostrará en la pantalla a medida que Usted la teclee.\n"
+"Deberá teclear la contraseña dos veces para reducir la posibilidad de un\n"
+"error de tecleo a ciegas. Si ocurre que Usted comete dos veces el mismo\n"
+"error de tecleo, tendrá que utilizar esta contraseña \"incorrecta\" la\n"
+"primera vez que intente conectarse como \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Si desea utilizar un servidor de autenticación para controlar el acceso a\n"
+"su computadora, haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Si su red usa los protocolos LDAP, NIS, o servicios de autenticación de PDC\n"
+"Dominio de Windows, seleccione el apropiado como método de %s.\n"
+"Si no sabe cual utilizar, debería preguntar al administrador de su red.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si ocurre que tiene problemas para recordar contraseñas, o si su\n"
+"computadora nunca estará conectada a la Internet y Usted confía\n"
+"absolutamente en cualquier persona que tenga acceso a la misma, puede\n"
+"elegir el botón \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autenticación"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Un cargador de arranque es un pequeño programa que la computadora inicia al\n"
+"momento del arranque. Es el responsable de arrancar todo el sistema.\n"
+"Normalmente la instalación del cargador de arranque está completamente\n"
+"automatizada. DrakX analizará el sector de arranque del disco y actuará en\n"
+"función de lo que encuentre allí:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si encuentra un sector de arranque de Windows, lo reemplazará con un\n"
+"sector de arranque de GRUB/LILO de forma tal que Usted pueda cargar\n"
+"GNU/Linux o cualquier otro sistema operativo instalado en su máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si encuentra un sector de arranque de GRUB o LILO, lo reemplazará con\n"
+"uno nuevo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si no puede realizar una determinación, DrakX le preguntará dónde colocar\n"
+"el cargador de arranque. Generalmente, el \"%s\" es el lugar más seguro. Si\n"
+"no va a instalar cargador de arranque alguno seleccione \"%s\". Úselo\n"
+"solamente si sabe lo que está haciendo."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Ahora es el momento de seleccionar un sistema de impresión para su\n"
+"computadora. Otros sistemas operativos pueden ofrecerle uno, pero\n"
+"Mandriva Linux le ofrece dos. Cada uno de los sistemas de impresión es más\n"
+"adecuado para tipos de configuración particulares.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - \"print, do not queue\" (imprimir sin poner en cola) es la\n"
+"elección si Usted tiene una conexión directa a su impresora y desea evitar\n"
+"el pánico de los papeles trabados, y no tiene impresora en red alguna\n"
+"(\"%s\" manejará sólo casos de red muy simples y es algo lento cuando se\n"
+"utiliza con las redes) Se recomienda utilizar \"pdq\" si esta es su primer\n"
+"experiencia con GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\"punta (Sistema de Impresión\n"
+"Común de Unix) es una elección excelente para imprimir en su impresora\n"
+"local o en una que se encuentre al otro lado del planeta. Es simple de\n"
+"configurar y puede actuar como servidor o cliente para el sistema de\n"
+"impresión antiguo \"lpd\", por lo que es compatible con sistemas operativos\n"
+"más antiguos que todavía pueden necesitar servicios de impresión. Si bien\n"
+"es bastante potente, la configuración básica es tan simple como la de\n"
+"\"pdq\". Si necesita que emule a un servidor \"lpd\", debe activar el\n"
+"demonio \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\" incluye interfaces gráficas para imprimir o\n"
+"elegir las opciones de la impresora y para administrar la impresora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si hace una elección ahora y más tarde encuentra que a Usted no le gusta su\n"
+"sistema de impresión, puede cambiarlo ejecutando PrinterDrake desde el\n"
+"Centro de Control de Mandriva Linux y haciendo clic sobre el botón \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Experto"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX primero detectará cualquier dispositivo IDE presente en su\n"
+"computadora. También buscará una o más tarjetas SCSI PCI en su sistema. Si\n"
+"se encuentra una tarjeta SCSI, DrakX instalará automáticamente el\n"
+"controlador apropiado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Debido a que la detección de hardware no es a prueba de errores, DrakX\n"
+"puede no detectar sus discos rígidos. De ser así, Usted tendrá que\n"
+"especificar su hardware manualmente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si tuviese que especificar su adaptador SCSI PCI manualmente, DrakX le\n"
+"preguntará si desea configurar opciones para el mismo. Debería permitir a\n"
+"DrakX sondear el hardware en busca de las opciones específicas de la\n"
+"tarjeta que son necesarias para inicializar el adaptador. La mayoría de las\n"
+"veces, DrakX saldrá adelante en este paso sin problema alguno.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si DrakX no puede sondear las opciones para determinar automáticamente qué\n"
+"parámetros debe pasar al hardware, Usted deberá configurar manualmente el\n"
+"controlador."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema, la misma se\n"
+"mostrará aquí. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido no es la que está realmente\n"
+"presente en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir un\n"
+"controlador diferente."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"A manera de revisión, DrakX presentará un resumen de las distintas\n"
+"informaciones que recopiló acerca de su sistema. Dependiendo del hardware\n"
+"instalado en su máquina, puede tener algunas o todas las entradas\n"
+"siguientes. Cada entrada está compuesta del elemento a configurar, seguido\n"
+"de un pequeño resumen de la configuración actual. Haga clic sobre el botón\n"
+"\"%s\" correspondiente para hacer los cambios.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique la configuración de la disposición actual del teclado\n"
+"y cámbiela si es necesario.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique la selección actual del país. Si Usted no se encuentra\n"
+"en este país haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" y seleccione otro. Si su país\n"
+"no se muestra en la primer lista que se muestra, haga clic sobre el botón\n"
+"\"%s\" para obtener la lista completa de países.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": De manera predeterminada DrakX deduce su huso horario basándose\n"
+"en el país que ha elegido. Puede hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" si esto\n"
+"no es correcto.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique la configuración del ratón y haga clic sobre el botón\n"
+"para cambiarla, si es necesario.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" se abrirá el asistente de\n"
+"configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capítulo correspondiente de la\n"
+"\"Guía de Comienzo\" para más información sobre cómo configurar una\n"
+"impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allí es similar a la utilizada\n"
+"durante la instalación.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema, la misma se\n"
+"mostrará aquí. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido no es la que está realmente\n"
+"presente en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir un\n"
+"controlador diferente.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de TV en su sistema, la misma se\n"
+"muestra aquí. Si tiene una tarjeta de TV y la misma no se detecta, haga\n"
+"clic sobre \"%s\" para intentar configurarla a mano.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Puede hacer clic sobre \"%s\" para cambiar los parámetros\n"
+"asociados a la tarjeta si cree que no son los correctos.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": de manera predeterminada DrakX configura su interfaz gráfica en\n"
+"\"800x600\" o \"1024x768\" de resolución. Si eso no le satisface, haga clic\n"
+"sobre \"%s\" para cambiar la configuración su interfaz gráfica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si desea configurar ahora el acceso a la Internet o a su red\n"
+"local, puede hacerlo ahora. Consulte la documentación impresa o utilice el\n"
+"Centro de Control de Mandriva Linux luego que finalizó la instalación para\n"
+"aprovechar la ayuda en línea completa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permite configurar las direcciones de los proxy HTTP y FTP si la\n"
+"máquina sobre la que está instalando estará ubicada detrás de un servidor\n"
+"proxy.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta entrada le ofrece volver a definir el nivel de seguridad\n"
+"como se ajustó en un paso previo (ver ).\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si planifica conectar su máquina a la Internet, es una buena\n"
+"idea protegerse de las intrusiones configurando un cortafuegos. Consulte la\n"
+"sección correspondiente de la \"Guía de Comienzo\" para detalles acerca de\n"
+"los ajustes del cortafuegos.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si desea cambiar la configuración de su cargador de arranque,\n"
+"haga clic sobre este botón. Esto debería estar reservado para los usuarios\n"
+"avanzados. Consulte la documentación impresa o la ayuda en línea acerca de\n"
+"la configuración del cargador de arranque en el Centro de Control de\n"
+"Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": por medio de esta entrada podrá tener un control fino sobre qué\n"
+"servicios correrán en su máquina. Si planifica utilizar esta máquina como\n"
+"servidor es una buena idea revisar estos ajustes."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Tarjeta RDSI"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interfaz gráfica"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Elija la unidad de disco que desea borrar para instalar su partición\n"
+"Mandriva Linux nueva. Tenga cuidado, ¡se perderán todos los datos presentes\n"
+"en dicha unidad de disco y no se podrán recuperar!."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea borrar todos los datos y particiones\n"
+"presentes en esta unidad de disco. Tenga cuidado, luego de hacer clic sobre\n"
+"\"%s\", no podrá recuperar los datos y las particiones presentes en esta\n"
+"unidad de disco, incluyendo los datos de Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" para detener esta operación sin perder los datos ni\n"
+"las particiones presentes en esta unidad de disco rígido."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Siguiente ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Anterior"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/et.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/et.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e1dbfcb70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/et.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1945 @@
+# Translation of DrakX.po to Estonian.
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Riho Kurg <rx@linux.ee>, 1999-2003.
+# Marek Laane <bald@starman.ee>, 2002-2006.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-et\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-07 12:20+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Marek Laane <bald@starman.ee>\n"
+"Language-Team: Estonian <et@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Enne jätkamist lugege hoolikalt läbi litsentsileping. See kehtib kogu\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxi distributsiooni kohta. Kui Te kõigi selle tingimustega\n"
+"nõus olete, märkige ära kast \"%s\". Kui Teile aga miski ei meeldi, siis\n"
+"klõps nupule \"%s\" sooritab arvuti taaskäivitamise."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux on mitmekasutajasüsteem, mis tähendab, et igal kasutajal\n"
+"võivad olla oma eelistused, failid jne. Selle kontseptsiooni kohta leiab "
+"lähemat\n"
+"infot \"Kasutaja käsiraamatust\". Kuid erinevalt administraatorist ei ole\n"
+"kasutajal õigust muuta midagi muud kui vaid omaenda faile ja seadistusi.\n"
+"Te peaksite looma ka endale vähemalt ühe tavakasutaja konto, millele sisse\n"
+"logida igapäevategevuseks. Kuigi võib olla vägagi praktiline logida iga "
+"päev\n"
+"sisse administraatorina, võib see olla ka väga ohtlik! Vähimgi viga võib "
+"sel\n"
+"puhul tähendada, et süsteem lakkab töötamast. Kui teete tõsise vea "
+"tavakasutajana,\n"
+"võite kaotada ainult mõningat infot, kuid süsteem jääb töökorda.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kõigepealt tuleks sisestada oma tegelik nimi. See ei ole mõistagi "
+"kohustuslik - tegelikult võite sisestada, mida soovite. DrakX võtab esimese "
+"sisestatud sõna\n"
+"ning kopeerib selle väljale \"%s\". See on siis nimi, mille all konkreetne "
+"kasutaja\n"
+"saab ennast süsteemi sisse logida. Soovi korral võite DrakX'i pakutut ka\n"
+"muuta. Seejärel tuleb sisestada parool. Privileegideta (tavalise) kasutaja\n"
+"parool ei ole turvalisuse mõttes nii oluline kui administraatori oma,\n"
+"kuid pole põhjust sellest ka naljanumbrit teha:\n"
+"lõppeks on ju mängus Teie failid.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui klõpsate nupule \"%s\", võite lisada veel nii palju kasutajaid, kui "
+"vaja.\n"
+"Lisage üks kasutaja iga inimese kohta, kes Teie arvutit kasutab. Kui olete "
+"kõik\n"
+"soovitud sisestanud, klõpsake nupule \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Klõps nupule \"%s\" võimaldab muuta kasutajale määratavat shelli\n"
+"(vaikimisi on see bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui olete kasutajate lisamise lõpetanud, pakutakse Teile valida kasutaja, "
+"kel on\n"
+"õigus logida süsteemi automaatselt, kui arvuti käivitub. Kui see võimalus\n"
+"Teile huvi pakub (ja kohalik turvalisus muret ei valmista), valige "
+"meelepärane\n"
+"kasutaja ning aknahaldur ja klõpsake nupule \"%s\". Kui Te sellest aga "
+"huvitatud ei ole,\n"
+"eemaldage märge kastist \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Kas soovite seda lubada?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Ülal on toodud kõik Teie kõvakettal olemasolevad Linuxi partitsioonid\n"
+"Vaikimisi on need enamasti üsna mõistlikud. Kui teete nendes muutusi,\n"
+"pidage meeles, et kindlasti vajate juurpartitsiooni (\"/\"). Liiga väikeste\n"
+"partitsioonide puhul võib tekkida raskusi piisava hulga tarkvara "
+"paigaldamisel.\n"
+"Kasutajate jaoks on sageli mõistlik luua eraldi \"/home\" partitsioon.\n"
+"(Seda mõistagi juhul, kui tegemist on enam kui ühe Linuxi partitsiooniga).\n"
+"\n"
+"Iga partitsiooni juures on toodud abiinfona \"Nimi\" ja \"Mahutavus\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nimi\" koosneb kõvakettatüübist, selle numbrist ja partitsiooni\n"
+"numbrist (näiteks \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Kõvaketta tüüp on \"hd\", kui on tegemist IDE kettaga, ning \"sd\", kui on\n"
+"tegemist SCSI kettaga.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kõvaketta number on alati täht \"hd\" või \"sd\" järel. IDE ketastel:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" - esmase IDE kontrolleri ülem,\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" - esmase IDE kontrolleri allutatu,\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" - teisese IDE kontrolleri ülem,\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" - teisese IDE kontrolleri allutatu.\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI ketaste puhul on \"a\" esimene, \"b\" teine ja nii edasi."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linuxi paigalduspaketid on jagatud mitme CD vahel.\n"
+"DrakX suudab ära tunda, kui valitud pakett asub muul CD-l,\n"
+"ning väljastab siis seesoleva CD ja palub sisestada selle,\n"
+"mida parajasti vaja läheb.\n"
+"Kui Teil ei ole nõutavat CD-d käepärast, klõpsake nupul \"%s\"\n"
+"ning vastavat tarkvara ei paigaldata."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Nüüd on aeg valida rakendused, mida soovite oma süsteemi paigaldada.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux pakub tuhandeid pakette ja mõistagi ei eelda keegi,\n"
+"et Te neid kõiki juba ette tunneksite.\n"
+"\n"
+"Paketid on rühmitatud gruppidesse vastavalt nende kasutusalale.\n"
+"Grupid ise on jagatud nelja sektsiooni, mida võib valida mistahes "
+"kombinatsioonis:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui kavatsete kasutada arvutit tööjaamana,\n"
+"valige siit sektsioonist üks või enam grupp.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui kavatsete kasutada arvutit programmeerimiseks, valige\n"
+"soovitud grupid siit. Spetsiaalne grupp \"LSB\" seadistab Teie süsteemi "
+"nii,\n"
+"et see vastab võimalikult hästi Linux Standard Base'i standardile.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Grupi \"LSB\" valimine paigaldab Teie arvutisse Linuxi kerneli seeriast "
+"\"2.4\",\n"
+"mitte muidu vaikimisi paigaldatavast seeriast \"2.6\".\n"
+"Seda tehakse täieliku ühilduvuse saavutamiseks LSB standardiga.\n"
+"Kui Te aga jätate grupi \"LSB\" valimata, saate ikkagi süsteemi,\n"
+"mis vastab peaaegu täielikult LSB standardile.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui arvuti peab täitma serveri ülesandeid, saate siit valida,\n"
+"milliseid levinumaid teenuseid oma süsteemi paigaldada.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": lõpuks saate siit valida ka meelepärase graafilise töökeskkonna.\n"
+" Kui soovite kasutada graafilist töökeskkonda, tuleb Teil siit valida "
+"vähemalt üks variant.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hiire liigutamine grupi nimele toob nähtavale selle lühikirjelduse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Märkida võib ka kasti \"%s\", mis on eriti mõttekas siis, kui tunnete\n"
+"pakette, mida Teile pakutakse, või kui soovite täielikku kontrolli selle\n"
+"üle, mida Teie süsteemi paigaldatakse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui käivitasite paigaldamise režiimis \"%s\", võite jätta kõik grupid "
+"valimata,\n"
+"mis takistab uute pakettide paigaldamist.\n"
+"Seda tasub tarvitada näiteks olemasoleva süsteemi parandamisel või "
+"värskendamisel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui olete tavapärast paigaldamist tehes kõik grupid valimata jätnud\n"
+"(seega talitanud vastupidi uuendamise mõttele), ilmub dialoog,\n"
+"mis pakub mitmesuguseid võimalusi minimaalseks paigalduseks.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": paigaldatakse minimaalselt graafiliseks töölauaks vajalikud "
+"paketid.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": paigaldatakse baassüsteem ning põhilised utiliidid ja nende "
+"dokumentatsioon.\n"
+"See peaks sobima näiteks serverile.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": paigaldatakse minimaalne hulk pakette,\n"
+"mida on vaja Linuxi töötamiseks (vaid käsurealt).\n"
+"See võtab ruumi umbes 65 MB."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Uuendus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Baasdokumentatsiooniga"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Tõeliselt minimaalne paigaldus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Sõltuvalt sellest, kas valisite individuaalse pakettide valiku või mitte,\n"
+"näidatakse Teile gruppidesse ja alamgruppidesse rühmitatult kõiki pakette\n"
+"sisaldavat puud. Seda mööda liikudes võite valida või etteantud valiku\n"
+"tühistada tervete gruppide, alamgruppide või üksikute pakettide kaupa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui valite puus mõne paketi, ilmub paremal selle kirjeldus,\n"
+"mis annab teada, milline on paketi ülesanne.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Kui tahtlikult või seetõttu, et asi kuulus gruppi,\n"
+"on valitud mõni serveripakett, palutakse Teilt kinnitust,\n"
+"et Te ikka tõesti soovite neid servereid paigaldada.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux käivitab kõik paigaldatud serverid vaikimisi alglaadimise "
+"ajal.\n"
+"Isegi kui nad olid turvalised ja teadaolevalt probleemivabad ajal,\n"
+"mis valmis distributsioon, võib kergesti juhtuda,\n"
+"et pärast Mandriva Linuxi praeguse versiooni valmimist leiti neist "
+"turvaauke.\n"
+"Kui Te ei tea, mida konkreetne teenus pakub või miks see üldse "
+"paigaldatakse,\n"
+"klõpsake nupul \"%s\", sest klõps nupul \"%s\" paigaldab loetletud serverid\n"
+"ning nad käivituvad alglaadimise ajal automaatselt. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Lisavõimalus \"%s\" lihtsalt keelab hoiatava dialoogi,\n"
+"mis ilmub alati, kui paigaldaja valib automaatselt mõne paketi.\n"
+"See juhtub siis, kui leitakse, et paigaldamise edukaks lõpetamiseks\n"
+"on vajalik paigaldada veel mõni muu pakett.\n"
+"\n"
+"Väike disketiikoon nimekirja all võimaldab avada\n"
+"eelmise paigaldamise ajal valitud pakettide nimekirja.\n"
+"Sellel klõpsamise järel palutakse Teil sisestada diskett,\n"
+"mille lõite eelmise paigaldamise lõpul.\n"
+"Vaadake ka eelmise sammu teist nõuannet selle kohta, kuidas sellist disketti "
+"luua."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automaatsõltuvused"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": klõps nupul \"%s\" avab printeri seadistamise nõustaja.\n"
+"Uurige lähemalt \"Põhiteadmiste käsiraamatu\" (\"Starter Guide\")\n"
+"vastavast peatükist, kuidas uut printerit häälestada.\n"
+"Siin näidatav sarnaneb sellele, mida võisite näha paigaldamise ajal."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Nüüd saate valida, millised teenused peaks käivitama alglaadimisel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Siin on üles loetud kõik teenused, mis on saadaval antud paigalduse puhul.\n"
+"Uurige neid hoolega ja jätke valimata kõik, mida ei ole alglaadimise ajal\n"
+"tingimata vajalik käivitada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Konkreetset teenust valides näete selle kohta lühikest seletavat teksti. "
+"Kui\n"
+"Te ei ole aga kindel, kas teenus on kasulik või mitte, on mõistlik jätta "
+"kehtima\n"
+"vaikevalik (olgu see siis lubav või mitte).\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Kui kavatsete oma süsteemi kasutada serverina, olge eriti tähelepanelik:\n"
+"tõenäoliselt ei soovi Te käivitada mittevajalikke teenuseid. Pidage meeles, "
+"et\n"
+"mõned teenused võivad serveris kasutatuna olla isegi ohtlikud. Üldiselt "
+"tasub\n"
+"valida ainult neid teenuseid, mida Teil tõesti vaja läheb.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux kasutab GMT (Greenwichi) aega ning teisendab selle\n"
+"kohalikuks ajaks vastavalt Teie valitud ajavööndile. Seda võib siiski ka "
+"välja\n"
+"lülitada, kui jätta märkimata \"%s\". Sellisel juhul kajastab\n"
+"arvutikell sama aega, mis süsteemi kell. See võib olla kasulik, kui masinas "
+"on\n"
+"veel mõni operatsioonisüsteem, näiteks Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Võimalus \"%s\" võimaldab kellaaega reguleerida,\n"
+"ühendudes Internetis mõne ajaserveriga. Pakutavas nimekirjas valige mõni\n"
+"lähemal asuv server. Mõistagi peab selle võimaluse kasutamiseks olema ka\n"
+"Internetiühendus. Tegelikult paigaldab see Teie arvutisse ajaserveri, mida "
+"saab\n"
+"kasutada isegi teiste kohtvõrgus olevate masinate aja täpsustamiseks."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Aja automaatne sünkroniseerimine"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Videokaart\n"
+"\n"
+"   Paigaldaja tuvastab ja seadistab tavaliselt automaatselt masinasse\n"
+"paigaldatud videokaardi. Kui see ei õnnestu, saate nimekirjast valida\n"
+"kaardi, mis tegelikult on masinass paigaldatud.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Juhul, kui Teie kaardile peaks saada olema erinevaid servereid nii 3D\n"
+"kiirendusega kui ilma, saate valida serveri, mis Teie vajadustele\n"
+"kõige enam vastab."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (ehk X Window System) kujutab endast GNU/Linuxi graafilise "
+"kasutajaliidese\n"
+"tuuma ja südant, millele toetuvad kõik Mandriva Linuxiga kaasas käivad\n"
+"graafilised töökeskkonnad (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker jne).\n"
+"\n"
+"Siin näidatakse Teile tervet nimekirja parameetreid, mida saab muuta,\n"
+"et graafiline kasutajaliides oleks just Teile meelepärane:\n"
+"\n"
+"Videokaart\n"
+"\n"
+"   Paigaldaja tuvastab ja seadistab tavaliselt automaatselt masinasse\n"
+"paigaldatud videokaardi. Kui see ei õnnestu, saate nimekirjast valida\n"
+"kaardi, mis tegelikult on masinas paigaldatud.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Juhul, kui Teie kaardile peaks saada olema erinevaid servereid nii 3D\n"
+"kiirendusega kui ilma, saate valida serveri, mis Teie vajadustele\n"
+"kõige enam vastab.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Paigaldaja tuvastab ja seadistab tavaliselt automaatselt Teie masinaga\n"
+"ühendatud monitori. Kui see ei peaks siiski õnnestuma, saate siin toodud\n"
+"nimekirjast valida monitori, mis Teil tegelikult on.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Ekraanilahutus\n"
+"\n"
+"   Siin saate valida Teie riistvaraga sobiva ekraanilahutuse ja "
+"värvisügavuse.\n"
+"Kui Te paigaldamise järel leiate, et siin valitu siiski ei kõlba, saate "
+"seda\n"
+"hiljem muuta. Valitud seadistust näidatakse monitoril.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sõltuvalt Teie riistvarast ei pruugi seda näha olla.\n"
+"\n"
+"   süsteem püüab avada graafilist akent soovitud ekraanilahutusega. Kui "
+"näete\n"
+"testi ajal sõnumit ja vastate \"%s\", suundub DrakX järgmise sammu juurde.\n"
+"Kui Te sõnumit ei näe, tähendab see, et miski automaatselt tuvastatud\n"
+"seadistuses oli mäda ja test lõpeb automaatselt 12 sekundi pärast, tuues\n"
+"Teid menüüsse tagasi. Seal saate muuta seadistusi, kuni Teil õnnestub\n"
+"leida see, mis tagab korrektse ja meelepärase graaafilise kasutajaliidese.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Eelistused\n"
+"\n"
+"   Siin saab määrata, kas soovite, et masin käivitaks alglaadimise ajal\n"
+"automaatselt graafilise kasutajaliidese. Ilmselt on Teie vastus \"%s\",\n"
+"kui soovite, et masin toimiks serverina, või kui Teid ei kippunud\n"
+"seadistamise ajal edu saatma."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Paigaldaja tuvastab ja seadistab tavaliselt automaatselt Teie masinaga\n"
+"ühendatud monitori. Kui see ei peaks siiski õnnestuma, saate siin toodud\n"
+"nimekirjast valida monitori, mis Teil tegelikult on."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Ekraanilahutus\n"
+"\n"
+"   Siin saate valida Teie riistvaraga sobiva ekraanilahutuse ja "
+"värvisügavuse.\n"
+"Kui Te paigaldamise järel leiate, et siin valitu siiski ei kõlba, saate "
+"seda\n"
+"hiljem muuta. Valitud seadistust näidatakse monitoril."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Juhul, kui Teie kaardile peaks saada olema erinevaid servereid nii 3D\n"
+"kiirendusega kui ilma, saate valida serveri, mis Teie vajadustele\n"
+"kõige enam vastab."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Eelistused\n"
+"\n"
+"   Siin saab valida, kas soovite kasutada graafilist töökeskkonda\n"
+"kohe alglaadimisel. Pange tähele, et seda päritakse ka siis, kui Te ei "
+"proovinudki\n"
+"seadistusi testida. On üsna ilmne, et vastus kõlab \"%s\", kui masina "
+"ülesanne\n"
+"on tegutseda serverina või kui Teid ei kippunud seadistamise ajal edu saatma."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Olete jõudnud punkti, kus peate otsustama, kuhu täpselt Mandriva Linux\n"
+"oma kõvakettal paigaldada. Kui kõvaketas on tühi või mõni muu\n"
+"operatsioonisüsteem seda täielikult kasutab, on vaja see osadeks jagada\n"
+"ehk partitsioneerida.\n"
+"Partitsioneerimine on tegevus, mille käigus tekitatakse kettale loogilised\n"
+"piirkonnad Teie uue Mandriva Linuxi süsteemi paigaldamiseks.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kuna kõvaketta jagamine on pöördumatu protsess, siis peab kogemusteta\n"
+"kasutaja olema iseäranis ettevaatlik! Selle tegevuse lihtsustamiseks ja\n"
+"vigade vähendamiseks on Teie jaoks loodudki käesolev nõustaja. Siiski,\n"
+"palun varuge natuke ettevalmistusaega.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sõltuvalt kõvaketta omadustest on ketta jagamiseks ehk partitsioneerimiseks\n"
+"mitmeid võimalusi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": see jagab lihtsalt Teie tühja(d) kõvaketta(d).\n"
+"Mingeid edasisi küsimusi ei esitata.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nõustaja leidis kõvakettalt vähemalt\n"
+"ühe Linuxi partitsiooni. Kui soovite seda/neid kasutada, valige see "
+"võimalus.\n"
+"Seejärel palutakse valida iga partitsiooniga seotud haakepunktid. Vaikimisi\n"
+"valitakse need juba ette ära ja üldiselt oleks mõistlik neid mitte muuta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui kõvakettale on paigaldatud\n"
+"Microsoft Windows ja see haarab enda alla kogu kõvaketta, tuleb Teil "
+"tekitada\n"
+"vaba ruum GNU/Linuxi andmetele. Selleks võib hävitada Microsoft Windowsi\n"
+"partitsiooni koos andmetega (vaata võimalusi \"Puhasta kogu ketas\" või\n"
+"\"Ekspertrežiim\") või selle suurust muuta. Viimast on võimalik sooritada "
+"ilma\n"
+"andmeid kaotamata, seda küll eeldusel, et olete varem Windowsi partitsiooni\n"
+"defragmenteerinud. Siiski ei tule kindlasti kahjuks ka andmetest varukoopia\n"
+"valmistamine... See lahendus on soovitatav, kui tahate kasutada ühes "
+"arvutis\n"
+"nii Mandriva Linuxit kui Microsoft Windowsit.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Enne selle valiku kasuks otsustamist pidage silmas, et kirjeldatud "
+"protseduuri\n"
+"järel on Teie Microsoft Windowsi partitsioon senisest väiksem, mis tähendab, "
+"et\n"
+"sellel on ka vähem ruumi andmete salvestamiseks või uue tarkvara "
+"paigaldamiseks.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui soovite kustutada kõik andmed ja partitsioonid, mis\n"
+"kõvakettal parajasti on, ning asendada need uue Mandriva Linuxi süsteemiga, "
+"on\n"
+"see õige valik. Aga tasub olla ettevaatlik, sest pärast selle valiku "
+"langetamist\n"
+"tagasiteed enam ei ole...\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Kui valite selle võimaluse, kaotate kõik kõvakettal olevad andmed. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": see puhastab kõvaketta senistest andmetest ja\n"
+"käivitab uue paigaldusprotsessi, luues kõik partitsioonid uuesti. Kaovad ka\n"
+"kõik kettal olnud andmed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Kui valite selle võimaluse, kaotate kõik kõvakettal olevad andmed. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": valige see, kui soovite ise kontrollida kõvaketta jagamist.\n"
+"Kuid olge ettevaatlik - see on küll võimas, aga ohte sisaldav\n"
+"valik, mille puhul võib kergesti kaotada olemasolevad andmed. Seepärast ei\n"
+"peaks seda valima, kui Te pole endas päris kindel. Täpsemalt saab teada,\n"
+"kuidas kasutada DiskDrake'i võimalusi, \"Põhiteadmiste käsiraamatu"
+"\" (\"Starter\n"
+"Guide\") alapeatükist \"Partitsioonide haldamine\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Olemasolevate partitsioonide kasutamine"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Kogu ketta tühjendamine"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ja nüüd ongi paigaldamine selja taga ning Teie GNU/Linuxi süsteem valmis "
+"tööks.\n"
+"Selleks tuleb vaid klõpsata \"%s\" ning arvuti teeb taaskäivituse. Ärge\n"
+"unustage eemaldamast paigaldus-andmekandjat (CD või diskett). Seejärel\n"
+"võite valida, kas käivitada GNU/Linux või Windows (kui Teie arvutis on mitu\n"
+"süsteemi).\n"
+"\n"
+"Nupp \"%s\" pakub veel kaks võimalust:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": loob paigaldusdisketi, mis sooritab kogu\n"
+"paigaldamise ilma kasutajata, paigaldamine ise on samasugune nagu äsja\n"
+"seljataha jäänu.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selle valiku korral ilmub veel kaks erinevat võimalust:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". See on osaliselt automaatne, sest kõvaketta jagamisel\n"
+"(aga ka ainult seal) on võimalik sekkuda.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Täisautomaatne paigaldus: kõvaketas kirjutatakse täielikult\n"
+"uuesti, kõik varasemad andmed kustutatakse.\n"
+"\n"
+"   See võimalus võib olla kasulik, kui paigaldamine on kavas ette võtta "
+"paljudel\n"
+"ühesugustel masinatel. Lähemalt vaadake meie veebileheküljel\n"
+"automaatpaigalduse sektsiooni.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): salvestab paigaldamise käigus valitud pakettide\n"
+"nimekirja. Kui nüüd võtate ette uue paigalduse, asetage diskett seadmesse "
+"ning\n"
+"käivitage paigaldamine klahvile [F1] vajutades abiekraani vahendusel, andes "
+"käsu\n"
+">>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< ja vajutades seejärel klahvi [Enter].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Teil läheb vaja FAT-vorminduses disketti. Sellise loomiseks GNU/Linuxi\n"
+"keskkonnas andke käsureal korraldus \"mformat a:\" või \"fdformat /dev/fd0"
+"\"\n"
+"ning seejärel \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Loo kiirpaigaldusdiskett"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõik värskelt loodud partitsioonid tuleb enne kasutamist vormindada\n"
+"ehk sinna tuleb luua failisüsteemid.\n"
+"\n"
+"Samuti võib vormindada varem olemas olnud partitsioonid, kui soovite\n"
+"seal leiduvad andmed ära kustutada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pange tähele, et alati ei ole kõigi vanade partitsioonide vormindamine\n"
+"vajalik. Kindlasti tuleb vormindada partitsioonid, kus varem asus \"/\", \"/"
+"usr\"\n"
+"või \"/var\", aga kasutajate faile sisaldav \"/home\" võiks jääda alles.\n"
+"\n"
+"Olge partitsioonide valikul hoolas. Pärast vormindamist on kõik valitud\n"
+"partitsioonidel asunud andmed kustutatud ning neid ei ole võimalik "
+"taastada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klõpsake \"%s\", kui olete vormindamiseks valmis.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klõpsake \"%s\", kui soovite valida oma uue Mandriva Linuxi süsteemi\n"
+"paigaldamiseks mõne muu partitsiooni.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klõpsake \"%s\", kui soovite valida partitsioone, millel kontrollitaks\n"
+"vigaste plokkide olemasolu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"On tõenäoline, et praegu, kui Te paigaldate Mandriva Linuxit, on mõned\n"
+"paketid jõudnud pärast väljalaset juba uuenduskuuri üle elada. Mõnes on ära\n"
+"parandatud paar väiksemat viga, mõnes turvaprobleemid. Et võiksite neist\n"
+"uuendustest tulu lõigata, on Teil nüüd võimalik need Internetist alla "
+"laadida.\n"
+"Klõpsake \"%s\", kui Teie internetiühendus töötab, või \"%s\", kui "
+"eelistate\n"
+"pakette uuendada millalgi hiljem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui valite \"%s\", näidatakse Teile nimekirja kohtadega, kust uuendusi "
+"tõmmata\n"
+"saab. Valige endale lähim paik. Seejärel ilmub paketivaliku puu. Vaadake "
+"see\n"
+"üle ning klõpsake nupule \"%s\", kui soovite valitud paketi(d) alla laadida "
+"ja\n"
+"paigaldada, või \"%s\", kui Te ei soovi seda teha."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Nüüd on aeg valida masinale sobiv turvatase. Rusikareeglina peaks\n"
+"turvatase olema seda kõrgem, mida ligipääsule avatum arvuti on ja mida "
+"rohkem\n"
+"leidub selles olulise tähtsusega andmeid. Samas muudab kõrgem turvatase\n"
+"enamasti kasutamise mõnevõrra keerukamaks.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui Te ei tea, mida valida, jätke kehtima vaikimisi pakutud valik. Hiljem\n"
+"saate turvataset muuta Mandriva Linuxi juhtimiskeskuses abivahendiga "
+"Draksec.\n"
+"\n"
+"Väli \"%s\" on mõeldud süsteemi turvalisuse eest vastutava kasutaja\n"
+"teavitamiseks. Turvalisusega seotud teated saadetakse sellele aadressile."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Turvaadministraator"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Nüüd peate valima partitsiooni(d), kuhu soovite Mandriva Linuxi paigaldada.\n"
+"Kui need on juba olemas kas GNU/Linuxi varasema paigalduse või mõne muu\n"
+"kettajagamisvahendi tegevuse tulemusena, võite kasutada olemasolevaid\n"
+"partitsioone. Vastasel juhul tuleb need luua.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partitsioon on loogiliselt eraldatud kõvaketta piirkond, mille suurust\n"
+"ei ole võimalik hiljem, töötavas süsteemis enam muuta. Samuti hävivad\n"
+"partitsiooni kustutamisel kõik selles leiduvad andmed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kõvaketta jagamise lihtsustamiseks on loodud nõustaja, mille soovitused\n"
+"on harilikult mõistlikud.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partitsioonide loomiseks valige esmalt kõvaketas. \"hda\" tähendab siin "
+"esimest\n"
+"IDE-ketast, \"hdb\" teist IDE-ketast, \"sda\" esimest SCSI-ketast ja nii "
+"edasi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitud ketta jagamiseks on järgmised võimalused:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kustutatakse kõik olemasolevad partitsioonid\n"
+"sellel kettal.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sel juhul tekitatakse Linuxile vajalikud\n"
+"partitsioonid kõvaketta vabale osale automaatselt.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" pakub mõned lisavõimalused:\n"
+" * \"%s\": salvestab partitsioonitabeli disketile.\n"
+"Sellest on kasu hilisemal partitsioonitabeli taastamisel, kui seda vaja\n"
+"peaks olema. Igal juhul on äärmiselt soovitav see samm ette võtta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": võimaldab taastada disketilt varem\n"
+"salvestatud partitsioonitabeli.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui partitsioonitabel on vigastatud, võib\n"
+"proovida seda parandada. Palun ärge selle peale siiski liiga palju lootke.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui soovite tühistada kõik enda tehtud muutused ja alustada algse "
+"partitsioonitabeliga.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": selle võimaluse\n"
+"tühistamine sunnib kasutajaid käsitsi haakima ja lahutama eemaldatavaid\n"
+"andmekandjaid, st diskette ja CD-sid.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui soovite uue partitsioonitabeli loomisel samm-sammulist\n"
+"juhatust. See on soovitatav, kui Te ei ole varem midagi sellist teinud.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": selle võimalusega saab tühistada kõik tehtud muudatused.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": võimaldab partitsioonidega ette\n"
+"võtta lisaoperatsioone (tüüp, võtmed, vorming) ning pakub rohkem infot.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui olete kõvaketta jagamise lõpetanud, saate sellele nupule\n"
+"klõpsates tehtud muudatused salvestada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partitsiooni suurust määrates saate seda täpselt paika panna klaviatuuril\n"
+"asuvaid nooleklahve kasutades.\n"
+"\n"
+"Märkus: igale võimalusele pääseb ligi ka klaviatuuri abil. Partitsioonidel\n"
+"saab liikuda klahvidega [Tab] ning üles-alla nooleklahvidega.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partitsiooni valimisel saab ette võtta järgmisi toiminguid:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+C uue partitsiooni loomine (kui valitud on tühi partitsioon).\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+D partitsiooni kustutamine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+M haakepunkti määramine.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lähemat infot erinevate failisüsteemitüüpide kohta leiab \"Süvateadmiste\n"
+"käsiraamatu\" (\"Reference Manual\") peatükist \"Linuxi failisüsteem\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui paigaldamine toimub PPC-masinas, tuleks luua vähemalt 1MB suurune\n"
+"väike HFS \"bootstrap\"-partitsioon, mida kasutab alglaadur yaboot. Kui Te\n"
+"aga teete selle partitsiooni natukene suuremaks (näiteks nii umbes 50MB),\n"
+"on see päris hea koht, kuhu hädaolukorraks paigutada tagavarakernel\n"
+"ja ramdisk-laadepildid."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Eemaldatava andmekandja automaatne haakimine"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Tava- ja ekspertrežiimi lülitamine"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Teie arvuti kõvakettal on rohkem kui üks Microsoft Windowsi partitsioon.\n"
+"Palun valige välja see, mille suurust soovite Mandriva Linuxi jaoks muuta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Teie abistamiseks on igal partitsioonil näidatud \"Nimi Linuxis\", \"Nimi "
+"Windowsis\" ja \"Mahutavus\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nimi Linuxis\" koosneb kõvakettatüübist, selle numbrist ja partitsiooni\n"
+"numbrist (näiteks \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Kõvaketta tüüp on \"hd\", kui on tegemist IDE-kettaga, ja \"sd\", kui on\n"
+"tegemist SCSI-kettaga.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kõvaketta number on alati täht \"hd\" või \"sd\" järel. IDE-ketastel:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" - esmase IDE kontrolleri ülem,\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" - esmase IDE kontrolleri allutatu,\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" - teisese IDE kontrolleri ülem,\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" - teisese IDE kontrolleri allutatu.\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI-ketaste puhul on \"a\" esimene, \"b\" teine ja nii edasi.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nimi Windowsis\" on täht, millega Microsoft Windows vastavat seadet\n"
+"tähistab (esimene ketas või partitsioon kannab nime \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": võimaldab kontrollida praegust riigi valikut. Kui see ei ole riik,\n"
+"kus Te viibite, klõpsake nupule \"%s\" ja valige mõni muu riik. Kui\n"
+"Teie riiki ei ole ilmuvas nimekirjas, klõpsake nupule \"%s\", mis avab\n"
+"riikide täisnimekirja."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Seda sammu on vaja ainult siis, kui masinas leiti varasem\n"
+"GNU/Linuxi partitsioon.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX soovib nüüd teada, kas tahate paigaldada uue süsteemi või uuendada\n"
+"olemasolevat Mandriva Linuxi süsteemi:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": üldiselt pühib see vana süsteemi täielikult minema. Kui\n"
+"soovite muuta praeguseid partitsioone või failisüsteemi, siis võiks seda "
+"võimalust\n"
+"kasutada. Sõltuvalt kettajagamise viisist on võimalik ka mõningaid andmeid\n"
+"ülekirjutamise eest päästa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": see paigaldamisviis võimaldab uuendada praegu olemasolevasse\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxi süsteemi paigaldatud pakette. Kettajagamisskeemi ega "
+"kasutajate\n"
+"andmeid ei muudeta. Enamik seadistussamme on kasutatavad sarnaselt "
+"tavapärasele\n"
+"paigaldamisele.\n"
+"\n"
+"Võimalus \"Uuendus\" peaks toimima edukalt Mandriva Linuxi süsteemides\n"
+"alates versioonist 8.1. Uuenduse proovimist varasemate versioonide peal\n"
+"me siiski ei soovita."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Tavaliselt valib DrakX klaviatuuri Teie eest juba ära (sõltuvalt valitud\n"
+"keelest). Kuid see võib tekitada olukorra, kus Teil ikkagi pole just see\n"
+"klaviatuur, mida soovite: kui olete näiteks eesti keelt kõnelev\n"
+"hispaanlane, võite siiski soovida hispaania asetusega klaviatuuri. Teine "
+"kohe\n"
+"pähe tulev juhtum on läti keele kõneleja Eestis. Mõlemal juhul on\n"
+"mõtet naasta paigaldamise selle sammu juurde ja valida nimekirjast vajalik\n"
+"klaviatuur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klõpsake nupul \"%s\", mis näitab kõiki toetatud klaviatuure.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui valite mitte-ladina tähestikuga klaviatuuri, palutakse Teil järgmises\n"
+"dialoogis valida klahv või klahvikombinatsioon, mis vahetab ladina ja\n"
+"mitte-ladina asetusega klaviatuuri."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Esimene samm on vajaliku keele valik. Siin saate valida keele,\n"
+"mida kasutada paigaldamisel ja hilisemas töös. Valige esmalt riik,\n"
+"kus asute, ning seejärel vajalik keel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klõpsates nupul \"%s\", võite valida muid keeli, mida Teie tööjaamale\n"
+"paigaldada. Teiste keelte valikul paigaldatakse vastava keele rakenduste\n"
+"ja dokumentatsiooni failid. Kui Teie masinaga töötab näiteks kasutajaid\n"
+"Hispaaniast, valige puuvaates põhikeeleks eesti keel ning sektsioonis\n"
+"\"Muud\" märkige ära \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Mõni sõna UTF-8 (unicode) toetuse kohta. Unicode on uus kodeering, mis\n"
+"peaks hõlmama kõiki keeli. Selle täielik toetus ei ole GNU/Linuxis\n"
+"siiski veel täielikult teostatud. Seetõttu lähtub Mandriva Linux selle\n"
+"kasutamisel või mittekasutamisel järgmistest asjaoludest:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kui valite keele, mis üldreeglina kasutab muud kodeeringut (latin1 \n"
+"keeled, vene, jaapani, hiina, korea, tai, kreeka, türgi keel, enamik\n"
+"ISO-8859-2 keeli), kasutatakse vaikimisi vastavat kodeeringut;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Muude keelte puhul võetakse vaikimisi kasutusele Unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kui valite mitu keelt, mis ei kasuta ühesugust kodeeringut,\n"
+"tarvitatakse vaikimisi Unicode'i;\n"
+" * Ja lõpuks: kui kasutaja seda soovib, võimaldab valik \"%s\"\n"
+"sõltumata valitud keelest kasutada kogu süsteemis Unicode'i.\n"
+"\n"
+"Te võite igal juhul valida soovi korral ka mitu keelt, märkides ära\n"
+"kasti \"%s\" Täiendavate keelte valimine tähendab, et süsteemi\n"
+"paigaldatakse ka neile keeltele vajalikud fondid, õigekirja\n"
+"kontrollijad, rakenduste ja dokumentatsiooni tõlked jms.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ühelt keelelt teisele lülitumiseks võite administraatorina anda käsu\n"
+"\"/usr/sbin/localedrake\", mis võimaldab muuta kogu süsteemi keelt,\n"
+"või tavakasutajana muuta ainult enda kohta käivat keeleseadistust."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Hispaania"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Tavaliselt tuvastab DrakX hõlpsasti, mitme nupuga hiirt Te kasutate. Kui\n"
+"see välja ei tule, eeldatakse, et Teil on kahe nupuga hiir, ning "
+"kasutatakse\n"
+"kolmanda nupu emuleerimist. Kahenupulisel hiirel saab kolmandat nuppu\n"
+"\"klõpsata\" üheaegselt vasakut ja paremat nuppu alla vajutades. DrakX "
+"tuvastab\n"
+"automaatselt, kas tegemist on PS/2, jadapordi või USB-hiirega.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui Teil on kolme nupuga, aga ilma rattata hiir, võite valida tüübiks\n"
+"\"%s\". DrakX seadistab seejärel hiire nii, et saate matkida hiireratast.\n"
+"Selleks klõpsake keskmist nuppu ja liigutage hiirt üles või alla.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui soovite muuta hiiretüüpi, valige pakutud nimekirjast sobiv tüüp.\n"
+"\n"
+"Te võite alati valida võimaluse \"%s\", mis peaks toimima peaaegu igasuguse\n"
+"hiire korral.\n"
+"Kui valite mõne muu hiiretüübi kui vaikimisi määratu, palutakse Teil seda\n"
+"testida. Kasutage nuppe ja ratast kontrollimaks, et valik oli õige. Kui\n"
+"hiir ei käitu korralikult, vajutage tühikuklahvi või klahvi [Return], mis "
+"viib\n"
+"Teid tagasi dialoogi ja lubab uuesti valida.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vahel ei õnnestu rattaga hiirt automaatselt tuvastada. Siis tuleb see "
+"nimekirjast\n"
+"käsitsi valida. Kontrollige, et valite õigesse porti ühendatud hiiretüübi. "
+"Kui\n"
+"klõpsate nupule \"%s\", näidatakse hiire kujutist. Siis tuleb Teil "
+"liigutada\n"
+"hiireratast, et see korrektselt aktiveerida. Seejärel testige, kas kõik "
+"nupud\n"
+"ja liigutused toimivad korralikult."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Ratta emuleerimisega"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universaalne | Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Palun valige õige port. Näiteks MS Windowsi \"COM1\" kannab\n"
+"GNU/Linuxis nime \"ttyS0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Nüüd on kätte jõudnud kõige olulisem hetk Teie arvuti turvalisuse "
+"tagamisel:\n"
+"Teil tuleb määrata administraatori (\"root\") parool. Administraator haldab "
+"kogu\n"
+"süsteemi ja ainult temal on õigus seda uuendada, kasutajaid lisada, muuta\n"
+"kogu süsteemi seadistusi ja nii edasi. Ehk teisisõnu - administraator võib "
+"teha\n"
+"kõike! Seepärast tuleks parool valida selline, mida oleks raske ära arvata.\n"
+"DrakX ütleb Teile, kui parool tundub olevat liiga lihtne. Te võite muidugi "
+"jätta\n"
+"ka parooli sisestamata, aga me soovitame väga tungivalt seda siiski teha.\n"
+"Nagu iga muu operatsioonisüsteem, ei ole ka GNU/Linuxi süsteem täielikult\n"
+"kaitstud vigade eest. Kuna administraator võib kõiki piiranguid muuta ning\n"
+"vahel tahtmatultki kustutada oma hooletu tegevusega kõik andmed mingilt\n"
+"partitsioonilt, on päris oluline, et administraatoriks saamine ei oleks\n"
+"eriti lihtne.\n"
+"\n"
+"Parool võib koosneda nii tähtedest kui numbritest ja peab olema vähemalt\n"
+"8 (kaheksa) märki pikk. Ärge pange kunagi administraatori parooli kirja - "
+"see\n"
+"võib muuta ligipääsu Teie süsteemile võõrastele liiga hõlpsaks.\n"
+"\n"
+"Väike soovitus - ärge siiski parooli liiga keeruliseks või pikaks ajage,\n"
+"sest lõppeks peaksite seda ju suutma ka meelde jätta!\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui Te parooli sisestate, seda ekraanil ei näidata. Juhuslike näpuvigade\n"
+"vältimiseks peate selle sisestama kaks korda järjest. Siiski, kui teete\n"
+"mõlemal korral ühesuguse vea, on just see \"vigane\" parool, mida Teilt "
+"oodatakse\n"
+"administraatorina sisselogimisel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui soovite, et ligipääsu käesolevale arvutile kontrolliks mõni\n"
+"autentimisserver, klõpsake nupul \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui Teie võrgus on kasutusel LDAP, NIS või PDC Windowsi domeeni autentimise\n"
+"teenused, valige neist sobilik \"%s\". Kui Te aga ei juhtu teadma,\n"
+"mida teha, pöörduge oma võrgu administraatori poole.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui Teil on probleeme parooli meelespidamisega, Teie arvuti ei ole\n"
+"ühendatud ühtegi administreeritavasse võrku või Te usaldate täielikult\n"
+"kõiki, kes Teie arvutit kasutavad, on mõttekas valida \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autentimisviis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Alglaadur on väike programm, mille arvuti käivitab alglaadimise ajal.\n"
+"Tavaliselt tuvastatakse see täiesti automaatselt.\n"
+"DrakX uurib ketta alglaadimissektorit ja talitab vastavalt sellele,\n"
+"mida ta sealt leiab:\n"
+"\n"
+" * kui leitakse Windowsi alglaadimissektor, asendatatakse see grub/LiLo\n"
+"alglaadimissektoriga. Nii võite laadida kas GNU/Linuxi või mõne muu OS-i.\n"
+"\n"
+" * kui leitakse grub-i või LiLo alglaadimissektor, asendatakse see uuega.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui DrakX ei suuda asjast aru saada, küsitakse Teie käest, kuhu alglaadur\n"
+"paigutada. Üldiselt on \"%s\" kindlaim valik. Kui valida \"%s\", ei\n"
+"paigaldata alglaadurit üldse. Aga seda kasutage küll ainult siis, kui\n"
+"VÄGA TÄPSELT teate, mida teete!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saate valida oma arvuti trükkimissüsteemi. Teised "
+"operatsioonisüsteemid\n"
+"võivad Teile pakkuda vaid üht süsteemi, kuid Mandriva Linuxi puhul saate\n"
+"valida tervelt kahe seast.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - mis tähendab \"trüki kohe\" (\"print, do not queue\") - tuleks "
+"valida siis,\n"
+"kui Teil on printeriga otseühendus, Te ei soovi näha mingeid järjekordi ja "
+"Teil\n"
+"ei ole võrgus asuvaid printereid. Võrkude puhul on \"%s\" mõnevõrra aeglane "
+"ja\n"
+"tal võib esineda tegutsemisraskusi. Kui see on Teie esimene retk GNU/Linuxi\n"
+"maailma, valige \"pdq\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - \"tavaline UNIXi trükkimissüsteem\" (\"Common Unix Printing\n"
+"System\") - on hiilgav valik trükkimiseks Teie kohalikul printeril või ka "
+"mõnel teisel pool maakera asuvas\n"
+"printeris. See on lihtne süsteem, mis võib olla nii kliendiks kui serveriks "
+"iidsele\n"
+"trükkimissüsteemile \"lpd\". See on ka ühilduv varasemate süsteemidega.\n"
+"suudab teha palju asju, kuid põhitegutsemine on sama lihtne kui \"pdq\" "
+"puhul.\n"
+"Kui Teil on vajadus emuleerida \"lpd\"-serverit, tuleb sisse lülitada\n"
+"\"cups-lpd\"-deemon. \"%s\" pakub ka mitut graafilist kasutajaliidest\n"
+"trükkimiseks või printeri seadistamiseks.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui leiate hiljem, et siinkohal langetatud valik polnud vahest kõige parem,\n"
+"siis saate seda muuta Mandriva Linuxi juhtimiskeskuses PrinterDrake abil,\n"
+"klõpsates seal nupule \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ekspertrežiim"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Esmalt otsib DrakX üles kõik Teie arvuti IDE-seadmed, püüdes samal ajal\n"
+"tuvastada ka PCI siini SCSI-liideseid. Kui viimaseid leitakse ja vastav(ad)\n"
+"draiver(id) on teada, siis laetakse ja paigaldatakse kõik vajalik "
+"automaatselt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Riistvara tuvastamine ei pruugi alati siiski õnnestuda ja kui see nii "
+"peaks \n"
+"minema, palub DrakX Teil teatada, kas masinas on mõni PCI SCSI-liides.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui peate oma adapteri käsitsi määrama, küsib DrakX, kas soovite määrata\n"
+"ka selle parameetrid. Siin oleks mõtet lasta tegutseda DrakX'il, mis "
+"proovib\n"
+"järele liidese spetsiifilised omadused, mida see initsialiseerimiseks "
+"vajab.\n"
+"Tavaliselt õnnestub see edukalt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kui automaatne parameetrite otsimine ei tööta, tuleb liides käsitsi "
+"seadistada.\n"
+"Selleks tutvuge palun lähemalt oma SCSI liidese dokumentatsiooniga\n"
+"või küsige abi riistvara müüjalt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": kui süsteemis leiti helikaart, näidatakse seda siin.\n"
+"Kui märkate, et näidatav helikaart ei ole mitte see, mis süsteemis\n"
+"Teie teada tegelikult on, klõpsake nuppu ja valige uus draiver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin näidatakse mitmeid Teie süsteemi puudutavaid parameetreid. Sõltuvalt\n"
+"riistvarast võite siin näha kõiki või osa järgmistest kirjetest. Iga kirje\n"
+"juures on ära toodud elemendid, mida on võimalik seadistada, ning Teie "
+"masinas\n"
+"praegu kehtiv seadistus. Selle muutmiseks klõpsake nupule \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": võimaldab kontrollida klaviatuuritabeli seadistusi\n"
+"ja neid vajaduse korral muuta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": võimaldab kontrollida asukohariigi valikut. Kui Te ei asu\n"
+"vaikimisi määratud riigis, klõpsake nupule \"%s\" ja valige uus\n"
+"riik. Kui Teie riiki ei ole ilmuvas nimekirjas, klõpsake nupule\n"
+"\"%s\", mis avab riikide täisnimekirja.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": DrakX tuletab ajavööndi valitud riigi põhjal. Kui see ei peaks\n"
+"Teile sobima, klõpsake nupule \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": võimaldab kontrollida hiire seadistusi ja neid vajadusel muuta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": klõps nupule \"%s\" avab printeri seadistamise nõustaja.\n"
+"Seda, kuidas uut printerit seadistada, vaadake lähemalt \"Põhiteadmiste\n"
+"käsiraamatu\" vastavast peatükist. Siin nähtav on sarnane paigaldamise ajal "
+"nähtuga.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui süsteemis leiti helikaart, näidatakse seda.\n"
+"Kui märkate, et siintoodud helikaart pole see, mis tegelikult on\n"
+"süsteemi paigaldatud, klõpsake nupule ja valige sobiv draiver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui süsteemis leiti TV-kaart, näidatakse seda.\n"
+"Kui Teil on TV-kaart, aga seda ei leitud, klõpsake nupule \"%s\"\n"
+"ning püüdke see käsitsi määrata.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nupule \"%s\" klõpsates saab muuta kaardiga seotud\n"
+"parameetreid, kui arvate, et need pole korrektsed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": vaikimisi määrab DrakX Teie graafilise liidese\n"
+"ekraanilahutuseks \"800x600\" või \"1024x768\". Kui see Teile ei sobi,\n"
+"klõpsake nupule \"%s\" ja valige mõni muu võimalus.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Kui soovite kohe seadistada juurdepääsu Internetti või "
+"kohtvõrku,\n"
+"saate seda teha nupule klõpsates.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": siin saab määrata HTTP ja FTP puhverserveri aadressid,\n"
+"kui Teie masin asub puhverserveri taga.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": see võimaldab muuta eelmisel sammul paika pandud turvataset.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui kavatsete oma süsteemi Internetti ühendada, kuluks\n"
+"ära enda kaitsmine rünnakute eest tulemüüriga. Vaadake\n"
+"üksikasju, kuidas tulemüüri seadistada, \"Põhiteadmiste käsiraamatu\" "
+"vastavast peatükist.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kui soovite muuta alglaaduri seadistusi, klõpsake\n"
+"sellele nupule. See on mõeldud siiski vaid kogenud kasutajatele.\n"
+"Täpsemat infot leiab käsiraamatust või Mandriva Linuxi juhtimiskeskusest.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saate täpselt kontrollida, millised teenused Teie\n"
+"süsteemis töötavad. Kui kavatsete kasutada oma masinat serverina, kuluks\n"
+"ära seadistused üle vaadata."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN kaart"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Graafiline kasutajaliides"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Valige kõvaketas, mida soovite puhastada oma uue Mandriva Linuxi\n"
+"paigaldamiseks. Ettevaatust, kõik sellel leiduvad andmed hävitatakse\n"
+"ja neid ei saa enam taastada."
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige \"%s\", kui soovite kustutada kõik sellel kettal asuvad\n"
+"partitsioonid. Ettevaatust, pärast \"%s\" klõpsamist ei ole enam\n"
+"võimalik sellelt kettalt andmeid taastada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Loobumiseks valige \"%s\", mis katkestab tegevuse ilma andmeid\n"
+"ja käesoleval kõvakettal olevaid partitsioone kustutamata."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Järgmine ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Eelmine"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/eu.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/eu.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f405031b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/eu.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2003 @@
+# translation of eu.po to EUSKARA
+# translation of DrakX-eu.po to EUSKARA
+# translation of DrakX-eu.po to basque
+# EUSKARA: Mandriva Linux translation.
+# Copyright (C) 2002,2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Iñigo Salvador Azurmendi <xalba@euskalnet.net>, 2001-2002,2003,2004, 2005.
+# Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza <hizpol@ej-gv.es>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-eu\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-31 14:02+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Iñigo Salvador Azurmendi <xalba@euskalnet.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: EUSKARA <itzulpena@euskalgnu.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Aurrera jarraitu aurretik lizentziaren baldintzak arretaz irakurri. \n"
+"Mandriva Linux banaketa osoa hartzen du. Baldintza guztiekin ados \n"
+"bazaude, hautatu \"%s\" laukia. Onartzen ez badituzu, \"%s\" botoian klik\n"
+"egin eta ordenagailua berrabiaraziko da."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux erabiltzaile anitzeko sistema da, eta beraz erabiltzaile\n"
+"bakoitzak bere hobespenak, bere fitxategiak eta abar eduki ditzake. \n"
+"``Hasiberrien gida'' irakur dezakezu, erabiltzaile anitzeko sistemei buruz"
+"\"gehiago ikasteko. Baina \"root\"ak, hau da, \n"
+"sistema-administratzaileak ez bezala, hemen gehitzen dituzun \n"
+"erabiltzaileek ezingo dute ezer aldatu, beren fitxategiak eta beren \n"
+"konfigurazioa izan ezik, eta, hortaz, sistema babestuta egongo da \n"
+"sistema osoan eragina duten nahigabeko aldaketetatik edo intentzio \n"
+"txarrez egindakoetatik. \n"
+"Gutxienez, erabiltzaile arrunt bat sortu behar duzu zuretzat - hori da \n"
+"eguneroko lanetarako erabili behar duzuna. Oso erraza den arren saioa beti \n"
+"\"root\" gisa hastea, kontuan izan oso arriskutsua izan daitekeela! \n"
+"Hutsegiterik txikienak sistema funtzionatu ezinda utz dezake. Erabiltzaile \n"
+"arrunt gisa akats larriren bat egiten baduzu, gerta litekeen okerrena \n"
+"informazioa galtzea da, baina ez du eraginik izango sistema osoan\n"
+"\n"
+"Lehen eremuan benetako izena eskatuko zaizu. Jakina, hori ez da \n"
+"nahitaezkoa -nahi duzun izena idatz dezakezu. DrakX-k eremu honetan \n"
+"idatzitako lehen hitza gordeko du, eta \"%s\" eremuan kopiatuko du.\n"
+"Horixe izango da erabiltzaile honek sisteman saioa hasteko idatziko duena. \n"
+"Nahi izanez gero, lehenetsia gainidatz dezakezu, eta erabiltzaile-izena \n"
+"aldatu. Hurrengo urratsa pasahitza idaztea da.\n"
+"Segurtasunaren ikuspegitik, pribilegio gabeko erabiltzaile (arrunt) baten\n"
+"pasahitza ez da \"root\"arena bezain garrantzizkoa; baina, hala ere, ez da\n"
+"axolagabeki jokatu behar, hutsik utziz edo pasahitz errazegia erabiliz: \n"
+"azken batean, zure fitxategiak arriskuan egon litezke.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"(e)n klik egindakoan, beste erabiltzaile batzuk gehitu ditzakezu. \n"
+"Gehitu erabiltzaile bat zure lagun bakoitzarentzat: zure aitarentzat edo \n"
+"arrebarentzat, adibidez. Erabiltzaileak gehitutakoan, hautatu \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" botoian klik eginez, \"shell\" lehenetsia aldatu ahal izango diozu\n"
+"erabiltzaile horri (bash lehenespenez).\n"
+"\n"
+"Erabiltzaileak gehitzen amaitutakoan, ordenagailua abiaraztean automatikoki\n"
+"saioa has dezakeen erabiltzailea aukeratzeko eskatuko zaizu. Eginbide\n"
+"hori interesatzen bazaizu (ez du eragin handirik segurtasun lokalean),\n"
+"hautatu erabiltzailea eta leiho-kudeatzailea, eta egin klik \"%s\"(e)n. \n"
+"Eginbidea interesatzen ez bazaizu, garbitu \"%s\" laukia."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Eginbide hau erabili nahi duzu?"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen dituzu zure disko zurrunean detektatutako Linux partizioak.\n"
+"Morroiak egindako aukerak manten ditzakezu, egokiak baitira instalazio\n"
+"ohikoenetarako. Aldaketarik egiten baduzu, gutxienez erroko partizio bat\n"
+"definitu behar duzu (\"/\"). Ez aukeratu partizio txikiegirik edo ezin \n"
+"izango duzu nahikoa software instalatu. Datuak beste partizio batean \n"
+"gorde nahi badituzu, \"/home\"rako partizio bat ere sortu beharko duzu\n"
+"(Linux partizio bat baino gehiago baduzu soilik da posible).\n"
+"\n"
+"Partizio bakoitza honela azaltzen da: \"Izena\", \"Edukiera\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Izena\" honela osatzen da: \"disko zurrun mota\", \"disko \n"
+"zurrun zenbakia\", \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Disko zurrun mota\" \"hd\" izaten da, disko zurruna IDE motakoa\n"
+"bada, eta \"sd\", SCSI motakoa bada.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Disko zurrun zenbakia\" beti letra bat izaten da \"hd\" edo\n"
+"\"sd\"ren ondoren. \n"
+"IDE disko zurrunetan:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\"k esan nahi du \"IDE kontroladore primarioko disko zurrun\n"
+"nagusia\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\"k esan nahi du \"IDE kontroladore primarioko mendeko disko\n"
+"zurruna\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\"k esan nahi du \"IDE kontroladore sekundarioko disko zurrun\n"
+"nagusia\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\"k esan nahi du \"IDE kontroladore sekundarioko mendeko disko\n"
+"zurruna\".\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI disko zurrunetan, \"a\"k esan nahi du\"SCSI ID baxuena\", \"b\"k\n"
+"\"bigarren SCSI ID baxuena\", etab."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux instalazioa zenbait CD-ROMetan banatuta dago. \n"
+"Hautatutako pakete bat beste CD-ROM batean badago, DrakX-k du\n"
+"uneko CDa egotziko eta behar den CDa sartzeko eskatuko dizu.\n"
+"Eskatzen zaizun CDa ez badaukazu eskura, sakatu \"%s\",\n"
+"dagozkion paketeak ez dira instalatuko."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Sisteman zein programa instalatu nahi dituzun zehazteko garaia da.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-erako milaka pakete dituzu erabilgarri, eta kudeaketa\n"
+"errazteko, antzeko aplikazioen multzotan kokatu dira.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-ek pakete multzoak lau kategoriatan antolatzen ditu.\n"
+"Kategoria anitzetako aplikazioak nahastu eta bateratu ditzakezu, honela\n"
+"\"Lanpostua\" instalazio batek \"Zerbitzari\" kategoriako aplikazioak\n"
+"instalatuta izan ditzake.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": makina lanpostu gisa erabiltzeko asmoa baduzu,\n"
+"hautatu 'lanpostua' kategoriako taldeetako bat edo gehiago.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zure makina programazioan erabiltzeko asmoa baduzu, hautatu\n"
+"kategoria horretako talde egokiak. \"LSB\" talde bereziak zure sistema\n"
+"Linux eStandar Base-ren zehaztapenekin ahalik bateragarrien izan\n"
+"dadin konfiguratuko du.\n"
+"\n"
+"   \"LSB\" taldea hautatzeak \"2.4\" nukleoaren seriea ere instalatuko da,\n"
+"\"2.6\" lehenetsiaren ordez. Hau sistemaren  %%100 LSB bateragarritasuna\n"
+"ziurtatzeko egiten da. Hala ere, \"LSB\" taldea aukeratzen ez baduzu ere\n"
+"LSB-rekin ia  %%100 bateragarria den sistema izango duzu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zure makina zerbitzaria izatea nahi baduzu, aukeratu\n"
+"zerbitzu ohikoenetatik zeintzu instalatu nahi dituzun zure makinan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hemen aukeratuko duzu nahien duzun ingurune grafikoa.\n"
+"Bat behintzat hautatu behar duzu, interfaze grafikoa erabili nahi\n"
+"baduzu behintzat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Saguaren kurtsorea talde izen baten gainetik pasatuta, talde\n"
+"horri buruzko azalpen labur bat bistaratuko da.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" laukia markatu dezakezu, erabilgarria da eskainitako paketeak\n"
+"ezagun badituzu edo instalatuko denaren gaineko erabateko kontrola \n"
+"nahi baduzu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Instalazioa \"%s\" moduan hasten baduzu, talde guztiak desautatu\n"
+"ditzakezu eta edozein pakete berriren instalazioa eragozteko. Hau\n"
+"erabilgarria da exisitzen den sistema bat konpondu edo eguneratzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+"Instalazio arrunt bat (hau da, eguneraketa ez dena) egiterakoan talde\n"
+"guztiak desautatzen badituzu, elkarrizketa bat aterako zaizu instalazio\n"
+"minimo bat egiteko aukera desberdinak aholkatuz:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Instalatu ahalik eta pakete kopuru txikiena dabilen idaztegi "
+"grafiko bat izateko.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": oinarrizko sistema gehi oinarrizko utilitateak eta heuren\n"
+"dokumentazioa instalatzen ditu. Egokia da zerbitzari bat ezartzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Linux sistema batekin lan egin ahal izateko behar den pakete\n"
+"kopuru txikiena instalatzen du. Instalazio honekin, komando-lerroko \n"
+"interfazea bakarrik izango duzu. Instalazio honen neurri osoa 65\n"
+"megabyte ingurukoa da."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Bertsio-berritzea"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Oinarrizko dokumentazioarekin"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Instalazio minimo-minimoa"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketeak banaka instalatzea hautatzen baduzu, instalatzaileak pakete\n"
+"guztiak talde eta azpitaldetan klasifikatuta dituen zuhaitz bat aurkeztuko "
+"du.\n"
+"Zuhaitza arakatzerakoan, talde osoak, azpitaldeak edo banako paketeak\n"
+"hauta ditzakezu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pakete bat hautatzen duzun bakoitzean, azalpen bat agertuko\n"
+"da eskuinean, paketearen helburua jakinarazteko.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zerbitzari pakete bat hautatu bada, pakete hori zehazki hautatu duzulako\n"
+"edo pakete-talde bateko zati zelako, zerbitzari horiek instalatu nahi "
+"dituzula\n"
+" berresteko eskatuko zaizu. Lehenespenez Mandriva Linux-ek instalatutako\n"
+"edozein zerbitzu abioan automatikoki abiaraziko du. Nahiz eta seguruak\n"
+" diren eta arazo ezagunik ez duten banaketa kaleratzeko garaian, guztiz\n"
+" posible da Mandriva Linux bertsio hau amaitu eta gero segurtasun zuloak\n"
+" aurkitu izana. Ez badakizu zerbitzu zehatz batek zer egiten duen edo "
+"zergatik\n"
+" instalatu den, klikatu \"%s\". \"%s \" klikatzeak zerrendatutako "
+"zerbitzuak\n"
+" instalatuko ditu eta abiapen garaian automatikoki hasiko dira!!\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" aukera menpekotasun arazoak konpontzeko xedez instalatzaileak\n"
+" automatikoki pakete bat hautatzen duenean agertzen den abisua ezgaitzeko\n"
+" erabiltzen da. Pakete batzuk beste batzurekiko menpekotasuna izaten dute,\n"
+" eta zenbait pakete instalatu ahal izateko beste pakete batzuk instalatuta\n"
+" eduki behar izaten dira. Instalatzaileak zehatz dezake instalazioa behar\n"
+"bezala burutu dadin, menpekotasun bat asetzeko, zein pakete behar diren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zerrendaren azpian agertzen den diskete ikonoak aukera ematen du\n"
+"aurreko instalazio batean sortutako pakete-zerrenda bat zamatzeko. Oso\n"
+"erabilgarria da hainbat makina berdin konfiguratu nahi badituzu. Ikono\n"
+"honetan klik egiten baduzu, beste instalazio baten amaieran sortutako\n"
+" disketea sartzeko eskatuko dizu. Ikus diskete hori sortzeko azken "
+"urratseko\n"
+"bigarren iradokizuna."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Mendekotasun automatikoak"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": \"%s\" botoian klik eginda inprimagailuak konfiguratzeko morroia\n"
+"irekiko da. Begiratu \"Starter Guide\"/\"Hasiberrien Gida\"-n dagokion\n"
+"kapitulua inprimagailu berria nola ezarri jakiteko. Gure eskuliburuan \n"
+"aurkeztutako interfazea instalazio garaian erabilitakoaren antzekoa da."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Elkarrizketa hau abio garaian zein zerbitzu hastea nahi duzun aukeratzeko\n"
+" erabiltzen da.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX-ek uneko instalazioan erabilgarri dauden zerbitzu guztiak zerrendatuko "
+"ditu. Aztertu haietako bakoitza arretaz eta ezautatu abio garaian behar ez\n"
+" direnak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zerbitzu bat hautatzean, azalpen-testu labur bat bistaratuko da.\n"
+"Hala ere, ez bazaude ziur zerbitzu bat erabiltzea komeni den ala ez,\n"
+"seguruagoa da jokabide lehenetsia uztea.\n"
+"\n"
+"Etapa honetan, oso kontuz ibili zure makina zerbitzari gisa erabiltzeko\n"
+"asmoa baduzu: seguru asko ez duzu nahi izango behar ez duzun zerbitzurik \n"
+"abiaraztea. Gogoan izan zerbitzu batzuk arriskutsuak izan daitezkeela \n"
+"zerbitzari batean gaitzen badira. Oro har, benetan behar dituzun zerbitzuak\n"
+"soilik hautatu!!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux-ek GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) ordua erabiltzen du eta tokian\n"
+"tokiko ordura aldatzen du, hautatutako ordu-gunearen arabera. Zure plaka\n"
+"nagusiko ordua bertako orduan ezarrita badago, hau desaktibatu dezakezu\n"
+"\"%s \" aukera ezautatuz, GNU/Linux-i sistemaren ordua eta hardwarearena\n"
+" ordu-gune berean daudela jakinaraziko diolarik. Hau erabilgarria da\n"
+"makinak beste sistema eragile bati ere ostatu ematen badio.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" aukerak automatikoki doituko du sistemaren ordularia, Interneteko\n"
+" urruneko ordu zerbitzari batekin konektatuz. Ezaugarri hau erabili ahal\n"
+" izateko, Interneteko konexioa behar duzu. Zugandik hurbil dagoen ordu\n"
+" zerbitzaria aukeratzea gomendatzen dizugu. Aukera honek ordu zerbitzari\n"
+" bat instalatzen du zure bertako sareko beste makinek ere erabili dezaketena."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Ordu-sinkronizazio automatikoa"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Txartel grafikoa\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalatzaileak normalean automatikoki detektatzen eta konfiguratzen\n"
+"du makinan instalatutako txartel grafikoa. Ez badu automatikoki detektatzen\n"
+"zerrendan hauta dezakezu zure txartel grafikoa.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Zure txartelarentzat zerbitzari bat baino gehiago badaude erabilgarri, \n"
+"3D azeleraziodunak nahiz gabeak, zure beharren arabera ondoen datorkizuna\n"
+"aukeratu beharko duzu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (X Window sistema) GNU/Linux-en interfaze grafikoaren bihotza da,\n"
+" Mandriva Linux-ekin bildutako ingurune grafiko guztiek (KDE, Gnome,\n"
+"Afterstep, WindowMaker...) erabiltzen dutena.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bistaratze grafiko optimoa lortzeko aldatu daitekeen parametro zerrenda\n"
+"bat ikusiko duzu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Txartel Grafikoa\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalatzaileak normalean automatikoki detektatu eta konfiguratuko\n"
+"du makinan instalatutako txartel grafikoa. Hau zuzena ez bada, zerrendatik\n"
+"hauta dezakezu instalatuta daukazun txartela.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Zure txartelarentzat zerbitzari desberdinak erabilgarri badaude, 3D\n"
+"azelerazioarekin edo gabe, zure beharretara ondoen egokitzen den\n"
+"zerbitzaria hautatzeko eskatuko zaizu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitorea\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalean instalatzaileak automatikoki detektatu eta konfiguratuko\n"
+"du makinara lotutako monitorea. Hau zuzena ez bada, zerrendatik\n"
+"hauta dezakezu lotuta daukazun monitorea.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Bereizmena\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hemen, zure grafikoen hardwarearentzako erabilgarri dauden bereizmen\n"
+"eta kolore sakonerak hautatu ditzakezu. Aukeratu zure beharretara hobe\n"
+"egokitzen dena (instalazio ondoren aldaketak egiteko aukera izango duzu).\n"
+"Hautatutako konfigurazioa erakusten da monitorearen irudian.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Proba\n"
+"\n"
+"   Zure hardwarearen arabera, baliteke sarrera hau ez agertzea.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sistema nahi duzun bereizmeneko pantaila grafiko bat irekitzen saiatuko\n"
+"da. Proba mezua ikusi eta \"%s\" erantzuten baduzu, DrakX hurrengo \n"
+"urratsera jarraituko du. Ikusten ez baduzu , horrek esan nahi du\n"
+"automatikoki detektatutako konfigurazioaren zatiren bat gaizki zegoela\n"
+"eta proba automatikoki amaituko da 12 segundo igarotakoan, eta menura\n"
+" itzuliko da. Aldatu ezarpenak bistaratze grafiko zuzena lortu arte.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Aukerak\n"
+"\n"
+"   Urrats hauek zure makina abiaraztean automatikoki interfaze grafikora\n"
+" aldatzea nahi duzun aukeratzeko bidea emango dizute. Jakina, \"%s\"\n"
+"aukeratu nahiko duzu makinak zerbitzari moduan lanegingo badu, edo\n"
+"bistaratzea konfiguratzea lortu ez baduzu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitorea\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalean instalatzaileak automatikoki detektatzen eta konfiguratzen\n"
+"du makinari konektatutako monitorea. Egokia ez bada, zerrendan\n"
+"aukera dezakezu ordenagailuan konektatuta daukazun monitorea."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Bereizmena\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bereizmena eta kolore-sakonera hauta ditzakezu, zure hardwarearentzat\n"
+"erabilgarri daudenen artean. Aukeratu zure beharren arabera ondoen \n"
+"datorkizuna (edonola ere, instalazioaren ondoren aldatu ahal izango duzu). \n"
+"Aukeratutako konfigurazioaren adibide bat erakutsiko zaizu monitorean."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure txartelarentzako zerbitzari ugari dauden kasurako, 3D azeleraziodunak \n"
+"nahiz gabeak, zure beharretara hobe egokitzen dena aukera dezazun "
+"galdegiten\n"
+"zaizu."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukerak\n"
+"\n"
+"   Makina abiaraztean automatikoki interfaze grafikora aldatu dadin nahi\n"
+"duzun hautatzeko aukera ematen dizu. Jakina, \"%s\" erantzun nahi \n"
+"izango duzu zure ordenagailuak zerbitzari gisa jokatu behar badu, edo \n"
+"bistaratzea konfiguratzea lortzen ez baduzu."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Hona iritsita, Mandriva Linux sistema eragilea disko zurrunean non\n"
+"instalatu aukeratu behar duzu. Zure disko zurruna hutsik badago edo\n"
+"lehendik dagoen sistema eragile batek leku erabilgarri guztia betetzen\n"
+"badu, diska zatikatu beharko duzu. Disko zurruna zatikatzea, funtsean,  \n"
+"diskoa logikoki zatitzea da, Mandriva Linux sistema berria instalatzeko\n"
+"behar den lekua sortzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+"Disko zurruna zatikatzeko prozesua normalean itzulbiderik gabea denez\n"
+"eta datuen galera eragin dezakeenez, zatikatzeak beldurra eta estresa "
+"eragin\n"
+" dezake esperientzia gabeko erabiltzaileengan. Zorionez, DrakX-ek prozesu\n"
+" hau errazten duen morroi bat dauka. Urrats honekin jarraitu aurretik, "
+"irakurri\n"
+" atal honetako gainerako zatia eta guztiaren gainetik hartu behar adina "
+"denbora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Disko zurrunaren konfigurazioaren arabera, hainbat aukera izango dituzu:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Aukera honek zatikaketa automatia gauzatuko du hutsik dagoen\n"
+" unitatean. Aukera hau erabiltzen baduzu, ez zaizu beste galderarik egingo \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Morroiak Linux partizio bat edo gehiago detektatu ditu zure "
+"disko\n"
+" zurrunean. Erabili nahi badituzu, hautatu aukera hau. Partizio bakoitzari\n"
+" dagokion muntatze-puntua aukeratzeko eskatuko zaizu. Oinordetzan\n"
+" hartutako muntatze-puntuak hautatzen dira lehenespenez, eta gehienetan\n"
+" ona izaten da haiek mantentzea.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Microsoft Windows disko zurrunean instalatuta badago eta\n"
+"bertako leku erabilgarri guztia hartzen badu, lekua askatu beharko duzu\n"
+" GNU/Linux-entzat. Horretarako, Microsoft Windows-en partizioa eta datuak\n"
+" ezaba ditzakezu (ikus ``Ezabatu disko osoa'' aukera) edo Windows-en FAT\n"
+" edo NTFS partizioei neurria aldatu. Neurri aldaketa datu galerarik gabe\n"
+"gauzatu daiteke baldin eta aurretik Windows partizioa desfragmentatu\n"
+" baduzu. Oso gomendagarria da datuen babeskopiak egitea. Aukera hau\n"
+" erabiltzea gomendatzen da Mandriva Linux eta Microsoft Windows, biak,\n"
+" konputagailu berean erabili nahi badituzu.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aukera hau hautatu aurretik, ulertu ezazu prozedura honen ondoren,\n"
+" Microsoft Windows partizioaren neurria hasi aurretik baino txikiagoa\n"
+"izango dela. Leku aske gutxiago izango duzu Microsoft Windows-en\n"
+"zure datuak gorde edo software berria instalatzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Disko zurrunean dauden datu eta partizio guztiak ezabatu eta \n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistema berriarekin ordeztu nahi badituzu, hautatu aukera\n"
+" hau. Kontuz, berretsi ondoren ezingo baituzu eragiketa desegin.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Aukera hau hautatzen baduzu, diskoko datu guztiak ezabatuko dira. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Aukera hau diko osoa Microsoft Windows-ek hartzen duenean\n"
+" agertzen da. Aukera hau hautatzeak unitatean dagoen guztia ezabatuko du\n"
+" eta berriro hasiko da hutsetik partizioak sortzen.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Aukera hau hautatzen baduzu, diskoko datu guztiak galduko dituzu. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hautatu aukera hau, disko zurruna eskuz zatikatu nahi baduzu.\n"
+"Kontuz ibili -- aukera ahaltsu bezain arriskutsua da, eta oso erraz gal\n"
+" ditzakezu datu guztiak. Horregatik, aurretik horrelako gauzak egin "
+"dituztenei\n"
+" eta esperientzia dutenei bakarrik gomendatzen zaie aukera hau. DiskDrake\n"
+" erabiltzeko jarraibide gehiago nahi izanez gero, irakurri ``Hasiberrien\n"
+" gida''ko ``Partizioen kudeaketa''atala."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Erabili lehendik dagoen partizioa"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Borratu disko osoa"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Hortxe duzu. Instalazioa osatu da eta zure GNU/Linux sistema erabiltzeko\n"
+" prest duzu. Sakatu \"%s\" sistema berrabiarazteko. Ez ahaztu instalazio\n"
+" euskarria ateratzeaz (CD-ROMa edo disketea). Konputagailuak bere\n"
+" hardware probak amaitutakoan ikusi beharko zenuken lehen gauza\n"
+" abio-zamatzailearen menua da, zein sistema eragile abiarazi hautatzeko\n"
+"aukera emanez.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" Botoiak bi botoi gehiago erakusten ditu:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Instalazio-diskete bat sortzeko aukera ematen dizu, "
+"automatikoki,\n"
+" operadore baten laguntzarik gabe instalazio oso bat egingo duena, oraintxe\n"
+" konfiguratu duzun instalazioaren antzera.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Kontuan izan beste bi aukera daudela erabilgarri botoian klik egin "
+"ostean:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Hau instalazio erdi-automatikoa da. Zatikaketa urratsa da\n"
+" prozedura interaktibo bakarra.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Instalazio guztiz automatikoa: disko zurruna erabat "
+"berridatziko\n"
+" da, eta datu guztiak galduko dira.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Eginbide hau oso praktikoa da antzeko ordenagailu asko instalatzen\n"
+"direnerako. Ikus auto-instalazioaren atala gure web gunean informazio "
+"gehiago nahi izanez gero.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): Instalazio honetan hautatutako paketeen zerrenda gordetzen\n"
+" du. Hautapen hau beste instalazio batean erabiltzeko, sartu disketea eta\n"
+" abiatu instalazioa. Gonbitan, sakatu [F1] tekla eta idatzi >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" << eta sakatu [Sartu] tekla.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) FAT-ekin eratutako diskete bat behar duzu. GNU/Linux-en bat sortzeko\n"
+"idatzi \"mformat a:\", edo \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" eta ondoren \"mkfs vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Sortu auto-instalazioko disketea"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Oinordetzan hartutako zenbait GNU/Linux partizio berrerabiltzea hautatzen\n"
+"baduzu, haietako batzuk berreratu eta bertako datuak ezabatu nahi izan\n"
+"dezakezu. Hori egiteko, mesedez partizio horiek ere aukeratu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kontuan izan ez dela beharrezkoa lehendik dauden partizio guztiak\n"
+" berreratzea. Sistema eragilea gordetzen duten partizioak berreratu behar\n"
+" dituzu (\"/\", \"/usr\" edo \"/var\") baino ez mantendu nahi dituzun "
+"datuak\n"
+" gordetzen dituzten partizioak (normalean \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Kontuz ibili partizioak aukeratzerakoan. Eraketa amaitu ondoren,\n"
+" aukeratutako partizioetako datu guztiak ezabatu egingo dira eta ezin\n"
+"izango dituzu berreskuratu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikatu \"%s\" partizioak eratzeko prest zaudenean.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikatu \"%s\" Mandriva Linux sistema eragile berria instalatzeko beste "
+"partizio\n"
+" bat aukeratu nahi baduzu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikatu \"%s\" diskoan hondatutako blokeak aurkitzeko egiaztatuko diren\n"
+" partizioak aukeratu nahi badituzu."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux instalatzen duzunerako, litekeena da pakete batzuk\n"
+"hasierako argitalpenetik aldatu izana. Baliteke akatsak zuzendu eta \n"
+"segurtasun arazoak konpondu izatea. Eguneratzeez baliatu ahal izan\n"
+"zaitezen, orain, Internetetik jaitsi ditzakezu. Markatu \"%s\" dabilen "
+"Internet\n"
+"lotura badaukazu, edo \"%s\" pakete eguneratuak geroago instalatu nahi\n"
+" badituzu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" hautatzen baduzu, eguneratzeak eskaintzen dituzten lekuen zerrenda \n"
+"azalduko zaizu. Zugandik gertu dagoen bat aukeratu behar zenuke. Pakete\n"
+" hautatzeko zuhaitza agertuko da: berrikusi hautapena, eta hautatu \"%s\" \n"
+"aukeratutako paketeak hartu eta instalatzeko, edo \"%s\" galerazteko."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Puntu honetan, DrakX-ek zure makinarentzako nahi duzun segurtasun maila\n"
+" hautatzeko aukera emango dizu. Arau nagusi bezala, segurtasun maila\n"
+"handiagoa ezarri behar da makinak ezinbesteko datuak gorde behar baditu,\n"
+"edo zuzenean Interneten agerian badago. Segurtasun maila handiagoa\n"
+"ezartzean, normalean erabilera erraztasuna galtzen da.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zer aukeratu ez badakizu, hautatu aukera lehenetsia. Gero aldatu \n"
+"ahal izango duzu draksec tresnarekin, Mandriva Linux Aginte Gunearen\n"
+"zati bat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bete \"%s\" eremua segurtasun arduradunaren postaE helbidearekin.\n"
+"Segurtasun-mezuak helbide horretara bidaliko dira."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Segurtasun-administratzailea"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Orain, Mandriva Linux sistema instalatzeko zein partizio erabiliko\n"
+"d(ir)en aukeratu behar duzu. Partizioak jadanik definituta badaude,\n"
+"(GNU/Linux-en aurreko instalazio batek edo beste partizio-tresna batek\n"
+"definituta), lehendik dauden partizioak erabil ditzakezu. Bestela, disko \n"
+"zurruneko partizioak definitu behar dituzu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partizioak sortzeko, aurrena disko zurrun bat hautatu behar duzu. "
+"Partizioa \n"
+"egiteko diskoa hautatzeko sakatu ``hda'' lehen IDE unitaterako,\n"
+"``hdb'' bigarrenerako, ``sda'' lehen SCSI unitaterako, eta abar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hautatutako disko zurrunaren partizioa egiteko, aukera hauek\n"
+"erabil ditzakezu:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aukera honek hautatutako disko zurruneko partizio guztiak \n"
+"ezabatzen ditu\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aukera honekin automatikoki sor ditzakezu ext3 eta\n"
+"swap partizioak disko zurruneko leku librean\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": eginbide gehiagotarako aukera ematen du:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": partizio-taula diskete batean gordetzen du. \n"
+"Baliagarria da geroago partizio-taula berreskuratzeko, behar izanez gero. \n"
+"Oso gomendagarria da urrats hau egitea.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": lehen gordetako partizio-taula disketetik berreskuratzeko erabil\n"
+"daiteke.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": partizio-taula hondatuta badago, \n"
+"berreskuratzen saia zaitezke aukera honen bidez. Kontuz ibili eta gogoan \n"
+"izan huts egin dezakeela.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aldaketa guztiak desegiten ditu\n"
+"eta hasierako partizio-taula kargatzen du.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aukera hau desgaitzen baduzu, \n"
+"euskarri aldagarriak (disketeak, CD-ROMak eta horrelakoak) eskuz muntatu \n"
+"eta desmuntatzera behartuko dituzu erabiltzaileak.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": erabili aukera hau disko zurruneko partizioa egiteko morroia\n"
+"erabili nahi baduzu. Partizioak egiten ongi ez badakizu, morroia erabiltzea\n"
+"gomendatzen dizugu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aukera hau aldaketak bertan behera uzteko erabil dezakezu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": partizioekin gauza gehiago egiteko aukera ematen \n"
+"du (mota, aukerak, formatua) eta disko zurrunari buruzko informazio \n"
+"gehiago ematen du.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": disko zurrunaren partizioak egiten amaitutakoan, diskoari\n"
+"egindako aldaketak gordeko ditu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partizio baten tamaina definitzean, doitasunez zehatz dezakezu\n"
+"tamaina, teklatuko gezi-teklak erabiliz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Oharra: edozein aukera eskura dezakezu teklatuaren bidez. Partizio batetik \n"
+"bestera joateko, [Tab] eta [Gora/Behera] geziak erabil ditzakezu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partizio bat hautatuta dagoenean, aukera hauek dituzu:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ktrl-c beste partizio bat sortzeko (partizio huts bat hautatuta\n"
+"dagoenean)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ktrl-d partizio bat ezabatzeko\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ktrl-m  muntatze-puntua ezartzeko\n"
+"\n"
+"Erabil daitezkeen fitxategi-sistema desberdinei buruzko informazioa\n"
+"lortzeko, irakurri ``Erreferentzia Eskuliburuko'' ext2FS kapitulua.\n"
+"\n"
+"PPC makina batean instalatu behar baduzu, gutxienez 1 Mbko HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partizio txiki bat sortzea komeni zaizu, yaboot\n"
+"abioko kargatzaileak erabil dezan. Partizioa handixeagoa egitea hautatzen \n"
+"baduzu, adibidez 50 MBkoa, leku egokia izan daiteke ordezko nukleo bat\n"
+"eta ramdisk imajinak biltegiratzeko emergentziazko abioa egin ahal izateko."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Euskarri aldagarriak automuntatzea"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Aldatu modu normalera/aditu modura"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Microsoft partizio bat baino gehiago aurkitu dira zure disko zurrunean.\n"
+"Hautatu zeinen tamaina aldatu nahi duzun, Mandriva Linux sistema\n"
+"berria instalatu ahal izateko.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partizioak honela azaltzen dira: \"Linux izena\", \"Windows izena\"\n"
+"\"Edukiera\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux izena\" honela osatzen da: \"disko zurrun mota\", \"disko \n"
+"zurrun zenbakia\", \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Disko zurrun mota\" \"hd\" izaten da, disko zurruna IDE motakoa\n"
+"bada, eta \"sd\", SCSI motakoa bada.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Disko zurrunaren zenbakia\" beti letra bat izaten da \"hd\" edo\n"
+"\"sd\"ren ondoren. IDE\n"
+"disko zurrunetan:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\"k esan nahi du \"IDE kontroladore primarioko disko zurrun\n"
+"nagusia\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\"k esan nahi du \"IDE kontroladore primarioko mendeko disko\n"
+"zurruna\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\"k esan nahi du \"IDE kontroladore sekundarioko disko zurrun\n"
+"nagusia\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\"k esan nahi du \"IDE kontroladore sekundarioko mendeko disko\n"
+"zurruna\".\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI disko zurrunetan, \"a\"k esan nahi du\"SCSI ID baxuena\", \"b\"k\n"
+"\"bigarren SCSI ID baxuena\", etab.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows izena\" Windows-en dagoen disko zurrunaren letra da\n"
+"(lehen diskoak edo partizioak \"C:\" du izena)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": egiaztatu hautatuta dagoen estatua. Estatu horretan ez bazaude,\n"
+"egin klik \"%s\" botoian eta hautatu beste bat. Zure estatua ez badago\n"
+"aurkeztutako zerrendan, klikatu \"%s\" botoia, estatuen zerrenda osoa "
+"jasotzeko."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure makinan GNU/Linux partizio zahar bat aurkitzen bada bakarrik\n"
+"aktibatzen da urrats hau.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX-k orain jakin behar du instalazio berri bat egin behar duzun edo\n"
+"lehendik dagoen Mandriva Linux sistema baten bertsioa berritu nahi duzun:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Zatirik handienean, sistema zaharra guztiz ezabatzen du. \n"
+"Disko zurruneko partizio-banaketa aldatu nahi baduzu, edo fitxategi-sistema\n"
+"aldatu, erabili aukera hau. Nolanahi ere, zure partizio-eskemaren arabera,\n"
+"lehendik dauden datu batzuk gainidaztea saihestu dezakezu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" instalazio-mota honek unean Mandriva Linux sisteman \n"
+"instalatuta dituzun paketeak eguneratzeko aukera ematen du. Uneko \n"
+"partizio-eskema eta erabiltzaile-datuak ez dira aldatzen. Bestelako \n"
+"konfigurazio-urrats gehienak erabilgarri mantentzen dira, instalazio\n"
+"estandarretan bezalatsu.\n"
+"\n"
+"``Bertsio-berritu'' aukerak ondo funtzionatu behar luke Mandriva Linux\n"
+"sistemaren \"8.1\" bertsioetan edo berriagoetan. Mandriva Linux-en \"8.1\" \n"
+"baino bertsio zaharragoetan ez da gomendatzen Bertsio-berritzea."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Hautatzen duzun hizkuntzaren arabera (), DrakX-k automatikoki hautatuko du\n"
+" teklatu konfigurazio jakin bat. Egiaztatu hautapenak asetzen zaituen edo\n"
+" hautatu beste teklatu diseinu bat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Baliteke zure hizkuntzarekin guztiz bat ez datorren teklatu bat erabiltzea:\n"
+"adibidez, ingelesez mintzatzen den suitzarra bazara, teklatu suitzarra izan\n"
+" dezakezu. Edo Quebec-en bizi eta ingelesez mintzo bazara, baliteke zure\n"
+" jatorrizko hizkuntza eta teklatuaren diseinua bat ez etortzea. Nolanahi "
+"ere,\n"
+" instalazio urrats honek zerrenda batetik teklatu egokia aukeratzen "
+"lagunduko\n"
+" dizu.\n"
+"Klikatu \"%s\" botoia aukeran dauden teklatu guztien zerrenda ikusteko.\n"
+"\n"
+"Latindarra ez den alfabetoan oinarritutako teklatua hautatzen baduzu,\n"
+"hurrengo elkarrizketak diseinu latindar eta ez-latindarraren artean "
+"aldatzeko \n"
+"laster-teklak konfiguratzeko aukera emango dizu."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Lehenengo urratsa zure hizkuntza hobetsia aukeratzea da.\n"
+"\n"
+"Egiten duzun hizkuntza hobetsiaren aukerak instalatzaileari,\n"
+" dokumentazioari, eta orokorrean sistemari eragingo die. Lehendabizi\n"
+"hautatu zure eskualdea, ondoren hitzegiten duzun hizkuntza.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" botoian klik eginez, lan-estazioan instalatu beharreko beste "
+"hizkuntza batzuk hautatu ahal izango dituzu, eta horrela, sistemaren "
+"dokumentazio eta aplikazioentzako hizkuntzaren fitxategi zehatzak\n"
+"instalatuko dira. Adibidez, zure makina Espainiako erabiltzaileek\n"
+"erabili behar badute, hautatu Euskara hizkuntza lehenetsi gisa zuhaitz\n"
+"ikuspegian eta \"%s\" Aurreratua atalean.\n"
+"\n"
+"UTF-8 (unicode) euskarriari buruz: Unicode karaktere kodeketa berri bat da,\n"
+"existitzen diren hizkuntza guztiak hartu nahi dituena. Hala ere, "
+"berarentzako\n"
+"erabateko euskarria oraindik garatzen ari da GNU/Linux-en, Mandriva Linux-"
+"en\n"
+"UTF-8 erabilera erabiltzailearen hautaketen araberakoa da:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Jatorrizko kodeketa ahaltsua duen hizkuntza bat aukeratzen baduzu \n"
+"(latin1 hizkuntzak, errusiera, japoniera, txinera, koreera, thailandiera,\n"
+"grekoa, turkiera, iso-8859-2 hizkuntza gehienak), jatorrizko kodeketa hori\n"
+"erabiliko da lehenespen gisa;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Beste hizkuntzek unicode erabiliko dute lehenespen gisa;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Bi hizkuntza edo gehiago behar badira, eta hizkuntza horiek kodeketa\n"
+"bera erabiltzen ez badute, unicode erabiliko da sistema osorako;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Azkenik, erabiltzaileak hala eskatuta, sistema unicode erabiltzera\n"
+"behartu daiteke, \"%s\" aukera hautatuz, hautatu diren hizkuntzak \n"
+"edozein direla ere.\n"
+"\n"
+"Gogoan izan hizkuntza gehigarri bat baino gehiago hauta dezakezula. \n"
+"Hainbat hizkuntza hauta ditzakezu, edo zerrendako guztiak, \"%s\"\n"
+"koadroa hautatuz. Hizkuntza baten euskarria hautatzean, hizkuntza horren\n"
+"itzulpenak, letra-tipoak, zuzentzaile ortografikoak, etab ere instalatuko "
+"dira.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zure sisteman instalatutako hizkuntzen artean aldatzeko, \"localdrake\"\n"
+" komandoa dei dezakezu \"root\" gisa zure sistema osoak erabiltzen duen\n"
+"hizkuntza aldatzeko. Erabiltzaile arrunt gisa exekutatzen baduzu, soilik\n"
+" erabiltzaile horren hizkuntza-ezarpenak aldatuko dira."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Gaztelania"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalean, DrakX-k ez du arazorik izaten saguaren botoi kopurua\n"
+" detektatzean. Izango balu, bi botoidun sagua duzula suposatuko du, eta \n"
+"hirugarren botoia emula dezan konfiguratuko du. Bi botoidun sagu batean\n"
+"hirugarren botoia sakatzeko, ezker eta eskuin botoiak aldi berean sakatu\n"
+"behar dira. DrakX-k automatikoki atzemango du saguak PS/2, serie edo\n"
+"USB interfazea erabiltzen duen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Gurpilik gabeko hiru botoidun sagua baduzu, \"%s\" sagua aukeratu\n"
+" dezakezu. DrakX-k sagua konfiguratuko du, gurpila edukiko balu\n"
+"bezala erabil dezazun: horretarako, sakatu erdiko botoia eta mugitu\n"
+" saguaren gezia gora eta behera.\n"
+"\n"
+"Beste sagu-mota bat zehaztu nahi baduzu, hauta ezazu eskainitako\n"
+"zerrendan.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" sarrera hautatu dezakezu ia edozein sagurekin ibiliko den sagu\n"
+" mota``generiko'' bat aukeratzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lehenetsia ez beste sagu bat hautatzen baduzu, probarako pantaila\n"
+"bat bistaratuko da. Erabili botoiak eta gurpila ezarpenak egokiak direla \n"
+"eta sagua ondo dabilela egiaztatzeko. Sagua behar bezala ez badabil,\n"
+"sakatu zuriune-barra edo [Itzuli] tekla, proba bertan behera uzteko eta\n"
+" aukeren zerrendara itzultzeko zara.\n"
+"\n"
+"Batzuetan sagu gurpildunak ez dira automatikoki detektatzen, beraz\n"
+"sagua zerrendatik hautatu beharko duzu. Ziurtatu zure sagua lotuta\n"
+"dagoen atakari dagokiona hautatu duzula. Sagua hautatu eta \n"
+"\"%s\" botoia sakatu ondoren, sagu-irudi bat agertuko da pantailan. \n"
+"Biratu zure saguaren gurpila, pantailako sagu gurpila higitzen ikusiko\n"
+"duzu. Probatu botoiak eta egiaztatu saguaren gezia pantailan mugitzen\n"
+" dela zuk sagua mugitzen duzunean."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "gurpil-emulazioarekin"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Unibertsala | Edozein PS/2 eta USB sagu"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Hautatu ataka egokia. Adibidez, Windows-eko \"COM1\" atakak\n"
+"\"ttyS0\" izena du GNU/Linux-en."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Hau da erabaki puntu garrantzitsuena zure GNU/Linux sistemaren\n"
+" segurtasunerako: \"root\" pasahitza idatzi behar duzu. \"Root\" sistema\n"
+" administratzailea da eta berak bakarrik dauka sistema eguneratu,\n"
+" erabiltzaileak erantsi, konfigurazio orokorra aldatu eta horrelakoetarako\n"
+" baimena. Labur esateko, \"root\"ek guztia egin dezake! Horregatik aukeratu\n"
+"behar duzu asmatzeko zaila den pasahitza. DrakX-k esango dizu aukeratzen\n"
+"duzun pasahitza errazegia den. Ikus dezakezunez ez zaude pasahitz bat\n"
+"sartzera behartuta, baino biziki gomendatzen dizugu horrelakorik ez egitea.\n"
+"GNU/Linux, erabilzaileen akatsetara beste edozein sistema eragilek adina\n"
+" joera dauka. \"root\"-ek muga guztiak gaindi ditzakeenez eta nahi gabe\n"
+" partizioetako datu guztiak ezaba ditzakeenez beraietara behar bezain\n"
+"kontuz ez sartzeagatik, garrantzi handia dauka \"root\" gisa sartzea\n"
+"zaila izatea.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pasahitzak karaktere alfanumerikoen nahasketa izan behar luke, gutxienez\n"
+"8 karakterekoa. Ez idatzi inon \"root\" pasahitza - zure sistema arriskuan\n"
+"jartzea izugarri errazten du.\n"
+"\n"
+"Oharra - ez egin pasahitza luzeegia edo konplexuegia, gero zuk gogoratzeko\n"
+"modukoa izan behar baitu!\n"
+"\n"
+"Pasahitza ez da pantailan bistaratuko zuk idatzi bitartean. Tekleatzean\n"
+"egindako akatsak saihesteko, pasahitza bi aldiz idatzi beharko duzu.\n"
+"Akats tipografiko bera bil aldiz egiten baduzu, pasahitz ``oker'' hori "
+"erabili\n"
+" beharko duzu \"root\" bezela konektatzen zaren lehen aldian.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ordenagailu honen sarbidea autentifikazio-zerbitzari batek kontrolatzea\n"
+"nahi baduzu, egin klik \"%s\" botoian.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zure sareak LDAP, NIS, edo PDC Windows domeinuen autentifikazio\n"
+" zerbitzuak erabiltzen baditu, hautatu \"%s\"ri dagokiona. Zein erabili ez\n"
+" badakizu, galdetu sare-administratzaileari.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pasahitzak gogoratzeko arazoak badituzu, edo zure ordenagailua inoiz ez\n"
+" bada Internetera konektatuta egongo eta konfiantza osoa baduzu\n"
+" ordenagailua erabiltzen duten guztiengan, \"%s\" hauta dezakezu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "egiaztatzea"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Abio zamatzailea konputagailuak abio garaian martxan jartzen duen\n"
+"programa txiki bat da.Sistema osoa martxan jartzearen arduraduna da.\n"
+"Normalean abio zamatzailearen instalazioa erabat automatikoa da.\n"
+"DrakX-k diskoaren abio sektorea analizatu eta han aurkitzen duenaren arabera "
+"jokatuko du:\n"
+" * Windows-en abio sektorea aurkitzen badu, GRUB/LILO abio sektore batekin\n"
+"ordeztuko du. Horrela, GNU/Linux edo makinan instalatutako beste edozein SE\n"
+"zamatzeko gai izango zara.\n"
+"\n"
+" * GRUB edo LILO abio sektore bat aurkitzen bada, berri batekin ordeztuko "
+"du.\n"
+"\n"
+"Berak erabaki ezin badu, DrakX-k zuri galdetuko dizu abioko zamatzailea non\n"
+"kokatu. Normalean, \"%s\" da lekurik seguruena. \"%s\" hautatuz ez da abio\n"
+"zamatzailerik instalatuko. Erabili aukera hau soilik zer egiten ari zaren "
+"badakizu."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Inprimatzeko sistema bat hautatzeko unea da orain.Eeste sistema eragile \n"
+"batzuk bakarra eskainiko dizute, baina Mandriva Linux-ek bi eskaintzen "
+"ditu.\n"
+"Inprimaketa sistema bakoitza egokiago da konfigurazio mota batzuetarako.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- ``print, do not queue'' esapidearen akronimoa da, eta aukera\n"
+"hori hautatu behar duzu inprimagailuarekin zuzeneko konexioa baduzu, \n"
+"inprimagailu-buxadurak askatu nahi badituzu, eta sareko inprimagailurik\n"
+"ez baduzu. (\"%s\" sareko kasu oso sinpleak bakarrik maneiatzen ditu eta \n"
+"zertxobait mantsoa da sareekin erabiltzen denean.) GNU/Linux-ekin duzun \n"
+"lehen esperientzia bada, \"pdq\" erabiltzea gomendatzen dizugu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', aukera egokia da zure\n"
+"bertako inprimagailuan edo mundu erdira dagoenean inprimatzeko.\n"
+"Konfiguratzen erraza da eta \"lpd \" inprimatze-sistema zaharraren\n"
+"zerbitzari edo bezero gisa joka dezake, beraz, inprimatze-zerbitzuak behar "
+"dituzten sistema eragile zaharragoekin bateragarria da. Berez ahaltsua\n"
+" bada ere, oinarrizko konfigurazioa ia \"pdq\"-rena bezain erraza da.\n"
+"\"lpd\" zerbitzari bat emulatu behar baduzu, egiaztatu \"cups-lpd \"\n"
+"deabrua aktibatu duzula. \"%s\"ek inprimatzeko, inprimagailuaren aukerak "
+"hautatzeko eta inprimagailua kudeatzeko interfaze grafikoak ditu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hautapena orain egiten baduzu, eta beranduago ohartzen bazara zure\n"
+" inprimaketa sistema ez zaizula guztoko Mandriva Linux Aginte Guneko\n"
+" PrintDrake exekutatuz eta \"%s\" botoian klik eginez alda zenezake."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Aditu"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX-k zure ordenagailuko IDE gailu guztiak detektatuko ditu orain. Zure \n"
+"sisteman PCI SCSI txartelik dagoen ere begiratuko du. SCSI txartela\n"
+"aurkitzen badu, DrakX-k automatikoki instalatuko du kontrolatzaile egokia.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hardwarearen detekzioa erabat segurua ez denez, DrakX-k huts egin lezake \n"
+"hardwarea detektatzean. Horrela bada, hardwarea eskuz zehaztu beharko duzu.\n"
+"\n"
+"PCI SCSI moldagailua eskuz zehaztu behar baduzu, aukerak eskuz\n"
+"konfiguratu nahi dituzun galdetuko dizu DrakX-k. Moldagailua hasieratzeko \n"
+"behar dituen aukera zehatzak bila ditzan, hardwarea aztertzen utzi beharko \n"
+"zenioke DrakX-ri. Gehienetan, DrakX-k ez du arazorik izango prozesu hori \n"
+"burutzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX-k ezin baditu egiaztatu hardwareari pasatu behar zaizkion "
+"parametroak \n"
+"zein diren automatikoki erabakitzeko aukerak, eskuz konfiguratu beharko \n"
+"duzu kontrolatzailea."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": zure sisteman soinu-txartel bat detektatu ezkero, hemen bistaratuko\n"
+"da. Bistaratutako soinu-txartela zure sisteman dagoena ez dela Ikusten "
+"baduzu,\n"
+"botoian klik egin eta beste gidari bat hauta dezakezu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Errepaso gisa, DrakX-ek zure sistemari buruz bildu duen informazioaren\n"
+" laburpena erakutsiko du. Zure makinan instalatutako hardwarearen\n"
+" arabera, ondorengo sarrera hauetako batzuk edo guztiak izan ditzakezu.\n"
+" Sarrera honela osatzen da: konfiguratu beharreko elementua, eta ondoan, "
+"uneko konfigurazioaren laburpen laburra. Klikatu dagokion \"%s\" botoia\n"
+"aldaketa egiteko.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": egiaztatu uneko teklatu maparen konfigurazioa eta aldatu\n"
+"behar izan ezkero.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": egiaztatu uneko herrialdea. Herrialde horretan ez bazaude\n"
+"egin klik \"%s\" botoian, eta hautatu beste bat. Zure herrialdea "
+"erakutsitako\n"
+"zerrendan falta bada, klikatu \"%s\" botoia herrialdeen zerrenda osoa\n"
+"jasotzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Lehenespenez, DrakX-ek hautatutako herrialdearen arabera\n"
+" ondorioztatzen du ordu gunea. \"%s\" botoia klikatu dezakezu zuzena.\n"
+"ez bada.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": egiaztatu uneko sagu konfigurazioa eta klikatu botoia aldatzea\n"
+"beharrezka bada.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": \"%s\" botoian klikatzeak inprimagailu konfigurazio morroia\n"
+"irekiko du. Kontsultatu ``Hasiberrien Gida''n dagokion atala inprimagailu\n"
+"berri bat nola ezarri jakiteko. Bertan azaldutako interfazea instalazioan\n"
+" erabiltzen denaren antzekoa da.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zure sisteman soinu txartel bat detektatzen bada, hemen\n"
+" bistaratuko da. Bistaratutako soinu-txartela zure sisteman instalatuta "
+"dagoena ez dela Ikusten baduzu, botoian klikatu eta beste gidari bat\n"
+"hauta dezakezu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": telebista txartel bat badaukazu, hemen erakutsiko da bere\n"
+"konfigurazioari buruzko informazioa. Telebista txartela izan eta ez badu \n"
+"detektatzen, klikatu \"%s\"n, eskuz konfiguratzen saiatzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": \"%s\" klikatu dezakezu txartelarekin zerikusia duten "
+"parametroak\n"
+"aldatzeko konfigurazioa okerra dela uste baduzu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": lehenespenez, DrakX-ek \"800x600\" edo \"1024x768\" \n"
+"bereizmenarekin konfiguratzen du interfaze grafikoa. Zuretzako ez bada\n"
+"egokia, klikatu \"%s\" zure interfaze grafikoa birkonfiguratzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zure Internet edo bertako sare sarrera konfiguratu nahi baduzu,\n"
+"orain egin dezakezu. Jo inprimatutako dokumentaziora edo erabili\n"
+"Mandriva Aginte Gunea instalazioa amaitutakoan lerroko laguntza\n"
+"osatuaz baliatzeko.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": HTTP eta FTP proxy helbideak konfiguratzeko aukera eskaintzen\n"
+"du instalatzen ari zaren makina proxy zerbitzari baten atzean badago.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sarrera honek aurreko urratsean () egin bezala segurtasun maila\n"
+" berdefinitzen uzten dizu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zure makina Internetera konektatzeko asmoa baduzu,\n"
+"ideia ona da zure burua suhesi bat ezarriz babestea. Kontsultatu\n"
+"``Hasiberrien Gida''n suhesi ezarpenari dagokion atala.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": abio zamatzailearen konfigurazioa aldatu nahi baduzu, klikatu\n"
+"botoi hontan. Erabiltzaile aurreratuek bakarrik erabili behar lukete. Jo\n"
+"inprimatutako dokumentaziora edo Mandriva Linux Aginte Guneko\n"
+" abio-zamatzailearen konfigurazioari buruzko lerroko laguntzara.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sarrera honen bitartez zehatz doitu dezakezu zure makinan\n"
+"zein zerbitzu exekutatuko diren. Makina hau zerbitzari moduan erabiltzeko\n"
+"asmoa badaukazu ona litzateke ezarpen hau errepasatzea.zure makinan zein "
+"zerbitzu exekutatuko diren doitasunez \n"
+"kontrola dezakezu hemendik. Makina hau zerbitzari gisa erabiltzeko asmoa \n"
+"baduzu, konfigurazio hau berrikustea komeni zaizu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN txartela"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interfaze grafikoa"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Hautatu Mandriva Linux partizio berria instalatu ahal izateko ezabatu nahi\n"
+"duzun disko zurruna. Kontuz ibili, unitate horretako datu guztiak galdu\n"
+"egingo dira eta ezin izango dira berreskuratu!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Sakatu \"%s\" disko zurrun honetako datu eta partizio guztiak \n"
+"ezabatu nahi badituzu. Kontuz ibili, \"%s\" sakatu ondoren \n"
+"ezin izango duzu disko zurrun honetako daturik eta partiziorik "
+"berreskuratu,\n"
+"Windows-eko datuak barne.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sakatu \"%s\" disko zurrun honetako daturik eta partiziorik\n"
+"galdu gabe eragiketa hau bertan behera uzteko."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Hurrengoa ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Aurrekoa"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/fa.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/fa.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4e321363f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/fa.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1938 @@
+# translation of DrakX-fa.po to Persian
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Abbas Izad <abbasizad@hotmail.com>, 2003, 2004, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-fa\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-26 06:31+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Abbas Izad <abbasizad@hotmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Persian\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"قبل از ادامه، شما باید شروط مجوز را با دقت بخوانید. آن تمام انتشار\n"
+"لینوکس ماندریبا را پوشش می‌دهد. اگر با همه‌ی شروط آن موافقت\n"
+"می‌کنید، جعبه‌ی \"%s\" را علامت بزنید. اگر نه، کلیک بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\"\n"
+"رایانه‌اتان آغازگری مجدد خواهد شد."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"لینوکس/گنو یک سیستم چند کاربرانه است، بدین معنی که هر کاربر ترجیحات و\n"
+"پرونده‌های خود را دارا می‌باشد. شما می‌توانید ``راهنمای مبتدی'' را برای آموختن\n"
+"بیشتر درباره‌ی سیستم‌های چند کاربرانه مطالعه کنید. ولی برخلاف \"مدیر\"، که "
+"مدیر\n"
+"سیستم می‌باشد، کاربرانی را که شما در این مرحله اضافه می‌کنید اجازه تغییر چیزی\n"
+"جز پرونده‌ها و پیکربندی‌های خود را ندارند. این برای حفاظت سیستم از تغییرات غیر "
+"مترقبه\n"
+" یا خطرناکی است که تمام سیستم را تحت تاثیر قرار می‌دهد. شما باید حداقل یک "
+"کاربر\n"
+"معمولی برای خود ایجاد کنید -- این حسابی است که شما برای استفاده روزانه‌ی خود\n"
+"باید از آن استفاده کنید.هرچند این خیلی آسان است که مانند \"root\" وارد "
+"سیستم\n"
+"شده و هر کاری را بدون محدودیت انجام داد، ولی ممکن است این خیلی خطرناک باشد!\n"
+"یک اشتباه کوچک می‌تواند باعث شود که سیستم‌تان دیگر کار نکند. اگر شما مثل یک\n"
+"کاربر ساده اشتباه جدی را مرتکب شوید، بدترین چیزی که می‌تواند اتفاق بیافتد از\n"
+"دست دادن مقداری اطلاعات خواهد شد ولی تاثیری بر تمام سیستم نخواهد گذاشت.\n"
+"\n"
+"اولین منطقه نام حقیقی شما را می‌پرسد. البته این اجباری نیست -- شما می‌توانید\n"
+"در واقع هر چه می‌خواهید وارد کنید. برنامه‌ی نصب DrakX اولین واژه را که در این\n"
+"منطقه وارد کرده‌اید به منطقه \"%s\" کپی می‌کند که این نام کاربری ورود به\n"
+"سیستم خواهد شد. اگر بخواهید می‌توانید پیش‌فرض را نادیده گرفته و نام کاربر را "
+"تغییر\n"
+"دهید. گام بعدی وارد کردن گذرواژه‌ای است. از نظر امنیتی یک گذرواژه‌ی (عادی) "
+"بدون\n"
+"امتیاز مانند گذرواژه‌ی \"مدیر\" دارای حساسیت نمی‌باشد، اما آن دلیلی برای عدم "
+"استفاده\n"
+"از آن و خالی گذاشتن آن یا تعیین گذرواژه‌ی بسیار ساده‌ای نیست. بلاخره این "
+"پرونده‌های\n"
+"شما هستند که در معرض خطر هستند.\n"
+"\n"
+"وقتی که شما بر روی  \"%s\" کلیک کنید، می‌توانید کاربرهای دیگری نیز اضافه "
+"کنید.\n"
+"افزودن یک کاربر برای هر یک از دوستان، پدرتان یا برادرتان برای مثال.\n"
+"وقتی افزودن کاربران را تمام کردید بر روی \"%s\" کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"با کلیک کردن بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" به شما اجازه‌ی تغییر \"پوسته\"پیش‌فرض برای\n"
+"آن کاربر (پیش‌فرض bash) داده خواهد شد.\n"
+"\n"
+"وقتی شما افزودن کاربران را تمام کردید از شما برای انتخاب کاربری که بتواند\n"
+"هنگام آغازگری رایانه بطور خودکار وارد سیستم شود سؤال خواهد شد. اگر این مورد\n"
+"برای شما جالب بوده (و امنیت محلی اهمیت چندانی برای شما ندارد) ، کاربر دلخواه "
+"و\n"
+"محیط گرافیک را انتخاب نموده سپس بر روی \"%s\" کلیک کنید. اگر شما علاقه‌ای\n"
+" به این مورد ندارید جعبه \"%s\" را غیر فعال کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "آیا می‌خواهید از این قابلیت استفاده کنید؟"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"قسمت‌بندی‌های لینوکس شناسائی شده‌ی موجود بر دیسک شما در اینجا فهرست شده‌اند.\n"
+"شما می‌توانید انتخاب‌های انجام شده توسط جادوگر را نگهداشته چرا که آنها برای\n"
+"بیشتر نصب‌های عادی مناسب می‌باشند. اگر شما هر تغییری انجام دهید باید حداقل\n"
+"یک قسمت‌بندی ریشه (\"/\") را تعیین کنید. قسمت‌بندی خیلی کوچک انتخاب نکنید\n"
+"وگرنه نخواهید توانست نرم‌افزار کافی نصب کنید. اگر می‌خواهید داده‌های خود را بر\n"
+"یک قسمت‌بندی جداگانه ذخیره کنید، مجبور خواهید بود که یک قسمت‌بندی \"/home\"\n"
+"را ایجاد کنید (فقط در صورتی که شما بیش از یک قسمت‌بندی لینوکس داشته باشید).\n"
+"هر قسمت‌بندی بطریق بدنبال آمده فهرست شده است: \"نام\", \"ظرفیت\".\n"
+"ساختار \"نام\" : \"نوع دستگاه دیسک\", \"شماره‌ی دستگاه دیسک\",\n"
+"\"شماره‌ی قسمت‌بندی\" (برای مثال، \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"نوع دستگاه دیسک\" اگر دستگاه دیسک یک IDE باشد \"hd\" است و\n"
+"اگر آن یک دستگاه دیسک SCSI باشد \"sd\" می‌باشد.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"شماره‌ی دستگاه دیسک\" همیشه یک حرف الفبا بعد از \"hd\" یا \"sd\" می‌باشد.\n"
+"برای دستگاه‌های سخت:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" بمعنی \"دستگاه سخت ارشد بر کنترل کننده‌ی اول IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" بمعنی \"دستگاه سخت زیردست بر کنترل کننده‌ی اول IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" بمعنی \"دستگاه سخت ارشد بر کنترل کننده‌ی دوم IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" بمعنی \"دستگاه سخت زیردست بر کنترل کننده‌ی دوم IDE\".\n"
+"\n"
+"در دستگاه‌های سخت SCSI یک \"a\" بمعنی \"کمترین شناسه‌ی SCSI\", یک \"b\" بمعنی\n"
+"\"دومین کمترین شناسه SCSI\"، و غیره."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"نصب لینوکس ماندریبا در چند سی‌دی پخش شده است. اگر بسته انتخاب شده بر روی\n"
+"سی‌دی دیگری قرار دارد DrakX سی‌دی کنونی را بیرون زده و از شما میخواهد که\n"
+"سی‌دی خواسته شده را داخل کنید. اگر آن سی‌دی مورد تقاضا را ندارید فقط بر روی \"%"
+"s\"\n"
+"کلیک کنید و بسته‌های مربوطه نصب نخواهند شد."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"اکنون وقت آن رسیده است که برنامه هایی را که میخواهید بر روی سیستمتان نصب "
+"کنید مشخص نمایید.\n"
+"هزاران بسته برای لینوکس ماندریبا در دسترس بوده* و برای آسانتر کزدن مدیریت "
+"آن، آنها در\n"
+"گروه‌هایی با برنامه های شبیه بهم قرار داده شده‌اند.\n"
+"\n"
+"لینوکس ماندریبا گروههای بسته را در چهار رده مرتب کرده است. شما میتوانید "
+"برنامه ها را از\n"
+"رده های گوناگون ترکیب و مطابقت دهید، بطوریکه یک نصب پایگاه کاری میتواند "
+"برنامه هایی از\n"
+"رده کارگزار را نصب کرده باشد.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر خیال دارید از رایانه خود مانند یک پایگاه کاری استفاده کنید، "
+"یک یا چند گروه\n"
+"را از رده پایگاه کاری انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر خیال دارید از رایانه خود برای برنامه نویسی استفاده کنید، "
+"گروههای مناسب را\n"
+"از آن رده انتخاب کنید. گروه مخصوص \"LSB\" سیستمتان را طوری پیکربندی\n"
+"خواهد کرد تا هر چه بیشتر با مقررات پایه استاندارد لینوکس مطابقت داشته باشد.\n"
+"\n"
+"   انتخاب گروه \"LSB\" همچنین سریال هسته \"2.4\" را نیز بجای پیش فرض \"2.6"
+"\" \n"
+"نصب خواهد کرد. این برای اطمینان ۱۰۰٪٪-مطابقت سیستم است. هر چند، اگر گروه\n"
+"\"LSB\" را انتخاب نکنید سیستمی خواهید داشت که تقریبا ۱۰۰٪٪ LSB-تطبیق دارد.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر رایانه تان قرار است کارگزار بشود، سرویسهای معمول را که خیال "
+"دارید بر\n"
+"روی رایانه تان نصب کنید انتخاب نمائید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": این جائی است که محیط گرافیکی ترجیحی خود را انتخاب میکنید.\n"
+"اگر میخواهید واسط گرافیکی داشته باشید حداقل یکی را باید انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"حرکت مکان نمای موشی بر روی نام گروهی متن توضیحی کوتاهی را درباره آن گروه\n"
+"نشان خواهد داد.\n"
+"\n"
+"شما میتوانید جعبه \"%s\" را تیک کنید، که خیلی مفید است اگر با بسته های ارائه "
+"شده آشنائید\n"
+"یا اگر میخواهید بر آنچه نصب میگردد کاملا کنترل داشته باشید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر نصب را در حالت \"%s\" شروع کنید، میتوانید همه گروهها را نگزینید و از "
+"نصب\n"
+"هر بسته جدید جلوگیری کنید. این برای تعمیر و بروزسازی یک سیستم موجود مفید "
+"است.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر همه گروهها را هنگام یک نصب عادی (برخلاف یک بروزسازی) نگزیده اید،\n"
+"گفتگوئی ظاهر شده که گزینه های گوناگونی را برای یک حداقل نصب پیشنهاد میکند:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": حداقل تعداد بسته ممکن را برای داشتن یک رومیزی گرافیکی کارآرا نصب "
+"میکند.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": سیستم پایه بعلاوه وسایل اولیه و نوشتارهای آنها را نصب میکند. این "
+"نصب برای \n"
+"برپاسازی یک کارگزار مناسب است.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": حداقل تعداد ممکن بسته های ضروری برای یک سیستم لینوکس کارآرا نصب\n"
+"خواهد گردید. با این نصب شما فقط واسط خط-فرمان خواهید داشت.\n"
+"اندازه کل این نصب حدود ۶۵ مگابایت است."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "ارتقاء"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "با نوشتار پایه"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "کوچکترین نصب واقعی"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"اگر شما به نصب‌گر گفته‌اید که می‌خواهید بسته‌ها را دانه‌ای انتخاب کنید،\n"
+"آن درختی را شامل تمام بسته‌های دسته‌بندی شده بوسیله‌ی گروه‌ها و زیرگروه‌ها\n"
+"عرضه می‌کند. هنگام مرور بر درخت، می‌توانید همه‌ی گروه‌ها، زیرگروه‌ها،\n"
+"یا بسته‌های دانه‌ای را انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"هروقت شما بسته‌ای را در این درخت انتخاب می‌کنید، یک توضیح در قسمت\n"
+"راست ظاهر شده که به شما هدف بسته را معرفی می‌کند.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! اگر یک بسته کارگزار انتخاب شده باشد، یا اینکه شما مخصوصا بسته‌ی دانه‌ای\n"
+"را انتخاب کردید یا برای اینکه آن قسمتی از یک گروه از بسته‌ها باشد، از شما \n"
+"برای تایید آنکه واقعا می‌خواهید آنها را نصب کنید سؤال خواهد شد.\n"
+"پیش‌فرض لینوکس ماندریبا هر سرویس نصب شده را در زمان آغازگری \n"
+"بطور خودکار اجرا می‌کند. هرچند آنها امن بوده و هیچ اشکالی در زمان انتشار \n"
+"ندارند، احتمال دارد که سوراخ‌های امنیتی بعد از تکمیل این نسخه لینوکس \n"
+"مان‌درایک کشف شوند. اگر شما نمی‌دانید که یک سرویس بخصوص قرار \n"
+"است چکار کند یا چرا نصب شده است، پس \"%s\" را کلیک کنید. با کلیک \n"
+"بر \"%s\"سرویس‌های فهرست شده نصب خواهند شد و آنها بوسیله پیش‌فرض \n"
+"بطور خودکار هنگام آغازگری شروع می‌شوند. !! \n"
+"\n"
+"گزینه‌ی \"%s\" برای غیرفعال کردن گفتگوی هشدارهایی که هر وقت برنامه‌ی\n"
+" نصب بسته‌ای را برای حل یک مشکل وابستگی بطور خودکار انتخاب می‌کند \n"
+"استفاده می‌شود. بعضی از بسته‌ها با هم روابطی دارند بطوری که نصب یک \n"
+"بسته مستلزم نصب آن بسته‌ی دیگر می‌باشد. برنامه نصب می‌تواند تعیین کند \n"
+"که کدام بسته برای ارضای یک وابستگی لازم است تا نصب را با موفقیت تکمیل\n"
+"نماید.\n"
+"\n"
+"شمایل ریز دیسکچه در پایین فهرست به شما اجازه می‌دهد که یک\n"
+"فهرست ایجاد شده هنگام نصب قبلی را بارگذاری کنید. این روش اگر\n"
+"بخواهید تعدادی رایانه را یکسان پیکربندی کنید مفید است. کلیک بر این شمایل\n"
+"از شما می‌خواهد که آن دیسکچه را که در پایان نصب قبلی ایجاد کرده‌اید\n"
+"وارد کنید. به راهنمایی دوم آخرین مرحله برای چگونگی ایجاد چنین دیسکچه‌ای\n"
+"نگاهی بیاندازید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "وابستگی‌های خودکار"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": با کلیک بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" جادوگر پیکربندی چاپگر باز خواهد شد\n"
+"به فصل مربوط در ``Starter Guide'' برای اطلاعات بیشتر برای نصب یک چاپگر\n"
+"جدید مراجعه کنید. ظاهر عرضه شده در آنجا شبیه به آن است که در هنگام\n"
+"نصب استفاده می‌گردد."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"این گفتگو برای انتخاب سرویس‌هایی است که می‌خواهید هنگام آغازگری راه‌اندازی\n"
+"شوند استفاده می‌شود. \n"
+"\n"
+"برنامه‌ی DrakX همه‌ی سرویس‌های موجود را در نصب کنونی فهرست خواهد کرد.\n"
+"هر یک را بدقت ملاحظه کرده و آنهایی را که در زمان آغازگری لازم ندارید انتخاب "
+"نکنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر یک سرویس انتخاب شود یک توضیح کوتاه درباره آن نشان داده خواهد شد. \n"
+"اگر شما مطمئن نیستید که آیا سرویسی مفید است یا نه، بهتر است پیش‌فرض \n"
+"را به حال خود بگذارید. \n"
+"\n"
+"!! در این مرحله خیلی دقت کنید، اگر قصد دارید از رایانه خود مانند کارگزاری\n"
+"استفاده کنید: احتمالا نمی‌خواهید هیچ سرویسی را که لازم ندارید راه‌اندازی "
+"کنید.\n"
+"لطفاً بخاطر داشته باشید که چندین سرویس در صورتی که بر یک کارگزار بکار\n"
+" بیافتند می‌توانند خطرناک باشند. بطور عمومی، فقط سرویس‌هایی را انتخاب \n"
+"کنید که واقعاً لازم دارید.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"گنو/لینوکس زمان را بر اساس GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) اداره کرده\n"
+"و آن را به زمان محلی طبق منطقه‌ی زمانی که شما انتخاب کرده‌اید برمی‌گرداند.\n"
+"اگر ساعت روی کارت ‌الکترونیکی مادر بر اساس زمان محلی گذاشته شده باشد،\n"
+"می‌توانید این را از طریق انتخاب نکردن \"%s\" غیرفعال کنید، که به گنو/لینوکس\n"
+"اجازه می‌دهد که بداند که ساعت سیستم شما و ساعت سخت‌افزار در یک منطقه‌زمانی\n"
+"قرار دارند. دانستن این وقتی که ماشین شما سیستم عامل دیگری نظیر ویندوز را "
+"میزبان\n"
+"باشد مفید می‌باشد. \n"
+"\n"
+"گزینه‌ی \"%s\" ساعت را از طریق اتصال به کارگزار از راه دور زمان بر اینترنت\n"
+"میزان می‌کند. برای کار کردن این قابلیت باید یک اتصال اینترنت فعال داشته\n"
+"باشید. بهتر است یک کارگزار زمان نزدیک به خود را انتخاب کنید. این گزینه "
+"اتفاقاً\n"
+"کارگزار زمانی را نصب می‌کند که می‌تواند بوسیله‌ی ماشین های دیگر بر روی\n"
+"شبکه‌اتان گردد."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "هم‌گاه‌سازی خودکار زمان"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"کارت گرافیک\n"
+"\n"
+"   برنامه نصب‌گر معمولا کارت گرافیک نصب شده بر ماشین شما را بطور خودکار\n"
+"شناسایی و پیکربندی می‌کند. اگر چنین نشده، می‌توانید کارتی را که خود نصب "
+"کرده‌اید\n"
+"از این لیست انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"   در صورتی که کارگزارهای مختلف برای کارت شما در دسترس می‌باشند، با یا بدون\n"
+"شتاب دهنده‌ی ۳بعدی، از شما برای انتخاب کارگزاری که برای شما مناسب‌تر می‌باشد \n"
+"سؤال خواهد شد."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (برای سیستم پنجره X ) قلب واسط تصویری لینوکس/گنو می‌باشد که تمام محیط‌های \n"
+"تصویری (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker وغیره) بسته بندی شده با \n"
+"لینوکس مان‌درایک بر روی آن تکیه دارند.\n"
+"\n"
+"یک لیست ار اجزای گوناگون برای تغییر و تهیه بهترین نمایش تصویری به شما عرضه\n"
+"خواهد شد:\n"
+"\n"
+" کارت گرافیک\n"
+"\n"
+"   نصب کننده معمولاً بطور خودکار کارت گرافیک بر روی ماشین شما را شناسایی\n"
+"و تنظیم خواهد کرد. اگر چنین نشد، می‌توانید کارت خود را از این لیست انتخاب "
+"کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"   در صورتی که کارگزارهای گوناگونی برای کارت شما وجود دارند، با یا بدون\n"
+"شتاب‌دهنده‌ی ۳ بعدی، از شما برای انتخاب کارگزاری که بهتر جوابگوی احتیاجات \n"
+"شما می‌باشد سوال خواهد شد.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"نمایشگر\n"
+"\n"
+"   نصب کننده معمولاً بطور خودکار نمایشگر وصل شده به ماشین شما را شناسایی\n"
+"و تنظیم خواهد کرد. اگر چنین نشد، می‌توانید نمایشگر خود را از این لیست انتخاب "
+"نمایید.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"وضوح\n"
+"\n"
+"   در اینجا می‌توانید وضوح و عمق‌های رنگ موجود برای سخت‌افزار خود را انتخاب\n"
+"نمایید. آن را که بهترین جوابگوی احتیاجات شما می‌باشد را انتخاب کنید (شما "
+"قادر\n"
+"خواهید بود که آن را بعد از نصب تغییر دهید). یک نمونه از تنظیمات انتخاب شده "
+"در\n"
+"نمایشگر نشان داده خواهد شد.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"آزمایش\n"
+"\n"
+"   سیستم تلاش خواهد کرد تا یک صفحه تصویری را با وضوح مورد خواست باز کند.\n"
+"اگر شما بتوانید پیغام هنگام آزمایش را مشاهده نمایید و جواب \"%s\"را بدهید،\n"
+"پس DrakX به مرحله‌ی بعدی ادامه خواهد داد. اگر شما نتوانیدپیغام را ببینید، "
+"بدین\n"
+"معنی است که بعضی از قسمت‌های تنظیمات شناسایی خودکار صحیح نبوده و آزمایش\n"
+"بعد از ۱۲ ثانیه بطور خودکار تمام شده، شما را به فهرست برمیگرداند. تنظیمات "
+"را\n"
+"تا وقتی که نمایش تصویری درست را بدست نیاورده‌اید تغییر دهید.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"گزینه‌ها\n"
+"\n"
+"   در اینجا میتوانید تعویض خودکار به واسط تصویری را در آغازگری انتخاب "
+"نمایید.\n"
+"روشن است که اگر ماشین شما قرار است کارگزار شود، یا اگر شما در تنظیم "
+"نمایشگر \n"
+"موفق نبوده‌اید بخواهید \"%s\" را علامت بزنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"نمایشگر\n"
+"\n"
+"   برنامه‌ی نصب‌گر معمولاً بطور خودکار نمایشگر وصل شده به رایانه‌ی شما را \n"
+"شناسائی و پیکربندی خواهد کرد. اگر درست نبود، می‌توانید نمایشگری را\n"
+"که به رایانه‌ی خود وصل کرده‌اید از این لیست انتخاب کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"تفکیک‌پذیری\n"
+"\n"
+"   در اینجا می‌توانید تفکیک‌پذیری و عمق رنگ در دسترس را برای سخت‌افزارتان\n"
+"را انتخاب کنید. آن را که برای شما بهتر است انتخاب کنید (بعد از نصب می‌توانید\n"
+"آن را تغییر دهید). نمونه‌ای از پیکربندی انتخاب شده در نمایشگر نشان داده می‌شود."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"در صورتی که کارگزارهای گوناگونی برای کارت‌تان در دسترس هستند، با\n"
+"یا بدون شتاب دهنده ۳ بعدی ، از شما برای انتخاب مناسبترین کارگزار\n"
+" سؤال خواهد شد."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"گزینه‌ها\n"
+"\n"
+"   در اینجا می‌توانید انتخاب کنید که آیا می‌خواهید رایانه شما بطور خودکار به\n"
+"یک واسط گرافیکی در آغازگری عوض شود. روشن است که شما بخواهید \"%s\" \n"
+"را علامت زده اگر ماشین شما مانند یک کارگزار باید عمل کند، یا اگر شما در\n"
+"پیکربندی نمایشگر خود موفق نبوده‌اید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"در این مرحله، باید تصمیم بگیرید که در کجای دیسک خود می‌خواهید سیستم عامل\n"
+"لینوکس ماندریبا را نصب کنید. اگر دیسک شما خالی یا اگر سیستم عامل موجودی\n"
+"همه‌ی فضای در دسترس دیسک را در اختیار دارد مجبور خواهید بود دیسک خود را\n"
+"قسمت‌بندی کنید. اساسا، قسمت‌بندی دیسکی شامل قسمت کردن منطقی آن برای\n"
+"ایجاد فضای لازم برای نصب سیستم لینوکس ماندریبا جدیدتان می‌باشد.\n"
+"\n"
+"بخاطر غیر قابل برگشت بودن پروسه‌ی قسمت‌بندی و اینکه می‌تواند به از دست رفتن\n"
+"داده‌ها منتهی شود، مخصوصا اگر سیستم عاملی از قبل وجود داشته و بر روی دیسک\n"
+"نصب شده باشد، اگر شما کاربری بی‌تجربه هستید قسمت‌بندی می‌تواند عصبی\n"
+"کننده و هیجان آور باشد. خوشبختانه، DrakX جادوگر راهنمایی را برای آسان کردن\n"
+"این پروسه ضمیمه دارد. قبل از ادامه به این مرحله بقیه این بخش را بخوانید و \n"
+"بیش از هر چه وقت کافی را بخود بدهید.\n"
+"\n"
+"بستگی به پیکربندی دیسک‌تان، چندین گزینه در دسترس است:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": این گزینه قسمت‌بندی خودکار دستگاه دیسک خالی شما را انجام می‌دهد.\n"
+"اگر از این گزینه استفاده کنید دیگر از شما سؤال دیگری نخواهد شد.\n"
+" \n"
+" * \"%s\": جادوگر یک یا چند قسمت‌بندی موجود لینوکس را بر روی دیسک شما\n"
+"شناسایی کرده است. اگر می‌خواهید از آنها استفاده کنید این گزینه را انتخاب "
+"کنید.\n"
+"از شما سپس پرسیده خواهد شد که نقاط سوارسازی مربوط به هر قسمت‌بندی را\n"
+"انتخاب کنید. نقاط سوارسازی صحیح بوسیله‌ی پیش‌فرض انتخاب خواهند شد، در بیشتر \n"
+"موارد نظر خوبی است که آنها را نگه دارید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر ویندوز مایکروسافت بر دیسک شما نصب شده است و همه فضای موجود\n"
+"بر آن را در اختیار دارد، شما می‌بایست فضای آزاد برای لینوکس را ایجاد کنید\n"
+"برای انجام این کار، شما می‌توانید قسمت‌بندی و داده‌های ویندوز مایکروسافت\n"
+" را حذف کرده (راه حل ''پاک کردن تمام دیسک'' را ببینید) یا قسمت‌بندی FAT \n"
+"ویندوز مایکروسافت را تغییر اندازه دهید. تغییر اندازه می‌تواند بدون از دست\n"
+"دادن هیچ داده‌ای به این شرط که شما از قبل قسمت‌بندی ویندوز را نظم داده\n"
+"یا defragmented بشود و اینکه آن از قالب FAT استفاده کند. ذخیره‌ی داده‌های\n"
+"شما بشدت سفارش می‌شود. استفاده از این گزینه اگر می‌خواهید هم لینوکس\n"
+"و هم ویندوز مایکروسافت را بر روی یک رایانه داشته باشید سفارش می‌شود.\n"
+"\n"
+"   قبل از انتخاب این گزینه، لطفا توجه کنید که بعد از این پروسه اندازه‌ی\n"
+"قسمت‌بندی ویندوز مایکروسافت شما کوچکتر از وقتی که شروع کرده‌اید خواهد\n"
+"شد شما فضای آزاد کمتری زیر ویندوز مایکروسافت برای ذخیره‌ی داده‌ها‌ی خود یا\n"
+"نصب نرم‌افزار جدید خواهید داشت.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر می‌خواهید تمام داده‌ها و قسمت‌بندی‌های موجود بر روی دیسک\n"
+"را حذف و آنها را با سیستم لینوکس ماندریبا جدید خود جایگزین کنید، این \n"
+"گزینه را انتخاب کنید. دقت کنید، شما قادر نخواهید بود انتخاب خود را \n"
+"بعد از تأیید پس بگیرید.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! اگر این گزینه را انتخاب کنید، همه‌ی داده‌های بر روی دیسک شما حذف خواهند "
+"شد. !! \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": این همه چیز را از دیسک پاک کرده و از نو شروع به قسمت‌بندی هر \n"
+"چیز از پایه می‌کند. هر داده‌ای بر روی دیسک شما از دست خواهد رفت. \n"
+"\n"
+"   !! اگر شما این گزینه را انتخاب کنید، همه داده‌های بر دیسک شما از دست خواهد "
+"رفت. !! \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": این گزینه را اگر خودتان می‌خواهید دیسک را قسمت‌بندی کنید انتخاب\n"
+" نمایید. دقت کنید -- این گزینه‌ی باقدرت ولی خطرناکی است و شما می‌توانید \n"
+"بسادگی تمام داده‌های خود را از دست بدهید. برای همین این گزینه واقعا فقط \n"
+"اگر شما چنین کاری را قبلا انجام داده‌اید و تجربه دارید سفارش می‌شود. برای \n"
+"راهنمایی چگونگی استفاده از وسیله‌ی DiskDrake به قسمت``مدیریت\n"
+"قسمت‌بندی‌های خود'' در ``راهنمای مبتدی'' مراجعه کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "استفاده از قسمت‌بندی‌های موجود"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "تمام دیسک پاک شود"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"بفرمائید. نصب اکنون تکمیل شده است و سیستم گنو/لینوکس آماده‌ی استفاده است.\n"
+"فقط بر \"%s\" کلیک کرده تا سیستم آغازگری مجدد شود. فراموش نکنید که رسانه‌ی\n"
+"نصب (سی‌دی-رم یا دیسکچه) را بردارید.اولین چیزی که شما بعد از اینکه\n"
+"رایانه‌اتان سخت‌افزار خود را آزمایش می‌کند فهرست بارگذار آغازگری است،\n"
+"که به شما اجازه‌ی انتخاب راه‌اندازی یکی از سیستم‌های عامل را می‌دهد.\n"
+"\n"
+"دکمه‌ی \"%s\" دو دکمه‌ی دیگر را نشان داده برای: \n"
+"  * \"%s\": ایجاد یک دیسکچه نصب که تمام نصب را بطور خودکار بدون کمک \n"
+"کسی، شبیه به نصبی که شما اکنون پیکربندی کردید را انجام می‌دهد. \n"
+"\n"
+"   توجه کنید که بعد از کلیک بر این دکمه دو گزینه در دسترس هستند:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". این نصب نسبتاً خودکاراست. گام قسمت‌بندی تنها \n"
+"مرحله‌ی گفتگویی است.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". نصب کاملاً خودکار: دیسک سخت کاملاً بازنویسی شده،\n"
+"تمام داده‌ها از دست خواهند رفت.\n"
+"\n"
+"   این قابلیت وقتی چندین ماشین قرار است شبیه به هم نصب شوند مفید است.\n"
+"قسمت نصب خودکار را در پایگاه اینترنت ما برای اطلاعات بیشتر ملاحظه کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): یک لیست از بسته‌های انتخاب شده در این نصب را ذخیره می‌کند.\n"
+"برای استفاده از این انتخاب با نصب دیگر، دیسکچه را داخل کرده و نصب\n"
+"را شروع کنید. در اعلان, کلید [F1] را فشار داده و بنویسید >>\n"
+"linux defcfg=\"floppy\" << و کلید ورود را فشار دهید.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) شما به دیسکچه‌ای با قالب FAT نیاز دارید. برای ساختن آن در گنو/لینوکس، \n"
+"\"mformat a:\"، یا \"fdformat/dev/fd0\" و بدنبالش \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "تولید دیسکچه‌ی نصب-خودکار"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"اگر تصمیم گرفتید تا از بعضی از قسمت‌بندیهای گنو/لینوکس استفاده مجدد کنید، "
+"میبایست\n"
+"بعضی از آنها را قسمت‌بندی مجدد کرده و هر داده روی آنها پاک شود. برای انجام "
+"اینکار\n"
+"لطفا آن قسمت‌بندیها را نیز انتخاب کنید\n"
+"\n"
+"لطفاً توجه کنید که ضروری نیست که تمام قسمت‌بندی‌های موجود قالب‌بندی مجدد\n"
+"شوند. شما باید قسمت‌بندیهای حاوی سیستم عامل (مانند \"/\", \"/usr\" یا \"/var"
+"\")\n"
+"را قالب‌بندی مجدد کرده اما شما مجبور به قالب‌بندی مجدد قسمت‌بندی‌های حاوی\n"
+"داده‌هایی که می‌خواهید نگهدارید نیستید (معمولاً \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"لطفاً هنگام انتخاب قسمت‌بندی‌ها دقت کنید. بعد از قالب‌بندی تمام داده‌های\n"
+"بر قسمت‌بندی‌های انتخاب شده حذف خواهند شد و قادر به تعمیر آنها نخواهید بود\n"
+"\n"
+"وقتی برای قالب‌بندی قسمت‌بندی‌ها آماده شدید بر \"%s\" کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر می‌خواهید قسمت‌بندی دیگری برای نصب سیستم عامل لینوکس ماندریبا\n"
+"جدید خود انتخاب کنید بر %s کلیک نمایید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر می‌خواهید قسمت‌بندی‌هایی که باید برای بلوک‌های بد بر دیسک کنترل شوند\n"
+"را انتخاب کنید بر %s کلیک کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"در زمانی که در حال نصب لینوکس ماندریبا هستید، به احتمال زیاد بعضی \n"
+"از بسته‌ها از زمان شروع پخش بروزسازی شده‌اند. اشکالات ممکن است تعمیر \n"
+"شده و مسایل امنیتی رفع شده باشند. برای استفاده از فواید این بروزسازی‌ها،\n"
+"اکنون میتوانید آنها را از اینترنت بارگیری نمایید. \"%s\" را اگر شما یک "
+"ارتباط\n"
+"کارآرای اینترنت دارید علامت زده، یا \"%s\" را اگر ترجیح می‌دهید بسته‌ها را\n"
+"بعداً بروزسازی کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"انتخاب \"%s\" لیستی از مکان‌هایی که آن بروزسازی‌ها می‌توانند دریافت شوند\n"
+"را نشان خواهد داد. شما باید مکانی که به شما نزدیکتر است را انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"درخت مجموعه-بسته ظاهر خواهد شد: مجموعه را مرور کرده، و \"%s\" را برای\n"
+"دریافت و نصب بسته‌های انتخاب شده، یا \"%s\" را برای ترک فشار دهید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"در این نقطه، DrakX به شما اجازه‌ی انتخاب سطح امنیتی مورد نظر را برای ماشین\n"
+"می‌دهد. روش معمول این است که اگر ماشین حاوی داده‌های مهم خواهد شد، یا اگر\n"
+"آن ماشینی خواهد بود که مستقیماً در معرض اینترنت قرار می‌گیرد سطح امنیتی باید\n"
+"بالاتر گذاشته شود. ضرر این معامله در داشتن سطح بالاتر امنیتی عموماً در "
+"پرداخت\n"
+"آسانی استفاده بدست آورده می‌شود.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر نمی‌دانید کدام را باید انتخاب کنید، گزینه‌ی پیش‌فرض را نگه دارید.\n"
+" بعداً می‌توانید با ابزار draksec از مرکز کنترل ماندریبا سطح امنیتی را تغییر "
+"دهید.\n"
+"\n"
+"منطقه‌ی \"%s\"میتواند سیستم را از وجود کاربری که مسئول امنیت بر این رایانه\n"
+"خواهد گردید مطلع سازد. پیغام‌های امنیتی به آن نشانی فرستاده خواهد شد."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "مدیر امنیت"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"در این نقطه، شما مجبور به انتخاب قسمت‌بندی(های) که برای نصب سیستم لینوکس \n"
+"ماندریبا استفاده خواهد شد هستید.اگر قسمت‌بندی‌هایی که یا از یک نصب قبلی \n"
+"گنو/لینوکس یا بوسیله ابزار قسمت‌بندی دیگر وجود دارند، می‌توانید از آنها \n"
+"استفاده کنید. در غیر این صورت، قسمت‌بندی‌ها باید ایجاد شوند. \n"
+"\n"
+"برای ایجاد قسمت‌بندی‌ها، شما باید اول یک دستگاه دیسک را انتخاب کنید. \n"
+"شما می‌توانید آن دیسک را بوسیله‌ی کلیک بر ``hda'' برای اولین دستگاه IDE \n"
+" و ``hdb'' برای دومین، ``sda'' برای اولین دستگاه SCSI و غیره برای\n"
+"قسمت‌بندی انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"برای قسمت‌بندی دستگاه دیسک انتخاب شده، می‌توانید از این گزینه‌ها استفاده کنید:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": این گزینه تمام قسمت‌بندی‌های روی دیسک انتخاب شده را حذف می‌کند\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": این گزینه بر روی فضای آزاد دیسک شما بطور خودکار قسمت‌بندی‌های\n"
+"ext3 و حافظه مبادله را ایجاد می‌کند\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": دسترسی به قابلیت‌های دیگر را فراهم می‌سازد\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": جدول قسمت‌بندی را بر دیسکچه ذخیره می‌کند.در صورت لزوم \n"
+"بعدا می‌توان آن را بازنشانی کرد. انجام این گام بشدت سفارش می‌شود.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": به شما اجازه‌ی باز‌نشانی جدول قسمت‌بندی ذخیره شده را از دیسکچه "
+"می‌دهد.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر جدول قسمت‌بندی شما خراب شده باشد با این گزینه می‌توانید\n"
+"آن را بازنشانی کنید. لطفا دقت کنید و بخاطر داشته باشید که این همیشه درست\n"
+"کار نمی‌کند.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": تمام تغییرات باطل شده و جدول قسمت‌بندی اصلی بر دستگاه دیسک\n"
+"بارگذاری مجدد می‌شود.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": غیرفعال کردن این گزینه کاربران را مجبور می‌کند که رسانه‌های قابل\n"
+"حمل از قبیل دیسکچه و سی‌دی را دستی سوار یا پیاده کنند.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر می‌خواهید از یک جادوگر برای قسمت‌بندی دیسک خود استفاده کنید از\n"
+"این گزینه استفاده نمایید. این گزینه اگر شما تجربه‌ی قبلی از قسمت‌بندی\n"
+"کردن دیسک ندارید پیشنهاد می‌شود.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": برای لغو تغییرات خود از این گزینه استفاده کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": عملیات بیشتری را بر قسمت‌بندی‌ها اجازه داده (نوع، گزینه‌ها، "
+"قالب‌بندی)\n"
+"و اطلاعات بیشتری را درباره دستگاه دیسک می‌دهد.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": وقتی شما قسمت‌بندی دستگاه دیسک خود را به اتمام رساندید،\n"
+"این تغییرات شما را بر دیسک ذخیره می‌سازد.\n"
+"\n"
+"وقتی اندازه‌ی یک قسمت‌بندی را تعیین می‌کنید، می‌توانید بخوبی از کلیدهای جهت‌دار\n"
+"صفحه‌کلید خود استفاده کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"توجه: می‌توانید به هر گزینه توسط صفحه‌کلید دسترسی پیدا کنید. در طول\n"
+"قسمت‌بندی با استفاده از جهت‌های [پرش] و [بالا/پایین] مرور کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"وقتی یک قسمت‌بندی انتخاب شده باشد، می‌توانید از:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c برای ایجاد یک قسمت‌بندی جدید (وقتی یک قسمت‌بندی خالی انتخاب\n"
+"شده باشد)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d برای حذف یک قسمت‌بندی \n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m برای تعیین نقطه‌ی سوارسازی\n"
+"\n"
+"برای دریافت اطلاعات درباره انواع سیستم پرونده موجود، لطفاً فصل ext2FS \n"
+"را از ` دستورالعمل مرجع'' بخوانید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر شما بر یک ماشین PPC نصب می‌کنید، شما باید یک قسمت‌بندی کوچک HFS \n"
+"``bootstrap'' حداقل ۱ مگابایت که برای بارگذار آغازگر yaboot\n"
+"استفاده می‌شود را ایجاد کنید اگر شما بطور اختیاری آن قسمت‌بندی را بزرگتر\n"
+"بسازید، مثلاً ۵۰ مگابایت، شما آن را برای انبار یک هسته یدک و تصاویر ramdisk\n"
+"در شرایط آغازگری اضطراری مفید خواهید یافت."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "سوارسازی-خودکار رسانه‌ی قابل انتقال"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "تعویض بین حالت عادی/کارشناسی"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"بیش از یک قسمت‌بندی مایکروسافت بر دیسک شما شناسایی شده است. \n"
+"لطفا آن قسمت‌بندی را که برای نصب سیستم عامل لینوکس ماندریبا می‌خواهید \n"
+"تغییر اندازه دهید انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"هر قسمت‌بندی فهرست شده بدنبال می‌آید: \"نام لینوکس\", \"نام ویندوز\" \n"
+"\"ظرفیت\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"نام لینوکس\" دارای ساختار: \"نوع دستگاه دیسک\", \"شماره دستگاه دیسک\",\n"
+"\"شماره قسمت‌بندی\" (برای مثال, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"نوع دستگاه دیسک\" اگر دستگاه دیسک شما یک دستگاه دیسک IDE باشد \"hd\" است "
+"و\n"
+"\"sd\" اگر آن یک دستگاه دیسک SCSI باشد.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"شماره دستگاه دیسک\" همیشه یک حرف الفبا بعد از \"hd\" یا \"sd\"می‌باشد.\n"
+"با دستگاه‌های دیسک IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" بمعنی \"دیسک ارشد بر کنترل کننده‌ی اول IDE \";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" بمعنی \"دیسک زیردست بر کنترل کننده‌ی اول IDE \";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" بمعنی \"دیسک ارشد بر کنترل کننده‌ی دوم IDE \";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" بمعنی \"دیسک زیردست بر کنترل کننده‌ی دوم IDE \".\n"
+"\n"
+"با دستگاه‌های دیسک SCSI, یک \"a\" بمعنی \"پایین‌ترین SCSI ID\", یک \"b\"\n"
+"بمعنی \"پایین‌ترین SCSI ID دومی\", و غیره.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"نام ویندوز\" حرف الفبای دستگاه دیسک شما در ویندوز می‌باشد (اولین\n"
+"دیسک یا قسمت‌بندی \"C:\" نامیده می‌شود)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": انتخاب کشور کنونی را بررسی کنید. اگر شما در این کشور زندگی نمی‌کنید،\n"
+"بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" کلیک کرده و یکی دیگر را انتخاب کنید. اگر کشور شما\n"
+"در لیست نشان داده شده وجود ندارد، دکمه‌ی \"%s\" را برای دریافت لیست\n"
+"کامل کشورها کلیک کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"این گام فقط در صورتی که یک قسمت‌بندی قدیمی لینوکس/گنو بر ماشین شما پیدا شود\n"
+"فعال می‌گردد. \n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX اکنون احتیاج دارد بداند که آیا شما می‌خواهید یک نصب جدید یا یک ارتقا\n"
+"سیستم لینوکس ماندریبا موجود را انجام دهید:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": در مجموع این سیستم قدیمی را کاملاً پاک می‌کند اگر می‌خواهید روش\n"
+"قسمت‌بندی دستگاه‌های دیسک خود را تغییر دهید، یا سیستم پرونده را تغییر دهید، \n"
+"بایستی از این گزینه استفاده کنید. هرچند، بستگی به طرح قسمت‌بندی‌تان،\n"
+"می‌توانید از بر-نگارش بعضی از داده‌های موجودتان جلوگیری کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": این رده‌ی نصب به شما اجازه می‌دهد تا بسته‌های نصب شده‌ی کنونی\n"
+"لینوکس ماندریبا را بروزسازی کنید. طرح قسمت‌بندی کنونی‌تان و داده‌های کاربر دست\n"
+"نخواهند خورد و بیشتر گام‌های پیکربندی در دسترس باقی خواهند بود،\n"
+"شبیه به یک نصب استاندارد.\n"
+"\n"
+"استفاده از گزینه‌ی ``ارتقاء'' بایستی برای سیستم‌های لینوکس ماندریبا نسخه‌ی\n"
+"\"8.1\"یا بعدی کارآرایی خوبی داشته باشد. اجرای ارتقاء بر نسخ پیشتر از "
+"لینوکس\n"
+"ماندریبا ۸٬۱ سفارش نمی‌شود."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"بنابر زبان پیش‌فرضی که در این قسمت انتخاب کرده‌اید، DrakX نوع بخصوصی\n"
+"از پیکربندی صفحه‌کلید را بطور خودکار انتخاب می‌کند. اگر چه ممکن است شما\n"
+"صفحه‌کلیدی را که دقیقاً مطابق زبان شما باشد نداشته باشید: برای مثال، اگر شما\n"
+"یک شخص انگلیسی زبان سوئیسی باشید، ممکن است یک صفحه‌کلید سوئیسی\n"
+"داشته باشید. یا اگر شما انگلیسی صحبت کرده ولی در کوبک کانادا زندگی می‌کنید،\n"
+"ممکن است خود را در شرایطی بیابید که زبان بومی شما و صفحه‌کلید مطابقت\n"
+"نداشته باشند. در هر دو صورت، این مرحله‌ی نصب به شما اجازه‌ی انتخاب\n"
+"صفحه‌کلید مناسب را از یک لیست می‌دهد.\n"
+"\n"
+"برای عرضه‌ی لیست کامل صفحه‌کلید‌های حمایت شده بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر شما صفحه‌کلیدی را بر اساس یک الفبای غیر لاتین انتخاب کنید، گفتگوی \n"
+"بعدی به شما اجازه‌ی ترکیب کلیدی را که بتوانید بین طرح‌های صفحه‌کلید لاتین\n"
+"و غیر لاتین تعویض کنید خواهد داد."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"انتخاب زبان ترجیحی شما زبان نوشتجات، نصب‌گر و سیستم‌تان را در مجموع مورد\n"
+"تأثیر قرار خواهد داد. در ابتدا منطقه‌ای را که در آن قرار دارید و سپس زبانی را "
+"که\n"
+"صحبت می‌کنید انتخاب نمایید.\n"
+"\n"
+"کلیک بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" به شما اجازه می‌دهد تا زبان‌های دیگری را بر ایستگاه\n"
+"کارتان انتخاب کرده، و بدین طریق پرونده‌های مخصوص-زبان را برای سیستم\n"
+"نوشتجات و برنامه‌ها نصب کنید. برای نمونه، اگر شما کاربرانی از اسپانیا را بر\n"
+"رایانه‌اتان میزبان هستید، انگلیسی را مانند زمان پیش‌فرض در درخت‌نما انتخاب\n"
+"کرده و \"%s\" را در قسمت پیشرفته انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"درباره‌ی پشتیبانی از UTF-8 (یونی‌کد): یونی‌کد کدگذاری نویسه‌ی جدیدی\n"
+"برای پوشش دادن همه‌ی زبان‌های موجود است. هرچند پشتیبانی کامل برای\n"
+"آن در لینوکس/گنو هنوز تحت تولید است. بدین دلیل، لینوکس ماندریبا از آن\n"
+"استفاده خواهد کرد یا بدلیل عدم وابستگی به گزینش‌های کاربر:\n"
+"\n"
+" * اگر زبانی را با کدگذاری سنتی قوی (زبان‌های لاتین۱، روسی، ژاپنی،\n"
+"چینی، کره‌ای، تایلندی، یونانی، ترکی، بیشتر زبان‌های iso-8859-2) انتخاب\n"
+"کنید، کدگذاری سنتی بوسیله‌ی پیش‌فرض استفاده خواهد گردید:\n"
+"\n"
+" * بقیه‌ی زبان‌ها در پیش‌فرض از یونی‌کد استفاده خواهند کرد:\n"
+"\n"
+" * اگر دو یا زبان‌های بیشتری مورد نیاز است، و آن زبان‌ها از کدگذاری\n"
+"یکسان استفاده نمی‌کنند، پس یونی‌کد برای تمام سیستم استفاده خواهد شد.\n"
+"\n"
+" * در پایان، یونی‌کد می‌تواند برای سیستم با درخواست کاربر بوسیله‌ی\n"
+"انتخاب گزینه‌ی \"%s\" بدون وابستگی به زبان‌(های) گزیده شده اجبار گردد.\n"
+"\n"
+"توجه کنید که شما به انتخاب زبان اضافه‌ی تکی محدود نیستید. شما می‌توانید\n"
+"چندین زبان، حتی تمام آنها را بوسیله‌ی انتخاب جعبه‌ی \"%s\" انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"انتخاب کردن پشتیبانی برای زبانی بمعنی ترجمه‌ها، قلم‌ها، غلط‌یاب‌ها\n"
+"وغیره برای آن زبان که نصب خواهد شد می‌باشد.\n"
+"\n"
+"برای تعویض بین زبان‌های گوناگون نصب شده بر سیستم، می‌توانید\n"
+"فرمان \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" را مانند \"root\" برای تغییر زبان استفاده\n"
+"شده بوسیله‌ی تمام سیستم اجرا کنید. اجرای این فرمان مانند یک کاربر عادی\n"
+"تنظیم زبان را تنها برای آن کاربر عوض خواهد نمود."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "اسپانول"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX معمولا مشکلی برای شناسایی تعداد دکمه های موشی شما ندارد.\n"
+"اگر اشکالی پیش آمد فرض بر داشتن دو دکمه و پیکربندی آن برای شبیه سازی دکمه "
+"سوم\n"
+"گذارده خواهد شد. دکمه سوم موشی دو-دکمه ای توسط کلیک همزمان دکمه های راست و "
+"چپ\n"
+"بدست خواهد آمد. DrakX بطور خودکار خواهد دانست که آیا موشی شما از واسط USB\n"
+"یا PS/2 یا سریال استفاده میکند.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر شما موشی سه-دکمه ای بدون چرخ دارید، میتوانید موشی \"%s\" را انتخاب "
+"کنید.\n"
+"DrakX موشی شما را بطوری پیکربندی خواهد کرد تا بتوانید چرخ آن را شبیه سازی "
+"کنید:\n"
+"برای اینکار دکمه وسطی را فشار داده و اشاره گر موشی خود را به بالا و پایین "
+"حرکت دهید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر بدلایلی میخواهید نوع دیگر از موشی را مشخص کنید، آن را از لیست عرضه شده\n"
+"انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"شما میتوانید ورودی \"%s\" را برای گزینش نوع موشی همگانی که تقریبا با همه "
+"موشیها\n"
+"کار خواهد کرد انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر موشی غیر از پیش فرض انتخاب کرده اید، صفحه آزمایشی نمایش داده خواهد شد.\n"
+"از دکمه ها و چرخ برای امتحان درستی تنظیمات استفاده کرده و اینکه موشی بدرستی\n"
+"کار میکند. اگر موشی خوب کار نمیکند، دکمه فاصله یا ورودی را فشار دهید تا "
+"آزمایش\n"
+"لغو گردیده و شما به لیست موشی باز خواهید گشت.\n"
+"\n"
+"بعضی وقتها چرخ موشی بطور خودکار شناسایی نمیشوند، و شما نیاز خواهید داشت\n"
+"موشی خود را از یک لیست انتخاب کنید. مطمئن شوید که آن را که به درگاه موشی "
+"شما\n"
+"وصل شده انتخاب میکنید. بعد از انتخاب موشی و فشردن دکمه \"%s\"، تصویر موشی\n"
+"بر صفحه ظاهر خواهد گردید. چرخ موشی را بچرخانید تا مطمئن شوید که آن بدرستی\n"
+"فعال شده است. همانطور که چرخ موشی را میچرخانید، حرکت چرخ را بر روی صفحه\n"
+"مشاهده خواهد کرد. دکمه ها را امتحان کرده و کنترل کنید که حرکت مکان نمای موشی "
+"بر\n"
+"روی صفحه بهمان نحو است که شما آن را حرکت میدهید. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "با شبیه‌سازی چرخ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "جهانی | هر موشی PS/2 & USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"لطفاً درگاه درست را انتخاب کنید، برای مثال، درگاه \"COM1\" در ویندوز \n"
+"بنام \"ttyS0\" در لینوکس خوانده می‌شود."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"این مهمترین نقطه‌ی تصمیم گیری برای امنیت سیستم لینوکس/گنوی شما است.\n"
+"شما باید گذرواژه‌ی \"root\" را وارد کنید. \"Root\" مدیر سیستم است و تنها\n"
+"کاربری است که می‌تواند بروزسازی کرده، کاربران را اضافه کند، پیکربندی همگانی\n"
+"سیستم را تغییر دهد، و همچنین بقیه کارهای از این قبیل را. بطور خلاصه، \"root"
+"\"\n"
+"هر کاری را می‌تواند انجام دهد! برای همین شما باید گذرواژه‌ای را انتخاب کنید "
+"که\n"
+" حدس زدنش سخت باشد - DrakX اگر گذرواژه خیلی ساده باشد به شما تذکر داده\n"
+"خواهد شد. همانطور که مشاهده می‌کنید، شما مجبور به وارد کردن یک گذرواژه "
+"نیستید،\n"
+"ولی ما بشدت برعکس این را به شما نصیحت می‌کنیم. لینوکس/گنو مانند هر سیستم\n"
+"عامل دیگری برای خطاهای کارکنان  مستعد است. چون \"root\" هیچ محدودیت اجرایی\n"
+"ندارد و بطور غیر عمدی تمام دادهها بر قسمت بندیها را بوسیله دستیابی بی توجه "
+"به\n"
+"قسمت بندیهای خود پاک کند، این امر مهمی است که بسختی بتوان \"root\" شد.\n"
+"\n"
+"گذرواژه بایستی ترکیبی از نویسه‌های الفبا و حداقل دارای ۸ نویسه باشد. هرگز\n"
+"گذرواژه \"root\" یادداشت نشود-- آن به آسانی سیستم را تسلیم میکند.\n"
+"\n"
+"یک نصیحت -- گذرواژه را طولانی یا پیچیده نسازید برای اینکه باید بتوانید\n"
+"آنرا بخاطر بسپارید!\n"
+"\n"
+"گذرواژه هنگام نگارش آن برصفحه نشان داده نخواهد شد. برای کم کردن احتمال\n"
+"خطای نگارش کورکورانه لازم است که گذرواژه را دوبار وارد کنید. اگر اتفاقی\n"
+"هر دوبار همان خطای نگارشی را انجام دهید، این گذرواژه‌ی نادرست همانی\n"
+"می‌شود که باید بار اول از آن استفاده کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر می‌خواهید دستیابی به این رایانه از طریق یک کارگزار تأیید هویت کنترل شود،\n"
+"دکمه‌ی \"%s\" را کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر شبکه‌اتان نه از LDAP ،NIS، یا سرویس‌های تأیید هویت دامنه‌ی ویندوز PDC\n"
+"استفاده می‌کند، سرویس مناسبی را برای \"%s\" انتخاب کنید. اگر نمی‌دانید از\n"
+"کدام باید استفاده کنید، باید این را از مدیر سیستم شبکه‌اتان سؤال کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر شما در بخاطر سپردن گذرواژه مشکل دارید، اگر رایانه شما هرگز به اینترنت\n"
+"وصل نخواهد شد یا شما مطلقاً به همه‌ی کسانی که از رایانه‌تان استفاده\n"
+"می‌کنند اطمینان دارید، می‌توانید داشتن \"%s\" را انتخاب کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "تأیید هویت"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO و GRUB بارگذارهای لینوکس/گنو هستند. معمولا این مرحله کاملا  \n"
+"خودکار است. DrakX بندهای آغازگری دیسک را بررسی کرده و بر اساس\n"
+"آنچه در آنجا پیدا می‌کند عمل خواهد کرد:\n"
+"\n"
+" * اگر بند آغازگری ویندوز یافت شود، آن را بوسیله یک بند آغازگر\n"
+"GRUB/LILO جایگزین می‌کند. بدین ترتیب شما قادر خواهید بود یا\n"
+"لینوکس/گنو یا سیستم عامل دیگری را آغازگری کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * اگر یک بند آغازگری GRUB یا LILO یافت شود، آن را با یکی دیگر جایگزین\n"
+"می‌کند.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر نتواند چیزی پیدا کند، DrakX مکانی را برای گذاشتن بارگذار آغازگر سؤال\n"
+"خواهد کرد. معمولاً، \"%s\" مطمئن‌ترین مکان است. گزینش \"%s\" هیچ\n"
+"بارگذار آغازگر را نصب نخواهد کرد. فقط اگر می‌دانید چکار می‌کنید از آن\n"
+"استفاده کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"اکنون زمان آن رسیده است که سیستم چاپ را بر روی رایانه خود انتخاب کنید. "
+"سیستمهای\n"
+"عامل دیگر ممکن است یکی را ارائه دهند، ولی لینوکس ماندریبا دو تا را ارائه "
+"میدهد.\n"
+"هر یک از سیستمهای چاپ برای انواع مشخصی از پیکربندی مناسب هستند.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- که سرنام برای  ``print, do not queue'' است، گزینه ای است اگر "
+"شما\n"
+" اتصال مستقیم به چاپگرتان داشته و میخواهید بتوانید از ترافیک چاپگر بیرون "
+"بکشانید،\n"
+"و شما چاپگران شبکه ندارید. (\"%s\" فقط موارد خیلی ساده شبکه را اداره خواهد "
+"کرد و قدری\n"
+"هنگام استفاده در شبکه آهسته است.) اگر این اولین تجربه شما با گنو/لینوکس است "
+"سفارش میشود\n"
+"که از \"pdq\" استفاده کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" سرنام برای `` Common Unix Printing System'' است و گزینه\n"
+"عالی است برای چاپ به چاپگر محلیتان یا به انطرف دنیا. پیکربندی آن آسان است و "
+"میتواند\n"
+"مانند یک کارگزار یا یک کارگیر برای سیستم چاپ قدیمی \"lpd\" عمل کند، پس "
+"بنابرین\n"
+"آن با سیستمهای عامل قدیمی که هنوز نیاز سرویسهای چاپ دارند همخوانی دارد. با "
+"وجود\n"
+"قدرتمندی، برپاسازی پایه بسادگی \"pdq\" است. اگر نیاز به شبیه سازی یک\n"
+"کارگزار \"lpd\" دارید، مطمئن شوید که شبح \"cups-lpd\" را روشن کرده اید.\n"
+"\"%s\" دارای ظاهر گرافیکی برای چاپ یا انتخاب گزینه های چاپگر \n"
+"و برای مدیریت چاپگر میباشد.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر شما اکنون انتخاب کنید، و بعدا از سیستم چاپ خود راضی نبودید میتوانید آن "
+"را با اجرای\n"
+"برنامه PrinterDrake از مرکز کنترل لینوکس ماندریبا و کلیک بر دکمه \"%s\" آن\n"
+"را تغییر دهید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "کارشناس"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"برنامه‌ی درایک‌ایکس در ابتدا هر دستگاه موجود IDE را در رایانه‌اتان شناسائی "
+"خواهد\n"
+"کرد. آن همچنین برای یافتن یک یا چند کارت IDE /SCSI بر سیستم شما پویش\n"
+"خواهد کرد.اگر یک کارت SCSI یافت شود، درایک‌ایکس بطور خودکار راه‌انداز مناسب\n"
+"را نصب خواهد کرد.\n"
+"\n"
+"برای اینکه شناسائی سخت‌افزار کامل نمی‌باشد، درایک‌ایکس ممکن است در شناسائی\n"
+"سخت‌افزار شما شکست بخورد. اگر چنین شود مجبور خواهید شد که سخت‌افزار\n"
+"خود را دستی مشخص کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر مجبور شدید کارت PCI SCSI خود را دستی مشخص کنید، درایک‌ایکس از شما برای \n"
+"پیکربندی گزینه‌های آن سؤال خواهد کرد. شما باید به درایک‌ایکس اجازه دهید که\n"
+"سخت‌افزار را برای گزینه‌های بخصوص-کارت که برای تطبیق کارت لازمند جستجو\n"
+"کند. در بیشتر مواقع درایک‌ایکس بدون هیچ مشکلی این مرحله را طی می‌کند.\n"
+"\n"
+"اگر درایک‌ایکس نتواند سخت‌افزار را برای گزینه‌ها را به منظور یافتن پارامترهایی "
+"که\n"
+"لازمند به سخت‌افزار داده شوند وارسی کند، باید راه‌انداز را دستی پیکربندی کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": اگر یک کارت صوت در سیستم شما شناسائی شده است در اینجا نشان داده \n"
+"میشود. اگر کارت نشان داده شده آن نیست که در سیستم شما وجود دارد، \n"
+"میتوانید بر دکمه کلیک کرده و راه‌انداز دیگری را انتخاب کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"مانند پیش‌نمایش، DrakX خلاصه از اطلاعات خود را درباره سیستمتان\n"
+"عرضه می‌دارد. بستگی به نرم‌افزارهای نصب شده، می‌توانید بعضی یا همه‌ی\n"
+"ورودی‌های بدنبال آمده را دارا باشید. هر ورودی از عنصری که باید پیکربندی\n"
+"شود و یک خلاصه‌ی کوتاه از پیکربندی کنونی بدنبال آمده آن ساخته شده است.\n"
+" بر دکمه‌ی مربوطه‌ی \"%s\" برای تغییر آن کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\":پیکربندی نقشه صفحه‌کلید کنونی را کنترل کرده و آن را اگر لازم است\n"
+"تغییر دهید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": انتخاب کشور کنونی را کنترل کنید. اگر شما در این کشور نیستید،\n"
+"بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" کلیک کرده و یکی دیگر را انتخاب کنید. اگر کشور شما در اولین\n"
+"لیست نشان داده شده نیست، بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" برای دریافت لیست کامل\n"
+" کشورها کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": بوسیله پیش‌فرض، DrakX منطقه زمانی‌تان را بر اساس کشوری که\n"
+"انتخاب کرده‌اید استنتاج می‌کند. می‌توانید بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" اگر این درست\n"
+"نیست کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": پیکربندی موشی کنونی را بررسی کرده و اگر لازم است آن را با کلیک\n"
+"بر دکمه تغییر دهید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": کلیک کردن بر دکمه‌ی \"%s\" جادوگر پیکربندی چاپگر را باز خواهد کرد\n"
+"به فصل مربوط ``راهنمای شروع'' برای اطلاعات بیشتر در چگونه یک چاپگر جدید را\n"
+"برپاسازی کنیم مراجعه کنید. ظاهر عرضه شده در آنجا شبیه به آن است که در طول\n"
+"نصب استفاده شده است.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر کارت صوتی بر سیستم‌تان شناسایی شده است، در اینجا نمایش\n"
+"داده می‌شود. اگر متوجه شدید که کارت صوتی نشان داده شده آن نیست که واقعاً \n"
+"بر سیستمتان وجود دارد میتوانید بر آن دکمه برای انتخاب راه‌انداز دیگری کلیک "
+"کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر شما کارت تلویزیونی دارید، این جایی است که اطلاعات درباره "
+"پیکربندیش\n"
+"نشان داده خواهد شد. اگر شما کارت تلویزیونی داشته ولی شناسایی نگردیده،\n"
+"برای تلاش به پیکربندی کردن دستی آن بر روی \"%s\" کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": شما میتوانید بر روی \"%s\" برای تغییر پارامترهای مربوط به کارت "
+"کلیک\n"
+"کنید، البته اگر احساس میکنید که پیکربندی اشتباه است.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": بوسیله پیش‌فرض, DrakX تفکیک‌پذیری واسط تصویری شما را\n"
+"\"800x600\" یا \"1024x768\" پیکربندی می‌کند. اگر آن برای شما مناسب نیست، \n"
+"برای پیکربندی مجدد واسط تصویری خود بر \"%s\" کلیک کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر میخواهید دستیابی به اینترنت یا به شبکه محلیتان را اکنون "
+"پیکربندی کنید\n"
+"میتوانید اینکار را اکنون انجام دهید. به نوشتارهای چاپی مراجعه کرده یا از\n"
+"مرکز کنترل لینوکس ماندریبا بعد از اتمام نصب برای بهره بردن از راهنمای\n"
+"کامل استفاده کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": به شما اجازه میدهد تا نشانیهای پراکسی FTP و HTTP را اگر رایانه\n"
+"نصب شما در پشت یک کارگزار پراکسی قرار خواهد گرفت پیکربندی کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": این ورودی به شما اجازه‌ی تعریف مجدد سطح امنیت را که در مرحله‌ی\n"
+"پیشین تعیین شده میدهد.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر طرحی برای اتصال ماشین خود به اینترنت دارید, فکر خوبی است\n"
+"که رایانه خود را از رسوخ دیگران بوسیله برپاسازی دیوارآتش حفاظت کنید. به فصل\n"
+"مربوط ``راهنمای مبتدی'' برای تشریحات درباره تنطیمات دیوارآتش مراجعه کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اگر می‌خواهید پیکربندی بارگذار آغازگر را تغییر دهید, آن دکمه را\n"
+"کلیک کنید این بایستی برای کاربران پیشرفته رزرو شود. به نوشتارهای چاپی\n"
+" مراجعه کرده یا از مرکز کنترل لینوکس ماندریبا بعد از اتمام نصب برای \n"
+"بهره بردن از راهنمای کامل استفاده کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": در اینجا قادر خواهید بود سرویس‌هایی را که بر ماشین شما اجرا\n"
+"خواهند شد را میزان کنید. اگر می‌خواهید از این ماشین مانند یک\n"
+"کارگزار استفاده کنید فکر خوبی است که این برپاسازی را مرور کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "کارت ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "واسط گرافیکی"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"دستگاه دیسکی را که می‌خواهید برای نصب قسمت‌بندی جدید لینوکس ماندریبا\n"
+"پاک کنید انتخاب نمایید. دقت کنید چون تمام داده‌های موجود بر آن از دست خواهند\n"
+"رفت و دیگر نمی‌توان آنها را بازیابی نمود!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"اگر می‌خواهید تمام داده‌ها و قسمت‌بندی‌های موجود بر این دیسک را حذف کنید \n"
+"بر \"%s\" کلیک نمایید. دقت کنید که بعد از کلیک بر \"%s\"، دیگر نمی‌توانید\n"
+"هیچ داده و قسمت‌بندی موجود بر این دیسک، به اضافه‌ی هر داده‌ی ویندوز را\n"
+"بازیابی کنید.\n"
+"\n"
+"برای توقف این عملیات بدون از دست دادن هیچ داده‌ای و قسمت‌بندی موجود بر\n"
+"این دیسک بر \"%s\" کلیک کنید."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "بعدی ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- پیشین"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/fi.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/fi.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..87e5f32eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/fi.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1914 @@
+# DrakX-fi - Finnish Translation
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2002,2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 Mandriva
+# Matias Griese <mahagr@utu.fi>, 2001.
+# Taisto Kuikka <69319@batman.jypoly.fi>, 2003,2004.
+# Esa Linna <denzo@mbnet.fi>, 2004.
+# Thomas Backlund <tmb@mandrake.org>, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-fi - LE2005 Release\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-04-03 20:59+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thomas Backlund <tmb@mandrake.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Finnish <fi@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ennen jatkamista sinun pitäisi lukea huolellisesti lisenssin ehdot.\n"
+"Lisenssi kattaa koko Mandriva Linux jakelun. Jos hyväksyt kaikki\n"
+"ehdot, valitse \"%s\" valinta. Jos et hyväksy ehtoja, painamalla \n"
+"\"%s\" painiketta tietokoneesi käynnistyy uudestaan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux on monen käyttäjän järjestelmä ja tämä tarkoittaa että jokainen\n"
+"käyttäjä voi pitää omat asetukset, omat tiedostot jne. Voit lukea ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'':a saadaksesi tästä lisätietoa. Mutta toisin kuin \"root\"-käyttäjä,\n"
+"joka on järjestelmän ylläpitäjä, käyttäjät, joita lisäät tässä, eivät pysty\n"
+"muuttamaan mitään muuta paitsi omia tiedostojaan ja asetuksiaan. Tällä\n"
+"tavalla suojataan järjestelmää erehdyksiltä tai tahallisilta muutoksilta,\n"
+"jotka vaikuttavat järjestelmään. Sinun pitää luoda ainakin yksi tavallinen\n"
+"käyttäjä itsellesi. Se on tili jota sinun kannattaa käyttää jokapäiväisessä\n"
+"työssäsi. Vaikkakin on kätevämpää kirjautua sisään \"root\"-tunnuksella,\n"
+"se on myös paljon vaarallisempaa! Pienikin virhe voi merkitä sitä ettei\n"
+"järjestelmäsi toimi enää. Jos teet vakavan virheen tavallisena käyttäjänä,\n"
+"voit mahdollisesti menettää jotain tietoja, mutta et koko järjestelmää.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ensin sinun pitää antaa oikea nimesi. Tämä ei ole pakollista -- voithan\n"
+"kirjoittaa mitä tahansa. DrakX kopioi ensimmäisen kirjoittamasi sanan\n"
+"kenttään \"%s\". Tämä on se nimi jolla kyseinen käyttäjä kirjautuu\n"
+"järjestelmään. Voit muuttaa sitä halutessasi. Sinun pitää myös syöttää\n"
+"salasana. Tavallisen käyttäjän salasana ei ole niin kriittinen kuin \"root"
+"\"\n"
+"-käyttäjän turvallisuusnäkökulmasta, mutta tämä ei ole syy tietoturvan\n"
+"laiminlyömiseen: Onhan kysymys tiedostojesi turvasta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kun painat \"%s\", voit lisätä muita käyttäjiä. Lisää käyttäjä jokaiselle\n"
+"henkilölle, jonka on tarkoitus käyttää tätä tietokonetta. Kun olet lisännyt\n"
+"kaikki haluamasi käyttäjät, valitse \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos painat \"%s\" painiketta voit muuttaa oletus-\"komentotulkin\" "
+"kyseiselle\n"
+"käyttäjälle (vakiona bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Kun olet lisännyt kaikki käyttäjät, sinua pyydetään valitsemaan käyttäjä,\n"
+"joka voi kirjautua automaattisesti järjestelmään koneen käynnistyessä. Jos\n"
+"olet kiinnostunut tästä ominaisuudesta (etkä paljon piittaa paikallisesta\n"
+"tietoturvasta), valitse haluttu käyttäjä ja ikkunointijärjestelmä ja paina\n"
+"\"%s\". Jos et ole kiinnostunut tästä ominaisuudesta,\n"
+"poista valinta \"%s\""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Haluatko käyttää tätä ominaisuutta?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Tässä on listaus olemassa olevista tunnistetuista Linux-osioista\n"
+"kiintolevylläsi. Voit säilyttää velhon tekemät valinnat, koska ne ovat\n"
+"hyviä useimmille yleisimmille asennuksille. Jos teet muutoksia, sinun\n"
+"pitää ainakin luoda juuri-osio (\"/\"). Älä valitse liian pientä osiota tai\n"
+"et voi asentaa riittävästi ohjelmia. Jos haluat tallentaa tietojasi "
+"erilliselle\n"
+"osiolle, sinun täytyy luoda myös \"/home\"-osio (mahdollista vain jos\n"
+"sinulla on enemmän kuin yksi Linux-osio käytettävissä).\n"
+"\n"
+"Jokainen osio on listattu seuraavasti: \"Nimi\", \"Koko\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nimi\" rakenne on seuraava: \"kiintolevytyyppi\". \"kiintolevynumero\", \n"
+"\"osionumero\" (esim. \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"kiintolevytyyppi\" on \"hd\" jos kiintolevysi on IDE-tyyppinen, ja \"sd\" "
+"jos\n"
+"se on SCSI-tyyppinen.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"kiintolevynumero\" on aina kirjain \"hd\":n tai \"sd\":n perässä.\n"
+"IDE-kiintolevyille: \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" tarkoittaa \"isäntälevy ensisijaisella IDE-ohjaimella\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" tarkoittaa \"orjalevy ensisijaisella IDE-ohjaimella\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" tarkoittaa \"isäntälevy toissijaisella IDE-ohjaimella\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" tarkoittaa \"orjalevy toissijaisella IDE-ohjaimella\";\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI kiintolevyillä \"a\" tarkoittaa \"pienin SCSI ID\", \"b\" tarkoittaa\n"
+"\"toiseksi pienin SCSI ID\", jne..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linuxin asennus koostuu useasta CD-ROM-levystä. DrakX tietää,\n"
+"onko valittu paketti toisella CD:llä ja osaa syöttää nykyisen levyn ulos\n"
+"ja pyytää sinua asettamaan oikean levyn tarvittaessa. Jos sinulla ei ole\n"
+"kyseistä CD-levyä käytettävissä, klikkaa vain \"%s\", ja kyseiset paketit\n"
+"ei asenneta."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Nyt on aika valita mitä ohjelmia haluat asentaa järjestelmääsi. Tarjolla\n"
+"on tuhansia paketteja Mandriva Linux jakelussa, ja pakettien\n"
+"hallinnan helpottamiseksi ne on koottu samanlaisten ohjelmistojen\n"
+"ryhmiin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Paketit on ryhmitelty ryhmiin koneesi käyttötarkoituksen mukaisesti.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sisältää neljä eri ennakkoon määriteltyä asennustapaa.\n"
+"Voit verrata asennustapoja pakettiryhmiin. Voit tietysti asentaa paketteja\n"
+"eri ryhmistä niin halutessasi, joten ``Työasema''-asennus voi sisältää\n"
+"ohjelmia esimerkiksi ``Kehitysympäristö''-ryhmästä.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Jos aiot käyttää konettasi työasemana, valitse yksi tai useampi\n"
+" ohjelma tästä ryhmästä.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Jos konettasi aiotaan käyttää ohjelmakehitykseen, valitse yksi "
+"tai\n"
+"useampi haluttu paketti tästä ryhmästä. Erillinen \"LSB\" ryhmä asettaa\n"
+"järjestelmäsi seuraamaan Linux Standard Base määritykset \n"
+"mahdollisimman tarkoin.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Valitsemalla \"LSB\" ryhmää asentaa myös \"2.4\" sarjan ytimet, vakiona\n"
+"olevien \"2.6\" sarjan ytimien sijasta. Tämä jotta varmistetaan 100%% LSB-\n"
+"yhteensopivuutta järjestelmässä. Huomioi, vaikka jätät \"LSB\" ryhmää\n"
+"valitsematta, sinulla on kummiskin järjestelmä joka on melkein 100%%\n"
+"\"LSB\"-yhteensopiva.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Jos koneesi on tarkoitettu toimimaan palvelimena' valitse yksi "
+"tai\n"
+"useampi haluttu palvelu tai palvelinohjelma tästä ryhmästä.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": täältä valitset haluamasi graafisen ympäristön. Ainakin yksi "
+"pitää\n"
+"olla valittu jos haluat graafisen työaseman!\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos siirrät hiiren kohdistinta ryhmänimen yläpuolella, lyhyt selostus "
+"ryhmän\n"
+"sisällöstä tulee näkyviin. Jos poistat kaikki ryhmävalinnat kun teet \n"
+"tavallisen asennuksen (päivityksen sijasta), esille tulee dialogi, joka \n"
+"ehdottaa kolmea eri optiota vähimmäisasennukseen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": asenna vain tarvittavat paketit, joilla saat toimivan graafisen\n"
+"työpöydän;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": asentaa perusjärjestelmän ja perustyökalut sekä niiden\n"
+"dokumentaatiot. Tämä valinta sopii palvelinasennukseen;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": asentaa ainoastaan tarvittavat osat saadaksesi toimivan\n"
+"komentorivipohjaisen Linux-järjestelmän. Tämä asennus vie vain noin \n"
+"65 Mt tilaa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Voit valita \"%s\" jos tarjolla olevat paketit ovat tuttuja sinulle tai jos "
+"haluat\n"
+"täydellisen hallinnan asennettaviin paketteihin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos aloitit asennuksen \"%s\"-tilassa, voit poistaa kaikkien ryhmien "
+"valinnat\n"
+"välttääksesi uusien pakettien asentamisen. Tämä on hyödyllistä jos haluat\n"
+"korjata tai päivittää olemassa olevaa järjestelmää."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Päivitä"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Perusdokumentaation kanssa"
+
+# Asennuksen sivuvalikko
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Todella minimaalinen asennus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Jos valitsit mahdollisuuden valita yksittäisiä paketteja, sinulle\n"
+"näytetään hakemistopuu, jossa kaikki paketit ovat luokiteltuina\n"
+"ryhmien ja alaryhmien mukaan. Kun selaat puuta, voit valita koko\n"
+"ryhmät, alaryhmät tai yksittäiset paketit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kun valitset paketin hakemistopuussa, sen kuvaus näkyy oikean-\n"
+"puoleisessa ikkunassa, jotta tietäisit paketin tarkoituksen.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Jos palvelinpaketti on valittu, joko tarkoituksella tai koska se kuului\n"
+"johonkin valitsemaasi ryhmään, sinulta pyydetään vahvistusta,\n"
+"haluatko varmasti asentaa palvelimen. Oletuksena Mandriva Linux\n"
+"käynnistää jokaisen asennetun palvelin koneen käynnistyksen\n"
+"yhteydessä. Vaikka ne ovat turvallisia eikä niillä ole tunnettuja\n"
+"ongelmia jakelun julkaisuajankohtana, niistä voi löytyä turvallisuus-\n"
+"reikiä jakelun valmistumisen jälkeen. Jos et tiedä mihin joku tietty\n"
+"palvelu on tarkoitettu, tai miksi sitä asennetaan, paina \"%s\". Jos\n"
+"painat \"%s\" listatut palvelut asennetaan sekä käynnistetään\n"
+"automaattisesti oletuksena koneen käynnistyksessä !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Optio \"%s\" estää virhedialogin\n"
+"joka ilmestyy joka kerta kun asennusohjelma automaattisesti\n"
+"valitsee paketin riippuvuuksien täyttämiseksi. Jotkut paketit sisältävät\n"
+"riippuvuuksia jotka vaativat että joku toinen paketti on jo asennettu\n"
+"ennen kuin se voidaan asentaa. Asennusohjelma osaa itse huolehtia\n"
+"siitä että nämä riippuvuudet on täytetty jotta asennus valmistuisi\n"
+"onnistuneesti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Listan alla olevalla levykkeen kuvakkeella voit hakea pakettilistan\n"
+"joka on luotu edellisessä asennuksessa. Tämä on hyödyllistä jos\n"
+"sinulla on monta konetta joihin haluat suorittaa samanlaisen asennuksen.\n"
+"Jos painat tätä kuvaketta, sinua pyydetään asettamaan levyke joka on\n"
+"luotu toisen asennuksen lopussa. Katso edellisen vaiheen toisesta\n"
+"vihjeestä, miten luot sellaisen levykkeen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automaattiset riippuvuudet"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": painamalla \"%s\" painiketta avautuu tulostimen\n"
+"asetusvelho. Katso tätä vastaava lukua ``Aloitusoppaasta'' saadaksesi\n"
+"lisätietoa miten asetat uuden tulostimen. Oppaassa näytetty\n"
+"käyttöliittymä on vastaava kuin asennuksen aikana käytetty."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Voit nyt valita mitkä palvelut haluat käynnistää konetta käynnistettäessä.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX listaa kaikki palvelut, jotka löytyvät nykyisestä asennuksesta.\n"
+"Käy lista läpi huolellisesti ja poista kaikki ne palvelut, joita ei tarvita\n"
+"jokaisella käynnistyskerralla.\n"
+"\n"
+"Saat kustakin palvelusta lyhyen kuvaustekstin valitsemalla sen. Jos et\n"
+"kuitenkaan ole varma palvelun hyödyllisyydestä, on yleensä varmempaa\n"
+"jättää se oletusarvoiseksi.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Tässä vaiheessa sinun pitää olla erityisen huolellinen, jos aiot käyttää\n"
+"konettasi palvelimena: et varmaankaan halua käynnistää niitä palveluita,\n"
+"joita et tarvitse. Muista myös, että jotkin palvelut voivat olla\n"
+"vaarallisia, jos ne ovat aktivoituja palvelimessa. Yleensä kannattaa valita\n"
+"vain ne palvelut, joita todella tarvitaan !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux määrittää ajan GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) -tilassa ja muuntaa\n"
+"siitä paikalliseen aikaan valitsemasi aikavyöhykkeen mukaisesti. Voit myös\n"
+"muuttaa tämän käytännön poistamalla valinnan \"%s\"\n"
+"jolloin laitteistokello on sama kuin järjestelmäkello. Tämä on hyödyllistä\n"
+"jos koneessa on toinen käyttöjärjestelmä, esimerkiksi Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Optio \"%s\" säätää järjestelmäsi kellon\n"
+"automaattisesti oikeaan aikaan yhdistämällä johonkin Internetin "
+"aikapalvelimeen.\n"
+"Valitse listasta palvelin joka on lähelläsi tai kirjoita sen osoite suoraan "
+"kenttään.\n"
+"Sinulla pitää tietysti olla toimiva Internet-yhteys jotta tämä ominaisuus "
+"toimisi.\n"
+"Tämä myös asentaa aikapalvelimen koneeseesi jota muut paikallisverkkosi\n"
+"koneet voivat käyttää."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automaattinen kellon synkronointi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Näytönohjain\n"
+"\n"
+"   Asennusohjelma yleensä tunnistaa ja asettaa koneeseesi asennetun\n"
+"näytönohjaimen. Mikäli tämä ei onnistunut, voit itse valita oikean mallin\n"
+"listasta omistamasi kortin mukaisesti.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Mikäli eri palvelimia on käytettävissä kortillesi, 3D tuella vai ilman,\n"
+"sinua pyydetään valitsemaan palvelin joka vastaa tarpeitasi."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (eli X Ikkunointijärjestelmä) on GNU/Linuxin graafisen käyttöliittymän\n"
+"sydän jota kaikki graafiset ympäristöt (KDE, Gnome, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker jne.), jotka seuraavat Mandriva Linuxin mukana,\n"
+"käyttävät alustanaan.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sinulle näytetään lista eri parametreista joita voit asettaa saadaksesi\n"
+"optimaalisen graafisen näytön:\n"
+"\n"
+"Näytönohjain\n"
+"\n"
+"   Asennusohjelma yleensä tunnistaa ja asettaa koneeseesi asennetun\n"
+"näytönohjaimen. Mikäli tämä ei onnistunut, voit itse valita oikean mallin\n"
+"listasta omistamasi korttisi mukaisesti.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Mikäli eri palvelimia on käytettävissä kortillesi, 3D tuella vai ilman,\n"
+"sinua pyydetään valitsemaan palvelin joka parhaiten vastaa tarpeitasi.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Näyttö\n"
+"\n"
+"   Asennusohjelma normaalisti tunnistaa ja asettaa koneeseesi liitetyn\n"
+"näytön automaattisesti. Jos tunnistus epäonnistuu voit valita oikean\n"
+"näytön listasta.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Näyttötila\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tässä voit valita näyttötilan ja värisyvyyden jota laitteistosi tukee.\n"
+"Valitse se joka parhaiten vastaa tarpeitasi (voit tietysti vaihtaa sitä\n"
+"asennuksen jälkeenkin). Malli valitusta asetuksesta näytetään näytössä.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Testi\n"
+"\n"
+"   Järjestelmä yrittää avata graafisen tilan halutussa näyttötilassa.\n"
+"Jos näet viestin testauksen aikana ja vastaat \"%s\", DrakX jatkaa\n"
+"seuraavaan vaiheeseen. Jos et näe viestiä, se tarkoittaa että jokin osa\n"
+"automaattisesti tunnistetusta asetuksesta oli virheellistä, ja testi\n"
+"loppuu automaattisesti 12 sekunnin jälkeen, jolloin pääset takaisin\n"
+"asetusvalikkoon. Muuta asetuksia kunnes saat oikean graafisen näytön.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Optiot\n"
+"\n"
+"   Täällä voit valita haluatko järjestelmän automaattisesti käynnistävän\n"
+"graafisen käyttöliittymän. Luonnollisesti valitset \"%s\" jos koneesi\n"
+"toimii palvelimena tai jos et pystynyt määrittämään toimivaa graafista tilaa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Näyttö\n"
+"\n"
+"   Asennusohjelma yleensä tunnistaa ja asettaa koneeseesi liitetyn\n"
+"näytön automaattisesti. Jos tämä ei toimi, voit itse valita näyttösi\n"
+"listauksesta."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Näyttötila\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tässä voit valita näyttötilan ja värisyvyyden jota laitteistosi tukee.\n"
+"Valitse se joka parhaiten vastaa tarpeitasi (voit tietysti vaihtaa sitä\n"
+"asennuksen jälkeenkin). Malli valitusta asetuksesta näytetään näytössä."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Mikäli tarjolla on eri palvelimia ohjaimellesi, 3D tuella tai ilman,\n"
+"sinua pyydetään valitsemaan palvelin joka parhaiten vastaa tarpeitasi."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Optiot\n"
+"\n"
+"   Täällä voit valita haluatko koneesi käynnistyvän suoraan graafiseen\n"
+"käyttöliittymään. Huomaa, että kysymys esitetään vaikka et olisi\n"
+"testannut asetuksia. Haluat varmaankin vastata \"%s\", jos koneesi\n"
+"on tarkoitettu palvelimeksi tai jos näytön asetus epäonnistui."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Nyt sinun pitää valita miten haluat asentaa Mandriva Linux käyttö-\n"
+"järjestelmän kiintolevyllesi. Jos kiintolevysi on tyhjä, tai nykyinen\n"
+"käyttöjärjestelmäsi käyttää siltä kaiken vapaan tilan, sinun pitää osioida\n"
+"se. Käytännössä osiointi tarkoittaa kiintolevyn loogista jakamista\n"
+"osiin tehdäksesi tilaa Mandriva Linux-järjestelmän asennukselle.\n"
+"\n"
+"Koska osiointiprosessin muutoksia ei yleensä voi peruuttaa, ja se voi\n"
+"johtaa tietojen häviämiseen jos toinen käyttöjärjestelmä on jo asennettuna,\n"
+"osiointi voi olla pelottavaa ja stressaavaa jos olet kokematon käyttäjä.\n"
+"Onneksi DrakX sisältää velhon, joka yksinkertaistaa tämän prosessin.\n"
+"Ennen kuin aloitat, lue nämä ohjeet rauhassa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Riippuen kiintolevyasetuksistasi, tarjolla on useita eri vaihtoehtoja:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tämä vaihtoehto suorittaa vapaana olevan tilan\n"
+"automaattisen osioinnon. Sinulta ei kysytä mitään muuta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": velho on tunnistanut olemassa olevat\n"
+"Linux-osiot. Jos haluat käyttää niitä, valitse tämä vaihtoehto. Sinua\n"
+"pyydetään seuraavaksi valitsemaan osioiden liitospisteet. Ennestään\n"
+"käytettyjä liitoskohtia ehdotetaan oletuksena ja yleensä niitä ei kannata\n"
+"muuttaa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jos Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"asennettu kiintolevyllesi ja se vie kaiken tilan, sinun pitää luoda vapaata\n"
+"tilaa Linuxille. Tehdäksesi tämän voit joko poistaa Windows-osion (katso\n"
+"``Tyhjennä koko levy''-vaihtoehto) tai muuttaa FAT-osion kokoa. Osion\n"
+"koon muuttaminen voidaan tehdä ilman tietojen hävittämistä, kunhan olet\n"
+"eheyttänyt sen ja se käyttää FAT-tiedostojärjestelmää. Tietojen varmistus\n"
+"on kuitenkin suotavaa. Tämä vaihtoehto on suositeltu jos haluat käyttää\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxia ja Microsoft Windowsia samassa koneessa.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ennen kuin valitset tämän vaihtoehdon, sinun pitää ymmärtää että tämän\n"
+"toimenpiteen jälkeen Windows-osiosi on pienempi kuin tällä hetkellä.\n"
+"Sinulla tulee olemaan vähemmän vapaata tilaa Windowsille, johon voit\n"
+"tallentaa tietojasi tai asentaa uusia ohjelmia.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": valitse tämä jos haluat poistaa kaikki tiedot\n"
+"ja osiot ja asentaa Mandriva Linux -järjestelmäsi niiden tilalle. Ole\n"
+"varovainen tämän valinnan kanssa, koska et pysty peruuttamaan\n"
+"valintaasi kun olet hyväksynyt tämän toimenpiteen.\n"
+"\n"
+" !! Jos valitset tämän vaihtoehdon, kaikki tiedot kiintolevylläsi "
+"tuhoutuu !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tämä vaihtoehto näkyy ainoastaan jos koko kovalevysi on\n"
+"Microsoft Windowsin käytössä. Tämä yksinkertaisesti poistaa kaikki\n"
+"tiedot kiintolevyltä ja aloittaa puhtaalta levyltä osioimalla kaikki alusta\n"
+"asti. Kaikki tiedot kiintolevylläsi tuhoutuu.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Jos valitset tämän vaihtoehdon, kaikki tiedot kiintolevylläsi "
+"tuhoutuu !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": valitse tämä vaihtoehto, jos haluat itse\n"
+"määrittää kiintolevysi osioinnin. Ole varovainen - tämä on tehokas mutta\n"
+"vaarallinen vaihtoehto. Voit helposti menettää kaikki tietosi. Eli,\n"
+"älä käytä tätä vaihtoehtoa, jos et tiedä tarkalleen mitä teet. Jos haluat\n"
+"lisätietoja DiskDrake työkalun käytöstä, katso osaa ``Managing Your \n"
+"Partitions'' osiota ``Starter Guidessa''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Käytä olemassa olevia osioita"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Tyhjennä koko levy"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ole hyvä. Asennus on valmis ja GNU/Linux -järjestelmäsi on valmis\n"
+"käytettäväksi. Paina \"%s\" käynnistääksesi järjestelmän\n"
+"uudelleen. Ensimmäinen asia mitä näet sen jälkeen kun tietokoneesi\n"
+"on suorittanut laitteistotestit, on käynnistysvalikko josta voit valita\n"
+"minkä käyttöjärjestelmän haluat käynnistää.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" painike näyttää kaksi lisäpainiketta:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": luodaksesi levykkeen, joka suorittaa\n"
+"koko asennuksen ilman käyttäjän ohjausta, samoilla asetuksilla ja\n"
+"valinnoilla kuin nykyinen asennus.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Huomaa, että tämä valinta näyttää kaksi vaihtoehtoa sinulle:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": Tämä on osittain automaattinen asennus, voit päättää\n"
+"ainoastaan levyn osioinnista;\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": Täysautomaattinen asennus: koko kiintolevy\n"
+"kirjoitetaan uudestaan ja kaikki vanhat tiedot poistetaan.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tämä toiminto helpottaa työtä, kun asennus on tehtävä monille\n"
+"samanlaisille koneille. Katso meidän webbisivustoa, aiheella\n"
+"automaattiasennus (Auto Install).\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): tallentaa listan valituista paketeista\n"
+"levykkeelle. Sitten kun teet toisen asennuksen, aseta levyke asemaan,\n"
+"siirry apusivulle painamalla [F1] painiketta, ja kirjoita komentoriville\n"
+"  linux defcfg=\"floppy\" ja paina 'enter'.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Tarvitset FAT-formatoidun levykkeen. Luodaksesi levykkeen\n"
+"Linuxissa kirjoita \"mformat a:\" tai \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" ja \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Luo automaattinen asennuslevyke"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Kaikki vasta määritellyt osiot täytyy alustaa käyttöä varten (alustaminen\n"
+"tarkoittaa tiedostojärjestelmän luomista).\n"
+"\n"
+"Samalla voit haluta alustaa uudelleen myös olemassaolevia osioita\n"
+"poistaaksesi kaiken niissä olevan tiedon. Jos haluat haluat tehdä niin,\n"
+"valitse myös ne osiot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Huomaa, että sinun ei ole pakko alustaa kaikkia jo olemassa olevia\n"
+"osioita. Sinun pitää alustaa ne osiot, joilla käyttöjärjestelmä\n"
+"sijaitsee (kuten \"/\", \"/usr\" ja \"/var\"), mutta voit säilyttää osiot,\n"
+"joilla henkilökohtaiset tiedostosi sijaitsevat (tavallisesti \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Ole huolellinen osioita valitessasi. Alustamisen jälkeen kaikki tieto\n"
+"valituilla osioilla on poissa eikä niiden palauttaminen enää onnistu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitse \"%s\" kun olet valmis alustamaan osiot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitse \"%s\", jos haluat valita toisen osion Mandriva Linuxin\n"
+"asentamiseen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitse \"%s\", jos haluat valita osiot, jotka tarkistetaan\n"
+"levyllä olevien viallisten lohkojen varalta."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Tässä vaiheessa, kun asennat Mandriva Linuxia, on todennäköistä että\n"
+"jotkut paketit on päivitetty alkujulkaisun jälkeen. Joitakin virheitä voi "
+"olla\n"
+"korjattu ja turvallisuusaukkoja paikattu. Hyödyntääksesi näitä päivityksiä,\n"
+"sinulla on nyt mahdollisuus hakea ne Internetistä. Valitse \"%s\" jos\n"
+"sinulla on toimiva Internet yhteys, tai \"%s\" jos haluat asentaa\n"
+"päivitykset myöhemmin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitsemalla \"%s\" sinulle näytetään lista päivityspalvelimista.\n"
+"Valitse lähin palvelin. Sen jälkeen sinulle näytetään lista päivityksistä:\n"
+"tarkista valinnat ja paina \"%s\" jolloin paketit haetaan ja\n"
+"asennetaan, tai \"%s\" poistuaksesi päivityksestä."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Tässä vaiheessa DrakX antaa sinun valita tietokoneellesi sopivan\n"
+"turvatason. Yleisesti mitä enemmän tärkeää tietoa on tallennettu\n"
+"koneellesi, tai jos se on kytketty Internetiin, sitä korkeampi turvatason\n"
+"pitäisi olla. Huomaa kuitenkin, että korkeampi turvallisuustaso\n"
+"saavutetaan yleensä käytettävyyden kustannuksella.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos et tiedä mitä valita, käytä oletuksena olevaa vaihtoehtoa. Voit\n"
+"myöhemmin vaihtaa turvatason Mandriva Ohjauskeskuksesta löytyvällä\n"
+"draksec-työkalulla.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" asetus kertoo järjestelmälle käyttäjän, joka vastaa turvasta.\n"
+"Turvaan liittyvät viestit lähetetään hänelle kyseiseen "
+"sähköpostiosoitteeseen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Tietoturvan ylläpitäjä:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Tässä vaiheessa sinun pitää määrittää mitkä osiot käytetään Mandriva Linux\n"
+"-järjestelmäsi asennuksessa. Jos osioita on jo määritelty, joko\n"
+"edellisestä GNU/Linux-asennuksesta tai jonkun toisen osiointityökalun\n"
+"tekeminä, niin voit käyttää olemassa olevia osioita. Muussa tapauksissa\n"
+"osiot pitää luoda.\n"
+"\n"
+"Luodaksesi osioita, sinun pitää ensin valita kiintolevy. Voit valita "
+"osioitavan\n"
+"levyn painamalla 'hda' ensimmäiselle IDE-levylle, 'hdb' toiselle, 'sda'\n"
+"ensimmäiselle SCSI-levylle ja niin edelleen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Osioidaksesi valitun levyn voit valita näistä vaihtoehdoista:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tämä toiminto poistaa kaikki osiot kiintolevyllä\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tämä toiminto luo automaattisesti\n"
+"tarvittavat ext3-osiot ja sivutusosion levyn tyhjästä tilasta\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": näyttää seuraavat lisätoiminnot:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tallentaa osiotaulun levykkeelle. Tämä on\n"
+"hyödyllinen levyke, jos pitää palauttaa osiotaulu. Suosittelemme\n"
+"tämän levykkeen tekoa\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": palauttaa aikaisemmin tallennetun osiotaulun\n"
+"levykkeeltä\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jos osiotaulusi on viottunut, voit kokeilla sen\n"
+"korjaamista tällä toiminnolla. Ole varovainen, ja muista että tämä\n"
+"voi epäonnistua\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hylkää kaikki tekemäsi muutokset ja\n"
+"palauta alkuperäinen osiotaulu\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tämän valinnan\n"
+"poistaminen pakottaa käyttäjät itse liittämään ja irrottamaan\n"
+"vaihdettavat levyt, esim. levykkeet ja CD-levyt\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": valitse tämä vaihtoehto jos haluat velhon osioimaan\n"
+"kiintolevysi. Tämä on suositeltua sinulle jos osiointi ei ole tuttua\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tämä vaihtoehto poistaa tekemäsi muutokset\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sallii lisätoimintoja\n"
+"osioille (tyyppi, optiot, formaatti) ja näyttää lisätietoja\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kun kiintolevyn osiointi on valmis, tämä toiminto\n"
+"tallentaa tekemäsi muutokset levylle ja jatkaa asennusta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kun määrität osion kokoa, voit hienosäätää kokoa käyttämällä\n"
+"näppäimistön nuolinäppäimiä.\n"
+"\n"
+"Huom!: Voit myös käyttää kaikkia toimintoja näppäimistöllä. Siirry\n"
+"osioiden ja toimintojen välillä käyttämällä [Tab] ja [Ylös/Alas] näppäimiä.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kun osio tai tyhjä tila on valittu voit käyttää:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-C luodaksesi uuden osion (kun tyhjä tila on valittu)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-D poistaaksesi osion\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-M valitaksesi liitospisteen\n"
+"\n"
+"Saadaksesi lisätietoja käytettävissä olevista tiedostojärjestelmistä,\n"
+"lue lisää ``Reference Manual'':sta osasta ext2FS.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos olet asentamassa PPC-koneelle, sinun pitää luoda pieni HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap''-osio kooltaan vähintään 1Mt, joka tulee Yaboot\n"
+"käynnistyslataajan käyttöön. Jos päätät tehdä osiosta vähän suuremman,\n"
+"esim. 50Mt, on hyvä ajatus asentaa ylimääräinen ydin ja ramdisk-kuva\n"
+"virhetilanteiden käynnistystarpeeseen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Vaihdettavan median automaattinen liittäminen"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Vaihda vakio-/asiantuntijatilan välillä"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Useampi kuin yksi Microsoft-osio on löydetty kiintolevyltäsi. Ole hyvä\n"
+"ja valitse osio jonka kokoa haluat muuttaa asentaaksesi uuden\n"
+"Mandriva Linux -käyttöjärjestelmäsi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jokainen osio on lueteltu seuraavasti: \"Linux nimi\", Windows nimi\", \"Koko"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux nimi\" rakenne on seuraava: \"kiintolevytyyppi\". \"kiintolevynumero"
+"\", \n"
+"\"osionumero\" (esim. \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"kiintolevytyyppi\" on \"hd\" jos kiintolevysi on IDE-tyyppinen ja \"sd\" "
+"jos\n"
+"se on SCSI-tyyppinen.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"kiintolevynumero\" on aina kirjain \"hd\":n tai \"sd\":n perässä.\n"
+"IDE-kiintolevyille: \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" tarkoittaa \"isäntälevy ensisijaisella IDE ohjaimella\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" tarkoittaa \"orjalevy ensisijaisella IDE ohjaimella\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" tarkoittaa \"isäntälevy toissijaisella IDE ohjaimella\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" tarkoittaa \"orjalevy toissijaisella IDE ohjaimella\";\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI kiintolevyillä \"a\" tarkoittaa \"pienin SCSI ID\", \"b\" tarkoittaa\n"
+"\"toiseksi pienin SCSI ID\", jne.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows nimi\" on Windowsissa näkyvä osiota vastaava kirjain\n"
+"(ensimmäinen osio on \"C:\", seuraava \"D:\" jne.)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": tarkista maa-asetukset. Jos et ole maassa, joka on valittu,\n"
+"paina \"%s\" painiketta ja valitse joku muu. Jos maasi ei ole\n"
+"listassa, paina \"%s\" painiketta jolloin näet listan kaikista maista."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Tämä vaihe asennuksesta näytetään ainoastaan jos vanha GNU/Linux-\n"
+"osio on löydetty koneestasi.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX haluaa nyt tietää, haluatko suorittaa uuden asennuksen vai vanhan\n"
+"Mandriva Linux -järjestelmän päivityksen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": oletuksena tämä tapa poistaa vanhan asennuksen. Jos haluat\n"
+"muuttaa miten kiintolevysi on osioitu tai vaihtaa tiedostojärjestelmää, "
+"sinun\n"
+"kannattaa valita tämä vaihtoehto. Riippuen nykyisestä osioinnistasi, voit\n"
+"ehkä valita niin ettei kaikkia tietojasi hävitetä.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tämä vaihtoehto sallii sinun päivittää paketteja\n"
+"nykyisessä Mandriva Linux -järjestelmässäsi. Nykyistä osiointiasi\n"
+"eikä käyttäjien tietoja muuteta. Suurin osa muista asennuksen\n"
+"vaiheista on käytössäsi niin kuin ne ovat vakioasennuksessa.\n"
+"\n"
+"``Päivitä''-ominaisuuden pitäisi toimia Mandriva Linux\n"
+"-järjestelmän versiosta \"8.1\" eteenpäin. Vanhemman version\n"
+"kuin \"8.1\" päivittämistä ei suositella."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Tavallisesti DrakX valitsee sinulle oikean näppäimistön sen mukaan, minkä\n"
+"kielen olet valinnut. Kuitenkaan sinulla ei välttämättä ole näppäimistöä, "
+"joka\n"
+"vastaa suoraan kieltäsi. Jos olet esimerkiksi englanninkielinen "
+"sveitsiläinen,\n"
+"voit silti haluta sveitsiläisen näppäimistön. Tai jos puhut englantia, mutta "
+"asut\n"
+"Quebecissä, sinulla voi olla samanlainen tilanne, missä kieli ja "
+"näppäimistö\n"
+"eivät vastaa toisiaan. Molemmissa tapauksissa tämä asennusvaihe antaa\n"
+"sinulle mahdollisuuden valita sopivan näppäimistön listasta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitse \"%s\" saadaksesi täydellisen listan tuetuista\n"
+"näppäimistöistä.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos valitset näppäimistön joka ei perustu latinalaiseen kirjaimistoon, "
+"sinulta\n"
+"kysytään näppäinyhdistelmää joka vaihtaa latinalaisen ja ei-latinalaisen\n"
+"järjestyksen välillä."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Ensimmäinen askel on valita toivottu kieli.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitsemasi oletuskieli päättää minkä kielinen dokumentaatio\n"
+"asennetaan, kuten myös asennusohjelman ja järjestelmän\n"
+"kielen. Valitse ensin missä asut ja sitten mitä kieltä käytät.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitsemalla \"%s\" saat mahdollisuuden valita\n"
+"myös muita kieliä asennettavaksi työasemallesi. Muiden kielten\n"
+"valitseminen asentaa kielikohtaiset tiedostot järjestelmän\n"
+"dokumentoinnista ja ohjelmistoista. Esimerkiksi jos sinulla\n"
+"koneessasi espanjalaisia käyttäjiä, valitse suomi (tai englanti)\n"
+"pääkieleksi ja lisäasetusten puolelta \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Tietoja UTF-8 (unicode) tuesta: Unicode on uusi kirjasinten \n"
+"määrittelytapa joka on määrä kattaa kaikki olemassa olevat kielet.\n"
+"Huomaa etttä täysi tuki GNU/Linuxissa on viellä työn alla. Tästä syystä\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxin UTF-8 käyttö riippuu käyttäjän valinnasta:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Jos valitset kielen jossa on vahva \"vanhanaikainen\" kirjasinmäärittely\n"
+"(latin1 kielet, Venäjä, Japani, Kiina, Korea, Thai, Kreikka, Turkki, suurin "
+"osa\n"
+"iso-8859-2 kielet), \"vanhanaikainen koodaus käytettään oletuksena.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Muut kielet käyttävät unicode oletuksena.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Jos kaksi (tai enemmän) kieltä tarvitaan, ja ne eivät käytä samaa\n"
+"koodausta, käytetään unicode koko järjestelmälle.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Viimeisenä, voit myös pakottaa järjestelmän käyttämään Unicodea \n"
+"(UTF-8) valitsemalla \"%s\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Huomaa, että voit valita useita ylimääräisiä kieliä tai jopa kaikki\n"
+"valitsemalla \"%s\". Kielituen valinta tarkoittaa käännösten,\n"
+"kirjasinten, oikolukuohjelmien jne. asentamista kyseiselle kielelle.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vaihtaaksesi eri kielten välillä voit suorittaa \"/usr/bin/localedrake\"\n"
+"\"root\"-käyttäjänä, jolloin vaihdat koko järjestelmän kieltä, tai\n"
+"tavallisena käyttäjänä, jolloin vaihdat vain sen käyttäjän vakiokielen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "espanja"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX yleensä tunnistaa hiiren painikkeiden määrän. Jos tunnistus\n"
+"epäonnistuu DrakX olettaa, että sinulla on kaksipainikkeinen hiiri\n"
+"ja liittää siihen kolmannen painikkeen emulaatiolla. Kolmatta painiketta\n"
+"kaksipainikkeisessa hiiressä voidaan käyttää painamalla molempia\n"
+"painikkeita samanaikaisesti. DrakX tietää myös automaattisesti, onko\n"
+"sinulla PS/2-, sarja- vai USB-hiiri.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mikäli sinulla on kolmipainikkeinen hiiri ilman rullaa, voit valita hiiren\n"
+"tyypiksi \"%s\". DrakX lisää tällöin rullaemulaation, joka toimii\n"
+"painamalla keskimmäistä painiketta ja liikuttamalla hiirtä.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos haluat asettaa eri tyyppisen hiiren, valitse sopiva tyyppi oheisesta\n"
+"listasta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Voit valita \"%s\" jolla valitset ``yleisen'' hiirimallin joka toimii lähes\n"
+"kaikki hirten kanssa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos valitset muun kuin oletushiiren, saat eteesi hiiren testiruudun.\n"
+"Kokeile hiiren näppäimiä ja rullaa varmistaaksesi, että asetukset ovat\n"
+"oikein. Jos hiiri ei toimi kunnolla, paina välilyöntiä tai [enter]\n"
+"peruuttaaksesi, minkä jälkeen voit valita uudelleen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Joskus rullahiirtä ei tunnisteta oikein. Sinun pitää valita oikea malli\n"
+"listasta. Varmista, että valitset mallin joka vastaa porttia johon\n"
+"hiiresi on liitetty. Kun olet painanut \"%s\", hiiren kuva tulee esille.\n"
+"Sitten sinun PITÄÄ pyörittää rullaa, jotta se aktivoituisi oikein.\n"
+"Varmista sitten kaikkien painikkeiden toiminta sekä hiiren liikkuminen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Rullaemulaatiolla"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Yleinen | Mikä tahansa PS/2- ja USB-hiiri"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Valitse oikea portti. Esimerkiksi \"COM1\" portti Windowsissa\n"
+"on nimetty \"ttyS0\":ksi GNU/Linuxissa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Tämä on tärkein päätös joka koskee GNU/Linux-järjestelmäsi turvallisuutta:\n"
+"sinun pitää syöttää \"root\" salasana. \"Root\" on järjestelmän ylläpitäjä\n"
+"ja ainoa, jolla on oikeudet päivittää järjestelmää, lisätä käyttäjiä, "
+"muuttaa\n"
+"järjestelmän asetuksia jne. Lyhyesti, \"root\" voi tehdä mitä vain! Tämän\n"
+"vuoksi sinun pitää valita salasana joka on vaikea arvata - DrakX kertoo\n"
+"sinulle jos salasana on liian helppo. Kuten huomaat, voit jättää salasanan\n"
+"syöttämättä, mutta suosittelemme ettet tee niin, ainakin yhdestä syystä:\n"
+"GNU/Linux on yhtä altis käyttäjän virheille kuin muutkin "
+"käyttöjärjestelmät.\n"
+"Koska \"root\" voi ohittaa kaikki rajoitukset ja vahingossa poistaa kaikki\n"
+"tiedot osioilta on tärkeää, että on vaikea päästä \"root\"-käyttäjäksi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Salasanan pitäisi koostua kirjaimista ja numeroista sekä olla vähintään\n"
+"8 merkkiä pitkä. Älä koskaan kirjoita \"root\" salasanaa paperille - se\n"
+"tekisi järjestelmään murtautumisesta liian helppoa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Älä myöskään valitse liian pitkää tai monimutkaista salasanaa koska sinun\n"
+"pitää itse muistaa se ongelmitta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Salasanaa ei näytetä kun syötät sitä ja tästä syystä sinun pitää syöttää\n"
+"se kahdesti, jolla pyritään ehkäisemään kirjoitusvirheitä. Jos sattumalta\n"
+"teet saman kirjoitusvirheen kahdesti, joudut käyttämään tätä ``väärää''\n"
+"salasanaa ensimmäisessä sisäänkirjautumisessa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos haluat että pääsyä tähän koneeseen hallitaan tunnistuspalvelimen\n"
+"kautta, paina \"%s\"-painiketta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos verkkosi käyttää LDAP, NIS tai PDC Windows verkkoalueen\n"
+"tunnistuspalvelua, valitse oikea \"%s\" vaihtoehto.\n"
+"Jos sinulla ei ole tietoa, kysy verkon ylläpitäjältä.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos sinulla on ongelmia muistaa salasanoja, jos koneesi ei ole\n"
+"yhteydessä Internetiin tai jos uskot kaikkiin koneesi käyttäjiin,\n"
+"voit valita \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "tunnistustapa"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Käynnistyslataaja on pieni ohjelma joka käynnistyy tietokoneen\n"
+"käynnistyksen yhteydessä. Sen tarkoitus on käynnistää koko järjestelmää.\n"
+"Yleensä tämä askel on automaattinen, eli DrakX analysoi käynnistys-\n"
+"sektorin ja toimii sen mukaan mitä sieltä löytyy:\n"
+"\n"
+" * jos Windows käynnistyssektori löytyy, sen tilalle asennetaan GRUB/LILO\n"
+"käynnistyssektori. Tällä tavalla voit käynnistää GNU/Linuxin tai jonkin\n"
+"muun käyttöjärjestelmän.\n"
+"\n"
+" * jos käynnistyssektorilta löytyy GRUB tai LILO, se päivitetään uudempaan\n"
+"versioon.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos DrakX ei osaa tehdä päätöstä, se kysyy sinulta mihin haluat asentaa\n"
+"käynnistyslataajan. Yleensä paras paikka on \"%s\". Valitsemalla \"%s\"\n"
+"käynnistyslataajaa ei asenneta. Tee tämä vain mikäli tiedät mitä teet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Nyt on aika valita tulostusjärjestelmä tietokoneellesi. Muut "
+"käyttöjärjestelmät\n"
+"saattavat tarjota sinulle yhden järjestelmän, mutta Mandriva Linux tarjoaa\n"
+"kaksi. Kukin tulostusjärjestelmä sopii parhaiten tietyille asetuksille.\n"
+"\n"
+" *  \"%s\" -- joka tarkoittaa ``tulosta, älä jonota'' (print, do not "
+"queue).\n"
+"Tämä on sopiva valinta jos sinulla on suora yhteys tulostimeesi ja haluat\n"
+"mahdollisuuden 'hätäkatkaisuun' jos tulostin menee tukkoon, eikä sinulla\n"
+"ole verkkoon liitettyjä tulostimia. (\"%s\" tukee ainoastaan "
+"yksinkertaisimpia\n"
+"verkkoasetelmia ja on hidas verkkokäyttöön.) Valitse \"pdq\" jos tämä on\n"
+"ensimmäinen GNU/Linux tuttavuutesi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- ``Common Unix Printing System'', eli Yleinen Unix Tulostus-\n"
+"järjestelmä, on mainio tulostettaessa paikalliseen tulostimeen tai\n"
+"vaikkapa maapallon toiselle puolelle. Se on yksinkertainen järjestelmä\n"
+"ja voi toimia tulostuspalvelimena tai asiakkaana vanhalle \"lpd\"-\n"
+"tulostusjärjestelmälle. Näin ollen, se on yhteensopiva vanhempien\n"
+"järjestelmien kanssa. Se on monitaitoinen, mutta perusasetuksen\n"
+"teko on melkein yhtä helppoa kuin \"pdq\". Jos tarvitset \"lpd\"-palvelimen\n"
+"emulointia, sinun pitää käynnistää \"cups-lpd\" -demoni. \"%s\"\n"
+"sisältää graafisen käyttöliittymän jota voidaan käyttää tulostamiseen\n"
+"tai asetuksien tekoon.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos teet valinnan nyt, ja myöhemmin huomaat ettet pidä nykyisestä\n"
+"tulostusjärjestelmästä voit muuttaa valintaasi Mandrivan Ohjauskeskuksesta\n"
+"löytyvässä PrinterDrakessa valitsemalla \"%s\"-painikkeen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Asiantuntija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Aluksi DrakX tunnistaa kaikki IDE-laitteet, jotka on kytketty "
+"järjestelmääsi.\n"
+"Samalla myös tutkitaan löytyykö järjestelmästä PCI SCSI -ohjaimia. Jos\n"
+"SCSI-ohjain löytyy, asentaa DrakX tarvittavat ajurit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Koska laitteiston tunnistaminen ei ole idiootinvarma, DrakX voi\n"
+"epäonnistua. Siinä tapauksessa joudut määrittämään laitteistosi\n"
+"itse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos sinun pitää määrittää PCI SCSI -ohjaintasi, DrakX kysyy sinulta\n"
+"haluatko määrittää ohjaimen asetuksia. Ehdotamme että sallit DrakX:n\n"
+"tunnistaa tarvittavat asetukset laitteiston alustamiseen. Yleensä DrakX\n"
+"suorittaa tämän toiminnon ongelmitta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jos DrakX ei pystykään tunnistamaan tarvittavia asetuksia joilla ohjain\n"
+"pitää alustaa, joudut itse syöttämään ne ajurille."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": jos äänikortti on tunnistettu järjestelmässäsi, se\n"
+"näytetään täällä. Jos huomaat että näytetty äänikortti ei vastaa sitä\n"
+"joka on asennettu koneeseesi, voit painaa tätä painiketta ja valita toisen\n"
+"ajurin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX näyttää yhteenvedon laitteistoasi koskevista tiedoista\n"
+"jotka se on kerännyt. Asennetusta laitteistosta riippuen, näet joitakin\n"
+"tai kaikki seuraavista tietueista. Jokainen tietue koostuu asetettavasta\n"
+"laitteesta ja lyhyestä selostuksesta laitteen asetuksien nykytilasta.\n"
+"Paina tietuetta vastaavaa \"%s\" painiketta jos haluat muuttaa sitä.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tarkista näppäinasettelu ja vaihda sitä tarvittaessa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tarkista maa-asetukset. Jos et ole maassa, joka on valittu,\n"
+"paina \"%s\"-painiketta ja valitse oikea. Jos maasi ei ole\n"
+"listassa paina \"%s\"-painiketta, jolloin näet listan kaikista maista.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": DrakX oletuksena arvioi aikavyöhykkeesi riippuen\n"
+"siitä, minkä kielen olet valinnut. Jos tämä ei ole oikea, voit muuttaa sitä\n"
+"painamalla \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tarkista nykyiset hiiriasetukset ja muuta niitä tarvittaessa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": painamalla \"%s\"-painiketta avaat tulostuksen\n"
+"asetusvelhon. Lue lisää asiaa koskevasta luvusta ``Aloitusoppaasta''\n"
+"saadaksesi lisätietoa miten asettaa uusi tulostin. Käyttöliittymä\n"
+"joka oppaassa esitetään on vastaava kuin se jota käytetään asennuksen\n"
+"aikana.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jos äänikortti on tunnistettu järjestelmässäsi, se\n"
+"näytetään täällä. Jos huomaat että näytetty äänikortti ei vastaa sitä\n"
+"joka on asennettu koneeseesi, voit nappia painamalla valita toisen\n"
+"ajurin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jos TV-kortti on tunnistettu järjestelmässäsi, se\n"
+"näytetään täällä. Jos sinulla on TV-kortti eikä sitä ole tunnistettu,\n"
+"voit painaa \"%s\" ja yrittää asettaa sen itse.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": paina \"%s\" jos haluat muuttaa parametreja joka\n"
+"koskee korttia jaka mielestäsi on väärin asetettu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": oletuksena DrakX asettaa graafisen\n"
+"käyttöliittymäsi käyttämään \"800x600\" tai \"1024x768\" näyttötilaa.\n"
+"Jos tämä ei sovi sinulle, paina \"%s\" muuttaaksesi asetuksia.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jos haluat asettaa Internet- tai paikallisverkkoasetuksesi,\n"
+"voit tehdä sen nyt. Katso ohjekirjasta, tai käytä Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Ohjauskeskus asennuksen jälkeen hyödyntääksesi sisäiset ohjeet.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sallii sinua asettamaan HTTP ja FTP välityspalvelimia jos\n"
+"asentamasi kone on välitysåpalvelimen takana.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tässä voit muuttaa asennuksen alussa asettamaasi\n"
+"turvatasoa jos haluat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Jos aiot yhdistää koneesi Internetiin, kannattaa\n"
+"suojautua verkon vaaroilta asettamalla palomuuri. Katso\n"
+"``Aloitusoppaasta'' tätä aihetta vastaavaa lukua saadaksesi lisätietoa\n"
+"palomuurin asetuksista.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jos haluat muuttaa käynnistyslataajan asetuksia,\n"
+"paina vastaavaa nappia. Tätä ei kannata muuttaa jos et ole asiantuntija.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": täällä voit määrittää mitä palveluja järjestelmässäsi\n"
+"toimii. Jos aiot käyttää tätä konetta palvelimena, kannattaa nämä\n"
+"asetukset tarkistaa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN-kortti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Graafinen käyttöliittymä"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Valitse kiintolevy, jonka haluat tyhjentää uudelle Mandriva Linux\n"
+"-asennusosiolle. Ole varovainen, koska kaikki asemalla oleva tieto\n"
+"tuhoutuu eikä ole enää palautettavissa!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Valitse \"%s\" jos haluat tuhota kaiken tällä kiintolevyllä olevan\n"
+"tiedon sekä osiot. Ole varovainen, sillä valittuasi \"%s\"\n"
+"et voi enää palauttaa mitään tällä kiintolevyllä olleita tietoja ja "
+"osioita,\n"
+"mukaanlukien kaikki Windows-tiedostot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Valitse \"%s\" keskeyttääksesi tämän toiminnon ilman että\n"
+"menetät mitään kiintolevyllä ollutta tietoa ja osioita."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Seuraava ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Edellinen"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/fr.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/fr.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cacfe913c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/fr.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2066 @@
+# translation of DrakX-fr.po to Français
+# Translation file of Mandriva Linux graphic install
+# Copyright (C) 1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006 Mandriva
+#
+# Veuillez ne pas mettre à jour ce fichier à moins d'être
+# certain tant de vos traductions que de votre grammaire et
+# de votre orthographe. Ces dernières sont trop souvent
+# approximatives. Elles nécessitent alors des relectures et
+# des corrections qui n'ont d'autre conséquence que de faire
+# perdre du temps à tout le monde (à vous si votre travail est
+# imparfait et aux relecteurs qui doivent rechercher puis corriger
+# vos éventuelles fautes).
+#
+# VEUILLEZ RESPECTER LA TYPOGRAPHIE FRANÇAISE !
+# Les majuscules doivent être accentuées si besoin est. Respectez
+# les espaces nécessaires pour la ponctuation (espace après la virgule et
+# le point, espace insécables avant les points d'interrogation,
+# d'exclamation, les deux-points et le point virgule, espace aussi après
+# le point virgule).
+# N'enlevez pas l'espace qui suit un signe de ponctuation en fin de
+# phrase; vous devez respecter la version originale.  Dans ce type de
+# cas, il est extrèmement probable que le programme va afficher
+# quelque chose d'autre à la fin.  En enlevant l'espace, vous allez
+# accoller deux mots.
+#
+# ESPACES INSÉCABLES
+# Vous devez utiliser un espace insécable (c'est un espace qui ne peut
+# pas servir de rupture à la ligne) avant le point d'exclamation, le
+# point d'interrogation, le deux-points, le point virgules, et pour les
+# "quantités", entre le nombre et l'unité abbrégée (par exemple "10 g").
+# L'espace normal en ISO et UTF8 est le caractere 0x20 tandis que l'espace
+# insécable est le caractère 0xA0. Sous Emacs en utilisant le po mode
+# livré avec gettext >= 0.10.40-4mdk vous pouvez voir celui-ci avec un
+# fond de couleur spécial. Sous Vi celui-ci est normalement affiché
+# précédé du caractère pipe "|". Pour le taper sous la plupart des
+# éditeurs, vous pouvez utiliser la touche "Compose" puis en tapant
+# deux espaces. Si vous n'avez pas de touche compose, vous pouvez
+# donner cette fonction à la touche "Windows" droite de votre clavier
+# avec la commande suivante :
+#   xmodmap -e 'keycode 116 = Multi_key'
+#
+# Les guillemets françaises sont « et » et non ". La guillemet ouvrante
+# « est suivie d'un espace insécable et la guillemet fermante » est
+# précédée du même type d'espace. Pour le taper, vous pouvez utiliser
+# la combinaison Compose < <, et Compose > > (ou alt-z et alt-x).
+#
+# Enfin, traduisez INTELLIGEMMENT et non mot à mot. Certaines traductions
+# n'ont aucun sens en français.
+#
+# MOTS À ÉVITER
+#  - application. Ce terme n'étant pas compris par le grand public, il est
+#    préférable de le remplacer par le mot "programme".
+#
+# Nous vous remercions de votre compréhension.
+#
+#
+#
+# Stéphane Teletchéa, 2005.
+# David BAUDENS <baudens@mandriva.com>, 1999-2004.
+# David ODIN <odin@mandriva.com>, 2000.
+# Pablo Saratxaga <pablo@mandriva.com>, 2001, 2005.
+# KAtiOS <katios@nolabel.net>, 2001.
+# Guillaume Cottenceau <gc@mandriva.com>, 2001-2002.
+# Thierry Vignaud <tvignaud@mandriva.com>, 2001-2004.
+# Christophe Combelles <ccomb@free.fr>, 2002,2003.
+# Adrien REZER <monsieurdidi@free.fr>, 2003.
+# RICHARD Nicolas <richardnicolas22@yahoo.fr>, 2004.
+# Lecureuil Nicolas <n1c0l4s.l3@wanadoo.fr>, 2004.
+# Teletchéa <steletch@free.fr>, 2004, 2005.
+# Christophe Berthelé <cpjc@free.fr>, 2005, 2006.
+# Didier Hérisson <didier.herisson@angstrom.uu.se>, 2005.
+# Nicolas Lécureuil <neoclust@mandriva.org>, 2005.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-fr\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-23 02:02+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Lécureuil Nicolas <neoclust@mandriva.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Français <cooker-i18n@mandrivalinux.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2;plural=(n>1);\n"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Avant d'aller plus loin, il est fortement recommandé de lire attentivement\n"
+"les termes et conditions d'utilisation de la licence. Celle-ci régit\n"
+"l'ensemble de la distribution Mandriva Linux. Si vous en acceptez tous les\n"
+"termes, cochez la case « %s », sinon, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » pour\n"
+"redémarrer votre ordinateur."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux est un système multi-utilisateurs, ce qui signifie généralement\n"
+"que chaque utilisateur peut avoir des préférences différentes, ses propres\n"
+"fichiers, etc. Contrairement à « root » qui a tous les droits, les\n"
+"utilisateurs que vous ajouterez ici n'auront que des permissions pour agir\n"
+"sur leurs propres fichiers exclusivement. L'utilisateur / administrateur\n"
+"devrait également se créer un compte « normal ». C'est à travers cet\n"
+"utilisateur que celui-ci devrait se connecter pour accomplir ses tâches\n"
+"quotidiennes. Car, bien qu'il soit pratique d'avoir tous les accès, cette\n"
+"situation peut également engendrer des situations désastreuses si un\n"
+"fichier est détruit par inadvertance. Un utilisateur normal n'ayant pas\n"
+"accès aux fichiers sensibles, ne peut causer de dommages majeurs.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il faut d'abord entrer le vrai nom de la personne. Évidemment, vous pouvez\n"
+"y inscrire n'importe quoi. DrakX prendra le premier mot inséré et le\n"
+"transposera comme « %s ». C'est le nom qui sera utilisé pour se connecter\n"
+"au système. Vous pouvez le modifier. Il faut maintenant entrer un mot de\n"
+"passe. Celui-ci n'est pas aussi crucial que le mot de passe de « root »,\n"
+"mais ce n'est pas une raison pour rentrer 123456. Après tout, ceci mettrait\n"
+"vos fichiers en péril.\n"
+"\n"
+"Après avoir cliqué sur « %s », il vous sera possible d'ajouter d'autres\n"
+"utilisateurs. Créez un utilisateur différent pour chaque personne devant\n"
+"utiliser votre ordinateur. Une fois chaque utilisateur défini, cliquez sur\n"
+"« %s ».\n"
+"\n"
+"En cliquant sur « %s », vous pourrez sélectionner un « shell » différent\n"
+"pour cet utilisateur (bash est assigné par défaut).\n"
+"\n"
+"Lorsque vous avez fini d'installer tous les utilisateurs, il vous est\n"
+"proposé de choisir un utilisateur qui sera automatiquement connecté lors du\n"
+"démarrage de l'ordinateur. Si cela vous intéresse (et que la sécurité\n"
+"locale ne soit pas trop un problème), choisissez l'utilisateur et le\n"
+"gestionnaire de fenêtres, puis cliquez sur « %s ». Si cela ne vous\n"
+"intéresse pas, décochez la case « %s »."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Voulez-vous utiliser cette fonctionnalité ?"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"La liste présentée plus haut identifie les partitions GNU/Linux détectées\n"
+"sur votre système. Vous pouvez accepter les choix proposés par l'assistant,\n"
+"qui s'avèrent bons dans la grande majorité des cas. Si vous faites un\n"
+"changement, vous devez au moins avoir une partition racine root (« / »).\n"
+"Prenez garde de vous réserver suffisamment d'espace pour installer toutes\n"
+"les applications qui vous intéressent. Si vous souhaitez stocker les "
+"données\n"
+"des utilisateurs sur une partition spécifique, vous devrez également créer\n"
+"une partition « /home ». Cependant, ceci ne sera possible que si vous\n"
+"disposez de plus d'une partition GNU/Linux disponible.\n"
+"\n"
+"Chaque partition est listée comme suit : « Nom », « Capacité ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Le « Nom » est structuré ainsi : « type de disque dur », « numéro du disque\n"
+"dur », « numéro de partition ». Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Le « type de disque dur » correspond à hd si votre disque est IDE. Pour un\n"
+"disque SCSI, vous lirez « sd ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Le « numéro du disque » est toujours listé après le « hd » ou « sd ». Pour "
+"les\n"
+"disques durs IDE :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « a » signifie « disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE »;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « b » signifie le « disque primaire esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n"
+"IDE »;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « c » indique le « disque primaire maître sur le second contrôleur\n"
+"IDE »;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « d » signifie le « disque primaire esclave sur le second contrôleur\n"
+"IDE »;\n"
+"\n"
+"Avec les disques SCSI, le « a » indique le plus petit SCSI ID, et « b » le\n"
+"« deuxième plus petit ID », etc."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mandriva Linux sont distribués "
+"sur\n"
+"plusieurs CD-ROM. Si un paquetage requis se trouve sur un autre CD-ROM,\n"
+"DrakX éjectera celui présent dans le lecteur et vous demandera d'insérer le\n"
+"CD-ROM approprié. Si vous ne possédez pas le CD demandé, cliquez tout\n"
+"simplement sur « %s », et les paquetages correspondants ne seront pas\n"
+"installés."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"C'est maintenant le moment de choisir les paquetages qui seront installés\n"
+"sur votre système. Sachez que Mandriva Linux contient plusieurs milliers de\n"
+"paquetages à installer, et ces paquetages ont été rangés par groupes chacun\n"
+"correspondant à un usage particulier de l'ordinateur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux range ces groupes en quatre catégories. Vous pouvez mélanger\n"
+"des groupes de plusieurs catégories de sorte qu'« une station de travail »\n"
+"peut toujours proposer des applications pour la catégorie « Serveur ».\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si vous comptez utiliser votre machine ainsi, sélectionner un\n"
+"ou plusieurs groupes y correspondant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si votre système doit être utilisé pour la programmation,\n"
+"choisissez les groupes désirés. Le groupe spécial « LSB » configurera votre\n"
+"système de manière à ce qu'il corresponde le plus possible avec la Linux\n"
+"Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Si vous choisissez le groupe « LSB », cela installera aussi les séries\n"
+"de noyau « 2.4 » au lieu de celles par défaut « 2.6 ». Ceci afin d'assurer\n"
+"une compatibilité LSB maximale. Cependant, si vous ne sélectionnez pas ce\n"
+"groupe « LSB » vous aurez quand même un système presque entièrement\n"
+"compatible LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : enfin, si votre système doit fonctionner en tant que serveur,\n"
+"vous pourrez sélectionner les services que vous voulez installer.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : ce groupe vous permettra de déterminer quel environnement\n"
+"graphique vous voulez avoir sur votre système. Évidemment, il vous en faut\n"
+"au moins un pour utiliser votre station en mode graphique.\n"
+"\n"
+"En plaçant votre souris au-dessus d'un nom de groupe, vous verrez\n"
+"apparaître une courte description de ce groupe.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vous pouvez enfin cocher l'option « %s ». Cette option est à utiliser si\n"
+"vous connaissez exactement le paquetage désiré ou si vous voulez avoir le\n"
+"contrôle total de votre installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous avez démarré l'installation en mode « %s », vous pouvez\n"
+"« désélectionner » tous les groupes afin d'éviter l'installation de\n"
+"nouveaux programmes. Cette option est très utile pour restaurer un système\n"
+"défectueux ou le mettre à jour.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous désélectionnez tous les groupes lors d'une installation standard\n"
+"(en opposition à une mise à jour), une boîte de dialogue apparaîtra et vous\n"
+"proposera différentes options pour une installation minimale :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : installe le moins de paquetages possible pour avoir un\n"
+"environnement de travail graphique ;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : installe le système de base plus certains utilitaires de base\n"
+"et leur documentation. Cette installation est utilisable comme base pour\n"
+"monter un serveur ;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : installera le strict minimum nécessaire pour obtenir un système\n"
+"GNU/Linux fonctionnel, en ligne de commande. Cette installation prend à peu\n"
+"près 65 Mo."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Mise à jour"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Avec la documentation de base"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Installation réellement minimale"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Enfin, si vous avez choisi de sélectionner individuellement les paquetages\n"
+"à installer, DrakX vous présentera un arbre contenant tous les paquetages,\n"
+"classés par groupes et sous-groupes. En navigant à travers l'arbre, vous\n"
+"pouvez sélectionner des groupes, des sous-groupes ou des paquetages\n"
+"individuels.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dès que vous sélectionnez un paquetage dans l'arbre, une description\n"
+"apparaît à droite.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Si un paquetage serveur a été sélectionné, vous devrez confirmer que\n"
+"vous voulez vraiment que celui-ci soit installé. Sous Mandriva Linux , par\n"
+"défaut, tous les services installés sont lancés au démarrage. Malgré tous\n"
+"les efforts investis pour vous livrer une distribution Linux sécurisée, il\n"
+"est possible que certaines failles de sécurité affectent les serveurs\n"
+"installés au-delà de la date de publication. Si vous ne savez pas\n"
+"précisément à quoi sert un service en particulier ou pourquoi il est\n"
+"installé, cliquez sur « %s ». En cliquant sur « %s », le serveur sera\n"
+"installé et le service rendu disponible au démarrage. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"L'option « %s » désactive les avertissements qui apparaissent à chaque fois\n"
+"que l'installeur sélectionne un nouveau paquetage. Parfois, pour qu'un\n"
+"paquetage soit fonctionnel, il faut en installer un autre dont il est\n"
+"dépendant. DrakX détermine ces dépendances entre paquetages pour une\n"
+"installation complète.\n"
+"\n"
+"La petite icône de disquette qui apparaît au bas de la liste permet de\n"
+"récupérer une liste de paquetages sélectionnés durant une autre\n"
+"installation. En cliquant dessus, on vous demandera d'insérer la disquette\n"
+"créée lors d'une installation précédente. Voir la deuxième astuce de la\n"
+"dernière étape afin de savoir comment créer une telle disquette."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dépendances automatiques"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"« %s » : en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression sera\n"
+"démarré. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du « Guide de démarrage » pour\n"
+"plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est documentée est similaire à\n"
+"celle rencontrée lors de l'installation."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez maintenant choisir les services disponibles au démarrage de\n"
+"votre système.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ici sont présentés tous les services disponibles avec l'installation en\n"
+"place. Faites une bonne vérification et enlevez tout ce qui n'est pas\n"
+"absolument nécessaire au démarrage du système.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vous pouvez obtenir une courte explication des services en les\n"
+"sélectionnant spécifiquement. Cela dit, si vous n'êtes pas sûr de\n"
+"l'application d'un service, conservez les paramètres par défaut.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! À cette étape, soyez particulièrement attentif dans le cas d'un système\n"
+"destiné à agir comme serveur. Dans ce cas, vous voudrez probablement\n"
+"permettre exclusivement les services nécessaires. Souvenez-vous que\n"
+"certains services peuvent s'avérer dangereux s'il sont activés sur un\n"
+"serveur. En général, n'installez que les services dont vous avez absolument\n"
+"besoin. !!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux manipule l'heure au format GMT (« Greenwich Mean Time ») et la\n"
+"convertit en temps local selon le fuseau horaire choisi. Il est néanmoins\n"
+"possible de désactiver cela en désélectionnant « %s » de façon à ce que\n"
+"GNU/Linux sache que l'horloge matérielle est la même que celle du système.\n"
+"Cela est particulièrement utile si la machine accueille un autre système\n"
+"d'exploitation.\n"
+"\n"
+"La « %s » permet de régler l'heure automatiquement en se connectant à un\n"
+"serveur de temps sur Internet. Dans la liste qui est alors présentée,\n"
+"choisissez un serveur géographiquement proche de vous. Vous devez bien\n"
+"entendu avoir une connexion Internet pour que cela fonctionne. Cela\n"
+"installera en fait sur votre machine un serveur de temps local qui pourra,\n"
+"en option, être lui-même utilisé par d'autres machines de votre réseau\n"
+"local."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Synchronisation automatique de l'horloge"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Carte graphique\n"
+"\n"
+"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement la\n"
+"carte graphique présente sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
+"pouvez choisir dans cette liste la carte que vous utilisez effectivement.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre\n"
+"carte, avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir\n"
+"le serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (pour le système X Window) est le coeur de votre interface graphique sous\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Tous les environnements graphiques (KDE, GNOME, WindowMaker\n"
+"etc.) présents sur Mandriva Linux dépendent de X.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il vous sera présenté une liste de divers paramètres à changer pour obtenir\n"
+"un affichage optimal :\n"
+"\n"
+"Carte graphique\n"
+"\n"
+"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement la\n"
+"carte graphique présente sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
+"pouvez choisir dans cette liste la carte que vous utilisez effectivement.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre\n"
+"carte, avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir\n"
+"le serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Moniteur\n"
+"\n"
+"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n"
+"moniteurs connectés à votre unité centrale. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
+"pouvez choisir dans cette liste le moniteur que vous utilisez\n"
+"effectivement.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Résolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleurs parmi celles\n"
+"disponibles pour votre matériel. Choisissez la configuration optimale pour\n"
+"votre utilisation (vous pourrez néanmoins modifier cela après\n"
+"l'installation). Un échantillon de la configuration choisie apparaît dans\n"
+"le dessin du moniteur.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selon votre matériel cette option peut ne pas apparaître.\n"
+"\n"
+"   le système va ici essayer d'ouvrir un écran graphique à la résolution\n"
+"choisie. Si vous pouvez voir le message pendant le test, et répondez\n"
+"« %s », alors DrakX passera à l'étape suivante. Si vous ne pouvez pas voir\n"
+"de message, cela signifie que vos paramètres sont incompatibles, et le test\n"
+"se terminera automatiquement après 12 secondes. Changez la configuration\n"
+"jusqu'à obtenir un affichage correct lors du test.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Vous pourrez également choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n"
+"lancement de la machine. Il est préférable de choisir « %s » si vous êtes\n"
+"en train d'installer un serveur, ou si vous n'avez pas réussi à configurer\n"
+"l'écran correctement."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Moniteur\n"
+"\n"
+"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n"
+"moniteurs connectés à votre unité centrale. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
+"pouvez choisir dans cette liste le moniteur que vous utilisez\n"
+"effectivement."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Résolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleurs parmi celles\n"
+"disponibles pour votre matériel. Choisissez la configuration optimale pour\n"
+"votre utilisation (vous pourrez néanmoins modifier cela après\n"
+"l'installation). Un échantillon de la configuration choisie apparaît dans\n"
+"le dessin du moniteur."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre carte,\n"
+"avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir le\n"
+"serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Vous pourrez également choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n"
+"lancement de la machine. Il est préférable de choisir « %s » si vous êtes\n"
+"en train d'installer un serveur, ou si vous n'avez pas réussi à configurer\n"
+"l'écran correctement."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette étape vous permet de déterminer précisément l'emplacement de votre\n"
+"installation de Mandriva Linux. Si votre disque est vide ou utilisé par un\n"
+"autre système d'exploitation, vous devrez repartitionner votre disque.\n"
+"Partitionner un disque désigne l'opération consistant à le diviser\n"
+"précisément afin de créer un espace pour votre installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Comme les effets du partitionnement sont irréversibles (l'ensemble du\n"
+"disque est effacé), le partitionnement est généralement intimidant et\n"
+"stressant pour un utilisateur inexpérimenté. Heureusement, un assistant a\n"
+"été prévu à cet effet. Avant de commencer, lisez le reste de ce document et\n"
+"surtout, prenez votre temps.\n"
+"\n"
+"Selon la configuration de votre disque, plusieurs options sont "
+"disponibles :\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : cette option tentera simplement de partitionner automatiquement\n"
+"l'espace inutilisé sur votre disque. Il n'y aura pas d'autre question.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : l'assistant a détecté une ou plusieurs partitions Linux\n"
+"existant sur votre disque. Si vous voulez les utiliser, choisissez cette\n"
+"option. Il vous sera alors demandé de choisir les points de montage\n"
+"associés à chacune des partitions. Les anciens points de montage sont\n"
+"sélectionnés par défaut, et vous devriez généralement les garder.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si Microsoft Windows est installé sur votre disque et en prend\n"
+"toute la place vous devez faire de la place pour votre installation\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Pour ce faire, vous pouvez tout effacer (voir « effacer tout le\n"
+"disque ») ou vous pouvez redimensionner la partition Windows FAT ou NTFS.\n"
+"Le redimensionnement peut être effectué sans pertes de données, à condition\n"
+"que vous ayez préalablement défragmenté la partition Windows. Une\n"
+"sauvegarde de vos données ne fera pas de mal non plus. Cette solution est\n"
+"recommandée pour faire cohabiter Mandriva Linux et Microsoft Windows sur le\n"
+"même ordinateur.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Avant de choisir cette option, il faut comprendre qu'après cette\n"
+"procédure l'espace disponible pour Windows sera réduit. Vous aurez moins\n"
+"d'espace pour installer des logiciels ou sauvegarder de l'information avec\n"
+"Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si vous voulez effacer toutes les données et les applications\n"
+"installées sur votre système et les remplacer par votre nouveau système\n"
+"Mandriva Linux, choisissez cette option. Soyez prudent, car ce choix est\n"
+"irréversible et permanent. Il vous sera impossible de retrouver vos données\n"
+"effacées.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble du contenu de votre disque\n"
+"sera détruit. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : ce choix apparaît lorsque l'intégralité du disque dur est "
+"occupé\n"
+"par Microsoft Windows. Choisir cette option effacera tout simplement ce que\n"
+"contient le disque et recommencera à zéro. Toutes les données et les\n"
+"programmes présents sur le disque seront effacés.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble de votre disque sera effacé\n"
+"!!\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : permet de partitionner manuellement votre disque. Soyez\n"
+"prudent, car bien que plus puissante, cette option est dangereuse. Vous\n"
+"pouvez facilement perdre l'ensemble du contenu d'un disque. Donc, ne\n"
+"choisissez pas cette option si vous ne savez pas exactement ce que vous\n"
+"devez faire. Pour en savoir plus sur DiskDrake, référez-vous à « Gérer ses\n"
+"partitions » du « Guide de démarrage »."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Utiliser une partition existante"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Effacer tout le disque"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Votre installation de Mandriva Linux est maintenant terminée et votre\n"
+"système est prêt à être utilisé. Cliquez sur « %s » pour le redémarrer.\n"
+"N'oubliez pas de retirer la source d'installation(CD-ROM ou disquette).\n"
+"La première chose que vous verrez alors, après que l'ordinateur ait \n"
+"fait ses propres tests matériels, est le menu de démarrage permettant\n"
+"de choisir quel système lancer parmi ceux présents sur votre machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"Le bouton « %s » permet deux autres options :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : Pour créer une disquette d'installation qui permettra de\n"
+"reproduire l'installation que vous venez de réaliser sans l'aide d'un\n"
+"administrateur.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Notez que les deux options suivantes apparaissent après avoir cliqué sur\n"
+"le bouton :\n"
+"\n"
+"    * « %s ». C'est une installation partiellement automatique où il est\n"
+"possible de personnaliser le partitionnement du disque (exclusivement).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * « %s ». Complètement automatique, cette installation reformate le\n"
+"disque au complet.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Cette fonctionnalité est pratique pour l'installation de multiples\n"
+"systèmes. Voir la section Auto install de notre site Internet.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » (*) sauvegarde la sélection des paquetages installés. Puis,\n"
+"lorsque vous ferez une autre installation, insérez la disquette dans le\n"
+"lecteur et accédez au menu d'aide en tapant [F1], entrez la commande\n"
+"suivante : « linux defcfg=\"floppy\" »et appuyez sur la touche [Entrée].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Vous avez besoin d'une disquette formatée avec FAT (pour la créer sous\n"
+"Linux, tapez « mformat a: » ou « fdformat /dev/fd0 » suivi de « mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0 »)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Créer une disquette d'installation automatique"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous choisissez de réutiliser des partitions GNU/Linux existantes, vous\n"
+"pouvez en reformater quelques unes et effacer les données présentes. Vous\n"
+"devrez alors les sélectionner.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sachez qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de reformater toutes les partitions\n"
+"existantes. Vous devez formater les partitions contenant le système\n"
+"d'exploitation (comme « / », « /usr » ou « /var », mais il n'est pas\n"
+"nécessaire de formater les partitions de données, notamment « /home »...\n"
+"\n"
+"Soyez prudent. Une fois que les partitions sélectionnées seront\n"
+"reformatées, il sera impossible de récupérer les données.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliquez sur « %s » lorsque vous êtes prêt à formater les partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliquez sur « %s » pour choisir une autre partition où installer votre\n"
+"nouveau système d'exploitation Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliquez sur « %s » si vous désirez sélectionner des partitions pour une\n"
+"vérification des secteurs défectueux (« Bad Blocks »)."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Au moment où vous installez Mandriva Linux, il est possible que certains\n"
+"paquetages aient été mis à jour depuis la sortie du produit. Des bogues ont\n"
+"pu être corrigés, et des problèmes de sécurité résolus. Pour vous permettre\n"
+"de bénéficier de ces mises à jour, il vous est maintenant proposé de les\n"
+"télécharger depuis Internet. Choisissez « %s » si vous avez une connexion\n"
+"Internet, ou « %s » si vous préférez installer les mises à jour plus tard.\n"
+"\n"
+"En choisissant « %s », la liste des sites depuis lesquels les mises à jour\n"
+"peuvent être téléchargées est affichée. Choisissez le site le plus proche\n"
+"de chez vous. Puis un arbre de choix des paquetages apparaît : vérifiez la\n"
+"sélection, puis cliquez sur « %s » pour télécharger et installer les mises\n"
+"à jour sélectionnées, ou « %s » pour abandonner."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"À cette étape, DrakX vous permettra de déterminer le niveau de sécurité\n"
+"requis par votre système. Il se détermine en fonction de l'exposition du\n"
+"système à d'autres utilisateurs (s'il est connecté directement sur\n"
+"Internet, par exemple) et selon le niveau de sensibilité de l'information\n"
+"contenue dans le système. Sachez toutefois que plus la sécurité d'un\n"
+"système est élevée, plus il est complexe à utiliser.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous ne savez pas quel niveau choisir, gardez la sélection par défaut.\n"
+"Vous pourrez le modifier ultérieurement avec l'outil draksec, qui se trouve\n"
+"dans le Centre de Contrôle Mandriva Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"Remplissez le champ « %s » avec l'adresse électronique de l'utilisateur qui\n"
+"sera responsable de la sécurité. Les messages de sécurité lui seront\n"
+"adressés."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Administrateur sécurité"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"À cette étape, vous devez sélectionner quelle partition sera utilisée pour\n"
+"votre système Mandriva Linux. Si votre disque est déjà partitionné, soit "
+"par\n"
+"une autre installation GNU/Linux ou par un autre outil de partitionnement,\n"
+"vous pourrez les utiliser. Sinon, les partitions devront être créées.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pour créer une partition, vous devez d'abord sélectionner le disque à\n"
+"utiliser. Vous pouvez le sélectionner en cliquant sur « hda » pour le\n"
+"premier disque IDE, « hdb », pour le second, « sda » pour le premier disque\n"
+"SCSI, et ainsi de suite.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pour partitionner le disque dur sélectionné, vous pouvez utiliser les\n"
+"options suivantes :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : cette option effacera toutes les partitions sur le disque\n"
+"sélectionné;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : cette option permet de créer un système de ficher ext3 et\n"
+"« Swap » dans l'espace libre sur votre disque;\n"
+"\n"
+"« %s » : permet d'accéder à des fonctionnalités supplémentaires :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : sauvegarde la table de partition sur un disque amovible. Cette\n"
+"option s'avère particulièrement pratique pour réparer des partitions\n"
+"endommagées. Il est fortement recommandé de procéder ainsi;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : permet de restaurer une table de partition sauvegardée au\n"
+"préalable sur une disquette.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si votre table de partition est endommagée, vous pouvez essayer\n"
+"de la récupérer avec ces options. Soyez prudent et sachez que cela ne\n"
+"fonctionne pas à coup sûr.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : écarte les changements et charge la table de partition "
+"initiale;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : en cochant cette case, les CD-ROM et disquettes (et autres\n"
+"supports) seront chargés automatiquement.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : utilisez cette option si vous souhaitez utiliser un assistant\n"
+"pour partitionner votre disque. Cette option est particulièrement\n"
+"recommandée si vous faites vos premiers pas avec les partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : utilisez cette option pour annuler vos changements;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : permet des actions supplémentaires sur les partitions (type,\n"
+"options, format) et donne plus d'informations;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : une fois le partitionnement terminé, ce bouton vous permettra "
+"de\n"
+"sauvegarder vos changements sur le disque.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lorsque vous définissez la taille d'une partition, vous pouvez choisir\n"
+"précisément la taille de celle-ci en utilisant les Flèches de votre\n"
+"clavier.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note : vous pouvez atteindre toutes les options en utilisant le clavier.\n"
+"Naviguer avec les flèches et [Tab].\n"
+"\n"
+"Une fois la partition sélectionnée, vous pouvez utiliser :\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c pour créer un nouvelle partition (lorsqu'une partition vide est\n"
+"sélectionnée;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d pour effacer une partition;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m pour définir le « mount point »\n"
+"\n"
+"Pour obtenir plus d'information sur les systèmes de fichiers, veuillez lire\n"
+"sur le système de fichier ext2FS dans « Manuel de Référence ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous installez sur un poste PPC, vous devrez créer une petite partition\n"
+"HFS « bootstrap » d'au moins 1 Mo qui sera utilisée par le chargeur de\n"
+"démarrage (« bootloader ») yaboot. Si vous optez pour une partition plus\n"
+"grande, disons 50Mo, vous trouverez utile d'y placer des noyaux et des\n"
+"images « ramdisk » accessibles en cas de problème."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Auto-montage des périphériques amovibles"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Basculer entre les modes expert et normal"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Plus d'une partition Windows a été détectée sur votre disque dur. Veuillez\n"
+"choisir celle que vous choisissez pour votre nouvelle installation de\n"
+"Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Chaque partition est identifiée comme suit : « Nom Linux », « Nom "
+"Windows »,\n"
+"« Capacité ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Le « Nom » est structuré ainsi : « type de disque dur », « numéro du disque\n"
+"dur », « numéro de partition ». Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Le « Type de disque dur » correspond à « hd » si votre disque est IDE. Pour "
+"un\n"
+"disque SCSI, vous lirez « sd ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Le numéro du disque est toujours listé après le « hd » ou « fd ». Pour les\n"
+"disques IDE :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « a » signifie « disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE »;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « b » signifie « disque primaire esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n"
+"IDE »;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « c » indique « disque primaire maître sur le second contrôleur IDE »;\n"
+"\n"
+" * « d » signifie « disque primaire esclave sur le second contrôleur IDE »;\n"
+"\n"
+"Avec les disques SCSI, le « a » indique le plus petit SCSI ID, et ainsi de\n"
+"suite.\n"
+"\n"
+"« Nom Windows » c'est la lettre assignée à votre disque, (le premier\n"
+"disque ou partition « C: »)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"« %s » : vérifiez la sélection du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans ce\n"
+"pays, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays ne\n"
+"se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n"
+"liste complète."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette étape ne s'affichera que si une partition GNU/Linux a été détectée\n"
+"sur votre disque dur.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX doit maintenant savoir si vous désirez lancer une « Installation » ou "
+"une\n"
+"« Mise à jour » d'un système Mandriva Linux déjà installé :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : remplace l'ancien système. Cependant, selon votre table de\n"
+"partition, vous pourrez éviter l'effacement de vos données existantes\n"
+"(notamment les répertoires « home »). Si vous souhaitez changer le\n"
+"partitionnement de vos disques durs, ou changer votre système de fichiers,\n"
+"vous devriez utiliser cette option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : cette classe d'installation vous permet de mettre à jour\n"
+"seulement les paquetages qui composent votre système Mandriva Linux. Elle\n"
+"conserve les partitions existantes, ainsi que la configuration des\n"
+"utilisateurs. La plupart des autres étapes d'une installation classique\n"
+"sont accessibles.\n"
+"\n"
+"La mise à jour devrait fonctionner correctement pour les systèmes\n"
+"Mandriva Linux à partir de la version « 8.1 ». Essayer de lancer une mise à\n"
+"jour sur les versions antérieures à « 8.1 » n'est pas recommandé."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Selon la langue principale que vous avez choisie précédemment (), DrakX\n"
+"sélectionnera le clavier approprié. Vérifiez que cela correspond\n"
+"effectivement à votre configuration de clavier ou choisissez une autre\n"
+"configuration dans la liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cela dit, il est possible que vous ayez un clavier ne correspondant pas\n"
+"exactement à votre langue d'utilisation. Par exemple, si vous habitez le\n"
+"Québec et parlez le français et l'anglais, vous pouvez vous trouver dans la\n"
+"situation où votre langue et votre configuration de clavier ne sont pas les\n"
+"mêmes. Dans ces cas, cette étape vous permet de sélectionner un autre\n"
+"clavier à partir de la liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliquez sur « %s » pour voir toutes les options proposées.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous choisissez un clavier basé sur un alphabet non-latin, il vous sera\n"
+"demandé de choisir la combinaison de touches permettant d'alterner entre\n"
+"ceux-ci au prochain écran."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"La première étape consiste à choisir votre langue.\n"
+"\n"
+"Le choix de la langue sera appliqué au programme d'installation, à la\n"
+"documentation et au système en général. Commencez par choisir la région où\n"
+"vous vous situez, puis la langue que vous parlez.\n"
+"\n"
+"En cliquant sur « %s », le programme vous proposera également des langues\n"
+"complémentaires pouvant être installées sur votre poste de travail. En\n"
+"choisissant des langues supplémentaires, le programme vous installera toute\n"
+"la documentation et les applications nécessaires à l'utilisation de ces\n"
+"langues. Par exemple, si vous prévoyez d'accueillir des utilisateurs\n"
+"d'Espagne sur votre machine, choisissez le français comme langue principale\n"
+"dans l'arborescence, et « %s », dans la section avancée.\n"
+"\n"
+"À propos de l'encodage UTF-8 (unicode) : Unicode est un nouveau système\n"
+"d'encodage des caractères censé couvrir tous les langues existantes.\n"
+"Cependant son intégration dans GNU/Linux est encore imparfaite. Pour cette\n"
+"raison, Mandriva Linux l'utilisera ou non selon les critères suivants :\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si vous choisissez une langue avec un encodage ayant une longue histoire\n"
+"(langues associées à « latin1 », Russe, Japonais, Chinois, Coréen, Thaï,\n"
+"Grec, Turc, et la plupart des langues « iso-8859-2 »), l'encodage\n"
+"historique sera utilisé;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Les autres langues entraîneront l'utilisation d'unicode par défaut;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si vous demandez l'installation de plus d'une langue, et que ces langues\n"
+"n'utilisent pas le même encodage, alors unicode sera utilisé pour tout le\n"
+"système;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enfin, unicode peut aussi être utilisé quelque soit votre configuration\n"
+"des langues à utiliser, en sélectionnant l'option « %s ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Remarquez que vous n'êtes pas limité à une langue supplémentaire. Vous\n"
+"pouvez en choisir plusieurs, ou même les installer toutes en choisissant\n"
+"« %s ». Choisir le support pour une langue signifie ajouter les\n"
+"traductions, les polices, correcteurs orthographiques, etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pour passer d'une langue à l'autre, vous pouvez lancer l'utilitaire\n"
+"« /usr/sbin/localedrake » en tant que « root » pour changer la langue\n"
+"utilisée dans tout le système ; connectez-vous en simple utilisateur pour\n"
+"ne changer que la langue de cet utilisateur."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espagnol"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX détecte généralement le nombre de boutons de votre souris. Sinon, il\n"
+"prend pour acquis que vous avez une souris à deux boutons et configurera\n"
+"l'émulation du troisième bouton. Le troisième bouton correspond aux clics\n"
+"simultanés du bouton gauche et du bouton droit de la souris. De plus, DrakX\n"
+"saura automatiquement si vous avez une souris PS/2, série ou USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous avez une souris à trois boutons sans molette, vous pouvez choisir\n"
+"une souris « %s ». DrakX configurera alors la souris de manière à simuler\n"
+"une molette : pour ce faire, cliquez sur le bouton du milieu et faites\n"
+"bouger votre souris de haut en bas.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous désirez installer une souris différente, veuillez la sélectionner à\n"
+"partir de la liste qui vous est proposée.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vous pouvez sélectionner une souris « %s » qu'elle soit PS/2 ou USB pour\n"
+"choisir un type de souris générique qui fonctionne avec presque tout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous sélectionnez une souris différente de celle choisie par défaut,\n"
+"DrakX vous présentera un écran de test. Utilisez les boutons et la molette\n"
+"pour vous assurer que tout fonctionne correctement. Si votre souris ne\n"
+"fonctionne pas normalement, appuyez sur la barre d'espace ou la touche\n"
+"[Entrée] pour annuler le test et retourner à la liste de choix de la\n"
+"souris.\n"
+"\n"
+"Parfois, les souris à molette ne sont pas détectées automatiquement, vous\n"
+"devrez alors sélectionner manuellement une souris dans la liste. Assurez\n"
+"vous de choisir celle qui correspond au bon port de connexion. Après avoir\n"
+"sélectionné la souris et pressé le bouton « %s », une image de souris\n"
+"apparaît. Vous devez alors faire tourner la molette afin de l'activer\n"
+"correctement. Après activation, vous verrez la molette de l'écran bouger.\n"
+"Testez alors que tous les mouvements et boutons fonctionnent correctement."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "avec émulation de la molette"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universelle | N'importe quelle souris PS/2 ou USB"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez le bon port. Par exemple : l'équivalent du port « COM1 » sur\n"
+"Windows, se nomme « ttyS0 » sous GNU/Linux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous devez prendre ici une décision cruciale pour la sécurité de votre\n"
+"système GNU/Linux : vous devez entrer un mot de passe « root ».\n"
+"L'utilisateur « root » est l'administrateur du système qui a tous les\n"
+"droits d'accès aux fichiers de configuration, etc. Il est donc impératif de\n"
+"choisir un mot de passe difficile à deviner (pensez aux systèmes prévus à\n"
+"cet effet qui anticipent les combinaisons communes des utilisateurs). DrakX\n"
+"vous avertira si le mot de passe entré est trop facile à deviner. Comme\n"
+"vous pouvez le voir, il est également possible de ne pas entrer de mot de\n"
+"passe. Nous déconseillons fortement cette pratique. Comme l'erreur est\n"
+"humaine, un utilisateur avec tous les droits peut tout détruire sur votre\n"
+"système, c'est pourquoi le mot de passe doit agir comme barrière à\n"
+"l'entrée.\n"
+"\n"
+"Le mot de passe choisi devrait contenir au moins 8 caractères\n"
+"alphanumériques. Ne jamais écrire le mot de passe « root », forcez-vous à\n"
+"vous en souvenir par coeur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ne choisissez pas de mot de passe trop long ou trop compliqué, ménagez\n"
+"accessibilité et mémoire : un mot de passe de 30 caractères est presque\n"
+"impossible à mémoriser.\n"
+"\n"
+"Afin d'éviter les regards indiscrets, le mot de passe n'apparaîtra pas à\n"
+"l'écran. Il vous faudra donc l'inscrire deux fois afin d'éviter les erreurs\n"
+"de frappe. Évidemment, si vous faites deux fois la même erreur, celle-ci\n"
+"sera sauvegardée et vous devrez la reproduire afin d'accéder à votre\n"
+"système pour la première fois en tant qu'administrateur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous souhaitez que l'accès à cette machine soit contrôlé par un serveur\n"
+"d'authentification, cliquez sur le bouton « %s ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Si votre réseau utilise soit LDAP, NIS, ou un PDC Windows, choisissez-le\n"
+"comme protocole d'%s. En cas de doute, demandez à votre\n"
+"administrateur réseau.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous avez des problèmes à vous souvenir de vos mots de passe, vous\n"
+"pouvez choisir « %s », si votre ordinateur ne sera pas connecté à Internet,\n"
+"et si vous avez confiance en tous ceux qui auront accès à cette machine."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "authentification"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Un programme d'amorce est un petit programme qui est lancé par la machine\n"
+"au démarrage. Il est en charge du démarrage du sytème. Normalement,\n"
+"l'installation d'un programme d'amorce est complètement automatique. DrakX\n"
+"analyse le secteur de démarrage (« master boot record ») et agit en\n"
+"fonction de ce qu'il peut y lire :\n"
+"\n"
+" * si un secteur de démarrage Windows est détecté, il sera remplacé par\n"
+"GRUB/LILO. Donc, vous serez capable de démarrer GNU/Linux ou tout autre\n"
+"système d'exploitation installé sur votre machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * si GRUB ou LILO est détecté, il sera remplacé par la nouvelle version;\n"
+"\n"
+"En cas de doute, DrakX affiche différentes options. En général, le « %s »\n"
+"est l'endroit le plus sûr. Si vous choisissez « %s », aucun chargeur de\n"
+"démarrage ne sera installé. À vos risques et périls."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Maintenant, il faut choisir un système d'impression pour votre ordinateur. "
+"D'autres\n"
+"systèmes d'exploitation en offrent un, mais Mandriva Linux en propose deux. "
+"Chaque système\n"
+"d'impression convient le mieux à un type différent de configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » - qui veut dire « print, do not queue », (ou, impression sans\n"
+"passer par la file d'attente) est un bon choix si votre imprimante est\n"
+"branchée directement sur votre poste, que vous voulez pouvoir arrêter\n"
+"l'impression directement en cas de problème et que vous n'avez pas\n"
+"d'imprimante réseau. « %s » prendra en charge des configurations simples en "
+"réseau, mais\n"
+"les performances sont plutôt mauvaises dans ces cas. Choisissez «pdq» si "
+"vous\n"
+"débutez sous GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » - « Common Unix Printing System », est fabuleux autant pour une\n"
+"imprimante locale que pour imprimer à l'autre bout du monde. C'est simple\n"
+"et il peut agir comme un serveur ou un client avec l'ancien système "
+"d'impression « lpd », de ce fait il est compatible avec les anciens\n"
+" systèmes d'exploitations qui nécessitent encore un service d'impression. Il "
+"s'agit d'un outil très puissant et les\n"
+"configurations de base sont aussi simples que « pdq ». Pour émuler un "
+"serveur « lpd », lancez le démon (« daemon ») « cups-lpq ». « %s » qui offre "
+"une interface graphique simple pour imprimer sur et administrer les "
+"imprimantes.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous choisissez votre système d'impression maintenant et que par la suite "
+"vous n'en êtes pas content, vous pourrez le changer\n"
+"ultérieurement en lançant PrinterDrake depuis le Centre de contrôle\n"
+"Mandriva Linux en cliquant sur le bouton « %s »."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Expert"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX détecte maintenant tous les périphériques IDE présents sur votre\n"
+"système. DrakX recherchera aussi les périphériques SCSI. Enfin, selon les\n"
+"composantes détectées, DrakX installera tous les pilotes nécessaires à son\n"
+"fonctionnement.\n"
+"\n"
+"Compte tenu de la vaste gamme de périphériques disponibles sur le marché,\n"
+"dans certains cas la détection de matériel ne fonctionnera pas. Si c'est le\n"
+"cas, vous devrez alors configurer votre matériel à la main.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous devez configurer votre carte SCSI manuellement, DrakX vous\n"
+"demandera si vous souhaitez spécifier à la main les options du\n"
+"périphérique. Laissez en fait DrakX chercher automatiquement les options\n"
+"nécessaires à la configuration de votre carte, cela fonctionne\n"
+"généralement.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il peut arriver que DrakX soit incapable de vérifier les options\n"
+"nécessaires. Dans ce cas, vous devrez les déterminer manuellement."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"« %s » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous\n"
+"remarquez que la carte configurée n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n"
+"effectivement sur votre système, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour\n"
+"choisir un pilote différent ."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Voici les informations recueillies par DrakX sur la configuration actuelle.\n"
+"Selon le matériel installé, certaines entrées seront présentes et d'autres\n"
+"pas. Chaque paramètre est constitué du nom du matériel installé, suivi d'un\n"
+"court résumé de la configuration actuelle. Cliquez sur le bouton « %s »\n"
+"correspondant pour effectuer un changement.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : vérifiez la configuration choisie pour le clavier.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : vérifiez la sélection du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans\n"
+"ce pays, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays\n"
+"ne se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n"
+"liste complète.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : DrakX, par défaut, configure le fuseau horaire selon le pays\n"
+"dans lequel vous vous trouvez. Cliquez sur le bouton « %s » si ce n'est pas\n"
+"le bon.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : pour vérifier la configuration actuelle de la souris. Cliquez\n"
+"sur le bouton pour modifier les options.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression\n"
+"sera démarré. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du « Guide de démarrage »\n"
+"pour plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est documentée est similaire\n"
+"à celle rencontrée lors de l'installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous\n"
+"remarquez que la carte configurée n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n"
+"effectivement sur votre système, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour\n"
+"choisir un pilote différent .\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si une carte d'entrée/sortie vidéo (carte TV) a été détectée,\n"
+"elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous avez une carte TV et qu'elle n'a pas été\n"
+"détectée, cliquez sur « %s » pour la configurer à la main.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si une carte RNIS (ISDN) est détectée, elle apparaîtra ici.\n"
+"Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton « %s » pour en modifier les paramètres si\n"
+"vous estimez que la configuration actuelle est inexacte.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : par défaut, DrakX configure votre interface graphique avec une\n"
+"résolution de « 800x600 » ou « 1024x768 ». Si cela ne vous convient pas,\n"
+"cliquez sur « %s » pour changer la configuration de votre interface\n"
+"graphique.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si vous souhaitez configurer votre accès Internet ou réseau\n"
+"local dès maintenant. Lisez la documentation fournie ou exécutez\n"
+"le Centre de Contrôle Mandriva Linux après l'installation pour avoir droit à "
+"une\n"
+"aide complète en ligne.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : permet de configurer les adresses proxy HTTP et FTP si la\n"
+"machine que vous installez se trouve derrière un serveur proxy.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : il vous est ici proposé de redéfinir votre niveau de sécurité\n"
+"tel que défini dans une étape précédente ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si vous avez l'intention de connecter votre ordinateur à\n"
+"Internet, c'est une bonne idée de le protéger des intrusions grâce à un\n"
+"pare-feu. Consultez la section correspondante du « Guide de démarrage »\n"
+"pour plus de renseignements.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : si vous souhaitez changer la configuration par défaut de votre\n"
+"chargeur de démarrage. À réserver aux utilisateurs expérimentés. Lisez la\n"
+"documentation fournie ou l'aide en ligne sur la configuration de chargeur\n"
+"de démarrage présente dans le Centre de Contrôle Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : vous pourrez ici contrôler finement les services disponibles\n"
+"sur votre machine. Si vous envisagez de monter un serveur, c'est une bonne\n"
+"idée de vérifier cette configuration."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Carte RNIS"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interface graphique"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Choisissez le disque dur à effacer pour installer votre partition\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Soyez prudent, toute l'information stockée sur le disque sera\n"
+"détruite."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquez sur « %s » si vous voulez vraiment effacer toute l'information et\n"
+"les partitions. Soyez prudent, après avoir cliqué sur « %s », vous ne\n"
+"pourrez plus récupérer les données ou les partitions, y compris les données\n"
+"Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliquez sur « %s » pour renoncer à cette opération sans perdre de données."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Suivant ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Précédent"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/fur.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/fur.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..572ae8234
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/fur.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1110 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to furlan
+# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Andrea Gracco <graccoandrea@tin.it>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-06-28 17:41+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Andrea Gracco <graccoandrea@tin.it>\n"
+"Language-Team: furlan <gft@freelists.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Vuelistu doprâ cheste fature?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Eseguìs"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Prossim ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Precedent"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ga.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ga.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..174f4e59e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ga.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1107 @@
+#
+# Alastair McKinstry <mckinstry@computer.org>, 2002
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-12 18:04+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alastair McKinstry <mckinstry@computer.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Irish <ga@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "An mian leat an gné seo a úsáid?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Uasghrádú"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Le doiciméadú bunúsach"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Eirigh as Feistiú"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Cumraigh ADSL"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Ag iarraidh an clár-ranna a tarrtháil"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Glan diosca ina iomlán"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Cruthaigh flapach bootáil"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Riarthóir Slándála"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spáinnis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Luchóg MouseMan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "deimniú"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Saineolaí"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Carta ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Comhéadan Grafach"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Teacs ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- feist"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/gl.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/gl.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..60fdd27a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/gl.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1948 @@
+# translation of DrakX-help-gl.po to 
+# translation of DrakX-help-gl.po to Galician
+# Jesús Bravo Álvarez (mdk) <jba@pobox.com>, 2001.
+# Leandro Regueiro <leandro.regueiro@gmail.com>, 2004, 2005, 2006.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-help-gl\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-08 20:57+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Leandro Regueiro <leandro.regueiro@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team:  <gl@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
+"X-Poedit-Language: Gallegan\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de continuar, debe ler atentamente os termos da licenza. Esta\n"
+"licenza cobre toda a distribución Mandriva Linux. Se está de acordo\n"
+"con tódolos termos que contén, marque o cadro \"%s\". Se non o está,\n"
+"prema no botón \"%s\" e reiniciarase o seu ordenador."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux é un sistema multiusuario o que significa que cada usuario pode\n"
+"ter as súas propias preferencias, os seus propios ficheiros, etc. Pero a\n"
+"diferencia de \"root\", que é o administrador do sistema, os usuarios que\n"
+"engada neste punto non estarán autorizados para cambiar nada agás os\n"
+"seus propios ficheiros e as súas propias configuracións, protexendo o\n"
+"sistema de cambios involuntarios ou malintencionados que poderían afectar\n"
+"a todo o sistema. Terá que crear como mínimo un usuario normal para vostede\n"
+"-- esta é a conta que usará para o uso cotián e rutineiro. Ainda que é moi\n"
+"sinxelo entrar no sistema coma \"root\" para facer calquera cousa, tamén\n"
+"pode ser moi perigoso! Un pequeno erro pode significar que o seu sistema\n"
+"non volva funcionar nunca máis. Se vostede comete un erro moi grave\n"
+"coma un usuario normal, o peor que pode suceder é que perda algunha\n"
+"información, pero non afectará a todo o sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"O primeiro campo pregúntalle un nome real. Dende logo, isto non é\n"
+"obrigatorio -- actualmente pode introducir o que queira. DrakX collerá a\n"
+"primeira palabra que introduza neste campo e copiaraa ó campo\n"
+"\"%s\", que é o nome que o usuario introducirá para entrar no\n"
+"sistema. Se o desexa, pode non facer caso do predeterminado e cambiar\n"
+"o nome de usuario. O seguinte paso é introducir un contrasinal. Dende\n"
+"o punto de vista da seguridade, o contrasinal dun usuario sen\n"
+"privilexios (normal) non é tan crucial coma o contrasinal de \"root\", pero\n"
+"esa non é razón para descoidarse deixándoa en branco ou poñendo unha\n"
+"moi fácil: despois de todo, pode que os seus ficheiros estean en perigo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se preme en \"%s\", poderá engadir máis usuarios. Engada un usuario\n"
+"para cada un dos seus amigos, o seu pai, a súa irmá, etc. Prema en\n"
+"\"%s\" cando remate de engadir os usuarios.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se preme no botón \"%s\" poderá cambiar a \"shell\" predeteminada\n"
+"para ese usuario (bash por defecto).\n"
+"\n"
+"Cando remate de engadir os usuarios, diráselle que elixa o usuario que\n"
+"entrará automáticamente no sistema cando se arrinque o ordenador. Se\n"
+"lle interesa esta funcionalidade (e non lle preocupa moito a seguridade\n"
+"local), elixa o usuario e mailo xestor de ventás que desexe, e despois\n"
+"prema en \"%s\". Se non está interesado nesta funcionalidade,\n"
+"desmarque o cadro \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Desexa usar esta funcionalidade?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"As particións listadas aquí son as particións Linux existentes detectadas\n"
+"no seu disco duro. Pode manter a selección feita polo asistente, xa que\n"
+"é boa para as instalacións máis comúns. Se fai algún troco, debe\n"
+"definir como mínimo unha partición raíz (\"/\"). Non escolla unha partición\n"
+"moi pequena ou non poderá instalar o software necesario. Se desexa\n"
+"almacenar os seus datos nunha partición á parte, tamén terá que crear\n"
+"unha partición \"/home\" (só será posible se ten dispoñibles máis dunha\n"
+"partición Linux).\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partición lístase do seguinte xeito: \"Nome\", \"Capacidade\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nome\" ten a estructura: \"tipo de disco duro\", \"número de disco duro"
+"\",\n"
+"\"número de partición\" (por exemplo, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tipo de disco duro\" é \"hd\" se o seu disco duro é un disco duro IDE e\n"
+"\"sd\" se é un disco duro SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Número de disco duro\" é sempre unha letra despois de \"hd\" ou \"sd\".\n"
+"Para os discos duros IDE é:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"disco duro mestre do controlador IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"disco duro escravo do controlador IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"disco duro mestre do controlador IDE secundario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"disco duro escravo do controlador IDE secundario\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Nos discos duros SCSI, un \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI menor\", e \"b\" "
+"significa \"segundo ID SCSI menor\", etc."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"A instalación de Mandriva Linux distribúese en varios CD-ROMs. Se un\n"
+"paquete dos seleccionados está noutro CD-ROM, DrakX expulsará o CD\n"
+"actual e diralle que insira o CD requirido. Se non ten o CD requirido a "
+"man,\n"
+"prema en \"%s\", e os paquetes correspondentes non se instalarán."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Agora terá que especificar que programas desexa instalar no seu sistema.\n"
+"Hai milleiros de paquetes dispoñibles para Mandriva Linux, e para facer que\n"
+"sexa máis sinxelo manexalos, puxéronse en grupos de aplicacións "
+"semellantes.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux ordena os grupos de paquetes en catro categorías. Vostede\n"
+"pode mesturar aplicacións de varias categorías, de xeito que unha "
+"instalación\n"
+"``Estación de Traballo'' poida ter instaladas aplicacións da categoría "
+"``Servidor''.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se ten pensado usar a súa máquina coma unha estación de "
+"traballo,\n"
+"seleccione un ou máis dos grupos da categoría estación de traballo.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se vai usar a súa máquina para programar, seleccione os grupos\n"
+"que desexe desta categoría. O grupo especial \"LSB\" configurará o seu\n"
+"sistema para que cumpra as especificacións Linux Standard Base tanto coma\n"
+"sexa posible.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Se selecciona o grupo \"LSB\" instalarase tamén un kernel da serie\n"
+"\"2.4\", en vez do predeterminado da \"2.6\". Isto é para asegurar que o\n"
+"sistema cumpre ó 100%% o LSB. Sen embargo, se non selecciona o grupo\n"
+"\"LSB\" ainda terá un sistema que case cumpre ó 100%% con LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se a súa máquina vai ser un servidor, seleccione cales dos\n"
+"servicios máis comúns desexa instalar na súa máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquí é onde vai elixir o seu ambiente gráfico preferido. Debe\n"
+"seleccionar como mínimo un se desexa ter dispoñible unha interface gráfica.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se pon o cursor do rato enriba do nome dun grupo amosarase un pequeno\n"
+"texto explicativo acerca dese grupo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pode marcar o cadro \"%s\", o cal é útil se coñece ben os paquetes que\n"
+"se ofrecen ou se desexa ter un control total sobre o que se vai instalar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se comeza a instalación en modo \"%s\", poderá deseleccionar tódolos\n"
+"grupos e impedir a instalación de calquera novo paquete. Isto é útil para\n"
+"reparar ou actualizar un sistema xa existente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se deselecciona tódolos grupos ó levar a cabo unha instalación normal\n"
+"(a diferencia dunha actualización), aparecerá un diálogo suxerindo\n"
+"diferentes opcións para unha instalación mínima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instala o número mínimo de paquetes posible para ter un\n"
+"ambiente gráfico que funcione.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instala o sistema base máis utilidades básicas e a súa\n"
+"documentación. Esta instalación é a axeitada para configurar un servidor.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalará o número mínimo de paquetes absolutamente\n"
+"necesario para obter un sistema Linux que funcione. Con esta instalación\n"
+"só terá unha interface de liña de comandos. O tamaño total desta\n"
+"instalación é de máis ou menos 65 megabytes."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Actualizar"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Con documentación básica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Instalación mínima de verdade"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Se elixe instalar os paquetes individualmente, o instalador amosaralle unha\n"
+"árbore que contén tódolos paquetes clasificados por grupos e subgrupos.\n"
+"Mentres navega pola árbore, pode seleccionar grupos enteiros, subgrupos,\n"
+"ou paquetes individuais.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cando seleccione un paquete da árbore, aparecerá unha descrición á\n"
+"dereita para que saiba cal é o propósito dese paquete.\n"
+"\n"
+"!!Se se selecciona un paquete de servidor, xa sexa porque vostede elixiu\n"
+"dito paquete ou porque é parte dun grupo de paquetes, pediráselle que\n"
+"confirme que desexa instalar estes servidores. De maneira predeterminada\n"
+"Mandriva Linux iniciará automáticamente ó arrincar o sistema tódolos\n"
+"servicios instalados. Incluso se son seguros e non tiñan ningún problema\n"
+"coñecido cando se fixo a distribución, é posible que se descubriran buratos\n"
+"de seguridade despois de que se rematara esta versión de Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"Se non sabe que fai un determinado servicio ou por que se vai instalar,\n"
+"prema en \"%s\". Se preme en \"%s\" instalaranse os servicios listados e\n"
+"iniciaranse automáticamente ó arrincar o sistema!!\n"
+"\n"
+"A opción \"%s\" úsase para deshabilitar o diálogo de advertencia que\n"
+"aparece cando o instalador selecciona automáticamente un paquete para\n"
+"resolver un problema de dependencias. Algúns paquetes dependen doutros\n"
+"e a instalación dun paquete determinado pode requirir a instalación doutro\n"
+"paquete. O instalador pode determinar que paquetes son necesarios para\n"
+"satisfacer unha dependencia e completar con éxito a instalación.\n"
+"\n"
+"A pequena icona cun disquete debuxado que está no fondo da lista\n"
+"permítelle cargar unha lista de paquetes creada durante unha instalación\n"
+"anterior. Isto é útil se ten varias máquinas que desexa configurar igual. "
+"Se\n"
+"preme nesta icona pediráselle que introduza o disquete que se creou ó final\n"
+"da outra instalación. Mire o segundo consello do último paso para ver como\n"
+"se crea dito disquete."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dependencias automáticas"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": premendo no botón \"%s\" abrirase o asistente de configuración de\n"
+"impresoras. Consulte o capítulo correspondente da ``Guía de Inicio'' para "
+"obter\n"
+"máis información acerca de como configurar unha nova impresora. A interface\n"
+"presente no manual é semellante á que se usa durante a instalación."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Este diálogo úsase para seleccionar que servicios desexa que arrinquen ó\n"
+"iniciar o sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX listará tódolos servicios dispoñibles na instalación actual. Examine\n"
+"cada un deles coidadosamente e desmarque aqueles que non son\n"
+"necesarios ó iniciar o sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cando seleccione un servicio amosarase un pequeno texto explicatorio\n"
+"sobre o servicio. Sen embargo, se non está seguro sobre se un servicio\n"
+"é útil ou non, é mellor deixalo como estea.\n"
+"\n"
+"¡¡ Sexa especialmente coidadoso neste paso se pretende utiliza-la súa\n"
+"máquina coma un servidor: probablemente non quererá arrincar servicios que\n"
+"non precisa. Lembre que algúns servicios poden ser perigosos se están\n"
+"activados nun servidor. En xeral, seleccione só aqueles servicios que\n"
+"necesite de verdade !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux manexa a hora en GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) e tradúcea á\n"
+"hora local de acordo ca zona horaria que seleccionou. Se o reloxo da súa\n"
+"placa base usa a hora local, debería desactivar isto deseleccionando\n"
+"\"%s\", o cal lle permitirá a GNU/Linux saber que o reloxo do sistema e o\n"
+"reloxo do hardware están na mesma zona horaria. Isto é útil cando a máquina\n"
+"tamén contén outro sistema operativo.\n"
+"\n"
+"A opción \"%s\" regulará automáticamente o reloxo do sistema conectándose\n"
+"a un servidor remoto de tempo da Internet. Para que esta funcionalidade\n"
+"funcione, debe ter unha conexión á Internet que funcione. Recomendámoslle\n"
+"que elixa un servidor de tempo que estea situado preto de vostede. Esta\n"
+"opción en realidade instala un servidor de tempo local que tamén poden usar\n"
+"outras máquinas da súa rede local."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sincronización automática da hora"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Tarxeta Gráfica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalmente o instalador detecta automáticamente detecta e configura\n"
+"a tarxeta gráfica instalada no ordenador. Se non é a correcta, pode elixir\n"
+"nesta lista a tarxeta gráfica que está instalada no ordenador.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Se hai varios servidores dispoñibles para a súa tarxeta, con ou sen\n"
+"aceleración 3D, terá que elixir o servidor que se adapte mellor ás súas\n"
+"necesidades."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"As X (por X Window System) son o corazón da interface gráfica de\n"
+"GNU/Linux do que dependen tódolos ambientes gráficos (KDE, GNOME,\n"
+"AfterStep, WindowMaker, etc.) proporcionados por Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vostede verá unha lista dos diferentes parámetros que se poden\n"
+"cambiar para obter unha visualización gráfica óptima.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tarxeta Gráfica\n"
+"\n"
+"   O instalador normalmente detectará e configurará automáticamente\n"
+"a tarxeta gráfica instalada na súa máquina. Se esta non é a correcta,\n"
+"pode escoller nesta lista a tarxeta que ten instalada en realidade.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Na situación na que haxa dispoñibles diferentes servidores para a súa\n"
+"tarxeta, con ou sen aceleración 3D, pediráselle que elixa o servidor que\n"
+"mellor se adapte ás súas necesidades.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalmente o instalador detectará e configurará automáticamente o\n"
+"monitor conectado á súa máquina. Se non é o correcto, pode elixir nesta\n"
+"lista o monitor que está conectado ó seu ordenador.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolución\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí vostede pode escoller as resolucións e as profundidades de cor\n"
+"dispoñibles para o seu hardware gráfico. Elixa a que mellor se adapte ás\n"
+"súas necesidades (poderá facer cambios despois da instalación).\n"
+"Amosarase unha mostra da configuración elixida na pantalla.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Comprobación\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dependendo do hardware que teña, esta entrada podería non aparecer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   O sistema intentará abrir unha pantalla gráfica ca resolución desexada.\n"
+"Se vostede ve a mensaxe de proba durante a comprobación e responde\n"
+"\"%s\", entón DrakX pasará ó seguinte paso. Se non a ve, entón significa\n"
+"que parte da configuración detectada automáticamente é incorrecta e a\n"
+"comprobación rematará automáticamente despois de 12 segundos e\n"
+"volverá ó menú. Cambie as opcións ata que consiga unha aparencia\n"
+"gráfica correcta.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcións\n"
+"\n"
+"   Este paso permítelle elixir se desexa que a súa máquina inicie\n"
+"automáticamente a interface gráfica ó arrincar. Evidentemente, vostede\n"
+"podería desexar marcar \"%s\" se a súa máquina vai ser un servidor,\n"
+"ou se non conseguiu configurar as X."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   O instalador normalmente detecta e configura automáticamente o\n"
+"monitor conectado á súa máquina. Se non é o correcto, pode escoller\n"
+"nesta lista o monitor que ten conectado ó seu ordenador."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolución\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí pode escoller as resolucións e as profundidades de cor dispoñibles\n"
+"para o seu hardware gráfico. Escolla o que mellor se adapte ás súas\n"
+"necesidades (poderá facer trocos despois da instalación). Amosarase un\n"
+"exemplo da configuración elixida na pantalla."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Se se da a situación na que hai diferentes servidores dispoñibles para a\n"
+"súa tarxeta, con ou sen aceleración 3D, pediráselle que escolla o servidor\n"
+"que mellor se axuste ás súas necesidades."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcións\n"
+"\n"
+"   Estes pasos permítenlle escoller se a súa máquina debe iniciar\n"
+"automáticamente unha interface gráfica ó arrincar ou non. Evidentemente,\n"
+"vostede pode querer marcar \"%s\" se a súa máquina vai funcionar\n"
+"coma un servidor, ou se non tivo éxito configurando o sistema gráfico."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Agora ten que decidir onde quere instalar o sistema operativo\n"
+"Mandriva Linux no disco duro. Se o seu disco duro está baleiro, ou se\n"
+"outro sistema operativo está usando todo o espacio dispoñible, terá que\n"
+"particionalo. Básicamente, particionar un disco duro consiste en dividilo\n"
+"lóxicamente para crear o espacio necesario para instalar o seu novo\n"
+"sistema Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Debido a que o proceso de particionamento é normalmente irreversible\n"
+"e pode provocar perdas de datos, o particionamento pode intimidar e\n"
+"resultar estresante para un usuario sen experiencia. Afortunadamente,\n"
+"DrakX inclúe un asistente que simplifica este proceso. Antes de\n"
+"continuar con este paso, lea toda esta sección e sobre todo, tómese\n"
+"o seu tempo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dependendo da configuración do seu disco duro, hai varias opcións\n"
+"dispoñibles:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Esta opción levará a cabo un particionamento automático\n"
+"da(s) súa(s) unidade(s) baleira(s). Se usa esta opción non haberá máis\n"
+"avisos.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". O asistente detectou que existen unha ou máis particións\n"
+"Linux no seu disco duro. Se desexa usalas, elixa esta opción. Entón\n"
+"pediráselle que escolla os puntos de montaxe asociados con cada unha\n"
+"das particións. Os puntos de montaxe herdados selecciónanse por\n"
+"defecto, e para a maioría é boa idea mantelos.\n"
+"  \n"
+" * \"%s\". Se Microsoft Windows está instalado no seu disco duro e\n"
+"ocupa todo o espacio dispoñible nel, terá que crear espacio libre para\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Para facelo, pode eliminar os datos e a partición Microsoft\n"
+"Windows (mire a solución ``Borrar todo o disco'') ou redimensionar a\n"
+"partición Microsoft Windows FAT ou NTFS. O redimensionamento\n"
+"pode levarse a cabo sen a perda de ningún dato, con tal que\n"
+"desfragmente previamente a partición Windows. É moi recomendable\n"
+"que faga unha copia de seguridade dos seus datos. Recoméndase\n"
+"usar esta opción se desexa usar Mandriva Linux e Microsoft\n"
+"Windows no mesmo ordenador.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Antes de escoller esta opción, debe comprender que despois deste\n"
+"procedemento, o tamaño da súa partición Microsoft Windows será máis\n"
+"pequeno ca antes. Terá menos espacio libre en Microsoft Windows\n"
+"para almacenar os seus datos ou para instalar novo software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Se desexa eliminar tódolos datos e as particións presentes no\n"
+"seu disco duro e remprazalas polo seu novo sistema Mandriva Linux, elixa\n"
+"esta opción. Teña coidado, porque non poderá desfacer esta operación\n"
+"despois de que confirme.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Se elixe esta opción, eliminaranse tódolos datos do seu disco "
+"duro. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Esta opción aparece cando Microsoft Windows ocupa todo o\n"
+"disco duro. Se elixe esta opción simplemente eliminarase toda a unidade\n"
+"e comezarase de novo, particionando todo dende cero.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Se elixe esta opción, perderanse tódolos datos do seu disco duro. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Elixa esta opción se desexa particionar a man o seu disco duro.\n"
+"Teña tino -- é unha opción potente pero perigosa e pode perder moi\n"
+"fácilmente tódolos seus datos. É por iso polo que só se recomenda esta\n"
+"opción se fixo algo coma isto antes e ten algunha experiencia. Para obter\n"
+"máis instruccións sobre como usar a utilidade DiskDrake, refírase á sección\n"
+"``Administrando as súas Particións'' da ``Guía de Inicio''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Usar partición existente"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Borra-lo disco enteiro"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Xa está. A instalación rematou e o seu sistema GNU/Linux está preparado\n"
+"para usalo. Prema en \"%s\" para reiniciar o sistema. Non esqueza extraer\n"
+"o soporte de instalación (CD-ROM ou disquete). A primeira cousa que\n"
+"debería ver despois de que o seu ordenador remate de facer a\n"
+"comprobación do hardware é o menú do cargador de arrinque, dándolle a\n"
+"opción de elixir que sistema operativo se vai iniciar.\n"
+"\n"
+"O botón \"%s\" amosa dous botóns máis para:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permítelle crear un disquete de instalación que levará a cabo\n"
+"automáticamente unha instalación completa semellante á instalación que\n"
+"acaba de facer, sen a axuda dun operador.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Teña en conta que despois de premer neste botón hai dispoñibles dúas\n"
+"opcións diferentes:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Esta é unha instalación parcialmente automatizada. O paso\n"
+"do particionamento é o único interactivo.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Instalación totalmente automática: O disco duro rescríbese\n"
+"totalmente, perdendo tódolos datos.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Esta funcionalidade é moi práctica cando se está instalando en varias\n"
+"máquinas semellantes. Mire na sección Instalación Automática no noso sitio\n"
+"web para obter máis información.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): garda unha lista dos paquetes seleccionados nesta "
+"instalación.\n"
+"Para usar esta selección noutra instalación, insira o disquete e inicie a\n"
+"instalación. Na liña de comandos, prema a tecla [F1], e introduza\n"
+">>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< e prema a tecla [Intro].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Necesita un disquete formatado con FAT. Para crear un en GNU/Linux,\n"
+"escriba \"mformat a:\", ou \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" seguido de \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Xerar un disquete de Instalación Automática"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Se elixe reutilizar algunhas das particións GNU/Linux xa existentes, "
+"podería\n"
+"desexar volver formatar algunhas delas e eliminar tódolos datos que\n"
+"conteñan. Para facer isto seleccione estas particións tamén.\n"
+"\n"
+"Teña en conta que non cómpre volver formatar tódalas particións xa\n"
+"existentes. Debe volver formatar as particións que conteñen o sistema\n"
+"operativo (coma \"/\", \"/usr\" ou \"/var\") pero non ten que volver\n"
+"formatar particións que conteñen datos que desexe gardar (normalmente\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Teña tino ó seleccionar as particións. Despois de formatalas, tódolos\n"
+"datos das particións seleccionadas estarán eliminados e non poderá\n"
+"recuperalos.\n"
+"\n"
+"Prema en \"%s\" cando estea preparado para formatar as particións.\n"
+"\n"
+"Prema en \"%s\" se desexa elixir outra partición para a instalación do seu\n"
+"novo sistema operativo Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Prema en \"%s\" se desexa seleccionar as particións nas que se realizarán\n"
+"comprobacións de bloques erróneos."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Cando instale Mandriva Linux é probable que algúns paquetes se\n"
+"actualizaran dende a publicación inicial. Pode ser que se solucionaran "
+"erros,\n"
+"e se resolveran problemas de seguridade. Para beneficiarse destas\n"
+"actualizacións agora, pode descargalas dende a Internet. Marque \"%s\"\n"
+"se ten unha conexión á Internet, ou \"%s\" se prefire instalar os paquetes\n"
+"actualizados máis tarde.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se escolle \"%s\" amosarase unha lista das localizacións web dende as que\n"
+"se poden obter as actualizacións. Debe escoller unha que estea preto de\n"
+"vostede. Aparecerá unha árbore de selección de paquetes: revise a\n"
+"selección, e prema en \"%s\" para descargar e instala-lo(s) paquete(s)\n"
+"seleccionado(s), ou en \"%s\" para abortar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Neste punto, DrakX permitiralle elixir o nivel de seguridade que desexa\n"
+"que teña a súa máquina. Como regra xeral, o nivel de seguridade debe\n"
+"ser maior se a máquina vai conter datos moi importantes, ou se vai estar\n"
+"exposta directamente á Internet. Normalmente un nivel de seguridade\n"
+"maior obtense a expensas da facilidade de uso.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se non sabe cal escoller, deixe a opción predeterminada. Poderá\n"
+"cambiala máis tarde ca ferramenta draksec, a cal é parte do Centro de\n"
+"Control de Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Complete o campo \"%s\" co enderezo de correo-e (e-mail) da persoa\n"
+"responsable da seguridade. As mensaxes de seguridade enviaranse a\n"
+"ese enderezo."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Administrador de Seguridade"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Neste punto cómpre que escolla que partición(s) se van usar para a\n"
+"instalación do seu sistema Mandriva Linux. Se as particións xa se\n"
+"crearon, xa sexa nunha instalación anterior de GNU/Linux ou con\n"
+"outra ferramenta de particionamento, poderá usar as particións\n"
+"existentes. Se non é así, débense crear as particións no disco duro.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para crear particións, primeiro debe seleccionar un disco duro. Pode\n"
+"seleccionar o disco a particionar premendo en ``hda'' para a primeira\n"
+"unidade IDE, ``hdb'' para a segunda, ``sda'' para a primeira unidade\n"
+"SCSI, etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para particionar o disco duro seleccionado pode usar estas opcións:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta opción elimina tódalas particións do disco duro\n"
+"seleccionado\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta opción permítelle crear automáticamente particións\n"
+"ext3 e swap no espacio baleiro do disco duro\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": dálle acceso a funcionalidades adicionais:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": garda a táboa de particións nun disquete. É útil para\n"
+"recuperacións posteriores da táboa de particións, en caso de ser\n"
+"necesario. É altamente recomendable que leve a cabo este paso.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permítelle restaurar unha táboa de particións gardada\n"
+"previamente nun disquete.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se a súa táboa de particións está danada, pode intentar\n"
+"recuperala usando esta opción. Por favor teña coidado e lembre que non\n"
+"sempre funciona.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": desbota tódolos cambios e recarga a táboa de particións orixinal\n"
+"do disco duro.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se desmarca esta opción forzará ós usuarios a montar e\n"
+"desmontar a man os soportes extraíbles coma os disquetes e os CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use esta opción se desexa usar un asistente para particionar\n"
+"o seu disco duro. Recoméndase isto se non sabe moito sobre o\n"
+"particionamento.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use esta opción para cancelar tódolos seus cambios.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permite accións adicionais sobre as particións (tipo, opcións,\n"
+"formato) e proporciona máis información sobre o disco duro.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cando remate o particionamento do seu disco duro, isto\n"
+"gardará os cambios no disco.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cando estea definindo o tamaño das particións pode establecelo\n"
+"con exactitude usando as teclas das Frechas do teclado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nota: pode obter calquera opción usando o teclado. Navegue polas\n"
+"particións usando [Tab] e as frechas [Arriba/Abaixo].\n"
+"\n"
+"Cando se selecciona unha partición, poderá usar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c para crear unha nova partición (cando se seleccionou un\n"
+"espacio baleiro)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d para eliminar unha partición\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m para establecer o punto de montaxe\n"
+"\n"
+"Para obter información sobre os diferentes tipos de sistemas de ficheiros\n"
+"dispoñibles, lea o capítulo sobre ext2FS do ``Manual de Referencia''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se está instalando nunha máquina PPC, quererá crear unha pequena\n"
+"partición HFS para ``bootstrap'' de como mínimo 1MB a cal vai ser usada\n"
+"polo cargador de arrinque yaboot. Se opta por facer a partición un pouco\n"
+"máis grande, digamos de 50MB, podería darse conta de que é un sitio útil\n"
+"para almacenar un kernel de reserva e imaxes ramdisk para situacións de\n"
+"arrinques de emerxencia."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Montar automáticamente os soportes extraíbles"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Cambiar entre modo normal/experto"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Detectouse máis dunha partición Microsoft no seu disco duro. Elixa a que\n"
+"quere redimensionar para poder instalar o seu novo sistema operativo\n"
+"Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partición está listada do seguinte xeito: \"Nome en Linux\",\n"
+"\"Nome en Windows\", \"Capacidade\".\n"
+"\n"
+"O \"Nome en Linux\" ten esta estructura: \"Tipo de disco duro\", \n"
+"\"Número de disco duro\", \"Número de partición\" (por exemplo, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"O \"Tipo de disco duro\" é \"hd\" se o seu disco duro é un disco duro IDE\n"
+"e \"sd\" se é un disco duro SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"O \"Número de disco duro\" é sempre unha letra despois de \"hd\" ou\n"
+"\"sd\". En discos duros IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"disco duro mestre do controlador IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"disco duro escravo do controlador IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"disco duro mestre do controlador IDE secundario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"disco duro escravo do controlador IDE secundario\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Nos discos duros SCSI, un \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI menor\", un \"b\" "
+"significa \"segundo ID SCSI menor\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"O \"Nome en Windows\" é a letra que ten o seu disco duro en Windows\n"
+"(o primeiro disco ou partición chámase \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": verifique a selección actual do país. Se non está nese país,\n"
+"prema no botón \"%s\" e escolla o seu. Se o seu país non está na lista\n"
+"que se amosa, prema no botón \"%s\" para obter a lista completa de países."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Este paso actívase só se se atopou algunha partición GNU/Linux na súa\n"
+"máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX necesita saber se desexa facer unha nova instalación ou\n"
+"unha actualización dun sistema Mandriva Linux xa existente:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". A maioría das veces, isto destrúe completamente o sistema\n"
+"antigo. Sen embargo, dependendo de como sexa o seu esquema de\n"
+"particionamento, poderá impedir que se sobrescriban algúns dos datos\n"
+"existentes (especialmente os directorios \"home\"). Se desexa cambiar o\n"
+"xeito no que están particionados os seus discos duros, ou desexa cambiar\n"
+"o sistema de ficheiros, debe usar esta opción.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Esta clase de instalación permítelle actualiza-los paquetes que\n"
+"están instalados agora mesmo no seu sistema Mandriva Linux. Non se\n"
+"modificarán nin o esquema de particionamento actual nin os datos dos\n"
+"usuarios. A maior parte dos outros pasos de configuración estarán\n"
+"dispoñibles e serán semellantes ós dunha instalación estándar.\n"
+"\n"
+"O uso da opción ``Actualizar'' debería funcionar ben en sistemas con\n"
+"Mandriva Linux versión \"8.1\" ou posteriores. Non se recomenda levar\n"
+"a cabo actualizacións en versións anteriores á versión \"8.1\" de\n"
+"Mandriva Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependendo da lingua que escollera, DrakX seleccionará automáticamente\n"
+"unha configuración de teclado determinada. Verifique que a selección é a\n"
+"axeitada ou elixa outra disposición de teclado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tamén pode ser que non teña un teclado que corresponda exactamente\n"
+"ca súa lingua: por exemplo, se vostede fala Inglés e é nativo de Suíza,\n"
+"vostede terá un teclado suízo. Ou se vostede fala Inglés e está en Quebec,\n"
+"podería atoparse na mesma situación na que a súa lingua e o teclado non\n"
+"concordan. En calquera destes casos, este paso da instalación permitiralle\n"
+"seleccionar o teclado axeitado dunha lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Prema no botón \"%s\" para ver unha lista dos teclados soportados.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se elixiu unha disposición de teclado baseada nun alfabeto non latino, o\n"
+"seguinte diálogo permitiralle elixir a asociación de teclas que fará que o\n"
+"teclado cambie entre unha disposición Latina e unha non Latina."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"O primeiro paso é escoller a súa lingua preferida.\n"
+"\n"
+"A elección da súa lingua preferida afectaralle ó instalador, á "
+"documentación,\n"
+"e ó sistema en xeral. Primeiro seleccione a rexión na que está situado, e\n"
+"despois o idioma que fala.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se preme no botón \"%s\" poderá seleccionar outras linguas para instalalas\n"
+"na súa estación de traballo, instalando deste xeito os ficheiros "
+"específicos\n"
+"desas linguas para a documentación do sistema e as aplicacións. Por\n"
+"exemplo, se van usar a súa máquina usuarios Españois, seleccione Inglés\n"
+"coma a lingua predeterminada na árbore e \"%s\" na sección Avanzado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Acerca do soporte de UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode é unha nova codificación de\n"
+"caracteres pensada para cubrir tódalas linguas existentes. Sen embargo o\n"
+"soporte completo para ela en GNU/Linux ainda se está desenvolvendo. Por\n"
+"esta razón, o uso de UTF-8 en Mandriva Linux dependerá das eleccións do\n"
+"usuario:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Se selecciona unha lingua cunha codificación fortemente asociada\n"
+"(as linguas latin1, Ruso, Xaponés, Chinés, Coreano, Tai, Grego, Turco, a\n"
+"maioría das linguas iso-8859-2), usarase a codificación asociada de\n"
+"xeito predeterminado;\n"
+"\n"
+" * As outras lingua usarán unicode de xeito predeterminado;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Se se requiren dúas ou máis linguas, e estas linguas non usan a mesma\n"
+"codificación, entón usarase unicode para todo o sistema;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Por último, pode forzarse o uso de unicode en todo o sistema a petición\n"
+"do usuario seleccionando a opción \"%s\" independentemente das linguas\n"
+"que se escolleran.\n"
+"\n"
+"Teña en conta que non está limitado a elixir só unha lingua adicional.\n"
+"Vostede pode escoller varias, ou incluso instalalas todas marcando o\n"
+"cadro \"%s\". A selección do soporte para unha lingua significa que se\n"
+"instalarán as traduccións, fontes, correctores ortográficos, etc. desa "
+"lingua.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para cambiar entre as diferentes linguas instaladas no seu sistema, pode\n"
+"executar o comando \"localedrake\" coma \"root\" para cambiar a lingua\n"
+"de todo o sistema. Se executa o comando coma un usuario normal só\n"
+"cambiará a lingua dese usuario determinado."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Español"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, DrakX non ten problemas ó detectar o número de botóns\n"
+"do seu rato. Se os ten, suporá que ten un rato de dous botóns e\n"
+"configurarao para que emule o terceiro botón. Nun rato de dous botóns\n"
+"o terceiro botón pode obterse premendo simultáneamente os botóns\n"
+"dereito e esquerdo do rato. DrakX recoñecerá automáticamente se o\n"
+"seu rato usa unha interface PS/2, serie ou USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se vostede ten un rato de 3 botóns sen roda, pode escoller o rato\n"
+"\"%s\". DrakX configurará entón o seu rato de xeito que poida simular\n"
+"a roda: para facer isto, prema o botón do medio e mova o punteiro do\n"
+"rato arriba e abaixo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se por algunha razón desexa especificar un tipo de rato diferente,\n"
+"seleccióneo da lista que se proporciona.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pode seleccionar a entrada \"%s\" para elixir un tipo de rato ``xenérico''\n"
+"que funcionará con case tódolos ratos.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se elixe un rato diferente do predeterminado, amosarase unha pantalla\n"
+"de probas. Use os botóns e a roda para verificar que a configuración é\n"
+"correcta e que o rato está funcionando correctamente. Se o rato non\n"
+"está funcionando ben, prema a barra de espacio ou a tecla [Retorno]\n"
+"para cancelar a proba e volver á lista de ratos.\n"
+"\n"
+"De cando en vez a roda do rato non se detecta automáticamente, así\n"
+"que terá que seleccionar o seu rato na lista. Asegúrese de seleccionar\n"
+"o correspondente ó porto no que está conectado o seu rato. Despois\n"
+"de seleccionar un rato e premer no botón \"%s\", Amosarase a imaxe\n"
+"dun rato na pantalla. Mova a roda do rato para asegurarse de que se\n"
+"activa correctamente. Mentres move a roda do seu rato verá que se\n"
+"move a roda da imaxe da pantalla. Comprobe os botóns e verifique que\n"
+"o punteiro do rato se move pola pantalla mentres move o seu rato."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "con emulación da Roda"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Calquera rato PS/2 & USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione o porto correcto. Por exemplo, o porto \"COM1\" de\n"
+"Windows chámase \"ttyS0\" en GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta é a decisión máis importante para a seguridade do seu sistema\n"
+"GNU/Linux: debe introducir o contrasinal de \"root\". \"Root\" é o\n"
+"administrador do sistema e é o único usuario autorizado para facer\n"
+"actualizacións, engadir usuarios, cambiar a configuración de todo o "
+"sistema,\n"
+"etc. En poucas palabras, \"root\" pode facer de todo! Por isto debe "
+"escoller\n"
+"un contrasinal que sexa difícil de adiviñar: DrakX diralle se o contrasinal "
+"que\n"
+"escolleu é demasiado sinxelo. Como pode ver, non está obrigado a introducir\n"
+"un contrasinal, pero recomendámoslle que introduza un. GNU/Linux é tan\n"
+"propenso ós erros do operador coma calquera outro sistema operativo. Xa\n"
+"que \"root\" pode superar tódalas limitacións e eliminar de xeito non\n"
+"intencionado tódolos datos das particións ó acceder sen coidado ás\n"
+"propias particións, é importante que sexa difícil chegar a ser \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"O contrasinal debería ser unha mestura de caracteres alfanuméricos e ter "
+"unha\n"
+"lonxitude mínima de 8 caracteres. Nunca escriba nun papel o contrasinal de\n"
+"\"root\" -- isto fai que sexa moito máis sinxelo comprometer o seu sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Un consello: non faga que o contrasinal sexa moi longo ou complicado porque\n"
+"terá que ser capaz de lembrarse del!\n"
+"\n"
+"O contrasinal non se amosará na pantalla mentres o escribe. Para reducir as\n"
+"posibilidades dun erro ó escribilo terá que introducilo contrasinal dúas "
+"veces.\n"
+"Se comete dúas veces o mesmo erro de escritura, terá que usar este "
+"contrasinal\n"
+"``incorrecto'' a primeira vez que entre coma \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Se desexa que un servidor de autenticación controle o acceso ó seu "
+"ordenador,\n"
+"prema no botón \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Se a súa rede usa servicios de autenticación coma LDAP, NIS, ou un PDC\n"
+"dun Dominio Windows, seleccione o axeitado de \"%s\". Se non sabe cal usar,\n"
+"deberialle preguntar ó administrador da súa rede.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se ten problemas para lembrar o contrasinal, ou se o seu ordenador nunca\n"
+"vai estar conectado á Internet e confía en tódalas persoas que usan o seu\n"
+"ordenador, pode elixir \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autenticación"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Un cargador de arrinque é un pequeno programa que inicia o ordenador ó\n"
+"arrincar. É o responsable de arrincar o sistema enteiro. Normalmente, a\n"
+"instalación do cargador de arrinque é totalmente automática. DrakX\n"
+"analisará o sector de arrinque do disco e actuará de acordo co que atope\n"
+"alí:\n"
+"\n"
+" * se atopa un sector de arrinque de Windows, remprazarao cun sector de\n"
+"arrinque de GRUB/LILO. Deste xeito poderá arrincar GNU/Linux ou\n"
+"calquera outro sistema operativo que teña instalado no seu ordenador.\n"
+"\n"
+" * se atopa un sector de arrinque de GRUB ou LILO, remprazarao cun novo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se DrakX non pode determinar onde debe situar o sector de arrinque, \n"
+"preguntaralle onde debe situalo. Xeralmente, \"%s\" é o mellor lugar.\n"
+"Se escolle \"%s\" non se instalará ningún cargador de arrinque. Use esta\n"
+"opción só se sabe o que está facendo."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Agora é a hora de seleccionar un sistema de impresión para o seu\n"
+"ordenador. Pode ser que outros sistemas operativos lle ofrezan un, pero\n"
+"Mandriva Linux ofrécelle dous. Cada un dos sistemas de impresión está\n"
+"máis adaptado a determinados tipos de configuración.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- que é un acrónimo de ``print, do not queue'' (imprime, non o\n"
+"envies á cola), é a elección perfecta se vostede ten unha conexión directa\n"
+"á súa impresora, desexa esquecerse de impresoras saturadas, e non ten\n"
+"impresoras de rede. (\"%s\" só manexará casos de redes moi sinxelas e\n"
+"é algo lento cando se usa en redes.) É recomendable que use \"pdq\" se\n"
+"esta é a súa primeira experiencia con GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" significa `` Common Unix Printing System'' e é unha elección\n"
+"excelente para imprimir na súa impresora local ou nunha que estea na outra\n"
+"punta do planeta . É fácil de configurar e pode actuar coma un servidor ou\n"
+"coma un cliente para o antigo sistema de impresión \"lpd\", así que é\n"
+"compatible con antigos sistemas operativos os cales ainda poden necesitar\n"
+"servicios de impresión. Ainda que é bastante potente, a configuración\n"
+"básica é case tan sinxela coma a de \"pdq\". Se necesita emular un\n"
+"servidor \"lpd\", asegúrese de que activa o daemon \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\"\n"
+"inclúe interfaces gráficas para imprimir ou escoller as opcións da "
+"impresora\n"
+"e para administrar a impresora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se elixe un agora, e máis tarde se da conta de que non lle gusta o seu\n"
+"sistema de impresión poderá cambialo executando PrinterDrake dende o\n"
+"Centro de Control de Mandriva Linux e premendo no botón \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Experto"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX detectará primeiro calquera dispositivo IDE presente no seu "
+"ordenador.\n"
+"Tamén buscará unha ou máis tarxetas SCSI PCI no seu sistema. Se se atopa\n"
+"unha tarxeta SCSI, DrakX instalará automáticamente o driver axeitado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Xa que a detección de hardware non está libre de erros, DrakX podería "
+"fallar\n"
+"ó detectar os discos duros. Se o fai, terá que especificar o seu hardware\n"
+"manualmente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se tivera que especificar a man o seu adaptador SCSI PCI, DrakX\n"
+"preguntaralle se desexa configurar as súas opcións. Debería deixarlle a\n"
+"DrakX probar as opcións do hardware para atopar as opcións específicas da\n"
+"tarxeta que son necesarias para inicializar o adaptador. A maioría das "
+"veces,\n"
+"DrakX non ha dar problemas neste paso.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se DrakX non é capaz de probar as opcións para determinar\n"
+"automáticamente que parámetros necesita pasarlle ó hardware, terá\n"
+"que configurar o driver a man."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": se se detecta unha tarxeta de son no seu sistema, amosarase\n"
+"aquí. Se ve que a tarxeta de son non é a que ten posta no seu sistema,\n"
+"pode premer no botón e escoller un driver diferente."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX presentaralle un resumo da información que reuniu sobre o seu\n"
+"sistema para que a repase. Dependendo do hardware que teña instalado\n"
+"na súa máquina, aparecerán ou non algunhas das seguintes entradas.\n"
+"Cada entrada está composta do elemento do hardware que se configurou,\n"
+"seguido por un pequeno resumo da configuración actual. Prema no botón\n"
+"\"%s\" correspondente para cambiala.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": comprobe a configuración actual do mapa de teclado e cámbiea\n"
+"se fose necesario.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique o país seleccionado. Se non está neste país, prema\n"
+"no botón \"%s\" e elixa outro. Se o seu país non está na lista que se\n"
+"amosa, prema no botón \"%s\" para obter a lista completa de paises.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": por defecto, DrakX deduce a súa zona horaria baseándose no\n"
+"país que elixiu. Pode premer no botón \"%s\" se non é a correcta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique a configuración actual do rato e prema no botón para\n"
+"cambiala se fose necesario.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se preme no botón \"%s\" abrirase o asistente de configuración\n"
+"de impresoras. Consulte o capítulo correspondente da ``Guía de Inicio''\n"
+"para obter máis información sobre como configurar unha nova impresora.\n"
+"A interface do manual é semellante á que se usa durante a instalación.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se se detecta unha tarxeta de son no seu sistema, amosarase\n"
+"aquí. Se ve que a tarxeta de son non é a que está no seu ordenador,\n"
+"pode premer no botón e elixir un driver diferente.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se ten unha tarxeta de TV, aquí ó onde se mostra a información\n"
+"sobre a súa configuración. Se ten unha tarxeta de TV e non se detectou,\n"
+"prema en \"%s\" para intentar configurala a man.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pode premer en \"%s\" para cambia-los parámetros asociados\n"
+"ca tarxeta se cre que a configuración non é correcta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": por defecto, DrakX configura a súa interface gráfica cunha\n"
+"resolución \"800x600\" ou \"1024x768\". Se isto non se adapta a vostede,\n"
+"prema en \"%s\" para volver configurar a súa interface gráfica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se desexa configurar o seu acceso á Internet ou a unha rede\n"
+"local, pode facelo agora. Consulte a documentación impresa ou use o\n"
+"Centro de Control de Mandriva Linux despois de rematar a instalación para\n"
+"sacar partido da axuda en liña.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permítelle configurar os enderezos do proxy HTTP e FTP no\n"
+"caso de que a máquina na que está instalando vaia estar detrás detrás\n"
+"dun servidor proxy.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta entrada permítelle volver definir o nivel de seguridade que\n"
+"se estableceu nun dos pasos anteriores.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se pensa conectar a súa máquina á Internet, é unha boa idea\n"
+"protexela de intrusos configurando un cortalumes. Consulte a sección\n"
+"correspondente da ``Guía de Inicio'' para obter detalles sobre a\n"
+"configuración do cortalumes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se desexa cambiar a configuración do seu cargador de arrinque,\n"
+"prema neste botón. Isto deberíano facer só os usuarios avanzados.\n"
+"Consulte a documentación impresa ou a axuda en liña sobre a\n"
+"configuración do cargador de arrinque no Centro de Control de Mandriva\n"
+"Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": a través desta entrada pode especificar cales servicios se\n"
+"executarán na súa máquina. Se ten pensado usar esta máquina coma\n"
+"un servidor sería unha boa idea revisar esta configuración."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Tarxeta RDSI"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interface Gráfica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Elixa o disco duro que desexa borrar para poder crear a súa nova partición\n"
+"Mandriva Linux. Teña tino, porque se perderán tódolos datos da unidade e\n"
+"non se poderán volver recuperar!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Prema en \"%s\" se desexa eliminar tódolos datos e particións presentes\n"
+"neste disco duro. Teña tino, despois de premer en \"%s\", non poderá\n"
+"recuperar ningún dato ou partición presente neste disco duro, incluindo\n"
+"calquera dato de Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Prema en \"%s\" para saír sen perder ningún dato ou partición presentes\n"
+"neste disco duro."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Seguinte ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Anterior"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/he.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/he.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c3adb0e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/he.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1493 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to Hebrew
+# translation of he.po to Hebrew
+# translation of DrakX-he.po to hebrew
+# translation of DrakX-he-new.po to Hebrew
+# translation of DrakX-he.po to Hebrew
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the GNU GPL license.
+# Ram Matityahu  <linuxfun@email.com>, 2003.
+# nadav mavor <nadav@mavor.com>, 2003.
+# el-cuco <cuco3001@yahoo.com>, 2003.
+# Diego Iastrubni <iastrubn@actcom.co.il>, 2003.
+# dovix <dovix2003@yahoo.com>, 2004, 2005.
+# Itay Flikier <itayff@gmail.com>, 2005.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: he\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-10 09:11+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: dovix <dovix2003@yahoo.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Hebrew <mdk-hebrew@iglu.org.il>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"לפני המשך ההתקנה, עליך לקרוא בעיון רב את תנאי ההסכם.\n"
+"ההסכם המצ\"ב נוגע להפצת מנדריבה לינוקס כמקשה אחת.\n"
+"אם כל התנאים מוסכמים עליך, עליך לסמן את התיבה \"%s\", \n"
+"אחרת עליך ללחוץ על הכפתור  \"%s\" בכדי לאתחל המחשב שלך."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "האם להפעיל אפשרות זו?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"התקנת מנדריבה לינוקס פרוסה על מספר תקליטורים. אם חבילה מסויימת\n"
+"שנבחרה ממוקמת בתקליטור אחר, מגש כונן התקליטורים יפתח לצורך\n"
+"הכנסת תקליטור אחר לפי הצורך. אם התקליטור המבוקש אינו ברשותך,\n"
+"עליך ללחוץ על \"%s\" להמשך ללא התקנת החבילה שאינה זמינה."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"כעת עליך לבחור איזה חבילות ברצונך להתקין במערכת שלך.\n"
+"קיימות אלפי חבילות זמינות עבור מנדריבה לינוקס, ועל מנת\n"
+"לפשט עבורך את בחירת החבילות הגדרנו קבוצות המכילות\n"
+"תוכנות לפי נושא.\n"
+"\n"
+"החבילות השונות שוייכו לקבוצות המייצגות שימושים אפשריים של\n"
+"המערכת שלך. הקבוצות השונות מויינו לארבעה נושאים. באפשרותך\n"
+"לבחור יישומים מנושאים שונים, למשל התקנת \"תחנת עבודה\"\n"
+"יכולה לכלול יישומים מקבוצת \"שרת\". \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": עליך לבחור קבוצה אחת או יותר\n"
+"מנושא זה באם השימוש המיועד של המחשב הוא כתחנת עבודה.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אם בכוונתך להשתמש במערכת\n"
+"לפיתוח תוכנה, עליך לבחור את הקבוצות הנדרשות מנושא זה.\n"
+"קבוצת \"LSB\" תגדיר את המערכת שלך באופן שתתאים למפרט\n"
+"Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   בחירת בקבוצת \"LSB\" תתקין גם קרנל מסדרת \"2.4\" , במקום\n"
+"ברירת המחדל מסדרה \"2.6\". דבר זה נועד להבטיח תאימות\n"
+"של 100%% לתקן LSB. גם ללא בחירה בקבוצת LSB, המערכת\n"
+"תהיה תואמת למפרט LSB כמעט ב 100%%.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": באם השימוש המיועד של מערכת\n"
+"זו הוא כשרת, עליך לבחור את השרותים שברצונך להתקין.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": נושא זה מרכז את סביבות העבודה\n"
+"הגרפיות. עליך לבחור לפחות סביבת עבודה גרפית אחת באם\n"
+"ברצונך להשתמש בממשק גרפי במחשב זה.\n"
+"\n"
+"העברת סמן העכבר מעל שם קבוצה תגרום להצגת הסבר קצר\n"
+"על הקבוצה.\n"
+"\n"
+"סימון התיבה \"%s\" שימושי באם ברצונך שליטה מלאה\n"
+"על התקנת החבילות או שיש לך היכרות מוקדמת עם החבילות\n"
+"המוצעות.\n"
+"\n"
+"התחלת ההתקנה באופן \"%s\" תאפשר לך לבטל את\n"
+"הסימון מעל הקבוצות ולמנוע התקנה של חבילות חדשות. אופן\n"
+"זה שימושי לשדרוג או לעדכון מערכת קיימת.\n"
+"\n"
+"יש באפשרותך לבצע התקנה מינימלית ע\"י הסרת הסימון מכל\n"
+"הקבוצות במהלך התקנה רגילה (להבדיל משדרוג). במקרה זה\n"
+"יוצג חלון שיאפשר לך לבחור אפשרויות שונות עבור התקנה שכזו:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": התקנת החבילות ההכרחיות בלבד\n"
+"להפעלת שולחן עבודה גרפי.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": התקנת בסיס המערכת בתוספת\n"
+"מספר תוכנות עזר והתיעוד שלהן. תצורה זו שימושית להגדרת שרת.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו תתקין את מספר\n"
+"החבילות הקטן ביותר הנדרש למערכת לינוקס עובדת. תצורה זו\n"
+"מאפשרת עבודה רק דרך שורת הפקודה וגודלה הוא כ 65 MB בלבד."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "עדכון"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "עם מסמכים בסיסיים"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "התקנה מינימלית באמת"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"מסך זה מוצג היות וביקשת לבחור את החבילות שיותקנו באופן פרטני.\n"
+"עבור כל נושא מוצגות החבילות שבאפשרותך להתקין, במבנה \"עץ\"\n"
+"ובמיון לקבוצות ותתי-קבוצות. יש באפשרותך לבחור קבוצות, תתי-קבוצות,\n"
+"או לבחור בחבילות בודדות.\n"
+"\n"
+"כל פעם שתיבחר חבילה מהעץ, יופיע תיאור של תוכן החבילה מצד\n"
+"שמאל (באנגלית) שתספק לך מידע אודות החבילה.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! אם נבחרה חבילת שרת, בין אם ישירות או מכיוון שנבחרה קבוצה\n"
+"המכילה חבילה זו, יהיה עליך לאשר שאכן ברצונך להתקין חבילה זו\n"
+"(מסך האישור יוצג בהמשך). כברירת מחדל, מנדריבה לינוקס\n"
+"תפעיל כל שרות מותקן במהלך אתחול המחשב. גם אם שרתים אלו\n"
+"בטוחים ולא ידוע על בעיות אבטחה בזמן שחרור ההפצה, בהחלט\n"
+"ייתכן שבעיות אבטחה התגלו או יתגלו במועד מאוחר יותר. אם לא\n"
+"ידוע לך מה שרות מסויים אמור לעשות או למה הוא יותקן, עליך\n"
+"ללחוץ על \"%s\". בחירה ב \"%s\" תגרום\n"
+"להתקנת השרותים הרשומים ולהפעלתם באופן אוטומטי בזמן אתחול\n"
+"המחשב. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"האפשרות \"%s\" מיועדת לנטרל\n"
+"את הודעת האזהרה המופיעה כאשר תוכנת ההתקנה בוחרת בחבילות\n"
+"הנדרשות לצורך התקנה של חבילות נבחרות עקב תלויות. תלויות בין\n"
+"חבילות פרושן שהתקנת חבילה מסויימת מחייבת התקנת חבילות\n"
+"נוספות. תוכנת ההתקנה יכולה לזהות בעצמה את החבילות שיש\n"
+"להתקין על מנת לספק את התלויות הנדרשות.\n"
+"\n"
+"סמל התקליטון הקטן בתחתית הרשימה מאפשר לך לטעון רשימת\n"
+"חבילות שנוצרה במהלך התקנה קודמת. דבר זה שימושי באם יש\n"
+"ברשותך מספר מחשבים שברצונך להתקין עם מבחר חבילות דומה.\n"
+"בחירה בסמל זה תבקש ממך להכניס תקליטון שנוצר בסיום התקנה\n"
+"קודמת. הטיפ השני בשלב הקודם מסביר כיצד ניתן ליצור תקליטור\n"
+"כזה."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "תלויות אוטומטיות"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "סינכרון זמן אוטומטי"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"אפשרויות\n"
+"\n"
+"   השלבים הבאים מאפשרים לך לבחור האם ברצונך שהסביבה\n"
+"הגרפית תופעל בטעינת המערכת. תשובת \"%s\" מתאימה\n"
+"למחשב שאמור לתפקד כשרת, או באם לא הצלחת להגדיר את\n"
+"התצוגה כראוי בשלב ההתקנה."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"בשלב זה, עליך לבחור היכן תותקן מערכת מנדריבה לינוקס בכונן\n"
+"הקשיח שלך. אם הכונן הקשיח שלך ריק או אם מערכת הפעלה אחרת\n"
+"עושה שימוש בכל השטח שעל הכונן, יהיה צורך לבצע חלוקת מחיצות.\n"
+"במילים פשוטות, חלוקת מחיצות משמעה חלוקה לוגית של שטח הכונן\n"
+"לאזורים שונים על מנת ליצור את השטח הנדרש להתקנת מערכת\n"
+"מנדריבה לינוקס החדשה שלך.\n"
+"\n"
+"מאחר ותהליך חלוקת המחיצות הינו בלתי-הפיך ועלול לגרום לאובדן\n"
+"מידע באם כבר מותקנת לך מערכת הפעלה אחרת על הכונן, חלוקת\n"
+"מחיצות הינה תהליך מפחיד ומלחיץ עבור משתמשים חסרי ניסיון.\n"
+"למזלך, תהליך ההתקנה מכיל אשף אשר מפשט את הפעולה. לפני\n"
+"המשך ההתקנה, עליך לקרוא ביסודיות ולהבין את ההוראות שלהלן.\n"
+"\n"
+"כתלות בתצורת הכונן הקשיח שלך, מוצגות בפניך מספר אפשרויות\n"
+"כלהלן:\n"
+" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו תבצע\n"
+"חלוקת מחיצות אוטומטית של שטח(ים) פנוי(ים). בחירה באפשרות\n"
+"זו לא תדרוש ממך שום צעד נוסף.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": האשף זיהה מחיצת לינוקס\n"
+"אחת או יותר על הכונן הקשיח. בחירת אפשרות זו תאפשר לך להגדיר\n"
+"את נקודת העיגון של כל אחת מהמחיצות. נקודות העיגון הקיימות\n"
+"יוצגו כברירת מחדל, וברוב המקרים מומלץ שלא לשנות הגדרות אלו.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": באם מותקנת\n"
+"על הכונן הקשיח שלך מערכת חלונות של מיקרוסופט העושה שימוש\n"
+"בכל השטח שעל הכונן, יהיה עליך לפנות מקום להתקנת גנו/לינוקס.\n"
+"יש באפשרותך למחוק את מחיצת החלונות לחלוטין כולל כל המידע\n"
+"שעליה (ע\"י בחירה ב\"מחיקת כל המידע הקיים שעל מחיצת חלונות\")\n"
+"או להקטין את גודל מחיצת החלונות העושה שימוש במערכת קבצים\n"
+"FAT או NTFS. שינוי גודל יכול להתבצע ללא אובדן\n"
+"מידע, בתנאי שביצעת איחוי (defragmentation) של מחיצת החלונות\n"
+"בטרם תחילת ההתקנה. מומלץ ביותר לגבות את המידע לפני ביצוע\n"
+"פעולה זו. מומלץ לבחור באפשרות זו באם הנך רוצה להשתמש גם\n"
+"במנדריבה לינוקס וגם בחלונות של מיקרוסופט במחשב זה.\n"
+"\n"
+"   לפני בחירה באפשרות זו, עליך להבין שבסיום הפעולה גודל מחיצת\n"
+"החלונות שלך יהיה קטן מהגודל המקורי שלה. לפיכך יישאר לך פחות\n"
+"מקום לשמירת מידע ולהתקנת תוכנות של חלונות.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": עליך לבחור באפשרות\n"
+"זו רק אם ברצונך למחוק את כל המידע הקיים בכונן הקשיח שלך\n"
+"ולהתקין את מערכת מנדריבה לינוקס בכל השטח שהתפנה. יש\n"
+"לנקוט משנה זהירות טרם בחירת אפשרות זו, מאחר ואין דרך לשחזר\n"
+"את המצב הקיים אחרי השלמת הפעולה.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! בחירה באפשרות הנ\"ל תגרום למחיקת כל המידע שעל הכונן\n"
+"הקשיח !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו מופיעה\n"
+"כאשר כל הכונן תפוס על ידי מערכת חלונות של מיקרוסופט. בחירה\n"
+"באפשרות זו תגרום לפירמוט ומחיקת כל המידע שעל הכונן הקשיח.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! בחירה באפשרות הנ\"ל תגרום למחיקת כל המידע שעל הכונן\n"
+"הקשיח !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": יש לבחור באפשרות\n"
+"זו באם ברצונך לבצע חלוקת מחיצות בהתאמה אישית. זהירות - אפשרות\n"
+"זו מסוכנת ושימוש לא מושכל בה עלול לגרום לאובדן כל המידע שקיים\n"
+"בכונן הקשיח שלך. לפיכך, אפשרות זו מומלצת רק אם יש לך נסיון קודם\n"
+"בחלוקת מחיצות, ולאחר עיון בתיעוד המתאים המופיע במדריך המצורף\n"
+"לחבילות מנדריבה לינוקס הנרכשות בחנות."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "שימוש במחיצות קיימות"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "מחיקת כל המידע הקיים בכונן הקשיח"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"ההתקנה הסתיימה כעת, ומערכת הגנו/לינוקס שלך מוכנה לשימוש.\n"
+"עליך ללחוץ \"%s\" בכדי לאתחל את המחשב. נא לא לשכוח להוציא\n"
+"את תקליטור או תקליטון ההתקנה. הדבר הראשון שיופיע על המסך\n"
+"לאחר סיום בדיקות החומרה, הוא מנהל האתחול, שמאפשר לבחור\n"
+"איזו מערכת הפעלה לאתחל.\n"
+"\n"
+" הכפתור \"%s\" משמש להצגת שתי אפשרויות נוספות:\n"
+" \n"
+"* \"%s\": יצירת תקליטון תצורה אשר יאפשר התקנה\n"
+"חוזרת ללא עזרת מפעיל, תוך שימוש בהגדרות זהות להתקנה\n"
+"הנוכחית. \n"
+"\n"
+"   לתשומת לבך, אחרי לחיצה על כפתור זה יופיעו שתי אפשרויות\n"
+"נוספות:\n"
+"\n"
+"    *\"%s\". שחזור התקנה יתבצע באופן אוטומטי\n"
+"למחצה, כאשר חלוקת מחיצות תתבצע באופן אינטראקטיבי.\n"
+" \n"
+"    *\"%s\". שחזור התקנה יתבצע באופן אוטומטי\n"
+"לחלוטין: תכולת הכונן הקשיח תמחק, וכל המידע השמור בו יאבד.\n"
+"\n"
+"  אפשרות זאת שימושית מאוד, כאשר עליך לבצע התקנה על מספר\n"
+"רב של מחשבים דומים. ניתן לקבל מידע נוסף באיזור ההתקנה\n"
+"האוטומטית באתר שלנו.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): שמירת רשימת החבילות בהתקנה זאת.\n"
+"בכדי להשתמש ברשימה זאת עבור התקנה חדשה, עליך להתחיל\n"
+"התקנות חדשות מתקליטון זה. במסך הפתיחה, עליך ללחוץ על\n"
+"מקש F1 ואז לכתוב linux defcfg=\"floppy\" וללחוץ על Enter.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) שמירת התצורה דורשת תקליטון מפורמט עם מערכת קבצים\n"
+"FAT. ליצירת תקליטון כזה במערכת לינוקס יש להשתמש בפקודת\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", או \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" ואז  \"mkfs.vfat/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "יצירת תקליטון התקנה אוטומטית"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"בשלב זה, עליך לבחור את סף האבטחה הרצוי עבור מחשב זה.\n"
+"ככלל אצבע, סף האבטחה אמור להיות גבוה יותר באם המערכת\n"
+"כוללת מידע רגיש, או אם המחשב יהיה מקושר לאינטרנט.\n"
+"ה\"מחיר\" של סף אבטחה גבוה יותר יבוא ברוב המקרים על\n"
+"חשבון קלות השימוש.\n"
+"\n"
+"באם קשה לך לבחור, מומלץ לאשר את ברירת המחדל. בכל\n"
+"מקרה יש באפשרותך לשנות את סף האבטחה בשלב מאוחר יותר\n"
+"דרך האשף המתאים במרכז הבקרה.\n"
+"\n"
+"השדה \"%s\" משמש להגדרת מנהל האבטחה האחראי למחשב\n"
+"זה. הודעות הנוגעות לאבטחת המערכת יישלחו לכתובת המצויינת\n"
+"בסעיף זה."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "מנהל אבטחה"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"בשלב זה, עליך לבחור היכן תותקן מערכת מנדריבה לינוקס בכונן הקשיח\n"
+"שלך. אם כבר הוגדרו מחיצותמתאימות, בין אם על ידי התקנה קודמת\n"
+"של גנו/לינוקס או על ידי כלי אחר לחלוקת מחיצותף באפשרותך\n"
+"להשתמש במחיצות שהוגדרו קודם. אחרת, עליך להגדיר את חלוקת\n"
+"המחיצות לצורך ההתקנה.\n"
+"\n"
+"על מנת ליצור את המחיצות, עליך לבחור בשלב ראשון את הכונן הקשיח\n"
+"בו תותקן המערכת. באפשרותך לבחור את הכונן הקשיח הראשון על ידי\n"
+"בחירת hda (או sda לכונן SCSI), לבחור את הכונן השני על ידי בחירת\n"
+"hdb (או sdb לכונן SCSI) וכן הלאה.\n"
+"\n"
+"באפשרותך לבחור אחת מהאפשרויות הבאות כדי לחלק את הכונן הקשיח:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו תמחק את כל המחיצות המוגדרות בכונן הקשיח\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו מאפשרת לך ליצור באופן אוטומטי מחיצתext3\n"
+"ומחיצת החלפה בשטח הפנוי של הכונן הקשיח שלך\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": מאפשר לך לבחור באפשרויות נוספות:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": גיבוי טבלת המחיצות לתקליטון. אפשרות זו\n"
+"שימושית לשחזור טבלת המחיצות במקרה הצורך. מומלץ מאוד לבצע\n"
+"שלב זה כאמצעי ביטחון.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": שחזור טבלת מחיצות שנשמרה קודם לכן בתקליטון.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אם טבלת המחיצות שלך נפגמה, באפשרותך לנסות\n"
+"לשחזר אותה באמצעות אפשרות זו. עליך לנהוג במשנה זהירות ולזכור\n"
+"שהצלחת הפעולה אינה מובטחת.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ביטול כל השינויים ושחזור טבלת המחיצות המקורית\n"
+"של הכונן בטרם בוצעו השינויים.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ביטול הסימון מאפשרות זו יחייב משתמשים לעגן ולנתק\n"
+"באופן ידני מדיות שליפות כגון תקליטורים ותקליטונים.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו תפעיל אשף לחלוקת הכונן הקשיח. השימוש\n"
+"באשף מומלץ למשתמשים לא מנוסים בחלוקת מחיצות.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו מבטלת את השינויים שביצעת.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": איפשור פעולות נוספות על המחיצות (סוג,)\n"
+"אפשרויות, פירמוט) והצגת מידע מתקדם על הכונן הקשיח.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אפשרות זו תשמור את השינויים שביצעת לכונן הקשיח\n"
+"לאחר סיום שלב חלוקת המחיצות.\n"
+"\n"
+"בעת הגדרת גודל מחיצה, באפשרותך לשנות את גודל המחיצה\n"
+"בעזרת מקשי החיצים על המקלדת.\n"
+"\n"
+"הערה: באפשרותך להפעיל כל אפשרות בעזרת המקלדת. מקש [Tab]\n"
+"או מקשי החיצים [מעלה/מטה] מאפשרים לך לעבור בין המחיצות.\n"
+"\n"
+"כאשר נבחרה מחיצה, באפשרותך ללחוץ על:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c ליצירת מחיצה חדשה (כאשר נבחרה מחיצה ריקה)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d למחיקת מחיצה\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"הפרק ext2FS במדריך המשתמש (לרוכשי חבילה ממנדריבה)\n"
+"מכיל מידע על סוגי המחיצות השונים שבאפשרותך להגדיר.\n"
+"\n"
+"אם מחשב זה משתמש במעבד PowerPC (למשל מקינטוש), עליך ליצור\n"
+"מחיצת HFS קטנה בגודל 1MB שתשמש את טוען המערכת yaboot.\n"
+"באפשרותך להגדיר יותר מקום למחיצה זו, למשל 50MB, כדי להכין מקום\n"
+"לקבצי kernel ו-ramdisk חלופיים שיאפשרו לך להחלץ ממצבי תקלה\n"
+"שימנעו ממך לאתחל את המערכת באופן הרגיל."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "עיגון אוטומטי של התקן-נשלף"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "מעבר בין מצבי רגיל\"מומחה "
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": עליך לבדוק את בחירת המדינה. אם.\n"
+"מיקומך אינו במדינה זאת, עליך ללחוץ על הכפתור %s\n"
+"ואז לבחור מדינה אחרת. אם המדינה שלך לא מופיעה ברשימה זו,\n"
+"עליך ללחוץ על הכפתור \"%s\"  לרשימה מורחבת."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"שלב זה מופעל רק כאשר זוהתה מחיצת גנו/לינוקס קיימת במחשבך.\n"
+"\n"
+"האשף צריך לדעת אם ברצונך לבצע התקנה חדשה או לשדרג את מערכת\n"
+"מנדריבה לינוקס הנוכחית המותקנת במחשב זה.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אופן התקנה זה ימחק ברוב המקרים את המערכת הנוכחית.\n"
+"עם זאת, ובכפוף לחלוקת המחיצות הקיימת שלך, יש באפשרותך למנוע\n"
+"מחלק מהמידע הקיים שלך (בעיקר מחיצת home/) מלהיות משוכתב.\n"
+"אפשרות זו שימושית אם ברצונך לשנות את אופן חלוקת הכונן הקשיח\n"
+"לשנות את מערכת הקבצים.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": אופן התקנה זה יאפשר לך לעדכן את החבילות המותקנות\n"
+"במערכת מנדריבה לינוקס שלך. אופן חלוקת המחיצות ומידע המשתמש\n"
+"שלך לא ישוכתבו. רוב שלבי ההתקנה האחרים עדיין זמינים, באופן דומה\n"
+"להתקנה רגילה.\n"
+"\n"
+"הערה:\n"
+"בחירת אפשרות ה\"שדרוג\" אמורה לפעול על מערכות מנדריבה לינוקס\n"
+"מגרסה 8.1 ואילך. שדרוג גרסאות הקודמות לגרסת מנדריבה לינוקס 8.1\n"
+"אינה מומלצת."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"אשף ההתקנה בחר עבורך את פריסות המקלדת המתאימות לשפות שבחרת\n"
+"בשלב קודם. עליך לבחור את פריסת המקלדת מבין האפשרויות המופיעות\n"
+"להלן או לאשר את ברירת המחדל.\n"
+"\n"
+"במקרים מסויימים, יתכן כי המקלדת שברשותך אינה תואמת בדיוק לשפה בה\n"
+"בחרת. לדוגמה, אם שפת האם שלך היא אנגלית אך מקום מגוריך הוא בשוויץ,\n"
+"ייתכן ויש ברשותך מקלדת שוויצרית. לחילופין, אם מקום מגורייך הוא בקוויבק\n"
+"(קנדה) אך בחרת בשפה האנגלית, ייתכן והשפה בה בחרת ופריסת המקלדת\n"
+"שברשותך אינם תואמים. בשני המצבים, השלב הנוכחי בהתקנה יאפשר לך\n"
+"לבחור את פריסת המקלדת הרצוייה מתוך רשימה.\n"
+"\n"
+"באם המקלדת שברשותך לא מופיעה ברשימה, עליך ללחוץ על הכפתור \"%s\"\n"
+"על מנת להציג רשימה מלאה של המקלדות הנתמכות.\n"
+"\n"
+"אם פריסת המקלדת הרצוייה אינה מבוססת לאטינית, החלון הבא יאפשר לך\n"
+"לבחור את צרוף המקשים שיאפשר לך להחליף בין פריסות שונות."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "ספרדית"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "עם הדמיית גלגלת"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "כללי | כל עכבר PS/2 ו-USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"נא לבחור את היציאה הנכונה. לדוגמה, יציאה \"COM1\" תחת Windows תקרא, \"ttyS0"
+"\"\n"
+"תחת GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "אימות"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"כעת עליך לבחור מנגנון הדפסה במערכת. מערכות הפעלה אחרות אפשרו לך\n"
+"להשתמש במערכת הדפסה אחת, אולם מנדריבה לינוקס נותנת לך שתיים\n"
+"כל אחת ממערכות ההדפסה מותאמות לשימושים מסוימים ולתצורות שונות. \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" שהיא ראשי תיבות של \"הדפס, אל תוסיף לתור\" היא\n"
+"הבחירה המומלצת אם יש לך גישה ישירה למדפסת, ברצונך לתקן בעיות של\n"
+"דפים שנתקעים במדפסת, ואין לך מדפסות רשת. (\"%s\" יכולה\n"
+"לשמש בתצורות רשת פשוטות, אך היא עלולה להיות איטית במקצת).\n"
+"מומלץ להשתמש במערכת זו באם אין לך היכרות קודמת עם גנו/לינוקס.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\" - שהיא ראשי תיבות של \"מערכת הדפסה\n"
+"סטנדרטית ביוניקס\" מצוינת להדפסה למדפסת מקומית או למדפסת\n"
+"שנמצאת בחצי השני של העולם. היא פשוטה להגדרה ויכולה לשמש\n"
+"בתור לקוח אל מערכת ההדפסה הישנה \"lpd\" , כך שהיא מבטיחה\n"
+"תאימות עם מערכות הפעלה ישנות יותר.אשר אולי יצטרכו שירותי הדפסה.\n"
+"למרות עצמתה הרבה, התצורה הבסיסית פשוטה כמעט כמו \"pdq\".\n"
+" אם נדרשת לך הדמיית שירותי \"lpd\" עליך לאפשר את שרות הרקע\n"
+"\"cups-lpd\"  המערכת \"%s\" כוללת גם כלי גרפי \n"
+"להדפסה או לבחירה של אפשרויות הדפסה, וכמו כן לניהול המדפסת.\n"
+"\n"
+"אם לאחר ההתקנה יתברר כי מערכת ההדפסה אינה מתאימה לצרכים\n"
+"שלך, יש באפשרותך לשנות אותה על ידי הרצת אשף המדפסת\n"
+"ממרכז הבקרה של מנדריבה לינוקס ובחירה בכפתור \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "מצב מומחה"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"בתחילה יבוצע זיהוי התקני IDE שבמחשבך על ידי DrakX שגם יסרוק אחר אחד או\n"
+" יותר כרטיסי PCI SCSI במערכת שלך. אם כרטיס SCSI נמצא, DrakX יתקין מנהל התקן\n"
+" מתאים באופן אוטומטי.\n"
+" \n"
+" \n"
+"מפני שזיהוי החומרה האוטומטי אינו מובטח, DrakX עלול להיכשל בזיהוי הכוננים "
+"הקשיחים\n"
+" המותקנים במחשבך. במקרה שכזה יהיה עליך להגדיר את החומרה שברשותך באופן ידני.\n"
+" \n"
+" \n"
+" אם היה עליך להגדיר מתאם PC SCSI באופן ידני, DraxX ישאל אם ברצונך לעדכן את\n"
+" ההגדרות עבורו. עליך לאפשר ל DrakX לסרוק את החומרה אחר הגדרות ייחודיות "
+"לכרטיס\n"
+" אשר דרושות לאתחול המתאם. ברוב המקרים DrakX יצליח להשלים שלב זה ללא בעיות\n"
+" מיוחדות.\n"
+" \n"
+" \n"
+" אם DrakX נכשל באיתור האוטומטי של הפרמטרים הנדרשים עבור החומרה, יהיה עליך\n"
+" להגדיר את מנהל ההתקנים בעצמך."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": אם זוהה כרטיס קול במערכת שלך, הוא מוצג להלן.\n"
+"אם שמת לב שהכרטיס הקול שמוצג אינו מתאים לחומרה שלך, באפשרותך,\n"
+"ללחוץ על הכפתור ולבחור מנהל-התקן אחר."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "מודם ISDN "
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "ממשק גרפי"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"עליך לבחור את הכונן הקשיח שברצונך למחוק על מנת לפנות מקום\n"
+"למחיצה החדשה עבור מנדריבה לינוקס. זהירות !!! כל המידע\n"
+"שנמצא על המחיצה יימחק ולא תהיה אפשרות לשחזר אותו!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"עליך ללחוץ על %s אם ברצונך למחוק את כל המחיצות והמידע על כונן קשיח\n"
+"זה. זהירות: אחרי לחיצה על \"%s\" אין דרך לשחזר את המחיצות והמידע\n"
+"המופיעים בכונן קשיח זה, כולל כל מידע של מערכת חלונות.\n"
+"נא ללחוץ על \"%s\" לעצירת תהליך זה ללא איבוד המידע והמחיצות הקיימים."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "המשך ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- קודם"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/hi.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/hi.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..42bd30982
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/hi.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1467 @@
+# translation of DrakX-hi.po to हिन्दी, भारत (Hindi, India)
+# Copyright (C) 2003,2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# धनञ्जय शर्मा (Dhananjaya Sharma) <dysxhi@yahoo.co.in>, 2003, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-hi\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-04 21:54+0530\n"
+"Last-Translator: धनञ्जय शर्मा (Dhananjaya Sharma) <dysxhi@yahoo.co.in>\n"
+"Language-Team: हिन्दी (Hindi) <dysxhi@yahoo.co.in>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"आगे बढ़ने के पूर्व, आपको अधिकारपत्र की शर्तों को सावधानीपूर्वक पढ़ लेना चहिए। यह समस्त \n"
+"मैनड्रिव लिनक्स वितरण को कवर करता है । यदि आप इसमें दिये हुई सभी शर्तों को मानते है,\n"
+" तो \"%s\" बाक्स पर चिह्नन्ति करें। यदि नहीं, तो \"%s\" बटन पर क्लिक करने से, \n"
+"आपका कम्प्यूटर रीबूट हो जायेगा ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"जीएनयू/लिनक्स एक बहु-उपयोक्ता तंत्र है, इसका अर्थ है कि प्रत्येक उपयोगकर्ता के पास उनकी\n"
+"अपनी वरीयतायें, उनकी अपनी संचिकायें इत्यादि हो सकती है। बहु-उपयोक्ता तंत्रों के बारे में\n"
+"और अधिक जानने के लिए आप ``स्ट्रार्टर निर्देशिका'' को पढ़ सकते है। परन्तु \"रूट\" के जैसे ना\n"
+"होते हुए, जो कि तंत्र प्रबंधक है, उपयोगकर्ता जिनको आप इस समय जोड़ेगे, को कुछ भी परिवर्तित "
+"ना करने\n"
+"की अनुमति होगी सिवाय उनकी अपनी संचिकाओं और उनकी अपनी संरचनाओं की जिससे समूचे तंत्र\n"
+"पर प्रभाव डालने वाले, अनिच्छापूर्वक या हानि-पहुँचाने-के-उद्वेश्य से किये हुए परिवर्तनों से\n"
+"इस तंत्र की रक्षा होती है। आपको अपने लिए कम-से-कम एक नियमित उपयोगकर्ता का\n"
+"निर्माण करना होगा -- ये वह खाता है जिसका आपको नियमित, प्रतिदिन उपयोग हेतु\n"
+"करना चाहिए। हालांकि कुछ भी और सबकुछ करने के लिए \"रूट\" की भांति लॉग\n"
+"करना बहुत सहज है, परन्तु यह अति खतरनाक भी है!\n"
+"एक छोटी सी त्रुटि का अर्थ हो सकता है कि आपका तंत्र अब और कार्य ना करें ।\n"
+"यदि एक नियमित उपयोगकर्ता की भांति आप एक गम्भीर त्रूटि करते है, तो अधिक-से-अधिक यह "
+"हो\n"
+"सकता है कि आप कुछ सूचनाओं को खो बैठें, परन्तु समस्त तंत्र पर इसका कोई प्रभाव नहीं पड़ेगा।\n"
+"\n"
+"प्रथम प्रविष्टी आपके वास्तविक नाम को पूछती है । वास्तव में, यह एक आवश्यक सूचना नहीं है।\n"
+"-- वास्तव में आप जो चाहें वो बता सकते है । इस प्रविष्टी में टाइप किये गये हुए प्रथम शब्द को\n"
+"ड्रैकएक्स उपयोग करेगा और इसकी \"%s\" फ़ील्ड में प्रतिलिपि बनायेगा, जो कि इस उपयोगकर्ता\n"
+" का नाम होगा जिससे तंत्र में लॉग किया जा सकेगा । यदि आप चाहते है, तो आप डिफ़ाल्ट को "
+"बदल\n"
+"सकते है और उपयोगकर्ता के नाम को परिवर्तित कर सकते है । अगला चरण एक कूटशब्द को बताना "
+"है।\n"
+"सुरक्षा की दृष्टि से, एक बिना-अधिकार-वाले (नियमित) उपयोगकर्ता का कूटशब्द, \"रूट\" के "
+"कूटशब्द जितना\n"
+"आवश्यक नहीं है, परन्तु ऐसा कोई कारण नहीं है कि इसे खाली रख कर या अति सरल बना कर,\n"
+"इस पर ध्यान ना दिया जायें: अंत में, यह आपकी संचिकायें होगी जो कि\n"
+"संकट में होगी।\n"
+"\n"
+"जब आप \"%s\" पर क्लिक करते है, तब आप अन्य उपयोगकर्ताओं को जोड़ सकते है। अपने मित्रों में "
+"से\n"
+"हर एक के लिए, एक उपयोगकर्ता को जोड़ें । उदाहरण हेतु अपने पिता या अपनी बहन के लिए । \"%"
+"s\"\n"
+"पर क्लिक करें जब आप उपयोगकर्ताओं का जोड़ना समाप्त कर लें ।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" बटन पर क्लिक करके आप डिफ़ाल्ट \"shell\" को उस उपयोगकर्ता के लिए\n"
+"बदल सकते है (डिफ़ाल्ट bash है)।\n"
+"\n"
+"जब आप उपयोगकर्ताओं को जोड़ना समाप्त कर चुकेगें, तब आपसे एक उपयोगकर्ता का चयन करने के "
+"लिए\n"
+"पूछा जायेगा जो कि जब कम्प्यूटर आरम्भ होने के बाद स्वाचालित रूप से तंत्र में लॉग कर सके ।\n"
+"यदि आप इस लक्षण में रूचि रखते है (और स्थानीय सुरक्षा के बारे में अधिक चिंता नहीं करते है),\n"
+" तो इच्छित उपयोगकर्ता और विण्डो प्रबंधक का चयन करें और फ़िर \"%s\" पर क्लिक करें।\n"
+"यदि आप इस सुविधा के इच्छुक नहीं है, तो \"%s\" बॉक्स को अचिह्नन्ति करें।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "क्या आप इस लक्षण का उपयोग करना चाहते है?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"आपकी हार्ड डिस्क पर खोजे गये विद्यमान लिनक्स विभाजनों की यह सूची है । \n"
+"आप विज़ार्ड द्वारा बनायी गयी पसन्दों को रख सकते है, क्योंकि लगभग सभी सामान्य\n"
+"संसाधनों के लिए यह अच्छी होती है। यदि आप किन्हीं परिवर्तनों को करते है, तो आपको \n"
+"कम-से-कम एक रूट विभाजन (\"/\") को परिभाषित करना चाहिए । एक अति लघु विभाजन का\n"
+" चयन ना करें अन्यथा आप इस पर अधिक सॉफ़्टवेयर को संसाधित नहीं कर पायेगें । यदि आप अपनी\n"
+"सूचनाओं को एक अलग विभाजन पर सुरक्षित रखने चाहते है, तो आपको एक होम \"/home\" विभाजन "
+"का \n"
+"भी निर्माण करना होगा (तभी सम्भव है यदि आपके पास एक से अधिक लिनक्स विभाजन उपलब्ध हो)"
+"।\n"
+"\n"
+"प्रत्येक विभाजन निम्न तौर पर सूचीबद्ध है: \"नाम\", \"क्षमता\"।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"नाम\" व्यवस्थित है: \"हार्ड ड्राइव का प्रकार\", \"हार्ड ड्राइव की संख्या\",\n"
+"\"विभाजन संख्या\" (उदाहरण हेतु , \"hda1\")। \n"
+"\n"
+"\"हार्ड ड्राइव का प्रकार\" \"hd\" है यदि आपकी हार्ड ड्राइव एक आईडीई हार्ड ड्राइव है "
+"और \n"
+"\"sd\" यदि यह एक स्कैसी हार्ड ड्राइव है। \n"
+"\n"
+"\"हार्ड ड्राइव संख्या\"  \"hd\" या \"sd\" के बाद की एक संख्या होती है। \n"
+"आईडीई हार्ड ड्राइवों के लिए:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" का अर्थ है \"मुख्य आईडीई नियंत्रक पर मास्टर हार्ड ड्राइव\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" का अर्थ है \"मुख्य आईडीई नियंत्रक पर स्लेव हार्ड ड्राइव\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" का अर्थ है \"द्वितीय आईडीई नियंत्रक पर मास्टर हार्ड ड्राइव \";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" का अर्थ है \"द्वितीय आईडीई नियंत्रक पर स्लेव हार्ड ड्राइव\"।\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI हार्ड ड्राइवों के साथ, एक \"a\" का अर्थ है \"निम्नतम SCSI पहचानसंख्या\", एक \"b"
+"\" का अर्थ है\n"
+"\"द्वितीय निम्नतम SCSI पहचानसंख्या\", इत्यादि।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"मैनड्रिव लिनक्स संसाधक को अनेकों सीडी-रॉमों पर वितरित किया जाता है । \n"
+"यदि एक चयनित पैकेज अन्य सीडी-रॉम पर स्थित है, तो ड्रैकएक्स इस वर्तमान \n"
+"सीडी को बाहर निकाल देगा और जैसी की आवश्यकता है आपसे सही सीडी को डालने को कहेगा।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"अब समय है कि आप बतायें कि आप किन कार्यक्रमों को अपने कम्प्यूटर ।\n"
+"पर संसाधित करना चाहते है । मैनड्रिव लिनक्स के लिए असंख्य पैकेजों की \n"
+"उपलब्धता है, और इसे सहज बनाने हेतु, समान पैकेजों को एक जैसे कार्यक्रमों \n"
+"वाले समूहों में रखा गया है।\n"
+"\n"
+"पैकेजों को आपकी मशीन के एक विशेष उपयोग के लिए सबंधित समूहों में क्रमबद्ध\n"
+"किया गया है । मैनड्रिव लिनक्स पैकेजों को चार वर्गों में क्रमबद्ध करता है। \n"
+"आप विभिन्न वर्गों से कार्यक्रमों से मिला और मेल कर सकते है, इसप्रकार से\n"
+"``कार्यकेन्द्र'' संसाधन ``विकास'' वर्ग में संसाधित कार्यक्रमों को भी ले सकता है।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": यदि आप अपनी मशीन को एक कार्यकेन्द्र की भांति उपयोग करने की योजना बना रहे "
+"है, तो\n"
+"कार्यकेन्द्र वर्ग में से एक या अधिक समूहों का चयन करें।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": यदि अपनी मशीन को प्रोग्रामिंग के लिए उपयोग करने हेतु योजना बना रहा है,\n"
+"तो इस वर्ग से निर्दिष्ट समूहों का चयन करें।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": यदि आप अपनी मशीन एक सर्वर बनाने के इच्छुक है, तो उन सामान्य सेवाओं का चयन "
+"करें जिन्हें \n"
+"आप अपनी मशीन पर संसाधित करना चाहते है।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": यह वह स्थान है जहाँ आप अपने पसन्दीदा सचित्र \n"
+"वातावरण का चयन करेगें । यदि आप एक सचित्र इन्टरफ़ेस को \n"
+"रखना चाहते है, तो कम-से-कम एक का चयन किया जाना चाहिए।\n"
+"\n"
+"माउस कर्सर को एक समूह के नाम के ऊपर ले जाने पर, यह उस वर्ग के बारे में एक लघु \n"
+"विवरण दिखायेगा । एक नियमित संसाधन को करते समय (एक उन्नयन के विपरीत), \n"
+"यदि आपने सभी समूहों को अचयनित कर दिया है , तो एक संवाद एकदम से सबसे ऊपर दिखेगा और \n"
+"एक निम्नतम संसाधन के लिए आवश्यक विभिन्न विकल्पों को प्रस्तावित करेगा:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": एक कार्यशील सचित्र डेस्कटाप हेतु, कम-से-कम सम्भव पैकेजों को \n"
+"संसाधित करता है।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": आधार तंत्र को बेसिक उपयोगिता कार्यक्रमों और उनके प्रलेखन के साथ\n"
+"संसाधित करता है। यह संसाधन एक सर्वर की स्थापना करने हेतु उचित है।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": एक कार्यरत लिनक्स तंत्र को पाने के लिए, नितान्त आवश्यक कम-से-कम \n"
+"पैकेजों को संसाधित करता है ।  इस संसाधन के साथ, आपके पास सिर्फ़ एक\n"
+"कॉमाण्ड लाइन इन्टरफ़ेस होगा । इस संसाधन का कुल आकार लगभग\n"
+"६५ मेगाबाइट है।\n"
+"\n"
+"आपने \"%s\" बाक्स को चिह्नन्ति किया है, जो कि उपयोगी है, यदि आप  \n"
+"प्रस्तावित पैकेजों से परिचित है या यदि क्या संसाधित होगा इस पर  \n"
+"आप सम्पूर्ण नियंत्रण चाहते है।\n"
+"\n"
+"यदि आपने संसाधन को \"%s\" विधा में आरम्भ किया है, तो किसी नवीन पैकेज के संसाधन से\n"
+"बचाव के लिए, आप सभी वर्गों को अचिह्नन्ति कर सकते है । एक विद्यमान तंत्र की मरम्मत या\n"
+"उन्नयन के लिए यह उपयोगी होता है।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "उन्नयन"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "आधारभूत प्रलेखन के साथ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "वास्तविक निम्नतम संसाधन"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"यदि आपने संसाधन प्रक्रिया को यह बताया है कि आप एक-एक करके पैकेजों का चयन करना चाहते "
+"है,\n"
+"तो यह आपको एक वृक्ष प्रस्तुत करेगा जिसमें कि सभी पैकेजों को समूहों और उप-समूहों में वर्गीकृत\n"
+"किया गया है। इस वृक्ष को देखते समय, आप किसी भी समूहों का, उप-समूहों का,\n"
+"या एक-एक करके पैकेजों का चयन कर सकते है। \n"
+"\n"
+"जब भी आप इस वृक्ष पर स्थित एक पैकेज का चयन करते है, तो दाँयी तरफ़ एक विवरण आता है\n"
+"और आपको ज्ञात करता है कि इस पैकेज का उद्वेश्य क्या है।\n"
+"\n"
+"!! यदि एक सर्वर पैकेज का चयन किया जा चुका है, क्योंकि या तो आपने विशिष्ट रूप से \n"
+"एक अलग पैकेज का चयन किया है या क्योंकि यह एक पैकेजों के समूह का भाग \n"
+"है, तो आपसे यह सुनिश्चित करने को पूछा जायेगा कि वास्तव में इस\n"
+"सर्वरों को संसाधित करना चाहते है। डिफ़ाल्ट के तौर पर, मैनड्रिव लिनक्स स्वतः\n"
+"ही किसी संसाधित सेवाओं को बूट के समय आरम्भ करेगा । यदि वे सुरक्षित भी हो\n"
+"और वितरण जिस समय भेजा जा रहा है उस समय तक उनके बारे में कोई ज्ञात विचारणीय विषय\n"
+"नहीं हो, फ़िर भी यह पूर्णता सम्भव है कि इस मैनड्रिव लिनक्स को अंतिम रूप\n"
+"देने के उपरान्त, सुरक्षा छिद्रों को खोजा गया हो। यदि आप नहीं जानते है\n"
+"कि एक विशेष सेवा को क्या करना चाहिए या इसे क्यों संसाधित किया गया है, \n"
+"तो \"%s\" पर क्लिक करें। \"%s\" पर क्लिक करने से सूचीबद्व सेवाओं का संसाधन\n"
+"किया जायेगा और डिफ़ाल्ट के तौर पर, इन्हें स्वतः ही आरम्भ किया जायेगा ।!!\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" विकल्प का उपयोग चेतावनी संवाद को निष्क्रिय करने के लिए होता है\n"
+"जो कि तब दिखता है जब भी संसाधन प्रक्रिया स्वतः ही आधिनता विषय को स्थिर करने के लिए\n"
+"एक पैकेज का चयन करती है। कुछ पैकेजों के मध्य ऐसा सबंध होता है जिससे कि\n"
+"एक पैकेज के संसाधन को आवश्यकता होती है कि कुछ अन्य कार्यक्रम भी संसाधित हो।\n"
+"संसाधन प्रक्रिया इस बात का निर्णय कर सकती है कि एक आधिनता को सन्तोष देने के लिए,\n"
+"किन पैकेजों की आवश्यकता है जिससे संसाधन सफ़लतापूर्वक सम्पन्न हो जायें।\n"
+"\n"
+"सूची के अंत में दिया हुआ एक छोटा सा फ़्लापी आइकॉन आपको एक पूर्व में किये हुए संसाधन के \n"
+"दौरान निर्मित पैकेजों की सूची को लोड करने की अनुमति प्रदान करता है। यह उपयोगी है यदि\n"
+"आप के पास बहुत सी मशीनें है जिन्हें आप समान रूप से संरचित करना चाहते है। \n"
+"इस आईकॉन पर क्लिक करने से, पूर्व में किये गये अन्य संसाधन के अंत में निर्मित एक फ़्लापी\n"
+"डिस्क को डालने के लिए आपसे कहा जायेगा। ऐसी एक फ़्लापी का निर्माण कैसे करने के लिए, \n"
+"अंतिम चरण के द्वितीय संकेत को पढ़ें।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "स्वतः अधिनताऐं"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": \"%s\" बटन पर क्लिक करने से प्रिंटर संरचना विज़ार्ड खुल जायेगा।\n"
+"एक नवीन प्रिंटर को स्थापित कैसे किया जायें इस विषय में और अधिक \n"
+"जानकारी प्राप्त करने हेतु स्टार्टर निर्देशिका में अनुरूप पाठ को देखें । वहाँ प्रस्तुत \n"
+"किया हुआ इन्टरफ़ेस वही है जिसका की उपयोग संसाधन के दौरान किया गया है।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"इस संवाद का उपयोग यह चयन करने हेतु किया जाता है कि आप किन सेवाओं को बूट के समय\n"
+"आरम्भ करना चाहते है।\n"
+"\n"
+"वर्तमान संसाधन पर उपलब्ध सभी सेवाओं की सूची को ड्रैक एक्स दिखायेगा ।\n"
+"प्रत्येक की सावधानीपूर्वक समीक्षा करें और जिनकी बूट के समय आवश्यकता नहीं है\n"
+" उन्हें अचिह्नन्ति करें ।\n"
+"\n"
+"एक सेवा के बारे में , जब इसका चयन किया जायें, तो इसके बारे में एक लघु विवरण पाठ को "
+"दिखाया जायेगा।\n"
+"हालांकि, यदि आप सुनिश्चित नहीं है कि एक सेवा उपयोगी होगी कि नहीं, \n"
+"तब इसे इसके डिफ़ाल्ट व्यवहार पर छोड़ना उचित है।\n"
+"\n"
+"!! इस चरण में अति सावधान रहें, यदि आप अपनी मशीन को एक सर्वर की भांति उपयोग करने जा "
+"रहे है:\n"
+"तो सम्भव है कि आप उस किसी सेवा को आरम्भ ना करना चाहगें जिसकी आपको आवश्यकता ना हो।\n"
+"कृपया ध्यान रखें कि अनेकों सेवायें घातक हो सकती है यदि वे एक सर्वर पर सक्रिय कि जायें।\n"
+"सामान्यता, उन सेवाओं का ही चयन करें जिनकी आपको वास्तव में आवश्यकता है। \n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"जीएनयू/लिनक्स समय का जीएमटी (ग्रीनविच मीन समय) में प्रबंध करता है और आपके द्वारा चयन "
+"किये \n"
+"हुए समय-क्षेत्र के अनुसार स्थानीय समय में परिवर्तित करता है। \n"
+"यदि आपके मदरबोर्ड की घड़ी स्थानीय समय पर स्थापित की गयी है\n"
+", तो आप \"%s\" को अचयनित करके इसे निष्क्रिय कर सकते है, जिससे कि \n"
+"जीएनयू/लिनक्स को ज्ञात हो जायेगा कि तंत्र की घड़ी व हार्डवेयर की घड़ी समान समय क्षेत्र में "
+"है ।\n"
+"यह उस समय उपयोगी है जब मशीन पर विण्डो जैसे अन्य संचालन-तंत्र को भी हो । \n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" विकल्प इन्टरनेट पर स्थित एक सुदूर समय सर्वर से सबंध स्थापित करके स्वचालित रूप से\n"
+"घड़ी को नियंत्रित करती है । इस लक्षण के कार्य करने के लिए, आपके पास एक कार्यशील\n"
+"इन्टरनेट कनेक्शन होना चाहिए । आपके समीप स्थित एक समय सर्वर का\n"
+"चयन सबसे अच्छा है । यह विकल्प वास्तव में एक ऐसे समय सर्वर को संसाधित करता है जिसका \n"
+"उपयोग आपके स्थानीय नेटवर्क पर स्थित अन्य मशीनों के द्वारा भी किया जा सकता है।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "स्वत: समय एकसारीकरण"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"ग्राफ़िक्स कार्ड\n"
+"\n"
+"   सामान्यता संसाधक प्रक्रिया आपकी मशीन पर लगे हुए ग्राफ़िक कार्ड को स्वतः ही खोजती "
+"और \n"
+"संसाधित करती है। यदि ऐसा नहीं है, तो आपने वास्तव में जिस कार्ड को लगाया हो उसका\n"
+"इस सूची में से चयन कर सकते है । \n"
+"\n"
+"   उस अवस्था में जब कि आपके कार्ड के लिए त्रीआयामी वेगवृद्वि के साथ या बिना त्रीआयामी "
+"वेगवृद्वि\n"
+"के विभिन्न सर्वरों की उपलब्धता हो, तो आपसे उस सर्वर का चयन करने के लिए कहा जायेगा \n"
+"जो आपकी आवश्यकताओं की सबसे अधिक पूर्ति करता हो ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (एक्स विण्डो प्रणाली के अर्थ में) जीएनयू/लिनक्स सचित्र इन्टरफ़ेस का ह्रदय है जिस पर\n"
+"मैनड्रिव लिनक्स के बण्डल किये हुए सभी सचित्र वातावरण (केडीई, गनोम, आफ़्टरस्टेप, "
+"विण्डोमेकर \n"
+"इत्यादि) पर निर्भर रहते है । \n"
+"\n"
+"आपके के सम्मुख विभिन्न पैरामीटरों की एक सूची प्रस्तुत की जायेगी जिन्हें बदलने से \n"
+"आप एक ऐच्छिक सचित्र प्रदर्शन को प्राप्त कर सकते है: ग्राफ़िक कार्ड\n"
+"\n"
+"   सामान्यता संसाधक प्रक्रिया आपकी मशीन पर लगे हुए ग्राफ़िक् कार्ड को स्वतः ही खोजती है "
+"और \n"
+"संसाधित करती है। यदि ऐसा नहीं है, तो आपने वास्तव में जिस कार्ड को लगाया हो उसका\n"
+"इस सूची में से चयन कर सकते है । \n"
+"\n"
+"   उस अवस्था में जब कि आपके कार्ड के लिए त्रीआयामी वेगवृद्वि के साथ या बिना त्रीआयामी "
+"वेगवृद्वि\n"
+"के विभिन्न सर्वरों की उपलब्धता हो, तो आपसे उस सर्वर का चयन करने के लिए कहा जायेगा \n"
+"जो आपकी आवश्यकताओं की सबसे अधिक पूर्ति करता हो।\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"मॉनिटर\n"
+"\n"
+"   सामान्यता संसाधक प्रक्रिया आपकी मशीन पर जुड़े हुए मॉनिटर को स्वतः ही खोजती है और \n"
+"संसाधित करती है। यदि ऐसा नहीं है, तो आपने वास्तव में जिस मॉनिटर को लगाया हो उसका\n"
+"इस सूची में से चयन कर सकते है । \n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"रेजॅल्यूशन्\n"
+"\n"
+"   यहाँ आप अपने हार्डवेयर के लिए उपलब्ध रेजॅल्यूशन् और रंगों की गहराई का चयन कर सकते है। \n"
+"आपकी आवश्यकताओं को सबसे अधिक सन्तुष्ट करता हो उसका चयन करें \n"
+"(आप संसाधन के उपरान्त इसे परिवर्तित कर सकते है)। एक चयनित की हुई संरचना \n"
+"का नमूना मॉनिटर में दिखाया गया है।\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"परीक्षण\n"
+"\n"
+"   इच्छित रेजॅल्यूशन् पर यह तंत्र एक ग्राफ़िक्ल स्क्रीन को खोलने का प्रयत्न करेगा । \n"
+"यदि आप परीक्षण के दौरान संदेश को देख पाते है और \"%s\" उत्तर देते है,\n"
+"तो ड्रैकएक्स अगले चरण में चला जायेगा । यदि आप संदेश नहीं देख सकते है, तब\n"
+"इसका अर्थ है कि स्वतःखोजी संरचना के कुछ भाग ठीक नहीं थे और\n"
+"१२ सेकण्डों के बाद परीक्षण स्वंम ही समाप्त हो जायेगा, और आपको मीनू पर वापस ले जायेगा।\n"
+"समायोजनाओं को तब तक बदलते रहे जब तक आपको एक सही सचित्र प्रदर्शन नहीं मिल जाता है। \n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"विकल्पों के बारे में\n"
+"\n"
+"   यहाँ आप यह चयन कर सकते है कि क्या आप बूट के समय अपनी मशीन को स्वचालित रूप से "
+"सचित्र\n"
+"इन्टरफ़ेस पर जाने देना चाहते है । स्पष्ट रूप से, आप \"%s\" की जाँच करना चाहते है कि \n"
+" यदि आपकी मशीन को एक सर्वर की भांति कार्य करना हो, या फ़िर\n"
+"आप डिसप्ले को भली-भांति संरचित करने में सफ़ल ना रहे हो । "
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"मॉनिटर\n"
+"\n"
+"   सामान्यता संसाधक प्रक्रिया आपकी मशीन पर जुड़े हुए मॉनिटर को स्वतः ही खोजती है और \n"
+"संसाधित करती है। यदि ऐसा नहीं है, तो आपने वास्तव में जिस मॉनिटर को लगाया हो उसका\n"
+"इस सूची में से चयन कर सकते है ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"रेजॅल्यूशन्\n"
+"\n"
+"   यहाँ आप अपने हार्डवेयर के लिए उपलब्ध रेजॅल्यूशन् और रंगों की गहराई का चयन कर सकते है। \n"
+"आपकी आवश्यकताओं को सबसे अधिक सन्तुष्ट करता हो उसका चयन करें \n"
+"(हालांकि आप संसाधन के उपरान्त इसे परिवर्तित कर सकते है)। एक चयनित की हुई संरचना \n"
+"का नमूना मॉनिटर में दिखाया गया है।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"   उस अवस्था में जब कि आपके कार्ड के लिए त्रीआयामी वेगवृद्वि के साथ या बिना त्रीआयामी "
+"वेगवृद्वि\n"
+"के विभिन्न सर्वरों की उपलब्धता हो, तो आपसे उस सर्वर का चयन करने के लिए कहा जायेगा \n"
+"जो आपकी आवश्यकताओं की सबसे अधिक पूर्ति करता हो।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"विकल्पों के बारे में\n"
+"\n"
+"   यहाँ आप यह चयन कर सकते है कि क्या आप बूट के समय अपनी मशीन को स्वचालित रूप से "
+"सचित्र\n"
+"इन्टरफ़ेस पर जाने देना चाहते है । स्पष्ट रूप से, आप \"%s\" की जाँच करना चाहते है कि \n"
+" यदि आपकी मशीन को एक सर्वर की भांति कार्य करना हो, या फ़िर\n"
+"आप डिसप्ले को भली-भांति संरचित करने में सफ़ल ना रहे हो । "
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "विद्यमान विभाजन को उपयोग करें"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "सम्पूर्ण डिस्क को मिटायें"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "स्वतः-संसाधन फ़्लापी का निर्माण"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "सुरक्षा प्रबंधक"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "रीमूव किये जाने जाने योग्य माध्यम का स्वत: आरोहण"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "सामान्य/विशेषज्ञ विधा के मध्य में आना-जाना"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"आपकी हार्ड डिस्क पर एक से अधिक माइक्रोसाफ़्ट विभाजनों को खोजा गया है । \n"
+"कृपया उस विभाजन का चयन करें जिसका आप अपने नये मैनड्रिव लिनक्स संचालन तंत्र \n"
+"को संसाधित करने के लिए पुनः आकार देना चाहते है ।\n"
+"\n"
+"प्रत्येक विभाजन को निम्नलिखित प्रकार से सूचीबद्ध किया गया है: \"लिनक्स नाम\", \"विण्डो "
+"का नाम\"\n"
+"\"क्षमता\"।\n"
+"\"लिनक्स नाम\" व्यवस्थित है: \"हार्ड ड्राइव का प्रकार\", \"हार्ड ड्राइव की संख्या\",\n"
+"\"विभाजन संख्या\" (उदाहरण हेतु , \"hda1\")। \n"
+"\n"
+"\"हार्ड ड्राइव का प्रकार\" \"hd\" है यदि आपकी हार्ड ड्राइव एक आईडीई हार्ड ड्राइव है "
+"और \n"
+"\"sd\" यदि यह एक स्कैसी हार्ड ड्राइव है। \n"
+"\n"
+"\"हार्ड ड्राइव संख्या\"  \"hd\" या \"sd\" के बाद की एक संख्या होती है। \n"
+"आईडीई हार्ड ड्राइवों के लिए:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" का अर्थ है \"मुख्य आईडीई नियंत्रक पर मास्टर हार्ड ड्राइव\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" का अर्थ है \"मुख्य आईडीई नियंत्रक पर स्लेव हार्ड ड्राइव\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" का अर्थ है \"द्वितीय आईडीई नियंत्रक पर मास्टर हार्ड ड्राइव \";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" का अर्थ है \"द्वितीय आईडीई नियंत्रक पर स्लेव हार्ड ड्राइव\"।\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI हार्ड ड्राइवों के साथ, एक \"a\" का अर्थ है \"निम्नतम स्कैसी पहचानसंख्या\", एक \"b"
+"\" का अर्थ है \"द्वितीय निम्नतम स्कैसी पहचानसंख्या\", इत्यादि।\n"
+"\"विण्डो का नाम\" विण्डो के अन्तर्गत आपकी हार्ड ड्राइव का नाम-शब्द है\n"
+"(प्रथम डिस्क या विभाजन को \"C:\" कहा जाता है)।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": वर्तमान देश चयन की जाँच करें । यदि आप इस देश में नहीं है,\n"
+"तो \"%s\" बटन पर क्लिक करें और किसी अन्य का चयन करें । यदि आपका देश\n"
+"प्रथम सूची में नहीं है, तो सभी देशो की सूची को पाने के लिए,\n"
+" \"%s\" बटन पर क्लिक करें ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "व्हील ऐम्यूलेशन के साथ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "कोई भी पीएस/२ व यूएसबी माउस"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"कृपया सही पोर्ट का चयन करें । उदाहरण हेतु, विण्डो के अन्तर्गत \"COM1\" पोर्ट को\n"
+"जीएनयू/लिनक्स के अन्तर्गत \"ttyS0\" के रूप में जाना जाता है ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"लिलो तथा ग्रब, जीएनयू/लिनक्स के बूटलोडर हैं । सामान्यता यह चरण पूर्णरूप से स्वचालित\n"
+"होता है । डिस्क बूट सेक्टर का ड्रैकएक्स निरीक्षण करेगा और वहाँ क्या मिलता है, \n"
+" उस अनुसार आचरण करेगा:\n"
+"\n"
+" * यदि एक विण्डो बूट सेक्टर मिलता है, तो इसे ग्रब/लिलो बूट सेक्टर द्वारा\n"
+"बदल दिया जायेगा । इस प्रकार से आप जीएनयू/लिनक्स या अन्य किसी संचालन-तंत्र \n"
+"को अपनी मशीन पर बूट करने में सक्षम होगें ।\n"
+"\n"
+" * यदि एक ग्रब या लिलो बूट सेक्टर मिलता है, तो इसे एक \n"
+" नये के साथ बदल दिया जायेगा ।\n"
+"\n"
+"यदि यह एक निर्धारण नहीं कर सकता है, तब ड्रैकएक्स आपसे पूछेगा कि बूटलोडर को कहाँ रक्खा "
+"जायें ।\n"
+"सामान्यताः \"%s\" सबसे सुरक्षित स्थान है । \"%s\" का चयन करने से कोई बूटलोडर संसाधित "
+"नहीं होगा ।\n"
+" इसका उपयोग तभी करें जब आपको ज्ञात हो कि आप क्या कर रहे है ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "पी०डी०क्यू०"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "विशेषज्ञ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": यदि आपके तंत्र पर एक ध्वनि कार्ड को पहिचाना गया है, तो उसे यहाँ पर दिखाया "
+"गया है ।\n"
+"यदि आपको ऐसा लगता है कि यहाँ पर दिखाया गया साउण्ड कार्ड वह नहीं है जो कि वास्तव में "
+"आपके\n"
+"तंत्र पर स्थित है, तो बटन पर क्लिक कर सकते है और अन्य चालक का चयन\n"
+" कर सकते है।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "आई०एस०डी०एन० कार्ड"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "सचित्र इन्टरफ़ेस"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"उस हार्ड ड्राइव का चयन करें जिसे आप अपने नवीन मैनड्रिव लिनक्स विभाजन के संसाधन के लिए \n"
+"खाली करना चाहते है । सावधान रहें, इस विभाजन पर स्थित सभी सूचनायें विलुप्त हो जायेगी \n"
+"और भविष्य में वापस प्राप्त नहीं की जा सकेगी !"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\" पर क्लिक करें, यदि आप इस हार्ड ड्राइव पर स्थित सभी सूचनाओं व विभाजनों को\n"
+"मिटाना चाहते है । सावधान रहें, \"%s\" पर क्लिक करने के उपरान्त, \n"
+"विण्डो डाटा को शामिल करते हुए, इस हार्ड ड्राइव पर स्थित किसी सूचना और विभाजनों को,\n"
+"आप पुनः प्राप्त करने में समर्थ नहीं होगें ।\n"
+"\n"
+"इस हार्ड ड्राइव पर स्थित किसी सूचना और विभाजनों को खोयें बिना, इस क्रिया को\n"
+"रोकने के लिए, \"%s\" पर क्लिक करें ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "अगला ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- पिछला"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/hr.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/hr.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..569f2734c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/hr.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1762 @@
+# Translation of DrakX to Croatian
+# Copyright (C) Croatian team
+# Translators: Danijel Studen <dstuden@vuka.hr>,Denis Lackovic <delacko@fly.srk.fer.hr>,Jerko Škifić <skific@riteh.hr>,Ljubomir Božić <ljubo108@vip.hr>,Nikola Planinac <>,Robert Vuković <robi@surfer.hr>,Sasa Poznanovic <sasa.poznanovic@vuka.hr>,Vedran Vyroubal <vedran.vyroubal@inet.hr>,Vinko Prelac <vinko@buka.hr>,Vlatko Kosturjak <kost@linux.hr>,Zoran Jankovic <zoran.jankovic@inet.hr>,
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX 0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-04 21:25+CET\n"
+"Last-Translator: auto\n"
+"Language-Team: Croatian <lokalizacija@linux.hr>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 :  n%10>=2 && n%"
+"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;;\n"
+"X-Generator: TransDict server\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Prije nastavka trebate pažljivo pročitati stavke licence. Ona\n"
+"pokriva cijelu Mandriva Linux distribuciju, i ako se ne slažete u svim\n"
+"stavkama sadržanih u njoj, kliknite na \"Odbij\" gumb koji će automatski\n"
+"završiti instalaciju. Za nastavak instalacije, kliknite na\n"
+"\"Prihvati\" gumb."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux je višekorisnički sustav, i to znači da svaki korisnik može imati\n"
+"vlastita podešenja, vlastite datoteke itd. Možete pročitati ``User Guide''\n"
+"da naučite više. Za razliku od \"root\"-a, koji je administrator, korisnici\n"
+"koje ćete dodati ovdje neće imati ovlaštenja za mijenjanje ničega osim "
+"vlastitih\n"
+"datoteka ili vlastitih postavki. Morati ćete napraviti najmanje jednog "
+"normalnog\n"
+"korisnika za vas. Taj račun ćete koristiti za prijavljivanje za rutinsko\n"
+"korištenje. Iako je vrlo praktično se prijaviti kao \"root\" svaki dan,\n"
+"to može biti vrlo opasno! Najmanja pogreška može značiti da vaš sustav\n"
+"neće više moći raditi. Ako napravite ozbiljnu grešku kao normalan korisnik,\n"
+"možete izgubiti samo neke informacije, ali ne cijeli sustav.\n"
+"\n"
+"Prvo, morate unijeti vaše pravo ime. Ono nije obvezno, naravno\n"
+"možete ustvari unijeti što god želite. DrakX će tada uzeti prvu riječ koju\n"
+"ste unijeli u to polje i prenijeti je u \"Korisničko ime\". To je ime kojim "
+"će \n"
+"se taj konkretni korisnik prijavljivati u sustav. Možete ga mijenjati. "
+"Tada \n"
+"morate ovdje upisati lozinku. Sa gledišta sigurnosti, lozinka "
+"neprivilegiranog \n"
+"(običnog) korisnika nije toliko važna kao \"root\" lozinka, ali je ne treba "
+"zbog\n"
+"toga zanemarivati: naposlijetku, radi se o vašim datotekama.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako pritisnete \"Prihvati korisnika\", možete ih dodati koliko želite. "
+"Dodajte\n"
+"korisnika za svakog prijatelja: oca ili sestru, npr. Kada ste dodali sve "
+"korisnike\n"
+"koje ste željeli, stisnite \"Završi\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Pritiskanjem na \"Napredno\" možete promijeniti predodređenu \"ljusku\" za "
+"tog\n"
+"korisnika (bash je predodređen)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Da li želite koristiti aboot?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Gore su popisane postojeće Linux particije pronađene na\n"
+"vašem hard disku. Možete zadržati izbore napravljene od strane čarobnjaka, "
+"one su dobre za\n"
+"uobičajenu upotrebu. Ukoliko promjenite izbore, morate barem definirati "
+"root\n"
+"particiju (\"/\"). Nemojte izabrati premalu particiju jer nećete moći \n"
+"instalirati dovoljno software-a. Ako želite spremati vaše podatke na "
+"posebnoj particiji,\n"
+"trebate također izabrati \"/home\" (jedino moguće ako imate više od jedne\n"
+"raspoložive Linux particije).\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Za informaciju, svaka particija je popisana kako slijedi: \"Ime\", "
+"\"Kapacitet\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Ime\" je kodirano kako slijedi: \"tip hard diska\", \"broj hard diska\",\n"
+"\"broj particije\" (naprimjer, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tip hard diska\" je \"hd\" ukoliko je hard disk - IDE hard disk i \"sd\"\n"
+"ukoliko je on SCSI hard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Broj hard diska\" je uvijek slovo poslije \"hd\" ili \"sd\". Sa IDE hard "
+"diskovima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" znači \"master hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" znači \"slave hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" znači \"master hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" znači \"slave hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Sa SCSI hard diskovima, \"a\" znači \"primarni hard disk\", \"b\" znači "
+"\"sekundarni hard disk\", itd..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux instalacija je proširena na nekoliko CDROMova. DrakX\n"
+"zna ukoliko se odabrani paket nalazi na drugom CDROMu i izbaciti će\n"
+"trenutni CD i pitati vas da ubacite drugi koji je potreban."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Sada treba odrediti koje programe želite instalirati u svoj sustav. Za "
+"Mandriva \n"
+"Linux su dostupne tisuće paketa, i ne morate ih sve znati na pamet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako pokrećete standarnu instalaciju sa CD-ROMa, prvo ćete biti upitani da "
+"navedete\n"
+"CDove koje imate (samo u modu za stručnjake). Provjerite imena CDova i "
+"označite\n"
+"kućice koje odgovaraju CDovima koje imate. Pritisnite \"U redu\" kada ste "
+"spremni\n"
+"nastaviti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Paketi su podijeljeni po grupama koje odgovaraju određenoj svrsi. Grupe su \n"
+"podijeljene u četiri sekcije:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Radna stanica\": ako ćete koristiti stroj kao radnu stanicu, izaberite\n"
+"jednu ili više odgovarajućih grupa;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Razvoj\": ako će se Vaš stroj koristiti za programiranje, izaberite\n"
+"željene grupe;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Poslužitelj\": ako je Vaš stroj određen za poslužitelja, moći ćete "
+"odabrati\n"
+"koje od uobičajenih servisa želite instalirati na njega;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Grafičko okružje\": naposlijetku, ovdje birate grafičko okružje. Barem "
+"jedno\n"
+"mora biti odabrano ako želite imati grafičku radnu stanicu!\n"
+"\n"
+"Pomicanjem pokazivača miša na ime grupe će se prikazati kratak opis te "
+"grupe. Ako\n"
+"nijedna grupa nije odabrana pri normalnoj instalaciji (za razliku od "
+"nadogradnje),\n"
+"iskočit će dijalog sa predloženim opcijama za minimalnu instalaciju:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Sa Xima\": instaliranje što je manje paketa moguće za grafičko "
+"sučelje;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Sa osnovnom dokumentacijom\": instalira osnovni sustav sa osnovnim "
+"pomoćnim\n"
+"programima i njihovom dokumentacijom. Ova instalacija je pogodna za "
+"namještanje\n"
+"poslužitelja;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Stvarno malena instalacija\": instalirat će strogi minimum potreban da "
+"bi\n"
+"imali Linux sustav koji radi, samo u komandnoj liniji. Ova instalacija je "
+"velika\n"
+"oko 65Mb.\n"
+"\n"
+"Možete provjeriti \"Inividualni odabir paketa\", što je korisno ako ste "
+"upoznati\n"
+"sa ponuđenim paketima ili ako želite imati potpunu kontrolu nad "
+"instaliranim\n"
+"sadržajem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ste pokrenuli instalaciju u \"Nadogradnja\" načinu, možete odselektirati "
+"sve\n"
+"grupe da izbjegnete instaliranje novih paketa. Ovo je korisno za "
+"popravljanje\n"
+"ili osuvremenjivanje postojećeg sustava."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Nadogradnja"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Sa osnovnom dokumentacijom (preporučeno!)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Minimalna instalacija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Konačno, ovisno o tome da li ste izbrali individualne pakete, prikazat će "
+"vam \n"
+"se stablo sa svim paketima podijeljenim u grupe i podgrupe. Pri "
+"pregledavanju\n"
+"stabla možete izabrati čitave grupe, podgrupe ili pojedine pakete.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad god izaberet paket na stablu, na desnoj strani se pojavi opisnik. Kada "
+"ste\n"
+"završili odabir, pritisnite \"Instaliraj\", čime ćete pokrenuti proces "
+"instaliranja.\n"
+"Ovisno o brzini računala i broju paketa koji trebaju biti instalirani, "
+"proces može\n"
+"potrajati. Procjena vremena koje će biti potrebno da bi se sve instaliralo "
+"piše\n"
+"na ekranu, da vam pomogne procjeniti imate li vremena za šalicu kave.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Ako je odabran poslužiteljski paket, namjerno ili jer je pripadao nekoj "
+"grupi,\n"
+"bit ćete upitani da potvrdite da li želite stvarno instalirati te "
+"poslužitelje.\n"
+"Kod Mandriva Linuxa, svi instalirani poslužitelji se pokreću prilikom "
+"podizanja\n"
+"sustava. Čak iako su sigurni, bez poznatih problema u vrijeme izlaska "
+"distribucije,\n"
+"može se dogoditi da se otkriju sigurnosne rupe nakon zgotovljenja ove "
+"inačice\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxa. Ako ne znate što bi pojedini servis trebao raditi ili "
+"zašto \n"
+"se instalira, pritisnite \"Ne\". Pritiskanjem na \"Da\"instalirat će se "
+"navedeni\n"
+"servisi i pokretat će se automatski. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Automatske ovisnosti\" opcija onemogućuje upozorenje koje se pojavi kad "
+"god \n"
+"instalacija automatski izabere paket. Ovo se dešava stoga što je utvrdila "
+"da\n"
+"treba zadovoljiti ovisnost drugim paketom da bi se uspješno završila.\n"
+"\n"
+"Malena ikona diskete na dnu popisa omogućuje učitavanje popisa paketa "
+"izabranih\n"
+"tijekom neke prošle instalacije. Pritiskom na nj upitat će vas da ubacite "
+"disketu\n"
+"napravljenu na kraju neke druge instalacije. Pogledajte drugi savjet u "
+"posljednjem\n"
+"koraku stvaranja takve diskete."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatske ovisnosti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Sada možete izabrati servise koje želite pokreniti pri podizanju.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ovdje su predstavljeni svi servisi dostupni sa trenutnom instalacijom.\n"
+"Pregledajet ih pažljivo i maknite one koje nisu uvijek potrebni prilikom\n"
+"podizanja sustava.\n"
+"\n"
+"Odabiranjem određenog servisa dobit ćete kratki opis tog servisa. Međutim, "
+"ako\n"
+"niste sigurni je li servis koristan ili ne, sigurnije je ostaviti "
+"predodređeno\n"
+"ponašanje.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Na ovoj razini obratite pozornost na to da li ćete koristiti stroj kao\n"
+"poslužitelj: vjerojatno ne želite pokretati neke servise koje ne trebate.\n"
+"Prisjetite se da neki servisi mogu biti opasni ako su pokrenuti na "
+"poslužitelju.\n"
+"Općenito, izaberite samo one servise koji vam stvarno trebaju.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux upravlja vremenom po GMTu (Greenwich Mean Time) i prevodi ga u\n"
+"lokalno vrijeme prema vremenskoj zoni koju ste izabrali. Moguće je, doduše,\n"
+"ovo isključiti isključivanjem odabira \"Hardverski sat namješten na GMT\" "
+"tako\n"
+"da je hardverski sat jednak sustavskom. Ovo je korisno kada se na računalu\n"
+"nalazi drugi operacijski sustav, poput Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcija \"Automatska sinhronizacija vremena\" će automatski podešavati sat\n"
+"tako da će se povezivati sa vremenskim poslužiteljem na Internetu. Sa "
+"popisa\n"
+"izaberite poslužitelj najbliže vama. Naravno, morate imati ispravnu vezu sa\n"
+"Internetom da bi ovo radilo. Također, instalirat će vremenski poslužitelj "
+"na\n"
+"vaše računalo kojeg, opcionalno, mogu koristiti druga računala u vašoj\n"
+"lokalnoj mreži."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatska vremenska sinkronizacija (koristeći NTP)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafička kartica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalacijski program će u uobičajenim okolnostima automatski detektirati "
+"i\n"
+" konfigurirati vašu grafičku karticu. Ukoliko je načinjen pogrešan odabir,\n"
+"možete iz ovog popisa odabrati ispravnu karticu.\n"
+"\n"
+"   U slučaju da su za vašu karticu na raspolaganju različiti serveri, sa ili "
+"bez,\n"
+"3D ubrzanja, program će vas pitati koji server najbolje odgovara vašim "
+"potrebama."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Konačno ćete biti pitani da li želite vidjeti grafičko sučelje pri\n"
+"dizanju. Primjetite da ovo pitanje će biti pitano iako ne želite "
+"istestirati\n"
+"konfiguraciju. Vjerojatno, želite odgovoriti sa \"Ne\" ukoliko će vaše "
+"računalo\n"
+"raditi kao poslužitelj, ili ako niste bili uspješni u konfiguriranju vašeg\n"
+"zaslona."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"U ovom trenutku, trebate izabrati gdje ćete instalirati vaš\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operativni sustav na vašem tvrdom disku. Ukoliko je prazan "
+"ili \n"
+"ako postojeći operativni sustav koristi čitav prostor na disku, trebate ga\n"
+"particionirati. Jednostavno, particioniranje hard diska sastoji se od\n"
+"logičkog dijeljenja kako bi napravili prostor za instalaciju vašeg novog\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sustava.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zato što su posljedice procesa particioniranja obično nepovratne,\n"
+"particioniranje može biti strašno i stresno ukoliko ste korisnik bez "
+"iskustva.\n"
+"Ovaj čarobnjak pojednostavljuje proces. Prije početka, molimo konzultirajte\n"
+"upute i uzmite vremena koliko vam je potrebno.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ste pokrenuli instalaciju u modu za stručnjake, ući ćete u DiskDrake,\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxov alat za particioniranje, s kojim možete fino podešavati\n"
+"particije. Pogledajte DiskDrake odjeljak u ``User Guide''.\n"
+"Iz sučelja instalacije možete koristiti čarobnjake koji su ovdje opisani\n"
+"pritiskom na \"Čarobnjak\" dugme.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako su particije već određene, od prijašnje instalacije, ili nekog drugog\n"
+"alata za particioniranje, samo ih izaberite da bi instalirali vaš Linux "
+"sustav.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako particije nisu definirane, morate ih stvoriti korištenjem čarobnjaka.\n"
+"Ovisno o vašem tvrdom disku, nekoliko opcija je dostupno:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Koristi slobodni prostor\": ova opcija će jednostavno automatski\n"
+"particionirati vaše prazne diskove. Nećete biti više ništa priupitani;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Korištenje postojeće particije\": čarobnjak je detektirao jednu ili "
+"više\n"
+"postojećih Linux particija na vašem hard disku. Ukoliko\n"
+"ih želite zadržati, izaberite ovu opciju.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Obriši cijeli disk\": ukoliko želite obrisati sve podatke i sve "
+"particije\n"
+"koje postoje na vašem hard disku i zamjeniti ih sa\n"
+"vašim novim Mandriva Linux sustavom, možete izabrati ovu opciju. Budite\n"
+"pažljivi sa ovim rješenjem, nećete moći\n"
+"povratiti vaš izbor nakon potvrde.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Koristiti slobodan prostor na Windows particiji\": ukoliko je "
+"Microsoft\n"
+"Windows instaliran na vašem hard disku i zauzima\n"
+"cjeli raspoloživ prostor na njemu, trebate napraviti slobodan prostor za\n"
+"Linux podatke. Da biste to napravili možete obrisati vašu\n"
+"Microsoft Windows particiju i podatke (pogledajte \"Brisanje cijelog diska"
+"\"\n"
+"ili \"Ekspert mod\" rješenja) ili mijenjati veličinu vaše\n"
+"Microsoft Windows particije. Mijenjanje veličine može se obaviti bez\n"
+"gubitka bilo kakvih podataka, ako prethodno defragmentirate Windows "
+"particiju.\n"
+"Ovo rješenje je preporučeno ukoliko želite koristiti zajedno Mandriva Linux\n"
+"i Microsoft Windows-e na istom računalu.\n"
+"\n"
+"  Prije izabiranja ovog rješenja, molimo shvatite da će veličina vaše "
+"Microsoft\n"
+"Windows partiticije biti manja nego što je sada. To znači da ćete imati\n"
+"manje slobodnog prostora pod\n"
+"Microsoft Windows-ima za spremanje vaših podataka ili instaliranje novog "
+"software-a.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Obiši Windowse\": ovo će jednostavno obri sati sve na disku i početi\n"
+"particionirati sve ispočetka. Svi podaci na disku će biti izgubljeni;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Ekspertni mod\": Ukoliko želite particionirati ručno vaš hard disk, "
+"možete\n"
+"izabrati ovu opciju. Budite pažljivi prije\n"
+"izabiranja ovog rješenja. Vrlo je moćno, ali i vrlo opasno. Možete\n"
+"izgubiti sve vaše podatke vrlo lako. Zato,\n"
+"nemojte izabrati ovo rješenje ukoliko ne znate što radite."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Koristi postojeće particije"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Obriši cijeli disk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Eto. Instalacija je završena i vaš GNU/Linux sustav je spreman za "
+"korištenje.\n"
+"Samo pritisnite \"U redu\" da bi ponovno pokrenuli sustav. Možete pokrenuti\n"
+"GNU/Linux ili Windowse, što god želite (ako imate dva sustava), čim se\n"
+"računalo ponovno podigne.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Napredno\" dugme (samo u modu za stručnjake) će prikazati još dva "
+"dugmeta: \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"napravi disketu za automatsku instalaciju\": za stvaranje "
+"instalacijske\n"
+"diskete koja će automatski izvršiti čitavu instalaciju bez pomoći "
+"operatora,\n"
+"sličnu instalaciji koju ste upravo namjestili.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Primjetite da su dvije različite opcije dostupne nakon pritiska na "
+"dugme:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Replay\". Ovo je djelomice automatizirana instalacija, pošto\n"
+"particioniranje (i samo to) ostaje interaktivno;\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Automatska instalacija\". Potpuno automatizirana instalacija: tvrdi\n"
+"disk se u potpunosti prebrisava, svi podaci se gube.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ova opcija je dosta korisna pri instaliranju na veći broj sličnih "
+"mašina.\n"
+"Pogledajte odjeljak za automatsku instalaciju na našem web siteu;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Snimi odabir paketa\"(*): snima prethodni odabir paketa. Potom, pri "
+"drugoj\n"
+"instalaciji, stavite disketu u pogon i pokrenite instalaciju odlaskom u\n"
+"ekran za pomoć pritiskom na [F1], te zadavanjem >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<\n"
+"naredbe.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Trebate FAT formatiranu disketu (da bi je napravili u GNU/Linuxu, "
+"napišite\n"
+"\"mformat a:\")"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Napravi auto instalacijsku disketu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Svaka novo definirana particija mora biti\n"
+"formatirana za korištenje (formatiranje znači pravljenje datotečnog "
+"sustava).\n"
+"\n"
+"Trenutno, možete htjeti ponovno formatirati neke već postojeće particije\n"
+"kako bi obrisali\n"
+"podatke koje one posjeduju. Ukoliko želite to napraviti,\n"
+"izaberite particije koje želite formatirati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Primjetite da nije nužno ponovno formatirati sve već postojeće particije.\n"
+"Morate ponovno formatirati particije koje sadrže operativni sustav (poput \n"
+"\"/\",\"/usr\" ili \"/var\") ali ne morate ponovno formatirati particije "
+"koje\n"
+"sadrže podatke koje želite zadržati (tipično \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Molimo budite pažljivi odabirom particija, poslije formatiranja, svi podaci\n"
+"će biti obrisani i nećete ih moći povratiti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pritisnite na \"U redu\" kada ste spremni za formatiranje particije.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pritisnite na \"Odustani\" kada želite izabrati druge particije za\n"
+"instalaciju vašeg novog Mandriva Linux operativnog sustava.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pritisnite na \"Napredno\" ako želite izabrati particije koje će biti\n"
+"provjeravane radi loših blokova (bad blocks)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Dok instalirate Mandriva Linux, moguće je da su neki paketi već nadograđeni\n"
+"od prvotne inačice. Neki bugovi su možda uklonjeni, i sigurnost poboljšana.\n"
+"Da bi iskoristili prednosti tih nadogradnji, predloženo vam je da ih\n"
+"skinete s Interneta. Izaberite \"Da\" ako ste povezani s Internetom, ili \"Ne"
+"\"\n"
+"ako biste radije instalirali nadograđene pakete kasnije.\n"
+"\n"
+"Odabir \"Da\" prikazuje popis mjesta otkuda se nadogradnje mogu skinuti.\n"
+"Izaberite ono najbliže vama. Tada će se pojaviti stablo za odabir paketa:\n"
+"pregledajte odabir i stisnite \"Instaliraj\" da bi skinuli i instalirali "
+"odabrane\n"
+"pakete, ili \"Odustani\" za prekid."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Sada treba odabrati željenu razinu sigurnosti računala. Opće pravilo jest "
+"da\n"
+"što je više računalo izloženo i podaci vrijedniji, to bi veća razina "
+"sigurnosti\n"
+"trebala biti. Međutim, veća razina sigurnosti utječe na jednostavnost "
+"korištenja.\n"
+"Pogledajte u \"msec\" poglavlje u ``Reference Manual'' za bolje obješnjenje\n"
+"značenja tih razina.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ne znate što biste odabrali, ostavite podrazumijevanu opciju."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Udaljeno administriranje"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"U ovoj točki instalacije, trebate izabrati koje partiticije ćete koristiti "
+"za\n"
+"instalaciju vašeg novog Mandriva Linux sustava. Ukoliko su\n"
+"particije već definirane (iz prethodne instalacije GNU/Linux-a ili iz\n"
+"drugih particijskih alata), možete koristiti postojeće particije. Inače,\n"
+"moraju biti definirane.\n"
+"\n"
+"Za pravljenje particija, morate prvo izabrati tvrdi disk. Možete izabrati \n"
+"disk za particioniranje klikanjem na \"hda\" za prvi IDE disk, \"hdb\" za\n"
+"drugi ili \"sda\" za prvi SCSI disk i tako dalje.\n"
+"\n"
+"Za particioniranje izabranog hard diska, možete izabrati ove opcije:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Obriši sve\": ova opcija će obrisati sve raspoložive particije na\n"
+"odabranom hard disku.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Auto alokacija\": ova opcija vam dozvoljava da automatski napravite\n"
+"\"Ext2\" i swap particije u slobodnom prostoru vašeg hard diska.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Dodatno\": pristup dodatnim mogućnostima:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Spasi particijsku tablicu\": ukoliko je vaša particijska tablica\n"
+"oštećena, možete probati spasiti ju koristeći ovu opciju. Molimo\n"
+"budite pažljivi i zapamtite da ne mora biti uspješna.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Povrati\": možete koristiti ovu opciju za odustajanje od vaših "
+"promjena.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Ponovno učitaj\": možete koristiti ovu opciju ukoliko želite vratiti\n"
+"unazad sve promjene i učitati vašu inicijalnu particijsku tablicu\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Čarobnjak\": ukoliko želite koristiti čarobnjak za particioniranje "
+"vašeg\n"
+"hard diska, možete koristiti ovu opciju. Preporučeno je ukoliko \n"
+"nemate dovoljno znanja oko particioniranja.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Vrati sa diskete\": ukoliko ste spremili vašu particijsku tablicu na\n"
+"disketu tijekom prijašnje instalacije, možete\n"
+"je vratiti koristeći ovu opciju.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Spremi na disketu\": ukoliko želite spremiti vašu particijsku tablicu "
+"na\n"
+"disketu kako biste je mogli kasnije vratiti, možete koristiti ovu\n"
+"opciju. Jako je preporučljivo koristiti ovu opciju\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Završi\": kada ste završili s particioniranjem vašeg hard diska,\n"
+"koristite ovu opciju za spremanje vaših promjena.\n"
+"\n"
+"Za informaciju, možete dohvatiti bilo koju opciju koristeći tastaturu:\n"
+"navigiranje kroz particije se obavlja koristeći [Tab] i [Up/Down] strelice.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kada je particija odabrana, možete koristiti:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c za pravljenje novih particija (kada je prazna particija\n"
+"izabrana)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d za brisanje particije\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m za postavljanje točke montiranja\n"
+"\n"
+"Za informacije o raznim dostupnim datotečnim sustavima, pročitajte ext2fs\n"
+"poglavlje u ``Reference Manual''\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko instalirate na PPC računalo, željet ćete napraviti malu HFS\n"
+"'bootstrap' particiju od najmanje 1MB koju će koristiti\n"
+"yaboot bootloader. Ukoliko se odlučite za pravljenje malo veće \n"
+"particije, recimo 50MB, možete ju pronaći korisnom za stavljanje\n"
+"dodatnog kernela i ramdisk slike u slučaju nužde."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automatsko montiranje prenosivog medija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Prebaci u normalni mod"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Više od jedne Microsoft Windows particije su pronađene\n"
+"na vašem hard disku. Molimo izaberite jednu kojoj želite promjeniti "
+"veličinu\n"
+"kako bi instalirali vaš novi Mandriva Linux operativni sustav.\n"
+"\n"
+"Svaka je particija popisana kako slijedi; \"Linux ime\", \"Windows ime\"\n"
+"\"Kapacitet\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux ime\" je kodirano kako slijedi: \"tip hard diska\", \"broj hard diska"
+"\",\n"
+"\"broj particije\" (naprimjer, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tip hard diska\" je \"hd\" ukoliko je hard disk - IDE hard disk i \"sd\"\n"
+"ukoliko je on SCSI hard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Broj hard diska\" je uvijek slovo poslije \"hd\" ili \"sd\". Sa IDE hard\n"
+"diskovima:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" znači \"master hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" znači \"slave hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" znači \"master hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" znači \"slave hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Sa SCSI hard diskovima, \"a\" znači \"primarni hard disk\", \"b\" znači\n"
+"\"sekundarni hard disk\", itd...\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows ime\" je slovo vašeg hard diska pod Windows-ima (prvi disk\n"
+"ili particija se zove \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Obično, DrakX izabere pravu tipkovnicu za vas (ovisno o jeziku koji ste "
+"odabrali)\n"
+"i nećete ni vidjeti ovaj korak. Međutim, možda nemate tipkovnicu koja točno\n"
+"odgovara vašem jeziku: npr. ako ste iz Švicarske a govorite engleski, možda\n"
+"svejedno želite švicarsku tipkovnicu. Ili ako govorite engleski, a živite u\n"
+"Quebecu, možda ćete se naći u sličnoj situaciji. U oba slučaja, morate se "
+"vratiti\n"
+"na ovaj instalacijski korak i odabrati odgovarajuću tipkovnicu iz popisa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pristisnite \"Dodatno\" da biste dobili potpun popis podržanih tipkovnica."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Izaberite jezik kojim se želite služiti u instalaciji i sustavu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pritiskom na \"Napredno\" moći ćete izabrati druge jezike koji će biti "
+"instalirani\n"
+"na vašu radnu stanicu. Odabiranjem drugih jezika instalirat će se "
+"specifične\n"
+"jezične datoteke za sustavsku dokumentaciju i aplikacije. Npr. ako ćete na "
+"svom\n"
+"računalu imati korisnike iz Španjolske, u stablu odaberite Engleski kao "
+"glavni\n"
+"jezik i u sekciji Napredno označite kućicu koja odgovara Španjolskoj.\n"
+"\n"
+"Primjetite da se može instalirati više jezika. Kada odredite eventualne "
+"dodatne\n"
+"lokale, stisnite \"U redu\" za nastavak."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX obično prepozna koliko vaš miš ima dugmeta. Ako ne, pretpostavlja da\n"
+"imate miš sa dva dugmeta, a treće će emulirati. DrakX će automatski znati da "
+"li\n"
+"se radi o PS/2, serijskom ili USB mišu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako želite odrediti drugačiji tip miša, odaberite odgovarajući tip iz "
+"ponuđenog\n"
+"popisa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako izaberete miš različit od podrazumijevanog, prikazati će se testni "
+"ekran.\n"
+"Koristite dugmad i kotačić da potvrdite da li su postavke točne. Ako miš ne "
+"radi\n"
+"dobro, stisnite razmaknicu ili [Return] da bi odustali i ponovno izabirali."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Emulacija gumbova"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Molim odaberite ispravni port. Na primjer, COM1 port pod MS Windowsima\n"
+"se,  pod GNU/Linuxom zove \"ttyS0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovo je najvažnija odluka za sigurnost vašeg GNU/Linux sustava: morate "
+"unijeti\n"
+"\"root\" lozinku. \"root\" je sustavski administrator i jedini koji je "
+"ovlašten\n"
+"da vrši nadogradnje, dodaje korisnike, mijenja cjelokupne postavke sustava, "
+"itd.\n"
+"Ukratko, \"root\" može raditi sve! Stoga morate izabrati lozinku koju je "
+"teško\n"
+"pogoditi, DrakX će vam reći da li je prelagana. Kao što vidite, možete "
+"odabrati\n"
+"da ne unesete lozinku, ali jako vam savjetujemo da to ne činite, barem zbog\n"
+"jednog razloga: nemojte mislite da, zbog tog što ste pokrenuli GNU/Linux, su "
+"vaši\n"
+"ostali operacijski sustavi sigurni od grešaka. Pošto \"root\" može "
+"premostiti\n"
+"sva ograničenja i nenamjerno obrisati sve podatke na particijama nemarnim "
+"pristupanjem,\n"
+"važno je da bude teško postati \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Lozinka bi trebala biti kombinacija alfanumeričkih znakova i barem 8 znakova "
+"duga.\n"
+"Nikad ne zapisujte \"root\" lozinku, prelako dovodite sustav u opasnost.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ipak, nemojte izabrati predugu ili presloženu lozinku, jer ćete je morati "
+"lako\n"
+"zapamtiti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lozinka se neće pojaviti na ekranu kako je budete upisivali. Zato je morate\n"
+"upisati dvaput da bi smanjili mogućnost greške pri upisu. Ako ipak ponovite "
+"istu\n"
+"grešku dva puta, morat ćete koristiti ovu \"netočnu\" lozinku kada se prvi "
+"put\n"
+"budete prijavljivali.\n"
+"\n"
+"U stručnjak modu, bit ćete zapitani da li ćete se spajati na "
+"autentifikacijski\n"
+"poslužitelj, poput NISa ili LDAPa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako vaša mreža koristi LDAP (ili NIS) protokole za autentifikaciju, "
+"izaberite\n"
+"\"LDAP\" (ili \"NIS\") kao autentifikaciju. Ako ne znate kako, pitajte\n"
+"administratora mreže.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako vaše računalo nije povezano sa administriranom mrežom, morat ćete "
+"izabrati\n"
+"\"Lokalne datoteke\" za autentifikaciju."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "ovjera"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovdje biramo sustav za ispis za vaše računalo. Drugi OSovi možda nude "
+"jedan,\n"
+"ali Mandriva Linux nudi tri.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"pdq\", što znači ``print, do not queue'' (ispiši, bez stavljanja u "
+"red), je\n"
+"izbor koji ćete koristiti ako imate izravnu vezu sa pisačem, želite izbjeći\n"
+"zastoje u ispisu i nemate pisače u mreži. Ima samo jednostavne mrežne "
+"mogućnosti\n"
+"i ponešto je spor za mrežu. Izaberite \"pdq\" ako ste novi u GNU/Linuxu. "
+"Možete\n"
+"promijeniti odabir poslije instalacije pokretanjem PrinterDrakea iz "
+"Mandriva\n"
+"kontrolnog centra i pritiskom na dugme za stručnjake.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"``Common Unix Printing System'', je izvrstan za ispis na vašem "
+"lokalnom\n"
+"računalu, kao i za ispis na drugom kraju svijeta. Jednostavan je i može "
+"poslužiti\n"
+"kao poslužitelj i klijent za drevni \"lpd\" sustav za ispis. Dakle, "
+"kompatibilan je\n"
+"s ranijim sustavima. Ima mnoštvo trikova, ali osnovne postavke su gotovo\n"
+"jednostavne kao i \"pdq\". Ako trebate da vam emulira \"lpd\" poslužitelj, "
+"morate\n"
+"uključiti \"cups-lpd\" daemon. Ima grafička sučelja za ispis i za odabir "
+"opcija\n"
+"za ispis.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"lprNG\"``line printer daemon New Generation''. Ovaj sustav može raditi\n"
+"otprilike iste stvari kao i ostali, ali će pisati i s pisačima u Novell "
+"mreži,\n"
+"jer podržava IPX protokol, i može ispisivati izravno u komande ljuske. Ako "
+"vam\n"
+"treba Novell ili ispis u komande bez korištenja preusmjeravanja, koristite "
+"lprNG.\n"
+"Inačem CUPS je najbolji jer je jednostavniji i bolje radi preko mreže."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Stručnjak"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sada pretražuje IDE uređaje prisutne u vašem računalu.Također će "
+"pokušati\n"
+"pronaći PCI SCSI adapter(e). Ukoliko DrakX\n"
+"pronađe SCSI adapter i zna koji upravljački program da koristi, on će \n"
+"automatski biti instaliran.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko imate SCSI adapter, ISA SCSI adapter ili PCI SCSI adapter koji\n"
+"DrakX ne može prepoznati, biti ćete pitani da li imate SCSI adapter u vašem\n"
+"sustavu. Ukoliko nemate adapter, možete kliknuti na \"Ne\". Ukoliko kliknete "
+"na\n"
+"\"Da\", dobiti ćete popis upravljačkih programa odakle možete izabrati vaš\n"
+"specifičan adapter.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako trebate ručno specifirati vaš adapter, DrakX će pitati da li želite \n"
+"specifirati opcije za njega. Trebali biste dozvoliti DrakX-u da isproba "
+"opcije za\n"
+"hardware. Ovo obično radi dobro.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ne, trebati ćete navesti opcije za upravljački program. Molimo\n"
+"pregledajte User\n"
+"Guide (poglavlje 3, sekciju \"Collecting informations on your hardware\") "
+"za\n"
+"preporuke o pribavljanju ovih informacija iz dokumentacije hardware-a, sa \n"
+"proizvođačevog Web site-a (ukoliko imate Internet pristup) ili iz Microsoft "
+"Windows-a\n"
+"(ukoliko ga imate na vašem sustavu)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN kartica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "X kod pokretanja sustava"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Izaberite hard disk kojeg želite obrisati kako bi instalirali vašu\n"
+"novu Mandriva Linux particiju. Budite pažljivi, svi postojeći podaci\n"
+"biti će izgubljen i neće se moći povratiti!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Izaberite \"U redu\" ukoliko želite obrisati sve podatke i\n"
+"postojeće particije na navedenom tvrdom disku. Budite pažljivi, nakon\n"
+"klikanja na \"U redu\", nećete moći povratiti bilo kakve postojeće podatke "
+"ili\n"
+"particije na ovom hard disku, uključujući Windows podatke.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pritisnite na \"Odustani\" za prekidanje ove operacije bez gubljenja bilo\n"
+"kakvih postojećih podataka i particija na ovom hard disku."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Slijedeće ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Prijašnje"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/hu.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/hu.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..be666a2c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/hu.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1965 @@
+# translation of DrakX to Hungarian
+# Copyright (C) 2000-2001,2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Emese Kovacs <emese@gnome.hu>, 2000-2001.
+# Arpad Biro <biro_arpad@yahoo.com>, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006.
+# Tamas Szanto <tszanto@mol.hu>, 2001.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: hu\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-05 14:45+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Arpad Biro\n"
+"Language-Team: Hungarian\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Mielőtt továbblépne, olvassa át alaposan a licencegyezményt, amely az\n"
+"egész Mandriva Linux disztribúcióra érvényes. Ha elfogadja az abban\n"
+"szereplő feltételeket, akkor jelölje be a(z) \"%s\" opciót.\n"
+"Ha nem fogadja el valamelyik feltételt, akkor kattintson a(z)\n"
+"\"%s\" gombra - ezzel újraindítja a számítógépet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"A Linux többfelhasználós rendszer; ez azt jelenti, hogy minden\n"
+"felhasználónak lehetnek például külön beállításai és saját fájljai.\n"
+"A \"root\" nevű felhasználótól (ez az azonosító a rendszergazdát\n"
+"jelöli) eltérően az itt felvett felhasználóknak csak a saját fájljaikat\n"
+"és a saját beállításaikat lesz joguk módosítani - az esetleges véletlen\n"
+"vagy rosszindulatú rendszermódosítások elkerülése érdekében.\n"
+"Létre kell hoznia legalább egy \"normál\" felhasználót az Ön saját\n"
+"használatára. Ezen normál felhasználói azonosítóval érdemes elvégezni\n"
+"az olyan tevékenységeket, amelyek nem igényelnek rendszergazdai\n"
+"jogosultságot. Bár nagyon praktikus minden alkalommal rendszergazdaként\n"
+"jelentkezni be, ez nagyon veszélyes is. Egy rendszergazdaként elkövetett\n"
+"hiba hatására meghibásodhat a rendszer. Ha normál felhasználóként követ\n"
+"el hibát, akkor esetleg elveszít bizonyos adatokat, de a rendszert nem\n"
+"teheti tönkre.\n"
+"\n"
+"Az első mezőben a valódi nevét adhatja meg. Ez természetesen nem kötelező;\n"
+"bármit be lehet írni névként. A telepítő az itt megadott név első szavát\n"
+"ajánlja fel a(z) \"%s\" mezőben. Ez utóbbi az a név, amellyel\n"
+"az adott felhasználó be tud majd jelentkezni a rendszerbe. A felkínált\n"
+"felhasználónév módosítható.\n"
+"A felhasználónév megadása után meg kell adni az ahhoz tartozó\n"
+"kívánt jelszót. Egy normál felhasználó jelszava biztonsági szempontból nem\n"
+"annyira kritikus, mint a rendszergazdáé; ez viszont nem ok arra, hogy\n"
+"felületesen legyen kezelve (üres vagy túl egyszerű jelszó megadásával) -\n"
+"végül is az Ön fájljai is veszélybe kerülhetnek.\n"
+"\n"
+"A(z) \"%s\" gomb lenyomása után felvehetők újabb felhasználók is.\n"
+"Vegyen fel egy-egy felhasználónevet mindazok számára, akik a gépet\n"
+"használni fogják. Amikor végzett a felhasználónevek létrehozásával,\n"
+"kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha a(z) \"%s\" gombra kattint, módosíthatja az adott felhasználó\n"
+"alapértelmezett parancsértelmezőjét (alapértelmezés szerint ez a \"bash\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Miután felvette a felhasználókat, lehetősége lesz arra, hogy automatikus\n"
+"bejelentkezést írjon elő. Ehhez meg kell adni a gépindításkor automatikusan\n"
+"bejelentkeztetendő felhasználó azonosítóját. Ha használni kívánja ezt a\n"
+"(biztonsági kockázatot jelentő) funkciót, akkor válassza ki a kívánt\n"
+"felhasználói azonosítót és ablakkezelőt, majd kattintson a(z) \"%s\"\n"
+"gombra. Ellenkező esetben távolítsa el a kijelölést a(z) \"%s\" opció mellől."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Szeretné használni ezt a lehetőséget?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Itt láthatók a lemezen talált, már létező linuxos partíciók.\n"
+"A varázsló javaslatai általában elfogadhatók, általános célú telepítésnél\n"
+"általában megfelelnek. Ha megváltoztatja a beállításokat, mindenképpen\n"
+"jelölje ki a gyökérpartíciót (\"/\"). Ne válassza túl kicsire, mert akkor\n"
+"nem lesz elég hely a szoftverek telepítéséhez. Ha külön partícióra\n"
+"szeretné helyezni a felhasználói adatokat, jelöljön ki egy külön \"/home\"\n"
+"partíciót (ez csak akkor lehetséges, ha legalább két Linux partíció\n"
+"létezik).\n"
+"\n"
+"A partíciók listájának mezői: \"név\", \"kapacitás\".\n"
+"\n"
+"A \"név\" képzési szabálya: \"a merevlemez típusa\", \"a lemez\n"
+"azonosítója\", \"a partíció azonosítója\" (például \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"A merevlemez típusa\" \"hd\", ha a lemez IDE-csatolós, és \"sd\",\n"
+"ha SCSI-csatolós.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"A lemez azonosítója\" egy betű a \"hd\" illetve az \"sd\" után.\n"
+"IDE-csatolós merevlemezek esetén:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"a\" jelentése: \"első (master) meghajtó az első IDE-vezérlőn\"\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"b\" jelentése: \"második (slave) meghajtó az első IDE-vezérlőn\"\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"c\" jelentése: \"első meghajtó a második IDE-vezérlőn\"\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"d\" jelentése: \"második meghajtó a második IDE-vezérlőn\"\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI-csatolós lemezeknél az \"a\" jelentése: \"a legalacsonyabb\n"
+"SCSI-azonosító\", \"b\" jelentése: \"a második legalacsonyabb\n"
+"SCSI-azonosító\", ..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"A Mandriva Linux telepítőanyag több CD-n helyezkedik el. Ha egy "
+"kiválasztott\n"
+"csomag egy másik CD-n található, akkor a telepítő kiadja az\n"
+"aktuális CD-t, és megkéri Önt, hogy helyezze be a megfelelőt.\n"
+"Ha a szóban forgó lemez nincs kéznél, akkor kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra,\n"
+"így az adott csomagok nem lesznek telepítve."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Most meg kell adnia, mely programokat kívánja telepíteni a rendszerére.\n"
+"Több ezer program létezik Mandriva Linuxhoz; a kezelésük megkönnyítése\n"
+"érdekében a programok (hasonlóság alapján) csoportokba lettek sorolva.\n"
+"\n"
+"A Mandriva Linux rendszerben négy előredefiniált csomagkategória van\n"
+"meghatározva. A különböző kategóriákban levő csomagok keverhetők is,\n"
+"tehát egy \"Munkaállomás\" típusú telepítés tartalmazhat olyan\n"
+"alkalmazásokat is, amelyek csak a \"Kiszolgáló\" kategóriában vannak\n"
+"benne.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha munkaállomásként tervezi használni a gépet, akkor\n"
+"válogasson a \"Munkaállomás\" kategóriában szereplő alkalmazások közül.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha a gép programozásra is lesz használva, akkor\n"
+"válassza ki a kívánt csomagokat a kategóriából. A speciális \"LSB\"\n"
+"csoport telepítése esetén a rendszer úgy lesz beállítva, hogy megfeleljen\n"
+"a Linux Standard Base specifikációnak. Az \"LSB\" csoport kijelölése\n"
+"esetén az alapértelmezett 2.6 verziójú kernel helyett a 2.4 verzió kerül\n"
+"telepítésre - annak érdekében, hogy 100 százalékos legyen az LSB\n"
+"szabványnak való megfelelés. Ha nem jelöli ki az \"LSB\" csoportot,\n"
+"abban az esetben egy közel 100 százalékosan LSB-megfelelő rendszer\n"
+"lesz telepítve.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha a gép kiszolgálóként lesz használva, válassza ki,\n"
+"hogy a gyakrabban használt szolgáltatások közül melyeket kívánja\n"
+"telepíteni a gépre.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": itt választható ki a kívánt grafikus környezet.\n"
+"Ha szeretne grafikus felületet, akkor legalább egyet ki kell választani.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha az egérkurzort egy csoport neve fölé viszi, akkor megjelenik egy rövid\n"
+"magyarázat az adott csoportról.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bejelölheti a(z) \"%s\" opciót; ez akkor hasznos, ha Ön ismeri a\n"
+"felkínált csomagokat, illetve ha teljes mértékben ellenőrizni kívánja,\n"
+"mi lesz a gépre feltelepítve.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha a telepítést \"%s\" üzemmódban indította el, akkor megszüntetheti\n"
+"akár az összes csoport kijelölését is, hogy elkerülje új programok\n"
+"telepítését. Ez különösen akkor lehet hasznos, ha egy meglevő rendszert\n"
+"kíván helyreállítani vagy frissíteni.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha telepítéskor az összes csoport kijelölését megszünteti (frissítésre\n"
+"ez nem vonatkozik), akkor a telepítő választási lehetőséget fog felkínálni\n"
+"a minimális telepítésre vonatkozóan. A következő lehetőségek választhatók:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": grafikus rendszer a lehető legkevesebb csomag telepítésével.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": az alaprendszer az alapvető programokkal és azok\n"
+"dokumentációjával. Megfelel például kiszolgáló telepítéséhez.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": a lehető legkevesebb csomag telepítése; csak parancssoros\n"
+"felülettel rendelkező Linux-rendszer. Körülbelül 65 megabájt méretű "
+"telepítés."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Frissítés"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Alapvető dokumentációval"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Valóban minimális telepítés"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha egyedi csomagkiválasztást választott, megjelenik egy fa, amely az\n"
+"összes telepíthető programcsomagot tartalmazza csoportokba és\n"
+"alcsoportokba kategorizálva. A fa böngészése közben nem csak csomagokat\n"
+"jelölhet ki, hanem egész csoportokat illetve alcsoportokat is.\n"
+"\n"
+"Amikor kiválaszt egy csomagot a fában, a jobb oldalon megjelenik egy leírás\n"
+"az adott csomagról.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha kiszolgálócsomagok is ki lettek választva - akár közvetlenül, akár\n"
+"bizonyos csoportok tagjaként -, a telepítő megerősítést kér Öntől arra\n"
+"vonatkozóan, hogy valóban telepíteni kívánja-e azon kiszolgálószoftvereket.\n"
+"A Mandriva Linux rendszerben alapértelmezésben az összes feltelepített\n"
+"szolgáltatás elindításra kerül a rendszer indulásakor. Még ha azok\n"
+"biztonságosak is illetve nem rendelkeznek ismert problémákkal, akkor is\n"
+"előfordulhat, hogy utóbb biztonsági problémák merülnek fel velük\n"
+"kapcsolatban. Ha nem tudja, hogy egy bizonyos szolgáltatásnak mi a\n"
+"feladata illetve miért kerül telepítésre, akkor kattintson a(z)\n"
+"\"%s\" gombra. Ha a(z) \"%s\" gombra kattint, akkor a felsorolt\n"
+"szolgáltatások telepítésre kerülnek, és alapértelmezés szerint\n"
+"automatikusan elindításra kerülnek majd rendszerindításkor.\n"
+"\n"
+"A(z) \"%s\" opcióval kikapcsolható az a figyelmeztetés,\n"
+"amely akkor jelenik meg, amikor a telepítő - függőségi okokból -\n"
+"automatikusan kijelöl meghatározott csomagokat. Bizonyos csomagok közt\n"
+"függőségi kapcsolat van, ami azt jelenti, hogy egy bizonyos csomagnak a\n"
+"telepítése csak akkor történhet meg, ha egy meghatározott másik csomag\n"
+"már telepítve van. A telepítő képes meghatározni, hogy egy bizonyos\n"
+"függőség esetén mely csomagokra van szükség a telepítés sikeres\n"
+"végrehajtásához.\n"
+"\n"
+"A lista alatt levő, floppylemezt ábrázoló ikon lehetővé teszi egy korábbi\n"
+"telepítés során elmentett csomaglista betöltését. Ez akkor hasznos, ha\n"
+"több gépre szeretné ugyanazon csomagokat telepíteni. Az említett ikonra\n"
+"kattintva a telepítő megkéri Önt, hogy tegyen be egy floppyt, amely egy\n"
+"korábbi telepítés végén készült. Ha szeretné megtudni, hogyan lehet ilyen\n"
+"floppyt készíteni, akkor tekintse meg a telepítés utolsó lépésében szereplő\n"
+"második tippet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatikus függőségek"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": a(z) \"%s\" gombra kattintva elindul a nyomtatóbeállítási\n"
+"varázsló. Nyomtatóbeállítással kapcsolatos további információkat a\n"
+"felhasználói kézikönyvből lehet szerezni. Az ott bemutatott felület hasonló\n"
+"ahhoz, ami a telepítéskor megjelenik."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Ebben a párbeszédablakban lehet kijelölni a rendszerindításkor\n"
+"automatikusan elindítandó szolgáltatásokat.\n"
+"\n"
+"A telepítő megjeleníti a jelenleg telepített összes szolgáltatás listáját.\n"
+"Vizsgálja meg a listát alaposan, és törölje a kijelölést azok mellől,\n"
+"amelyek rendszerindításkor való elindítására nincs szükség.\n"
+"\n"
+"Egy szolgáltatás kiválasztásakor megjelenik a hozzá tartozó rövid leírás.\n"
+"Ha nem tudja biztosan, hogy a szolgáltatásra szükség van-e vagy\n"
+"sem, akkor ne változtassa meg az alapértelmezett indítási módot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Gondosan járjon el, ha a gépet kiszolgálónak fogja használni; ne\n"
+"indítson el egyetlen olyan szolgáltatást sem automatikusan, amelyre nincs\n"
+"szükség. Kiszolgáló esetén bizonyos szolgáltatások biztonsági kockázatot\n"
+"jelentenek. Csak a valóban szükséges szolgáltatásokat engedélyezze."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"A Linux az időt a GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) alapján kezeli - a\n"
+"kiválasztott időzónának megfelelő helyi időre konvertálja azt. Ha a gép\n"
+"alaplapjának órája helyi időre van állítva, akkor kapcsolja ki az\n"
+"időzónához való igazítást a(z) \"%s\" opció kikapcsolásával -\n"
+"ekkor a rendszeróra szerinti idő azonos lesz a gép órája szerintivel\n"
+"(azaz a két óra ugyanazon időzóna szerint mutatja az időt). Ez\n"
+"akkor hasznos, ha van a gépen más operációs rendszer is.\n"
+"\n"
+"A(z) \"%s\" opció automatikusan beállítja az órát egy internetes\n"
+"időkiszolgálóhoz kapcsolódva. Ehhez szükség van egy beállított\n"
+"internetkapcsolatra. Az időkiszolgálók közül lehetőleg egy Önhöz közel\n"
+"levőt válasszon. Ez a funkció feltelepít az Ön gépére egy időkiszolgálót,\n"
+"amelyet a helyi hálózat többi gépe is használhat."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatikus időszinkronizáció"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafikus kártya\n"
+"\n"
+"A telepítő általában felismeri és beállítja a gépben levő grafikus kártyát.\n"
+"Ha nem így történik, kiválaszthatja a grafikus kártyák listájából a\n"
+"megfelelőt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha több grafikus modul is elérhető az Ön kártyájához - 3D-gyorsítással\n"
+"illetve a nélkül -, akkor kiválaszthatja az Önnek leginkább megfelelőt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Az X (teljes néven: X Window System) a Linux grafikus felületét nyújtó\n"
+"rendszer. A Mandriva Linuxban levő grafikus környezetek (KDE, GNOME,\n"
+"AfterStep, WindowMaker, ...) ezen grafikus rendszert használják.\n"
+"\n"
+"Egy listát fog látni az elérhető paraméterekről, amelyekkel optimalizálható\n"
+"a grafikus megjelenítés.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Grafikus kártya\n"
+"\n"
+"A telepítő általában felismeri és beállítja a gépben levő grafikus kártyát.\n"
+"Ha nem így történik, kiválaszthatja a grafikus kártyák listájából a\n"
+"megfelelőt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha több grafikus modul is elérhető az Ön kártyájához - 3D-gyorsítással\n"
+"illetve a nélkül -, akkor kiválaszthatja az Önnek leginkább megfelelőt.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"A telepítő általában automatikusan megállapítja a monitor típusát, és\n"
+"beállítja azt. Ha nem így történik, kiválaszthatja ebből a listából a\n"
+"monitor típusát.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Felbontás\n"
+"\n"
+"Itt kiválaszthatja a kívánt felbontási és színmélységi értékeket az\n"
+"elérhető értékek listájából. Válassza ki az igényeinek legjobban\n"
+"megfelelő értékeket. A beállítások tetszőlegesen módosíthatók a\n"
+"telepítés után is. A képernyőn egy mintakép fog megjelenni a\n"
+"kiválasztott beállítások szemléltetésére.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Teszt\n"
+"\n"
+"Bizonyos hardverelemek esetén ez a bejegyzés nem jelenik meg.\n"
+"\n"
+"A rendszer megnyit egy grafikus képernyőt a kívánt felbontással, ha ez\n"
+"lehetséges. Ha látható a tesztelés közben megjelenő üzenet, akkor nyomja\n"
+"le a(z) \"%s\" gombot; a telepítő ekkor a következő lépésre ugrik. Ha\n"
+"viszont az üzenet nem látható, az azt jelenti, hogy a beállítás nem\n"
+"megfelelő. A beállítás tesztelése 12 másodperc elteltével automatikusan\n"
+"véget ér, és ismét a menü jelenik meg a képernyőn. Módosítsa a\n"
+"beállításokat, amíg el nem ér egy megfelelő beállítást.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Beállítások\n"
+"\n"
+"Itt beállítható, hogy rendszerindításkor grafikus üzemmódba váltson-e a\n"
+"rendszer. Ha a gép kiszolgálóként fog üzemelni, vagy nem sikerült\n"
+"megfelelően beállítani a grafikus üzemmódot, akkor javasolt a(z) \"%s\"\n"
+"lehetőséget választani."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"A telepítő általában automatikusan megállapítja a monitor típusát, és\n"
+"beállítja azt. Ha nem így történik, kiválaszthatja ebből a listából a\n"
+"monitor típusát."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Felbontás\n"
+"\n"
+"Itt kiválaszthatja a kívánt felbontási és színmélységi értékeket az\n"
+"elérhető értékek listájából. Válassza ki az igényeinek legjobban megfelelő\n"
+"értékeket. A beállítások tetszőlegesen módosíthatók a telepítés után is.\n"
+"A képernyőn egy mintakép fog megjelenni a kiválasztott beállítások\n"
+"szemléltetésére."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha több grafikus modul is elérhető az Ön kártyájához - 3D-gyorsítással\n"
+"illetve a nélkül -, akkor kiválaszthatja az Önnek leginkább megfelelőt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Beállítások\n"
+"\n"
+"Itt beállítható, hogy rendszerindításkor grafikus üzemmódba váltson-e a\n"
+"rendszer. Ha a gép kiszolgálóként fog üzemelni, vagy nem sikerült\n"
+"megfelelően beállítani a grafikus üzemmódot, akkor a(z) \"%s\"\n"
+"lehetőséget érdemes választani."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Ebben a lépésben kell megadni, hogy a Mandriva Linux telepítése a "
+"merevlemez\n"
+"melyik részére történjen. Ha a lemez még teljesen üres, vagy a korábban\n"
+"telepített operációs rendszer(ek) miatt nincs elég szabad hely, akkor újra\n"
+"kell partícionálni a lemezt. A partícionálás a lemezterület logikai\n"
+"újrafelosztását jelenti - erre a Mandriva Linux telepítéséhez szükséges\n"
+"hely létrehozása érdekében van szükség.\n"
+"\n"
+"A partícionálás veszélyes művelet. Hiba esetén adatvesztéssel járhat\n"
+"(ha a lemez nem volt üres), ráadásul általában nincs lehetőség visszatérni\n"
+"egy korábbi állapothoz. Emiatt kezdő felhasználóknak sok nehézséget\n"
+"okozhat. A telepítő tartalmaz egy varázslót, amely egyszerűbbé teszi a\n"
+"művelet végrehajtását, de mielőtt használatba venné, olvassa végig a\n"
+"leírást.\n"
+"\n"
+"A lemezek tartalmától függően többféle lehetőség van:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ez a lehetőség az üres meghajtók automatikus\n"
+"partícionálását jelenti. Ebben az esetben a telepítő nem tesz\n"
+"fel további kérdéseket.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": a varázsló talált egy vagy több\n"
+"linuxos partíciót a lemezen. Ha ezeket szeretné használni a\n"
+"telepítéshez, válassza ezt a lehetőséget. Ezt követően meg kell adnia\n"
+"az ezekhez tartozó csatolási pontokat. Alapértelmezésben a korábbi\n"
+"állapotnak megfelelő csatolási pontok vannak megadva; általában\n"
+"érdemes változatlanul hagyni azokat.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha a\n"
+"Windows úgy van feltelepítve a lemezre, hogy elfoglalja az összes\n"
+"elérhető területet, akkor annak egy részét fel kell szabadítani a Linux\n"
+"számára. Ez történhet a Windows-partíció törlésével (lásd \"A teljes\n"
+"lemez törlése\" lehetőséget) vagy átméretezésével (az utóbbi a FAT\n"
+"és az NTFS típusú partíciókra vonatkozik).\n"
+"Az átméretezés végrehajtható a lemezen levő adatok\n"
+"elvesztése nélkül - feltéve, hogy azt megelőzően töredezettségmentesítve\n"
+"lett a kérdéses partíció. Javasolt továbbá az adatok mentése is.\n"
+"Ezen módszer a javasolt abban az esetben, ha a Mandriva Linuxot és a\n"
+"Windowst ugyanazon a gépen szeretné használni.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha ezt a lehetőséget választja, ne feledkezzen meg arról, hogy ennek\n"
+"hatására a windowsos partíció mérete a korábbinál kisebb lesz,\n"
+"tehát a Windows használatakor kevesebb hely lesz az adatok tárolására\n"
+"és új szoftverek telepítésére.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha minden adatot és minden partíciót\n"
+"törölni szeretne a lemezről, és a telepítéshez az így felszabaduló\n"
+"helyet szeretné használni, akkor válassza ezt a lehetőséget. Legyen\n"
+"nagyon óvatos ezzel a lehetőséggel, mert a lemezen levő adatok\n"
+"véglegesen elvesznek a megerősítés után.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha ezt a lehetőséget választja, a lemezen levő összes adat törlésre kerül.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ez a funkció akkor használható, ha a Windows az\n"
+"egész lemezt elfoglalja. A funkció egyszerűen letöröl mindent\n"
+"a lemezről, és újrapartícionálja azt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha ezt a lehetőséget választja, a lemezen levő összes adat elvész.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha közvetlenül (varázsló nélkül)\n"
+"szeretné elvégezni a partícionálást, akkor válassza ezt a lehetőséget.\n"
+"Legyen óvatos - sok minden elvégezhető ebben az üzemmódban, de a\n"
+"használata veszélyes. Könnyen elveszítheti a lemezen levő összes adatot\n"
+"ennek a használatával, ezért csak indokolt esetben válassza ezt a\n"
+"funkciót. A DiskDrake program használatáról a felhasználói kézikönyv\n"
+"partíciókezelésről szóló szakaszában találhat további információt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Már létező partíció használata"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "A teljes lemez törlése"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítés befejeződött; a Linux rendszer készen áll a használatra.\n"
+"A rendszer újraindításához kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra. Ne\n"
+"feledkezzen meg a telepítőlemez eltávolításáról. Miután a\n"
+"gép elvégzi az indítási hardverteszteket, megjelenik a rendszerbetöltő\n"
+"menüje, amelyből kiválasztható, melyik operációs rendszer induljon el.\n"
+"\n"
+"A(z) \"%s\" gomb lenyomására két újabb gomb jelenik meg:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": olyan telepítőfloppy\n"
+"készítése, amelynek használatával emberi közreműködés nélkül végezhető\n"
+"a rendszer telepítése. Az így végzett telepítések a jelenlegi telepítés\n"
+"beállításait használják.\n"
+"\n"
+"Két lehetőség közül lehet választani a gomb lenyomása után:\n"
+"\n"
+"      - \"%s\". Részben automatizált telepítést jelent;\n"
+"a partícionálási lépés az egyetlen interaktív tevékenység.\n"
+"\n"
+"      - \"%s\". Teljesen automatizált telepítés; a merevlemez\n"
+"tartalma felülíródik, az összes korábbi adat elvész.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ez a lehetőség jól használható akkor, amikor nagyobb számú azonos gépre\n"
+"kell a rendszert feltelepíteni. Az automatikus telepítéssel\n"
+"kapcsolatban a Mandriva Linux honlapján találhatók további információk.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\"(*): elmenti a telepítés során\n"
+"kiválasztott csomagok listáját. Ha egy újabb telepítés alkalmával fel\n"
+"kívánja használni az elmentett listát, akkor helyezze be az azt tartalmazó\n"
+"floppyt a telepítés megkezdésekor, majd - amikor a gép billentyűlenyomásra\n"
+"vár - nyomja le az \"F1\" billentyűt, ez után pedig írja be a következőt:\n"
+"linux defcfg=\"floppy\" - utána pedig nyomja le az Enter billentyűt.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Ehhez szükség lesz egy FAT fájlrendszerre formázott floppyra.\n"
+"A formázás Linux alatt a következő paranccsal végezhető el:\n"
+"\"mformat a:\". Másik módszer a formázásra: \"fdformat /dev/fd0\", majd\n"
+"\"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Automatikus telepítőfloppy készítése"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha azt a lehetőséget választotta, hogy fel kíván használni bizonyos,\n"
+"már létező Linux-partíciókat, akkor itt lehetősége van bármelyikük\n"
+"újraformázására. A formázás letörli az adott partíció teljes tartalmát.\n"
+"Ha ezt kívánja tenni, akkor jelölje ki azon partíciókat is.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nem szükséges újraformázni az összes, korábban létrehozott partíciót.\n"
+"Az operációs rendszernek szánt partíció(ka)t mindenképpen le kell formázni\n"
+"(például a \"/\", \"/usr\" és \"/var\" partíciókat), de a felhasználói\n"
+"és egyéb adatokat tartalmazó partíciókat nem szükséges újraformázni (ilyen\n"
+"például a \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Gondosan ellenőrizze, mely partíciókat jelöli ki, mert a formázás során az\n"
+"adott partíciókon levő adatok törlődnek, és később nem nyerhetők vissza.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra a formázások megkezdéséhez.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra, ha más partícióra szeretné telepíteni a\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operációs rendszert.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra, ha bizonyos partíciókat ellenőriztetni\n"
+"kíván (hibás blokkok keresése)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Lehetséges, hogy amikor Ön a Mandriva Linux rendszert telepíti, már\n"
+"frissítésre kerültek bizonyos csomagok a rendszer kiadása óta.\n"
+"Elképzelhető, hogy bizonyos hibák ki lettek javítva, illetve\n"
+"hogy meg lettek oldva bizonyos felmerült biztonsági problémák. Ezeket\n"
+"a frissítéseket Ön letöltheti az interneten keresztül.\n"
+"Válassza a(z) \"%s\" lehetőséget, ha van működő internetkapcsolata. Ha\n"
+"inkább később kívánja telepíteni a frissítéseket, akkor a(z) \"%s\"\n"
+"lehetőséget válassza.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha a(z) \"%s\" lehetőséget választja, akkor megjelenik egy lista azon\n"
+"helyekről, amelyekről a frissítések letölthetők. Válasszon közülük egy\n"
+"Önhöz közel levőt.\n"
+"Ezt követően egy csomagválasztási fa jelenik meg. Ha telepíteni kívánja a\n"
+"kijelölt csomagokat, akkor nyomja le a(z) \"%s\" gombot. Ha nem kíván\n"
+"csomagokat telepíteni, akkor a(z) \"%s\" gombot nyomja le."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Most kiválaszthat egy biztonsági szintet a gép számára. Alapszabály,\n"
+"hogy ha fontos adatok vannak tárolva a gépen, vagy a gép kapcsolódik\n"
+"az internetre, akkor érdemes magasabbra venni a biztonsági szintet.\n"
+"Magasabb szint esetén viszont általában nehézkesebb a gép használata.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha nem biztos benne, hogy mit volna érdemes választani, akkor válassza\n"
+"az alapértelmezés szerinti lehetőséget. A biztonsági szint később is\n"
+"módosítható a Mandriva Linux Vezérlőközpontban elérhető \"draksec\"\n"
+"eszközzel.\n"
+"\n"
+"A(z) \"%s\" mezőben megadandó a biztonságért felelős személy email-címe.\n"
+"A biztonsági üzenetek azon címre lesznek küldve."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Biztonsági adminisztrátor"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Ebben a lépésben kell kiválasztani a Mandriva Linux rendszer telepítéséhez\n"
+"használni kívánt partíciókat. Ha a kívánt partíciók már létre lettek hozva\n"
+"(egy korábbi Linux-telepítés vagy valamilyen partícionálási segédprogram\n"
+"által), akkor felhasználhatók a már létező partíciók. Ha viszont még nem\n"
+"léteznek, akkor először definiálni kell a partíciókat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Partíció létrehozásánál először ki kell választani egy merevlemezt.\n"
+"Ehhez kattintson a megfelelő azonosítóra: \"hda\" az első IDE-csatolós\n"
+"lemez, \"hdb\" a második; \"sda\" az első SCSI-csatolós lemez, és így\n"
+"tovább.\n"
+"\n"
+"A kijelölt merevlemez partícionálásánál az alábbi lehetőségek közül lehet\n"
+"választani:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ennek hatására a kijelölt merevlemezen található\n"
+"összes partíció törlésre kerül.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ez lehetővé teszi Ext3 és lapozási\n"
+"partíciók automatikus létrehozását a rendelkezésre álló üres területen.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": hozzáférést biztosít további lehetőségekhez:\n"
+"\n"
+"      - \"%s\": a partíciós tábla mentése floppyra.\n"
+"A floppy használatával később - szükség esetén - helyre lehet állítani\n"
+"(vissza lehet tölteni) a partíciós táblát. Erősen ajánljuk, hogy használja\n"
+"ezt a lehetőséget.\n"
+"\n"
+"      - \"%s\": egy korábban elmentett\n"
+"partíciós tábla visszatöltése floppyról.\n"
+"\n"
+"      - \"%s\": ha a partíciós tábla\n"
+"megsérült, akkor ezzel lehet megpróbálni annak kijavítását. Legyen nagyon\n"
+"óvatos, mert a javítás nem mindig sikerül.\n"
+"\n"
+"      - \"%s\": ennek hatására az összes\n"
+"módosítás elvész; a program ismét betölti a kiindulási partíciós táblát.\n"
+"\n"
+"      - \"%s\": ha nincs\n"
+"bejelölve ez az opció, akkor a felhasználóknak kézzel kell végezniük a\n"
+"cserélhető adathordozók (például CD és floppy) csatolását illetve\n"
+"leválasztását.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": akkor válassza ezt a lehetőséget, ha a partícionálást\n"
+"varázsló segítségével szeretné végrehajtani. Ha nem ismeri a\n"
+"partícionálás technikai részleteit, akkor érdemes ezt választania.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ezzel lehet a módosításokat visszavonni.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": további funkciók elérhetővé tétele\n"
+"(partíciótípus, opciók, formázás) és több információ megjelenítése a\n"
+"merevlemezekkel kapcsolatosan.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": a partícionálás befejezése után ezzel lehet a módosításokat\n"
+"elmenteni a lemezre.\n"
+"\n"
+"Egy partíció méretének megadásakor finombeállítást végezhet a billentyűzet\n"
+"nyílbillentyűivel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Az összes funkció elérhető a billentyűzetről. A partíciók között a Tab\n"
+"billentyűvel és a Fel/Le nyilakkal lehet mozogni.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha egy partíció ki van jelölve, használni lehet a következőket:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - Ctrl+C: új partíció létrehozása (ha üres partíció van kijelölve)\n"
+"\n"
+"  - Ctrl+D: partíció törlése\n"
+"\n"
+"  - Ctrl+M: csatolási (mount) pont megadása\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha információt szeretne a használható fájlrendszertípusokról, olvassa el\n"
+"a kézikönyv Ext2FS fájlrendszerrel foglalkozó fejezetét.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha a telepítés egy PowerPC gépre történik, akkor érdemes létrehozni egy\n"
+"kisméretű HFS rendszerindítási partíciót (legalább 1 MB) a \"Yaboot\"\n"
+"rendszerbetöltő program számára. Ha nagyobbra veszi a partíciót (például\n"
+"50 MB méretűre), akkor eltárolható lesz rajta például egy tartalék kernel\n"
+"illetve RAM-diszk képfájlok (image-ek) esetleges rendszerhibák esetére."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Cserélhető adathordozó automatikus csatolása"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Váltás a normál és a szakértői módok közt"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Egynél több microsoftos partíció van a lemezen.\n"
+"Válassza ki azt, amelyiket át szeretné méretezni, hogy a\n"
+"Mandriva Linux feltelepíthető legyen.\n"
+"\n"
+"A partíciólista a következő mezőket tartalmazza: \"linuxos név\",\n"
+"\"windowsos név\", \"kapacitás\".\n"
+"\n"
+"A \"linuxos név\" formátuma a következő: \"a merevlemez típusa\",\n"
+"\"a lemez azonosítója\", \"a partíció azonosítója\" (példa a linuxos\n"
+"névre: \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha a lemez IDE-csatolós, akkor \"a merevlemez típusa\" \"hd\",\n"
+"ha pedig SCSI-csatolós, akkor \"sd\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"A lemez azonosítója\" mindig egy betű a \"hd\" illetve az \"sd\" után.\n"
+"IDE-csatolós meghajtók esetén:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"a\" jelentése: \"első (master) meghajtó az első IDE-vezérlőn\"\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"b\" jelentése: \"második (slave) meghajtó az első IDE-vezérlőn\"\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"c\" jelentése: \"első meghajtó a második IDE-vezérlőn\"\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"d\" jelentése: \"második meghajtó a második IDE-vezérlőn\"\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI-csatolós meghajtóknál az \"a\" jelentése: \"a legalacsonyabb\n"
+"SCSI-azonosító\", \"b\" jelentése: \"a második legalacsonyabb\n"
+"SCSI-azonosító\", és így tovább.\n"
+"\n"
+"A \"windowsos név\" a meghajtó Windows alatt használt azonosítója\n"
+"(az első lemez vagy partíció neve \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ellenőrizze a jelenlegi országbeállítást. Ha az nem\n"
+"megfelelő, kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra és válasszon egy másik országot.\n"
+"Ha a kívánt ország nem szerepel az elsőként megjelenített listában, akkor\n"
+"kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra a teljes országlista megjelenítéséhez."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Erre a lépésre csak akkor kerül sor, ha a gépen már van linuxos partíció.\n"
+"\n"
+"Most közölnie kell a telepítővel, hogy új telepítést szeretne-e végezni\n"
+"vagy pedig egy meglevő Mandriva Linux-rendszert kíván frissíteni:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": a korábbi rendszer felülírásra kerül. Attól függően, hogy\n"
+"milyen partíciók találhatók a gépen, bizonyos partíciók (például a\n"
+"\"home\" nevű saját könyvtárakat tartalmazók) változatlan tartalommal\n"
+"megőrizhetők. Ha szeretné módosítani a merevlemezek partícionálását\n"
+"vagy a fájlrendszereket, akkor ezt a lehetőséget használja.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": lehetővé teszi egy korábbi Mandriva Linux-telepítés\n"
+"csomagjainak frissítését. A merevlemezek partícionálása változatlanul\n"
+"marad, a felhasználók adatai sem módosulnak. A többi beállítási lépés közül\n"
+"a legtöbb elérhető lesz - a folyamat hasonló a normál telepítéshez.\n"
+"\n"
+"Frissítés használata akkor javasolt, ha a számítógépen\n"
+"Mandriva Linux 8.1 vagy újabb kiadás van."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítő a kiválasztott nyelvtől függően automatikusan kiválaszt\n"
+"egy bizonyos billentyűzetbeállítást. Ellenőrizze, hogy a kiválasztott\n"
+"beállítás megfelel-e Önnek; ha nem felel meg, akkor válasszon másikat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Elképzelhető, hogy Önnek nem a nyelvének megfelelő billentyűzete van;\n"
+"például ha Ön egy angolul beszélő magyar ember, akkor lehetséges,\n"
+"hogy magyar billentyűzete van.\n"
+"Hasonló helyzet adódhat, ha az Ön nyelve magyar, de Ön Quebecben\n"
+"tartózkodik - az Ön által beszélt nyelv nem feltétlenül egyezik meg a\n"
+"billentyűzet nyelvével. Ez a telepítési lépés lehetővé teszi a hasonló\n"
+"esetekre, hogy kiválasszon egy megfelelő billentyűzetet egy listából.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hogy megjelenjen a támogatott billentyűzetek listája, kattintson\n"
+"a(z) \"%s\" nyomógombra.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha nem latin ábécére épülő billentyűzetkiosztást választ, akkor a\n"
+"következő lépésben kijelölhet egy billentyűkombinációt, amellyel\n"
+"majd a latin és a nem-latin kiosztások közt lehet váltani."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Az első lépés a nyelv kiválasztása.\n"
+"\n"
+"A kiválasztott nyelv befolyásolja a telepítőnek, a dokumentációnak és a\n"
+"rendszer többi részének a nyelvét is. Válassza ki a megfelelő földrajzi\n"
+"helyet, majd a kívánt nyelvet.\n"
+"\n"
+"A(z) \"%s\" nyomógombra kattintva kiválaszthatók további telepítendő\n"
+"nyelvek. További nyelvek választása esetén telepítésre kerülnek az adott\n"
+"nyelvekhez tartozó fájlok is - a rendszerdokumentáció és az alkalmazások\n"
+"szövegei. Ha például a gépet spanyol felhasználók is használni fogják,\n"
+"akkor az alapértelmezett nyelvnek (például magyar) a fában történő\n"
+"kiválasztását követően a Speciális részben jelölje be a(z) \"%s\"\n"
+"lehetőséget.\n"
+"\n"
+"Az UTF-8 (Unicode) szabvány támogatásáról: A Unicode egy új\n"
+"karakterkódolási szabvány az összes létező nyelv lefedésére.\n"
+"A Linux alatti teljes támogatása még fejlesztés alatt áll.\n"
+"A Mandriva Linux UTF-8-használatát befolyásolják a felhasználó\n"
+"által végzett beállítások:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - ha olyan nyelvet választ, amelyhez erősen kapcsolódik egy\n"
+"korábbi kódolási módszer (Latin1-nyelvek, orosz, japán, kínai,\n"
+"koreai, thai, görög, török, valamint a legtöbb, ISO-8859-2 kódolást\n"
+"használó nyelv), akkor alapértelmezésben ez a korábbi kódolás lesz\n"
+"használva\n"
+"\n"
+"  - egyéb nyelvek esetében a Unicode szabvány lesz használva\n"
+"alapértelmezésben\n"
+"\n"
+"  - ha kettő vagy több nyelv kerül telepítésre, és azok eltérő\n"
+"kódolást használnak, akkor a Unicode szabványt fogja használni az\n"
+"egész rendszer\n"
+"\n"
+"  - a felhasználó előírhatja, hogy az egész rendszer a Unicode-ot\n"
+"használja - ehhez a(z) \"%s\" lehetőséget kell választani (függetlenül\n"
+"a választott nyelvektől)\n"
+"\n"
+"Tetszőleges számú nyelv telepíthető az alapértelmezett nyelven felül.\n"
+"Telepítheti akár az összeset is - ehhez a(z) \"%s\" opciót kell\n"
+"használni. Egy nyelv támogatásának telepítése azt jelenti, hogy telepítésre\n"
+"kerülnek az adott nyelvhez kapcsolódó fordítások, betűkészletek,\n"
+"helyesírás-ellenőrzők és egyebek.\n"
+"\n"
+"A rendszerre telepített nyelvek közti váltáshoz a \"localedrake\"\n"
+"program használható. Rendszergazdai jogosultsággal az összes felhasználó\n"
+"nyelvbeállításait lehet módosítani, normál felhasználóként futtatva\n"
+"pedig csak az adott felhasználó nyelvbeállításait."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "spanyol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítő általában felismeri, hogy hány gomb van az egéren. Ha ez nem így\n"
+"történik, akkor azt feltételezi, hogy Ön kétgombos egérrel rendelkezik,\n"
+"és ez esetben beállítja a harmadik egérgomb emulálását. Kétgombos egér\n"
+"esetén a \"harmadik\" gomb lenyomása a két gomb egyidejű lenyomását\n"
+"jelenti (ha az emulálás be van állítva). A telepítő felismeri, hogy\n"
+"milyen fajtájú az egér: PS/2, soros vagy USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha háromgombos, görgő nélküli egere van, akkor kiválaszthat egy \"%s\"\n"
+"egeret. A telepítő ekkor úgy állítja be az egeret, hogy emulálható\n"
+"legyen a görgő. Emulálási üzemmódban a görgő helyettesítéséhez\n"
+"nyomja le a középső egérgombot, majd mozgassa az egeret előre-hátra\n"
+"irányban.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha Ön másféle egértípust szeretne megadni, válassza ki a megfelelő típust\n"
+"a listából.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Általános\" egértípus kiválasztásához használja a(z) \"%s\" bejegyzést.\n"
+"Ez a legtöbb egérhez megfelel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha az alapértelmezettől eltérő egeret választ, akkor megjelenik egy\n"
+"tesztelési képernyő. Használja az egérgombokat és a görgőt, hogy\n"
+"ellenőrizze a beállítások helyességét és az egér helyes működését.\n"
+"Ha az egér nem működik helyesen, akkor nyomja le a Szóköz vagy az Enter\n"
+"(Return) billentyűt, és válasszon egy másik fajta egeret a listából.\n"
+"\n"
+"A görgős egereket nem mindig ismeri fel a rendszer. Ha az egér nem lett\n"
+"felismerve, válassza ki saját kezűleg a listából. Ügyeljen arra, hogy az\n"
+"egér portjának megfelelő tételt válassza ki. Miután kiválasztotta a kívánt\n"
+"típust, majd lenyomta a(z) \"%s\" gombot, egy egeret ábrázoló kép\n"
+"jelenik meg a képernyőn. Mozgassa az egér görgőjét, hogy az megfelelően\n"
+"aktiválva legyen. Ha a képernyőn levő görgőt mozogni látja az egérgörgő\n"
+"mozgatásakor, akkor tesztelje le egyrészt az egér gombjainak működését,\n"
+"másrészt azt, hogy megfelelően mozog-e az egérkurzor a képernyőn az egér\n"
+"mozgatásakor."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "görgő-emulációval"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Univerzális | Bármilyen PS/2- vagy USB-egér"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Válassza ki a megfelelő portot. Például a windowsos \"COM1\" port\n"
+"neve Linux alatt \"ttyS0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ez a legkritikusabb pont a Linux rendszer biztonságára vonatkozóan:\n"
+"meg kell adni a \"root\" nevű felhasználó jelszavát. A \"root\" azonosító\n"
+"a rendszeradminisztrátort jelöli; ez az egyetlen olyan felhasználó,\n"
+"amelynek joga van rendszerfrissítést végezni, felhasználókat létrehozni,\n"
+"módosítani a rendszerbeállításokat illetve hasonló tevékenységeket végezni.\n"
+"Röviden szólva: a \"root\" felhasználó bármit megtehet a rendszeren.\n"
+"Ez az, amiért a jelszót úgy kell megválasztani, hogy azt minél nehezebb\n"
+"legyen kitalálni. A telepítő jelzi az Ön számára, ha a jelszót könnyen\n"
+"kitalálhatónak tartja. Nem kötelező megadni jelszót, de erősen javasolt.\n"
+"A Linux rendszert - ugyanúgy, mint bármely más rendszert - tönkre lehet\n"
+"tenni rendszeradminisztrátori hibákkal. Mivel a \"root\" felhasználóra\n"
+"nem vonatkoznak a korlátozások, ezért ha például óvatlanul kezeli a\n"
+"partíciókat, akkor akár le is törölheti az azokon levő adatokat - ezért\n"
+"fontos, hogy a rendszeradminisztrátori azonosító védve legyen.\n"
+"\n"
+"A jelszónak betűkből és számokból kell állni, és legalább 8 karakter\n"
+"hosszúságúnak kell lenni. Soha ne írja le a rendszeradminisztrátori\n"
+"jelszót - ez veszélyt jelenthetne a rendszerre.\n"
+"\n"
+"A fentiek ellenére ne válasszon túl hosszú vagy túl bonyolult jelszót, mert\n"
+"Önnek fejben kell tartania azt.\n"
+"\n"
+"A jelszó nem jelenik meg a képernyőn, amikor Ön begépeli azt. Az esetleges\n"
+"gépelési hibák miatti problémák elkerülése érdekében kétszer kell beírni a\n"
+"jelszót. Ha esetleg ugyanazt a gépelési hibát követi el a jelszó első és\n"
+"második megadásánál, akkor ezen - helytelenül írt - jelszóval kell majd\n"
+"bejelentkezni a rendszerbe.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha szeretné a géphez való hozzáférést azonosítási kiszolgálóval\n"
+"(authentication server) vezérelni, akkor kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha az Ön hálózata LDAP-t, NIS-t vagy PDC-t használ azonosításhoz, akkor\n"
+"válassza az ennek megfelelő tételt a(z) \"%s\" pontban. Ha nem tudja,\n"
+"hogy mit kellene megadni, kérdezze meg a rendszergazdát.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha Önnek problémája van a jelszavak megjegyzésével kapcsolatban, vagy\n"
+"a számítógép nem fog kapcsolódni az internetre és Ön megbízik\n"
+"mindenkiben, aki elérheti a gépet, abban az esetben elfogadható a(z)\n"
+"\"%s\" lehetőség választása."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "felhasználóazonosítás"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"A rendszerindító programot a számítógép indítja el a gép elindításakor,\n"
+"ezt követően ezen program végzi a rendszer elindítását. A rendszerindító\n"
+"program telepítése általában teljesen automatikus. A telepítő elemzi a\n"
+"lemez betöltőszektorát, és annak megfelelően cselekszik, hogy ott mit\n"
+"talál:\n"
+"\n"
+"  - Ha windowsos betöltőszektort talál, akkor azt helyettesíteni fogja egy\n"
+"GRUB-/LILO-betöltőszektorral. Így Önnek lehetősége lesz arra is, hogy\n"
+"Linuxot indítson, és arra is, hogy egy másik operációs rendszert.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - Ha GRUB- vagy LILO-betöltőszektort talál, helyettesíti azt egy új\n"
+"példánnyal.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha a telepítő nem tudja meghatározni, hogy hova telepítendő a\n"
+"rendszerindító, akkor kérdést tesz fel Önnek azzal kapcsolatban.\n"
+"Általában \"%s\" a legbiztosabb hely. \"%s\" lehetőség választása\n"
+"esetén nem lesz telepítve rendszerindító. Ezt a lehetőséget csak\n"
+"akkor használja, ha biztos abban, hogy ezt szeretné."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Itt lehet nyomtatórendszert választani a gép számára. Más operációs\n"
+"rendszerekben általában csak egy van, a Mandriva Linuxban viszont kettő is.\n"
+"Mindkettőnek megvannak a maga előnyei bizonyos környezetben használva.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": \"print, do not queue\", azaz sorba tevés nélkül történő\n"
+"nyomtatás. Akkor válassza ezt, ha közvetlen kapcsolat van a\n"
+"nyomtatóval, továbbá ha szeretné, hogy egyszerűen meg lehessen oldani a\n"
+"papírberagadási problémákat illetve ha nincsen hálózati nyomtatója. A(z)\n"
+"\"%s\" módszer csak a legegyszerűbb hálózati szolgáltatásokat nyújtja, és\n"
+"hálózaton viszonylag lassú. Ha Ön nem rendelkezik komolyabb linuxos\n"
+"ismeretekkel, akkor érdemes ezt a módszert választania.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": \"Common UNIX Printing System\", azaz általános UNIX-os\n"
+"nyomtatórendszer. Helyi és távoli nyomtatókra való nyomtatáshoz remekül\n"
+"használható. Ez egy egyszerűen beállítható rendszer, és képes a régi\n"
+"\"lpd\" nyomtatórendszer kiszolgálójaként vagy klienseként funkcionálni -\n"
+"vagyis kompatibilis a régebbi operációs rendszerekkel. Nagy tudású\n"
+"rendszer, viszont az alapvető beállítások majdnem olyan egyszerűen\n"
+"elvégezhetők benne, mint a \"pdq\" esetében. Ha arra használja, hogy egy\n"
+"\"lpd\" kiszolgálót emuláljon vele, akkor aktiválnia kell a \"cups-lpd\"\n"
+"szolgáltatást. A(z) \"%s\" rendelkezik grafikus felülettel, amely\n"
+"nyomtatásra, a nyomtatóparaméterek kiválasztására illetve nyomtatókezelésre\n"
+"használható.\n"
+"\n"
+"Telepítés után lehetősége lesz a nyomtatórendszer lecserélésére (ha mégsem\n"
+"felel meg az itt kiválasztott) - ehhez a PrinterDrake programot kell\n"
+"elindítani a Mandriva Linux Vezérlőközpontban, majd rá kell kattintani a(z)\n"
+"\"%s\" gombra."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "PDQ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Szakértő"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítő megkeresi a gépben levő IDE-eszközöket. Felderíti\n"
+"a PCI SCSI-kártyákat is. A program a felismert SCSI-kártyákhoz\n"
+"automatikusan feltelepíti a megfelelő meghajtóprogramokat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mivel a hardverfelderítés nem mindig ismeri fel a gépben levő eszközöket,\n"
+"ezért elképzelhető, hogy a telepítő nem ismeri fel a merevlemezeket. Ha így\n"
+"történik, akkor adja meg saját kezűleg a kérdéses eszközök jellemzőit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha kézzel kellett megadnia a PCI SCSI-kártya típusát, a telepítő\n"
+"megkérdezi, hogy szeretné-e megadni a kártya jellemzőit. Általában nincs\n"
+"szükség saját kezűleg való beállításra, mivel a telepítő a legtöbb esetben\n"
+"le tudja kérdezni a megfelelő beállításokat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ha a telepítő nem tudja meghatározni a szükséges jellemzőket, akkor\n"
+"Önnek kell megadnia a meghajtóprogram paramétereit."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ha a telepítő hangkártyát észlel a gépben, az itt fog\n"
+"megjelenni. Ha az itt megjelenő hangkártya nem azonos a gépben levővel,\n"
+"akkor kattintson a gombra és válasszon egy másik meghajtóprogramot."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Itt a gépéről összegyűjtött adatokat láthatja. A telepített hardvertől\n"
+"függően a következőkben felsorolt elemek jelenhetnek meg. A bejegyzések a\n"
+"beállítható elemeket tartalmazzák azok aktuális beállításaival együtt.\n"
+"Módosítás a megfelelő \"%s\" gombbal végezhető.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ellenőrizze a jelenlegi billentyűzet-kiosztást és\n"
+"szükség esetén módosítsa azt.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ellenőrizze a jelenlegi országbeállítást. Ha az nem\n"
+"megfelelő, kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra és válasszon egy másik\n"
+"országot. Ha a kívánt ország nem szerepel az elsőként megjelenített\n"
+"listában, akkor kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra a teljes országlista\n"
+"megjelenítéséhez.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": a telepítő alapértelmezésben felkínál egy általa\n"
+"megfelelőnek tartott időzóna-beállítást, amelyet az Ön által kiválasztott\n"
+"ország alapján határoz meg. Ha az nem felel meg Önnek, akkor módosítsa a(z)\n"
+"\"%s\" gombbal.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ellenőrizze a jelenlegi egérbeállításokat; a módosításukhoz\n"
+"kattintson a gombra.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": a(z) \"%s\" gombra kattintva elindul a\n"
+"nyomtatóbeállítási varázsló. Nyomtatóbeállítással kapcsolatos további\n"
+"információkat a felhasználói kézikönyvből lehet szerezni. Az ott\n"
+"bemutatott felület hasonló ahhoz, ami a telepítéskor megjelenik.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha a telepítő hangkártyát észlel a gépben, az itt fog\n"
+"megjelenni. Ha az itt megjelenő hangkártya nem azonos a gépben levővel,\n"
+"akkor kattintson a gombra és válasszon egy másik meghajtóprogramot.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha a telepítő tévékártyát észlel a gépben, az itt\n"
+"fog megjelenni. Ha a telepítő nem észleli a gépben levő tévékártyát,\n"
+"akkor kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra és állítsa be kézzel.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha a(z) \"%s\" gombra kattint, módosíthatja a kártya\n"
+"paramétereit.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": a telepítő alapértelmezésben \"800x600\"-as\n"
+"vagy \"1024x768\"-as felbontást állít be a grafikus felülethez. Ha ez nem\n"
+"felel meg Önnek, akkor kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra a grafikus felület\n"
+"beállításainak módosításához.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha be szeretné állítani az internet vagy a helyi hálózat\n"
+"elérését most, akkor kattintson a gombra. Információkat a nyomtatott\n"
+"dokumentációból szerezhet, vagy telepítés után a Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Vezérlőközpontban.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": lehetővé teszi a HTTP- és FTP-proxyk beállítását arra az\n"
+"esetre, ha a gép egy proxykiszolgáló mögött lesz.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": lehetővé teszi az egyik korábbi lépésben\n"
+"beállított biztonsági szint módosítását.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha tervezi a gép internetre való kapcsolását, akkor érdemes\n"
+"egy tűzfalat használni az esetleges behatolások ellen. A tűzfalbeállítással\n"
+"kapcsolatban a kézikönyvben találhat részletes információt.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": ha szeretné módosítani a rendszerbetöltő\n"
+"beállításait, kattintson a megfelelő gombra. Elsősorban a komolyabb\n"
+"ismeretekkel rendelkező felhasználóknak javasolt. Információkat a\n"
+"nyomtatott dokumentációból szerezhet, vagy telepítés után a\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Vezérlőközpontban a rendszerindítónál.\n"
+"\n"
+"  - \"%s\": itt részletesen beállítható, hogy mely\n"
+"szolgáltatások legyenek működtetve a gépen. Ha kiszolgálóként szeretné\n"
+"üzemeltetni a gépet, akkor érdemes átnézni ezt a részt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN-kártya"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafikus felület"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Válassza ki azt a lemezt, amelyet törölni szeretne a\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-partíció létrehozásához. Figyelem: a lemezen\n"
+"található adatok elvesznek, és később nem nyerhetők vissza!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra, ha a lemezen található összes adatot\n"
+"és partíciót törölni szeretné. Figyelem! A(z) \"%s\" gomb megnyomása\n"
+"után nincs mód a törölt adatok és partíciók visszaállítására -\n"
+"természetesen akkor sem, ha egy Windows-partíció törlődött.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kattintson a(z) \"%s\" gombra, ha nem kívánja végrehajtani a műveletet\n"
+"(a lemezen található partíciók és adatok ez esetben nem változnak)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Következő ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Előző"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/id.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/id.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b241382e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/id.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1974 @@
+# Instalator Grafis Mandriva Linux
+# Copyright (C) 1999 Mandriva
+# Budi Rachmanto <rac@mandrivalinux.org>, 2001-2003
+# Linux Indonesia <http://www.linux.or.id>, 1999-2001
+# Mohammad DAMT <mdamt@cdl2000.com>, 1999-2001
+# Andy <chandy@indo.net.id>, 1999
+# Kelana <nk@telkom.net>, 1999
+# Willy Sudiarto Raharjo <willysr@gmail.com>, 2004 - 2005.
+# Erwien Samantha <erwiensamantha@gmail.com>, 2005.
+# Bayu Artanto <bayuart@yahoo.com>, 2005.
+# Ahmad Ramadhana <ahmad_ramadhana@yahoo.com.sg>, 2005.
+# Firdaus <dausnux@gmail.com>, 2005.
+# Sofian <sofianhanafi@yahoo.com>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX 0.1\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-11 10:45+0700\n"
+"Last-Translator: Willy Sudiarto Raharjo <willysr@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Indonesia <mdk-id@yahoogroups.com>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 0.6\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Bacalah lisensi sebelum melanjutkan. Lisensi mencakup seluruh distribusi\n"
+"Mandriva Linux. Jika Anda setuju dengan semua pasal di dalamnya, klik\n"
+"kotak \"%s\". Jika tidak, klik pada tombol \"%s\" akan mereboot komputer "
+"Anda."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux adalah sistem multiuser, artinya tiap pengguna bisa punya "
+"kesukaan,\n"
+"file sendiri. Tidak seperti \"root\", sang administrator, pengguna di sini "
+"tidak berhak\n"
+"mengubah apapun kecuali konfigurasi dan file mereka sendiri, menjaga sistem "
+"dari perubahan\n"
+"yang dapat merusak sistem secara keseluruhan. Anda harus membuat setidaknya "
+"satu pengguna \n"
+"reguler untuk Anda sendiri. Account ini Anda pakai untuk rutinitas. Meski "
+"Anda dapat login \n"
+"sebagai \"root\" untuk melakukan apa saja, tapi itu amat berbahaya! "
+"Kesalahan terkecil dapat \n"
+"menyebabkan sistem Anda tidak bekerja selamanya. Meski Anda melakukan "
+"kesalahan serius sebagai \n"
+"pengguna normal, Anda hanya akan kehilangan sebagian informasi, tidak "
+"seluruh sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pertama, Anda harus mengisi nama. Ini tidak wajib, tentu saja - Anda dapat\n"
+"mengisinya sesuka Anda. DrakX akan mengambil kata pertama yang Anda "
+"masukkan\n"
+"pada kotak dan menyalinnya pada \"%s\" sebagai nama yang harus diketikkan "
+"pengguan untuk login ke sistem. \n"
+"Anda dapat mengubahnya. Lalu Anda harus mengisi katasandi. Katasandi "
+"pengguna \n"
+"biasa tidak sepenting katasandi \"root\" dari segi keamanan, tapi tidak "
+"ada \n"
+"alasan untuk mengabaikannya - file Anda bisa beresiko.\n"
+"\n"
+"Setelah Klik pada \"%s\", Anda dapat menambahkan pengguna untuk setiap "
+"rekan,\n"
+"ayah, atau saudara Anda. Klik \"%s\" ketika Anda telah selesai menambahkan "
+"pengguna.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik pada tombol \"%s\" memungkinkan Anda mengubah \"shell\" standar untuk\n"
+"pengguna terkait (standar: bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Ketika Anda selesai menambahkan pengguna, Anda akan ditanya untuk memilih "
+"pengguna yang \n"
+"dapat otomatis login saat komputer di-boot. Bila tertarik (dan tak begitu "
+"peduli\n"
+"dengan keamanan lokal), pilihlah pengguna dan manajer window-nya, lalu klik\n"
+"pada \"%s\". Jika tidak tertarik, jangan tandai kotak \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Apakah Anda ingin menggunakan fitur ini?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Berikut adalah daftar partisi Linux yang terdeteksi pada hard drive Anda.\n"
+"Anda dapat memakai pilihan yg dibuatkan, karena itu baik untuk installasi\n"
+"umum. Bila Anda mengubah pilihan, setidaknya Anda perlu mendefinisikan\n"
+"partisi root (\"/\"). Jangan pilih partisi yang terlalu kecil agar dapat\n"
+"menginstal software dengan leluasa. Bila Anda ingin menyimpan data pada "
+"partisi\n"
+"lain, Anda perlu membuat partisi \"/home\" (hanya mungkin jika punya lebih\n"
+"dari satu partisi Linux.)\n"
+"\n"
+"Setiap partisi terdaftar sebagai: \"Nama\", \"Kapasitas\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nama\" berstruktur: \"tipe hard drive\", \"nomor hard drive\",\n"
+"\"nomor partisi\" (misalnya \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tipe hard drive\" adalah \"hd\" untuk drive IDE dan \"sd\" untuk drive "
+"SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nomor Hard Drive\", selalu berupa huruf setelah \"hd\" atau \"sd\". Bila "
+"berupa IDE, maka:\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"a\" berarti \"hard drive master pada kontroller IDE primer\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"b\" berarti \"hard drive slave pada kontroler IDE primer\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"c\" berarti \"hard drive master pada kontroler IDE sekunder\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   *\"d\" berarti \"hard drive slave pada kontroler IDE sekunder\",\n"
+"\n"
+"Pada drive SCSI, \"a\" adalah \"ID SCSI terkecil\", \"b\" adalah\"ID SCSI "
+"terkecil kedua\", dan seterusnya."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Installasi Mandriva Linux didistribusikan pada beberapa CDROM. DrakX tahu "
+"jika paket\n"
+"terpilih berada di CDROM lain dan akan mengeluarkan CD yang ada untuk "
+"kemudian\n"
+"meminta Anda memasukkan CD yg diperlukan. Jika Anda tidak memiliki CD yang "
+"diperlukan,\n"
+"cukup klik pada \"%s\", maka paket tidak akan diinstal."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Sekarang waktunya untuk menentukan program yang akan diinstal. Terdapat "
+"ribuan \n"
+"pada Mandriva Linux, dan untuk mempermudah, mereka telah diletakkan pada "
+"grup \n"
+"aplikasi yang sejenis.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux mengurutkan paket dalam empat kategori. Anda bisa "
+"menggabungkan \n"
+"menyesuaikan aplikasi dari berbagai kategori, sehingga installasi "
+"``Workstation''\n"
+"tetap dapat memiliki aplikasi pada installasi ``Server''\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jika Anda ingin menggunakan komputer Anda sebagai workstation, "
+"pilih\n"
+"satu/lebih grup dalam kategori workstation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jika komputer akan digunakan untuk pemrograman, pilih grup\n"
+"dari kategori itu. Grup khusus \"LSB\" akan mengkonfigurasi sistem\n"
+"agar sesuai dengan Spesifikasi Linux Standard Base sedekat mungkin.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Memilih grup \"LSB\" juga akan menginstall seri kernel \"2.4\",\n"
+"dan bukan default \"2.6\". Hal ini untuk memastikan kesetaraan 100%% dengan "
+"LSB \n"
+"pada sistem. Namun, jika Anda tidak memilih grub \"LSB\" Anda akan \n"
+"tetap mendapatkan sistem yang hampir setara 100%% dengan LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jika komputer diinginkan menjadi server, Anda dapat\n"
+"memilih layanan paling umum yang akan diinstal.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": di sini Anda memilih lingkungan grafis. Minimal Anda\n"
+"harus pilih satu jika ingin punya workstation grafis!\n"
+"\n"
+"Untuk melihat penjelasan singkat, gerakkan kursor mouse ke atas nama grup.\n"
+"\n"
+"Anda bisa menandai kotak \"%s\", yang berguna jika Anda terbiasa dengan \n"
+"paket yang ditawarkan atau jika Anda ingin mempunyai kontrol penuh dari "
+"apa \n"
+"yang akan diinstall.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda memulai installasi dalam mode \"%s\", Anda bisa menghapus semua "
+"grup\n"
+"dan mencegah installasi paket baru. Hal ini berguna untuk memperbaiki atau \n"
+"mengupdate sistem yang sudah ada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda tidak memilih semua grup ketika menjalankan installasi umum "
+"(sebagai\n"
+"kebalikan dari upgrade), sebuah dialog muncul untuk menawarkan opsi lain \n"
+"untuk installasi minimal:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": menginstall paket seminimal mungkin untuk mendapatkan sebuah \n"
+"desktop grafis.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": menginstall sistem dasar ditambah utilitas dasar dan juga \n"
+"dokumentasi. Installasi ini cocok untuk membuat sebuah server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": akan menginstall paket seminimal mungkin yang diperlukan \n"
+"untuk mendapatkan sistem Linux yang bekerja. Dengan installasi ini, Anda \n"
+"akan mendapatkan antarmuka perintah baris. Ukuran totalnya sekitar 65\n"
+"megabyte."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Upgrade"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Dengan dokumentasi dasar"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Installasi paling minimal"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memilih paket sendiri, installer akan menampilkan sebuah pohon \n"
+"berisi seluruh paket yang diklasifikasikan oleh grup dan sub grup. Selama\n"
+"menjelajah pohon tersebut, Anda bisa memilih seluruh grup, sub grup, atau "
+"paket\n"
+"individu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Setiap kali Anda memilih paket dalam pohon, penjelasan muncul di sisi kanan\n"
+"sehingga Anda tahu tujuan dari paket tersebut.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Jika paket server terpilih dengan sengaja atau karena merupakan bagian "
+"suatu\n"
+"grup besar, akan ada pertanyaan konfirmasi installasi paket tersebut. Pada\n"
+"Mandriva Linux, secara default semua server terinstal dijalankan saat boot.\n"
+"Meski aman saat distribusi diluncurkan, ada kemungkinan lubang keamanan\n"
+"ditemukan setelah versi Mandriva Linux ini selesai. Jika Anda tidak tahu "
+"apa\n"
+"yang dilakukan oleh suatu layanan atau mengapa ia diinstal, klik \"%s\".\n"
+"Jika Anda menekan \"%s\" layanan terdaftar akan diinstal dan akan "
+"dijalankan\n"
+"secara otomatis. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Opsi \"%s\" digunakan untuk mematikan dialog yang muncul tiap kali\n"
+"installer memilih suatu paket secara otomatis untuk menyelesaikan masalah\n"
+"ketergantungan. Beberapa paket tergantung pada yang lain dan installasi \n"
+"sebuah paket mungkin membutuhkan installasi paket lain. Installer bisa \n"
+"menentukan paket mana yang diperlukan untuk menyelesaikan ketergantungan\n"
+"dan menyelesaikan installasi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ikon disket di bagian bawah memungkinkan Anda untuk memuat daftar paket \n"
+"yang diinstal pada installasi sebelumnya. Hal ini berguna jika Anda telah\n"
+"memiliki sejumlah komputer yang hendak Anda konfigurasi secara serupa. Meng-"
+"klik\n"
+"pada ikon ini akan meminta Anda memasukkan disket yang dibuat pada akhir \n"
+"installasi lainnya. Lihat tip kedua di langkah terakhir untuk membuat "
+"floppy \n"
+"tersebut."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Ketergantungan otomatis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": meng-klik pada \"%s\" untuk membuka konfigurator printer. Baca\n"
+"bab yg bersangkutan di ``Pedoman Pemula'' untuk informasi lebih lanjut "
+"tentang\n"
+"cara setup printer baru. Antarmuka yang ditampilkan di sana sama dengan "
+"yang \n"
+"yang dipakai saat installasi."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dialog ini digunakan untuk memilih layanan yang Anda jalankan saat boot.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX akan menampilkan semua layanan yang tersedia pada installasi ini. "
+"Periksa \n"
+"dengan baik dan jangan tandai layanan yang tidak diperlukan saat boot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Penjelasan singkat tentang layanan akan ditampilkan ketika suatu layanan "
+"dipilih. \n"
+"Namun jika Anda tak yakin kegunaan layanan tersebut, lebih aman menggunakan "
+"default.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pada tahap ini, hati-hati jika Anda bermaksud menjadikan komputer Anda "
+"sebuah\n"
+"server: Anda mungkin tidak ingin menjalankan layanan yang tidak diperlukan. "
+"Ingat,\n"
+"beberapa layanan bisa berbahaya jika dijalankan. Secara umum, pilihlah "
+"hanya\n"
+"layanan yang benar-benar Anda perlukan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux mengatur waktu dalam GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) dan "
+"menerjemahkannya\n"
+"ke waktu lokal sesuai zona waktu yang Anda pilih. Jika waktu pada "
+"motherboard\n"
+"Anda diset ke waktu lokal, Anda bisa menonaktifkannya dengan tidak memilih\n"
+"\"%s\" yang akan mengijinkan GNU/Linux mengetahui bahwa waktu sisten dan "
+"waktu\n"
+"perangkat keras berada dalam zona waktu yang sama. Hal ini berguna ketika "
+"komputer\n"
+"juga menggunakan sistem operasi lain.\n"
+"\n"
+"Opsi \"%s\" akan otomatis mengatur jam dengan menghubungi server waktu "
+"remote di \n"
+"internet. Agar fitur ini bekerja, Anda harus memiliki koneksi Internet. "
+"Kami\n"
+"merekomendasikan Anda memilih server terdekat. Opsi ini sebenarnya "
+"menginstall \n"
+"server waktu yang dapat digunakan oleh komputer lain pada jaringan lokal "
+"Anda."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sinkronisasi waktu otomatis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Kartu Grafis\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installer akan mendeteksi dan mengkonfigurasi kartu grafis yang "
+"terinstall \n"
+"secara otomatis pada komputer Anda. Jika tidak benar, pilih kartu yang "
+"sesuai pada\n"
+"daftar ini.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Pada situasi dimana beberapa server tersedia untuk kartu Anda, dengan "
+"atau tanpa\n"
+"akselerasi 3D, Anda akan ditanya mana yang paling sesuai dengan kebutuhan "
+"Anda."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (untuk X Window System) adalah jantung dari interface grafis GNU/Linux\n"
+"yang diperlukan oleh semua lingkungan grafis (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, dll.) yang dibundel pada Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Anda akan melihat daftar parameter yang berbeda untuk merubah untuk "
+"mendapatkan\n"
+"tampilan grafis yang optimal.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kartu Grafis\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installer akan secara otomatis mendeteksi dan mengkonfigurasi kartu \n"
+"grafis yang terinstall pada komputer Anda. Jika tidak benar, Anda bisa "
+"memilih\n"
+"dari daftar kartu grafis yang terinstall pada komputer Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Pada situasi dimana beberapa server tersedia untuk kartu Anda, dengan "
+"atau tanpa\n"
+"akselerasi 3D, Anda akan ditanya mana yang paling sesuai dengan kebutuhan "
+"Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Biasanya, installer akan secara otomatis mendeteksi dan mengkonfigurasi \n"
+"monitor yang terhubung ke komputer Anda. Jika tidak benar, Anda bisa "
+"memilih\n"
+"dari daftar monitor yang terhubung ke komputer Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolusi\n"
+"\n"
+"   Disini Anda bisa memilih resolusi dan kedalaman warna yang tersedia "
+"untuk\n"
+"perangkat keras grafis Anda. Pilih yang memenuhi kebutuhan Anda (Anda bisa \n"
+"merubahnya setelah installasi). Contoh dari konfigurasi terpilih "
+"ditampilkan\n"
+"pada gambar monitor.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Pengujian\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bergantung pada perangkat keras Anda, entry ini mungkin tidak muncul.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sistem akan mencoba membuka layar grafis pada resolusi yang diinginkan.\n"
+"Jika Anda melihat pesan pengujian selama tes dan menjawab \"%s\",\n"
+"maka DrakX akan melanjutkan ke langkah selanjutnya. Jika Anda tidak "
+"melihatnya,\n"
+"maka berarti beberapa bagian dari konfigurasi deteksi otomatis salah dan\n"
+"pengujian akan berakhir setelah 12 detik dan kembali ke menu. Ubahlah\n"
+"setting sehingga Anda mendapatkan tampilan grafis yang benar.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opsi\n"
+"\n"
+"   Langkah ini mengijinkan Anda untuk memilih apakah komputer Anda hendak "
+"berpindah\n"
+"ke antarmuka grafis secara otomatis saat boot.Biasanya Anda harus melihat \n"
+"\"%s\" jika komputer Anda bertindak sebagai server, atau jika Anda adalah\n"
+"tidak berhasil mendapatkan konfigurasi tampilan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Biasanya, installer akan secara otomatis mendeteksi dan mengkonfigurasi \n"
+"monitor yang terhubung ke komputer Anda. Jika tidak benar, Anda bisa "
+"memilih\n"
+"dari daftar monitor yang terhubung ke komputer Anda."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolusi\n"
+"\n"
+"   Disini Anda bisa memilih resolusi dan kedalaman warna yang tersedia "
+"untuk\n"
+"perangkat keras grafis Anda. Pilih yang memenuhi kebutuhan Anda (Anda bisa \n"
+"merubahnya setelah installasi). Contoh dari konfigurasi terpilih "
+"ditampilkan\n"
+"pada gambar monitor."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Pada situasi dimana beberapa server tersedia untuk kartu Anda, dengan atau "
+"tanpa\n"
+"akselerasi 3D, Anda akan ditanya mana yang paling sesuai dengan kebutuhan "
+"Anda."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opsi\n"
+"\n"
+"   Langkah ini mengijinkan Anda untuk memilih apakah komputer Anda hendak "
+"berpindah\n"
+"ke antarmuka grafis secara otomatis saat boot.Biasanya Anda harus melihat \n"
+"\"%s\" jika komputer Anda bertindak sebagai server, atau jika Anda adalah\n"
+"tidak berhasil mendapatkan konfigurasi tampilan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Sekarang Anda harus menentukan dimana Anda hendak menginstall sistem "
+"operasi\n"
+"Mandriva Linux pada harddisk Anda. Jika harddisk Anda kosong atau jika "
+"sebuah\n"
+"sistem operasi menggunakan semua tempat, Anda harus mempartisi drive.\n"
+"Pada dasarnya, mempartisi harddisk berarti membaginya secara logical\n"
+"untuk membuat ruang yang diperlukan sistem Mandriva Linux baru Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"Karena proses partisi harddisk biasanya tidak bisa dikembalikan dan bisa \n"
+"mengacu pada kehilangan data, partisi bisa menegangkan dan membuat stress\n"
+"bagi pengguna yang tidak terbiasa. Untungnya, DrakX menyertakan wizard yang\n"
+"mempermudah proses ini. Sebelum melanjutkan, baca sisa bagian ini dan "
+"diatas,\n"
+"santai saja.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bergantung pada konfigurasi pada harddisk Anda, beberapa opsi yang "
+"tersedia:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Opsi ini akan melakukan partisi otomatis dari drive kosong Anda.\n"
+"Jika Anda menggunakan opsi ini tidak ada konfirmasi tambahan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Wizard mendeteksi satu atau lebih partisi Linux pada harddisk "
+"Anda.\n"
+"Jika Anda hendak menggunakannya, pilih opsi ini. Anda akan ditanya untuk "
+"memilih\n"
+"titik mount yang sesuai untuk setiap partisi.\n"
+"Titik mount yang benar telah dipilih secara default, dan untuk sebagian "
+"besar\n"
+"kasus, merupakan ide bagus untuk menggunakannya.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Jika Microsoft Windows terinstall pada harddisk Anda dan "
+"menggunakan \n"
+"semua ruang yang tersedia, Anda harus membuat sebuah ruang kosong untuk GNU/"
+"Linux. \n"
+"Untuk melakukannya, Anda bisa menghapus partisi data Microsoft Windows "
+"Anda \n"
+"(lihat solusi ``Menghapus seluruh disk'') atau merubah ukuran partisi FAT "
+"atau NTFS \n"
+"Microsoft Windows Anda. Merubah ukuran dapat dilakukan tanpa kehilangan "
+"data,\n"
+"dengan sebelumnya Anda sudah mendefrag partisi Windows.\n"
+"Membackup data sangat disarankan. Penggunaan opsi ini sangat "
+"direkomendasikan jika Anda\n"
+"ingin menggunakan Mandriva Linux dan Microsoft Windows pada komputer yang "
+"sama.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sebelum memilih opsi ini, harap dipahami bahwa setelah prosedur ini, "
+"ukuran partisi \n"
+"Microsoft Windows Anda akan berkurang sebelum memulai prosedur. Anda akan "
+"memiliki \n"
+"ruang yang lebih sedikit pada Microsoft Windows untuk menyimpan data atau "
+"menginstall\n"
+"perangkat lunak baru.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Jika Anda hendak menghapus seluruh data dan semua partisi yang "
+"ada pada harddisk\n"
+"Anda dan menggantinya dengan sistem Mandriva Linux yang baru, pilih opsi "
+"ini. Hati-hati, karena\n"
+"Anda tidak bisa membatalkan opsi ini setelah Anda mengkonfirmasikan.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Jika Anda memilih opsi ini, semua data pada harddisk Anda akan "
+"dihapus !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Opsi ini tampak ketika harddisk dipakai seluruhnya oleh Microsoft "
+"Windows.\n"
+"Memilih opsi ini akan menghapus semua pada harddisk dan memulai installasi "
+"dan partisi dari awal.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Jika Anda memilih opsi ini, semua data Anda akan hilang. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Pilihlah opsi ini jika Anda mempartisi harddisk Anda secara "
+"manual. Hati-hati \n"
+"-- ini sangatlah handal tetapi pilihan yang berbahaya dan Anda bisa "
+"kehilangan data dengan\n"
+"mudah. Itu sebabnya opsi ini hanya direkomendasikan jika Anda telah "
+"melakukan hal ini sebelumnya\n"
+"atau  berpengalaman. Untuk instruksi lebih lanjut bagaimana menggunakan "
+"utilitas DiskDrake,\n"
+"silahkan lihat bagian ``Mengelola Partisi Anda'' pada ``Panduan Pemula''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Gunakan partisi yang sudah ada"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Hapus seluruh disk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Installasi kini selesai dan sistem GNU/Linux Anda siap dipakai. Klik\n"
+"\"%s\" untuk reboot. Jangan lupa untuk mengambil media installasi (CD-ROM "
+"atau disket).\n"
+"Hal pertama yang Anda lihat setelah pengujian perangkat keras adalah menu "
+"bootloader,\n"
+"di sana Anda dapat memilih sistem operasi yang akan dijalankan.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tombol \"%s\" menampilkan 2 tombol tambahan untuk:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": memungkinkan Anda untuk membuat disket installasi yang akan "
+"secara \n"
+"otomatis melakukan installasi tanpa bantuan operator, serupa dengan "
+"installasi yang \n"
+"baru Anda konfigurasikan.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Perhatikan bahwa dua operasi yang berbeda muncul setelah menekan tombol "
+"tersebut:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Installasi semi-otomatis, hanya proses partisi yang tetap\n"
+"interaktif.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Installasi otomatis penuh: harddisk ditulis ulang\n"
+"seluruhnya, semua data hilang.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Fitur ini amat praktis untuk installasi banyak komputer dengan "
+"spesifikasi sama.\n"
+"Lihat bagian Auto install di situs web kami untuk informasi lebih lanjut.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): simpan daftar paket terpilih pada installasi ini.\n"
+"Untuk menggunakan pilihan ini pada installasi lain, masukkan disket dan \n"
+"mulailah installasi. Saat prompt, tekan [F1] lalu ketik >>linux \n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< dan tekan [Enter].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Anda perlu floppy berformat FAT. Untuk membuatnya di GNU/Linux, "
+"jalankan\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", atau \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" diikuti dengan \"mkfs.vfat /dev/"
+"fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Buat disket installasi otomatis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memilih untuk menggunakan beberapa partisi GNU/Linux, Anda\n"
+"mungkin akan memformat dan menghapus data. Untuk melakukannya\n"
+"pilih juga partisi tersebut.\n"
+"\n"
+"Perhatikan bahwa format ulang semua partisi tidak diperlukan.\n"
+"Anda harus memformat ulang partisi yang berisi sistem operasi\n"
+"(seperti \"/\", \"/usr\" atau \"/var\") tetapi Anda tidak harus memformat "
+"ulang\n"
+"partisi berisi data yang akan Anda simpan (biasanya \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Harap berhati-hati ketika memilih partisi. Setelah format selesai\n"
+", semua data pada partisi akan dihapus dan Anda tidak akan bisa\n"
+"mengembalikannya kembali.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik pada \"%s\" ketika Anda siap memformat partisi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik pada \"%s\" jika Anda hendak memilih partisi lain untuk \n"
+"installasi sistem operasi Mandriva Linux baru Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik pada \"%s\" jika Anda hendak memilih partisi yang hendak \n"
+"diperiksa untuk block rusak pada disk."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Saat Mandriva Linux diinstal, mungkin beberapa paket telah diupdate sejak\n"
+"rilis awal. Beberapa kesalahan mungkin telah diperbaiki / masalah keamanan\n"
+"dipecahkan. Untuk memanfaatkan update ini Anda dapat men-download-nya dari\n"
+"Internet. Pilih \"%s\" jika Anda memiliki koneksi Internet, atau \"%s\" "
+"jika\n"
+"ingin mengupdate paket lain waktu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Memilih \"%s\" akan menampilkan daftar lokasi dimana update bisa "
+"didownload.\n"
+"Pilih yang terdekat. Daftar paket akan muncul: periksa pilihan Anda,\n"
+"tekan \"%s\" untuk mengambil/menginstall paket atau \"%s\" untuk membatalkan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Saat ini, DrakX akan mengijinkan Anda memilih tingkat keamanan komputer.\n"
+"Sebagai acuan, tingkat keamanan harus semakin tinggi jika berisi data\n"
+"penting, atau langsung terhubung ke Internet. Level keamanan yang \n"
+"tinggi umumnya mengorbankan kemudahan pemakaian.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda tidak tahu apa yang akan dipilih, gunakan opsi default. Anda\n"
+"mampu mengubahnya menggunakan perkakas draksec, yang merupakan bagian\n"
+"dari dari Pusat Kontrol Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Isi bagian \"%s\" dengan alamat email dari orang yang bertanggung jawab\n"
+"atas keaman. Pesan keamanan akan dikirimkan pada alamat tersebut."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Administrator Keamanan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Saat ini, Anda harus memilih partisi yang akan digunakan untuk installasi\n"
+"sistem Mandriva Linux Anda. Jika partisi telah didefinisikan, baik dari\n"
+"installasi GNU/Linux sebelumnya atau melalui perkakas partisi lainnya,\n"
+"Anda bisa menggunakan partisi yang ada. Jika tidak, partisi harddisk \n"
+"harus didefinisikan.\n"
+"\n"
+"Untuk membuat partisi, Anda harus memilih harddisk dahulu. Anda bisa \n"
+"memilih disk untuk dipartisi dengan memilih ``hda'' untuk drive IDE\n"
+"pertama, ``hdb'' untuk kedua, ``sda'' untuk drive SCSI pertama, dst.\n"
+"\n"
+"Untuk mempartisi drive terpilih, Anda bisa menggunakan opsi berikut:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": opsi ini menghapus seluruh partisi pada drive terpilih\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": opsi ini memungkinkan Anda membuat partisi ext3 dan swap\n"
+"secara otomatis pada ruang kosong dari hard disk Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": memberi akses pada fitur tambahan:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": menyimpan tabel partisi pada disket. Berguna untuk proses\n"
+"pengembalian tabel partisi. Anda disarankan untuk melakukan langkah\n"
+"ini.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mengijinkan Anda mengembalikan tabel partisi yang tersimpan\n"
+"sebelumnya dari disket.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jika tabel partisi Anda rusak, Anda bisa mencoba untuk\n"
+"mengembalikannya menggunakan opsi ini. Harap hati-hati dan perlu\n"
+"diingat bahwa proses ini tidak selalu bekerja.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": batalkan semua perubahan dan muat ulang tabel partisi\n"
+"orisinal pada hard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tanpa opsi ini akan memaksa pengguna melakukan proses \n"
+"mount dan unmount manual pada media seperti disket dan CD-ROM.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gunakan opsi ini jika Anda hendak menggunakan wizard\n"
+"untuk mempartisi hard disk Anda. Opsi ini disarankan jika Anda\n"
+"tidak memahami cara mempartisi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gunakan opsi ini untuk membatalkan perubahan Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mengijinkan aksi tambahan pada partisi (jenis, opsi,\n"
+"format) dan memberikan informasi lebih tentang hard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ketika selesai mempartisi, opsi ini akan menyimpan\n"
+"perubahan pada disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ketika mendefinisikan ukuran partisi, Anda bisa menggunakan tombol\n"
+"panah dari keyboard Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"Catatan: Anda bisa mencapai sembarang opsi menggunakan keyboard.\n"
+"Navigasi pada partisi menggunakan [Tab] dan panah [Up/Down].\n"
+"\n"
+"Ketika partisi dipilih, Anda bisa menggunakan:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c untuk membuat partisi baru (ketika partisi kosong dipilih)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d untuk menghapus partisi\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m untuk menentukan titik mount\n"
+"\n"
+"Untuk mendapatkan informasi tentang jenis sistem file yang ada, \n"
+"silahkan membaca bab ext2FS dari ``Referensi Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda menginstall pada komputer PPC, Anda harus membuat partisi\n"
+"``bootstrap'' HFS kecil paling tidak 1 MB yang akan digunakan oleh\n"
+"bootloader yaboot. Jika Anda membuatnya lebih besar, misalkan 50MB\n"
+"Anda bisa menyimpan kernel dan citra ramdisk untuk situasi darurat."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Mount otomatis media lepas (removable)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Ubah ke modus normal/ahli"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Terdapat lebih dari satu partisi Microsoft yang terdeteksi pada harddisk\n"
+"Anda. Pilih partisi yang hendak Anda ubah ukurannya untuk installasi sistem\n"
+"operasi Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tiap partisi terdaftar sebagai: \"Nama Linux\",\"Nama windows\",\"Kapasitas"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nama Linux\" berstruktur: \"tipe hard drive\", \"nomor hard drive\",\n"
+"\"nomor partisi\" (misalnya \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tipe hard drive\" adalah \"hd\" bila drive bertipe IDE dan \"sd\" jika\n"
+"berupa drive SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nomor Hard Drive\", selalu berupa huruf setelah \"hd\" atau \"sd\". Jika\n"
+"berupa IDE, maka:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" berarti \"hard drive master pada kontroller IDE primer\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" berarti \"hard drive slave pada kontroler IDE primer\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" berarti \"hard drive master pada kontroler IDE sekunder\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" berarti \"hard drive slave pada kontroler IDE sekunder\",\n"
+"\n"
+"Pada drive SCSI, \"a\" berarti \"ID SCSI terkecil, \"b\" berarti \"ID SCSI\n"
+"terkecil kedua\", dst.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nama windows\" adalah huruf hard drive Anda pada Windows (disk pertama\n"
+"pada partisi disebut \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": periksa pilihan negara saat ini. Jika tidak berada di sini, klik\n"
+"\"%s\" dan pilih yang lain. Jika negara Anda tidak ada pada daftar,\n"
+"klik tombol \"%s\" untuk mendapatkan daftar lengkap."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Tahap ini hanya aktif jika partisi GNU/Linux lama ditemukan.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX perlu tahu Anda ingin melakukan installasi baru atau upgrade sistem\n"
+"Mandriva Linux yang sudah ada:\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": Untuk sebagian besar bagian, opsi ini menghapus sistem lama.\n"
+"Namun, bergantung pada skema partisi Anda, Anda bisa mencegah data Anda\n"
+"(biasanya direktori \"home\") untuk ditimpa. Jika Anda hendak mengubah\n"
+"bagaimana hard disk dipartisi, atau untuk mengubah sistem file, Anda\n"
+"harus menggunakan opsi ini.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": Kelas installasi ini akan mengupdate paket yang terinstall\n"
+"pada sistem Mandriva Linux Anda. Skema partisi dan data pengguna Anda\n"
+"tidak akan diubah. Sebagian besar langkah konfigurasi yang tersisa\n"
+"serupa pada installasi standar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Menggunakan opsi ``Upgrade'' seharusnya berjalan pada Mandriva Linux\n"
+"versi \"8.1\" keatas. Melakukan upgrade pada versi sebelum \"8.1\"\n"
+"tidak dianjurkan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Bergantung pada bahasa yang Anda pilih (), DrakX akan memilih tipe\n"
+"keyboard yang sesuai. Periksa apakah pilihan sudah sesuai atau pilih\n"
+"layout keyboard yang lain.\n"
+"\n"
+"Juga, Anda mungkin tidak memiliki keyboard yang sesuai dengan bahasa\n"
+"Anda: misalnya jika Anda orang Swiss yang berbahasa Inggris, Anda\n"
+"mungkin memilih keyboard Swiss. Atau jika Anda berbahasa Inggris\n"
+"tapi tinggal di Quebec, Anda mungkin menghadapi situasi yang sama\n"
+"dengan bahasa Anda dan country-set keyboard tidak sesuai. Pada\n"
+"kedua kasus, langkah installasi ini akan mengijinkan Anda untuk\n"
+"memilih keyboard yang sesuai dari daftar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik tombol \"%s\" untuk menampilkan daftar keyboard yang didukung.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda memilih keyboard berbasis alphabet non-Latin, dialog\n"
+"selanjutnya memungkinkan Anda memilih kunci untuk berpindah keyboard\n"
+"antara layout Latin dan non-Latin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Langkah pertama adalah menentukan bahasa pilihan Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pilihan bahasa Anda akan mempengaruhi installer, dokumentasi\n"
+"dan juga sistem secara umum. Pertama pilih wilayah Anda, lalu bahasa\n"
+"yang Anda gunakan.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik pada tombol \"%s\" akan mengijinkan Anda memilih bahasa lain\n"
+"untuk diinstall pada workstation Anda, juga menginstall file bahasa\n"
+"khusus untuk dokumentasi sistem dan aplikasi. Misalnya jika pengguna\n"
+"Spanyol menggunakan komputer Anda, pilih Inggris sebagai bahasa default\n"
+"pada pohon view dan \"%s\" pada bagian Advanced.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tentang dukungan UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode adalah enkoding karakter yang\n"
+"baru yang ditujukan untuk mencakup seluruh bahasa yang ada. Namun \n"
+"dukungan penuh pada GNU/Linux sedang dalam pengembangan. Untuk alasan\n"
+"tersebut, penggunaan UTF-8 pada Mandriva Linux bergantung pada pilihan\n"
+"pengguna:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Jika Anda memilih menggunakan bahasa dengan enkoding yang kuat (bahasa\n"
+"latin, Rusia, Jepang, China, Korea, Thai, Yunani, Turki, sebagian besar\n"
+"bahasa iso-8859-2), enkoding akan digunakan secara default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Bahasa lain akan menggunakan unicode sebagai default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Jika dua atau lebih bahasa diperlukan, dan bahasa tersebut tidak\n"
+"memakai enkoding yang sama, maka unicode akan digunakan pada sistem;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Terakhir, unicode juga bisa dipaksa untuk digunakan melalui\n"
+"permintaan pengguna dengan memilih opsi \"%s\" secara terpisah\n"
+"pada bahasa yang dipilih.\n"
+"\n"
+"Perhatikan bahwa Anda tidak terbatas pada satu bahasa tambahan. Anda\n"
+"bisa memilih beberapa, atau semua dengan memilih kotak \"%s\".\n"
+"Memilih dukungan untuk sebuah bahasa berarti translasi, font, penguji\n"
+"ejaan, dll juga akan diinstal untuk bahasa tersebut.\n"
+"\n"
+"Untuk berpindah antar bahasa yang diinstall pada sistem, Anda bisa\n"
+"menjalankan perintah \"localedrake\" sebagai \"root\" untuk merubah\n"
+"bahasa yang digunakan sistem. Menjalankan perintah sebagai pengguna\n"
+"hanya akan merubah setting untuk pengguna tersebut."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spanyol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Umumnya, DrakX bisa mendeteksi jumlah tombol mouse Anda. Jika gagal,\n"
+"akan diasumsikan mouse Anda bertombol dua dan akan mengkonfigurasikan\n"
+"emulasi tombol ketiga. Tombol ketiga dari sebuah mouse bertombol dua\n"
+"bisa didapatkan dengan memilih tombol kanan dan kiri bersamaan. DrakX\n"
+"mengetahui mouse menggunakan antarmuka PS/2, serial atau USB secara\n"
+"otomatis.\n"
+"Jika Anda memiliki mouse 3 tombol tanpa roda, Anda bisa memilih mouse\n"
+"\"%s\". DrakX akan mengkonfigurasi mouse Anda sehingga bisa ia bisa\n"
+"mensimulasikan roda: untuk melakukannya, tekan tombol tengah dan\n"
+"gerakkan pointer mouse Anda keatas dan kebawah.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda ingin menunjuk tipe mouse lain, pilih tipe yang sesuai dari\n"
+"daftar yang disediakan.\n"
+"\n"
+"Anda bisa memilih \"%s\" untuk memilih jenis mouse ``generik'' yang\n"
+"akan bekerja pada sebagian besar mouse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda memilih mouse bukan standar, layar pengujian akan ditampilkan.\n"
+"Gunakan tombol dan roda untuk verifikasi setting. Jika mouse tidak \n"
+"bekerja baik tekan spasi atau [Enter] untuk membatalkan dan Anda akan\n"
+"kembali ke daftar mouse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mouse dengan roda kadang tidak terdeteksi secara otomatis, sehingga Anda\n"
+"harus memilih mouse dari daftar. Pastikan memilih yang sesuai dengan port\n"
+"yang digunakan. Setelah memilih mouse dan menekan tombol \"%s\", sebuah\n"
+"citra mouse akan tampak di layar. Gerakkan rodanya untuk memastikan ia\n"
+"bekerja dengan baik. Ketika Anda menggerakan roda, Anda akan melihat roda\n"
+"pada layar juga bergerak. Ujilah tombol dan pastikan pointer mouse pada\n"
+"layar ikut bergerak."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Dengan emulasi roda"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Sembarang mouse PS/2 & USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih port yang benar. Misalnya \"COM1\" di Windows akan bernama\n"
+"\"ttyS0\" di GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini adalah poin terpenting penentuan keamanan sistem GNU/Linux Anda: Anda\n"
+"harus mengisi katasandi \"root\". \"Root\" adalah administrator sistem dan\n"
+"yang berhak melakukan update, menambah pengguna, mengubah konfigurasi\n"
+"sistem. Singkatnya, \"root\" dapat melakukan apapun! Karena itu Anda\n"
+"harus memilih katasandi yang sulit ditebak - DrakX akan memberitahu jika\n"
+"terlalu mudah. Seperti Anda lihat, Anda tidak dipaksa untuk memasukkan\n"
+"katasandi, tapi sangat tidak dianjurkan. GNU/Linux juga rawan kesalahan\n"
+"operator seperti sistem operasi lain. Karena \"root\" bisa melewati\n"
+"semua batasan dan secara tidak sengaja menghapus semua data di partisi,\n"
+"sangatlah penting untuk memperketat usaha menjadi \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Katasandi harus berupa campuran nomor dan huruf minimal 8 karakter. Jangan\n"
+"pernah mencatat katasandi \"root\" - itu membuat sistem mudah dibajak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Katasandi juga jangan terlalu panjang/rumit karena Anda harus mampu \n"
+"mengingatnya.\n"
+"Katasandi tidak muncul di layar ketika diketikkan. Untuk mengurangi "
+"kesalahan\n"
+"pengetikkan Anda harus menuliskan katasandi sebanyak dua kali. Jika Anda\n"
+"melakukan kesalahan penulisan kasatandi sebanyak dua kali, Anda harus\n"
+"memakai katasandi yang ``salah'' ini untuk login sebagai \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda ingin sebuah server otentikasi mengontrol akses ke komputer Anda,\n"
+"klik pada tombol \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika jaringan Anda memakai protokol otentikasi LDAP/NIS/PDC Windows Domain,\n"
+"pilih yang cocok untuk \"%s\". Jika Anda tidak tahu yang harus digunakan,\n"
+"tanyalah admin jaringan Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda mengalami masalah untuk mengingat katasandi, atau jika komputer\n"
+"Anda tidak akan terhubung ke Internet dan Anda mempercayai semua orang\n"
+"yang menggunakan komputer Anda, Anda bisa memilih \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "otentikasi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Bootloader adalah program kecil yang dijalankan ketika komputer boot. Ia\n"
+"bertanggung jawab untuk memulai seluruh sistem. Normalnya, installasi boot\n"
+"loader dilakukan secara otomatis. DrakX akan menganalisa sektor boot disk\n"
+"dan bekerja menurut apa yang ditemukannya:\n"
+"\n"
+" * jika ditemukan sektor boot Windows, ia akan menggantinya dengan sektor\n"
+"boot grub/LILO. Dengan demikian Anda akan dapat memuat GNU/Linux atau OS\n"
+"lain.\n"
+"\n"
+" * jika ditemukan sektor boot grub/LILO, akan diganti dengan yang baru.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika DrakX tidak dapat mengambil keputusan, ia akan menanyakan tempat\n"
+"meletakkan bootloader. Umumnya, \"%s\" adalah tempat teraman. Memilih\n"
+"\"%s\" tidak akan menginstall sembarang boot loader. Gunakan opsi ini\n"
+"jika Anda tahu apa yang Anda lakukan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Sekarang, waktunya memilih sistem pencetakan untuk komputer Anda. Sistem\n"
+"operasi lain mungkin menawarkan satu, tetapi Mandriva Linux menawarkan dua.\n"
+"Setiap sistem pencetakan sesuai untuk jenis konfigurasi tertentu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - yang merupakan akronim untuk ``print, tidak ada antrian'',\n"
+"adalah pilihan jika Anda memiliki koneksi langsung ke printer Anda dan\n"
+"ingin bebas dari masalah kemacetan printer, serta tidak punya printer\n"
+"jaringan. (\"%s\" akan menangani kasus jaringan sederhana sehingga\n"
+"lambat ketika digunakan dalam jaringan. Anda direkomendasikan untuk\n"
+"menggunakan \"pdq\" jika ini pertama kali Anda mengenal GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - kependekan dari ``Common Unix Printing System'' adalah pilihan\n"
+"yang canggih untuk mencetak ke printer lokal dan juga separuh planet. Opsi\n"
+"ini mudah dikonfigurasikan dan bisa berfungsi sebagai server/klien untuk\n"
+"sistem cetak \"lpd\" yang kuno, sehingga kompatibel dengan sistem lama yang\n"
+"mungkin masih membutuhkan layanan pencetakan. Meskipun handal, setup\n"
+"dasar hampir semudah \"pdq\". Jika Anda perlu mengemulasikan server \"lpd\"\n"
+"pastikan Anda mengaktifkan daemon \"cups-lpd\". %s menyertakan tampilan\n"
+"grafis untuk pencetakan atau memilih opsi printer dan mengelola printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda membuat pilihan sekarang dan nanti Anda tidak menyukai sistem \n"
+"cetak yang Anda pilih saat ini, Anda bisa merubahnya dengan menjalankan\n"
+"PrinterDrake dari Pusat Kontrol Mandriva dan klik tombol \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ahli"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX akan mencoba mendeteksi perangkat IDE yang ada pada komputer Anda.\n"
+"Ia juga mencari kartu SCSI PCI di sistem Anda. Jika kartu SCSI ditemukan\n"
+"DrakX akan otomatis meng-instal driver yang sesuai.\n"
+"\n"
+"Karena perangkat keras terkadang tak terdeteksi, DrakX mungkin gagal\n"
+"mendeteksi harddisk Anda. Jika demikian, Anda harus menentukan sendiri.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika Anda harus menentukan adaptor SCSI PCI secara manual, DrakX akan\n"
+"menanyakan opsi konfigurasinya. Anda harus mengijinkan DrakX untuk\n"
+"mendeteksi perangkat keras untuk opsi khusus yang diperlukan untuk\n"
+"menginisialisasi adapter. Pada banyak kasus, DrakX biasanya melalui\n"
+"tahap ini tanpa ada masalah.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jika DrakX gagal mendeteksi opsi untuk menentukan parameter yang harus\n"
+"dikirimkan ke perangkat keras secara otomatis, Anda harus mengkonfigurasi\n"
+"driver secara manual."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": jika kartu suara terdeteksi di sistem Anda, akan ditampilkan\n"
+"di sini. Jika kartu suara yang tampil tidak sesuai dengan yang ada pada\n"
+"sistem, Anda bisa klik pada tombol dan pilih driver lain."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Sebagai review, DrakX akan menampilkan ringkasan informasi yang dikumpulkan\n"
+"tentang sistem Anda. Bergantung pada perangkat keras yang terpasang pada\n"
+"komputer Anda, Anda mungkin memiliki beberapa atau semua daftar berikut.\n"
+"Setiap daftar terdiri dari daftar perangkat keras yang harus dikonfigurasi,\n"
+"diikuti dengan ringkasan singkat dari konfigurasi aktual. Klik pada tombol\n"
+"\"%s\" untuk melakukan perubahan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": periksa konfigurasi peta keyboard aktual dan lakukan perubahan "
+"ubah\n"
+"jika diperlukan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": periksa pilihan negara aktual. Jika Anda tidak berada pada "
+"negara\n"
+"ini, klik pada tombol \"%s\" dan pilih yang lain. Jika negara Anda tidak "
+"ada\n"
+"pada daftar berikut, klik tombol \"%s\" untuk mendapatkan daftar lengkap.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": secara default, DrakX menyesuaikan zona waktu berdasarkan negara\n"
+"yang Anda pilih. Anda bisa klik pada tombol \"%s\" jika tidak benar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifikasi konfigurasi mouse aktual dan klik pada tombol untuk\n"
+"mengubahnya jika diperlukan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": klik pada tombol \"%s\" akan membuka wizard konfigurasi printer.\n"
+"Lihat bab ``Panduan Pemula'' untuk informasi lebih lanjut tentang cara\n"
+"setting printer baru. Antarmuka yang ada pada manual serupa dengan yang\n"
+"digunakan selama installasi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jika kartu suara terdeteksi pada sistem Anda, akan ditampilkan\n"
+"disini. Jika Anda menyadari kartu suara yang ditampilkan bukan yang ada\n"
+"pada sistem Anda, Anda bisa klik pada tombol dan pilih driver lain.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Jika Anda memiliki kartu TV, informasi konfigurasinya akan\n"
+"ditampilkan disini. Jika Anda memiliki kartu TV dan tidak terdeteksi\n"
+"klik pada \"%s\" untuk mencoba mengkonfigurasinya secara manual.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Anda bisa klik pada \"%s\" untuk merubah parameter yang \n"
+"berhubungan dengan kartu jika Anda merasa konfigurasinya salah.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": secara default, DrakX mengkonfigurasi antarmuka grafis Anda\n"
+"dalam resolusi \"800x600\" atau \"1024x768\". Jika tidak sesuai, klik\n"
+"pada \"%s\" untuk mengkonfigurasi ulang antarmuka grafis Anda.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jika Anda hendak mengkonfigurasi akses jaringan Internet\n"
+"atau lokal Anda, Anda bisa melakukannya sekarang. Lihat dokumentasi\n"
+"cetak atau gunakan Pusat Kontrol Mandriva Linux setelah installasi\n"
+"selesai untuk mengambil keuntungan dari bantuannya.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mengijinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi alamat proxy HTTP dan\n"
+"FTP jika komputer yang Anda install berada dibelakang server proxy.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": daftar ini mengijinkan Anda mendefinisikan ulang tingkat\n"
+"keamanan seperti yang ditentukan pada langkah sebelumnya ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jika Anda berencana untuk menghubungkan komputer Anda ke\n"
+"Internet, merupakan ide bagus untuk menjaga dari intrusi dengan \n"
+"memasang firewall. Lihat bab dari ``Panduan Pengguna'' untuk detail\n"
+"tentang setting firewall.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jika Anda hendak merubah konfigurasi bootloader Anda, klik\n"
+"tombol ini. Opsi ini ditujukan untuk pengguna tingkat lanjut. Lihat\n"
+"dokumentasi cetak atau bantuan tentang konfigurasi bootloader pada \n"
+"Pusat Kontrol Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": melalui daftar ini Anda bisa menentukan layanan apa yang\n"
+"akan dijalankan pada komputer Anda. Jika Anda berencana untuk memakai\n"
+"komputer ini sebagai server, merupakan ide bagus untuk mereview setup\n"
+"ini."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Kartu ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Antarmuka Grafis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih harddrive yang akan dihapus untuk menginstall partisi Mandriva Linux\n"
+"baru Anda. Hati-hati, semua data pada drive ini akan hilang dan\n"
+"tidak dapat dikembalikan seperti semula!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik pada \"%s\" jika Anda ingin menghapus semua data dan partisi yang ada\n"
+"pada harddisk ini. Hati-hati, setelah mengklik \"%s\" Anda tidak dapat\n"
+"mengembalikan data dan partisi pada drive ini termasuk data Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik pada \"%s\" untuk keluar dari operasi ini tanpa kehilangan data dan\n"
+"partisi yang ada pada harddisk ini."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Berikutnya ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Sebelumnya"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/is.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/is.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4152a72f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/is.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1921 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to
+# translation of DrakX.po to Icelandic
+# Translation file for Mandriva Linux graphic install, DrakX
+# Copyright (C) 1999,2003, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1999 Mandriva
+# Jóhann Þorvarðarson <johann.torvardarson@lais.is>, 1999-2000.
+# Þórarinn (Tony) R. Einarsson <thori@mindspring.com>, 1999-2000.
+# Pjetur G. Hjaltason <pjetur@pjetur.net>, 2003, 2005, 2006.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-07 18:42+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Pjetur G. Hjaltason <pjetur@pjetur.net>\n"
+"Language-Team:  <is@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Áður en þú heldur áfram, ættir þú að lesa vandlega leyfisskilmálana. Þeir\n"
+"taka yfir alla Mandriva Linux dreifinguna. Ef þú er samþykk(ur) öllum þeim\n"
+"skilmálum sem þar standa, krossaðu þá við í \"%s\" reitinn, ef ekki\n"
+"smelltu þá á \"%s\" hnappinn sem mun endurræsa tölvuna þína."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux er fjölnotanda umhverfi sem þýðir að hver notandi getur "
+"skilgreint\n"
+"sitt eigið umhverfi og stillingar, eigin skrár o.s.frv. En ólíkt \"root\" "
+"sem\n"
+"er kerfisstjóri, þá munu þeir notendur sem þú skilgreinir hér ekki hafa\n"
+"leyfi til að breyta neinu nema sínum eigin skrám og stillingum. Þetta\n"
+"verndar kerfið frá óhöppum eða illvígum forritum sem gætu haft áhrif\n"
+"á heildarverkun kerfisins. Þú verður að búa til a.m.k. einn venjulegan\n"
+"notanda fyrir þig sjálfan. -- þetta er það auðkenni sem þú ættir að til\n"
+"daglegrar notkunar. Þó að það sé mjög auðvelt að skrá sig inn sem \"root\"\n"
+"til allrar vinnu, þá getur það einnig verið mjög hættulegt!\n"
+"Ein mjög einföld mistök gætu valdið því að kerfið virki ekki lengur. Ef þú\n"
+"gerir alvarleg mistök sem venjulegur notandi, þá hefur þú í versta falli\n"
+"tapað gögnum, en þú hefur ekki haft áhrif á heildarvirkni kerfisins.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kerfið spyr þig fyrst um raunverulegt nafn. Auðvitað er ekki skylda að\n"
+"fylla þetta rétt út -- þú getur skrifað hvað sem þú vilt. DrakX mun nota\n"
+"fyrsta orðið í þessu svæði og afrita það í \"%s\", sem er notandanafn\n"
+"sem á að nota til að auðkenna sig gagnvart kerfinu. Ef þú vilt, getur þú\n"
+"breytt því sjálfgefna og gefið upp annað notandanafn. Næsta skref er að\n"
+"skrá lykilorð. Frá öryggissjónamiði séð er lykilorð venjulegs notanda ekki\n"
+"jafn mikilvægt og lykilorð kerfisstjóra \"root\", en það er engin ástæða\n"
+"til að hafa það autt eða of einfalt: athugið að þetta gefur fullan aðgang\n"
+"að þínum skrám og gögnum, sem eru þá í húfi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Þegar þú smellir á \"%s\" þá getur þú bætt við öðrum notendum. Bættu\n"
+"við notanda fyrir vini, föður, móður og systkini o.s.frv.  Smelltu á \"%s\"\n"
+"þegar þú hefur lokið að bæta við notendum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Með því að smella á \"%s\" getur þú breytt sjálfgefinni \"skel\" fyrir "
+"hvern\n"
+"notanda (sjálfgefið er bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Þegar þú hefur lokið við að bæta við notendum, þá verður þú beðinn\n"
+"um að velja notanda sem verður sjálfkrafa skráður inn þegar tölvan ræsir.\n"
+"Ef þú vilt nota þér þann möguleika (og hefur ekki miklar áhyggjur af "
+"öryggi),\n"
+"veldu æskilegan notanda og gluggastjóra, smelltu síðan á \"%s\". Ef þú\n"
+"vilt ekki nota þér þennan möguleika, fjarlægðu þá merkinguna við \"%s\"\n"
+"reitinn."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Viltu nota þennan eiginleika?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hér er listi af núverandi Linux disksneiðum sem fundust á disknum.\n"
+"Þú getur haldið þeim stillingum sem stungið er upp á, því þau eru nokkuð\n"
+"skynsamleg fyrir flestar uppsetningar. Ef þú gerir einhverjar breytingar, "
+"þá\n"
+"verður þú að minnsta kosti að skilgreina rótarsneið (\"/\"). Ekki velja of "
+"litla\n"
+"disksneið því þá munt þú ekki geta sett upp nægan hugbúnað. Ef þú vilt "
+"geyma\n"
+"gögnin þín á annari disksneið, þá verður þú einnig að búa til \"/home\"\n"
+"disksneið (aðeins mögulegt ef þú hefur fleiri en eina sneið tiltæka).\n"
+"\n"
+"Hver sneið á listanum inniheldur \"Nafn\", \"Diskrýmd\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nafn\" er byggt upp af: \"disktegund\", \"disknúmer\",\n"
+"\"disksneið\" (t.d., \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"disktegund\" er \"hd\" ef disknum er stýrt með IDE stýringu og\n"
+"\"sd\" ef það er SCSI diskur.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Disknúmer\" er alltaf bókstafur eftir \"hd\" eða \"sd\". Fyrir IDE\n"
+"diska:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" þýðir \"aðal (master) diskur á fyrstu IDE stýringu\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" þýðir \"auka (slave) diskur fyrstu IDE stýringu\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" þýðir \"aðal (master) diskur á annari IDE stýringu\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" þýðir \"auka (slave) diskur annari IDE stýringu\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Á SCSI diskum, þýðir \"a\" \"lægsta SCSI ID\", \"b\" þýðir\n"
+"\"næst-lægsta SCSI ID\", o.s.frv."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux uppsetningunni er dreift á nokkra geisladiska. Ef valinn\n"
+"pakki er á öðrum geisladiski, þá mun DrakX spýta út núverandi diski\n"
+"og biðja þig um að setja inn rétta diskinn. Ef þú hefur ekki rétta diskinn "
+"við\n"
+"hendina, smelltu þá á \"%s\", viðkomandi pakkar verða þá ekki\n"
+"settir upp."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Nú er tími til að skilgreina hvaða forrit þú vilt að séu sett upp á kerfinu "
+"þínu.\n"
+"Það eru þúsundir pakka til fyrir Mandriva Linux, og til að einfalda\n"
+"umsjón pakkanna hafa þeir verið flokkaðir í hópa af svipuðum forritum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux skiptir pökkunum í fjóra flokka. Þú getur blandað saman\n"
+"pökkum úr mismunandi flokkum svo að ``Vinnustöðvar'' uppsetning\n"
+"getur innihaldið forrit úr ``Miðlara'' flokknum.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ef þú hefur í hyggju að nota vélina þína sem vinnustöð veldu\n"
+"einn eða fleiri flokka úr vinnustöðvahópunum.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ef þú hefur í hyggju að nota vélina þína fyrir forritun veljið "
+"viðeigandi\n"
+"hópa úr þeim flokki. Hinn sérstaki \"LSB\" hópur mun setja vélina þína upp\n"
+"þannig að hún sé eins samhæfð og mögulegt er við \"Linux Standard Base"
+"\"skilgreiningarnar.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sé \"LSB\" hópurinn valinn, verður \"2.4\" kjarninn einnig settur inn í "
+"stað\n"
+"hins sjálfgefna kjarna \"2.6\". Þetta er til að tryggja 100%%-LSB samhæfni\n"
+"kerfisins. En þó að þú veljir ekki hinn sérstaka \"LSB\" hóp, þá munt þú\n"
+"samt vera með kerfi sem er næstum því 100%% LSB-samhæft.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ef vélin þín á að vera miðlari veldu þær þjónustur sem þú\n"
+"vilt að settar séu settar upp á tölvunni þinni.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hér getur þú valið hvaða myndræna gluggaumhverfi þú vilt hafa "
+"uppsett.\n"
+"Að minnsta kosti eitt umhverfi verður að vera valið ef þú vilt hafa\n"
+"myndrænt gluggaumhverfi uppsett.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú færir músabendilinn yfir hópnafn þá kemur stutt skýring á þeim hóp.\n"
+"\n"
+"Þú getur krossað við \"%s\" reitinn, ef þú ert kunnug(ur) pökkunum sem eru\n"
+"í boði, eða þú vilt hafa heildarstjórn á pökkum sem verða settir inn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú byrjar uppsetninguna í \"%s\" ham, þá getur þú af-valið alla hópa\n"
+"og varnað innsetningu nýrra pakka. Þetta er nytsamlegt í því tilfelli\n"
+"ef þörf er á að gera við eða uppfæra núverandi kerfi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú af-velur alla hópa þegar þú setur upp venjulega uppsetningu (en ekki\n"
+"uppfærslu), þá birtist gluggi sem býður aukavalkosti fyrir "
+"lágmarksuppsetningu:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": setur upp lágmarksumhverfi til að geta keyrt myndrænt "
+"gluggakerfi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": setur upp lágmarksumhverfi og nauðsynlegustu tól og handbækur\n"
+"þeirra. Þessi uppsetning er góð grunn uppsetning fyrir miðlara.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": setur upp lágmarksumhverfi sem nauðsynlegt er til að fá\n"
+"keyrandi Linux kerfi með þessari uppsetningu er ekkert gluggaumhverfi.\n"
+"Heildarstærð uppsetningarinnar er um 65 megabæti."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Uppfæra"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Með grunn handbókum"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Alger lágmarksuppsetning"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Ef þú velur að setja pakkana inn handvirkt, þá mun uppsetningarforritið\n"
+"birta tré sem inniheldur alla pakkana flokkaða í hópa og undirhópa. Meðan\n"
+"þú flakkar um tréð getur þú valið heila hópa, undirhópa eða einstaka pakka.\n"
+"\n"
+"Í hvert sinn er þú velur pakka í trénu mun lýsing birtast til hægri til að "
+"sýna\n"
+"þér hlutverk þess forritapakka.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Ef miðlara-pakki hefur verið valinn, annað hvort af því að þú valdir "
+"stakan\n"
+"pakka eða hann var hluti af hóp, verður þú beðinn um að staðfesta að\n"
+"þú viljir fá þessa miðlara uppsetta. Sjálfgefið mun Mandriva Linux ræsa "
+"allar\n"
+"uppsettar þjónustur og miðlara við kerfisræsingu. Jafnvel þó að þeir séu\n"
+"öruggir og engar þekktar villur þegar kerfinu var dreift þá er möguleiki að\n"
+"öryggisholur hafi uppgötvast eftir að gengið var frá þessari útgáfu af\n"
+"Ef þú veist ekki hvað tiltekin þjónusta á að gera eða afhverju hún er sett "
+"inn,\n"
+"smelltu þá á \"%s\". Ef þú smellir á \"%s\" verða þjónusturnar settar inn\n"
+"og þær verða ræstar sjálfkrafa þegar tölvan ræsir !!\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" valkosturinn er notaður til að aftengja \n"
+"viðvörunarglugga sem birtist í hvert sinn er uppsetningarforritið finnur út\n"
+"að það þurfi að aukalega að setja inn pakka sem eru forsenda "
+"uppsetningarinnar.\n"
+"Sumir pakkar eru tengdir öðrum og uppsetning eins pakka getur krafist að\n"
+"annar pakki sé settur inn fyrst. Uppsetningarforritið getur ákvarðað hvaða\n"
+"pakkar eru tengdir og séð um að uppsetningin verði rétt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Litla disklinga-táknmyndin á enda listans leyfir þér að hlaða inn "
+"pakkalista\n"
+"frá fyrri uppsetningu. Þetta er hagkvæmt ef þú þarft að setja upp nokkrar\n"
+"vélar eins. Ef þú smellir á þessa táknmynd verður þú beðinn um að setja\n"
+"inn diskling sem búinn var til í lok fyrri uppsetningar. Sjá síðar við lok\n"
+"uppsetningar um hvernig á a' búa til slíkan diskling."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Uppfylla forkröfur sjálfvirkt"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": smellir þú á \"%s\" hnappinn mun það ræsa prentara-uppsetningar-"
+"ráðgjafann\n"
+"Skoðið viðeigandi kafla í ``Starter Guide'' varðandi meiri upplýsingar um "
+"hvernig\n"
+"á að setja upp nýjan prentara. Viðmótið sem sýnt er í handbókinni okkar er\n"
+"svipað því sem er notað í uppsetningarforritinu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Þessi gluggi er notaður til að velja hvaða þjónustur eru ræstar við ræsingu "
+"tölvu.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX mun sýna lista yfir allar tiltækar þjónustur í núverandi uppsetningu.\n"
+"Skoðið hverja þeirra vandlega og af-veljið þær sem ekki er þörf á við "
+"ræsingu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Stutt lýsing verður birt um hverja þjónustu þegar hún er valin. Ef þú ert "
+"ekki viss\n"
+"um hvort þjónusta er nauðsynleg eða ekki þá er öruggara að nota sjálfgefið "
+"val.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Farðu mjög varlega á þessu stigi ef þú ætlar að nota tölvuna þína sem "
+"miðlara.\n"
+"Þú vilt sennilega ekki ræsa neinar þjónustur sem ekki er þörf á.\n"
+"Vinsamlega mundu að sumar þjónustur geta verið hættulegar ef þær eru virkar\n"
+"á miðlara. Almennt talað, ræstu aðeins þær sem þú raunverulega þarft. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux notar GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) sem innri tíma og breytir\n"
+"honum í staðartíma eftir völdu tímabelti. Ef klukkan á móðurborðinu er\n"
+"stillt á staðartíma, þá gætir þú þurft að aftengja þetta með því að\n"
+"af-velja reitinn \"%s\", sem segir GNU/Linux kerfinu að vélarklukkan\n"
+"og kerfisklukkan séu á sama tímabelti. þetta er fyrst of fremst gagnlegt\n"
+"ef vélin hýsir annað stýrikerfi.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" valreiturinn mun stilla klukkuna sjálfkrafa með því að tengjast\n"
+"tímamiðlara um Internetið. Til að þetta sé virkt þá verður þú að hafa\n"
+"uppsetta internet-tengingu. Við mælum með að þú veljir tímamiðlara\n"
+"sem er nálægt þér. Þessi valkostur mun í raun setja upp tímamiðlara\n"
+"á vélinni sem þú getur síðan notað af öðrum vélum á staðarnetinu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sjálfvirk tímastilling"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafískt kort\n"
+"\n"
+"   Uppsetningarforritið mun venjulega sjálfkrafa finna og stilla \n"
+"grafísk skjákort sem eru á vélinni þinni. Ef þetta er ekki rétt, þá\n"
+"getur þú valið af þessum lista, það kort sem þú vilt láta setja upp.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Í því tilviki að mismunandi miðlarar eru til fyrir kortið þitt, með\n"
+"eða án þrívíddar-hraðals, þá verður þú beðinn um að velja þann\n"
+" miðlara sem best hentar þínum þörfum."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (sem stendur fyrir X-glugga-kerfið) er grunnur myndræna viðmótsins\n"
+"á GNU/Linux. Á því eru byggð öll gluggakerfin (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, o.s.frv. ) sem fylgja Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Þú sérð lista af mismunandi breytum til að stilla bestu myndgæði.\n"
+"\n"
+"Skjákort\n"
+"\n"
+"   Uppsetningarforritið mun venjulega finna og stilla skjákortið sem er\n"
+"uppsett á vélinni þinni. Ef það er ekki rétt þá getur þú valið rétta kortið\n"
+"af lista\n"
+"...Í því tilviki að margir X miðlarar séu til staðar fyrir kortið þitt, t.d. "
+"með eða án Þrívíddarhröðunar, þá verður þú að velja þann sem \n"
+"hæfir þínum kröfum best.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Skjár\n"
+"\n"
+"   Venjulega mun uppsetningarforritið skynja og stilla skjáinn sem er\n"
+"tengdur við vélina þína. Ef þetta er ekki rétt þá getur þú valið réttan\n"
+"skjá sem tengdur er við tölvuna þína af löngum lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Upplausn\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hér getur þú valið upplausnir og litadýpt sem eru tiltækar fyrir þinn\n"
+"grafíska vélbúnað. Veldu þá upplausn sem hæfir þínum kröfum best\n"
+"(þú getur breytt þessu síðar eftir uppsetningu). Dæmi um valdar\n"
+"stillingar eru sýndar á skjámyndinni.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Prófun\n"
+"\n"
+"   Eftir tegund vélbúnaðar þíns, er þessi hluti ekki alltaf sýnilegur\n"
+"\n"
+"   Prófunin mun reyna að opna grafískan skjá með valinni upplausn\n"
+"á skjánum þínum. Ef þú sérð prófunarskeyti á skjánum og svarar \"%s\",\n"
+"þá mun DrakX halda áfram að næsta þrepi. Ef þú sér það ekki, þá\n"
+"þýðir það að einhver hluti að sjálfvirku uppsetningunum var ekki rétt.\n"
+"Prófuninni lýkur eftir 12 sekúndur og þú ert sendur aftur í valmyndina.\n"
+"Breyttu stillingum þar til þú færð prófið til að virka rétt.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Aukakostir\n"
+"\n"
+"   Þetta þrep leyfir þér að velja hvort þú vilt að vélin þín ræsi upp\n"
+"myndrænt viðmót við ræsingu kerfis. Augljóslega getur þú krossað við\n"
+"\"%s\" ef vélin þín á að vera miðlari eða þér tókst ekki að stilla\n"
+"grafíska skjákortið/upplausnina/skjáinn... rétt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Skjár\n"
+"\n"
+"   Venjulega mun uppsetningarforritið finna tengda skjái sjálfkrafa og\n"
+"setja upp viðeigandi stillingar.  Ef valið er ekki rétt getur þú valið\n"
+"réttan skjá af þessum lista - skjáinn sem er tengdur þinni tölvu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Upplausn\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hér getur þú valið upplausn og litadýpt sem eru mögulegir fyrir þinn\n"
+"vélbúnað. Veldu þann sem best hæfir þínum þörfum (þú getur breytt\n"
+"þessum stillingum eftir uppsetningu). Dæmi um valda uppsetningu er\n"
+"sýnt á skjámyndinni."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Í því tilviki að mismunandi miðlarar eru til fyrir kortið þitt, með eða án\n"
+"þrívíddar-hraðals, þá verður þú beðinn um að velja þann miðlara sem best\n"
+"hentar þínum þörfum."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukakostir\n"
+"\n"
+"   Þetta þrep leyfir þér að velja hvort þú vilt að vélin þín ræsi upp\n"
+"myndrænt viðmót við ræsingu kerfis. Augljóslega getur þú krossað við\n"
+"\"%s\" ef vélin þín á að vera miðlari eða þér tókst ekki að stilla\n"
+"grafíska skjákortið/upplausnina/skjáinn... rétt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Nú verður þú að ákveða hvar þú vilt setja upp Mandriva Linux\n"
+"stýrikerfið á diskinn þinn. Ef diskurinn þinn er tómur eða núverandi\n"
+"stýrikerfi er að nota allt plássið á disknum, þá verður þú að\n"
+"Endursníða diskinn. Að sníða diskinn þýðir að skipta disknum\n"
+"í hluta sem þörf er á til að setja upp Mandriva Linux kerfið.\n"
+"\n"
+"Af því að skipting disks í sneiðar er venjulega óafturkræf aðgerð\n"
+"og getur leitt til að þú tapir gögnum, þá getur þetta verið erfið og\n"
+"stressandi aðgerð fyrir óvanan notanda.  Til allrar hamingju er\n"
+"DrakX með ráðgjafa sem einfaldar aðgerðina. Áður en þú heldur\n"
+"áfram með þetta skref, lestu afganginn af þessum kafla og fyrir\n"
+"alla muni gefðu þér nægan tíma til að ákvarða rétta lausn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nokkrar mismunandi aðferðir eru mögulegar, þær fara eftir\n"
+"núverandi uppsetningu á diskum:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Þessi aðgerð skiptir auðum svæðum á diskum sjálfkrafa.\n"
+"Ef þú velur þetta verður ekki spurt fleiri spurninga.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Ráðgjafinn hefur fundið eina eða fleiri Linux disksneiðar\n"
+"á disknum. Veldu þennan möguleika ef þú vilt nota þær. Þú verður\n"
+"þá beðin(n) um að velja tengipunkta fyrir hverja disksneið.\n"
+"Venjulegu tengipunktarnir eru sjálfgefið valdir, og það er góð\n"
+"hugmynd að halda þeirri reglu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Ef Microsoft Windows er uppsett á disknum þínum og tekur\n"
+"upp allt diskplássið. Þá verður þú að búa til laust pláss fyrir GNU/Linux.\n"
+"Til að gera það þá getur þú eytt Microsoft Windows disksneiðinni\n"
+"og gögnum (sjá ``Eyða öllu á disknum'') eða breytt stærð á Microsoft \n"
+"Windows FAT eða NTFS disksneiðinni. Breytingu á stærð disksneiða\n"
+"er hægt að framkvæma án þess að nokkur gögn tapist, ef þú hefur\n"
+"áður þjappað gögnum á Windows disksneiðinni (defragment).\n"
+"Mælt er með að nota þessa aðferð ef þú vilt nota bæði Mandriva \n"
+"Linux og Microsoft Windows á sömu tölvunni.\n"
+"\n"
+"Áður en þú velur þennan valkost, hafðu þá í huga að, eftir þessa aðgerð\n"
+"verður Microsoft Windows disksneiðin minni en þegar þú byrjaðir. Þú\n"
+"munt því hafa minna laust diskpláss þegar þú notar Microsoft Windows\n"
+"til að geyma gögn og setja upp hugbúnað.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Ef þú vilt eyða öllum gögnum og disksneiðum sem nú eru\n"
+"á disknum og skipta þeim út með nýju Mandriva Linux stýrikerfi, veldu\n"
+"þennan valkost. Farðu varlega, því þú getur ekki afturkallað þessar\n"
+"breytingar eftir að þú hefur staðfest þær.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ef þú velur þennan valkost þá verður öllum gögnum á disknum eytt. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Þessi valkostur birtist þegar allt pláss á disknum er notað af\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Ef þú velur þennan valkost, verður öllu einfaldlega\n"
+"eytt af disknum og þú byrjar með auðan disk, sem þú getur skipt\n"
+"síðan að vild.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ef þú velur þennan valkost þá verður öllum gögnum á disknum eytt. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Veldu  þennan valkost ef þú vilt sjálfur skipta disknum þínum.\n"
+"Farðu varlega -- Þetta er öflugur en hættulegur valkostur og þú getur\n"
+"auðveldlega tapað öllum gögnum. Þess vegna er þessi valkostur eiginlega\n"
+"aðeins fyrir þá sem hafa gert þetta áður og hafa nokkra reynslu. Frekari\n"
+"upplýsingar um hvernig á að nota DiskDrake forritið er hægt að nálgast\n"
+"í kaflanum ``Managing Your Partitions'' í ``Starter Guide''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Nota núverandi disksneið"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Eyða öllu á disknum"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Jæja - hingað ertu þá kominn. Uppsetningu er nú lokið og GNU/Linux kerfið\n"
+"er tilbúið til notkunar. Aðeins eftir að smella á \"%s\" til að endurræsa "
+"kerfið\n"
+"Ekki gleyma að fjarlægja uppsetningarmiðilinn (Geisladisk eða diskling).\n"
+"Það fyrsta sem þú sérð eftir að tölvan hefur athugað vélbúnaðinn er\n"
+"ræsivalmynd, sem gefur þér möguleika á að velja hvaða stýrikerfi þú vilt "
+"ræsa\n"
+"\n"
+"Hnappurinn \"%s\" sýnir þér tvo auka hnappa sem:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": leyfir þér að búa til uppsetningardisk sem framkvæmir sjálfkrafa\n"
+"alla uppsetninguna án íhlutunar, t.d. ef þú ert að setja upp aðra vél eins "
+"og\n"
+"þú varst að ljúka við að setja upp.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Athugið að tveir möguleikar eru á uppsetningardisk sem birtast eftir að\n"
+"þú smellir á þennan hnapp:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Þetta er að hluta til sjálfvirk uppsetning. Diskasneiðing er\n"
+"eina þrepið sem þú þarft að framkvæma.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Algerlega sjálfvirk uppsetning: Öllu á disknum er eytt og\n"
+"diskurinn er algerlega endurskrifaður, öll gögn tapast.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Þetta er mjög hagkvæmt ef þú ert að setja upp á margar svipaðar\n"
+"tölvur. Sjá nánar um sjálfvirka uppsetningu á vefsíðum okkar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): vistar lista af öllum pökkum sem þú valdir í þessari\n"
+"uppsetningu.  Til að nota þennan lista við aðra uppsetningu, settu inn\n"
+"disklinginn og byrjaðu uppsetningu. Þegar þú færð valskjáinn\n"
+"ýttu á [F1] og sláðu inn >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< og ýttu á\n"
+"[Enter] lykilinn.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Þú þarft FAT-forsniðinn diskling. Til að búa til þannig diskling undir\n"
+"GNU/Linux, gefðu skipunina \"mformat a:\", eða \"fdformat /dev/fd0\"\n"
+"og síðan skipunina \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Búa til diskling fyrir sjálfvirka uppsetningu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Ef þú velur að endurnota einhverjar staðlaðar GNU/Linux disksneiðar\n"
+"vilt þú kannski endur-forsníða sumar þeirra og eyða gögnum sem þær\n"
+"innihalda. Til að gera það veldu einnig þær disksneiðar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vinsamlega athugið að það er ekki nauðsynlegt að endur-forsníða allar\n"
+"disksneiðar sem eru til staðar. Þú þarft að endur-forsníða disksneiðar\n"
+"sem innihalda stýrikerfið (svo sem \"/\", \"/usr\" eða \"/var\") en þú\n"
+"þarft ekki að endur-forsníða disksneiðar sem innihalda gögn sem þú\n"
+"vilt geyma (venjulega \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Vinsamlega viðhafið varúð þegar þið veljið disksneiðar. Eftir að þær\n"
+"hafa verið forsniðnar, þá hefur öllum gögnum á þeim verið eytt, og þú\n"
+"getur ekki sótt þau aftur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Smelltu á \"%s\" þegar þú ert tilbúinn, og vilt forsníða disksneiðarnar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Smelltu á \"%s\" ef þú vilt velja aðra disksneið fyrir nýja Mandriva Linux\n"
+"stýrikerfið þitt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Smelltu á \"%s\" ef þú vilt velja disksneiðar sem verða skoðaðar\n"
+"sérstaklega m.t.t. galla á diskblokkum."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Þegar þú setur upp Mandriva Linux er líklegt að sumir pakkar hafi verið\n"
+"uppfærðir frá upphaflegri útgáfu. Villur hafa verið lagfærðar, og\n"
+"öryggisvandamál leyst. Til að nýta ykkur þessar uppfærslur, þá getið\n"
+"þið sótt þær nú um Internetið. Krossaðu við \"%s\" ef þú hefur nú\n"
+"þegar internet-tengingu, eða \"%s\" ef þú vilt sækja uppfærslur síðar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú velur \"%s\", þá færð þú lista af vefsvæðum sem þú getur sótt\n"
+"uppfærslur frá. Þú ættir að velja það vefsvæði sem er næst þér.\n"
+"Þú færð að sjá pakkalista sem þú getur valið úr og smellt á \"%s\"\n"
+"til að sækja og setja upp valda pakka, eða \"%s\" til að hætta við."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Hér leyfir DrakX þér að velja það öryggisstig sem þú óskar að hafa á\n"
+"tölvunni þinni. Þumalfingursregla er að öryggisstig ætti að vera því hærra\n"
+"sem gögnin eru mikilvægari, eða ef vélin verður tengd beint við\n"
+"Internetið. Hærra öryggisstig þýðir þó venjulega að aðgangur að\n"
+"vél og gögnum verður óþjálli.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú veist ekki hvað á að velja, notaðu þá sjálfgefið öryggisstig. Þú\n"
+"getur breytt því seinna með draksec tólinu, sem er hluti af Mandriva Linux\n"
+"stjórnborðinu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fylltu út í svæðið \"%s\" með netfangi þess aðila sem er ábyrgur fyrir\n"
+"öryggi kerfisins. Skeyti sem varða öryggi kerfis verða send á þetta netfang."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Öryggisfulltrúi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Hér þarft þú að ákveða hvaða disksneið þú vilt nota fyrir Mandriva Linux\n"
+"stýrikerfið. Ef disksneiðar hafa þegar verið skilgreindar, annað hvort\n"
+"frá fyrri uppsetningu á GNU/Linux, eða af öðru forriti til að stilla\n"
+"disksneiðar, þá getur þú notað þær. Annars verður þú að skilgreina\n"
+"disksneiðar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Til að skilgreina disksneiðar þá verður þú fyrst að velja disk. Þú getur\n"
+"valið disk sem þú ætlar að skipta með því að smella á ``hda'' fyrir\n"
+"fyrsta IDE tengda diskinn, ``hdb'' fyrir þann næsta, ``sda'' fyrir\n"
+"fyrsta SCSI diskinn o.s.frv.\n"
+"\n"
+"Til að skipta völdum diski, þá getur þú notað eftirfarandi aðgerðir:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": þessi valkostur eyðir öllum disksneiðum á disknum\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": þessi valkostur býr sjálfkrafa til ext3 og diskminnis-sneið\n"
+"á lausu plássi á disknum.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gefur þér aðgang að aukavalkostum:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": vistar disksneiða-töfluna á disklingi. Gott ef síðar þarf að\n"
+"endurbyggja disksneiða-töfluna. Það er mælt með að þú gerir\n"
+"framkvæmir þetta skref.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" leyfir þér að endurbyggja disksneiða-töfluna frá disklingi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ef disksneiða-taflan er skemmd, þá getur þú reynt að\n"
+"endurbyggja hana. Farðu varlega og mundu að þetta virkar ekki alltaf\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hendir öllum breytingum og endurhleður disksneiða-töflunni\n"
+"eins og hún var upphaflega á disknum.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ef þú af-velur þennan valkost, þá verða notendur að\n"
+"tengja disklinga og geisladiska sjálfir við tengipunkta\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": notaðu þennan valkost ef þú vilt nota ráðgjafa til að skipta\n"
+"disknum þínum. Það er mæt með þessu ef þú hefur ekki nákvæmlega\n"
+"hvað á að gera hér.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": notaðu þennan valkost ef þú vilt hætta við allar breytingar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gefur þér aukalega valkosti (tegund, valkosti, forsníða)\n"
+"og gefur þér meiri upplýsingar um diskinn.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": þegar þú hefur lokið við að skipta disknum þínum, þá\n"
+"skrifar þetta breytingarnar á diskinn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Þegar þú skilgreinir stærð disksneiðar, þá getur þú fínstillt stærðina\n"
+"á sneiðinni með örvalyklunum á lyklaborðinu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Athugið: Þú getur komist að öllum aðgerðum á skjánum frá\n"
+"lyklaborðinu. Þú færir þig á milli svæða með [Tab] og [Upp/Niður]\n"
+"örvalyklunum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Þegar disksneið er valin, þá getur þú notað:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c til að búa til nýja disksneið (þegar auð disksneið er valin)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d til að eyða disksneið\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m til að setja tengipunkt\n"
+"\n"
+"Til að fá upplýsingar um mismunandi skráakerfi, vinsamlega lestu\n"
+"kaflann um ext2FS í ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú ert að setja upp á PPC  tölvu, þá ættir þú að búa til litla HFS\n"
+"``ræsi-disksneið'' sem er að minnsta kosti 1M. Þessi disksneið\n"
+"verður notuð af yaboot ræsistjóranum. Ef þú gerir disksneiðina\n"
+"svolítið stærri t.d. 50MB þá er það góður staður til að geyma auka\n"
+"kjarna og ræsidisk-ímyndir fyrir óvæntar uppákomur."
+
+# ## skrytid
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Sjálfvirk tenging aukatækja"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Víxla milli venjulegs/sérfræðings-hams"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Fleiri en ein Microsoft disksneið hefur fundist á disknum.\n"
+"Vinsamlega veldu hverri þeirra þú vilt breyta stærðinni á til að geta sett\n"
+"upp nýja Mandriva Linux stýrikerfið.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hver sneið á listanum inniheldur \"Linux nafn\", \"Windows nafn\" \"Diskrýmd"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nafn\" er byggt upp af: \"disktegund\", \"disknúmer\",\n"
+"\"disksneið\" (t.d., \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Disktegund\" er \"hd\" ef disknum er stýrt með IDE stýringu og\n"
+"\"sd\" ef það er SCSI diskur.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Disknúmer\" er alltaf bókstafur eftir \"hd\" eða \"sd\". Fyrir IDE\n"
+"diska:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" þýðir \"aðal (master) diskur á fyrstu IDE stýringu\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" þýðir \"auka (slave) diskur fyrstu IDE stýringu\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" þýðir \"aðal (master) diskur á annari IDE stýringu\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" þýðir \"auka (slave) diskur annari IDE stýringu\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Á SCSI diskum, þýðir \"a\" \"lægsta SCSI ID\", \"b\" þýðir\n"
+"\"næst-lægsta SCSI ID\", o.s.frv.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows nafn\" er bókstafurinn á disknum eins og það sést undir\n"
+"Windows (fyrsti diskurinn eða sneiðin er kölluð \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": athugið val lands. Ef valið land er ekki rétt smelltu þá\n"
+"á \"%s\" hnappinn og veldu annað. Ef landið þitt er ekki á listanum,\n"
+"smelltu þá á \"%s\" hnappinn til að sjá heildalista landa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Þetta skref er aðeins virkjað ef GNU/Linux disksneið hefur fundist á\n"
+"tölvunni þinni.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX þarf nú að vita hvort þú vilt setja upp nýtt kerfi eða hvort þú\n"
+"vilt uppfæra uppsett Mandriva Linux kerfi:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Þetta þurkar að mestu út gamla kerfið. En þó fer það\n"
+"svolítið eftir diskssneiðum sem þú hefur sett upp, þá getur þú\n"
+"varnað því að gögn (fyrst og fremst \"home\" möppur) verði\n"
+"yfirskrifuð. Ef þú vilt breyta hvernig diskunum er skipt, eða breyta\n"
+"skráakerfinu, þá ættir þú að velja þennan valkost.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Þessi uppsetning leyfir þér að uppfæra pakkana sem nú\n"
+"eru uppsettir á Mandriva Linux kerfinu þínu. Disksneiðum og gögnum\n"
+"verður ekki breytt. Flest uppsetningarþrep eru enn aðgengileg\n"
+"og eru svipuð venjulegri uppfærslu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Að nota ``Uppfærslu'' aðgerðina ætti að virka vel á Mandriva Linux\n"
+"kerfum sem eru að keyra útgáfu \"8.1\" eða nýrri. Ekki er mælt með\n"
+"uppfærslu á eldri útgáfum en Mandriva Linux \"8.1\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Byggt á því tungumáli sem þú velur, þá mun DrakX sjálfkrafa velja\n"
+"lyklaborðs-uppsetningu. Athugaðu hvort valið hentar þér, eða veldu\n"
+"aðra lyklaborðs-uppsetningu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Einnig gæti verið að lyklaborðið henti ekki þínum þörfum eða tungumáli\n"
+"Ef t.d. þú vilt hafa aðgang að íslensku lyklaborði í Sviss. Eða danskt\n"
+"lyklaborð og íslenskt umhverfi. Almennt talað í þannig umhverfi\n"
+"að tungumál og valið lyklaborð passa ekki saman. Hvort sem þú\n"
+"vilt þá getur þú valið lyklaborð af listanum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Smelltu á \"%s\" hnappinn til að sjá lista af mögulegum lyklaborðs-"
+"uppsetningum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú velur lyklaborðs-uppsetningu sem er ekki byggt á latnesku\n"
+"stafrófi, þá mun næsti gluggi leyfa þér að velja lyklasamsetningu\n"
+"sem víxlar til og frá latneska lyklaborðinu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Fyrsta þrepið er að velja æskilegt tungumál.\n"
+"\n"
+"Val þitt á æskilegu tungumáli hefur áhrif á uppsetningarforritið,\n"
+"handbækur, og stýrikerfið í heild sinni. Veldu fyrst hvaða svæði\n"
+"þú er búsettur á, síðan tungumál sem þú notar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú smellir á \"%s\" hnappinn þá getur þú valið önnur tungumál\n"
+"sem verða sett upp á vinnustöðina þína, þá verða skrár sem tengjast\n"
+"því tungumáli settar upp á tölvuna. Til dæmis ef spænskir notendur\n"
+"munu nota tölvuna þína, veldu þá Ensku sem aðaltungumál í\n"
+"valglugganum og \"%s\" í ítarlegri hlutanum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Um UTF-8 (unicode) stuðning: Unicode er ný stafakóðun sem\n"
+"tekur til allra tungumála. En fullur stuðningur fyrir þessa kóðun er\n"
+"enn á þróunarstigi fyrir GNU/Linux. Þess vegna ætti val þitt á\n"
+"að nota UTF-8 að byggja á eftirfarandi:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ef þú velur tungumál sem hefur sterkan stuðning í venjulegri\n"
+"stafakóðun (latnesk-1 tungumál, Rússneska, Kínverska, Kóreanska,\n"
+"Tælenska, Gríska, Tyrkneska og flest iso-8859-2 tungumál),\n"
+"þá verður eldri stafakóðun valin sjálfgefið;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Önnur tungumál munu sjálfgefið nota unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ef tvö eða fleiri tungumál eru valin og þau nota ekki sömu kóðun\n"
+"þá verður unicode notað fyrir allt kerfið;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Að lokum, hægt er að þvinga notkun unicode alls staðar í\n"
+"kerfinu með því að velja \"%s\" valkostinn óháð því hvaða\n"
+"tungumál hafa verið valin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Athugið að þú ert ekki takmarkaður við að velja eitt aukalegt tungumál.\n"
+"Þú getur valið nokkur eða jafnvel valið þau öll með því að krossa við\n"
+"\"%s\" reitinn. Ef þú velur stuðning fyrir tungumál þýðir það að\n"
+"þýðingar, letur, stafsetningar-leiðréttingar o.s.frv. verða einnig\n"
+"sett inn fyrir þessi tungumál.\n"
+"\n"
+"Til að víxla milli mismunandi tungumála sem eru uppsett á kerfinu\n"
+"þínu, þá getur þú keyrt \"localedrake\" skipunina sem \"root\" til\n"
+"að breyta sjálfgefnu tunguáli fyrir allt kerfið. Ef þú keyrir skipunina\n"
+"sem venjulegur notandi þá mun það einungis breyta uppsetningu\n"
+"tungumáls fyrir þann notanda."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spænska"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Venjulega er DrakX ekki í neinum vandræðum með að finna fjölda hnappa\n"
+"á músinni þinni. Ef DrakX lendir í vandræðum gerir það ráð fyrir tveggja\n"
+"hnappa mús og mun setja upp þriggja hnappa hermi. Þriðja hnappinn\n"
+"á tveggja hnappa mús má fá fram með því að smella samtímis á hægri\n"
+"og vinstri hnappana. DrakX mun sjálfkrafa vita hvort músin þín notar\n"
+"PS/2- , rað- eða usb-tengi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú hefur þriggja hnappa mús án skrunhjóls, þá getur þú valið \"%s\"\n"
+"mús. DrakX mun þá stilla músina þína þannig að þú getir hermt eftir\n"
+"skrunhjóli með því. Til að gera það, smelltu á miðhnappinn og færðu\n"
+"músina upp og niður.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú af einhverri ástæðu vilt skilgreina aðra tegund músar, veldu hana\n"
+"þá úr listanum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Þú getur valið \"%s\" færsluna til að velja ``almenna'' músartegund\n"
+"sem mun virka með flestum músum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú velur aðra mús en sjálfgefna, þá birtist prufuskjár. Notið hnappana\n"
+"og hólið til að staðfesta að stillingar séu réttar og músin virki rétt.\n"
+"Ef Músin virkar ekki rétt sláðu þá á bilslána eða [Enter] til að hætta\n"
+"prófuninni og þú færð aftur upp lista af músum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Það kemur fyrir að skrunhjóla-mýs séu ekki skynjaðar sjálfvirkt,\n"
+"svo þú verður að velja músina úr lista. Athugaðu vel að velja rétt\n"
+"tengi rað/PS-2/USB sem músin er tengd við. Eftir að þið hafið\n"
+"valið mús og smellt á \"%s\" hnappinn, þá birtist músamynd á\n"
+"skjánum. Notið skrunhjólið til að staðfesta að það sé virkjað rétt.\n"
+"Þegar þú hreyfir hjólið, mun músarhjólið á skjánum hreyfast.\n"
+"Prófaðu hnappana líka til og hreyfðu bendilinn á skjánum til að\n"
+"staðfest að allt virki rétt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Með skrunhermi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Almennt | Einhverjar PS/2 & USB mýs"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Veldu tengið sem þú vilt nota.  Tengið \"COM1\" í Windows er kallað\n"
+"\"ttyS0\" í GNU/Linux, \"COM2\" er \"ttyS1\", o.s.frv."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Þetta er ein mest áríðandi ákvörðun sem þú tekur fyrir öryggi GNU/Linux\n"
+"kerfis. Þú verður að gefa upp lykilorð fyrir \"root\". \"root\" er "
+"kerfisstjóri\n"
+"og eini notandinn sem má framkvæma uppfærslur, bæta við notendum,\n"
+"breyta uppsetningu kerfisins, og svo framvegis. Í stuttu máli \"root\" má\n"
+"gera allt!. Þess vegna verður þú að velja lykilorð sem er erfitt að giska "
+"á.\n"
+"DrakX mun segja þér ef lykilorðið er of einfalt. Eins og þú sérð þá þarft\n"
+"þú ekki að slá inn lykilorð, en við ráðleggjum þér alls ekki að hafa það\n"
+"þannig. GNU/Linux er alveg eins viðkvæmt fyrir villum kerfisstjóra og\n"
+"önnur stýrikerfi. Þar sem \"root\" getur farið framhjá öllum takmörkunum\n"
+"og óvart eytt öllum gögnum á disksneiðum með því að vísa kæruleysislega\n"
+"í disksneiðarnar, Það er áríðandi að það sé ekki einfalt að verða \"root\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Lykilorðið ætti að vera blanda af bókstöfum og tölum og að minnsta\n"
+"kosti 8 stafa langt. Aldrei skrifa niður \"root\" lykilorðið -- Þá verður\n"
+"allt of auðvelt að brjótast inn í kerfið.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hafið lykilorðið heldur ekki of langt eða flókið því þú verður að muna það!\n"
+"\n"
+"Lykilorðið verður ekki birt á skjánum þegar þú slærð það inn. Til að\n"
+"minnka hættu á innsláttarvillu ert þú beðinn um að slá lykilorðið tvisvar.\n"
+"Ef þú gerir þá sömu innsláttar villuna tvisvar verður þú að nota þetta\n"
+"``ranga'' lykilorð í fyrsta sinn þegar þú tengist sem \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú vilt nota auðkenningar-miðlara til að stjórna aðgangi að tölvunni\n"
+"þinni, smelltu þá á \"%s\" hnappinn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú notar LDAP, NIS eða PDC Windows Domain auðkenningar-\n"
+"þjónustur, veldu réttan valkost fyrir \"%s\". Ef þú veist ekki hvað\n"
+"þú átt að nota spurðu þá net-stjórnandann.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú átt í vandræðum með að muna lykilorð, eða ef tölvan þín verður\n"
+"aldrei tengd Internetinu, og þú treystir algerlega öllum þeim sem koma\n"
+"að tölvunni þinni, þá getur þú valið að hafa \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "auðkenning"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ræsi-forrit er lítið forrit sem er ræst af tölvunni þegar kveikt er á \n"
+"tölvunni. Það er ábyrgt fyrir að ræsa síðan upp allt kerfið. Venjulega\n"
+"er uppsetning ræsiforritsins algerlega sjálfvirk. DrakX mun athuga\n"
+"ræsigeira disksins og haga aðgerðum eftir því:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ef Windows ræsigeiri finnst, þá verður honum skipt út með GRUB/LILO\n"
+"ræsigeira. Þannig getur þú ræst annað hvort GNU/Linux eða annað\n"
+"stýrikerfi sem er uppsett á tölvunni þinni.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ef GRUB eða LILO ræsigeiri finnst, þá verður honum skipt út með nýjum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef DrakX getur ekki ákveðið hvar á að setja ræsigeirann, þá munt þú\n"
+"verða spurður hvar eigi að setja hann. Almennt er \"%s\" öruggasti "
+"staðurinn\n"
+"Ef þú velur \"%s\", þá verður ekki sett inn neitt ræsiforrit. Gerðu\n"
+"það aðeins ef þú veist hvað þú ert að gera."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Nú er komið að því að setja upp prentkerfi fyrir tölvuna þína. Önnur\n"
+"stýrikerfis bjóða þér kannski upp á eitt, en Mandriva Linux býður tvö.\n"
+"Hvort þeirra hefur sína kosti\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- sem er skammstöfun fyrir ``prenta ekki biðröð'' \n"
+"(print, do not queue) er rétti valkosturinn ef tölvan er beintengd\n"
+"við prentarann, og þú vilt geta stöðvað snarlega ef pappír festist\n"
+"eða flækist, eða ef þú hefur ekki nettengda prentara.\n"
+"(\"%s\" höndlar aðeins einföldustu nettengingar og er frekar hægvirkt\n"
+"ef það er notað á neti.) Það er þó mælt með að þú notir \"pdq\"\n"
+"ef þetta eru þín fyrstu kynni af GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stendur fyrir `` Common Unix Printing System'' og er góður\n"
+"kostur hvort sem þú prentar á staðbundinn prentara eða á prentara\n"
+"sem er hinum megin á hnettinum. Það er einfalt að stilla og getur bæði\n"
+"verið miðlari og biðlari fyrir gamalkunnu \"lpd\" prentþjónustuna.\n"
+"Það er því samhæft við eldri stýrikerfi sem þurfa prentþjónustu.\n"
+"Þó að það sé mjög öflugt, þá er einfaldasta uppsetning næstum því\n"
+"eins einföld og \"pdq\". Ef þú þarft að herma eftir \"lpd\", mundu þá eftir\n"
+"að ræsa \"cups-lpd\" þjónustuna. \"%s\" er með myndrænt viðmót fyrir\n"
+"prentaraval og stjórnun á prentara.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvað sem þú velur núna, þá getur þú breytt prentkerfinu með því að\n"
+"keyra PrinterDrake frá Mandriva Linux stjórnborðinu og smella á \"%s\"\n"
+"hnappinn."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Sérfræðingur"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX mun fyrst leita að öllum IDE tækjum í tölvunni. Síðan er einnig\n"
+"leitað að einu eða fleiri SCSI kortum í tölvunni. Ef SCSI kort finnst þá\n"
+"mun DrakX mun sjálfkrafa setja inn rekil fyrir kortið.\n"
+"\n"
+"Af því að sjálfvirk vélbúnaðarleit er ekki gallalaus, þá finnur DrakX\n"
+"kannski ekki diskana í tölvunni. Ef svo er þá verður þú að skilgreina\n"
+"vélbúnaðinn handvirkt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef þú þarft að skilgreina handvirkt PCI SCSI stýringu, þá mun DrakX spyrja\n"
+"hvort þú viljir tilgreina viðföng fyrir kortið. Þú ættir að leyfa DrakX að\n"
+"kanna vélbúnaðinn til að stilla kortið sjálfkrafa. Oftast kemst DrakX\n"
+"áfram án aukalegra viðfanga.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ef DrakX finnur ekki hvaða breytur á að senda til kortsins þá verður þú að\n"
+"stilla kortið og viðföng þess handvirkt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ef hljóðkort finnst í tölvunni. þá verða upplýsingar um það sýndar\n"
+"hér. Ef þú sérð að hljóðkortið er ekki það sem er raunverulega í tölvunni,\n"
+"þá getur þú smellt á hnappinn hér og bent á annan rekil."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sýnir þér hér samantekt á upplýsingum sem það hefur\n"
+"safnað um tölvuna þína. Það fer síðan eftir því hvaða vélbúnaður er á "
+"vélinni\n"
+"þinni hvort þú sérð alla þá möguleika sem hér fara eftir. Hver færsla\n"
+"er samsett af vélbúnaði sem hægt er að stilla og samantekt um\n"
+"uppsetninguna. Smellið á tilsvarandi \"%s\" til að stilla þessa einingu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": athuga lyklaborðvörpun og breyta henni ef þörf krefur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": athuga landval. Ef valið land er ekki rétt, smelltu þá á\n"
+"\"%s\" hnappinn og veldu annað land. Ef landið er ekki á listanum\n"
+"smelltu þá á \"%s\" hnappinn til að sjá allann listann.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": DrakX velur sjálfkrafa tímabelti eftir því landi sem þú hefur\n"
+"valið. Þú getur smellt á \"%s\" hnappinn er það er ekki rétt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sýna núverandi músastillingar og smelltu á hnappinn til að\n"
+"breyta því ef þörf krefur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": með því að smella á \"%s\" hnappinn opnast prent-stillingar-\n"
+"ráðgjafi. Ráðfærið ykkur við viðeigandi kafla í ``Starter Guide'' varðandi\n"
+"frekari upplýsingar um hvernig á að setja upp nýjan prentara. Viðmótið\n"
+"sem sýnt er þar, er svipað því sem er notað í uppsetningunni.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ef hljóðkort finnst á kerfinu þínu, þá verður það sýnt hér\n"
+"Ef þú tekur eftir því að það hljóðkort sem sýnt er hér, sé ekki það\n"
+"sem er í raun í kerfinu þínu, þá getur þú smellt á hnappinn og valið\n"
+"annann rekil.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ef sjónvarpskort finnst í tölvunni þinni þá er það sýnt hér.\n"
+"Ef það er sjónvarpskort í tölvunni og það finnst ekki þá getur þú smellt\n"
+"á \"%s\" hnappinn og reynt að setja það inn handvirkt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": þú getur smellt á \"%s\" til að breyta stillingum á kortinu ef\n"
+"þér finnst að uppsetningin sé röng.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Sjálfgefið stillir DrakX skjákortið/skjáinn þinn í upplausnina\n"
+"\"800x600\" eða \"1024x768\". Ef það er ekki sú upplausn sem þú vilt\n"
+"nota smelltu þá á \"%s\" til að endurstilla skjáupplausnina.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ef þú vilt stilla Internet eða aðrar nettengingar núna.\n"
+"Þá getur þú gert það hér. Skoðaðu handbókina eða notaðu Mandriva\n"
+"Linux stjórnborðið eftir að uppsetningu er lokið til að fá meiri hjálp.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": leyfir þér að stilla vefsel og FTP-sel ef vélin sem þú ert að\n"
+"setja upp á að tengjast netinu um sel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hér getur þú endurstillt öryggisþrep sem þú settir áður\n"
+"í fyrra þrepi ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ef þú ætlar að tengja vélina þína Internetinu, þá er\n"
+"góð hugmynd að vernda vélina þína með því að setja upp eldvegg.\n"
+"Lestu viðeigandi kafla í um uppsetningu eldveggs í ``Starter Guide''.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ef þú vilt breyta stillingum ræsistjóra, smelltu á\n"
+"þennan hnapp. Þetta ætti þó ekki að gera nema af kunnugum.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hér getur þú fínstillt hvaða þjónustur verða ræstar á\n"
+"tölvunni þinni. Ef þú ætlar að nota þessa vél sem miðlara þá er góð\n"
+"hugmynd að fara vel yfir þessa uppsetningu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN spjald"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Myndrænt viðmót"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Veldu diskinn sem þú vilt hreinsa allt af til að setja upp nýja\n"
+"Mandriva Linux disksneið.  Varúð, öllum gögnum á disknum verður\n"
+"eytt, og það er ekki hægt að sækja þau aftur!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Smelltu á \"%s\" ef þú vilt eyða öllum gögnum og disksneiðum\n"
+"á þessum disk. Varúð! Eftir að þú hefur smellt á \"%s\", getur\n"
+"þú ekki endurheimt nein gögn eða disksneiðar sem eru nú á þessum diski,\n"
+"Þar með talin Windows gögn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Smelltu á \"%s\" til að stöðva þessa aðgerð án þess að tapa gögnum\n"
+"og disksneiðum sem nú eru á þessum diski."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Næsta ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Fyrra"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/it.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/it.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..17d962bc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/it.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2070 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to Italian
+# translation of DrakX-it.po to Italiano
+# translation of DrakX-it.po to Italian
+# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Mandriva S.A.
+# Paolo Lorenzin <pasusu@tin.it>, 2000.
+# Simone Riccio <s.riccio@aeb-informatica.it>, 2002.
+# Roberto Rosselli Del Turco <rosselli@ling.unipi.it>, 2001, 2002,2003.
+# Marco De Vitis <mdv@spin.it>, 2003.
+# Andrea Celli <a.celli@caltanet.it>, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006.
+# Giuseppe Levi <giuseppe.levi@email.it>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-it\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-03 21:33+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Andrea Celli <a.celli@caltanet.it>\n"
+"Language-Team: Italian <kde-i18n-it@kde.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Prima di proseguire dovresti leggere con attenzione le condizioni d'uso che\n"
+"riguardano l'intera distribuzione Mandriva Linux. Se sei d'accordo con\n"
+"tutti i termini della licenza clicca sul pulsante \"%s\". In caso contrario\n"
+"ti basterà un clic sul pulsante \"%s\" per riavviare il computer."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux è un sistema operativo multi-utente, ciò significa che ciascun\n"
+"utente può disporre di una configurazione personalizzata, di uno spazio per\n"
+"i propri file, e così via; consulta la ''Guida introduttiva'' per saperne di "
+"più.\n"
+"Ma, a differenza di \"root\", che è l'amministratore del sistema,\n"
+"gli utenti che aggiungerai adesso non avranno il diritto di cambiare\n"
+"nulla, se non i propri file e la propria configurazione. Dovrai crearne\n"
+"almeno uno per te stesso, da utilizzare per l'uso quotidiano: per quanto\n"
+"molto comodo, entrare nel sistema come \"root\" tutti i giorni potrebbe\n"
+"essere molto pericoloso! Anche un banale errore potrebbe significare un\n"
+"sistema non più in grado di funzionare correttamente. Se, invece,\n"
+"commetti un errore, anche grave, in qualità di utente normale, potrai forse\n"
+"perdere parte dei tuoi dati, ma non compromettere l'intero sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nel primo campo inserisci il vero nome. Naturalmente questo non è\n"
+"un obbligo legale: puoi digitare quello che vuoi. Fatto questo, DrakX\n"
+"prenderà la prima parola che hai inserito nel campo di testo e la copierà\n"
+"alla voce \"%s\". Questo è il nome che l'utente dovrà usare per accedere al\n"
+"sistema, ma puoi modificarlo. Poi digita una password per questo utente.\n"
+"Ovviamente, dal punto di vista della sicurezza, la password di un utente\n"
+"non privilegiato non è cruciale come quella di \"root\", ma non c'è motivo\n"
+"di essere frettolosi: dopo tutto, si tratta della sicurezza dei tuoi file.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se clicchi su \"%s\", potrai poi aggiungere un altro utente, e altri "
+"ancora,\n"
+"a tua discrezione. Aggiungi un utente per ciascuno dei tuoi amici, oppure\n"
+"per tuo padre e tuo fratello, e così via. Dopo aver aggiunto\n"
+"tutti gli utenti che vuoi, seleziona \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" potrai cambiare la \"shell\" per\n"
+"quell'utente (quella predefinita è bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Quando avrai finito di aggiungere utenti al sistema, ti verrà proposto di\n"
+"sceglierne uno per effettuare un login automatico ogni volta che il\n"
+"computer ha terminato la fase di boot. Se questa caratteristica ti\n"
+"interessa (e non tieni particolarmente alla sicurezza locale), scegli\n"
+"l'utente desiderato e l'ambiente grafico che preferisci, poi clicca su\n"
+"\"%s\". Se la cosa non ti interessa, rimuovi il segno di spunta dalla\n"
+"casella \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Vuoi sfruttare questa possibilità?"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"In alto puoi vedere l'elenco delle partizioni Linux individuate sul\n"
+"tuo disco rigido. Puoi attenerti alle scelte fatte dall'assistente,\n"
+"vanno bene per la maggior parte delle installazioni. Se fai dei\n"
+"cambiamenti, ricorda che devi definire per lo meno una partizione root\n"
+"(''radice'') (\"/\"). Non sceglierla troppo piccola, altrimenti non sarai\n"
+"in grado di installare parte del software. Se poi vuoi conservare i\n"
+"tuoi dati su una partizione separata, dovrai assegnare una partizione\n"
+"anche a \"/home\" (ciò è possibile soltanto se hai a disposizione più\n"
+"partizioni Linux).\n"
+"\n"
+"Ogni partizione è elencata in base a queste caratteristiche: \"Nome\",\n"
+"\"Capacità\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"Nome\" è strutturato in: \"tipo di disco rigido\", \"numero del\n"
+"disco\", \"numero della partizione\" (ad esempio, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"tipo di disco rigido\" è \"hd\" se il tuo disco è di tipo IDE, e\n"
+"\"sd\" se, invece, è un disco SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"numero del disco\" è sempre una lettera che segue \"hd\" o \"sd\". Per\n"
+"i dischi IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE secondario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE secondario\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Per i dischi rigidi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI più\n"
+"basso\", una \"b\" significa \"ID SCSI immediatamente successivo ad a\",\n"
+"etc."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"La distribuzione Mandriva Linux è suddivisa su più CD-ROM. Se uno dei\n"
+"pacchetti selezionati si trova su un CD-ROM diverso da quello attualmente\n"
+"inserito nel lettore, DrakX provvederà a espellerlo e a chiedervi di\n"
+"inserire quello corretto. Se non avete a portata di mano il CD richiesto,\n"
+"basta cliccare su \"%s\", e i pacchetti corrispondenti non verranno\n"
+"installati."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Adesso è il momento di indicare i programmi che volete siano installati sul\n"
+"vostro sistema. Ci sono migliaia di pacchetti disponibili per\n"
+"Mandriva Linux, e sono stati suddivisi in gruppi in base al loro campo di\n"
+"utilizzo, in modo da facilitarne la gestione.\n"
+"\n"
+"I gruppi sono a loro volta suddivisi in quattro categorie. Potete\n"
+"selezionare i pacchetti di tutte le categorie indifferentemente, quindi una\n"
+"installazione di tipo \"Workstation\" può contenere anche programmi della\n"
+"categoria \"Server\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": scegliete uno o più gruppi da questa categoria se la vostra\n"
+"macchina dovrà essere utilizzata come postazione di lavoro tradizionale.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se pensate di usare il computer per la programmazione e lo\n"
+"sviluppo di software, selezionate i gruppi a voi necessari in questa\n"
+"categoria. Il gruppo speciale \"LSB\" serve per configurare il vostro\n"
+"sistema in modo che sia quanto più possibile conforme con le specifiche del\n"
+"Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   La selezione del gruppo \"LSB\" avrà come ulteriore effetto\n"
+"l'installazione di un kernel della serie \"2.4\", invece della \"2.6\" che\n"
+"costituisce l'opzione predefinita. Questo è necessario per avere una\n"
+"completa conformità del sistema con le specifiche LSB. Si noti, tuttavia,\n"
+"che anche se scegliete di non selezionare il gruppo \"LSB\", il vostro\n"
+"sistema sarà compatibile quasi al 100%% con LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": qui potrete scegliere i servizi più comuni da installare se il\n"
+"computer dovrà essere usato come server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": qui potrete scegliere il vostro ambiente grafico preferito.\n"
+"Dovete selezionarne almeno uno, se volete avere un sistema con interfaccia\n"
+"grafica.\n"
+"\n"
+"Spostando il puntatore del mouse sul nome di un gruppo verrà mostrato un\n"
+"breve testo di informazioni a riguardo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se lo desiderate, potete abilitare l'opzione \"%s\", che può essere utile\n"
+"se conoscete bene i pacchetti presenti nella distribuzione o se desiderate\n"
+"avere il controllo totale di ciò che verrà installato.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se cominciate l'installazione in modalità \"%s\", potete deselezionare\n"
+"tutti i gruppi per evitare di installare nuovi pacchetti: questo metodo può\n"
+"tornare utile per effettuare la riparazione o l'aggiornamento di un sistema\n"
+"esistente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se state effettuando un'installazione normale (non un aggiornamento) e\n"
+"deselezionate tutti i gruppi, comparirà una finestra di dialogo che vi\n"
+"proporrà alcune possibilità per eseguire una installazione minima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installa i pacchetti strettamente necessari per avere un\n"
+"ambiente grafico funzionante;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installa il sistema base più i programmi fondamentali e la\n"
+"relativa documentazione; questo tipo di installazione può essere adatta per\n"
+"la configurazione di un server;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": provvederà all'installazione dello stretto necessario per avere\n"
+"un sistema Linux funzionante, avente come unica interfaccia la riga di\n"
+"comando. Questo tipo di installazione occupa in totale circa 65 megabyte."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Aggiornamento"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Con la documentazione essenziale"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Installazione veramente minimale"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Ora, se avete scelto di selezionare i pacchetti su base individuale,\n"
+"potrete vedere una struttura ad albero contenente tutti i pacchetti\n"
+"organizzati in gruppi e sottogruppi. Scorrendo questa lista gerarchica\n"
+"potete selezionare interi gruppi, sottogruppi o singoli pacchetti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Quando selezionate un pacchetto all'interno dell'albero ne compare una\n"
+"descrizione sulla destra, per aiutarvi a capire a cosa serva quel\n"
+"particolare pacchetto.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Se avete selezionato un pacchetto che offre un servizio come server\n"
+"(intenzionalmente, oppure perché faceva parte di un gruppo), vi verrà\n"
+"chiesta conferma per la sua effettiva installazione. Come opzione\n"
+"predefinita, in Mandriva Linux tutti i servizi installati vengono attivati\n"
+"automaticamente all'avvio. Sebbene si tratti di servizi sicuri ed esenti da\n"
+"problemi noti al momento del rilascio della distribuzione, non è escluso\n"
+"che possano essere scoperte falle di sicurezza al loro interno dopo la\n"
+"pubblicazione di questa versione di Mandriva Linux. Quindi, se non avete\n"
+"idea di cosa faccia un particolare servizio o del perché debba essere\n"
+"installato, cliccate su \"%s\". Scegliendo \"%s\", invece, i servizi\n"
+"elencati saranno installati e attivati in automatico all'avvio del sistema.\n"
+"!!\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opzione \"%s\" vi permette di disabilitare la finestra di avvertimento\n"
+"che compare tutte le volte che il programma di installazione seleziona\n"
+"automaticamente qualche pacchetto per risolvere un problema di dipendenze.\n"
+"Alcuni pacchetti, infatti, dipendono da altri, e l'installazione di uno\n"
+"specifico pacchetto può richiedere l'installazione di un altro. Il\n"
+"programma può determinare in modo automatico quali altri pacchetti sono\n"
+"necessari per soddisfare una dipendenza in modo da portare a termine con\n"
+"successo l'installazione.\n"
+"\n"
+"La piccola icona a forma di dischetto in fondo alla lista vi permette di\n"
+"caricare un elenco di pacchetti scelti durante una precedente\n"
+"installazione. Può risultare utile, ad esempio, se avete la necessità di\n"
+"configurare allo stesso modo diverse macchine. Cliccando su questa icona vi\n"
+"verrà chiesto di inserire il dischetto creato alla fine di un'altra\n"
+"installazione. Leggete il relativo suggerimento nell'ultimo passo per\n"
+"sapere come creare questo dischetto."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dipendenze automatiche"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" sarà avviato l'assistente di\n"
+"configurazione della stampante. Consultate il relativo capitolo della\n"
+"\"Guida introduttiva\" per avere maggiori informazioni su come configurare\n"
+"una nuova stampante. L'interfaccia descritta in tale sede è simile a quella\n"
+"utilizzata nel corso dell'installazione."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Qui potete scegliere i servizi da attivare automaticamente all'avvio del\n"
+"sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX elencherà tutti i servizi disponibili con l'installazione attuale.\n"
+"Esaminateli attentamente e disabilitate quelli che non sono necessari\n"
+"all'avvio.\n"
+"\n"
+"Selezionando un servizio comparirà un breve testo che ne spiega le\n"
+"caratteristiche. Se non siete sicuri dell'utilità o meno di un servizio, è\n"
+"meglio non modificare la relativa impostazione predefinita.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! In questa fase dell'installazione dovete fare le vostre scelte con\n"
+"particolare attenzione nel caso intendiate usare il vostro computer come\n"
+"server: vi conviene evitare di attivare servizi di cui non avete bisogno.\n"
+"Ricordate che molti servizi sono potenzialmente pericolosi, se attivi su un\n"
+"server. Come regola generale, attivate soltanto quelli di cui avete\n"
+"veramente bisogno. !!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux gestisce il tempo in base al GMT (\"Greenwich Mean Time\") e lo\n"
+"traduce nell'ora locale secondo il fuso orario selezionato. Tuttavia, se\n"
+"l'orologio della scheda madre è regolato sull'orario locale, è possibile\n"
+"disabilitare questa opzione togliendo il segno di spunta alla casella\n"
+"\"%s\", in modo da indicare a GNU/Linux che l'orologio hardware e quello di\n"
+"sistema operano nello stesso fuso orario. Questa scelta può tornare utile\n"
+"nel caso sulla macchina sia installato anche un altro sistema operativo.\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opzione \"%s\" farà in modo che l'orario venga automaticamente regolato\n"
+"connettendosi via Internet con un \"time server\". Perché questa opzione\n"
+"funzioni, naturalmente, dovrete disporre di una connessione a Internet\n"
+"funzionante. Vi consigliamo di scegliere un server vicino a voi. Questa\n"
+"opzione installerà nel sistema un vero e proprio time server, che potrà\n"
+"essere a sua volta usato anche da altre macchine che si trovino sulla\n"
+"stessa rete locale."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sincronizzazione automatica dell'orario"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Scheda grafica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Il programma di installazione provvederà a identificare e configurare\n"
+"automaticamente la scheda grafica installata sul computer. In caso\n"
+"contrario, potete scegliere da questo elenco la scheda che è effettivamente\n"
+"installata.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Se per la vostra scheda sono disponibili più server grafici, con e senza\n"
+"accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio si\n"
+"adatta alle vostre necessità."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (abbreviazione per \"X Window System\") è il cuore dell'interfaccia\n"
+"grafica di GNU/Linux, sul quale sono basati tutti gli ambienti grafici\n"
+"inclusi in Mandriva Linux (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, etc.).\n"
+"\n"
+"Vi verrà mostrata una lista dei parametri da configurare in modo da avere\n"
+"la miglior visualizzazione possibile:\n"
+"\n"
+"Scheda grafica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Il programma di installazione provvederà a identificare e configurare\n"
+"automaticamente la scheda grafica installata sul computer. In caso\n"
+"contrario, potete scegliere da questo elenco la scheda che è effettivamente\n"
+"installata.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Se per la vostra scheda sono disponibili più server grafici, con e senza\n"
+"accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio si\n"
+"adatta alle vostre necessità.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Il programma di installazione in genere identifica e configura\n"
+"automaticamente il monitor connesso al computer. Se così non fosse, anche\n"
+"in questo caso potete scegliere da una lista il tipo di monitor in vostro\n"
+"possesso.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Risoluzione\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qui potete scegliere risoluzione e profondità di colore tra quelle\n"
+"disponibili per il vostro hardware. Scegliete le impostazioni che meglio si\n"
+"adattano alle vostre necessità (potrete cambiare la configurazione anche\n"
+"dopo l'installazione, comunque). All'interno della figura del monitor è\n"
+"rappresentato un esempio della configurazione selezionata.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Questa voce potrebbe non comparire, con alcuni tipi di hardware.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Il sistema tenterà di aprire uno schermo grafico alla risoluzione\n"
+"specificata. Se potete vedere il messaggio durante il test e rispondete\n"
+"\"%s\", allora DrakX passerà alla fase successiva. Se non potete vedere il\n"
+"messaggio, significa che la configurazione ottenuta con l'identificazione\n"
+"automatica non è corretta in qualche punto: il test terminerà\n"
+"automaticamente dopo 12 secondi, e vi riporterà al menu. Cambiate le\n"
+"impostazioni fino a ottenere una visualizzazione grafica corretta.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opzioni\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qui potete scegliere se avviare automaticamente l'interfaccia grafica\n"
+"subito dopo l'avvio del sistema. Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"%s\"\n"
+"nel caso in cui la macchina debba funzionare da server, oppure se non siete\n"
+"riusciti a configurare correttamente il server grafico."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Il programma di installazione di solito identifica e configura\n"
+"automaticamente il monitor connesso al tuo computer. Se fallisce,\n"
+"puoi scegliere da questa lista il tipo di monitor che hai effettivamente."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Risoluzione\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qui puoi scegliere risoluzione e profondità di colore tra quelle\n"
+"disponibili per il tuo hardware. Scegli le impostazioni più adatte\n"
+"alle tue esigenze (potrai sempre cambiare la configurazione anche\n"
+"ad installazione finita). Sul monitor è visibile un'immagine di\n"
+"anteprima della configurazione selezionata."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Se per la vostra scheda sono disponibili più server grafici, con e senza\n"
+"accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio si\n"
+"adatta alle vostre necessità."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opzioni\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qui potete scegliere se avviare automaticamente l'interfaccia grafica\n"
+"subito dopo l'avvio del sistema. Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"%s\"\n"
+"nel caso in cui la macchina debba funzionare da server, oppure se non siete\n"
+"riusciti a configurare correttamente il server grafico."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"A questo punto dovete scegliere in quali punti del vostro disco rigido\n"
+"installare il sistema operativo Mandriva Linux. Se il disco è vuoto, o se\n"
+"tutto lo spazio disponibile è occupato da un altro sistema operativo già\n"
+"installato, allora dovrete creare o modificare le partizioni. In breve,\n"
+"partizionare un disco rigido consiste nel suddividerlo logicamente in più\n"
+"zone in maniera da creare lo spazio necessario all'installazione di\n"
+"Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dato che gli effetti del partizionamento sono di solito irreversibili, e\n"
+"possono causare la perdita di dati, questa operazione può intimidire e\n"
+"rivelarsi stressante per un utente inesperto. Per fortuna DrakX mette a\n"
+"vostra disposizione un assistente che semplifica questa procedura. Prima di\n"
+"cominciare leggete attentamente questa sezione e, soprattutto, fate le cose\n"
+"con calma.\n"
+"\n"
+"In base alla configurazione del vostro disco rigido, saranno disponibili\n"
+"diverse opzioni:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": questa opzione causerà un partizionamento automatico dello\n"
+"spazio libero all'interno del vostro disco rigido (o dei dischi, se ne\n"
+"avete più di uno). Non vi verrà posta nessun'altra domanda.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": l'assistente ha trovato una o più partizioni Linux già presenti\n"
+"sul vostro disco rigido. Scegliete questa opzione se desiderate usarle. Vi\n"
+"verrà chiesto di scegliere il punto di mount associato a ciascuna\n"
+"partizione: come opzione predefinita verranno selezionati i punti di mount\n"
+"precedenti e, in genere, è buona norma non modificarli.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se Microsoft Windows è installato sul vostro disco rigido e\n"
+"occupa tutto lo spazio disponibile, dovrete creare spazio libero per\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Per farlo potete ridimensionare la partizione FAT o NTFS su cui\n"
+"è installato Windows, oppure cancellare completamente la partizione e tutti\n"
+"i dati in essa contenuti (ricorrendo all'opzione \"Cancella l'intero\n"
+"disco\"). Il ridimensionamento può essere effettuato evitando la perdita di\n"
+"dati, a patto che prima di procedere la partizione Windows sia stata\n"
+"deframmentata. Vi consigliamo caldamente di fare comunque una copia di\n"
+"sicurezza dei vostri dati. Questa è la soluzione consigliata se desiderate\n"
+"usare sia Mandriva Linux che Microsoft Windows sullo stesso computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Prima di scegliere questa opzione, tenete presente che le dimensioni\n"
+"della partizione su cui risiede Windows saranno ridotte rispetto a quelle\n"
+"iniziali. Ciò significa che avrete meno spazio libero su Windows per\n"
+"archiviare i vostri dati o installare nuovo software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se desiderate cancellare tutti i dati e tutte le partizioni\n"
+"presenti sul vostro disco rigido e rimpiazzarli con il vostro nuovo sistema\n"
+"Mandriva Linux, potete selezionare questa opzione. Fate molta attenzione,\n"
+"perché dopo aver dato conferma non potrete più tornare indietro.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Se scegliete questa opzione tutti i dati sul vostro disco saranno\n"
+"cancellati. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": questa opzione compare quando il disco rigido è interamente\n"
+"occupato da Windows. Se scegliete questa opzione tutto quello che si trova\n"
+"sul disco verrà cancellato e potrete ricominciare da capo, creando le\n"
+"partizioni come se fosse la prima volta.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Se scegliete questa opzione tutti i dati sul vostro disco saranno\n"
+"cancellati. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se volete partizionare manualmente il vostro disco rigido potete\n"
+"scegliere questa opzione. Fate attenzione: è una opzione potente, ma molto\n"
+"pericolosa, e potreste facilmente causare la perdita di tutti i vostri\n"
+"dati. Pertanto la suggeriamo soltanto nel caso abbiate già fatto qualcosa\n"
+"di simile in precedenza e abbiate una certa esperienza. Per ulteriori\n"
+"informazioni riguardo il funzionamento del programma DiskDrake, consultate\n"
+"la sezione \"Gestione delle partizioni\" della \"Guida introduttiva\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Usa partizioni esistenti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Cancella l'intero disco"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ecco fatto: l'installazione è terminata, e il vostro sistema GNU/Linux è\n"
+"pronto per essere usato. Dovete soltanto cliccare sul pulsante \"%s\" per\n"
+"riavviare il sistema. Non dimenticate di rimuovere il disco di\n"
+"installazione (CD-ROM o floppy). La prima cosa che vedrete, non appena il\n"
+"computer avrà terminato di effettuare i test relativi all'avvio, è il menu\n"
+"del \"bootloader\", che vi permetterà di scegliere il sistema operativo da\n"
+"avviare.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" compariranno altri due pulsanti:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": per creare un floppy di installazione che permette di eseguire\n"
+"automaticamente un'installazione completa, del tutto simile a quella che\n"
+"avete appena finito di configurare, senza che sia necessario l'intervento\n"
+"di un operatore.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Si noti che, dopo aver cliccato sul pulsante, saranno disponibili due\n"
+"opzioni diverse:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": questa è un'installazione automatizzata solo in parte, in\n"
+"quanto la fase di partizionamento del disco (e solo quella) resta\n"
+"interattiva.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": l'installazione è completamente automatizzata: il disco\n"
+"rigido viene sovrascritto per intero, tutti i dati che contiene andranno\n"
+"persi.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Questa caratteristica è molto utile quando si deve installare il sistema\n"
+"su un gran numero di macchine dalle caratteristiche simili. Si veda la\n"
+"sezione Installazione automatica sul nostro sito web per ulteriori\n"
+"informazioni.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): salva la selezione dei pacchetti effettuata durante\n"
+"l'installazione. Al momento di effettuare un'altra installazione potrete\n"
+"inserire il dischetto nel lettore e installare il sistema richiamando la\n"
+"schermata di aiuto (premendo [F1]) e digitando >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Sarà necessario un dischetto formattato con il filesystem FAT; per\n"
+"crearne uno con GNU/Linux digitate \"mformat a:\", o \"fdformat /dev/fd0\"\n"
+"seguito da \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Crea il floppy di installazione automatica"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Se avete scelto di riutilizzare una o più partizioni GNU/Linux\n"
+"preesistenti, potreste volerne formattare qualcuna per cancellare i dati\n"
+"contenuti. In tal caso, selezionate anche quelle partizioni.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tenete presente che non è necessario formattare tutte le partizioni\n"
+"preesistenti. La formattazione è necessaria per le partizioni che\n"
+"contengono il sistema operativo (come \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\"), ma\n"
+"potete evitare di formattare quelle che contengono dati che desiderate\n"
+"conservare (tipicamente \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Fate molta attenzione nella scelta delle partizioni: dopo la formattazione\n"
+"tutti i dati in esse contenuti saranno cancellati e non potrete più\n"
+"recuperarli.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccate su \"%s\" quando siete pronti ad avviare la formattazione.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccate su \"%s\" se desiderate installare il vostro nuovo sistema\n"
+"operativo Mandriva Linux su partizioni diverse da quelle selezionate.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccate su \"%s\" se desiderate selezionare alcune delle partizioni\n"
+"affinché venga controllata la presenza di eventuali blocchi danneggiati su\n"
+"di esse."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"È molto probabile che, al momento in cui installate Mandriva Linux, alcuni\n"
+"pacchetti siano stati aggiornati rispetto alla versione iniziale;\n"
+"potrebbero essere stati corretti degli errori, o risolti eventuali problemi\n"
+"relativi alla sicurezza. Per permettervi di beneficiare di questi\n"
+"aggiornamenti vi verrà proposto di scaricare la nuova versione dei\n"
+"pacchetti usando Internet. Scegliete \"%s\" se disponete di una connessione\n"
+"a Internet funzionante, oppure \"%s\" se preferite installare i pacchetti\n"
+"aggiornati in un secondo momento.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se scegliete \"%s\" comparirà un elenco di siti da cui poter scaricare i\n"
+"pacchetti aggiornati; dovreste scegliere il sito a voi più vicino.\n"
+"Comparirà quindi un elenco gerarchico grazie al quale potrete selezionare i\n"
+"pacchetti da aggiornare: controllate le vostre scelte e cliccate su \"%s\"\n"
+"per scaricare e installare i pacchetti selezionati, o su \"%s\" per\n"
+"annullare l'operazione."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"A questo punto, DrakX vi permette di scegliere il livello di sicurezza da\n"
+"impostare sul sistema. Come regola generale, quanto più la macchina sarà\n"
+"esposta a Internet e quanto più sono importanti i dati che dovrà contenere,\n"
+"tanto più alto dovrebbe essere il livello di sicurezza. Tenete presente,\n"
+"tuttavia, che a un livello di sicurezza più alto corrisponde in genere una\n"
+"minore facilità d'uso.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se non sapete quale scelta fare, utilizzate l'impostazione predefinita.\n"
+"Potrete comunque cambiare in seguito il livello di sicurezza usando\n"
+"draksec, uno strumento del Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nel campo \"%s\" inserite l'indirizzo email dell'utente che sarà\n"
+"responsabile per la sicurezza: tutti i messaggi relativi alla sicurezza\n"
+"verranno inviati a lui."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Amministratore per la sicurezza"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"A questo punto, dovete decidere quali partizioni devono essere usate per\n"
+"l'installazione del vostro sistema Mandriva Linux. Se sono già state\n"
+"definite delle partizioni, grazie a una precedente installazione di\n"
+"GNU/Linux o usando un altro programma di partizionamento, potete utilizzare\n"
+"quelle. In caso contrario, sarà necessario creare o modificare le\n"
+"partizioni del disco rigido.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per creare delle partizioni dovete, per prima cosa, selezionare un disco\n"
+"rigido. Potete scegliere il disco da partizionare cliccando su ''hda'' per\n"
+"il primo disco IDE, ''hdb'' per il secondo, ''sda'' per il primo disco\n"
+"SCSI, e così via.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per partizionare il disco selezionato potete scegliere fra le seguenti\n"
+"opzioni:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": questa opzione cancella tutte le partizioni presenti sul disco\n"
+"selezionato.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": vi permette di creare automaticamente partizioni ext3 e di swap\n"
+"nello spazio libero presente sul vostro disco rigido.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": permette di accedere a ulteriori funzionalità:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": salva la tabella delle partizioni su un floppy, in modo da\n"
+"poterla recuperare in un secondo momento, in caso di problemi. Vi\n"
+"raccomandiamo caldamente di effettuare questa operazione.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permette di ripristinare una tabella delle partizioni\n"
+"precedentemente salvata su floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se la vostra tabella delle partizioni è danneggiata potete\n"
+"provare a recuperarla grazie a questa opzione. Procedete con attenzione, e\n"
+"ricordate che non sempre funziona.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": annulla tutte le modifiche e ricarica la tabella delle\n"
+"partizioni originaria dal disco.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se disabilitate questa opzione gli utenti saranno costretti a\n"
+"montare e smontare manualmente i filesystem dei dispositivi rimovibili,\n"
+"come floppy e CD-ROM.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": usate questa opzione per effettuare il partizionamento del disco\n"
+"con l'aiuto di un assistente. È consigliabile farlo se non avete una buona\n"
+"conoscenza delle procedure di partizionamento.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": usate questo pulsante per annullare le modifiche apportate, una\n"
+"per volta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permette di effettuare ulteriori azioni sulle partizioni (scelta\n"
+"del tipo, opzioni, formattazione) e offre più informazioni.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": quando avrete finito il partizionamento cliccate qui, e le\n"
+"vostre modifiche verranno salvate sul disco.\n"
+"\n"
+"Durante la modifica delle dimensioni di una partizione, potete utilizzare i\n"
+"tasti cursore della tastiera per impostare con precisione i valori\n"
+"desiderati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si noti che è possibile accedere a tutti i comandi tramite la tastiera: per\n"
+"spostarvi fra le partizioni usate i tasti [Tab] e i tasti cursore [Su/Giù].\n"
+"\n"
+"Dopo aver selezionato una partizione potete usare:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c per creare una nuova partizione (se avete selezionato uno spazio\n"
+"vuoto);\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d per cancellare una partizione;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m per impostare il punto di mount.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per ulteriori informazioni in merito ai diversi tipi di filesystem\n"
+"disponibili, consultate il capitolo ext2FS del ''Manuale di riferimento''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se state effettuando l'installazione su una macchina PPC, sarà meglio\n"
+"creare una piccola partizione HFS di ''bootstrap'' di almeno 1 MB, che\n"
+"verrà utilizzata dal bootloader yaboot. Se decidete di creare una\n"
+"partizione più grande, diciamo sui 50 MB, essa potrebbe rappresentare un\n"
+"utile deposito in cui conservare un kernel di riserva e immagini di avvio\n"
+"da utilizzare in caso di emergenza."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Mount automatico di supporti rimovibili"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Scambio tra modo normale e esperto"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Sul vostro disco rigido è stata individuata più di una partizione\n"
+"Microsoft. Scegliete quella che deve essere ridimensionata in modo da poter\n"
+"installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ogni partizione è elencata in questo modo: \"nome Linux\", \"nome Windows\"\n"
+"\"Dimensione\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"nome Linux\" è composto da: \"tipo di disco rigido\", \"numero del\n"
+"disco\", \"numero della partizione\" (ad esempio, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"tipo di disco rigido\" è \"hd\" se il disco è di tipo IDE, e \"sd\"\n"
+"se, invece, è un disco SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"numero del disco\" è sempre una lettera che segue \"hd\" o \"sd\". Per\n"
+"i dischi IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"disco master sul canale IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"disco slave sul canale IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"disco master sul canale IDE secondario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"disco slave sul canale IDE secondario\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Per i dischi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" rappresenta \"l'ID SCSI più\n"
+"basso\", una \"b\" indica \"il secondo ID SCSI a partire dal basso\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"nome Windows\" è la lettera con cui viene indicato il vostro disco\n"
+"rigido su Windows (il primo disco o partizione è denominato \"C:\")."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": controllate la selezione attuale della nazione. Se non corrisponde\n"
+"a quella in cui vivete, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" e indicate quella\n"
+"corretta. Se la vostra nazione non è nella prima lista che verrà mostrata,\n"
+"cliccate su \"%s\" per avere la lista completa."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Questo passo viene eseguito soltanto se sulla vostra macchina viene trovata\n"
+"una partizione GNU/Linux preesistente.\n"
+"\n"
+"A questo punto DrakX ha bisogno di sapere se intendete effettuare una nuova\n"
+"installazione o un aggiornamento di un sistema Mandriva Linux esistente:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nella maggior parte dei casi cancella completamente il vecchio\n"
+"sistema. Tuttavia, in base allo schema di partizionamento usato, potete\n"
+"evitare di scrivere sui vostri dati attuali (in particolare le directory\n"
+"\"home\"). Dovreste usare questa opzione se volete modificare le partizioni\n"
+"dei vostri dischi o cambiarne i filesystem.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": questo tipo di installazione vi permette di effettuare un\n"
+"semplice aggiornamento dei pacchetti già installati sul vostro sistema\n"
+"Mandriva Linux. Tutte le partizioni attuali del disco rigido vengono\n"
+"conservate, come pure le configurazioni e i dati individuali degli utenti.\n"
+"La maggior parte degli altri passi relativi alla configurazione restano\n"
+"disponibili, come per una installazione normale.\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opzione \"Aggiornamento\" non dovrebbe comportare difficoltà per sistemi\n"
+"Mandriva Linux a partire dalla versione \"8.1\", mentre non è consigliabile\n"
+"utilizzarla per aggiornare versioni di Mandriva Linux precedenti la \"8.1\"."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selezionerà automaticamente una particolare configurazione della\n"
+"tastiera in base alla lingua che avete scelto al punto . Controllate che la\n"
+"selezione sia quella giusta per voi, e in caso contrario modificatela.\n"
+"\n"
+"Inoltre, potreste anche avere una tastiera che non corrisponde esattamente\n"
+"alla vostra lingua: se siete un francese che parla italiano, ad esempio,\n"
+"potreste avere una tastiera francese. Oppure, se siete italiani ma vivete\n"
+"nel Québec, potreste trovarvi nella stessa situazione, con una tastiera non\n"
+"corrispondente alla vostra lingua nativa. In qualsiasi caso, questo passo\n"
+"dell'installazione vi permette di selezionare una tastiera appropriata\n"
+"dalla lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" per vedere l'elenco completo delle tastiere\n"
+"supportate.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se scegliete una mappa di tastiera basata su di un alfabeto non latino,\n"
+"nella finestra di dialogo successiva vi verrà chiesto di scegliere una\n"
+"scorciatoia da tastiera che vi permetterà in seguito di passare dalla mappa\n"
+"latina a quella non latina e viceversa."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Il primo passo è scegliere la lingua che preferite usare.\n"
+"\n"
+"La lingua che sceglierete a questo punto sarà utilizzata per la procedura\n"
+"di installazione, per la documentazione e per il sistema in generale. Per\n"
+"prima cosa selezionate l'area geografica in cui vivete, e poi la vostra\n"
+"lingua.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" potrete scegliere altre lingue da installare\n"
+"sul computer. La selezione di altre lingue comporta l'installazione dei\n"
+"file relativi alla documentazione e alle applicazioni per ciascuna di esse.\n"
+"Ad esempio, se il vostro computer dovrà essere usato anche da persone di\n"
+"madre lingua spagnola, potete scegliere l'italiano come lingua predefinita\n"
+"nella struttura ad albero e, nella sezione \"Avanzato\", selezionare anche\n"
+"\"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Riguardo al supporto UTF-8 (Unicode): Unicode è un nuovo standard per la\n"
+"codifica dei caratteri, progettato per supportare tutte le lingue\n"
+"esistenti. Il suo supporto su GNU/Linux è ancora in fase di sviluppo, e per\n"
+"questo motivo la sua attivazione su Mandriva Linux dipenderà dalle scelte\n"
+"effettuate dall'utente:\n"
+"\n"
+" * se scegliete lingue fortemente legate alle vecchie codifiche (lingue del\n"
+"gruppo latin1, russo, giapponese, cinese, coreano, tailandese, greco, turco\n"
+"e la maggior parte delle lingue iso-8859-2), come impostazione predefinita\n"
+"sarà usata la vecchia codifica;\n"
+"\n"
+" * per le altre lingue sarà usato Unicode come impostazione predefinita;\n"
+"\n"
+" * se vengono installate due o più lingue, e le lingue scelte non\n"
+"utilizzano la stessa codifica, allora per l'intero sistema sarà usato\n"
+"Unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * infine, l'uso di Unicode per l'intero sistema può anche essere imposto\n"
+"dall'utente tramite l'opzione \"%s\", indipendentemente dalle lingue\n"
+"selezionate.\n"
+"\n"
+"Va sottolineato che non siete limitati alla scelta di una sola lingua\n"
+"supplementare: potete sceglierne quante volete, o persino installarle tutte\n"
+"grazie all'opzione \"%s\". La scelta del supporto per una particolare\n"
+"lingua implica l'installazione di traduzioni, caratteri, strumenti di\n"
+"controllo ortografico e tutto ciò che riguarda quella lingua.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per passare da una lingua all'altra fra quelle installate potete utilizzare\n"
+"il comando \"localedrake\": usandolo come \"root\" cambierete la\n"
+"lingua utilizzata in tutto il sistema, mentre come utente normale\n"
+"cambierete solamente la lingua usata da quell'utente."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spagnolo"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"In genere DrakX individua automaticamente il numero di pulsanti presenti\n"
+"sul vostro mouse; in caso contrario, supporrà che si tratti di un mouse a\n"
+"due tasti, e lo imposterà in modo da simulare il terzo tasto. Con un mouse\n"
+"a due tasti è infatti possibile simulare la pressione del terzo tasto\n"
+"premendo contemporaneamente il tasto sinistro e quello destro. DrakX,\n"
+"inoltre, distingue automaticamente tra mouse con interfaccia PS/2, seriale\n"
+"o USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se avete un mouse a tre tasti ma senza rotellina, potete scegliere un mouse\n"
+"\"%s\": DrakX, in tal caso, configurerà il mouse in modo che possiate\n"
+"simulare la rotellina, premendo il tasto centrale e spostando il mouse\n"
+"verso l'alto o verso il basso.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se per qualche ragione volete specificare un diverso tipo di mouse,\n"
+"scegliete il modello desiderato dall'elenco che vi viene proposto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Potete selezionare la voce \"%s\" per scegliere un tipo di mouse\n"
+"\"generico\" che vi permetterà di utilizzare quasi tutti i mouse esistenti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se scegliete un mouse diverso dal tipo suggerito, vi verrà mostrata una\n"
+"finestra dove potrete provarlo. Provate sia i pulsanti, sia l'eventuale\n"
+"rotellina, per controllare che la configurazione sia corretta e che il\n"
+"mouse funzioni a dovere. Se il mouse non dovesse funzionare correttamente,\n"
+"premete la barra spaziatrice o il tasto [Invio] per uscire dal test e\n"
+"tornare all'elenco dei mouse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Talvolta i mouse con rotellina centrale potrebbero non essere individuati\n"
+"automaticamente; in tal caso, dovrete selezionare personalmente dall'elenco\n"
+"il modello giusto. Assicuratevi di sceglierne uno corrispondente alla porta\n"
+"alla quale è collegato il vostro mouse. Dopo aver selezionato un modello\n"
+"premete il pulsante \"%s\", e comparirà l'immagine di un mouse. Muovete la\n"
+"rotellina per controllare che funzioni a dovere: mentre la muovete, vedrete\n"
+"muoversi quella sullo schermo; poi provate i pulsanti e controllate che il\n"
+"puntatore si muova correttamente sullo schermo quando muovete il mouse."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "con emulazione rotellina"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universale | Qualsiasi mouse PS/2 o USB"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Scegli la porta appropriata. Per esempio, la porta \"COM1\" di Windows\n"
+"corriponde alla \"ttyS0\" di GNU/Linux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Questo è il punto più critico per la sicurezza del vostro sistema\n"
+"GNU/Linux: state per decidere la password di \"root\". \"root\" è\n"
+"l'amministratore del sistema, ed è l'unico utente autorizzato a compiere\n"
+"aggiornamenti, aggiungere altri utenti, cambiare la configurazione globale\n"
+"del sistema, e così via. In breve, \"root\" può fare tutto ciò che vuole!\n"
+"Questo è il motivo per cui dovete scegliere una password che sia difficile\n"
+"da indovinare, e se ne avete scelta una troppo facile DrakX vi avvertirà.\n"
+"Potete anche scegliere di non digitare alcuna password, ma noi vi\n"
+"consigliamo caldamente di farlo, poiché GNU/Linux è vulnerabile a errori da\n"
+"parte dell'utente esattamente come qualsiasi altro sistema operativo.\n"
+"Quindi è molto importante che sia difficile assumere il ruolo di \"root\",\n"
+"potendo quest'ultimo scavalcare ogni limitazione e, magari\n"
+"involontariamente, cancellare tutti i dati presenti sulle partizioni\n"
+"accedendovi in maniera impropria.\n"
+"\n"
+"La password ideale è costituita da un insieme di almeno 8 caratteri\n"
+"alfanumerici. Non appuntate mai da nessuna parte la password di \"root\",\n"
+"renderebbe troppo facile l'accesso al sistema da parte di estranei.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tuttavia, non scegliete una password troppo lunga o complicata, perché\n"
+"dovete essere in grado di ricordarla senza troppo sforzo.\n"
+"\n"
+"La password non verrà mostrata mentre la digitate; quindi, per ridurre il\n"
+"rischio di un errore di battitura, è necessario che venga inserita due\n"
+"volte. Se per caso però commettete lo stesso errore entrambe le volte,\n"
+"questa password \"sbagliata\" sarà quella che verrà richiesta la prima\n"
+"volta che vi connetterete al sistema come \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Se volete che l'accesso al vostro computer sia controllato da un server di\n"
+"autenticazione, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Se la vostra rete utilizza per l'autenticazione i servizi LDAP, NIS, o il\n"
+"PDC di un dominio Windows, selezionate il pulsante \"%s\". Se non\n"
+"siete sicuri sulla scelta da fare, chiedete al vostro amministratore di\n"
+"rete.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se per qualche motivo per voi fosse un problema dovervi ricordare una\n"
+"password, se il vostro computer non sarà mai collegato a Internet, e se\n"
+"avete piena fiducia nelle persone che lo useranno, allora potete ricorrere\n"
+"all'opzione \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autenticazione"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Un bootloader è un piccolo programma che il computer esegue automaticamente\n"
+"nella fase di avvio. Ha il compito di far partire tutto il sistema.\n"
+"L'installazione del bootloader è, in genere, del tutto automatica. DrakX,\n"
+"infatti, analizza il settore di avvio del disco, e si comporta in base a\n"
+"quello che vi trova:\n"
+"\n"
+" * se trova un settore di avvio di Windows, lo rimpiazza con uno di GRUB o\n"
+"LILO, in modo da permettervi di avviare GNU/Linux o un qualsiasi altro\n"
+"sistema operativo installato sul computer;\n"
+"\n"
+" * se trova un settore di avvio di GRUB o LILO, lo sostituisce con uno\n"
+"nuovo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se non è in grado di fare la scelta autonomamente, DrakX vi mostrerà alcune\n"
+"opzioni per l'installazione del bootloader. La soluzione più comune è\n"
+"quella di installarlo nel \"%s\". Selezionando \"%s\" non sarà installato\n"
+"alcun bootloader, ma è una possibilità da usare solo se siete veramente\n"
+"consapevoli di ciò che essa comporta."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Qui potrete scegliere il sistema di stampa da usare con il vostro computer;\n"
+"altri sistemi operativi ve ne offrono uno, ma Mandriva Linux ve ne offre "
+"ben\n"
+"due. Ciascuno di essi è adatto a un particolare tipo di configurazione.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- che sta per \"\"print, do not queue\"\" (\"stampa, non mettere\n"
+"in coda\"), è la scelta migliore se avete una stampante collegata\n"
+"direttamente al computer, volete essere in grado di uscire rapidamente da\n"
+"eventuali situazioni di stallo della stampante, e non disponete di\n"
+"stampanti connesse via rete (\"%s\" può gestire solo configurazioni di rete\n"
+"molto semplici ed è comunque piuttosto lento in caso di stampa in rete).\n"
+"Scegliete \"pdq\" se questa è la vostra prima esperienza con GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\" (\"Sistema di stampa unificato\n"
+"per Unix\"), offre risultati eccellenti per stampanti sia locali, sia che\n"
+"si trovino sull'altra faccia del pianeta. È semplice da configurare e può\n"
+"agire come server o client per il vecchio sistema di stampa \"lpd\", quindi\n"
+"è compatibile con i sistemi operativi più vecchi che potrebbero avere\n"
+"ancora bisogno di servizi di stampa. Nonostante le grandi potenzialità, la\n"
+"sua configurazione di base è semplice quasi quanto quella di \"pdq\". Se\n"
+"avete bisogno di emulare un server \"lpd\" ricordatevi di attivare il\n"
+"demone \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\" dispone di interfacce grafiche per la stampa,\n"
+"per la configurazione delle opzioni della stampante e per la sua gestione.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se fate una scelta adesso e successivamente cambiate idea, potrete sempre\n"
+"scegliere un diverso sistema di stampa avviando PrinterDrake dal\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center e cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Esperto"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Ora DrakX procederà con il rilevamento di tutti i dischi rigidi e altri\n"
+"dispositivi IDE presenti sul tuo computer, e cercherà anche di stabilire\n"
+"se sul tuo sistema sono presenti una o più schede SCSI di tipo PCI. Se\n"
+"verrà individuato un dispositivo di questo tipo, DrakX installerà\n"
+"automaticamente il driver appropriato.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dato che il riconoscimento automatico non è un'operazione a prova d'errore,\n"
+"DrakX potrebbe non riuscire a individuare i tuoi dischi rigidi. In tal\n"
+"caso dovrai inserire manualmente i dati relativi al tuo hardware.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nel caso tu debba specificare manualmente il tipo di scheda in\n"
+"tuo possesso, DrakX ti chiederà se intendi indicare il valore di\n"
+"alcuni parametri da usare con essa. Ti consigliamo di permettere a DrakX di\n"
+"esaminare l'hardware per stabilire quali parametri specifici dovranno "
+"essere\n"
+"impostati per inizializzare quella particolare scheda ; questo metodo in "
+"genere\n"
+"permette di ottenere buoni risultati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se DrakX non riesce a stabilire quali sono i parametri da passare alla\n"
+"scheda, dovrai specificarli manualmente."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda audio, verrà\n"
+"mostrata qui. Se notate che la scheda audio mostrata non è quella\n"
+"effettivamente presente sul vostro sistema, potete cliccare sul pulsante e\n"
+"scegliere un driver diverso."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"A questo punto DrakX vi mostrerà un riassunto di varie informazioni che ha\n"
+"raccolto riguardo il vostro sistema. In base all'hardware installato,\n"
+"potrebbero essere visualizzate tutte le voci che descriveremo tra poco, o\n"
+"solo alcune di esse. Ogni voce è rappresentata dall'elemento che può essere\n"
+"configurato, con accanto una breve sintesi della configurazione attuale;\n"
+"cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" corrispondente per cambiarla.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": controllate l'attuale impostazione della tastiera, e cambiatela\n"
+"se necessario.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": controllate la selezione attuale della nazione. Se non\n"
+"corrisponde a quella in cui vivete, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" e indicate\n"
+"quella corretta. Se la vostra nazione non è nella prima lista che verrà\n"
+"mostrata, cliccate su \"%s\" per avere la lista completa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": il fuso orario è inizialmente dedotto in automatico dalla\n"
+"nazione che avete scelto. Anche in questo caso, se l'impostazione non fosse\n"
+"corretta potete usare il pulsante \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": controllate la configurazione attuale del mouse, e cliccate sul\n"
+"pulsante per cambiarla, se necessario.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" sarà avviato l'assistente di\n"
+"configurazione della stampante. Consultate il relativo capitolo della\n"
+"\"Guida introduttiva\" per avere maggiori informazioni su come configurare\n"
+"una nuova stampante. L'interfaccia descritta in tale sede è simile a quella\n"
+"utilizzata nel corso dell'installazione.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda audio,\n"
+"verrà mostrata qui. Se notate che la scheda audio mostrata non è quella\n"
+"effettivamente presente sul vostro sistema, potete cliccare sul pulsante e\n"
+"scegliere un driver diverso.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda TV, verrà\n"
+"mostrata qui. Se disponete di una scheda TV che non è stata individuata,\n"
+"cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" per cercare di configurarla a mano.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se avete l'impressione che la configurazione non sia corretta,\n"
+"potete cliccare sul pulsante \"%s\" per cambiare i parametri relativi alla\n"
+"scheda.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": come opzione predefinita, DrakX configura l'interfaccia grafica\n"
+"impostando una risoluzione di \"800x600\" o \"1024x768\". Se questa scelta\n"
+"non vi soddisfa, cliccate su \"%s\" per riconfigurare la vostra interfaccia\n"
+"grafica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se desiderate configurare l'accesso a Internet o a una rete\n"
+"locale potete farlo adesso. Consultate la documentazione stampata, oppure\n"
+"utilizzate il Mandriva Linux Control Center una volta terminata\n"
+"l'installazione per avere a vostra disposizione un aiuto in linea completo.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": vi permette di configurare gli indirizzi di proxy HTTP e FTP,\n"
+"nel caso la macchina sulla quale state effettuando l'installazione dipenda\n"
+"da un server proxy.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": questa voce vi permette di modificare il livello di sicurezza\n"
+"configurato in un passo precedente ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se avete in mente di connettere il vostro computer a Internet, è\n"
+"una buona idea proteggerlo contro eventuali intrusioni configurando un\n"
+"firewall. Consultate la relativa sezione della \"Guida introduttiva\" per\n"
+"ulteriori informazioni sulla configurazione del firewall.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cliccate su questo pulsante per cambiare la configurazione del\n"
+"bootloader. Questa opzione dovrebbe essere utilizzata solo dagli utenti più\n"
+"esperti. Consultate la documentazione stampata o l'aiuto in linea del\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center riguardo la configurazione del bootloader.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": qui potrete stabilire in dettaglio quali servizi saranno\n"
+"attivati sul vostro sistema. Se pensate di utilizzare il computer come\n"
+"server è senz'altro una buona idea controllare queste impostazioni."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Scheda ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interfaccia grafica"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Scegli il disco rigido che vuoi cancellare per poter preparare le nuove\n"
+"partizioni per Mandriva Linux. Attenzione! tutti i dati sul disco andranno\n"
+"perduti e non saranno più recuperabili!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Clicca sul pulsante \"%s\" se vuoi cancellare tutte le partizioni e\n"
+"i dati presenti su questo disco rigido. Stai attento, dopo aver\n"
+"cliccato su \"%s\" non potrai più recuperare le partizioni e i dati\n"
+"presenti su questo disco, compresi eventuali dati di Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicca su \"%s\" per annullare questa operazione senza che venga\n"
+"perso nessun dato o partizione presente su questo disco rigido."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Avanti ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Indietro"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ja.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ja.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c0b825e00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ja.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1841 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to Japanese
+# Drakbootdisk Japanese translation
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# YAMAGATA Hiroo <hiyori13@alum.mit.edu>, 2000.
+# UTUMI Hirosi <utuhiro78@yahoo.co.jp>, 2003, 2004.
+# Yukiko Bando <ybando@k6.dion.ne.jp>, 2004-2007.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-help-ja\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-03 08:00+0900\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yukiko Bando <ybando@k6.dion.ne.jp>\n"
+"Language-Team: Japanese <cooker-i18n@mandrivalinux.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"先に進む前にライセンスをよくお読みください。これは Mandriva Linux\n"
+"全体に適用されます。すべての項目に同意する場合は「%s」を押してください。\n"
+"そうでない場合は「%s」をクリックしてコンピュータを再起動してください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux はマルチユーザシステムです。各ユーザが独自の設定を行うことが\n"
+"できます。マルチユーザシステムについては Starter Guide をお読みください。\n"
+"個々のユーザは自分のファイルと自分の設定以外のものを変更することはでき\n"
+"ません。\n"
+"システム全体に影響を与えるような変更は root (システム管理者) にしかでき\n"
+"ません。少なくとも一つのユーザアカウントを作成してください。日常の作業は\n"
+"すべてこのユーザで行ってください。root で作業するのはとても簡単ですが、\n"
+"非常に危険です。ちょっとした間違いでシステム全体を壊しかねません。\n"
+"ユーザアカウントで間違いを犯した場合は、最悪でもデータを少し失う程度で、\n"
+"システム全体には影響を与えません。\n"
+"\n"
+"最初の入力欄にあなたの名前を入れてください。この欄に入力された最初の言葉は\n"
+"「%s」にコピーされ、これがシステムにログインするときに入力するユーザ名に\n"
+"なります。このデフォルトのユーザ名は他の名前に変更してもかまいません。\n"
+"次のステップはパスワードの設定です。\n"
+"\n"
+"セキュリティの観点からいえば、一般ユーザ (non-privileged user) の\n"
+"パスワードは root のパスワードほど重要ではありません。かといって空白や\n"
+"極端に単純なパスワードは、あなたの個人ファイルを危険にさらすことになり\n"
+"ますので、ないがしろにしないでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」をクリックすると他のユーザを追加できます。お友達やご家族の皆さんに\n"
+"それぞれアカウントを作成してください。ユーザの追加が終了したら\n"
+"「%s」をクリックします。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」ボタンを押すと、そのユーザがデフォルトで使用するシェルを変更する\n"
+"ことができます。(デフォルトで bash に設定されています)\n"
+"\n"
+"ユーザの追加が完了すると、今度はコンピュータを起動したときに自動的に\n"
+"ログインするユーザを選べます。この機能を使う場合 (ローカルなセキュリティ\n"
+"を特に気にしない場合) は、ユーザとそのユーザが使うウィンドウマネージャを\n"
+"選んで「%s」をクリックしてください。\n"
+"この機能を使わない場合は「%s」のチェックを外してください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "この機能を使いますか？"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"ハードドライブ内で検出した既存の Linux パーティションのリストです。\n"
+"たいていの場合は変更せずにこのままにしておく方が良いでしょう。\n"
+"変更を行う場合は、最低でもルート ( / ) パーティションを定義してください。\n"
+"小さすぎるパーティションは選ばないでください。ソフトウェアをインストール\n"
+"する容量が足りなくなります。個人のデータを独立したパーティションに置く\n"
+"場合は、/home パーティションを作成してください。\n"
+"\n"
+"それぞれのパーティションは次のように表示されます: \"Name\", \"Capacity\"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" は次の要素で構成されます: ハードドライブタイプ/ハードドライブ番号/\n"
+"パーティション番号 (例: hda1)\n"
+"\n"
+"ハードドライブタイプは、IDE をお使いの場合は \"hd\"、SCSI をお使いの場合は\n"
+"\"sd\" と表示されます。\n"
+"\n"
+"ハードドライブ番号は常に \"hd\" または \"sd\" の後の一文字で表されます。\n"
+"IDE ハードドライブの場合:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" はプライマリ IDE コントローラのマスターハードドライブ\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" はプライマリ IDE コントローラのスレーブハードドライブ\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" はセカンダリ IDE コントローラのマスターハードドライブ\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" はセカンダリ IDE コントローラのスレーブハードドライブ\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI ハードドライブの場合は、\"a\" は \"lowest SCSI ID\", \"b\" は\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\" を意味します。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux のインストールは数枚の CD-ROM から行います。\n"
+"選択したパッケージが別の CD-ROM の中にあると、DrakX は現在の CD を\n"
+"イジェクトして別の CD を入れるよう促します。\n"
+"指示された CD をお持ちでない場合は「%s」をクリックしてください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"ここではインストールするプログラムを選びます。Mandriva Linux には数千\n"
+"ものパッケージが用意されています。それらは管理しやすいように類似した\n"
+"アプリケーションごとにグループ化されています 。\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux ではこのグループをさらに四つのカテゴリに分類しています。\n"
+"パッケージの選択に際しては、複数のカテゴリからグループを選ぶことができ\n"
+"ます。例えば「ワークステーション」としてのインストールに「サーバ」\n"
+"カテゴリのグループを加えることもできます。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: ワークステーションとしてお使いの場合は、このカテゴリから\n"
+"いくつかグループを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: プログラミングを目的とする場合は、ここから必要な\n"
+"グループを選んでください。LSB という特別なグループを選ぶと 'Linux\n"
+"Standard Base' 仕様に準拠したシステム構成になります。\n"
+"\n"
+"   'LSB' グループを選択すると、標準の 2.6 系の代わりに 2.4 系のカーネルが\n"
+"インストールされます。これはシステムを 100%% LSB-規格にするためです。\n"
+"注: 'LSB' グループを選択しなくても、ほぼ 100%% LSB-規格に近いシステムに\n"
+"なります。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: サーバ用途のマシンであれば、このカテゴリから目的に\n"
+"合ったサービスを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: ここではお好みのグラフィカル環境を選びます。\n"
+"グラフィカルなインターフェースを使用する場合は、最低一つ選択してください。\n"
+"\n"
+"グループ名の上にカーソルを移動すると、それぞれのグループについて簡単な\n"
+"説明が表示されます。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」にチェックを入れるとパッケージを個別に選択\n"
+"することができます。利用可能なパッケージに精通している場合、あるいは何を\n"
+"インストールするかをすべて自分で決めたい場合に利用してください。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」モードでインストールを開始し、すべてのグループのチェックを\n"
+"外すと新しいパッケージは一切インストールされません。既存のシステムを修復\n"
+"またはアップグレードする場合に役立ちます。\n"
+"\n"
+"アップグレードではなく通常のインストール中にすべてのグループのチェックを\n"
+"外すと、ダイアログボックスに最小限のインストールをするためのオプションが\n"
+"いくつか提示されます:\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: グラフィカルなデスクトップを利用するために必要な最低限の\n"
+"パッケージをインストールします。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 基本的なシステムとベーシックなユーティリティ\n"
+"およびそれに関するドキュメントをインストールします。サーバ向きです。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: Linux システムを稼動させるために最低限必要な\n"
+"パッケージだけをインストールします。これを選択した場合はグラフィカルな\n"
+"環境はありません。コマンドのみの操作になります。 このインストールの\n"
+"合計サイズは約 65 MB です。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "更新"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "基本的なドキュメントを入れる"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "極小インストール"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"インストールするパッケージを個別に選ぶ場合は、すべてのパッケージが\n"
+"グループ別にツリー表示されます。リストから個々のパッケージ/サブグループ/\n"
+"グループ全体を選ぶことができます。\n"
+"\n"
+"パッケージを選択すると右側に説明が表示され、パッケージの目的を知ることが\n"
+"できます。\n"
+"\n"
+"注意!! 選択したグループにサーバ用のパッケージが含まれていたり、あるいは\n"
+"個別にそれを選択すると、本当にインストールしてよいか確認を求めます。\n"
+"Mandriva Linux のデフォルトの設定では、インストールされたサービスはすべて\n"
+"起動時に自動的に開始されます。ディストリビューションがリリースされた時点\n"
+"で既知の問題がなく安全だとされていても、リリース後にセキュリティホールが\n"
+"発見される可能性はあります。\n"
+"それぞれのサービスの内容やなぜインストールされるのかを知るには\n"
+"「%s」をクリックしてください。「%s」をクリックすると選択した\n"
+"サービスがインストールされ起動時に自動的に開始しますのでご注意ください。\n"
+"\n"
+"パッケージのなかには他のパッケージに依存するものがあります。つまり、\n"
+"一つのパッケージをインストールするためには他のパッケージも同時に\n"
+"インストールしなければならない場合があります。インストーラは依存関係を\n"
+"解決するために自動的に必要なパッケージを選択し、その都度メッセージを表示\n"
+"します。「%s」オプションを使うと、この警告ダイアログを\n"
+"無効にすることができます。\n"
+"\n"
+"リストの下にある小さなフロッピーのアイコンは、別のインストール時に作成\n"
+"されたパッケージリストを利用する際に使います。この機能は複数のマシンに\n"
+"同じ設定のインストールをする場合に役立ちます。アイコンをクリックすると\n"
+"自動インストールフロッピーを挿入するように促されます。このフロッピーの\n"
+"作成方法については最終ステップの二番目のヒントを参照してください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "自動的に依存関係を解決する"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": 「%s」をクリックするとプリンタ設定ウィザードが開きます。\n"
+"新しいプリンタのセットアップ方法については Starter Guide をご覧ください。\n"
+"マニュアルに掲載されているインターフェースはインストール中に使用したもの\n"
+"とほぼ同じです。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"ここでは起動時に開始するサービスを選択します。\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX は現在インストールされている利用可能なすべてのサービスを表示します。\n"
+"それぞれをよく読んで、起動時に必要でないものについてはチェックを外して\n"
+"ください。\n"
+"\n"
+"サービスを選択すると簡単な説明が表示されます。本当にそのサービスが必要\n"
+"なのかどうか分からない場合は、デフォルトのままにしておくのが安全です。\n"
+"\n"
+"!!お使いのマシンをサーバとして使用する場合は特に注意してください:\n"
+"必要のないサービスは止めてください。\n"
+"サービスのなかにはサーバで有効にすると危険なものがあります。\n"
+"一般的には、本当に必要なサービスのみを選んでください。\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux は時間を GMT (グリニッジ標準時) で管理し、選択されたタイムゾーン\n"
+"をもとにこれを現地時間に変換します。マザーボードの時計が現地時間に設定\n"
+"されている場合は、「%s」の選択を外してこの機能を無効にすることができます。\n"
+"そうすると、GNU/Linux はハードウェアクロックとシステムクロックが同じタイム\n"
+"ゾーンにあると認識します。Windows などの別の OS を同じマシンで動かしている\n"
+"場合は、このオプションを無効にする方が良いでしょう。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」オプションを選ぶと、インターネットのリモートタイム\n"
+"サーバに接続して自動的に時間を合わせます。表示されるリストの中から一番\n"
+"近いサーバを選んでください。この機能を使うにはインターネット接続が必要\n"
+"です。このオプションを使うと、このマシンをローカルネットワーク内の他の\n"
+"マシンのタイムサーバとして機能させることができます。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "自動的に時間を合わせる"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"グラフィックカード\n"
+"\n"
+"普通はインストーラがお使いのマシンに接続されているグラフィックカードを\n"
+"自動的に検出して設定を行います。うまくいかなかった場合は、リストの中\n"
+"から適切なグラフィックカードを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"利用できるサーバが数種類ある場合 (3D アクセラレーションの有無など) は、\n"
+"目的に適したサーバを選んでください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (X ウィンドウシステム) は GNU/Linux のグラフィカルインターフェースの\n"
+"中心となる部分で、Mandriva Linux に収録されている様々なグラフィカル環境\n"
+"(KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker など) はすべてこれに依存しています。\n"
+"\n"
+"最適なグラフィック表示を得るために調整可能な設定項目がいくつかあります。\n"
+"\n"
+"グラフィックカード\n"
+"\n"
+"普通はインストーラがお使いのマシンに接続されているグラフィックカードを\n"
+"自動的に検出して設定を行ないます。うまくいかなかった場合は、リストの中\n"
+"から適切なグラフィックカードを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"利用できるサーバが数種類ある場合 (3D アクセラレーションの有無など) は、\n"
+"目的に適したサーバを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"モニタ\n"
+"\n"
+"普通はインストーラがお使いのマシンに接続されているモニタを自動的に\n"
+"検出して設定を行います。うまくいかなかった場合は、リストの中から\n"
+"適切なモニタを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"解像度\n"
+"\n"
+"お使いのハードウェアで利用可能な解像度と色深度の中から必要に合った\n"
+"ものをお選びください。インストール後に変更することもできます。選択\n"
+"された設定によるサンプル画像がモニタの絵の中に表示されます。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"テスト\n"
+"\n"
+"システムは指定された解像度でグラフィカルスクリーンの表示を試みます。\n"
+"テスト中にメッセージが表示され「%s」と答えると\n"
+"DrakX は次のステップに進みます。12 秒以内にメッセージが表示されないときは\n"
+"自動設定がうまくできていません。元のメニューに戻りますので、正しく表示\n"
+"されるように設定を変更してください。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"オプション\n"
+"\n"
+"起動時に自動的にグラフィカルインターフェースに切り替えるかどうかを選択する\n"
+"ことができます。サーバとしてお使いになる場合やディスプレイの設定がうまく\n"
+"できなかった場合は、「%s」を選んでください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"モニタ\n"
+"\n"
+"普通はインストーラがお使いのマシンに接続されているモニタを自動的に\n"
+"検出して設定を行います。うまくいかなかった場合は、リストの中から\n"
+"適切なモニタを選んでください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"解像度\n"
+"\n"
+"お使いのハードウェアで利用可能な解像度と色深度の中から必要に合った\n"
+"ものをお選びください。インストール後に変更することもできます。選択\n"
+"された設定によるサンプル画像がモニタの絵の中に表示されます。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"利用できるサーバが数種類ある場合 (3D アクセラレーションの有無など) は、\n"
+"目的に適したサーバを選んでください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"オプション\n"
+"\n"
+"起動時に自動的にグラフィカルインターフェースに切り替えるかどうかを選択する\n"
+"ことができます。サーバとしてお使いになる場合やディスプレイの設定がうまく\n"
+"できなかった場合は、「%s」を選んでください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"ここでは Mandriva Linux をハードドライブのどこにインストールするかを\n"
+"選択します。ハードドライブが空であったり既存の OS がすべての領域を使用\n"
+"している場合は、パーティションを設定しなければなりません。\n"
+"基本的に、Mandriva Linux をインストールするには、ハードドライブを\n"
+"論理分割して領域を確保することが必要です。\n"
+"\n"
+"パーティションの設定は、たいていの場合復元不可能なうえ、データの消失に\n"
+"つながることもあるため、不慣れなユーザにとっては気後れのする作業かも\n"
+"しれません。DrakX にはこの作業を簡単に行うためのウィザードが用意されて\n"
+"います。先に進む前に、まずこのセクションの残りの部分を読んでください。\n"
+"そして落ち着いてゆっくりと実行してください。\n"
+"\n"
+"ハードドライブの状態によっていくつかのオプションが提示されます:\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 空のドライブに自動的にパーティションを作成します。\n"
+"このオプションを使うと、これ以降プロンプトの表示はありません。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: ハードドライブに一つ以上の\n"
+"Linux パーティションが検出されました。既存のパーティションを利用する場合\n"
+"はこのオプションを選んでください。ウィザードがそれぞれのパーティションの\n"
+"マウントポイントを選択するよう促します。伝統的なマウントポイントが既定値\n"
+"として選択されています。たいていの場合はそのままにしておいた方が良いで\n"
+"しょう。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: Microsoft Windows がハードドライブの\n"
+"全領域を占有している場合は GNU/Linux 用に空き領域を作成する必要があります。\n"
+"方法としては、Microsoft Windows のパーティションとデータを消去するか\n"
+"Microsoft Windows の FAT または NTFS パーティションのサイズを変更します。\n"
+"サイズ変更は、Windows のパーティションがあらかじめデフラグ (最適化) されて\n"
+"いれば、データを失うことなく実行できます。(必ずデータのバックアップを\n"
+"しておいてください) Mandriva Linux と Microsoft Windows を両方使う場合は\n"
+"このオプションを選んでください。(Windows を消去する場合は次を参照して\n"
+"ください: ディスク全体を消去)\n"
+"\n"
+"   このオプションを使うと、Microsoft Windows のパーティション\n"
+"が小さくなります。その結果、Microsoft Windows でデータを保存したり\n"
+"新しいソフトウェアをインストールするための空き領域は少なくなるので\n"
+"注意してください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: ハードドライブのすべてのデータとパーティション\n"
+"を削除し Mandriva Linux システムに入れ替える場合はこのオプションを選んで\n"
+"ください。確認後は取り消しできませんので十分注意してください。\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! このオプションを選ぶとディスク上の全データが消去されます !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: ハードドライブの全領域に Microsoft Windows がインストール\n"
+"されている場合のオプションです。ハードドライブのすべてを消去し\n"
+"パーティションの設定から始めるときに使います。\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! このオプションを選ぶとディスク上の全データが消去されます !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: パーティションを手動で設定する場合には\n"
+"このオプションを選んでください。注意: 応用の効く選択肢ですが一歩\n"
+"間違うとすべてのデータが消去されます。経験のない方にはお勧めでき\n"
+"ません。DiskDrake の詳しい使い方については Starter Guide の\n"
+"'Managing Your Partitions' を参照してください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "既存のパーティションを使う"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "ディスク全体を消去"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"インストール完了！これで GNU/Linux システムを利用できる状態になりました。\n"
+"インストールメディア (CD-ROM かフロッピー) を抜いて「%s」をクリックし\n"
+"システムを再起動してください。コンピュータがハードウェアのテストを終える\n"
+"と、ブートローダのメニューが表示されます。そこで起動する OS を指定する\n"
+"ことができます。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」ボタンを押すと二つのオプションが提示されます:\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 今回と同じようなインストールを\n"
+"オペレータなしで可能にするインストールフロッピーを作成する。\n"
+"\n"
+"   注: 二つのオプションはボタンを押すまで表示されません。\n"
+"\n"
+"    * %s: 半自動インストール。パーティションの設定は\n"
+"対話形式で行えます。\n"
+"\n"
+"    * %s: 全自動インストール。ハードディスクは完全に\n"
+"上書きされ、すべてのデータが失われます。\n"
+"\n"
+"   この機能は何台ものマシンに同じシステムをインストールするのに大変\n"
+"便利です。詳しくは、当社ウェブサイトの 'Auto install' をご覧ください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s (*): インストール中に選択された\n"
+"パッケージのリストを保存します。別のインストールに利用するには、\n"
+"フロッピーをドライブに挿入しインストールを開始してください。\n"
+"プロンプトが表示されたら [F1] を押して linux defcfg=\"floppy\" と\n"
+"入力し [Enter] を押します。 \n"
+"\n"
+"(*) FAT 形式のフロッピーが必要です。GNU/Linux で作成するには\n"
+"\"mformat a:\" または \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" と入力し、続けて \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\" と入力します。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "自動インストールフロッピーを作成"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"既存の GNU/Linux のパーティションを使用する場合は、そのうちのいくつかを\n"
+"選択して、再フォーマットしてください。\n"
+"\n"
+"注意: 既存のパーティションすべてを再フォーマットする必要はありません。\n"
+"再フォーマットが必要なのは、OS を含むパーティション (例: /, /usr, /var)\n"
+"です。個人のデータが置かれているパーティション (典型的なのは /home) \n"
+"については再フォーマットの必要はありません。\n"
+"\n"
+"パーティションの選択は慎重に行ってください。フォーマットするとその\n"
+"パーティションのデータはすべて消去され復元できなくなります。\n"
+"\n"
+"パーティションをフォーマットする準備ができたら「%s」をクリックしてくださ"
+"い。\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux を別のパーティションに新規にインストールする場合は\n"
+"「%s」をクリックしてください。\n"
+"\n"
+"ディスクの不良ブロックを検証するパーティションを選ぶには\n"
+"「%s」をクリックしてください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux のリリース後に、バグの修正、あるいはセキュリティ問題を解決\n"
+"するために更新されたパッケージがあるかもしれません。これらのパッケージを\n"
+"インターネットからダウンロードしてシステムを更新することができます。既に\n"
+"インターネットに接続していれば「%s」にチェックを入れてください。\n"
+"後で更新する場合は「%s」を選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」を選ぶと更新パッケージを取得するミラーサイトのリストが\n"
+"表示されます。お近くのミラーを選んでください。更新されるパッケージが\n"
+"表示されたら内容を確認し、インストールする場合は「%s」を、中止する\n"
+"場合は「%s」を押してください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"ここでは DrakX を使ってあなたのマシンのセキュリティレベルを設定します。\n"
+"基本的には、マシンに重要なデータが保存されていたり、インターネットに直接\n"
+"接続している場合は、セキュリティレベルを高く設定しなければなりません。\n"
+"しかしセキュリティレベルを高くすると一般的には使い勝手が悪くなります。\n"
+"\n"
+"何を選択してよいか分からない場合はデフォルトのままにしておいてください。\n"
+"設定は後で変更できます。Mandriva Linux コントロールセンターには draksec\n"
+"というそのためのツールが用意されています。\n"
+"\n"
+"%s にセキュリティ管理者のメールアドレスを入力してください。\n"
+"セキュリティに関するメッセージはそこへ送られます。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "セキュリティ管理者"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"ここでは Mandriva Linux をインストールするパーティションを選びます。\n"
+"以前にインストールした GNU/Linux システムが残っていたり、別のツールを\n"
+"使って既にパーティションが定義されている場合は、既存のパーティションを\n"
+"利用することができます。そうでない場合はハードドライブのパーティションを\n"
+"定義しなければなりません。\n"
+"\n"
+"パーティションを作成するには、まずハードドライブを選択してください。\n"
+"例えば、IDE の最初のドライブであれば 'hda'、2 番目のドライブなら 'hdb'、\n"
+"SCSI の最初のドライブなら 'sda' をクリックしてください。\n"
+"\n"
+"パーティションの作成には次のオプションが使えます:\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 選択したドライブのすべてのパーティションを削除する\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: ハードドライブの空き領域に自動的に ext3 と swap を\n"
+"作成する\n"
+"\n"
+"%s: ここから拡張機能を利用できます:\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: パーティションテーブルをフロッピーに保存。後でパーティション\n"
+"テーブルのリカバリが必要になったときに役立つので、実行することを\n"
+"強くお勧めします。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: フロッピーからパーティションテーブルを読み込んで復元する\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: パーティションテーブルが壊れてしまったときはこのオプション\n"
+"を使って修復を試みることができます。慎重に実行してください。\n"
+"(必ずしも修復できるとは限りません)\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 変更をすべて破棄し、ハードドライブに元々あった\n"
+"パーティションテーブルを再ロードする\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: このオプションのチェックを外すと\n"
+"ユーザはフロッピーや CD-ROM などのリムーバブルメディアを手動でマウント\n"
+"しなくてはなりません。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: このオプションを選ぶとウィザードを使って\n"
+"パーティションを設定することができます。パーティションについて深く理解\n"
+"されてない方にはこのオプションをお勧めします。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 変更を取り消す\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 拡張機能 (タイプ、オプション、フォーマットなど) を追加し\n"
+"ハードドライブの詳細情報を得ることができます。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: パーティションの設定完了後、変更をディスクに\n"
+"保存します。\n"
+"\n"
+"キーボードの矢印キーを使うとパーティションのサイズを細かく\n"
+"設定できます。\n"
+"\n"
+"ヒント: すべてのオプションはキーボード操作で実行できます。\n"
+"[Tab] と [Up/Down] キーを使ってパーティションを選択します。\n"
+"\n"
+"パーティションを選択すると次のショートカットが使えます:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c: 空のパーティションに新しいパーティションを作成\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d: パーティションを削除\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m: マウントポイントを設定\n"
+"\n"
+"使用可能な他のファイルシステムについては、Reference Manual の\n"
+"'ext2FS' の章をお読みください。\n"
+"\n"
+"PPC マシンにインストールする場合は最低 1 MB の HFS bootstrap \n"
+"パーティションを作成してください。yaboot ブートローダが使用します。\n"
+"このパーティションをもう少し大きくしておくと (例えば 50 MB くらい)、\n"
+"スペアカーネルや緊急ブート用の ramdisk イメージを保存するのに利用できます。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "リムーバブルメディアを自動的にマウント"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "標準/エキスパートモードの切り替え"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"ハードドライブに Microsoft のパーティションがいくつか検出されました。\n"
+"Mandriva Linux をインストールするためにリサイズするパーティションを\n"
+"選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"パーティションは次のように表示されます: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux Name\" は次の要素で構成されます:\n"
+" ハードドライブタイプ/ハードドライブ番号/パーティション番号 (例: hda1)\n"
+"\n"
+"ハードドライブタイプは、IDE をお使いの場合は \"hd\"、SCSI をお使いの場合は\n"
+"\"sd\" となります。\n"
+"\n"
+"ハードドライブ番号は常に \"hd\" または \"sd\" の後の一文字で表されます。\n"
+"IDE ハードドライブの場合:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" はプライマリ IDE コントローラのマスターハードドライブ\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" はプライマリ IDE コントローラのスレーブハードドライブ\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" はセカンダリ IDE コントローラのマスターハードドライブ\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" はセカンダリ IDE コントローラのスレーブハードドライブ\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI ハードドライブの場合は、\"a\" は \"lowest SCSI ID\",\n"
+" \"b\" は \"second lowest SCSI ID\"を意味します。\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" は Windows のドライブ名\n"
+"(最初のディスクまたはパーティションは\"C:\")"
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"%s: 現在選択されている国名を確認してください。間違っている場合は\n"
+"「%s」をクリックして別の国名を選んでください。リストにない場合は\n"
+"「%s」をクリックするとすべての国名リストが表示されます。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"このステップは既存の GNU/Linux パーティションが検出されたときにのみ表示\n"
+"されます。\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX は既存の Mandriva Linux システムを更新するかそれとも新規にインストー"
+"ル\n"
+"するかを尋ねます:\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 基本的には古いシステムを完全に消去してしまいます。\n"
+"しかし、パーティションの扱い方によっては既存のデータ (典型的なものとしては\n"
+"\"home\" ディレクトリ) を残すことができます。パーティションの設定やファイル\n"
+"システムを変更される場合はこのオプションをお使いください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: これは既に Mandriva Linux にインストールされている\n"
+"パッケージをアップデートします。現在のパーティションの設定やユーザデータは\n"
+"変更されません。その他の設定の大部分は標準のインストールと同様に行えます。\n"
+"「アップグレード」は Mandriva Linux のバージョンが \"8.1\" 以降であれば\n"
+"問題ないはずです。\"8.1\" より古いバージョンにはお勧めできません。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"使用する言語に応じて、DrakX は自動的にキーボードの種類を選択します。\n"
+"選ばれたキーボードがあなたのキーボードと合っていることを確認してください。\n"
+"また、目的に応じて別のものを選ぶこともできます。\n"
+"\n"
+"お持ちのキーボードがお使いの言語と一致していない場合も、このステップで\n"
+"変更できます。リストの中からお使いのキーボードを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」を押すとサポートされているキーボードのリストが表示されます。\n"
+"\n"
+"非ラテンキーボードを選択した場合は、次のステップでラテン/非ラテンを\n"
+"切り替えるキーを指定できます。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"まず、お使いになる言語を選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"ここで選択された言語は、インストーラ、ドキュメントをはじめ、システム全般\n"
+"に適用されます。まず居住地域を選択し、次に使用する言語を選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"「%s」を押すと他の言語を追加することができます。例えば日本語と\n"
+"スペイン語を両方使われるのであれば、まずリストから日本語をデフォルト言語に\n"
+"選び「詳細」から「%s」を選んでください。こうすることで、日本語と\n"
+"スペイン語両方のドキュメントと必要なアプリケーションがインストールされま"
+"す。\n"
+"\n"
+"ユニコード (UTF-8) サポートについて: ユニコードは世界中のすべての言語を\n"
+"カバーします。しかしながら、GNU/Linux 環境でのユニコードサポートはまだ開発\n"
+"途上にあります。そのため、Mandriva Linux ではユーザの選択に応じてその使用を\n"
+"制限しています:\n"
+"\n"
+" * レガシーなエンコードを使用する言語 (latin1/ロシア語/日本語/中国語/\n"
+"ハングル/タイ語/ギリシャ語/トルコ語/iso-8859-2の大部分の言語など) を選択\n"
+"すると、それぞれのエンコードが適用されます。\n"
+"\n"
+" * その他の言語にはデフォルトでユニコードを使用します。\n"
+"\n"
+" * 二つ以上のエンコードの異なる言語を選択すると、システム全体に\n"
+"ユニコードが適用されます。\n"
+"\n"
+" * 選択した言語にかかわらず、システム全体にユニコードを強制することも\n"
+"可能です。その場合は「%s」を選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"言語はいくつでも追加することができます。「%s」を選ぶと\n"
+"利用可能なすべての言語がインストールされます。それぞれの言語サポートには\n"
+"翻訳されたメッセージ/フォント/スペルチェッカーなどが含まれます。\n"
+"\n"
+"言語設定を切り替えるときは LocaleDrake を使います。システム全体の設定を変更\n"
+"するときは、root 権限で \"localedrake\" を実行してください。一般ユーザ権限\n"
+"で実行すると、そのユーザの言語設定だけが変更されます。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "スペイン語"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX はたいていの場合お使いのマウスのボタン数を正しく検出します。\n"
+"ボタン数が 2 つだと推定した場合は、第 3 ボタンのエミュレーションを\n"
+"設定します。 2 ボタンマウスの第 3 ボタンのエミュレーションは、\n"
+"左右のボタンの同時押しです。DrakX は PS/2, シリアル, USB などの種類を\n"
+"自動的に検出します。\n"
+"\n"
+"ホイールなしの 3 ボタンマウスの場合は「%s」を選んでください。\n"
+"DrakX はホイールエミュレーションを設定します。中ボタンを押してマウス\n"
+"カーソルを上下に動かしてください。\n"
+"\n"
+"何らかの理由で別のタイプのマウスを指定するときは、表示されたリストから\n"
+"選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+"%s を選択して 'generic' マウスを指定してもかまいません。これはほぼすべての\n"
+"マウスに使えます。\n"
+"\n"
+"デフォルト以外のマウスを選ぶとテストスクリーンになります。ボタンと\n"
+"ホイールを使って正しく動作することを確認してください。うまく動作しない\n"
+"場合はスペースまたはリターンキーを押してテストを中止してください。\n"
+"マウス選択リストに戻ります。\n"
+"\n"
+"ホイールマウスはまれに正しく自動検出されないことがありますので、その場合は\n"
+"リストから選んでください。必ずマウスが接続されているポートに合ったものを\n"
+"選んでください。マウスを選択し「%s」を押すとマウスのイメージが\n"
+"スクリーンに表示されます。ホイールを動かして正しく動作することを確認して\n"
+"ください。ホイールをスクロールすると画面上のホイールが動くはずです。ボタン\n"
+"もテストし、マウスの動きに応じてカーソルが移動することを確認してください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "ホイールエミュレーション付き"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "ユニバーサル/汎用 PS/2 & USB マウス"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"正しいポートを選んでください。例えば、Windows での COM1 ポートは\n"
+"GNU/Linux では ttyS0 という名前になります。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"root パスワードの設定は GNU/Linux システムのセキュリティにとって最も重要な\n"
+"ポイントです。root はシステムの管理者であり、アップデート/ユーザの追加/\n"
+"システム設定の変更を行える唯一の存在です。root の権限があれば、どんなこと\n"
+"でもできるのです。推測されにくいパスワードを選ばなければなりません。極端に\n"
+"簡単なパスワードにすると DrakX が警告を発します。root パスワードは必須では\n"
+"ありませんが、ここで設定しておくことを強くお勧めします。GNU/Linux も他の\n"
+"OS と同様にオペレータの誤操作という危険にさらされています。root はすべての\n"
+"制限を越えて、ちょっとした不注意からパーティションの全データを削除すること\n"
+"もできます。したがって、簡単に root になれないようにしておかなければなりま\n"
+"せん。\n"
+"\n"
+"パスワードには数字とアルファベットが使えます。最低でも 8 文字以上にします。\n"
+"決して root のパスワードを書き留めたりしないでください。システムを危険に\n"
+"さらすことになります。\n"
+"\n"
+"警告: パスワードを長くしすぎたり複雑にしすぎたりしないでください。\n"
+"思い出せなくなります！\n"
+"\n"
+"入力したパスワードは画面には表示されません。打ち間違いを防ぐために\n"
+"パスワードは 2 回入力します。同じ打ち間違いを 2 度してしまうと、最初に\n"
+"root になるにはその「意図に反した」パスワードを入力しなければなりません。\n"
+"\n"
+"あなたのコンピュータへのアクセスを認証サーバに管理させる場合は\n"
+"「%s」を押してください。\n"
+"\n"
+"あなたのネットワークが LDAP/NIS/PDC Windows Domain 認証サービスのいずれか\n"
+"を使用している場合は、「%s」に正しいものを選んでください。\n"
+"不明な場合はネットワーク管理者に確認してください。\n"
+"\n"
+"何らかの理由でパスワードを覚えられない、あるいはインターネットには一切\n"
+"接続しない、または、あなたのコンピュータを使うすべての人を全面的に信頼\n"
+"できる、といった場合には「%s」を選んでもいいでしょう。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "認証"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"ブートローダはコンピュータ起動時に開始される小さなプログラムです。\n"
+"これがシステムを立ち上げます。ブートローダのインストールは通常完全に\n"
+"自動化されています。DrakX はディスクのブートセクタを分析し検出した\n"
+"ものに応じて以下を実行します:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Windows のブートセクタが検出されると DrakX はこれを GRUB/LILO の\n"
+"ブートセクタに置き換えます。これによって、あなたのマシンにインストール\n"
+"されている他の OS と GNU/Linux のどちらでも起動できるようになります。\n"
+"\n"
+" * GRUB か LILO ブートセクタが検出されると新しいものに置き換えます。\n"
+"\n"
+"どこにブートセクタを置けばいいのか不明なときは、DrakX が質問します。\n"
+"一般的には「%s」が最も安全な場所です。\n"
+"「%s」を選ぶとブートローダはインストールされません。\n"
+"このオプションは意味をよく理解されている場合以外は選ばないでください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"ここでは、コンピュータの印刷システムを選択します。他の OS には一種類しか\n"
+"ありませんが、Mandriva Linux には二種類の印刷システムがあります。それぞれ\n"
+"利点と欠点がありますので、より適したものを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s - 'Print, Do not Queue (印刷する。キューはしない)' の略。\n"
+"マシンにプリンタを直接接続している/紙づまりのときにすぐ中断したい/\n"
+"ネットワークプリンタがない場合はこれを選んでください。(%s は簡単な\n"
+"ネットワークにしか対応していません。また、ネットワーク内で使うと多少遅く\n"
+"なります)。初めて GNU/Linux をお使いの場合はpdqをお勧めします。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s - 'Common Unix Printing System' の略。\n"
+"ローカルプリンタへの印刷も地球の裏側のプリンタへの印刷も問題なく処理\n"
+"します。サーバとしても使えて、昔ながらの lpd 印刷システムのクライアント\n"
+"にもなるので、印刷サービスを必要とする古いシステムとも互換性があります。\n"
+"強力であるにもかかわらず基本的な設定は pdq と同じくらい簡単です。\n"
+"lpd サーバのエミュレートが必要な場合は cups-lpd デーモンを有効にして\n"
+"ください。「%s」には印刷/プリンタオプションの選択/プリンタの管理などの\n"
+"ためのグラフィカルフロントエンドがあります。\n"
+"\n"
+"選択した印刷システムを後で変更する場合は、Mandriva Linux コントロール\n"
+"センターの PrinterDrake で「%s」をクリックしてください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "エキスパート"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX はまずお使いのコンピュータのIDEデバイスを検出します。PCI/SCSI カード\n"
+"も同時に検出します。SCSI カードが見つかれば、DrakX はそれに適したドライバを\n"
+"自動的にインストールします。\n"
+"\n"
+"ハードウェアの検出はいつも成功するとは限りません。DrakX はハードドライブの\n"
+"検出に失敗することがあります。そのような場合はお使いのハードウェアを手動で\n"
+"指定する必要があります。\n"
+"\n"
+"PCI/SCSI アダプタを手動で指定するときには、DrakX がそれ専用のオプションを\n"
+"設定するかどうか質問してきます。DrakX にハードウェアを調査させて、アダプタ\n"
+"を初期化するために必要なそのカード専用のオプションを検知させてください。\n"
+"たいていの場合、うまくいきます。\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX がオプションを検知できず、ハードウェアにどのパラメータを送ればよい\n"
+"のかを自動的に判断できなかった場合は、手動でドライバを設定しなければなり\n"
+"ません。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"%s: サウンドカードが検出されると、ここに表示されます。\n"
+"表示されたサウンドカードがお使いのものでない場合は、ボタンをクリックして\n"
+"別のドライバを選んでください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX はあなたのシステムから収集した情報を表示します。ご使用のハードウェア"
+"の\n"
+"構成にもよりますが、下記の一部もしくはすべてについて確認することができま"
+"す。\n"
+"それぞれの項目には検出したハードウェアと現在の設定内容が表示されます。\n"
+"設定を変更するには「%s」をクリックしてください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 使用中のキーボードの設定を確認/変更できます。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 現在選択されている国を確認できます。変更するには「%s」\n"
+"をクリックして他の国を選んでください。あなたの国がリストにないときは\n"
+"「%s」を押してください。すべての国名リストが表示されます。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: DrakX は選択された国に基づいてタイムゾーンを推定\n"
+"します。誤っている場合は「%s」をクリックしてください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 現在のマウスの設定を確認できます。変更する必要が\n"
+"あるときはボタンを押してください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 「%s」を押すとプリンタ設定ウィザードが\n"
+"開きます。新しいプリンタの追加方法については Starter Guide の該当する章を\n"
+"参照してください。マニュアルに掲載されているインターフェースは、\n"
+"インストール中に使用したものとほぼ同じです。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: サウンドカードが検出されると、ここに表示\n"
+"されます。表示されたものがお使いのものと異なる場合は、ボタンをクリックして\n"
+"別のドライバを選んでください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: テレビカードをお使いであれば、ここに\n"
+"設定情報が表示されます。お持ちのカードが自動検出されなかった場合は\n"
+"「%s」をクリックして手動で設定を試みてください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 正しく設定されていないときは「%s」を押して正しい\n"
+"パラメータに変更してください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: DrakX はグラフィカルインターフェースの解像度を\n"
+"\"800x600\" か \"1024x768\" に設定します。デフォルトの設定が適当でない場合\n"
+"は「%s」をクリックして設定し直してください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: インターネットとローカルネットワークの設定。\n"
+"マニュアルを参照するか、もしくはインストール完了後に Mandriva Linux\n"
+"コントロールセンターのヘルプに従って行ってください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: あなたのマシンがプロキシサーバの背後にあれば\n"
+"ここで HTTP/FTP プロキシアドレスを設定できます。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: 前のステップで設定したセキュリティレベルを\n"
+"設定し直すことができます。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: インターネットに接続されるのであれば、侵入などの\n"
+"危険からあなたのマシンを守るためにファイアウォールを設定してください。\n"
+"詳しい設定方法については、Starter Guide の該当する章を参照してください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: ブートローダの設定を変更するときはこのボタンを\n"
+"押してください。(注意:これは上級者向きです) 印刷されたドキュメントまたは\n"
+"Mandriva Linux コントロールセンターのブートローダに関するヘルプを参照して\n"
+"ください。\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: ここではどのサービスを有効にするかを細かく設定できます。\n"
+"サーバになるマシンであれば設定を見直すことをお勧めします。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN カード"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "グラフィカルインターフェース"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux をインストールするためにフォーマットするハードドライブを\n"
+"選んでください。注意: このドライブのデータはすべて失われ、回復すること\n"
+"はできません。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"このハードドライブのすべてのデータとパーティションを削除する場合は\n"
+"「%s」をクリックしてください。\n"
+"注意: 「%s」をクリックすると、Windows のデータも含め、このドライブ上の\n"
+"すべてのデータとパーティションは回復できなくなります。\n"
+"\n"
+"このハードドライブのデータとパーティションを消去せずにこの操作を中止\n"
+"する場合は「%s」をクリックしてください。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "次へ ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- 戻る"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ko.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ko.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..72109c560
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ko.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1504 @@
+# Korean translation of drakbootdisk.
+# Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Jaegeum Choe <baedaron@hananet.net>, 2001.
+#
+# changes asked by HP people -- pablo 2003-01-23
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-09-09 09:08+0900\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jaegeum Cze <baedaron@hanafos.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Korean <beadaron@hanafos.com>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"더 진행하기 전에 사용자 계약서를 자세하게 읽어 보세요.\n"
+"사용자 계약서는 전체 맨드리바 리눅스 배포본을 포괄하는 내용이며,\n"
+"만약 동의하지 않으신다면 「거부」버튼을 누르세요. 거부 버튼은 현재 설치를\n"
+"즉각 종료하게 합니다. 설치를 계속하고 싶다면 「동의」버튼을 누르세요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "aboot를 사용하시겠습니까?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"선택된 하드디스크상의 기존 리눅스 파티션이 위에 열거되어 있습니다.\n"
+"마법사에 의해 이미 설정된 사항을 보존할 수도 있으며, 이는 대부분의 일반\n"
+"설치에 적절한 설정입니다. 만약 직접 변경하시겠다면, 최소한 루트 파티션"
+"(「/」)\n"
+"은 반드시 지정해야 합니다. 너무 작은 파티션을 선택하지는 마세요. 충분한 소프"
+"트웨어\n"
+"를 설치하지 못하는 수가 있습니다. 만약 개인 데이터가 별도의 파티션에 저장되도"
+"록\n"
+"하고 싶다면, 「/home」파티션을 별도로 만드세요.(오직 리눅스 파티션이 둘 이상"
+"일\n"
+"경우에만 가능합니다.)\n"
+"\n"
+"각 파티션은 다음과 같이 열거됩니다: 「이름」,「용량」.\n"
+"\n"
+"「이름」영역의 구조: 「하드디스크 유형」,「하드디스크 번호」,\n"
+"「파티션 번호」(가령, 「hda1」).\n"
+"\n"
+"「하드디스크 유형」은, IDE 디스크일 경우에는 「hd」이며,\n"
+"SCSI 디스크일 경우에는 「sd」입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"「하드디스크 번호」는 항상 「hd」또는 「sd」뒤에 오는 문자입니다.\n"
+"IDE 하드디스크의 경우:\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「a」는 「주 IDE 제어기상의 주 디스크」를 의미합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「b」는 「주 IDE 제어기상의 보조 디스크」를 의미합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「c」는 「보조 IDE 제어기상의 주 디스크」를 의미합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「d」는 「보조 IDE 제어기상의 보조 디스크」를 의미합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI 하드디스크의 경우, 「a」는 「최소 SCSI ID」, 「b」는 「다음 최소 SCSI "
+"ID」\n"
+"와 같은 식으로 의미를 가집니다."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"맨드리바 리눅스 설치 시스템은 여러 장의 CD로 구성되어 있습니다.\n"
+"드레이크X는 선택된 각각의 팩키지가 어느 CD에 들어 있는지 이미 알고 있습니"
+"다.\n"
+"필요시 현재 CD를 자동으로 꺼내고 다른 CD의 삽입을 요청할 것입니다."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"이제 시스템상에 설치할 프로그램들을 지정할 차례입니다.\n"
+"맨드리바 리눅스에는 설치할 수 있는 수천 개의 프로그램들이 있기 때문에\n"
+"사용자가 그것들을 모두 다 알지는 못할 것입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"만약 표준 CD 설치를 수행하고 있는 중이라면, 현재 가지고 있는 CD들에 대해\n"
+"질문할 것입니다. 가지고 있는 CD들의 라벨을 확인하고 현재 님의 상황에 맞는\n"
+"선택 상자를 지정하세요. 계속할 준비가 되었으면, 「확인」을 누르세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"팩키지들은 용도에 따라 그룹으로 나열되어 있습니다.\n"
+"그룹들 자체는 또다시 네 개의 영역으로 나열되어 있습니다:\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「워크스테이션」: 시스템을 워크스테이션으로 사용할 계획이라면,\n"
+"하나 이상의 해당 그룹을 선택하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「개발」: 시스템을 프로그래밍의 용도로 사용하려 한다면, 원하는 그룹들을\n"
+"선택하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「서버」: 끝으로, 시스템이 서버되기를 원한다면, 여기서 대부분의 일반 서비"
+"스들이\n"
+"설치되도록 선택할 수 있습니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「그래픽 환경」: 여기는 님이 선호하는 그래픽 환경을 선택하는 곳입니다.\n"
+"그래픽 환경 워크스테이션을 원한다면, 최소한 하나는 선택해야 합니다!\n"
+"\n"
+"마우스 포인터를 그룹 이름들 위로 올리면, 해당 그룹에 대한 작은 풍선 도움말"
+"을\n"
+"보여 줄 것입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"「개별 팩키지 선택」옵션을 선택할 수도 있습니다.\n"
+"이 옵션은 님이 제공되어지는 팩키지들에 대해 잘 알고 있거나, 설치되는 팩키지들"
+"에 대한\n"
+"총체적인 제어를 원할 경우에 유용할 것입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"만약 님이 「업데이트」모드로 설치를 시작했다면, 기존에 설치되지 않은 팩키지들"
+"이\n"
+"설치되는 것을 막기위해 모든 그룹을 선택해제할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하는 것은\n"
+"기존 시스템을 업데이트하거나 고치기 위한 좋은 방법입니다."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "업그레이드"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "문서"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "최소 설치"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"이제 부팅시에 어떤 서비스를 자동으로 시작하게 할지를 선택해야 합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"현재 설치된 모든 서비스들이 여기에서 보여지고 있습니다.\n"
+"신중하게 검토해서 부팅시에 항상 필요로하는 것이 아니라면 선택을 해제하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"마우스를 서비스 이름들 위로 올리면, 각 서비스에 대한 간단한 설명을 보여 줄 것"
+"입니다.\n"
+"만약 어떤 서비스가 필요한 것인지 아닌지를 잘 모르겠다면,\n"
+"기본값으로 그냥 두는 것이 안전한 선택입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"이 컴퓨터를 서버용으로 사용하려 한다면, 이 단계에서 매우 주의해야 합니다.\n"
+"필요하지 않은 서비스가 시작되는 것은 바람직하지 않습니다. 일부 서비스는 \n"
+"서버상에서 실핸된다면 위험할 수도 있다는 것을 명심하세요. 원칙적으로 \n"
+"꼭 필요한 서비스들만 선택하세요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "자동 시간 동기화 (NTP 사용)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"마지막으로, 부팅시에 자동으로 그래픽 환경을 사용할 것인지를 질문할 것입니"
+"다.\n"
+"주의: 이 질문은 설정을 테스트하지 않았을지라도 나타나게 될 것입니다.\n"
+"시스템을 확실히 서버용으로 사용할 것이거나, 화면 설정에 성공하지 못한 경우라"
+"면\n"
+"「아니오」를 누르세요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"이제 하드디스크의 어디에 리눅스 맨드리바를 설치할지를\n"
+"선택해야 합니다. 만약 하드디스크가 완전히 비어 있거나 또는\n"
+"다른 운영체제가 하드디스크 전체를 점유하고 있다면, 파티션을\n"
+" 나누어야 합니다. 파티션을 나눈다함은 리눅스 맨드리바가\n"
+"설치될 공간을 확보하기 위하여 디스크를 논리적으로 분할한다는 의미입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"일반적으로 파티션 과정을 거쳐 버리면 기존 데이터의 복구가 불가능해지기\n"
+"때문에,초보자에게는 고민스럽고 걱정스러운 작업입니다. 하지만 마법사를\n"
+"사용하면 이 작업을 쉽게 할 수 있습니다. 시작하기 전에, 충분한 시간을 가지고\n"
+"사용자 설명서를 읽어 보세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"현재 전문가 모드로 설치를 진행 중이라면, 리눅스 맨드리바의 파티션 분할 도구"
+"인\n"
+"디스크드레이크를 만나게 될 것입니다. 이 도구는 파티션드르이 세밀한 조정을 가"
+"능하게\n"
+"합니다. 설명서의 디스크드레이크 장을 보세요; 사용법이 동일합니다. 위에서 언급"
+"했듯이\n"
+"화면에 있는 「마법사」버튼을 눌러서, 파티션 분할 작업을 위한 마법사를\n"
+"실행할 수도 있습니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"만약 이전에 리눅스를 설치한 적이 있거나 다른 파티션 도구로 만들어 놓은 리눅스"
+"용\n"
+"파티션들이 이미 존재한다면, 리눅스 설치에 사용할 파티션들을\n"
+"선택만 하면 됩니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"만약 아직 리눅스용 파티션이 없다면, 새로 만들어야 합니다. 그러기 위해서는\n"
+"위에 있는 마법사를 사용하세요. 하드디스크의 설정에 따라 다음과 같은\n"
+"몇 가지의 방법이 있습니다:\n"
+"\n"
+" ○ 빈 공간 사용: 빈 디스크의 자동 파티션 분할 작업을 하게 됩니다.\n"
+"파티션 분할 작업에 대해 더 이상 신경쓸 필요가 없게 됩니다.\n"
+"\n"
+" ○ 기존 파티션 사용: 마법사가 기존의 리눅스 파티션을 발견한 경우입니다.\n"
+"기존의 파티션에다가 리눅스를 설치할려면, 이것을 선택하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+" ○ 윈도우즈 파티션의 빈 공간 사용: 만약 MS 윈도우즈가 설치되어 있고 모든 디스"
+"크 공간을 사용하고 있다면,\n"
+"리눅스용 공간을 새로 만들어야 합니다. 이렇게 하기위해서는, 윈도우즈 파티션을 "
+"지우거나(「전체 디스크 삭제」\n"
+"와 「전문가 모드」부분을 참조하세요.), 윈도우즈 파티션의 크기를 재조정하여 공"
+"간을 확보할 수 있습니다. 윈도우즈\n"
+"파티션의 재조정은 기존의 데이터를 파괴하지 않기 때문에, 윈도우즈와 리눅스 맨"
+"드레이크를 한 컴퓨터에서 함께\n"
+"사용하고자 한다면  이것이 권장되는 방법입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"이 방법을 선택한다면, 윈도우즈 파티션의 크기가 현재보다 줄어들기 때문에 윈도"
+"우즈를\n"
+"사용할 때에는 소프트웨어를 설치하거나 데이터를 저장할 빈 공간이 그만큼 적어진"
+"다는\n"
+"것을 유념하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+" ○ 전체 디스크 삭제: 만약 디스크상의 모든 기존 파티션과 데이터를 삭제하고\n"
+"리눅스 맨드리바를 위한 파티션으로 바꾸고 싶다면, 이것을 선택하세요.\n"
+"주의하세요: 일단 이렇게 하고나면 다시 되돌릴 수 없습니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! 이 옵션을 선택하게 되면, 디스크상의 모든 데이터가 손실됩니다. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" ○ 윈도우즈 제거: 디스크상의 모든 파티션을 삭제하고, 초기화된 디스크 상태에"
+"서\n"
+"파티션 작업을 다시 합니다. 디스크상의 모든 데이터는 손실됩니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! 이 옵션을 선택하게 되면, 디스크상의 모든 데이터가 손실됩니다. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" ○ 전문가 모드: 만약 수동으로 파티션 작업을 하고자 한다면, 이것을 선택하세"
+"요.\n"
+"이 방법은 대단히 강력하지만 또한 위험할 수 있다는 것을 명심하세요. 쉽게 데이"
+"터를\n"
+"잃어 버릴 수 있습니다. 전문적인 지식이 없다면, 이 방법은 절대 선택하지 마세"
+"요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "기존의 파티션 사용"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "전체 디스크 삭제"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"설치를 완료하였습니다. 님의 GNU/리눅스 시스템은 이제 사용할 준비가\n"
+"되었습니다. 시스템을 다시 부팅하려면 「확인」을 누르세요.\n"
+"컴퓨터가 다시 부팅되면, (다중 부팅이 설정되었을 경우에) 님이 선호하는\n"
+"운영체제를 시작할 수 있습니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"「고급」버튼(점문가 모드에만 있음)을 누르면 두 개의 추가 버튼이 나타넙니다:\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「자동 설치 플로피 생성」: 님이 지금까지 설치한 내용을 관리자의 별다른\n"
+"도움없이 자동으로 전체 설치를 수행하게 하는\n"
+"자동 설치 플로피 디스크를 만듭니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"    주의: 버튼을 누르면 두 개의 개별적인 옵션이 나타납니다:\n"
+"\n"
+"    ○ 「재생」: 파티션 나누기 작업만 제외하고, 나머지 과정은 자동설치로\n"
+"수행하는 자동설치 플로피를 만듭니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"    ○ 「자동화」: 디스크상의 모든 데이터를 삭제하고 모든 파티션이 다시\n"
+"만들어지는 완벽한 자동 설치를 수행하는 플로피를 만듭니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"    이 기능을 사용하면, 많은 수의 비슷한 컴퓨터에 설치작업을 할 때 편리합니"
+"다.\n"
+"    자세한 정보는 저희 윕사이트의 자동설치관련 부분을 참조하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「팩키지 선택사항 저장」(*): 앞 단계에서 선택한 팩키지 목록을 저장합니"
+"다.\n"
+"또 다른 설치를 수행할 때, 플로피를 드라이브에 넣고, [F1]키를 눌러서\n"
+"설치 화면이 도움말 화면으로 들어가게 한후, 「linux defcfg=\"floppy\"」라고\n"
+"입력하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) 님은 FAT으로 포맷된 플로피 하나를 가지고 있어야 합니다.\n"
+"      (리눅스에서 포맷하려면, 「mformat a:」명령을 사용하세요.)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "자동 설치 플로피 디스크 생성"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"새로 만들어진 파티션들은 포맷되어져야 합니다.\n"
+"(포맷이라 함은 파일 시스템을 만든다는 의미입니다.)\n"
+"\n"
+"지금 기존의 데이터를 삭제하기 위해서 기존 파티션들을\n"
+"다시 포맷할 수도 있습니다. 그렇게 하고 싶다면, 해당 파티션들도\n"
+"선택하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"주의: 모든 기존 파티션들을 다시 포맷할 필요는 없습니다.\n"
+"(「/」,「/usr」,「/var」와 같은) 운영체제를 담고 있는 파티션들은\n"
+"다시 포맷하더라도, (「/home」과 같은) 데이터를 단고 있는 파티션들은\n"
+", 기존 데이터를 보존하고 싶을 경우, 다시 포맷할 필요가 없습니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"파티션들을 선택할 때 주의하세요. 일단 포팩이 되고나면,\n"
+"선택됐던 파티션상에 존재했던 모든 데이터는 삭제되며,\n"
+"복구가 불가능해 집니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"포맷할 준비가 되었으면, 「확인」을 누르세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"맨드리바 리눅스 설치용 파티션을 다시 선택하고 싶다면,\n"
+"「취소」를 누르세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"디스크상의 손상된 블럭을 체크하며 포맷하고 싶다면,\n"
+"「고급」을 누르세요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"이제 컴퓨터의 보안 수준을 선택할 단계입니다.\n"
+"자유로운 사용을 위해서는 컴퓨터가 보다 더 많이 개방되어져야 하며,\n"
+"저장된 데이터의 중요성이 크면 클수록, 더 높은 보안 수준이 유지되어야 합니"
+"다.\n"
+"그러나 일반적으로 보다 높은 보안 수준은 보다 많은 사용상의 불편함을 감수해야"
+"만\n"
+"이루어질 수 있음을 유념하세요. 각 보안 수준이 의미하는 바에 대한 자세한 정보"
+"를\n"
+"알고 싶다면 「사용자 지침서」의 MSEC 장을 참조하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"어느 것을 선택해야 할지 잘 모르겠다면, 기본값을 유지하세요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "보안 관리자 (로그인 또는 이메일)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"이제 어느 파티션이 맨드리바 리눅스의 설치용으로 사용되어야 할지를\n"
+"선택해야 합니다. 이전에 다른 GNU/리눅스를 설치한 적이 있거나, 다른 파티션\n"
+"도구를 사용하여 이미 파티션들이 정의되어 있다면, 기존 파티션을 그대로 사용\n"
+"할 수 있습니다. 그렇지 않다면 하드디스크의 파티션들을 지금 만들어야 합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"파티션을 만들려면, 먼저 하드디스크를 선택하세요. 파티션을 만들여는 하드디스크"
+"가\n"
+"첫 번째 IDE 디스크라면 「hda」, 두 번째 IDE 디스크라면 「hdb」와 같은 식이"
+"며,\n"
+"첫 번째 SCSI 디스크라면 「sda」와 같은 식입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"파티션을 나눌 때, 다음 옵션을 사용할 수 있습니다:\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「모두 삭제」: 선택된 디스크의 모든 기존 파티션을 삭제합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「자동 할당」: 선택된 디스크의 빈 공간에 자동으로 EXT2와 스왑 파티션을\n"
+"할당합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「파티션 테이블 복구」: 파티션 테이블이 손상되어 있을 경우, 이 옵션으로\n"
+"손산된 테이블을 복구합니다. !!주의!! 복구시도가 실패할 수도 있다는 것을\n"
+"명심하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「되돌리기」: 변경 사항을 취소합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「다시 읽기」: 모든 변경 사항을 취소하고, 초기 파티션 테이블을 다시 읽습"
+"니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「마법사」: 마법사를 실행하여 파티션을 나눕니다. 파티션 나누기에 대한 지"
+"식이\n"
+"부족하다면, 이 옵션을 사용하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「플로피로부터 복구」: 이전에 플로피에 저장해둔 파티션 정보을 사용하여\n"
+"파티션 테이블을 복구합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「플로피에 저장」: 파티션 정보를 플로피에 저장합니다. 다음에 파티션 테이"
+"블을 복구할\n"
+"일이 생길 때 사용됩니다. 이 과정을 수행할 것을 권장하는 바입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「완료」: 파티션 나누기 작업을 끝마치면, 이 옵션으로 변경 사항을 저장합니"
+"다.\n"
+"\n"
+"정보: 키보드로 옵션을 선택할 수도 있습니다. 파티션들간의 이동은 [Tab]키와\n"
+"[Up/Down]키를 사용하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"파티션을 선택하고 난 후에는 다음 키를 사용할 수 있습니다:\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「Ctrl + c」: (빈 파티션이 선택된 경우,) 새 파티션 만들기.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「Ctrl + d」: 파티션 삭제하기.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「Ctrl + m」: 마운트 위치 지정하기.\n"
+"\n"
+"만약 PPC 컴퓨터에서 설치하고 있는 중이라면, YABOOT 부트로더가 사용할 최소 "
+"1MB\n"
+"의 HFS 「부트스트랩」파티션을 만들 필요가 있습니다. 만약 그 파티션을 보다 크"
+"게\n"
+"(가령, 50MB) 만들면, 응급 상황시에 사용할 여분의 커널과 램디스크 이미지를\n"
+"저장할 수 있는 유용한 장소가 될 것입니다."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "탈착식 미디어 자동 마운트"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "일반 모드로 전환"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"둘 이상의 MS 윈도우즈 파티션이 디스크상에서 발견되었습니다.\n"
+"맨드리바 리눅스 운영체제를 설치하기 위해 크기를 조정할\n"
+"파티션을 선택하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"각 파티션은 다음과 같이 열거됩니다: 「리눅스 이름」,「윈도우즈 이름」,\n"
+"「용량」.\n"
+"\n"
+"「리눅스 이름」영역의 구조: 「하드디스크 유형」,「하드디스크 번호」,\n"
+"「파티션 번호」(가령, 「hda1」).\n"
+"\n"
+"「하드디스크 유형」은, IDE 디스크일 경우에는 「hd」이며,\n"
+"SCSI 디스크일 경우에는 「sd」입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"「하드디스크 번호」는 항상 「hd」또는 「sd」뒤에 오는 문자입니다.\n"
+"IDE 하드디스크의 경우:\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「a」는 「주 IDE 제어기상의 주 디스크」를 의미합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「b」는 「주 IDE 제어기상의 보조 디스크」를 의미합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「c」는 「보조 IDE 제어기상의 주 디스크」를 의미합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"  ○ 「d」는 「보조 IDE 제어기상의 보조 디스크」를 의미합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI 하드디스크의 경우, 「a」는 「최소 SCSI ID」, 「b」는 「다음 최소 SCSI "
+"ID」\n"
+"와 같은 식으로 의미를 가집니다.\n"
+"「윈도우즈 이름」은 MS 윈도우즈하에서의 이름입니다.\n"
+"(가령, 첫 번째 디스크 또는 파티션은 「C:」입니다.)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"일반적으로, 드레이크X는 (선택한 언어에 기반하여) 올바른 키보드를\n"
+"자동으로 선택합니다. 그러나 사용하는 언어에 정확히 일치하는 키보드를\n"
+"가지고 있지 않은 경우도 있을 수 있습니다: 가령, 영어를 사용하는 스위스인은\n"
+"여전히 스위스 키보드를 원할 수도 있습니다. 또한 영어를 사용하지만, 캐나다 퀘"
+"벡주에\n"
+"살고 있다면 또한 이러한 경우가 될 것입니다. 이와 같은 경우라면, 이 단계에서\n"
+"적당한 키보드를 목록에서 선택해야 합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"지원되는 모든 키보드 목록을 보려면, 「추가정보」를\n"
+"누르세요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"설치시 그리고 시스템용으로 사용할 언어를 선택하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"「고급」을 누르면, 다른 언어도 추가로 선택할 수 있습니다.\n"
+"다른 언어도 선택하게 되면, 그 언어와 관련된 시스템 문서 및 프로그램 파일들"
+"도\n"
+"설치하게 됩니다. 가령, 님의 시스템을 일본인도 사용할 수 있도록 하고 싶다면,\n"
+"목록에서 주 언어로 「한국어」를 선택하고, 「고급」에서 「일본어」에 해당하"
+"는\n"
+"회색 별표를 선택하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"여러개의 추가 언어를 선택할 수도 있습니다. 언어 선택을 끝마쳤으면,\n"
+"「확인」을 눌러서 계속 진행하세요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"기본적으로 드레이크X는 님이 2버튼 마우스를 사용한다고 가정할 것이며,\n"
+"세 번째 버튼은 에뮬레이션할 것입니다. 마우스가 PS/2, 시리얼, 혹은 USB용인지"
+"는\n"
+"드레이크X가 자동으로 알아낼 수 있습니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"만약 다른 마우스 유형을 지정하고 싶다면, 제공되는 목록에서 적당한 것을\n"
+"선택하세요.\n"
+"\n"
+"만약 다른 마우스를  선택하게 되면, 마우스 테스트 화면을 보게될 것입니다.\n"
+"그러면, 마우스 버튼과 휠을 조작하여 설정이 정확하게 되었는지 확인하세요.\n"
+"만약 제대로 작동하기 않으면,「취소」버튼 위에서 스페이스 키나 엔터 키를\n"
+"누르고 다시 선택하시기 바랍니다."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "버튼 에뮬레이션"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"정확한 포트를 선택하세요. 예를 들어, MS 윈도우즈에서 COM1은\n"
+"리눅스에서는 ttyS0로 명명됩니다."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "사용자 인증"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pDQ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "전문가"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"드레이크X가 시스템상에 있는 모든 하드 디스크를 검색하고\n"
+"또한 PCI SCSI 어댑터 탐지를 시도할 것입니다.\n"
+"만약 드레이크X가 장치를 발견하게 되면 자동으로\n"
+"올바른 드라이버를 설치할 것입니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"드레이크X의 장치 검색이 실패하더라도, 님께 SCSI 장치의 유무를 질문하게 됩니"
+"다.\n"
+"목록에서 장치를 직접 선택하려면 「예」를, SCSI 장치가 없다면 「아니오」를 선"
+"택하세요.\n"
+"잘 모르겠다면, 「하드웨어 정보 보기」를 선택한 후 「확인」을 눌러서\n"
+"시스템상에 존재하는 하드웨어들을 살펴볼 수도 있습니다.\n"
+"하드웨어에 대한 검토가 끝나면 다시 「확인」버튼을 눌러서 SCSI 인터페이스 질"
+"문 화면\n"
+"으로 돌아 올 수 있습니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"직접 어댑터를 지정해야 할 때에는, 드레이크X가 옵션을 지정할 것인지를 물어\n"
+"볼 것입니다. 이 때는 드레이크X가 필요한 옵션을 탐지하도록 하는 것이 좋습니"
+"다.\n"
+"일반적으로 이 방법은 잘 작동합니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"만약 그렇지 않다면, 직접 드라이버 옵션을 지정해야 합니다. 사용자 설명서(3"
+"장, \n"
+"「하드웨어에 대한 종합정보」색션)를 참조하여, 하드웨어 설명서, \n"
+"(인터넷에 연결할 수 있다면) 제조업체 웹 사이트, \n"
+"또는 (윈도우즈가 설치되어 있다면) MS 윈도우즈에서 어떻게 여기에 필요한 \n"
+"정보를 알아 낼 수 있는지 찾아 보세요."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "내장 ISDN 카드"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "시작시 바로 X 실행"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"맨드리바 리눅스 파티션을 만들기 위해서 삭제할 하드디스클르 선택하세요.\n"
+"주의:\n"
+"디스크상의 모든 데이터는 손실되며, 영원히 복구가 불가능해 집니다!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"이 하드디스크상의 모든 데이터와 파티션을 삭제하려면, 「확인」을 누르세요.\n"
+"!!주의하세요!!일단 「확인」을 누르게 되면, MS 윈도우즈 데이털르 포함하여 이 "
+"디스트상의 모든\n"
+"데이터와 파티션은 복구가 불가능해 집니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"이 작업을 취소하려면, 지금 「취소」를 누르세요. 어떠한 데이터와 파티션도\n"
+"손상되지 않을 것입니다."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "다음 ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- 이전"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ky.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ky.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..35d10bc24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ky.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1536 @@
+# translation of DrakX-ky.po to Kyrgyz
+# Copyright (C) 2004,2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Timur Jamakeev <ztimur@mail.ru>, 2003,2004.
+# Nurlan Borubaev <nurlan@tamga.info>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-ky\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-04-20 20:27+0500\n"
+"Last-Translator: Nurlan Borubaev <nurlan@tamga.info>\n"
+"Language-Team: Kyrgyz\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Мындан ары улантуу үчүн сиз лицензия шартын көңүл коюп окууңуз керек.\n"
+"Ал Mandriva Linux'тун бардык дистрибутивдерине таратылат. Эгер сиз анын\n"
+"ичиндеги бардык шарттарга көнбөсөңүз, \"%s\" рамкасын тандаңыз. Андай\n"
+"болбосо, \"%s\" баскычын бассаңыз сиздин компьютер кайра жүктөлөт."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux-көп колдонуучулуу система, бул болсо, ар бир колдонуучу\n"
+"үчүн өзү жактырган чөйрөнүн, өз файлдарынын ж.б. болушун түшүндүрөт.\n"
+"Көбүрөөк билүү үчүн сиз ``Баштоочунун колдонмосун' окусаңыз болот.\n"
+"Системанын администратору болгон \"root\" колдонуучусунан айырмаланган,\n"
+"сиз бул жерден кошуу колдонуучулар өздөрүнүн файлдарынан жана\n"
+"конфигурацияларынан башканы өзгөртүүгө укуктары жок. Сиз жок дегенде\n"
+"өзүңүз үчүн бир кадимки колдонуучу аккаунтун түзүшүңүз керек.\n"
+"Бул аккаунтту сиз күн сайын иштөө үчүн колдоносуз. Каалаган нерсеңизди\n"
+"\"root\" катары кирип өзгөртүү өтө жеңил болгону менен, ал ошол эле\n"
+"убакта өтө эле кооптуу! Эң эле майда ката да, сиздин системаңыздын андан\n"
+"ары иштебей калышына алып келиши мүмкүн. Эгер сиз кадимки колдонуучу\n"
+"болуп туруп чоң ката кетрисеңиз, сиз кайсы бир маалыматтарды жоготуп\n"
+"алышыңыз мүмкүн, бирок бардык системаны эмес.\n"
+"\n"
+"Биринчи талаага сиз өз атыңызды киргизесиз. Бул, албетте, милдетүү\n"
+"эмес -- ошондуктан сиз каалаган нерсеңизди киргизе берсеңиз болот. \n"
+"DrakX бул талаадыгы сиз киргизген бирнчи сөздү алып \"%s\" ордуна\n"
+"коёт. Бул атты кадимки колдонуучу системага кирүү үчүн колдонот.\n"
+"можете изменить его. Кааласаңыз бул атты, ж.б. өзгөртсүңүз болот.\n"
+"Андан кийин кадам-пароль киргизүү. Коопсуздук тарабынан алганда\n"
+"\"root\" паролуна караганда привилегиясыз (кадимки) колдонуучунун\n"
+"паролу анча деле критикалуу эмес, буга карбастан ага жөнөкөй\n"
+"пароль берүү же таптакыр бош калтырууга эч кандай себеп жок,\n"
+"не дегенде өз файлдарыңыздан айрылып калышыңыз мүмкүн.\n"
+"\n"
+"Сиз \"%s\" баскычын басып, башка колдонуучуларды кошо аласыз\n"
+"Ар бир досуңуз үчүн, мисалы атаңызга же эжеңизге аккаунт\n"
+"түзүңүз. Колдонуучуларды түзүп бүткөндөн кийин \"%s\"\n"
+"баскычын басыңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" баскычын басуу бул колдонуучуга алдыалынган\n"
+"\"shell\"-чөйрөнү өзгөртүүгө мүмкүнчүлүк берет (алдыалынганы bash)\n"
+"\n"
+"Бардык колдонуучулар кошулуп бүткөн соң, система жүктөлгөндөн\n"
+"кийин автоматтык түрдө кирүү мүмкүнчүлүгү бар колдонуучуну\n"
+"тандоо сунуш кылынат. Эгер сизди бул мүмкүнчүлүк кызыктырса\n"
+"(сизди локалдык коопсуздук ойлонтпосо), тийиштүү колдонуучуну\n"
+"жана терезе менеджерин тандап \"%s\" баскычын басыңыз.\n"
+"Эгер сизди мындай мүмкүнчүлүк кызыктырбаса, анда \"%s\"\n"
+"чарчыбелгисин тазалап салыңыз."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Мындай мүмкүнчүлүктү каалайсызбы?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Жогорудагы тизме сиздин катуу дискиңиздеги табылган Linux бөлүмдөрү.\n"
+"Сиз аны уста жасагандай калтырсаңыз болот, анткени ал бардык кадимки\n"
+"инсталляциялар үчүн жарактуу. Эгер сиз кандайдыр бир өзгөртүүлөрдү\n"
+"киргизсеңиз, анда жок эле дегенде түпкү-root (\"/\") бөлүмү болушу керек.\n"
+"Анын көлөмүн өтө эле кичине кылбаңыз, антсеңиз сиз жетиштүү сандагы\n"
+"программалык жабдууларды орното албай каласыз. Эгер сиз өзүңүздүн\n"
+"берилиштерңизди башка бөлүмдө сактооңуз келсе, сизге \"/home\"\n"
+"бөлүмүн да түзүүгө туура келет (бирден көп Linux бөлүмдөрү бар\n"
+"учурда гана мүмкүн).\n"
+"\n"
+"Ар бир бөлүм төмөнкүдөй санап көрсөтүлгөн: \"Аты\", \"Көлөмү\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Аты\": \"катуу дисктин тиби\", \"катуу дисктин номери\",\n"
+"\"бөлүм номери\" (мисалы, \"hda1\") катары структураланган.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Катуу дисктин тиби\": \"hd\"-эгер сиздин катуу диск IDE болсо\n"
+"\"sd\"-эгер ал SCSI болсо.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Катуу дискти номери\" дайыма тамга жана \"hd\" же \"sd\" уландысы.\n"
+"IDE катуу дисктери үчүн:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" \"биринчи IDE контроллеринин master катуу дискин\" түшүндүрөт;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" \"биринчи IDE контроллеринин slave катуу дискин\" түшүндүрөт;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" \"экинчи IDE контроллеринин master катуу дискин\" түшүндүрөт;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" \"экинчи IDE контроллеринин slave катуу дискин\" түшүндүрөт;\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI катуу дисктери үчүн , \"a\" болсо \"lowest SCSI ID\" экендигин,\n"
+"ал эми \"b\" болсо \"second lowest SCSI ID\", ж.д.у.с. экендигин берет"
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux орнотулушу бир нече CD-ROMго бөлүнүп жайгаштырылган. Эгерде\n"
+"тандалган пакет башка CD-ROMдо жатса, DrakX учурдагы CDни чыгарып\n"
+"керектелип жаткан тийишүү CDни салууңузду сурайт. Эгерде Сизде тийиштүү\n"
+"CD кол алдыңызда жок болсо, жөн гана \"%s\" түймөсүн чертиңиз, бул учурда\n"
+"тиешелүү пакет орнотулбай кала берет."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Эми системаңызга кайсы программаларды орнотууну кааларыңызды аныктоого\n"
+"убакыт келип жетти. Mandriva Linux менен кошо миңдеген пакеттер сунуш "
+"кылынат,\n"
+"тандоону жеңилдетүү үчүн алар жакындыгынакарата топторго бөлүнгөн.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пакеттер машинаңыздын колдонуу спецификасына дал келе тургандай\n"
+"болуп топторго иреттелген. Mandriva Linux'та пакетер төрт категория\n"
+"боюнча иреттелет. Сиз ар түрдүү категорияларда жайгашкан тиркемелерди\n"
+"аралаштырып же айкалыштыра аласыз, мисалы ``Иш станциясы'' орнотуу варианты\n"
+"``Иштеп түзүү'' категорясындагы тиркемелерди да камтышы мүмкүн.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": эгер сиз машинаны иш станциясы катары колдонгуңуз келсе,\n"
+"иш станциясы категориясынан бир же бир нече тийиштүү группаны\n"
+"тандаңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": эгер сиз програмалоо менен алектенгиңиз келсе,\n"
+"бул категориядагы тийиштүү группаны тандаңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": эгер сиздин машина сервер катары иштей турган болсо, ага көп\n"
+"колдонулуучу кызматтардын кайсыларын орнотууну кааласаңыз тандаңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": бул жерден сиз жактырган графикалык чөйрөнү тандашыңыз\n"
+" керек. Эгер сиз графикалык чөйрөдө иштөөнү кааласаңыз,\n"
+"жок дегенде алардын бири тандалышы керек.\n"
+"\n"
+"Чычкандын сөөмөйүн группанын атына алып келсеңиз, ал группага\n"
+"тийиштүү түшүндүрмө көрсөтүлөт.\n"
+"\n"
+"Сизге \"%s\" чарчыбелгисин тандоо пайдалуу болот, албетте эгерде сиз\n"
+"сунушталып жаткан пакеттерди жакшы билесиңиз, же орнотулуп жаткандарды\n"
+"толук көзөмөлдөп турууну кааласаңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"Эгер орнотууну \"%s\" режиминде баштасаңыз, кандайдыр бир жаңы пакеттер\n"
+"орнотулушуна жол бербөө үчүн бардык группаларды тандоо чарчыбелгисин "
+"тазалап\n"
+"таштасаңыз болот. Бул орнотулган системаны калыбына келтирүү же жаңылоо "
+"учурунда пайдалуу.\n"
+"\n"
+"Эгеред кадимкидей орнотуу учурунда бир да группа тандабасаңыз (жаңылоого "
+"тийиштүү\n"
+"эмес), минималдык инсталляция үчүн ар кандай опциялары менен\n"
+"диалог пайда болот:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": графикалык иш столунун иштешине керектелинүүчү\n"
+"пакеттердин минималдык тобун орнотуу.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": негизги системаны жана базалык утилиталарды документациялары "
+"менен\n"
+"кошо орнотуу. Бул инсталляция сервер катары орнотууга туура келет.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Linux системасынын иштеши үчүн керектүү эң эле минималдык "
+"пакеттер\n"
+"орнотулат. Бул вариантта сиз командалык сап режиминде гана иштей аласыз. "
+"Бул\n"
+"орнотуунун жалпы өлчөмү 65 мегабайтты ээлейт."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Жаңылоо"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Базалык документация менен"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Эң минималдык орнотуу"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Эгер сиз инсталляторго пакеттерди өз алдыңызча тандоону билдирсеңиз,\n"
+"анда ал группаларга жана подгруппаларга бөлүнгөн бардык пакеттердин\n"
+"дарагын көрсөтөт. Даракты кароо учурунда сиз группаны толугу менен,\n"
+"подгруппаларды же өз алдынча турган пакеттерди тандасаңыз болот.\n"
+"\n"
+"Дарактан пакетти тандоо учурунда, оң жак тарабына пакеттин максатын\n"
+"баяндоочу жардам чыгарылат.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Эгерде кандайдыр бир сервердик пакет тандалса, сиз аны атайын\n"
+"тандасаңыз же ал башка пакеттин бөлүгү болсо, сиз аны чынында эле\n"
+"ал серверлерди орнотууну каалагандыгыңызды сурайт. Mandriva Linux\n"
+"бардык орнотулган серверлерлерди жүктөө убагында алдынала ишке\n"
+"киргизилет. Дистрибутив чыгарылып жаткан убакта алар коопсуздук\n"
+"боюнча белгилүү проблемалары жок болгону менен, аларда бул\n"
+"Mandriva Linux версиясы чыгарылгандан кийин да, кооптуу болгон\n"
+"жылчыктар табылышы мүмкүн. Эгер сиз берилген кызмат эмне үчүн\n"
+"колдонорун жана эмне иш кыларын билбесеңиз \"%s\" басыңыз.\n"
+"Эгер сиз \"%s\" бассаңыз тизмедеги бардык кызматтар орнотулуп\n"
+"система жүктөлүү учурунда автоматтык түрө ишке киргизилет!!\n"
+"\n"
+"Инсталлятор менен пакеттерди автоматтык түрдө тандоодо\n"
+"\"%s\" опциясы көз карандылык бардыгын билдирүүчү эскертүү\n"
+"диалогун чыгарууга тыйуу салат. Кээ бир пакеттер бири-бири менен\n"
+"байланышкандыктан инсталляторго кээ бир кошумча программаларды\n"
+"орнотууга туура келет. Инсталлятор орнотуунун ийгиликтүү аякташы\n"
+"максатында, көз карандылыктарды канаатандыруу үчүн кандай\n"
+"пакеттердин керектигин өзү аныктайт.\n"
+"\n"
+"Тизменин төмөн жагындагы флоппинин кичинекей сүрөтбелгиси мындан\n"
+"мурунку инсталляцияда тандалган пакеттердин тизмесин жүктөөгө\n"
+"мүмкүндүк берет. Эгер сиз бул сүрөтбелгини бассаңыз, мындан мурунку\n"
+"инсталляция учурунда даярдалган флоппини салууңузду суранат. Мындай\n"
+"флоппини түзүү үчүн акыркы кадамдагы экинчи кеңешти караңыз."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Автоматтык көз карандылыктар"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": \"%s\" баскычын басуу менен принтерди конфигурацилоо устасы\n"
+"ачылат. Жаңы принтерди кантип орнотуу керектигин билүү үчүн,\n"
+"``Баштоочунун колдонмосундагы'' тийиштүү главаны окуп чыгыңыз.\n"
+"Андагы колдонулган интерфейс орнотуу процессинде колдонулган\n"
+"интерфейске окшош."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Бул диалог система жүктөлүү учурунда сиз каалаган ишке киргизилүүчү\n"
+"кызматтарды тандоо үчүн колдонулат.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX учурдагы инсталляциянын мүмкүн болгон бардык кызматтарынын\n"
+"тизмесин сунуш кылат. Аларды кунт коюуу менен карап чыгып, системаны\n"
+"жүктөө учурунда ишке киргизүүнүн кажети жокторун алып салыңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"Тизмеден кызматты тандоо менен сиз бул кызмат жөнүндө кыскача түшүндүрмө\n"
+"ала аласыз. Эгер кызматтын пайдалуу же пайдалуу эместигине күмөн санасаңыз,\n"
+"анда аны алдыалынганындай кылып калтыруу дурус.\n"
+"!! Бул этапта өтө этият болуңуз, эгер сиздин машина сервер катары иштесе:\n"
+"мүмкүн сизге кереги жок кызматтарды иштетүүдөн баш тартасыз.\n"
+"Кээ бир кызматтар сервер үчүн потенциалдуу коркунучтуу экендигин эсиңизден\n"
+"чыгарбаңыз. Негизинен, чындыгында эле керектүү болгон кызматтарды гана\n"
+" калтырыңыз.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux убакытты GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) менен башкарат жана\n"
+"сиз тандаган саатык алкакка карата локалдык убакытка которот. Эгер\n"
+"сиздин системалык платадагы саатта локалдык убакыт көрсөтүлсө, анда сиз\n"
+"муну \"%s\" тазалап салуу менен системалык саат менен апаратык саат ар\n"
+" башка саатык алкактарга таандык экендигин GNU/Linux эстеп калуусуна\n"
+"мүмкүндүк берет. Бул мүмкүнчүлүк машинаңызда Windows сыяктуу башка\n"
+"аракеттер системасы орнотулган учурда пайдалуу.\n"
+"\"%s\" опциясы Интернеттеги алыскы убакыт серверинин жардамы менен\n"
+"сиздин саатыңызды автоматтык түрдө тууралоого мүмкүндүк берет.\n"
+"Албетте, мунун иштеши үчүн сизге Интернет байланышы талап кылынат.\n"
+"Эң ылайыктуусу сизге эң жакын серверди тандоо дурус. Бул опция сиздин\n"
+"машинаңызга убакыт серверин орнотуп, аны локалдык тармагыңыздагы башка\n"
+"машиналар колдонууга мүмкүндүк берет."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Убакытты автоматтык синхрондоштуруу"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Видеокарта\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталлятор демейде сиздин машинаңызда орнотулган видеокартаны\n"
+"автоматтык түрдө таап калыптандырат. Эгер антпесе, сизде орнотулган\n"
+"картаны бул тизмеден тандасаңыз болот.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Эгерде сиздин картаңыз үчүн ар кандай серверлер мүмкүн болсо, 3D\n"
+"тездетүүсү менен же анысы жок, сиздин керектөөңүзгө көбүрөөк туура\n"
+"келген серверди тандап алууңузду сунуштайт."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (X Window системасы үчүн) GNU/Linux графикалык интерфейсинин\n"
+"жүрөгү, анын негизинде Mandriva Linux-ка кирген бардык графикалык\n"
+"чөйрөлөр (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, ж.б.д.у.с.) иштейт.\n"
+"\n"
+"Оптималдык графикалык көрүнүштү алуу үчүн, сизге ар түрдүү\n"
+"параметрлердин тизмеси сунушталат: Видеокарта\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталлятор демейде сиздин машинаңызда орнотулган видеокартаны\n"
+"автоматтык түрдө таап калыптандырат. Эгер антпесе, сизде орнотулган\n"
+"картаны бул тизмеден тандасаңыз болот.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Эгерде сиздин картаңыз үчүн ар кандай серверлер мүмкүн болсо, 3D\n"
+"тездетүүсү менен же анысы жок, сиздин керектөөңүзгө көбүрөөк туура\n"
+"келген серверди тандап алууңузду сунуштайт.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталлятор демейде сиздин машинаңызга туташкан мониторду\n"
+"автоматтык түрдө таап калыптандырат. Эгер антпесе, сизге туташкан\n"
+"мониторду тизмеден өз алдынча тандасаңыз болот.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Мүмкүнчүлүк\n"
+"\n"
+"   Бул жерден сиздин техникаңыз колдой алган көрсөтүү мүмкүнчүлүгүн жана\n"
+"түс тереңдигин тандасаңыз болот. Сизге көбүрөөк туура келгенин тандаңыз "
+"(сиз\n"
+"аны инсталляциядан кийин өзгөртө аласыз). Тандалып алынган конфигурациянын\n"
+"үлгүсү мониторго чыгарылат.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Текшерүү\n"
+"\n"
+"   Сиздин каражатыңызга карата, бул пункт бар же жок болушу мүмкүн.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Система тандалган мүмкүнчүлүктү колдонуп графикалык экранды ачуу\n"
+"аракетин жасайт. Эгер сиз текшерүү учурунда маалыматты көрө алсаңыз\n"
+"жана \"%s\" жообун тандасаңыз анда DrakX кийинки кадамга өтөт.\n"
+"Эгер сиз маалыматты көрө албасаңыз, анда автоматтык түрдө аныкталган\n"
+"конфигурциянын бөлүгү туура эмес аныкталган деп түшүнүлүп, автоматтык\n"
+"түрдө 12 секунд өткөн соң сизди менюга кайра алып келет. Туура графикалык\n"
+"сүрөттү алмайынча, параметрлерди оңдоп кайталап көрүңүз.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Параметрлер\n"
+"\n"
+"   Бул жерден сиз машинаңызды автоматтык түрдө гафикалык интерфейсти\n"
+"жүктөөгө калыптасаңыз болот. Албетте, эгерде сиздин машинаңыз сервер\n"
+"катары иштесе же графикалык режимди калыптандыруу мүмкүн болбосо\n"
+"анда сиз \"%s\" тандооңуз туура."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталлятор сиздин машинаңызга туташкан мониторду\n"
+"автоматтык түрдө таап калыптандырат. Эгер ал туура болбосо,\n"
+"сизге туташкан мониторду тизмеден тандасаңыз болот."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Мүмкүнчүлүк\n"
+"\n"
+"   Бул жерден сиздин каражатыңыз уруксат берген мүмкүнчүлүктү жана түс\n"
+"тереңдигин тандай аласыз. Сизге көбүрөөк туура келгенин тандаңыз (сиз\n"
+"аны инсталляциядан кийин өзгөртө аласыз). Тандалып алынган конфигурациянын\n"
+"үлгүсү мониторго чыгарылат."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Сиздин картаңызга ар түрдүү, 3D тездетүүсү менен же анысы жок, серверлер\n"
+"туура келген учурда, сиздин керектөөңүзгө көбүрөөк туура келген серверди\n"
+"тандоо сунуш кылынат."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Параметрлер\n"
+"\n"
+"   Бул жерден сиз машинаңызды автоматтык түрдө гафикалык интерфейсти\n"
+"жүктөөгө калыптасаңыз болот. Албетте, эгерде сиздин машинаңыз сервер\n"
+"катары иштесе же графикалык режимди калыптандыруу мүмкүн болбосо\n"
+"анда сиз \"%s\" тандооңуз туура."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Бул кадамда, Mandriva Linux аркеттер системасын сиздин катуу дисктин\n"
+"кайсы жерине орнотууну чечүүңүзгө туура келет. Эгер сиздин катуу диск бош\n"
+"болсо же орнотулган аракеттери системасы дисктин бардыгын ээлесе, сизге\n"
+"дискиңизди кайра бөлүүгө туура келет. Негизинен дискти бөлүү сиздин\n"
+"жаңы Mandriva Linux системасын орнотуу үчүн дисктен логикалык түрдө\n"
+"орун бөлүүдө турат.\n"
+"\n"
+"Эгерде дискте орнотулган аракеттер системасы болсо, дискти бөлүү кайра\n"
+"калыбына келбөөчү процесс болгондуктан андагы маалыматтарды жоготууга\n"
+"алып келиши мүмкүн экендигинен, үйрөнчүк колдонуучулар үчүн бир топ\n"
+"кыйыныраак жана коркунучтуу момент. Тилекке жараша DrakXте бул\n"
+"процессти жеңилдетүүчү уста бар. Бул кадамды улантуу алдында колдонмонун\n"
+"тийиштүү бөлүгүн окуп чыгыңыз жана шашпаңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"Катуу дискиңиздин конфигурациясына жараша бир нече параметрлер мүмкүн:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": бул опция бош дискти же дисктерди автоматтык түрдө бөлүүнү\n"
+"түшүндүрөт. Эгер бул опция тандалса, андан ары суроо берилбейт;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": уста катуу дискиңиздеги Linux бөлүмдөрүн аныктады. Эгер сиз\n"
+"аларды колдонгуңуз келсе бул опцияны тандаңыз. Ар бир бөлүм үчүн\n"
+"бириктирүү чекиттерин көрсөтүү суралат. Алыднала бириктирүү чекиттери\n"
+"салтка жараша тандалгандыктан аны тийбей койсоңуз да болот.\n"
+" * \"%s\": эгерде сиздин дискте Microsoft Windows орнотулуп аны толук "
+"ээлесе,\n"
+"Linux берилиштерин сактоо үчүн бош орун түзүүңүзгө туура келет. Муну түзүү\n"
+"үчүн Microsoft Windows бөлүмүн жана берилиштерин жоготсоңуз, же Microsoft\n"
+"Windows FAT же NTFS бөлүмдөрүнүн өлчөмдөрүн өзгөртсөңүз болот.\n"
+"Өлчөмүн өзгөртүү процессин маалыматтарды жоготпой жасаса да болот, өзгөчө\n"
+"Windows бөлүмү дефрагментация кылынгандан кийин. Маалыматтарыңыздын\n"
+"резервдик копиясын түзүү көптөн-көп сунуш кылынат.Эгер сиз Mandriva Linux\n"
+"жана Microsoft Windows бир компьютерде колдонгуңуз келсе, бул опцияны\n"
+"тандаңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Бул опцияны тандоо алдында сиздин Microsoft Windows бөлүмүңүздүн өлчөмү\n"
+"мурдагыдан азыраак болуусун түшүнүүңүз керек. Сизде Microsoft Windows-тун\n"
+"берилиштерин жана жаңы программаларды орнотуу үчүн бош орун азыраак болот.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" эгер сиз катуу дискиңиздеги бардык маалыматтарды жоготуп ордуна\n"
+"Mandriva Linux орнотууну кааласаңыз, бул опцияны тандаңыз. Бул чечимди\n"
+"тандоодо этият болуңуз, себеби муну тастыктаган соң бардыгын мурда\n"
+"болгондой кылып калыбына келтире албайсыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Эгер бул опцияны тандасаңыз, катуу дискиңиздеги бардык маалыматтар\n"
+"жоготулат. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": бул опция катуу дисктеги бардык маалыматты жоготуп бөлүмдөрдү\n"
+"түзүүнү кайра башынан бош жерден баштоого мүмкүндүк берет. Дискиңиздеги\n"
+"бардык информация жоголот.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Эгер бул опцияны тандасаңыз, катуу дискиңиздеги бардык маалыматтар\n"
+"жоготулат. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": згер сиз дискти өз алдынча бөлгүңүз келсе бул опцияны тандаңыз.\n"
+"Этият болуңуз - бул кубаттуу жана ошол эле маалда кооптуу мүмкүнчүлүк.\n"
+"Сиз бир заматта болгон мааламаттардын бардыгын жоготуп алышыңыз мүмкүн.\n"
+"Ошондуктан, ушул сыяктуу нерсени мурда жасап, кандайдыр бир тажрыйбаңыз\n"
+"болгон учурда гана бул опцияны тандоо сунуш кылынат. DiskDrake утилитасын\n"
+"кантип колдонуу керектигин билүү үчүн ``Баштоочунун колдонмосу' китебинин\n"
+"``Дисктин бөлүмдөрүн башкаруу'' бөлүмүнө кайрылыңыз."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Бар бөлүмдү колдонуу"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Дискти бүт өчүрүү"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Мына эми сиз бул жердесиз. Орнотуу аяктады жана сиздин GNU/Linux\n"
+"системаңыз колдонууга даяр. Системаны кайра жүктөө үчүн \"%s\"\n"
+"басыңыз. Инсталляция булагын (CD-ROM же флоппи) алып салууну\n"
+"унутпаңыз. Сиздин компьютер техжабдууну текшерүүнү аяктаган соң,\n"
+"эң биринчи сиз көрүүчү нерсе, бул керектүү аракеттер системасын\n"
+"жүктөөнү тандоону сунуш кылуучу баштапкы жүктөгүчтүн менюсу болот.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" баскычы дагы башка эки баскычты чыгарат:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": инсталляциялык флоппини түзүү: мунун жардамы менен\n"
+"жаңы эле атакарылган орнотуу сыяктуу операторсуз, орнотууну\n"
+"автоматтык түрдө жүргүзсө болот.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Бул баскычты баскан соң ар башка эки вариант бар экенин байкаңыз:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": жарым жартылай автоматтыштырылган орнотуу: бул учурда\n"
+"дискти бөлүү процесси гана инерактивдүү, б.а. колдонуучунун аракетин\n"
+"талап кылат.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": толук автоматташытрылган орнотуу: катуу диск толугу бойдон\n"
+"кайра жазылат жана болгон берилиштер жоготулат.\n"
+"\n"
+"   бул мүмкүнчүлүк орнотууну бирдей конфигурациядагы машиналарда\n"
+"кайталоодо өтө ыңгайлуу. Кошумча маалымат алуу үчүн биздин веб-\n"
+"сайтыбыздагы Auto install бөлүмүн караңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ушул орнотуудагы орнотулган пакеттердин тизмесин сактайт.\n"
+"Башка орнотууда бул орнотуудагы тандалган пакеттерди колдонуу үчүн\n"
+"флоппини салып орнотууну баштаңыз. Чакыруу сабында [F1] тергичин басып\n"
+"төмөнкүнү териңиз:\n"
+"« linux defcfg=\"floppy\" »."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Авто-орнотуу флопписин жаратуу"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Кайрадан жыңы түзүлгөн бөлүмдөрдү колдонууга киргизүү үчүн аларды\n"
+"форматтоо талап кылынат (форматтоо файл системасын түзүүнү\n"
+"түшүндүрөт).\n"
+"\n"
+"Бул этапта сизде мурда болүнгөн бөлүмдөрдө сакталган берилиштерди өчүрүү\n"
+"үчүн аларды кайра форматто мүмкүнчүлүгү бар. Эгер бул сизге керек болсо,\n"
+"бул бөлүмдөрдү дагы тандаңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"Мурда түзүлгөн бөлүмдөрдү кайрадан форматтоо дайыма керек эместигин\n"
+"эске алыңыз. Сиз, аракеттер системасы орнотулган (\"/\", \"/usr\" или \"/var"
+"\")\n"
+"бөлүмдөрүн кайра форматтоңуз керек, бирок сиз сактап калууну каалаган\n"
+"бөлүмдөрдү кайра форматтоо талап кылынбайт (демейде бул \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Бөлүмдөрдү тандоодо этияттаңыз. Форматталган соң көрсөтүлгөн бөлүмдөрдөгү\n"
+"бардык берилиштер жоготулат, ошондуктан аларды кайра калыбына келтирүүгө\n"
+"мүмкүн эмес.\n"
+"\n"
+"Бөлүмдөрдү форматтого даяр болгондон кийин \"%s\" баскычын басыңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"Эгер сиз Mandriva Linux системасын башка бөлүмгө орноткуңуз келсе \"%s\"\n"
+"баскычын басыңыз.\n"
+"\n"
+"Эгер сиз начар делген блокторду (bad blocks) текшерүүгө бөлүмдөрдү\n"
+"тандагыңыз келсе \"%s\" баскычын басыңыз."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux орнотуу убагында баштапкы релиздин кээ бир пакеттерин\n"
+"жаңы чыкандары менен жаңыласаңыз жакшы болот. Кээ бир багдар\n"
+"оңдолушу жана коопсуздук проблемалары чечилиши мүмкүн. Бул\n"
+"жаңылоолордон пайда алуу үчүн аларды сиз азыр Интернеттен жүктөп\n"
+"алсаңыз болот. Жаңылоо үчүн, эгер сизде иштеп жаткан Интернет байланышы\n"
+"болсо \"%s\" баскычын басыңыз, же \"%s\" басып пакеттерди\n"
+" жаңылоону кийинчээрек жасасаңыз болот.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" баскычын басканда жаңылоолорду жүктөп алууга мүмкүн болгон\n"
+"орундарды тизеси чыгат. Сизге эң жакын жайгашканын тандаңыз. Андан\n"
+"соң пакттерди тандоо дарагы чыгат: тизмени карап чыгып тандаган соң\n"
+"кабыл алуу жана орнотуу үчүн \"%s\" же орнотпоо үчүн \"%s\" басыңыз."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Бул этапта DrakX сизге машинаңыз үчүн каалаган коопсуздук деңгээлин\n"
+"тандоого мүмкүндүк берет. Эгерде машинаңызда критикалык маалымат\n"
+"болсо же ал Интернетке түздөн-түз туташкан болсо, эреже катары анда\n"
+"коопсуздук деңгээли жогору болушу керек. Бирок коопсуздуктун\n"
+"жогорураак деңгээли жалып учурда колдонуу ыңгайлуулугун чектөө\n"
+"эсебинен жасалат.\n"
+"Эгер кайсынынсын тандоону билбесеңиз, аны ошол боюнча калтырыңыз.\n"
+"Коопсуздук деңгээлин кийин Mandriva Башкаруу Борборунун draksec\n"
+"утилитинин жардамы менен өзгөртсөңүз болот.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" талаасында системанын коопсуздугу үчүн жооп берген колдонуучу\n"
+"көрсөтүлөт. Бул адреске коопсуздук боюнча кабарлар жөнөтүлөт."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Коопсуздук администратору"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Чыгарылма түзүлүштөрдү авто-бириктирүү"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Нормалдык/эксперттик режимдерин алмаштыруу"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Испанча"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "дөңгөлөктү эмуляциялоо менен"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Универсалдык | Каалагандай PS/2 & USB чычканы"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Туура портту тандаңыз. Мисалы, Windows \"COM1\" портунун\n"
+"GNU/Linux'тагы аты \"ttyS0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "аутентификация"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Эксперт"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN картасы"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Графикалык интерфейс"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Кийинки ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Мурунку"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/lt.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/lt.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..92b14d276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/lt.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1403 @@
+#
+# Mykolas Norvai-as <Myka@centras.lt>, 2002
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-12-23 13:50+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Mykolas Norvai­as <Myka@centras.lt>\n"
+"Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt@konferencijos.lt>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Ar nori naudoti aboot?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukščiau yra sąrašas Linux skirsnių, kuriuos pavyko rasti tavo\n"
+"kietajame diske. Tu gali pasilikti sprendimus, padarytus meistro, jie tinka\n"
+"daugumai atvejų. Jei nori pakeisti šiuos sprendimus, tu turi nurodyti bent\n"
+"šakninį skirsnį (\"/\"). Nepasirink per mažo skirsnio, nes tuomet tu "
+"negalėsi\n"
+"įdiegti pakankamai programinės įrangos. Jei tu nori laikyti savo duomenis\n"
+"atskirame skirsnyje, pasirink, kurį naudosi \"/home\" (įmanoma tik jei turi "
+"daugiau\n"
+"nei vieną Linux skirsnį).\n"
+"\n"
+"Tavo žiniai, skirsniai rašomi tokiu pavidalu: \"Pavadinimas\", \"Talpa\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Pavadinimas\" sudaromas taip: \"kaupiklio tipas\", \"kaupiklio numeris\",\n"
+"\"skirsnio numeris\" (pavyzdžiui \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Kieto disko tipas\" yra \"hd\", jei tavo kietasis kaupiklis yra IDE tipo, "
+"ir \"sd\", jeigu\n"
+"tai SCSI kaupiklis.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"kaupiklio numeris\" visada yra raidė po \"sd\" arba \"hd\". IDE "
+"kaupikliams:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" reiškia \"pagrindinis (master) diskas, prijungtas prie pirmojo "
+"(primary) IDE valdiklio\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" reiškia \"šalutinis (slave) diskas, prijungtas prie pirmojo IDE "
+"valdiklio\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" reiškia \"pagrindinis diskas, prijungtas prie antrojo (secondary) "
+"IDE valdiklio\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" reiškia \"šalutinis diskas, prijungtas prie antrojo IDE valdiklio"
+"\",\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Su SCSI kaupikliais, \"a\" reiškia \"pirmasis diskas\", \"b\" reiškia "
+"\"antrasis diskas\" ir t.t."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Atnaujinti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Dokumentacija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Išmesti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dabar tu gali pasirinkti tarnybas, kurias nori paleisti įkrovos metu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Užvedus žymeklį ant tarnybos, pasirodys pagalbos užrašas, kuris aprašo "
+"tarnybos\n"
+"vaidmenį tavo sistemoje.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Būk ypač atidus šiame žingsnyje, jeigu žadi naudotis savo kompiuteriu kaip\n"
+"serveriu: tu tikriausiai norėsi nepaleisti jokių nereikalingų tarnybų.\n"
+"Prisimink, kad kai kurios tarnybos gali būti pavojingos, jei naudojamos "
+"serveryje.\n"
+"Apskritai, pažymėk tik tas tarnybas, kurių tau tikrai reikia."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Įdiegimo Tipo Konfiguracija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Dabar tu turi nuspręsti, kurioje savo kietojo disko vietoje nori įdiegti\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operacijų sistemą. Jei jis yra tuščias arba jau esanti\n"
+"operacijų sistema naudoja visą vietą jame, tau reikės sudalinti jį. Kietojo\n"
+"disko sudalinimas į skirsnius tiesiog yra jo logiškas padalinimas taip, kad\n"
+"atsirastų laisvos vietos įdiegti tavo naujajai Mandriva Linux sistemai.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Kadangi sudalinimo skirsniais padariniai dažniausiai yra negrįžtami,\n"
+"dalinimas gali būti gąsdinantis ir sunkus, jei tu esi nepatyręs vartotojas.\n"
+"Šis meistras supaprastina tą procesą. Prieš pradėdamas, prašau, nepagailėk\n"
+"laiko ir paskaityk žinyną.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Tau reikia mažiausiai dviejų skirsnių. Vienas yra pačiai operacijų "
+"sistemai,\n"
+"o kitas -- virtualiai atminčiai (vadinamai swap).\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jei skirsniai jau buvo apibrėžti (iš praeito įdiegimo arba kitu dalinimo "
+"įrankiu),\n"
+"tau tereikia pasirinkti juos, kad įdiegtum savo Linux'ą.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jei skirsniai dar nebuvo apibrėžti, tu turi juos sukurti. Kad tai "
+"padarytum,\n"
+"naudokis aukščiau esančiu meistru. Priklausomai nuo tavo kietojo disko\n"
+"situacijos, yra keli skirtingi sprendimai:\n"
+"\n"
+"* Naudoti esamą skirsnį: meistras rado vieną ar daugiau Linux skirsnių tavo "
+"sistemoje. Jei tu nori juos\n"
+"  naudoti, pasirink tai.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"* Išvalyti visą diską: jei tu nori sunaikinti visus duomenis ir skirsnius, "
+"esančius kietajame diske, ir pakeisti juos\n"
+"  nauja Mandriva Linux sistema, gali pasirinkti šį variantą. Būk atsargus su "
+"šiuo sprendimu, nes jei sutiksi,\n"
+"  nebegalėsi apsigalvoti ir sugrįžti.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"* Naudoti tuščią vietą Windows skirsnyje: jei Microsoft Windows yra įdiegti "
+"į kietąjį diską ir užima visą vietą,\n"
+"  esančią jame, tau teks atlaisvinti vietos Linux duomenims. Kad tai "
+"padarytum, tu gali ištrinti Windows skirsnį\n"
+"  ir duomenis (žiūrėk \"Išvalyti visą diską\" bei \"Eksperto režimas\" "
+"sprendimus) arba pakeisti Windows skirsnio\n"
+"  dydį. Dydžio pakeitimas gali būti atliktas be duomenų praradimo. Šis "
+"sprendimas yra rekomenduojamas, jei\n"
+"  tu nori naudoti tiek Mandriva Linux, tiek Microsoft Windows tame pačiame "
+"kompiuteryje.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"  Prieš pasirinkdamas šį sprendimą, suprask, kad Microsoft Windows skirsnio "
+"dydis bus mažesnis, nei yra\n"
+"  dabar. Tai reiškia, kad tu turėsi mažiau laisvos vietos Windows'uose "
+"įrašyti duomenims bei įdiegti naujas\n"
+"  programas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"* Eksperto režimas: jei tu nori rankomis sudalinti skirsniais savo kietąjį "
+"diską, gali rinktis šį variantą. Įdėmiai\n"
+"  pagalvok, prieš pasirinkdamas šį sprendimą. Jis yra galingas, tačiau labai "
+"pavojingas. Tu gali prarasti \n"
+"  visus savo duomenis labai lengvai. Taigi, nesirink šio sprendimo, nebent "
+"tikrai žinai, ką darai."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Naudoti esamą skirsnį"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Ištrinti visą diską"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Sukurti automatinio įdiegimo diskelį"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Bet kokie naujai sukurti skirsniai turi būti sužymėti, kad juos\n"
+"būtų galima naudoti (sužymėjimas reiškia bylų sistemos sukūrimą).\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Dabar tu gali norėti iš naujo sužymėti kai kuriuos esamus skirsnius, kad\n"
+"ištrintum duomenis iš jų. Jei nori tai padaryti, pažymėk ir tuos skirsnius,\n"
+"kuriuos nori sužymėti.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Pastaba: nebūtina iš naujo sužymėti visų anksčiau sukurtų skirsnių.\n"
+"Tu privalai sužymėti iš naujo skirsnius, kuriuose bus operacijų sistema\n"
+"(tokius kaip \"/\", \"/usr\" ar \"/var\"), tačiau skirsnių su duomenimis, "
+"kuriuos\n"
+"nori išlaikyti, sužymėti nereikia (dažniausiai \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Būk atsargus, pasirinkdamas skirsnius, kadangi sužymint visi duomenys\n"
+"bus ištrinti, ir nebebus įmanoma jų atstatyti.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Spausk \"Gerai\", kai būsi pasiruošęs skirsnių sužymėjimui.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Spausk \"Atšaukti\", jei nori pasirinkti kitus skirsnius, į kuriuos įdiegti\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistemą."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Nutolusio lpd spausdintuvo nuostatos"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Dabar tu turi pasirinkti, kuriuos skirsnius naudoti tavo naujai Mandriva "
+"Linux \n"
+"sistemai įdiegti. Jei skirsniai jau buvo apibrėžti (iš praeito įdiegimo arba "
+"kitu dalinimo įrankiu),\n"
+"tu gali naudoti esančius skirsnius. Kitu atveju, skirsniai turi būti "
+"apibrėžti.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad sukurtum skirsnius, tu pirmiausia turi pasirinkti kietąjį diską. Diską "
+"dalinimui\n"
+"gali pasirinkti, paspaudęs ant \"hda\" jei nori pirmo IDE kaupiklio, \"hdb\" "
+"-- antro,\n"
+"arba \"sda\", jei renkiesi pirmąjį SCSI kaupiklį ir t.t.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad sudalintum skirsniais pasirinktą kietąjį diską, gali naudotis vienu iš "
+"šių variantų:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Išvalyti viską: šis variantas ištrina visus skirsnius, esančius "
+"pasirinktame kietajame diske.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"    * Automatiškai paskirti: šis variantas leidžia automatiškai sukurti Ext2 "
+"bei swap skirsnius laisvoje tavo\n"
+"     disko vietoje.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Išgelbėti skirsnių lentelę: jei disko skirsnių lentelė yra sugadinta, "
+"tu gali bandyti atstatyti ją su šiuo variantu.\n"
+"     Būk atsargus ir prisimink, kad tai gali nepavykti.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Atšaukti: tu gali naudoti šį variantą, kad atšauktum visus tavo "
+"pakeitimus.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Iš naujo: tu gali rinktis šį variantą, kad atsisakytum visų savo "
+"pakeitimų ir įkeltum pradinę skirsnių lentelę.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Meistras: jei tu nori, kad meistras tau padėtų sudalinti kietąjį diską, "
+"rinkis šį variantą. Tai rekomenduojama, jeigu\n"
+"     tu nelabai išmanai apie skirsnių dalinimą.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Atkurti iš diskelio: jei tu išsaugojai savo skirsnių lentelę į diskelį "
+"įdiegdamas praeitą kartą, tu gali atkurti ją\n"
+"     naudodamasis šiuo variantu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Išsaugoti į diskelį: jei tu nori išsaugoti savo skirsnių lentelę į "
+"diskelį, kad galėtum paskui atkurti ją, rinkis šį\n"
+"     variantą. labai rekomenduojama, kad tu tai padarytum.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Atlikta: jei tu baigei dalinti savo kietąjį diską, rinkis šį variantą, "
+"kad išsaugotum visus pakeitimus.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Tavo žiniai, tu gali pasiekti bet kurį variantą naudodamasis klaviatūra: "
+"vaikščiok tarp skirsnių su Tab bei\n"
+"Aukštyn/Žemyn rodyklėmis.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Kai skirsnis yra parinktas, gali naudoti:\n"
+"\n"
+"* Ctrl-c kad sukurtum naują skirsnį (jei parinktas tuščias skirsnis)\n"
+"\n"
+"* Ctrl-d kad ištrintum skirsnį.\n"
+"\n"
+"* Ctrl-m kad nurodytum prijungimą tašką."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Išimamų laikmenų automatinis montavimas"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Pakeisti į normalų režimą"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Tavo kietajame diske buvo aptiktas vienas ar daugiau Microsoft Windows\n"
+"skirsnis. Prašom pasirinkti, kurio iš jų dydį nori pakeisti, kad įdiegtum "
+"savo\n"
+"naująją Mandriva Linux operacijų sistemą.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Tavo žiniai, kiekvienas skirsnis sąraše užrašomas pavidalu \"Linux "
+"pavadinimas\",\n"
+"\"Windows pavadinimas\" \"Talpa\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux pavadinimas\" sudaromas taip: \"kaupiklio tipas\", \"kaupiklio "
+"numeris\",\n"
+"\"skirsnio numeris\" (pavyzdžiui \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Kieto disko tipas\" yra \"hd\", jei tavo kietasis kaupiklis yra IDE tipo, "
+"ir \"sd\", jeigu\n"
+"tai SCSI kaupiklis.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Kaupiklio numeris\" visada yra raidė po \"sd\" arba \"hd\". IDE "
+"kaupikliams:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" reiškia \"pagrindinis (master) diskas, prijungtas prie pirmojo "
+"(primary) IDE valdiklio\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" reiškia \"šalutinis (slave) diskas, prijungtas prie pirmojo IDE "
+"valdiklio\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" reiškia \"pagrindinis diskas, prijungtas prie antrojo (secondary) "
+"IDE valdiklio\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" reiškia \"šalutinis diskas, prijungtas prie antrojo IDE valdiklio"
+"\",\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Su SCSI kaupikliais, \"a\" reiškia \"pirmasis diskas\", \"b\" reiškia "
+"\"antrasis diskas\" ir t.t.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows pavadinimas\" yra raidė, kuria tas skirsnis buvo vadinamas "
+"Windows'uose\n"
+"(pirmasis disko skirsnis vadinamas \"C:\")"
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Logitech MouseMan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Prašom pasirinkti teisingą prievadą. Pavyzdžiui COM1\n"
+"MS Windows'uose vadinamas ttyS0 GNU/Linux'e."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Autentikacija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ekspertas"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX bandys surasti PCI SCSI adapterį(-ius). Jei DrakX\n"
+"ras SCSI adapterį ir žinos, kokią tvarkyklę naudoti, ji bus automatiškai\n"
+"įdiegta.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jei tu neturi SCSI adapterio, turi ISA SCSI adapterį ar PCI SCSI adapterį,\n"
+"kurio DrakX nepažįsta, tavęs bus paklausta, ar sistemoje yra SCSI\n"
+"adapteris. Jei nėra nė vieno, gali spausti „Ne“. Jei paspausi „Taip“, bus\n"
+"parodytas tvarkyklių sąrašas, iš kurio galėsi pasirinkti tinkamą savo\n"
+"adapteriui.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jei tau teks rankomis nurodyti savo adapterį, DrakX paprašys tavęs\n"
+"nurodyti jo nuostatas. Tu turėtum leisti DrakX bandyti atpažinti įrangos\n"
+"nuostatas. Dažniausiai tai suveikia.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jei ne, tau teks nurodyti tvarkyklės nuostatas. Prašom peržiūrėti User "
+"Guide\n"
+"(chapter 3, section \"Collective informations on your hardware\") dėl "
+"patarimų,\n"
+"kaip sužinoti informaciją apie įrangos dokumentaciją, iš gamintojo "
+"svetainės\n"
+"tinkle (jei turi priėjimą prie interneto) arba iš Microsoft Windows (jei "
+"turi juos\n"
+"savo sistemoje)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Vidinė ISDN plokštė"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "X paleidžiant"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Pasirink kietąjį diską, kurį nori ištuštinti, kad įdiegtum naują\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistemą. Būk atsargus, visi duomenys, esantys jame, bus\n"
+"prarasti, ir jų nebebus įmanoma atkurti."
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Spausk \"Gerai\", jei nori ištrinti visus duomenis ir skirsnius, esančius\n"
+"šiame kietajame diske. Būk atsargus, kai paspausi \"Gerai\", tu nebegalėsi\n"
+"atkurti jokių duomenų nei skirsnių, kurie buvo šiame diske, įskaitant bet\n"
+"kokius Windows duomenis.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Spausk \"Atšaukti\", kad nutrauktum operaciją ir neprarastum jokių duomenų\n"
+"nei skirsnių, esančių šiame kietajame diske."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Toliau ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Ankstesnis"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ltg.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ltg.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fbee1d5a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ltg.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1401 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-02-24 13:01+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Māris Laureckis <linux@latgola.lv>\n"
+"Language-Team: Latgalian <linux@latgola.lv>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Pyrms turpynuot, jiusim vajadzātu uzmaneigi izlaseit licencis vīnuošonūs. "
+"Tei nūsadz\n"
+"vysu Mandriva Linux distribuceju. Ja jius napīkreitit vysim tuos "
+"nūteikumiem,\n"
+"puorbaudit \"%s\"  kasti, nūspīdit pūgu \"%s\",\n"
+"lai jiusu dators puorstarteitu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Vai vēlaties izmantot aboot?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Augstāk ir uzskaitītas eksistējošās Linux sadaļas, kas ir atrastas uz jūsu\n"
+"cietā diska. Jūs varat atstāt meistara izdarīto izvēli, jo tā ir laba\n"
+"parastām vajadzībām. Ja jūs izmaināt šo izvēli, jums ir jādefinē vismaz\n"
+"saknes sadaļā(\"/\"). Neizvēlieties pārāk mazu sadaļu, citādi jūs nevarēsit\n"
+"instalēt visas vajadzīgās programmas. Ja vēlaties datus glabāt atsevišķā\n"
+"sadaļā, jums ir jānorāda arī \"/home\" (to var izdarīt tikai tad, ja jums "
+"ir\n"
+"vairākas Linux sadaļas).\n"
+"\n"
+"Jūsu zināšanai, katra sadaļa ir uzskaitīta šādā veidā: \"Nosaukums\", "
+"\"Izmērs\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nosaukums\" ir kodēts šādi: \"cietā diska tips\", \"cietā diska numurs\",\n"
+"\"sadaļas numurs\" (piemēram, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Cietā diska tips\" ir \"hd\", ja jūsu cietais disks ir IDE disks, \"sd\",\n"
+"ja tas ir SCSI cietais disks.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Cietā diska numurs\" vienmēr ir burts pēc \"hd\" vai \"sd\". IDE diskiem:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" nozīmē \"primārā IDE kontroliera galvenais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" nozīmē \"primārā IDE konytroliera pakārtotais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" nozīmē \"sekundārā IDE kontroliera galvenais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" nozīmē \"sekundārā IDE kontroliera pakārtotais disks\".\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI diskiem \"a\" nozīmē \"primārais cietais disks\", \"b\" nozīmē\n"
+" \"sekundārais cietais disks\", utt..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux instalācija ir sadalīta pa dažiem CD-ROM diskiem. DrakX\n"
+"zin, vai izvēlētā pakotne atrodas uz cita CD-ROM diska, izvirzīs pašreizējo\n"
+"kompaktdisku un palūgs ievietot citu pēc nepieciešamības."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Atjaunynuot"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Ar pamotdokumentaceju"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Ļūti minimala instaleišona"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Tagad varat norādīt servisus, kurus jūs vēlaties startēt sistēmas\n"
+"palaišanas laikā.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad pele pārvietojas pār saraksta elementu, parādās\n"
+"neliels palīdzības balons, kas paskaidro servisa lomu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Esiet īpaši uzmanīgs šajā solī, ja vēlaties sistēmu izmantot ka serveri:\n"
+"iespējams, ka nevēlaties startēt nevienu nevajadzīgu servisu. Atcerieties.\n"
+"ka daži servisi var būt bīstami, ja darbojas serverī.\n"
+"Parasti izvēlieties tikai tos servisus, kas jums tiešām nepieciešami."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automātiska laika sinhronizācija (izmantojot NTP)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcejis\n"
+"\n"
+"    Ite jius varit izavielēt, voi jius gribit, lai mašyna automatiski "
+"puorsaslādz grafiskajā saskarnē\n"
+"pi īluodis. Acimradzūt, jius gribit puorbaudeit \"%s\",\n"
+"ja jiusu dators dorbojās kai servers, voi ari naizadeve veiksmeigi paveikt "
+"ekrana\n"
+"konfigureišonu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Pošlaik jiusim ir juoizavielej, kur iz cītuo diska instalēt Mandriva Linux\n"
+"opereituojsistemu. Ja disks ir tukšs voi cyta opereituojsistema aizjam vysu\n"
+"vītu iz diska, jiusim byus juoveic diska sadaleišona. Eisumā, cītuo diska\n"
+"sadaleišona nūzeimej tū sadaleit logiskuos daļuos, lai izveiduotu vītu\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistemys instaleišonai.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sakarā ar tū, ka diska sadaleišonys process parasti ir naatgrīzenisks,\n"
+"napīredziejušam lītuotuojam tys var byut napateikams i stresa pylns.\n"
+"DrakX'a ir meistars, kurs vīnkuoršoj procesu. Pyrms uzsuocot daleišonu, "
+"izlosit\n"
+"rūkysgruomotu i vysu labi puordūmojit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jiusim ir napīcīšomys vysmoz divejis sadalis. Vīna vajadzeiga pošai "
+"sistemai,\n"
+"otra - virtuālajai atmiņai (Swap).\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja sadaļas jau izveidotas (agrākas instalēšanas laikā vai ar citu diska\n"
+"sadalīšanas rīku), jums tikai jānorāda tās sadaļas, kurās vēlaties\n"
+"instalēt Linux sistēmu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja sadaļas vēl nav izveidotas, jums tās ir jāizveido. Lai to izdarītu,\n"
+"izmantojiet augstāk pieejamo meistaru. Atkarībā no jūsu cietā diska \n"
+"konfigurācijas ir iespējami vairāki risinājumi:\n"
+"\n"
+"* Izmantot esošu sadaļu: meistars uz cietā diska ir atklājis vienu vai "
+"vairākas Linux sadaļas. Ja vēlaties\n"
+" tās saglabāt, izvēlieties šo opciju. \n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"* Izdzēst visu disku: ja vēlaties izdzēst visus uz diska esošos datus un "
+"sadaļas un aizstāt tās ar jaunu\n"
+"  Mandriva Linux sistēmu, varat izvēlēties šo opciju. Esiet uzmanīgi, "
+"izvēloties šo risinājumu, jo pēc\n"
+"  apstiprināšanas jūs vairs nevarēsit atteikties no šīs izvēles.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"* Izmanto brīvo vietu Windows sadaļā: ja uz cietā diska ir instalēts "
+"Microsoft Windows, kas aizņem visu\n"
+"  vietu, jums ir jāatbrīvo vieta Linux datiem. Lai to izdarītu, jūs varat "
+"nodzēst Microsoft Windows sadaļu un\n"
+"  datus (skatīt risinājumus \"Izdzēst visu disku\" vai \"Eksperta režīms\") "
+"vai izmainīt Microsoft\n"
+"  Windows sadaļas izmēru. Sadaļas izmēru var izmainīt bez datu zaudēšanas. "
+"Šis risinājums ir ieteicams, ja\n"
+"  jūs savā datorā vēlaties izmantot gan Mandriva Linux, gan Microsoft "
+"Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"  Pirms izvēlaties šo risinājumu, ņemiet vērā, ka Microsoft Windows sadaļas "
+"izmērs būs mazāks, nekā tas ir\n"
+"  pašlaik. Tas nozīmē, ka jums Microsoft Windows sistēmā būs mazāk vietas "
+"datiem vai programmu instalēšanai.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ja jius gribit patstuoveigi veiduot diska sadalis, varit "
+"izavielēt itū variantu. Esit\n"
+"uzmaneigi, izavālūt itū rysynuojumu. Tys ir ar plašom īspiejom, bet ļūti "
+"beistams. Jius varit pazaudēt\n"
+"vysus datus, tuopiec izavielejit tikai tod, ja zinot, kū dorot."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Izmantot jau esošu sadaļu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Izdzēst vysu disku"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Sagatavot auto instalēšanas disketi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Visas jaunizveidotās sadaļas ir jāformatē, pirms tās var izmantot\n"
+"(formatēšana nozīmē failsistēmas izveidošanu).\n"
+"\n"
+"Tagad jūs arī varat izvēlēties pārformatēt dažas jau esošas sadaļas, lai\n"
+"izdzēstu tajās esošo informāciju. Ja jūs vēlaties to darīt, norādiet\n"
+"sadaļas, kuras vēlaties formatēt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ņemiet vērā, ka nav nepieciešams pārformatēt visas jau eksistējošas "
+"sadaļas.\n"
+"Jums ir jāformatē sadaļas, kurās atrodas operētājsistēma (piemēram, \"/\",\n"
+"\"/usr\" vai \"/var\"), bet nav jāformatē sadaļas, kurās atrodas dati, ko\n"
+"jūs vēlaties saglabāt (parasti /home).\n"
+"\n"
+"Esiet uzmanīgi, izvēloties sadaļas, jo pēc formatēšanas visi dati būs\n"
+"iznīcināti un jūs vairs nevarēsit tos atjaunot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Noklikšķiniet \"Labi\", kad esat gatavi formatēt sadaļas.\n"
+"\n"
+"Noklikšķiniet \"Atcelt\", ja jūs gribat izvēlēties citas sadaļas, kur\n"
+"instalēt jauno Mandriva Linux operētājsistēmu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Šobrīd ir laiks izvēlēties nepieciešamo datora drošības līmeni.\n"
+"XXXXX jo dators ir atklātāks, un jo kritiskāki ir uz tā novietotie dati,\n"
+"jo augstākam vajadzētu būt drošības līmenim.\n"
+"Taču augstāks drošības līmenis tiek iegūts uz lietošanas ērtuma\n"
+"rēķina. Meklējiet nodaļu \"msec\" rokasgrāmatā ``Reference Manual'',\n"
+"lai iegūtu vairāk informācijas par šo līmeņu nozīmi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja Jūs neziniat, ko izvēlēties, atstājiet noklusēto opciju."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Drošības administrators:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Pašlaik jums ir jāizvēlas, kurā(s) diska sadaļā(s) instalēt Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operētājsistēmu. Ja sadaļas jau ir izveidotas (agrākas GNU/Linux "
+"instalēšanas\n"
+"laikā vai ar citu diska sadalīšanas rīku), jūs varat izmantot esošās "
+"sadaļas.\n"
+"Citos gadījumos ir jāveido jaunas diska sadaļas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Lai veidotu sadaļas, jums vispirms ir jāizvēlas cietais disks. Jūs varat\n"
+"norādīt sadalāmo disku, noklikšķinot uz \"hda\" pirmajam IDE diskam,\n"
+"\"hdb\" - otrajam diskam, \"sda\" - pirmajam SCSI diskam, utt.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Lai sadalītu izvēlēto cieto disku, varat izmantot sekojošas opcijas:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Izdzēst visu: šī opcija izdzēš visas sadaļas, kas atrodas uz izvēlētā "
+"cietā diska.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Izvietot automātiski: šī opcija ļauj jums automātiski izveidot Ext2 un "
+"swap sadaļas jūsu cietā diska\n"
+"     brīvajā vietā.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Salabot sadaļu tabulu: ja sadaļu tabula ir bojāta, jūs varat mēģināt to "
+"autjaunot, izmantojot šo opciju.\n"
+"     Esiet uzmanīgi un atcerieties, ka tas var neizdoties.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Atsaukt: jūs varat izmantot šo opciju, lai atceltu izmaiņas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Pārlādēt: jūs varat izmantot šo opciju, ja vēlaties atsaukt visas "
+"izmaiņas un ielādēt sākotnējo sadaļu tabulu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Meistars: Ja cietā diska sadalīšanai vēlaties izmantot meistaru, varat "
+"lietot šo opciju. Tā ir ieteicama,\n"
+"     ja jums nav labu zināšanu par diska sadalīšanu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Atjaunot no disketes: ja iepriekšējās instalēšanas laikā saglabājāt "
+"sadaļu tabulu disketē, jūs varat\n"
+"     to atjaunot, izmantojot šo opciju.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Saglabāt disketē: ja vēlaties sadaļu tabulu saglabāt disketē, lai "
+"varētu to atjaunot, izmantojiet šo\n"
+"     opciju. Ir ļoti ieteicams izmantot šo opciju.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Izdarīts: kad esat pabeiguši cietā diska dalīšanu, izmantojiet šo "
+"opciju, lai saglabātu izmaiņas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jūsu zināšanai, jebkuru opciju var izsaukt ar tastatūru: pārvietojieties "
+"starp sadaļām, izmantojot Tab un Aušup/Lejup bultiņas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad ir izvēlēta sadaļa, jūs varat izmantot:\n"
+"\n"
+"           * Ctrl-c, lai izveidotu jaunu sadaļu (kad ir izvēlēta tukša "
+"sadaļa)\n"
+"\n"
+"           * Ctrl-d, lai izdzēstu sadaļu\n"
+"\n"
+"           * Ctrl-m, lai uzstādītu montēšanas punktu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Izņemama datu nesēja automontēšana"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Pārslēgt normālajā režīmā"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Uz jūsu cietā diska ir atrasta vairāk nekā viena Microsoft Windows sadaļa.\n"
+"Lūdzu izvēlieties to sadaļu, kuras izmēru jūs vēlaties izmainīt, lai\n"
+"instalētu jauno Mandriva Linux operētājsistēmu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jūsu zināšanai, katra sadaļa ir uzskaitīta šādā veidā: \"Linux nosaukums\",\n"
+"\"Windows nosaukums\" \"Izmērs\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux nosaukums\" ir kodēts šādi: \"cietā diska tips\", \"cietā diska\n"
+"numurs\", \"sadaļas numurs\" (piemēram, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Cietā diska tips\" ir \"hd\", ja jūsu cietais disks ir IDE disks, \"sd\",\n"
+"ja tas ir SCSI cietais disks.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Cietā diska numurs\" vienmēr ir burts pēc \"hd\" vai \"sd\". IDE diskiem:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" nozīmē \"primārā IDE kontroliera galvenais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" nozīmē \"primārā IDE konytroliera pakārtotais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" nozīmē \"sekundārā IDE kontroliera galvenais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" nozīmē \"sekundārā IDE kontroliera pakārtotais disks\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI diskiem \"a\" nozīmē \"primārais cietais disks\", \"b\" nozīmē\n"
+" \"sekundārais cietais disks\", utt...\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows nosaukums\" ir jūsu cietā diska burts Windows vidē (pirmais disks\n"
+"vai sadaļa saucas \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Parasti DrakX izvēlas tastatūras izkārtojumu priekš Jums (atkarībā no\n"
+"valodas, kuru Jūs izvēlējāties), tomēr Jums var nebūt tastatūra, kas "
+"atbilst\n"
+"tieši Jūsu valodai.\n"
+"ŠEIT DERĒTU KĀDS PIEMĒRS SAISTĪBĀ \n"
+"AR LATVIEŠIEM :)\n"
+"Klikšķiniet uz pogas \"Vairāk\" lai saņemtu pilnu sarakstu ar atbalstītiem\n"
+"tastatūras izkārtojumiem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja Jūs izvēlēsieties tastatūras izkārtojumu, kas balstās uz savādāku, kā\n"
+"latīņu alfabētu, nākamajā dialogā jums tiks pieprasīts izvēlēties taustiņa\n"
+"piesaisti, kas pārslēgs tastatūras izkārtojumu starp latīņu un ne-latīņu\n"
+"izkārtojumiem."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spāņu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "ar riteneiša emulaceju"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Lyudzu izavielejit pareizu portu. Pīmāram, MS Windows\n"
+"ports COM1 GNU/Linux vidē saucas ttyS0."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autentifikaceja"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Eksperta režims"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX mēģinās sameklēt PCI SCSI adapteri(us).\n"
+"Ja DrakX atradīs kādu SCSI adapteri un zinās, kuru draiveri izmantot,\n"
+"tas tiks instalēts automātiski.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja jums nav SCSI adapteru, ir ISA SCSI adapteris vai PCI SCSI adapteris,\n"
+"ko DrakX neatpazīst, jums tiks pajautāts, vai jūsu sistēmā ir SCSI\n"
+"adapteris. Ja nav SCSI adapteru, jūs varat vienkārši izvēlēties 'Nē'.\n"
+"Ja jūs izvēlaties 'Jā', jums tiks parādīts draiveru saraksts, kurā\n"
+"varat izvēlēties vajadzīgo adapteri.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja jums nepieciešams patstāvīgi norādīt adapteri, DrakX pajautās, vai\n"
+"vēlaties norādīt adaptera opcijas. Jums būtu jāļauj DrakX aptaujāt\n"
+"dzelžus un noskaidrot opcijas. Parasti tas izdodas bez problēmām.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja neizdodas, jums patstāvīgi jānorāda draivera opcijas.\n"
+"Izlasiet Instalēšanas rokasgrāmatu (3. nodaļu, apakšnodaļu \"Informācijas "
+"savākšana par jūsu dzelžiem\"), lai uzzinātu, kā iegūt šo\n"
+"informāciju no dzelžu dokumentācijas, ražotāja tīkla lapas\n"
+"(ja jums ir pieejams Internets) vai Windows (ja tas ir uzstādīts jūsu "
+"datorā)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN karte"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "X pēc startēšanas"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Norādiet cieto disku, ko vēlaties izdzēst, lai izveidotu jaunu\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sadaļu. Esiet uzmanīgi, jo visi diskā esošie dati\n"
+"pazudīs un nebūs atjaunojami."
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Nūspīdit \"%s\", ja gribit izdzēst vysus datus i\n"
+"sadalis, kurys atsarūn iz ituo cītuo diska. Esit uzmaneigi, piec \"%s\" "
+"nūspīsšonys jius navarēsit atjaunuot nikaidus datus voi sadalis iz ituo "
+"diska, tymā skaitā ari Windows datus.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nūspīdit \"%s\", lai atcaltu itū operaceju bez jebkaidu iz ituo diska esūšu "
+"datu voi sadaļu pazaudeišonys."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Tuoļuok ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Atpakaļ"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/lv.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/lv.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..815a13930
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/lv.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1399 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-09-27 17:45+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Raivo Saars <spaiks@inbox.lv>\n"
+"Language-Team: Latvian <ll10nt@listes.murds.lv>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n != 0 ? 1 : 2);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Pirms turpināt, Jums vajadzētu uzmanīgi izlasīt licences vienošanos. Tā "
+"nosedz\n"
+"visu Mandriva Linux distribūciju, un ja Jūs nepiekrītat visiem noteikumiem,\n"
+"nospiediet uz pogas \"Noraidīt\", kas nekavējoties pārtrauks instalāciju. "
+"Lai turpinātu\n"
+"instalācijas procesu, nospiediet pogu \"Pieņemt\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Vai vēlaties izmantot aboot?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Augstāk ir uzskaitītas eksistējošās Linux sadaļas, kas ir atrastas uz jūsu\n"
+"cietā diska. Jūs varat atstāt meistara izdarīto izvēli, jo tā ir laba\n"
+"parastām vajadzībām. Ja jūs izmaināt šo izvēli, jums ir jādefinē vismaz\n"
+"saknes sadaļā(\"/\"). Neizvēlieties pārāk mazu sadaļu, citādi jūs nevarēsit\n"
+"instalēt visas vajadzīgās programmas. Ja vēlaties datus glabāt atsevišķā\n"
+"sadaļā, jums ir jānorāda arī \"/home\" (to var izdarīt tikai tad, ja jums "
+"ir\n"
+"vairākas Linux sadaļas).\n"
+"\n"
+"Jūsu zināšanai, katra sadaļa ir uzskaitīta šādā veidā: \"Nosaukums\", "
+"\"Izmērs\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nosaukums\" ir kodēts šādi: \"cietā diska tips\", \"cietā diska numurs\",\n"
+"\"sadaļas numurs\" (piemēram, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Cietā diska tips\" ir \"hd\", ja jūsu cietais disks ir IDE disks, \"sd\",\n"
+"ja tas ir SCSI cietais disks.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Cietā diska numurs\" vienmēr ir burts pēc \"hd\" vai \"sd\". IDE diskiem:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" nozīmē \"primārā IDE kontroliera galvenais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" nozīmē \"primārā IDE konytroliera pakārtotais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" nozīmē \"sekundārā IDE kontroliera galvenais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" nozīmē \"sekundārā IDE kontroliera pakārtotais disks\".\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI diskiem \"a\" nozīmē \"primārais cietais disks\", \"b\" nozīmē\n"
+" \"sekundārais cietais disks\", utt..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux instalācija ir sadalīta pa dažiem CD-ROM diskiem. DrakX\n"
+"zin, vai izvēlētā pakotne atrodas uz cita CD-ROM diska, izvirzīs pašreizējo\n"
+"kompaktdisku un palūgs ievietot citu pēc nepieciešamības."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Atjaunināt"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Ar pamatdokumentāciju (ieteicams!)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Minimāla instalēšana"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Tagad varat norādīt servisus, kurus jūs vēlaties startēt sistēmas\n"
+"palaišanas laikā.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad pele pārvietojas pār saraksta elementu, parādās\n"
+"neliels palīdzības balons, kas paskaidro servisa lomu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Esiet īpaši uzmanīgs šajā solī, ja vēlaties sistēmu izmantot ka serveri:\n"
+"iespējams, ka nevēlaties startēt nevienu nevajadzīgu servisu. Atcerieties.\n"
+"ka daži servisi var būt bīstami, ja darbojas serverī.\n"
+"Parasti izvēlieties tikai tos servisus, kas jums tiešām nepieciešami."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automātiska laika sinhronizācija (izmantojot NTP)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Visbeidzot, Jums tiks uzdots jautājums vai Jūs vēlaties grafisko saskarni\n"
+"pie ielādes. Šis jautājums tiks Jums uzdots, pat ja Jūs neizvēlējāties\n"
+"pārbaudīt konfigurāciju. Acīmredzot, Jūs vēlaties atbildet \"Nē\" ja šis\n"
+"dators darbosies kā serveris, vai arī neizdevās veiksmīgi paveikt ekrāna\n"
+"konfigurēšanu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Pašlaik jums ir jāizvēlas, kur uz cietā diska instalēt Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operētājsistēmu. Ja disks ir tukšs vai cita operētājsistēma aizņem visu\n"
+"vietu uz diska, jums būs jāveic diska sadalīšana. Īsumā, cietā diska\n"
+"sadalīšana nozīmē to sadalīt loģiskās daļās, lai izveidotu vietu\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistēmas instalēšanai.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Sakarā ar to, ka diska sadalīšanas process parasti ir neatgriezenisks,\n"
+"nepieredzējušam lietotājam tas var būt nepatīkams un stresa pilns.\n"
+"Šis meistars vienkāršo procesu. Pirms uzsākat dalīšanu, izlasiet\n"
+"rokasgrāmatu un visu labi pārdomājiet.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jums ir nepieciešamas vismaz divas sadaļas. Viena vajadzīga pašai sistēmai,\n"
+"otra - virtuālajai atmiņai (Swap).\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja sadaļas jau izveidotas (agrākas instalēšanas laikā vai ar citu diska\n"
+"sadalīšanas rīku), jums tikai jānorāda tās sadaļas, kurās vēlaties\n"
+"instalēt Linux sistēmu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja sadaļas vēl nav izveidotas, jums tās ir jāizveido. Lai to izdarītu,\n"
+"izmantojiet augstāk pieejamo meistaru. Atkarībā no jūsu cietā diska \n"
+"konfigurācijas ir iespējami vairāki risinājumi:\n"
+"\n"
+"* Izmantot esošu sadaļu: meistars uz cietā diska ir atklājis vienu vai "
+"vairākas Linux sadaļas. Ja vēlaties\n"
+" tās saglabāt, izvēlieties šo opciju. \n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"* Izdzēst visu disku: ja vēlaties izdzēst visus uz diska esošos datus un "
+"sadaļas un aizstāt tās ar jaunu\n"
+"  Mandriva Linux sistēmu, varat izvēlēties šo opciju. Esiet uzmanīgi, "
+"izvēloties šo risinājumu, jo pēc\n"
+"  apstiprināšanas jūs vairs nevarēsit atteikties no šīs izvēles.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"* Izmanto brīvo vietu Windows sadaļā: ja uz cietā diska ir instalēts "
+"Microsoft Windows, kas aizņem visu\n"
+"  vietu, jums ir jāatbrīvo vieta Linux datiem. Lai to izdarītu, jūs varat "
+"nodzēst Microsoft Windows sadaļu un\n"
+"  datus (skatīt risinājumus \"Izdzēst visu disku\" vai \"Eksperta režīms\") "
+"vai izmainīt Microsoft\n"
+"  Windows sadaļas izmēru. Sadaļas izmēru var izmainīt bez datu zaudēšanas. "
+"Šis risinājums ir ieteicams, ja\n"
+"  jūs savā datorā vēlaties izmantot gan Mandriva Linux, gan Microsoft "
+"Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"  Pirms izvēlaties šo risinājumu, ņemiet vērā, ka Microsoft Windows sadaļas "
+"izmērs būs mazāks, nekā tas ir\n"
+"  pašlaik. Tas nozīmē, ka jums Microsoft Windows sistēmā būs mazāk vietas "
+"datiem vai programmu instalēšanai.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"* Eksperta režīms: ja jūs vēlaties patstāvīgi veidot diska sadaļas, varat "
+"izvēlēties šo variantu. Esiet\n"
+"  uzmanīgi, izveloties šo risinājumu. Tas ir ar plašām iespējām, bet ļoti "
+"bīstams. Jūs varat pazaudēt\n"
+"  visus datus, tāpēc izvēlieties tikai tad, ja zinat, ko darāt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Izmantot jau esošu sadaļu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Izdzēst visu disku"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Sagatavot auto instalēšanas disketi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Visas jaunizveidotās sadaļas ir jāformatē, pirms tās var izmantot\n"
+"(formatēšana nozīmē failsistēmas izveidošanu).\n"
+"\n"
+"Tagad jūs arī varat izvēlēties pārformatēt dažas jau esošas sadaļas, lai\n"
+"izdzēstu tajās esošo informāciju. Ja jūs vēlaties to darīt, norādiet\n"
+"sadaļas, kuras vēlaties formatēt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ņemiet vērā, ka nav nepieciešams pārformatēt visas jau eksistējošas "
+"sadaļas.\n"
+"Jums ir jāformatē sadaļas, kurās atrodas operētājsistēma (piemēram, \"/\",\n"
+"\"/usr\" vai \"/var\"), bet nav jāformatē sadaļas, kurās atrodas dati, ko\n"
+"jūs vēlaties saglabāt (parasti /home).\n"
+"\n"
+"Esiet uzmanīgi, izvēloties sadaļas, jo pēc formatēšanas visi dati būs\n"
+"iznīcināti un jūs vairs nevarēsit tos atjaunot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Noklikšķiniet \"Labi\", kad esat gatavi formatēt sadaļas.\n"
+"\n"
+"Noklikšķiniet \"Atcelt\", ja jūs gribat izvēlēties citas sadaļas, kur\n"
+"instalēt jauno Mandriva Linux operētājsistēmu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Šobrīd ir laiks izvēlēties nepieciešamo datora drošības līmeni.\n"
+"XXXXX jo dators ir atklātāks, un jo kritiskāki ir uz tā novietotie dati,\n"
+"jo augstākam vajadzētu būt drošības līmenim.\n"
+"Taču augstāks drošības līmenis tiek iegūts uz lietošanas ērtuma\n"
+"rēķina. Meklējiet nodaļu \"msec\" rokasgrāmatā ``Reference Manual'',\n"
+"lai iegūtu vairāk informācijas par šo līmeņu nozīmi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja Jūs neziniat, ko izvēlēties, atstājiet noklusēto opciju."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Drošības administrators:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Pašlaik jums ir jāizvēlas, kurā(s) diska sadaļā(s) instalēt Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operētājsistēmu. Ja sadaļas jau ir izveidotas (agrākas GNU/Linux "
+"instalēšanas\n"
+"laikā vai ar citu diska sadalīšanas rīku), jūs varat izmantot esošās "
+"sadaļas.\n"
+"Citos gadījumos ir jāveido jaunas diska sadaļas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Lai veidotu sadaļas, jums vispirms ir jāizvēlas cietais disks. Jūs varat\n"
+"norādīt sadalāmo disku, noklikšķinot uz \"hda\" pirmajam IDE diskam,\n"
+"\"hdb\" - otrajam diskam, \"sda\" - pirmajam SCSI diskam, utt.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Lai sadalītu izvēlēto cieto disku, varat izmantot sekojošas opcijas:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Izdzēst visu: šī opcija izdzēš visas sadaļas, kas atrodas uz izvēlētā "
+"cietā diska.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Izvietot automātiski: šī opcija ļauj jums automātiski izveidot Ext2 un "
+"swap sadaļas jūsu cietā diska\n"
+"     brīvajā vietā.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Salabot sadaļu tabulu: ja sadaļu tabula ir bojāta, jūs varat mēģināt to "
+"autjaunot, izmantojot šo opciju.\n"
+"     Esiet uzmanīgi un atcerieties, ka tas var neizdoties.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Atsaukt: jūs varat izmantot šo opciju, lai atceltu izmaiņas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Pārlādēt: jūs varat izmantot šo opciju, ja vēlaties atsaukt visas "
+"izmaiņas un ielādēt sākotnējo sadaļu tabulu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Meistars: Ja cietā diska sadalīšanai vēlaties izmantot meistaru, varat "
+"lietot šo opciju. Tā ir ieteicama,\n"
+"     ja jums nav labu zināšanu par diska sadalīšanu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Atjaunot no disketes: ja iepriekšējās instalēšanas laikā saglabājāt "
+"sadaļu tabulu disketē, jūs varat\n"
+"     to atjaunot, izmantojot šo opciju.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Saglabāt disketē: ja vēlaties sadaļu tabulu saglabāt disketē, lai "
+"varētu to atjaunot, izmantojiet šo\n"
+"     opciju. Ir ļoti ieteicams izmantot šo opciju.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   * Izdarīts: kad esat pabeiguši cietā diska dalīšanu, izmantojiet šo "
+"opciju, lai saglabātu izmaiņas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jūsu zināšanai, jebkuru opciju var izsaukt ar tastatūru: pārvietojieties "
+"starp sadaļām, izmantojot Tab un Aušup/Lejup bultiņas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad ir izvēlēta sadaļa, jūs varat izmantot:\n"
+"\n"
+"           * Ctrl-c, lai izveidotu jaunu sadaļu (kad ir izvēlēta tukša "
+"sadaļa)\n"
+"\n"
+"           * Ctrl-d, lai izdzēstu sadaļu\n"
+"\n"
+"           * Ctrl-m, lai uzstādītu montēšanas punktu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Izņemama datu nesēja automontēšana"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Pārslēgt normālajā režīmā"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Uz jūsu cietā diska ir atrasta vairāk nekā viena Microsoft Windows sadaļa.\n"
+"Lūdzu izvēlieties to sadaļu, kuras izmēru jūs vēlaties izmainīt, lai\n"
+"instalētu jauno Mandriva Linux operētājsistēmu.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Jūsu zināšanai, katra sadaļa ir uzskaitīta šādā veidā: \"Linux nosaukums\",\n"
+"\"Windows nosaukums\" \"Izmērs\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux nosaukums\" ir kodēts šādi: \"cietā diska tips\", \"cietā diska\n"
+"numurs\", \"sadaļas numurs\" (piemēram, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Cietā diska tips\" ir \"hd\", ja jūsu cietais disks ir IDE disks, \"sd\",\n"
+"ja tas ir SCSI cietais disks.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Cietā diska numurs\" vienmēr ir burts pēc \"hd\" vai \"sd\". IDE diskiem:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" nozīmē \"primārā IDE kontroliera galvenais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" nozīmē \"primārā IDE konytroliera pakārtotais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" nozīmē \"sekundārā IDE kontroliera galvenais disks\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" nozīmē \"sekundārā IDE kontroliera pakārtotais disks\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI diskiem \"a\" nozīmē \"primārais cietais disks\", \"b\" nozīmē\n"
+" \"sekundārais cietais disks\", utt...\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows nosaukums\" ir jūsu cietā diska burts Windows vidē (pirmais disks\n"
+"vai sadaļa saucas \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Parasti DrakX izvēlas tastatūras izkārtojumu priekš Jums (atkarībā no\n"
+"valodas, kuru Jūs izvēlējāties), tomēr Jums var nebūt tastatūra, kas "
+"atbilst\n"
+"tieši Jūsu valodai.\n"
+"ŠEIT DERĒTU KĀDS PIEMĒRS SAISTĪBĀ \n"
+"AR LATVIEŠIEM :)\n"
+"Klikšķiniet uz pogas \"Vairāk\" lai saņemtu pilnu sarakstu ar atbalstītiem\n"
+"tastatūras izkārtojumiem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja Jūs izvēlēsieties tastatūras izkārtojumu, kas balstās uz savādāku, kā\n"
+"latīņu alfabētu, nākamajā dialogā jums tiks pieprasīts izvēlēties taustiņa\n"
+"piesaisti, kas pārslēgs tastatūras izkārtojumu starp latīņu un ne-latīņu\n"
+"izkārtojumiem."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Pogu emulācija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Lūdzu izvēlieties pareizu portu. Piemēram, MS Windows\n"
+"ports COM1 GNU/Linux vidē saucas ttyS0."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Autentifikācija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Eksperts"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX mēģinās sameklēt PCI SCSI adapteri(us).\n"
+"Ja DrakX atradīs kādu SCSI adapteri un zinās, kuru draiveri izmantot,\n"
+"tas tiks instalēts automātiski.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja jums nav SCSI adapteru, ir ISA SCSI adapteris vai PCI SCSI adapteris,\n"
+"ko DrakX neatpazīst, jums tiks pajautāts, vai jūsu sistēmā ir SCSI\n"
+"adapteris. Ja nav SCSI adapteru, jūs varat vienkārši izvēlēties 'Nē'.\n"
+"Ja jūs izvēlaties 'Jā', jums tiks parādīts draiveru saraksts, kurā\n"
+"varat izvēlēties vajadzīgo adapteri.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja jums nepieciešams patstāvīgi norādīt adapteri, DrakX pajautās, vai\n"
+"vēlaties norādīt adaptera opcijas. Jums būtu jāļauj DrakX aptaujāt\n"
+"dzelžus un noskaidrot opcijas. Parasti tas izdodas bez problēmām.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ja neizdodas, jums patstāvīgi jānorāda draivera opcijas.\n"
+"Izlasiet Instalēšanas rokasgrāmatu (3. nodaļu, apakšnodaļu \"Informācijas "
+"savākšana par jūsu dzelžiem\"), lai uzzinātu, kā iegūt šo\n"
+"informāciju no dzelžu dokumentācijas, ražotāja tīkla lapas\n"
+"(ja jums ir pieejams Internets) vai Windows (ja tas ir uzstādīts jūsu "
+"datorā)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Iekšēja ISDN karte"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "X pēc startēšanas"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Norādiet cieto disku, ko vēlaties izdzēst, lai izveidotu jaunu\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sadaļu. Esiet uzmanīgi, jo visi diskā esošie dati\n"
+"pazudīs un nebūs atjaunojami."
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Nospiediet \"Labi\", ja vēlaties izdzēst visus datus un\n"
+"sadaļas, kas atrodas uz šī cietā diska. Esiet uzmanīgi, pēc \"Labi\" "
+"nospiešanas jūs nevarēsit atjaunot nekādus datus vai sadaļas, kas atradās\n"
+"uz diska, tajā skaitā arī Windows datus.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nospiediet \"Atcelt\", lai atceltu šo operāciju bez jebkādu uz šī diska "
+"esošu datu vai sadaļu pazaudēšanas."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Tālāk ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Atpakaļ"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/mk.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/mk.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..80049adff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/mk.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2038 @@
+# translation of DrakX-help-mk.po to Macedonian
+# Copyright (C) 2002,2003, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# Danko Ilik <danko@mindless.com>, 2002,2003.
+# Vladimir Stefanov <vladoboss@mt.net.mk>, 2003.
+# Зоран Димовски <zoki@email.com>, 2003.
+# Danko Ilik <danko@on.net.mk>, 2003.
+# Зоран Димовски <decata@mt.net.mk>, 2004.
+# Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski@gmail.com>, 2006.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-help-mk\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 23:36-0700\n"
+"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural= n==1 || n%10==1 ? 0 : 1\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Пред да продолжите, внимателно прочитајте ѓи условите на лиценцата. Таа\n"
+"ја покрива целата дистрибуција на „Mandriva Linux“, Aко се согласувате\n"
+"со сите услови во неа, штиклирајте „%s“. Доколку не се согласувате со\n"
+"лиценцата притиснете на „%s“ и вашиот компјутер ќе се рестартира."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"„GNU/Linux“ е повеќе-кориснички систем, и тоа значи дека секој корисник\n"
+"може да си има свои преференци, свои датотеки, итн. Но, за разлика од "
+"„root“,\n"
+"кој е администратор на системот, корисниците што сега ги додавате, нема да\n"
+"можат да променат ништо освен сопствените датотеки и нивната конфигурација,\n"
+"така што системот се заштитува од ненамерни или злонамерни промени, кои "
+"може\n"
+"целосно да го променат вашиот систем. Треба да направите барен еден обичен\n"
+"корисник -- ова е сметката која треба да ја користите како рутина, за ваша\n"
+"скојдневна работа. Иако е многу лесно да се најавите како „root“ да "
+"направете\n"
+"нешто и сешто, може да е многу опасно. Најмала грешка може да придонесе\n"
+"вашиот ситем повеќе да не работи. Ако направите голема грешка како обичен\n"
+"корисник, најлошото што може да се случи е да изгубите некои информации\n"
+"но нема да има влијание на системот во целост.\n"
+"\n"
+"Во првото поле сте прашани за вашете вистинско име. Се разбира, тоа не е\n"
+"задолжително -- всушност можете да внесете што сакате. DrakX ќе го земе\n"
+"првиот збор од името што сте го внеле и ќе го копира во полето „%s“, што "
+"всушнсот е\n"
+"корисничкото име со кое ќе се најавете на системот. Ако сакате, можете да "
+"го\n"
+"променете и да внесете сопствено. Потоа мора да внесете лозинка. Од "
+"сигурносна\n"
+"гледна точка, не-привилигиран (обичен) корисник, лозинката не е од големо\n"
+"значење како лозинката на „root“, но тоа не е причина да ја занемарите\n"
+"корисничката лозинка оставајќи го полето празно или премногу едноставна:\n"
+"како и да е, вашите датотеки се во ризик.\n"
+"\n"
+"Откако ќе притиснете на копчето „%s“, можете да додадете и други корисници.\n"
+"Додадете по еден корисник за секого по еден на вашите пријатели, вашиот "
+"тактко,\n"
+"сестра, итн. Кога ќе завршите со додавањето корисници,\n"
+"притиснете на копчето „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Со притискање на копчето „%s“, можете да ја промените „школката“ за\n"
+"тој корисник (која вообичаено е „bash“).\n"
+"\n"
+"Кога ќе завршите со додавањето корисници, ќе ви биде предложено да\n"
+"изберете еден корисник кој автоматски ќе се најавува на системот кога\n"
+"компјутерот ќе се вклучи. Ако сте заинтересирани за оваа карактеристика\n"
+"(и не се грижите многу за локалната безбедност), изберете корисник и\n"
+"менаџер на прозорци, и потоа притиснете на „%s“. Ако не сакате да ја "
+"користите\n"
+"оваа карактеристика, одштиклирајте го „%s“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Дали сакате да ja користите оваа опција?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Горе се наведени постоечките „Linux“ партиции што се откриени на вашиот "
+"диск.\n"
+"Можете да го прифатите изборот направен од волшебникот; кој е добар за \n"
+"вообичаени инсталации. Ако правите некои промени, ќе мора барем да "
+"дефинирате\n"
+"root-партиција („/“). Не избирајте премала партиција, зошто нема да\n"
+"може да се инсталира доволно софтвер. Ако сакате вашите податоци да ги "
+"чувате\n"
+"на посебна партиција, ќе треба да направите и една „/home“ партиција\n"
+"(а тоа е можно ако имате повеќе од една „Linux“ партиција).\n"
+"\n"
+"Секоја партиција во листата е дадена со: „Име“, „Капацитет“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Структурата на „името“ е следнава: „тип на диск“, „број на диск“,\n"
+"„број на партиција“ (на пример, „hda1“).\n"
+"\n"
+"„Типот на дискот“ е „hd“ ако дискот е „IDE“, и „sd“ ако тој е „SCSI“ диск.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Бројот на дискот“ е буква по „hd“ или „sd„. За „IDE“ дискови:\n"
+"\n"
+"* „a“ значи диск што е „master“ на примарниот „IDE“ контролер;\n"
+"\n"
+"* „b“ значи диск што е „slave“ на примарниот „IDE“ контролер;\n"
+"\n"
+"* „c“ значи диск што е „master“ на секундарниот „IDE“ контролер;\n"
+"\n"
+"* „d“ значи диск што е „slave“ на секундарниот „IDE“ контролер;\n"
+"\n"
+"Кај „SCSI“ дисковите, „a“ значи најнизок „SCSI ID“, а „b“ значи\n"
+"втор најнизок „SCSI ID“, итн."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Инсталацијата на „Mandriva Linux“ се дистрибуира на повеќе CD-а. Ако некој\n"
+"избран паќет се наоѓа на друго CD, „DrakX“ ќе го исфрли моменталното\n"
+"и ќе побара од вас да го внесете потребното CD. Ако потребното CD не ви е\n"
+"при рака, само притиснете на „%s“ и соодветниот пакет нема да\n"
+"биде инсталиран."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Сега треба да изберете кои програми сакате да се инсталираат на вашиот "
+"систем.\n"
+"Постојат илјадници пакети за „Mandriva Linux“, и за да полесно се снајдете\n"
+"тие се поделени во групи со слични апликации.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Mandriva Linux“ ги дели групите на пакети во четири категории. Може да "
+"избирате\n"
+"и да мешате паќети од различни категории, така што инсталација на „Работна "
+"станица“\n"
+"може да има инсталирано и апликации од категоријата „Сервер“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако планирате да ја користите вашата машината како работна "
+"станица,\n"
+"изберете една или повеќе од групите во категоријата „Работна станица“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако планирате вашиот компјутер да го користите за програмирање,\n"
+"изберете ги соодветните групи од таа категорија. Специјалната група „LSB“\n"
+"ќе го конфигурира вашиот систем така што ќе компајлира најдобро што е можно\n"
+"по спецификациите на „Linux Standard Base“.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Исто така, при избирање на групата „LSB“ ќе се инсталира кернел од "
+"сериите „2.4“,\n"
+"наместо стандардниот „2.6“. Ова е за да се обезбеди 100%% согласност со "
+"„LSB“ на\n"
+"вашиот систем. Но, ако не ја изберете групата „LSB“, сеуште ќе имате систем "
+"кој\n"
+"е приближно 100%% во согласност со „LSB“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако вашата машина е наменета да биде сервер, изберете од\n"
+"повеќето достапни сервиси кои сакате да се инсталираат на вашата машина.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: овде ја избирате графичката околина кој вие ја\n"
+"претпочитате. Мора да биде избрана барем една, ако сакате да имате \n"
+"достапен графички изглед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Движењето на покажувачот на глушецот врз името на групата ќе прикаже\n"
+"краток тескт кој ја појаснува групата.\n"
+"\n"
+"Можете да го штиклирате „%s“, што е корисно ако сте запознаени со\n"
+"пакетите кои ви се понудени или пак сакате да имате целосна контрола\n"
+"за тоа што ќе се инсталира на вашиот систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако ја започнете инсталацијата во режимот „%s“, можете да ги деселектирате\n"
+"сите групи и да спречите инсталирање на било какви нови пакети. Ова е "
+"корисно\n"
+"за поправање или надградување на постоечки систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Доколку ги деселектирате сите групи кога извршувате обична инсталација\n"
+"(спротивно на надградување), ќе се појави дијалог кој ви предложува "
+"различни\n"
+"опции за минимална инсталација:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: инсталирање на најмал можен број пакети за да се добие\n"
+"работна графичка површина.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: инсталирање на основниот систем заедно со основните помошни\n"
+"алатки и нивна документација. Оваа инсталација е соодветна\n"
+"за поставување на сервер.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ќе инсталира апсолутно најмал број на пакети, неопходни за да се\n"
+"добие работен „Linux“ систем. Со оваа инсталација ќе имате само интерфејс\n"
+"за командни линии. Вкупната големина на оваа инсталација изнесува\n"
+"околу 65 мегабајти."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Надгради"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Со основна документација"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Искрено минимална инсталација"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Ако изберете индивидуално да инсталирате пакети, инсталерот ќе ви прикаже\n"
+"дрво што ги содржи сите пакети, распоредени ви групи и подгрупи.\n"
+"Додека го разгледувате дрвото, можете да избирате\n"
+"цели групи, подгрупи или индивидуални пакети.\n"
+"\n"
+"При избор на пакет од дрвото, од вашата десна страна ќе се појави опис,\n"
+"за да знаете за што е наменет пакетот.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Ако е избран серверски пакет, дали вие го имате изберено пакетот или\n"
+"затоа што е дел од цела група, ќе бидете запрашани да потврдите дали "
+"навистина\n"
+"сакате да се инсталираат тие сервери. Како стандард, во „Mandriva Linux“, "
+"сите инсталирани\n"
+"сервиси автоматски ќе видат вклучени при подигнување. Дури и ако тие се "
+"безбедни\n"
+"и немаат проблеми во време на излегување на дистрибуцијата, може да се "
+"случи\n"
+"да бидат откриени безбедносни дупки по излегувањето на оваа верзија на "
+"„Mandriva Linux“. \n"
+"Ако не знаете што прави одреден сервис или зошто се инсталира, притиснете „%"
+"s“.\n"
+"Со притискање на „%s“ ќе се инсталираат излистаните сервиси и тие\n"
+"автоматски ќе се вклучуваат при подигнување. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Опцијата „%s“ се користи за оневозможување на дијалогот за предупредување,\n"
+"кој се јавува секогаш кога програмата за инсталирање автоматски\n"
+"избира пакет за да го реши проблемот околу зависностите. Некои пакети\n"
+"зависат едни од други и како такви инсталацијата на пакетот бара\n"
+"да се инсталираат и други програми. Инсталерот може да одреди\n"
+"кои пакети се потребни за да се задоволат зависностите за да\n"
+"инсталацијата биде успешно завршена.\n"
+"\n"
+"Малата икона на дискета во дното на листата овозможува да се вчита листата\n"
+"на пакети што создадена за време на претходна инсталација. Ова е корисно "
+"ако\n"
+"имате повеќе машини кои сакате да ги конфигурирате идентично. Со притискање\n"
+"на оваа икона ќе побара од вас да внесете дискета што претходно била "
+"создадена,\n"
+"на крајот на некоја друга инсталација. Видете го вториот совет од "
+"претходниот\n"
+"чекор за тоа како да направите таква дискета."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Автоматски зависности"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: при притискање на копчето „%s“ ќе се вклучи Волшебникот\n"
+"за конфигурирање на принтерот. За повеќе информации како да поставете\n"
+"нов принтер, консултирајте се со соодветното поглавје од „Почетен водич“.\n"
+"Изгледот претставен во нашиот водич е сличен на оној кој се користи при\n"
+"инсталацијата."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Овој дијалог се користи за да ги изберете сервисите што сакате да се \n"
+"стартуваат за време на подигнување.\n"
+"\n"
+"„DrakX“ ќе ги излиста сите достапни сервиси во тековната инсталација.\n"
+"Внимателно разгледајте ги и дештиклирајте ги оние што не се потребни\n"
+"за време на подигнување.\n"
+"\n"
+"Можете да добиете кратко објаснување за некој сервис ако го изберете.\n"
+"Сепак, ако не сте сигурни дали некој сервис е корисен или не, побезбедно\n"
+"е да го оставите како што е.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Во овој стадиум, бидете внимателни ако планирате да ја користите\n"
+"вашата машина како сервер: веројатно нема да сакате да стартувате некој\n"
+"сервис што не ви е потребен. Ве молиме запомнете дека повеќе сервиси можат\n"
+"да бидат опасни ако бидат овозможени на сервер. Воглавно, изберете ги\n"
+"само сервисите што навистина ви се потребни. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux управува со времето според „GMT“ (Greenwich Mean Time) и го "
+"преведува\n"
+"во локално време според временската зона што сте ја избрале. Ако часовникот\n"
+"на вашата матична плоча е наместен на локално време, ова можете да го "
+"деактивирате\n"
+"со деселектирање на „%s“, што ќе му овозможи на „GNU/Linux“ да знае дека "
+"системскиот\n"
+"часовник и хардверскиот часовник се во иста временска зона. Ова е корисно "
+"кога\n"
+"на машината има уште еден оперативен систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Опцијата „%s“ автоматски ќе го регулира системскиот часовник\n"
+"преку поврзување со далечински временски сервер на Интернет.\n"
+"За да ви работи ова, мора да имате работна Интернет врска. Ви препорачуваме\n"
+"да изберете временски сервер во ваша близина. Всушност,\n"
+"оваа опција инсталира временски сервер што дополнително може да\n"
+"го користат други машини на вашата локална мрежа."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Автоматска синхронизација на време"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Графичка Карта\n"
+"\n"
+"   Вообичаено инсталерот автоматски ја пронаоѓа и конфигурира\n"
+"графичката карта инсталирана на вашата машина. Во спротивно можете\n"
+"да изберете од листава всушност која картичка ја имате инсталирано.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Во случај да се овозможени различни сервери за вашата картичка, со\n"
+"или без 3Д забрзување, тогаш ве прашуваат да го изберете серверот кој\n"
+"најмногу одговара на вашите потреби."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (за „X Window System“) е срцето на графичкиот изглед на „GNU/Linux“\n"
+"на кој се изградени сите графички околини („KDE“, „GNOME“, „AfterStep“,\n"
+"„WindowMaker“, и.т.н.) вградени во „Mandriva Linux“\n"
+"\n"
+"Ќе видите листа со различни параметри кои можете да ги менувате\n"
+"за да добиете оптимален графички приказ.\n"
+"\n"
+"Графичка карта\n"
+"\n"
+"   Вообичаено, инсталерот автоматски ќе ја детектира и конфигурира\n"
+"графичката карта која е инсталирана на вашиот компјутер.\n"
+"Ако ова е неточно, тогаш од листата можете да ја изберете\n"
+"картичката која всушност ја имате инсталирано.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Во случај каде повеќе сервери се достапни за вашата картичка, со или\n"
+"без 3Д забрзување, ќе бидете прашани да го изберете серверот\n"
+"кој најмногу одговара за вашите потреби.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталерот автоматски ќе го детектира и конфигурира мониторот\n"
+"кој е поврзан на вашиот компјутер. Ако ова е неточно, тогаш од листата\n"
+"можете да го изберете мониторот кој е поврзан на вашиот компјутер.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Резолуција\n"
+"\n"
+"   Овде можете да ја изберете резолуцијата и длабочината на бои достапни\n"
+"за вашиот графички хардвер. Изберете една која најмногу одговара на вашите\n"
+"потреби (можете да ги промените по инсталацијата), Пример на избраната\n"
+"конфигурација е прикажан на сликата со мониторот.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Тест\n"
+"\n"
+"Зависно вашиот хардвер, овој внес може и да не се појави.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Системот ќе се обиде да отвори графичкиот екран со бараната\n"
+"резолуција. Ако можете да ја прочитате прикажаната пораката и одговорете „%"
+"s“,\n"
+"тогаш „DrakX“ ќе продолжи со следниот чекор. Ако не можете да ја прочитате "
+"пораката,\n"
+"тогаш нешто не е во ред со конфигурацијата на автоматската детекција и\n"
+"тестот автоматски ќе завршпо 12 секунди, враќајќи ве назад на менито. \n"
+"Променете ги поставувањата се додека не добиете добар графички приказ.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Опции\n"
+"\n"
+"   Овој чекор ви овозможува да изберете дали вашиот компјутер автоматски\n"
+"ќе го вклучува графичкиот изглед при подигнување. Очигледно, можеби\n"
+"ќе сакате да изберете „%s“ ако вашиот компјутер се користи како сервер\n"
+"или ако неуспешно сте го конфигурирале приказот."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталерот автоматски ќе го пронајде и конфигурира мониторот\n"
+"кој е поврзан на вашиот компјутер. Доколку не е истиот, можете од\n"
+"листата да го изберете мониторот кој е поврзан на вашиот компјутер."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Резолуција\n"
+"\n"
+"   Овде може да ја изберете резолуцијата и длабочината на бојата достапни "
+"за\n"
+"вашата графичка карта. Изберете ја онаа која најмногу одговара на вашите\n"
+"потреби (иако ќе можете да ја менувате и по инсталацијата). Примерок од\n"
+"избраната конфигурација е прикажана во сликата на мониторот."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Во случај ако имате различни сервери достапни за вашата картичка, со или\n"
+"без 3Д забрзување, ќе бидете прашани да го изберете серверот кој најмногу\n"
+"одговара на вашите потреби."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Опции\n"
+"\n"
+"   Овие чекори ќе ви овозможат да изберете дали вашата машина\n"
+"автоматски да го вклучи графичкиот интерфејс при вклучување.\n"
+"Веројатно би сакале да одговорите „%s“, ако планирате вашата машина\n"
+"да е сервер, или ако не сте успеале да го конфигурирате\n"
+"графичкиот приказ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Сега треба да одлучите каде на вашиот диск сакате да се инсталира\n"
+"оперативниот систем „Mandriva Linux“. Ако вашиот хард диск е празен\n"
+"или сето достапно место го користи постоечки оперативен систем, треба\n"
+"да го партиционирате дискот. Во основа, партиционирање на хард диск значи\n"
+"логичка поделба за создавање на простор потребен за инсталирање на\n"
+"вашиот нов „Mandriva Linux“ систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Бидејќи процесот на партиционирање на хард дискот вообичаено е "
+"нереверзибилен\n"
+"и може да доведе до губење на податоци. Партиционирањето може да е "
+"зплашувачко\n"
+"и стресно за неискусен корисник. За среќа, „DrakX“ вклучува волшебник кој "
+"овој\n"
+"процес го прави многу едноставен. Пред да продолжите со овој чекор, "
+"прочитајте\n"
+"го остатокот од секцијата и пред се, не брзајте.\n"
+"\n"
+"Во зависност од конфигурацијата на вашиот хард диск, достапни се\n"
+"повеќе опции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: оваа опција ќе изведе автоматско партиционирање на празниот(те) диск"
+"(ови).\n"
+"Ако ја користете оваа опција, понатаму нема да сте запрашувани.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: волшебникот детектирал една или повеќе постоечки „Linux“ партиции\n"
+"на вашиот диск. Ако сакате да ги користите, изберете ја оваа опција.\n"
+"Потоа ќе бидете прашани да ги изберете точките на монтирање асоцирани со "
+"секоја\n"
+"од партициите. Наследните точки на монтирање се изберени како стандардни, и "
+"за\n"
+"поголемиот дел е добра идеја да се задржат.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако на дискот има инсталирано „Microsoft Windows“ и тој го зафаќа "
+"целиот простор,\n"
+"мора да направите празен простор за „GNU/Linux“. За да го сторите ова, "
+"можете да ја\n"
+"избришете партицијата на „Microsoft Windows“ и податоците (видете го "
+"решението\n"
+"„Избриши цел диск“) или пак да ја промените големината на вашата „Microsoft "
+"Windows“\n"
+"дали е тоа „FAT“ или „NTFS“. Промена на големината може да се изврши без "
+"губење на\n"
+"податоците, но претходно е потребно да ja дефрагментирате „Windows“ "
+"партицијата.\n"
+"Строго се препорачува да наравите копија на вашите податоци. Употреба на "
+"оваа опција\n"
+"се препорачува ако на вашиот компјутер сакате да ѓи користите и двата "
+"оперативни системи,\n"
+"и „Mandriva Linux“ и „Microsoft Windows“.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Пред да ја изберете оваа опција треба да знаете дека по ова „Microsoft "
+"Windows“\n"
+"партицијата ќе биде помала. Ќе имате помалку слободен простор под "
+"„Microsoft\n"
+"Windows“ за чување на податоци или инсталирање на нов софтвер.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако сакате да ги избришете сите податоци и сите партиции присутни "
+"на\n"
+"вашиот диск и да ги замените со вашиот нов „Mandriva Linux“ систем, изберете "
+"ја\n"
+"оваа опција. Внимавајте, откако ќе потврдите оваа операција не може да\n"
+"биде вратена.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ако ја изберете оваа опција, сите податоци на вашиот диск ќе бидат "
+"избришани. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: оваа опција се јавува кога хард дискот е комплетно заземен од\n"
+"„Microsoft Windows“. Ако ја изберете оваа опција едноставно ќе избрише се "
+"што\n"
+"имате на дискот и ќе почнето одново, партиционирајќи се од почеток.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ако ја изберете оваа опција, сите податоци на вашиот диск ќе бидат "
+"изгубени. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": изберете ја оваа опција ако сакате рачно да го партиционирате "
+"вашиот хард\n"
+"диск. Внимавајте -- ова е моќен но опасен избор и можете многу лесно да ги "
+"изгубите\n"
+"сите ваши податоци. Затоа оваа опција е препорачлива само ако веќе имате "
+"правено\n"
+"вакво нешто и имате малку искуство. За повеќе инструкции како да ја "
+"користите\n"
+"алатката „DiskDrake“, обратете се на секцијата „Менаџирање на вашите партиции"
+"„ во\n"
+"„Почетен водич“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Користи ја постоечката партиција"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Избриши го целиот диск"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Еве сте, инсталацијата заврши и вашиот „GNU/Linux“ систем е подготвен\n"
+"за користење. Само притиснете на „%s“ за да го рестартирате системот.\n"
+"Не заборавајте да го отстраните инсталациониот медиум („CD-ROM“ или "
+"дискета)\n"
+"Прво нешто што треба да проверете по завршувањето на хардверските тестови\n"
+"е подигнувачкото мени, кое ви дава избор кој оперативен систем сакате\n"
+"да го вклучите.\n"
+"\n"
+"Копчето „%s“ прикажува уште две додатни копчиња за:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: создавање на инсталациска дискета која автоматски ќе го\n"
+"изведе целиот процес на инсталација без помош од оператор,\n"
+"слично на инсталацијата која штотуку ја конфигуриравте.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Забележете дека по притискањето на ова копче се појавуваат две\n"
+"различни опции:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“. Ова е делумно автоматизирана инсталација, Чекорот\n"
+"за поделба на дискот е единствената интерактивна процедура.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“. Целосно автоматизирана инсталација: дискот комплетно\n"
+"се пребришува, и сите податоци ќе бидат изгубени.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Оваа можност е многу практична при инсталирање на поголем број слични\n"
+"машини. За повеќе информации, видете го одделот за „Автоматска Инсталација“\n"
+"на нашата веб страница.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“(*): да ја зачувува листата на изборот на пакети во оваа "
+"инсталација.\n"
+"За да го користите овој избор за друга инсталација, внесете ја дискетата\n"
+"и започнете ја инсталацијата. Откако ќе го внесете дискот и при "
+"појавувањето\n"
+"на екранот  притиснете на кочето „F1“ и внесете >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<\n"
+"и притиснете на тастерот „Enter“.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Потребна ви е дискета форматирана со „FAT“ датотечен систем. За да\n"
+"ја креирате под „GNU/Linux“ извршете „mformat a:“ или „fdformat /dev/fd0“\n"
+"проследено со „mkfs.vfat /dev/fd9“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Генерирај дискета за авто-инсталација"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Ако сте избрале повторно да користите некои наследни „GNU/Linux“\n"
+"партиции, можеби сакате да форматирате некои од нив и да ги\n"
+"избришете сите податоци кои ги содржат. За да направите ова, ве\n"
+"молиме изберете ги ѝ тие партиции.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ве молиме зебележете дека не е неопходно повторно да ги форматирате\n"
+"сите претходно постоечки партиции. Мора повторно да ги форматирате\n"
+"партициите кои го содржат оперативниот систем (како што се „/“ или „/var“),\n"
+"но, не мора да ги форматирате партициите кои содржат податоци кои\n"
+"сакате да ги задржите (вообичаено „/home“).\n"
+"\n"
+"Внимавајте при изборот на партициите. Откако ќе заврши форматирањето,\n"
+"сите податоци на избраните партиции ќе бидат избришани и нема да\n"
+"може да ги вратите.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сте подготвени да ги форматирате партициите, притиснете „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сакате да изберете друга партиција за системска инсталација на\n"
+"вашиот нов оперативен систем „Mandriva Linux“, притиснете на „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сакате да изберете партиции за проверка на лоши блокови на дискот,\n"
+"притиснете на „%s“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Додека го инсталирате „Mandriva Linux“, најверојанто е дека некои пакети\n"
+"веќе имаат надградби од првичното издание. Можеби се поправени грешки,\n"
+"решени се безбедносни проблеми. За да придобиете од овие надградби,\n"
+"сега може да ги преземете од Интернет. Ако имате функционална интернет\n"
+"врска штиклирајте го „%s“ или ако претпочитате подоцна да ги\n"
+"инсталирате надградбите, притиснете на „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако го штиклирате „%s“ ќе ви се појави листа со веб локации од каде\n"
+"ќе можете да ги преземете надградбите. Изберете ја онаа локација\n"
+"која е најблиску до вас. Ќе се појави дрво со избор на пакети:\n"
+"прегледајте го изборот, и за да ги преземете и инсталирате избраните\n"
+"пакети притиснете на „%s“. Во спротивно, притиснете на „%s“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Сега, „DrakX“ ќе ви овозможи да го изберете сигурносното ниво кое го\n"
+"посакувате за вашиот компјутер. Грубо кажано, сигурносното ниво треба\n"
+"да е повисоко ако компјутерот содржи важни податоци или ако е директно\n"
+"изложен на Интернет. Како замена за повисоко сигурносно ниво\n"
+"лесната употреба ќе биде намалена.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако не знаете што да изберете, задржете ја дадената опција. Нивото на "
+"сигурност\n"
+"ќе можете подоцна да го смените со алатката „draksec“, која е дел од\n"
+"Конгролниот центар на „Mandriva Linux“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пополнете го полето „%s“ со адресата na е-пошта на личноста која е\n"
+"одговорна за сигурноста. Сигурносните пораки ќе се праќаат на таа адреса."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Администратор за сигурност"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Во овој момент треба да изберете која партициja или партиции ќе ги користите "
+"за\n"
+"инсталација на системот „Mandriva Linux“. Ако партициите се веќе "
+"дефинирани,\n"
+"од претходна инсталација на „GNU/Linux“ или од друга алатка за поделба на "
+"дискот,\n"
+"може да ги користите веќе постоечките партиции. Во спротивно, партициите\n"
+"на хард дискот мора да бидат дефинирани.\n"
+"\n"
+"За да создадете партиции најпрво треба да изберете хард диск. Можете да го\n"
+"изберете дискот за партицирање со притискање на „hda“ за првиот „IDE“ уред,\n"
+"„hdb“ за вториот, „sda“ за првиот „SCSI“ уред итн.\n"
+"\n"
+"За да го поделите избраниот хард диск, можете да ги користите овие опции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: оваа опција ги брише сите партиции на избраниот хард диск\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: оваа опција ви овозможува автоматски да создадете „ext3“ и „swap“\n"
+"партиции во слободниот простор од вашиот хард диск\n"
+"\n"
+"„%s“: ви дава пристап до додатни карактеристики: \n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ја зачувува партициската табела на дискета. Корисно за\n"
+"понатамошно враќање на партициската табела, ако е потребно. Строго се\n"
+"препорачува да го изведете овој чекор.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ви овозможува да вратите претходно зачувана партициска табела\n"
+"од дискета.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако вашата партициска табела е оштетена, со користење на оваа\n"
+"опција може да се обидете да ја вратите. Ве молиме бидете внимателни\n"
+"и запомнете дека ова не успева секогаш.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ги отфрла сите промени и ја превчитува партициската табела\n"
+"која претходно постоела на хард дискот.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако ја одштиклирате оваа опција корисниците ќе бидат приморани\n"
+"рачно да ги монтираат и демонтираат отстранливите медиуми како што\n"
+"се дискетите и CD-ата.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: изберете ја оваа опција ако сакате да користите волшебник за\n"
+"поделба на вашиот хард диск. Ова е препорачано ако немате добро\n"
+"познавање за поделба на дискови.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: изберете ја оваа опција за да ги откажете вашите промени.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ви овозможува додатни.дејства на партициите (вид, опции, формат)\n"
+"и ви дава повеќе информации за хард дискот.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: кога ќе завршите со поделбата на хард дискот, ова повторно\n"
+"ќе ги зачувува вашите промени на дискот.\n"
+"\n"
+"Кога дефинирате големина на партиција, на истата големината можете\n"
+"фино да ја поставите со користење на стрелките на тастатурата.\n"
+"\n"
+"Забелешка: сите опции можете да ги користете преку тастатурата. Користете\n"
+"го тастерот „Tab“ и стрелките [Горе/Долу] на тастатурата .\n"
+"\n"
+"Кога е избрана партиција, можете да користите:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „Ctrl-c“ - да создадете нова партиција (кога е избрана празна партиција)\n"
+"\n"
+" * „Ctrl-d“ - да избришете партиција\n"
+"\n"
+" * „Ctrl-m“ - да поставите точка на монтирање.\n"
+"\n"
+"За да добиете информации за различните типови на датотечни системи,\n"
+"прочитајте го одделот за „ext2FS“ од „Упатство за употреба“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако инсталирате на „PPC“ машина, ќе сакате да создадете мала „HFS "
+"bootstrap“\n"
+"партиција од барем 1МБ, која ќе се користи од подигнувачот „yaboot“. Ако "
+"сакате\n"
+"да ја направите партицијата малку поголема, на пример 50МБ, тоа може да "
+"биде\n"
+"корисно како место за чување резервен кернел и „ramdisk“ слики за итни "
+"случаи."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Автоматско монтирање на отстранливи медиуми"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Префрлање помеѓу нормален/експертски режим"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"На вашиот диск е пронајдено повеќе од една „Microsoft“ партиција.\n"
+"Изберете ја онаа што сакате да ја намалите/зголемите за да го\n"
+"инсталирате вашиот нов „Mandriva Linux“ оперативен систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Секоја партиција е излистана со: „Linux име“, „Windows име“\n"
+"„Капацитет“.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Linux име“ е со структура: „тип на диск“, „број на диск“,\n"
+"„број на партиција“ (на пример, „hda1“).\n"
+"\n"
+"„Тип на дискот“ е „hd“ ако дискот е „IDE“, и „sd“ ако дискот е SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Број на дискот“ е секогаш буква после „hd“ или „sd“. Кај „IDE“ дисковите:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „a“ значи „master“ диск на примарниот „IDE“ контролер;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „b“ значи „slave“ диск на примарниот „IDE“ контролер;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „c“ значи „master“ диск на секундарниот „IDE“ контролер;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „d“ значи „slave“ диск на секундарниот „IDE“ контролер.\n"
+"\n"
+"Кај „SCSI“ дисковите, буквата „a“ значи најнизок „SCSI ID“, а „b“ значи\n"
+"втор најмал „SCSI ID“, итн.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Windows име“ е буквата на дискот под „Windows“ (првиот диск или партиција\n"
+"се вика „C:“)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: проверка за тековниот избор на држава. Ако не сте во оваа држава\n"
+"притиснете на копчето „%s“ и изберете друга. Доколку вашата држава не\n"
+"се наоѓа на прикажаната листа, притиснете на копчето „%s“ за да ја\n"
+"добиете комплетната листа на држави."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Овој чекор се активира само ако на вашиот компјутер претходно е\n"
+"пронајдена постоечка „GNU/Linux“ партиција.\n"
+"\n"
+"„DrakX“ треба да знае дали сакате да извршите нова инсталација или\n"
+"надградба на постоечкиот „Mandriva Linux“ систем:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Во најголем број случаеви, ова комплетно го брише стариот систем.\n"
+"Сепак, зависно од шемата на делење на дискот, можете да спречите некои\n"
+"од вашите постоечки податоци (посебно директориумите „home“) да не бидат\n"
+"пребришани. Ако сакате да го промените начинот на кој е поделен вашито диск\n"
+"или да го промените датотечниот систем, треба да ја користете ја оваа "
+"опција.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Оваа класа на инсталација ви овозможува да ги надградите пакетите "
+"кои\n"
+"се тековно инсталирани на вашиот „Mandriva Linux“ систем. Вашата тековна "
+"шема на\n"
+"поделба на дискот и корисничките податоци нема да бидат променети. Повеќето "
+"од\n"
+"останатите конфигурациски чекори остануваат достапни и се слични со "
+"стандардната\n"
+"инсталацијата.\n"
+"\n"
+"Користењето на опцијата „Надгради“ работи одлично на „Mandriva Linux“ "
+"системи кои имаат\n"
+"верзија „8.1“ или понова. Извршување на надградба на „Mandriva Linux“ верзии "
+"постари\n"
+"од верзија „8.1“ е строго непрепорачлива."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Зависно од тоа кој јазик го имате избрано, „DrakX“ автоматски ќе го избере\n"
+"одредениот тип за конфигурација на тастатурата. Проверете дали изборот\n"
+"ви одговара или изберете друг распоред за тастатура.\n"
+"\n"
+"Исто така, можеби нема да ја има тастатурата која точно одговара на\n"
+"вашиот јазик: на пример, ако сте Македонец кој зборува Англиски,\n"
+"можеби имате Македонска тастатура. Или, ако зборувате Англиски и се\n"
+"наоѓате во Квебек, може да се најдете во ситуација каде што вашиот\n"
+"мајчин јазик и поставувањата за тастатура не се совпаѓаат. Во било кој\n"
+"случај, овој чекор од инсталацијата ви овозможува да ја изберете\n"
+"соодветната тастатура од листата.\n"
+"\n"
+"За да се прикаже листа на подржани тастатури притиснете на копчето „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако изберете распоред на тастатура кој не е базиран на латинска азбука,\n"
+"наредниот прозорец ќе ви овозможи да ги изберете тастерите за промена\n"
+"меѓу Латински и не-Латински распоред."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Првиот чекор е да го изберете јазикот кој го преферирате.\n"
+"\n"
+"Вашиот избор на јазик ќе влијае на инсталерот, документацијата\n"
+"и системот воопшто. Најпрво изберете го регионот каде се наоѓате\n"
+"и потоа јазикот кој го говорите.\n"
+"\n"
+"Со притискање на копчето „%s“ ви се овозможува да изберете други\n"
+"јазици кои ќе се инсталираат на вашата работна станица, притоа ќе се\n"
+"инсталираат системски датотеки, документација и апликации во завиност\n"
+"од избраниот јазик. На пример, доколку Шпански корисници го користат\n"
+"вашиот компјутер, во дрвото изберете Македонски како почетен јазик\n"
+"и „%s“ во одделот „Напредно“.\n"
+"\n"
+"За „UTF-8“ (повеќекодна) подршка: Повеќекодната подршка е ново кодирање\n"
+"на знаци наменето да ги покрие сите постоечки јазици. Но, комплетна подршка\n"
+"во „GNU/Linux“ е сеуште во развој. Поради оваа причина, употребата на „UTF-"
+"8“ во\n"
+"„Mandriva Linux“ ќе зависи од изборот на корисникот:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ако изберете јазик со силно наследно кодирање („latin1“ јазици,\n"
+"Руски, Јапонски, Кинески, Корејски, Тајландски, Грчки, Турски, повеќето\n"
+"„iso-8859-2“ јазици), наследното кодирање ќе се користи како почетно;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Останатите јазици ќе користат ја повеќекодната табела како почетна;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ако се потребни два или повеќе јазици и тие јазици не користат иста\n"
+"кодна табела, во тој случај повеќекодната табела ќе се користи за\n"
+"целиот систем;\n"
+"\n"
+" * И за крај, повеќекодната табела може присилно да се користи низ целиот\n"
+"систем по избор на корисникот притоа избирајќи ја опцијата „%s“, независно\n"
+"кои јазици претходно биле избрани.\n"
+"\n"
+"Забележете дека не сте ограничени да изберете само еден додатен јазик.\n"
+"Можете да изберете повеќе или да ѓи инсталирате сите со штиклирање на „%s“.\n"
+"Избирањето на подршка за одреден јазик значи дека ќе се инсталираат "
+"преводи,\n"
+"фонтови, проверувачи на правопис итн. соодветно на избраниот јазик.\n"
+"\n"
+"За да ѓи менувате јазиците кои се инсталирани на вашиот систем, како „root“\n"
+"извршете ја командата „localedrake“ и притоа ќе се смени јазикот на "
+"системско ниво.\n"
+"Ако ја извршите командата како обичен корисник, јазикот ќе се промени само\n"
+"за тој одреден корисник."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Шпански"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Вообичаено, „DrakX“ го детектира бројот на копчиња на вашиот глушец.\n"
+"Ако не успее, тогаш претпоставува дека имате глушец со две копчиња и ќе "
+"постави\n"
+"емулација за трето копче. Третото копче на глушец со две копчиња може да се\n"
+"користи при истовремено притискање на левото и десното копче. „DrakX“ "
+"автоматски\n"
+"препознава дали се работи за „PS/2“, сериски или „USB“ глушец.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако имате глушец со 3 копчиња без тркалце, може да изберете „%s“ глушец.\n"
+"Тогаш „DrakX“ ќе го конфигурира вашиот глушец така што ќе можете да "
+"симулирате\n"
+"тркалце со него. За да го користите тркалцето, притиснете на средното копче\n"
+"и движете го глушецот нагоре и надолу.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако поради некоја причина сакате да наведете друг тип на глушец,\n"
+"изберете го соодветниот тип од понудената листа.\n"
+"\n"
+"Може да го изберете внесот „%s“ за да изберете „општ“ тип на глушец\n"
+"кој ќе работи со скоро секој глушец.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сте избрале глушец различен од понудениот, ќе се појави екран за\n"
+"тестирање. Употребете ги копчињата и тркалцето за да проверите дали\n"
+"поставувањата се во ред и дека глушецот работи исправно. Ако глушецот\n"
+"не работи како што треба, притиснете на „space“ или на „Enter“ за да го\n"
+"откажете тестот и ќе бидете вратени на листата за глувци.\n"
+"\n"
+"Понекогаш, глувците со тркалце не се детектираат автоматски, па ќе треба\n"
+"да го изберете од листата. Изберете го оној што одговара на портата на\n"
+"која што е приклучен. По избирањето на глушецот и притискање на\n"
+"копчето „%s“, ќе се прикаже слика на глушец на екранот. Движете го "
+"тркалцето\n"
+"за да видите дали работи како што треба. Откога ќе видите дека\n"
+"тркалцето на екранот се движи исто како што го движите вистинското тркалце,\n"
+"тестирајте ѓи копчињата и проверете дека покажувачот се движи по екранот "
+"како што\n"
+"го движите глушецот."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "со емулација на тркало"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Универзално | Било кое „PS/2“ и „USB“ глувче"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Изберете ја вистинската порта. На пример, портата „COM1“ под „Windows“,\n"
+"во „GNU/Linux“се вика „ttyS0“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ова е многу важна одлука во врска со безбедноста на вашиот „GNU/Linux“ "
+"систем:\n"
+"треба да ја внесете лозинката за „root“. „Root“ е системскиот администратор\n"
+"и е единствениот корисник кој е авторизиран да надградува, додава \n"
+"корисници, ја менува севкупната системска конфигурација, итн. Во кратки "
+"црти,\n"
+"„root“ може да прави сѐ! Затоа мора да изберете лозинка која што е тешка\n"
+"за погодување -- „DrakX“ ќе ви каже ако е премногу лесна. Како што можете "
+"да\n"
+"видите, не сте принудени да внесете лозинка, но ние строго ви препорачуваме "
+"да\n"
+"не го правите ова. „GNU/Linux“ е исто склон на грешки при работа исто како и "
+"било\n"
+"кој друг оперативен систем. Бидејќи „root“ може да ги надмине сите "
+"ограничувања\n"
+"и ненамерно да ги избрише сите податоци на партициите ако невнимателно им\n"
+"пристапува на истите. Многу е важно да некој тешко се најави\n"
+"како „root“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Лозинката треба да е составена од букви и бројки и да е долга барем 8 "
+"знаци.\n"
+"Никогаш не ја запишувајте лозинката на „root“  -- така премногу\n"
+"лесно се загрозува вашиот систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Еден ризик: немојте да ја направите лозинката премногу долга или,\n"
+"комплицирана, бидејќи е потребно да ја знаете на памет.\n"
+"\n"
+"Лозинката нема да биде прикажана на екранот додека ја внесувате. За да се\n"
+"намали ризикот при грешка на внесување на лозинката потребно е да ја "
+"внесете\n"
+"двапати. Ако погрешно ја напишете лозинката и при двете внесувања,\n"
+"оваа „неточна“ лозинка ќе треба да ја користите при првиот обид да\n"
+"се најавите како „root“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сакате да користите сервер за проверка за контрола на пристапот\n"
+"на вашиот компјутер, притиснете на копчето „%s“\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако вашата мрежа користи некоја од „LDAP“, „NIS“ или „PDC Windows Domain“\n"
+"сервиси за проверка, изберете го вистинскиот за „%s “. Ако не знаете кој од "
+"овие\n"
+"сервиси користите, потребно е да го прашате вашиот мрежен администратор.\n"
+"\n"
+"Доколку имате проблем со паметење на лозинки или ако вашиот компјутер\n"
+"никогаш нема да се поврзи на Интернет и имате потполна доверба во оние\n"
+"кои го користат вашиот компјутер, може да изберете „%s“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "проверка"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Подигнувач е мала програма која компјутерот ја вклучува за времето\n"
+"на вклучување. Оваа програма е одговорна за вклучување на целиот\n"
+"систем. Секако, инсталацијата на подигнувачот е целосно автоматизирана.\n"
+"„DrakX“ ќе го анализира секторот за подигнување на дискот и ќе\n"
+"дејствува соодветно на тоа што ќе пронајде:\n"
+"\n"
+" * ако е пронајден сектор за подигнување на „Windows“ ќе го замени со „GRUB/"
+"LILO“\n"
+"сектор за подигнување. Вака ќе можете да го вклучите „GNU/Linux“ или било "
+"кој\n"
+"друг оперативен систем кој е инсталиран на вашата машина.\n"
+"\n"
+" * ако е пронајден „GRUB“ или „LILO“ сектор за подигнување, ќе го замени со "
+"нов.\n"
+"\n"
+"Доколку „DrakX“ не може да одреди каде да го смести секторот за "
+"подигнување,\n"
+"ќе бидете запрашани каде се снима. Општо, најсигурното место е „%s“.\n"
+"При избор на „%s“ нема да се инсталира подигнувач. Користете ја оваа опција\n"
+"само ако знаете што правите."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Сега е време да го изберете системот за печатење за вашиот компјутер.\n"
+"Други оперативни системи може да ви понудат еден, „Mandriva Linux“ нуди\n"
+"два. Секој од системите за печатење најдобро одговара со одредени\n"
+"типови на конфигурација.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ -- што е акроним од „print, do not queue“, е вистинскиот избор ако\n"
+"имате директна врска со вашиот печатач, не сакате да имате паника при\n"
+"печатење и немате в мрежени печатачи. („%s“ ќе се справи само во случај\n"
+"на многу едноставна мрежа и споро работи кога се користи во мрежи.)\n"
+"Доколку ова е вашето прво искуство со „GNU/Linux“,\n"
+"препорачливо е да го користите „pdq„.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ -- или „Common Unix Printing System“ е извонреден и за печатење на\n"
+"локалниот печатач и за печатење од другата страна на планетата. Тој е \n"
+"едноставен за конфигурирање и може да се однесува како сервер или клиент\n"
+"за историскиот „lpd“ систем за печатење. Значи е компатибилен со постари\n"
+"оперативни системи на кои сеуште им се потребни сервиси за печатење.\n"
+"Иако е многу моќен, сепак, основното поставување е скоро лесно како и за\n"
+"„pdq“. Ако сакате да емулирате „lpd“ сервер, проверете дали е вклучен\n"
+"сервисот „cups-lpd“. „%s“. Вклучува и графички изглед за печатење или\n"
+"избирање на опции за печатачот и за раководење со истиот.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сега се одлучите за избор и подоцна не ви се допаѓа вашиот\n"
+"систем за печатење, можете да го промените со вклучување на\n"
+"„PrinterDrake“ од контролниот центар на „Mandriva Linux“\n"
+"со протискање на копчето „%s“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Експерт"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"„DrakX“ прво ќе ги детектира „IDE“ уредите присутни на вашиот компјутер. "
+"Исто\n"
+"така, ќе скенира за една или повеќе „PCI SCSI“ картички на вашиот ситем. Ако "
+"е пронајдена\n"
+"„SCSI“ картичка, „DrakX“ автоматски ќе го инсталира драјверот кој  најмногу "
+"одговара.\n"
+"\n"
+"Бидејќи хардверската детекција понекогаш не проаѓа, „DrakX“ можеби нема да "
+"успее\n"
+"да ги пронајде вашите хард дискови. Во тој случај треба рачно да го одредите "
+"вашиот хардвер.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако треба рачно да го одредите вашиот „PCI SCSI“ адаптер, „DrakX“ ќе ве "
+"праша\n"
+"дали сакате да ги конфигурирате опциите за него. Треба да дозволите „DrakX“ "
+"да го проба\n"
+"хардверот со опциите одредени за каритичката кои се потребни да се "
+"иницијализира\n"
+"адаптерот. Поголемиот дел од времето „DrakX“ ќе го помине овој чекор без "
+"никакви\n"
+"проблеми.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако „DrakX“ не може автоматски да одреди кои параметрки треба да се\n"
+"пренесат на хардверот за опциите , ќе треба рачно да го\n"
+"конфигурирате драјверот."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: ако е пронајдена звучната карта на вашиот систем, таа ќе биде\n"
+"прикажана овде. Доколку вашата звучна карта е различна од прикажаната\n"
+"може да притиснете на копчето и да изберете друг драјвер."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Како преглед, „DrakX“ ќе ви приложи резиме од информациите кои ѓи\n"
+"собрал за вашиот систем. Во зависност од хардверот кој е инсталиран\n"
+"на вашата машина може да ѓи имате сите или само некои од следниве\n"
+"внесови. Секој од внесовите е направен со конфигурација за хардверот\n"
+"проследено со брзо резиме за тековната конфигурација. За да извршете\n"
+"промени, соодветно притиснете на копчето „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": проверете го тековниот избор за мапа на тастатура и променете ја\n"
+"доколку тоа е потребно.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: проверка за тековниот избор на држава. Ако не сте во оваа држава\n"
+"притиснете на копчето „%s“ и изберете друга. Доколку вашата држава не\n"
+"се наоѓа на прикажаната листа, притиснете на копчето „%s“ за да ја\n"
+"добиете комплетната листа на држави.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: вообичаено, DrakX ја одредува вашата временска зона во зависност\n"
+"кој држава ја имате избрано. Доколку временската зона е неточна,\n"
+"за промена можете да притиснете на копчето „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: потврдете ја вашата тековна конфигурација на глушецот и\n"
+"притиснете на копчето да ја промените доколку тоа е потребно.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: при притискање на копчето „%s“ ќе се вклучи Волшебникот\n"
+"за конфигурирање на принтерот. За повеќе информации како да поставете\n"
+"нов принтер, консултирајте се со соодветното поглавје од „Почетен водич“.\n"
+"Изгледот претставен во нашиот водич е сличен на оној кој се користи при "
+"инсталацијата.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако е пронајдена звучната карта на вашиот систем, таа ќе биде\n"
+"прикажана овде. Доколку вашата звучна карта е различна од прикажаната\n"
+"може да притиснете на копчето и да изберете друг драјвер.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако имате ТВ карта, овде ќе бидат прикажани информациите за\n"
+"нејзината конфигурација. Доколку имате ТВ карта и не е пронајдена, "
+"притиснете\n"
+"на „%s“ и обидете се да ја конфигурирате рачно.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако мислите дека конфигурацијата е погрешна може да притиснете на\n"
+"копчето „%s“ и да ги променете параметрите асоцирани со вашата картичка.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: вообичаено, DrakX го конфигурира вашиот графички изглед со\n"
+"резолуција од „800х600“ или „1024х768“. Ако ова не ви одговара, притиснете "
+"на\n"
+"„%s“ и повторно конфигурирајте го вашиот графички изглед.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ако сакате да конфигурирате пристап кон Интернет или локална "
+"мрежа,\n"
+"можете да го направите тоа. Информирајте се од испечатената документација "
+"или\n"
+"по инсталацијата користете го Контролниот центар на „Mandriva Linux“ за да\n"
+"добиете комплетна помош.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ви дозволува да конфигурирате адреси за „HTTP“ и „FTP“ адреси, "
+"доколку\n"
+"машината на која инсталирате ќе се наоѓа позади прокси сервер.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": овој внес ви овозможува повторно да го дефинирате нивото на "
+"сигурност\n"
+"кое е дефинирано во претходниот чекор.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ако планирате да го поврзите вашиот компјутер на Интернет, добра "
+"идеја\n"
+"е да се заштитите од напади со поставување на огнен ѕид (firewall). За "
+"детали околу\n"
+"поставување на огнен ѕид, консултирајте се со соодветното\n"
+"поглавје од „Почетен водич“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ако сакате да ја промените конфигурацијата на подигнувачот,\n"
+"притиснете на ова копче. Ова би требало да се зачува за напредни корисници.\n"
+"Информирајте се од испечатената документација или од вградената помош за\n"
+"подигнувачот во Контролниот центар на „Mandriva Linux“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": преку овој внес може да поставете кои сервиси ќе се вклучуваат\n"
+"при вклучување на вашата машина. Ако планирате да ја користите како сервер,\n"
+"добро би било да го прегледате ова поставување."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "„ISDN“ картичка"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Графички интерфејс"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Изберете го дискот што сакате да го избришете за да ја инсталирате новата\n"
+"„Mandriva Linux“ партиција. Внимавајте, сите податоци на него ќе бидат\n"
+"изгубени и нема да може да се вратат!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Ако сакате да ги избришете сите податоци и партиции што се наоѓаат\n"
+"на овој диск, притиснете на „%s“. Внимавајте, откако ќе притиснете\n"
+"на „%s“, нема да може да ги вратите податоците и партициите кои се\n"
+"присутни на вашиот диск, вклучувајќи ги и сите податоци на „Windows“.\n"
+"\n"
+"За да ја откажете оваа операција без да изгубите податоци и партиции\n"
+"кои се наоѓаат на овој диск, притиснете на „%s“."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Следно ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Претходно"
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/mn.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/mn.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..47f016e19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/mn.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1191 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to Mongolian
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Khurelbaatar Lkhagavsuren <hujii247@yahoo.com>, 2003.
+# Khurelbaatar Lkhagvasuren <hujii247@yahoo.com>, 2003.
+# Sanlig Badral <Badral@openmn.org>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-01-02 00:35+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Sanlig Badral <Badral@openmn.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Mongolian <openmn-core@lists.sf.net>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Та энэ чанарыг ашиглахыг хүсэж байна уу?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"вы вы вы вы вы г вы г бол Нэр г г Нэр бол төрөл г г г Erfitt төрөл бол бол г "
+"бол г г Erfitt бол г\n"
+" г\n"
+" г\n"
+" г\n"
+" г Дугаар г секунд Дугаар."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Мандрива Линуксын суулгац нь хэд хэдэн CD-ROM дээр байдаг. Хэрэв ямар\n"
+"нэгэн сонгогдсон багц нь өөр CD-ROM дээр байвал DrakX үүнийг мэдэх бөгөөд\n"
+"одооны байгаа CD-г гаргаад тухайн хэрэгтэй CD-г оруулахыг хүснэ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"бол вы аас аас г аас дөрөв Та аас г г Хөгжил бүлэг г\n"
+" с вы аас ямх бүлэг г\n"
+" с бүлэг г\n"
+" с бол аас вы г\n"
+" с бол вы вы г бүлэг нэр бүлэг вы энгийн диалог г\n"
+" с аас г\n"
+" с бол г\n"
+" с аас вы хэмжээ аас бол г с бол вы вы г вы ямх с горим вы шинэ бол."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"вы вы Мод Мод вы г вы Мод Тодорхойлолт вы аас г г вы аас бүлэг аас вы үгүй "
+"бол аас вы бол бол с с г с бол диалог бусад аас бусад Программ бол г Эмблем "
+"дор аас жигсаалт вы ачаалах жигсаалт бол вы аас вы Эмблем вы аас секунд аас."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Автоматаар"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr "с с аас шинэ бол."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"диалог бол вы г жигсаалт г текст бол вы бол бол г г вы вы вы Томоор ерөнхий "
+"вы г!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"ямх GMT Цаг вы бол вы г с ямх бол Цонхнууд г с Интернэт вы Интернэт бол вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Автоматаар"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Дэлгэц г\n"
+" бол вы жигсаалт вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X X Цонх Систем бол аас KDE GNOME г жигсаалт аас г\n"
+" бол вы жигсаалт вы г\n"
+" Томоор вы г г г г\n"
+" бол вы жигсаалт вы г г г г\n"
+" вы вы аас бол ямх г г г г\n"
+" вы с вы аас секунд вы Өөрчилөх вы г г г г\n"
+" вы вы вы г с бол вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Дэлгэц г\n"
+" бол вы жигсаалт вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr "Томоор вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Устгах"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"вы бол бол с вы Дууслаа бол Цэс вы аас г с туг г\n"
+" с аас вы г\n"
+" Тэмдэглэл туг г\n"
+" с бол бол г\n"
+" с бол бол г\n"
+" бол аас Авто сайт г\n"
+" с жигсаалт аас ямх төрөл г г Та төрөл г"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Үүсгэж байна"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr "Бүх г г вы вы г бол Та вы вы г г вы г с вы г с вы шинэ г с вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr "Цэг вы аас Интернэт аас аас аас г вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Хамгаалалт:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Ердийн/мэргэжлийн горимын хооронд шилжих"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"вы ямх шинэ г бол нэр Цонхнууд нэр г г г нэр бол төрөл г г г Erfitt төрөл "
+"бол бол г бол г г Erfitt бол г\n"
+" г\n"
+" г\n"
+" г\n"
+" г Дугаар г секунд Дугаар г г Цонхнууд нэр бол аас Цонхнууд бол."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"бол г вы шинэ г\n"
+" с вы вы аас г\n"
+" с вы бол аас бусад г бол."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"вы ямх Хэсэг төрөл аас вы Англи хэл вы вы Англи хэл ямх вы ямх Томоор вы "
+"жигсаалт г с жигсаалт аас г вы Латин Америк вы Латин Америк Латин Америк."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"аас аас ямх ерөнхий вы ямх вы г с вы бусад вы хэрэглэгчид Англи хэл ямх Мод "
+"с ямх Өргөтгөсөн г вы Та с г с вы Тэмдэглэл бол вы г вы Ажиллуулж байна "
+"энгийн."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Товчинууд тоолуур"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr "бол."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"бол Цэг аас вы Эзэн бол бол хэрэглэгчид Томоор бол вы бол вы вы вы вы вы бол "
+"бусад бол г г аас Хэзээч үгүй г вы г вы төрөл ямх тийш аас вы вы г вы вы г "
+"вы с г Цонхнууд Домэйн с вы байхгүй вы г вы хэзээ ч вы вы с."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"бол г\n"
+" Цонхнууд бол вы ачаалах г\n"
+" бол шинэ байхгүй г вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"с Бусад вы туг аас аас г\n"
+" с бол бол вы вы аас вы с бол с вы бол г\n"
+" с Хэвлэх Систем бол бол г вы вы с г вы вы вы Контрол."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Мэргэжлийн"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr "ямх бол г бол ямх вы г вы вы Та аас г бол вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr "с бол бол вы бол бол вы."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"аас вы аас бол аас аас с г\n"
+" с г\n"
+" с вы ямх с ямх жигсаалт с жигсаалт г\n"
+" с Та с бол г\n"
+" с г\n"
+" с с аас шинэ бол г\n"
+" с бол бол вы бол бол вы г\n"
+" с ямх г вы г с г\n"
+" с бол бол вы бол с г\n"
+" с ИСДН(ISDN) бол Та с г\n"
+" с вы Интернэт г\n"
+" с вы ямх г\n"
+" с вы Интернэт с аас г\n"
+" с вы хэрэглэгчид г\n"
+" с вы вы с."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ИСДН(ISDN)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr "с вы с вы Цонхнууд г с."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Дараагийн ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ms.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ms.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2dec49c80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ms.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1208 @@
+# DrakX Bahasa Melayu (Malay) (ms).
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Sharuzzaman Ahmat Raslan <sharuzzaman@myrealbox.com>, 2003
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-19 14:09+0800\n"
+"Last-Translator: Sharuzzaman Ahmat Raslan <sharuzzaman@myrealbox.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Malay <translation-team-ms@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr "dalam off."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"pengguna pengguna fail dan on pengguna fail dan on pengguna dalam dan A "
+"pengguna dalam dan pengguna default dan pengguna tidak fail on Tambah "
+"pengguna default pengguna default pengguna dalam dan lokal pengguna dan "
+"dalam."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Anda mahu memadam masukan ini dari buku telefon?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"on on Nama Nama dan\n"
+" on\n"
+" on\n"
+" on\n"
+" on."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr "on on dan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"on dan dan Pembangunan\n"
+" dalam\n"
+" on\n"
+" on\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" asas dan\n"
+" jumlah jumlah dalam."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Naik Taraf"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Dokumentasi untuk antlr."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Media Pemasangan Yang Diperlukan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr "dan on on default mula dan tidak dan amaran on."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Kebergantungan tidak diselesaika"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr "on on."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr "mula on dan default mula on Masuk!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"dalam Masa dan on lokal dan dalam hos Tetingkap on Internet Internet on "
+"lokal."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Segerak sedang berjalan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" dan on\n"
+" Masuk."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistem KDE GNOME AfterStep\n"
+" dan on\n"
+" Masuk\n"
+" dan\n"
+" dan A dalam\n"
+" dan dan saat Ubah\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+" dan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolusi\n"
+" dan A dalam."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr "Masuk."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilihan\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"on kosong on dan pengguna dan on\n"
+" tidak\n"
+" on default dan\n"
+" Tetingkap on dan on Kepada Tetingkap dan Tetingkap Tetingkap dan dan on\n"
+" Tetingkap\n"
+" dan on dan\n"
+" on\n"
+" on dan Semua on\n"
+" on\n"
+" secara manual dan siap dan on dalam."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Guna partisyen sedia ada (onpart)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Masukkan cakera liut"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"dan mula\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" on\n"
+" dalam dan dan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Janakan cakera liut Auto Pasang"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr "fail on dan on on on on."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr "Kepada Internet Internet A dan dan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr "Internet off default."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Pentadbir Domain:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"on dan on\n"
+" on\n"
+" dan dalam\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" dan\n"
+" dan on\n"
+" secara manual dan dan\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" on\n"
+" Tab dan Naik Turun\n"
+" Ctrl kosong\n"
+" Ctrl\n"
+" Ctrl fail on dan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "  -a             - pilih semua media non-removable.\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "normal"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"on dalam Tetingkap dan\n"
+" on\n"
+" on\n"
+" on\n"
+" on Tetingkap Tetingkap C."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr "dalam on dan dalam."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"on\n"
+" keluar fail on\n"
+" on dan pengguna Tingkatupaya on Tingkatupaya on."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr "on default dalam English English dalam dalam dan Masuk on on dan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"dan dalam dalam dan on on dan Sepanyol on English default dalam dan dalam "
+"Lanjutan tunggal on pengguna pengguna."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr "tidak on dan dan bersiri USB default dan dan dan dan on dan on."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Tetikus Beroda (PS/2)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"dan pengguna dan on Masuk ralat dan on dan Tidak sekali on dalam Kepada "
+"ralat ralat LDAP NIS Tetingkap Domain tiada."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Pengesahan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"dan dan\n"
+" Tetingkap\n"
+" tiada."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Lain-lain\n"
+" keluar dan dan\n"
+" Cetakan Sistem lokal dan lpd asas lpd on lpd dan dan dan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Mahir"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr "dalam on dalam secara manual secara manual."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr "on on on dan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"on on\n"
+" dan\n"
+" dalam on dan dalam\n"
+" default on on\n"
+" dan on\n"
+" on on\n"
+" on on on dan\n"
+" default dalam on\n"
+" on dan on secara manual\n"
+" on on\n"
+" Internet lokal\n"
+" dalam\n"
+" Internet\n"
+"\n"
+"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Kad Video"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi (X) Antaramuka Grafikal"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr "dalam on dan!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr "on dan on on dan on Tetingkap on dan on."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Berikut ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "Terdahulu"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/mt.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/mt.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..82cb97b77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/mt.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1921 @@
+# translation of mt.po to Maltese
+# translation of DrakX-mt.po to Maltese
+# Copyright (C) 2002,2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Ramon Casha <ramon.casha@linux.org.mt>, 2002,2003, 2004.
+# Ramon Casha <rcasha@waldonet.net.mt>, 2003.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: mt\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-10-04 18:45+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ramon Casha <ramon.casha@linux.org.mt>\n"
+"Language-Team: Maltese <mt@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Qabel tkompli int mitlub taqra sew it-termini ta' din il-liċenzja. Hija\n"
+"tkopri d-distribuzzjoni sħiħa ta' Mandriva Linux. Jekk taqbel mat-termini\n"
+"kollha tagħha, agħfas il-buttuna \"%s\". Jekk ma taqbilx, agħfas \"%s\" "
+"biex\n"
+"tirributja l-kompjuter."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux hija sistema operattiva \"multi-user\", li jfisser li l-utenti \n"
+"kollha jistgħu ikollhom il-preferenzi tagħhom, fajls personali eċċ. Imma, \n"
+"għall-kuntrarju tal-user \"root\", li huwa l-amministratur tas-sistema, \n"
+"l-utenti li żżid hawn ma jkunu jistgħu jibdlu xejn ħlief il-fajls u \n"
+"konfigurazzjoni personali tagħhom. Dan jipproteġi lis-sistema minn bidliet \n"
+"mhux intenzjonati jew malizzjużi li jaffettwaw lis-sistema sħiħa. Trid \n"
+"toħloq ta' l-inqas utent regolari wieħed għalik. Dan huwa l-kont li bih \n"
+"għandek tagħmel ix-xogħol ta' kuljum. Filwaqt li jista' jkun iżjed faċli \n"
+"tuża l-user \"root\" ta' kuljum, dan huwa perikoluż ħafna. L-iċken żball \n"
+"jista' jwaqqaf is-sistema milli taħdem. Jekk tagħmel anke żball serju "
+"b'user\n"
+"regolari, tista' titlef xi informazzjoni imma mhux is-sistema sħiħa.\n"
+"\n"
+"L-ewwel trid iddaħħal l-isem veru tiegħek. Dan mhux bilfors, ovvjament, u\n"
+"fil-fatt tista' ddaħħal li trid. DrakX imbagħad jieħu l-ewwel kelma u \n"
+"jpoġġiha f' \"%s\". Dan huwa l-isem li jintuża biex tidħol fis-sistema. \n"
+"Tista' tibdel dan l-isem, imbagħad daħħal password. Filwaqt li l-password \n"
+"ta' user regolari mhux kruċjali daqs ta' root, dejjem jaqbillek tagħżel \n"
+"password tajjeb - ftakar li hemm il-fajls tiegħek fin-nofs.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk tagħfas \"%s\", tista' żżid users oħra kemm hemm bżonn. Tista' żżid\n"
+"utenti għal ħutek, it-tfal jew ġenituri, jew lill-ħbieb, per eżempju. \n"
+"Meta tlesti milli żżid il-users kollha li trid, agħfas \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk tagħfas il-buttuna \"%s\", tkun tista' tbiddel ix-\"shell\" \n"
+"impliċita tal-user, li normalment tkun \"bash\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Meta tlesti toħloq users, int tintalab tagħżel user li awtomatikament \n"
+"jiġi lloggjat fis-sistema meta tixgħel. Jekk trid tuża din il-faċilità (u\n"
+"m'intix konċernat dwar sigurtà lokali), agħżel il-user li tixtieq u d-"
+"desktop,\n"
+"u agħfas \"%s\". Jekk ma tixtieqx tuża din il-faċilità, neħħi l-marka \n"
+"mill-kaxxa \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Trid tuża din il-faċilità?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hawn issib il-partizzjonijiet ta' Linux li nstabu fuq id-diska. Tista' \n"
+"żżomm l-għażliet li għamel is-saħħar, huma tajbin għal ħafna każi.\n"
+"Jekk tagħmel tibdiliet, trid ta' l-inqas tiddefinixxi partizzjoni root (\"/"
+"\")\n"
+"Tagħżilx daqs żgħir wisq inkella ma tkunx tista' tinstalla l-programmi\n"
+"kollha li jkollok bżonn. Jekk tixtieq iżżomm l-informazzjoni fuq "
+"partizzjoni\n"
+"separata, trid toħloq ukoll partizzjoni għal \"/home\" (għal dan irid "
+"ikollok\n"
+"iżjed minn partizzjoni waħda Linux).\n"
+"\n"
+"Kull partizzjoni hija mniżżla b'dan il-mod: \"Isem\", \"Daqs\".\n"
+"\n"
+"L-isem huwa mqassam hekk: \"tip ta' diska\", \"numru ta' diska\", \"numru\n"
+"tal-partizzjoni\", per eżempju, \"hda1\". \n"
+"\n"
+"It-tip ta' diska huwa \"hd\" jekk id-diska hija tip IDE, u \"sd\" jekk "
+"hija \n"
+"tip SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"In-numru tad-diska huwa l-ittra ta' wara \"hd\" jew \"sd\". Għal diski IDE,\n"
+"\"a\" hija d-diska \"master\" fuq il-kontrollatur IDE primarju,\n"
+"\"b\" hija d-diska skjav fuq il-kontrollatur IDE primarju,\n"
+"\"c\" hija d-diska \"master\" fuq il-kontrollatur IDE sekondarju,\n"
+"\"d\" hija d-diska skjav fuq il-kontrollatur IDE sekondarju\n"
+"\n"
+"Fuq diski SCSI, \"a\" hija d-diska bl-iżjed ID baxx, \"b\" hija t-tieni, eċċ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"L-installazzjoni ta' Mandriva Linux hija maqsuma fuq diversi CD-ROMs. Jekk\n"
+"pakkett qiegħed fuq CD-ROM oħra, DrakX jiftaħ is-CDROM u jitolbok iddaħħal "
+"is-\n"
+"CD li jmiss. Jekk m'għandekx dik is-CD tista' tikklikkja \"%s\" u l-pakketti "
+"li\n"
+"hemm fuq dik is-CD ma jiġux installati."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Issa wasal il-mument fejn tagħżel liema programmi tixtieq tinstalla fuq\n"
+"is-sistema tiegħek. Hemm eluf ta' pakketti disponibbli għal Mandriva Linux,\n"
+"u biex ikun iżjed faċli timmaniġġjahom, qegħdin imqassmin fi gruppi ta'\n"
+"programmi simili.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux iqassam il-gruppi ta' pakketti fi tlett kategoriji. Tista' \n"
+"tagħżel u tħallat programmi minn diversi kategoriji, jiġifieri "
+"installazzjoni\n"
+"\"workstation\" tista' tinkludi programmi mis-sezzjoni \"server\", eċċ.\n"
+" * \"%s\": jekk fi ħsiebek tuża l-kompjuter bħala workstation, \n"
+"agħżel wieħed jew iżjed mill-gruppi li tixtieq.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jekk tixtieq tuża l-kompjuter biex tipprogramma, agħżel\n"
+"il-gruppi li trid minn din il-kategorija. Il-grupp speċjali \"LSB\"\n"
+"jikkonfiguralek is-sistema sabiex tiġi taqbel kemm jista' jkun ma' l-\n"
+"ispeċifikazzjonijiet \"Linux Standard Base\". Però jekk ma tagħżilx\n"
+"il-grupp LSB xorta jkollok sistema li hija kważi 100%% kompatibbli ma' LSB\n"
+" * \"%s\": jekk il-kompjuter huwa intenzjonat bħala server. tista' tagħżel\n"
+"l-iżjed servizzi komuni li tixtieq tinstalla fuq il-magna.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hawnhekk tista' tagħżel l-ambjent grafiku li \n"
+"tippreferi. Ta' l-inqas trid tagħżel wieħed minn dawn jekk trid li jkollok \n"
+"ambjent grafiku.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk tmexxi l-maws fuq wieħed mill-ismijiet tara deskrizzjoni qasira dwar "
+"dak\n"
+"il-grupp.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tista' timmarka l-kaxxa \"%s\", li hija utli jekk int familjari mal-"
+"pakketti\n"
+"disponibbli, jew jekk trid li jkollok kontroll assolut fuq dak li se jiġi\n"
+"nstallat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk tibda' l-installazzjoni fil-modalità %s, tista' tneħħi l-gruppi kollha\n"
+"u ma tħallix li jiġu nstallati pakketti ġodda. Dan huwa utli biex issewwi\n"
+"jew taġġorna sistema eżistenti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekkt neħħi l-gruppi kollha waqt installazzjoni normali (mhux aġġornament),\n"
+"tintwera għażla li tissuġġerixxi għażliet differenti għal installazzjoni \n"
+"minima: * \"%s\" tinstalla s-sistema bażika flimkien mal-minimu ta'\n"
+"pakketti għal sistema grafika;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" tinstalla s-sistema bażika flimkien ma' xi\n"
+"programmi sempliċi u d-dokumentazzjoni tagħhom. Dan huwa tajjeb għal "
+"server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" tinstalla strettament l-inqas pakketti \n"
+"possibbli sabiex ikollok Linux b'linja ta' kmand. Din l-installazzjoni "
+"tieħu\n"
+"biss madwar 65MB."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Aġġornament"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "B' dokumentazzjoni bażika"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Installazzjoni assolutament minima"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Jekk għażiltx li tagħżel il-pakketti individwalment, tiġi\n"
+"offruta lista tal-pakketti kollha klassifikati fi gruppi. Waqt li qed "
+"tifli \n"
+"din il-lista, tista' tagħżel gruppi sħaħ jew pakketti individwali.\n"
+"\n"
+"Meta tagħżel pakkett fil-lista, tidher deskrizzjoni maġenbha fuq il-lemin\n"
+"li tgħidlek għal xiex jintuża dak il-pakkett.\n"
+"!! Jekk pakkett ta' server jiġi installat intenzjonalment jew għax jifforma\n"
+"parti minn grupp, int tintalab tikkonferma jekk verament tridx lill dawn\n"
+"is-servizzi jiġu nstallati. Fil-Mandriva Linux, is-servizzi li tinstalla "
+"jiġu\n"
+"mtella' awtomatikament meta tixgħel. Għalkemm dawn kienu siguri u ma kien "
+"fihom\n"
+"ebda problemi meta din il-verżjoni ta' Linux inħarġet, jista' jkun li "
+"jinstabu\n"
+"problemi simili wara li ġiet finalizzata din il-verżjoni. Jekk ma tafx \n"
+"x'suppost jagħmel servizz partikulari jew għaliex qed jiġi nstallat, agħżel\n"
+"\"%s\". Jekk tagħfas \"%s\" dawn is-servizzi jiġu nstallati u jiġu mtella' \n"
+"awtomatikament fil-bidu.\n"
+"\n"
+"L-għażla \"%s\" sempliċiment titfi l-window li twissik\n"
+"kull meta l-installazzjoni tkun se żżid xi pakketti oħra meħtieġa. Dan "
+"jiġri\n"
+"għax il-programm ikun induna li jinħtieġ pakkett ieħor biex il-programmi li\n"
+"tkun għażilt jaħdmu sew.\n"
+"\n"
+"L-ikona ta' diska flopi żgħira fil-qiegħ tippermettilek li ttella' l-\n"
+"lista ta' pakketti li ġew magħżula waqt installazzjoni preċedenti. Jekk \n"
+"tikklikkja din l-ikona int tintalab iddaħħal flopi li tkun ħloqt waqt \n"
+"installazzjoni oħra. Ara t-tieni ħjiel fl-aħħar stadju biex tara kif toħloq\n"
+"diska simili."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dipendenzi awtomatiċi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": jekk tagħfas il-buttuna \"%s\" jinfetaħ saħħar tal-konfigurazzjoni \n"
+"tal-printer. Ikkonsulta l-kapitlu korrispondenti tal-iStarter Guide għal "
+"iżjed\n"
+"tagħrif dwar kif tissettja printer ġdid. L-interfaċċja preżentata hawn hija "
+"simili\n"
+"għal dik użata waqt l-installazzjoni."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Hawnhekk tista' tagħżel liema servizzi tixtieq ittella' mal-bidu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dawn huma s-servizzi kollha disponibbli mal-konfigurazzjoni kurrenti.\n"
+"Iċċekkjahom sew u neħħi dawk li m'għandekx bżonn kull darba li titla'\n"
+"s-sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tintwera spjagazzjoni qasira dwar kull servizz meta dan jingħażel. Però,\n"
+"jekk m'intix ċert dwar jekk servizz hux meħtieġ, aħjar tħalli l-għażla\n"
+"impliċita.\n"
+"!! F'dan l-istadju, oqgħod attent jekk tixtieq tuża l-kompjuter bħala "
+"server:\n"
+"aktarx ma jkollokx bżonn ittella' servizzi li m'intix se tuża. Ftakar li xi\n"
+"servizzi jistgħu ikunu perikolużi fuq server. Bħala regola ġenerali, ħalli\n"
+"biss dawk is-servizzi li verament għandek bżonn. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux jimmaniġġja l-ħin bħala GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) u jaqilbu "
+"għall-\n"
+"ħin lokali skond iż-żona orarja li tagħżel. Huwa possibbli però li titfi "
+"din\n"
+"il-faċilità billi titfi l-għażla \"%s\" biex il-ħin\n"
+"tal-kompjuter jiġi l-istess bħall-ħin tas-sistema. Dan huwa utli jekk il-\n"
+"kompjuter tintuża għal sistemi operattivi bħall-Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"L-għażla \"%s\" tħallik awtomatikament \n"
+"tirregola l-ħin billi taqbad ma' server speċjali fuq l-internet. Fil-lista\n"
+"li tiġi preżentata, agħżel server viċin tiegħek. Ovvjament irid ikollok\n"
+"konnessjoni mal-internet issettjata biex tuża din il-faċilità. Jekk tuża\n"
+"din l-għażla jiġi nstallat programm apposta fuq il-kompjuter li "
+"jippermettilu\n"
+"li jintuża bħala server tal-ħin għal kompjuters oħra fuq in-network lokali."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sinkronizzazzjoni tal-ħin awtomatiku"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Kard grafika\n"
+"\n"
+"   L-installatur normalment jagħraf u jikkonfigura l-kard grafika "
+"installata\n"
+"fuq il-kompjuter tiegħek. Jekk din l-għażla mhix tajba, tista' tagħżel mil-\n"
+"lista il-kard li għandek installata.\n"
+"\n"
+"   F'każ li iżjed minn server wieħed jeżisti għall-kard tiegħek, bil- jew \n"
+"mingħajr aċċelerazzjoni 3D, int tintalab tagħżel is-server li jaqdi \n"
+"ħtiġijietek l-aħjar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (għal Sistema X Window) huwa l-qalb ta' l-interfaċċja grafika GNU/Linux\n"
+"li fuqu huma bbażati l-ambjenti grafiċi kollha inklużi ma' Mandriva Linux "
+"(KDE,\n"
+"GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, eċċ).\n"
+"\n"
+"Tista' tara lista ta' diversi parametri li tista' tibdel sabiex ikollok\n"
+"l-aħjar dehra grafika.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kard Grafika\n"
+"\n"
+"  L-isntallatur normalment jagħraf u jikkonfiguralek il-kard tal-grafika\n"
+"li għandek awtomatikament. Jekk dan mhux korrett, tista' tagħżel il-kard\n"
+"tajba minn din il-lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"   F'każ fejn jeżistu servers differenti għall-kard tiegħek, bil- jew "
+"mingħajr\n"
+"aċċelerazzjoni 3D, int tintalab tagħżel liema server l-iżjed japplika "
+"għalik,\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Reżoluzzjoni\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hawn tista' tagħżel ir-reżoluzzjoni u numru ta' kuluri disponibbli fuq\n"
+"il-ħardwer tiegħek. Agħżel dik li l-iżjed tgħodd għalik (int tkun tista' \n"
+"tibdel l-għażla wara l-installazzjoni). Kampjun tal-konfigurazzjoni "
+"magħżula\n"
+"tintwera fl-istampa tal-iskrin.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Skond il-ħardwer li għandek, tista' tintwera din l-għażla.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Is-sistema tipprova tiftaħ skrin grafiku fir-reżoluzzjoni mitliba.\n"
+"Jekk tara l-messaġġ waqt it-test u tirrispondi \"%s\", DrakX jipproċedi "
+"għall-\n"
+"pass li jmiss. Jekk ma tarahx, ifisser li xi parti mill-konfigurazzjoni\n"
+"awtomatika kienet inkorretta u t-test jispiċċa waħdu wara 12-il sekonda, u\n"
+"terġa' lura fil-menu. Ibdel is-setings sakemm ikollok wirja korretta "
+"grafika\n"
+"fuq l-iskrin.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Għażliet\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dan il-pass iħallik tagħżel jekk tridx lill-kompjuter jidħol f'modalità \n"
+"grafika awtomatikament malli jitla'. Ovvjament, tista tagħżel \"%s\" jekk "
+"il-\n"
+"kompjuter se jaħdem bħala server, jew jekk ma rnexxielekx tissettja l-kard\n"
+"grafika sew."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Skrin\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalment l-installatur jagħraf u jikkonfiguralek l-iskrin li\n"
+"għandek imqabbad awtomatikament. Jekk din l-għażla mhix tajba, tista' \n"
+"tagħżel mil-lista l-iskrin li għandek imqabbad mal-kompjuter."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Reżoluzzjoni\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hawn tista' tagħżel ir-reżoluzzjoni u numru ta' kuluri disponibbli fuq \n"
+"il-ħardwer tiegħek. Agħżel dak li l-aħjar jaqdi ħtiġijietek (tista' \n"
+"tibdel l-għażliet tiegħek wara). Kampjun tal-konfigurazzjoni magħżula \n"
+"jintwera fuq l-iskrin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Fis-sitwazzjoni fejn hemm servers differenti disponibbli għall-kard tiegħek, "
+"bil- jew mingħajr aċċelerazzjoni 3D, int tintalab tagħżel is-server li l-"
+"iżjed jaqdi l-ħtiġijiet tiegħek."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Għażliet\n"
+"\n"
+"  F'dan il-pass, tista' tagħżel jekk tridx l-interfaċċja grafika mill-bidu.\n"
+"Ovvjament, tista' tagħżel \"%s\" jekk il-kompjuter se jintuża biss bħala \n"
+"server, jew jekk ma rnexxielekx tissettja l-X sew."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"F'dan il-punt int trid tagħżel fejn, fuq il-ħard disk, trid tinstalla s-\n"
+"sistema operattiva Mandriva Linux. Jekk il-ħard disk huwa vojt, jew jekk\n"
+"hemm sistema operattiva qed tokkupaha kollha, l-ewwel trid toħloq \n"
+"partizzjonijiet. Bażikament, il-partizzjonijiet tal-ħard disk jaqsmu d-"
+"diska\n"
+"f'partijiet biex ikun hemm sezzjonijiet fejn tiġi nstallata s-sistema ġdida\n"
+"Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Peress li l-effett ta' partizzjonament tal-ħard disk m'humiex riversibbli,\n"
+"u jista' jwassal għal telf ta' informazzjoni, dan il-proċess jista' jidher\n"
+" intimidanti jekk m'għandekx esperjenza. Fortunatament, hemm \"saħħar\" li "
+"jissimplifika l-proċess kollu. Qabel tibda', aqra sew din is-sezzjoni u ħu \n"
+"l-ħin tiegħek. Skond il-konfigurazzjoni tal-ħard disk tiegħek, jista' "
+"jkollok\n"
+"diversi għażliet:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Din l-għażla toħloq partizzjonijiet awtomatikament.\n"
+"Jekk tuża din l-għażla ma tintalabx iżjed informazzjoni.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Is-saħħar sab partizzjoni waħda jew iżjed\n"
+"tal-Linux fuq il-ħard disk. Jekk trid tuża lilhom, agħżel din. \n"
+"Int tiġi mistoqsi fejn trid timmonta dawn il-partizzjonijiet. \n"
+"L-għażliet antiki jingħażlu impliċitament, u ġeneralment hija\n"
+"ideja tajba żżomm lilhom.\n"
+" * \"%s\": Jekk għandek Microsoft Windows installat fuq il-ħard disk \n"
+"u qed jokkupa l-ispazju kollu, trid toħloq ftit spazju għal-Linux. \n"
+"Biex tagħmel dan, trid jew tħassar il-partizzjoni tal-Windows\n"
+"u kull m'hemm fiha (ara \"Ħassar id-diska sħiħa\"), jew iċċekken \n"
+"il-partizzjoni FAT jew NTFS tal-Windows. Tista' ċċekken il-partizzjoni \n"
+"Windows mingħajr ma titlef informazzjoni sakemm għamilt \"defragment\" fuq\n"
+"id-diska minn qabel. Din is-soluzzjoni hija rakkomandata biex tuża l-"
+"Windows \n"
+"u l-Linux flimkien fuq l-istess kompjuter.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qabel tagħżel din l-għażla, kun af li wara din il-proċedura, il-\n"
+"partizzjoni tal-Windows tkun iżgħar milli hi bħalissa. Ikollok inqas spazju "
+"taħt\n"
+"il-Microsoft Windows fejn iżżomm informazzjoni jew tinstalla programmi "
+"ġodda.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Jekk tixtieq tħassar l-informazzjoni kollha u\n"
+"l-partizzjonijiet kollha li għandek fuq il-ħard disk u tpoġġi l-Mandriva "
+"Linux\n"
+"minflokhom, tista' tagħżel din. Oqgħod attent minn din l-għażla għax ma "
+"tkunx\n"
+"tista' tibdel fehemtek wara li tikkonferma.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Jekk tagħżel din l-għażla, kull m'hemm fuq id-diska jintilef !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Din l-għażla tidher meta l-ħard disk hija kompletament okkupata \n"
+"mill-Microsoft Windows. Din l-għażla sempliċiment tħassar kull ma' hemm "
+"fuq \n"
+"il-ħard disk u tibda' kollox mill-ġdid.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Jekk tagħżel din l-għażla, kull m'hemm fuq id-diska jintilef !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Agħżel dan jekk trid tippartizzjona l-ħard disk \n"
+"manwalment. Oqgħod attent - hija għażla li tagħti kontroll imma hija \n"
+"perikoluża. Tista' faċilment titlef l-informazzjoni kollha b'dan il-mod. \n"
+"Għalhekk, tużax din l-għażla jekk ma tafx x'qed tagħmel. Għal iżjed tagħrif\n"
+"dwar kif tuża l-għodda DiskDrake, irreferi għas-sezzjoni \"Managing Your \n"
+"Partitions\" fil-manwal \"Starter Guide\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Uża partizzjoni eżistenti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Ħassar kull m'hemm fid-diska"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Dak kollox! L-installazzjoni issa hija lesta u s-sistema GNU/Linux issa\n"
+"lesta biex tintuża. Agħfas \"%s\" biex tirristartja l-kompjuter. Tinsiex "
+"tneħħi l-media ta' l-installazzjoni (CDROM jew flopi). L-ewwel ħaġa li \n"
+"għandek tara meta l-kompjuter ilesti l-iċċekkjar tal-ħardwer huwa menu\n"
+"tal-bidu, li jagħtik l-opportunità tagħżel liema sistema operattiva trid\n"
+"ittella'.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il-buttuna \"%s\" turik żewġ buttuni oħra:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": toħloqlok flopi li tippermettilek tirrepeti l-istess \n"
+"installazzjoni fuq kompjuter ieħor identiku, mingħajr l-intervent \n"
+"tiegħek.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Innota li meta tagħfas din il-buttuna jintwerew żewġ għażliet oħra:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Din hija installazzjoni semi-awtomatika, għax il-pass ta'\n"
+"partizzjonament (u dak biss) jibqa' manwali.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Installazzjoni totalment awtomatika - il-ħard disk\n"
+"titħassar u tinkiteb mill-ġdid, u kull informazzjoni fuqha tintilef.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Din il-faċilità hija utli meta qed tinstalla numru kbir ta' kompjuters\n"
+"identiċi. Ara s-sezzjoni \"Auto install\" fuq il-websajt tagħna.\n"
+"\n"
+"  * \"%s\"(*): jikteb l-għażla ta' pakketti li\n"
+"nstallajt. Meta qed tagħmel installazzjoni oħra, daħħal il-flopi fid-drajv\n"
+"u meta tibda l-installazzjoni, agħfas [F1], ittajpja \n"
+">>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< u agħfas it-tast [Enter].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Għandek bżonn flopi formattjata FAT (DOS). Biex toħloq waħda mil-Linux,\n"
+"ittajpja \"mformat a:\", jew \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" u \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Oħloq flopi awto-installazzjoni"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Jekk tagħżel li terġa' tuża xi partizzjonijiet antiki GNU/Linux, tista'\n"
+"tiddeċiedi li terġa' tifformattja wħud minnhom u tħassar l-informazzjoni\n"
+"kollha li fihom. F'dak il-każ, agħżel dawk il-partizzjonijiet ukoll.\n"
+"Innota li mhux meħtieġ li terġa' tifformattja l-partizzjonijiet kollha\n"
+"eżistenti. Trid però tifformattja dawk il-partizzjonijiet li jkollhom is-\n"
+"sistema operattiva fuqhom (eż, \"/\", \"/usr\" jew \"/opt\"), imma "
+"m'għandekx\n"
+"bżonn tifformattja dawk li fihom l-informazzjoni tiegħek (tipikament \"/home"
+"\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Oqgħod attent meta tagħżel il-partizzjonijiet. Wara li jiġu formattjati,\n"
+"l-informazzjoni kollha li kien hemm fuqhom tintilef u m'hemmx mod biex "
+"iġġibha\n"
+"lura.\n"
+"\n"
+"Agħfas \"%s\" meta tkun lest biex tifformattja l-partizzjonijiet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Agħfas \"%s\" jekk trid tagħżel partizzjoni oħra għas-sistema ġdida\n"
+"Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Agħfas \"%s\" biex tagħżel partizzjonijiet biex jiġu ċċekkjati għal blokki\n"
+"ħżiena fuq id-diska."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Fid-data meta tinstalla l-Mandriva Linux, aktarx ikunu ġew aġġornati xi\n"
+"pakketti minn meta ġiet pubblikata. Xi żbalji jistgħu ikunu ġew irranġati,\n"
+"u problemi ta' sigurtà ġew riżolti. Sabiex tibbenifika minn dawn l-\n"
+"aġġornamenti, jaqbillek tniżżilhom minn fuq l-internet. Agħżel \"%s\" jekk\n"
+"għandek konnessjoni mal-internet issettjata, jew \"%s\" jekk tippreferi li\n"
+"tinstalla l-aġġornamenti iżjed tard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk tagħżel %s, tintwera lista ta' postijiet minn fejn l-aġġornamenti \n"
+"jistgħu jitniżżlu (\"mirja\"). Agħżel l-iżjed wieħed viċin tiegħek. "
+"Imbagħad\n"
+"tintwera lista ta' pakketti. Dur dawn il-pakketti, agħżel liema trid u \n"
+"agħfas \"%s\" biex tniżżilhom u tinstallahom jew \"%s\" biex twaqqaf."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"F'dan il-punt, trid tagħżel livell ta' sigurtà għal dan il-kompjuter.\n"
+"Bħala regola ġenerali, iżjed m'hu espost il-kompjuter, u iżjed m'hi "
+"kruċjali\n"
+"l-informazzjoni ta' fuqu, iżjed irid ikun għoli l-livell ta' sigurtà. Innota "
+"li\n"
+"livell ta' sigurtà iżjed għoli ġeneralment ifisser iżjed diffikultà fl-użu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk ma tafx liema tagħżel, żomm l-għażla impliċita. Tkun tista' tibdel dan\n"
+"il-livell iżjed 'il quddiem bl-għodda draksex, li jifforma parti miċ-Ċentru\n"
+"ta' Kontroll Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Imla' l-kaxxa \"%s\" bl-indirizz tal-imejl tal-persuna responsabbli mis-"
+"sigurtà.\n"
+"Il-messaġġi ta' sigurtà jintbagħtu lil dak l-indirizz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Amministratur tas-sigurtà"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"F'dan il-punt trid tagħżel liema partizzjoni(jiet) se jintużaw għall-\n"
+"installazzjoni tas-sistema Mandriva Linux. Jekk diġà ġew definiti xi\n"
+"partizzjonijiet, jew minn installazzjoni preċedenti ta' GNU/Linux jew minn\n"
+"għodda ta' partizzjonament oħra, tista' tuża l-partizzjonijiet eżistenti.\n"
+"Altrimenti, l-partizzjonijiet tal-ħard disk iridu jiġu definiti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Biex toħloq il-partizzjonijiet, l-ewwel trid tagħżel ħard disk.\n"
+"Tista' tagħżel diska għall-partizzjonament billi tagħżel \"hda\" għal l-\n"
+"ewwel diska IDE, \"hdb\" għat-tieni, eċċ, jew \"sda\" għal l-ewwel\n"
+"diska SCSI, eċċ.\n"
+"\n"
+"Biex tippartizzjona l-ħard disk magħżula għandek dawn l-għażliet:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": din l-għażla tħassar il-partizzjonijiet kollha\n"
+"mill-ħard disk magħżula.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": din l-għażla awtomatikament toħloqlok partizzjonijiet\n"
+"ext3 u swap fl-ispazju vojt tad-diska.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" jagħtik aċċess għal iżjed faċilitajiet:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jikteb it-tabella \n"
+"tal-partizzjonijiet fuq flopi. Utli biex tirkupra t-tabella iżjed tard jekk\n"
+"hemm bżonn. Dan il-pass huwa rakkomandat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tħallik tirrestawra t-\n"
+"tabella tal-partizzjonijiet minn flopi disk fejn ġew miktuba.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jekk it-tabella tal-partizzjonijiet\n"
+"ġiet korrotta b'xi mod, din l-għażla tħallik tipprova terġa' tirkupraha. \n"
+"Oqgħod attent b'din l-għażla u ftakar li mhux dejjem taħdem.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jinsa l-bidliet kollha u jerġa' jaqra t-tabella\n"
+"mill-ħard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jekk tneħħi din l-għażla l-utenti\n"
+"jkollhom jimmontaw u jiżmuntaw manwalment diski li jinħarġu bħal flopi u "
+"CDROM.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": uża dan il-metodu jekk trid tuża saħħar li jippartizzjonalek\n"
+"il-ħard disk. Dan huwa rakkomandat jekk ma tifhimx sew kif tagħmel il-\n"
+"partizzjonijiet int.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": uża din l-għażla biex tikkanċella l-bidliet li għamilt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jagħtik iżjed azzjonijiet fuq il-\n"
+"partizzjonijiet (tip, għażliet, format) u jagħti iżjed dettalji.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": meta tlesti mill-partizzjonament, dan jikteb il-bidliet li\n"
+"għamilt lid-diska.\n"
+"\n"
+"Meta tiddefinixxi d-daqs tal-partizzjoni, tista' tissettja d-daqs bl-eżatt\n"
+"billi tuża l-vleġeġ tat-tastiera.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nota: tista' tilħaq kull għażla mit-tastiera. Dur il-partizzjonijiet bit-"
+"TAB\n"
+"u l-vleġeġ 'il fuq u 'l isfel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Meta tkun fuq il-partizzjoni li trid, tista' tuża:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-C biex toħloq partizzjoni (meta tkun magħżula partizzjoni vojta)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-D biex tħassar partizzjoni\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-M biex tissettja l-punt ta' mmuntar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Biex tikseb iżjed informazzjoni dwar il-filesystems differenti disponibbli,\n"
+"jekk jogħġbok aqra l-kapitlu ext2fs fil-Manwal ta' Referenza.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk qed tinstalla fuq kompjuter PPC, tkun trid toħloq partizzjoni żgħira\n"
+"HFS \"bootstrap\", ta' l-inqas 1MB, li tintuża mill-bootloader yaboot. Jekk\n"
+"tiddeċiedi li tagħmlu ftit ikbar, ngħidu aħna 50MB, tista' ssibu post utli\n"
+"fejn tqiegħed kernel u ramdisk \"spare\" għal emerġenzi."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Awtomuntar ta' diski li jinħarġu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Aqleb bejn modalità normali u esperta"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Instabu iżjed minn partizzjoni waħda tal-Microsoft fuq il-ħard disk. Jekk \n"
+"jogħġbok agħżel liema minnhom trid iċċekken biex tinstalla s-sistema \n"
+"operattiva Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kull partizzjoni hija mmarkata hekk: \"Isem tal-Linux\", \"Isem fil-Windows"
+"\",\n"
+"\"Daqs\".\n"
+"\n"
+"L-isem tal-Linux huwa mqassam hekk: \"tip ta' diska\", \"numru ta' diska"
+"\", \n"
+"\"numru tal-partizzjoni\" (per eżempju, \"hda1\"). \n"
+"\n"
+"It-tip ta' diska huwa \"hd\" jekk id-diska hija tip IDE, u \"sd\" jekk "
+"hija \n"
+"tip SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"In-numru tad-diska huwa l-ittra ta' wara \"hd\" jew \"sd\". Għal diski IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" hija d-diska \"master\" fuq il-kontrollatur IDE primarju,\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" hija d-diska skjav fuq il-kontrollatur IDE primarju,\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" hija d-diska \"master\" fuq il-kontrollatur IDE sekondarju,\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" hija d-diska skjav fuq il-kontrollatur IDE sekondarju\n"
+"\n"
+"Fuq diski SCSI, \"a\" hija d-diska bl-iżjed ID baxx, \"b\" hija t-tieni, "
+"eċċ.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Isem tal-Windows\" huwa l-ittra li jkollha din il-ħard disk taħt il-"
+"Windows\n"
+"(l-ewwel diska jew partizzjoni hija \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": iċċekkja l-għażla ta' pajjiż kurrenti. Jekk m'intix f'dan il-\n"
+"pajjiż, agħfas il-buttuna \"%s\" u agħżel ieħor. Jekk pajjiżek ma jidhirx\n"
+"fil-lista' agħfas il-buttuna \"%s\" għal lista sħiħa ta' pajjiżi."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Dan il-pass jiġi attivat biss jekk instabet partizzjoni eżistenti GNU/Linux\n"
+"fuq il-kompjuter.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX issa għandu bżonn ikun jaf jekk tridx tagħmel installazzjoni ġdida\n"
+"jew aġġornament tas-sistema eżistenti Mandriva Linux:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Fil-parti l-kbira, din tħassar is-sistema antika għal kollox.\n"
+"Però, skond l-iskema ta' partizzjonijiet, tista' ma tħallix ċerti \n"
+"partizzjonijiet jitħassru (speċjalment id-direttorji \"home\"). Jekk trid\n"
+"tibdel kif jiġu partizzjonati l-ħard disks, jew biex tibdel is-sistema ta'\n"
+"fajls, għandek tagħżel din l-għażla.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Din il-klassi ta' installazzjoni tħallik taġġorna l-pakketti\n"
+"installati bħalissa fuq is-sistema Mandriva Linux. Il-partizzjonijiet "
+"eżistenti\n"
+"u d-data tal-utenti ma jintmessux. Ħafna mill-passi l-oħra tal-"
+"konfigurazzjoni\n"
+"jibqgħu disponibbli u huma simili għal installazzjoni normali.\n"
+"\n"
+"L-użu tal-għażla \"Aġġorna\" għandha taħdem tajjeb fuq sistemi Mandriva "
+"Linux\n"
+"minn verżjoni \"8.1\" 'il fuq. Mhux rakkomandat li tagħmel aġġornament ta'\n"
+"sistema Mandriva Linux qabel 8.1."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Skond liema lingwa għażilt (), DrakX awtomatikament jagħżel \n"
+"tqassim tat-tastiera. Iċċekkja li din l-għażlia hija tajba, jew\n"
+"għażel tastiera oħra.\n"
+"\n"
+"Apparti minn hekk, jista' jkun li t-tastiera magħżula ma taqbilx mal-\n"
+"lingwa tiegħek. Jekk per eżempju int Malti imma tgħix fl-Italja jista'\n"
+"jkun ikollok tastiera Taljana. F'dak il-każ dan il-pass iħallik\n"
+"tagħżel t-tastiera tajba mil-lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikkja l-buttuna \"%s\" biex tara lista sħiħa ta' tastieri sapportiti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk tagħżel tastiera ibbażata fuq alfabett mhux Latin, il-pass li jmiss\n"
+"iħallik tagħżel il-kombinazzjoni ta' tasti li jibdlu bejn tqassim Latin\n"
+"u mhux Latin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"L-ewwel pass huwa li tagħżel il-lingwa preferuta tiegħek.\n"
+"\n"
+"L-għażla tal-lingwa preferuta jaffettwa l-installatur, id-dokumentazzjoni,\n"
+"u s-sisetma in ġenerali. L-ewwel agħżel ir-reġjun fejn qiegħed, u mbgħad\n"
+"il-lingwa li titkellem.\n"
+"Jekk tagħfas il-buttuna \"%s\" tista' tagħżel lingwi oħra li tixtieq \n"
+"tinstalla fuq is-sistema. Jekk tagħżel lingwi oħra, il-fajls speċifiċi "
+"għal \n"
+"dik il-lingwa jiġu nstallati fuq is-sistema. Per eżempju, jekk se jkun hemm\n"
+"utenti Spanjoli fuq il-kompjuter, agħżel l-Ingliż bħala lingwa ewlenija "
+"fil-\n"
+"lista ta' fuq, u \"%s\" fis-sezzjoni avvanzata.\n"
+"Dwar sapport għall--UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode hija sistema ġdida ta' "
+"kodifika\n"
+"tal-karattri intenzjonata biex tipprovdi sapport għal-lingwi kollha. Però \n"
+"s-sapport għaliha fil-Linux għadu qed jiġi żviluppat. Għalhekk, l-użu tal-"
+"UTF-8\n"
+"fil-Mandriva Linux jiddependi mill-għażla tal-utent:\n"
+"\n"
+"* Jekk tagħżel lingwa b'ħafna sapport eżistenti f'kodifika oħra (eż, "
+"lingwi \n"
+"latin1, Russu, Ġappuniz, Ċiniż, Korean, Tajlandiż, Grieg, Tork u ħafna "
+"lingwi\n"
+"latin2), tintuża l-kodifika antika.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lingwi oħra jużaw unicode impliċitament;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Jekk tnejn jew iżjed lingwi huma meħtieġa, u dawn m'għandhomx l-istess \n"
+"kodifika, jintuża unicode fuq is-sistema kollha.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finalment, tista' ġġiegħel li jintuża unicode fis-sistema kollha billi \n"
+"tittikkja l-għażla \"%s\" indipendentement minn liema lingwi huma magħżula.\n"
+"\n"
+"Innota li m'intix limitat li tagħżel lingwa waħda addizzjonali. Tista' "
+"tagħżel\n"
+"diversi, jew anke tinstalla kollox billi tagħżel il-kaxxa \"%s\". Li "
+"tagħżel \n"
+"lingwa ifisser traduzzjonijiet, fonts, spell checkers eċċ jiġu nstallati "
+"għal \n"
+"dik il-lingwa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalment, DrakX ma jsibx problemi biex jinduna kemm għandu buttuni\n"
+"l-maws. Jekk ikollu, huwa jassumi li għandek maws b'żewġ buttuni u "
+"jissettjah\n"
+"għall-emulazzjoni tat-tielet buttuna. It-tielet buttuna f'dan il-każ "
+"tfisser \n"
+"li tagħfas iż-żewġ buttuni l-oħrajn flimkien. DrakX kapaċi jinduna waħdu "
+"jekk \n"
+"il-maws huwiex PS/2, serjali jew USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk għandek maws bi 3 buttuni mingħajr rota, tista' tagħżel il-maws \"%s"
+"\". \n"
+"DrakX jissettjalek il-maws biex tista' tissimula r-rota: biex tagħmel dan,\n"
+"żomm il-buttuna tan-nofs magħfusa u mexxi l-maws 'il fuq u 'l isfel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk tixtieq tispeċifika tip ta' maws differenti, agħżel it-tip tajjeb mil-\n"
+"lista provduta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tista' tagħżel \"%s\" sabiex tuża tip ġeneriku li jaħdem kważi mal-"
+"mawsijiet\n"
+"kollha.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk tagħżel tip ta' maws differenti mill-oriġinali, tiġi provduta faċilità\n"
+"biex tittestja s-setings. Uża l-buttuni kollha u r-rota biex tivverifika li "
+"s-\n"
+"setings jaħdmu sew. Jekk il-maws ma jaħdimx sew agħfas \"spazju\" jew\n"
+"[Enter] biex tikkanċella t-test u tagħżel maws ieħor.\n"
+"\n"
+"Maws bir-rota ġieli ma jiġix magħruf sew awtomatikament, għalhekk ikollok\n"
+"tagħżel it-tip minn lista. Ara li tagħżel dak li jikkorrispondi mal-port "
+"fejn huwa\n"
+"mqabbad il-maws. Wara li tagħżel maws u tagħfas il-buttuna \"%s\", "
+"tittella'\n"
+"stampa ta' maws. Mexxi r-rota biex tiżgura li din tiġi ssettjata sew. Meta "
+"tara\n"
+"r-rota fuq l-iskrin timxi meta ċċaqlaq ir-rota fuq il-maws, iċċekkja li l-"
+"buttuni \n"
+"jaħdmu u li l-vleġġa fuq l-iskrin timxi meta ċċaqlaq il-maws."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "b' emulazzjoni tar-rota"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universali | Kwalunkwe maws PS/2 jew USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Jekk jogħġbok agħżel il-port it-tajjeb. Per eżempju, il-port \"COM1\" fil-\n"
+"Windows huwa ekwivalenti għal \"ttyS0\" fil-GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Dan huwa punt ta' deċiżjoni kruċjali għas-sigurtà tas-sistema GNU/Linux\n"
+"tiegħek: trid tagħżel password għal \"root\". \"root\" huwa l-utent li\n"
+"jintuża bħala amministratur tas-sistema, u huwa l-uniku user awtorizzat\n"
+"li jaġġorna s-sistema, iżid utenti, jibdel il-konfigurazzjoni. eċċ. Fi "
+"kliem\n"
+"ieħor, \"root\" kapaċi jagħmel kollox! Għalhekk huwa importanti li tagħżel\n"
+"password li diffiċli biex taqtagħha: DrakX iwissik jekk tagħżel waħda faċli\n"
+"wisq. Kif tista' tinduna, huwa anke possibbli li ma ddaħħal xejn bħala "
+"password,\n"
+"imma dan huwa perikoluż ĦAFNA u aħna ma nirrikmandawh qatt. Peress li \"root"
+"\"\n"
+"jista' jegħleb kull limitazzjoni, saħansitra jħassar l-informazzjoni u \n"
+"partizzjonijiet kollha, huwa mportanti li jkun diffiċli kemm jista' jkun li\n"
+"nies oħra jidħlu bħala \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Il-password għandu jkun taħlita ta' ittri u numri, u ta' l-inqas twil 8 \n"
+"karattri. M'għandek qatt tikteb il-password ta' \"root\" x'inkien - dan \n"
+"jagħmilha faċli wisq tikkomprometti s-sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fl-istess ħin tagħmilx il-password twil jew kumplikata wisq għax int trid\n"
+"tkun kapaċi tiftakarha.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il-password mhux se jintwera fuq l-iskrin waqt li tittajpjah. Għalhekk trid\n"
+"tittajpjah darbtejn biex jonqos iċ-ċans li tagħmel żball waqt li tittajpja.\n"
+"Jekk tagħmel l-istess żball darbtejn, trid tittajpja l-password b'dan il-"
+"mod\n"
+"sakemm tibdlu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk trid tuża server ta' awtentikazzjoni biex jikkontrolla l-aċċess għall-\n"
+"kompjuter, agħfas il-buttuna \"%s\".\n"
+"Jekk in-network tiegħek juża protokoll LDAP, NIS jew PDC tal-Windows\n"
+"għall-awtentikazzjoni, agħżel dak li jgħodd għal \"%s\". Jekk ma tafx, "
+"staqsi \n"
+"lill-amministratur tan-network.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk għandek problema tiftakar il-passwords, jew jekk il-kompjuter qatt "
+"m'hu\n"
+"se jiġi mqabbad ma' l-internet u assolutament tafda lil kull min juża l-"
+"kompjuter,\n"
+"tista' tagħżel \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "awtentikazzjoni"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Il-\"boot loader\" huwa programm żgħir li jiġi mħaddem mill-kompjuter meta\n"
+"tixgħelu. Huwa responsabbli li jtella' s-sistema sħiħa. Normalment, l-\n"
+"installazzjoni tal-boot loader huwa totalment awtomatizzat. DrakX "
+"janalizza \n"
+"s-settur \"boot\" tad-diska u jaġixxi skond x'isib hemm:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Jekk isib settur \"boot\" tal-Windows, huwa jibdlu ma' settur boot ta' \n"
+"grub/LILO. B'dan il-mod tista' ttella' kemm GNU/Linux jew xi sistema \n"
+"operattiva oħra.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Jekk isib settur boot eżistenti ta' grub jew LILO, dan jibdlu mal-ġdida.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk ma jistax jiddetermina t-tip, DrakX jistaqsik fejn trid tpoġġi l-\n"
+"bootloader. Ġeneralment, l-aħjar huwa \"%s\". Jekk tagħżel \"%s\" ma jiġi \n"
+"nstallat ebda boot loader. Din ta' l-aħħar għanda tintuża biss jekk taf sew\n"
+"x'qed tagħmel."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Issa wasal il-waqt li tagħżel sistema ta' printjar għall-kompjuter tiegħek.\n"
+"Sistemi operattivi oħra joffrulek waħda, Mandriva Linux jagħtik tnejn.\n"
+"Kull waħda minn dawn is-sistema hija idejali għal ċirkostanzi differenti.\n"
+" * \"%s\" - li jfisser \"printja minngħajr kju\", hija l-aħjar għażla\n"
+"jekk għandek konnessjoni diretta mal-printer, trid il-faċilità li twaqqaf\n"
+"printjar malajr, u m'għandekx printers bin-network (\"%s\" jaċċetta\n"
+"biss networking sempliċi, u mhux effiċjenti fuq network). Tista' tagħżel \n"
+"\"pdq\" jekk din hija l-ewwel esperjenza tiegħek fuq GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"\"Sistema ta' Printjar Komuni tal-Linux\" huwa eċċellenti\n"
+"kemm biex tipprintja fuq printer lokali kif ukoll fuq printer in-naħa l-"
+"oħra\n"
+"tad-dinja. Huwa sempliċi u jista' jaħdem kemm bħala server kif ukoll bħala\n"
+"klijent għal sistemi antiki \"lpd\", għalhekk huwa kompatibbli ma' sistemi\n"
+"antiki. Kapaċi jagħmel ħafna affarijiet, imma l-konfigurazzjoni bażika hija\n"
+"sempliċi kważi daqs \"pdq\". Biex jemula server \"lpd\", trid tħaddem is-\n"
+"servizz \"cups-lpd\". %s għandu interfaċċji grafiċi biex tipprintja jew\n"
+"tissettja l-għażliet tal-printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk tagħmel għażla issa, u wara tiskopri li ma togħġbokx din is-sistema,\n"
+"tista' tibdilha billi tħaddem PrinterDrake miċ-ċentru tal-kontroll ta' \n"
+"Mandriva Linux u tikklikkja l-buttuna \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Espert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX issa se jfittex apparat IDE fuq il-kompjuter tiegħek. Huwa wkoll\n"
+"ifittex kard waħda jew iżjed SCSI PCI fuq is-sistema. Jekk tinstab kard\n"
+"SCSI, DrakX awtomatikament jinstalla d-drajver għaliha.\n"
+"\n"
+"Peress li dan il-proċess mhux dejjem isib ċerti apparat, DrakX jista' ma\n"
+"jsibx il-ħard disks tiegħek. F'dak il-każ trid tissettja l-ħardwer "
+"manwalment.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk trid tissettja l-adattur SCSI manwalment, DrakX jistaqsik jekk tridx \n"
+"tispeċifika għażliet għalih. Jaqbillek tħalli lill DrakX jeżamina l-ħardwer\n"
+"biex isir jaf liema għażliet għandu bżonn l-apparat biex jaħdem. Dan \n"
+"normalment jaħdem sew.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jekk DrakX mhux kapaċi jagħraf l-għażliet li jridu jiġu mgħoddija, trid\n"
+"tispeċifikahom manwalment lid-drajver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": jekk tinstab kard ta' l-awdjo fuq is-sistema, tintwera hawn.\n"
+"Jekk tinduna li l-kard ta' l-awdjo murija mhix dik li għandek fis-sistema,\n"
+"tista' tikklikkja fuq il-buttuna u tagħżel drajver differenti."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Fit-tmiem, DrakX jippreżentalek sommarju ta' informazzjoni li ġabar dwar\n"
+"is-sistema. Skond il-ħardwer li hemm installat, jista' jkollok dawn l-\n"
+"elementi jew uħud minnhom. Kull element huwa magħmul mit-tagħmir li għandu\n"
+"jiġi konfigurat, u sommarju tal-konfigurazzjoni kurrenti. Klikkja fuq il-\n"
+"buttuna \"%s\" korrispondenti biex tagħmel tibdila.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": iċċekkja t-taqsim tat-tastiera kurrenti u ibdilha jekk hemm\n"
+"bżonn.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": iċċekkja l-għażla tal-pajjiż. Jekk m'intix f'dan il-pajjiż,\n"
+"klikkja l-buttuna \"%s\" u agħżel ieħor. Jekk il-pajjiż mhux fil-lista\n"
+"murija, klijja l-buttuna \"%s\" biex tikseb lista sħiħa ta' pajjiżi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": impliċitament, DrakX jiddeduċi ż-żona tal-ħin skond il-pajjiż\n"
+"li għażilt. Tista' tagħfas il-buttuna \"%s\" jekk dan mhux tajjeb.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ivverifika l-konfigurazzjoni tal-maws u klikkja l-buttuna biex\n"
+"tibdilha jekk hemm bżonn.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ikklikkja l-buttuna \"%s\" biex tħaddem is-saħħar tal-\n"
+"konfigurazzjoni tal-printer. Ikkonsulta l-kapitlu korrispondenti tal-manwal\n"
+"\"Starter Guide\" għal iżjed tagħrif dwar kif tissettja printer ġdid. L-\n"
+"interfaċċja ppreżentata fil-manwal hija simili għal dik użata waqt l-\n"
+"installazzjoni.\n"
+" * \"%s\": Jekk tinstab kard tal-awdjo fis-sistema, tintwera hawn. Jekk\n"
+"tinduna li l-kard murija mhix dik attwalment preżenti fis-sistema, tista'\n"
+"tikklikkja l-buttuna u tagħżel drajver differenti.\n"
+" * \"%s\": jekk għandek kard tat-TV, hawn tintwera informazzjoni dwar il-\n"
+"konfigurazzjoni tagħha. Jekk għandek kard tat-TV imma ma ngħarfitx \n"
+"awtomatikament, klikkja \"%s\" biex tissettjaha manwalment.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": klikkja \"%s\" biex tibdel il-parametri assoċjati mal-kard jekk\n"
+"taħseb li l-konfigurazzjoni hija inkorretta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": impliċitament, DrakX jikkonfiguralek l-interfaċċja grafika\n"
+"f'reżoluzzjoni ta' 800x600 jew 1024x768. Jekk dan ma jgħoddx għalik, "
+"klikkha\n"
+"\"%s\" biex tikkonfigura l-interfaċċja grafika.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jekk tixtieq tikkonfigura l-aċċess għall-internet jew network\n"
+"lokali tista tagħmel dan issa. Irreferi għad-dokumentazzjoni stampata jew\n"
+"uża ċ-Ċentru tal-Kontroll Mandriva Linux wara li tlesti l-installazzjoni "
+"biex\n"
+"tikseb għajnuna online sħiħa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jippermettilek tissettja indirizzi proxy għall-HTTP u FTP jekk "
+"il-\n"
+"kompjuter qiegħed wara server proxy.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dan l-element iħallik terġa' tiddefinixxi l-livell ta' sigurtà\n"
+"minn kif kien issettjat f'pass ta' qabel ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jekk intenzjonat tqabbad il-kompjuter ma' l-internet, hija "
+"ideja \n"
+"tajba tipproteġi lilek innifsek minn intrużjonijiet billi tissettja "
+"firewall.\n"
+"Ikkonsulta s-sezzjoni korrispondenti fil-manwal \"Starter Guide\" għal "
+"iżjed\n"
+"dettalji dwar il-firewall.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jekk tixtieq tissettja l-konfigurazzjoni tal-bootloader, klikkja\n"
+"din il-buttuna. Dan għandu jsir minn utenti avvanzati biss. Irreferi għad-\n"
+"dokumentazzjoni stampata, jew l-għajnuna online dwar il-konfigurazzjoni "
+"tal-\n"
+"bootloader fiċ-Ċentru tal-Kontroll Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permezz ta' dan l-element tista' tirfina liema servizzi se \n"
+"jitħaddmu fuq il-kompjuter. Jekk qed tippjana li tuża l-kompjuter bħala \n"
+"server hija ideja tajba tirrevedi din is-sezzjoni."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Kard ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interfaċċja grafika"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Agħżel liema ħard disk trid tħassar biex tinstalla l-partizzjonijiet tal-\n"
+"Mandriva Linux fuqha. Oqgħod attent, l-informazzjoni kollha fuq din id-\n"
+"diska jintilef u ma jkunx jista' jinġab lura!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Klikkja fuq \"%s\" jekk trid tħassar l-informazzjoni u partizzjonijiet \n"
+"kollha li hemm fuq dan il-ħard disk. Oqgħod attent, wara li tagħfas \"%s\"\n"
+"ma tkunx tista' terġa' tikseb l-informazzjoni u partizzjonijiet li hemm\n"
+"fuq dan il-ħard disk, inkluż fajls tal-Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikkja \"%s\" biex twaqqaf dan il-proċess minngħajr ma tħassar\n"
+"l-informazzjoni u partizzjonijiet fuq dan il-ħard disk."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Li jmiss ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Ta' qabel"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/nb.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/nb.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d45ce6e0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/nb.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2029 @@
+# translation of nb.po to Norwegian Bokmål
+# translation of nb.po to Norsk Bokmål
+# translation of DrakX-nb.po to Norwegian Bokmål
+# KTranslator Generated File
+# Translation file of Mandriva Linux graphic install
+# Copyright (C) 1999 Mandriva
+# Terje Bjerkelia <terje@bjerkelia.com>, 1999-2000.
+# Andreas Bergstrøm <abergstr@halden.net>, 2000.
+# Kenneth Rørvik <kenneth@argon.no-ip.com>, 2003.
+# Per Øyvind Karlsen <peroyvind@sintrax.net>, 2003, 2004.
+# Keld Simonsen <keld@dkuug.dk>, 2004.
+# Per Øyvind Karlsen <peroyvind@mandrivalinux.org>, 2004, 2005.
+# Eskild Hustvedt <eskild@goldenfiles.com>, 2004.
+# Eskild Hustvedt <zerodogg@skolelinux.no>, 2004, 2005.
+# Per Øyvind Karlsen <pkarlsen@mandriva.com>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: nb\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-21 23:11+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Per Øyvind Karlsen <pkarlsen@mandriva.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <cooker-i18n@mandrivalinux.com>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Før du går videre bør du lese betingelsene i lisensen nøye. Den dekker hele\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-distribusjonen. Hvis du er enig med alle betingelsene,\n"
+"sjekk av \"%s\"-boksen- Hvis ikke, så vil det år trykke på '%s'k-knappen "
+"starte\n"
+"maskinen din på nytt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux er ett flerbrukersystem, og dette betyr at hver bruker kan ha\n"
+"sine egne instillinger, sine egne filer osv. Du kan lese ``Starter "
+"Guide'''n\n"
+"for å lære mer om flerbrukersystemer.\n"
+" Men i motsetning til 'root', som er\n"
+"systemadministratoren, så vil brukerne du legger til her ikke ha rett til å\n"
+"forandre noe annet enn deres egne filer og oppsett, noe som\n"
+"beskytte systemet for uheldige eller skumle forandringer som endrer\n"
+"hele systemet. Du må lage minst en bruker for deg selv --  denne kontoen\n"
+"bør du bruke rutinemessig, for hverdagslig bruk. Selv om det er praktisk å\n"
+"logge inn som \"root\" for å gjøre alt mulig hver dag, kan det også være\n"
+"veldig farlig! Den minste feil kan bety at systemet ditt ikke lenger vil "
+"fungere.\n"
+"Hvis du gjør en stor feil som en vanlig bruker, så er det verste som kan "
+"skje\n"
+"at du mister noe informasjon, men det vil ikke påvirke hele systemet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Det første feltet spørr etter ditt virkelige navn. Dette er selvfølgelig "
+"ikke nødvendig\n"
+"-- du kan faktisk skrive inn hva du vil. DrakX vil ta det første ordet du "
+"legger inn\n"
+"og kopiere det til \"%s\"-feltet, som er det navnet den brukeren vil bruke\n"
+"for å logge seg på systemet. Hvis du vil, så kan du endre brukernavnet. Det\n"
+"neste steget blir å sette et passord. Fra ett sikkerhetsmessig åsyn, så er "
+"ikke\n"
+"en upriviligiert (vanlig) brukers passord så kritisk som \"root\"-passordet, "
+"men\n"
+"det er ingen grunn til å neglisere det ved å gjøre det blankt eller for "
+"enkelt:\n"
+"tross alt, det kan være dine filer som ligger i faresonen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Når du klikker på \"%s\", så kan du legge til flere brukere. Legg feks. til "
+"en for hver\n"
+"av dine venner, din far eller din søster .\n"
+"Klikk \"%s\" når du er ferdig med å legge til brukere.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ved å klikke på \"%s\"-knappen kan du forandre hvilket \"skall\" brukeren "
+"har\n"
+"som standard (det vanlige er bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Når du er ferdig med å legge til brukere, så kan du velge en bruker som kan\n"
+"automatisk logge seg på systemet når maskinen starter opp. Hvis du er\n"
+"interessert i denne finessen (og ikke bryr deg mye om lokal sikkerhet),\n"
+"så velg den ønskede brukeren og vindushåndtereren, så klikk på \"%s\".\n"
+"Hvis du ikke er interessert i denne finessen, sjekk ut \"%s\"-boksen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Ønsker du å bruke denne finessen?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Her er de eksisterende Linux-partisjonene som ble oppdaget på din harddisk.\n"
+"Du kan beholde valgene som er gjort av veiviseren, de er gode for de fleste\n"
+"vanlige installasjoner. Hvis du endrer disse valgene, må du i hvertfall "
+"definere\n"
+"en root-partisjon (\"/\"). Ikke velg for liten partisjon ellers vil du ikke "
+"kunne\n"
+"installere nok programvare. Hvis du ønsker å lagre dine data på en separat\n"
+"partisjon må du også velge en \"/home\"-partisjon (bare mulig hvis du har "
+"mer\n"
+"enn en Linux partisjon tilgjengelig).\n"
+"\n"
+"Hver partisjon er listet som følger: \"Navn\", \"Kapasitet\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Navn\" er strukturert som følger: \"harddisktype\", \"harddisknummer\",\n"
+"\"partisjonsnummer\" (feks. \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Harddisktype\" er \"hd\" hvis harddisken din er en IDE-harddisk og \"sd\"\n"
+"hvis det er en SCSI-harddisk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Harddisknummer\" er alltid en bokstav etter \"hd\" eller \"sd\". For\n"
+"IDE-harddisker:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" betyr \"master harddisk på primær IDE-kontroller\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" betyr \"slave harddisk på primær IDE-kontroller\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" betyr \"master harddisk på sekundær IDE-kontroller\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" betyr \"slave harddisk på sekundær IDE-kontroller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Med SCSI-harddisker, en \"a\" betyr \"laveste SCSI-ID\", en \"b\" betyr "
+"\"nest laveste SCSI-ID\", etc."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux-installasjonen er spredd ut over flere CD-ROMer. \n"
+"Hvis en valgt pakke er på en annen CDROM, vil DrakX løse ut den nåværende\n"
+"CD og be deg sette i en den rette CDen som kreves. Hvis du ikke har den som\n"
+"trengs nå, bare klikk på «%s», pakken(e) vil da ikke bli installert."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Det er nå på tide å spesifisere hvilke programmer du ønsker å installere på\n"
+"systemet ditt. Det er tusenvis av pakker tilgjengelig for Mandriva Linux, "
+"for\n"
+"å gjøre det enklere å håndtere pakkene så har de blitt plassert i grupper "
+"med\n"
+"lignende applikasjoner.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pakkene er delt inn i grupper som svarer til forskjellig typisk bruk av din "
+"maskin.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux har fire forhåndsdefinerte installasjoner tilgjengelig.\n"
+"Du kan mikse og matche applikasjoner fra forskjellige grupper, så en\n"
+"``Arbeidsstasjon''-installasjon kan fortsatt ha applikasjoner fra\n"
+"``Utvikling''-gruppa installert.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hvis du planlagger å bruke din maskin som arbeidsstasjon, velg\n"
+"en eller flere av applikasjonene som er i arbeidsstasjon-gruppen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hvis du planlegger å bruke maskinen til programmering, velg\n"
+"ønskede grupper fra den kategorien. Den spesielle «LSB»-gruppen vil\n"
+"sette opp systemet ditt slik at den samsvarer mest mulig med\n"
+"Linux Standard Base spesifikasjonene.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hvis maskinen skal brukes som tjener, velg hvilke av de mer "
+"vanlige\n"
+"tjenestene som du ønsker installert på din maskin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": det er her du kan velge ditt ønskede grafiske miljø. Du\n"
+"må velge minst ett hvis du ønsker å ha ett grafisk grensesnitt "
+"tilgjengelig.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ved å flytte musepekeren over et gruppenavn vil en kort forklarende tekst\n"
+"dukke opp over den gruppen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan merke av i «%s»-boksen, som er nyttig hvis du er kjent med\n"
+"pakkene som blir tilbudt, ellr du vil ha total kontroll over hva som vil "
+"bli\n"
+"installert.\n"
+"Hvis du starter installasjonen i «%s»-modus trenger du ikke å velge noen "
+"grupper\n"
+"og hindre installasjon av alle nye pakker. Dette er nyttig for å reparere\n"
+"eller oppdatere et allerede installert system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du ikke velger noen grupper når du utfører en normal installasjon (i\n"
+"motsetning til en oppgradering) vil en dialogboks dukke opp og foreslå\n"
+"forskjellige valg for en minimal installasjon:\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": installer et minimum av pakker som trengs for å ha et fungerende\n"
+"grafisk skrivebord.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installerer basesystemet pluss standard verktøy og dokumentasjon\n"
+"for disse. Denne installasjonen passer til å sette opp en server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" vil installere det absolutte minimum som er nødvendig for å få\n"
+"Linux systemet opp og gå. Med denne installasjonen så vil du\n"
+"kun ha et kommandolinje-grensesnitt. Denne installasjonen er på rundt 65 "
+"megabyte."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Oppgrader"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Med grunnleggende dokumentasjon"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Virkelig minimal installasjon"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du fortalte installasjonsrutinen at du ønsket å velge enkeltpakker,\n"
+"så vil du få se ett tre som innholder alle pakkene sortert etter grupper\n"
+"og undergrupper. Når du blar gjennom treet, kan du velge grupper, \n"
+"undergrupper eller individuelle pakker.\n"
+"\n"
+"Når du velger en pakke i treet, vil en beskrivelse dukke opp til høyre\n"
+"side for å la deg vite hva pakkens hensikt er.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Hvis en tjenerpakke har blitt valgt, enten på grunn av at du valgte den "
+"spesifikt\n"
+"eller fordi den var medlem av en gruppe pakker, vil du bli bedt om å "
+"bekrefte at du\n"
+"virkelig ønsker å installere de valgte tjenerne.\n"
+"Som standard i Mandriva Linux vil alle installerte tjenere bli startet ved "
+"oppstart.\n"
+"Selv om de er sikre og ikke har noen kjente sikkerhetshull når denne "
+"distribusjonen\n"
+"ble sluppet,\n"
+"så kan det være at sikkerhetshull ble oppdaget etter at denne versjonen\n"
+"av Mandriva Linux ble sluppet. Hvis du ikke vet hva en type tjener gjør, "
+"eller\n"
+"hvorfor den blir installert, klikk «%s».\n"
+"«%s» vil installere de listede tjenerene og de vil bli\n"
+"startet automatisk som standard under oppstart. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"«%s»-valget er brukt for å deaktivere advarselsdialogen som vises\n"
+"når installasjonen automatisk velger en pakke for å løse avhengigheter.\n"
+"Noen pakker er avhengig av at andre pakker er installert.\n"
+"Installasjonsprogrammet kan finne ut hvilke pakker som trengs for å\n"
+"oppfylle avhengigheten til en pakke for å utføre en vellykket installasjon.\n"
+"\n"
+"Det lille diskett-ikonet på bunnen av denne listen lar deg laste en\n"
+"pakkeliste lagd under en tidligere installasjon. Dette er nyttig hvis du\n"
+"har flere maskiner som du vil sette opp identisk. Ved å klikke på dette\n"
+"ikonet vil du bli bedt om å sette inn disketten laget ved slutten av\n"
+"en annen installasjon. Se det andre tipset i det siste steget om hvordan du\n"
+"kan lage en slik diskett."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatiske avhengigheter"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"«%s»: Klikk på «%s»-knappen for å åpne skriverveiviseren.\n"
+"Konsulter det korresponderende kapitlet i oppstartsguiden for mer\n"
+"informasjon om hvordan du setter opp en skriver. Grensesnittet som\n"
+"brukes her er tilsvarende det som benyttes under installasjon."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Denne dialogen benyttes til å velge hvilke tjenester som skal startes når\n"
+"maskinen startes opp.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX vil liste opp alle tjenestene som er tilgjengelige i den gjeldende "
+"installasjonen.\n"
+"Gå nøye gjennom hver enkelt og fjern haken på de som ikke er nødvendige å\n"
+"starte.\n"
+"\n"
+"En kort forklarende tekst vil vises for hver tjeneste når de velges. Dersom "
+"du\n"
+"ikke er sikker på om en tjeneste er nødvendig, er det sikrest å la det\n"
+"forhåndsvalgte alternativet stå.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! på dette tidspunktet bør du være forsiktig dersom du ønsker å bruke "
+"maskinen\n"
+"som tjener: Du vil sannsynligvis ikke ønske å starte tjenester som du ikke "
+"trenger.\n"
+"Husk at noen tjenester kan representere en sikkerhetsrisiko dersom de er\n"
+"tilgjengelige på en tjener. Generelt bør du kun skru på tjenester som du "
+"trenger.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux passer tiden i GMT (Greenwich Mean Time), og oversetter denne\n"
+"til lokal tid avhengig av tidssonen du valgte. Dersom klokka på ditt "
+"hovedkort\n"
+"er satt til lokal tid, kan du deaktivere dette ved å velge bort «%s»,\n"
+"som lar GNU/Linux vite at systemklokka og maskinvareklokka\n"
+"er i samme tidssone. Dette er nyttig når maskinen din har andre\n"
+"operativsystemer slik som Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"«%s»-valget vil stille klokka di ved å koble seg til en ekstern tidstjener\n"
+"på internett. For at dette skal fungere, må du ha en internettforbindelse "
+"som\n"
+"fungerer. Det er best å velge en tidstjener som er i nærheten av deg. Dette\n"
+"valget installerer dessuten en tidstjener som kan brukes av andre maskiner\n"
+"på ditt lokale nettverk."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatisk tidssynkronisering"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Skjermkort\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installasjonsprogrammet vil vanligvis automatisk finne og sette opp "
+"skjermkortet\n"
+"som er installert på din maskin. Hvis dette ikke lar seg gjøre, kan du "
+"velge\n"
+"hva slags kort du har i denne listen.\n"
+"\n"
+"   I tilfelle det er flere tjenere tilgjengelige for ditt kort, med eller "
+"uten\n"
+"3D-akselerasjon, blir du bedt om å velge tjeneren som passer dine behov\n"
+"best."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (for X Window System) er hjertet i GNU/Linux sitt grafiske grensesnitt "
+"som\n"
+"alle de grafiske miljøene (KDE, GNOME Afterstep, Windowmaker osv.)\n"
+"som følger med Mandriva Linux er avhengige av.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du vil få en liste med forkjellige parametre som kan forandres for å få et\n"
+"optimalt grafisk grensesnitt: \n"
+"\n"
+"Skjermkort\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installasjonsrutinen kan vanligvis automatisk oppdage og sette opp\n"
+"skjermkortet som er installert i din maskin. Dersom dette ikke er tilfellet, "
+"kan\n"
+"du velge det kortet du faktisk har installert, fra denne listen.\n"
+"\n"
+"   I tilfelle det er flere tjenere tilgjengelig for ditt kort, med eller "
+"uten\n"
+"3D-akselerasjon, vil du så kunne velge den tjeneren som best passer\n"
+"dine behov.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Skjerm\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installasjonsrutinen kan normalt automatisk oppdage og sette opp "
+"skjermen\n"
+"som er koblet til din maskin. Hvis dette ikke er korrekt, kan du velge "
+"skjermen du\n"
+"faktisk har fra listen.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Oppløsning\n"
+"\n"
+"  Her kan du velge hvilke oppløsninger og fargedybder du vil bruke fra de "
+"som\n"
+"er tilgjengelige for din maskinvare. Velg den kombinasjonen som best passer\n"
+"dine behov (Du kan forandre dette etter installasjon). En prøve av det "
+"valgte\n"
+"oppsettet vil vises i skjermen.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Avhengig av din maskinvare vil denne oppføringen kanskje ikke vises.\n"
+"\n"
+"   systemet vil forsøke å starte en grafisk skjerm med den valgte\n"
+"oppløsningen. Dersom du kan se meldingen som vises under testen og \n"
+"svarer \"%s\" vil DrakX fortsette til neste trinn. Hvis du ikke kan se "
+"meldingen\n"
+"betyr det at en del av oppsettet er gal, og testen vil avsluttes etter 12\n"
+"sekunder. Du vil da bli tatt tilbake til menyen. Forandre innstillingene til "
+"du får\n"
+"et oppsett som fungerer. \n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Valg\n"
+"\n"
+"   Her kan du velge om du vil at maskinen automatisk skal starte det "
+"grafiske\n"
+"grensesnittet når maskinen starter. Du vil selvsagt ønske å sjekke av for \"%"
+"s\"\n"
+"dersom maskinen skal fungere som en tjener, eller om du ikke fikk satt opp\n"
+"det grafiske grensesnittet riktig."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Skjerm\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installereren kan vanligvis automatisk oppdage og sette opp\n"
+"skjermen som er koblet til maskinen din. Dersom dette ikke fungerer, kan\n"
+"du velge fra denne lista hvilken skjerm du faktisk har tilkobliet din maskin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Oppløsning\n"
+"\n"
+"   Her kan du velge oppløsning og fargedybde blant de som er tilgjengelige\n"
+"for din maskinvare. Velg den du synes passer best til dine behov (du kan\n"
+"forandre dette etter installasjon). En prøve av det valgte oppsettet\n"
+"er vist i skjermen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"I tilfelle det er flere tjenere tilgjengelig for ditt kort, med eller uten\n"
+"3D-akselerasjon, blir du så spurt om å velge den tjeneren som best\n"
+"passer dine behov."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Valg\n"
+"\n"
+"  Dette steget lar deg velge om du vil starte et grafisk grensesnitt "
+"automatisk\n"
+"under oppstart. Du vil selvsagt ønske å svare «%s» dersom maskinen skal\n"
+"fungere som tjener, eller hvis du ikke kunne sette opp det grafiske "
+"grensesnittet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Du må nå avgjøre hvor du ønsker å installere Mandriva Linux-"
+"operativsystemet\n"
+"på din harddisk. Hvis din harddisk er tom, eller et eksisterende\n"
+"operativsystem benytter all plassen som er tilgjengelig, vil du bli nødt til "
+"å\n"
+"ompartisjonere disken. Partisjonering av en harddisk vil si å dele den inn "
+"i\n"
+"logiske enheter for å skape plassen som trengs for å installere ditt nye\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ettersom partisjoneringsprosessen ikke kan tilbakestilles, og kan føre til "
+"tapte\n"
+"data hvis det allerede finnes et operativsystem på disken, kan "
+"partisjonering\n"
+"virke skremmendes dersom du er en uerfaren bruker. Heldigvis har DrakX en\n"
+"veiviser som forenkler denne prosessen. Før du fortsetter installasjonen, "
+"bør\n"
+"du lese gjennom resten av denne teksten, og ikke minst: Ta deg god tid.\n"
+"\n"
+"Avhengig av ditt harddiskoppsett, er flere valg tilgjengelige:\n"
+"\n"
+" *«%s»: dette valget utfører automatisk partisjonering av dine\n"
+"harddisker. Dersom du velger dette, vil det ikke ble stilt flere spørsmål.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: veiviseren har funnet en eller flere linux-partisjoner på "
+"harddisken\n"
+"din. Hvis du vil bruke disse, velg dette valget. Du vil bli spurt om å angi\n"
+"monteringspunkter for hver partisjon. De allerede oppsatte "
+"monteringspunktene\n"
+"er valgt som standard, og det er normalt lurt å beholde disse.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hvis Microsoft Windows er installert på din harddisk, og tar all "
+"tilgjengelig\n"
+"plass, må du lage ledig plass for GNU/Linux. For å oppnå dette, kan du enten "
+"slette\n"
+"hele Microsoft Windows-partisjonen med tilhørende data (Se ``Slett hele "
+"disken''-valget),\n"
+"eller forandre størrelsen på din Microsoft Windows FAT- eller NTFS-"
+"partisjon.\n"
+"Forandring av diskstørrelse kan utføres uten tap av data forutsatt at du "
+"har\n"
+"defragmentert Windows-partisjonen. Det anbefales sterkt at du tar \n"
+"sikkerhetskopi av dine data. Dette valget er anbefalt, dersom du ønsker \n"
+"å kjøre både Mandriva Linux og Microsoft Windows på samme maskin.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Før du velger dette valget, må du være klar over at størrelsen på din\n"
+"Microsoft Windows-partisjon vil være mindre enn når du startet. Du vil \n"
+"dermed ha mindre ledig plass under Microsoft Windows til å lagre data \n"
+"og installere programvare på.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hvis du ønsker å slette alle partisjoner og data, og erstatte dem "
+"med ditt\n"
+"nye Mandriva Linux-system, så velg dette valget. Vær forsiktig, du vil ikke "
+"kunne gjøre\n"
+"om dette etter at du har bekreftet valget.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Hvis du velger dette valget, vil alle data på harddisken bli "
+"slettet. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dette vil enkelt og greit slette alt fra harddisken og starte en "
+"ny partisjonering\n"
+"fra bunn av. Alle data på harddisken vil bli tapt.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Hvis du velger dette valget, vil du miste alle data på harddisken. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": velg dette dersom du vil partisjonere disken manuelt.\n"
+"Vær forsiktig -- dette er en kraftig, men farlig operasjon, og du kan lett "
+"miste alle\n"
+"dine eksisterende data. Derfor er dette valget kun anbefalt dersom du har "
+"gjort\n"
+"dette før, og har en del erfaring. For mer veiledning i bruk av DiskDrake-"
+"verktøyet\n"
+"se kapittelet ``Managing Your Partitions''-seksjonen i ``Starter Guide''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Bruk eksisterende partisjon"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Slette hele disken"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Sånn! Installasjonen er nå ferdig og ditt flunkende nye GNU/Linux system\n"
+"er nå klart til bruk. Bare klikk «%s» for å restarte systemet. Ikke glem å\n"
+"fjerne installasjonsmediet (CDROM eller diskett). Det første du vil\n"
+"se etter at maskinen er ferdig med maskinvaretestene er oppstartslasterens\n"
+"meny, som lar deg velge hvilket operativsystem du vil starte.\n"
+"\n"
+"«%s»-knappen vil vise to nye knapper:\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: for å lage en installasjonsdiskett som automatisk vil utføre en\n"
+"hel installasjon uten operatørhjelp, helt lik den installasjonen du nettopp "
+"har utført.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Merk at to forskjellige valg vil være tilgjengelige etter at knappen  "
+"trykkes:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * «%s»: Dette er en delvis automatisert installasjon. Partisjonering er\n"
+"den eneste interaktive prosedyren.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * «%s»: Dette er en fullstendig automatisert installasjon: harddisken "
+"vil bli\n"
+"helt overskrevet, og alle data vil bli overskrevet.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Denne funksjonen er nyttig når du skal installere et antall identiske "
+"maskiner.\n"
+"Se Auto-installasjonsavsnittet på våre websider for mer informasjon.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s» (*): lagrer en liste over pakkene som er blitt installert under "
+"denne\n"
+"installasjonen. For å benytte denne listen under en annen installasjon, sett "
+"inn\n"
+"disketten og start installasjonen. Når kommandopromptet kommer opp, trykk "
+"på\n"
+"[F1]-tasten og skriv: \"linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Du trenger en FAT-formatert diskett (for å lage en under GNU/Linux, "
+"skriv\n"
+"«mformat a:», eller «fdformat /dev/fd0» etterfulgt av «mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0»."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Generer autoinstallasjonsdiskett"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du valgte å bruke noen gamle GNU/Linux-partisjoner, kan det\n"
+" hende du ønsker å omformatere enkelte\n"
+"eksisterende partisjoner for å slette data på disse. Hvis du ønsker å\n"
+"gjøre dette, kan du velge disse partisjonene også.\n"
+"(å formatere betyr å opprette ett filsystem)\n"
+"\n"
+"Legg merke til at det ikke er nødvendig å formatere alle eksisterende\n"
+"partisjoner. Du må reformatere partisjonene som skal innholde\n"
+"operativsystemet (som «/», «/usr» eller «/var»), men du trenger ikke\n"
+"å omformatere partisjoner som inneholder data du vil beholde\n"
+"(typisk «/home»).\n"
+"\n"
+"Vær forsiktig når du velger partisjoner. Etter formatering vil alle data\n"
+"på de valgte partisjonene bli slettet uten at du kan hente dataene\n"
+"tilbake.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikk «%s» når du er klar til å formatere partisjonene.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikk «%s» om du vil velge andre partisjoner for din nye\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-operativsysteminstallasjon. \n"
+"\n"
+"Klikk på «%s» hvis du ønsker å velge partisjoner som skal sjekkes for\n"
+"ødelagte blokker på disken."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Når du installerer Mandriva Linux, er det sannsynlig at enkelte pakker\n"
+"er blitt oppdatert siden denne versjonen ble sluppet. Noen feil kan ha\n"
+"blitt fikset, eller sikkerhetsproblemer løst. For at du skal få utnytte\n"
+"disse forbedringene kan du nå laste dem ned fra internett. Kryss av  «%s»\n"
+"dersom du har en fungerende internettforbindelse, eller «%s» dersom\n"
+"du heller vil installere oppdateringene senere.\n"
+"\n"
+"Når du velger «%s» får du en liste over tjenere som oppdateringene kan\n"
+"lastes ned fra. Velg en som er nærmest deg. Et pakkevalgstre vil da\n"
+"dukke opp. Gå gjennom valgene, og klikk «%s» for å hente og installere\n"
+"de(n) valgte pakkene(ne), eller «%s» for å avbryte."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"På dette punktet vil DrakX la deg velge sikkerhetsnivået som er ønsket for\n"
+"maskinen. Som en tommelfingerregel bør sikkerhetsnivået settes høyere,\n"
+"hvis maskinen skal ha viktige data lagret der, eller hvis den skal være\n"
+"direkte tilgjengelig på internettet. Men, et høyere sikkerhetsnivå går \n"
+"gjerne på bekostning av brukervennligheten.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du ikke vet hva du skal velge, behold standardvalget. Du vil kunne\n"
+"endre sikkerhetsnivået senere med verktøyet draksec fra Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Kontrollsenter.\n"
+"\n"
+"'%s'-feltet kan informere systemet om den bruker på systemet som\n"
+"vil være ansvarlig for sikkerheten. Sikkerhetsbeskjeder vil bli sendt til\n"
+"denne adressen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Sikkerhetsadministrator"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"På dette punktet må du velge hvilke partisjon(er) som skal brukes til å\n"
+"installere ditt nye Mandriva Linux-system på. Hvis partisjoner allerede har\n"
+"blitt definert enten fra en tidligere installasjon av GNU/Linux eller fra et "
+"annet\n"
+"partisjoneringsverktøy, kan du bruke eksisterende partisjoner. I andre\n"
+"tilfeller må harddiskpartisjoner defineres.\n"
+"\n"
+"For å opprette partisjoner må du først velge en harddisk. Du kan velge disk\n"
+"for partisjonering ved å klikke på ``hda'' for den første IDE-disken,\n"
+"``hdb'' for den andre eller ``sda'' for den første SCSI-disken osv.\n"
+"\n"
+"For å partisjonere den valgte harddisken kan du bruke disse valgene:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dette valget sletter alle partisjoner tilgjengelig på den valgte "
+"harddisken.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dette valget lar deg automatisk opprette ext3 og\n"
+"swappartisjoner på din harddisk's ledige plass.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gir deg tilgang til ekstra finesser:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\":lagrer partisjonstabellen din på en diskett. Nyttig hvis "
+"partisjonen\n"
+"trengs å gjenopprettes senere. Det anbefales på det sterkeste at du utfører "
+"dette trinn.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gir deg muligheten til å gjenopprette en tidligere lagret "
+"partisjonstabell\n"
+"fra en diskett.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hvis partisjonstabellen din er skadet kan du forsøke å redde den "
+"ved å\n"
+"bruke dette valget. Vær forsiktig og husk at det kan gå galt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ignorerer alle forandringer og laster inn harddiskens "
+"opprinnelige\n"
+"partisjonstabell på nytt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ved å sjekke vekk dette valget, så vil brukere bli nødt til å "
+"manuelt montere\n"
+"og avmontere flyttbare medium som disketter og CDer.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bruk dette valget om du vil bruke en veiviser for å partisjonere\n"
+"harddisken din. Dette er anbefalt om du ikke har gode nok kunnskaper om\n"
+"partisjonering.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": du kan bruke dette valget til å forkaste endringene dine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gir deg ekstra valg under partisjoneringen (type, instillinger, "
+"format)\n"
+"og gir deg mere informasjon om harddisken.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": når du er ferdig med å partisjonere harddisken din, så bruk dette "
+"valget\n"
+"for å lagre endringene dine på disken.\n"
+"\n"
+"Når du definerer størrelsen på en partisjon, så kan du finjustere størrelsen "
+"med\n"
+"piltastene på tastaturet ditt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Merk: du kan nå valgene ved å bruke tastaturet. . Naviger gjennom "
+"partisjonene ved å bruke [Tab] og [Opp/Ned]-piltastene.\n"
+"\n"
+"Når en partisjon er valgt kan du bruke:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c for å opprette en ny partisjon (når en tom partisjon er valgt).\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d for å slette en partisjon.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m for å sette monteringspunktet.\n"
+"\n"
+"For å få informasjon om de forskjellige filsystemene som er tilgjengelige,\n"
+"vennlist les ext2FS-kapittelet fra ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du installerer på en PPC-maskin, så vil du nok lage en liten\n"
+"HFS-'bootstrap-partisjon' på minst en megabyte for bruk av\n"
+"yaboot-oppstartslasteren. Hvis du ønsker  å lage partisjonen litt større,\n"
+"la oss si 50 MB, så kan du lagre en ekstra kjerne og ramdiskbilde for "
+"nødsituasjoner."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automontering av fjernbart media"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Skift mellom normal-/ekspert-modus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Mer enn en Microsoft Windows-partisjon har blitt oppdaget på harddisken "
+"din.\n"
+"Velg den du ønsker å endre størrelsen på for å installere ditt nye\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-operativsystem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hver partisjon er listet som følger: \"Linux-navn\",\n"
+" \"Windows-navn\", \"Kapasitet\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux-navn\" er kodet som følger: \"harddisktype\", \"harddisknummer\",\n"
+"\"partisjonsnummer\" (f.eks., \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Harddisktype\" er \"hd\" hvis harddisken din er en IDE harddisk og\n"
+"\"sd\" hvis det er en SCSI harddisk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Harddisknummer\" er alltid en bokstav etter \"hd\" eller \"sd\". Med\n"
+"IDE-harddisker:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" betyr \"master-harddisk på primær IDE kontroller\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" betyr \"slave-harddisk på primær IDE kontroller\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" betyr \"master-harddisk på sekundær IDE kontroller\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" betyr \"slave-harddisk på sekundær IDE kontroller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Med SCSI-harddisker betyr en \"a\" en \"primær harddisk\", en \"b\" betyr "
+"\"sekundær harddisk\", osv.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows-navn\" er bokstaven på harddisken din under Windows (den første\n"
+"disken eller partisjonen er kalt \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"«%s»: Sjekk ditt valg av land. Dersom du ikke befinner deg i dette landet,\n"
+"klikk på «%s»-knappen og velg et annet. Dersom ditt land ikke er i\n"
+"den første lista, klikk på «%s»\"-knappen for å få den fullstendige lista\n"
+" over land."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette trinnet blir bare aktivert dersom det blir funnet en eksisterende\n"
+"GNU/Linux-partisjon på maskinen din.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX trenger nå å vite om du vil utføre en ny installasjon eller en "
+"oppgradering\n"
+"av et eksisterende Mandriva Linux-system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: Dette vil stort sett slette hele det gamle systemet. Dersom du\n"
+"ønsker å forandre hvordan harddiskene blir partisjonert, eller forandre på\n"
+"filsystemene, bør du velge dette. Men avhengig av hvordan du partisjonerer "
+"kan\n"
+"du avverge at noen av de gamle dataene blir overskrevet.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: Denne installasjonsklassen lar deg oppgradere pakkene som\n"
+"er installert på ditt nåværende Mandriva Linux-system. Dine nåværende\n"
+"partisjonsoppdelinger og brukerdata blir ikke berørt. De fleste andre "
+"oppsettstrinn\n"
+"forblir tilgjengelige, i likhet med en standard installasjon.\n"
+"\n"
+"«Oppgrader»-valget bør fungere fint på Mandriva Linux systemer som kjører\n"
+"versjon «8.1» eller nyere. Oppgradering av versjoner tidligere enn «8.1» er\n"
+" ikke anbefalt. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Avhengig av standardspråket du har valgt, vil DrakX automatisk velge\n"
+"et tilsvarende tastaturoppsett. Sjekk at valget passer deg, eller velg\n"
+"et annet tastaturoppsett.\n"
+"\n"
+"Det kan også hende at du ikke har et tastatur som passer presist \n"
+"til ditt språk.\n"
+"Hvis du for eksempel er en engelsktalende sveitsisk person, kan\n"
+"det være at du har et sveitsisk tastatur, eller hvis du snakker engelsk, "
+"men\n"
+"oppholder deg i Quebec så kan du finne deg i den samme situasjonen hvor\n"
+"ditt eget språk og tastatur ikke stemmer overens. I slike tilfeller vil "
+"dette\n"
+"installasjonstrinnet la deg velge et passende tastatur fra en liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikk på «%s»-knappen for å få en komplett liste over støttede tastaturer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du velger et tastatur som ikke er basert på det latinske alfabetet,\n"
+"vil den neste dialogen tillate at du setter opp en tastekombinasjon\n"
+"som vil bytte mellom latin og ikke-latinsk tastaturoppsett."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Det første trinnet er å velge ditt foretrukne språk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ditt valg av foretrukket språk vil påvirke språket til dokumentasjonen,\n"
+"installasjonsrutinen og systemet generelt. Velg først regionen du befinner\n"
+"deg i, og deretter språket du bruker.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du klikker på «%s»-knappen får du mulighet til å velge andre\n"
+"språk som du ønsker å installere på din arbeidsstasjon. Du installerer da\n"
+"samtidig de språkspesifikke filene for systemdokumentasjon og\n"
+"applikasjoner. Hvis du ønsker norsk som standardspråk, men også\n"
+"ønsker å tilrettelegge for spanske brukere på maskinen, kan du velge\n"
+"norsk som standardspråk i trevisningen, og «%s» i det avanserte avsnitt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om UTF-8 (ISO 10646) støtte. ISO 10646 er en ny tegnsettskoding det\n"
+"er ment til å dekke alle eksisterende språk. Men full støtte for det i GNU/"
+"Linux er\n"
+"stadig under utvikling. Av denne grunnen vil Mandriva Linux bruke det\n"
+"eller ei avhengig av brukerens valg:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Hvis du velger et språk med sterk binding til gammel kodnng (latin1-\n"
+"språk, russisk, japansk, kinesisk, koreansk, thai, gresk, tyrkisk, de "
+"fleste\n"
+"ISO-8859-2-språk) vil den gamle kodingen bli brukt som standard;\n"
+"\n"
+"Andre språk vil bruke ISO 10646 som standard;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Hvis to eller flere språk er krevd, og ikke disse språk bruker samme "
+"koding,\n"
+"vil ISO 10646 bli brukt for hele systemet;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Endelig kan ISO 10646 også bli påtvunget systemet ved brukervalg\n"
+"ved å velge '%s'-valget uavhengig av hvilke språk som er valgt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Legg merke til at du ikke er begrenset til et enkelt tilleggsspråk. Du\n"
+"kan velge flere, eller til og med alle ved å sjekke av i «%s»-boksen.\n"
+"Valg av språkstøtte betyr at oversettelser, skrifttyper, stavekontroller,\n"
+"osv. for språket også vil bli installert.\n"
+"\n"
+"For å bytte mellom de installerte språkene på systemet, kan du starte\n"
+"programmet «/usr/sbin/localedrake» som «root» for å bytte språket som\n"
+"systemet bruker. Dersom dette programmet kjøres under en vanlig bruker,\n"
+"vil bare språket for denne brukeren endres."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spansk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX oppdager vanligvis antall knapper på musen din. Hvis ikke, så vil det\n"
+"antas at du har en to-knappers mus og det vil settes opp treknappers-"
+"emulering.\n"
+"Den tredje museknappen kan på en toknappers-mus bli brukt ved å\n"
+"trykke ned både høyre og venstre museknapp samtidig. DrakX vil\n"
+"automatisk oppdage om din mus bruker PS/2-, seriell- eller USB-grensesnitt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du har en 3-knappsmus uten hjul, kan du velge musen\n"
+"«%s». DrakX vil så konfugurere musen din så du kan simulere hjulet med den;\n"
+"for å gjøre dette skal du trykke på den tredje knappen og flytte musen din\n"
+"opp og ned.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du ønsker å spepesifisere en annerledes musetype, velg den passende\n"
+"typen fra listen du blir vist.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan velge «%s» eller velge en ``generisk\" mus-type som vil fungere\n"
+"med alle mus.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du velger en annen mus enn hva som er forhåndsvalgt, så vil en\n"
+"testskjerm bli vist. Bruk knappene og musehjulet for å sjekke at\n"
+"oppsettet er riktig, og at musa virker ordentlig. Hvis musa ikke virker "
+"riktig,\n"
+"trykk [Space] eller [Enter] for å avbryte testen og gå tilbake til listen "
+"over valg.\n"
+"\n"
+"Noen ganger så blir ikke musehjulet automatisk oppdaget. Du vil da måtte\n"
+"velge manuelt fra listen. Vær sikker på at du velger en som er på riktig "
+"port.\n"
+"Etter at du har klikket på «%s»-knappen, så vil et musebilde bli vist på "
+"skjermen.\n"
+"Du må da bevege musehjulet for å aktivere det riktig. Når du ser at "
+"musehjulet på\n"
+"skjermen beveges etter som du ruller på det, sjekk også at knappene fungerer "
+"og\n"
+"at musepekeren på skjermen beveger seg når du flytter på musa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "med hjulemulering"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Alle PS/2- & USB-mus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Velg den riktige porten. F.eks., \"COM1\"-porten under\n"
+"Windows blir kalt \"ttyS0\" i GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette er det mest kritisike valget med hensyn til sikkerheten på ditt\n"
+"GNU/Linux-system: du må skrive inn «root»-passordet. «Root» er\n"
+"systemadministratoren og er den eneste som er autorisert til å gjøre\n"
+"oppdateringer, legge til brukere, endre på generellt oppsett, etc.\n"
+"Kort sagt, «root» kan gjøre alt! Derfor er det viktig at du velger et\n"
+"root-passord som er vanskelig å gjette -- DrakX vil si i fra hvis det er\n"
+"for enkelt. Som du ser, så kan du velge å ikke skrive inn noe passord,\n"
+"men det er noe vi anbefaler på det sterkeste å ikke gjøre. Man kan lage\n"
+"feil på GNU/Linux så lett som på ethvert annet operativsystem.\n"
+"Siden «root» kan omgå alle begrensninger og ved uhell kan slette\n"
+"alle data på en partisjon ved ubetenksomt bare å røre partisjonene selv,\n"
+"så er det viktig å gjøre det vanskelig å bli «root».\n"
+"\n"
+"Passordet bør være en blanding av alfanummeriske tegn og være på minst 8\n"
+"tegn. Aldri skriv ned «roo»\"-passordet -- det gjør det for enkelt å bryte "
+"seg\n"
+"inn på systemet ditt. \n"
+"\n"
+"Uansett -- du bør ikke lage passordet for langt og komplisert siden du må \n"
+"være i stand til å huske det uten altfor mye trøbbel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Passordet vil ikke bli vist på skjermen når du skriver det. Dermed må du\n"
+"skrive inn passordet to ganger for å minske sjansen for å skrive feil. Hvis\n"
+"du klarer å skrive passordet feil to ganger, så må dette ``feilaktige'' "
+"passordet\n"
+"bli brukt første gang du logger inn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du ønsker å autentisere deg via en autentiserings-tjener, klikk på\n"
+"«%s»-knappen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis nettverket ditt bruker enten LDAP-, NIS- eller PDC Windows-\n"
+"domenepåloggingstjeneste, så velg det tilsvarende til\n"
+"«%s». Har du ingen anelse, så spørr nettverksadministratoren din.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du skulle ha problemer med å huske passord, hvis maskinen din aldri "
+"vil\n"
+"brukes for å koble til internett, eller at du stoler på absolutt alle som "
+"bruker din\n"
+"maskin, så kan du velge «%s»."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autentisering"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"En oppstartslaster er et lite program som er startet av datamaskinen\n"
+"når den starter opp. Den er ansvarlig for å starte hele systemet. Vanligvis\n"
+"er oppstartslaster-installasjonen helt automatisk. DrakX vil analysere\n"
+"oppstartssektoren på harddisken og sette oppstartslasteren opp etter hva\n"
+"den finner der.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Hvis en oppstartssektor for Windows blir funnet, vil den erstatte denne "
+"med\n"
+"en GRUB- eller LILO-oppstartsektor. På denne måten kan du laste enten\n"
+"GNU/Linux eller ethvert annet operativsystem installert på din maskin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Hvis en oppstartsektor for GRUB eller LILO blir funnet, vil den bli "
+"erstattet\n"
+"med en ny.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dersom det ikke er mulig å avgjøre dette automatisk, vil DrakX spørre deg "
+"hvor\n"
+"oppstartslasteren skal installeres. Vanligvis er «%s» det sikreste stedet.\n"
+"Valg av «%s» vil ikke installere noen oppstartslaster. Bruk kun dette\n"
+"hvis du vet hva du gjør."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Nå er det på tide å velge utskriftsystemet for din maskin. Andre\n"
+"operativsystemer tilbyr kanskje en, men Mandriva Linux tilbyr to.\n"
+"Hvert av systemene er best for et spesiell type oppsett.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s» -- som står for ``print, do not queue'', er valget hvis du har en\n"
+"direkte tilkobling til din printer og du vil ha muligheten til å flykte fra\n"
+"printerkræsj, og du ikke har nettverksskrivere. («%s» vil bare håndtere\n"
+"veldig enkle nettverkstilfeller og er nogenlunde treg for nettverk.) Det er\n"
+"anbefalt at du bruker «pdq» hvis dette er din første erfaring med GNU/"
+"Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s» står for ``Common Unix Printing System'', er perfekt til å skrive "
+"til\n"
+"din egen lokale skriver, og også til skrivere på andre siden av kloden.\n"
+"Den er simpel og kan opptrå som både skriver og klient for det "
+"forhistoriske\n"
+"«lpd»-utskriftssystemet, så den er kompatibel med de eldre operativsystemer\n"
+"som fortsatt trenger utskriftstjenester. Selv om den er ganske kraftig, så "
+"er\n"
+"basisoppsettet nesten like enkelt som «pdq». Hvis du trenger å emulere en\n"
+"«lpd»-tjener, må du slå på «cups-lpd»-tjenesten. «%s» inkluderer et grafisk "
+"grensesnitt for utskrift eller oppsett av skriver og styring av skriver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du gjør et valg nå, og så senere finner ut at du ikke liker ditt "
+"utskriftssystem,\n"
+"så kan du endre det ved å kjøre PrinterDrake fra Mandriva Linux "
+"Kontrollsenter og\n"
+"klikke på «%s»-knappen. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ekspert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX vil nå oppdage alle IDE-enheter som er tilstede på ditt system. Det\n"
+"vil også scanne etter en eller flere PCI SCSI-kort på systemet ditt. Hvis "
+"et\n"
+"SCSI-kort er tilstede, så vil DrakX automatisk installere den passende "
+"driveren.\n"
+"\n"
+"På grunn av at maskinvareoppdagelse ikke er feilfritt, så kan det være at\n"
+"DrakX ikke klarer å oppdage dine harddisker. Hvis dette skjer, så må du\n"
+"spesifisere din maskinvare for hånd.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis du må spesifisere PCI SCSI-kontrolleren din manuelt, så vil DrakX\n"
+"spørre deg om å gjøre noen valg for det. Du burde tillate DrakX å teste\n"
+"maskinvaren for kort-spesifikke valg som trengs for å initialisere\n"
+"maskinvaren. Som regel så vil DrakX klare å gå igjennom dette steget uten\n"
+"problemer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hvis DrakX ikke er i stand til å oppdage de riktige parametrene som trengs\n"
+"for din maskinvare, så må du manuelt sette opp driveren."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"«%s»: hvis et lydkort blir oppdaget på systemet ditt, blir det vist her.\n"
+"Hvis du oppdager at lydkortet som blir vist her ikke er det som\n"
+"faktisk er til stede på ditt system, så kan du klikke på denne knappen for\n"
+"å velge en annen driver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Som en oppsummering vil DrakX gi deg en oversikt over informasjon som\n"
+"den har om systemet ditt. Avhengig av installert maskinvare, kan du ha et\n"
+"eller flere av de følgende punktene. Hvert punkt består av en overskrift "
+"fulgt\n"
+"av en kort oppsummering av det nåværende oppsettet. Klikk på\n"
+"den korresponderende «%s»-knappen for å endre på det.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: sjekk ditt gjeldende tastaturoppsett og endre om nødvendig.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: sjekk ditt gjeldende valg av land. Hvis du ikke er i dette landet,\n"
+"klikk på «%s»-knappen og velg et annet land. Hvis landet ditt ikke er i\n"
+"den først viste listen, klikk «%s»-knappen for å få en fullstendig liste "
+"over land.\n"
+"\n"
+" ' «%s»\": som standard bestemmer DrakX din tidssone ut i fra hvilket land "
+"du\n"
+"har valgt. Du kan klikke på «%s»-knappen her om dette ikke er korrekt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s» :sjekk det gjeldende museoppsettet og klikk på knappen for å endre\n"
+"om nødvendig.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: ved å klikke på «%s»-knappen åpnes skriveroppsett-veiviseren.\n"
+"Konsulter det tilhørende kapittelet i oppstartsguiden for mer\n"
+"informasjon om hvordan en skriver kan settes opp. Grensesnittet som er vist\n"
+"der er likt det som benyttes under installasjonen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hvis det er funnet et lydkort i ditt system, er det vist her. "
+"Hvis du\n"
+"finner ut at lydkortet som er vist ikke stemmer overens med det som faktisk "
+"er\n"
+"installert i din maskin, kan du klikke på knappen og velge en annen driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: hvis du har ett TV-kort, dette er der informasjonen om oppsettet "
+"til det\n"
+"vil blir vist. Hvis du har et TV-kort og det ikke er oppdaget, klikk på «%"
+"s»\n"
+"for å forsøke å sette det opp manuelt\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: Du kan klikke på «%s» for å forandre parameterene til kortet hvis "
+"du\n"
+"syntes at oppsettet er feil.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: Vanligvis setter DrakX opp ditt grafiske grensesnitt i\n"
+"«800x600» eller «1024x768» oppløsning. Hvis det ikke er det du vil ha\n"
+"klikk på «%s« for å sette opp ditt grafiske grensesnitt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: hvis du vil sette opp din internett- eller lokale "
+"nettverkstilkobling\n"
+"kan du gjøre det nå. Sjekk den utskrevne dokumentasjonen eller bruk\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Kontrollsenter etter at installasjonen er ferdig for å\n"
+"få full hjelp med oppsettet.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: lar deg sette opp HTTP og FTP mellomtjener-adresser hvis maskinen\n"
+"du installerer på er bak en mellomtjener.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: dette valget lar deg omdefinere sikkerhetsnivået som ble satt i et "
+"tidligere\n"
+"steg ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: hvis du planlegger å koble din maskin til internett er det en god "
+"idé\n"
+"å beskytte deg selv fra inntrengere ved å sette opp en brannmur. Se den\n"
+"korresponderende seksjonen i ``Starter Guiden\" for detaljer om brannmur\n"
+"innstillinger.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: dersom du ønsker å endre ditt oppstartslaster-oppsett, klikk på "
+"denne\n"
+"knappen. Dette er kun for avanserte brukere. Sjekk den utskrevne "
+"dokumentasjonen\n"
+"eller innebygd hjelp om oppstartslaster-oppsettet i Mandriva Linux "
+"Kontrollsenter.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: igjennom dette valget kan du finjustere hvilke tjenester som skal "
+"kjøre på din\n"
+"maskin. Hvis du planlegger å bruke maskinen som en tjener er det en god ide "
+"å se\n"
+"igjennom dette."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN-kort"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafisk grensesnitt"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Velg den harddisken du ønsker å slette for å installere din nye\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-partisjon. Vær forsiktig, alle data på denne partisjonen vil "
+"gå tapt\n"
+"og vil ikke kunne gjenopprettes!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Klikk på \"%s\" hvis du ønsker å slette alle data og partisjoner på denne\n"
+"harddisken. Vær forsiktig, etter at du har klikket på \"%s\" vil du ikke\n"
+"kunne gjenopprette data og partisjoner på denne harddisken inkludert Windows-"
+"data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikk på \"%s\" for å avslutte denne operasjonen uten å miste data og\n"
+"partisjoner på denne harddisken."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Neste ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Forrige"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/nl.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/nl.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a6a878542
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/nl.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2006 @@
+# translation of DrakX-nl.po to Nederlands
+# Dutch translation of DrakX.
+# Copyright (C) 2000, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva
+# Niels Gras <niels.gras@wanadoo.nl>, 2000.
+# Jeroen ten Berge <j.ten.berge@twinbit.nl>, 2002.
+# Reinout van Schouwen <reinout@cs.vu.nl>, 2002-2005.
+# Peter Bosch <peter.bosch@hccnet.nl>, 2002.
+# Rob Teng <mandrake.tips@free.fr>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-nl\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-20 00:24+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Reinout van Schouwen <reinout@cs.vu.nl>\n"
+"Language-Team: Dutch <vertaling@vrijschrift.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Voordat u verdergaat dient u eerst de voorwaarden in de licentie\n"
+"aandachtig te lezen. Zij beslaan de gehele Mandriva Linux distributie.\n"
+"Indien u akkoord gaat met alle voorwaarden erin kruist u het\n"
+"\"%s\"-vakje aan. Zoniet, dan zal het klikken van de \"%s\"-knop\n"
+"uw computer herstarten."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux is een multi-gebruikerssysteem, dit betekent dat iedere "
+"gebruiker \n"
+"haar eigen voorkeuren, bestanden enzovoort kan hebben. U kunt de \n"
+"''Beginnershandleiding'' lezen om hierover meer te weten te komen. Maar \n"
+"in tegenstelling tot \"root\", de beheerder, zullen de gebruikers die\n"
+"u hier toevoegt geen recht hebben om iets te veranderen behalve hun eigen \n"
+"bestanden en hun eigen configuratie, waarmee het systeem beschermd wordt \n"
+"tegen onbedoelde danwel kwaadwillende veranderingen die het systeem als\n"
+"geheel beïnvloeden. U zult tenminste één algemene gebruiker voor \n"
+"uzelf aan moeten maken. Dit account behoort u voor de dagelijkse routine\n"
+"te gebruiken. Alhoewel het erg praktisch is om iedere dag als \"root\" \n"
+"aan te melden, om van alles en nog wat te doen, kan het ook erg gevaarlijk\n"
+"zijn! De kleinste vergissing kan ervoor zorgen dat uw hele systeem niet\n"
+"meer werkt. Wanneer u een grote vergissing maakt als een gewone\n"
+"gebruiker, zou u in het ergste geval sommige gegevens kunnen\n"
+"verliezen, maar niet het hele systeem beschadigen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Het eerste veld is voor uw echte naam in. Dit is uiteraard niet verplicht -\n"
+"u kunt alles invoeren wat u wilt. DrakX neemt dan het eerste woord dat u\n"
+"had ingevuld en brengt het over naar het veld \"%s\". Met deze\n"
+"naam kan de betreffende gebruiker zich aanmelden op het systeem. \n"
+"Desgewenst kunt u de voorgestelde gebruikersnaam veranderen.\n"
+"De volgende stap is het invoeren van een wachtwoord. Het \n"
+"wachtwoord van een (gewone) gebruiker zonder privileges is niet zo \n"
+"cruciaal als dat van de \"root\"-gebruiker vanuit veiligheidsperspectief, \n"
+"maar dat is geen reden om het te verwaarlozen door het leeg te laten of het\n"
+"te eenvoudig te maken: tenslotte staan uw bestanden op het spel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wanneer u klikt op \"%s\", dan kunt u daarna andere \n"
+"gebruikers toevoegen. Voeg een gebruiker toe voor elk van uw \n"
+"bekenden, uw vader of uw zus bijvoorbeeld. Als u klaar bent met het \n"
+"toevoegen van gebruikers, klik dan op \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikken op de \"%s\"-knop stelt u in staat om de standaard\n"
+"\"shell\" voor een gebruiker te veranderen (standaard is dit bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Wanneer u alle gebruikers hebt toegevoegd, dan wordt u gevraagd een \n"
+"gebruiker te kiezen die zich vanzelf aanmeldt wanneer de computer opstart.\n"
+"Indien u geïnteresseerd bent in deze functie (en lokale beveiliging niet\n"
+"zo belangrijk vindt), kies dan de gewenste gebruiker en werkomgeving en\n"
+"klik vervolgens op \"%s\". Wenst u deze functie niet, wis dan\n"
+"het kruisje bij het vakje \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Wilt u van deze mogelijkheid gebruik maken?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier zijn de bestaande Linuxpartities afgebeeld die op uw harde\n"
+"schijf gevonden zijn. U kunt de keuzes die gemaakt zijn door de wizard\n"
+"behouden, ze zijn goed voor de meeste doorsnee installaties.\n"
+"Indien u veranderingen maakt, moet u in ieder geval een root partitie\n"
+"(\"/\") definiëren. Kies een partitie niet te klein, anders zult u niet in\n"
+"staat zijn genoeg software te installeren. Indien u uw gegevens op een\n"
+"aparte partitie wilt bewaren, dient u tevens een \"/home\" partitie te\n"
+"creëren (alleen mogelijk wanneer er meer dan één Linux partitie\n"
+"beschikbaar is).\n"
+"\n"
+"Elke partitie is als volgt afgebeeld: \"Naam\", \"Capaciteit\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Naam\" is als volgt opgebouwd: \"type harde schijf\",\n"
+"\"harde schijf-teken\", \"partitienummer\" (bijvoorbeeld \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Type harde schijf\" is \"hd\" als uw harde schijf van het IDE-type is en\n"
+"\"sd\" wanneer deze van het SCSI-type is.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Harde schijf-teken\" is altijd een letter na \"hd\" of \"sd\". Voor IDE\n"
+"harde schijven:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" betekent \"master harde schijf op de primaire IDE controller\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" betekent \"slave harde schijf op de primaire IDE controller\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" betekent \"master harde schijf op de secundaire IDE controller\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" betekent \"slave harde schijf op de secundaire IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Bij SCSI harde schijven betekent een \"a\" \"laagste SCSI ID\",\n"
+"een \"b\" \"het op één na laagste SCSI ID\", etc."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"De Mandriva Linux-installatie is verdeeld over meerdere CD-ROMs. Als een \n"
+"geselecteerd pakket te vinden is op een andere CD-ROM, zal het \n"
+"installatieprogramma de huidige CD uitwerpen en u vragen om de\n"
+"correcte CD in te leggen. Mocht u de betreffende CD niet bij de hand "
+"hebben,\n"
+"klik dan gewoon op \"%s\", de corresponderende pakketten zullen dan niet\n"
+"worden geïnstalleerd."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Het is nu tijd om te bepalen welke programma's u op uw systeem\n"
+"wenst te installeren. Er zijn duizenden pakketten beschikbaar voor Mandriva\n"
+"Linux, en om het overzichtelijker te maken zijn de pakketten in groepen\n"
+"van vergelijkbare toepassingen geplaatst.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorteert groepen pakketten in vier categorieën.\n"
+"U kunt de toepassingen uit de verschillende categorieën uitkiezen\n"
+"en samenvoegen naar eigen inzicht, zodat een ``Werkstation''-installatie\n"
+"nog steeds toepassingen geïnstalleerd kan hebben uit de ``Server''\n"
+"categorie.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": indien u van plan bent uw computer als werkstation te\n"
+"gaan gebruiken, selecteer dan één of meer van de groepen in de\n"
+"werkstation-categorie.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": indien u van plan bent om uw computer voor programmeren\n"
+"te gebruiken, kiest u de gewenste groepen uit die categorie.\n"
+"De speciale \"LSB\"-groep configureert uw systeem zodanig dat het\n"
+"zoveel mogelijk tegemoetkomt aan de specificaties van de Linux\n"
+"Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Het selecteren van de \"LSB\" groep zal tevens de \"2.4\" kernelserie,\n"
+"installeren, in plaats van de standaard \"2.6\". Dit is om het systeem \n"
+"100%% te laten voldoen aan de LSB. Als u de \"LSB\"-groep niet selecteert\n"
+"dan heeft u nog steeds een systeem dat bijna 100%% voldoet aan de LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": als de computer bestemd is voor server-doeleinden, dan\n"
+"kunt u aangeven welke van de meest voorkomende diensten u op uw\n"
+"computer wilt installeren.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": dit is waar u uw voorkeur voor een grafische\n"
+"omgeving kunt aangeven. Tenminste één moet geselecteerd zijn als u een\n"
+"grafische werkomgeving wilt hebben.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bij het bewegen van de muispijl boven een groepnaam zal er een korte "
+"verklarende tekst over die groep getoond worden. \n"
+"\n"
+"U kunt het \"%s\"-vakje aankruisen, wat nuttig is wanneer u bekend bent \n"
+"met de aangeboden pakketten of wanneer u volledige controle wilt hebben \n"
+"over wat er geïnstalleerd wordt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u de installatie in \"%s\"-modus start, dan kunt u alle groepen\n"
+"deselecteren en voorkomen dat er enige nieuwe pakketten geïnstalleerd\n"
+"worden. Dit kan van pas komen bij het repareren of bijwerken van een \n"
+"bestaand systeem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u alle groepen deselecteert bij het uitvoeren van een reguliere\n"
+"installatie (in tegenstelling tot opwaarderen), dan zal een dialoogvenster\n"
+"verschijnen met verscheidene opties voor een minimale installatie:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installeert zo min mogelijk pakketten met behoud van een werkende "
+"grafische werkomgeving.\n"
+" \n"
+" * \"%s\" installeert het basissysteem plus algemene hulpprogramma's\n"
+"en bijbehorende documentatie. Deze installatie is geschikt om een\n"
+"server mee in te richten.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" zal het absolute minimum installeren dat nodig is\n"
+"om een werkend Linux-systeem te verkrijgen. Met deze installatie\n"
+"zult u slechts een opdrachtregelinterface hebben.\n"
+"Deze installatie is in totaal ongeveer 65 megabyte groot."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Opwaardering"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Met basis-documentatie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Zeer minimale installatie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Afhankelijk van uw keus om al dan niet individuele pakketten\n"
+"te selecteren, zal het installatieprogramma u een boom tonen die alle\n"
+"pakketten bevat, geclassificeerd in groepen en subgroepen. Terwijl u door\n"
+"de boom bladert, kunt u gehele groepen, subgroepen of individuele pakketten\n"
+"selecteren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wanneer u een pakket in de boom selecteert, verschijnt een beschrijving\n"
+"aan de rechterkant om u te informeren over het doel van het pakket.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Als een server-pakket geselecteerd is, ofwel omdat u dat pakket\n"
+"specifiek gekozen heeft ofwel omdat het onderdeel is van een hele groep\n"
+"pakketten, zal u gevraagd worden om te bevestigen dat u deze servers echt\n"
+"wilt installeren. Onder Mandriva Linux worden alle geïnstalleerde servers\n"
+"standaard ingeschakeld tijdens het opstarten. Zelfs wanneer zij veilig\n"
+"zijn en geen bekende beveiligingsgebreken hadden op het moment dat de\n"
+"distributie werd uitgebracht, kan het gebeuren dat beveiligingsfouten\n"
+"ontdekt worden nadat deze versie van Mandriva Linux afgemaakt werd.\n"
+"Indien u niet weet wat een bepaalde dienst geacht wordt te doen of waarom\n"
+"deze geïnstalleerd wordt, klikt u dan \"%s\". Klikken op \"%s\" zal\n"
+"de getoonde diensten installeren en ze zullen automatisch worden\n"
+"ingeschakeld tijdens het opstarten van de computer. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"De \"%s\"-optie schakelt het\n"
+"waarschuwingsvenster uit dat verschijnt wanneer het installatieprogramma\n"
+"automatisch een pakket selecteert om een afhankelijkheid te vervullen.\n"
+"Sommige pakketten zijn afhankelijk van andere en de installatie van\n"
+"het ene pakket vereist dan de installatie van een ander pakket. Het\n"
+"installatieprogramma kan uitzoeken welke pakketten benodigd zijn\n"
+"om een afhankelijkheid te vervullen om de installatie succesvol te\n"
+"voltooien.\n"
+"\n"
+"Het kleine diskette-pictogram onderaan de lijst stelt u in staat de\n"
+"pakketten-lijst te laden die tijdens een eerdere installatie gekozen was.\n"
+"Als u klikt op dit pictogram zal u gevraagd worden een diskette in het\n"
+"diskettestation te plaatsen welke gecreëerd was aan het eind van een\n"
+"andere installatie. Zie de tweede tip van de laatste stap over hoe u een\n"
+"dergelijke diskette aanmaakt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatische afhankelijkheden"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": klikken op de \"%s\"-knop zal de printerconfiguratie-\n"
+"wizard openen. Raadpleeg het overeenkomstige hoofdstuk uit de ``Beginners-\n"
+"handleiding'' voor meer informatie over het instellen van een nieuwe "
+"printer.\n"
+"De in onze handleiding getoonde interface lijkt sterk op degene gebruikt\n"
+"tijdens de installatie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"In dit dialoogvenster kunt u kiezen welke diensten u wenst te starten\n"
+"tijdens de opstartfase van uw computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Het installatieprogramma toont alle diensten die beschikbaar zijn in de "
+"huidige\n"
+"installatie. Kijk ze aandachtig na en de-selecteer degenen die niet \n"
+"nodig zijn bij het opstarten.\n"
+"\n"
+"Een korte verklarende tekst wordt gegeven over een dienst bij de selectie\n"
+"ervan. Wanneer u niet zeker bent of een dienst nuttig is of niet,\n"
+"dan is het veiliger om de standaardinstelling over te nemen.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Wees vooral voorzichtig in deze stap als u uw machine als server \n"
+"wilt gebruiken: u zult waarschijnlijk de diensten die u niet nodig heeft\n"
+"niet willen starten. Onthoudt dat een aantal diensten riskant kunnen\n"
+"zijn indien ze geactiveerd zijn op een server. In het algemeen geldt: kies\n"
+"alleen de diensten die u echt nodig heeft. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux houdt de tijd bij in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) en vertaalt\n"
+"het naar lokale tijd volgens de tijdzone die u geselecteerd heeft. Als\n"
+"de klok op uw moederbord op lokale tijd is ingesteld, dan kunt u dit\n"
+"deactiveren door \"%s\" te deselecteren,\n"
+"hetgeen GNU/Linux laat weten dat de systeemklok en hardwareklok op\n"
+"dezelfde tijdzone staan. Dit is nuttig wanneer er op de computer nog\n"
+"een ander besturingssysteem staat.\n"
+"\n"
+"De \"%s\"-optie zal de klok automatisch\n"
+"bijstellen door verbinding te maken met een tijdsserver op internet.\n"
+"U dient een werkende internetverbinding hebben voordat deze functie\n"
+"werkt. Het is het beste om een tijdserver te kiezen die dichtbij is.\n"
+"Deze optie zorgt er tevens voor dat er een tijdserver op uw computer\n"
+"wordt geïnstalleerd die gebruikt kan worden door andere computers\n"
+"op uw lokale netwerk."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatische tijdssynchronisatie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafische kaart\n"
+"\n"
+"   Het installatieprogramma zal normaal gesproken de grafische kaart\n"
+"in uw computer automatisch vinden en configureren. Mocht dit niet\n"
+"het geval zijn, dan kunt u uit deze lijst de kaart kiezen die u\n"
+"daadwerkelijk heeft.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In het geval dat er meerdere servers voor uw kaart beschikbaar zijn,\n"
+"met of zonder 3D-versnelling, dan wordt u gevraagd de server te kiezen\n"
+"die het best bij uw omstandigheden past."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (voor X Window System) is het hart van de grafische interface van GNU/\n"
+"Linux waarvan alle grafische omgevingen (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, "
+"WindowMaker,\n"
+"etc.) die bij Mandriva Linux worden geleverd, afhankelijk zijn.\n"
+"\n"
+"U krijgt een lijst te zien van verschillende parameters die u kunt "
+"aanpassen\n"
+"om een optimale grafische weergave te verkrijgen:\n"
+"Grafische kaart\n"
+"\n"
+"   Het installatieprogramma vindt normaal gesproken automatisch de \n"
+"grafische kaart in uw computer en configureert deze. Als dit niet het \n"
+"geval is, kunt u uit deze lijst de kaart kiezen die u daadwerkelijk heeft.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In het geval dat er verschillende X-servers zijn voor uw kaart, met of\n"
+"zonder 3D-versnelling, dan wordt u voorgesteld om de server te kiezen die\n"
+"het beste bij uw omstandigheden past.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Beeldscherm\n"
+"\n"
+"   Het installatieprogramma kan normaal gesproken het aangesloten\n"
+"beeldscherm automatisch bespeuren en configureren. Als dit niet \n"
+"correct is, dan kunt u uit deze lijst de monitor kiezen die \n"
+"daadwerkelijk op uw computer is aangesloten.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolutie\n"
+"\n"
+"   U kunt hier de resolutie en kleurdiepte kiezen uit degenen die\n"
+"beschikbaar zijn voor uw apparatuur. Kies degene die het best bij uw\n"
+"omstandigheden past (u kunt dit na installatie evengoed wijzigen). Een\n"
+"voorbeeld van de gekozen configuratie wordt op het scherm getoond.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Testen\n"
+"\n"
+"   Afhankelijk van uw apparatuur kan het zijn dat dit item niet verschijnt.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Het systeem zal trachten een grafisch scherm te openen in de gewenste\n"
+"resolutie. Wanneer u het bericht tijdens de test kunt zien en \"%s\"\n"
+"antwoordt, dan gaat de installatie door naar de volgende stap. Als u het \n"
+"bericht niet kunt zien, dan betekent dat dat een gedeelte van de gevonden\n"
+"configuratie niet klopt en zal de test automatisch na 12 seconden eindigen,\n"
+"waarmee u terugkomt in het menu. Pas de instellingen aan totdat u een "
+"correcte grafische weergave krijgt.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opties\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hier kunt u kiezen of u uw computer automatisch wilt laten omschakelen\n"
+"naar een grafisch gebruiksoppervlak bij het opstarten. Vanzelfsprekend zult\n"
+"u \"%s\" willen aankruisen als uw computer gaat functioneren als server, of\n"
+"als u het niet gedaan kreeg het beeldscherm goed te configureren."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Het installatieprogramma kan normaal gesproken de aangesloten monitor\n"
+"automatisch bespeuren en configureren. Als dit niet correct is, dan kunt u\n"
+"uit deze lijst de monitor kiezen die werkelijk aan uw computer verbonden is."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolutie\n"
+"\n"
+"   U kunt hier de resolutie en kleurdiepte kiezen uit degenen die\n"
+"beschikbaar zijn voor uw apparatuur. Kies degene die het best bij uw\n"
+"omstandigheden past (u kunt dit na installatie evengoed wijzigen). Een\n"
+"voorbeeld van de gekozen configuratie wordt op het scherm getoond."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"In het geval dat er verschillende servers beschikbaar zijn voor uw kaart,\n"
+"met of zonder 3D-versnelling, dan wordt u de keuze geboden voor de server\n"
+"die het beste bij uw omstandigheden past."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opties\n"
+"\n"
+"In deze stap kunt u kiezen of u wilt dat uw computer automatisch\n"
+"naar een grafische interface omschakelt bij het opstarten. Vanzelfsprekend\n"
+"wilt u \"%s\" aankruisen als uw machine als server moet dienen, of\n"
+"als u er niet in slaagde het beeld te configureren."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Op dit punt dient u te kiezen waar op uw harde schijf u uw Mandriva Linux\n"
+"besturingssysteem wilt installeren. Als uw harde schijf leeg is of als een\n"
+"ander besturingssysteem alle beschikbare ruimte inneemt, dan zult u\n"
+"de harde schijf moeten partitioneren. Partitioneren houdt in dat u uw harde\n"
+"schijf in logische stukken onderverdeelt om ruimte te creëren voor uw\n"
+"nieuwe Mandriva Linux besturingssysteem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Omdat de effecten van het partitioneringsproces over het algemeen niet\n"
+"terug te draaien zijn en kan leiden tot gegevensverlies als er reeds een\n"
+"besturingssysteem op de schijf geïnstalleerd is, kan partitioneren\n"
+"intimiderend en spannend zijn voor een onervaren gebruiker. Gelukkig is\n"
+"er een wizard die dit proces vereenvoudigt. Leest u de rest van dit\n"
+"hoofdstukje voordat u verder gaat en neemt u vooral de tijd.\n"
+"\n"
+"Afhankelijk van de configuratie van uw harde schijf, zijn er\n"
+"verscheidene opties beschikbaar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": deze optie zal leiden tot het automatisch\n"
+"partitioneren van uw lege schijf/schijven. Er worden u verder geen vragen\n"
+"gesteld bij deze optie.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": de wizard heeft één of meer bestaande Linux-partities op \n"
+"uw harde schijf gevonden. Indien u deze wilt gebruiken, kiest \n"
+"u deze optie. Vervolgens zal u gevraagd worden de koppelpunten te\n"
+"kiezen die met elk van de partities geassocieerd zijn. De bestaande\n"
+"koppelpunten zijn standaard al geselecteerd en meestal is het het beste\n"
+"als u deze behoudt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien Microsoft Windows\n"
+"op uw harde schijf is geïnstalleerd en alle beschikbare ruimte in beslag "
+"neemt,\n"
+"dient u vrije ruimte te creëren voor GNU/Linux. Om dat te doen, kunt u\n"
+"uw Microsoft Windows-partitie en -gegevens wissen (zie het punt\n"
+"``Gehele schijf wissen'') of uw Microsoft Windows FAT- of NTFS-partitie\n"
+"verkleinen. Het aanpassen van de grootte kan bewerkstelligd worden zonder\n"
+"verlies van enige gegevens, vooropgesteld dat u eerst de Windows-partitie\n"
+"gedefragmenteerd heeft. Een reservekopie maken van uw gegevens is\n"
+"uitdrukkelijk aangeraden. Deze optie is aanbevolen indien u zowel\n"
+"Mandriva Linux als Microsoft Windows op dezelfde computer wilt gebruiken.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Laat het goed tot u doordringen, voordat u deze optie kiest, dat uw\n"
+"Microsoft Windows partitie na afloop van deze procedure minder groot\n"
+"zal zijn dan hij nu is. U zult minder vrije ruimte hebben onder\n"
+"Microsoft Windows om uw gegevens op te slaan of om nieuwe software te\n"
+"installeren.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien u alle gegevens en alle partities op uw\n"
+"harde schijf wilt verwijderen en vervangen door uw nieuwe Mandriva Linux-\n"
+"systeem, kiest u deze optie. Weest u voorzichtig met deze oplossing omdat u\n"
+"na bevestiging deze keuze niet meer ongedaan kunt maken.\n"
+"\n"
+"    !! Als u deze optie kiest, zullen alle gegevens op uw schijf verloren "
+"gaan. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Deze optie verschijnt wanneer de harde schijf volledig in \n"
+"beslag genomen is door Microsoft Windows. Het kiezen van deze optie wist\n"
+"simpelweg alles op de schijf en begint van voren af aan met\n"
+"partitioneren.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Als u deze optie kiest, zullen alle gegevens op uw schijf verloren "
+"gaan. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kies deze optie indien u handmatig\n"
+"uw harde schijf wenst te partitioneren. Weest u voorzichtig - het is een\n"
+"krachtige maar riskante keuze en u kunt erg gemakkelijk al uw gegevens\n"
+"kwijtraken. Derhalve is deze optie slechts aanbevolen indien u zoiets\n"
+"al eens eerder gedaan hebt en enige ervaring hebt. Voor meer instructies\n"
+"voor het gebruik van het DiskDrake-hulpprogramma zij u verwezen naar het\n"
+"hoofdstuk ``Uw partities beheren'' in de ``Beginnershandleiding''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Een bestaande partitie gebruiken"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Volledige harde schijf wissen"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Alstublieft. De installatieprocedure is voltooid en uw GNU/Linux-systeem\n"
+"is klaar voor gebruik. U hoeft alleen nog op \"%s\" te klikken om uw\n"
+"computer opnieuw te starten. Vergeet niet de installatiemedia (CD-ROM of \n"
+"diskette) te verwijderen. Het eerste dat u te zien krijgt nadat uw\n"
+"computer the apparatuurtests heeft afgerond is het opstartladermenu,\n"
+"dat u de keus geeft welk besturingssysteem te starten.\n"
+"\n"
+"De \"%s\"-knop toont twee extra knoppen voor:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": om een installatiediskette aan te maken welke de gehele\n"
+"installatie automatisch zal uitvoeren zonder een\n"
+"toezichthouder, gelijkend op de installatie die u zojuist\n"
+"heeft geconfigureerd.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Merk op dat er twee verschillende opties zijn na het aanklikken\n"
+"   van deze knop:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Dit is een gedeeltelijk geautomatiseerde installatie.\n"
+"De partitioneringsstap is de enige interactieve procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Volledig geautomatiseerde installatie: de harde\n"
+"schijf wordt volledig overschreven en alle gegevens erop raken verloren.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Deze mogelijkheid is erg handig wanneer u een grote hoeveelheid\n"
+"soortgelijke computers installeert. Zie ook de Auto-installatie afdeling op\n"
+"onze webstek voor meer informatie.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): slaat de pakketlijst op zoals geselecteerd\n"
+"in deze installatie. Om deze selectie bij een andere installatie\n"
+"te gebruiken, plaatst u de diskette in het diskettestation en start u het\n"
+"installatieprogramma. Bij het opstartscherm drukt u op de [F1]-toets en\n"
+"voert u ''linux defcfg=\"floppy\" '' in en drukt u op de [Enter]-toets.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) U heeft hiervoor een FAT-geformatteerde diskette nodig. Om er één te\n"
+"maken onder GNU/Linux, typt u \"mformat a:\" of \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" \n"
+"gevolgd door \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Auto-installatiediskette aanmaken"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Indien u kiest om enkele bestaande GNU/Linux-partities te hergebruiken, \n"
+"wenst u wellicht om enkele ervan opnieuw te formatteren en alle gegevens\n"
+"die erop staan te wissen. Om dit te doen, dient u de partities waar het\n"
+"om gaat ook te selecteren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Merk op dat het niet nodig is om alle reeds bestaande partities te\n"
+"herformatteren. U dient de partities waar het besturingssysteem op\n"
+"staat te herformatteren (zoals \"/\", \"/usr\" of \"/var\") maar u hoeft\n"
+"geen partities te herformatteren die gegevens bevatten die u wenst\n"
+"te bewaren (gewoonlijk \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Weest u alstublieft voorzichtig met het selecteren van partities. Na het\n"
+"formatteren zullen alle gegevens op de geselecteerde partities definitief\n"
+"verwijderd zijn, zonder herstelmogelijkheid.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op \"%s\" wanneer u klaar bent om de partities te formatteren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op \"%s\" indien u een andere partitie voor uw nieuwe\n"
+"Mandriva Linux besturingssysteem wilt kiezen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op \"%s\" indien u partities wenst te selecteren die op\n"
+"onleesbare blokken gecontroleerd moeten worden."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Op het moment dat u Mandriva Linux installeert, is het waarschijnlijk\n"
+"dat sommige pakketten herzien zijn sinds het moment dat het werd\n"
+"uitgebracht. Sommige onvolkomenheden kunnen gerepareerd zijn en\n"
+"beveiligingsproblemen opgelost. Om u te kunnen laten profiteren van\n"
+"deze herzieningen kunt u ze nu ophalen van het Internet.\n"
+"Kruis \"%s\" aan als u een werkende internetverbinding heeft, of \"%s\"\n"
+"als u liever later herziene pakketten installeert.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wanneer u \"%s\" kiest, verschijnt er een lijst van plaatsen op het web\n"
+"waar herzieningen van kunnen worden opgehaald. Kies degene waar\n"
+"u zich het dichtst bij in de buurt bevindt. Daarna verschijnt een\n"
+"pakketselectieboom: ga de selectie na en druk op \"%s\"\n"
+"om de geselecteerde pakket(ten) op te halen en te installeren, of\n"
+"op \"%s\" om af te breken."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Op dit punt bent u in de gelegenheid het gewenste beveiligingsniveau te\n"
+"kiezen voor deze computer. Als een vuistregel is aan te houden dat \n"
+"het beveiligingsniveau hoger ingesteld hoort te zijn als de computer\n"
+"cruciale gegevens bevat, of als hij direct is blootgesteld aan het\n"
+"internet. Een hoger beveiligingsniveau gaat meestal echter ten koste\n"
+"van gebruiksgemak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Als u niet weet wat te kiezen, behoudt u de standaard optie. U zult \n"
+"later nog in staat zijn het beveiligingsniveau te veranderen met het\n"
+"draksec-hulpprogramma vanuit het Mandriva Linux Configuratiecentrum.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vul in het \"%s\"-veld het e-mailadres in van de persoon die\n"
+"verantwoordelijk is voor de beveiliging. Beveiligingsmeldingen\n"
+"worden naar dat adres verstuurd."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Beveiligingsbeheerder"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Op dit punt dient u te kiezen welke partitie(s) gebruikt zullen worden voor\n"
+"de installatie van uw Mandriva Linux systeem. Indien er reeds partities\n"
+"gedefinieerd zijn, van een vorige GNU/Linux installatie of door een\n"
+"ander partitioneringsprogramma, kunt u bestaande partities gebruiken.\n"
+"In andere gevallen moeten er harde schijf-partities gedefinieerd worden.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om partities te creëren, dient u eerst een harde schijf te kiezen. U kunt "
+"de\n"
+"te partitioneren schijf selecteren door op \"hda\" te klikken voor de "
+"eerste\n"
+"IDE-schijf, \"hdb\" voor de tweede, \"sda\" voor de eerste SCSI-schijf\n"
+"enzovoort.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om de geselecteerde harde schijf te partitioneren, kunt u deze opties\n"
+"gebruiken:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": deze optie verwijdert alle partities op de\n"
+"geselecteerde harde schijf.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": deze optie creëert automatisch ext3- en swap-\n"
+"partities in de vrije ruimte op uw harde schijf.\n"
+"\n"
+" \"%s\": geeft toegang tot extra opties:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": slaat de partitietabel op op een diskette. Nuttig om\n"
+"later zonodig de partitietabel te herstellen. Het is sterk aanbevolen deze "
+"stap uit\n"
+"te voeren.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": deze optie stelt u in staat om een eerder opgeslagen\n"
+"partitietabel van diskette te herstellen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien uw partitietabel is beschadigd, kunt u hem\n"
+"trachten te herstellen met deze optie. Weest u voorzichtig en onthoudt dat\n"
+"dit niet altijd werkt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gooit alle veranderingen weg en laadt de\n"
+"partitietabel die oorspronkelijk op de harde schijf stond.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": het deselecteren van deze optie\n"
+"dwingt gebruikers om handmatig verwisselbare media zoals diskettes en\n"
+"CD-ROMs te koppelen en te ontkoppelen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gebruik deze optie indien u een wizard wenst te gebruiken om\n"
+"uw harde schijf mee te partitioneren. Dit is aanbevolen als u geen brede "
+"kennis\n"
+"heeft over partitioneren.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gebruik deze optie om uw wijzigingen te annuleren.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" laat extra handelingen toe op\n"
+"partities (type, opties, formaat) en geeft meer informatie over de schijf.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": wanneer u klaar bent met het partitioneren van uw harde schijf, "
+"zal dit\n"
+"de wijzigingen wegschrijven naar schijf.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bij het definiëren van de partitiegrootte kunt u de grootte fijnafregelen\n"
+"met de pijltjestoetsen op uw toetsenbord.\n"
+"\n"
+"Merk op: u kunt iedere optie met behulp van het toetsenbord bereiken. "
+"Navigeer door\n"
+"de partities met behulp van [Tab] en [Omhoog/Omlaag] pijlen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wanneer een partitie is geselecteerd, kunt u deze toetscombinaties "
+"gebruiken:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+c om een nieuwe partitie te creëren (als een lege ruimte is "
+"geselecteerd)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+d om een partitie te verwijderen\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+m om het koppelpunt in te stellen\n"
+"\n"
+"Voor meer informatie over de verschillende types bestandssystemen die er "
+"zijn,\n"
+"leest u het hoofdstuk 'ext2FS' van de ``Referentiehandleiding''.\n"
+"\n"
+"In het geval dat u op een PPC computer aan het installeren bent, zult u een "
+"kleine\n"
+"HFS \"bootstrap\"-partitie van tenminste 1MB willen creëren voor gebruik\n"
+"door de yaboot-opstartlader. Indien u liever de partitie wat groter maakt,\n"
+"zeg 50MB, dan vindt u het misschien een nuttige plek om een reserve kernel-\n"
+"en ramdisk beeldbestand in op te slaan voor opstart-noodgevallen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automatische koppeling van verwisselbare media"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Normale/expert-modus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Er is meer dan één Microsoft-partitie op uw harde schijf gevonden.\n"
+"Kiest u degene die u wilt verkleinen om uw nieuwe Mandriva Linux\n"
+"besturingssysteem te kunnen installeren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Elke partitie wordt getoond als volgt: \"Linux naam\", \"Windows naam\"\n"
+"\"Capaciteit\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux naam\" is gestructureerd: \"harde schijf-type\", \n"
+"\"harde schijf-teken\", \"partitienummer\" (bijvoorbeeld \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Harde schijf-type\" is \"hd\" indien uw harde schijf een IDE-schijf is en\n"
+"\"sd\" indien het een SCSI-schijf is.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Harde schijf-teken\" is altijd een letter na \"hd\" of \"sd\". Bij IDE-\n"
+"harde schijven:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" betekent \"master harde schijf op de primaire IDE controller\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" betekent \"slave harde schijf op de primaire IDE controller\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" betekent \"master harde schijf op de secundaire IDE controller\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" betekent \"slave harde schijf op de secundaire IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Bij SCSI harde schijven betekent een \"a\" \"laagste SCSI ID\", een \"b\" "
+"\"op één na laagste SCSI ID\", enzovoort.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows naam\" is de letter van uw harde schijf onder Windows (de\n"
+"eerste schijf of partitie wordt \"C:\" genoemd)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": de huidige landselectie nagaan. Indien u zich niet in dit land\n"
+"bevindt, klik dan op de \"%s\"-knop en kies een ander land. Als uw land niet "
+"in de getoonde lijst staat, klik dan op de \"%s\"-knop om de complete\n"
+"landenlijst op te vragen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze stap activeert slechts wanneer een bestaande GNU/Linux-partitie\n"
+"gevonden is op uw computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nu is het noodzakelijk dat u aangeeft of u een nieuwe installatie\n"
+"of een opwaardering van een bestaand Mandriva Linux-systeem\n"
+"wilt uitvoeren:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Dit verwijdert het oude systeem vrijwel volledig.\n"
+"Afhankelijk van uw partitionering, kunt u echter voorkomen dat\n"
+"een gedeelte van uw gegevens (met name \"home\"-directory's) \n"
+"worden overschreven. \n"
+"Indien u de partitionering van uw harde schijven wilt wijzigen, of het\n"
+"bestandssysteem wenst te wijzigen, dan dient u deze optie te kiezen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Deze installatieklasse stelt u in staat de pakketten\n"
+"die momenteel op uw Mandriva Linux-systeem zijn geïnstalleerd te verversen.\n"
+"Uw huidige partitioneringsschema en gebruikersgegevens worden niet\n"
+" veranderd. De meeste andere configuratiestappen blijven beschikbaar,\n"
+"zoals bij een gewone installatie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Het gebruik van de ``Opwaardering''-optie zou prima moeten werken op\n"
+"Mandriva Linux versie \"8.1\" of recenter. Het uitvoeren van een\n"
+"opwaardering op versies eerder dan Mandriva Linux versie \"8.1\" is "
+"afgeraden."
+
+# Extra stukje toegevoegd over Nederlandse layout
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Afhankelijk van de taal die u heeft gekozen, selecteert DrakX automatisch\n"
+"een bepaalde toetsenbordindeling. Ga na of de geselecteerde indeling u "
+"bevalt, en zoniet kies dan een andere toetsenbordindeling.\n"
+"\n"
+"Merk op dat de getoonde lijst toetsenbordindelingen bevat, en geen talen.\n"
+"Wanneer u in Nederland woont, heeft u waarschijnlijk een toetsenbord van "
+"het\n"
+"type \"VS (internationaal)\". Toetsenborden met een \"Nederlandse\" "
+"indeling\n"
+"komen niet veel voor. Het kan ook zijn dat u een Nederlands sprekende "
+"inwoner\n"
+"van België bent en gebruik maakt van een toetsenbord met Franse indeling.\n"
+"Deze installatiestap zorgt ervoor dat u in alle gevallen de juiste\n"
+"toetsenbordindeling kunt kiezen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op de \"%s\"-knop om de complete lijst van ondersteunde\n"
+"toetsenbordindelingen te zien.\n"
+"\n"
+"Als u een toetsenbordindeling kiest welke gebaseerd is op een niet-Latijns\n"
+"alfabet, zal het volgende dialoogvenster u vragen om de toetscombinatie\n"
+"te kiezen die zal schakelen tussen de Latijn- en niet-Latijnse indelingen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"De eerste stap is het kiezen van uw voorkeurstaal.\n"
+"\n"
+"Uw taalkeuze beïnvloedt de taal van de documentatie, het\n"
+"installatieprogramma en het systeem in het algemeen. Selecteer eerst\n"
+"de regio waarin u zich bevindt, en daarna de taal die u spreekt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Door te klikken op de \"%s\"-knop kunt u andere talen selecteren\n"
+"die op uw werkstation geïnstalleerd moeten worden. Het selecteren van\n"
+"andere talen zal de taalspecifieke bestanden voor systeemdocumentatie\n"
+"en toepassingen installeren. Als u bijvoorbeeld gastheer bent voor Spaanse\n"
+"gebruikers op uw machine, selecteert u Nederlands als eerste taal in het\n"
+"boom-overzicht en in de Geavanceerd-afdeling selecteert u \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Over UTF-8 (unicode)-ondersteuning: Unicode is een nieuwe tekencodering\n"
+"bedoeld om alle bestaande geschreven talen te omvatten. Volledige\n"
+"GNU/Linux-ondersteuning ervoor is echter nog in ontwikkeling.\n"
+"Daarom gebruikt Mandriva Linux het al dan niet, afhankelijk van de keuze\n"
+"van de gebruiker:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Indien u talen kiest met een sterke coderingstraditie (latin1\n"
+"talen, Russisch, Japans, Chinees, Koreaans, Thais, Grieks, Turks, meeste\n"
+"iso-8859-2 talen), dan wordt de gebruikelijke codering in eerste instantie\n"
+"gebruikt;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Andere talen gebruiken standaard Unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Als twee of meer talen vereist zijn, en deze talen gebruiken niet \n"
+"dezelfde codering, dan wordt Unicode voor het hele systeem gebruikt;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Tenslotte, Unicode kan ook op aanvraag van de gebruiker voor het hele\n"
+"systeem worden afgedwongen door de optie \"%s\" te selecteren onafhankelijk\n"
+"van welke ta(a)l(en) u gekozen heeft.\n"
+"\n"
+"Merk op dat er geen beperking is in het aantal extra uit te kiezen talen.\n"
+"U kunt er meerdere kiezen of ze zelfs allemaal installeren door het \"%s\"\n"
+"vakje aan te kruisen. Ondersteuning voor een taal selecteren betekent dat\n"
+"vertalingen, lettertypen, spellingscontrole etc. ook voor die taal zullen\n"
+"worden geïnstalleerd.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om te schakelen tussen de diverse talen die op uw computer zijn\n"
+"geïnstalleerd, kunt u de opdracht \"localedrake\" uitvoeren\n"
+"als \"root\" om de taal voor het gehele systeem te veranderen.\n"
+"Het uitvoeren van deze opdracht als een gewone gebruiker zal slechts\n"
+"de taalinstellingen voor die individuele gebruiker veranderen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spaans"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Normaal gesproken ziet DrakX vanzelf het aantal knoppen op uw muis.\n"
+"Zoniet, dan neemt het aan dat u een tweeknops-muis heeft en\n"
+"zal deze instellen voor het nadoen van een derde knop. De derde\n"
+"muisknop van een tweeknopsmuis kan worden ``ingedrukt'' door\n"
+"tegelijkertijd de linker- en rechterknop te klikken.\n"
+"DrakX zoekt zelf uit of dit een PS/2-, seriële- of USB-muis is.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mocht u in het bezit zijn van een 3-knopsmuis zonder wieltje, dan kunt u\n"
+"de muis kiezen waarbij \"%s\" staat. Het installatieprogramma \n"
+"configureert uw muis dan zodanig dat u het wieltje kunt simuleren: om dit\n"
+"te doen, drukt u de middelste knop in en beweegt u de muis op en neer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u een ander type muis wenst te specificeren, selecteer dan het\n"
+"gewenste type uit de getoonde lijst.\n"
+"\n"
+"U kunt het item \"%s\" selecteren om een ``algemeen'' muistype te kiezen\n"
+"dat met bijna alle muizen zal werken.\n"
+"Indien u een andere muis kiest dan de standaardmuis, zult u een muis-\n"
+"testscherm te zien krijgen. Gebruik de knoppen en het wieltje om te\n"
+"controleren dat de instellingen goed zijn en dat de muis goed werkt.\n"
+"Als de muis niet correct werkt, druk dan op de spatiebalk of de [Enter]-\n"
+"toets om de test te annuleren en terug te gaan naar de keuzelijst.\n"
+"\n"
+"Af en toe worden wielmuizen niet automatisch gevonden, dus dan dient u uw\n"
+"muis te selecteren uit de lijst. Zorg ervoor dat u degene kiest die\n"
+"correspondeert met de poort waaraan de muis verbonden is. Nadat u\n"
+"de muis geselecteerd heeft en op de \"%s\"-knop heeft geklikt,\n"
+"wordt een afbeelding van een muis op het scherm weergegeven. U dient dan\n"
+"het wieltje van uw muis te bewegen om uzelf ervan te verzekeren dat het\n"
+"correct geactiveerd is. Zodra u het muiswieltje beweegt, zult u het\n"
+"schermwieltje zien meebewegen. Test de knoppen en ga na dat de muispijl\n"
+"over het scherm beweegt wanneer u uw muis beweegt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "met wiel-emulatie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universeel | Iedere PS/2 & USB-muis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Gelieve de juiste poort te kiezen. COM1 onder Windows wordt bijvoorbeeld\n"
+"\"ttyS0\" genoemd onder GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit is de meest cruciale beslissing voor de beveiliging van uw GNU/Linux\n"
+"systeem: u dient het \"root\"-wachtwoord in te voeren. \"Root\" is de\n"
+"systeembeheerder en is de enige die geautoriseerd is om vernieuwingen uit\n"
+"te voeren, gebruikers toe te voegen, de algehele systeemconfiguratie te\n"
+"wijzigen, enzovoort. Kortom, \"root\" kan alles doen! Daarom dient u een\n"
+"lastig te raden wachtwoord te kiezen - DrakX vertelt het u als het te \n"
+"makkelijk is. Zoals u kunt zien is het niet verplicht een wachtwoord in te\n"
+"vullen, maar dit raden wij sterk af. GNU/Linux is net zo gevoelig voor\n"
+"bedieningsfouten als andere besturingssystemen.\n"
+"Omdat \"root\" alle beperkingen kan overschrijden en onbedoeld alle\n"
+"gegevens op partities kan wissen door achteloos deze partities te\n"
+"benaderen, is het belangrijk dat het lastig is om \"root\" te worden.\n"
+"\n"
+"Het wachtwoord behoort een mix van alfanumerieke tekens te zijn en\n"
+"tenminste 8 tekens lang. Schrijf nooit het \"root\"-wachtwoord op -\n"
+"dat maakt het te makkelijk om een systeem te compromitteren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Het addertje onder het gras: maak ook het wachtwoord niet te lang of\n"
+"gecompliceerd omdat u het moet kunnen onthouden!\n"
+"\n"
+"Het wachtwoord zal niet op het scherm getoond worden wanneer u het\n"
+"intypt. Vandaar dat u het wachtwoord tweemaal moet intypen om de kans\n"
+"te verminderen dat u een typfout maakt. Indien u toevallig dezelfde typfout\n"
+"twee keer maakt, dan zal dit ``incorrecte'' wachtwoord gebruikt moeten\n"
+"worden bij de eerste keer dat u zich aanmeldt als \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u wenst dat de toegang tot deze computer gecontroleerd wordt door\n"
+"een aanmeldingscontrole-server, klik dan op de \"%s\"-knop.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien uw netwerk LDAP, NIS, of PDC Windows domeinaanmeldingscontrole-\n"
+"diensten gebruikt, selecteer dan de overeenkomende optie\n"
+"als \"%s\". In het geval dat u niet weet welke te kiezen,\n"
+"raadpleeg dan uw netwerkbeheerder.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mocht u het lastig vinden wachtwoorden te onthouden, als uw computer\n"
+"nooit verbonden zal zijn met het internet of als u absoluut iedereen\n"
+"vertrouwt die toegang heeft tot uw computer, kunt u kiezen voor \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "aanmeldingscontrole"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Een opstartlader is een klein programmaatje dat door de computer gestart\n"
+"wordt tijdens het opstarten. Het is verantwoordelijk voor het opstarten\n"
+"van het hele systeem. Normaal gesproken gaat de installatie van de\n"
+"opstartlader volkomen automatisch. Het installatieprogramma analyseert de\n"
+"bootsector van de schijf handelt naar bevind van zaken:\n"
+"\n"
+" * als een Windows-bootsector is gevonden, dan zal het deze vervangen door "
+"een GRUB/LILO bootsector. Op deze manier zult u de mogelijkheid hebben om "
+"ofwel GNU/Linux te starten, ofwel een ander besturingssysteem.\n"
+"\n"
+" * als een GRUB- of LILO-bootsector is gevonden, dan zal het deze vervangen "
+"door een nieuwe.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wanneer het installatieprogramma niet kan bepalen waar de bootsector "
+"geplaatst moet worden dan zal DrakX u vragen waar de\n"
+"opstartlader terecht moet komen. In het algemeen is \"%s\" de\n"
+"veiligste locatie. Met de keuze \"%s\" wordt er in het geheel geen \n"
+"opstartlader geïnstalleerd. Gebruik dit alleen als u weet wat u doet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Het is nu tijd een afdruksysteem voor uw computer te selecteren. Andere\n"
+"besturingssystemen geven u er wellicht maar één, maar Mandriva Linux\n"
+"biedt er twee. Elk van deze afdruksystemen is het meest geschikt voor\n"
+"bepaalde typen configuraties.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - een afkorting van \"print, do not queue\", is de keuze indien\n"
+"u een directe verbinding tussen uw computer en uw printer heeft en u\n"
+"in staat wilt zijn om printtaken snel te stoppen in het geval van\n"
+"papierstoringen en u niet beschikt over netwerkprinters. (\"%s\" kan\n"
+"alleen omgaan met erg simpele netwerkprinttaken en is enigszins\n"
+"langzaam wanneer gebruikt in een netwerk.) \"pdq\" is de aanbevolen keuze\n"
+"als dit uw eerste kennismaking met GNU/Linux is.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" staat voor ``Common Unix Printing System'' en is uitstekend \n"
+"geschikt om naar uw lokale printer af te drukken maar ook naar eentje aan\n"
+"de andere kant van de planeet. Het is eenvoudig te configureren en kan\n"
+"dienstdoen als een server of een client voor het antieke \"lpd\"\n"
+"afdruksysteem, zodat het overweg kan met oudere besturingssystemen\n"
+"die wellicht afdrukdiensten vereisen. Alhoewel het behoorlijk krachtig is,\n"
+"is de basisinstallatie bijna net zo eenvoudig als \"pdq\". In het geval dat\n"
+"u een \"lpd\"-server-emulatie nodig heeft, dient u de \"cups-lpd\"-"
+"voorziening\n"
+"in te schakelen. \"%s\" biedt grafische schillen voor het afdrukken en\n"
+"het beheren van de printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wanneer u nu een keuze maakt en er later achter komt dat uw afdruksysteem\n"
+"u niet bevalt dan kunt u het veranderen door PrinterDrake uit te voeren\n"
+"vanuit het Mandriva Linux Configuratiecentrum en op de \"%s\"-knop te "
+"klikken."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Expert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX zal om te beginnen zoeken naar IDE-apparaten die in uw\n"
+"computer aanwezig zijn. Het zal tevens zoeken naar één of meer PCI\n"
+"SCSI-kaart(en) in uw systeem. Als een SCSI-kaart gevonden is, zal\n"
+"DrakX automatisch het geschikte stuurprogramma installeren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Omdat hardware-bespeuring niet altijd gegarandeerd foutloos werkt,\n"
+"is het mogelijk dat DrakX uw harde schijven niet vindt. In dat geval\n"
+"zult u uw apparatuur handmatig moeten specificeren.\n"
+"\n"
+"In het geval dat u handmatig uw PCI SCSI-adapter heeft moeten specificeren,\n"
+"zal DrakX u vragen of u er opties aan wilt meegeven. Staat u DrakX toe om\n"
+"de apparatuur na te gaan voor kaartspecifieke opties die nodig zijn om de\n"
+"adapter te initialiseren. In de meeste gevallen zal DrakX deze stap\n"
+"probleemloos doorlopen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Als DrakX niet in staat is om automatisch te onderzoeken welke opties\n"
+"doorgegeven moeten worden aan de apparatuur, zult u handmatig het\n"
+"stuurprogramma moeten configureren."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": als een geluidskaart op uw computer gevonden is, dan staat\n"
+"dat hier weergegeven. In het geval dat de weergegeven geluidskaart niet\n"
+"degene is die daadwerkelijk aanwezig is in uw computer, dan kunt u op de\n"
+"knop klikken en een ander stuurprogramma kiezen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Bij wijze van overzicht zal het installatieprogramma een lijstje tonen\n"
+"van de informatie die het heeft over uw computer.\n"
+"Afhankelijk van welke apparatuur u heeft, krijgt u enkele of alle van de\n"
+"onderstaande punten te zien. Elk punt bestaat uit het te configureren item,\n"
+"gevolgd door een korte samenvatting van de huidige configuratie. Klik op\n"
+"de corresponderende \"%s\"-knop om die aan te passen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": de huidige toetsenbordindeling nagaan en zonodig\n"
+"aanpassen.\n"
+" * \"%s\": de huidige landselectie nagaan. Indien u zich niet in dit\n"
+"land bevindt, klik dan op de \"%s\"-knop om een ander land te\n"
+"kiezen. Als uw land niet in de eerste getoonde lijst staat, klik dan op\n"
+"de \"%s\"-knop om de complete landenlijst te zien.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Normaal gesproken leidt DrakX uw tijdzone af aan de hand\n"
+"van het land dat u gekozen heeft. U kunt op de \"%s\" knop\n"
+"drukken als dit incorrect is.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": de huidige muisconfiguratie nagaan. Zonodig kunt u op de knop "
+"klikken om hem aan te passen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": klikken op de \"%s\"-knop zal de\n"
+"printerconfiguratie-wizard openen. Raadpleeg het corresponderende\n"
+"hoofdstuk van de ``Beginnershandleiding'' voor meer informatie over\n"
+"hoe u een nieuwe printer instelt. De in onze handleiding getoonde interface\n"
+"lijkt op degene die tijdens de installatie gebruikt wordt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien een geluidskaart gevonden is op uw systeem,\n"
+"wordt dat hier weergegeven. In het geval dat de aangegeven geluidskaart\n"
+"niet degene is die daadwerkelijk aanwezig is in uw computer, dan kunt u\n"
+"op deze knop klikken en een ander stuurprogramma uitkiezen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mocht u in het bezit zijn van een TV-kaart, dan staat hier\n"
+"de informatie over de configuratie ervan. Wanneer u een TV-kaart heeft\n"
+"die niet gevonden is, klik dan op \"%s\" om een poging te doen om hem\n"
+"handmatig te configureren.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": u kunt op \"%s\" klikken om de met de kaart geassocieerde \n"
+"parameters te wijzigen, als u denkt dat de configuratie verkeerd is.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": normaal gesproken configureert DrakX uw\n"
+" grafische interface in een resolutie van \"800x600\" of \"1024x768\".\n"
+"Indien daarmee niet tevreden bent, klik dan op de \"%s\"-knop\n"
+"om uw grafische interface te herconfigureren.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Als u uw internettoegang of toegang tot het lokale\n"
+"netwerk wilt instellen, kunt u dat nu doen. Raadpleeg de gedrukte\n"
+"documentatie of gebruik het Mandriva Linux Configuratiecentrum nadat\n"
+"de installatie klaar is om te profiteren van volledige on-line hulp.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": stelt u in staat HTTP- en FTP-proxy adressen te configureren\n"
+"als de computer waarop u installeert achter een proxyserver komt te staan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dit item biedt u de mogelijkheid het beveiligingsniveau\n"
+"ingesteld in een eerdere stap opnieuw te definiëren.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien u van plan bent uw computer te verbinden met het\n"
+"Internet dan is het een goed idee om uzelf te beschermen tegen indringers\n"
+"door een firewall op te zetten. Raadpleeg het corresponderende hoofdstuk\n"
+"uit de ``Beginnershandleiding'' voor details over de firewall-instellingen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien u uw opstartlader-configuratie wenst te \n"
+"veranderen, klikt u op deze knop. Alleen aankomen als u een gevorderde\n"
+"gebruiker bent. Raadpleeg de gedrukte documentatie of de on-line hulp\n"
+"over de configuratie van een opstartlader in het Mandriva Linux \n"
+"Configuratiecentrum.\n"
+" * \"%s\": U bent hier in staat om de diensten die op uw computer\n"
+"actief zullen zijn, fijn af te regelen. Indien u deze computer als server\n"
+"gaat inzetten dan is het een goed idee om deze instellingen na te lopen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Interne ISDN kaart"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafische interface"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Kies de harde schijf die u wilt wissen om uw nieuwe Mandriva Linux-\n"
+"partitie op te installeren. Wees voorzichtig, alle gegevens die\n"
+"op deze schijf staan zullen verloren gaan, en niet terug te halen zijn!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op \"%s\" wanneer u alle gegevens en partities die zich \n"
+"op deze harde schijf bevinden, wilt wissen. Wees voorzichtig, want na het\n"
+"klikken op \"%s\" zult u niet in staat zijn om enige op de schijf\n"
+"aanwezige gegevens of partities terug te halen, met inbegrip van alle "
+"Windows-gegevens.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op \"%s\" om deze operatie te stoppen zonder daarbij \n"
+"gegevens of partities op de schijf te verliezen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Volgende ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Vorige"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/nn.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/nn.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a5b0342d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/nn.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1654 @@
+# Translation of nn to Norwegian Nynorsk
+# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl@huftis.org>, 2004, 2005, 2006.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: nn\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-13 19:46+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl@huftis.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn@lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Du bør lesa vilkåra i lisensavtala nøye før du eventuelt held fram.\n"
+"Avtala dekkjer heile Mandriva Linux-distribusjonen. Kryss av for\n"
+"«%s» berre viss du er einig i alle vilkåra. Elles vil «%s»-knappen\n"
+"starta maskina på nytt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux er eit fleirbrukarsystem, der kvar brukar har sine eigne "
+"innstillingar\n"
+"og filer. Sjå «Starter Guide» for meir informasjon om fleirbrukarsystem. Men "
+"i\n"
+"motsetning til «root», som er systemadministratoren, kan ikkje brukarar du "
+"legg\n"
+"til no endra noko anna enn sine eigne filer og oppsett. Dette vernar "
+"systemet mot\n"
+"utilsikta eller vondsinna skadelege endringar frå brukarane.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du må laga minst éin vanleg brukarkonto for deg sjølv, og det er denne som "
+"er\n"
+"meint for dagleg bruk. Sjølv om det er veldig lett å logga inn som «root», "
+"og gjera\n"
+"kva som helst der, er det òg veldig farleg! Ein enkelt feil kan gjera at "
+"systemet\n"
+"ikkje lenger fungerer. Det verste som kan skje om du gjer ein alvorleg feil "
+"som vanleg\n"
+"brukar, er at du mistar noko data, men dette går då ikkje utover heile "
+"systemet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Første feltet spør etter heile namnet ditt. Dette er sjølvsagt ikkje "
+"obligatorisk, og\n"
+"du kan skriva inn kva du måtte ønskja. Første ord du skriv inn vert kopiert "
+"til\n"
+"«%s»-feltet, som er brukarnamnet brukaren skal bruka for å logga på "
+"systemet.\n"
+"Du kan òg endra dette brukarnamnet, om du ønskjer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Neste steg er å velja eit passord. Frå eit tryggleikssynspunkt er ikkje "
+"passordet til\n"
+"ein vanleg brukar like viktig som «root»-passordet, men du bør likevel ikkje "
+"gjera\n"
+"det for lett å gjetta, eller la det stå tomt. Det er filene dine passordet "
+"er meint å verna.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du har trykt på «%s», kan du leggja til andre brukarar. Legg for eksempel "
+"til éin\n"
+"brukar for kvar av vennane dine, far din, søster di, og så vidare. Trykk «%"
+"s» når\n"
+"du er ferdig å leggja til brukarar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan velja standardskal (bash er standard) ved å trykkja «%s».\n"
+"\n"
+"Når du er ferdig med å leggja til brukarar, vert du spurd om å velja ein "
+"brukar som\n"
+"automatisk vert logga på systemet når maskina startar opp. Om du ønskjer å\n"
+"bruka denne funksjonen (og er lite opptatt av lokal tryggleik), kan du velja "
+"brukar\n"
+"og vindaugsbehandlar, og så trykkja «%s». Om du ikkje ønskjer å ha bruka "
+"denne\n"
+"funksjonen, så fjern merket for «%s»."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Ønskjer du å bruka denne funksjonen?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Her er ei oversikt over Linux-partisjonar på harddisken. Du bør vanlegvis\n"
+"bruka vala gjort her, då dei er gode for dei fleste maskinoppsett. Men viss\n"
+"du gjer endringar, må du hugsa å definera ein rotpartisjon («/»). Ikkje lag "
+"han\n"
+"så liten at du ikkje kan installera all programvara du treng. Om du ønskjer\n"
+"å lagra filene dine på ein annan partisjon, må du òg laga ein «/home»-"
+"partisjon\n"
+"(berre mogleg om du har meir enn éin Linux-partisjon tilgjengeleg).\n"
+"\n"
+"Følgjande vert vist for kvar partisjon: «namn», «kapasitet».\n"
+"\n"
+"«Namn» er ordna slik: «harddisktype», «harddisknummer»,\n"
+"«partisjonsnummer» (eks. «hda1»).\n"
+"\n"
+"«Harddisktype» er «hd» viss harddisken er ein IDE-harddisk, og\n"
+"«sd» viss han er ein SCSI-harddisk.\n"
+"\n"
+"«Harddisknummer» er alltid ein bokstav etter «hd» eller «sd». For\n"
+"IDE-harddiskar:\n"
+"\n"
+" – «a» tyder «hovudharddisk på første IDE-kontrollar».\n"
+" \n"
+" – «b» tyder «slaveharddisk på første IDE-kontrollar».\n"
+" \n"
+" – «c» tyder «hovudharddisk på andre IDE-kontrollar».\n"
+" \n"
+" – «c» tyder «slaveharddisk på andre IDE-kontrollar».\n"
+" \n"
+" Med SCSI-harddiskar tyder «a» lågaste SCSI-ID, og «b»\n"
+" nest lågaste SCSI-ID, og så vidare."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux-distribusjonen ligg fordelt på fleire plater. Viss ein pakke "
+"ligg på ei anna plate, vert du automatisk bedt om å setja ho i. Berre trykk "
+"«%s» om du ikkje har denne plata. Dei aktuelle pakkane vert då ikkje "
+"installerte."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Det må no velja kva program du ønskjer å installera på maskina. Det finst\n"
+"tusenvis av programpakkar for Mandriva Linux, og desse er her ordna i "
+"grupper.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pakkane er grupperte i fire kategoriar, men du kan velja program frå alle\n"
+"kategoriane, så eit «Arbeidsstasjon»-system kan godt ha program frå\n"
+" «Tenar»-kategorien.\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Om du har tenkt å bruka maskina som ein arbeidsstasjon, vel éi\n"
+"eller fleire av gruppene i arbeidsstasjonskategorien.\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Om du har tenkt å bruka maskina for programmering, vel dei gruppene "
+"du ønskjer i programmeringskategorien. «LSB»-gruppa vil prøva\n"
+"å setja opp systemet i samsvar med «Linux Standard Base»-standarden.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Vel du «LSB»-gruppa vert lg 2.4-kjernen og ikkje 2.6-kjernen installert.\n"
+"Dette er for å sikra 100 %% samsvar med LSB. Men sjølv om du ikkje vel\n"
+"«LSB»-gruppa vil du framleis ha eit system som er nesten 100 %% i samsvar\n"
+"med denne standarden.\n"
+"– «%s»: Om du har tenkt å bruka maskina som ein tenar, vel dei av tenestene\n"
+"du ønskjer å installera på maskina.\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Det er her du vel det grafiske skrivebordsmiljøet du vil ha. Du må\n"
+"velja minst eitt for at å ha det grafiske grensesnittet tilgjengeleg.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du plasserer peikaren over eit gruppenamn, vert det vist ei kort\n"
+"forklaring for den gruppa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan kryssa av for «%s» om du kjenner til pakkane, eller av annan grunn\n"
+"ønskjer full kontroll over kva som vert installert.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du starta installasjonen i «%s»-modus, kan du fjerna alle grupper, for\n"
+"å unngå installera nye pakkar. Dette er nyttig for å reparera eller "
+"oppgradera\n"
+"eit system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du fjernar alle gruppene ved ei vanleg installering (ikkje\n"
+"ei oppgradering), vert du spurd om kva type minimal installering du "
+"ønskjer:\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Installer minst mogleg pakkar for å ha eit grafisk skrivebord.\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Installer grunnsystemet, pluss grunnverktøya og hjelpetekst for\n"
+"desse. Dette oppsettet passar for tenarar.\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Installer absolutt minst mogleg pakkar for eit fungerande Linux-\n"
+"system. Du vil då berre få eit kommandolinjegrensesnitt. Total storleik for\n"
+"dette valet er rundt 65 MiB."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Oppgrader"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Med grunnleggjande hjelpetekstar"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Heilt minimal installasjon"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Viss du vil velja kva einskildpakkar du vil installera sjølv, får du ei\n"
+"oversikt over alle pakkar, delt inn i grupper og undergrupper. Du kan\n"
+"velja å installera heile grupper, undergrupper eller einskildpakkar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du vil sjå ei kort pakkeskildring til høgre når du vel ein pakke.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Viss du har valt å installera ein tenarpakke, anten direkte, eller som "
+"del\n"
+"av ei gruppe, vert du bedt om å stadfesta at du verkeleg vil installera "
+"han.\n"
+"Som standard vert alle installerte tenester starta automatisk ved oppstart.\n"
+"Sjølv om tenarane ikkje hadde nokon kjente tryggleikshol når distribusjonen\n"
+"vart laga, er det mogleg at at nye hol er oppdaga no. Om du ikkje veit kva\n"
+"ei teneste er der for, trykk «%s». Trykkjer du «%s» vert tenestene "
+"installerte,\n"
+"og automatisk starta ved oppstart. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"«%s»-valet er brukt for å slå av åtvaringa som du får når installasjons-\n"
+" programmet automatisk vel ein pakke for å ordna opp i avhengnader.\n"
+"Nokre pakkar er avhengige av kvarandre, sånn at du må installera éin\n"
+"særskild pakke før du kan installera ein annan. Dette kan installasjons-\n"
+"programmet ordna opp i sjølv, heilt automatisk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan henta inn ei ferdiglaga pakkeliste ved å trykkja på det litle\n"
+"diskettikonet nedt i lista. Dette er nyttig viss du har mange maskiner som\n"
+"du vil installera dei same programma på. Sjå det andre tipset i siste\n"
+"installasjonssteg for meir informasjon om korleis du lagar ei slik "
+"pakkeliste."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatisk avhengnadshandtering"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"«%s»: Trykk «%s» for å opna vegvisaren for skrivaroppsett. Sjå\n"
+"brukarrettleiinga for meir informasjon om oppsett av skrivarar. "
+"Brukargrensesnittet\n"
+"vist der liknar på det brukt ved installering."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"No kan du velja kva tenester du vil starta ved oppstart.\n"
+"\n"
+"Her er ei oversikt over alle tenestene som er tilgjengeleg under denne\n"
+"installasjonen. Sjå nøye gjennom lista, og kryss vekk dei du ikkje treng.\n"
+"\n"
+"Trykk på ei teneste for å sjå ei kort skildring av ho. Om du ikkje veit\n"
+"om du treng ei teneste eller ikkje, bør du la standardinnstillinga vera.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Ver veldig forsiktig om du ønskjer å bruka maskina som tenar. Du bør\n"
+"ikkje starta tenester du ikkje er heilt sikker på at du treng. Hugs at "
+"fleire\n"
+"av tenestene kan vera farlege om dei køyrer på ein tenar.!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux handterer klokka internt etter GMT (Greenwich Mean Time), men\n"
+"viser ho etter den tidssona du sjølv vel. Men om klokka på hovudkortet "
+"heller\n"
+"er sett til lokaltid, kan du slå av denne funksjonen ved å trykkja «%s». "
+"Dette\n"
+"er nyttig om maskina køyrer andre operativsystem i tillegg, som Windows™.\n"
+"\n"
+"«%s»-valet stiller automatisk klokka etter ein tidstenar over Internett.\n"
+"Du må ha eit Internett-samband for at dette skal fungera. Du bør velja\n"
+"ein tenar som ligg geografisk nær deg. Valet installerer faktisk ein "
+"tidstenar\n"
+"som andre maskiner på lokalnettet òg kan bruka."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatisk tidssynkronisering"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Skjermkort\n"
+"\n"
+"Installasjonsprogrammet klarar vanlegvis å finna ut kva skjermkort du har,\n"
+"og å setja dette opp automatisk. Men viss dette ikkje går, kan du velja "
+"kortet\n"
+"sjølv frå denne oversikta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Viss det finst tenarar med og utan 3D-akselerasjon for skjermkortet ditt,\n"
+"kan du velja tenaren som passar best for deg."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X er hjarta i det grafiske grensesnittet til GNU/Linux, og alle dei "
+"grafiske\n"
+"skrivebordsmiljøa (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowsMaker, med fleire)\n"
+"som følgjer med Mandriva Linux avheng av X.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du vil sjå ei liste over forskjellige innstillingar til det grafiske "
+"oppsettet:\n"
+"\n"
+"Skjermkort\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installasjonsprogrammet vil vanlegvis finna og setja opp skjermkortet på\n"
+"maskina di automatisk, men du kan òg velja kortet frå lista sjølv.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Om det finst to tenarar, éin med og éin utan 3D-støtte, for kortet ditt,\n"
+"må du sjølv velja kven av dei du ønskjer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Skjerm \n"
+"   Installasjonsprogrammet vil vanlegvis finna og setja opp skjermen kopla\n"
+"til maskina di automatisk, men du kan òg velja skjermen frå lista sjølv.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Skjermoppløysing\n"
+"\n"
+"   Her kan du velja skjermoppløysing og fargedjupn for skjermen din. Vel\n"
+"dei innstillingane som passar best for deg, og hugs at du alltids kan endra\n"
+"dei igjen etter installasjonen. Det vert òg vist eit bilete av korleis "
+"oppsettet\n"
+" vil sjå ut på skjermen.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Om denne innstillingen vert vist er avhengig av maskinvaren din.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Systemet vil prøva å visa eit testskjermbilete med innstillingane du "
+"valde.\n"
+"Klarar du å sjå spørsmålet på testbiletet, og svara «%s», går vegvisaren\n"
+"vidare til neste steg. Viss ikkje, er nokre av innstillingane feil, og "
+"testbiletet\n"
+"forsvinn etter 12 sekund. Du kan då endra innstillingane til du har eit "
+"skjerm-\n"
+"oppsett som fungerer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Val\n"
+"\n"
+"   Her kan du velja om vil starta det grafiske grensesnittet automatisk ved\n"
+"oppstart. Du bør velja «%s» berre om maskina skal brukast til tenar, eller\n"
+"om du ikkje klarte å setja opp X rett."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Skjerm\n"
+"\n"
+"Installasjonsprogrammet klarar vanlegvis å finna ut kva skjerm du har,\n"
+"og å setja denne opp automatisk. Men viss dette ikkje går, kan du velja "
+"skjermen\n"
+"sjølv frå denne oversikta."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Oppløysing\n"
+"\n"
+"Her kan du velja kva skjermoppløysing og fargedjupn du vil køyra med.\n"
+"Vel dei innstillingane som passar best for deg (du kan òg endra "
+"innstillingane\n"
+"i ettertid). Det vert vist eit eksempel på valt oppsett på skjermbiletet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Viss det både finst tenarar med og utan 3D-akselerasjon for skjermkortet "
+"ditt,\n"
+"kan du velja tenaren som passar best for deg."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Val\n"
+"\n"
+"   Her kan du velja om du vil starta opp i eit grafisk brukargrensesnitt\n"
+"automatisk. Du bør velja «%s» viss du skal bruka maskina som ein tenar,\n"
+"eller du før ikkje har klart å setja opp det grafiske oppsettet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"No må du velja kor du vil installera Mandriva Linux på harddisken din. Viss\n"
+"harddisken er tom, eller viss eit anna operativsystem brukar heile disken,\n"
+"må du først partisjonera han. Å partisjonera vil seia å dela opp disken,\n"
+"slik at for eksempel kvart operativsystem får sin eigen del.\n"
+"\n"
+"Då du vanlegvis ikkje kan angra partisjonering av harddisken, og feilaktig\n"
+"partisjonering kan føra til at du mistar data om det allereie er installert\n"
+"eit operativsystem, kan dette vera noko vanskeleg for uvørne brukarar.\n"
+"Heldigvis finst det her ein vegvisar som losar deg gjennom heile prosessen.\n"
+"Før du held fram bør du først ta deg godt tid til å lesa denne "
+"hjelpeteksten.\n"
+"\n"
+"Litt avhengig av harddiskoppsettet ditt kan du ha eitt eller fleire av desse "
+"vala:\n"
+"\n"
+"– «%s»: Dette utfører automatisk partisjonering av den tomme harddisken "
+"din.\n"
+"Du vil ikkje få fleire spørsmål om du vel dette.\n"
+"\n"
+"– «%s»: Vegvisaren har funne éin eller fleire Linux-partisjonar på "
+"harddisken din.\n"
+"Vel dette om du ønskjer å bruka dei. Du vert så bedt om å velja "
+"monteringspunkt\n"
+"for kvar av partisjonane. Dei gamle monteringspunkta vert valt som standard, "
+"og\n"
+"vanlegvis bør du ikkje endra på desse.\n"
+"\n"
+"– «%s»: Om Microsoft Windows er installert og tar opp all plass på "
+"harddisken din,\n"
+"må du frigjera noko plass til Mandriva Linux. Du kan anten sletta Windows-\n"
+"partisjonen din (sjå «Slett heile disken»-valet), eller endra storleiken på "
+"Windows-\n"
+"partisjonen (både FAT- og NTFS-filsystema er støtta). Du vil ikkje mista "
+"noko\n"
+"data ved endra storleiken på partisjonen, så lenge du har defragmentert han\n"
+"på førehand. Men du bør uansett ta reservekopi av alle dataa. Du bør velja "
+"dette\n"
+"valet om du ønskjer å bruka både Mandriva Linux og Microsoft Windows på "
+"same\n"
+"maskina.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Før du vel dette, bør du vera klar over at Windows-partisjonen vil vera "
+"mindre\n"
+"etterpå, slik at du har mindre ledig plass til å lagra dokument eller "
+"installera\n"
+"programvare.\n"
+"\n"
+"– «%s»: Vel dette om du ønskjer å sletta alle data og alle partisjonar på\n"
+"harddisken din, og installera Mandriva Linux over desse. Ver forsiktig, då "
+"du ikkje\n"
+"kan angra denne handlinga.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Viss du vel dette, vert alle dataa på harddisken din sletta. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"– «%s»: Dette valet er synleg viss heile harddisken er oppteken av "
+"Microsoft\n"
+"Windows. Dette vil sletta alt på harddisken, og partisjonera alt på nytt.\n"
+" \n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Viss du vel dette, vert alle dataa på harddisken din sletta. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"– «%s»: Vel dette om du vil partisjonera harddisken manuelt. Ver forsiktig. "
+"Dette er eit kraftig verktøy, og det er lett å mista data. Derfor bør du "
+"berre velja dette om du har erfaring med dette frå før. Sjå bruksrettleiinga "
+"for meir informasjon."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Bruk gammal partisjon"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Slett heile disken"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Sånn! Installasjonen er no ferdig, og Mandriva Linux er klar til bruk. "
+"Berre\n"
+"trykk «%s» for å starta maskina på nytt. Ikkje gløym å fjerna installasjons\n"
+"mediet (CD-ROM-en eller disketten) først. Når maskina er starta opp att,\n"
+"får du sjå ein meny der du kan velja kva operativsystem du vil køyra.\n"
+"\n"
+"«%s»-knappen viser to knappar til:\n"
+"\n"
+"– «%s»: Lag ein installasjonsdiskett for automatisk installering med same\n"
+"oppsettet du har brukt no.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Du får òg to nye val når du har trykt på knappen:\n"
+"    – «%s»: Halvautomatisk installering. Det er berre partisjoneringsdelen\n"
+" som er manuell.\n"
+"    – «%s»: Heilautomatisk installering. Harddisken vert heilt tømt, og "
+"alle\n"
+"gamle data går tapt.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Denne funksjonen er veldig nyttig når du skal installera Mandriva Linux "
+"på\n"
+" fleire like maskiner. Sjå avsnittet om automatisk installering på "
+"nettstaden vår for\n"
+"meir informasjon.\n"
+"\n"
+"– «%s»: Lagrar ei liste over pakkane brukt i denne installasjonen. Du kan "
+"bruka\n"
+"denne pakkelista når du skal installera på ei anna maskin ved å setja inn "
+"disketten,\n"
+"og starta installasjonen. Trykk «F1» når installasjonsprogrammet  startar, "
+"skriv\n"
+"inn «linux defcfg=\"floppy\"» og trykk så «Enter».\n"
+"\n"
+"Til dette siste treng du ein FAT-formatert diskett. For å laga ein kan du "
+"skriva\n"
+"inn «mformat a:» eller «fdformat /dev/fd0» etterfølgd av «mkfs.vfat /dev/"
+"fd0»."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Lag diskett for automatisk installering"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Vis du vil bruka gamle partisjonar, kan du velja å formatera dei på nytt\n"
+"for å sletta alle data på dei. Viss du vil dette, så vel desse "
+"partisjonane.\n"
+"\n"
+"Merk at det ikkje er nødvendig å formatera alle gamle partisjonar på nytt.\n"
+" Du må formatera partisjonane som inneheld operativsystemet (som «/»,\n"
+"«/usr» og «/var»), men du treng ikkje formatera partisjonar med brukardata\n"
+"du ønskjer å behalda (som «/home»).\n"
+"\n"
+"Ver forsiktig når du vel partisjonar. Etter formatering vert alle data på "
+"partisjonane sletta, og du ikkje gjenoppretta dei seinare.\n"
+"\n"
+"Trykk «%s» når du er klar til å formatera partisjonane.\n"
+"\n"
+"Trykk «%s» om du vil velja ein annan partisjon for Mandriva Linux-systemet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Trykk «%s» om du ønskjer å velja partisjonar å gjennomsøkja etter fysiske "
+"feil."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Det har no truleg komme fleire oppdateringar til pakkane i Mandriva Linux\n"
+"sidan denne utgåva vart produsert. Det kan for eksempel vera feil som er\n"
+"fiksa, eller tryggleikshol som er tetta. Du kan lasta ned desse "
+"oppdateringane\n"
+"frå Internett om du ønskjer. Kryss av for «%s» om du har eit fungerande\n"
+"Internett-samband, eller vel «%s» om du heller vil installera "
+"oppdateringane\n"
+"seinare.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vel du «%s», får du ei liste over plassar du kan lasta ned oppdateringar\n"
+"frå. Du bør velja ein plass nær deg. Du vil så få sjå ei pakkeliste. Vel "
+"pakkane\n"
+"du ønskjer å oppdatera, og trykk «%s» for lasta dei ned og installera dei, "
+"eller\n"
+"vel «%s» for å avbryta."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan no velja tryggleiksnivå for maskina. Vanlegvis bør du ha høgare\n"
+"tryggleiksnivå viss maskina inneheld svært viktige data, eller er kopla\n"
+"direkte til Internett. Men merk at eit høgare tryggleiksnivå gjerne fører "
+"til\n"
+"eit mindre brukarvenleg system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vel «standard» om du ikkje veit kva nivå du skal ha. Du kan uansett\n"
+"endra tryggleiksnivået frå kontrollpanelet seinare.\n"
+"\n"
+"I «%s»-feltet kan du velja kven som skal vera tryggleiksansvarleg for\n"
+"maskina. Han eller ho får då tilsendt alle tryggleiksmeldingar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Tryggleiksansvarleg"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"No må du velja kva partisjonar du vil installera Mandriva Linux på. Om du "
+"allereie har ferdige partisjonar, frå tidlegare installasjonar av GNU/Linux "
+"eller av partisjoneringsverktøy, kan du bruka desse. Elles må du laga nye "
+"partisjonar.\n"
+"\n"
+"For å laga partisjonar, må du først velja ein harddisk. Du gjer dette ved å "
+"velja «hda» for første IDE-harddisk, «hdb» for andre, «sda» for første SCSI-"
+"harddisk, og så vidare.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du har desse vala ved partisjonering av harddisken du valte:\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Slettar alle partisjonar på harddisken.\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Lagar automatisk ext3- og vekslepartisjonar på den ledige "
+"harddiskplassen.\n"
+"\n"
+"«%s»: Gjev tilgang til fleire funksjonar:\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Lagrar partisjonstabellen på ein diskett. Dette er nyttig for "
+"eventuell seinare gjenoppretting. Du bør lagra partisjonstabellen.\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Lèt deg gjenoppretta ein tidlegare lagra partisjonstabell frå ein "
+"diskett.\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Om partisjonstabellen er øydelagt, kan du prøva å gjenoppretta han "
+"her. Ver forsiktig, og hugs at dette ikkje alltid vil verka.\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Avbryter alle endringar, og lastar inn den opphavlege "
+"partisjonstabellen.\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Viss du fjernar krysset her, må brukarane manuelt montera og "
+"avmontera flyttbare medium, som diskettar og CD-plater.\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Bruk dette valet om du vil bruka ein vegvisar til å partisjonera "
+"harddisken. Du bør velja dette om du ikkje har god kjennskap til "
+"harddiskpartisjonering.\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Bruk dette valet for å avbryta endringane.\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Fleire partisjonsval og meir informasjon om harddisken.\n"
+"\n"
+" – «%s»: Når du er ferdig å partisjonera harddisken, vil dette lagra "
+"endringane dine.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan fininnstilla partisjonsstorleiken ved å bruka piltastane på "
+"tastaturet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Merk: Du har tilgang til alle funksjonane frå tastaturet. Du kan flytta "
+"mellom partisjonar med «Tab», «Pil opp»- og «Pil ned»-tastane.\n"
+"\n"
+"Når ein partisjon er valt kan du bruka:\n"
+"\n"
+" – «Ctrl + C» for å laga ein ny partisjon (når ein tom partisjon er valt).\n"
+"\n"
+" – «Ctrl + D» for å sletta ein partisjon.\n"
+"\n"
+" – «Ctrl + M» for å definera monteringspunkt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan lesa meir om forskjellige filsystem i kapittelet «ext2FS» i "
+"referansehandboka.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du installerer på ei PPC-maskin, bør du laga ein liten HFS-"
+"oppstartslastarpartisjon på minst 1 MiB for yaboot. Vis du lagar partisjonen "
+"større, kanskje 50 MiB, kan du bruka han til å lagra ein ekstra kjerne, og "
+"eventuelt ramdisk-bilete for nødsituasjonar.r"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automatisk montering av fjernbare medium"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Byt mellom normal- og ekspertmodus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Oppdaga meir enn éin Microsoft-partisjon på harddisken.\n"
+"Vel kven av dei du vil endra storleiken på for å installera det nye\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-operativsystemet.\n"
+"Kvar partisjon vert vist slik: Linux-namn, Windows-namn, storleik.\n"
+"Linuxnamnet er skriven slik: harddisktype, harddisknummer, partisjonsnummer "
+"(for eksempel «hda1»).\n"
+"\n"
+"Harddisktypen er «hd» viss harddisken er ein IDE-harddisk og «sd»\n"
+"viss han er ein SCSI-harddisk.\n"
+"Harddisknummeret er alltid ein bokstav etter «hd» eller «sd». For\n"
+"IDE-harrdiskar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * «a» tyder hovudharddisk på primær IDE-kontrollar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «b» tyder slaveharddisk på primær IDE-kontrollar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «c» tyder hovudharddisk på sekundær IDE-kontrollar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «d» tyder slaveharddisk på sekundær IDE-kontrollar.\n"
+"\n"
+"For SCSI-harddiskar tyder «a» lågaste SCSI-ID, «b» nest lågaste\n"
+"SCSI-ID, og så vidare.\n"
+"Windowsnamnet er stasjonsbokstaven til harddisken under Windows\n"
+"(første disk eller partisjon vert kalla «C:»."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"«%s»: Kontroller landsvalet. Trykk «%s» for velja eit anna land.\n"
+"Du kan velja «%s» for å få ei fullstendig liste over land."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX vil automatisk velja eit passande tastaturoppsett avhengig av språket\n"
+"du valde. Sjå etter at tastaturoppsettet stemmer, og vel eventuelt eit "
+"anna.\n"
+"\n"
+"Det kan òg vera at du ikkje har eit tastatur som passar heilt til språket "
+"ditt.\n"
+"Du kan for eksempel ha eit sveitsisk tastatur om du er ein engelsktalande\n"
+"sveitsar. Du kan då velja eit passande tastaturoppsett her.\n"
+"\n"
+"Trykk «%s» for ei fullstendig liste over støtta tastatur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du vel eit tastaturoppsett som ikkje er basert på det latinske "
+"alfabetet,\n"
+"kan du på neste skjermbilete velja ein snøggtast for å byta mellom latinsk "
+"og\n"
+"ikkje-latinsk oppsett."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spansk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "med hjulemulering"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universell (alle PS/2- og USB-mus)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Vel porten som er brukt. For eksempel har porten som heiter\n"
+"«COM1» under Windows fått namnet «ttyS0» i GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autentisering"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ekspert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"«%s»: Eventuelle lydkort funne vert vist her. Viss lydkortet vist her ikkje "
+"er\n"
+"installert i maskina di, kan du trykkja knappen og velja ein annan drivar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN-kort"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafisk grensesnitt"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Vel harddisken du ønskjer å sletta for å installera den nye Mandriva Linux-\n"
+"partisjonen. Alle data på denne stasjonen vil då gå tapt for all framtid."
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Trykk «%s» om du ønskjer å sletta alle data og partisjonar på denne\n"
+"harddisken. Ver forsiktig, då du ikkje kan gjenoppretta eventuelle data\n"
+"eller partisjonar, heller ikkje Windows-data, på harddisken etter å ha "
+"trykt\n"
+"«%s».\n"
+"\n"
+"Trykk «%s» for å avbryta operasjonen utan å tapa data eller partisjonar\n"
+"på harddisken."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Neste ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Førre"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/pa_IN.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/pa_IN.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..83d9be578
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/pa_IN.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1163 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to Punjabi
+# translation of DrakX.po to Panjabi
+# Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar@yahoo.co.in>, 2005.
+# Jaswinder Singh Phulewala <jaswinderphulewala@yahoo.com>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-27 17:55+0530\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jaswinder Singh Phulewala <jaswinderphulewala@yahoo.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Punjabi <punlinux-i18n@lists.soruceforge.net>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"ਜਾਰੀ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਲਾਈਸਿੰਸ ਧਿਆਨ ਨਾਲ ਪੜਨਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ\n"
+"ਪੂਰੇ ਮੈਂਡਰਿਵ-ਲੀਨਕਸ ਵੰਡ ਨੂੰ ਦਰਸਾਉਂਦੀ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਗੱਲਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਸਹਿਮਤ\n"
+"ਹੋ ਜੋ ਇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਹਨ, \"%s\" ਬਕਸੇ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ। ਜੇ ਨਹੀਂ, \"%s\" ਬਟਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ\n"
+"ਕਰਕੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਮੁੜ ਚੱਲੇਗਾ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਵਰਤਣੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"ਮੈਂਡਰਿਵ-ਲੀਨਕਸ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਕਈ CD-ROM ਤੇ ਵੰਡੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਇੱਕ ਚੁਣਿਆ\n"
+"ਪੈਕੇਜ ਹੋਰ CD-ROM ਤੇ ਸਥਿਤ ਹੈ, DrakX ਮੌਜੂਦਾ CD ਨੂੰ ਰੱਦ ਕਰ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ\n"
+"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਲੋੜੀਂਦੀ CD ਪਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਪੁੱਛੇਗਾ। ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਲੋੜੀਂਦੀ CD ਨਹੀਂ\n"
+"ਹੈ, ਸਿਰਫ \"%s\" ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ, ਅਨੁਸਾਰੀ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ\n"
+"ਹੋਵੇਗਾ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "ਨਵੀਨੀਕਰਨ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "ਮੁੱਢਲੀ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ੀ ਨਾਲ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "ਯਕੀਨਨ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "ਸਵੈ-ਚਾਲਤ ਨਿਰਭਰਤਾ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": \"%s\" ਬਟਨ ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਕੇ ਪ੍ਰਿੰਟਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਤਖਤੀ ਖੁੱਲੇਗੀ।\n"
+"ਨਵਾਂ ਪ੍ਰਿੰਟਰ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਵਧੇਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ ``Starter Guide''\n"
+"ਦਾ ਅਨੁਸਾਰੀ ਅਧਿਆਇ ਵੇਖੋ। ਸਾਡੇ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ\n"
+"ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਵਰਤੇ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਵਰਗਾ ਹੈ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "ਸਵੈਚਾਲਤ ਸਮਾਂ ਸਮਕਾਲਤਾ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"ਮਾਨੀਟਰ\n"
+"\n"
+"   ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਇੰਸਟਾਲਰ ਸਵੈ ਹੀ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਤੇ ਜੁੜੇ ਮਾਨੀਟਰ ਨੂੰ ਖੋਜਦਾ ਅਤੇ\n"
+"ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਇਹ ਠੀਕ ਨਹੀਂ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮਾਨੀਟਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ\n"
+"ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜਿਆ ਮਾਨੀਟਰ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"ਰੈਜ਼ੋਲੂਸ਼ਨ\n"
+"\n"
+"   ਇੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਗਰਾਫਿਕਸ਼ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਲਈ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਰੈਜ਼ੋਲੁਸ਼ਨ ਅਤੇ ਰੰਗ ਡੂੰਘਾਈ\n"
+"ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਇੱਕ ਜੋ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਲੋੜ ਪੂਰੀ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ ਚੁਣੋ (ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ\n"
+"ਤਬਦੀਲੀ ਕਰ ਦੇ ਯੋਗ ਹੋਵੋਗੇ)। ਚੁਣੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦਾ ਨਮੂਨਾ ਮਾਨੀਟਰ ਤਸਵੀਰ\n"
+"ਵਿੱਚ ਵਿਖਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕਾਰਡ ਲਈ 3D ਪ੍ਰਵੇਗ ਸਮੇਤ ਜਾਂ ਬਿਨਾਂ, ਵੱਖ-ਵੱਖ ਸਰਵਰ\n"
+"ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹੋਣ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸਰਵਰ ਪੁੱਛਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ ਜੋ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਜਰੂਰਤ ਵਧੀਆ\n"
+"ਪੂਰੀ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"ਚੋਣ\n"
+"\n"
+"   ਇਹ ਪਗ਼ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਚੁਣਨ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ ਕਿ ਕੀ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਮਸ਼ੀਨ ਸਵੈ ਹੀ ਬੂਟ ਦੌਰਾਨ\n"
+"ਗਰਾਫੀਕਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ ਜਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ। ਜਰੂਰ, ਤੁਸੀਂ \"%s\" ਨੂੰ\n"
+"ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣਨਾ ਚਾਹੋਗੇ ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਮਸ਼ੀਨ ਨੇ ਸਰਵਰ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ, ਜਾਂ ਜੇ\n"
+"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਦ੍ਰਿਸ਼ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਫਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਏ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਭਾਗ ਵਰਤੋ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "ਸਾਰੀ ਡਿਸਕ ਸਾਫ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "ਸਵੈ-ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਫਲਾਪੀ ਬਣਾਓ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "ਹਟਾਉਣ ਯੋਗ ਮਾਧਿਅਮ ਸਵੈ-ਮਾਊਂਟ ਹੋ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "ਸਧਾਰਨ/ਮਾਹਿਰ ਵਿਧੀ ਵਿਚਕਾਰ ਤਬਦੀਲੀ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ਵਰਤਮਾਨ ਦੇਸ਼ ਚੋਣ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕਰਦੀ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਦੇਸ਼ ਵਿੱਚ ਨਹੀਂ,\n"
+"\"%s\" ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾਓ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਚੁਣੋ। ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਦੇਸ਼ ਵਿਖਾਈ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿੱਚ\n"
+"ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ, ਦੇਸ਼ ਸੂਚੀ ਪੂਰੀ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ \"%s\" ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾਓ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "ਚੱਕਰ ਸਮਰੂਪਤਾ ਨਾਲ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "ਵਿਆਪਕ | ਕੋਈ PS/2 ਤੇ USB ਮਾਊਸ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"ਕਿਰਪਾ ਕਰਕੇ ਠੀਕ ਪੋਰਟ ਚੁਣੋ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਵਜੋਂ, Windows ਦੇ ਅਧੀਨ \"COM1\"\n"
+"GNU/ਲੀਨਕਸ ਦੇ ਅਧਿਨ \"ttyS0\" ਕਹਿਲਾਉਂਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "ਮਾਹਿਰ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ਜੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਤੇ ਕੋਈ ਸਾਊਂਡ ਕਾਰਡ ਲੱਭਿਆ ਹੈ, ਇਹ ਇੱਥੇ ਵਿਖਾਇਆ\n"
+"ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਜੇ ਲੱਭਿਆ ਕਾਰਡ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਵਾਲਾ ਸਾਊਂਡ ਕਾਰਡ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ,\n"
+"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬਟਨ ਦਬਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਡਰਾਈਵਰ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN ਕਾਰਡ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "ਗਰਾਫੀਕਲ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਨਵਾਂ ਮੈਂਡਰਿਵ-ਲੀਨਕਸ ਭਾਗ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਾਫ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ\n"
+"ਹਾਰਡ ਡਰਾਈਵ ਚੁਣੋ। ਧਿਆਨ ਰੱਖੋ, ਇਸ ਡਰਾਈਵ ਤੇ ਸਾਰਾ ਡਾਟਾ ਗੁੰਮ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ\n"
+"ਅਤੇ ਮੁੜ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਹੋਣ ਯੋਗ ਨਹੀਂ ਰਹੇਗਾ!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\" ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਹਾਰਡ ਡਰਾਈਵ ਤੇ ਸਾਰਾ ਡਾਟਾ ਅਤੇ ਭਾਗ\n"
+"ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ। ਧਿਆਨ ਰੱਖੋ, \"%s\" ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਨ ਮਗਰੋਂ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਡਰਾਈਵ\n"
+"ਉੱਪਰਲਾ ਡਾਟਾ ਅਤੇ ਭਾਗ ਮੁੜ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਸਕਦੇ, ਕੋਈ Windows\n"
+"ਡਾਟਾ ਵੀ।\n"
+"\n"
+"ਇਸ ਹਾਰਡ ਡਰਾਈਵ ਉੱਪਰਲਾ ਡਾਟਾ ਅਤੇ ਭਾਗ ਹਟਾਏ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਬਾਹਰ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ\n"
+"\"%s\" ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "ਅੱਗੇ ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- ਪਿੱਛੇ"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/pl.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/pl.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..70d68ef2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/pl.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1969 @@
+# translation of drakx.po to polish
+# translation of pl.po to polish
+# translation of DrakX-pl.po to polski
+# translation of pl.po to Polish
+# Polish translation file
+# tomek, 2005.
+# Paweł Jabłoński <pj@linux-mandrake.com>, 2001,2002.
+# Arkadiusz Lipiec <arkadiusz.lipiec@gazeta.pl>, 2002-2004.
+# Tomasz Bednarski <bednarski@skrzynka.pl>, 2005.
+# Tomasz Bednarski <tomasz.bednarski@mandriva.pl>, 2005.
+# Maciej Walkowiak <m.walkowiak@computer.org>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: pl\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-10-22 14:46+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Tomasz Bednarski <tomasz.bednarski@mandriva.pl>\n"
+"Language-Team: polish <pl@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Przed kontynuowaniem, należy przeczytać uważnie warunki licencji dotyczącej "
+"całej dystrybucji Mandriva Linux. Jeśli zgadzasz się\n"
+"z wszystkimi warunkami w niej zawartymi, zaznacz opcję \"%s\".\n"
+"Jeśli nie kliknij na przycisk \"%s\" w celu ponownego uruchomienia\n"
+"komputera."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux jest systemem wielodostępnym, co oznacza, że każdy użytkownik\n"
+"posiada własne ustawienia, własne pliki, może pracować równocześnie\n"
+"z innymi użytkownikami na tym samym komputerze itd. Jednak, \n"
+"w przeciwieństwie do użytkownika \"root\", będącym administratorem,\n"
+"użytkownicy tutaj dodani nie będą mieli możliwości zmiany czegokolwiek\n"
+"ponad swoje własne ustawienia, co chroni przed niezamierzonymi lub\n"
+"złośliwymi zmianami mogącymi wpływać na działanie całego systemu.\n"
+"Należy utworzyć co najmniej jednego zwykłego użytkownika dla siebie. Należy "
+"się logować do tego konta w trakcie normalnej pracy. Pomimo, że\n"
+"logowanie jako \"root\" jest bardzo praktyczne, to jednak może być\n"
+"bardzo niebezpieczne! Najmniejsza pomyłka może spowodować nieodwracalne\n"
+"uszkodzenie systemu. Jeśli z konta zwykłego użytkownika zostanie \n"
+"wykonany nawet poważny błąd, utracona zostanie tylko część danych tego\n"
+"użytkownika, a nie cały system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Najpierw należy wprowadzić rzeczywiste imię. Nie jest to czynność wymagana\n"
+"-- można wprowadzić dowolny ciąg znaków. Instalator pobierze pierwszy wyraz "
+"z\n"
+"wprowadzonego ciągu i przeniesie go do pola \"%s\", określającego nazwę\n"
+"użytkownika wprowadzaną podczas logowania się do systemu. Oczywiście,\n"
+"można ją zmienić. Ważna jest wielkość liter - dla Linuksa \"a\" i \"A\" to\n"
+"dwie różne litery. Następnie należy ustawić dla tego użytkownika hasło.\n"
+"Mimo, że hasło zwykłego użytkownika nie jest tak newralgiczne, jak \n"
+"hasło \"roota\", to jednak z powodów bezpieczeństwa nie należy go pomijać.\n"
+"\n"
+"Po kliknięciu \"%s\", można dodać kolejnych użytkowników, Nie ma żadnych\n"
+"ograniczeń na ich liczbę. Dodaj np. konta dla wszystkich przyjaciół, dla\n"
+"ojca, siostry itd. Po zakończeniu dodawania wybierz \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Po kliknięciu przycisku \"%s\" można zmienić domyślną \"powłokę\"\n"
+"dla użytkownika (domyślnie bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Po zakończeniu dodawania wszystkich użytkowników, zostanie zadane\n"
+"pytanie o to, który użytkownik będzie automatycznie logowany\n"
+"podczas uruchamiania komputera. Jeśli masz ochotę używać tej funkcji\n"
+"(oraz nie dbasz za bardzo o bezpieczeństwo lokalne), wybierz żądanego\n"
+"użytkownika oraz menedżera okien, a następnie kliknij \"%s\".\n"
+"Jeśli nie chcesz używać tej funkcji, odznacz opcję \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Czy chcesz wykorzystać tą funkcję?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Powyżej pokazano wykryte na Twoim dysku istniejące partycje linuksowe.\n"
+"Można zastosować wybory określone przez druida, są one odpowiednie\n"
+"w większości przypadków. Jeśli wprowadza się zmiany, należy określić "
+"przynajmniej partycję root (\"/\"). Nie należy wybierać zbyt małej \n"
+"partycji - nie będzie można wówczas zainstalować zbyt dużo \n"
+"oprogramowania. Jeśli dane mają być przechowywane na \n"
+"oddzielnej partycji, należy także utworzyć partycję \"/home\"\n"
+"(jest to możliwe tylko wtedy, jeśli\n"
+"dostępnych jest więcej niż jedna partycja linuksowa)\n"
+"\n"
+"Dla informacji, każda partycja jest określona przez \"Nazwę\" i \"Rozmiar"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nazwa\" jest określana następująco: \"typ dysku\",\"numer dysku\",\n"
+"\"numer partycji\". (na przykład \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Typ dysku\" to \"hd\" w przypadku dysków IDE, \"sd\" w przypadku SCSI\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Numer dysku\" to litera po \"hd\" lub \"sd\". W przypadku dysków IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" oznacza \"pierwszy dysk na pierwszym kontrolerze IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" oznacza \"drugi dysk na pierwszym kontrolerze IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" oznacza \"pierwszy dysk na drugim kontrolerze IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" oznacza \"drugi dysk na drugim kontrolerze IDE\"\n"
+"\n"
+"W przypadku dysków SCSI, \"a\" oznacza \"najniższy ID SCSI\", zaś \"b\",\n"
+"oznacza \"drugi w kolejności ID SCSI\", itd."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalacja Mandriva Linux jest rozpowszechniana na kilku płytach CD.\n"
+"Jeśli wybrany pakiet jest zlokalizowany na innej płycie CD\n"
+" instalator wysunie bieżącą płytę CD oraz wyświetli prośbę\n"
+"o włożenie wymaganej płyty CD. Jeśli nie posiadasz wymaganej\n"
+"płyty CD w ręku, kliknij \"%s\", związane z nią pakiety nie zostaną\n"
+"zainstalowane."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Nadszedł czas na określenie, jakie programy mają zostać zainstalowane w\n"
+"systemie. Dla Mandriva Linux są dostępne tysiące pakietów. Aby uczynić\n"
+"zarządzanie pakietami łatwiejszym, zostały one uporządkowane na podstawie\n"
+"podobieństwa aplikacji.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pakiety są podzielone na grupy tematyczne. Dostępne są cztery wstępnie\n"
+"zdefiniowane kategorie instalacji. Można mieszać i dopasowywać aplikacje\n"
+"z różnych sekcji, tak więc na przykład instalacja \"Stacja robocza\"\n"
+"może także zawierać aplikacje z sekcji \"Serwer\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jeśli komputer będzie pracował jako stacja\n"
+"robocza, należy wybrać jedną lub więcej związanych z tą sekcją grup.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jeśli komputer będzie używany do programowania, należy\n"
+"wybrać odpowiednie grupy związane z tą sekcją. Specjalna grupa \"LSB\"\n"
+"skonfiguruje system, tak aby był jak najbardziej zgodny ze standardem\n"
+"Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Wybranie grupy \"LSB\" zainstaluje także jądro serii \"2.4\", zamiast\n"
+"domyślnego \"2.6\". Dzieje się tak dlatego, aby mieć 100%% pewność,\n"
+"że komputer jest zgodny z LSB. Jednak jeśli nie zaznaczysz\n"
+"grupy \"LSB\", system wciąż będzie niemal 100%% zgodny z LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jeśli komputer będzie pracował jako serwer, pojawi się\n"
+"możliwość wyboru różnych usług, które mogą być zainstalowane na komputerze;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": na końcu można określić preferowane środowisko\n"
+"graficzne. Co najmniej jedna grupa musi zostać wybrana, jeśli komputer\n"
+"ma pracować jako stacja z interfejsem graficznym!\n"
+"\n"
+"Przesuwając kursor myszy nad nazwą grupy, wyświetli się krótki tekst\n"
+"opisujący daną grupę.\n"
+"\n"
+"Można zaznaczyć \"%s\", która to opcja jest\n"
+"użyteczna jeśli użytkownik zna przeznaczenie pakietów i jeśli chce mieć\n"
+"całkowitą kontrolę nad tym co zostanie zainstalowane w systemie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jeśli została uruchomiona instalacja w trybie \"%s\", można\n"
+"odznaczyć wszystkie grupy, zapobiegając w ten sposób instalacji nowych\n"
+"pakietów. Ta opcja jest użyteczna przy naprawianiu lub aktualizacji\n"
+"już istniejącego systemu\n"
+"\n"
+"Jeśli odznaczone zostaną wszystkie grupy w trakcie\n"
+"przeprowadzania zwykłej instalacji (przeciwieństwo do aktualizacji),\n"
+"wyświetlone zostanie okienko z propozycjami grup określających\n"
+"inne opcje związane z instalacją minimalną:\n"
+". \n"
+" * \"%s\": instalacja minimalnej liczby pakietów koniecznej do\n"
+"uruchomienia stacji graficznej.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalacja systemu podstawego wraz z podstawowymi\n"
+"narzędziami i dokumentacją dla nich. Ta instalacja jest zalecana\n"
+"przy pracy jako serwer.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalacja absolutnie minimalnej liczby pakietów\n"
+"koniecznych do otrzymania działającego Linuksa. Po wybraniu\n"
+"tej opcji użytkownik będzie miał dostęp jedynie do interfejsu\n"
+"wiersza poleceń. Całkowity rozmiar tej instalacji to ok. 65\n"
+"megabajtów."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Uaktualnij"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Z podstawową dokumentacją"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Naprawdę minimalna instalacja"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeżeli zaznaczono opcję wyboru indywidualnych\n"
+"pakietów, to wyświetlona zostanie struktura drzewa zawierająca\n"
+"wszystkie pakiety podzielone na grupy i podgrupy. W trakcie przeglądania\n"
+"drzewa można wybrać całą grupę, podgrupę lub pojedyncze pakiety.\n"
+"\n"
+"Po wybraniu pakietu ze struktury, po prawej stronie wyświetlony zostanie \n"
+"opis, pomagający w zorientowaniu się do czego pakiet służy.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Jeśli zostanie wybrany pakiet serwera, niezależnie czy wybrany został\n"
+"w drodze indywidualnego wyboru pakietów, lub też jako pakiet grupy,\n"
+"zostanie wyświetlona prośba o potwierdzenie wyboru pakietu serwera\n"
+"przed jego instalacją. W systemie Mandriva Linux, wszystkie zainstalowane\n"
+"serwery są uruchamiane domyślnie w trakcie\n"
+"uruchamiania całego systemu. Nawet jeśli dany pakiet jest uważany\n"
+"za bezpieczny i w trakcie instalacji nie są znane żadne problemy z nim\n"
+"związane, może się zdarzyć, że zostaną wykryte luki w jego\n"
+"zabezpieczeniach już po instalacji. Jeśli użytkownik nie posiada\n"
+"informacji o tym, do czego dana usługa jest przeznaczona lub też dlaczego\n"
+"jest instalowana, wówczas powinien kliknąć przycisk \"%s\".\n"
+"Kliknięcie \"%s\" spowoduje zainstalowanie wypisanych usług, które\n"
+"będą automatycznie uruchamiane w trakcie uruchamiania całego systemu. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcja \"%s\" jest używana do zablokowania okna ostrzeżeń\n"
+"pojawiającego się w momencie automatycznego wyboru pakietów przez\n"
+"instalatora w celu spełnienia zależności. Niektóre pakiety zależą od "
+"innych,\n"
+"tak więc instalacja określonego pakietu może wymagać instalacji innego.\n"
+"Instalator potrafi określić, jakie pakiety są wymagane do spełnienia\n"
+"zależności oraz do pomyślnego zakończenia instalacji.\n"
+"\n"
+"Niewielka ikona dyskietki na dole listy umożliwia wczytanie listy pakietów\n"
+"wybranych w trakcie poprzedniej instalacji. Jest to użyteczna opcja\n"
+"w przypadku posiadania wielu maszyn, które muszą zostać skonfigurowane\n"
+"w identyczny sposób. Kliknięcie tej ikony spowoduje wyświetlenie prośby\n"
+"o włożenie dyskietki utworzonej po zakończeniu poprzedniego procesu\n"
+"instalacji. Zobacz drugą podpowiedź ostatniego kroku, zawierającą\n"
+"informację o tym, jak utworzyć taką dyskietkę."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatyczne zależności"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": kliknięcie przycisku \"%s\" spowoduje otwarcie\n"
+"druida konfiguracji drukarki. Przeczytaj odpowiedni rozdział\n"
+"podręcznika, aby uzyskać więcej informacji na temat sposobu konfiguracji\n"
+"nowej drukarki. Interfejs wykorzystywany w tym miejscu jest podobny\n"
+"do interfejsu używanego w czasie instalacji."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"To okno dialogowe jest używane do wybrania usług włączanych podczas\n"
+"uruchamianiu systemu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zaprezentowane zostaną wszystkie dostępne usługi z bieżącej instalacji.\n"
+"Przejrzyj je uważnie i odznacz te z nich, które nie są zawsze potrzebne\n"
+"przy uruchamianiu systemu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Po zaznaczeniu elementu listy, pojawi się objaśnienie z opisem tej usługi.\n"
+"Jednak w przypadku braku pewności, czy dana usługa jest\n"
+"potrzebna czy nie, bezpieczniej jest pozostawić ustawienie domyślne.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Należy zachować szczególną ostrożność przy wyborze, jeżeli maszyna\n"
+"ma pracować jako serwer - zazwyczaj nie będzie potrzeby uruchamiania\n"
+"niektórych usług. Należy pamiętać, że uruchomienie niektórych z nich na\n"
+"serwerze może być niebezpieczne. W ogólności, należy uruchamiać tylko\n"
+"te usługi, które naprawdę są naprawdę potrzebne.!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux zarządza czasem w formacie GMT (Greenwich Mean Time)\n"
+"i tłumaczy go na czas lokalny w zależności od wybranej strefy czasowej.\n"
+"Jest jednak możliwe wyłączenie tej opcji poprzez wybór \"%s\",\n"
+"co spowoduje, że zegar sprzętowy będzie wskazywał ten sam czas co zegar\n"
+"systemowy. Jest to użyteczne, jeśli komputer zarządza innym systemem\n"
+"operacyjnym.\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcja \"%s\" automatycznie ustawi zegar łącząc się\n"
+"ze zdalnym serwerem czasu przez Internet. Oczywiście trzeba posiadać\n"
+"działające połączenie internetowe, aby to udogodnienie zadziałało.\n"
+"Najlepiej wybrać serwer czasu zlokalizowany niedaleko miejsca instalacji.\n"
+"Na komputerze zostanie zainstalowany serwer czasu, który może być\n"
+"używany przez inne komputery w sieci lokalnej."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatyczna synchronizacja czasu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Karta graficzna\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalator zazwyczaj automatycznie wykrywa i konfiguruje\n"
+"kartę graficzną zainstalowaną na komputerze. Jeśli jednak nie zostanie\n"
+"wykryta, można wybrać posiadaną kartę z listy.\n"
+"\n"
+"   W przypadku gdy dla karty dostępne są różne serwery, z lub bez\n"
+"akceleracji 3D, zostanie wyświetlona prośba o wybranie serwera\n"
+"najlepiej odpowiadającego potrzebom użytkownika."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (od systemu X Window) to serce graficznego interfejsu GNU/Linux,\n"
+"z którego korzystają wszystkie środowiska graficzne (KDE, GNOME,\n"
+"AfterStep, WindowMaker, itd.) dostępne w systemie Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zostanie wyświetlona lista różnych parametrów pozwalających\n"
+"na zmianę sposobu wyświetlania.\n"
+"\n"
+"Karta graficzna\n"
+"\n"
+"    Instalator zazwyczaj automatycznie wykrywa i konfiguruje kartę\n"
+"graficzną zainstalowaną na komputerze. Jeśli nie zostanie wykryta,\n"
+"użytkownik może wybrać posiadaną kartę z listy.\n"
+"\n"
+"   W przypadku, gdy dla karty graficznej dostępne są różne serwery,\n"
+"z lub bez akceleracji 3D, użytkownik może wybrać serwer najlepiej\n"
+"odpowiadający jego potrzebom.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalator zazwyczaj automatycznie rozpoznaje i konfiguruje\n"
+"monitor podłączony do komputera. W innym przypadku należy\n"
+"ręcznie wybrać z listy posiadany monitor.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Rozdzielczość\n"
+"\n"
+"   W tym miejscu można wybrać rozdzielczość i głębię kolorów spośród\n"
+"opcji dostępnych dla danego sprzętu. Wybierz tą, która najlepiej\n"
+"spełnia twoje wymagania (będzie można zmienić wybrane parametry\n"
+"także po instalacji). Przykład wybranej konfiguracji jest wyświetlony\n"
+"na monitorze.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"--W zależności od sprzętu ten wpis może się pojawić lub nie.\n"
+"\n"
+"   System będzie próbował otworzyć ekran graficzny o żądanej\n"
+"rozdzielczości. Jeśli użytkownik będzie widział komunikat wyświetlany\n"
+"w trakcie testu oraz odpowie \"%s\", wówczas instalator podejmie\n"
+"kolejny krok. W przypadku, gdy komunikat nie będzie widoczny,\n"
+"oznacza to, że jakaś część automatycznie wykrytej konfiguracji jest\n"
+"niepoprawna. Test zakończy się automatycznie po 12 sekundach,\n"
+"przenosząc użytkownika z powrotem do menu. Należy zmieniać\n"
+"konfigurację, aż do momentu, gdy grafika będzie poprawnie wyświetlana.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcje\n"
+"\n"
+"   W tym miejscu można wybrać, czy komputer ma być automatycznie\n"
+"przełączany w tryb graficzny podczas uruchamiania. Oczywiście, lepiej\n"
+"jest wybrać \"%s\" jeśli maszyna ma pracować jako serwer lub też,\n"
+"gdy nie udało się poprawnie skonfigurować wyświetlania."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalator zazwyczaj automatycznie wykrywa i konfiguruje monitor\n"
+"podłączony do komputera. Jeśli jednak ten przypadek nie nastąpi, można\n"
+"wybrać z listy aktualnie podłączony do komputera monitor."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Rozdzielczość\n"
+"\n"
+"   W tym miejscu można wybrać rozdzielczość oraz głębię kolorów spośród\n"
+"opcji dostępnych dla danego sprzętu. Wybierz te opcje, które najlepiej\n"
+"odpowiadają twoim potrzebom (te ustawienia będzie można zmienić także\n"
+"po instalacji). Przykład wybranej konfiguracji jest wyświetlony na\n"
+"monitorze."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"W przypadku, gdy twojej karty dostępne są różne serwery, z lub bez\n"
+"akceleracji 3D, będzie można wybrać serwer najlepiej odpowiadający\n"
+"potrzebom użytkownika."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcje\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ten krok umożliwia wybór czy komputer ma przełączać się automatycznie\n"
+"do interfejsu graficznego podczas uruchamiania. Oczywiście, można zaznaczyć\n"
+"\"%s\" jeśli komputer ma działać jako serwer, lub jeśli nie udało się\n"
+"skonfigurować ekranu graficznego."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"W tym etapie instalacji należy określić, gdzie na dysku zostanie\n"
+"zainstalowany system operacyjny Mandriva Linux. Jeśli dysk jest pusty\n"
+"lub istniejące systemy operacyjne zajmują całe dostępne miejsce,\n"
+"należy podzielić dysk na partycje.\n"
+"Partycjonowanie to po prostu logiczny podział twardego dysku na oddzielne\n"
+"obszary w celu zainstalowania systemu Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ponieważ efekt partycjonowania jest nieodwracalny, czynność wydaje się\n"
+"niebezpieczna i jest stresująca dla niedoświadczonych użytkowników.\n"
+"Na szczęście, instalator zawiera druida upraszczającego ten proces.Przed "
+"zdecydowaniem się na ten krok warto poświęcić nieco czasu na\n"
+"zapoznanie się z dokumentacją.\n"
+"\n"
+"Możliwych jest kilka rozwiązań zależnych od konfiguracji dysku twardego:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ta opcja po prostu oznacza automatyczne\n"
+"partycjonowanie niezapisanych dysków. Nie zostaną wyświetlone żadne\n"
+"dodatkowe pytania.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gdy druid wykrył jedną lub więcej\n"
+"istniejących partycji linuksowych. Wybierz to rozwiązanie, jeśli\n"
+"chcesz użyć tych partycji do nowej instalacji. Zostanie wyświetlona\n"
+"prośba o wybranie punktu montowania dla każdej z tych partycji.\n"
+"Domyślnie wybierane są już zdefiniowane punkty montowania,\n"
+"w większości przypadków lepiej ich nie zmieniać.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jeśli na komputerze\n"
+"został zainstalowany Microsoft Windows, który zajmuje całą przestrzeń\n"
+"dyskową, to należy utworzyć wolne miejsce dla Linuksa. Aby to zrobić, można\n"
+"usunąć partycję MS Windows wraz z danymi (zobacz rozwiązanie \"Kasowanie\n"
+"zawartości dysku\") lub też zmienić rozmiar partycji FAT lub NTFS Windows.\n"
+"Operacja zmiany wielkości partycji może być przeprowadzona bez utraty\n"
+"danych, po przeprowadzeniu defragmentacji. Archiwizacja danych jest\n"
+"jednak wysoce wskazana. To rozwiązanie jest zalecane w przypadku chęci\n"
+"używania zarówno Linuksa, jak i MS Windows na tym samym komputerze\n"
+"\n"
+"  Przed wybraniem tej opcji, należy uświadomić sobie, że partycja Microsoft\n"
+"Windows będzie mniejsza, niż jest obecnie. Oznacza to także mniej miejsca\n"
+"do instalacji nowych programów lub przechowywania danych.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Jeśli chcesz usunąć z dysku\n"
+"wszystkie dane i wszystkie partycje istniejące na dysku oraz zainstalować\n"
+"w to miejsce nowy system Mandriva Linux, wybierz to rozwiązanie.\n"
+"Pamiętaj, że po zatwierdzeniu tego wyboru nie nie będzie możliwości "
+"odwrotu.\n"
+"\n"
+"    !! Po wybraniu tej opcji wszystkie dane zostaną utracone !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ta opcja spowoduje wymazanie wszystkich danych\n"
+"oraz rozpoczęcie instalacji na czystym dysku. Wszystkie zapisane dane\n"
+"zostaną utracone.\n"
+"\n"
+"    !! Po wybraniu tej opcji wszystkie dane zostaną utracone !!\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": wybierz tą opcję, jeśli chcesz\n"
+"partycjonować dysk ręcznie. Wybranie tej opcji daje duże możliwości, lecz\n"
+"jest bardzo niebezpieczne. Bardzo łatwo można utracić wszystkie dane.\n"
+"Ta opcja jest dlatego zalecana tylko dla użytkowników posiadających\n"
+"już doświadczenie w partycjonowaniu dysków. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji\n"
+"na temat tego, w jaki sposób korzystać z narzędzia DiskDrake, przeczytaj\n"
+"podręcznik (rozdział \"Zarządzanie partycjami\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Wykorzystaj istniejące partycje"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Wymaż cały dysk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Tak więc instalacja zakończyła się i system GNU/Linux jest gotowy do \n"
+"użycia. Kliknij przycisk \"%s\", aby ponownie uruchomić system.\n"
+"Nie zapomnij o usunięciu nośnika instalacyjnego (CD lub dyskietka).\n"
+"Pierwszą rzeczą jaką użytkownik zobaczy po zakończeniu testów sprzętu\n"
+"jest menu programu rozruchowego, dające możliwość wybrania systemu,\n"
+"który powinien zostać uruchomiony.\n"
+"\n"
+"Przycisk \"%s\" powoduje wyświetlenie dwóch dodatkowych przycisków:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aby utworzyć dyskietkę\n"
+"służącą do przeprowadzenia instalacji bez pomocy operatora, w ten\n"
+"sam sposób, jak przeprowadzona przed chwilą instalacja.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Uwaga: po kliknięciu przycisku dostępne będą dwie różne opcje:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": określa częściowo zautomatyzowaną instalację, zaś\n"
+"w przypadku kroku partycjonowania (i tylko w tym) przypomina tryb \n"
+"interaktywny\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\" Pełna automatyzacja instalacji: twardy dysk jest\n"
+"całkowicie przepisywany, wszystkie dane zostaną utracone.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ta funkcja jest bardzo użyteczna w przypadku instalacji na dużej liczbie\n"
+"podobnych komputerów. Zajrzyj do rozdziału o automatycznej instalacji na\n"
+"naszej stronie www;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): zapisuje listę pakietów wybranych\n"
+"w trakcie instalacji. Wówczas podczas przeprowadzania innych instalacji\n"
+"należy włożyć dyskietkę do napędu, uruchomić instalację\n"
+"rozpoczynającą się od ekranu pomocy przez naciśnięcie klawisza [F1],\n"
+"wpisanie polecenie >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< oraz naciśnięcie klawisza\n"
+"[Enter].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Wymagana jest dyskietka sformatowana z systemem plików FAT. Aby\n"
+"utworzyć taką dyskietkę w systemie GNU/Linux, wpisz polecenie\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", lub \"fdformat /dev/fd0\", a następnie \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0"
+"\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Tworzenie dyskietki automatycznej instalacji"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli wybierzesz ponowne użycie jakichś partycji GNU/Linux, może\n"
+"istnieć potrzeba ponownego sformatowania ich w celu usunięcia\n"
+"wszystkich danych, które zawierają. Aby to uczynić, wybierz także te\n"
+"partycje.\n"
+"\n"
+"Należy pamiętać, że nie jest konieczne formatowanie wszystkich istniejących\n"
+"już partycji. Sformatowane muszą być partycje zawierające system "
+"operacyjny:\n"
+"\"/\", \"/usr\" oraz \"/var\", nie jest natomiast konieczne formatowanie\n"
+"partycji zawierających dane, które chcesz zachować (zazwyczaj \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Uważnie wybieraj partycje do sformatowania. Po sformatowaniu, wszystkie\n"
+"dane zostaną utracone bez możliwości ich odzyskania.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknij \"%s\", jeśli już można przystąpić do formatowania partycji.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknij \"%s\", jeśli chcesz wybrać inne partycje dla nowej instalacji\n"
+"Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknij \"%s\" jeśli chcesz wybrać sprawdzanie niektórych partycji\n"
+"w poszukiwaniu uszkodzonych sektorów na dysku."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"W czasie, jaki upłynął od początkowego wydania Mandriva Linux, być może "
+"niektóre pakietyzostały zaktualizowane. Niektóre błędy mogły\n"
+"zostać naprawione, zaś problemy z bezpieczeństwem rozwiązane. Aby\n"
+"skorzystać z możliwości aktualizacji, dobrze jest pobrać część danych\n"
+"z Internetu. Wybierz \"%s\", jeśli posiadasz działające połączenie\n"
+"internetowe lub \"%s\", jeśli wolisz zainstalować pakiety aktualizacyjne\n"
+"później.\n"
+"\n"
+"Po wybraniu \"%s\" zostanie wyświetlona lista miejsc, z których można\n"
+"pobrać dane aktualizacyjne. Wybierz najbliższą lokalizację. Pojawi się\n"
+"wówczas drzewo wyboru: przejrzyj informacje i naciśnij \"%s\"\n"
+",aby pobrać i zainstalować wybrane pakiety lub \"%s\", aby anulować."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Nadszedł czas na wybór poziomu bezpieczeństwa, który ma zostać ustawiony\n"
+"na komputerze. Jako żelazną zasadę należy przyjąć, że im komputer bardziej\n"
+"jest dostępny w sieci i dane przechowywane są ważniejsze, tym wyższy\n"
+"powinien być poziom bezpieczeństwa. Jednak wyższe bezpieczeństwo\n"
+"zazwyczaj okupione jest zwiększeniem poziomu trudności używania systemu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jeśli nie wiesz co wybrać, użyj domyślnej opcji. Będzie można zmienić "
+"poziom\n"
+"bezpieczeństwa w późniejszym czasie przy użyciu narzędzia draksec\n"
+"uruchamianego z Centrum Sterowania Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pole \"%s\" może informować system o użytkowniku komputera odpowiedzialnego\n"
+"za bezpieczeństwo. Komunikaty bezpieczeństwa będą przesyłane na ten adres."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Administrator zabezpieczeń"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"W tym etapie instalacji wybierasz partycje, na których będzie instalowany\n"
+"Mandriva Linux. Jeśli partycje istnieją (np. pozostały po poprzedniej "
+"instalacji,\n"
+"lub też zostały założone innym narzędziem), to można ich użyć do "
+"instalacji.\n"
+"W innym przypadku należy je utworzyć.\n"
+"\n"
+"Utworzenie partycji należy rozpocząć od wybrania dysku. Robi się to przez\n"
+"kliknięcie na zakładce \"hda\" dla pierwszego dysku IDE, \"hdb\" dla "
+"drugiego,\n"
+"lub \"sda1\" dla pierwszego dysku SCSI, itd.\n"
+"\n"
+"W celu podzielenia dysku na partycje można użyć następujących opcji:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"%s\": ta opcja kasuje wszystkie partycje na wybranym dysku.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"%s\": ta opcja automatycznie tworzy partycje\n"
+"     ext3 oraz swap na wolnej (niespartycjonowanej) przestrzeni na dysku\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"%s\": daje dostęp do dodatkowych opcji:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"%s\": zapisuje tablicę partycji na dyskietkę.\n"
+"     Opcja ta jest użyteczna w przypadku konieczności odzyskania tablicy\n"
+"     w późniejszym czasie. Zalecane jest wykonanie tego kroku.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"%s\": pozwala na przywrócenie poprzednio\n"
+"     zapisanej na dyskietce tablicy partycji.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"%s\": jeśli tablica partycji została\n"
+"     uszkodzona można spróbować ją naprawić. Należy pamiętać że opcja ta\n"
+"     może zakończyć się niepowodzeniem.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"%s\": porzuca wszelkie zmiany i wczytuje początkową tablicę "
+"partycji.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"%s\": odznaczenie tej opcji\n"
+"     powoduje, że konieczność ręcznego montowania takich napędów, jak "
+"stacje\n"
+"     dyskietek czy napędy CD.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"%s\": jeśli chcesz skorzystać z druida, aby wykonać proces\n"
+"     partycjonowania dysku. Opcja zalecana w przypadku gdy użytkownik nie\n"
+"     posiada wiedzy dotyczącej partycjonowania dysków.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"%s\": użyj tej opcji jeśli chcesz wycofać wszystkie zmiany\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"%s\": umożliwia uzyskanie\n"
+"     dostępu do dodatkowych akcji dotyczących dysku (typ, opcje, format)\n"
+"     oraz podaje więcej informacji na jego temat.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"%s\": Jeśli proces partycjonowania został zakończony, opcja ta\n"
+"     zapisze zmiany na dysk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Podczas definiowania rozmiaru partycji, można ustawić dokładnie\n"
+"rozmiar, używając klawiszy strzałek na klawiaturze.\n"
+"\n"
+"Uwaga: Można uzyskać dostęp do dowolnych opcji za pomocą klawiatury,\n"
+"przy pomocy klawiszy [Tab] oraz strzałek [Góra/Dół].\n"
+"\n"
+"Po wybraniu partycji można użyć klawiszy:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Control-c, aby utworzyć nową partycję (jeśli wybrano pustą partycję);\n"
+"\n"
+" * Control-d, aby usunąć partycję;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Control-m, aby ustawić punkt montowania;\n"
+"\n"
+"Aby uzyskać informacje dotyczące różnych dostępnych rodzajów systemów\n"
+"plików, należy przeczytać rozdział ext2fs podręcznika.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jeśli instalacja odbywa się na komputerze PPC, system będzie wymagał\n"
+"utworzenia małej partycji HFS \"rozruchowej\" (bootstrap) o wielkości\n"
+"co najmniej 1MB, która będzie używana przez program rozruchowy yaboot.\n"
+"Jeśli chcesz, aby ta partycja była większa, powiedzmy 50 MB, można\n"
+"ją traktować jako użyteczne miejsce np. do przechowywania zapasowego\n"
+"jądra oraz obrazów do uniknięcia skutków ewentualnych awarii "
+"uniemożliwiających\n"
+"rozruch systemu z normalnej partycji."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automatyczne montowanie nośników wymiennych"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Przełącz między trybem zwykłym a zaawansowanym"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Na dysku wykryto więcej niż jedną partycję Windows. Wybierz, którą\n"
+"z nich chcesz zmniejszyć w celu zainstalowania systemu Mandriva Linux\n"
+"\n"
+"Każda partycja jest określana za pomocą informacji: \"Nazwa linuksowa\",\n"
+"\"Nazwa Windows\" i \"Rozmiar\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Nazwa linuksowa jest określana następująco: \"typ dysku\",\"numer dysku\",\n"
+"\"numer partycji\". (na przykład \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Typ dysku\" to \"hd\" w przypadku dysków IDE, \"sd\" w przypadku SCSI\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Numer dysku\" to litera po \"hd\" lub \"sd\". W przypadku dysku IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" oznacza pierwszy dysk na pierwszym kontrolerze IDE\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" oznacza drugi dysk na pierwszym kontrolerze IDE\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" oznacza pierwszy dysk na drugim kontrolerze IDE\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" oznacza drugi dysk na drugim kontrolerze IDE\n"
+"\n"
+"W przypadku dysków SCSI \"a\" oznacza najniższy identyfikator SCSI,\n"
+"\"b\" - drugi kolejny identyfikator SCSI, itd.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nazwa Windows\" to litera dysku w systemie Windows (pierwszy dysk \n"
+"lub partycja to \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": zaznacz odpowiedni kraj. Jeśli nie znajdujesz się w tym kraju,\n"
+"kliknij przycisk \"%s\" oraz wybierz inny kraj. Jeśli twój kraj\n"
+"nie jest wyświetlony na pierwszej liście, kliknij przycisk \"%s\"\n"
+"aby otrzymać pełną listę krajów."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Ten krok jest aktywowany tylko wtedy, jeśli na komputerze została\n"
+"znaleziona stara partycja GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Instalator musi teraz otrzymać informację, czy chcesz przeprowadzić nową\n"
+"instalację, czy też uaktualnić istniejący system Mandriva Linux:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": W większości przypadków, ta opcja powoduje całkowite\n"
+"usunięcie starego systemu. Jednak w zależności od schematu\n"
+"partycjonowania, można zapobiec nadpisaniu niektórych z istniejących\n"
+"danych (szczególnie katalogów \"home\"). Jeśli chcesz zmienić sposób\n"
+"partycjonowania twardych dysków, lub też system plików, należy użyć tej "
+"opcji.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ta klasa instalacji umożliwia uaktualnienie pakietów\n"
+"aktualnie zainstalowanych w systemie Mandriva Linux. Twój bieżący\n"
+"schemat partycjonowania oraz dane użytkownika nie zostaną zmienione.\n"
+"Większość innych kroków konfiguracyjnych pozostanie dostępna,\n"
+"podobnie do instalacji standardowej.\n"
+"\n"
+"Użycie wersji \"Uaktualnienie\" powinno zadziałać dobrze na systemach\n"
+"Mandriva Linux w wersji \"8.1\" i późniejszych. Przeprowadzanie\n"
+"uaktualnienia z wersji wcześniejszych niż \"8.1\" nie jest zalecane."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"W zależności od wybranego języka, instalator automatycznie\n"
+"dobierze określony typ konfiguracji klawiatury. Zaznacz, że wybór\n"
+"ci odpowiada lub wybierz inny układ klawiatury.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jednak można nie mieć\n"
+"klawiatury odpowiadającej danemu językowi. Na przykład, Szwajcar mówiący\n"
+"po angielsku, może wciąż chcieć używać klawiatury szwajcarskiej. Albo\n"
+"jeśli osoba porozumiewa się po angielsku i mieszka w prowincji Quebec,\n"
+"język rodzimy oraz układ klawiatury nie będą się ze sobą zgadzać.\n"
+"Jeśli zachodzi taka sytuacja można wrócić, aby wybrać odpowiedni\n"
+"układ klawiatury z listy.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknij przycisk \"%s\", aby wyświetlić pełną listę\n"
+"obsługiwanych klawiatur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Po wybraniu układu klawiatury nie opartego na alfabecie łacińskim, następne\n"
+"okno umożliwi wybranie skrótów klawiszowych przełączających układ\n"
+"klawiatury z łacińskiego na narodowy."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Pierwszym krokiem jest wybór preferowanego języka.\n"
+"\n"
+"Twój wybór preferowanego języka będzie miał wpływ na język\n"
+"dokumentacji, instalatora oraz systemu w ogólności. Najpierw należy\n"
+"wybrać region, w którym znajduje się użytkownik a następnie język\n"
+"jakiego używa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknięcie przycisku \"%s\", pozwoli na wybranie innych\n"
+"języków, które zostaną zainstalowane na komputerze.\n"
+"Wybranie innych języków spowoduje zainstalowanie plików zależnych\n"
+"od języka dla dokumentacji oraz aplikacji. Na przykład, jeśli na komputerze\n"
+"pracują użytkownicy z Hiszpanii należy wybrać angielski z widoku\n"
+"głównego drzewa zaś w sekcji \"Zaawansowane\" zaznaczyć opcję\n"
+"\"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Uwaga dotycząca obsługi UTF-8 (unikodu): Unikod jest nowym kodowaniem\n"
+"znaków umożliwiającym równoczesną osługę wszystkich istniejących\n"
+"języków. Jednak pełna obsługa tego standardu jest wciąż w trakcie\n"
+"rozwoju w systemach GNU/Linux. Z tego powodu, Mandriva Linux\n"
+"używa go lub nie w zależności od wyboru użytkownika:\n"
+"\n"
+"* Po wybraniu języków z często używanym kodowaniem (języki latin1,\n"
+"rosyjski, japoński, chiński, koreański, rajski, grecki, turecki, większość\n"
+"języków używających iso-8859-2), kodowanie to będzie używane domyślnie;\n"
+"\n"
+"* Inne języki będą domyślnie używały Unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+"* Jeśli wymagane są dwa lub więcej języków i te języki nie używają\n"
+"identycznego kodowania, to Unicode będzie zainstalowany domyślnie dla\n"
+"całego systemu;\n"
+"\n"
+"* W końcu, unicode może być także wymuszony dla systemu na żądanie\n"
+"użytkownika poprzez zaznaczenie opcji \"%s\" niezależnie od wybranego "
+"języka.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nie ma ograniczeń na liczbę języków dodanych dodatkowo do już wybranego.\n"
+"Można wybrać kilka, lub nawet zainstalować je wszystkie wybierając\n"
+"opcję \"%s\". Zaznaczenie obsługi dla języka oznacza tłumaczenia, czcionki,\n"
+"słowniki, itd. dla każdego zainstalowanego języka.\n"
+"\n"
+"Aby przełączać się pomiędzy różnymi językami zainstalowanymi w systemie,\n"
+"można uruchomić polecenie \"localedrake\" z poziomu\n"
+"użytkownika \"root\" co spowoduje zmianę języka używanego przez cały\n"
+"system. Uruchomienie polecenia z konta zwykłego użytkownika spowoduje\n"
+"zmianę ustawień językowych tylko dla tego użytkownika."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Hiszpański"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalator zazwyczaj wykrywa liczbę przycisków myszy. W innym przypadku\n"
+"zakłada, że mysz posiada dwa przyciski i ustawi system na emulacje\n"
+"trzech przycisków. Trzeci przycisk myszy dwuprzyciskowej\n"
+"może być \"użyty\" poprzez równoczesne kliknięcie lewego i prawego\n"
+"przycisku myszy. Instalator automatycznie wykryje także czy mysz jest\n"
+"typu PS/2, szeregowa czy też USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"W przypadku posiadania myszy 3-przyciskowej bez kółka, można\n"
+"wybrać mysz \"%s\". Instalator następnie skonfiguruje mysz\n"
+"w taki sposób, że będzie można zasymulować za jej pomocą kółko.\n"
+"Robi się to poprzez naciśnięcie środkowego przycisku i poruszanie\n"
+"myszy w górę lub w dół.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jeśli z różnych powodów chcesz wybrać inny typ myszy, należy wybrać\n"
+"odpowiednią pozycję z listy.\n"
+"\n"
+"Można wybrać opcję \"%s\" aby ustawić \"zwykły\" typ myszy, który\n"
+"będzie działać prawie z każdą myszą.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jeśli zostanie wybrana mysz inna niż domyślna, zostanie wyświetlony\n"
+"ekran testowy. Użytkownik powinien sprawdzić przyciski oraz kółka,\n"
+"aby upewnić się co do poprawności konfiguracji. Jeśli mysz nie pracuje\n"
+"poprawnie, należy nacisnąć klawisz spacji lub [Enter] aby anulować test\n"
+"oraz wrócić do listy wyboru. \n"
+"\n"
+"Mysz z kółkiem czasem nie jest wykrywana automatycznie. Należy\n"
+"wówczas wybrać odpowiednią pozycję z listy. Trzeba upewnić się, czy "
+"wybrano \n"
+"mysz podłączoną do odpowiedniego portu. Po zakończeniu wybierania\n"
+"i naciśnięciu przycisku \"%s\", zostanie wyświetlony na ekranie obraz\n"
+"myszy. Poruszaj kółkiem, aby upewnić się czy zostało ono poprawnie\n"
+"aktywowane. Jeśli mysz na ekranie będzie zmieniała ustawienie kółka\n"
+"podczas przesuwania kółka myszy, sprawdź przyciski oraz upewnij się,\n"
+"że wskaźnik przesuwa się po ekranie przy zmianie położenia."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "z emulacją kółka"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Uniwersalna | Dowolna mysz PS/2 i USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Wybierz właściwy port. Na przykład numer portu \"COM1\" z MS Windows\n"
+"w GNU/Linux nazywa się \"ttyS0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Nadszedł czas na podjęcie najważniejszej decyzji dotyczącej bezpieczeństwa\n"
+"twojego systemu GNU/Linux: należy podać hasło użytkownika \"root\". \n"
+"\"root\" jest administratorem systemu i jedynym użytkownikiem mającym\n"
+"prawa do wykonywania aktualizacji, dodawania użytkowników, zmiany\n"
+"konfiguracji systemu itd. W skrócie \"root\" może zrobić w systemie\n"
+"wszystko! Z tego powodu hasło nie może być łatwe do odgadnięcia\n"
+"i instalator poinformuje cię, jeśli będzie ono zbyt proste. Można\n"
+"wcale nie ustawiać hasła, lecz nie jest zalecane pozostawianie go pustym\n"
+"z jednego powodu. Nie należy zakładać, że gdy uruchamiasz GNU/Linux to\n"
+"inne systemy operacyjne są wolne od błędów. Ponieważ \"root\" może\n"
+"obejść wszelkie zabezpieczenia i niechcący wymazać wszelkie dane z dysku,\n"
+"zalecana jest ostrożność przy logowaniu się na to konto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hasło powinno zawierać znaki alfanumeryczne i posiadać długość\n"
+"co najmniej 8 znaków. Nigdy nie należy zapisywać hasła użytkownika\n"
+"\"root\", gdyż zostawia to zbyt dużą lukę bezpieczeństwa w systemie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jednak zbyt długie lub zbyt skomplikowane hasło trudno jest zapamiętać!\n"
+"\n"
+"Hasło nie będzie wyświetlane na ekranie podczas wpisywania. Dlatego też\n"
+"musi być ono dodatkowo potwierdzone w celu zminimalizowania możliwości\n"
+"popełniania błędu. Jeśli dwa razy zostanie wpisane to samo \"błędne\"\n"
+"hasło, należy go użyć podczas pierwszego logowania i zmienić je na\n"
+"właściwe.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jeśli chcesz aby komputer, był kontrolowany\n"
+"przez serwer uwierzytelniania, kliknij przycisk \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Można wybrać odpowiednią opcję \"%s\" spośród LDAP, NIS lub Domeny PDC\n"
+"Windows. Jeśli nie wiesz, której opcji wybrać, zapytaj administratora sieci\n"
+"\n"
+"Jeśli masz problemy z zapamiętywaniem haseł, można wybrać opcję \"%s\"\n"
+"w przypadku, gdy komputer nie jest połączony z Internetem i ufasz\n"
+"wszystkim osobom posiadającym do niego dostęp."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "uwierzytelnianie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Program rozruchowy to niewielki program uruchamiający komputer tuż po\n"
+"jego włączeniu. Jest on odpowiedzialny za uruchomienie całego systemu.\n"
+"Zazwyczaj instalacja programu rozruchowego jest całkowicie zautomatyzowana\n"
+"Instalator przeanalizuje sektor rozruchowy oraz wykona operacje zależne od\n"
+"tego, co zostanie tam znalezione:\n"
+"\n"
+" * jeśli zostanie znaleziony sektor rozruchowy Windows zostanie on\n"
+"zastąpiony sektorem rozruchowym GRUB/LILO. Dzięki temu będzie możliwość\n"
+"uruchamiania zarówno systemu GNU/Linux jak i innego systemu operacyjnego.\n"
+"\n"
+" * jeśli zostanie znaleziony sektor rozruchowy GRUB lub LILO zostanie\n"
+"on zastąpiony nowym sektorem.\n"
+"\n"
+"W przypadku, gdy nie będzie można określić sektora rozruchowego, instalator\n"
+"wyświetli pytanie, gdzie należy go umieścić. Zazwyczaj \"%s\" jest\n"
+"najbezpieczniejszym miejscem. Wybranie \"%s\" nie spowoduje zainstalowania\n"
+"żadnego programu rozruchowego. Użyj tej opcji tylko w przypadku gdy\n"
+"wiesz co robisz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Nadszedł czas na wybranie systemu drukowania. Inne systemy operacyjne\n"
+"mogą zaoferować jeden, lecz Mandriva Linux oferuje dwa. Każdy z tych\n"
+"systemów wydruku jest najlepszy dla określonego typu konfiguracji.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" oznaczający \"print, do not queue\" (drukuj, nie buforuj),\n"
+"może zostać wybrany, jeśli komputer jest bezpośrednio połączony z drukarką,\n"
+"jeśli nie boisz się zatorów papieru w drukarce lub też nie posiadasz\n"
+"drukarki sieciowej. (\"%s\" obsłuży tylko bardzo proste sieci i jest\n"
+"cokolwiek wolny w przypadku korzystania z innych sieci.)\n"
+"Wybranie opcji \"pdq\" jest zalecane, jeżeli jest to twoje pierwsze\n"
+"doświadczenie z GU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\"(zwykły system drukowania\n"
+"Uniksa), jest niezastąpiony, jeśli chodzi o drukowanie za pomocą drukarki\n"
+"lokalnej. Jest jednym z częściej używanych systemów drukowania. Jest on\n"
+"prosty i może pracować jako serwer lub też klient dla starożytnego systemu\n"
+"drukowania \"lpd\", więc pracować także ze starszymi systemami "
+"operacyjnymi,\n"
+"które wciąż potrzebują usług drukowania. Będąc całkiem wydajnym, podstawowa\n"
+"konfiguracja jest prawie tak łatwa jak w przypadku \"pdq\". Jeśli chcesz\n"
+"emulować serwer \"lpq\", upewnij się, że włączony jest demon \"cups-lpd\".\n"
+"\"%s\" zawiera graficzne nakładki do drukowania lub wyboru opcji\n"
+"służących do zarządzania drukarką.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jeśli wybór zostanie dokonany w tym miejscu, zaś później okaże się,\n"
+"że system wydruku nie odpowiada twoim potrzebom, można go zmienić,\n"
+"uruchamiając program PrinterDrake z Centrum Sterowania Mandriva.\n"
+"Należy tam także kliknąć przycisk \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Tryb zaawansowany"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalator próbuje najpierw wykryć urządzenia IDE obecne w komputerze.\n"
+"Wykrywana jest także jedna (lub więcej) karta PCI SCSI. Jeśli karta SCSI\n"
+"zostanie znaleziona, instalator automatycznie zainstaluje odpowiedni\n"
+"sterownik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Trzeba jednak przyznać, że proces wykrywania nie zawsze zakończy się\n"
+"wykryciem całego sprzętu. Jeśli taki przypadek zajdzie, należy ręcznie "
+"wybrać\n"
+"odpowiednie urządzenie.\n"
+"Jeśli istnieje potrzeba ręcznego wyboru karty SCSI, instalator zapyta, czy\n"
+"dla niej mają zostać ustawione jakiś opcje. Należy zezwolić na zbadanie\n"
+"sprzętu w celu ustawienia specyficznych dla karty opcji, które powinny "
+"zostać\n"
+"zainicjowane. Zazwyczaj działa to dobrze.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jeśli instalator nie będzie potrafił zbadać sprzętu w celu określenia,\n"
+"które z parametrów muszą zostać ustawione do poprawnego działania sprzętu,\n"
+"należy ręcznie skonfigurować sterownik."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": jeśli karta dźwiękowa została wykryta w systemie, jest ona\n"
+"wyświetlana w tym miejscu. Jeśli zauważysz, że wyświetlana karta\n"
+"nie jest tą, która jest aktualnie obecna w systemie, możesz kliknąć\n"
+"przycisk i wybrać inny sterownik."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalator przeglądowo zaprezentuje zestawienie różnych informacji, jakie\n"
+"posiada na temat systemu. W zależności od zainstalowanego sprzętu, można\n"
+"przejrzeć kilka (lub wszystkie) z poniższych pozycji. Każdej pozycji\n"
+"towarzyszy narzędzie konfiguracyjne umożliwiające jej zmianę, uruchamiane\n"
+"po kliknięciu przycisku \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sprawdzanie aktualnej konfiguracji układu klawiatury\n"
+"oraz możliwość jej zmiany.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sprawdzanie bieżącego wyboru kraju. Jeśli nie przebywasz\n"
+"w danym kraju, kliknij przycisk \"%s\" i zmień kraj na inny.\n"
+"Jeśli twój kraj nie znajduje się na pierwszej wyświetlanej liście,\n"
+"należy kliknąć przycisk \"%s\", aby uzyskać możliwość wyboru pozycji z\n"
+"pełnej listy krajów.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": domyślnie instalator ustawia strefę czasową\n"
+"w oparciu o wybrany kraj. Można kliknąć przycisk \"%s\", jeśli\n"
+"to ustawienie nie jest poprawne.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sprawdzanie bieżącej konfiguracji myszy oraz możliwość\n"
+"jej zmiany w razie potrzeby.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kliknięcie przycisku \"%s\" spowoduje otwarcie\n"
+"druida konfiguracji drukarki. Przeczytaj odpowiedni rozdział\n"
+"podręcznika, aby uzyskać więcej informacji na temat konfiguracji nowej\n"
+"drukarki. Interfejs wykorzystywany w tym miejscu jest podobny do tego,\n"
+"który jest używany w trakcie instalacji.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jeśli karta dźwiękowa została wykryta w systemie,\n"
+"zostanie ona tutaj wyświetlona. Jeśli zauważysz, że wyświetlona karta\n"
+"nie jest tą, która jest obecna w systemie, kliknij przycisk i wybierz\n"
+"inny sterownik.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jeśli w systemie została wykryta karta TV,\n"
+"jest ona tutaj wyświetlana. Jeśli posiadasz kartę telewizyjną, a nie\n"
+"została ona wykryta, kliknij przycisk \"%s\", aby spróbować\n"
+"skonfigurować ją ręcznie.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": można kliknąć przycisk \"%s\" aby zmienić parametry\n"
+"powiązane z kartą w przypadku niepoprawnej konfiguracji.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": domyślnie instalator konfiguruje interfejs\n"
+"graficzny w rozdzielczości \"800x600\" lub \"1024x768\". Jeśli chcesz\n"
+"wybrać inną opcję, kliknij przycisk \"%s\", aby zmienić ustawienie\n"
+"interfejsu graficznego.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jeśli chcesz skonfigurować połączenie z Internetem lub\n"
+"sieć lokalną użyj tej opcji. Zobacz na wydrukowaną dokumentację lub\n"
+"użyj Centrum Sterownia Mandriva Linux po zakończeniu instalacji,\n"
+"aby otrzymać pełną pomoc.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": umożliwia konfigurację adresów pośrednika HTTP i FTP,\n"
+"w przypadku gdy komputer znajduje się za serwerem pośrednika.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ta pozycja umożliwia zmianę ustawień\n"
+"poziomu bezpieczeństwa wybranych w poprzednim kroku ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jeśli planujesz łączenie komputera z Internetem,\n"
+"dobrym pomysłem jest zapewnienie ochrony przed włamaniami poprzez\n"
+"ustawienie zapory sieciowej. Przeczytaj odpowiedni\n"
+"rozdział podręcznika, aby uzyskać szczegóły dotyczące ustawień\n"
+"zapory sieciowej.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": w razie potrzeby można zmienić konfigurację programu\n"
+"rozruchowego. Kliknij odpowiedni przycisk. Ta opcja powinna być używana\n"
+"przez doświadczonych użytkowników.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tutaj można wybrać, które usługi będą uruchamiane na\n"
+"komputerze. Jeśli planujesz używać tego komputera jako serwera,\n"
+"dobrze jest przejrzeć te ustawienia."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Karta ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interfejs graficzny"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Wybierz dysk, który chcesz wykasować, by założyć na nim\n"
+"partycję Mandriva Linux. Pamiętaj, że wszystkie dane z tego\n"
+"dysku zostaną utracone bez możliwości odzyskania!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Wybierz \"%s\", jeśli chcesz usunąć wszystkie dane i partycje zapisane\n"
+"na tym dysku. Pamiętaj, po wybraniu \"%s\", nie będzie\n"
+"możliwe odzyskanie żadnych danych oraz partycji obecnych na dysku,\n"
+"włączając w to dane partycji Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wybierz \"%s\", by anulować tą operację bez utraty danych i partycji\n"
+"obecnych w systemie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Dalej ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Wstecz"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/pt.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/pt.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6123254ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/pt.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1943 @@
+# translation of pt.po to Português
+#
+# Latest versions of po files are at http://www.mandrivalinux.com/l10n/pt.php3
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Mandriva
+#
+# Fernando Moreira <fmoreira@netc.pt>, 1999.
+# Jorge Costa <Jorgercosta@netc.pt>, 2001.
+# José JORGE <jose.jorge@oreka.com>, 2002,2003.
+# Jose Jorge <jjorge@free.fr>, 2003, 2004, 2005.
+# Jose Carlos D. S. Saraiva <jose.d.s.saraiva@clix.pt>, 2004.
+# Zé <mmodem00@netvisao.pt>, 2004, 2005, 2006.
+# Américo José Melo <mmodem00@netvisao.pt>, 2004, 2005.
+# Ze <mmodem00@netvisao.pt>, 2004.
+# José Melo <mmodem00@gmail.com>, 2005.
+# José Melo <mmodme00@gmail.com>, 2005.
+# Jose JORGE <jjorge@free.fr>, 2005.
+# Zé <mmodem00@gmail.com>, 2006, 2007.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: pt\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-18 17:17+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Zé <mmodem00@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Português <pt@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de continuar, deve ler atentamente os termos da licença. A licença\n"
+"cobre toda a distribuição Mandriva Linux. Se concorda com todos os termos\n"
+"presentes, active a caixa \"%s\". Se não concorda, clique no botão \"%s\"\n"
+"para reiniciar o seu computador."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux é um sistema multi-utilizador, o que significa que cada "
+"utilizador\n"
+"tem as suas próprias preferências, ficheiros e por aí a fora. Mas ao invés\n"
+"do root, que é o administrador do sistema, os utilizadores que adiciona\n"
+"neste ponto não serão autorizador a fazer qualquer mudança, excepto os\n"
+"seus próprios ficheiros e configurações, protegendo o sistema de mudanças\n"
+"não intencionais ou maliciosas que poderiam ter impacto. Vai ter que criar\n"
+"pelo menos um utilizador regular para si próprio -- esta é a conta que pode\n"
+"usar por rotina, no dia-à-dia. Contudo é muito fácil entrar como root,\n"
+"para fazer o que quer que seja, pode também ser muito perigoso! Um\n"
+"simples erro pode significar que o seu sistema não volte a trabalhar.\n"
+"Se cometer um erro sério como utilizador regular, o pior que pode\n"
+"acontecer, é que possa perder alguma informação, mas não afectará\n"
+"todo o sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"O primeiro campo pergunta por um nome real. Claro que não é imperativo\n"
+"-- realmente até pode digitar o que quiser. O DrakX irá usar a primeira\n"
+"palavra que digitar neste campo e copiá-la para este campo \"%s\",\n"
+"que é o nome que este utilizador irá digitar para fazer se autenticar no\n"
+"sistema. O próximo passo é para digitar uma senha. De um posto de vista\n"
+"seguro, uma senha de um utilizador não privilegiado (regular) não é crucial\n"
+"como uma senha \"root\", mas não há razão para negligenciar a senha\n"
+"fazendo-a demasiado simples, ou simplesmente deixar em branco: claro\n"
+"que seriam os seus ficheiros que ficariam em risco.\n"
+"\n"
+"Assim que clicar em \"%s\",pode adicionar outros utilizadores. Adicionar\n"
+"um utilizador para cada um dos seus amigos, o seu pai, a sua irmã, etc.\n"
+"Clique em \"%s\" sempre que acabar de adicionar um utilizador.\n"
+"Ao clicar em \"%s\" permite-lhe mudar a \"shell\" predefinida para esse\n"
+"utilizador (bash por omissão).\n"
+"\n"
+"Quando terminar de adicionar utilizadores, será-lhe dado a escolher um\n"
+"utilizador que entrará automaticamente no sistema quando o computador\n"
+"arrancar. Se está interessado nessa opção (e não se importa com a\n"
+"segurança local), escolha o utilizador desejado e o gestor de janelas,\n"
+"depois clique em \"%s\".\n"
+"Se não está interessado nesta opção, desmarque a caixa \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Deseja usar esta opção?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui estão listadas partições Linux existentes detectadas no seu disco.\n"
+"Pode manter as escolhas feitas pelo assistente, desde que sejam boas\n"
+"para a maioria das instalações comuns. Se fizer alguma alteração, tem\n"
+"que pelo menos definir uma partição root (\"/\"). Não escolha uma partição\n"
+"demasiado pequena ou não será capaz de instalar todo o software.\n"
+"Se quiser guardar os seus dados numa partição separada, irá também\n"
+"precisar de criar uma partição \"/home\" (apenas possível se tiver mais\n"
+"do que uma parição Linux disponível).\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partição é listada como se segue: \"Nome\", \"Capacidade\".\n"
+"\n"
+"O \"Nome\" está estruturado: \"tipo do dispositivo do disco\", \"número do\n"
+"dispositivo\", \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"O tipo do dispositivo do disco\" é \"hd\" se o controlador do disco for\n"
+"um dispositivo IDE e \"sd\" se for um dispositivo SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"O número do dispositivo do disco\" é sempre uma letra a seguir a \"hd\"\n"
+"ou \"sd\". Para os dispositivos IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"dispositivo principal (master) do disco no primeiro\n"
+"controlador IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"dispositivo secundário (slave) do disco no primeiro\n"
+"controlador IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"dispositivo principal (master) do disco no segundo\n"
+"controlador IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"dispositivo secundário (slave) do disco no segundo\n"
+"controlador IDE\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Com os dispositivos SCSI, um \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI mais baixo\", um\n"
+"\"b\" significa \"ID SCSI segundo mais baixo\", etc."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"A instalação Mandriva Linux é distribuída em vários CD-ROMs. Se um pacote\n"
+"seleccionado estiver localizado noutro CD-ROM, o DrakX irá ejectar o actual\n"
+"CD e pedir para inserir o CD pedido. Se não tiver o CD em questão à mão,\n"
+"clique apenas em \"%s\", os pacote correspondentes não será instalados."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"É agora tempo de especificar que programas deseja instalar no seu\n"
+"sistema. Há centenas de pacotes disponíveis para o Mandriva Linux, e para\n"
+" simplificar a gestão, foram colocados em grupos de aplicações similares.\n"
+"\n"
+"O Mandriva Linux classifica os grupos de pacotes em quatro categorias.\n"
+"Pode misturar e combinar aplicações de várias categorias, para que a\n"
+"instalação de uma ``Estação de trabalho'' possa ainda ter aplicações da\n"
+"categoria ``Servidor'' instaladas.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se planeia usar a sua máquina como uma estação de trabalho,\n"
+"escolha um ou mais dos grupos dessa mesma categoria.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se planeia usar a sua máquina para programar, seleccione os\n"
+"grupos apropriados dentro dessa categoria. O grupo especial \"LSB\" irá\n"
+"configurar o seu sistema para que cumpra o mais possível com as \n"
+"especificações Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ao seleccionar o grupo \"LSB\" irá também instalar as séries kernel \"2.4"
+"\",\n"
+"em vez do \"2.6\" predefinido. Isto é para garantir concordância 100%%- LSB\n"
+"do sistema. No entanto, se não seleccionar o grupo \"LSB\", terá na mesma\n"
+"um sistema que é 100%% LSB-concordante.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se pretende que a sua máquina seja um servidor, seleccione\n"
+"qual dos serviços comuns deseja instalar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aqui é onde irá escolher o seu ambiente gráfico preferido. Pelo\n"
+" menos deve ser seleccionado se deseja ter um interface gráfico disponível.\n"
+"\n"
+"Movendo o cursor do rato sobre o nome de um grupo, irá mostrar um breve\n"
+"texto explanatório acerca desse grupo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pode seleccionar a caixa \"%s\", que é útil se está familiarizado com os\n"
+"pacotes oferecidos ou se quer ter controlo total sobre o que é instalado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se iniciar a instalação em modo \"%s\", pode desseleccionar todos os\n"
+"grupos e prevenir a instalação de novos pacotes. Isto é útil para reparar\n"
+"ou actualizar um sistema existente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se desseleccionar todos os grupos quando executa uma instalação regular\n"
+"(em oposição a uma actualização), um diálogo irá aparecer a sugestionar\n"
+"opções diferentes para uma instalação mínima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instala o número mínimo de pacotes possíveis para ter um\n"
+"ambiente gráfico instalado.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instala o sistema base mais utilidades básicas e a sua\n"
+"documentação. Esta instalação é apropriada para configurar um servidor.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": irá instalar o número mínimo absoluto de pacotes necessários\n"
+"para ter um sistema Linux funcional. Com esta instalação irá apenas ter um\n"
+"interface de linha de comandos. O tamanho total desta instalação é cerca\n"
+"de 65 megabytes."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Actualizar"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Com documentação básica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Verdadeira instalação mínima"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Se escolheu instalar pacotes individualmente, o instalador irá apresentar\n"
+"uma árvore contendo todos os pacotes classificados por grupos e subgrupos.\n"
+"Enquanto pesquisa na árvore, pode seleccionar grupos inteiros, subgrupos,\n"
+"ou pacotes individuais.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sempre que seleccionar um pacote na árvore, uma descrição irá aparecer\n"
+"à sua direita para o informar acerca do propósito desse pacote.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Se um pacote servidor foi seleccionado, ou porque escolheu\n"
+"especificamente o pacote individual ou porque fazia parte de um grupo de\n"
+"pacotes, será-lhe pedido para confirmar que realmente quer que esses\n"
+"servidores sejam instalados. Por omissão o Mandriva Linux irá\n"
+"automaticamente iniciar qualquer serviço instalado no arranque. Mesmo\n"
+"que sejam seguros e não tenham qualquer problema conhecido na altura\n"
+"da saída da distribuição, é bem possível que sejam descobertos 'buracos'\n"
+"na segurança a seguir à finalização desta versão Mandriva Linux. Se não\n"
+"souber que serviço particular é suposto fazer ou porque é instalado, então\n"
+"clique em \"%s\". Ao clicar em \"%s\" irá instalar os serviços listados e\n"
+"serºao iniciados automaticamente no arranque. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"A opção \"%s\" é usada para desactivar o dialogo de aviso que\n"
+"aparece sempre que o instalador escolhe automaticamente um pacote\n"
+"para resolver problemas de dependências. alguns pacotes dependem de\n"
+"outros e a instalação de um determinado pacote pode requerer a instalação\n"
+"de outro pacote. O instalador pode determinar que pacotes são necessários\n"
+"para satisfazer uma dependência para terminar com sucesso a instalação.\n"
+"\n"
+"O pequeno ícone de disquete no fundo desta lista permite-lhe carregar uma\n"
+"lista de pacotes escolhida durante uma instalação anterior. Isto é útil se\n"
+"tiver um número de máquinas que deseja configurar identicamente. Ao\n"
+"clicar neste ícone irá-lhe pedir para inserir uma disquete criada no fim\n"
+"de outra instalação. Veja a segunda dica do último passo sobre como criar\n"
+"essa disquete."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dependências automáticas"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ao clicar no botão \"%s\"irá iniciar o assistente de configuração "
+"de\n"
+"impressoras. Consulte o capítulo correspondente no ''Guia do Utilizador''\n"
+"para obter mais informações sobre como configurar uma nova impressora.\n"
+"O interface apresentado no nosso manual é semelhante ao usado durante\n"
+"a instalação."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Este diálogo é usado para escolher que serviços deseja iniciar no arranque.\n"
+"\n"
+"O DrakX irá listar todos os serviços disponíveis na actual instalação\n"
+"Reveja cada um deles cuidadosamente e desmarque aqueles que não são\n"
+"necessários no arranque.\n"
+"\n"
+"Um breve texto de introdução será mostrado acerca do serviço quando\n"
+"este é seleccionado. No entanto, se não tem certeza se o serviço é útil\n"
+"ou não, é mais seguro deixa-lo como estava.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Nesta altura, tenha muito cuidado se deseja usar a sua máquina como\n"
+"um servidor: provavelmente não quererá iniciar qualquer serviço que\n"
+"não conheça. Por favor lembre-se que alguns serviços podem ser\n"
+"perigosos se forem activados num servidor. Em geral, seleccione\n"
+"apenas aqueles servque realmente precisa. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"O GNU/Linux gere o tempo em GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) e traduz em\n"
+"hora local conforme a zona que escolheu. Se o relógio da sua placa mãe\n"
+"estiver definido para hora local, pode desactivar isto ao de-seleccionar \n"
+"\"%s\", que dará indicação ao GNU/Linux que o relógio do\n"
+"sistema e o de material estão no mesmo fuso horário. É muito útil\n"
+"quando a máquina 'opera' outro sistema operativo.\n"
+"\n"
+"A opção \"%s\" irá regular automaticamente o relógio do sistema ao\n"
+"ligar-se a um servidor horário remoto na Internet. Para esta opção\n"
+"funcionar, precisa ter uma conexão internet activa. Recomendamos\n"
+"que escolha um servidor horário localizado perto de si. Na realidade,\n"
+"esta opção instala um servidor horário que poderá ser usado por outras\n"
+"máquinas na sua rede local."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sincronização automática da hora"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Placa Gráfica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalmente o instalador detecta e configura automáticamente \n"
+"a placa gráfica instalada na sua máquina. Se isto não é correcto,\n"
+"pode escolher da lista a placa que tem instalada.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Na caso caso de existirem vários servidores disponíveis para a sua "
+"placa,\n"
+"com ou sem aceleração 3D, ser-lhe-á pedido que escolha o servidor\n"
+"que melhor sirva as suas necessidades."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (para Sistema X Window) é o coração do interface gráfico GNU/Linux no\n"
+"qual todos os ambientes gráficos (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker,\n"
+"etc.) fornecidos com o Mandriva Linux, funcionam.\n"
+"\n"
+"Irá ver uma lista de parâmetros diferentes para mudar, para poder\n"
+"ter uma boa apresentação gráfica\n"
+"\n"
+"Placa Gráfica\n"
+"\n"
+"   O instalador irá normalmente detectar e configurar automaticamente\n"
+"a placa gráfica da sua máquina. Se isto não estiver correcto, pode\n"
+"escolher da lista a placa gráfica que tem instalada.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Se na situação de haver diferentes servidores disponíveis para a sua\n"
+"placa, com ou sem aceleração 3D, será-lhe dado a escolher o servidor\n"
+"que melhor sirva as suas necessidades\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalmente o instalador irá automaticamente detectar e configurar o\n"
+"ecrã/monitor ligado á sua máquina. Se não estiver correcto, pode escolher\n"
+"da lista o monitor que está ligado ao seu computador.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolução\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aqui pode escolher as resoluções e cores disponíveis para o seu\n"
+"material gráfico. Escolha o que melhor sirva as suas necessidades\n"
+"(poderá fazer alterações a seguir à instalação)\n"
+"Um exemplo da configuração escolhida é mostrada no ecrã.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Teste\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dependendo do seu material, esta entrada poderá não apareder.\n"
+"\n"
+"   S sistema irá tentar abrir um ecrã gráfico na resolução escolhida.\n"
+"Se conseguir ver a mensagem teste durante o teste e responder \"%s\",\n"
+"então o DrakX irá proceder á etapa seguinte. Se não o vir, então\n"
+"significa que alguma parte da configuração auto detectada está\n"
+"incorrecta e o teste irá acabar automáticamente ao fim de 12 segundos,\n"
+"e retornará ao menu. Mude as configurações até obtenha a correcta\n"
+"disposição gráfica.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opções\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aqui pode escolher se deseja que o computador arranque\n"
+"automáticamente em modo gráfico. De facto, pode querer verificar\n"
+"\"%s\" se a sua máquina é um servidor, ou se não conseguir obter\n"
+"uma boa configuração de ecrã."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalmente o instalador detectar e configurar automaticamente o\n"
+"monitor ligado à sua máquina. Se não estiver correcto, pode escolher desta\n"
+"lista o monitor que está ligado ao computador."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolução\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aqui pode escolher uma resolução e uma profundidade de cor entre as\n"
+"disponíveis para o seu material. Escolha a que melhor se adapta às\n"
+"suas necessidades (poderá, no entanto, alterar após a instalação). Uma\n"
+"amostra da configuração escolhida será apresentada no monitor."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Na situação, onde há diferentes servidores disponíveis para a sua placa,\n"
+"com ou sem aceleração 3D, é-lhe pedido que escolha o servidor que\n"
+"melhor sirva as suas necessidades."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opções\n"
+"\n"
+"   Este passo permite-lhe escolher se quer que a sua máquina "
+"automáticamente\n"
+"mude para um interface gráfico ao arrancar. Obviamente, pode querer "
+"seleccionar\n"
+"\"%s\" se a sua máquina está para agir como um servidor, ou se não foi bem\n"
+"sucedido a configurar o monitor."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Agora precisa decidir onde deseja instalar o sistema operativo\n"
+"Mandriva Linux no seu disco rígido. Se o seu disco rígido estiver vazio\n"
+"ou, se um sistema operativo existente usa todo o espaço disponível,\n"
+"irá ser preciso particionar o disco. Básicamente, particionar um disco\n"
+"rígido significa dividi-lo de maneira lógica para criar o espaço\n"
+"necessário para instalar o seu novo sistema Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Como os efeitos da operação de particionamento são geralmente\n"
+"irreversíveis, e pode levar a perda de dados, particionar pode ser\n"
+"intimidante para um utilizador inexperiente. Felizmente, o DrakX tem\n"
+"um assistente que simplifica o processo.Antes de avançar para o\n"
+"próximo passo lê pelo resto da secção e todo o resto, leve o tempo\n"
+"que achar necessário.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dependendo da configuração do disco rígido, várias opções\n"
+"estão disponíveis.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Esta opção irá automaticamente particionar o(s) disco(s)\n"
+"vazio(s). Se usar esta opção, não irão haver mais perguntas.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". O assistente detectou uma ou mais partições Linux no disco\n"
+"rígido. Se as deseja usar, escolha esta opção. Será-lhe então pedido\n"
+"para escolher o ponto de montagem associado a cada partição. Os\n"
+"pontos habituais de montagem são seleccionados por omissão, e para\n"
+" a maioria é uma boa ideia mantê-los assim.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Se a Microsoft Windows é instalada no seu disco rígido e \n"
+"utiliza todo o espaço disponível, irá ter que criar espaço livre para o\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Para o fazer, pode apagar a sua partição Microsoft Windows\n"
+"e dados (ver a solução ``Apagar o disco todo'') ou redimensionar a partição\n"
+"FAT ou NTFS do Microsoft Windows. O redimensionamento pode ser feito\n"
+"sem a perda de qualquer dado, desde que previamente tenha desfragmentado\n"
+"a partição Windows. Recomenda-se que faça cópias de segurança.\n"
+"Recomenda-se que use esta opção, se quer usar os dois sistemas\n"
+"operativos, Mandriva Linux e Microsoft Windows no mesmo computador.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Antes de escolher esta opção, por favor compreenda que a seguir a este\n"
+"procedimento, o tamanho da partição do seu Microsoft Windows será mais\n"
+"pequeno. Terá menos espaço livre no Microsoft Windows para gravar os\n"
+"seus dados ou instalar novo software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Se deseja apagar todos os dados e todas as partições presentes\n"
+"no disco rígido e substituí-los pelo seu novo sistema Mandriva Linux,\n"
+"escolha esta opção. Seja cuidadoso, porque não será mais capaz de\n"
+"desfazer esta operação após ter confirmado.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Se escolher esta opção, todos os dados no disco serão apagados!!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Esta opção aparece quando o disco rígido é inteiramente do\n"
+"sistema Microsoft Windows. Escolher esta opção irá simplesmente apagar\n"
+"tudo no disco e começar de novo a particionar tudo do princípio.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Se escolher esta opção, todos os dados no disco vai ser perdidos. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Escolha esta opção se deseja particionar manualmente o seu\n"
+"disco rígido. Tenha cuidado -- é uma opção potente mas perigosa e pode\n"
+"muito facilmente perder todos os seus dados. É por isso que esta opção\n"
+"é apenas recomendada a alguém que já tenha feito alguma coisa parecida\n"
+"anteriormente e tenha alguma experiência. Para mais instruções em como\n"
+"usar a utilidade DiskDrake, refira-se à secção ``Gerir As Suas Partições''\n"
+"no  ``Guia Inicial''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Usar partição existente"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Apagar disco inteiro"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Parabéns, a instalação está agora completa e o seu sistema GNU/Linux\n"
+"está pronto a ser usado. Clique em \"%s\" para reiniciar o sistema.\n"
+"Não se esqueça de remover a média de instalação (CD-ROM ou disquete).\n"
+"A primeira coisa que deve ver a seguir ao computador acabar os testes\n"
+"de material, é o menu do carregador de arranque, dando-lhe a opção\n"
+"de escolher qual o sistema operativo a iniciar.\n"
+"\n"
+"O botão \"%s\" mostra mais dois botões para:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permite-lhe criar uma disquete de instalação que irá\n"
+"automáticamente executar uma instalação completa sem a ajuda de\n"
+"um operador similar ao da instalação que ainda agora configurou.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note que duas opções diferentes são disponíveis depois de clicar\n"
+"naquele botão:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Isto é uma instalação parcial automática. O passo de\n"
+"particionar é o único procedimento interactivo.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Instalação completamente automática: o disco rígido\n"
+"é completamente reescrito, todos os dados serão perdidos.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Esta opção é muito prática para instalar várias máquinas similares.\n"
+"Veja a secção Auto Instalação no nosso sítio web para mais\n"
+"informações.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): grava uma lista de pacotes seleccionados na instalação.\n"
+"Para usar esta selecção com outra instalação, insira uma disquete\n"
+"e inicie a instalação. Na linha de comandos, prima a tecla [F1],\n"
+"digite >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< e prima a tecla [Enter].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Precisa de uma disquete formatada FAT. Para criar uma em GNU/Linux,\n"
+"digite \"mformat a:\", ou \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" seguido de \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Gerar disquete auto-instal"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Se escolher usar algumas partições GNU/Linux, pode querer formatar\n"
+"algumas delas e apagar os dados nelas contidos. Para o fazer, por favor\n"
+"escolha essas partições.\n"
+"\n"
+"Por favor note que não é necessário formatar todas a partições já\n"
+"existentes. Tem que formatar as partições que tenham sistemas\n"
+"operativos (tais como \"/\", \"/usr\" ou \"/var\") mas não tem que\n"
+"formatar partições que contenham dados que deseja manter\n"
+"(tipicamente \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Por favor tenha atenção quando seleccionar as partições. A seguir à\n"
+"formatação estar completa, todos os dados nas partições seleccionadas\n"
+"serão perdidos e não será capaz de os recuperar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clique em \"%s\" quando estiver pronto para formatar as partições.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clique em \"%s\" se deseja escolher outra partição para o seu novo\n"
+"sistema operativo Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clique em \"%s\" se deseja escolher partições para verificar se\n"
+"fisicamente há blocos defeituosos (\"bad blocks\") no disco."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"No momento que instala o Mandriva Linux, é quase certo que alguns\n"
+"pacotes terão sido actualizados desde a distribuição inicial. Alguns\n"
+"erros podem ter sido corrigidos, e problemas de segurança resolvidos.\n"
+"Para lhe permitir beneficiar destas actualizações, está agora apto\n"
+"a fazer a transferi-las da Internet. Escolha \"%s\" se tem uma\n"
+"conexão Internet activa, ou \"%s\" se preferir instalar os\n"
+"pacotes actualizados mais tarde.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ao escolher \"%s\" mostra uma lista das localizações web de onde as\n"
+"actualizações podem ser transferidas. Deve escolher a que estiver\n"
+"mais perto de si. Irá aparecer uma selecção de pacotes em árvore:\n"
+"reveja a selecção, e clique em \"%s\" para transferir e instalar os\n"
+"pacotes seleccionados, ou clique em \"%s\" para abortar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta fase, o DrakX irá permitir-lhe escolher o nível de segurança desejado\n"
+"para a sua máquina. Como regra de ouro, o nível de segurança deve ser maior\n"
+"quando a máquina contém informação crucial, ou quando está directamente\n"
+"exposta à internet. Porém, um nível de segurança superior, geralmente é\n"
+"obtido á custa de menos facilidade de uso/manuseamento.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se não sabe o que escolher, deixe o valor predefinido. Poderá alterá-lo\n"
+"mais tarde com a ferramenta draksec, que faz parte do Centro de Controlo\n"
+"Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Preencha o campo \"%s\" com o endereço de correio electrónico da pessoa\n"
+"responsável pela segurança. As mensagens de segurança serão enviadas\n"
+"para esse endereço."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Administrador de Segurança"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Neste fase, precisa escolher que partições vão ser utilizadas para a\n"
+"instalação do seu sistema Mandriva Linux. Se já foram definidas partições,\n"
+"seja por uma instalação anterior do GNU/Linux seja por outra ferramenta de\n"
+"particionamento, pode utilizar-las . Senão, precisa definir partições no\n"
+"disco rígido.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para criar partições, tem primeiro que escolher um disco rígido. Pode\n"
+"escolher o disco que quer particionar clicando em ``hda'' para o primeiro\n"
+"disco IDE, ``hdb'' para o segundo, ``sda'' para o primeiro disco SCSI e\n"
+"por aí adiante.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para particionar o disco selecionado, pode usar estas opções:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta opção apaga todas as partições do disco seleccionado\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta opção permite criar automaticamente partições\n"
+"ext3 e partições swap no espaço livre do seu disco\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": dá acesso para opções adicionais:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": grava a tabela das partições para uma disquete. Útil para\n"
+"mais tarde recuperar a tabela das partições, se necessário. É fortemente\n"
+"recomendado que execute este passo.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permite restaurar uma tabela de partições anteriormente\n"
+"gravada numa disquete;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se a sua tabela das partições está danificada, pode-a tentar\n"
+"recuperar com esta opção. Por favor esteja atento e lembre-se que isto\n"
+"nem sempre resulta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": apaga todas as alterações e recarrega a tabela de partições\n"
+"que estava originalmente no disco.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": desmarque esta opção para forçar os utilizadores a montar\n"
+"e desmontar manualmente as médias amoviveis como disquetes e CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use esta opção se deseja usar um assistente para particionar o\n"
+"disco rígido. Isto é recomendado se não tem um bom conhecimento de \n"
+"como se faz um bom particionamento do disco.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use esta opção para cancelar as alterações.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permite acções suplementares nas partições (tipo, opções,\n"
+"formatar) e dá mais informações sobre o disco rígido.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": quando tiver acabado de particionar o seu disco rígido, isto irá\n"
+"gravar as suas alterações no disco.\n"
+"\n"
+"Quando a definir o tamanho de uma partição, pode finalmente configurar\n"
+"o tamanho usando as teclas de setas do seu teclado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nota: pode chegar a qualquer opção usando o teclado. Navegue através\n"
+"das partições usando as teclas [Tab] e as setas [Subir/Descer].\n"
+"\n"
+"Quando uma partição é selecionada, pode usar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c para criar uma nova partição (quando escolhe uma partição vazia)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d para apagar uma partição\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m para definir o ponto de montagem\n"
+"\n"
+"Para obter mais informações acerca dos diferentes tipos de sistemas de\n"
+"ficheiros disponíveis, por favor leia o capítulo ext2FS do ``Manual de\n"
+"Referência''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se está a instalar numa máquina PPC, irá querer criar umas pequena partição\n"
+"de arranque HFS com pelo menos 1MB, que será usada pelo carregador de\n"
+"arranque yaboot. Se optar por criar uma partição maior, tipo 50MB, pode-lhe\n"
+"ser útil para gravar um kernel e a uma imagem ramdisk para situações de\n"
+"de emergência."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automontagem dos dispositivos amovíveis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Alterna entre os modos normal/perito"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Mais do que uma partição Microsoft foi detectada no seu disco rígido.\n"
+"Por favor escolha qual deseja redimencionar para poder instalar o seu\n"
+"novo sistema operativo Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partição é listada da seguinte maneira: \"Nome Linux\",\n"
+"\"Nome Windows\", \"Capacidade\".\n"
+"\n"
+"O \"Nome Linux\" é estruturado: \"tipo de disco rígido\",\n"
+" \"numero de disco\", \"numero da partição\" (por exemplo, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"O \"Tipo de Disco\" é \"hd\" se o disco rígido é IDE e \"sd\" se é um\n"
+"disco rígido SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"O \"Numero de disco\" é sempre uma letra depois de \"hd\" ou \"sd\".\n"
+"Com os discos rígidos IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"disco rígido master no controlador IDE principal\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"disco rígido slave no controlador IDE principal\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"disco rígido master no controlador IDE segundario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"disco rígido slave no controlador IDE segundario\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Com os discos rígidos SCSI, um \"a\" significa \"SCSI ID mais baixo\",\n"
+"um \"b\" significa \"segundo SCSI ID mais baixo\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"O \"nome Windows\" é a letra do seu disco rígido sob Windows\n"
+"(o primeiro disco ou partição é chamado \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": verifique o país seleccionado. Se não está neste país, clique no\n"
+"botão \"%s\" e escolha outro. Se o seu país não estiver na lista dada,\n"
+"clique no botão \"%s\" para obter a lista completa dos países."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Este passo só fica disponível se uma partição GNU/Linux existente for\n"
+"encontrada na sua máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+"O DrakX agora precisa saber se deseja fazer uma nova instalação ou uma\n"
+"actualização num sistema Mandriva Linux existente:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Para a maior parte, isto apaga completamente o sistema antigo.\n"
+"No entanto, dependendo no seu esquema de particionamento, pode prevenir\n"
+"que parte dos seus dados existentes (principalmente os directórios \"home"
+"\")\n"
+"sejam substituídos. Se desejar alterar como o particionamento dos seus\n"
+"discos rígidos é feito, ou mudar o seu sistema de ficheiros, deve usar esta "
+"opção.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Este tipo de instalação permite actualizar os pacotes "
+"actualmente\n"
+"instalados no seu sistema Mandriva Linux. O seu actual esquema de\n"
+"particionamento, assim como os dados dos utilizadores não serão alterados.\n"
+"A maior parte dos outros passos da configuração permanece disponível e "
+"similar a uma instalação standard.\n"
+"\n"
+"A opção ``Actualizar'' deverá funcionar correctamente nos sistemas\n"
+"Mandriva Linux versão \"8.1\" ou superior. É desaconselhável actualizar\n"
+"versões anteriores à versão \"8.1\" do Mandriva Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependendo da linguagem que escolhe (), o DrakX irá automáticamente\n"
+"escolher um determinado tipo de configuração do teclado. Seleccione a opção\n"
+"que melhor lhe sirva ou escolha outra disposição de teclado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Também, pode não ter um teclado que corresponde exactamente à sua\n"
+"linguagem: por exemplo, se é Francês mas fala Português, pode desejar,\n"
+"mesmo assim um teclado Francês. Ou se fala Português mas vive em\n"
+"Inglaterra, irá encontrar-se na mesma situação. Nos dois casos, pode\n"
+"escolher o teclado apropriado da lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clique no botão \"%s\" para obter a lista de todos os teclados suportados.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se escolheu a disposição de um teclado baseado num alfabeto diferente de\n"
+"latim, o próximo diálogo irá-lhe permitir escolher a mapeação de teclas que\n"
+"lhe permita mudar o teclado entre uma disposição Latim uma não Latim."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"O primeiro passo, é escolher a sua linguagem preferida.\n"
+"\n"
+"A sua escolha da linguagem preferida irá afectar o instalador, a\n"
+"documentação, e o sistema em geral. Primeiro seleccione a região\n"
+"onde está localizado, depois a linguagem que fala.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ao clicar no botão \"%s\" irá permitir-lhe escolher outras linguagens\n"
+"para instalar na sua área de trabalho, consequentemente instalará os\n"
+"ficheiros para a documentação do sistema e aplicações referentes à\n"
+"linguagem especificada . Porexemplo, se utilizadores espanhóis estão\n"
+"para usar a sua máquina, escolha Inglês como linguagem predefinida\n"
+"na vista em árvore e \"%s\" na secção Avançada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sobre o suporte UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode é uma codificação de caracter\n"
+"feito para cobrir todas as linguagens existentes. No entanto o seu suporte\n"
+"completo em GNU/Linux ainda está a ser desenvolvido. Por essa razão,\n"
+"o uso de UTF-8 em Mandriva Linux depende das escolhas do utilizador:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Se escolher uma linguagem com um forte legado de codificação\n"
+"(linguagens latin1, Russo, Japonês, ChinêsCoreano, Tailandês, grego, turco,\n"
+"maior parte de linguagens iso-8859-2), o legado da codificação será usado\n"
+"por omissão\n"
+"\n"
+" * Outras linguagens irão usar unicode por omissão;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finalmente, o unicode pode também ser forçado para uso através do\n"
+"por um pedido do utilizador ao selecionar a opção \"%s\",\n"
+"independentemente como as linguagens tenham sido escolhidas.\n"
+"\n"
+"Notar que não está limitado a escolher uma única linguagem adicional.\n"
+"Pode escolher várias, ou até instala-las ao seleccionar a caixa\"%s\".\n"
+"Seleccionar suporte para uma linguagem, quer dizer traduções, fontes,\n"
+"verificadores de ortografia, etc., que será também instalados para essa\n"
+"linguagem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para trocar entre as várias linguagens instaladas no seu sistema, pode\n"
+"correr o comando \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" como \"root\" para mudar a\n"
+"linguagem usada por todo o sistema. Correndo o comando como utilizador\n"
+"normal , irá apenas mudar as configurações da linguagem para esse\n"
+"utilizador em particular."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanhol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Usualmente, o DrakX não tem problemas em detectar o numero de botões\n"
+"no seu rato. Se tiver, assume que tem um rato de dois botões e irá\n"
+"configurá-lo para a emulação do terceiro botão. O terceiro botão de um rato\n"
+"de dois botões, pode ser obtido por simultaneamente clicar nos botões\n"
+"esquerdo e direito. O DrakX irá automaticamente saber se o seu rato usa\n"
+"um interface PS/2 ou USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se tem um rato de 3 botões sem roda, pode escolher um rato \"%s\".\n"
+"O DrakX irá então configurar o seu rato para que possa simular a roda: para\n"
+"o fazer, prima o botão do meio e mova o apontador do seu rato para cima\n"
+"e para baixo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se por alguma razão deseja especificar um tipo diferente de rato, "
+"seleccione\n"
+"o tipo desejado a partir da lista fornecida.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pode escolher a entrada \"%s\" para escolher um rato ``genérico'' que\n"
+"trabalhe praticamente com todos os ratos.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se escolher outro rato diferente do predefinido, um teste no ecrã será\n"
+"mostrado. Use os botões e a roda para verificar se as configurações estão\n"
+"correctas e o rato está a trabalhar correctamente. Se o rato não estiver\n"
+"a funcionar bem, prima a tecla espaço ou [Return] para cancelar o teste\n"
+"e retornar à lista de ratos.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ocasionalmente a roda do rato não é detectada automaticamente, então é\n"
+"necessário seleccionar o rato da lista. Certifique-se que selecciona o\n"
+"correspondente à porta a que o seu rato está ligado. Depois de seleccionar\n"
+"o rato e premir o botão \"%s\", uma imagem será mostrada no ecrã a mover\n"
+"a roda. Teste os botões e verifique se o apontador do rato se move no ecrã \n"
+"assim como move o rato."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "com emulação de Roda"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Qualquer rato PS/2 & USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor escolha a porta correcta. Por exemplo, em Windows é \"COM1\",\n"
+"em GNU/Linux já é \"ttyS0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Este é o ponto mais crucial de decisão para a segurança do seu sistema\n"
+"GNU/Linux: deve escolher a senha do \"root\". O \"root\" é o administrador\n"
+"do sistema e é o único utilizador autorizado para fazer actualizações,\n"
+"adicionar utilizadores, mudar a configuração global do sistema, e por aí a\n"
+" fora. Em poucas palavras, o \"root\" pode fazer tudo! É por isso que deve\n"
+"escolher uma senha que seja difícil de adivinhar: o DrakX irá-lhe dizer se\n"
+"a senha que escolheu é muito simples. Como pode ver, não é obrigado a\n"
+"digitar uma senha, mas aconselhamos vivamente a não o fazer.O GNU/Linux\n"
+"é tão propenso ao erro do operador como qualquer outro sistema operativo.\n"
+"Já que o \"root\" pode ultrapassar todas as limitações e involuntariamente\n"
+"apagar todos os dados nas partições ao aceder descuidadamente a estas,\n"
+"é muito importante que haja dificuldades em aceder/tornar-se \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"A senha deve ser uma mistura de caracteres alfa numéricos e com pelos\n"
+"menos 8 caracteres de comprimento.Nunca aponte a senha do \"root\" --\n"
+"torna demasiado fácil comprometer o seu sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Uma advertência: não faça a senha demasiado longa ou muito complicada\n"
+"para que seja capaz de se lembrar dela.\n"
+"\n"
+"A senha não vai ser mostrada no ecrã à medida que a escreve. Para reduzir\n"
+"a hipótese de ser mal digitado, é necessário que a senha seja digitada duas\n"
+"vezes. Se lhe acontecer o mesmo erro duas vezes, aí terá que usar essa\n"
+"senha ``incorrecta'' na primeira vez que tentar ligar-se como \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Se deseja um servidor de autenticação para controlar o acesso ao seu\n"
+"computador, clique em \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Se a sua rede usa seja LDAP, NIS ou a autenticação de serviços para um\n"
+"domínio PDC Windows, seleccione o apropriado para \"%s\".\n"
+"Se não sabe qual usar, deve perguntar ao administrador da sua rede.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se lhe acontecer ter problemas em relembrar senhas, ou se o seu\n"
+"computador nunca for conectado à Internet, se confia em toda a gente que\n"
+"usa o seu computador, aí pode escolher em ter \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Autenticação"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"O carregador de arranque é um pequeno programa que é iniciado pelo\n"
+"computador no seu arranque. É responsável pela inicialização de todo o\n"
+"sistema. Normalmente, a fase de instalação do gestor de arranque é\n"
+"completamente automática. O DrakX irá analisar o sector de arranque do\n"
+"disco e agir de acordo com o que lá encontrar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * se encontrar um sector de arranque Windows, irá trocá-lo por um sector\n"
+"de arranque GRUB/LILO. Desta maneira será capaz de escolher entre carregar\n"
+"o GNU/Linux ou qualquer outro Sistema Operativo instalado na sua máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+" * se encontrar um sector de arranque GRUB ou LILO, irá trocá-lo por um "
+"novo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se o DrakX não conseguir determinar onde deve colocar o sector de arranque,\n"
+"irá-lhe perguntar onde o quer colocar. Geralmente, o \"%s\" é o local mais\n"
+"seguro. Ao escolher \"%s\" nenhum gestor de arranque será instalado. Use\n"
+"esta opção apenas se souber o que está a fazer."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Agora, é tempo de escolher o sistema de impressão para o seu computador.\n"
+"Outros sistemas operativos podem oferecer um, mas o Mandriva Linux\n"
+"oferece dois. Cada um dos sistemas de impressão é bem servido para tipos\n"
+"particulares de configuração.\n"
+"\n"
+".*.\"%s\" -- que é um anacronismo para ``imprimir, não meter em fila'',\n"
+"é a escolha se tem uma conexão directa à sua impressora e deseja poder\n"
+"parar tudo nos erros de impressão, e não tem impressoras em rede.\n"
+"(\"%s\" só irá gerir os casos mais simples de rede e é algo lento quando\n"
+"usado em redes). Recomenda-se que use \"lpd\" se é a sua primeira\n"
+"experiência com GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+".*.\"%s\" -- O `` Sistema de Impressão Comum Unix'', é excelente para\n"
+"imprimir para a sua impressora local e também para o outro lado do\n"
+"mundo. É simples e pode agir como servidor ou cliente para o antigo\n"
+"sistema de impressão \"lpd\". Portanto, é compatível com os sistemas\n"
+"anteriores. Pode fazer muitas coisas, mas a configuração de base é\n"
+"quase tão simples como \"lpd\". Se precisa dele para emular um\n"
+"servidor \"lpd\", tem que activar o servidor \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\" tem\n"
+"interfaces gráficos para imprimir ou escolher as opções de impressão.\n"
+"\n"
+"Poderá mudar a sua escolha de sistema após a instalação correndo o\n"
+"PrinterDrake a partir do Centro de Controlo Mandriva Linux e clicando\n"
+"no botão \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Perito"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"O DrakX irá primeiro detectar os dispositivos IDE presentes no seu\n"
+"computador. Irá também procurar por um ou mais adaptadores PCI SCSI\n"
+"no seu sistema. Se um adaptador SCSI for encontrado, o DrakX irá\n"
+"automáticamente instalar o controlador apropriado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Porque a detecção de material não é a toda a prova, o DrakX pode falhar\n"
+"a detectar os discos rígidos. Se isso acontecer, terá de indicar o seu\n"
+"material á mão..\n"
+"\n"
+"Se tiver que o especificar manualmente o seu adaptador PCI SCSI, o DrakX\n"
+"irá-lhe perguntar se quer configurar as opções deste. Deve permitir que o\n"
+"DrakX verifique o material para as opções específicas das placas que são\n"
+"necessárias para inicializar o adaptador. Na maior parte do tempo, o DrakX\n"
+"irá executar este passo sem qualquer problema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se o DrakX não conseguir verificar quais são as opções que automáticamente\n"
+"determinem que parâmetros são necessários para o material em questão, irá\n"
+"precisar de configurar o controlador manualmente."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": se foi detectada uma placa de som no seu sistema, será\n"
+"listada aqui. Se verificar que a placa de som listada não é a placa que "
+"está\n"
+"presente no seu sistema, pode clicar no botão e escolher outro controaldor."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Em revisão, o DrakX irá apresentar um sumário que junta a informação\n"
+"recolhida sobre o seu sistema. Dependendo do material instalado na sua\n"
+" máquina, poderá ter uma ou todas das seguintes entradas.\n"
+"Cada entrada é feita sobre o item de material para ser configurado,\n"
+"seguido de um rápido sumário da corrente configuração.\n"
+"Clica no botão correspondente \"%s\" para fazer as alterações.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique a configuração actual do mapa do teclado corrente\n"
+"e mude-a se necessário.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique a selecção de país actual. Se não estiver neste país,\n"
+"clique no botão \"%s\" e escolha outro. Se o seu país não aparecer na lista\n"
+"mostrada, clica no botão \"%s\" para obter a lista completa de países.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": por omissão, o DrakX escolhe o fuso horário do país\n"
+"escolhido. Pode clicar no botão \"%s\" se esta não é a opção correcta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique a actual configuração do rato e clique no botão para\n"
+"mudar se necessário.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clique no botão \"%s\" para abrir o assistente de configuração\n"
+"de impressoras. Consulte o capítulo correspondente do ``Guia do "
+"Utilizador'',\n"
+"para mais informação sobre como configurar uma nova impressora.\n"
+"O interface apresentado no nosso manual, é similar ao usado na instalação.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se uma placa de som for detectada no seu sistema,será mostrada\n"
+"aqui. SE notar que a placa de som não é actualmente presente no seu\n"
+"sistema, pode clicar no botão para escolher um controlador diferente.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se tem uma placa de TV, é aqui que a informação acerca da\n"
+"configuração é mostrada, Se tem uma placa de TV e não é detectada,\n"
+"clique em \"%s\" para a tentar configurar manualmente.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": pode clicar em \"%s\" para mudar os parâmetros associados\n"
+"com a placa se acha que a configuração está errada.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": por omissão, o DrakX configura o seu interface gráfico nas\n"
+"resoluções \"800x600\" ou \"1024x768\". Se isso não lhe serve, pode\n"
+"clicar em \"%s\" para configurar o seu interface gráfico.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se deseja configurar a sua Internet ou acesso de rede local\n"
+"pode fazê-lo. Refira-se a documentação impressa ou use o Centro de\n"
+"Controlo do Mandriva Linux a seguir a instalação ter terminado de\n"
+"beneficiar da ajuda incluída.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permite-lhe configurar endereços HTTP e FTP proxy se a máquina\n"
+"onde está a instalar é para ser localizada atrás de um servidor proxy.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta entrada permite-lhe redefinir o nível de segurança como\n"
+"configurado num passo anterior.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se planeia ligar a sua máquina à Internet, é uma boa ideia\n"
+"proteger-se de intrusões ao configurar uma firewall. Consultar secção\n"
+"correspondente do ``Guia de Utilizador'' para detalhes acerca de como\n"
+"configurar uma firewall.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se deseja mudar a configuração do carregador de arranque,\n"
+"clique nesse botão. Isto deveria ser reservado aos utilizadores\n"
+"avançados.Referira-se à documentação impressa, ou à linha de ajuda\n"
+"sobre a configuração de carregador de arranque (bootloader) no\n"
+"Centro de Controlo Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": através desta entrada pode ajustar quais os serviços que serão\n"
+"executados na sua máquina. Se planeia configurar esta máquina como\n"
+"um servidor, é uma boa ideia rever a configuração."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Placa ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interface gráfico"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha o disco que deseja apagar para instalar a sua nova partição\n"
+"Mandriva Linux. Tenha cuidado, todos os ficheiros no disco serão\n"
+"perdidos de forma irrecuperável!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique em \"%s\" se deseja apagar todos os dados e partições\n"
+"presentes neste disco rígido.Tenha cuidado, depois de clicar em \"%s\",\n"
+"não será capaz de recuperar qualquer dado e partição presente neste\n"
+"disco rígido, incluindo qualquer dado do Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clique em \"%s\" para anular esta operação sem perder dados\n"
+"e partições presentes neste disco."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Próximo ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Anterior"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/pt_BR.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/pt_BR.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f8bca67e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/pt_BR.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2021 @@
+# translation of pt_BR.po to
+# translation of pt_BR.po to Brazilian Portuguese
+# translation of DrakX-pt_BR.po to Brazilian Portuguese
+# tradução de DrakX-pt_BR.po para Português do Brasil
+# DRAKX PT_BR PO FILE
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Lisiane Sztoltz Teixeira <lisiane@mandriva.com>
+# Andrei Bosco Bezerra Torres <andrei_bosco@yahoo.com.br>, 2000, 2003.
+# Bruno Dorfman Buys <brunobuys@zipmail.com.br>, 2002.
+# Tiago da Cruz Bezerra <tiagocruz18@uol.com.br>,2002 2003, 2004.
+# Ricardo de Castilho <cast_brasil@ig.com.br>, 2003.
+# Carlinhos Cecconi <carlinux@terra.com.br>, 2003, 2004.
+# Deivi Lopes Kuhn <deivikuhn@yahoo.com.br>, 2003, 2004.
+# Cristiano Otto Von Trompczynski <cris@mandriva.com>, 2005.
+# Arthur R. Mello <renato@conectiva.com.br>, 2005.
+# Arthur Renato Mello <renato@conectiva.com.br>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: pt_BR\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-10-24 08:51-0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Arthur Renato Mello <renato@conectiva.com.br>\n"
+"Language-Team:  <pt@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de continuar, você deve ler com atenção os termos da licença. Ela \n"
+"cobre a distribuição Mandriva Linux inteira. Se você concorda com todos os "
+"termos,\n"
+"clique em \"%s\". Se não concordar, clique no botão \"%s\"\n"
+"para reiniciar seu computador."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux é um sistema multiusuário, e isto significa que cada usuário pode\n"
+"ter suas próprias preferências, seus próprios arquivos, e assim por diante. "
+"Mas,\n"
+"ao contrário do \"root\", que é o administrador do sistema, os usuários\n"
+"adicionados aqui não terão direito de modificar nada, a não ser seus\n"
+"próprios arquivos e suas próprias configurações, protegendo o sistema \n"
+"contra mudanças involuntárias ou maliciosas, que poderiam impactar no "
+"sistema como um todo. Você deverá criar ao menos uma\n"
+"conta regular para você mesmo - esta é a conta que você deverá usar no seu\n"
+"dia-a-dia. Embora seja muito prático acessar o sistema como \"root\" para "
+"fazer tudo,\n"
+"também pode ser muito perigoso! O menor engano pode fazer com que seu\n"
+"sistema não funcione mais. Como usuário regular, mesmo cometendo um erro\n"
+"sério, o pior que pode acontecer é você perder informação, mas não o "
+"sistema\n"
+"inteiro.\n"
+"\n"
+"Primeiro, você deve digitar o seu nome real. Isto não é obrigatório, é "
+"claro,\n"
+"pois você pode digitar, na verdade, o que você quiser.\n"
+"O DrakX pegará a primeira palavra que você digitou na caixa e colocará\n"
+"no campo \"%s\". Este é o nome que esse usuário específico utilizará para "
+"acessar o sistema. Você pode mudá-lo, caso queira. Depois você deverá\n"
+"digitar uma senha. Uma senha de usuário não-privilegiado (regular) não é "
+"tão\n"
+"crucial quanto a de \"root\", do ponto de vista da segurança. Mas isto não "
+"é\n"
+"razão para negligenciar esta senha, deixando-a em branco ou escolhendo uma\n"
+"muito simples: mais tarde, seus arquivos poderão correr sérios riscos.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicando em \"%s\" você poderá adicionar outros usuários. Adicione um\n"
+"usuário para cada um dos seus amigos: seu pai ou sua irmã, por exemplo.\n"
+"Depois que terminar de adicionar os usuários, clique em \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicando no botão \"%s\" você poderá mudar o \"shell\" padrão do usuário\n"
+"(o padrão é o bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Quando você terminar de adicionar usuários, você poderá escolher um usuário\n"
+"para que ele acesse automaticamente o sistema quando o computador for "
+"iniciado.\n"
+"Caso você esteja interessado neste recurso (e não precisar de muita\n"
+"segurança local), escolha o usuário e o gerenciador de janelas,\n"
+"e então clique em \"%s\". Se não estiver interessado neste recurso, "
+"desmarque\n"
+"a opção \"%s\""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Você quer usar este recurso?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui estão listadas as partições Linux detectadas no seu disco rígido.\n"
+"Você pode manter as opções feitas pelo assistente, elas são\n"
+"boas para o uso diário. Se você quiser alterar estas opções, você deve ao\n"
+"menos definir uma partição (\"/\"). Não escolha uma partição muito pequena\n"
+"ou você não será capaz de instalar todos os softwares desejados. Se você\n"
+"quiser guardar seus dados em uma partição separada, você precisa escolher\n"
+"uma partição \"/home\" (apenas possível se você tiver mais de \n"
+"uma partição Linux disponível).\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partição é listada da seguinte forma: \"Nome\", \"Capacidade\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nome\" é codificado da seguinte maneira: \"tipo do disco rígido\", "
+"\"número\n"
+"do disco rígido\", \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tipo do disco rígido\" é \"hd\" se seu disco rígido for IDE e \"sd\"\n"
+"se ele for um disco rígido SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Número do disco rígido\" é sempre uma letra depois de \"hd\" ou \"sd\".\n"
+"Para os discos rígidos IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"disco rígido mestre na controladora IDE primária\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"disco rígido escravo na controladora IDE primária\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"disco rígido mestre na controladora IDE secundária\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"disco rígido escravo na controladora IDE secundária\",\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Com discos rígidos SCSI, um \"a\" significa \"SCSI ID mais baixo\", um \"b\" "
+"significa \"segundo SCSI ID mais baixo\", e assim por diante."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"O instalador do Mandriva Linux está espalhado em diferentes CD-ROMs.\n"
+"Se o pacote selecionado estiver localizado em outro CD-ROM, O DrakX irá\n"
+"ejetar o CD atual e pedir para você inserir o CD necessário. Se você não "
+"tiver com o CD em mãos, basta clicar em \"%s\", e os pacotes correspondentes "
+"não\n"
+"serão instalados."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Agora você deverá especificar quais programas deseja instalar no seu\n"
+"sistema. Existem centenas de pacotes disponíveis para o Mandriva Linux, e\n"
+"para facilitar sua escolha eles foram agrupados em grupos de aplicações\n"
+"similares.\n"
+"\n"
+"O Mandriva Linux separou os pacotes em quatro categorias. Você pode\n"
+"misturar as aplicações de vários grupos, e assim a \"Estação de Trabalho\" "
+"pode ter aplicações do grupo \"Servidor\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Se você planeja usar sua máquina como estação de trabalho,\n"
+"selecione um ou mais dos grupos desta categoria.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Se a máquina será usada para programação e/ou compilação, escolha "
+"os pacotes apropriados desta categoria. O grupo especial\n"
+"\"LSB\" irá configurar seus sistema para ficar o mais compatível possível\n"
+"com a especificação Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecionar o grupo \"LSB\" irá também instalar o kernel da séria \"2.4\", "
+"ao\n"
+"invés da série padrão \"2.6\". Isto garante 100%% de compatibilidade com LSB "
+"no\n"
+"sistema. No entanto, se você não selecionar o grupo \"LSB\" você ainda terá\n"
+"um sistema próximo a 100%% de compatibilidade com a LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se a máquina será um servidor, você poderá escolher quais dos\n"
+"serviços deseja instalar na máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s \": este é o grupo em que você escolherá seus ambientes\n"
+"gráficos preferidos. Pelo menos um tem que ser selecionado se você quer\n"
+"ter uma estação de trabalho gráfica.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ao mover o ponteiro do mouse sobre um nome de grupo, uma pequena explicação\n"
+"sobre seu conteúdo aparecerá.\n"
+"\n"
+"Você pode marcar a caixa \"%s\", ela é útil se você tiver um pouco de "
+"experiência\n"
+"com o nome dos pacotes oferecidos ou se você deseja ter total controle "
+"sobre\n"
+"o que irá ser instalado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se você iniciar uma instalação no modo \"%s\", você pode desmarcar todos\n"
+"os grupos e prevenir a instalação de qualquer pacote adicional. Isto é útil "
+"para\n"
+"reparar ou atualizar um sistema já existente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se você não selecionar nenhum grupo quando em uma instalação regular (o "
+"oposto\n"
+"de uma atualização), uma caixa de diálogo aparecerá propondo diferentes\n"
+"opções para uma instalação mínima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Instala o mínimo de pacotes possíveis para se ter uma estação\n"
+"de trabalho gráfica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Instala a base do sistema acrescida de utilitários básicos e\n"
+"documentação. Esta Instalação é útil para configurar um servidor.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Instala os pacotes mínimos necessários para obter um sistema\n"
+"Linux funcionando. Com esta instalação você terá somente interface de\n"
+"linha de comando. O tamanho total desta instalação é de 65 megabytes."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Atualizar"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Com documentação básica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Instalação realmente mínima"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você escolheu selecionar pacotes individualmente, será apresentada uma\n"
+"árvore contendo todos os pacotes classificados por grupos e subgrupos.\n"
+"Navegando nesta árvore, você poderá selecionar grupos inteiros, subgrupos\n"
+" ou pacotes individuais.\n"
+"\n"
+"Quando você seleciona um pacote individual na árvore, uma breve \n"
+"descrição sobre o pacote aparecerá na janela da direita.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Quando um pacote de servidor foi selecionado, intencionalmente ou por\n"
+"ser parte de um grupo, será pedido para que você confirme se realmente "
+"deseja que\n"
+"estes servidores sejam instalados. Por padrão, no Mandriva Linux qualquer\n"
+"serviço instalado será iniciado quando a máquina for iniciada.\n"
+"Mesmo que sejam seguros e não existam quaisquer dúvidas a respeito\n"
+"da distribuição, é possível que brechas de segurança\n"
+"sejam descobertas depois que esta versão do Mandriva Linux foi concluída.\n"
+"Se você não sabe o que um determinado serviço faz ou porque está sendo\n"
+"instalado, clique em \"%s\". Clicando em \"%s\", os serviços listados\n"
+"serão instalados e serão iniciados automaticamente quando o\n"
+"sistema for iniciado!!\n"
+"\n"
+"A opção \"%s\" desabilita a caixa de diálogo com o aviso que aparece quando\n"
+"o instalador seleciona um pacote automaticamente por ter resolvido\n"
+"dependências. Alguns pacotes dependem de outros e a instalação de \n"
+"de um ou mais pacotes pode ser requisitada para que se instale um programa\n"
+"específico. O instalador pode determinar quais pacotes são necessários\n"
+"para satisfazer uma dependência e assim completar a instalação.\n"
+"\n"
+"O pequeno ícone de disco flexível no fim da lista permite gravar a lista\n"
+"de pacotes escolhida durante uma instalação. Isto é útil quando você tiver\n"
+"um número de máquinas que deseja configurar de forma idêntica. Ao clicar\n"
+"neste ícone, será pedido a você que insira um disquete, criado no final de "
+"outra\n"
+"instalação. Veja a segunda dica no último passo sobre\n"
+"como criar esse disquete."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dependências automáticas"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": clique no botão \"%s\" para abrir o assistente de configuração de\n"
+"impressora. Consulte o capítulo correspondente do \"Guia do Iniciante\" "
+"para\n"
+"mais informações sobre como configurar uma nova impressora. A interface\n"
+"apresentada no manual é similar à utilizada durante a instalação."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta janela é utilizada para selecionar quais serviços você deseja iniciar\n"
+"durante o processo de inicialização (boot) da máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+"O DrakX irá listar todos os serviços disponíveis na instalação atual.\n"
+"Reveja cuidadosamente e desabilite aqueles que não são sempre necessários \n"
+"durante a inicialização.\n"
+"\n"
+"Um pequeno texto de ajuda descrevendo a função do serviço será mostrado \n"
+"quando o mesmo for selecionado. Contudo, caso você não tenha certeza se um \n"
+"serviço é útil ou não, é seguro manter o comportamento padrão.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Tenha muito cuidado neste passo, caso você pretenda usar sua máquina como "
+"um \n"
+"servidor: você provavelmente vai querer que serviços indesejados não sejam "
+"iniciados.\n"
+"Lembre-se de que vários serviços podem ser perigosos se forem habilitados em "
+"um\n"
+"servidor. Em geral, selecione apenas os serviços que você realmente "
+"precisa. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"O GNU/Linux gerencia a hora em GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) e calcula a hora\n"
+"local de acordo com o fuso horário que você escolheu. Se o relógio em sua\n"
+"placa mãe está configurado para o horário local, é possível desativá-lo, "
+"desmarcando\n"
+"\"%s\", permitindo ao GNU/Linux saber que o relógio do hardware e o relógio "
+"do\n"
+"sistema são os mesmos. Isto é útil quando a máquina também tem outro sistema "
+"operacional.\n"
+"\n"
+"A opção \"%s\" irá automaticamente ajustar o relógio, conectando-o a um\n"
+"servidor remoto de hora na Internet. Obviamente, você deve dispor de uma\n"
+"conexão na Internet para isso. Recomendamos que você escolha um servidor de "
+"hora localizado próximo a você, na lista apresentada.\n"
+"Esta opção, na verdade, instala um servidor de hora que poderá ser\n"
+"usado também por outras máquinas de sua rede local."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sincronização automática da hora "
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Placa de vídeo\n"
+"\n"
+"   O instalador normalmente detecta e configura automaticamente a placa de\n"
+"vídeo instalada em seu computador. Se não for o caso, você pode escolher\n"
+"na lista a placa que você possui atualmente instalada.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Em casos nos quais diferentes servidores são disponíveis para sua placa\n"
+"de vídeo, com ou sem aceleração 3D, você será questionado para escolher\n"
+"um servidor que atenda melhor às suas necessidades."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (para X Window System ou Sistema de Janelas X) é o coração da interface "
+"gráfica do GNU/Linux\n"
+"no qual todos os ambientes gráficos (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) fornecidos com o Mandriva Linux se baseiam.\n"
+"\n"
+"Você verá uma lista de parâmetros para alterações, para poder\n"
+"obter uma ótima resolução gráfica. \n"
+"Placa de Vídeo\n"
+"\n"
+"   O instalador normalmente poderá detectar e configurar automaticamente \n"
+"a placa de vídeo da sua máquina. Se esta configuração não estiver correta, "
+"você pode\n"
+"escolher na lista a placa correspondente instalada.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Se existirem diferentes servidores possíveis para a sua placa, com ou "
+"sem\n"
+"aceleração 3D, será oferecido para você escolher o servidor que melhor "
+"atenda as\n"
+"necessidades.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   O instalador pode normalmente detectar e configurar automaticamente\n"
+"o monitor da sua máquina. Se não for o correto, você pode escolher na\n"
+"lista o monitor que está conectado a seu computador.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolução\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aqui você pode escolher a resolução e a profundidade das cores que seu\n"
+"hardware pode exibir. Escolha a resolução que melhor lhe agrada (você\n"
+"poderá alterá-la após a instalação). Um exemplo da configuração escolhida\n"
+"é mostrada na tela.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Teste\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dependendo do seu hardware, esta opção pode não ser mostrada.\n"
+"\n"
+"   O sistema testará a resolução gráfica escolhida.\n"
+"Se você ver a mensagem durante o teste e responder \"%s\",\n"
+"o DrakX seguirá para a etapa seguinte. Se não puder ver a mensagem,\n"
+"significa que algo na configuração está errado, e o teste vai acabar\n"
+"automaticamente depois de 12 segundos, voltando ao menu. Mude\n"
+"as configurações até obter uma boa resolução gráfica.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opções\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aqui você pode escolher se deseja que o computador inicie\n"
+"automaticamente em modo gráfico. Obviamente, você vai querer marcar o\n"
+"\"%s\" se a sua máquina é um servidor, ou caso não tenha conseguido obter\n"
+"uma boa configuração de vídeo."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   O instalador normalmente detecta e configura automaticamente o\n"
+"monitor conectado ao seu computador. Se a configuração não estiver correta, "
+"escolha \n"
+"na lista o monitor correto que está conectado em seu computador."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolução\n"
+"\n"
+"   Você pode escolher aqui as resoluções e profundidade de cores disponíveis "
+"para\n"
+"o seu hardware. Escolha as que atendam melhor às suas necessidades (você\n"
+"poderá alterar esta configuração após a instalação). Uma amostra da "
+"configuração\n"
+"será mostrada no monitor."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"No caso de existirem vários servidores disponíveis para a sua placa,\n"
+"com ou sem aceleração 3D, escolha o servidor que melhor se adapta\n"
+"às suas necessidades."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opções\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aqui você pode escolher se deseja que o computador inicie\n"
+"automaticamente em modo gráfico. Obviamente, você vai querer marcar o\n"
+"\"%s\" se a sua máquina é um servidor, ou caso não tenha conseguido obter\n"
+"uma boa configuração de resolução de vídeo."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Neste ponto, você precisa escolher onde instalar o seu sistema\n"
+"Mandriva Linux no seu disco rígido. Se seu disco estiver vazio ou se um\n"
+"sistema operacional existente usa todo o espaço disponível, você terá que\n"
+"particioná-lo. Basicamente, particionar um disco rígido consiste em\n"
+"dividi-lo logicamente para criar espaço para o seu novo sistema Mandriva "
+"Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Como os efeitos de um processo de particionamento são normalmente\n"
+"irreversíveis, podendo levar à perda de dados do sistema operacional atual,\n"
+"ele pode ser intimidante e estressante para um usuário inexperiente.\n"
+"Felizmente, o DrakX traz um assistente que simplifica este processo. Antes\n"
+"de continuar, leia o restante desta seção, e faça todos os passos\n"
+"com calma.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dependendo da configuração do seu disco rígido, várias soluções podem estar\n"
+"disponíveis:\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": esta opção particionará automaticamente seu(s) disco(s) vazio(s).\n"
+"Se você usar esta opção não haverá mais nenhum alerta adicional.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": o assistente detectou uma ou mais partições Linux em seu disco\n"
+"rígido. Se você deseja usá-las, escolha esta opção. Será pedido para que "
+"você escolha os pontos de montagem associados\n"
+"a cada uma das partições. Alguns pontos de montagem já existentes serão "
+"selecionados\n"
+"automaticamente, e na maioria das vezes é uma boa idéia mantê-los.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": se o Microsoft Windows estiver instalado no seu disco rígido e\n"
+"ocupar todo o espaço disponível, você terá que criar espaço livre para o\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Para fazer isto, você pode remover a sua partição Microsoft "
+"Windows\n"
+"(leia-se: usar a opção 'Apagar disco inteiro') ou redimensionar a sua "
+"partição Microsoft\n"
+"Windows do tipo FAT ou NTFS. O redimensionamento pode ser feito sem a perda "
+"de dados, desde\n"
+"que você tenha desfragmentado previamente sua partição e a mesma esteja\n"
+"formatada em FAT ou NTFS. Recomendamos fortemente o backup de seus\n"
+"dados. Esta solução é útil se você quiser usar o Mandriva Linux e o\n"
+"Microsoft Windows no mesmo computador.\n"
+"\n"
+"Antes de escolher esta solução, compreenda que o tamanho de sua partição\n"
+"Microsoft Windows será menor do que é agora. Isto significa que você terá\n"
+"menos espaço livre no Microsoft Windows para guardar os seus dados ou\n"
+"instalar novos programas.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": se você quiser apagar todos os dados e todas as partições\n"
+"existentes no disco rígido e substituí-las pelo seu novo sistema Mandriva "
+"Linux, você pode escolher esta opção. Tenha cuidado, pois\n"
+"você não pode reverter sua escolha após a confirmação.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Se você escolher esta opção, todos seus dados atuais serão perdidos. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Esta opção aparecerá quando seu disco rígido estiver totalmente\n"
+"ocupado pelo Microsoft Windows. Ao escolher esta opção, todo o conteúdo do "
+"seu \n"
+"disco rígido será apagado, sendo assim, todo ele particionado do início.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Se você escolher esta opção, todo os dados do seu disco rígido serão "
+"perdidos. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": escolha esta opção se você quiser particionar manualmente o seu\n"
+"disco rígido. Tenha cuidado -- ela é muito poderosa, mas muito perigosa. "
+"Você\n"
+"pode perder todos os seus dados facilmente. Escolha esta solução somente\n"
+"se souber o que está fazendo ou já tiver experiência com particionamento. "
+"Para mais\n"
+"informações de como usar o utilitário DiskDrake, leia a seção 'Gerenciando "
+"suas \n"
+"Partições' do 'Guia do Iniciante'."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Usar partição existente"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Apagar disco inteiro"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"E aqui estamos! A instalação agora está completa e o seu GNU/Linux está\n"
+"pronto para ser usado. Clique em \"%s\" para reiniciar o sistema. Não "
+"esqueça\n"
+"de remover a mídia de instalação (CD-ROM ou disquete). A primeira coisa\n"
+"que você deverá ver, após seu computador terminar os testes de hardware,\n"
+"será o menu do gerenciador de inicialização, que fornecerá para você uma "
+"lista de opções, para que você escolha qual sistema\n"
+"operacional iniciar.\n"
+"\n"
+"O botão \"%s\" mostra mais dois botões:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": para criar um disco de instalação que automaticamente fará\n"
+"uma instalação completa, sem a ajuda de um operador, semelhante à\n"
+"instalação que você acabou de fazer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note que duas opções diferentes estão disponíveis depois que você clicar\n"
+"no botão:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". É uma instalação parcialmente automática, porque a seção\n"
+"de particionamento (somente esta) permanece interativa.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Completamente automatizada: o disco rígido é completamente\n"
+"reescrito, e todos os dados anteriores serão perdidos.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Esta funcionalidade é muito adequada quando se deseja instalar o\n"
+"sistema em um grande número de máquinas semelhantes. Veja a seção\n"
+"de instalação automática do nosso website para mais informações.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": salva a seleção de pacotes feita nesta instalação.\n"
+"Para usar esta seleção em outra instalação, insira o disquete e inicie\n"
+"a instalação. No 'prompt', pressione a tecla F1 e digite >> linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" << e pressione [Enter].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Você precisa de um disquete formatado com FAT. Para criar um pelo\n"
+"GNU/Linux, digite \"mformat a:\", ou \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" seguido por\n"
+"\"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Criar disquete de instalação automática"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você escolher reutilizar algumas partições GNU/Linux existentes, poderá "
+"reformatar algumas delas e \n"
+"apagar os dados contidos nelas. Se você deseja fazer isto, por favor, "
+"selecione\n"
+"quais partições você deseja formatar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note que não é necessário reformatar todas as partições já existentes.\n"
+"Você deve reformatar as partições contendo o sistema operacional\n"
+"(tais como \"/\",\"/usr\" ou \"/var\"), mas você não tem que\n"
+"reformatar as partições contendo dados que você deseja manter\n"
+"(a partição \"/home\" é exemplo típico).\n"
+"\n"
+"Tenha cuidado ao selecionar as partições. Após formatá-las, todos os\n"
+"dados serão apagados e não poderão ser recuperados.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clique em \"%s\" quando estiver pronto para formatar as partições.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clique em \"%s\" se você desejar escolher outras partições para instalar\n"
+"o seu novo sistema operacional Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clique em \"%s\" para selecionar partições as quais você deseja que sejam "
+"verificadas, \n"
+"para a busca por blocos defeituosos."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Neste momento em que você está instalando o Mandriva Linux, é possível que\n"
+"alguns pacotes tenham sido atualizados após o lançamento inicial. Alguns\n"
+"erros e falhas de seguranças podem ter sido corrigidos. Para poder se\n"
+"beneficiar destas atualizações, você pode fazer o download destes pacotes\n"
+"da Internet. Escolha \"%s\" se você possui uma conexão à Internet\n"
+"funcionando, ou \"%s\" se você preferir instalar os pacotes atualizados\n"
+"mais tarde.\n"
+"\n"
+"Escolhendo \"%s\", aparecerá uma lista de locais de onde você poderá pegar\n"
+"as atualizações. Escolha a mais próxima de você. Quando a árvore de\n"
+"seleção de pacotes aparecer, marque o que desejar e pressione \"%s\" para\n"
+"fazer o download e instalar o(s) pacote(s) selecionado(s), ou \"%s\" para\n"
+"interromper."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Neste ponto, o DrakX permite a escolha do nível de segurança desejado para\n"
+"a máquina. Em geral, o nível da segurança deve ser ajustado para o mais alto "
+"possível, \n"
+"se a máquina contiver dados cruciais, ou se for uma máquina exposta\n"
+"diretamente à Internet. Contudo, os níveis mais altos de segurança\n"
+"diminuem a facilidade de uso do computador.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se você não souber o que escolher, fique com a opção padrão. Você poderá\n"
+"trocar o nível de segurança depois usando a ferramenta draksec, no Centro\n"
+"de Controle Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Preencha o campo \"%s\" com o endereço de e-mail da pessoa responsável\n"
+"pela segurança. Assim, mensagens de segurança serão enviadas para esse "
+"endereço."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Administrador de Segurança"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Agora você precisa escolher qual(is) partição(ões) serão usadas para "
+"instalar o\n"
+"seu novo sistema Mandriva Linux. Se as partições já estiverem definidas \n"
+"(através de uma instalação anterior do GNU/Linux ou outro software\n"
+"particionador), você poderá utilizá-las. Caso contrário, as partições\n"
+"devem ser definidas.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para criar partições, você deve primeiro selecionar um disco rígido. Você\n"
+"pode selecionar o disco clicando em \"hda\" para o primeiro drive IDE,\n"
+"\"hdb\" para o segundo, \"sda\" para o primeiro drive SCSI e assim por\n"
+"diante.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para particionar o disco selecionado, você pode usar as seguintes opções:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta opção removerá todas as partições do disco rígido "
+"selecionado.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta opção permite criar automaticamente partições ext3 e swap "
+"no\n"
+" espaço livre do seu disco rígido.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": acesso a características adicionais:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se você quiser salvar sua tabela de partição em um disquete para\n"
+" poder recuperá-la, você pode usar esta opção. É altamente recomendável\n"
+" utilizá-la.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se você salvou a sua tabela de partição em um disquete de uma\n"
+"instalação anterior, você pode recuperá-la com esta opção.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se sua tabela de partição estiver danificada, você pode tentar\n"
+"recuperá-la usando esta opção. Tenha cuidado e lembre-se de que isto pode\n"
+"falhar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": descarta todas as alterações e carrega a tabela de partição que\n"
+"estava originalmente no disco rígido.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ao desmarcar esta opção, os usuários serão forçados a montar e "
+"desmontar\n"
+" manualmente as mídias removíveis, tais como discos flexíveis e CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se você desejar utilizar um assistente para particionar o seu\n"
+" disco rígido, você pode usar esta opção. É recomendada caso não tenha\n"
+" conhecimento sobre particionamento.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": você pode usar esta opção para cancelar suas alterações.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permite ações adicionais nas partições (tipo, opções, formato)\n"
+" e fornece mais informações sobre o disco rígido\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": quando você terminar de particionar o seu disco rígido, use esta\n"
+" opção para salvar as alterações.\n"
+"\n"
+"Quando definir o tamanho da partição, você pode fazê-lo com as setas\n"
+"direcionais de seu teclado.\n"
+"Nota: você pode utilizar qualquer opção usando o teclado: navegue entre as\n"
+"partições usando [Tab] e as setas [para cima/baixo].\n"
+"\n"
+"Quando a partição estiver selecionada, você pode usar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c para criar uma nova partição (quando uma partição vazia estiver\n"
+" selecionada)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d para apagar uma partição\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m para especificar um ponto de montagem\n"
+"\n"
+"Para mais informações sobre os diferentes tipos de sistemas de arquivos \n"
+"disponíveis, por favor, leia o capítulo sobre ext2FS do \"Manual de "
+"Referência\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Se você está instalando em uma Máquina PPC, você vai precisar criar uma\n"
+"pequena partição \"bootstrap\" HFS de no mínimo 1MB para usar com o \n"
+"gerenciador de boot yaboot. Se você quiser criar uma partição um\n"
+"pouco maior, digamos 50MB, você pode usar o espaço para guardar\n"
+"um kernel extra e uma imagem ramdisk para situações de emergência."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Montagem automática de mídia removível"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Mudar entre modo normal/expert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Mais de uma partição Microsoft Windows foi detectada em seu disco\n"
+"rígido. Por favor, escolha a que você quer redimensionar para instalar o "
+"seu\n"
+"novo sistema operacional Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partição é listada da seguinte forma: \"Nome Linux\", \"Nome\n"
+"Windows\" \"Capacidade\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nome Linux\" é codificado da seguinte maneira: \"tipo do disco rígido\", "
+"\"número do disco rígido\", \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tipo do disco rígido\" é \"hd\" se seu disco rígido for IDE e \"sd\"\n"
+"se ele for um disco rígido SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Número do disco rígido\" é sempre uma letra depois de \"hd\" ou \"sd\".Com "
+"discos rígidos IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" significa \"disco rígido mestre na controladora IDE primária\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" significa \"disco rígido escravo na controladora IDE primária\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" , \"disco rígido mestre na controladora IDE secundária\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" , \"disco rígido escravo na controladora IDE secundária\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Com discos rígidos SCSI, \"a\" significa \"SCSI ID mais baixo\", um \"b\"\n"
+"significa \"segundo SCSI ID mais baixo\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"O \"Nome Windows\" é a letra do seu disco rígido no Windows (o primeiro\n"
+"disco ou partição é chamado \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": confere a seleção do país atual. Se você não está neste país,\n"
+"clique no botão \"%s\" e escolha outro. Se seu país não está na \n"
+"lista mostrada, clique no botão \"%s\" para pegar a lista completa de países."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Este passo só é mostrado quando uma partição antiga do GNU/Linux foi\n"
+"encontrada em seu computador.\n"
+"\n"
+"O DrakX precisa saber agora se você quer executar uma nova instalação\n"
+"ou fazer uma atualização do Mandriva Linux existente no seu sistema:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": na maioria das vezes, isto remove completamente o sistema "
+"antigo.\n"
+"Porém, dependendo do seu modo de particionamento, você pode evitar que\n"
+"alguns dos dados existentes sejam sobrescritos (como o diretório \"home\").\n"
+"Se você deseja mudar o particionamento dos seus discos rígidos, ou mudar o "
+"sistema de arquivos, você deve usar esta opção.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": este método de instalação lhe permite atualizar os pacotes\n"
+"atualmente instalados em seu sistema Mandriva Linux. Seu esquema\n"
+"atual de particionamento e dados de usuário não serão alterados. A maioria\n"
+"dos outros passos de configuração permanecerão disponíveis, semelhantes a "
+"uma instalação normal.\n"
+"\n"
+"O uso da opção \"Atualizar\" deve funcionar bem em sistemas Mandriva Linux \n"
+"versão \"8.1\" ou superior. Executar uma atualização de versões anteriores\n"
+"ao Mandriva Linux \"8.1\" não é recomendado."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependendo do idioma que você escolheu, o DrakX escolherá uma\n"
+"configuração de teclado particular para você. Selecione esta opção ou\n"
+"escolha um outro layout de teclado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Contudo, você pode ter um teclado que não corresponde exatamente\n"
+"ao idioma que você escolheu: por exemplo, se você for um suíço, porém\n"
+"o idioma é o inglês, você pode preferir continuar usando um teclado suíço.\n"
+"Ou se você fala inglês mas mora em Quebec, você pode estar na mesma\n"
+"situação quando sua língua nativa e seu teclado não são os mesmos. Nestes\n"
+"casos, este passo da instalação permitirá que você escolha o teclado "
+"apropriado na lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clique em \"%s\" para ver uma lista completa com os teclados disponíveis. \n"
+"\n"
+"Se você escolher um layout baseado em um alfabeto não-latino, o próximo\n"
+"diálogo permitirá que você escolha a tecla que irá vincular a troca entre o\n"
+"teclado latino e o não-latino."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"O primeiro passo é escolher o seu idioma preferido.\n"
+"\n"
+"A escolha de seu idioma preferido afetará a documentação do sistema, o "
+"instalador\n"
+"e o sistema em geral. Selecione primeiro a região onde você está localizado\n"
+"e o idioma que você fala.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicando em \"%s\" você poderá selecionar outros idiomas para serem\n"
+"instalados no seu sistema. Ao selecionar outros idiomas também serão \n"
+"instalados os arquivos específicos para documentação e aplicativos. Por "
+"exemplo, se\n"
+"você pretende adicionar usuários espanhóis na sua máquina, selecione\n"
+"Inglês como idioma padrão na árvore de visualização e \"%s\" na seção\n"
+"Avançado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sobre o suporte a UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode é o novo conjunto de codificação "
+"de caracteres\n"
+"para todas os idiomas existentes. O suporte completo em GNU/Linux ainda\n"
+"está em desenvolvimento. Por esta razão, o uso dele no Mandriva Linux \n"
+"dependerá da escolha do usuário:\n"
+"\n"
+"* Se você escolher idiomas legados, que possuem uma codificação forte "
+"(idiomas\n"
+"latinos, Russo, Japonês, Chinês, Coreano, Thai, Grego, Turco e a maioria dos "
+"idiomas com iso-8859-2), a codificação legada será usada por padrão;\n"
+"\n"
+"* Outros idiomas usarão o unicode por padrão;\n"
+"\n"
+"* Se dois ou mais idiomas forem requeridos, e tais idiomas não\n"
+"usarem a mesma codificação, então o unicode irá ser usado em todo o "
+"sistema;\n"
+"\n"
+"* Finalmente, o uso do unicode poderá ser forçado para o sistema que o "
+"usuário\n"
+"solicitar, através da opção \"%s\". independente do(s) idioma(s)\n"
+"selecionado(s).\n"
+"\n"
+"Note que você não está limitado a escolher um único idioma. Você pode\n"
+"selecionar vários, ou instalar todos selecionando a opção \"%s\". Selecionar "
+"o suporte para um idioma significa que as traduções, fontes, dicionários e "
+"corretores ortográficos, entre outros itens, serão também instaladas para "
+"este idioma.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para trocar entre os vários idiomas instalados no sistema, você pode\n"
+"executar o comando \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" como \"root\" para alterar o\n"
+"idioma usado pelo sistema inteiro, e para todos os usuários. Executando o "
+"comando como usuário\n"
+"comum, a mudança apenas afetará o usuário em questão."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanhol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, o DrakX não tem problemas em detectar o número de botões\n"
+"de seu mouse. Caso isto ocorra, ele assume que você tem um mouse\n"
+"de dois botões, e irá configurá-lo para emulação do terceiro botão. O\n"
+"terceiro botão pode ser acionado pressionando simultaneamente os botões\n"
+"esquerdo e direito do mouse. O DrakX saberá automaticamente se a interface\n"
+"é PS/2, serial ou USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se você tiver um mouse com 3 botões que não possua roda (wheel), você pode\n"
+"escolher um mouse \"%s\". DrakX irá então configurar seu mouse para que "
+"você\n"
+"possa simular o uso da roda da seguinte maneira: pressione o botão do meio "
+"e\n"
+"mova o ponteiro do seu mouse para cima e para baixo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se por alguma razão você quiser especificar um tipo diferente de mouse,\n"
+"selecione o tipo da lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Você pode selecionar a entrada \"%s\" para escolher um tipo de mouse\n"
+"\"genérico\" o qual deve funcionar com todos os mouses novos.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se você escolher um mouse diferente do padrão, uma tela será mostrada.\n"
+"Use os botões e a roda para verificar se as configurações estão corretas\n"
+"e se o mouse está configurado corretamente. Se o mouse não funcionar\n"
+"corretamente, pressione a barra de espaços ou o [Enter] para \n"
+"cancelar o teste e voltar para a lista de escolhas.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ocasionalmente, a roda do mouse (wheel) não será detectada automaticamente,\n"
+"e então você necessitará selecionar seu mouse de uma lista. Escolha\n"
+"corretamente a porta que seu mouse está conectado. Após selecionar\n"
+"um mouse e ter pressionado no botão \"%s\", uma imagem do mouse será\n"
+"mostrada na tela. Mova toda a roda do mouse para assegurar-se de que\n"
+"esteja ativada corretamente. Após verificar o funcionamento da roda\n"
+"do mouse, teste os botões e certifique-se de que o ponteiro do mouse\n"
+"move-se junto com o mesmo."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "com emulação de roda"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Qualquer mouse PS/2 & USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor, selecione a porta correta. Por exemplo, a porta COM1\n"
+"no MS Windows é chamada \"ttyS0\" no GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Este ponto é crucial para a segurança do seu sistema GNU/Linux: você\n"
+"deverá digitar a senha de \"root\". \"Root\" é o administrador do sistema,\n"
+"e é o único autorizado a fazer atualizações, adicionar usuários e mudar\n"
+" configurações gerais do computador. Em suma: \"root\" pode fazer tudo! Por "
+"isso\n"
+"você deve escolher uma senha difícil de adivinhar - o DrakX irá avisá-lo se "
+"a senha que você digitar for muito simples. Você pode também escolher não\n"
+"digitar uma senha, mas nós desaconselhamos fortemente esta opção. O sistema\n"
+"GNU/Linux é tão vulnerável a erros cometidos pelo operador como qualquer "
+"outro.\n"
+"O \"root\"\n"
+"pode contornar todas as limitações do sistema e desavisadamente apagar \n"
+" todos os dados de uma partição, por exemplo. É muito importante, portanto,  "
+"que seja\n"
+"difícil se tornar \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"A senha deve ser um mistura de caracteres alfanuméricos, com pelo menos 8 \n"
+"caracteres. Nunca escreva a senha de \"root\" num papel -- isto facilita "
+"para \n"
+" alguém comprometer seu sistema\n"
+"\n"
+"Porém, não faça também uma senha muito complicada e longa, porque você\n"
+" deve ser capaz de lembrá-la!\n"
+"\n"
+"A senha não será mostrada na tela enquanto você digita. Portanto você\n"
+"deverá digitar a senha duas vezes para reduzir a chance de erro. Se ocorrer\n"
+"de você digitar o mesmo erro duas vezes, você deverá fazer o primeiro login\n"
+"no sistema com esta senha \"errada\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Se seu acesso a este computador é controlado por um servidor de "
+"autenticação,\n"
+"clique no botão \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Se sua rede usa o protocolo LDAP, NIS ou autenticação em um PDC Windows,\n"
+"selecione o servidor apropriado em \"%s\". Se você não sabe, pergunte ao "
+"seu\n"
+"administrador de rede.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se você tiver problemas para lembrar de suas senhas, se seu computador "
+"nunca\n"
+" será conectado à internet ou se você confiar em absolutamente todas as\n"
+"pessoas que usam seu computador, você pode escolher usar \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autenticação"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Um gerenciador de inicialização (ou boot loader) é um pequeno programa que é "
+"mostrado na inicialização (boot)de um computador. Ele é responsável por\n"
+"iniciar todo o sistema. Normalmente, a sua instalação é totalmente "
+"automática.\n"
+"O DrakX irá analisar o setor de boot de seu disco e proceder de acordo com\n"
+"o que for encontrado nele:\n"
+"\n"
+" * se um setor de boot Windows for encontrado, ele será substituído por um\n"
+"setor de boot GRUB/LILO. Desta forma, você será capaz de carregar qualquer\n"
+"sistema GNU/Linux ou qualquer outro sistema operacional instalado em sua "
+"máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+" * se um setor de boot GRUB ou LILO for encontrado, ele será substituído por "
+"um novo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se o DrakX não puder determinar aonde deverá ser armazenado o setor de "
+"boot,\n"
+"ele irá perguntar para você. Geralmente, o \"%s\" é o lugar mais seguro.\n"
+"Escolhendo \"%s\", nenhum gerenciador de inicialização será instalado. Use "
+"esta opção somente se\n"
+"você souber o que está fazendo."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você seleciona o sistema de impressão para o seu computador.\n"
+"Outros sistemas operacionais podem oferecer-lhe apenas um, mas o Mandriva\n"
+"Linux oferece dois. Cada um se encaixa melhor em um tipo particular de "
+"configuração.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- que significa 'print, do not queue' ou 'imprima não deixe na\n"
+"fila', e é a escolha caso você tenha uma conexão direta com sua\n"
+"impressora e você queira ser capaz decorrigir falhas na impressão, e\n"
+"também se você não possuir impressoras em rede. (\"%s\" só funcionará em "
+"redes\n"
+"bem simples e se tornará lento quando usado em redes). É recomendado que vc "
+"use \"pdq\"\n"
+"se este é sua primeira experiência com GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- 'Common Unix Printing System' ou 'Sistema de Impressão Comum do "
+"Unix', é excelente para imprimir em\n"
+"sua impressora local e também através do mundo. É simples de se configurar\n"
+"e pode agir como servidor ou cliente para o antigo sistema de impressão \"lpd"
+"\".\n"
+"Por isto, é compatível com os sistemas antigos que podem precisar de "
+"serviços de\n"
+"impressão. Pode fazer vários truques, mas a configuração é quase tão fácil "
+"quanto a\n"
+"do \"pdq\". Se você precisar emular um servidor \"lpd\", você deve ativar o "
+"serviço chamado  \"cups-lpd\".\n"
+"\" \"%s\" possui várias interfaces gráficas para selecionar as opções de "
+"impressão ou\n"
+"gerenciar a impressão.\n"
+"\n"
+"Você poderá mudar a sua escolha após a instalação utilizando o\n"
+"PrinterDrake no Centro de Controle Mandriva Linux, e clicando no botão \"%s"
+"\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Expert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"O DrakX tentará localizar primeiramente qualquer dispositivo IDE presente "
+"em\n"
+"sua máquina. Ele também tentará encontrar um ou mais placas PCI SCSI. Se o\n"
+"DrakX encontrar um adaptador SCSI ele instalará automaticamente o driver\n"
+"apropriado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Como a detecção do hardware não é à prova de falhas, o DrakX pode falhar ao\n"
+"tentar detectar seus discos. Se isto acontecer, você precisará especificar "
+"seu\n"
+"hardware manualmente. \n"
+"\n"
+"Se você tiver que especificar manualmente o seu adaptador, o DrakX\n"
+"perguntará se você quer especificar opções para ele. Você pode deixar\n"
+"que o DrakX examine o hardware para descobrir as opções. Isto\n"
+"normalmente funciona bem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se o DrakX não conseguir detectar as opções automaticamente para determinar\n"
+"quais parâmetros são necessários passar ao hardware, você precisará "
+"fornecer\n"
+"configurar o para o driver manualmente."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": se uma placa de som for detectada em seu sistema, ela estará\n"
+"indicada aqui. Se você observar que a placa de som indicada não é a que\n"
+"realmente está presente em seu sistema, você pode clicar no botão e escolher "
+"outro driver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"A título de revisão, o DrakX irá resumir em uma lista as informações que "
+"tem\n"
+"sobre o seu sistema. Dependendo do hardware instalado, você pode ter\n"
+"uma ou todas estas entradas. Cada uma delas é um elemento a ser\n"
+"configurado, seguido de um breve resumo da configuração atual.\n"
+"Clique no botão \"%s\" correspondente para fazer alguma alteração.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifica a configuração atual do mapa de teclado e modifica-o, \n"
+"caso necessário.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifica a seleção atual de país. Se não estiver neste país, "
+"clique\n"
+"no botão \"%s\" e escolha outro. Se o seu país não aparecer na primeira\n"
+"lista mostrada, pressione \"%s\" para obter a lista completa dos\n"
+"países.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Por padrão, o DrakX deduz seu fuso horário baseado no país\n"
+"escolhido. Pressione o botão \"%s\" para mudar caso não esteja correto.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique a configuração do mouse atual e mude-a se for "
+"necessário.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clique no botão \"%s\" para abrir o assistente de\n"
+"configuração da impressora. Veja o capítulo correspondente no\n"
+"'Guia do Iniciante' para saber mais sobre como configurar uma\n"
+"impressora. A interface utilizada no manual é semelhante à usada\n"
+"durante a instalação\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se uma placa de som for detectada no seu sistema, ela\n"
+"será mostrada aqui. Se a placa mostrada for diferente daquela que se\n"
+"encontra no seu sistema, clique no botão e escolha a correta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\":se uma placa de TV foi detectada no seu sistema, ela será "
+"indicada \n"
+"aqui. Se existe uma placa e ela não foi detectada, clique\n"
+"no botão \"%s\" para tentar configurá-la manualmente.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": você pode clicar em \"%s \" para mudar os parâmetros associados\n"
+"com a placa, se você achar que a configuração está incorreta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": por padrão, o DrakX configura o seu vídeo com a resolução de "
+"\"800x600\" ou \"1024x768\". Se isto não é o que deseja, clique em\n"
+"\"%s\" para reconfigurar a interface gráfica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se você deseja configurar a Internet ou o acesso a uma rede\n"
+"local, você pode fazê-lo agora. Verifique a documentação impressa ou use\n"
+"o Centro de Controle Mandriva Linux após a instalação ter terminado para\n"
+"utilizar a ajuda integrada completa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permite configurar endereços de proxies HTTP e FTP se a máquina\n"
+"que você está instalando estiver localizada atrás de um servidor proxy.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aqui você pode redefinir o nível de segurança que escolheu\n"
+"anteriormente.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se você pretende conectar a sua máquina à Internet, é uma boa\n"
+"idéia protegê-la contra intrusos, configurando um firewall. Veja o capítulo\n"
+"correspondente no \"Guia do Usuário\" para mais detalhes sobre como\n"
+"configurar um firewall.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se você deseja mudar sua configuração do gerenciador de\n"
+"inicialização, clique neste botão. Recomendado apenas para usuários\n"
+"avançados. Veja documentação impressa ou a ajuda integrada, sobre\n"
+"como configurar o gerenciador de inicialização no Centro de Controle\n"
+"do Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": você poderá escolher aqui quais serviços que serão iniciados\n"
+"em sua máquina. Se você pretende usar sua máquina como servidor, é uma\n"
+"boa idéia verificar esta configuração e desativar o que não for necessário."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Placa ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interface gráfica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha o disco rígido que você quer apagar para instalar sua nova\n"
+"partição Mandriva Linux. Tenha cuidado, pois todos os dados existentes\n"
+"serão perdidos e não poderão ser recuperados!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique em \"%s\" se você quiser apagar todos os dados e partições \n"
+"existentes neste disco rígido. Tenha cuidado, pois após clicar em \"%s\", \n"
+"você não será capaz de recuperar os dados/partições existentes neste\n"
+"disco rígido, incluindo quaisquer dados do Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clique em \"%s\" para sair desta operação, sem perder qualquer dado\n"
+"e/ou partição presente neste disco rígido."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Próximo ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Anterior"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ro.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ro.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4124e5d84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ro.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1129 @@
+# Translation file of Mandriva Linux graphic install
+# Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva
+# Florin Grad <florin@mandriva.com>, 1999-2000
+# Dragos Marian Barbu <dragosb@softhome.net>, 2000
+# Ovidiu Constantin <ovidiu.constantin@gmx.net>, 2002, 2003
+# Harald Ersch <harald@ersch.ro>,2003
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX 7.1\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-11 18:11+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ovidiu Constantin <ovidiu.constantin@gmx.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: Romanian Translators for Free Software <rtfs-project@lists."
+"sourceforge.net>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3;plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1))\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Vreţi să folosiţi această facilitate?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Actualizare"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Cu documentaţie de bază"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Instalare cu adevărat minimă"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sincronizare automată a ceasului"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Foloseşte o partiţie existentă"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Şterge tot discul"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "generează dischetă de autoinstalare"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Administrator de securitate:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automontare mediu detaşabil"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Schimbă între modul normal/expert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "3 butoane cu rotiţă emulată"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Vă rog selectaţi portul corect. De exemplu, portul \"COM1\" din Windows e\n"
+"numit \"ttyS0\" în GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autentificare"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Expert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Placă ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interfaţă grafică"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeţi discul fix pe care doriţi să îl ştergeţi pentru a instala noua "
+"partiţie\n"
+"Makdrake Linux. Aveţi grijă, toate datele existente pe această partiţie\n"
+"se vor pierde şi nu vor putea fi recuperate!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Clic pe \"%s\" dacă doriţi ştergerea tuturor datelor şi partiţiilor "
+"existente\n"
+"pe acest disc fix. Fiţi atent(ă), după ce faceţi clic pe \"%s\", nu veţi "
+"putea\n"
+"recupera nici un fel de date sau partiţii de pe discul fix, inclusiv orice "
+"dată\n"
+"Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clic pe \"%s\" pentru a opri această operaţie fără a pierde date\n"
+"şi partiţii prezente pe discul fix."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Următorul ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Precedentul"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ru.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ru.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c219f43a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ru.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1968 @@
+# Translation of DrakX.po to Russian
+# Russian translation of drakX messages
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2003 Mandriva
+# Pavel Maryanov <acid_jack@ukr.net>, 2002,2003, 2005.
+# Alice Lafox <alice@lafox.com.ua>, 2003.
+# Alice Lafox <alice@lafox.net>, 2004, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-20 18:19+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Pavel Maryanov <acid_jack@ukr.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian <doc@lafox.net>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Прежде чем продолжить, вы должны внимательно прочитать условия лицензии.\n"
+"Лицензия распространяется на весь дистрибутив Mandriva Linux. Если вы\n"
+"согласны со всеми условиями лицензии, отметьте пункт \"%s\". Если нет -\n"
+"нажатие на кнопку \"%s\" приведет к перезагрузке вашего компьютера."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux это многопользовательская система, и это значит, что каждый\n"
+"пользователь может иметь свои собственные предпочтения, файлы и так далее.\n"
+"Вы можете почитать ``Стартовое руководство пользователя'' чтобы узнать\n"
+"больше. В отличии от \"root\", который является администратором,\n"
+"пользователи, которых вы добавите здесь, не будут иметь полномочий изменять\n"
+"что либо, кроме своих собственных файлов и настроек. Вам необходимо создать\n"
+"хотя бы одного обычного пользователя для себя. Это будет аккаунт, который\n"
+"вы будете использовать для ежедневной работы. Хоть это и очень практично\n"
+"заходить в систему ежедневно как \"root\", это также может быть очень\n"
+"опасно! Самая мелкая ошибка может сделать так, что ваша система больше\n"
+"работать не будет. Если вы сделаете серьезную ошибку как обычный\n"
+"пользователь, вы можете потерять некоторую информацию, но не всю систему.\n"
+"\n"
+"В первом поле вы должны ввести ваше реальное имя. Это, конечно, не\n"
+"обязательно -, так как вы реально можете ввести все что угодно. DrakX\n"
+"использует первое слово, которое вы ввели в поле и подставит его как\n"
+"\"%s\". Это имя обычный пользователь использует для входа в систему. Вы\n"
+"можете изменить его. Затем вам нужно ввести пароль. С точки зрения\n"
+"безопасности пароль не-привилегированного (обычного) пользователя не так\n"
+"критичен, как пароль \"root\", но нет причин пренебрегать им: в конце\n"
+"концов, вы рискуете своими файлами.\n"
+"\n"
+"Когда вы нажмете \"%s\", вы сможете добавить еще сколько угодно\n"
+"пользователей. Создайте пользователя для каждого из своих друзей, для отца\n"
+"или сестры, например. Когда вы закончите добавление пользователей, нажмите\n"
+"\"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Нажатие кнопки \"%s\" позволит изменить \"shell\" по умолчанию для этого\n"
+"пользователя (по умолчанию это bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"После того, как все пользователи будут добавлены, вам предложат выбрать\n"
+"пользователя, под которым можно будет автоматически входить в систему после\n"
+"загрузки. Если вас интересует эта возможность (и вас не заботит локальная\n"
+"безопасность), выберите необходимого пользователя и оконный менеджер, затем\n"
+"нажмите \"%s\". Если вам не нужна эта возможность, снимите выбор с пункта\n"
+"\"%s\""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Хотите использовать эту возможность?"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Перечисленное выше является существующими разделами Linux, определенными на\n"
+"вашем жестком диске. Вы можете оставить без изменений сделанное мастером,\n"
+"потому что это хорошо подходит для большинства обычных инсталляций. Если вы\n"
+"делаете какие-либо изменения, вы должны определить как минимум раздел root\n"
+"(\"/\"). Не делайте его слишком маленьким, иначе вы не сможете\n"
+"инсталлировать достаточное количество программного обеспечения. Если вы\n"
+"хотите хранить данные на другом разделе, вам также прийдется создать раздел\n"
+"\"/home\" (возможно только при наличии более чем одного раздела Linux).\n"
+"\n"
+"Каждый раздел перечислен следующим образом: : \"Название\", \"Размер\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Название\" разделяется на: \"тип жесткого диска\", \"номер жесткого\n"
+"диска\", \"номер раздела\" (например, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" это \"hd\", если ваш жесткий диск IDE и \"sd\", если он\n"
+"SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Номер жесткого диска\" всегда является буквой после \"hd\" или \"sd\".\n"
+"Для жестких дисков IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" означает \"master жесткий диск на первичном IDE контроллере\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" означает \"slave жесткий диск на первичном IDE контроллере\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" означает \"master жесткий диск на вторичном IDE контроллере\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" означает \"slave жесткий диск на вторичном IDE контроллере\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Для жестких дисков SCSI, \"a\" означает \"lowest SCSI ID\", а \"b\"\n"
+"означает \"second lowest SCSI ID\", и т.д."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Инсталляция Mandriva Linux размещена на нескольких CD-ROMах. Если выбранный\n"
+"пакет находится на другом CD-ROM, DrakX будет отдавать текущий CD и просить\n"
+"вас вставить другой по мере надобности. Если у вас нет требуемого CD под "
+"руками,\n"
+"просто нажмите \"%s\", тогда соответствующие пакеты не будут устанавливаться."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Теперь настало время определить, какие программы вы хотите установить в\n"
+"вашу систему. С Mandriva Linux поставляются тысячи пакетов и, для упрощения\n"
+"выбора, они разбиты на группы.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пакеты сортированы по группам, которые соответствуют специфике\n"
+"использования вашей машины. В Mandriva Linux пакеты сортируются по четырем\n"
+"категориям. Вы можете смешивать и сочетать приложения из различных\n"
+"категорий, например, вариант установки ``Рабочая станция'' может иметь\n"
+"приложения из категории ``Разработка''.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если вы собираетесь использовать машину в качестве рабочей\n"
+"станции, выберите одну или несколько соответствующих групп из категории\n"
+"рабочей станции.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если вы собираетесь заняться программированием, выберите\n"
+"соответствующие группы из этой категории.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если ваша машина будет работать сервером, выберите какие из\n"
+"часто используемых служб вы желаете установить на нее.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": здесь вам нужно выбрать предпочитаемую графическую среду. Хотя\n"
+"бы одна из них должна быть выбрана, если вы хотите работать в графическом\n"
+"интерфейсе.\n"
+"\n"
+"При наведении курсора мыши на имя группы будет показываться короткое\n"
+"пояснение к данной группе.\n"
+"\n"
+"ы можете отметить пункт \"%s\", который очень полезен, если вы хорошо\n"
+"знаете предлагаемые пакеты, или если вы хотите иметь полный контроль над\n"
+"тем, что будет устанавливаться.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вы начали инсталляцию в режиме \"%s\", вы можете убрать выбор всех\n"
+"групп, чтобы предотвратить инсталляцию какого-либо нового пакета. Это\n"
+"полезно в случае восстановления или обновления существующей системы.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вы не выберете ни одной группы в процессе\n"
+"выполнения обычной инсталляции (не касается обновления), появится диалог с\n"
+"различными опциями для минимальной инсталляции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": инсталлировать минимальный набор пакетов, необходимых для работы\n"
+"графического рабочего стола.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": установить основную систему плюс базовые утилиты и документацию\n"
+"к ним. Эта инсталляция подходит для установки сервера.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": будет установлен самый необходимый минимум пакетов для работы\n"
+"Linux системы. В это варианте вы сможете работать только в режиме командной\n"
+"строки. Общий размер этой установки занимает 65 мегабайт."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Обновление"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "С базовой документацией"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Самая минимальная установка"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы сообщили инсталлятору, что вы хотите самостоятельно выбрать пакеты,\n"
+"тогда он покажет вам дерево, содержащее все пакеты, разделенные по группам\n"
+"и подгруппам. Во время просмотра дерева вы можете выбирать группы\n"
+"полностью, подгруппы или отдельные пакеты.\n"
+"\n"
+"Когда вы выбираете пакет в дереве, справа появляется его описание, чтобы\n"
+"помочь вам узнать назначение этого пакета.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Если был выбран какой-либо серверный пакет, специально или он был частью\n"
+"какой-либо группы, вас попросят подтвердить, действительно ли вы желаете\n"
+"установить эти сервера. Под Mandriva Linux все установленные сервера\n"
+"запускаются по умолчанию в процессе загрузки. Даже если они безопасны и не\n"
+"имеют известных проблем на момент выпуска дистрибутива, в них могут быть\n"
+"обнаружены дыры в безопасности после выпуска данной версии Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"Если вы не знаете, зачем нужен данная служба и что она делает, нажмите\n"
+"\"%s\". Если вы нажмете \"%s\", тогда все службы из списка будут\n"
+"установлены и автоматически запущены при загрузке системы. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Опция \"%s\" запрещает показ диалога предупреждения, который появляется при\n"
+"автоматическом выборе пакетов инсталлятором. Некоторые пакеты имеют\n"
+"взаимосвязь друг с другом, поэтому инсталлятору может потребоваться\n"
+"установить некоторые дополнительные программы. Инсталлятор сам определит,\n"
+"какие пакеты нужны для удовлетворения зависимостей, чтобы успешно выполнить\n"
+"установку.\n"
+"\n"
+"Маленькая иконка дискеты внизу под списком позволяет загрузить выбранный и\n"
+"записанный во время предыдущей инсталляции список пакетов. Если вы нажмете\n"
+"на эту иконку, вас попросят вставить в дисковод дискету, созданную\n"
+"предыдущей инсталляцией. Смотрите второй совет последнего шага, где описано\n"
+"как создать такой диск."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Автоматические зависимости"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": по нажатию на кнопку \"%s\" откроется мастер настройки принтера.\n"
+"Прочитайте соответствующую главу в книге ``Стартовое руководство\n"
+"пользователя'', чтобы узнать как установить новый принтер. Представленный\n"
+"там интерфейс подобен используемому в процессе установки."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Этот диалог используется для выбора служб, которые должны стартовать при\n"
+"загрузке системы.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX предоставит список всех служб, которые доступны при настройках\n"
+"текущей инсталляции. Пересмотрите их внимательно и уберите все, которые не\n"
+"являются необходимыми для старта во время загрузки системы.\n"
+"\n"
+"Вы можете получить короткие пояснения относительно службы, выбрав ее в\n"
+"списке. Однако, если вы не уверены, полезна служба или нет, лучше всего\n"
+"оставить как было по умолчанию.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! На этом этапе будьте предельно внимательны, если ваша машина будет\n"
+"сервером: возможно вы не захотите запускать службы, которые вам не нужны.\n"
+"Пожалуйста помните, что некоторые службы потенциально опасны для сервера.\n"
+"В общем, оставьте только те службы, которые вам действительно нужны. !!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux управляет временем в GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) и транслирует его\n"
+"в локальное согласно выбранного вами часового пояса. Если часы на вашей\n"
+"материнской плате установлены в локальное время, вы можете деактивировать\n"
+"это, убрав выбор \"%s\", что позволит GNU/Linux помнить, что системные часы\n"
+"и аппаратные часы принадлежат разным часовым поясам. Это полезно в случае,\n"
+"когда на машине размещена другая операционная система типа Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Опция \"%s\" позволит автоматически подстраивать часы, соединяясь с\n"
+"удаленным сервером в Интернет. Естественно, чтобы это работало, вам\n"
+"необходимо соединение с Интернет. Лучше всего выбрать ближайший к вам\n"
+"сервер времени. Эта опция устанавливает на вашу машину сервер времени,\n"
+"который опционально может использоваться другими машинами в вашей локальной\n"
+"сети."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Автоматическая синхронизация времени"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Видеокарта\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталлятор обычно автоматически определяет и настраивает видеокарту,\n"
+"установленную в вашей машине. Если это не так, вы можете выбрать в этом\n"
+"списке карту, которая у вас действительно установлена.\n"
+"\n"
+"   В случае, когда для вашей карты доступны различные сервера, с 3D\n"
+"ускорением и без, вам предложат выбрать, какой сервер больше соответствует\n"
+"вашим потребностям."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (для системы X Window) это сердце графического интерфейса GNU/Linux, на\n"
+"базе которого работают все графические среды (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, и т.д..), входящие в Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Вам будет представлен список различных параметров для получения\n"
+"оптимального графического отображения: Видеокарта\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталлятор обычно автоматически определяет и настраивает видеокарту,\n"
+"установленную в вашей машине. Если это не так, вы можете выбрать в этом\n"
+"списке карту, которая у вас действительно установлена.\n"
+"\n"
+"   В случае, когда для вашей карты доступны различные сервера, с 3D\n"
+"ускорением и без, вам предложат выбрать, какой сервер больше соответствует\n"
+"вашим потребностям.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталлятор обычно может автоматически определить и настроить монитор,\n"
+"подключенный к вашей машине. Если ему это не удалось, вы можете\n"
+"самостоятельно выбрать ваш монитор из списка.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Разрешение\n"
+"\n"
+"   Здесь вы можете выбрать разрешение и глубину цвета из того, что доступно\n"
+"для вашего оборудования. Выберите то, что вам больше подходит (вы сможете\n"
+"это изменить после инсталляции). Пример выбранной конфигурации отображается\n"
+"на мониторе.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Проверить\n"
+"\n"
+"   В зависимости от вашего оборудования, данный пункт может либо появляться\n"
+"либо отсутствовать.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Система попытается открыть графический экран в выбранном разрешении.\n"
+"Если вы сможете увидеть сообщение во время проверки и ответить \"%s\",\n"
+"тогда DrakX перейдет к следующему шагу. Если вы не увидите сообщения, это\n"
+"значит, что часть определенной автоматически конфигурации была неверна и\n"
+"проверка автоматически завершится через 12 секунд, вернув вас в меню.\n"
+"Поправьте настройки и проверьте заново, пока вы не получите корректное\n"
+"графическое изображение.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Параметры\n"
+"\n"
+"   Здесь вы можете настроить вашу машину на автоматическую загрузку в\n"
+"графическом интерфейсе. Очевидно, что вам следует выбрать \"%s\", если ваша\n"
+"машина будет работать в качестве сервера или вам не удалось настроить\n"
+"графический режим."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталлятор обычно может автоматически определить и настроить монитор,\n"
+"подключенный к вашей машине. Если ему это не удалось, вы можете\n"
+"самостоятельно выбрать ваш монитор из списка."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Разрешение\n"
+"\n"
+"   Здесь вы можете выбрать разрешение и глубину цвета из того, что доступно\n"
+"для вашего оборудования. Выберите то, что вам больше подходит (вы сможете\n"
+"это изменить после инсталляции). Пример выбранной конфигурации отображается\n"
+"на мониторе."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"В случае, когда для вашей карты доступны различные сервера, с 3D ускорением\n"
+"и без, вам предложат выбрать, какой сервер больше соответствует вашим\n"
+"потребностям."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Параметры\n"
+"\n"
+"   Здесь вы можете настроить вашу машину на автоматическую загрузку в\n"
+"графическом интерфейсе. Очевидно, что вам следует выбрать \"%s\", если ваша\n"
+"машина будет работать в качестве сервера или вам не удалось настроить\n"
+"графический режим."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"На этом шаге вам прийдется решить, куда вы хотите установить операционную\n"
+"систему Mandriva Linux на вашем жестком диске. Если ваш жесткий диск пуст,\n"
+"или существующая операционная система на нем занимает все дисковое\n"
+"пространство, вам прийдется диск переразбить (partition). Разделение диска\n"
+"в основном состоит в том, чтобы логически выделить на нем свободное\n"
+"пространство для установки вашей новой системы Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Поскольку разделение диска - это обычно необратимый процесс и может\n"
+"привести к потере данных, если на диске уже есть установленная операционная\n"
+"система, то для начинающего пользователя это несколько напряженный и\n"
+"пугающий момент. К счастью, в DrakX существует мастер, упрощающий этот\n"
+"процесс. Пожалуйста, прочтите руководство перед началом и не торопитесь.\n"
+"\n"
+"В зависимости от конфигурации вашего жесткого диска, доступно несколько\n"
+"параметров:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": эта опция означает автоматическое разделение пустого диска или\n"
+"дисков. Если вы выбираете эту опцию, то далее вопросов задаваться не будет;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": мастер определил наличие существующих разделов Linux на вашем\n"
+"жестком диске. Если вы собираетесь их использовать, выберите эту опцию. Вас\n"
+"попросят указать точки монтирования для каждого раздела. По умолчанию\n"
+"выбираются традиционные точки монтирования и вы можете вообще их не менять.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если на вашем жестком диске установлена и занимает все доступное\n"
+"место Microsoft Windows, вам нужно будет создать свободное место для данных\n"
+"Linux. Чтобы это сделать, вы можете удалить ваш Microsoft Windows раздел и\n"
+"данные (см. решение `` Очистить весь диск'') или изменить размер раздела\n"
+"FAT или NTFS Microsoft Windows. Изменение размера может проводиться без\n"
+"потери данных, особенно если вы предварительно провели дефрагментацию\n"
+"раздела Windows. Резервное копирование ваших данных настойчиво\n"
+"рекомендуется.. Рекомендуем выбрать эту опцию, если вы собираетесь\n"
+"использовать Mandriva Linux и Microsoft Windows на одном компьютере.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Перед тем, как выбрать эту опцию, вы должны осознать, что размер вашего\n"
+"раздела Microsoft Windows станет меньше, чем был. У вас будет меньше\n"
+"свободного места под Microsoft Windows для хранения данных и инсталляции\n"
+"новых программ.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" выберите эту опцию, если вы хотите удалить все данные на всех\n"
+"разделах вашего жесткого диска и заменить их новой системой Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"Будьте осторожны в этом решении, потому что после подтверждения вы не\n"
+"сможете вернуть обратно все как было.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Если вы выбираете эту опцию, все данные на вашем жестком диске будут\n"
+"удалены. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": эта опция позволит просто удалить всю информацию на диске и\n"
+"начать создание разделов диска на пустом месте. Вся информация на вашем\n"
+"диске будет утеряна.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Если вы выберете эту опцию, все данные на вашем диске будут потеряны.\n"
+"!!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": выберите эту опцию, если вы желаете разбить ваш диск вручную.\n"
+"Будьте осторожны -- это мощная и одновременно опасная возможность. Вы\n"
+"запросто можете потерять все данные. Поэтому выбор этой опции рекомендуется\n"
+"только в том случае, если вы уже делали что либо подобное раньше и имеете\n"
+"некоторый опыт. Чтобы узнать, как использовать утилиту DiskDrake,\n"
+"обратитесь к разделу ``Управление разделами диска'' книги ``Стартовое\n"
+"руководство пользователя''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Использовать существующий раздел"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Очистить весь диск"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"И вот вы здесь. Установка завершена, и ваша система GNU/Linux готова к\n"
+"использованию. Просто нажмите \"%s\", чтобы перезагрузить систему. Первое,\n"
+"что вы увидите после того, как ваш компьютер закончит тестирование\n"
+"оборудования, это меню начального загрузчика, предоставляющее вам выбор\n"
+"какую операционную систему загрузить.\n"
+"\n"
+"Кнопка \"%s\" покажет еще две кнопки:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": для создания инсталляционной дискеты, с помощью которой можно\n"
+"автоматически провести инсталляцию, подобную только что проведенной, без\n"
+"участия оператора.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Обратите внимание, что после нажатия на кнопку доступны два различных\n"
+"варианта:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": это частично автоматизированная установка, в которой только\n"
+"шаг разметки диска (и только он один) требует участия.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": полностью автоматическая инсталляция: жесткий диск полностью\n"
+"перезаписывается и все данные теряются.\n"
+"\n"
+"   эта возможность очень удобна, когда нужно повторять инсталляцию на\n"
+"большом числе одинаковых машин. Смотрите раздел Auto install на нашем web\n"
+"сайте, чтобы получить больше информации.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": сохраняет выбор пакетов, сделанный в данной инсталляции. Для\n"
+"использования своей выборки пакетов для другой установки, вставьте дискету\n"
+"в дисковод и запустите установку. В приглашении нажмите [F1] и наберите\n"
+">>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Создать дискету автоматической установки"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Все вновь созданные разделы должны быть отформатированы для того, чтобы их\n"
+"можно было использовать (форматирование означает создание файловой\n"
+"системы).\n"
+"\n"
+"На этом этапе у вас есть возможность переформатировать уже существующие\n"
+"разделы, чтобы стереть все данные, которые они содержат. Если вам это\n"
+"нужно, тогда выберите и эти разделы.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пожалуйста, имейте в виду, что нет необходимости переформатировать все\n"
+"существовавшие ранее разделы. Вы должны переформатировать разделы,\n"
+"содержащие операционную систему (такие, как \"/\", \"/usr\" или \"/var\"),\n"
+"но вам совсем не обязательно форматировать разделы, на которых содержатся\n"
+"данные, которые вы хотели бы сохранить (обычно это \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Пожалуйста, будьте осторожны при выборе разделов. После форматирования все\n"
+"данные на выбранных разделах будут удалены и вы не сможете их восстановить.\n"
+"\n"
+"Нажмите \"%s\", когда будете готовы начать форматирование разделов.\n"
+"\n"
+"Нажмите \"%s\", если вы хотите выбрать другой раздел для установки\n"
+"Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Нажмите \"%s\", если хотите выбрать разделы, которые следует проверить на\n"
+"сбойные блоки (bad blocks)."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"В данный момент установки Mandriva Linux было бы неплохо обновить некоторые\n"
+"пакеты из исходного релиза. Некоторые баги могут быть уже исправлены и\n"
+"решены проблемы безопасности. Чтобы получить пользу от этих обновлений,\n"
+"сейчас вы можете загрузить их из Интернет. Нажмите \"%s\", если у вас есть\n"
+"работающее соединение с Интернет, или \"%s\", если вы хотели бы обновить\n"
+"пакеты позже.\n"
+"\n"
+"При выборе \"%s\" появится список мест, из которых можно получить\n"
+"обновления. Выберите ближайший к вам сервер. Затем появится дерево выбора\n"
+"пакетов: просмотрите список и нажмите \"%s\" для получения и установки\n"
+"выбранных пакетов, или \"%s\" для отмены."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"На этом этапе DrakX позволит вам выбрать для машины желаемый уровень\n"
+"безопасности. Как правило, уровень безопасности должен быть выше, если на\n"
+"машине содержатся критические данные или машина непосредственно подключена\n"
+"к Интернет. Однако, более высокий уровень безопасности, в общем случае,\n"
+"достигается в обмен на удобство использования.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вы не знаете что выбрать, оставьте выбор по умолчанию. Вы сможете\n"
+"изменить этот уровень безопасности потом с помощью утилиты draksec из\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"В поле \"%s\" системе указывается пользователь, который будет отвечать за\n"
+"безопасность. На этот адрес будут посылаться сообщения по безопасности."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Администратор по безопасности"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь вам предложат выбрать, какие разделы будут использоваться для\n"
+"установки вашей системы Mandriva Linux. Если разделы были уже определены\n"
+"ранее, например, предыдущей инсталляцией GNU/Linux или другой утилитой\n"
+"разбиения дисков, вы можете воспользоваться существующими разделами. В\n"
+"противном случае, разделы жесткого диска должны быть определены.\n"
+"\n"
+"Для создания разделов сначала выберите жесткий диск. Это можно сделать,\n"
+"выбрав ``hda'' для первого IDE устройства, ``hdb'' для второго, ``sda'' для\n"
+"первого SCSI устройства и так далее.\n"
+"\n"
+"Для разметки выбранного жесткого диска вы можете использовать следующие\n"
+"опции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": эта опция удаляет все разделы на выбранном жестком диске;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": эта опция позволяет автоматически создать ext3 и swap разделы на\n"
+"свободном пространстве вашего жесткого диска.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": открывает доступ к дополнительным возможностям:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": сохраняет таблицу разделов на дискету. Полезно для\n"
+"восстановления таблицы разделов в будущем. Очень рекомендуется произвести\n"
+"этот шаг.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": позволяет восстановить таблицу разделов, ранее сохраненную на\n"
+"дискету.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если ваша таблица разделов испорчена, вы можете попытаться ее\n"
+"восстановить, используя эту опцию. Пожалуйста, будьте осторожны и помните,\n"
+"что это может и не получиться.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": отменяет все изменения и загружает исходную таблицу разделов.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если не выбрать эту опцию, то пользователи будут вынуждены\n"
+"вручную монтировать и размонтировать съемные носители типа дискет и\n"
+"CD-ROMов.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": используйте эту опцию, если вы желаете провести разметку диска с\n"
+"помощью мастера. Это рекомендуется тем, кто не имеет достаточного опыта в\n"
+"разбиении дисков.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": используйте эту опцию для отмены ваших изменений.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": позволяет производить дополнительные действия над разделами\n"
+"(тип, опции, формат) и предоставляет больше информации о жестком диске.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": когда вы закончите разметку своего жесткого диска, нажмите сюда\n"
+"чтобы сохранить изменения на диск.\n"
+"\n"
+"При определении размера раздела, вы можете установить размер раздела,\n"
+"используя клавиши со стрелками на вашей клавиатуре.\n"
+"\n"
+"Замечание: вы можете добраться до любой из опций используя клавиатуру.\n"
+"Перемещайтесь по ним, используя клавишу [Tab] и стрелки [Up/Down].\n"
+"\n"
+"Когда раздел выбран, вы можете использовать:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c для создания нового раздела (когда выбран пустой раздел)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d для удаления раздела\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m для установки точки монтирования\n"
+"\n"
+"Чтобы получить информацию о различных доступных файловых системах,\n"
+"пожалуйста почитайте главу ext2FS из книги ``Справочное руководство''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вы производите инсталляцию на PPC машину, вам потребуется создать\n"
+"маленький HFS ``bootstrap'' раздел, не больше 1MB, который будет\n"
+"использоваться загрузчиком yaboot. Если вы решите сделать раздел чуть\n"
+"больше, скажем 50MB, то вы найдете полезное место для хранения spare kernel\n"
+"и ramdisk образов для загрузки в аварийных ситуациях."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Автомонтирование съемных носителей"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Переключение между нормальным/экспертным режимами"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"На вашем жестом диске обнаружено несколько разделов Microsoft. Выберите\n"
+"необходимый раздел для изменения его размера с целью установки вашей новой\n"
+"операционной системы Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Каждый раздел перечислен так: \"Linux имя\", \"Windows имя\" \"Размер\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux имя\" разделено на: \"тип жесткого диска\", \"номер жесткого\n"
+"диска\", \"номер раздела\" (например, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Тип жесткого диска\" это \"hd\" если ваш жесткий диск IDE и \"sd\" если\n"
+"SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Номер жесткого диска\" это всегда буква после \"hd\" или \"sd\". Для\n"
+"жестких дисков IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" означает \"master жесткий диск на первичном IDE контроллере\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" означает \"slave жесткий диск на первичном IDE контроллере\";;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" означает \"master жесткий диск на вторичном IDE контроллере\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" означает \"slave жесткий диск на вторичном IDE контроллере\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Для жестких дисков SCSI \"a\" означает \"lowest SCSI ID\", \"b\" означает\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", и т.д.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" это буква жесткого диска под Windows (первый диск или\n"
+"раздел называется \"C:\")."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": проверьте текущий выбор страны Если вы находитесь не в этой стране,\n"
+"нажмите на кнопку \"%s\" и выберите другую. Если ваша страна не\n"
+"присутствует в первом показанном списке, нажмите кнопку \"%s\", чтобы\n"
+"увидеть полный список."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Этот шаг появляется только в случае, если на вашей машине найден старый\n"
+"раздел GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX теперь должен узнать, хотите ли вы провести новую установку или\n"
+"обновление существующей системы Mandriva Linux:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": в большинстве случаев этот вариант приведет к уничтожению старой\n"
+"системы. Если вы желаете изменить разделы вашего жесткого диска или\n"
+"изменить файловую систему, вы должны выбрать этот пункт. Однако, в\n"
+"зависимости от того, как разбит ваш диск, вам, возможно, удастся сохранить\n"
+"от перезаписи некоторые свои данные.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": этот класс установки позволит вам обновить пакеты, установленные\n"
+"в вашей системе Mandriva Linux. Текущая схема разделов диска и\n"
+"пользовательские данные останутся нетронутыми. Большинство других шагов\n"
+"будут доступны, как и при стандартной установке.\n"
+"\n"
+"``Обновление'' будет неплохо работать на системах Mandriva Linux начиная с\n"
+"\"8.1\" и выше. Проведение обновления на системах Mandriva Linux старше\n"
+"\"8.1\" не рекомендуется."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"В зависимости от языка по умолчанию, который вы выбрали в разделе , DrakX\n"
+"автоматически подберет определенную конфигурацию клавиатуры. Проверьте, что\n"
+"выбор вам подходит или выберите другую раскладку клавиатуры.\n"
+"\n"
+"Может так быть, что у вас нет клавиатуры, которая точно соответствует\n"
+"вашему языку: например, если вы швейцарец, говорящий по-английски, у вас\n"
+"может быть швейцарская клавиатура. Или вы говорите по-английски, но живете\n"
+"в Квебеке; тогда вы можете попасть в подобную в ситуацию, когда ваш родной\n"
+"язык и клавиатура не совпадают. В любом случае, этот шаг установки позволит\n"
+"вам выбрать подходящую клавиатуру из списка.\n"
+"\n"
+"Нажмите на кнопку \"%s\" чтобы получить полный список поддерживаемых\n"
+"клавиатур.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вы выбираете раскладку клавиатуры, основанную на не-латинском\n"
+"алфавите, следующее диалоговое окно позволит вам выбрать сочетание клавиш\n"
+"для переключения между латинской и не-латинской раскладками."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Ваш выбор предпочитаемого языка повлияет на язык документации, сам\n"
+"инсталлятор и систему в целом. Выберите сначала регион, в котором вы\n"
+"находитесь, затем язык на котором вы говорите.\n"
+"\n"
+"По нажатию на кнопку \"%s\" вы сможете выбрать другие языки, которые можно\n"
+"установить на вашей рабочей станции. Таким образом будут установлены\n"
+"имеющие отношение к языку файлы системной документации и приложения.\n"
+"Например, если у вас в системе будут работать пользователи из Испании,\n"
+"выберите в дереве English как основной, и \"%s\" в дополнительном разделе.\n"
+"\n"
+"О поддержке UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode это новая кодировка, которая включает\n"
+"в себя все существующие языки. Однако ее полная поддержка в GNU/Linux пока\n"
+"находится в стадии разработки. Поэтому Mandriva Linux будет определять\n"
+"использовать ее или нет в зависимости от выбора пользователя:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Если вы выбираете языки, которые имеют свою традиционную устоявшуюся\n"
+"кодировку (языки latin1, русский, японский, китайский, корейский, тайский,\n"
+"греческий, турецкий, большинство языков с iso-8859-2), будет взята по\n"
+"умолчанию их кодировка;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Для остальных языков будет использоваться юникод по умолчанию;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Если выбираются несколько языков, имеющих различную кодировку, будет\n"
+"использован юникод по умолчанию для всей системы;\n"
+"\n"
+" * И наконец, юникод может быть также выбран по запросу пользователя,\n"
+"опцией \"%s\" не зависимо от того, какие языки выбраны.\n"
+"\n"
+"Заметим, что вы не ограничены в выборе дополнительных языков. Вы можете\n"
+"выбрать сколько угодно дополнительных языков, даже установить все языки,\n"
+"отметив пункт \"%s\". Выбор поддержки языка означает наличие переводов,\n"
+"шрифтов, проверку орфографии и т.д. для установленных языков.\n"
+"\n"
+"Для переключения между различными установленными языками в вашей системе вы\n"
+"можете запускать команду \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" с правами \"root\",\n"
+"чтобы изменить язык для всей системы. Запуск этой команды с правами\n"
+"обычного пользователя позволит изменить настройки языка для данного\n"
+"конкретного пользователя."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Испанский"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Обычно у DrakX не возникает проблем с определением количества кнопок вашей\n"
+"мыши. Если все-таки у него это не получается, тогда он будет рассматривать\n"
+"вашу мышь как двух-кнопочную и настроит эмуляцию трех кнопок. Третья кнопка\n"
+"двухкнопочной мыши может быть ``нажата'' одновременным нажатием на левую и\n"
+"правую кнопку. DrakX автоматически определит какой интерфейс использует\n"
+"ваша мышь: PS/2, serial или USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если у вас трехкнопочная мышь с колесиком, вы можете выбрать мышь \"%s\"\n"
+"DrakX тогда настроит вашу мышь с симуляцией колесика. Чтобы воспользоваться\n"
+" затем колесиком, нажимайте среднюю кнопку мыши и двигайте указатель мыши\n"
+"вверх-вниз.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если, по каким-либо причинам, вы желаете указать другой тип мыши, выберите\n"
+"нужную мышь из предоставленного списка.\n"
+"\n"
+"Вы можете выбрать пункт \"%s\" для выбора типа мыши ``generic'', который "
+"будет\n"
+"работать практически с любой мышью.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вы выбираете другую мышь, отличную от выбранной по умолчанию, появится\n"
+"тестовый экран. Понажимайте кнопки и покрутите колесико для проверки\n"
+"правильности настроек и того, что мышь работает корректно. Если мышь ведет\n"
+"себя неверно, нажмите пробел или клавишу [Return], чтобы отменить\n"
+"тестирование и вернуться к списку мышей.\n"
+"\n"
+"Мыши с колесиками иногда автоматически не определяются. В этом случае вам\n"
+"прийдется выбрать свою мышь из списка. Проверьте, что вы правильно выбрали\n"
+"порт подключения мыши. Когда мышь будет выбрана и нажата кнопка \"%s\",\n"
+"появится картинка с изображением мыши. Покрутите колесико мыши для проверки\n"
+"того, что все работает правильно. Как только вы увидите, что колесико на\n"
+"экране движется синхронно с движениями настоящего колесика, проверьте также\n"
+"работу кнопок и движение курсора, который должен двигаться по экрану\n"
+"соответственно вашим перемещениям мыши."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "с эмуляцией колесика"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Универсальный |Любая PS/2 & USB мышь"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Пожалуйста, выберите правильный порт. Например, порт \"COM1\" под Windows\n"
+"называется \"ttyS0\" под GNU/Linux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Это самое важное решение в деле безопасности вашей системы GNU/Linux: вы\n"
+"должны ввести пароль \"root\". \"Root\" является администратором системы, и\n"
+"только он имеет право производить обновления, добавлять пользователей,\n"
+"изменять конфигурацию системы и так далее. Короче говоря, \"root\" может\n"
+"все! Вот поэтому вы должны придумать пароль, который трудно подобрать -\n"
+"DrakX сообщит вам, если пароль слишком прост. Как вы видите, можно вообще\n"
+"не вводить пароль, но мы серьезно советуем вам этого не делать по одной\n"
+"простой причине: не думайте, что если вы загрузили GNU/Linux, то ваши\n"
+"остальные операционные системы защищены от ошибок. Так как \"root\" может\n"
+"переступить все ограничения и непреднамеренно стереть все данные на\n"
+"разделах диска, обращаясь небрежно с разделами, то очень важно, чтобы стать\n"
+"\"root\" было трудно.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пароль должен быть сочетанием цифровых и буквенных символов и иметь длину\n"
+"не менее 8 символов. Никогда не записывайте пароль \"root\" - это делает\n"
+"очень легкой возможность скомпрометировать систему.\n"
+"\n"
+"Одно предостережение -- не делайте пароль слишком длинным или слишком\n"
+"сложным, потому что вы должны его без особых усилий запомнить!\n"
+"\n"
+"Пароль не будет отображаться на экране так же, как вы его вводите. Кроме\n"
+"того, вам прийдется повторить ввод пароля, чтобы предупредить возможность\n"
+"опечатки. Если случится так, что вы опечатались дважды, тогда этот\n"
+"``неверный'' пароль прийдется использовать при первой загрузке.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вы желаете, чтобы доступ к этому компьютеру контролировался сервером\n"
+"аутентификации, нажмите на кнопку \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Если ваша сеть использует службы аутентификации LDAP, NIS или PDC Windows\n"
+"Domain выберите соответствующий тип \"%s\". Если не знаете что выбрать,\n"
+"спросите своего администратора сети.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если у вас возникли проблемы с запоминанием паролей, вы можете выбрать\n"
+"опцию \"%s\", если ваш компьютер не будет подключаться к Интернет и если вы\n"
+"доверяете всем доступ к своей машине."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "аутентификация"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO и GRUB -- это начальные загрузчики GNU/Linux. Этот шаг обычно\n"
+"полностью автоматизирован. DrakX проанализирует загрузочный (boot) сектор\n"
+"диска и будет действовать согласно тому, что он там найдет:\n"
+"\n"
+" * если найден загрузочный сектор Windows, он заменит его на загрузочный\n"
+"сектор GRUB/LILO. Следовательно, вы сможете загружать и GNU/Linux и другую\n"
+"OS, установленную на вашей машине.\n"
+"\n"
+" * если найден загрузочный сектор GRUB или LILO, он заменит его на новый.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если возникают сомнения, DrakX спросит вас куда разместить загрузчик. В\n"
+"общем случае, \"%s\" это лучший вариант выбора. Если выбрать \"%s\", тогда\n"
+"начальный загрузчик не будет установлен вообще. Используйте этот вариант\n"
+"только если вы знаете, что вы делаете."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Теперь пришло время выбрать систему печати для вашего компьютера. Другие OS\n"
+"могут предложить вам одну, а Mandriva Linux предлагает две. Каждая из "
+"систем\n"
+"является лучшей для определенной конфигурации.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- что означает ``печатать, не ставить в очередь'' (``print,\n"
+"do not queue''), это удобный вариант, если вы напрямую подключены к своему\n"
+"принтеру, вы хотите избежать проблем с зажевыванием бумаги, и у вас нет\n"
+"сетевых принтеров. (\"%s\" сможет справиться только с очень простыми\n"
+"реализациями сетей и является для них довольно медленным.) Рекомендуется\n"
+"использовать \"pdq \" в случае, если вы только начинаете свой путь в\n"
+"GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'' (Общая система печати Unix),\n"
+"это превосходная печать на вашем локальном принтере, а также на половине\n"
+"всей планеты. Она проста в настройке и может выступать в качестве сервера\n"
+"или клиента для древних систем печати \"lpd \", поэтому она совместима с\n"
+"ранее выпущенными системами, которым возможно еще требуются службы печати.\n"
+"Несмотря на всю свою мощь, базовые настройки у нее проще чем у \"pdq\".\n"
+"Если вам нужно эмулировать \"lpd\", вы должны включить демон \"cups-lpd \".\n"
+"\"%s\" имеет графический интерфейс для печати или выбора параметров\n"
+"принтера и для управления принтером.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вы сделаете свой выбор сейчас, а позже обнаружите, что система печати\n"
+"вам не подходит, вы сможете изменить ее, запустив PrinterDrake из Центра\n"
+"Управления Mandriva Linux и нажав на кнопку  \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Эксперт"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Сначала DrakX определит любые IDE устройства, присутствующие в вашей\n"
+"системе. Также он проверит наличие одной или больше PCI SCSI карт в\n"
+"системе. Если будет найдена SCSI карта, DrakX автоматически установит\n"
+"соответствующий драйвер.\n"
+"\n"
+"Так как обнаружение аппаратного обеспечения не всегда ошибкоустойчиво,\n"
+"DrakX может не справиться с определением ваших жестких дисков. Если это\n"
+"случится, тогда вам прийдется вручную указать ему оборудование.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вам пришлось вручную указать PCI SCSI адаптер, DrakX спросит вас,\n"
+"хотите ли вы настроить его параметры. Вы должны разрешить DrakX проверить\n"
+"специфические для карты опции, которые нужны для инициализации адаптера.\n"
+"Обычно DrakX проходит этот шаг без проблем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если DrakX не в состоянии автоматически определить, какие параметры нужны\n"
+"оборудованию, вам прийдется вручную настроить драйвер."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": если в вашей системе найдена звуковая карта, здесь это будет\n"
+"показано. Если вы увидите, что показанная звуковая карта не соответствует\n"
+"тому, что у вас реально есть в системе, вы можете нажать на кнопку и\n"
+"выбрать другой драйвер."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"В качестве обзора DrakX представит сводку имеющейся у него различной\n"
+"информации о вашей системе. В зависимости от установленного у вас\n"
+"оборудования, вы можете увидеть все или некоторые из следующих пунктов.\n"
+"Каждый пункт состоит из конфигурационных элементов для настройки,\n"
+"сопровождаемых небольшой сводкой о текущей конфигурации. Нажмите на\n"
+"соответствующую кнопку \"%s\", чтобы изменить настройки.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": проверьте текущую настройку раскладки клавиатуры и сделайте\n"
+"поправку если необходимо.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": проверьте текущий выбор страны Если вы находитесь не в этой\n"
+"стране, нажмите на кнопку \"%s\" и выберите другую. Если ваша страна не\n"
+"присутствует в первом показанном списке, нажмите кнопку \"%s\", чтобы\n"
+"увидеть полный список.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": По умолчанию, DrakX выбирает часовой пояс, основываясь на\n"
+"выбранной вами стране. Вы можете здесь нажать на кнопку \"%s\", если\n"
+"выбранное неверно.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": проверьте текущую конфигурацию мыши и нажмите на кнопку, если\n"
+"необходимо что-либо изменить.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": по нажатию на кнопку \"%s\" откроется мастер настройки принтера.\n"
+"Прочитайте соответствующую главу в книге ``Стартовое руководство\n"
+"пользователя'', чтобы узнать как установить новый принтер. Представленный\n"
+"там интерфейс подобен используемому в процессе установки.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если в вашей системе найдена звуковая карта, здесь это будет\n"
+"показано. Если вы увидите, что показанная звуковая карта не соответствует\n"
+"тому, что у вас реально есть в системе, вы можете нажать на кнопку и\n"
+"выбрать другой драйвер.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если в вашей системе была обнаружена TV карта, она будет здесь\n"
+"показана. Если у вас есть TV карта, но она не была определена, нажмите на\n"
+"кнопку \"%s\" и попробуйте настроить ее вручную.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": вы можете кликнуть по \"%s\" чтобы изменить связанные с картой\n"
+" параметры если считаете что настройка неверна\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": по умолчанию DrakX настраивает ваш графический интерфейс на\n"
+"разрешение \"800x600\" или \"1024x768\". Если вас это не устраивает,\n"
+"нажмите \"%s\" для внесения изменений в конфигурацию вашего графического\n"
+"интерфейса.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если вы хотите настроить доступ в Интернет или локальную сеть\n"
+"прямо сейчас. Обратитесь к печатной документации или используйте\n"
+"Центр управления Mandriva Linux после установки чтобы почитать\n"
+"встроенную справку.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": позволяет настроить адреса HTTP и FTP прокси если машина,\n"
+"которую вы настраиваете, будет работать за прокси-сервером.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": этот пункт предлагает вам переопределить уровень безопасности\n"
+"как это делалось на предыдущем шаге ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если вы собираетесь подключать вашу машину к Интернет, неплохой\n"
+"идеей будет защитить себя от вторжений извне, установив файервол.\n"
+"Прочитайте соответствующий раздел книги ``Стартовое руководство\n"
+"пользователя'', где описаны детали настройки файервола.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если вы желаете изменить конфигурацию начального загрузчика,\n"
+"нажмите эту кнопку. Эта опция предназначена для опытных пользователей.\n"
+"Обратитесь к печатной документации или встроенной справке о настройке\n"
+"загрузчика в Центре управления Mandriva Linux.\n"
+" * \"%s\": здесь вы сможете проконтролировать какие службы будут запущены\n"
+"на вашей машине. Если ваша машина будет сервером, вам стоит проверить эти\n"
+"установки."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "карта ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Графический Интерфейс"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите жесткий диск, который нужно очистить для инсталляции вашего нового\n"
+"раздела Mandriva Linux. Будьте осторожны, все данные на нем будут потеряны\n"
+"и их нельзя будет восстановить!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите \"%s\", если вы хотите удалить все данные и разделы на данном\n"
+"жестком диске. Будьте осторожны, потому что после нажатия \"%s\" вы не\n"
+"сможете восстановить данные и разделы на этом диске, включая данные\n"
+"Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Нажмите \"%s\" для отмены этой операции без потери данных и разделов на\n"
+"данном жестком диске."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Далее ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Назад"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sc.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sc.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..29731d8bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sc.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1110 @@
+# translation of DrakX-sc.po to Sardu
+# Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Antoni Pistis <antonio.pistis@virgilio.it>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-sc\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-14 11:29+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Antoni Pistis <antonio.pistis@virgilio.it>\n"
+"Language-Team: Sardu\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Bolis a tenni custa possibilidadi?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Ajorronu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Cun documentadura fundamentali"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Aposentadura minimali diaderus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dependèntzias automàtigas"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sincronisadura automàtiga"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Imprea pratzidura de imoi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Burra totu su discu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Crea floppy de aposentadura automàtiga"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Aministradori de Siguresa"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Càrrigu automàtigu de mèdius arremoviditzus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spannyolu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "cun emuladura de Arroda"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universali | Dònnia sòrixi PS/2 & USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autentigadura"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Spertu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Skeda ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interfaci Gràfiga"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Sighi ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Agoa"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sk.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sk.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..103bada97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sk.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1998 @@
+# Jan Matis <damned@hq.alert.sk>, 2000.
+# Pavol Cvengros <orpheus@hq.alert.sk>, 2000.
+# Michal Holes <Michal@Holes.sk>, 2004,2005.
+# Tibor Pittich <Tibor.Pittich@phuture.sk>, 2002,2003,2004,2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-21 14:03+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Tibor Pittich <Tibor.Pittich@mandriva.org>\n"
+"Language-Team:  <i18n@mandrake.sk>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Pred tým než budete pokračovať, mali by ste si pozorne prečítať\n"
+"licenčné podmienky. Pokrývajú celú distribúciu Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Ak súhlasíte so všetkými jej bodmi kliknite na tlačidlo \"%s\".\n"
+"Ak nesúhlasíte kliknite na tlačidlo \"%s\" a váš počítač bude reštartovaný."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux je viacpoužívateľský systém čo znamená, že každý používateľ má\n"
+"vlastné nastavenia, vlastné súbory a podobne. Môžete si prečítať "
+"\"Používateľskú\n"
+"príručku\" pre podrobnejšie informácie o viacpoužívateľských systémoch.\n"
+"S výnimkou \"root\"a, ktorý je administrátor systému, používatelia ktorí "
+"budú na tomto\n"
+"mieste pridaní používatelia nemôžu meniť alebo zmazať čokoľvek s výnimkou "
+"svojich vlastných\n"
+"údajov a konfigurácií. Mali by ste vytvoriť minimálne jedného regulárneho\n"
+"používateľa pre seba. Toto konto by ste mali používať pre bežnú rutinnú "
+"prácu.\n"
+"Aj keď sa zdá byť praktické prihlasovať ako \"root\" zakaždým, je to veľmi\n"
+"nebezpečné! Aj najmenší omyl môže viesť k tomu, že váš aktuálny systém už\n"
+"nebude nikdy použiteľný. Ak sa vám podarí spraviť omyl ako bežnému "
+"používateľovi,\n"
+"môžete prísť o niektoré údaje, ale nepodarí sa vám poškodiť celý systém.\n"
+"\n"
+"Najprv by ste mali zadať vaše skutočné meno. Samozrejme, toto nie je\n"
+"povinnosť, môžete zadať ľubovoľné meno. DrakX potom použije prvé\n"
+"slovo z mena, ktoré ste zadali a toto vám ponúkne ako \"%s\".\n"
+"Toto môže byť prihlasovacie meno tohto bežného používateľa. Tiež by ste na\n"
+"tomto mieste mali zadať heslo. Heslo bežného (neprivilegovaného) "
+"používateľa\n"
+"nie je také kritické ako heslo superpoužívateľa \"root\"a z pohľadu "
+"bezpečnosti,\n"
+"ale nie je dôvod toto heslo podceniť, pretože všetky jeho súbory môžu byť\n"
+"v nebezpečenstve.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak kliknete na \"%s\", môžete pridať aj ďalších používateľov\n"
+"ak si to želáte (Vašich priateľov, otca, sestru a podobne). Ak ste skončili\n"
+"s pridávaním, zvoľte \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknutím na \"%s\" môžete zmeniť predvolený \"interpreter\" pre daného\n"
+"používateľa (štandardne bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak ste skončili s pridávaním používateľov, v nasledovnom kroku budete môcť\n"
+"nastaviť používateľa, ktorý bude automaticky prihlásený do systému po "
+"naštartovaní.\n"
+"Ak vás zaujíma táto možnosť (a nezáleží vám na lokálnej bezpečnosti), zvoľte "
+"si\n"
+"požadovaného používateľa a správcu okien, potom kliknite na \"%s\".\n"
+"Ak nemáte záujem používať túto možnosť, odznačte položku \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Chcete použiť túto možnosť?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Tu je zoznam oblastí s existujúcimi Linux oddielmi, ktoré boli zdetekované\n"
+"na vašom disku. Môžete zachovať nastavenia vygenerované sprievodcom, čo\n"
+"môže byť vhodné pre bežné inštalácie. Ak chcete vykonať zmeny, najprv "
+"musíte\n"
+"definovať hlavný oddiel (\"/\"). Nevoľte si príliš malý oddiel, pretože vám "
+"nemusí\n"
+"byť umožnené inštalovať všetok softvér, ktorý by ste si želali. Ak budete "
+"chcieť\n"
+"ukladať používateľské údaje na iný oddiel, bude potrebné vytvoriť oddiel\n"
+"pre \"/home\" oblasť (to je možné ak máte spolu k dispozícii viac ako jeden\n"
+"Linux oddiel).\n"
+"\n"
+"Všetky oddiely sú zobrazené s nasledovnými údajmi: \"Meno\", \"Kapacita\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Meno\" je vytvorené ako: \"typ disku\", \"číslo disku\", \"číslo oddielu"
+"\"\n"
+"(napríklad \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Typ disku\" je vždy písmeno za \"hd\" alebo \"sd\". V prípade IDE\n"
+"diskov:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" znamená \"master disk na primárnom IDE radiči\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" znamená \"slave disk na primárnom IDE radiči\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" znamená \"master disk na sekundárnom IDE radiči\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" znamená \"slave disk na sekundárnom IDE radiči\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Pri SCSI diskoch \"a\" znamená \"najnižšie SCSI ID\", \"b\" znemaná\n"
+"\"druhé najnižšie SCSI ID\" a tak ďalej."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Inštalácia Mandriva Linuxu je distribuovaná na viacerých CD-ROM diskoch. "
+"DrakX\n"
+"vie zistiť, ak je vybraný balík umiestnený na inom CD-ROM disku, vysunie\n"
+"aktuálne CD a vypýta si od vás to ktoré je práve potrebné. Ak toto CD "
+"nemáte, kliknite na \"%s\" a požadovaný balík nebude nainštalovaný."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Teraz je možné vybrať, ktoré programy chcete nainštalovať na váš systém.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux obsahuje tisíce balčkov s programami. Pre jednoduchšiu "
+"orientáciu\n"
+"boly rozdelené do skupín, ktoré združujú podobné aplikácie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Balíčky sú rozdelené do skupín, ktoré zodpovedajú tomu, ako ich "
+"najčastejšie\n"
+"počítač používa. Skupiny sú umiestnené do štyroch sekcií. Výber aplikácií\n"
+"z týchto sekcií možno rôzne kombinovať, takže môžete mať nainštalovanú celú "
+"sekciu\n"
+"\"Pracovná stanica\" a k nej ďalšie aplikácie zo sekcie \"Server\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ak plánujete počítač používať hlavne na \n"
+"bežnú prácu, vyberte si balíčky zo skupín kategórie pracovná stanica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ak budete na počítači programovať, môžete si z tejto\n"
+"sekcie vybrať ďalšie skupiny. Zvláštna skupina \"LSB\" nastaví váš systém "
+"tak,\n"
+"aby čo najviac zodpovedal špecifikácii Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Výber skupiny \"LSB\" tiež nainštaluje jadro rady\"2.4\" namiesto "
+"východzieho\n"
+"jadra rady \"2.6\", pre zaistenie úplnej kompatibility so špecifikáciou "
+"LSB . Aj ak ale\n"
+"skupinu LSB nevyberiete, bude systém takmer úplne špecifikácii zodpovedať\n"
+" * \"%s\":ak bude počítač fungovať ako server, máte možnosť\n"
+"vybrať si najbežnejšie služby, ktoré chcete nainštalovať.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ak uprednostňujete grafické prostredie, tu je\n"
+"ponuka niekoľkých prostredí, z ktorej si musíte vybrať, najmenej jedno\n"
+"aby bolo možné grafické prostredie nainštalovať.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak prejdete myšou nad skupinou, objaví sa krátky text, ktorý vysvetľuje,\n"
+"čo je obsahom danej skupiny.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak zvolíte voľbu \"%s\", zobrazí sa zoznam všetkých\n"
+"balíčkov, ktoré možno nainštalovať. To je užitočné v prípade, že chcete\n"
+"mať absolútnu kontrolu nad tým, čo sa bude inštalovať\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak ste spustili inštaláciu v režime \"%s\", môžete zrušiť výber\n"
+"daných skupín, čím zabránite inštalácii nových balíčkov. To je užitočné\n"
+"v prípade opravy alebo aktualizácie existujúceho systému.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak nevyberiete pri bežnej inštalácii žiadnu skupinu (na rozdiel od\n"
+"aktualizácie), zobrazí sa otázka na inštaláciu niekoľkých typov minimálnej "
+"inštalácie:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Vykoná inštaláciu najmenšieho možného počtu balíčkou s podporou "
+"grafického prostredia.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Nainštaluje systém so základnými programami a ich dokumentáciou. \n"
+"Tento typ je vhodný pre inštaláciu servera.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Nainštaluje sa naozaj najmenšie možné minimum, aby bolo\n"
+"možné používať Linux z príkazového riadku. Inštalácia zaberie asi\n"
+"65 MB."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Aktualizácia"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "So základnou dokumentáciou"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Skutočne minimálna inštalácia"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Nakoniec, v závislosti na tom či ste si vybrali výber jednotlivých balíkov,\n"
+"bude zobrazená stromová štruktúra obsahujúca všetky balíky zoradené podľa\n"
+"skupín a podskupín. Počas prehliadania stromu môžete označiť celú skupinu,\n"
+"podskupinu, ale aj jednotlivé balíky.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vždy, keď vyberiete niektorý balík zo stromu, vpravo sa zobrazí jeho popis,\n"
+"aby ste vedeli aké je jeho približné použitie.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Ak boli vybrané balíky, ktoré sú určené pre server, buď zámerne alebo\n"
+"preto že sú súčasťou celej skupiny, budete musieť potvrdiť, či skutočne\n"
+"chcete tieto služby nainštalovať. V prípade Mandriva Linuxu, sú štandardne "
+"všetky\n"
+"nainštalované služby spúšťané pri štarte systému. Aj keď sú bezpečné\n"
+"a v čase keď bola distribúcia vydaná neobsahovali žiadne známe problémy\n"
+"je možné, že tieto bezpečnostné problémy budú odhalené až po dokončení\n"
+"tejto verzie Mandriva Linuxu. Ak neviete čo jednotlivé servisy znamenajú, "
+"alebo\n"
+"prečo boli nainštalované tak kliknite na \"%s\". Kliknutím na \"%s\" budú\n"
+"vypísané služby nainštalované a automaticky naštartované pri spustení\n"
+"systému. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Voľba \"%s\" potlačí varovný dialóg, ktorý sa objaví vždy,\n"
+"keď inštalátor automaticky vyberie balíky pre uspokojenie závislostí. "
+"Niektoré\n"
+"balíky majú závislosti medzi sebou alebo vyžadujú prítomnosť iných "
+"programov.\n"
+"Inštalátor dokáže tieto závislosti medzi balíkmy vyriešiť a úspešne tak\n"
+"dokončiť inštaláciu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Malá ikona diskety na spodku zoznamu vám umožní načítať zoznam balíkov,\n"
+"ktoré boli vybrané pri predchádzajúcej inštalácii. Toto je užitočné ak máte\n"
+"množstvo počítačov, ktoré si želáte nainštalovať identicky. Po kliknutí na "
+"túto ikonu\n"
+"budete požiadaní o vloženie diskety, ktorú ste si vytvorili na konci "
+"vzorovej\n"
+"inštalácie. Pozrite si ďalší tip pri poslednom kroku, ako vytvoriť takúto\n"
+"disketu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatické závislosti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": kliknutím na \"%s\" tlačidlo sa otvorí sprievodca konfiguráciou "
+"tlačiarne.\n"
+"Ak chcete získať viac informácií o tom, ako nastaviť novú tlačiareň, "
+"použite\n"
+"``Úvodnú príručku''. Rozhranie, ktoré tu vidíte je podobné tomu, ktoré bolo\n"
+"použité pri inštalácii."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Tento dialóg slúži pre výber služieb, ktoré si želáte spustiť pri štarte\n"
+"systému.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX zobrazí všetky služby dostupné pre aktuálnu inštaláciu.\n"
+"Pozorne si ich prezrite a zrušte tie, ktoré nebudete pri štarte systému\n"
+"potrebovať\n"
+"\n"
+"Je možné získať krátky popisný text o danej službe jej označením.\n"
+"V každom prípade, ak sa neviete uistiť v tom, ktorá zo služieb je pre vás\n"
+"použiteľná, je bezpečné ponechať predvolené nastavenie.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Pri tomto kroku buďte opatrní ak plánujete používať váš počítač ako "
+"server:\n"
+"zrejme nebudete chcieť štartovať všetky služby, napríklad tie, ktoré nebude\n"
+"Váš systém poskytovať. Nezabudnite, že mnohé služby môžu byť\n"
+"pre server nebezpečné. Zvoľte si skutočne iba služby, ktoré naozaj "
+"potrebujete.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux spracováva čas v GMT (Greenwichský čas) a transformuje ho do\n"
+"lokálneho času v závislosti od nastavenej časovej zóny. Ak je čas na vašej\n"
+"matičnej doske nastavený ako lokálny čas, môžete toto deaktivovať "
+"odznačením\n"
+"\"%s\" následkom čoho bude systém vedieť, že hardvérové hodiny sú nastavené\n"
+"tak, že zodpovedajú časovej zóne. Toto je užitočné, ak na počítači "
+"prevádzkujete\n"
+"zároveň aj iný operačný systém.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nastavenie \"%s\" dokáže automaticky dolaďovať hodiny na základe pripojenia\n"
+"k vzdialenému časovému serveru v Internete. Pre správnu funkcionalitu tejto "
+"možnosti\n"
+"je potrebné, aby ste mali funkčné pripojenie k Internetu. Je vhodné vybrať "
+"si časový\n"
+"server, ktorý je vo vašej blízkosti. Táto voľba tiež nainštaluje časový "
+"server, ktorý je\n"
+"potom možné používať aj vo vašej lokálnej sieti."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatická synchronizácia času"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafická karta\n"
+"\n"
+"   Inštalátor obyčajne dokáže zdetekovať a nakonfigurovať grafickú kartu\n"
+"vo vašom počítači. Ak tomu tak nie je vo vašom prípade, môžete si\n"
+"vybrať zo zoznamu kartu, ktorú aktuálne používate.\n"
+"\n"
+"   V prípade dostupnosti viacerých serverov pre vašu kartu, s alebo bez\n"
+"3D akcelerácie si budete musieť vybrať server, ktorý bude zodpovedať vašim\n"
+"požiadavkám."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (X Window System) je srdcom grafického rozhrania GNU/Linux systému\n"
+"spolu so všetkými grafickými prostrediami (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaked, atď.) distribuovanými s Mandriva Linux systémom.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zmenou nasledovných parametrov môžete dosiahnuť optimálne nastavenie\n"
+"vášho grafického systému.\n"
+"\n"
+"Grafická karta\n"
+"\n"
+"   Inštalátor dokáže za normálnych okolností zdetekovať a nakonfigurovať\n"
+"grafickú kartu vo vašom systéme. Ak neprebehla autodetekcia správne, môžete\n"
+"si vybrať v tomto zozname kartu, ktorú práve používate.\n"
+"\n"
+"   V prípade, že je dostupných viacero serverov pre vašu grafickú kartu,\n"
+"s alebo bez 3D akcelerácie, budete si musieť vybrať server, ktorý bude "
+"zodpovedať vašim požiadavkám.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Inštalátor bežne dokáže automaticky zdetekovať a nastaviť monitor\n"
+"ktorý je pripojený k vášmu počítaču. Ak neprebehla autodetekcia\n"
+"správn môžete si vybrať zo zoznamu monitor, ktorý používate.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Rozlíšenie\n"
+"\n"
+"   Môžete si vybrať rozlíšenie a farebnú hĺbku medzi tými, ktoré sú "
+"dostupné\n"
+"pre váš hardvér. Vyberte si takú, aká čo najlepšie vyhovuje vašim potrebám\n"
+"(tieto hodnoty budete môcť zmeniť aj po inštalácii). Ukážka zvolenej\n"
+"konfigurácie bude zobrazená na vašom monitore.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   systém sa pokúsi nastaviť grafický mód vo zvolenom rozlíšení. Ak budete "
+"môcť vidieť\n"
+"správu a odpoviete na na ňu \"%s\", DrakX bude pokračovať nasledujúcim\n"
+"krokom. Ak nebudete vidieť túto správu, bude to znamenať, že niektorá časť "
+"autodetekcie\n"
+"neprebehla úspešne. Test sa automaticky ukončí po 12 sekundách a znovu sa "
+"vám zobrazí\n"
+"menu. Skúste meniť nastavenie dovtedy, kým nezískate korektne nastavený "
+"grafický displej.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Nastavenia\n"
+"\n"
+"   Na tomto mieste môžete nastaviť,či váš počítač má po štarte prejsť \n"
+"automaticky do grafického režimu. Pravdepodobne budete musieť označiť \"%s\" "
+"ak váš systém\n"
+"bude prevádzkovaný ako server alebo ak sa vám nepodarilo uspokojivo "
+"nakonfigurovať\n"
+"grafické rozhranie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Inštalátor dokáže automaticky zdetekovať monitor, ktorý je pripojený\n"
+"k vášmu počítaču. Ak monitor nebol správne zdetekovaný máte možnosť\n"
+"vybrať si zo zoznamu monitor, ktorý máte aktuálne pripojený."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Rozlíšenie\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tu si môžete vybrať rozlíšenie a farebnú hĺbku medzi tými, ktoré sú\n"
+"dostupné pre váš hardvér. Vyberte si jedno, ktoré najviac vyhovuje vašim\n"
+"potrebám (toto nastavenie budete môcť po inštalácii zmeniť). Ukážka "
+"zvolenej\n"
+"konfigurácie bude odskúšaná na vašom monitore."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"V prípade, že sú k dispozícii rôzne servery pre vašu kartu (s alebo bez\n"
+"3D akcelerácie), bude vám položená otázka s výberom servera, ktorý bude\n"
+"vyhovovať vašim potrebám."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Nastavenia\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tu si môžete zvoliť či si želáte aby bolo hneď po spustení použité "
+"grafické\n"
+"rozhranie. Samozrejme, mali by ste odpovedať \"%s\", ak váš počítač bude\n"
+"slúžiť ako server alebo ak sa vám nepodarilo správne nakonfigurovať "
+"grafické\n"
+"rozhranie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Teraz si môžete zvoliť, kam si želáte nainštalovať Mandriva Linux\n"
+"na váš disk. Ak je váš disk prázdny alebo ak na ňom\n"
+"už existuje operačný systém, ktorý zaberá všetko dostupné miesto, bude\n"
+"potrebné ho prerozdeliť. Prerozdeľovanie pozostáva z logického\n"
+"rozdelenia disku a vytvorenia priestoru pre novú inštaláciu Mandriva\n"
+"Linux systému.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pretože proces rozdeľovania je nezvratný a môže dôjsť k strate údajov, ak\n"
+"už na počítači existuje operačný systém; prerozdeľovanie disku môže byť pre\n"
+"neskúsených používateľov stresujúce. Našťastie DrakX obsahuje sprievodcu,\n"
+"ktorý tento proces značne zjednodušuje. Pred tým ako budete pokračovať,\n"
+"prečítajte si celú túto sekciu, ušetríte si tak zbytočné problémy.\n"
+"\n"
+"V závislosti na rozdelení vášho disku vám budú ponúknuté rôzne možnosti:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": táto možnosť bude jednoducho viesť k automatickému\n"
+"rozdeleniu vášho voľného miesta na disku(och). Na žiadne ďalšie otázky\n"
+"nebudete musieť odpovedať.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sprievodca rozpoznal jeden alebo viac už existujúcich\n"
+"oddielov pre Linux na vašom pevnom disku. Ak si ho/ich želáte použiť potom\n"
+"si vyberte túto možnosť. Následne budete musieť nastaviť body pripojenia, "
+"ktoré\n"
+"priradíte jednotlivým oddielom. Dôležité body pripojenia budú už štandardne "
+"predvolené\n"
+"a v mnohých prípadoch je dobrý nápad zachovať ich.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ak už máte nainštalovaný operačný systém Microsoft Windows na "
+"vašom\n"
+"pevnom disku a zaberá všetko voľné miesto, ktoré je na ňom k dispozícii, je "
+"potrebné\n"
+"vytvoriť nový Linux oddiel pre uloženie údajov. Môžete teda vymazať takýto\n"
+"Windows oddiel a tam uložené údaje (pozrite ``Vymazať celý disk''') alebo "
+"zmeniť veľkosť vašej\n"
+"Microsoft Windows FAT oblasti. Zmenu veľkosti je možné uskutočniť bez straty "
+"údajov,\n"
+"po predchádzajúcom defragmentovaní Windows oblasti, ak obsahuje FAT "
+"súborový\n"
+"systém. Je veľmi odporúčané si najprv odzálohovať údaje. Toto riešenie je\n"
+"odporúčané použiť ak si chcete používať spoločne Mandriva Linux aj Microsoft "
+"Windows\n"
+"na jednom počítači.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Pred výberom tejto možnosti sa prosím presvedčte, či veľkosť Mrkvošrot "
+"Windows\n"
+"oddielu môže byť ešte menšia ako je momentálne. Budete mať k dispozícii "
+"menej\n"
+"priestoru pre ukladanie vašich údajov alebo inštaláciu nových programov pod\n"
+"Vaším Microsoft Windows systémom.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ak si želáte vymazať všetky údaje a všetky oddiely\n"
+"prítomné na vašom pevnom disku a nahradiť ich vašim novým Mandriva Linux\n"
+"systémom, zvoľte si túto voľbu. Buďte opatrní pri tejto možnosti, pretože "
+"nebude\n"
+"žiadna možnosť zvrátiť vaše rozhodnutie keď ho potvrdíte.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ak si vyberiete túto možnosť, všetky údaje na vašom disku budú "
+"vymazané. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": jednoducho bude všetko odstránené z pevného\n"
+"disku a bude potrebné prerozdeliť disk odznova. Všetky údaje na vašom disku\n"
+"budú stratené;\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ak si vyberiete túto možnosť, všetky údaje na vašom disku budú "
+"stratené. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": vyberte si túto možnosť ak chcete ručne rozdeľovať váš\n"
+"pevný disk. Buďte opatrní - je to veľmi mocná, ale nebezpečná voľba a "
+"môžete\n"
+"veľmi jednoducho prísť o všetky vaše údaje. Preto si ju nevyberajte bez "
+"toho\n"
+"aby ste skutočne vedeli čo robíte. Ak chcete vedieť bližšie ako používať "
+"nástroj\n"
+"DiskDrake, prečítajte si ``Menežovanie vašich oblastí'' v ``Používateľskej\n"
+"príručke''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Použiť existujúci oddiel"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Vymazať celý disk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Hotovo. Inštalácia je teraz kompletná a váš GNU/Linux systém je\n"
+"pripravený na používanie. Iba kliknite na tlačidlo \"%s\" pre reštart\n"
+"systému. Nezabudnite vybrať inštalačné médiá (CD-ROM alebo disketu\n"
+"Prvá vec, ktorú môžete vidieť po ukončení hardverových testov je\n"
+"menu zavádzača, ktorý vám dáva možnosť výberu aký operačný systém chcete\n"
+"spustiť.\n"
+"\n"
+"Stlačením tlačidla \"%s\" sa zobrazia dve ďalšie tlačidlá:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": čím sa vytvorí disketa, pomocou ktorej môžete automaticky\n"
+"vykonávať celú inštaláciu bez potreby zásahu, čiže presne takú istú\n"
+"inštaláciu ako ste práve previedli.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Všimnite si dve rôzne nastavenia po kliknutí na toto tlačidlo:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Toto je čiastočne automatizovaná inštalácia. Krok\n"
+"rozdeľovanie disku je jediná interaktívna časť.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Plne automatizovaná inštalácia: pevný disk je kompletne\n"
+"prepísaný, všetky údaje na ňom budú stratené.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Táto možnosť je veľmi užitočná, ak inštalujete veľké množstvo podobných\n"
+"počítačov. Pozrite si sekciu venovanú automatickej inštalácii na našej web "
+"stránke.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): uloží výber balíkov tak, ako boli vybrané v tejto\n"
+"inštalácii. Ak chcete vykonať ďalšiu rovnakú inštaláciu, vložte túto\n"
+"disketu do mechaniky, pri spustení inštalácie stlačte klávesu [F1] a "
+"napíšte:\n"
+">>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Je potrebné mať pripravenú FAT naformátovanú disketu (pre jej "
+"vytvorenie\n"
+"pod GNU/Linux systémom použite \n"
+"\"mformat a:\", alebo \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" nasledovaný\"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Vygenerovať auto-inštalačnú disketu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Ak si zvolíte použitie niektorej existujúcej GNU/Linux partície mali by ste "
+"ju\n"
+"v niektorých prípadoch preformátovať a odstrániť údaje ktoré obsahuje. "
+"Vyberte\n"
+"partície ktoré si želáte preformátovať.\n"
+"\n"
+"Uvedomte si, že nie je nutné opätovne formátovať všetky existujúce oddiely.\n"
+"Určite musíte formátovať oddiely obsahujúce operačný systém (napríklad  \"/"
+"\",\n"
+"\"/usr\" alebo \"/var\"  ), nemusíte ale formátovať oddiely obsahujúce "
+"údaje, ktoré\n"
+"chcete zachovať (typicky \"/home\")\n"
+"\n"
+"Pri voľbe oddielov na formátovanie buďte opatrní. Po naformátovaní budú\n"
+"všetky údaje na zvolených oddieloch zmazané a nebude žiadna možnosť\n"
+"ako ich obnoviť\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" ak ste pripravený formátovať vybrané oddiely.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" ak si chcete zvoliť iné oddiely pre inštaláciu vášho\n"
+"nového Mandriva Linux systému.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" ak si chcete vybrať oddiely, ktoré budú kontrolované\n"
+"na prítomnosť chybných blokov na disku."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Po nainštalovaní Mandriva Linux systému je pravdepodobné, že niektoré\n"
+"balíky ktoré sa nachádzali v distribúcii, nezodpovedajú ich aktuálnym\n"
+"verziám. Môžu v nich byť opravené chyby alebo bezpečnostné nedostatky.\n"
+"Aby ste mohli tieto opravy aplikovať, budete si ich teraz môcť stiahnuť\n"
+"z Internetu. Vyberte \"%s\" ak máte fungujúce pripojenie k Internetu, alebo\n"
+"\"%s\" ak chcete opravy aplikovať neskôr.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zvolením \"%s\" sa zobrazí zoznam miest z ktorých je možné získať opravy.\n"
+"Vyberte si vám najbližšie a zobrazí sa vám výber balíkov: prezrite si výber\n"
+"a kliknite na \"%s\" pre získanie a inštaláciu vybraných balíkov, alebo si "
+"vyberte\n"
+"\"%s\" pre zrušenie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Na tomto mieste vám DrakX umožňuje nastaviť bezpečnostnú úroveň pre\n"
+"tento počítač. Ako pomôcku môžete použiť pravidlo, že čím dôležitejšie\n"
+"údaje váš systém obsahuje alebo ak bude pripojený do Internetu, tým vyššia\n"
+"úroveň by mala byť zvolená. Treba si uvedomiť, že so zvyšovaním "
+"bezpečnostnej\n"
+"úrovne sa znižuje pohodlie používania.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak si neviete vybrať, ponechajte štandardné nastavenie.Budete ju však\n"
+"mať možnosť zmeniť pomocou programu drakcec, ktorý je súčasťou\n"
+"Kontrolného Centra Mandriva Linuxu\n"
+"\n"
+"Do políčka \"%s\" zadajte e-mailovú adresu osoby zodpovednej za\n"
+"bezpečnosť vášho PC. Na túto adresu budú zasielané\n"
+"bezpečnostné upozornenia. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Bezpečnostný administrátor"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Na tomto mieste je potrebné aby ste si vybrali oblasti, ktoré budú použité\n"
+"na inštaláciu Mandriva Linuxu. Ak už boli oddiely definované,\n"
+"napríklad pri predchádzajúcej inštalácii GNU/Linux-u alebo iným nástrojom\n"
+"pre správu oblastí, môžete použiť už existujúce oblasti. Inak musia byť\n"
+"oblasti teraz definované.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pre vytvorenie oddielu si najprv musíte vybrať pevný disk. To dosiahnete\n"
+"kliknutím na ``hda'' pre prvý IDE disk, ``hdb'' pre druhý, ``sda'' je prvý "
+"SCSI\n"
+"disk a podobne.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pri rozdeľovaní vybraného disku je možné použiť tieto možnosti:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": táto voľba vymaže všetky oblasti na vybranom pevnom\n"
+"disku\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": táto voľba umožní automatické vytvorenie ext3\n"
+"a swap oblasti na voľnom mieste vášho disku\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": získate prístup k rozšíreným možnostiam:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": uložiť tabuľku rozdelenia na disketu.\n"
+"Vhodné pre neskoršiu obnovu tabuľky, ak to bude potrebné. Je veľmi\n"
+"odporúčané aby ste absolvovali tento krok.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": umožňuje obnoviť predtým uloženú tabuľku\n"
+"z diskety.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ak je vaša tabuľka rozdelenia disku zničená,\n"
+"môžete sa pokúsiť zachrániť ju použitím tejto možnosti. Buďte opatrní a "
+"pamätajte si, že\n"
+"sa to nemusí podariť.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": zrušiť všetky zmeny a načítať znova pôvodnú tabuľku rozdelenia\n"
+"disku.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": odznačením tejto možnosti prinútite používateľov k manuálnemu\n"
+"pripájaniu a odpájaniu vymeniteľných médií ako napríklad diskety alebo CD-"
+"ROM\n"
+"médiá.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": použite toto nastavenie ak si želáte použiť sprievodcu pre "
+"rozdelenie\n"
+"Vášho disku. Táto možnosť je doporučená ak nemáte dobré znalosti o "
+"rozdeľovaní\n"
+"pevného disku.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": použite túto možnosť pre zrušenie vašich zmien.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": umožňuje uskutočniť ďalšie akcie na oblastiach (typ, voľby, "
+"formátovanie)\n"
+"pričom sú vypisované podrobnejšie informácie.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ak ste skončili s rozdeľovaním vášho pevného disku, táto voľba\n"
+"uloží vaše zmeny na disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak ste definovali veľkosť partícií, môžete ešte donastaviť veľkosť týchto "
+"partícií\n"
+"pomocou šípiek na klávesnici.\n"
+"\n"
+"Poznámka: je možné dosiahnuť všetky voľby a nastavenia pomocou klávesnice. "
+"Výber\n"
+"oblastí za použitia [Tab] a [Hore/Dole] šípiek.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak je oblasť vybraná, je možné použiť:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c pre vytvorenie novej oblasti (ak je vybraná prázdna oblasť)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d pre zrušenie oblasti\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m pre nastavenie bodu pripojenia\n"
+"\n"
+"Pre získanie informácií o iných súborových systémoch, ktoré sú dostupné, "
+"prečítajte\n"
+"si ext2FS kapitolu z ``Referenčnej príručky''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak prevádzate inštaláciu na PPC hardvéri, budete zrejme chcieť vytvoriť malý "
+"HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' oddiel veľký aspoň 1MB, ktorý bude môcť používať yaboot\n"
+"zavádzač. Ak sa rozhodnete vytvoriť tento oddiel väčší, povedzme 50MB, môže\n"
+"to byť vhodné miesto pre uloženie jadra a obrazov ramdisku pre výnimočné\n"
+"situácie, ktoré môžu nastať."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automatické pripájanie vymeniteľného média"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Prepnúť medzi normálnym/expertným režimom"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Bol nájdený viac ako jeden Microsoft oddiel na vašom pevnom disku.\n"
+"Vyberte si prosím jeden, ktorý chcete nastaviť pre inštaláciu vášho\n"
+"nového Mandriva Linux operačného systému.\n"
+"\n"
+"Všetky oddiely sú zobrazené nasledovne: \"Linux meno\", \"Windows meno\",\n"
+"\"Kapacita\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux meno\" sa skladá z: \"typ pevného disku\", \"jeho čísla\",\n"
+"\"čísla oddielu\" (napríklad, \"/dev/hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Typ pevného disku\" je \"hd\" ak je váš disk IDE a ako \"sd\" v prípade,\n"
+"že to SCSI pevný disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Číslo pevného disku\" je vždy písmeno za \"hd\" alebo \"sd\". Pri IDE\n"
+"diskoch:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" znamená \"master pevný disk na primárnom IDE radiči\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" znamená \"slave pevný disk na primárnom IDE radiči\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" znamená \"master pevný disk na sekundárnom IDE radiči\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" znamená \"slave pevný disk na sekundárnom IDE radiči\";\n"
+"\n"
+"U SCSI diskov \"a\" znamená \"najnižšie SCSI ID\", \"b\" znamená\n"
+"\"druhé najnižšie SCSI ID\" a tak ďalej.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows meno\" je písmenné označenie vášho pevného disku pod\n"
+"systémom Windows (prvý disk alebo oddiel sa volá \"C:\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": skontrolujte aktuálne nastavenie krajiny. Ak sa nenachádzate\n"
+"v tejto krajine, kliknite na tlačidlo \"%s\"a vyberte si inú. Ak nie je "
+"vaša\n"
+"krajina zozbrazená v tomto zozname, kliknite na tlačidlo \"%s\" pre\n"
+"získanie kompletného zoznamu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Tento krok sa aktivuje iba vtedy, ak sú na vašom systéme nájdené staršie\n"
+"GNU/Linux oddiely.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX teraz potrebuje vedieť či si želáte vykonať novú inštaláciu alebo "
+"aktualizáciu\n"
+"existujúceho Mandriva Linux systému:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Pomocou tejto voľby môžete kompletne zrušiť váš predchádzajúci\n"
+"operačný systém. Ak si želáte zmeniť rozloženie oddielov na vašich diskoch "
+"alebo zmeniť\n"
+"súborový systém, mali by ste použiť túto voľbu. V závislosti od vášho "
+"predchádzajúceho\n"
+"rozdelenia oblastí je možné predísť prepísaniu niektorých už existujúcich "
+"údajov.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": táto trieda inštalácie vám umožňuje aktualizovať balíky, ktoré\n"
+"sú momentálne nainštalované vo vašom Mandriva Linux systéme. Aktuálne\n"
+"rozdelenie oddielov a používateľské údaje nebudú prepísané. Mnohé ostatné "
+"kroky\n"
+"inštalácie ostanú dostupné, podobne ako pri štandardnej inštalácii.\n"
+"\n"
+"Použitie voľby ``Aktualizácia'' by malo fungovať správne pre systémy\n"
+"Mandriva Linux \"8.1\" a novšie. Vykonanie Aktualizácie pre staršie verzie "
+"ako\n"
+"\"8.1\" nie je odporúčané.\""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"V závislosti na vybranom jazyku () DrakX automaticky vybral vhodný\n"
+"typ klávesnice. Je ale možné, že nechcete mať nastavenú klávesnicu,\n"
+"ktorá presne korešponduje s jazykom:\n"
+"napríklad, ak hovoríte po slovensky, nemusí to automaticky znamenať, že\n"
+"chcete mať nastavenú slovenskú klávesnicu a naopak, ak chcete mať\n"
+"nastavenú slovenskú klávesnicu, nemusí to znamenať že hovoríte po\n"
+"slovensky. V takomto prípade vám tento krok umožní vybrať si vami\n"
+"požadovaný typ klávesnice zo zoznamu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na tlačidlo \"%s\" čo bude mať za následok výpis kompletného\n"
+"zoznamu podporovaných klávesníc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak si vyberiete klávesnicovú mapu, ktorá obsahuje ne-latinkové znaky,\n"
+"potom ďalší krok vám umožní vybrať si kombináciu kláves, pomocou\n"
+"ktorej si budete môcť prepínať medzi latin a ne-latin mapou."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Prvým korokom je výber preferovaného jazyka\n"
+"\n"
+"Výber preferovaného jazyka ovplyvňuje dokumentáciu, jazyk inštalačného "
+"programu\n"
+"a všetkých ostatných programov. V prvom kroku si vyberiete región, kde "
+"žijete,\n"
+"a potom jazyk, ktorým hovoríte.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tlačidlo \"%s\" umožňuje zvoliť )ďalšie jazyky, ktoré budú tiež\n"
+"nainštalované a môžete je použiť v systéme. Výberom ďalších jazykov "
+"nainštalujete\n"
+"súbory s aplikáciami a dokumentáciou špecifické pre tieto jazyky. Ak "
+"napríklad\n"
+"na počítači pracujú Španieli, vyberte angličtinu ako hlavnú\n"
+"a pod tlačidlom rozšírené zaškrtnite voľbu \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Podpora UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode je nové kódovanie znakov, ktoré obsahuje\n"
+"všetky známe jazyky. Plná podpora v GNU/Linuxe je stále vo vývoji.\n"
+"Z tohto dôvodu bude alebo nebude v systéme použitá podľa voľby používateľa:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ak vyberiete jazyk s jasne daným kódovaním (latin1, Ruština, Japonština\n"
+"Čínština, Korejština, Thajština, Gréčtina, Turečtina, väčšina jazykov "
+"používajúcich kódovanie\n"
+"iso-8859-2), bude implicitne použité staré kódovanie;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ostatné jazyky používajú implicitne Unicode.\n"
+" * Ak potrebujete dva alebo viac jazykov a tieto jazyky nepoužívajú "
+"rovnaké \n"
+"kódovanie, bude pre celý systém použité kódanie unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ak používateľ vyberie voľbu \"%s\", bude použité kódovanie unicode "
+"nezávisle\n"
+"na výberu jazykov pre celý systém.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pri výbere jazyka nie ste obmedzení iba na jeden ďalší. Môžete si ich vybrať "
+"viac alebo dokonca nainštalovať všetky vybraním voľby \"%s\".\n"
+"Podpora jazyka zahrnňuje inštaláciu lokalizácií programov, fontov, kontrolu "
+"pravopisu, atď. \n"
+"\n"
+"Zmenu rôznych jazykov inštalovaných v systéme možno vykonať pomocou príkazu\n"
+"\"localedrake\" spusteného ako používateľ \"root\". Spustenie pod\n"
+"bežným používateľom spôsobí zmenu nastavenia iba pre daného používateľa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Španielsky"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Aplikácia DrakX zvyčajne zistí počet tlačidiel na vašej mysi. Ak nie, "
+"predpokladá,\n"
+"že máte dvojtlačidlovú myš a nastaví emuláciu pre tretie tlačidlo. \n"
+"Emulácia tretieho tlačidla sa vykonáva súčasným stlačením ľavého i pravého\n"
+"tlačidla. Aplikácia tiež dokáže rozpoznať, či sa jedná o myšPS/2, USB\n"
+"alebo sériovú.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak máte trojtlačidlovú myš bez kolieska, môžete si vybrať typ myši \"%s\".\n"
+"Inštalačný program potom nataví emuláciu tak, že sa posun kolieskom "
+"simuluje\n"
+"stlačením prostredného tlačidla a posúvaním myši hore a dole.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak chcete zadať iný typ myši, vyberte ju zo zoznamu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tiež môžete vybrať položku \"%s\", ktorou zvolíte \"všeobecný\" typ myši,\n"
+"ktorý by mal pracovať správne s takmer kažou myšou.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak vyberiete inú myš než tú, ktorá bola detegovaná, zobrazí sa testovacia\n"
+"obrazovka. Na nej otestujte tlačidlá i koliesko a overte, či je nastavenie\n"
+"správne. Ak myš nepracuje správne, stlačte medzerník a vyberte iný typ "
+"myši.\n"
+"\n"
+"Myši s kolieskom nie sú v niektorých prípadoch automaticky rozpoznané. "
+"Budete\n"
+"ju musieť vybrať zo zoznamu. Uistite sa, že vyberiete myš správneho typu\n"
+"portu, ku ktorému je pripojená. Potom, čo stlačíte tlačidlo \"%s\", \n"
+"zobrazí sa obrázok s myšou. Posunujte kolieskom, aby se správne aktivovalo; "
+"koliesko\n"
+"na obrazovcke by sa malo pohybovať. Potom overte tlačidlá a či sa myš "
+"pohybuje\n"
+"na obrazovke správne."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "s emuláciou kolieska"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Ktorákoľvek PS/2 a USB myš"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Prosím zvoľte správny port. Napríklad COM1 pod MS Windows sa v\n"
+"GNU/Linux nazýva ttyS0."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Toto je veľmi dôležité rozhodnutie zamerané na bezpečnosť vášho GNU/Linux\n"
+"systému: musíte zadať heslo pre používateľa \"root\"-a. Je to systémový "
+"administrátor\n"
+"a ako jediný má oprávnenie vykonávať aktualizácie, pridávať používateľov,\n"
+"meniť nastavenie celého systému a podobne. V skratke sa dá povedať, že \"root"
+"\"\n"
+"môže všetko! Toto je dôvod, prečo si musíte zvoliť heslo tak, aby ho nebolo\n"
+"jednoduché uhádnuť - DrakX vám to povie, ak je príliš jednoduché. Ako "
+"vidíte,\n"
+"môžete sa rozhodnúť nezadať žiadne heslo, ale chceli by sme vás pred tým\n"
+"varovať z jedného dôvodu: nemyslite si, že vaše ostatné nainštalované "
+"operačné\n"
+"systémy sú chránené pred omylmi len preto, že máte spustený operačný systém\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Pretože na \"root\"-a sa nevzťahujú žiadne obmedzenia a je mu\n"
+"umožnené dokonca vymazať všetky údaje na všetkých dostupných oblastiach,\n"
+"je veľmi dôležité aby nebolo príliš jednoduché sa stať \"root\"-om.\n"
+"\n"
+"Toto heslo by malo byť kombináciou alfanumerických znakov a byť aspoň 8\n"
+"znakov dlhé. Nikdy nezadávajte ako heslo \"root\", bolo by ho veľmi "
+"jednoduché\n"
+"uhádnuť a kompromitovať tak systém.\n"
+"\n"
+"V každom prípade, netvorte si heslo príliš dlhé alebo príliš komplikované, "
+"aby ste\n"
+"si ho dokázali zapamätať bez toho aby ste ho mali niekde napísané.\n"
+"\n"
+"Heslo sa počas jeho zadávania nezobrazuje na obrazovke. Budete vyzvaní k "
+"tomu\n"
+"aby ste ho zadali dva krát, aby sa predišlo problémom pri omyle alebo "
+"preklepe. Ak\n"
+"sa vám ale podarí zadať dva krát po sebe heslo s rovnakou chybou, bude toto "
+"``chybné''\n"
+"heslo nastavené!\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak chcete kontrolovať prístup k tomuto počítaču pomocou autorizačného "
+"servera\n"
+"kliknite na tlačidlo \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak vaša sieť používa LDAP, NIS alebo PDC vrámci Windows domény pre "
+"autentikáciu,\n"
+"vyberte si požadované ako \"%s\". Ak neviete na túto otázku odpovedať\n"
+"opýtajte sa vášho sieťového administrátora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak máte problém zapamätať si vaše heslo a váš počítač nie je pripojený k "
+"Internetu\n"
+"alebo ak dôverujete každému, kto má k počítaču prístup môžte si zvoliť "
+"nastavenie\n"
+"\"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autentifikácia"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Zavádzač operačného systému je program ktorý spustí počítač počas "
+"štartovania.\n"
+"Je zodpovedný za spustenie operačného systému. Obyčajne je inštalácia\n"
+"zavádzača plne automatická. DrakX zanalyzuje zavádzací sektor na disku\n"
+"a podľa nájdeného vykoná niektorú z nasledovných akcií.\n"
+"\n"
+"* ak je nájdený Windows zavádzač, bude nahradený GRUB/LILOm. Takto\n"
+"budete mať možnosť spustiť GNU/Linux alebo iný operačný systém.\n"
+"\n"
+" * ak bude nájdený GRUB alebo LILO zavádzač, bude nahradený novým.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak sa DrakX nebnude vedieť rozhodnúť kam umiestniť zavádzací sektor opýta\n"
+"sa vás, kam si želáte ho umiestniť. Obyčajne je \"%s\" bezpečné miesto\n"
+"pre jeho umiestnenie.\n"
+"Výberom \"%s\" nebude nainštalovaný žiaden zavádzač. Túto voľbu použite iba\n"
+"ak naozaj viete čo robíte."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Teraz nastal čas výberu tlačového systému pre váš počítač. Iné operačné\n"
+"systémy vám poskytujú zvyčajne iba jediný, Mandriva Linux vám poskytuje "
+"dva.\n"
+"Kazdý z nich je vhodný pre iný typ konfigurácie.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - čo znamená ``tlačiť, neukladať do fronty'', je vhodný výber ak\n"
+"máte priamo pripojenú tlačiareň k vášmu počítaču a chcete sa vyhnúť\n"
+"problémom so zaseknutým papierom v tlačiarni a nechcete mať sieťovú "
+"tlačiareň.\n"
+"(\"%s\" môže fungovať aj v malom sieťovom prostredí). Je odporučené použiť\n"
+"\"pdq\" ak nemáte skúsenosti s GNU/Linux systémom.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - ``Common Unix Print System'' je vynikajúci výber pre tlačenie\n"
+"na vašu lokálnu tlačiareň ako aj na sieťovú tlačiareň a rovnako aj pri "
+"poskytovaní\n"
+"tlačiarne v sieti. Je jednoduchý a dokáže fungovať ako server tak aj klient "
+"pre\n"
+"starší tlačový systém \"lpd\", ktorý je kompatibilný so staršími operačnými\n"
+"systémami, ktoré stále môžu vyžadovať tlačové služby. Základné nastavenie\n"
+"je tak isto jednoduché ako v prípade \"pdq\". Ak potrebujete emulovať \"ldp"
+"\"\n"
+"server budete musieť spustiť \"cups-lpd\" démona. \"%s\" obsahuje grafické\n"
+"nástroje na tlačenie, pre výber tlačiarní alebo ich manažovanie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak neskôr budete chciet svoju voľbu zmeniť alebo budete chcieť odstrániť\n"
+"tlačový systém môžete tak spraviť za pomoci PrinterDrake z Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Kontrolného centra kliknutím na tlačidlo \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Expert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sa najprv pokúsi vyhľadať IDE zariadenia vo vašom počítači. Je možné\n"
+"tiež vyhľadať PCI SCSI karty vo vašom systéme. Ak bude nájdená SCSI karta,\n"
+"DrakX automaticky nainštaluje adekvátny ovládač.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pretože detekcia hardvéru nemusí nájsť všetky zariadenia, DrakX môže\n"
+"zlyhať pri detekovaní pevného disku. Ak áno, budete musieť špecifikovať\n"
+"Váš hardvér ručne.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak ste špecifikovali váš PCI SCSI radič ručne, DrakX sa vás opýta či chcete\n"
+"preň špecifikovať nastavenia. DrakX bude potrebovať vyskúšať aj\n"
+"špecifické nastavenia potrebné pre inicializáciu hardvéru. Obvykle DrakX\n"
+"dokáže vykonať tento krok bez problémov.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ak DrakX nebude môcť vyskúšať nastavenia pre automatické rozpoznanie\n"
+"parametrov, ktoré sú požadované, budete musieť zadať tieto nastavenia pre "
+"ovádač ručne."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ak bola nájdená vo vašom systéme zvuková karta, bude tu\n"
+"zobrazená. Ak si myslíte, že to nie je karta, ktorá sa nachádza vo vašom\n"
+"systéme, môžete kliknúť na tlačidlo a vybrať si iný ovládač."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Na ukážku vám DrakX zobrazí súhrn rôznych informácií o vašom systéme.\n"
+"V závislosti od nainštalovaného hardvéru môžete vidieť niektoré alebo "
+"všetky\n"
+"nasledovné položky. Každá položka je tvorená konfiguračnou položkou pre\n"
+"konfiguráciu spolu s krátkym popisom aktuálnej konfigurácie.\n"
+"Kliknutím na tlačidlo \"%s\" ju môžte zmeniť.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": skontrolujte aktuálne nastavenie klávesovej mapy a zmeňte\n"
+"ju ak je to potrebné.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": skontrolujte aktuálne nastavenie krajiny. Ak sa\n"
+"nenachádzate v tejto krajine, kliknite na tlačidlo \"%s\" a zvoľte\n"
+"si inú. Ak vaša krajina nie je zobrazená v zozname, kliknite na tlačidlo\n"
+"\"%s\" pre získanie kompletného zoznamu krajín.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": DrakX sa štandardne snaží určiť správnu časovú zónu\n"
+"v závislosti na tom akú krajinu ste si zvolili. Môžete kliknúť na tlačidlo\n"
+"\"%s\" ak nie je nastavená správne.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": skontrolujte aktuálne nastavenie myši a kliknite na\n"
+"tlačidlo ak potrebujete vykonať zmenu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kliknutím na tlačidlo \"%s\" sa spustí sprievodca nastavením\n"
+"tlačiarne. Prezrite si zodpovedajúcu kapitolu v ``Úvodnej príručke'' pre "
+"ďalšie\n"
+"informácie ohľadom inštalácie a konfigurácie tlačiarne. Rozhranie, pomocou\n"
+"ktorého nastavenie prebieha, je podobné ako počas inštalácie.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ak je vo vašom počítači nájdená zvuková karta,\n"
+"bude zobrazená na tomto mieste. Ak nie je zobrazená karta tou, ktorú máte\n"
+"nainštalovanú v počítači, kliknite na tlačidlo a vyberte si iný\n"
+"ovládač.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ak je vo vašom počítači nájdená TV karta, bude na tomto\n"
+"mieste zobrazená. Ak máte TV kartu a nebola nájdená, kliknite na tlačidlo\n"
+"\"%s\" a pokúste sa ju nastaviť ručne.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": môžete kliknúť na \"%s\" pre zmenu nastavení v súvislosti\n"
+"s kartou ak máte pocit, že nastavenie nie je správne.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": štandardne DrakX nastaví vaše grafické rozhranie v rozlíšení\n"
+"\"800x600\" alebo \"1024x768. Ak vám to nevyhovuje, kliknite na tlačidlo\n"
+"\"%s\" pre úpravu tohto nastavenia.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ak si teraz želáte nastaviť vaše Internetové pripojenie\n"
+"alebo prístup do lokálnej siete. Prezrite si tlačenú dokumentáciu alebo "
+"použite\n"
+"Kontrolné centrum Mandriva Linux ak už bude inštalácia ukončená aby ste "
+"mali\n"
+"prístup k dokumentácii.\n"
+" * \"%s\": vám umožní nastaviť HTTP alebo FTP proxy ak je počítač\n"
+"umiestnený za proxy serverom.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": táto položka vám umožňuje zmeniť bezpečnostnú\n"
+"úroveň ak bola nastavená predchádzajúcom kroku.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ak plánujete pripojiť váš počítač k Internetu, je\n"
+"dobrým nápadom zabezpečiť ho pred prienikmi nastavením firewallu.\n"
+"Prezrite si zodpovedajúcu kapitolu v ``Úvodnej príručke'' pre detaily o tom\n"
+"ako nastaviť firewall.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ak si želáte zmeniť konfiguráciu zavádzača, kliknite na toto\n"
+"tlačidlo. Táto možnosť je rezervovaná pre skúsených používateľov. Prezrite\n"
+"si tlačenú dokumentáciu alebo internú dokumentáciu vrámci Kontrolného\n"
+"centra Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": máte možnosť definitívne nastaviť služby, ktoré budú\n"
+"spúšťané na vašom počítači. Ak plánujete používať tento počítač ako\n"
+"server, je dobrý nápad prezrieť si tieto nastavenia."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN karta"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafické rozhranie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte si pevný disk, ktorý chcete vymazať aby ste mohli vytvoriť\n"
+"nový oddiel pre Mandriva Linux. Buďte opatrní, všetky údaje ktoré sa\n"
+"na disku nachádzajú budú odstránené a nebude možné ich obnoviť!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" ak si želáte vymazať všetky údaje a oblasti ktoré\n"
+"sa nachádzajú na vašom pevnom disku. Buďte opatrní, po kliknutí na\n"
+"\"%s\" nebudete mať už možnosť obnoviť údaje na oddieloch, ktoré boli\n"
+"predtým na vašom disku, vrátane Windows údajov.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" pre zrušenie tejto operácie bez straty údajov\n"
+"a oddielov, ktoré sa momentálne nachádzajú na vašom pevnom disku."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Ďalej ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Späť"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sl.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sl.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..132477e67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sl.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1914 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to Slovenian
+# translation of DrakX-sl.po to Slovenian
+# translation of DrakX-sl.po to Slovenščina
+# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Matjaž Kaše <matjaz.kase@g-kabel.si>, 2004.
+# Aljoša Ločičnik <aljosa.locicnik@mandrakeprinas.org>, 2005.
+# Gregor Pirnaver <gregor.pirnaver@sdm-si.org>, 2002,2004,2005.
+# Jure Repinc <jlp@holodeck1.com>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-sl\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-20 07:29+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Gregor Pirnaver <gregor.pirnaver@sdm-si.org>\n"
+"Language-Team:  <sl@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || "
+"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Preden nadaljujete, pozorno preberite pogoje licenčne pogodbe,\n"
+"ki se nanaša na celotno distribucijo Mandriva Linux. Če se strinjate z "
+"vsemi\n"
+"pogoji licenčne pogodbe, označite okence »%s«. Če se s pogoji pogodbe\n"
+"ne strinjate, pa označite okence »%s« in vaš računalnik se bo ponovno zagnal."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux je večuporabniški sistem, kar pomeni, da ima lahko vsak\n"
+"uporabnik svoje nastavitve, svoje datoteke itd. Več o tem si lahko\n"
+" preberete v dokumentaciji. Razen sistemskega, »root« upravitelja,\n"
+"uporabniki, ki jih boste dodali, ne bodo imeli dovoljenj, ki so potrebna za\n"
+"spreminjanje tistih datotek in nastavitev, ki vplivajo na celoten sistem.\n"
+"Tako je sistem zaščiten pred nenamernimi ali zlonamernimi spremembami.\n"
+"Dodati morate vsaj enega navadnega uporabnika. Tako boste ustvarili\n"
+"svoj uporabniški račun, ki ga boste uporabljali za vsakdanje delo z\n"
+"računalnikom. Čeprav se je v sistem kot sistemski upravitelj zelo lahko\n"
+"prijaviti, vam to odsvetujemo, saj že najmanjša napaka lahko povzroči, da\n"
+"sistem preneha delovati. Če pa napravite resno napako kot navaden "
+"uporabnik,\n"
+"je najhuje, kar se vam lahko zgodi, da izbrišete kakšne podatke,\n"
+"ne morete pa vplivati na celoten sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+"V prvo vnosno polje lahko, če to želite, vpišete svoje pravo ime.\n"
+"Vpis pravega imena seveda ni obvezen; lahko vpišete poljubno ime.\n"
+"Prvo besedo, ki jo boste vpisali, bo program DrakX uporabil kot uporabniško "
+"ime\n"
+"in jo prepisal v polje »%s« kot ime, s katerim se boste prijavljali\n"
+"v sistem. Če želite, lahko uporabniško ime spremenite. V naslednje polje "
+"vnesite\n"
+"geslo. S stališča varnosti geslo navadnega uporabnika ni tako pomembno, kot "
+"geslo\n"
+"upravitelja sistema, zato to polje lahko pustite prazno. Vendar vam "
+"priporočamo,\n"
+"da geslo določite in tako zaščitite svoje datoteke in podatke.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ko klilnete »%s«, lahko dodate tudi druge navadne uporabnike.\n"
+"Posebene uporabniške račune lahko ustvarite za svoje prijatelje\n"
+"in za člane svoje družine.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ko boste dokončali z dodajanjem uporabniških računov, kliknite »%s«.\n"
+"\n"
+"S klikom na »%s« lahko spremenite »lupino« (shell) za posameznega\n"
+"uporabnika. Privzeta lupina je »bash«.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ko boste končali z dodajanjem uporabnikov, boste imeli možnost,\n"
+" da izberete uporabnika, za katerega želite, da se ob zagonu samodejno\n"
+"prijavi v sistem. Če želite uporabiti to možnost, izberite uporabnika in\n"
+"namizno okolje ter kliknite »%s«. Če te možnosti ne želite izbrati,\n"
+"odstranite oznako iz okenca »%s«."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Želite uporabiti to možnost?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Na seznamu so razdelki za Linux, ki jih je čarovnik zaznal na vašem\n"
+"trdem disku. Lahko obdržite nastavitve, ki jih je izbral čarovnik, saj so\n"
+"primerne za večino običajnih namestitev. Če boste te nastavitve "
+"spreminjali,\n"
+"morate določiti vsaj korenski razdelek (»/«). Razdelek naj ne bo premajhen,\n"
+"da boste lahko namestili dovolj programja. Če želite svoje podatke shraniti\n"
+" na poseben razdelek, ustvarite tudi domači razdelek »/home«.\n"
+"(To je mogoče samo, če imate na disku več razdelkov za Linux.)\n"
+"\n"
+"Vsak razdelek je predstavljen na naslednji način: »Ime«, »Zmogljivost«.\n"
+"\n"
+"»Ime« sestavljajo: »Vrsta trdega diska«, »Številka trdega diska«,\n"
+"»Številka razdelka« (n.pr. »hda1«.\n"
+"\n"
+"»Vrsta trdega diska« je »hd«, če gre za IDE disk in »sd«, če gre za\n"
+"SCSI disk\n"
+"\n"
+"»Številka trdega diska« je vedno črka, ki sledi oznaki »hd« ali »sd«.\n"
+"Za IDE trdi disk:\n"
+" *  »a« pomeni »glavni trdi disk na primarnem IDE vodilu«\n"
+"\n"
+" * »b« pomeni »suženjski trdi disk na primarnem IDE vodilu«\n"
+"\n"
+" *  »c« pomeni »glavni trdi disk na sekundarnem IDE vodilu«\n"
+"\n"
+" * »d« pomeni »suženjski trdi disk na sekundarnem IDE vodilu«\n"
+"\n"
+"Pri SCSI trdih diskih pomeni »a« »najnižji SCSI ID«, »b«\n"
+"»drugi najnižji SCSI ID« itd."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Namestitev za Mandriva Linux je shranjena na več zgoščenkah.\n"
+"Če je izbrani paket shranjen na drugi zgoščeniki, bo DrakX izvrgel\n"
+"trenutno in vas pozval, da v pogon vstavite pravo zgoščenko.\n"
+"če prave zgoščenke nimate, kliknite »%s« in željeni paketi ne\n"
+"bodo nameščeni."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Za Mandriva Linux je dostopnih na tisoče različnih programskih paketov.\n"
+"Da bi bilo upravljanje s paketi bolj preprosto, so razvrščeni v skupine\n"
+"vsebinsko povezanih paketov.\n"
+"\n"
+"Skupine paketov so razvrščene v štiri kategorije, ki ustrezajo različnim \n"
+"načinom uporabe\n"
+"računalnika. Pakete iz različnih kategorij lahko poljubno dodajate ali \n"
+"odstranjujete,\n"
+"tako da namestitev kategorije »Delovna postaja« lahko vsebuje tudi pakete\n"
+" iz kategorije\n"
+"»Razvoj«.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s« : Če nameravate računalnik uporabljati predvsem kot delovno \n"
+"postajo,\n"
+"izberite eno ali več skupin iz te kategorije.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s« : Če boste računalnik uporabljali za programiranje, izberite\n"
+" ustrezne\n"
+"skupine paketov iz te kategorije.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Če boste izbrali skupino »LSB«, bo namesto privzetega jedra iz\n"
+"serije »2.6« nameščeno jedro iz serije »2.4«.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s« : Če bo vaš računalnik služil za strežnik, izberite storitve, ki \n"
+"jih želite namestiti.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s« : Tukaj lahko izberete svoje željeno grafično okolje. Če želite,\n"
+" da bo grafični\n"
+"vmesnik dostopen, morate izbrati vsaj eno grafično okolje.\n"
+"\n"
+"Če premaknete miškin kazalec na ime skupine, se bo prikazalo kratko \n"
+"pojasnilo\n"
+"o tej skupini. Če med običajno namestitvijo (ne pa tudi med "
+"posodobitvijo!) \n"
+"izločite\n"
+"vse skupine paketov, se bo odprlo pogovorno okno s predlogi za najmanjšo\n"
+"možno namestitev:\n"
+" * »%s« : Namesti najmanjše število paketov, ki še omogoča uporabo \n"
+"grafičnega namizja.\n"
+" * »%s« : Namesti osnovni sistem in osnovna orodja s pripadajočo \n"
+"dokumentacijo.\n"
+"To je primerna namestitev za postavitev strežnika.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s« : Namesti res najmanjše mogoče število paketov, ki so potrebni za \n"
+"delujoč\n"
+"GNU/Linux sistem. Pri tej namestitvi boste kot vmesnik lahko uporabljali \n"
+"samo\n"
+"ukazno vrstico. Celotna velikost te namestitve znaša 65 MB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Če želite imeti popoln nadzor nad izbiro paketov, ki bodo nameščeni, \n"
+"označite\n"
+"okence »%s«. \n"
+"\n"
+"Če ste za vrsto namestitve izbrali »%s«, lahko izločite vse skupine. Tako \n"
+"ne bo\n"
+"na novo nameščen noben paket. Ta način je primeren za nadgrajevanje\n"
+"ali za popravljanje namestitve."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Posodobitev "
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Z osnovno dokumentacijo"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Zares minimalna namestitev"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Če ste določili posamično izbiro paketov,\n"
+"bodo vsi paketi prikazani v drevesnem pregledu in \n"
+"razvrščeni v skupine in podskupine.\n"
+"Izberete lahko namestitev cele skupine, podskupine\n"
+"ali posamezne pakete.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ko izberete posamezen paket, se v levem oknu prikaže\n"
+"njegov opis.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Če izberete paket ali skupino paketov, ki vsebuje strežnik,\n"
+"boste morali namestitev takšnega paketa na izrecno vprašanje\n"
+"potrditi. Mandriva Linux namreč kot privzeto vključi vse\n"
+" nameščene storitve ob zagonu sistema. Čeprav ob izdaji\n"
+"te različice Mandriva Linuxa ni bilo znanih težav v zvezi z varnostjo,\n"
+"je mogoče, da so bile odkrite varnostne luknje kasneje. Če za \n"
+"določeno storitev ne veste, kaj je njena naloga, kliknite »%s« S klikom\n"
+"na »%s«bodo nameščene naštete storitve, sistem pa jih bo samodejno\n"
+"vključil ob vsakem zagonu.!!\n"
+"\n"
+"Če izberete »%s«, boste onemogočili opozorilno okno, ki se prikaže\n"
+"vsakokrat, ko program za nameščanje samodejno izbere paket za zadovoljitev\n"
+"odvisnosti. Nekateri paketi so med seboj povezani, tako da namestitev\n"
+"enega zahteva tudi namestitev drugih paketov. Program za nameščanje "
+"samodejno\n"
+"določi, katere med seboj odvisne pakete je potrebno namestiti,\n"
+"da bo namestitev uspešna.\n"
+"\n"
+"Drobna ikona z disketo na dnu seznama vam omogoča, da naložite\n"
+"seznam paketov, ki je bil oblikovan ob prejšnji namestitvi. To je koristno\n"
+"zlasti v primeru, da želite na več računalnikih izvesti enako namestitev\n"
+"Če kliknete na to ikono, vas bo program za nameščanje pozval, da v pogon "
+"vstavite\n"
+"disketo, ki ste jo ustvarili ob koncu neke druge namestitve.\n"
+"Oglejte si drugi namig zadnjega koraka o tem, kako ustvariti takšno disketo"
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Samodejne odvisnosti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"»%s«: S klikom na »%s« lahko zaženete čarovnika za nastavljanje "
+"tiskalnikov.\n"
+"V dokumentaciji lahko preberete več o priključitvi in nastavljanju "
+"tiskalnikov.\n"
+"Prikaz nastavljanja tiskalnikov v dokumentaciji je podoben prikazu na "
+"zaslonu\n"
+"med nastavljanjem."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Izberite storitve, ki naj se vključijo ob zagonu računalnika.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pazljivo preglejte vse dostopne storitve in izločite tiste, ki jih ob "
+"zagonu\n"
+"ne potrebujete.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ko izberete posamezno storitev, se prikaže okno s kratkim pojasnilom.\n"
+"Če niste prepričani, kakšno nalogo opravljajo posamezne storitve, bo\n"
+"varneje, če ohranite privzeto nastavitev.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! V primeru, da nameravate svoj računalnik uporabljati kot strežnik,\n"
+"verjetno nočete, da bi se ob zagonu vključila katera od storitev,\n"
+"ki jih ne potrebujete. Mnoge storitve so namreč lahko nevarne,\n"
+"če so omogočene na strežniku. Vsekakor omogočite samo tiste storitve,\n"
+"ki jih resnično potrebujete!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux uporablja za nastavitev časa GMT (Greenwich Mean Time), ki ga \n"
+"lahko prevede v krajevni čas glede na časovni pas, ki ga izberete. Če je\n"
+"čas na vaši matični plošči nastavljen na krajevni čas, lahko to izključite\n"
+" z odstranitvijo oznake »%s«. GNU/Linux bo tako zaznal, da sta ura matične\n"
+"plošče in sistemska ura nastavljeni na isti časovni pas. To je koristno "
+"posebej\n"
+"v primeru, da imate nameščen še kakšen operacijski sistem , na primer "
+"Windows\n"
+"\n"
+"Če omogočite »%s«, bo nastavitev sistemske ure potekala samodejno preko\n"
+"internetne povezave z oddaljenim strežnikom. Da bi ta storitev delovala, "
+"morate\n"
+"imeti vzpostavljeno internetno povezavo. Najbolje je , če izberete strežnik "
+"v vaši\n"
+"bližini. Obenem boste namestili tudi časovni strežnik, s pomočjo katerega "
+"lahko\n"
+"uporabljajo tudi drugi računalniki v krajevnem omrežju."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Samodejno usklajevanje časa"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafična kartica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Namestilnik navadno samodejno zazna in nastavi grafično\n"
+"kartico, ki je priključena v računalniku. Če temu ni tako, lahko\n"
+"s seznama izberete pravo kartico.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Če vašo grafično kartico podpirajo različni strežniki, takšni s 3D\n"
+"pospeševanjem in takšni brez, izberite strežnik, ki najbolj ustreza\n"
+"vašim potrebam."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (okenski sistem X) je srce grafičnega vmesnika za GNU/Linux\n"
+"na katerega se zanašajo vsa v Mandriva Linux vključena grafična\n"
+"okolja. (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker ...)\n"
+"\n"
+"Prikazal se vam bo seznam različnih vrednosti, ki jih lahko spreminjate,\n"
+"da dosežete najboljši grafični prikaz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Grafična kartica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Program za nameščanje navadno samodejno zazna in nastavi grafično\n"
+"kartico, ki je priključena v računalniku. Če temu ni tako, lahko\n"
+"s seznama izberete pravo kartico.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Če vašo grafično kartico podpirajo različni strežniki, takšni s 3D\n"
+"pospeševanjem in takšni brez, izberite strežnik, ki najbolj ustreza\n"
+"vašim potrebam.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Zaslon\n"
+"   Program za nameščanje navadno samodejno zazna in nastavi zaslon,\n"
+"ki je priključen na računalnik. Če temu ni tako, lahko\n"
+"s seznama izberete pravi zaslon.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Ločljivost\n"
+"...Izberite ustrezno ločljivost in barvno globino za vašo strojno opremo.\n"
+"Izberite vrednosti, ki vam najbolj ustrezajo. Te vrednosti boste lahko\n"
+"spreminjali tudi po namestitvi. Primer namestitve je prikazan na sliki\n"
+"zaslona.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Preizkus\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ali se bo ta vnos pojavil, je odvisno od vaše strojne opreme.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sistem bo skušal odpreti grafični zaslon z željeno ločljivostjo.\n"
+"Če boste med preizkusom videli sporočilo in odgovorili »%s«,\n"
+"bo DrakX nadaljeval k naslednjemu koraku. Če se sporočilo ne bo\n"
+"prikazalo, potem samodejna nastavitev ni pravilna.\n"
+"Po izteku 12 sekund se boste vrnili k nastavitvam. Spreminjajte nastavitve,\n"
+"dokler na zaslonu ne dobite pravilnega prikaza.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Izbire\n"
+"\n"
+"Izberite, ali želite, da se grafični vmesnik vključi ob zagonu računalnika.\n"
+"Če tega ne želite, če bo vaš računalnik deloval kot strežnik\n"
+"ali če vam ni uspelo nastaviti zaslona, označite »%s«."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Zaslon\n"
+"\n"
+"...Namestilnik običajno samodejno zazna in nastavi zaslon, ki je\n"
+"priključen na računalnik. Če je samodejna nastavitev napačna, lahko\n"
+"s seznama izberete pravi zaslon."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Ločljivost\n"
+"\n"
+"...Izberite ločljivost in barvno globino, ki ustreza vaši strojni opremi.\n"
+"Te nastavitve boste lahko spreminjali tudi po končani namestitvi.\n"
+"Primer izbrane nastavitve je prikazan na sliki zaslona."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Če je za vašo grafično kartico na voljo več strežnikov, takšnih, ki\n"
+"omogočajo 3D pospeševaje in takšnih, ki tega ne omogočajo,\n"
+"izberite strežnik, ki ustreza vašim potrebam."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Izbire\n"
+"\n"
+"   Izberite, ali želite, da se grafični vmesnik vključi ob zagonu "
+"računalnika.\n"
+"Če tega ne želite, če bo vaš računalnik deloval kot strežnik\n"
+"ali če vam ni uspelo nastaviti zaslona, označite »%s«."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Določite, na katerem delu trdega diska naj bo nameščen operacijski\n"
+"sistem Mandriva Linux. Če je trdi disk prazen ali če na njem nameščeni\n"
+"operacijski sistem zaseda celoten prostor, boste morali disk razdeliti na\n"
+"posamezne razdelke. Razdeljevanje trdega diska izvede logično\n"
+"razdelitev, ki zagotovi potrebni prostor za namestitev operacijskega\n"
+"sistema Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Trdega diska po izvršenem razdeljevanju običajno ni mogoče povrniti v "
+"prejšnje stanje.\n"
+"Če imate na disku že nameščen operacijski sitem,lahko med razdeljevanjem\n"
+"trdega diska pride do izgube podatkov. Če ste neizkušeni, je razdeljevanje\n"
+"diska lahko zelo stresno opravilo. Na srečo pa je v DrakX vključen "
+"čarovnik,\n"
+"ki razdeljevanje zelo olajša. Vzemite si čas in pred nadaljevanjem pozorno\n"
+"preberite nadaljevanje tega sestavka.\n"
+"\n"
+"Na voljo je več možnosti, ki so odvisne od nastavitev vašega diska.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: To možnost izberite, če imate prazen disk. Čarovnik bo disk "
+"razdelil\n"
+"samodejno in razdeljevanje bo s tem končano.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Čarovnik je na vašem trem disku zaznal enega ali več razdelkov\n"
+"za Linux. Če želite za namestitev uporabiti zaznane razdelke, izberite to "
+"možnost.\n"
+"Čarovnik vas bo v nadaljevanj pozval, da določite priklopne točke "
+"posameznim\n"
+"razdelkom. Običajno je najbolje obdržati priklopne točke, ki jih predlaga "
+"čarovnik.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Če imate na disku nameščen Windows, tako da zasedajo\n"
+"celoten disk, bo potrebno ustvariti prazen prostor za namestitev GNU/"
+"Linuxa.\n"
+"To lahko storite tako, da izbrišete razdelek z Windows ali tako, da "
+"razdelku\n"
+"FAT ali NTFS z nameščenim Windows spremenite velikost. Pri tem podatkov na\n"
+"razdelku ne boste izgubili, če najprej v Windows defragmentirate disk.\n"
+"Vsekakor pa priporočamo, da pred nadaljevanjem napravite varnostno\n"
+"kopijo podatkov. Če želite uporabljati oba operacijska sistema, Mandriva "
+"Linux\n"
+"in Windows, vam priporočamo, da izberete to možnost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Če se odločite za to možnost, morate vedeti, da bo po končanem postopku\n"
+"razdelek z Windows manjši in imeli boste manj prostora za shranjevanje "
+"podatkov ali\n"
+" nameščanje novih programov v Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Če želite izbrisati vse obstoječe razdelke z vsemi podatki in jih \n"
+"nadomestiti s sistemom Mandriva Linux, izberite to možnost.\n"
+"Bodite previdni, ko boste potrdili to izbiro, prejšnjega stanja ne bo več "
+"mogoče vzpostaviti.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !!Če izberete to možnost, boste z diska izbrisali vse podatke.!!\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«:Ta možnost se pojavi, če celotni disk zaseda Windows.\n"
+" S tem boste s trdega diska preprosto izbrisali vse, kar je njem\n"
+"in pričeli z novim razdeljevanjem diska.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !!Če izberete to možnost, boste z diska izbrisali vse podatke.!!\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Če želite disk razdeliti ročno, izberite to možnost. Pazite, \n"
+"to je sicer močno, vendar nevarno orodje, saj lahko z njim kaj hitro "
+"zbrišete\n"
+"podatke na disku. To možnost zares priporočamo samo tistim, ki že imajo\n"
+"nekaj izkušenj z razdeljevanjem diskov. Obsežnejša navodila za delo\n"
+" z orodjem DiskDrake boste našli v dokumentaciji."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Uporabi obstoječi razdelek"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Izbriši celoten disk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Namestitev je končana in vaš novi GNU/Linux je pripravljen za uporabo\n"
+"Kliknite »%s« in sistem se bo ponovno zagnal. Ne pozabite odstraniti\n"
+"vira namestitve (zgoščenke ali diskete) Neposredno po zagonu bo na\n"
+"zaslonu prikazan meni zagonskega nalagalnika, s pomočjo katerega\n"
+"lahko izberete, kateri operacijski sistem naj se zažene.\n"
+"\n"
+"Gumb »%s« vam prikaže dodatne gumbe:\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: za izdelavo namestitvene diskete, s pomočjo katere boste lahko\n"
+"podobno namestitev, kot ste jo pravkar oblikovali, izvedli povsem\n"
+"samodejno.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Če kliknete na ta gumb, boste imeli na voljo dve nadaljnji možnosti:\n"
+"    * »%s«: Delno samodejna namestitev. Ročno boste lahko izvedli\n"
+"samo razdeljevanje diska.\n"
+"    * »%s«: Povsem samodejna namestitev. Z diska bodo izbrisani vsi\n"
+"podatki.\n"
+"   To je zelo uporabno za namestitev sistema na več podobnih\n"
+"računalnikov. Več o tem najdete na spletni strani Mandriva.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«(*):S tem shranite seznam paketov, ki so bili izbrani med to\n"
+"namestitvijo. Če želite izvesti drugo namestitev z enakim naborom paketov,\n"
+"vstavite disketo v pogon in pričnite z namestitvijo. Pritisnite tipko\n"
+"[F1] in vpišite »linux defcfg=\"floppy\"«.\n"
+"(*)potrebujete disketo, formatirano v FAT datotečnem sistemu.\n"
+"V GNU/Linux sistemu disketo formatirate z ukazom\n"
+"»mformat a:«, ali »fdformat /dev/fd0«, ki mu sledi ukaz\n"
+"»mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0«."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Ustvari disketo za samodejno namestitev"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Če želite na novo formatirati obstoječe razdelke, da bi z njih zbrisali\n"
+"podatke, izberite tudi vse takšne razdelke.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ni potrebno, da ponovno formatirate vse obstoječe razdelke.\n"
+"Formatirati morate razdelke, na katere boste namestili operacijski\n"
+"sistem (npr. razdelke »/«, »/usr«, »/var«), ni pa vam treba formatirati\n"
+"razdelkov, ki vsebujejo podatke, ki bi jih radi obdržali (npr. »/home«)\n"
+"\n"
+"Pri izbiri razdelkov ravnajte skrbno! Po formatiranju bodo vsi podatki "
+"izgubljeni!\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na »%s«,ko boste pripravljeni na razdeljevanje.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na »%s«, če želite za namestitev sistema Mandriva Linux\n"
+"izbrati drug razdelek.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na »%s«, če želite določiti razdelke, na katerih naj sistem\n"
+"preveri poškodovane bloke."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Verjetno so bili od njegove izdaje pa do časa, ko nameščate\n"
+"Mandriva Linux na svoj računalnik, nekateri paketi popravljeni\n"
+"ali nadgrajeni z varnostnimi popravki ali z odstranitvijo hroščev.\n"
+"Te popravke lahko prenesete z interneta. Če imate vzpostavljeno\n"
+"internetno povezavo, označite »%s«, če pa želite namestiti\n"
+"popravke s paketi kasneje, označite »%s«.\n"
+"\n"
+"Če izberete »%s«, se bo prikazalo okno s seznamom spletnih\n"
+"mest, od koder lahko prenesete pakete. Izberite mesto, ki vam\n"
+"je najbliže, pritisnite »%s«, da boste pakete prenesli in namestili\n"
+"Če tega ne želite, pritisnite »%s«."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Izberite stopnjo varnosti za svoj računalnik. Če boste na računalniku\n"
+"hranili pomembne podatke ali če imate neposredno povezavo z\n"
+"internetom, nastavite višjo stopnjo varnosti. Uporaba sistema, ki ima\n"
+"nastavljeno višjo stopnjo varnosti je običajno zahtevnejša.\n"
+"\n"
+"Če se ne morete odločiti, kako bi nastavili stopnjo varnosti,\n"
+"pustite privzete nastavitve. Stopnjo varnosti lahko spremenite\n"
+"tudi kasneje s pomočjo orodja »draksec« v Nadzornem središču.\n"
+"\n"
+"V polje »%s« lahko vnesete e-poštni naslov uporabnika, ki bo odgovoren za\n"
+"varnost sistema. Vsa varnostna obvestila bodo poslana\n"
+"temu uporabniku."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Upravitelj varnostnih nastavitev"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Izbrati morate razdelke, na katere boste namestitli sistem\n"
+"Mandriva Linux. Če ste razdelke že izbrali ob kakšni predhodni\n"
+"namestitvi GNU/Linux sistema s kakim drugim orodjem za\n"
+"razdeljevanje, lahko uporabite obstoječe razdelke, sicer pa morate\n"
+"razdelke trdega diska za namestitev določiti sedaj.\n"
+"\n"
+"Najprej izberite trdi disk, ki ga želite razdeliti. Če želite izbrati\n"
+"disk na prvem IDE vodilu, kliknite na »hda«, disk na drugem\n"
+"IDE vodilu ima oznako »hdb«, na prvem SCSI vodilu »sda« itd.\n"
+"\n"
+"Za razdelitev izbranega diska so vam na voljo naslednje možnosti:\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: brisanje vseh razdelkov na izbranem disku\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: samodejno ustvarjanje ext3 in izmenjalnih (swap) razdelkov\n"
+"na prostem delu vašega trdega diska.\n"
+"\n"
+"»%s«: dostop do dodatnih možnosti:\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: shranjevanje razdelitvene tabele na disketo, kar vam omogoči,\n"
+"da razdelitveno tabelo obnovite, če je to potrebno.\n"
+"Priporočamo vam, da ta korak izvedete!\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: obnovitev razdelitvene tabele z diskete.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: popravilo poškodovane razdelitvene tabele, ki pa ne\n"
+"učinkuje v vsakem primeru.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: odstranitev vseh sprememb in obnovitev prvotne razdelitvene\n"
+"tabele trdega diska.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: če odstranite označitev te možnosti, bo moral uporabnik\n"
+"ročno priklapljati odstranljive medije, kot sta disketni in CD pogon.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: To možnost izberite, če želite za razdeljevanje diska\n"
+"uporabiti čarovnika. To vam priporočamo, če razdeljevanja diska\n"
+"ne obvladate v celoti.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: preklic vseh sprememb.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: dodatne možnosti nastavitev razdelkov (vrsta datotečnega\n"
+"sistema, formatiranje, nastavitve) in prikaz obširnejših informacij o\n"
+"trdem disku.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: shranjevanje sprememb na trdi disk po končanem\n"
+"razdeljevanju.\n"
+"\n"
+"Za določanje velikosti razdelka lahko uporabite tipke s puščicami\n"
+"[Levo/Desno] na tipkovnici.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vsako možnost lahko dosežete z uporabo tipkovnice. Med razdelki\n"
+"se premikate s tipko [TAB] ali s puščicami [Gor/Dol].\n"
+"\n"
+"Ko izberete razdelek, lahko uporabite naslednje ukaze:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c za ustvarjanje novega razdelka\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d za brisanje razdelka\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m za nastavitev priklopne točke\n"
+"\n"
+"Vse nadaljnje informacije o datotečnih sistemih boste našli v\n"
+"dokumentaciji.\n"
+"\n"
+"Če Mandriva Linux nameščate na PPC računalnik, morate ustvariti\n"
+"zagonski »bootstrap« razdelek z velikostjo najmanj 1MB, ki ga\n"
+"uporablja zagonski nalagalnik yaboot. Če ta razdelek nekoliko\n"
+"povečate in mu namenite vsaj 50MB, boste nanj lahko shranjevali\n"
+"potrebne datoteke za zasilni zagon sistema."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Samodejno priklapljanje odstranljivih medijev"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Preklapljanje med normalnim in izvedenskim načinom"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Na vašem trdem disku je več kot en razdelek za Windows.\n"
+"Izberite razdelek, ki ga želite zmanjšati, da bi pridobili prostor za\n"
+"namestitev sistema Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Na seznamu so razdelki s podatki: »Ime v Linuxu«, »Ime v Windows«\n"
+"»Velikost« \n"
+"»Ime v Linuxu« vsebuje: »vrsto trdega diska«, »številko trdega diska«\n"
+"»številko razdelka« (n.pr. »hda1«)\n"
+"\n"
+"»Vrsta trdega diska« je »hd«, če gre za IDE disk in »sd«, če gre za \n"
+"SCSI disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"»Številka trdega diska« je vedno črka, ki sledi oznaki »hd« oziroma\n"
+"»sd«. Pri IDE diskih:\n"
+"\n"
+" * »a« pomeni »glavni trdi disk na primarnem IDE vodilu«\n"
+"\n"
+" * »b« pomeni »podrejeni trdi disk na primarnem IDE vodilu«\n"
+"\n"
+" * »c« pomeni »glavni trdi diski na sekundarnem IDE vodilu«\n"
+"\n"
+" * »d« pomeni »podrejeni trdi diski na sekundarnem IDE vodilu«\n"
+"\n"
+"Pri SCSI trdih diskih pomeni »a« »najnižji SCSI ID«, »b«\n"
+"»drugi najnižji SCSI ID« itd.\n"
+"\n"
+"»Ime v Windows« je črka, s katero je disk označen v Windows.\n"
+"Prvi disk ali oziroma razdelek je označen s »C:«."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"»%s«:Preverite, katero državo ste izbrali. Če v resnici niste v izbrani "
+"državi,\n"
+"kliknite »%s« in izberite drugo. Če država, v kateri ste, ni prikazana,\n"
+"kliknite »%s« za prikaz celotnega seznama držav."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Ta korak se zažene samo v primeru, da na vašem računalniku že obstaja\n"
+"razdelek za GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lahko izbirate med novo namestitvijo in med posodobitvijo obstoječega\n"
+"sistema Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: S tem boste obstoječi sistem povsem odstranili. Če želite\n"
+"spremeniti razdelitev trdega diska ali datotečni sistem, izberite to\n"
+"možnost. V nekaterih primerih, odvisno od tega, kako je razdeljen\n"
+"disk, lahko ohranite nekatere obstoječe podatke.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Ta način namestitve dopušča posodobitev obstoječih\n"
+"paketov. S tem nista ogrožena niti razdelitev diska niti shranjeni\n"
+"podatki. Večina preostalih korakov namestitve bo dosegljiva,\n"
+"podobno kot pri običajni novi namestitvi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Možnost »Posodobitev« deluje, če imate nameščeno različico\n"
+"sistema Mandriva Linux  »8.1« ali novejšo. Posodobitve starejših\n"
+"različic od »8.1« ne priporočamo."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX bo samodejno izbral razpored tipkovnice glede na jezik, ki ste\n"
+"ga izbrali. Če vam to ne ustreza, zamenjajte razpored tipkovnice.\n"
+"\n"
+"Morda vam ustreza, da uporabljate drugačen razpored tipkovnice,\n"
+"kot pripada izbranemu jeziku. Če sicer govorite angleško,\n"
+"živite pa v Sloveniji, vam bo najbrž ustrezal slovenski razpored.\n"
+"V tem koraku namestitve lahko izberete razpored tipkovnice, ki vam\n"
+"najbolj ustreza.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na gumb »%s« in pojavil se bo seznam vseh tipkovnic, ki jih sistem "
+"podpira.\n"
+"\n"
+"Če ste izbrali tipkovnico, ki temelji na nelatinični abecedi,\n"
+"lahko v naslednjem koraku določite ukaz, ki vam bo omogočil\n"
+"preklapljanje med latiničnim in nelatiničnim razporedom tipkovnice."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Najprej izberite jezik, ki ga želite uporabljati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Izbira jezika bo vplivala na jezik namestitve, dokumentacije in \n"
+"celotnega sistema. Najprej izberite celino oziroma regijo, kjer\n"
+"živite in nato še jezik, ki ga govorite.\n"
+"\n"
+"Če kliknete na gumb »%s«, boste lahko izbrali dodatne jezike,\n"
+"ki jih želite namestiti. Če bodo uporabljali vaš sistem uporabniki,\n"
+" ki govorijo različne jezike, lahko kot privzeti jezik namestite\n"
+"slovenščino, tako da jo izberete v drevesnem pogledu. Kot dodatni\n"
+"jezik pa lahko namestite na primer angleščino, tako da izberete »%s« v "
+"naprednem načinu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Podpora Utf-8 (unicode) Unicode je kodiranje znakov, ki poizkuša\n"
+"zagotoviti pravilen prikaz pisav vseh poznanih jezikov. Ker je unicode\n"
+" za GNU/Linux še v razvoju, lahko določite, ali naj ga sistem uporablja\n"
+"ali ne.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Če izberete jezike s kodiranjem latin1, kot so ruščina, japonščina,\n"
+"grščina in večina jezikov ki uporabljajo nabor znakov iso-8859-2, bo\n"
+"kot privzeto kodiranje nastavljeno latin1.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ostali jeziki bodo kot privzeto kodiranje uporabljali unicode.\n"
+"\n"
+" * če izberete dva ali več jezikov, ki uporabljajo različna kodiranja,\n"
+"bo unicode uporabljal celoten sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Unicode lahko določite kot privzeto kodiranje tako, da izberete »%s«\n"
+"ne glede na to, kateri jezik ste izbrali.\n"
+"\n"
+"Število dodatnih jezikov ni omejeno, lahko jih izberete več.\n"
+"z izbiro »%s« pa lahko izberete vse jezike. Če boste izbrali to možnost\n"
+"bodo nameščeni tudi paketi s pisavami, prevodi, črkovalniki itd.\n"
+"za vse izbrane jezike.\n"
+"\n"
+"Za preklapljanje med različnimi jeziki poženete ukaz »localedrake«\n"
+"kot »root«. V tem primeru bo zamenjava jezika veljala za celoten sistem.\n"
+"Če pa isti ukaz poženete kot navaden uporabnik, bo sprememba veljala\n"
+"le za trenutnega uporabnika."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Angleščina"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX običajno nima težav z zaznavanjem števila tipk vaše miške.\n"
+"V primeru, da pa se težave pojavijo, upošteva predpostavko, da ima\n"
+"miška dve tipki, in nastavi emulacijo tretje tipke. Tretjo tipko\n"
+"miške z dvema tipkama v tem primeru nadomešča istočasni pritisk na\n"
+"obe tipki. DrakX samodejno zazna tudi, na kateri vmesnik je vaša\n"
+"miška priključena. (PS/2, serijska vrata, USB)\n"
+"\n"
+"Če imate miško s tremi tipkami, vendar brez kolesca, izberite miško\n"
+"»%s«. DrakX jo bo nastavil tako,\n"
+"da boste kolesce lahko simulirali s pritiskom na srednjo\n"
+"tipko ob istočasnem premikanju miške v smeri gor - dol.\n"
+"\n"
+"Če želite nastaviti drugačno vrsto miške, lahko to storite tako, da\n"
+"jo izberete s seznama.\n"
+"Z možnostjo »%s«, boste izbrali generično miško, ki deluje skoraj\n"
+"z vsemi vrstami mišk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Če izberete miško, različno od privzete, se bo prikazalo preizkusno\n"
+"okno. Preizkusite delovanje vseh tipk in njihovih funkcij ter se "
+"prepričajte,\n"
+"da delujejo pravilno. Če miška ne deluje pravilno, pritisnite preslednico,\n"
+"da se boste vrnili v okno za izbiro miške.\n"
+"\n"
+"Občasno se zgodi, da miške s koleščkom program za nameščanje ne zazna\n"
+"samodejno. Prepričajte se, da je ročno izbrana miška priključena\n"
+"na ista vrata, kot je v resnici priključena vaša miška. Ko boste izbrali "
+"miško\n"
+"in pritisnili na gumb »%s«, se bo na zaslonu prikazala slika miške.\n"
+"Zavrtite miškino kolesce, da se prepričate, ali deluje pravilno.\n"
+"Preizkusite še delovanje tipk in ali miškin kazalec sledi gibanju\n"
+"miške."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "z emulacijo kolesca"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Univerzalna | Katera koli PS/2 ali USB miška"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Izberite prava vrata. Vrata, ki so v Windows označena s »COM1«, imajo v\n"
+"GNU/Linuxu oznako »ttyS0«."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"S stališča varnosti je to eden od najpomembnejših korakov namestitve\n"
+"GNU/Linux operacijskega sistema: določitev gesla korenskega, »root«\n"
+"uporabnika. Korenski uporabnik je upravitelj sistema in je pooblaščen\n"
+"za spreminjanje sistemskih nastavitev, dodajanje uporabnikov, nameščanje\n"
+"programov, skratka, »root« lahko stori karkoli! Zato določite geslo, ki ga "
+"ni\n"
+"lahko uganiti. DrakX vas bo opozoril, če je izbrano geslo prelahko.\n"
+"Lahko se tudi odločite, da gesla sploh ne določite, vendar vam to zares\n"
+"odsvetujemo. GNU/Linux je v enaki meri občutljiv za napake operaterja,\n"
+"kot katerikoli drug operacijski sistem, zato se lahko zgodi, da nehote\n"
+"napravite kakšno nepopravljivo napako. Prav zato pa je pomembno,\n"
+"da postati »root« ni preveč enostavno.\n"
+"\n"
+"Geslo naj bo sestavljeno iz črk in številk, vsebuje pa naj vsaj osem\n"
+"znakov. Gesla uporabnika root si nikoli ne zapišite!\n"
+"\n"
+"Nasvet: geslo naj ne bo predolgo ali preveč zapleteno. Izberite\n"
+"geslo, ki si ga boste lahko zapomnili!\n"
+"\n"
+"Medtem, ko geslo vpisujete, ga ni mogoče videti. Da bi se izognili\n"
+"napakam pri tipkanju, ga morate vpisati dvakrat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Če želite, da bi dostop do računalnika nadzirala storitev za overjanje,\n"
+"kliknite na gumb »%s«.\n"
+"\n"
+"Če vaše omrežje uporablja storitev za overjanje domene LDAP,\n"
+"NIS ali Windows domain authentication, izberite ustrezno storitev\n"
+"za »%s«. Če ne veste, katero morate izbrati, vprašajte omrežnega\n"
+"operaterja.\n"
+"\n"
+"Če si gesla težko zapomnite, če vaš računalnik ne bo povezan\n"
+"z internetom in če v celoti zaupate vsem, ki bodo uporabljali\n"
+"vaš računalnik, lahko izberete »%s«."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Overjanje"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO in GRUB sta zagonska nalagalnika za GNU/Linux.\n"
+"Zagonski nalagalnik je programček, ki ga računalnik zažene \n"
+"ob zagonu. Poskrbi za zagon celotnega sistema\n"
+"Običajno je ta del namestitve povsem samodejen. DrakX analizira zagonski\n"
+"sektor diska in določi ustrezne nastavitve\n"
+"\n"
+" * Če odkrije zagonski sektor za Windows, ga nadomesti\n"
+"z LILO ali GRUB zagonskim sektorjem. Tako boste lahko naložili\n"
+"GRUB, LILO ali drug na računalnik nameščen sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Če odkrije zagonski sektor GRUB ali LILO, ga nadomesti z novim.\n"
+"\n"
+"Če Drakx ne more tega določiti samodejno, vas bo vprašal,\n"
+"kje naj namesti zagonski nalagalnik. Običajno je najbolj varno\n"
+"mesto »%s«. Če izberete »%s«, zagonski nalagalnik ne bo nameščen\n"
+"To možnost izberite samo, če zares veste, kaj delate. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Izberite sistem za tiskanje. Drugi operacijski sistemi navadno nudijo\n"
+"en sistem, Mandriva Linux pa vam daje na izbiro dva.\n"
+"Od obeh sistemov je vsak primeren za svojo vrsto namestitve.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«--je kratica za »print, do not queue« (tiskaj, ne vnesi v čakalno "
+"vrsto).\n"
+"Ta sistem izberite, če imate s tiskalnikom neposredno povezavo, če želite\n"
+"imeti možnost zaustavitve tiskalnika ob napakah in nimate omrežnega\n"
+"tiskalnika. (»%s« je uporaben le za enostavna omrežna opravila in\n"
+"je za uporabo v omrežjih nekoliko počasen.) Uporabo »pdq« vam\n"
+"priporočamo, če je to vaša prva izkušnja s sistemom GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s« - »Common Unix Printing System« je izvrstna izbira tako za\n"
+"tiskanje na vašem krajevnem tiskalniku, kot za tiskanje kjerkoli na svetu.\n"
+"Je enostaven za nastavljanje in lahko služi kot strežnik ali kot uporabnik\n"
+"v starodavnem »lpd« tiskalniškem sistemu, tako da je združljiv s starejšimi\n"
+"operacijskimi sistemi, ki še potrebujejo tiskalniške storitve. Kljub temu, "
+"da\n"
+"je zelo močan sistem, je za nastavljanje skoraj tako enostaven,\n"
+"kot »pdq«.\n"
+"Če potrebujete emulacijo lpd strežnika, vključite možnost »cups-lpd«.\n"
+"»%s« vsebuje grafične nastavitve za izbiro možnosti tiskanja in za\n"
+"nastavljanje tiskalnika.\n"
+"\n"
+"Če kasneje ugotovite, da vam nastavitve, ki ste jih izbrali, ne ustrezajo,\n"
+"jih lahko spremenite z orodjem PrinterDrake v nadzornem središču, tako\n"
+"da kliknete gumb »%s«."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Napredno"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX bo najprej zaznal vse naprave, ki so v vašem računalniku\n"
+"priključene na IDE vodila in vse PCI SCSI kartice. Če bo zaznal\n"
+"eno ali več PCI SCSI kartic, bo zanje namestil ustrezne gonilnike.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zaznavanje strojne opreme ni povsem zanesljivo. Če DrakX katere\n"
+"od naprav ne bo zaznal, jo boste morali dodati ročno.\n"
+"\n"
+"Če ste morali ročno dodati PCI SCSI kartico, vas bo DrakX povprašal,\n"
+"če jo želite tudi nastaviti ročno. Dovolite, da DrakX preizkusi možnosti "
+"in \n"
+"nastavi vrednosti, ki so potrebne za inicializacijo kartice. V večini\n"
+"primerov DrakX pri tem nima težav.\n"
+"\n"
+"Če DrakX kartice ne uspe nastaviti samodejno, boste morali gonilnik\n"
+"za kartico nastaviti ročno."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"»%s«: Če je sistem zaznal zvočno kartico, je prikazana\n"
+"na tem mestu. Če je prikazana drugačna kartica, kot je\n"
+"priključena v računalniku, kliknite na gumb in izberite\n"
+"drug gonilnik."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX bo prikazal pregled informacij, ki jih je zbral o vašem sistemu.\n"
+" Vrsta in število prikazanih vnosov sta odvisna od strojne opreme, ki je \n"
+"priključena v vašem računalniku. Vsak vnos vsebuje ime naprave ali\n"
+"storitve ter kratek pregled njenih trenutnih nastavitev. Če želite "
+"nastavitve\n"
+"spreminjati, kliknite na ustrezen gumb »%s«.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Preverite nastavitev razporeda tipkovnice in jo popravite,\n"
+"če je potrebno.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Preverite izbrano državo. Če se ne nahajate v izbrani državi,\n"
+"kliknite na gumb »%s« in izberite pravo.Če prava država ni navedena,\n"
+"kliknite gumb »%s« za popoln seznam držav.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: DrakX samodejno kot privzeti časovni pas nastavi pas,\n"
+"v katerem je izbrana država. Za spremembo časovnega pasu kliknite\n"
+"»%s«.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Preverite nastavitve miške in če je to potrebno, jih popravite\n"
+"s klikom na gumb.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Če kliknete na gumb »%s«, boste zagnali čarovnika za\n"
+"nastavljanje tiskalnika. V dokumentaciji lahko preberete več o priključitvi\n"
+"in nastavljanju tiskalnikov.\n"
+"Prikaz nastavljanja tiskalnikov v dokumentaciji je podoben prikazu na "
+"zaslonu\n"
+"med nastavljanjem.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Če je sistem zaznal zvočno kartico, je navedena na tem mestu.\n"
+"Če mislite, da navedena kartica ni ista, kot je dejansko priključena v\n"
+"vašem računalniku, kliknite na gumb in izberite drug gonilnik.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Če imate TV kartico, bodo tu prikazani podatki o njeni nastavitvi.\n"
+"Če TV kartico imate, pa je sistem ni zaznal, kliknite »%s« in jo poizkusite\n"
+" nastaviti ročno\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Če menite, da so nastavitve kartice napačne, kliknite »%s«\n"
+"in nastavitve popravite ročno.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Privzeta nastavitev ločljivosti grafičnega vmesnika je\n"
+"»800x600« ali »1024x768«. Če vam privzeta nastavitev ne ustreza,\n"
+"jo spremenite tako, da kliknete na »%s«.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Nastavljanje omrežja in dostopa do interneta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Nastavljanje posredniškega strežnika.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Nastavljanje ali spreminjanje ravni varnosti.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Če nameravate svoj računalnik povezati z internetom, je\n"
+"priporočljivo, da ga zavarujete s požarnim zidom.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Na ta gumb kliknite, če želite spremeniti nastavitve zagonskega\n"
+"nalagalnika. To priporočamo samo izkušenim uporabnikom!.\n"
+"\n"
+" * »%s«: Tu lahko določite, katere storitve naj tečejo na vašem "
+"računalniku.\n"
+"Če boste računalnik uporabljali kot strežnik, vam priporočamo, da\n"
+"pregledate in prilagodite te nastavitve."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN kartica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafični vmesnik"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Izberite trdi disk, ki ga želite izbrisati, da bi dobili prostor za "
+"razdelek\n"
+"za Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"Vsi podatki na izbranem disku bodo izbrisani in jih ne bo mogoče\n"
+"obnoviti!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Če želite izbrisati vse razdelke na tem disku in vse podatke na njih,\n"
+"kliknite na »%s« Pazite, po tem, ko boste kliknili »%s«, razdelkov\n"
+"ali podatkov ne bo mogoče obnoviti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite »%s«, če razdelkov in podatkov na tem disku ne želite\n"
+"izbrisati."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Naprej ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Nazaj"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sq.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sq.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..96dca30d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sq.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1931 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Naim Daka <naim70@freesurf.ch>, 2002, 2003.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX for MDK 9.2\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-15 13:33+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Naim Daka <naim70@freesurf.ch>\n"
+"Language-Team: Albanian <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Para se të vazhdoni më tutje, ju duhet ti lexoni termet dhe kushtet për\n"
+"përdorimin e licencës. Kjo mbulon tërë shpërndarjen e Mandriva Linux,\n"
+"nëse ju pajtoheni me këto kushte, klikoni mbi mbi kopsën \"%s\".\n"
+"Nëse ju nuk pajtoheni atëher thjeshtë ndaleni komjuterin tuaj."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux është një sistem multi-përdorues, që d.m.th. në shumicën e "
+"rasteve\n"
+"secili përdorues mund të posedoj pëlqime të ndryshme për skedaret e tyre,\n"
+"etj. Për më shumë infomacione, konsultoni ``Doracakun Nisës'' për të ditur\n"
+"më shumë mbi sistemin e multi përdoruesve.\n"
+"Përkundarzi në \"root\", që është administrator, përdoruesit e shtuar në "
+"këtë\n"
+"vend, do të kenë leje për qeverisje vetëm në skedaret e tyre. Përdoruesi\n"
+"administrator duhet të krijoj një konto normale të një përdoruesi të "
+"rregullt\n"
+"për nevojat tuaja -- kjo konto do të përdoret gjdo ditë.\n"
+"Pa marrë pasysh se a do të jetë r lehtë lidhja e administratorit \"root\"\n"
+"për të verpruar gjdo gjë që është e mundur, dhe mund të jet tejet e "
+"rrezikshme!\n"
+"Një gabim i vogël mund të blokoj tërë sistemin tuaj, dm.m.th. nuk do të\n"
+"niset siç duhet. Nëse ju bëni një gabim serioz atëher sikur përdorues "
+"normal\n"
+"e tëra që mund të bëni është të zhdukni disa informacione dhe nuk mund të\n"
+"shkaktoni dëme tjera kudo qoftë.\n"
+"\n"
+"Në fillim duhet të futni emrin e vërtet të personit. Njashtu, ju mund të\n"
+"shkruani çfarë të doni. DrakX do ta pranoj fjalën e parë të futur dhe do ta\n"
+"dërgojë tek \"%s\". Emër i cili do të përdoret për tu lidhur në sistem.\n"
+"Ju mund ta ndryshoni. Tani duhet të futni parullën. Kjo nuk është aq "
+"vështirë\n"
+"është vetëm parulla e administratorit \"root\", mirëpo nuk është një arësye\n"
+"të shkruhet sikur 123456. Mbasë të tjerash, kjo mund ti vendos skedaret "
+"tuaja\n"
+"në rrezik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nëse klikoni mbi \"%s\", do të keni mundësinë për të shtuar përdorues\n"
+"të tjerë. Krijoni përdorues të ndryshëm për çdo personë me mundësi\n"
+"për ta përdorur kompjuterin. Mbasi që të gjithë përdoruesit përcaktohen\n"
+"klikoni mbi \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Nëse klikoni mbi \"%s\", ju mund ta zgjedhni një \"shell\" vetëm\n"
+"për atë përdorues (bash është shell-i me marrëveshje).\n"
+"\n"
+"Mbasi të përfundoni me shtuarjen e përdoruesve, do të keni mundësinë të\n"
+"zgjedhni një përdorues që të lidhet automatikisht kur kompjuteri juaj niset\n"
+"nga fillimi. Nëse ju interson ky sistem në të ardhmën (dhe nuk kujdeseni\n"
+"shumë për sigurinë lokale), zgjedheni përdoruesin e caktuar dhe dritaren\n"
+"administruese, dhe klikoni mbi \"%s\". Nëse kjo nuk ju interson në të\n"
+"ardhmën, atëherë çzgjedheni kutinë \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "A dëshironi ta përdorni këtë veçori?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Lista e lartë shënuar identifikon ndrajet Linux të zbuluara në\n"
+"sistemin tuaj. Ju mund ti pranoni zgjedhjet e propzuara nga asistenti\n"
+"i cili është i mirë se ardhur në shumicën e rasteve gjatë instalim.\n"
+"Nëse ju e bëni ndonji ndryshim, ju duhet të posedoni më së paku një ndarje\n"
+"root (\"/\"). Mos zgjidhni ndarje shumë të vogla sepse nuk do të keni\n"
+"mundësi të instaloni programe të mjaftueshme. Nëse dëshironi ti mbani\n"
+"të dhënat tuaja në një ndarje tjetër nga ndarje primare root, atëherë\n"
+"ju duhet të krijoni një ndarje \"/home\" (ky manupulim është i mundshëm\n"
+"nëse posedoni më së paku një ndarje Linux për ta konfiguruar).\n"
+"\n"
+"Secila ndarje është e listuar në kë mënyrë: \"Emri\", \"Kapaciteti\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Emri\" është i strukturuar simbas: \"tipi i diskut të fort\", \"numri i "
+"diskut të fort\", \"numri i ndrajes\" (për shembull, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tipi i diskut të fort\" nëse është disk i fort \"hd\" është disk i fort\n"
+"IDE dhe nëse është disk i fort \"sd\" është disk i fort SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Numri diskut të fort\" është gjithnji i shënuar mbasë \"hd\" ose \"sd\".\n"
+"Për disqet e forta IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" do të thotë \"disku i fort master në kontrolluesin primar IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" do të thotë \"disku i fort sklavë në kontrolluesin primar IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" do të thotë \"disku i fort master në kontrolluesin sekondar IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" do të thotë \"disku i fort esklavë në kontrolluesin sekondar IDE"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Për disqet SCSI, \"a\" do të thotë \"më i vogli SCSI ID\", dhe \"b\" do të "
+"thotë \"i dyti dhe më i vogli me radhë SCSI ID\", etj."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Pakot e nevojshme për Instalimin e Mandriva Linux janë të shpërndara në "
+"shumë\n"
+"CDROM-e. Fatëmirësisht, DrakX i njef të gjitha lokacinet e pakove në CDROM-"
+"e.\n"
+"Ai do ta qetë jashtë CD-në që gjindet në lexuesin e CD-ve, dhe juve do të "
+"ju\n"
+"pyes, që ta futni CD-në tjetër të nevojshme në lexues."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Tani është momenti që ti zgjedhni pakot që duhet të instalohen në sistemin\n"
+"tuaj. Duhet ta dini se Mandriva Linux përmban me mijëra pako instaluese,\n"
+"dhe nuk është me rendësi që ti njifti të gjitha për mendësh.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pakot janë të radhitura në grupe përkatëse për përdorim të veçant në "
+"makinën\n"
+"tuaj. Mandriva Linux posedon katër instalime të përcaktuara. Ju mund të\n"
+"mendoni mbi këto klasa instaluese si kontainer të pakove të ndryshme.\n"
+"Ju keni mundësi ti përzini (mix) dhe ti barazoni aplikacionet nga "
+"kontainerët\n"
+"e ndryshëm, sikur ``Stacion Punues'' instalimi mund të posedoj ende\n"
+"aplikacione nga ``Zhvillimi'' i kontainerit instalues.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nëse ju mendoni ta përdorni stacionin punues në këtë, mënyrë,\n"
+"zgjedhni një apo më shumë aplikacion, që gjinden në kontainerin e stacionit\n"
+"punues.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nëse makina juaj do të përdoret, për krijimin e programeve,\n"
+"zgjedhni pakot qarkulluese nga kontaineri.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nëse makina juaj do të përdoret sikur server, ju mund ti\n"
+"zghedhni serviset përkatëse instaluese.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ky grup do të ju mundësoj përcaktimin e mjedisit grafik\n"
+"që deshironi ta keni në sistemin tuaj. Natyrisht, ju duhet ta zgjedhni\n"
+"më së paku njërin që ta përdorni sistemin tuaj në modë grafik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Duke e vendosur minin ndër emrin e një grupi, ju do ta vëreni çfaqjen e një\n"
+"përshkrimi të shkurt të atij grupi. Nëse ju i çzhgjidhni të gjitha grupet\n"
+"gjatë instalimit standard (me kundërshtim azhurnimi), një dialog do të\n"
+"çfaqet me propozime të ndryshme zgjedhëse, për një instalim minimal:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalon pako minimale të mundshme, për të patur një mjedis\n"
+"punues grafik në tryezë.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalon sistemin e bazës, me disa përdorues të tjerë të\n"
+"bazës dhe dokumnetacionet e tyre. Ky instalim është i përdorshëm sikur\n"
+"bazë për montimin e një serveri.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": do të instaloj më së paku që është e mundur në sistemin\n"
+"punues Linux, vetëm në linjë komanduese. Këtij instalimi i nevojiten\n"
+"65MB vendë të zbrazët.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ju mund ta verifikoni mundësinë me \"%s\". Kjo mundësi është e përdorshme\n"
+"nëse ju dini saktësishtë cilat pako duhet të instalohen ose nëse\n"
+"dëshironi të posedoni një kontrol totale gjatë instaimit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nëse ju keni vazhduar me instalim në modë \"%s\", ju mund ti çzgjedhni\n"
+"të gjitha grupet që ti shmangeni instalimit të programeve të reja. Kjo\n"
+"mundësi është tejet e përdorshme për restaurimin e sistemit të dëmtuar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Azhurno"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Me dokumentacion bazues"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Provo një instalim minimal"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Më në fund, nëse keni vendosur një instalim me zgjidhje individuale, për\n"
+"të zgjedhur pakot, DrakX do të ju prezentoj një dru të të gjitha pakove\n"
+"të kasifikuara simbas grupit dhe të ndër-grupit. Duke shfletuar drurin,\n"
+"ju mund të zgjedhni grupe, dhe ndër-grupe, apo pako individuale.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kudo që ta zgjedhni një pako e cila gjindet në dru, një përshkrim për të, "
+"do\n"
+"të paraqietet në anën e djathtë.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Nëse keni zgjedhur një program që ta përdorni në server, ju duhet ta\n"
+"vërtetoni që ai duhet të instalohet. Ndër Mandriva, me marrëveshje të "
+"gjithë\n"
+"serveret do të nisen nga nisja udhëzuese e sistemit (boot). Fatëkeqësisht\n"
+"nga të gjitha forcat e investuara për të ofruar një Linux të sigut, është\n"
+"e mundur që, disa gabime të sigurisë të infektojnë server-et e instaluar,\n"
+"deri në datën e publikimit.\n"
+"Nëse ju nuk e dini për çfarë arësye nevojitet një server, apo për çfarë "
+"është\n"
+"instaluar, klikoni mbi \"%s\". Duke klikuar mbi \"%s\", serveri do të "
+"instaloj\n"
+"të gjitha serviset e ofruara në nisjen e sistemit. !!\n"
+".\n"
+"Opcioni \"%s\" do të çzgjedhë paralajmërimet të cilat do të\n"
+"paraqiten çdo herë kur instaluesi zgjedhë një pako të re. Ky paralajmërim\n"
+"paraqitet, sepse DrakX e ka përcaktuar atë, dhe që një pako të funksionoj "
+"si\n"
+"duhet i nevojitet një tjetër, d.m.th. mvaret edhe nga pako tjetër\n"
+"\n"
+"Ikona e vogël e disketës floppy (floppy disk), e cila paraqitet poshtë\n"
+"në listë, mundëson rikuperimin e listës së pakove të zgjedhura gjatë një\n"
+"instalimi tjetër. Duke klikuar mbi të, do të ju pyesim që ta futni një\n"
+"disketë e cila është krijuar gjatë një instalimi të mëparshëm. Verifikoni\n"
+"shënimin e dytë të etapës së fundit, që do të ju mësoj se si duhet ta\n"
+"krijoni një disketë të tillë."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Mvarësit Automatike"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": duke klikuar mbi kopsën \"%s\" e cila do të hapë asistentin\n"
+"konfigurues. Konsultoni kapitujt e caktuar të ``Përcjellësit Nisës''\n"
+"për më shumë informacione se si të konfigurohet një stampues i ri.\n"
+"Interfaci i prezentuar, është i njëjtë me atë gjatë instalimit."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Ky dialog ju mundëson zgjidhjen serviseve prezente për nisjen e sistemit\n"
+"tuaj me udhëzim (boot).\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX do të listoj të gjitha serviset prezente me instalime vendase.\n"
+"Bëjeni një verifikim dhe eliminoni ato që nuk nevojiten për një nisje\n"
+"me udhëzim (boot).\n"
+"\n"
+"Ju mund të përfitoni shpjegime të shkurtëra, duke i zgjedhur ato një nga\n"
+"një. Kjo d.m.th. nëse ju nuk jeni i sigurt për aplikacionin e një servisi,\n"
+"mirëmbani paramtrat me marrëshje.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Në këtë etapë, vini re në rastin e një sistemi të përcaktuar me "
+"reakcione\n"
+"të server-it: në këtë rast, ju dëshironi ti lejoni të gjitha serviset e\n"
+"duhura. Keni kujDES, se disa nga serviset mund të jenë të rrezikshme\n"
+"nëse ato nuk janë të lira në server. Në raste të përgjithshëm ju duhet ti\n"
+"zgjedhni vetëm serviset që ju nevojiten.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux manipulon orën në GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) dhe e shëndërron në\n"
+"kohë lokale simbas zonës të cilën ju e zgjidhni. Nëse ora në kartelën-nënë\n"
+"rregullohet simbasë kohë lokale, ju keni mundësi ta dezaktivizoni atë duke\n"
+"çzgjedhur \"%s\" i cili do të ju lejoj që GNU/Linux sistemi i orës dhe i\n"
+"orës hardver të jenë në të njëjtën kohë. Kjo është tejet e përdorshme kur\n"
+"makina apo edhe ndonji ftues tjetër sikur p.sh. Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" mundëson rregullimin e orës automatikisht duke u lidhur ne një "
+"server\n"
+"të kohës në Internet. Në listën e cila është prezentuar, zgjedheni një\n"
+"server gjeografikisht  më afër jush. Ju duhet të posedoni një kyqje "
+"Internet,\n"
+"që ky të funksionoj si duhet. Ky do të instaloj në makinën tuaj, një server\n"
+"të kohës lokale, i cili mund të jetë i mundshëm, që ai të përdoret nga\n"
+"përdoruesit e tjerë të kësaj makine, nga rrjeti i juaj lokal"
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sinkronizimi automatik i orës"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Kartela Grafike\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instaluesi normalisht e zbulon dhe e konfiguron automatikisht kartelën,\n"
+"grafike në kompjuterin tuaj. Nëse ky operacion dështon, ju keni mundësi\n"
+"ta zgjedhni në këtë listë kartelën tuaj aktuale.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Në raste se servera të ndryshëm janë në disponibilitet për kartelën "
+"tuaj,\n"
+"me apo pa nisje në 3D, juve do të ju propozohet zgjedhja e një serveri më "
+"të\n"
+"mirë i cili do të ju nevojitet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (për Sistemin Windows X) është zemra e interfacit grafik për GNU/Linux\n"
+"në të cilin të gjitha mjediset grafike (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etj.) janë të denguara mbi Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Juve do të ju prezentohet lista e parametrave të ndryshëm për të ndryshuar,\n"
+"dhe për të pranuar çfaqjet grafike optimale: Kartelë Grafike\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instaluesi normalisht zbulon automatikisht dhe e konfiguron kartelën,\n"
+"grafike në kompjuterin tuaj. Nëse ky operacion dështon, ju keni mundësi\n"
+"ta zgjedhni në këtë listë kartelën tuaj aktuale.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Nëse, server(a) të ndryshëm janë në disponibilitet për kartelën tuaj, me\n"
+"apo pa nisje 3D, juve do të ju propozohet zgjedhja e një serveri më të "
+"mirë,\n"
+"i cili do të ju nevojitet.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitori\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instaluesi ka mundësi ta zbulon dhe ta konfigoj automatikisht monitorin\n"
+"tuaj të lidhur në kompjuter. Nëse ai nuk konfigurohet automatikisht, ju "
+"keni\n"
+"mundësi ta zgjidhni monitorin tuaj nga kjo listë.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Vendosmëria e ekranit\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ju keni mundësi ta zgjedhni vendosmërinë e ekranit këtu, njashtu edhe\n"
+"thellësinë e ngjyrave mes këtyre mjeteve të lira. Zgjedheni njërën nga më\n"
+"të mirat që ju përshtatet (ju do të keni mundësi ta ndërroni atë edhe mbasë\n"
+"instalimit). Nga zgjedhja e konfigurimit të thjeshtë, i cili është i "
+"paraqitur\n"
+"në monitor.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   sistemi do të mundohet të hapë ekranin grafik me vendosmëri të "
+"dëshiruar.\n"
+"Nëse ju keni mundësi të shifni lajmin gjatë testimit njashtu edhe "
+"përgjegjen\n"
+"\"%s\", atëher DrakX do të ju propozoj të kaloni në tjetrën etapë. Nëse ju\n"
+"nuk keni mundësi ta shifni lajmin, d.m.th. disa pjesë të zbulimeve\n"
+"automatike janë të pa sakta dhe testi do të përfundoj automatikisht mbasë\n"
+"12 sekondave, i cili do të ju dërgoj mbrapa në menynë e më parëme.\n"
+"Ndryshoni parametrat derisa ju ta gjeni çfaqjen korrekte grafike të ekranit\n"
+"tuaj.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcionet\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ju këtu keni mundësi të zgjedhni gjdo gjë që dëshironi në kompjuterin "
+"tuaj,\n"
+"dhe automatikisht do të kyqeni në nisje me interfac grafik boot. Dukshëm, "
+"ju\n"
+"dëshironi të verifikoni \"%s\" nëse kompjuteri juaj është si një server,\n"
+"apo nëse ju nuk keni qenë i sukseshëm në çfaqjen e konfigurimit."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitori\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instaluesi ka mundësi ta zbulon dhe ta konfigoj automatikisht monitorin\n"
+"tuaj të lidhur në kompjuter. Nëse ai nuk konfigurohet automatikisht, ju "
+"keni\n"
+"mundësi ta zgjidhni monitorin tuaj nga kjo listë."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Vendosmëria e ekranit\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ju keni mundësi ta zgjedhni vendosmërinë e ekranit këtu, njashtu edhe\n"
+"thellësinë e ngjyrave mes këtyre mjeteve të lira. Zgjedheni njërën nga më\n"
+"të mirat që ju përshtatet (ju do të keni mundësi ta ndërroni atë edhe mbasë\n"
+"instalimit). Nga zgjedhja e konfigurimit të thjeshtë, i cili është i "
+"paraqitur\n"
+"në monitor."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Në disa raste, server të ndryshëm janë të disponibilitet për kartelën tuaj\n"
+"grafike, me apo pa nisje 3D, juve do të ju propozohet zgjedhja e një "
+"serveri\n"
+"më të përshtatshëm për nevojat tuaja."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcionet\n"
+"\n"
+"    Më në fund, ju keni mundësi të zgjedhni nisjen e interfacit grafik\n"
+"apo të makinës suaj. Është tejet e rekomanduar që ta zgjidhni \"%s\" nëse\n"
+"ju jeni duke instaluar njashtu edhe një server në makinën tuaj, ose nëse\n"
+"ju nuk keni konfiguruar ekranin tuaj si duhet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Kjo etapë do të ju mundësoj që të përcaktoni me precizitet vendosjen dhe\n"
+"instalimin e Mandriva Linux. Nëse disku i juaj i fortë është zbrazët apo i\n"
+"përdorur nga një sistem tjetër eksploatimi, ju duhet ta shpërndani\n"
+"diskun tuaj në pjesë. Ndarje e diskut d.m.th. ta shpërndani me precizitet\n"
+"që më fund të krijoni një hapësire për instalimin e sistemit Mandriva "
+"Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Duke njoftur efektet e proceseve të ndarjeve nuk janë kthyese, (përmbajtjet\n"
+"në disk do të zhduken), ndarja në shumicën e rasteve është stresante dhe\n"
+"frikësuese, për një përdorues të pa eksperimentuar. Për fat të mirë një\n"
+"interfac DrakX, është caktuar për ta. Para se ta nisni, konsultone\n"
+"doracakun tuaj, dhe keni durim.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nëse ndarjet nuk janë përcaktuar, ju duhet ti krijoni duke përdorur\n"
+"asistentin. Simbas konfigurimit të diskut tuaj, një shumicë e opcioneve\n"
+"janë në disponibilitet :\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kjo mundësi do të provoj të shpërndajë automatikisht\n"
+"hapësirën e pa përdorur të diskut tuaj. Nuk do të keni pyetje tjera.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": asistenti ka zbuluar një apo më shumë ndarje ekzistuese\n"
+"në diskun tuaj. Nëse ju dëshironi ti përdorni, zgjedheni këtë opcion.\n"
+"Mandej ju do të pyetëni për zgjedhjen pikës montuese e cila do të lidhet\n"
+"me ndarjet tjera. Pika trasheguese e montimit është e përcaktuar me\n"
+"marrëveshje dhe në shumicën e rasteve është preferohet që mos ta\n"
+"ndryshoni atë.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nëse Microsft Windows është instaluar në diskun tuaj dhe\n"
+"e përfshinë tërë sipërfaqen e diskut, ju duhet të krijoni një vend për\n"
+"instalimin e të dhënave Linux. Për ta realizuar, ju mund ta shlyeni\n"
+"tërë diskun (shiqo në zgjidhjen ``Shlyeje tërë diskun'') ose ridimenzi-\n"
+"onone hapësirën e përdorur nga ndarja Windows në formë FAT.\n"
+"Ridimenzionimi mund të bëhet pa i humbur të dhënat në disk, me një\n"
+"kusht, nëse ju e keni defragmentuar diskun tuaj në Windows. Një regjistrim\n"
+"i të dhënave tuaja është shumë e preferuar. Kjo mundësi, d.m.th.\n"
+"e dyta mund të përdoret pa humbjen e të dhënave. Kjo zgjidhje është\n"
+"tejet e rekomanduar, për bashkëjetesën e Linux-it dhe Windows-it në të\n"
+"njëjtin kompjuter.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Para se ta zgjidhni këtë mundësi, ju duhet të kuptoni se mbas\n"
+"kësaj precedure hapësira e Windows do të jetë zvogëluar. D.m.th.\n"
+"Disku juaj në Windows do të posedoj më pakë hapësirë të lirë për\n"
+"instalimin e programeve apo regjistrimin e të dhënave me Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nëse ju dëshironi ti zhdukni të gjitha\n"
+"të dhënat dhe aplikacionet e instaluara në sistemin tuaj, dhe ti\n"
+"zëvendësoni me një sistem të ri Mandriva Linux, zgjedheni këtë mundësi.\n"
+"Keni kujDES, sepse kjo mundësi është e pa kthyeshme mbrapa. Është e pa\n"
+"mundur të gjindet të dhënat e zhdukura.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Duke zgjedhur këtë mundësi, përmbajtjet në diskun tuaj do të\n"
+"zhduken. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kjo zgjidhje do të zhdukë tërë përmbajtjen\n"
+"e diskut, dhe do të rifilloj nga zerroja. Të gjitha të dhënat dhe\n"
+"programet prezente në diskun tuaj do të zhduken.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Duke zgjedhur këtë mundësi, përmbajtjet në diskun tuaj do të\n"
+"zhduken. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mundëson një ndarje manuale të diskut tuaj. Kini kujdes\n"
+"-- është tejet e fuqishme por edhe aq e rrezikshme kjo mundësi.\n"
+"Ju mund të zhdukni përmbajtjen e tërësishme të diskut tuaj. D.m.th.\n"
+"Ju nuk duhet ta zgjidhni këtë mundësi, nëse nuk dini se çfarë bëni.\n"
+"Për të ditur më shumë mbi DiskDrake, përcaktohuni në sekcionin\n"
+"``Qeverisja e Ndarjeve Tuaja'' në `` Përcjellësin Nisës''"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Përdore ndarjen egzistuese"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Shlyeje diskun të tërësi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ja pra ku jeni. Instalimi i juaj GNU/Linux përfundoi, dhe sistemi i juaj\n"
+"është i gatshëm për përdorim. Klikoni mbi \"%s\" për të rinisur sistemin\n"
+"tuaj. Gjëra e parë që ju duhet ta vëreni mbasi që kompjuteri i juaj të\n"
+"përfundoj me testet e bëra është meny bootloader, duke ju mundësuar një\n"
+"nisje nga sistemet operuese që janë prezente në diskun tuaj.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kopsa \"%s\" mundëson dy zgjedhje tjera: \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": për të krijuar një diskete instaluese, e cila do të ju\n"
+"mundëson, të rizhvilloni një instalim që e keni relaizuar para disa\n"
+"qasteve, pa ndihmën e ndonji administratori.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Shënoni, se të dy mundësitë për zgjedhje do të paraqiten mbasi që të\n"
+"klikoni mbi kopsën:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Është një instalim pjesërisht automatikë, ku është\n"
+"e mundur ti personalizoni shpërndarjet, e diskut (veçmas).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Instalim komplet automatik, disku i fort do të\n"
+"rishkruhet kompletisht, dhe të gjitha të dhënat do të zhduken.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Kjo mundësi është tejet praktike, për instalimin e më shumë sistemeve.\n"
+"Shiqoni sekcionin Auto Instalim të sitit ton Web.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): regjistrimi i listës së pakove të instaluara.\n"
+"Për ta përdorur këtë zgjidhje me një instalim tjetër, futni disketën\n"
+"floppy në lexues, dhe hyni në menyn ndihmuese duke shtypur mbi kopsën\n"
+"[F1] në ftim, dhe futni këtë urdhër me radhë >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Ju keni nevojë për një diskete të formatuar në FAT (për ta krijuar ndër\n"
+"GNU/Linux shkruani \"mformat a:\")"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "krijo një disketë floppy auto instaluese"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Secila ndarje e përcaktuar përsëri duhet të formatohen,(që d.m.th.\n"
+"do të krijohet një sistem e skedareve në të).\n"
+"\n"
+"Në këtë moment, ju mund ti riformatoni ndarjet ekzistuese për zhdukjen e\n"
+"të dhënave prezente. Dhe që duhet ti zgjedhni ato.\n"
+"\n"
+"Duke ditur se nuk është e nevojshme të riformatohet përmbajtja e tërë\n"
+"sistemit eksploatues, (sikur \"/\", \"/usr\" apo \"/var\") mirëpo nuk\n"
+"është e nevojshme të formatohen ndarjet e të dhënave (zakonisht në \"/home"
+"\").\n"
+"Keni kujdes kur ti zgjidhni ndarjet e riformatuara, do të jetë e pa mundur\n"
+"të rikuperohen të dhënat në to.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikoni mbi \"%s\" kur ju jeni i gatshëm që ti formatoni ndarjet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikoni mbi \"%s\" nëse ju dëshironi të zgjedhni një ndarje tjetër apo\n"
+"të instaloni një sistemi të ri eksploatues Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikoni mbi \"%s\" nëse ju dëshironi ti zgjedhni ndarjet, për një\n"
+"verifikim të sektorëve të dëmtuar në disk."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Nga momenti kur ju jeni duke instaluar Mandriva Linux, është e mundur që\n"
+"disa pako janë azhurnuar prej daljes së atij prodhimi. Disa buge mund\n"
+"të korigjohen, njashtu dhe probleme tjera të sigurisë. Për të ju\n"
+"mundësuar të përfitoni një azhurnim, do të jenë të propozuara që të\n"
+"tranferohen nga Interneti. Zgjedheni \"%s\" nëse ju posedoni një kyqje\n"
+"Internet, ose \"%s\" nëse ju preferoni që t'instaloni azhurnimet një herë\n"
+"tjetër.\n"
+"\n"
+"Duke zgjedhur \"%s\", lista e siteve nga të cilat bëhen azhurnimet mund të\n"
+"provohen. Zgjedhni sitet më të afërta. Mandej një dru i degëzuar\n"
+"me zgjedhje të pakove do të çfaqet: verifikone zgjedhjen, dhe klikoni mbi\n"
+"\"%s\", për të provuar instalimet apo azhurnimet e pakove të zgjedhura,\n"
+"ose mni \"%s\" për ti braktisur."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Në këtë etapë, DrakX duhet të ju ketë mundësuar përfundimin e nivelit\n"
+"të sigurisë së duhur për sistemin tuaj. Niveli i sigurimit së duhur është\n"
+"i përcaktuar simbas funksionit të eksploatimit të sistemit të përdoruesve\n"
+"tjerë (nëse është i kyqur direkt në rrjetin internet) dhe simbas nivelit\n"
+"të ndishmërisë së përmbajtjes së informacioneve të sistemit (numri i\n"
+"kartelës kreditore për shembull). Nuk duhet të harroni se në mënyrë të\n"
+"përgjithshme, aq më më e madhe të jetë siguria e sistemit, aq më\n"
+"shumë është e komplikuar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nëse ju nuk dini cilin nivelë ta zgjidhni, atëhere mbane nivelin me "
+"marrëveshje."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Siguria e Administratorit:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Në këtë etapë ju duhet të zgjedhni se cila(t) ndarje(t) do të përdoret(n)\n"
+"për sistemin tuaj Mandriva Linux. Nëse ndarja e diskut është bërë më heret,\n"
+"nga një instalim tjetër GNU/Linux apo nga nji vegël tjetër ndarëse, ju\n"
+"mund të përdorni ndarjet e bëra. Mes tjerash ndarjet duhen të jenë të\n"
+"përcaktuara\n"
+"\n"
+"Për të krijuar një ndarje, ju duhet të zgjedhni diskun që duhet të "
+"përdoret.\n"
+"Ju mund ta zgjedhni duke klikuar mbi ``hda'' për diskun e parë IDE, ``hdb''\n"
+"për diskun e dytë, ``sda'' për dyskun e parë SCSI, dhe ashtu me radhë.\n"
+"\n"
+"Për ta ndarë diskun e fort të zgjedhur, ju mund të përdorni opcionet me\n"
+"radhë :\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ky opcion do të zhduk, të gjitha ndarjet në diskun e zgjedhur\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ky opcion mundëson krijimin e një sistemi të skedareve\n"
+"ext3 dhe swap të ndarjeve, në hapësirën e lirë të diskut tuaja\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": mundëson hyrjen në fonksionimin e llogarive:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": regjistro tabelën e ndarjeve në floppy.\n"
+"Kjo mundësi është tejet praktike, për rikuperimin e ndarjeve të\n"
+"dëmtuara. Dhe rekomanduar që të vazhdoni me këtë mënyrë.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mundëson restaurimin e një tabele të një ndarje,\n"
+"të regjistruar më heret në një diskete.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nëse tabela juaj e ndarjes është dëmtuar ju keni mundësi\n"
+"ta rikuperoni me këto opcione. Keni kujdes dhe dijeni se kjo nuk\n"
+"funksionon në të gjitha rastet.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": largon ndryshimet dhe ngarkon tabelën e ndarjeve filestare.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": duke shënuar në këtë kuti, CD-ROM(et) dhe disketat floppy\n"
+"(dhe përkrahje tjera) do të ngarkohen automatikisht.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": përdoreni këtë mundësi nëse ju keni nevojë ta ndani\n"
+"diskun tuaj. Kjo mundësi është shumë e rekomandura nëse ju jeni fillestar\n"
+"në lëndën e ndarjeve.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": përdore këtë opcion për ti anuluar ndryshimet tuaja.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mundëson akcionet llogaritëse në ndrajet, (tipi,\n"
+"mundësit, dhe format) dhe dorëzon më shumë informacione.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mbasi që shpërndarja do të përfundoj, kjo kopsë do të ju\n"
+"mundëson regjistrimin ndryshimeve tuaja në disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mbasi që ta keni përcaktuar mashësinë e diskut tuaj, ju keni mundësi ti\n"
+"paraqitni madhësitë ndarëse duke përdorur kopsat (shigjeta) të tastierës.\n"
+"\n"
+"Shënoni: ju mund ti ndryshoni të gjitha mundësitë për ndarje duke përdorur\n"
+"tastierën. Kaloni nëpërmjet shfletuesit duke përdorur kopsat [Tab] dhe\n"
+"shigjetat [Lart/Poshtë].\n"
+"\n"
+"Mbasi të zgjedhni një ndarje, ju mund ta përdorni :\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c për të krijuar një ndarje të re (përderisa një ndarje e zbrazët\n"
+"është zgjedhur);\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d për të zhdukur një ndarje;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m për të caktuar një pikë montuese.\n"
+"\n"
+"Për të përfituar më shumë informacione mbi sistemet e skedareve, lexoni mbi\n"
+"sistemin e skedareve ext2FS në ``Doracakun referues''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nëse ju jeni duke instaluar një stacion PPC, ju duhet të krijoni një ndarje\n"
+"të vogël HFS ``bootstrap'' më së paku 1MB, e cila do të përdoret nga "
+"bootloader\n"
+"yaboot. Nëse dëshironi të bëni një ndarje më të madhe, p.sh 50MB, ju duhet\n"
+"të gjeni një vegël për të vendosur bërthamat dhe imazhet ramdisk hyrëse në\n"
+"rastë të ndonji problemi."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automontim i periferikëve lëvizës"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Kalo mes modit normal/ekspert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Janë gjetur më shumë se një ndarje Windows në diskun tuaj të fort, ju\n"
+"lutemi zgjedheni njërin për ta ridimenziunuar, dhe për të instaluar\n"
+"sistemin të ri eksploatues Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Çdo ndarje është listuar simbas: \"Emri Linux\",  \"Emri Windows\"\n"
+"\"Kapaciteti\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Emri Linux\" është i strukturuar: \"tipi i diskut të fort\", \"numri i\n"
+"diskut të fort\", \"Numri i ndarjes\" (për shembul, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+" \"Tipi i diskut të fort\" është \"hd\" nëse disku i juaj është IDE\n"
+"disk i fort, dhe \"sd\" nëse është SCSI disk i fort.\n"
+"\n"
+" \"Numri i diskut të fort\" është gjithnji një shkronjë mbas \"hd\" ose\n"
+"\"sd\". Për disqet IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" do të thotë \"disk primare master mbi kontroluesin e parë IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" do të thotë \"disk primare esklavë mbi kontroluesin e parë IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" do të thotë \"disk primare master mbi kontroluesin e dytë IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" do të thotë \"disk primare esklavë mbi kontroluesin e dytë IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Me disqet SCSI, \"a\" do të thotë \"Identiteti më i ulët SCSI\", \"b\" do\n"
+"të thotë  \"Identiteti i dytë më i ulët SCSI\", etj.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Emri Windows\" është një letër e diskut tuaj të fort ndër Windows (disku\n"
+"i parë ndarës quhet \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": verifikoni zgjedhjen e shtetit tuaj të tanishëm. Nëse ju nuk\n"
+"gjindeni në atë shtet që duhet të jeni, klikoni mbi kopsën \"%s\"\n"
+"dhe zgjedheni një shtet tjetër. Nëse shteti juaj nuk është i çfaqur në\n"
+"këtë list, klikoni mbi kopsën \"%s\" për të pranuar një listë \n"
+"më komplete për shtete tjera."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Kjo etapë aktivizohet automatikisht nëse ju posedoni një ndarje të vjetër\n"
+"GNU/Linux, në makinën tuaj.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX tani ka nevojë të dijë nëse ju dëshironi të çfaqni një instalim,\n"
+"apo azhurnim të ri, në sistemin ekzistues Mandriva Linux:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Për shumicën e rasteve, ky kompletisht shlyhet nga sistemet\n"
+"e vjetra. Nëse ju dëshironi ta ndërroni shpërndarjen e diskut tuaj të "
+"fortë,\n"
+"apo të ndryshoni sistemin e skedareve tuaja, ju duhet ta përdorni këtë "
+"opcion.\n"
+"Pa marrë para sysh, nga mvarësitë e skemës së ndarjesë, ju mund ti "
+"parandaloni\n"
+"disa të dhëna ekzistuese nga të mbi-zëvendësuarat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kjo klasë instaluese ju mundëson azhurnimin e pakove aktuale\n"
+"të instaluara, në sistemin tuaj Mandriva Linux. Skema e ndarjes,\n"
+"dhe e të dhënave të përdoruesve, nuk do të ndryshohet. Shumica\n"
+"e etapave të tjera konfiguruese mundësojnë një vazhdim, të njëjtë sikur\n"
+"tek instalimet standarde.\n"
+"\n"
+"Duke përdorur mundësinë ``Azhurno'' duhet të funksionoj shumë mirë në "
+"sistemin\n"
+"Mandriva Linux ndër versionin \"8.1\" apo më të ri. Tentimi i Azhurnimit të\n"
+"një versioni më të vjetër se versioni Mandriva Linux \"8.1\" nuk "
+"rekomandohet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalisht, DrakX e zgjedhë tastierën e saktë për ju (mvarësisht nga gjuha\n"
+"e zgjedhur). Megjithatë, është e mundur që ju nuk posedoni një tastierë\n"
+"që i përshtatet gjuhës suaj: për shmebull, nëse ju e flitni Anglishten dhe\n"
+"posedoni një tastierë Zvicërrane, dhe dëshironi ta përdorni tastierës me\n"
+"përparësi Zvicrrane. Ose nëse e flitni Anglishtën dhe jetoni në Kebek,\n"
+"ju mund të gjindeni në të njëjtin situacion. Në të dyja rastet, ju duhet\n"
+"të ktheheni mbrapa kësajë etape instaluese dhe të zgjidhni tastierën\n"
+"përkatëse nga lista përkatëse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikoni mbi kopsën \"%s\" që të prezentohet lista komplete e tastierave\n"
+"përkrahëse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nëse ju e zgjedhni një tastiere e cila nuk bazohet me alfabetin latinë,\n"
+"ju do të pyeteni për në dialogun e ardhshëm për kombinimin e kopsave\n"
+"të cilët do të ju mundësojnë shkëmbimin mes Latine dhe joLatine."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Etapa e parë është që ta zgjedhni gjuhën tuaj të preferuar. Zgjedheni "
+"gjuhën\n"
+"tuaj të preferuar, e cila do të përdoret gjatë instalimit të sistemit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Duke klikuar mbi kopsën \"%s\", programi do të ju propozoj njashtu\n"
+"edhe gjuhë tjera të cilat mund të instalohen në stacionin tuaj punues. Duke\n"
+"zgjedhur një gjuhë tjetër, programi do të instaloj tërë dokumentacionin\n"
+"dhe aplikacionet e nevojshme për përdorimin e kësaj gjuhe. Për shembull,\n"
+"nëse ju mendoni të pranoni përdorues Spanjol në serverin tuaj, zgjedheni\n"
+"Anglishtën si gjuhë kryesore, dhe në sekcionin e vazhdueshëm, klikoni mbi\n"
+"kutinë e cila i përketë \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Shënim, ju keni mundësi të instalohen shumë gjuhë në sistem. Mbasi që keni\n"
+"zgjedhur çfarëdo llogarije lokale, apo klikoni mbi kopsën \"%s\" për\n"
+"të zgjedhur kutinë. Zgjedhja e përkrahjeve të gjuhëve d.m.th. përkthimet\n"
+"e polisës, verifikimet e të shprehurit, etj. për atë gjuhë do të instalohet\n"
+"Përmbledhja e \"%s\" kutia verifikuese mundëson forcimin e përdorimit të\n"
+"unikodit (UTF-8). Shënim edhe pse ky është një përparësi për të ardhmën.\n"
+"Nëse ju e zgjedhni një gjuhë duke marrë përsipër me përkrahje unikod që do\n"
+"të instalohet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Për të kaluar nga një gjuhë në një tjetër, ju mund ta ngarkoni urdhërinë\n"
+"\"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" me përparësi administratori \"root\" për të\n"
+"ndërruar tërë sistemin e gjuhës, apo secili pëdorues për vetë vehten\n"
+"mund ta ndërroj gjuhën me marrëveshje."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spanjol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX normalisht nuk hasë në ndonji problemë në zbulimin e sasisë së\n"
+"kopsave të minit tuaj. Nëse nuk i merrë me njohuri, se ju posedoni\n"
+"një minë me dy kopsa, ai do ta konfiguroj një kopsë të tretë imituese.\n"
+"Kopsa e tretë e minit me dy kopsa, mund të ``shtypet'' duke klikuar\n"
+"njëkohësisht mbi kopsën e majtë apo të djathtë. Njashtu\n"
+"DrakX do ta dijë automatikishtë se çfarë mini posedoni PS/2 apo USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nëse ju dëshironi të instaloni një tjetër tip mini, zgjedheni njërin nga\n"
+"lista e shënuar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nëse ju e zgjedhni një tjetër min, që është propozuar me\n"
+"marrëveshje, DrakX do të ju prezentoj një ekran testi. Përdorni\n"
+"kopsat dhe rrotën për tu siguruar se çdo gjë fuksionon si duhet.\n"
+"Nëse mini juaj nuk funksionon si duhet, shtypni mbi shufrën për hapësirë\n"
+"(space bar) apo në [Return] për ta anuluar testimin dhe kthehuni mbrapa\n"
+"në listën e zgjedhjeve.\n"
+"\n"
+"Në disa raste minjët me rrotë nuk janë të zbuluar automatikisht. Ju duhet\n"
+"ta zgjedhni manuelisht, nga lista e propozuar. Sigurohuni se keni zgjedhur\n"
+"portën e saktë të kyqur në minin tuaj. Mbasi që ju e zgjedhni minin tuaj\n"
+"shtypni mbi kopsën \"%s\", një imazhë i minit do të paraqitet\n"
+"në ekranë. Dhe mandej ju duhet ta lëvizni rrotën e minit tuaj për t'\n"
+"aktivizuar atë saktësisht. Dhe testoni të gjitha kopsat dhe lëvizjet e\n"
+"tyre, a janë të sakta."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "3 Kopsa me Rrotë Imituese"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Ju lutemi zgjedheni portën e saktë. Për shembull \"COM1\" është portë ndër\n"
+"Windows, kurse \"ttyS0\" është i emëruar ndër sistemin GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Këtu duhet të dini se do ta merrnji një vendim më të vështirë, për sigurinë\n"
+"e sistemit tuaj GNU/Linux: ju duhet të futni parullën sikur administrator\n"
+"\"root\". \"Root\" është administrues i sistemit me të gjitha të drejtat\n"
+"e konfigurimit, azhurnimit, shtimit të përdoruesëve etj. Konkretisht \"root"
+"\"mund të bëjë çdo gjë në sistemin tuaj! Dhe për atë arësye ju duhet të "
+"futni\n"
+"parullën e tij, që është shumë veshtirë ta merrni me mend atë -- DrakX do\n"
+"të ju tregoj nëse është lehtë. Siq po e shifni, ju mund të mos e futni\n"
+"parullën ne ju rekomandojmë sinqerisht kundër kësaj veprimtarie. Duke ditur\n"
+"se gabimet bëhen shumë lehtë dhe pa ditur, një përdorues me të gjitha të\n"
+"drejtat mund të bëjë çmosë. Prej që se \"root\" mund të përfitojë gjdo\n"
+"të drejtë pa kufi i cili mund të zhdukë të gjitha të dhënat, duke kaluar\n"
+"në secilën ndarje të diskut, është me rëndësi që me vështirësi të madhe të\n"
+"shëndërroheni në administrator \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Zgjedhja e parullës duhet të përmbajë së paku 8 karaktere (shkronja, numra\n"
+"etj) alfanumerikë. Mos e shkruani kurrë parullën \"root\" diku, mundohuni\n"
+"ta mbani në mend.\n"
+"\n"
+"Megjithatë, mos e shkruani parullën shumë të gjatë apo të komplikuar, sepse\n"
+"ju duhet të jeni në gjendje, ta mbani në mend, pa u mundur shumë.\n"
+"\n"
+"Parulla nuk do të paraqitet n'ekran, sikur e shtypni në tastierë direkt, "
+"prej\n"
+"nga, ju duhet ta shtypni dy herë, për të zvogëluar gabimin e mundshëm. Nëse\n"
+"një gabim i tillë arrinë, atëherë kjo parullë ``e pa saktë'' do të "
+"regjistrohet,\n"
+"dhe ju duhet ta rishtypni për të hyrë në sistemin tuaj për të parën herë.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nëse ju dëshironi të hyni në këtë kompjuter për tu kontrolluar nga një "
+"server\n"
+"vërtetues, kliko mbi kopsën \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Nëse rrjeti i juaj përdorë LDAP, NIS apo një pronë PDC Windows për servise\n"
+"vërtetuese, zgjedheni një qarkullim sikur \"%s\". Nëse ju nuk\n"
+"dini cilin ta përdorni, pyetni administratorin e rrjetit tuaj.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nëse ju hasni në ndonji problem, në lidhje me parullën, ju mund ta zgjedhni\n"
+"mundësinë \"%s\", nëse kompjuteri juaj nuk duhet të kyqet në rrjetin\n"
+"e Internetit, dhe nëse ju keni besim në secilin perdorues i cili hynë në\n"
+"sistemin tuaj."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "vërtetësim"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO dhe grub janë bootloader për GNU/Linux. Normalisht, kjo etapë është\n"
+"kompletisht e automatizuar. DrakX do të analizoj sektorin e diskut nisës\n"
+"boot dhe do të akordoj gjdo gjë që gjindet në të:\n"
+"\n"
+" * nëse një sektor nisës boot Windows zbulohet, ai do të zëvendësohet me\n"
+"me një sektor nisës boot grub/LILO. Në këtë rrugë ju do të keni mundësi\n"
+"të ngarkoni qoft GNU/Linux apo ndonji Sistem tjetër Eksploatues.\n"
+"\n"
+" * nëse një sektor nisës boot LILO zbulohet, ai do të zëvendësohet me\n"
+"një sektor të ri.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nëse ai nuk mund të përcaktohet, DrakX do të ju pyes për vendin se ku\n"
+"deshironi ta vendosni bootloader."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Këtu, ne e zgjedhim një sistem stampues për kompjuterin tuaj. Sistemet "
+"tjera\n"
+"eksploatuese ofrojnë vetëm një, kurse Linux ofron dy. Secili sistem "
+"stampues\n"
+"është më i mirë për gjdo tip i përcaktur konfigurues.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- që do të thotë ``print, do not queue'' (stampo pas kaluar në\n"
+"rradhitje rendore), është një mundësi nëse stampuesi juaj është i kyqur\n"
+"direkt në stacionin tuaj punues, dhe nëse ju dëshironi ta ndërpreni "
+"stampimin\n"
+"direkt, në rastë të ndonji problemi, dhe nëse nuk posedoni një stampues në\n"
+"rrjet. (\"%s\" Do ti merrë parasysh rastet e thjeshta në rrjet, mirëpo në\n"
+"disa raste nuk janë të sakta këto urdhërat). Zgjedheni \"pdq\" nëse ju jeni\n"
+"në një ekspert në GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- ``Common Unix Printing System'', është mundësi gjeniale për\n"
+"stampim në sistemin tuaj, me satmpues lokal, apo stampues të cilët gjinden "
+"në\n"
+"anën tjetër të botës. Është i thjeshtë dhe mund të reagoj sikur server, apo\n"
+"sikur një klient i vjetër i sistemit stampues \"lpd\". Bëhet fjalë për një\n"
+"vegël tejet të fuqishme, mirëpo konfiguracionet e bazës janë të thjeshta "
+"sikur\n"
+"\"pdq\". Për ta konkuruar në një server \"lpd\" ju duhet të niseni në dimon\n"
+"\"cups-lpd\". \"%s\" përfshinë një interfac grafike për stampim ose për\n"
+"zgjedhjen e opcioneve administruese të stampuesit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nëse e zgjidhni tani, e më vonë, nuk ju pëlqen sistemi stampues, ju keni\n"
+"mundësi ta ndryshoni duke nisur PrinterDrake nga Qendra Kontrolluese "
+"Mandriva\n"
+"duke klikuar mbi kopsën ekspert."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Modë Ekspert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX, tani do të hulumtoj gjdo IDE periferik në kompjuterin tuaj. Ai\n"
+"njashtu do të scanon, një apo më shumë kartela PCI SCSI në sistemin\n"
+"tuaj. Nëse një kartelë SCSI është gjetur nga DrakX, ai do të instaloj\n"
+"automatikisht pilotin e saj të nevojshëm.\n"
+"\n"
+"Në disa raste zbuluesi i materialit nuk është foolproof, dhe nuk\n"
+"mund të zbuloj ndonji pjesë, kështu ju duhet ta specifikoni me dorë.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nëse ju duhet të specifikoni kartelën tuaj PCI SCSI në mënyrë manuale,\n"
+"DrakX do të ju pyes për specifikimin e mundësive të tija. Ju duhet të\n"
+"lejoni, që DrakX të verifikoj automatikisht kartelën tuaj, për opcionet\n"
+"e nevojshme të përcaktuara.\n"
+"\n"
+"Është e mundur që, DrakX të mos jetë në gjendje ti verifikoj opcionet\n"
+"e nevojshme. Në këto raste, ju duhet ti përcaktoni manuelisht."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": nëse një kartelë e zërit është zbuluar në sistemin\n"
+"tuaj, ajo do të çfaqet këtu. Nëse shënimet mbi kartelën tuaj nuk janë ato\n"
+"që duhen të jenë, në sistemin tuaj, ju mund të klikoni mbi kopsën dhe ta\n"
+"zgjedhni një pilot tjetër."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Si çfaqës, DrakX do të prezentoj permbledhjen e infomacioneve të ndryshme\n"
+"në lidhje me sistemin tuaj. Duke u mvarur nga sistemi i juaj i instaluar\n"
+"që ju mund të posedoni disa apo të gjitha hyrjet vijuese. Secila hyrje "
+"është\n"
+"krijuar nga konfigurimi i artikullit që duhej të konfigurohet, duke e\n"
+"përcjellur me përmbledhje të shpejt nga konfigurimi i tanishëm. Klikoni\n"
+"mbi kopsën e përcaktuar \"%s\" për ta ndryshaur atë.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifikoni tastierën e tanishme të konfiguruar, dhe ndryshone\n"
+"atë nëse është e nevojshme.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifikoni shtetin tuaj të përcaktuar. Nëse ju nuk gjindeni\n"
+"në shtetin e dëshiruar, klikoni mbi kopsën \"%s\" dhe zgjedheni një\n"
+"shtet tjetër. Nëse shteti i jauj nuk gjindet në këtë listë, klikoni mbi\n"
+"kopsën \"%s\" për ta pranuar një listë më komplete.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": Me marrëveshje, DrakX dedukton zonën orare të bazuar në\n"
+"shtetin tuaj të zgjedhur më parë. Ju mund të klikoni mbi kopsën \"%s\"nëse "
+"zona orare nuk është e saktë.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifikone konfigurimin e minit tuaj dhe klikoni mbi kopsën\n"
+"nëse dëshironi ta ndryshoni atë.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": duke klikuar mbi kopsën \"%s\" do të hapni\n"
+"asistentin konfigurues për stampues. Konsultone kapitullin e përcaktuar\n"
+"të ``Përcjellësit Nisës'' për më shumë informacione se si të konfigurohet\n"
+"një stampues i ri. Interfaci i prezentuar është i njëjtë me atë që është\n"
+"paraqitur gjatë instalimit\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nëse një kartelë zëri është zbuluar në sistemin tuaj\n"
+"ajo do të çfaqet këtu. Nëse shënimet mbi kartelën tuaj nuk përputhen me\n"
+"shënimet e kartelës prezente në sistem, ju keni mundësi të klikoni mbi\n"
+"kopsën për të zgjedhur një pilot tjetër.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": me marrëveshje, DrakX konfiguron interfacin tuaj grafikë,\n"
+"në vendosmëri \"800x600\" ose \"1024x768\". Nëse kjo nuk është prezentuar,\n"
+"kliko mbi kopsën \"%s\" për të rifilluar një konfigurim të ri.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nëse një kartelë TV zbulohet në sistemin tuaj, ajo do\n"
+"të çfaqet këtu. Nëse ju posedoni një kartelë TV, dhe ajo nuk zbulohet\n"
+"automatikisht, klikoni mbi kopsën \"%s\" për ta konfiguruar\n"
+"manuelisht.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nëse një kartelë ISDN zbulohet në sistemin tuaj, ajo\n"
+"do të çfaqet këtu. Ju mund të klikoni mbi kopsën \"%s\" për ti\n"
+"ndryshuar parametrat e bashkuar me kartelën.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Nëse dëshironi të konfiguroni Internetin apo rrjetin\n"
+"tuaj lokal hyni tani.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kjo hyrje ju ofron përcaktimin e nivelit të sigurisë\n"
+"siq është paraqitur në etapën e më parme ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nëse ju planifikoni të kyqni makinën tuaj në Internet\n"
+"është ide tejet e mirë të mbroheni nga befasitë duke instalur murin e\n"
+"zjarrt. Konsultoni sektorët e caktuar të ``Përcjellësit Nisës'' për\n"
+"më shumë detaje mbi instalimet e murit të zjarrt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nëse dëshironi ti ndryshoni konfigurimet e bootloader\n"
+"klikoni mbi këtë kopsë. Kjo është e rezervuar për përdorues të përparuar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ju do të keni mundësinë këtu të kontrolloni më në fund se\n"
+"cilat servise duhet të nisen në makinën tuaj. Nëse ju planifikoni të\n"
+"përdorni këtë makinë sikur një server, është ide e mirë ta riçfaqni këtë\n"
+"instalim."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Kartelë ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Interfac Grafikë"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjedheni diskun e fort (hard drive) që dëshironi ta zhdukni, për të\n"
+"instaluar një ndarje të re Mandriva Linux. Keni kujDES, të gjitha të dhënat\n"
+"do të zhduken, dhe nuk mund të rekuperohen!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Klikoni mbi \"%s\" nëse ju dëshironi ti zhdukni të dhënat dhe ndarjet në\n"
+"diskun tuaj të fort. Keni kujDES, mbasi që të klikoni mbi \"%s\", ju nuk\n"
+"keni mundesi ti rikuperoni të dhenat dhe ndarjet prezente në këtë disk të\n"
+"fort, njashtu edhe nëse gjindet ndonji ndarje, me të dhëna Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikoni mbi \"%s\" që ta ndalni këtë operacion, pa i humbur të dhënat\n"
+"dhe ndarjet prezente në këtë disk të fort."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Tjetri ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Mbrapa"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sr.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sr.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..27aa3c97d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sr.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1902 @@
+# Cirilicni prevod drakbootdisk.po fajla.
+# Copyright (C) 1997-2003 MandrakeSERBIA.
+# Tomislav Jankovic <tomaja@net.yu>, 2000.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-15 13:33+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Toma Jankovic <tomaja@net.yu>\n"
+"Language-Team: Serbian <i18n@mandrake.co.yu>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 0.9.6\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Пре него што наставите пажљиво прочитајте услове лиценце. Она\n"
+"покрива целу Mandriva Linux дистрибуцију, и уколико се  слажете\n"
+"са свим условима који се налазе у њој, кликните на \"Прихватам\" тастер\n"
+"Уколико не прихватате, једноставно искључите \n"
+"рачунар."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux је вишекориснички систем, а то значи да сваки корисник може имати "
+"сопствене\n"
+"поставке, сопствене фајлове, итд. Можете прочитати ``Упуство за кориснике''\n"
+"да би сазнали више о томе. Али за разлику од \"root\", који је уствари "
+"администратор, корисници\n"
+"које додате овде неће моћи да мењају било шта осим њихових\n"
+"фајлова и њихове конфигурације. Требало би да креирате најмање једног\n"
+"обичног корисника за себе. Тај рачун је онај на који треба да се логујете \n"
+"за рутинско коришћење. Иако је веома практично да се улогујете као \"root\" "
+"сваки дан,\n"
+"то може бити веома опасно! И најмања грешка може значити да ваш систем\n"
+"неће више радити. Уколико направите озбиљне грешке као обични корисник \n"
+"можете једино избгубити нешто информација, али не и цели систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Прво, морате да унесете ваше право име. Ово није неопходно, наравно -\n"
+"јер можете приступити и изменити га када год желите. DrakX ће тада узети "
+"прву\n"
+"реч који сте унели и ставити га у простор за уношење имена корисника \"User\n"
+"name\". Ово је име које одрежени корисник треба да користи при логовању на\n"
+"систем. Можете га променити. УНакон тога морате унети лозинку овде.\n"
+"Обични, не-привилеговани корисничка лозинка није од већег значаја као она "
+"за\n"
+"\"root\" кориосника са сигурносне тачке гледања, али то није разлог за "
+"опуштање\n"
+"- након свега, ваши фајлови су у питању.\n"
+"\n"
+"Уколико кликнете на \"Прихвати корисникар\", можете додати још корисника. "
+"Додајте\n"
+"корисника за сваког вашег пријатеља: за вашег оца или сестру, на\n"
+"пример. Када заршите додавање свих жељених корисника, изаберите \"Завршено"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Кликом на тастер Напредно \"Напредно опције\" можете изменити default \"shell"
+"\"\n"
+"за тренутног корисника (bash по default). \n"
+"\n"
+"Када завршите са додавањем корисника, рачунар ће тражити да изаберете "
+"корисника\n"
+"који ће се аутоматски пријављивати на систем при његовом стартању. Уколико\n"
+"вас занима ова могућност (и не водите много рачуна о локалној\n"
+"сигурности), изаберите жељеног корисника и window менажер, а затим кликните "
+"на \"Следећи\n"
+"->\". Уколико нисте заинтересовани за ову опцију, деселектујте  \"Да ли "
+"желите\n"
+"да користите ову опцију?\" ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Да ли желите да користите ову опцију ?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Изнад се налази листа постојећих Linux партиција које су детектоване\n"
+"на хард диску. Можете задржати избор који је направио чаробњак, јер је добар "
+"за a\n"
+"општу употребу. Уколико промените избор, морате бар изабрати root\n"
+"партицију (\"/\"). Немојте да бирате сувише малу партицију јер нећете моћи "
+"да\n"
+"инсталирате овољно софтвера. Уколико желите да податке ставиљате на посебну "
+"партицију ,\n"
+"морате да изаберете и \"/home\" (могуће је уколико имате више од једне\n"
+"Linux партиције).\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Информација: свака партиција је приказана на следећи начин: \"Име\", "
+"\"Капацитет\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Име\" је кодирано на следећи начин: \"тип хард диска\", \"број хард диска"
+"\",\n"
+"\"прој партиције\" (на пример, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Тип хард диска\" је \"hd\" уколико је хард диск IDE уређај и  \"sd\"\n"
+"уколико је SCSI хард диск.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Број хард диска\" је увек слово после \"hd\" или \"sd\". За IDE хард "
+"дискове:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" значи  \"master хард диск на примарном  IDE контролеру\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" значи \"slave хард диск на примарном IDE контролоеру\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" значи \"master хард диск на секундраном IDE контролоеру\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" значи \"slave хард диск на секундарном IDE контролеру\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Са SCSI хард дисковима, a \"a\" значи \"примарни хард диск\", a \"b\" "
+"значи \n"
+"\"секундарни хард диск \", итд..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux инсталација се налази на неколико дискова илити CDROM-ова. "
+"DrakX\n"
+"зна уколико да уколико је селктовани пакет лоциран на другом CDROM-у и "
+"избациће\n"
+"тренутни CD те тражити од вас да убаците одговарајући."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Сада је време да одредимо које програме желите да инсталирате на ваш\n"
+"систем. Постоје хиљаде пакета доступних за инсталацију на Mandriva Linux, "
+"и \n"
+"да би их учинили доступнијим, смеђтени су у групе сличних апликација.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пакети су сортирани у групе у односу на одговарајућу употребу на вашој\n"
+"машини. Саме групе су сортиране у четири класе. Ове класе можете посматрати\n"
+"као контејнере за различите пакете\n"
+"Можете мешати апликације из различитих контејнера, тако да\n"
+"иинсталација ``Радна станица'' може да садржи апликације из \n"
+"контејнера ``Развојна станица'' .\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Радна станица\": уколико планирате да користите вашу машину као радну "
+"станицу, изаберите једну или више одговарајућих група.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Развојна станица\": уколико машина треба да се користи за програмирање, "
+"изаберите жељену(е) групу(е).\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Сервер\": уколико ће се машина користити као сервер, моћи ћете да \n"
+"изаберете које од најчешћих сервисажелите да инсталирате на\n"
+"машину.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Графичко Окружење\": на крају, овде ћете изабрати ваше\n"
+"омиљено графичко окружење. Морате изабрати бар једно да би имали\n"
+"графичку радну станицу!\n"
+"\n"
+"Кретањем курсора миша преко имена групе добићете кратко објашњење\n"
+"о тој групи. Уколико не селектујете ни једну групу када изводите\n"
+"основну инсталацију (за разлику од ажурирања), појавиће се дијалог\n"
+"са различитим предлозима за минималну инсталцију:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Са X-овима\": Инсталира неколико пакета ради графичког десктопа\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Са основном документацијом\": Инсталира основни систем са основним "
+"алатима\n"
+"и њиховом дукументацијом. Овај мод је практичан за\n"
+"подешавање сервера\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Стварно минимална инсталација\":Инсталира само што је минимано "
+"потребно,\n"
+"за рад Linux система,наравно само у командној линији.Ова инсталација "
+"заузима\n"
+"само 65 Mb\n"
+"\n"
+"Можете селектовати и  \"Појединачно бирање пакета\", које је корисно "
+"уколико\n"
+"су вам познати понуђени пакети и желите да имате потпуну \n"
+"контролу над свим што ће бити инсталирано.\n"
+"\n"
+"Уколико сте покренули мод \"Ажурирање\",  можете деселектовати све\n"
+"групе да би избегли инсталацију било ког новог пакета. Ово је корисно за "
+"поправљање или\n"
+"ажурирање постојећег система."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Ажурирање"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Са основном документацијом (препорука!)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Минимално инсталирај"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"На крају, у зависности од вашег избора да да бирате појединачне пакете\n"
+"или не, биће вам приказано стабло са свим пакетима класификованим\n"
+"по групама и подгрупама. Док претражујете стабло, можете селектовати целе\n"
+"групе, подгрупе, или индивидуалне пакете.\n"
+"\n"
+"Када код селектујете пакет на стаблу, опис се појављује са десне\n"
+"стране. да би могли да се упознате наменом пакета.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Уколико је сервер пакет изабран случајно или као део\n"
+"целе групе, бићете упитани да ли заиста желите да инсталирате\n"
+"понуђене сервере. Под Mandriva Linux-ом, сви инсталирани\n"
+"сервери се стартују по default-у за време подизања система. Чак и ако су "
+"сигурни и немају\n"
+"познатих безбедносних пропуста до времена изласка дистрибуције, може се "
+"десити\n"
+"да сигурносне рупе буду откивене касније.\n"
+" Уколико не знате који појединачни сервис шта треба да ради\n"
+"или зашто се инсталира, онда кликните \"Не\". Кликом на \"Да\" ћете\n"
+"инсталирати приказане сервис и они ће бити покренути аутоматски по\n"
+"default-у. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Опција  \"Аутоматске међузависности\" једноставно искључује дијалог са "
+"упозорењем\n"
+"који се јавља сваки пут када инсталер аутоматски селектује пакете. Ово се\n"
+"јавља зато што он одређује да мора да задовољи зависности са другим\n"
+"пакетом да би успешно завршио инсталацију.\n"
+"\n"
+"Мала иконица флопи диска на дну листе вам омогућава да учитате\n"
+"листу пакета биране током претходне инсталације. Кликом на ову иконицу\n"
+"ће од вас бити тражено да убаците дискету креирану раније на крају \n"
+"претходне инсталације. Погледајте последњи пасус (корак) да би научили како "
+"да креирате \n"
+"такву дискету."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Штампач\": ако кликнете на тастер \"Без штампача\" покренути ћете "
+"конфигурациони\n"
+"програм за штампаче. Погледајте и одговоарајуће упуство у``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' за више информација о томе како да подесите нови штампач. Програм "
+"које се\n"
+"тада активира је сличан оном који се користи током инсталације."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Сада можете одабрати које сервисе желите да се стартају при подизању "
+"система.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX ће приказати све доступни сервисе на тренутној\n"
+"инсталацији. Прегледајте их пажљиво и деселектујте оне који вам неће бити "
+"увек\n"
+"потребни при подизању система.\n"
+"\n"
+"Можете добити и кратко објашњење о сервису селектовањем\n"
+"одређеног сервиса. Међутим, уколико нисте сигурни који од сервиса јесу или\n"
+"нису корисни, сигурније је оставити на default поставкама.\n"
+"\n"
+"!!На овом нивоу, будите веома пажљиви уколико желите да користите  вашу "
+"машину као\n"
+"сервер: вероватно нећете желети да стартујете ниједан сервис који вам неће\n"
+"требати. Запамтите да неколико сервиса може бити опасно уколико\n"
+"су омогућени на серверу. Генерано говорећи, изаберите само сервисе које ћете "
+"стварно требати.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux управља са временом у GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) и преводи га у\n"
+"локално време у зависности коју сте временску зону изабрали. Међути, могуће "
+"је\n"
+"ово и деактивирати деселектовањем \"Подеси хардверски часовник на GMT\" тако "
+"да хардверски часовник\n"
+"хаима исто време као и системски часовник. Ово је корисно када на машини "
+"имате\n"
+"још један оперативни систем као што је Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Опција \"Аутоматска сихронизација часовника\" ће аутоматски регулисати\n"
+"часовник конектовањем на удаљени временски сервер на Интернету. На \n"
+"листи која је приказана, изаберите сервер који се налази близу вас. "
+"Наравно,\n"
+"морате имати исправно подешену Интернет конекцију да би могли да користите "
+"ову опцију. Она ће\n"
+"уствари инсталирати на вашу машину временски сервер који се помогућности "
+"може користити и од\n"
+"стране других машина на вашој локалној мрежи."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Аутоматска синхронизација времена (преко NTP-а)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Графичка картица\n"
+"\n"
+"   Програм за инсталацију обично аутоматски детектује и подешава\n"
+"графичку карту која је инсталирана у вашој машини. Уколико то није случај, "
+"можете\n"
+"да је изаберете сами са листе понуђених картица.\n"
+"\n"
+"   У случају да је више графичких сервера доступно за вашу картицу, са или\n"
+"без 3D акцелерације, онда сами одаберите ону која најбоље одговара\n"
+"вашим потребама."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (или  X Window Систем) је срце GNU/Linux графичког интерфејса\n"
+"на који се ослањају сва графичка окружења (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, итд.) која се налазе у Mandriva Linux-у.\n"
+"\n"
+"Биће вам приказана листа са различитим параметрима чијом изменом\n"
+"можете добити оптималан графички приказ: Графичка картица\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   Програм за инсталацију обично аутоматски детектује и подешава\n"
+"графичку карту која се налази у вашем рачуну. Уколико то није случај, "
+"можете\n"
+"сами да изаберете картицу са листе.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Уколико су различити сервери доступни за вашу картицу, са или\n"
+"вез 3D акцелерације, онда треба да изаберете онај који највише\n"
+"одговара вашим потребама.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Програм за инсталацију обично аутоматски детектује и подешава\n"
+"монитор који повезан са вашим рачунаром. Уколико се то не деси можете "
+"изабрати\n"
+"сами са листе понуђених монитора\n"
+"\n"
+"   Овде можете изабрати резолуцију и број боја од\n"
+"оних које су понуђене за ваш хардвер. Изаберите оно што највише одговара "
+"вашим потребама\n"
+"(ове опције ћете моћи изменити и након инсталације). Изабрана\n"
+"конфигурације се види на монитору.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Тест\n"
+"\n"
+"   систем ће покушати да отвори графички екран у жељеној\n"
+"резолуцији. Уколико можете да видите поруку током теста одговорите са \"Да"
+"\",\n"
+"и DrakX ће наставити са следећим кораком. Уколико не можете да видите "
+"поруку, то\n"
+"значи да је неки део аутотедекције био неправилан и\n"
+"тест ће аутоматски завршити након 12 секунди, отаварајући мени за\n"
+"конфигурацију. Измените опције све док не добијете коректан графички "
+"приказ.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Опције\n"
+"\n"
+"   Овде можете да изаберете да ли желите да ваш рачуанр аутоматски\n"
+"пређе на графички интерфејс при стартању. Очигледно, изабраћете\n"
+"\"Не\" уколико је ваша машина сервер, или уколико нисте успели да успешно \n"
+"подесите графички приказ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Програм за инсталацију обично аутоматски детектује и подешава\n"
+"монитор повезан на вашу машину. Уколико се то недеси, можете сами\n"
+"сами да изаберете модел монитора са листе."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Резолуција\n"
+"\n"
+"   Овде можете изабрати резолуцију и број боја које су\n"
+"доступне за ваш хардвер. Изаберите оно што највише одговара вашим потребама "
+"(ове опције ћете моћи\n"
+"да промените и након инсталације). Пример изабране\n"
+"конфигурације је приказан на монитору."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"У случају да су доступни различити сервери за вашу картицу, са или\n"
+"без 3D акцелерације, најбоље је да изаберете сервер који\n"
+"највише одговара вашим потребама."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"На крају, бићете упитани да ли желите графички интерфејс\n"
+"при стартању система. Ово питање ће вам бити поставњено чак и ако нисте "
+"тестирали\n"
+"конфигурацију. Наравно, одговорићете \"Не\" уколико ваша машина предстаља\n"
+"сервер, или уколико нисте успешно подесили\n"
+"дисплејед."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"У овом тренутку, морате да изаберете где ћете инсталирати\n"
+"Mandriva Linux оперативни систем на ваш хард диск. Уколико је празан или\n"
+"постојећи оперативни систем користи сав постојећи простор на диску, треба да "
+"га\n"
+"партиционирате. У основи, партиционирање хард диска се састоји логичког\n"
+"дељења да би обезбедили простор за инсталацију ваш нови Mandriva Linux "
+"систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пошто су ефекти процеса партиционирања обично неповратни,\n"
+"партиционирање може бити прилично стресан процес за неискусне кориснике.\n"
+"Овај чаробњак га поједностављује. Пре почетка, консултујте упуство и не "
+"журите.\n"
+"\n"
+"Уколико сте покренули инсталацију у Експерт моду, покренућете\n"
+"DiskDrake, Mandriva Linux-ов алат за партиције, који вам дозвољавав да\n"
+"фино подесите ваше партиције. Погледајте DiskDrake секцију у ``User "
+"Guide''.\n"
+"Из инсталационог интерфејса, можете користити чаробњаке као што је описано "
+"овде\n"
+"кликом на дијалогов \"Чаробњак\" тастер.\n"
+"\n"
+"Уколико су партиције већ креиране, од предходне инсталације \n"
+"иликреиране другим алатом за партиционирање, морате изабрати \n"
+" на које од њих ћете инсталирати Linux систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Уколико партиције нису дефинисане, марате да их креирате. \n"
+"Да би то урадили, можете да користите горе постављени чаробњак. У "
+"зависности \n"
+"од конфигурације хард диска, постоји неколико могућности:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Користи слободан простор\": ова опција ће једноставно довести до  "
+"аутоматског\n"
+"партиционирања вашег празног(их) диска(ова). Неће вам бити постављана даљна "
+"питања;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Користи постојеће партиције\": чаробњак је детектовао једну или више \n"
+"постојећих Linux партиција на вашем хард диску. Уколико\n"
+"желите да њихј користите, изаберите ову опцију.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Користи слободан простор на Windows партицији\": уколико је Microsoft "
+"Windows\n"
+"инсталиран на вашем диску и он заузима сав постојећи простор на њему,\n"
+"мораћете да креирате слободан простор за Linux. Да би то урадили, можете "
+"избрисати\n"
+"Microsoft Windows партицију и податке (погледајте `Брисање целог диска'' или "
+"``Експерт\n"
+"мод'' опције) или да промените величину Microsoft Windows партиције. Промена "
+"величине\n"
+"се може исвести без губљења података, али се птепоручује да прво "
+"дефрагментирате\n"
+"Windows партицију из самог Windows-а. Backup података такође није лоша "
+"идеја..\n"
+"Ово решење се препоручује уколико желите да користите Mandriva Linux и\n"
+"Microsoft Windows на истом компјутеру.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Пре него што изаберете ову опцију, морате да разумете да након ове "
+"процедуре\n"
+"величина ваше Microsoft Windows партиције ће бити мања\n"
+"у односу на тренутно стање. Имађете мање слободног простора у Microsoft\n"
+"Windows-у за смештање података или инсталаију новог софтвера;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Брисање цвелог диска\": уколико желите да избришете све податке и све\n"
+"партиције који постоје на вашем хард диску и замените их вашим\n"
+"новим Mandriva Linux системом, можете да изаберете ову оцију. Будите\n"
+"пажљивиса овом опцијом, јер нећете бити у могућности\n"
+"да повратите старо стање након потврде.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Уколико изаберете ову опцију, сви подаци на диску ће бити "
+"изгубљени. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Уклони Windows\": ова опција ће једноставно избрисати све са хард диска "
+"и\n"
+"креирати нове партиције. Сви подаци на вашем диску\n"
+"ће бити избрисани;\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Уколико изаберете ову опцију, сви подаци на диску ће бити "
+"изгубљени. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Custom партиционисање диска\": изаберите ову опцију уколико желите\n"
+"да ручно ваш хард диск. Будите пажљиви -- ово је моћан\n"
+"али опасан избор и врло лако можете изгубити своје податке. Због тога се\n"
+"ова опција препоручује само онима који имају искуства\n"
+"од раније. За више података о томе како да користите\n"
+"програм DiskDrake, погледајте поглавље ``Управљајте својим партицијама '' у\n"
+"``Почетнички водич''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Користи постојећу партицију"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Избриши цели диск"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"И стигли сте до краја. Инсталација је сада завршена и ваш GNU/Linux систем "
+"је \n"
+"спреман за употребу. Само кликните на \"Следећи -\" да би рестартовали "
+"систем. Можете покренути\n"
+"GNU/Linux или Windows, шта год више преферирате (уколико имате инсталирана "
+"два система), чим\n"
+"се рачунар поново покрене.\n"
+"\n"
+"Тастер Напредно \"%s\" (само у Експерт моду) приказује још два тастера за:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"креирање ауто-инсталационе дискете\": ради креирања инсталационог флопи "
+"диска\n"
+"који ће аутоматски покренути целу инсталацију без помоћи оператора\n"
+", слично овој инсталацији коју сте управо извели.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Можете приметити да су две различите опције доступне након притиска на "
+"тастер:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Са понављањем\". Ово је делом аутоматизирана инсталација јер корак "
+"са\n"
+"партиционирањем диска остаје интерактиван (само он).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Аутоматизовано\". Потпуно аутоматизована инсталација: хард диск се у "
+"потпуности\n"
+"форматизује, и сви подаци ће бити изгубљени.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ова опција је веома корисна уколико изводите велики број сличних "
+"инсталација\n"
+"на већем броју машина. Погледајте секцију о ауто инсталацији на нашем web "
+"сајту.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Сачувај селекцију пакета\"(*) : снима селекцију пакета који сте\n"
+"направили у овој инсталацији. Тако, да када будете изводили другу "
+"инсталацију, убаците дискету\n"
+"и покренете помоћни екран притиском на\n"
+"[F1] тастер, и захтевом за >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Морате да иамте  FAT-форматирану дискету (да би је форматирали под GNU/"
+"Linux-ом, укуцајте\n"
+"\"mformat a:\")"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Креирај ауто инсталациону дискету"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Свака партиција која је новодефинисана мора бити\n"
+"форматирана за уптребу (форматирање значи креирање датотечног(фајл) "
+"система).\n"
+"\n"
+"Сада можда желите да реформатирате постојеће партиције да би избрисали\n"
+"податке које садрже. Уколико желите то, изаберите партиције \n"
+"које желите да форматизујете.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Запамтите да није потребно да реформатирате све постојеће партиције.\n"
+"Морате да реформатирате партиције које садрже оперативни систем \n"
+"(као што су \"/\", \"/usr\" или  \"/var\") али не морате да реформатирате "
+"партиције које садрже податке\n"
+"које желите да задржите (обично /home).\n"
+"\n"
+"Пазите при бирању партиција, после форматирања, св подаци ће \n"
+"бити избрисани и нећете их моћи повратити.\n"
+"\n"
+"Кликните на \"Следеће ->\" када буде спремни да форматирате партиције\n"
+"\n"
+"Кликните на \"<- Претходно\" ако желите да изаберете другу партицију за свој "
+"нови\n"
+"Mandriva Linux систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Кликните на \"Напредно\" уколико желите да изаберете партиције које ће бити "
+"проверене\n"
+"да ли имају лоше секторе."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"У време када будете инсталирали Mandriva Linux, врло је могуће да ће неки\n"
+"пакети бити ажурирани у односу на иницијално издање. Неки багови могу \n"
+"бити исправљени, а сигурносни пропусти затворене. Да би могли да користите "
+"ове новије верзије\n"
+"ми вам предлажемо да их скинете са Интернета. Изаберите\n"
+"Да или \"Да\" уколико имате подешену Интернет конекцију, или Не или \"No\" "
+"уколико више волите да\n"
+"инсталирате те нове пакете касније.\n"
+"\n"
+"Избором на \"Да\" приказује се листа места са којих можете да добавите ное "
+"верзије \n"
+"пакета. Изаберите место које вам је најближе. Затим ће се појавити стабло са "
+"слелекцијом пакета:\n"
+"прегледајте селекцију, и притисните \"Инсталирај\" да би скинули и\n"
+"инсталирали селектовни(е) пакет(е), или \"Поништи\" за одустајање."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"на овом месту, DrakX ће вам дозволити да одредите жељени ниво сигурности\n"
+"за ваш рачунар. Као неписано правило, ниво сигурности би требао\n"
+"већи уколико машина садржи важне податке, или уколико је машина\n"
+"директно везана на Интернет. Спуштање сигурности углавном\n"
+"се види у опвећању лакоће рада са системом. Погледајте \"msec\"\n"
+"поглавље у ``Упупство за командну линију''да би добавили више информација\n"
+"о нивиоима сигурности.\n"
+"\n"
+"Уколико не знате да изаберете, задржите default поставку."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Администратор за сигурност:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"На овој тачки, морате избрати коју партицију(e) желите да користите за\n"
+"инсталацију новог Mandriva Linux система. Уколико су партиције\n"
+"већ дефинисане (од предходне инсталације или од стране\n"
+"другог алата за партиције), можете да користите постојеће партиције.\n"
+"У другим случајевима,\n"
+"хард диск партиције морају бити дефинисане.\n"
+"\n"
+"Да би креирали партиције, морате прво изабрати хард диск. Можете изабрати\n"
+"диск за партиционирање кликом на \"hda\" за први IDE диск, \"hdb\" или \n"
+"за други или \"sda\" за први SCSI диск итд.\n"
+"\n"
+"За партиционирање селектованог хард диска, можете користити следеће опције:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Очисти све\": ова опција брише све партиције на изабраном хард \n"
+"диску.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Auto алоцирање\": ова опција дозвољава да аутоматски креирате  Ext2 "
+"и \n"
+"swap партиције на слободном простору \n"
+"     хард диска.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Још\": даје приступ додатним опцијама:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Спаси табелу партиција\": уколико је ваша табела партиција "
+"оштећена, \n"
+"можете да пробате да је опоравите користећи ову опцију. Будите\n"
+"     пажљиви и знајте да може да и не успе.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Врати на старо\": ова опција ће поништити измену.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Поновно учитавање\": ову опцију можете користити уколико желите да \n"
+"поништитисве промене и учитате иницијалну табелу партиција\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Чаробњак\": уколико желите да користите чаробњака за партиционирање \n"
+"хард диска, изаберите ову опцију. Препоручена је укоико\n"
+"     немате много знања о партцијама.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Поврати са дискете\": уколико сте снимили табелу партиција на \n"
+"дискету  током претходне инсталације, можете је\n"
+"     вратити са овом опцијом.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Сними на дискету\": уколико желите да да снимите табелу партиција на\n"
+"дискету да би могли касније да је повратите, можете да искористите\n"
+"     ову опцију. Нарочито препоручујемо ову опцију\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Урађено\": када завршите са партиционирањем хард диска, искористите "
+"ову опцију да би снимили промене.\n"
+"\n"
+"Када дефинишете величину партиција, можете коначно подесити величину\n"
+"партиција помоћу тастера са стрелицама на вашој стрелицама\n"
+"За више информација, можете за сваку оцпију  добити кретањем помоћу "
+"тастатуре: навигацијом кроз партиције помоћу [Tab] тастера и [Up/Down] "
+"стрелица.\n"
+"\n"
+"Када је партиција изабрана, можете користити:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c за креирање нове партиције (када је изабрана празна партиција);\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d за брисање партиције;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m за постављање тачке монтирања.\n"
+"\n"
+"Да би добили информације о различитим доступним типовима система, "
+"прочитајте\n"
+"ext2FS поглавље из ``Упуства''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Уколико радите инсталацију на PPC Машину, можда ћете желети да креирате "
+"малу\n"
+"HFS 'bootstrap' партицију од најмање 1MB за употребу\n"
+"yaboot стартера. Уколико се двоумите да ову партицију направите мало већом,\n"
+"на пример 50MB, можете искористити тај простор за смештање\n"
+"резервног кернела и ramdisk image за стартање у хитним ситуацијама."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Аутомонтирање преносивог медија"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Пређи на нормални мод"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Једна или више Microsoft Windows партиција је детектовано \n"
+"на хард диску. Изаберите коју од њих желите да смањите да би инсталирали\n"
+"нови Mandriva Linux оперативни систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Свака партиција је исписана на следећи начин: \"Име Linux-а\",\"Име Windows-а"
+"\"\n"
+"\"Капацитет\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Име Linux-а\" је кодирано на следећи начин: \"тип хард диска\", \"број "
+"хард диска\",\n"
+"\"број партиције\" (на пример, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Тип хард диска\" је \"hd\" уколико је хард диск ID уређај и \"sd\"\n"
+"уколико је SCSI хард диск.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Број хард диска\" је увек слово после \"hd\" или \"sd\". Са IDE хард "
+"дисковима:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" значи  \"master хард диск на примарном  IDE контролеру\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" значи \"slave хард диск на примарном IDE контролоеру\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" значи \"master хард диск на секундраном IDE контролоеру\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" значи \"slave хард диск на секундарном IDE контролеру\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Са SCSI хард дисковима, \"a\" значи \"примарни хард диск\", a \"b\" значи "
+"\"секундарни хард диск \", итд.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Име Windows-а\" је слово хард диска под Windows-ом (први диск\n"
+"или партиција се зове \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Држава\": проверава тренутни избор земље. Уколико се не налазите у овојс\n"
+"држави, кликните на тастер и и изаберите другу."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Овај корак се активира само у случају да постоји стара GNU/Linux партиција "
+"на\n"
+"вашиој мошини.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX сада треба да зна да ли желите да изведете чисту инсталацију или "
+"ажурирање\n"
+"постојећег Mandriva Linux система:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Инсталација\": У већини случајева, ова опција комплетно брише стари\n"
+"систем. Уколико желите да измените број партиција, или\n"
+"промените фајл систем, требали би да користите ову опцију. Ипак,  у "
+"зависности од\n"
+"шеме партиција, можете заштитити неке постојеће податке\n"
+"од форматирања.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Ажурирање\": ова инсталациона класа вам дозвољава да урадите ажурирање "
+"пакета\n"
+"на тренутно инсталираном Mandriva Linux систему. Ваша тренутна\n"
+"шема партиција и кориснички подаци се не мењају. Већина других\n"
+"конфигурационих корака и даље остаје доступна, слично стандардној "
+"инсталацији.\n"
+"\n"
+"Употреба опције ``Ажурирање'' би требало да буде без проблема на Mandriva "
+"Linux системима\n"
+"од верзије \"8.1\" или новије. Извођење ажурирања на верзијама \n"
+"Mandriva Linux пре \"8.1\" није препоручљиво."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"У принципу, DrakX бира десну тастатуру за вас (у зависности од тога који\n"
+"сте језик изабрали) и чак и нећете видети овај корак. Ипак, може\n"
+"се десити да нисте добили тастатуру која одговара вашем језику: на\n"
+"пример, уколико сте Швајцарац који говори енглески, вероватно ћете желети\n"
+"Швајцарску тастатуру. Или уколико говорите Енглески али се налазите\n"
+"у Квебеку, можете се наћи у истој ситуацији. У оба\n"
+"случаја, мораћете да се вратите на овај инсталациони корак и изаберете\n"
+"одговарајућу тастатуру са листе.\n"
+"\n"
+"Кликните на тастер \"Још\" да би добили комплетну листу\n"
+"подржаних тастатура.\n"
+"\n"
+"Уколико изаберете распоред тастатуре базиран на non-Latin алфабету, следећи\n"
+"дијалог ће вам понудити да изаберете комбинацију тастера који ће служити\n"
+"да мењате Latin и non-Latin распореде."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Ваш избор јеика ће утицати на језик документације,\n"
+"инсталације и система уопште. Прво изаберите регион у којем се налазите,\n"
+"а затим језик који говорите.\n"
+"\n"
+"Кликом на тастер \"Напредно\" омогућићете себи да видите друге\n"
+"језике које можете инсталирати на вашу радну страницу. Бирањем других "
+"језика\n"
+"ћете инсталирати фајлове везане (за специфициране језике) за документацију "
+"и\n"
+"апликације. На пример, уколико ће на вашем рачунару хостовати корисници из "
+"Шпаније\n"
+"изаберите Енглески као главни а на стаблу\n"
+"означите и \"Шпаниски|Шпанија\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Запамтите да можете инсталирати више језика. Када изаберете све жељене\n"
+"додатне локализације кликните на тастер \"У реду\" да би наставили.\n"
+"\n"
+"Да би мењали различите језике који су инсталирани на вашем систему, можете "
+"покренути\n"
+" \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" команду као \"root\" да би променили језик који "
+"се \n"
+"користи у целом систему. покретањем команде као регуларни корисник само ћете "
+"променити\n"
+"поставке језика за датог корисника."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX генерално детектује број тастера који ваш миш посдедује. Уколико се то "
+"не деси\n"
+"он ће претпоставити да миш са два тастера и подесиће емулацију трећег "
+"тастера.\n"
+"DrakX ће аутоматски препознати да ли се ради о PS/2, серијском или USB "
+"мишу.\n"
+"\n"
+"Уколико желите да специфицирате други тип миша одаберите одговарајући\n"
+"тип са листе.\n"
+"\n"
+"Уколико изберете миша који се разликује од default-а појавиће вам се\n"
+"тест екран. Користите тастере и точкиће да би проверили да ли су поставке\n"
+"добре. Уколико миш не ради исправно притисните тастер за размак (space bar) "
+"или\n"
+"тастер [Return] да би поништили тест и вратили се да би покушали поново.\n"
+"\n"
+"Точкићи на мишу се понекад не детектују аутоматски, па ћете сами морати да\n"
+"изаберете миша са листе. Пазите да изаберете одговарајући везано\n"
+"за порт на који је миш повезан. након избора миша\n"
+"и притиска на тастер \"Следећи ->\", слика миша ће бити приказана на "
+"екрану.\n"
+"Покрените тошкић да би проверили да ли је правилно активиран. Када \n"
+"видите да се точкић на екрану помера као и точкић на мишу, тестирајте\n"
+"тастере и проверите да ли курсор на екрани прати ваше \n"
+"померање миша."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Емулација тастера"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Молим, изаберите одговарајући порт. На пример, COM1 порт под MS Windows-ом\n"
+" у Linux-у има ознаку ttyS0."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ово је најзаначајнија тачка у одлучивању о сигурности вашег GNU/Linux\n"
+"система: морате да унесете \"root\" лозинку. \"root\" је администратор\n"
+"система и једини је овлаштен да врши измене, додаје кориснике,\n"
+"мења основну конфигурацију система, итд. Укратко, \"root\" може\n"
+"да уради све! Због тога морате да изаберете лозинку која тешко може да се\n"
+"погоди - DrakX ће вам рећи уколико је она сувише једноставна. Као што можете "
+"да видите, можете да\n"
+"изаберете и да не унесете лозинку, али вам озбиљно препоручујемо да то\n"
+"нерадите из једног разлога: немојте да мислите да то што сте стартовали GNU/"
+"Linux да\n"
+"ваши други оперативни системи сигурни од грешака. Како \"root\" може да\n"
+"прескочи сва ограничења и ненамерно избрише све податке на партицији\n"
+"неопрезним приступом, важно је да је тешко\n"
+"постати \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Лозинка треба да буде мешавина бројева и слова и треба да садржи најмање 8\n"
+"карактера. Никада не записујте на папир \"root\" лозинку - тако лако\n"
+"можете угрозити систем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Међутим, потрудите се да лозинка не буде превише дуга или комликована зато\n"
+"што треба да је запамтите без много напора.\n"
+"\n"
+"Лозинка неће бити приказана на екрану када је укуцавате. Срећом, моћи ћете\n"
+"да је укуцате два пута да би смањили могућност греше у куцању.\n"
+"Уколико ипак погрешите у куцању, али два пута, ова\n"
+"``неисправна'' лозинка ће бити кориштена када се будете први пут "
+"конектовали.\n"
+"\n"
+"У Експертномм моду, бићете питани да ли ћете се конектовати на\n"
+"аутентификациони сервер, као што је NIS или LDAP.\n"
+"\n"
+"Уколико ваша мрежа користи LDAP (или NIS) протокол за аутентификацију, "
+"селектујте\n"
+"\"LDAP\" (или \"NIS\") за аутентификацију. Уколико то незнате, питајте\n"
+"вашег мрежног администратора.\n"
+"\n"
+"Уколико се ваш рачунар не конектује на администриране мреже, треба да\n"
+"изаберете \"Локални фајлови\" за аутентификацију."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Аутентификација"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Сада треба да изаберемо систем за штампање за ваш рачунар. Други OS-ови вам\n"
+"нуде један, али вам Mandriva Linux нуди чак три.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"pdq\" што значи ``print, do not queue'', је избор за оне који имају\n"
+"директни конекцију са својим штампачем и желите да избегнете\n"
+"било какве застоје штампача, а при томе немате мрежне штампаче. Он може да "
+"се користи\n"
+"само на веома једноставним мрежама и помало је и спор за мреже. Изаберите "
+"\"pdq\"\n"
+"уколико упознајете GNU/Linux. Ваш избор наравно можете променити\n"
+"након иснталације покрећући PrinterDrake from из Mandriva Контролног\n"
+"Центра и кликом на expert тастер.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"``Common Unix Printing System'', је изврстан за штампање на вашем\n"
+"локалоном штампачу као и за штампање по целој земаљској кугли. Он је "
+"једноставан и може се понашати\n"
+"као сервер или као клијент са старог \"lpd\" ситема за штампање. Такође, он\n"
+"је компатибилан са системима који су раније постојали. Он може много тога, "
+"али\n"
+"основно подешвање је једноставно као и код \"pdq\". Уколико треба да "
+"емулирате\n"
+"an \"lpd\" сервер, морате да покренете \"cups-lpd\" демон. Он поседује\n"
+"графички интерфејс за штапање и избор опција за штампање.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако то ниј случај, CUPS је онда права ствар јер је једноставнији и бољи за "
+"рад преко\n"
+"мрежа."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Стручни"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX сада треба да детектује IDE уређаје присутне у вешем рачунару.DrakX "
+"ће \n"
+"потражити PCI SCSI адаптер(e). Уколико DrakX пронађе SCSI адаптер(е) и буде "
+"знао који управљачки програм \n"
+"(драјвер) користион ће га(их) аутоматски инсталирати.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пошто се може десити да при детекцији нека компонента не буде детектована \n"
+"DrakX ће вас упитати да ли имате PCI SCSI адаптер. Кликните \"Да\" \n"
+"уколико знате да имате SCSI адаптер на својој машини. На приказаној листи \n"
+"моћи ћете да изаберете одговоарајући.\n"
+"Кликните \"Не\" уколико немате SCSI адаптера у  машини. Уколико нисте \n"
+"сигурни\n"
+"проверите на листи детектованог хардвера селектовањем \"Погледај инфо о \n"
+"хардверу\"и кликом на \"У реду\". Прегледајте\n"
+"листу а онда кикните на \"У реду\" да би се вратили на питање о SCSI \n"
+"уређајима.\n"
+"\n"
+"Уколико морате ручно да специфицирате ваш PCI SCSI адаптер, DrakX ће\n"
+"вас упитати да одредите опције за њега.Треба ли би да дозволите DrakX-у да\n"
+"испита адаптер ради тих опција. Ово обично и успе.\n"
+"\n"
+"Уколико DrakX није у стању да испита опције које су потребне, мораћете да \n"
+"сами одредите опције за драјвер.\n"
+"Погледајте и Инсталациони водич (3 поглавље, секција \"Прикупљање \n"
+"информација о вашем хардверу\")\n"
+"да би сазнали како да прибавите информације о параметрима потребним за \n"
+"хардвер,са своје Windows инсталације (уколико је имате на систему),\n"
+"докуменатцију о хардверу, или са произвођачевог \n"
+"веб сајта (уколико имате приступ интернету)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Звучна картица\": уколико је звучна картица детектована на вашем систему, "
+"онда је приказана\n"
+"овде. Уколико приметите да приказана картица није она која је стварно "
+"присутна\n"
+"у вашем рачунару, можете кликнути на тастер и\n"
+"други драјвер."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Интерна  ISDN картица"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Графички интерфејс"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Изаберите хард диск који желите да избришете да би инсталирали нову Mandriva "
+"Linux \n"
+"партицију. Будите пажљиви, сви подаци на њему ће бити изгубљени\n"
+"и неће се моћи повратити!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Кликните на \"Следеће ->\" уколико желите да избришете све податке и \n"
+"партиције на овом хард диску.Будите пажљиви, после клика на \"У реду\", ви\n"
+"нећете моћи да повратите било који податак или партицију на хард диску,\n"
+"па и било које Windows податке.\n"
+"\n"
+"Кликните на \"<- Ппретходно\" да би поништи ову операцију без губљења "
+"података и\n"
+"партиција које су присутне на овом хард диску."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Следећи  ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Претходни"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sr@Latn.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sr@Latn.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e57f292d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sr@Latn.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1909 @@
+# Cirilicni prevod drakbootdisk.po fajla.
+# Copyright (C) 1997-2003 MandrakeSERBIA.
+# Tomislav Jankovic <tomaja@net.yu>, 2000.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-15 13:34+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Toma Jankovic_<tomaja@net.yu>\n"
+"Language-Team: Serbian <i18n@mandrake.co.yu>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 0.9.6\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Pre nego što nastavite pažljivo pročitajte uslove licence. Ona\n"
+"pokriva celu Mandriva Linux distribuciju, i ukoliko se  slažete\n"
+"sa svim uslovima koji se nalaze u njoj, kliknite na \"Prihvatam\" taster\n"
+"Ukoliko ne prihvatate, jednostavno isključite \n"
+"računar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux je višekorisnički sistem, a to znači da svaki korisnik može imati "
+"sopstvene\n"
+"postavke, sopstvene fajlove, itd. Možete pročitati ``Upustvo za korisnike''\n"
+"da bi saznali više o tome. Ali za razliku od \"root\", koji je ustvari "
+"administrator, korisnici\n"
+"koje dodate ovde neće moći da menjaju bilo šta osim njihovih\n"
+"fajlova i njihove konfiguracije. Trebalo bi da kreirate najmanje jednog\n"
+"običnog korisnika za sebe. Taj račun je onaj na koji treba da se logujete \n"
+"za rutinsko korišćenje. Iako je veoma praktično da se ulogujete kao \"root\" "
+"svaki dan,\n"
+"to može biti veoma opasno! I najmanja greška može značiti da vaš sistem\n"
+"neće više raditi. Ukoliko napravite ozbiljne greške kao obični korisnik \n"
+"možete jedino izbgubiti nešto informacija, ali ne i celi sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Prvo, morate da unesete vaše pravo ime. Ovo nije neophodno, naravno -\n"
+"jer možete pristupiti i izmeniti ga kada god želite. DrakX će tada uzeti "
+"prvu\n"
+"reč koji ste uneli i staviti ga u prostor za unošenje imena korisnika "
+"\"User\n"
+"name\". Ovo je ime koje odreženi korisnik treba da koristi pri logovanju na\n"
+"sistem. Možete ga promeniti. YNakon toga morate uneti lozinku ovde.\n"
+"Obični, ne-privilegovani korisnička lozinka nije od većeg značaja kao ona "
+"za\n"
+"\"root\" koriosnika sa sigurnosne tačke gledanja, ali to nije razlog za "
+"opuštanje\n"
+"- nakon svega, vaši fajlovi su u pitanju.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko kliknete na \"Prihvati korisnikar\", možete dodati još korisnika. "
+"Dodajte\n"
+"korisnika za svakog vašeg prijatelja: za vašeg oca ili sestru, na\n"
+"primer. Kada zaršite dodavanje svih željenih korisnika, izaberite \"Završeno"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikom na taster Napredno \"Napredno opcije\" možete izmeniti default \"shell"
+"\"\n"
+"za trenutnog korisnika (bash po default). \n"
+"\n"
+"Kada završite sa dodavanjem korisnika, računar će tražiti da izaberete "
+"korisnika\n"
+"koji će se automatski prijavljivati na sistem pri njegovom startanju. "
+"Ukoliko\n"
+"vas zanima ova mogućnost (i ne vodite mnogo računa o lokalnoj\n"
+"sigurnosti), izaberite željenog korisnika i window menažer, a zatim kliknite "
+"na \"Sledeći\n"
+"->\". Ukoliko niste zainteresovani za ovu opciju, deselektujte  \"Da li "
+"želite\n"
+"da koristite ovu opciju?\" ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Da li želite da koristite ovu opciju ?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Iznad se nalazi lista postojećih Linux particija koje su detektovane\n"
+"na hard disku. Možete zadržati izbor koji je napravio čarobnjak, jer je "
+"dobar za a\n"
+"opštu upotrebu. Ukoliko promenite izbor, morate bar izabrati root\n"
+"particiju (\"/\"). Nemojte da birate suviše malu particiju jer nećete moći "
+"da\n"
+"instalirate ovoljno softvera. Ukoliko želite da podatke staviljate na "
+"posebnu particiju ,\n"
+"morate da izaberete i \"/home\" (moguće je ukoliko imate više od jedne\n"
+"Linux particije).\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Informacija: svaka particija je prikazana na sledeći način: \"Ime\", "
+"\"Kapacitet\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Ime\" je kodirano na sledeći način: \"tip hard diska\", \"broj hard diska"
+"\",\n"
+"\"proj particije\" (na primer, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tip hard diska\" je \"hd\" ukoliko je hard disk IDE uređaj i  \"sd\"\n"
+"ukoliko je SCSI hard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Broj hard diska\" je uvek slovo posle \"hd\" ili \"sd\". Za IDE hard "
+"diskove:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" znači  \"master hard disk na primarnom  IDE kontroleru\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" znači \"slave hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroloeru\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" znači \"master hard disk na sekundranom IDE kontroloeru\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" znači \"slave hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Sa SCSI hard diskovima, a \"a\" znači \"primarni hard disk\", a \"b\" "
+"znači \n"
+"\"sekundarni hard disk \", itd..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux instalacija se nalazi na nekoliko diskova iliti CDROM-ova. "
+"DrakX\n"
+"zna ukoliko da ukoliko je selktovani paket lociran na drugom CDROM-u i "
+"izbaciće\n"
+"trenutni CD te tražiti od vas da ubacite odgovarajući."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Sada je vreme da odredimo koje programe želite da instalirate na vaš\n"
+"sistem. Postoje hiljade paketa dostupnih za instalaciju na Mandriva Linux, "
+"i \n"
+"da bi ih učinili dostupnijim, smeđteni su u grupe sličnih aplikacija.\n"
+"\n"
+"Paketi su sortirani u grupe u odnosu na odgovarajuću upotrebu na vašoj\n"
+"mašini. Same grupe su sortirane u četiri klase. Ove klase možete posmatrati\n"
+"kao kontejnere za različite pakete\n"
+"Možete mešati aplikacije iz različitih kontejnera, tako da\n"
+"iinstalacija ``Radna stanica'' može da sadrži aplikacije iz \n"
+"kontejnera ``Razvojna stanica'' .\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Radna stanica\": ukoliko planirate da koristite vašu mašinu kao radnu "
+"stanicu, izaberite jednu ili više odgovarajućih grupa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Razvojna stanica\": ukoliko mašina treba da se koristi za "
+"programiranje, izaberite željenu(e) grupu(e).\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Server\": ukoliko će se mašina koristiti kao server, moći ćete da \n"
+"izaberete koje od najčešćih servisaželite da instalirate na\n"
+"mašinu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Grafičko Okruženje\": na kraju, ovde ćete izabrati vaše\n"
+"omiljeno grafičko okruženje. Morate izabrati bar jedno da bi imali\n"
+"grafičku radnu stanicu!\n"
+"\n"
+"Kretanjem kursora miša preko imena grupe dobićete kratko objašnjenje\n"
+"o toj grupi. Ukoliko ne selektujete ni jednu grupu kada izvodite\n"
+"osnovnu instalaciju (za razliku od ažuriranja), pojaviće se dijalog\n"
+"sa različitim predlozima za minimalnu instalciju:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Sa X-ovima\": Instalira nekoliko paketa radi grafičkog desktopa\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Sa osnovnom dokumentacijom\": Instalira osnovni sistem sa osnovnim "
+"alatima\n"
+"i njihovom dukumentacijom. Ovaj mod je praktičan za\n"
+"podešavanje servera\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Stvarno minimalna instalacija\":Instalira samo što je minimano "
+"potrebno,\n"
+"za rad Linux sistema,naravno samo u komandnoj liniji.Ova instalacija "
+"zauzima\n"
+"samo 65 Mb\n"
+"\n"
+"Možete selektovati i  \"Pojedinačno biranje paketa\", koje je korisno "
+"ukoliko\n"
+"su vam poznati ponuđeni paketi i želite da imate potpunu \n"
+"kontrolu nad svim što će biti instalirano.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko ste pokrenuli mod \"Ažuriranje\",  možete deselektovati sve\n"
+"grupe da bi izbegli instalaciju bilo kog novog paketa. Ovo je korisno za "
+"popravljanje ili\n"
+"ažuriranje postojećeg sistema."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Ažuriranje"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Sa osnovnom dokumentacijom (preporuka!)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Minimalno instaliraj"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Na kraju, u zavisnosti od vašeg izbora da da birate pojedinačne pakete\n"
+"ili ne, biće vam prikazano stablo sa svim paketima klasifikovanim\n"
+"po grupama i podgrupama. Dok pretražujete stablo, možete selektovati cele\n"
+"grupe, podgrupe, ili individualne pakete.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kada kod selektujete paket na stablu, opis se pojavljuje sa desne\n"
+"strane. da bi mogli da se upoznate namenom paketa.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Ukoliko je server paket izabran slučajno ili kao deo\n"
+"cele grupe, bićete upitani da li zaista želite da instalirate\n"
+"ponuđene servere. Pod Mandriva Linux-om, svi instalirani\n"
+"serveri se startuju po default-u za vreme podizanja sistema. Čak i ako su "
+"sigurni i nemaju\n"
+"poznatih bezbednosnih propusta do vremena izlaska distribucije, može se "
+"desiti\n"
+"da sigurnosne rupe budu otkivene kasnije.\n"
+" Ukoliko ne znate koji pojedinačni servis šta treba da radi\n"
+"ili zašto se instalira, onda kliknite \"Ne\". Klikom na \"Da\" ćete\n"
+"instalirati prikazane servis i oni će biti pokrenuti automatski po\n"
+"default-u. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcija  \"Automatske međuzavisnosti\" jednostavno isključuje dijalog sa "
+"upozorenjem\n"
+"koji se javlja svaki put kada instaler automatski selektuje pakete. Ovo se\n"
+"javlja zato što on određuje da mora da zadovolji zavisnosti sa drugim\n"
+"paketom da bi uspešno završio instalaciju.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mala ikonica flopi diska na dnu liste vam omogućava da učitate\n"
+"listu paketa birane tokom prethodne instalacije. Klikom na ovu ikonicu\n"
+"će od vas biti traženo da ubacite disketu kreiranu ranije na kraju \n"
+"prethodne instalacije. Pogledajte poslednji pasus (korak) da bi naučili kako "
+"da kreirate \n"
+"takvu disketu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Štampač\": ako kliknete na taster \"Bez štampača\" pokrenuti ćete "
+"konfiguracioni\n"
+"program za štampače. Pogledajte i odgovoarajuće upustvo u``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' za više informacija o tome kako da podesite novi štampač. Program "
+"koje se\n"
+"tada aktivira je sličan onom koji se koristi tokom instalacije."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Sada možete odabrati koje servise želite da se startaju pri podizanju "
+"sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX će prikazati sve dostupni servise na trenutnoj\n"
+"instalaciji. Pregledajte ih pažljivo i deselektujte one koji vam neće biti "
+"uvek\n"
+"potrebni pri podizanju sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Možete dobiti i kratko objašnjenje o servisu selektovanjem\n"
+"određenog servisa. Međutim, ukoliko niste sigurni koji od servisa jesu ili\n"
+"nisu korisni, sigurnije je ostaviti na default postavkama.\n"
+"\n"
+"!!Na ovom nivou, budite veoma pažljivi ukoliko želite da koristite  vašu "
+"mašinu kao\n"
+"server: verovatno nećete želeti da startujete nijedan servis koji vam neće\n"
+"trebati. Zapamtite da nekoliko servisa može biti opasno ukoliko\n"
+"su omogućeni na serveru. Generano govoreći, izaberite samo servise koje ćete "
+"stvarno trebati.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux upravlja sa vremenom u GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) i prevodi ga u\n"
+"lokalno vreme u zavisnosti koju ste vremensku zonu izabrali. Međuti, moguće "
+"je\n"
+"ovo i deaktivirati deselektovanjem \"Podesi hardverski časovnik na GMT\" "
+"tako da hardverski časovnik\n"
+"haima isto vreme kao i sistemski časovnik. Ovo je korisno kada na mašini "
+"imate\n"
+"još jedan operativni sistem kao što je Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcija \"Automatska sihronizacija časovnika\" će automatski regulisati\n"
+"časovnik konektovanjem na udaljeni vremenski server na Internetu. Na \n"
+"listi koja je prikazana, izaberite server koji se nalazi blizu vas. "
+"Naravno,\n"
+"morate imati ispravno podešenu Internet konekciju da bi mogli da koristite "
+"ovu opciju. Ona će\n"
+"ustvari instalirati na vašu mašinu vremenski server koji se pomogućnosti "
+"može koristiti i od\n"
+"strane drugih mašina na vašoj lokalnoj mreži."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatska sinhronizacija vremena (preko NTP-a)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafička kartica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Program za instalaciju obično automatski detektuje i podešava\n"
+"grafičku kartu koja je instalirana u vašoj mašini. Ukoliko to nije slučaj, "
+"možete\n"
+"da je izaberete sami sa liste ponuđenih kartica.\n"
+"\n"
+"   U slučaju da je više grafičkih servera dostupno za vašu karticu, sa ili\n"
+"bez 3D akceleracije, onda sami odaberite onu koja najbolje odgovara\n"
+"vašim potrebama."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (ili  X Window Sistem) je srce GNU/Linux grafičkog interfejsa\n"
+"na koji se oslanjaju sva grafička okruženja (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, itd.) koja se nalaze u Mandriva Linux-u.\n"
+"\n"
+"Biće vam prikazana lista sa različitim parametrima čijom izmenom\n"
+"možete dobiti optimalan grafički prikaz: Grafička kartica\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"   Program za instalaciju obično automatski detektuje i podešava\n"
+"grafičku kartu koja se nalazi u vašem računu. Ukoliko to nije slučaj, "
+"možete\n"
+"sami da izaberete karticu sa liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ukoliko su različiti serveri dostupni za vašu karticu, sa ili\n"
+"vez 3D akceleracije, onda treba da izaberete onaj koji najviše\n"
+"odgovara vašim potrebama.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Program za instalaciju obično automatski detektuje i podešava\n"
+"monitor koji povezan sa vašim računarom. Ukoliko se to ne desi možete "
+"izabrati\n"
+"sami sa liste ponuđenih monitora\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ovde možete izabrati rezoluciju i broj boja od\n"
+"onih koje su ponuđene za vaš hardver. Izaberite ono što najviše odgovara "
+"vašim potrebama\n"
+"(ove opcije ćete moći izmeniti i nakon instalacije). Izabrana\n"
+"konfiguracije se vidi na monitoru.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   sistem će pokušati da otvori grafički ekran u željenoj\n"
+"rezoluciji. Ukoliko možete da vidite poruku tokom testa odgovorite sa \"Da"
+"\",\n"
+"i DrakX će nastaviti sa sledećim korakom. Ukoliko ne možete da vidite "
+"poruku, to\n"
+"znači da je neki deo autotedekcije bio nepravilan i\n"
+"test će automatski završiti nakon 12 sekundi, otavarajući meni za\n"
+"konfiguraciju. Izmenite opcije sve dok ne dobijete korektan grafički "
+"prikaz.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcije\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ovde možete da izaberete da li želite da vaš račuanr automatski\n"
+"pređe na grafički interfejs pri startanju. Očigledno, izabraćete\n"
+"\"Ne\" ukoliko je vaša mašina server, ili ukoliko niste uspeli da uspešno \n"
+"podesite grafički prikaz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Program za instalaciju obično automatski detektuje i podešava\n"
+"monitor povezan na vašu mašinu. Ukoliko se to nedesi, možete sami\n"
+"sami da izaberete model monitora sa liste."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Rezolucija\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ovde možete izabrati rezoluciju i broj boja koje su\n"
+"dostupne za vaš hardver. Izaberite ono što najviše odgovara vašim potrebama "
+"(ove opcije ćete moći\n"
+"da promenite i nakon instalacije). Primer izabrane\n"
+"konfiguracije je prikazan na monitoru."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"U slučaju da su dostupni različiti serveri za vašu karticu, sa ili\n"
+"bez 3D akceleracije, najbolje je da izaberete server koji\n"
+"najviše odgovara vašim potrebama."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Na kraju, bićete upitani da li želite grafički interfejs\n"
+"pri startanju sistema. Ovo pitanje će vam biti postavnjeno čak i ako niste "
+"testirali\n"
+"konfiguraciju. Naravno, odgovorićete \"Ne\" ukoliko vaša mašina predstalja\n"
+"server, ili ukoliko niste uspešno podesili\n"
+"displejed."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"U ovom trenutku, morate da izaberete gde ćete instalirati\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operativni sistem na vaš hard disk. Ukoliko je prazan ili\n"
+"postojeći operativni sistem koristi sav postojeći prostor na disku, treba da "
+"ga\n"
+"particionirate. U osnovi, particioniranje hard diska se sastoji logičkog\n"
+"deljenja da bi obezbedili prostor za instalaciju vaš novi Mandriva Linux "
+"sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pošto su efekti procesa particioniranja obično nepovratni,\n"
+"particioniranje može biti prilično stresan proces za neiskusne korisnike.\n"
+"Ovaj čarobnjak ga pojednostavljuje. Pre početka, konsultujte upustvo i ne "
+"žurite.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko ste pokrenuli instalaciju u Ekspert modu, pokrenućete\n"
+"DiskDrake, Mandriva Linux-ov alat za particije, koji vam dozvoljavaw da\n"
+"fino podesite vaše particije. Pogledajte DiskDrake sekciju u ``User "
+"Guide''.\n"
+"Iz instalacionog interfejsa, možete koristiti čarobnjake kao što je opisano "
+"ovde\n"
+"klikom na dijalogov \"Čarobnjak\" taster.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko su particije već kreirane, od predhodne instalacije \n"
+"ilikreirane drugim alatom za particioniranje, morate izabrati \n"
+" na koje od njih ćete instalirati Linux sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko particije nisu definisane, marate da ih kreirate. \n"
+"Da bi to uradili, možete da koristite gore postavljeni čarobnjak. U "
+"zavisnosti \n"
+"od konfiguracije hard diska, postoji nekoliko mogućnosti:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Koristi slobodan prostor\": ova opcija će jednostavno dovesti do  "
+"automatskog\n"
+"particioniranja vašeg praznog(ih) diska(ova). Neće vam biti postavljana "
+"daljna pitanja;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Koristi postojeće particije\": čarobnjak je detektovao jednu ili više \n"
+"postojećih Linux particija na vašem hard disku. Ukoliko\n"
+"želite da njihj koristite, izaberite ovu opciju.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Koristi slobodan prostor na Windows particiji\": ukoliko je Microsoft "
+"Windows\n"
+"instaliran na vašem disku i on zauzima sav postojeći prostor na njemu,\n"
+"moraćete da kreirate slobodan prostor za Linux. Da bi to uradili, možete "
+"izbrisati\n"
+"Microsoft Windows particiju i podatke (pogledajte `Brisanje celog diska'' "
+"ili ``Ekspert\n"
+"mod'' opcije) ili da promenite veličinu Microsoft Windows particije. Promena "
+"veličine\n"
+"se može isvesti bez gubljenja podataka, ali se pteporučuje da prvo "
+"defragmentirate\n"
+"Windows particiju iz samog Windows-a. Backup podataka takođe nije loša "
+"ideja..\n"
+"Ovo rešenje se preporučuje ukoliko želite da koristite Mandriva Linux i\n"
+"Microsoft Windows na istom kompjuteru.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Pre nego što izaberete ovu opciju, morate da razumete da nakon ove "
+"procedure\n"
+"veličina vaše Microsoft Windows particije će biti manja\n"
+"u odnosu na trenutno stanje. Imađete manje slobodnog prostora u Microsoft\n"
+"Windows-u za smeštanje podataka ili instalaiju novog softvera;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Brisanje cvelog diska\": ukoliko želite da izbrišete sve podatke i sve\n"
+"particije koji postoje na vašem hard disku i zamenite ih vašim\n"
+"novim Mandriva Linux sistemom, možete da izaberete ovu ociju. Budite\n"
+"pažljivisa ovom opcijom, jer nećete biti u mogućnosti\n"
+"da povratite staro stanje nakon potvrde.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ukoliko izaberete ovu opciju, svi podaci na disku će biti "
+"izgubljeni. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Ukloni Windows\": ova opcija će jednostavno izbrisati sve sa hard diska "
+"i\n"
+"kreirati nove particije. Svi podaci na vašem disku\n"
+"će biti izbrisani;\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ukoliko izaberete ovu opciju, svi podaci na disku će biti "
+"izgubljeni. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Custom particionisanje diska\": izaberite ovu opciju ukoliko želite\n"
+"da ručno vaš hard disk. Budite pažljivi -- ovo je moćan\n"
+"ali opasan izbor i vrlo lako možete izgubiti svoje podatke. Zbog toga se\n"
+"ova opcija preporučuje samo onima koji imaju iskustva\n"
+"od ranije. Za više podataka o tome kako da koristite\n"
+"program DiskDrake, pogledajte poglavlje ``Upravljajte svojim particijama '' "
+"u\n"
+"``Početnički vodič''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Koristi postojeću particiju"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Izbriši celi disk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"I stigli ste do kraja. Instalacija je sada završena i vaš GNU/Linux sistem "
+"je \n"
+"spreman za upotrebu. Samo kliknite na \"Sledeći -\" da bi restartovali "
+"sistem. Možete pokrenuti\n"
+"GNU/Linux ili Windows, šta god više preferirate (ukoliko imate instalirana "
+"dva sistema), čim\n"
+"se računar ponovo pokrene.\n"
+"\n"
+"Taster Napredno \"%s\" (samo u Ekspert modu) prikazuje još dva tastera za:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"kreiranje auto-instalacione diskete\": radi kreiranja instalacionog "
+"flopi diska\n"
+"koji će automatski pokrenuti celu instalaciju bez pomoći operatora\n"
+", slično ovoj instalaciji koju ste upravo izveli.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Možete primetiti da su dve različite opcije dostupne nakon pritiska na "
+"taster:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Sa ponavljanjem\". Ovo je delom automatizirana instalacija jer korak "
+"sa\n"
+"particioniranjem diska ostaje interaktivan (samo on).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Automatizovano\". Potpuno automatizovana instalacija: hard disk se u "
+"potpunosti\n"
+"formatizuje, i svi podaci će biti izgubljeni.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ova opcija je veoma korisna ukoliko izvodite veliki broj sličnih "
+"instalacija\n"
+"na većem broju mašina. Pogledajte sekciju o auto instalaciji na našem web "
+"sajtu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Sačuvaj selekciju paketa\"(*) : snima selekciju paketa koji ste\n"
+"napravili u ovoj instalaciji. Tako, da kada budete izvodili drugu "
+"instalaciju, ubacite disketu\n"
+"i pokrenete pomoćni ekran pritiskom na\n"
+"[F1] taster, i zahtevom za >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Morate da iamte  FAT-formatiranu disketu (da bi je formatirali pod GNU/"
+"Linux-om, ukucajte\n"
+"\"mformat a:\")"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Kreiraj auto instalacionu disketu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Svaka particija koja je novodefinisana mora biti\n"
+"formatirana za uptrebu (formatiranje znači kreiranje datotečnog(fajl) "
+"sistema).\n"
+"\n"
+"Sada možda želite da reformatirate postojeće particije da bi izbrisali\n"
+"podatke koje sadrže. Ukoliko želite to, izaberite particije \n"
+"koje želite da formatizujete.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Zapamtite da nije potrebno da reformatirate sve postojeće particije.\n"
+"Morate da reformatirate particije koje sadrže operativni sistem \n"
+"(kao što su \"/\", \"/usr\" ili  \"/var\") ali ne morate da reformatirate "
+"particije koje sadrže podatke\n"
+"koje želite da zadržite (obično /home).\n"
+"\n"
+"Pazite pri biranju particija, posle formatiranja, sv podaci će \n"
+"biti izbrisani i nećete ih moći povratiti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"Sledeće ->\" kada bude spremni da formatirate particije\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"<- Prethodno\" ako želite da izaberete drugu particiju za svoj "
+"novi\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"Napredno\" ukoliko želite da izaberete particije koje će biti "
+"proverene\n"
+"da li imaju loše sektore."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"U vreme kada budete instalirali Mandriva Linux, vrlo je moguće da će neki\n"
+"paketi biti ažurirani u odnosu na inicijalno izdanje. Neki bagovi mogu \n"
+"biti ispravljeni, a sigurnosni propusti zatvorene. Da bi mogli da koristite "
+"ove novije verzije\n"
+"mi vam predlažemo da ih skinete sa Interneta. Izaberite\n"
+"Da ili \"Da\" ukoliko imate podešenu Internet konekciju, ili Ne ili \"No\" "
+"ukoliko više volite da\n"
+"instalirate te nove pakete kasnije.\n"
+"\n"
+"Izborom na \"Da\" prikazuje se lista mesta sa kojih možete da dobavite noe "
+"verzije \n"
+"paketa. Izaberite mesto koje vam je najbliže. Zatim će se pojaviti stablo sa "
+"slelekcijom paketa:\n"
+"pregledajte selekciju, i pritisnite \"Instaliraj\" da bi skinuli i\n"
+"instalirali selektovni(e) paket(e), ili \"Poništi\" za odustajanje."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"na ovom mestu, DrakX će vam dozvoliti da odredite željeni nivo sigurnosti\n"
+"za vaš računar. Kao nepisano pravilo, nivo sigurnosti bi trebao\n"
+"veći ukoliko mašina sadrži važne podatke, ili ukoliko je mašina\n"
+"direktno vezana na Internet. Spuštanje sigurnosti uglavnom\n"
+"se vidi u opvećanju lakoće rada sa sistemom. Pogledajte \"msec\"\n"
+"poglavlje u ``Upupstvo za komandnu liniju''da bi dobavili više informacija\n"
+"o nivioima sigurnosti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko ne znate da izaberete, zadržite default postavku."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Administrator za sigurnost:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Na ovoj tački, morate izbrati koju particiju(e) želite da koristite za\n"
+"instalaciju novog Mandriva Linux sistema. Ukoliko su particije\n"
+"već definisane (od predhodne instalacije ili od strane\n"
+"drugog alata za particije), možete da koristite postojeće particije.\n"
+"U drugim slučajevima,\n"
+"hard disk particije moraju biti definisane.\n"
+"\n"
+"Da bi kreirali particije, morate prvo izabrati hard disk. Možete izabrati\n"
+"disk za particioniranje klikom na \"hda\" za prvi IDE disk, \"hdb\" ili \n"
+"za drugi ili \"sda\" za prvi SCSI disk itd.\n"
+"\n"
+"Za particioniranje selektovanog hard diska, možete koristiti sledeće "
+"opcije:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Očisti sve\": ova opcija briše sve particije na izabranom hard \n"
+"disku.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Auto alociranje\": ova opcija dozvoljava da automatski kreirate  Ext2 "
+"i \n"
+"swap particije na slobodnom prostoru \n"
+"     hard diska.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Još\": daje pristup dodatnim opcijama:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Spasi tabelu particija\": ukoliko je vaša tabela particija "
+"oštećena, \n"
+"možete da probate da je oporavite koristeći ovu opciju. Budite\n"
+"     pažljivi i znajte da može da i ne uspe.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Vrati na staro\": ova opcija će poništiti izmenu.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Ponovno učitavanje\": ovu opciju možete koristiti ukoliko želite da \n"
+"poništitisve promene i učitate inicijalnu tabelu particija\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Čarobnjak\": ukoliko želite da koristite čarobnjaka za "
+"particioniranje \n"
+"hard diska, izaberite ovu opciju. Preporučena je ukoiko\n"
+"     nemate mnogo znanja o partcijama.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Povrati sa diskete\": ukoliko ste snimili tabelu particija na \n"
+"disketu  tokom prethodne instalacije, možete je\n"
+"     vratiti sa ovom opcijom.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Snimi na disketu\": ukoliko želite da da snimite tabelu particija na\n"
+"disketu da bi mogli kasnije da je povratite, možete da iskoristite\n"
+"     ovu opciju. Naročito preporučujemo ovu opciju\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Urađeno\": kada završite sa particioniranjem hard diska, iskoristite "
+"ovu opciju da bi snimili promene.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kada definišete veličinu particija, možete konačno podesiti veličinu\n"
+"particija pomoću tastera sa strelicama na vašoj strelicama\n"
+"Za više informacija, možete za svaku ocpiju  dobiti kretanjem pomoću "
+"tastature: navigacijom kroz particije pomoću [Tab] tastera i [Up/Down] "
+"strelica.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kada je particija izabrana, možete koristiti:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c za kreiranje nove particije (kada je izabrana prazna particija);\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d za brisanje particije;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m za postavljanje tačke montiranja.\n"
+"\n"
+"Da bi dobili informacije o različitim dostupnim tipovima sistema, "
+"pročitajte\n"
+"ext2FS poglavlje iz ``Upustva''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko radite instalaciju na PPC Mašinu, možda ćete želeti da kreirate "
+"malu\n"
+"HFS 'bootstrap' particiju od najmanje 1MB za upotrebu\n"
+"yaboot startera. Ukoliko se dvoumite da ovu particiju napravite malo većom,\n"
+"na primer 50MB, možete iskoristiti taj prostor za smeštanje\n"
+"rezervnog kernela i ramdisk image za startanje u hitnim situacijama."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automontiranje prenosivog medija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Pređi na normalni mod"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Jedna ili više Microsoft Windows particija je detektovano \n"
+"na hard disku. Izaberite koju od njih želite da smanjite da bi instalirali\n"
+"novi Mandriva Linux operativni sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Svaka particija je ispisana na sledeći način: \"Ime Linux-a\",\"Ime Windows-a"
+"\"\n"
+"\"Kapacitet\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Ime Linux-a\" je kodirano na sledeći način: \"tip hard diska\", \"broj "
+"hard diska\",\n"
+"\"broj particije\" (na primer, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tip hard diska\" je \"hd\" ukoliko je hard disk ID uređaj i \"sd\"\n"
+"ukoliko je SCSI hard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Broj hard diska\" je uvek slovo posle \"hd\" ili \"sd\". Sa IDE hard "
+"diskovima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" znači  \"master hard disk na primarnom  IDE kontroleru\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" znači \"slave hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroloeru\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" znači \"master hard disk na sekundranom IDE kontroloeru\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" znači \"slave hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Sa SCSI hard diskovima, \"a\" znači \"primarni hard disk\", a \"b\" znači "
+"\"sekundarni hard disk \", itd.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Ime Windows-a\" je slovo hard diska pod Windows-om (prvi disk\n"
+"ili particija se zove \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Država\": proverava trenutni izbor zemlje. Ukoliko se ne nalazite u ovojs\n"
+"državi, kliknite na taster i i izaberite drugu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovaj korak se aktivira samo u slučaju da postoji stara GNU/Linux particija "
+"na\n"
+"vašioj mošini.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX sada treba da zna da li želite da izvedete čistu instalaciju ili "
+"ažuriranje\n"
+"postojećeg Mandriva Linux sistema:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Instalacija\": U većini slučajeva, ova opcija kompletno briše stari\n"
+"sistem. Ukoliko želite da izmenite broj particija, ili\n"
+"promenite fajl sistem, trebali bi da koristite ovu opciju. Ipak,  u "
+"zavisnosti od\n"
+"šeme particija, možete zaštititi neke postojeće podatke\n"
+"od formatiranja.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Ažuriranje\": ova instalaciona klasa vam dozvoljava da uradite "
+"ažuriranje paketa\n"
+"na trenutno instaliranom Mandriva Linux sistemu. Vaša trenutna\n"
+"šema particija i korisnički podaci se ne menjaju. Većina drugih\n"
+"konfiguracionih koraka i dalje ostaje dostupna, slično standardnoj "
+"instalaciji.\n"
+"\n"
+"Upotreba opcije ``Ažuriranje'' bi trebalo da bude bez problema na Mandriva "
+"Linux sistemima\n"
+"od verzije \"8.1\" ili novije. Izvođenje ažuriranja na verzijama \n"
+"Mandriva Linux pre \"8.1\" nije preporučljivo."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"U principu, DrakX bira desnu tastaturu za vas (u zavisnosti od toga koji\n"
+"ste jezik izabrali) i čak i nećete videti ovaj korak. Ipak, može\n"
+"se desiti da niste dobili tastaturu koja odgovara vašem jeziku: na\n"
+"primer, ukoliko ste Švajcarac koji govori engleski, verovatno ćete želeti\n"
+"Švajcarsku tastaturu. Ili ukoliko govorite Engleski ali se nalazite\n"
+"u Kvebeku, možete se naći u istoj situaciji. U oba\n"
+"slučaja, moraćete da se vratite na ovaj instalacioni korak i izaberete\n"
+"odgovarajuću tastaturu sa liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na taster \"Još\" da bi dobili kompletnu listu\n"
+"podržanih tastatura.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko izaberete raspored tastature baziran na non-Latin alfabetu, sledeći\n"
+"dijalog će vam ponuditi da izaberete kombinaciju tastera koji će služiti\n"
+"da menjate Latin i non-Latin rasporede."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Vaš izbor jeika će uticati na jezik dokumentacije,\n"
+"instalacije i sistema uopšte. Prvo izaberite region u kojem se nalazite,\n"
+"a zatim jezik koji govorite.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikom na taster \"Napredno\" omogućićete sebi da vidite druge\n"
+"jezike koje možete instalirati na vašu radnu stranicu. Biranjem drugih "
+"jezika\n"
+"ćete instalirati fajlove vezane (za specificirane jezike) za dokumentaciju "
+"i\n"
+"aplikacije. Na primer, ukoliko će na vašem računaru hostovati korisnici iz "
+"Španije\n"
+"izaberite Engleski kao glavni a na stablu\n"
+"označite i \"Španiski|Španija\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Zapamtite da možete instalirati više jezika. Kada izaberete sve željene\n"
+"dodatne lokalizacije kliknite na taster \"U redu\" da bi nastavili.\n"
+"\n"
+"Da bi menjali različite jezike koji su instalirani na vašem sistemu, možete "
+"pokrenuti\n"
+" \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" komandu kao \"root\" da bi promenili jezik koji "
+"se \n"
+"koristi u celom sistemu. pokretanjem komande kao regularni korisnik samo "
+"ćete promeniti\n"
+"postavke jezika za datog korisnika."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX generalno detektuje broj tastera koji vaš miš posdeduje. Ukoliko se to "
+"ne desi\n"
+"on će pretpostaviti da miš sa dva tastera i podesiće emulaciju trećeg "
+"tastera.\n"
+"DrakX će automatski prepoznati da li se radi o PS/2, serijskom ili USB "
+"mišu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko želite da specificirate drugi tip miša odaberite odgovarajući\n"
+"tip sa liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko izberete miša koji se razlikuje od default-a pojaviće vam se\n"
+"test ekran. Koristite tastere i točkiće da bi proverili da li su postavke\n"
+"dobre. Ukoliko miš ne radi ispravno pritisnite taster za razmak (space bar) "
+"ili\n"
+"taster [Return] da bi poništili test i vratili se da bi pokušali ponovo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Točkići na mišu se ponekad ne detektuju automatski, pa ćete sami morati da\n"
+"izaberete miša sa liste. Pazite da izaberete odgovarajući vezano\n"
+"za port na koji je miš povezan. nakon izbora miša\n"
+"i pritiska na taster \"Sledeći ->\", slika miša će biti prikazana na "
+"ekranu.\n"
+"Pokrenite toškić da bi proverili da li je pravilno aktiviran. Kada \n"
+"vidite da se točkić na ekranu pomera kao i točkić na mišu, testirajte\n"
+"tastere i proverite da li kursor na ekrani prati vaše \n"
+"pomeranje miša."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Emulacija tastera"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Molim, izaberite odgovarajući port. Na primer, COM1 port pod MS Windows-om\n"
+" u Linux-u ima oznaku ttyS0."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovo je najzanačajnija tačka u odlučivanju o sigurnosti vašeg GNU/Linux\n"
+"sistema: morate da unesete \"root\" lozinku. \"root\" je administrator\n"
+"sistema i jedini je ovlašten da vrši izmene, dodaje korisnike,\n"
+"menja osnovnu konfiguraciju sistema, itd. Ukratko, \"root\" može\n"
+"da uradi sve! Zbog toga morate da izaberete lozinku koja teško može da se\n"
+"pogodi - DrakX će vam reći ukoliko je ona suviše jednostavna. Kao što možete "
+"da vidite, možete da\n"
+"izaberete i da ne unesete lozinku, ali vam ozbiljno preporučujemo da to\n"
+"neradite iz jednog razloga: nemojte da mislite da to što ste startovali GNU/"
+"Linux da\n"
+"vaši drugi operativni sistemi sigurni od grešaka. Kako \"root\" može da\n"
+"preskoči sva ograničenja i nenamerno izbriše sve podatke na particiji\n"
+"neopreznim pristupom, važno je da je teško\n"
+"postati \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Lozinka treba da bude mešavina brojeva i slova i treba da sadrži najmanje 8\n"
+"karaktera. Nikada ne zapisujte na papir \"root\" lozinku - tako lako\n"
+"možete ugroziti sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Međutim, potrudite se da lozinka ne bude previše duga ili komlikovana zato\n"
+"što treba da je zapamtite bez mnogo napora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lozinka neće biti prikazana na ekranu kada je ukucavate. Srećom, moći ćete\n"
+"da je ukucate dva puta da bi smanjili mogućnost greše u kucanju.\n"
+"Ukoliko ipak pogrešite u kucanju, ali dva puta, ova\n"
+"``neispravna'' lozinka će biti korištena kada se budete prvi put "
+"konektovali.\n"
+"\n"
+"U Ekspertnomm modu, bićete pitani da li ćete se konektovati na\n"
+"autentifikacioni server, kao što je NIS ili LDAP.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko vaša mreža koristi LDAP (ili NIS) protokol za autentifikaciju, "
+"selektujte\n"
+"\"LDAP\" (ili \"NIS\") za autentifikaciju. Ukoliko to neznate, pitajte\n"
+"vašeg mrežnog administratora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko se vaš računar ne konektuje na administrirane mreže, treba da\n"
+"izaberete \"Lokalni fajlovi\" za autentifikaciju."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Autentifikacija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Sada treba da izaberemo sistem za štampanje za vaš računar. Drugi OS-ovi "
+"vam\n"
+"nude jedan, ali vam Mandriva Linux nudi čak tri.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"pdq\" što znači ``print, do not queue'', je izbor za one koji imaju\n"
+"direktni konekciju sa svojim štampačem i želite da izbegnete\n"
+"bilo kakve zastoje štampača, a pri tome nemate mrežne štampače. On može da "
+"se koristi\n"
+"samo na veoma jednostavnim mrežama i pomalo je i spor za mreže. Izaberite "
+"\"pdq\"\n"
+"ukoliko upoznajete GNU/Linux. Vaš izbor naravno možete promeniti\n"
+"nakon isntalacije pokrećući PrinterDrake from iz Mandriva Kontrolnog\n"
+"Centra i klikom na expert taster.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"``Common Unix Printing System'', je izvrstan za štampanje na vašem\n"
+"lokalonom štampaču kao i za štampanje po celoj zemaljskoj kugli. On je "
+"jednostavan i može se ponašati\n"
+"kao server ili kao klijent sa starog \"lpd\" sitema za štampanje. Takođe, "
+"on\n"
+"je kompatibilan sa sistemima koji su ranije postojali. On može mnogo toga, "
+"ali\n"
+"osnovno podešvanje je jednostavno kao i kod \"pdq\". Ukoliko treba da "
+"emulirate\n"
+"an \"lpd\" server, morate da pokrenete \"cups-lpd\" demon. On poseduje\n"
+"grafički interfejs za štapanje i izbor opcija za štampanje.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako to nij slučaj, CUPS je onda prava stvar jer je jednostavniji i bolji za "
+"rad preko\n"
+"mreža."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Stručni"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sada treba da detektuje IDE uređaje prisutne u vešem računaru.DrakX "
+"će \n"
+"potražiti PCI SCSI adapter(e). Ukoliko DrakX pronađe SCSI adapter(e) i bude "
+"znao koji upravljački program \n"
+"(drajver) koristion će ga(ih) automatski instalirati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pošto se može desiti da pri detekciji neka komponenta ne bude detektovana \n"
+"DrakX će vas upitati da li imate PCI SCSI adapter. Kliknite \"Da\" \n"
+"ukoliko znate da imate SCSI adapter na svojoj mašini. Na prikazanoj listi \n"
+"moći ćete da izaberete odgovoarajući.\n"
+"Kliknite \"Ne\" ukoliko nemate SCSI adaptera u  mašini. Ukoliko niste \n"
+"sigurni\n"
+"proverite na listi detektovanog hardvera selektovanjem \"Pogledaj info o \n"
+"hardveru\"i klikom na \"U redu\". Pregledajte\n"
+"listu a onda kiknite na \"U redu\" da bi se vratili na pitanje o SCSI \n"
+"uređajima.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko morate ručno da specificirate vaš PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX će\n"
+"vas upitati da odredite opcije za njega.Treba li bi da dozvolite DrakX-u da\n"
+"ispita adapter radi tih opcija. Ovo obično i uspe.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ukoliko DrakX nije u stanju da ispita opcije koje su potrebne, moraćete da \n"
+"sami odredite opcije za drajver.\n"
+"Pogledajte i Instalacioni vodič (3 poglavlje, sekcija \"Prikupljanje \n"
+"informacija o vašem hardveru\")\n"
+"da bi saznali kako da pribavite informacije o parametrima potrebnim za \n"
+"hardver,sa svoje Windows instalacije (ukoliko je imate na sistemu),\n"
+"dokumenatciju o hardveru, ili sa proizvođačevog \n"
+"veb sajta (ukoliko imate pristup internetu)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Zvučna kartica\": ukoliko je zvučna kartica detektovana na vašem sistemu, "
+"onda je prikazana\n"
+"ovde. Ukoliko primetite da prikazana kartica nije ona koja je stvarno "
+"prisutna\n"
+"u vašem računaru, možete kliknuti na taster i\n"
+"drugi drajver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Interna  ISDN kartica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafički interfejs"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Izaberite hard disk koji želite da izbrišete da bi instalirali novu Mandriva "
+"Linux \n"
+"particiju. Budite pažljivi, svi podaci na njemu će biti izgubljeni\n"
+"i neće se moći povratiti!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknite na \"Sledeće ->\" ukoliko želite da izbrišete sve podatke i \n"
+"particije na ovom hard disku.Budite pažljivi, posle klika na \"U redu\", vi\n"
+"nećete moći da povratite bilo koji podatak ili particiju na hard disku,\n"
+"pa i bilo koje Windows podatke.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"<- Pprethodno\" da bi poništi ovu operaciju bez gubljenja "
+"podataka i\n"
+"particija koje su prisutne na ovom hard disku."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Sledeći  ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Prethodni"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/sv.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/sv.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9c7892811
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/sv.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1952 @@
+# DrakX-sv - Swedish Translation
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2002,2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva
+# Kenneth Krekula, 2005.
+# Fuad Sabanovic <manijak@telia.com>, 2000.
+# Mattias Dahlberg <voz@home.se>, 2001, 2002.
+# Mattias Newzella <newzella@linux.nu>, 2001, 2002,2003.
+# Magnus Björklöf <bjorklof@nic.fi>, 2003.
+# Lars Westergren <lars.westergren@home.se>, 2003, 2004, 2005.
+# Thomas Backlund <tmb@mandriva.org>, 2004, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-sv - Mandriva 2006 Release\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-18 21:42+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thomas Backlund <tmb@mandriva.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Swedish <sv@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Innan du fortsätter bör du noga läsa licensen. Den täcker hela\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-distributionen. Om du samtycker med den,\n"
+"kryssa i rutan \"%s\". Om du ej samtycker så klicka på \"%s\"\n"
+"knappen så kommer installationen avbrytas och din dator att\n"
+"startas om."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux är ett fleranvändarsystem, med detta menas att varje användare\n"
+"kan ha sina egna inställningar, sina egna filer och så vidare. Du kan\n"
+"läsa i användarmanualen för att lära dig mer. Men olikt \"root\", som\n"
+"är administratör, kan användarna som du lägger till här inte ändra\n"
+"någonting förutom sina egna filer och sina egna inställningar. Detta\n"
+"skyddar systemet från att skadas av misstag eller avsiktliga attacker.\n"
+"Du måste skapa åtminstone en vanlig användare åt dig själv.\n"
+"Det kontot ska du använda i ditt dagliga arbete. Det är i och för\n"
+"sig väldigt praktiskt att logga in som \"root\" varje dag men det kan\n"
+"också vara väldigt farligt. Det minsta misstag kan innebära att\n"
+"systemet inte fungerar längre. Om du gör ett allvarligt misstag som en\n"
+"vanlig användare förlorar du bara viss information och inte hela systemet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Först måste du ange ditt riktiga namn. Det här är inte obligatoriskt,\n"
+"du kan faktiskt skriva vad du vill. DrakX kommer att ta det första \n"
+"ordet som du skrev in i rutan och flytta över det till fältet \"%s\".\n"
+"Detta är namnet som den här användaren kommer att använda för att logga\n"
+"in på systemet. Du kan ändra det om du vill. Du måste sedan ange ett\n"
+"lösenord. En icke-privilegierad (vanlig) användares lösenord är inte\n"
+"lika viktigt som \"roots\" sett ur säkerhetssynpunkt, men det finns\n"
+"ingen anledning att ignorera det, det är ju trots allt dina filer som\n"
+"står på spel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Efter det att du klickat på \"%s\" kan du sedan lägga\n"
+"till andra användare. Lägg till en användare för varje kompis som\n"
+"du har eller din pappa eller din syster till exempel. När du har lagt till "
+"alla\n"
+"användare som du vill ha, välj \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du klickar på \"%s\" kan du ändra det förvalda \"skalet\"\n"
+"för den användaren (bash är förvalt).\n"
+"\n"
+"När du är färdig med att sätta till alla användare, kommer du att få välja\n"
+"en användare som kan logga in automatiskt på systemet då datorn\n"
+"startar upp. Om du är intresserad av den funktionen (och du inte bryr\n"
+"dig speciellt mycket om lokal säkerhet), välj den önskade användaren\n"
+"och fönsterhanteraren och klicka sedan på \"%s\". Om du inte är\n"
+"intresserad av denna funktion, kryssa av rutan \"%s\""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Vill du använda den här funktionen?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Listat ovan är de existerande Linux-partitionerna som hittats på\n"
+"hårddisken. Du kan behålla valen som gjorts av guiden, de passar de flesta\n"
+"vanliga installationer. Om du gör några ändringar måste du åtminstone\n"
+"definiera en rotpartition (\"/\"). Välj inte en för liten partition för\n"
+"då kommer du inte kunna installera tillräckligt med mjukvara. Om du vill\n"
+"lagra dina data på en separat partition, behöver du också skapa en "
+"partition\n"
+"för /home (endast möjligt om du har mer än en Linux-partition tillgänglig).\n"
+"\n"
+"Varje partition listas som följer: \"Namn\", \"Kapacitet\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Namn\" är strukturerad på följande vis: \"hårddisktyp\", \n"
+" \"hårddisknummer\", \"partitionsnummer\" (till exempel, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hårddisktyp\" är \"hd\" om hårddisken är en IDE-hårddisk och\n"
+"\"sd\" om det är en SCSI-hårddisk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hårddisknummer\" är alltid en bokstav efter \"hd\" eller \"sd\". För IDE-\n"
+"hårddiskar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" betyder \"master-hårddisk på den primära IDE-kontrollern\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" betyder \"slavhårddisk på den primära IDE-kontrollern\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" betyder \"master-hårddisk på den sekundära IDE-kontrollern\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" betyder \"slavhårddisk på den sekundära IDE-kontrollern\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Med SCSI-hårddiskar betyder ett \"a\" \"lägsta SCSI-ID\", ett \"b\" betyder\n"
+"\"andra lägsta SCSI-ID\", etc."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Installationen av Mandriva Linux är utspridd på flera cd-skivor. DrakX\n"
+"vet om ett valt paket finns på en annan cd-skiva och kommer att mata ut\n"
+"den aktuella cd:n och be dig sätta in en annan om det blir nödvändigt.\n"
+"Om du inte har efterfrågad CD tillgänglig, klicka på \"%s\" så hoppas\n"
+"installationen av motsvarande paket över."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är nu dags att ange vilka program du vill installera på\n"
+"systemet. Det finns flera tusen paket tillgängliga för Mandriva Linux och\n"
+"för att det ska bli enklare att hantera paketen har de placerats i grupper\n"
+"om liknande program.\n"
+"\n"
+"Paketen är sorterade i grupper som motsvarar olika användningsområden\n"
+"för din dator. Mandriva Linux har fyra fördefinierade kategorier\n"
+" tillgängliga. Du kan blanda program från olika kategorier så att \n"
+"t ex en arbetsstationsinstallation fortfarande kan ha program från \n"
+"kategorin Utveckling installerade.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": om du ska använda datorn som arbetsstation,\n"
+"välj en eller flera av paketen som är i denna grupp.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": om datorn ska användas för programmering välj \n"
+"lämpliga paket från denna grupp. Den speciall \"LSB\" gruppen\n"
+"kommer att konfigurera ditt system så att det överensstämmer\n"
+"med Linux Standard Base specifikationen så mycket som möjligt.\n"
+"(En specifikation som försöker eftersträva en standard för Linux- \n"
+"distributioner, till exempel var viktiga systemfiler är placerade, så \n"
+"att program utvecklade på en distribution även\n"
+"kommer att fungera på andra distributioner.)\n"
+"   Om du väljer \"LSB\" gruppen kommer 2.4 kernel serien installeras\n"
+"istället för 2.6 som annars är standard för Mandriva Linux. Detta är\n"
+"för att uppfylla LSB stöd maximalt. Om du inte väljer \"LSB\" \n"
+"kommer du ändå att ha ett system som är LSB kompatibelt nästan\n"
+"till 100%%.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": om datorn ska användas som server, kan du här\n"
+"välja de tjänster som du vill ha installerade på den.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": här väljer du den grafiska miljö som du vill använda. \n"
+"Du måste välja åtminstone en om du vill ha ett grafiskt gränssnitt på\n"
+"din arbetsstation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du flyttar muspekaren över ett gruppnamn får du se en kort\n"
+"beskrivande text för just den gruppen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan markera \"%s\" som är användbart om du vet vilka\n"
+"paket du vill ha installerade eller om du vill ha fullständig kontroll över\n"
+"vad som blir installerat.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du startar installationen i \"%s\" läge kan du avmarkera alla\n"
+"grupper för att undvika installation av nya paket. Detta är\n"
+"användbart vid reparation eller uppdatering av ett existerande\n"
+"system.\n"
+" \n"
+"Om du inte väljer någon grupp när\n"
+"du installerar (till skillnad från när du uppdaterar), kommer en \n"
+"dialogruta att visas och föreslå olika minimala installationer.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Installera det minsta antalet paket som behövs för att få en\n"
+"fungerande grafisk skrivbordsmiljö.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Installerar grundsystemet plus\n"
+"grundläggande verktyg och dess dokumentation. Denna installation lämpar\n"
+"sig för en server.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": Installerar det absolut minsta antalet paket\n"
+"som behövs för ett fungerande Linux-system. Med denna installation kommer\n"
+"du ej att ha tillgång till  några grafiska system. Denna\n"
+"installation är ca 65Mb stor."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Uppdatera"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Med grundläggande dokumentation"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Extremt minimal installation"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du valde att installera enskilda paket kommer du\n"
+"att få se ett träd innehållande alla paket klassificerade efter grupper och\n"
+"undergrupper. Om du bläddrar i trädet kan du välja hela grupper,\n"
+"undergrupper eller enskilda paket.\n"
+"\n"
+"När du väljer ett paket i trädet, visas en beskrivning till höger.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om det skulle visa sig att ett serverpaket har valts antingen\n"
+"oavsiktligt eller om det var med i en hel grupp, kommer du att få bekräfta\n"
+"att du verkligen vill att dessa servrar ska installeras. Under Mandriva\n"
+"Linux startas installerade servrar vid uppstart. Även fast de är säkra när\n"
+"den här distributionen släpps, kan det hända att säkerhetsluckor hittats\n"
+"i efterhand. Om du inte vet vad en specifik tjänst gör eller varför den\n"
+"blir installerad, klicka \"%s\" här. Om du klickar \"%s\" kommer de\n"
+"listade tjänsterna att installeras och startas automatiskt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Alternativet \"%s\" inaktiverar helt enkelt\n"
+"varningsdialogrutan som visas när installationsprogrammet automatiskt\n"
+"väljer ett paket. Detta inträffar därför att det har upptäckts att ett\n"
+"beroende med ett annat paket måste tillfredsställas för att detta paket\n"
+"ska kunna installeras ordentligt. Installationsprogrammet kan\n"
+"avgöra vilka paket som krävs för att lösa ett beroende.\n"
+"\n"
+"Den lilla diskettikonen i slutet på listan låter dig ladda en paketlista\n"
+"som du kan ha gjort vid en tidigare installation. Detta är användbart\n"
+"om du har ett antal datorer som skall ha en identisk konfiguration.\n"
+"När du klickar på den ikonen kommer du att bli ombedd om att stoppa i\n"
+"en diskett som du tidigare skapat vid slutet av en annan\n"
+" installation. Se det andra tipset i det sista steget hur du gör för att "
+"skapa\n"
+" en sådan diskett."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatiska beroenden"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": om du klickar på \"%s\" startar skrivarguiden.\n"
+"Se motsvarande kapitel i \"Starter Guide\" för mer information om hur du\n"
+"ska göra för att installera en ny skrivare. Gränssnittet som visas där\n"
+"liknar det som används vid installationen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Denna dialog används för att välja vilka tjänster du vill starta vid "
+"uppstart.\n"
+"\n"
+"Här visas alla tjänster tillgängliga med den aktuella installationen.\n"
+"Titta igenom dem och avmarkera dem du inte behöver vid start.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan få en kort förklaringstext om en tjänst genom att välja den\n"
+"specifika tjänsten. Om du är osäker på om en tjänst är användabar eller\n"
+"inte är det säkrast att lämna den tjänsten orörd.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Var extra försiktig i dina val om den här datorn ska användas som en\n"
+"server: du vill antagligen inte starta tjänster som du inte behöver.\n"
+"Kom ihåg att flera tjänster kan innebära en risk om de aktiveras på\n"
+"en server. Som generell regel, välj bara de tjänster du verkligen behöver. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux utgår från GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) och översätter det till\n"
+"lokal tid enligt den tidszon du har valt. Om hårdvaruklockan på ditt\n"
+"moderkort är utgår från lokal tid kan du inaktivera detta genom att \n"
+"avmarkera \"%s\" så att hårdvaruklockan blir samma som systemklockan.\n"
+"Det är användbart när datorn är värd för andra operativsystem som t ex \n"
+"Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Alternativet \"%s\" gör så att klockan ställs\n"
+"automatiskt genom att datorn kontaktar en server på Internet. I den lista\n"
+"som sedan presenteras väljer du den server som ligger närmast dig.\n"
+"Naturligtvis måste du vara uppkopplad mot Internet för att detta ska\n"
+"fungera. Det läggs in en tidserver på din dator och den kan, om så\n"
+"önskas, användas av andra datorer i ditt lokala nätverk."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatisk tidsynkronisering"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafikkort\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installationsprogrammet kan vanligtvis automatiskt identifiera och\n"
+"konfigurera grafikkortet i datorn. Om det misslyckas kan du välja\n"
+"det korrekta kortet i den här listan.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Om olika servrar finns tillgängliga för ditt kort, utan eller\n"
+"med 3D-acceleration, väljer du den server som bäst passar dina\n"
+"behov. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (som står för X Window System) är hjärtat i det grafiska gränssnittet\n"
+"i GNU/Linux. Alla grafiska miljöer som följer med Mandriva Linux\n"
+"(KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker osv) är beroende av det\n"
+"för att fungera.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kommer att kunna välja ett antal parametrar för att få den optimala\n"
+"grafiska bilden: \n"
+"\n"
+"Grafikkort\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installationsprogrammet kommer vanligtvis automatiskt att\n"
+"känna av och konfigurera grafikkortet som är installerat på\n"
+"datorn. Om detta är inte fungerar så kan du välja ditt kort från\n"
+"en lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Om det finns flera servrar tillgängliga för ditt kort, med eller utan\n"
+"3D-acceleration, kommer du att ombedas välja den server som\n"
+"bäst passar dina behov.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Skärm\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installationsprogrammet kommer vanligtvis automatiskt att\n"
+"känna av och konfigurera vilken skärm som är kopplad till\n"
+"datorn. Om detta är inte fungerar så kan du välja din skärm från\n"
+"en lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Upplösning\n"
+"\n"
+"   Här kan du välja vilken upplösning och antal färger som din\n"
+"hårdvara ska använda. Välj den som bäst passar dina behov\n"
+"(du kan alltid ändra det när installationen är klar). Ett exempel\n"
+"av den valda konfigurationen visas i bildskärmen.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Testa\n"
+"\n"
+"   Beroende på vilken hårdvara du har kan detta val inte dyka upp.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Systemet kommer att försöka öppna en grafisk skärm med önskad\n"
+"upplösning. Om du kan se meddelandet under testet och svara \"%s\"\n"
+"kommer DrakX att gå vidare till nästa steg. Om du inte kan se\n"
+"meddelandet så betyder det att någonting var fel med den automatiska\n"
+"konfigureringen och testet kommer automatiskt att avslutas efter 12 "
+"sekunder\n"
+"och du kommer tillbaka till menyn. Ändra inställningarna tills du får en\n"
+"korrekt konfigurerad grafisk bild.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Alternativ\n"
+"\n"
+"Här kan du välja om du vill att datorn automatiskt ska starta ett grafiskt\n"
+"gränssnitt vid uppstart. Du bör kryssa för \"%s\" om din dator ska\n"
+"agera som server, eller om du inte lyckades med att konfigurera\n"
+"bilden."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Bildskärm\n"
+"\n"
+"   Installationsprogrammet kan vanligtvis automatiskt identifiera och\n"
+"konfigurera din bildskärm. Om så inte är fallet kan du från denna lista\n"
+"välja den bildskärm som faktiskt är ansluten till datorn."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Upplösning\n"
+"\n"
+"   Du kan här välja mellan de olika alternativ för upplösning och färgdjup\n"
+"som finns tillgängliga för din hårdvara. Välj det som bäst är anpassat för\n"
+"dina behov. (du kommer dock att ha möjlighet att ändra detta efter\n"
+"installationen). I bildskärmsbilen kan du se hur konfigurationen kommer att\n"
+"se ut. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Om det finns olika servrar tillgängliga för ditt kort, med eller\n"
+"utan 3D-acceleration, kommer du att få möjlighet att välja den server\n"
+"som bäst är anpassad för dina behov."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativ\n"
+"\n"
+"   Här kan du välja om du vill att din dator automatiskt ska starta\n"
+"ett grafiskt användargränssnitt vid uppstart. Du bör välja \"%s\" om\n"
+"din dator ska användas som server, eller om du inte lyckades att\n"
+"konfigurera bildskärmen korrekt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu måste du välja var på hårddisken du vill installera Mandriva\n"
+"Linux. Om den är tom eller om ett befintligt operativsystem använder\n"
+"allt tillgängligt utrymme behöver du partitionera den. Att partitionera en\n"
+"hårddisk går ut på att man delar upp den i logiska enheter för att skapa \n"
+"utrymmen åt det nya Mandriva Linux-systemet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Eftersom resultatet av en partitionering vanligtvis inte går att ångra\n"
+"kan partitionering kännas skrämmande om du är en ovan användare.\n"
+"Denna guide förenklar processen. Innan du börjar, titta i manualen\n"
+"och ta den tid du behöver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Beroende på hårddiskkonfigurationen är flera alternativ tillgängliga:\n"
+"\n"
+" \"%s\": detta leder till en automatisk\n"
+"partitionering av den tomma disken. Du kommer inte att få några fler\n"
+"frågor.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": guiden har hittat en eller flera\n"
+"Linux-partitioner på hårddisken. Om du vill använda dem, välj detta\n"
+"alternativ. Du uppmanas att välja monteringspunkterna som\n"
+"är associerade med varje partition. De gamla monteringspunkterna väljs\n"
+"som förval och vanligen bör du behålla dem.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Om Microsoft Windows\n"
+"är installerat på hårddisken och tar upp allt tillgängligt utrymme, måste\n"
+"du skapa ledigt utrymme för GNU/Linux. För att göra det kan du ta bort\n"
+"Microsoft Windows-partitionen och all data (se lösningen \"Radera hela\n"
+"hårddisken\") eller ändra storlek på Microsoft Windows-FAT partitionen.\n"
+"Ändring av storlek kan utföras utan att förlora data, under förutsättning\n"
+"att du nyligen defragmenterat Windows-partitionen och att den använder.\n"
+"formatet FAT. Du rekommenderas dock starkt att först säkerhetskopiera \n"
+"data från Windows-partitionen. Denna lösning rekommenderas om du vill\n"
+" använda både Mandriva Linux och Microsoft Windows på samma dator.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Innan du väljer denna lösning måste du vara införstådd med att\n"
+" storleken på Microsoft Windows-partitionen kommer att bli mindre\n"
+" än den är för närvarande. Det betyder att du kommer att ha mindre\n"
+" utrymme under Microsoft Windows för att lagra data eller installera\n"
+" ny mjukvara.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Om du vill ta bort alla data och alla\n"
+"partitioner som finns på hårddisken och ersätta dem med ditt nya\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-system, väljer du detta alternativ. Var försiktig med\n"
+"detta alternativ eftersom du kan inte ångra dig efteråt.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Om du väljer detta alternativ kommer alla data på disken att tas "
+"bort. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tar helt enkelt bort allt på disken och startar en\n"
+"fräsch partitionering från grunden. Alla data på disken kommer att tas\n"
+"bort.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !!Om du väljer detta alternativ kommer all data på disken att tas "
+"bort.!!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": välj detta alternativ om du vill partitionera\n"
+"hårddisken manuellt. Var försiktig - det är ett kraftfullt men farligt\n"
+"alternativ. Du kan väldigt enkelt förlora allt data. Därför, välj\n"
+"inte detta om du inte är helt säker på vad du gör. För att veta hur du ska\n"
+"använda DiskDrake-verktyget som används här, se kapitlet \"Managing Your\n"
+"Partitions\" i \"Starter Guide\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Använd existerande partition"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Radera hela hårddisken"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Installationen är nu färdig och GNU/Linux-systemet är klart\n"
+"att användas. Klicka på \"%s\" för att starta om systemet. Det\n"
+"första du bör se efter det att datorn har gjort hårdvarutesterna är\n"
+"startmenyn där du kan välja vilket operativsystem du vill starta.\n"
+"\n"
+"Knappen \"%s\" visar ytterligare två knappar som är till för att:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": för att skapa en\n"
+"installationsdiskett som automatiskt utför en hel installation utan\n"
+"hjälp av en operatör, liknande installationen du just utfört.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Observera att två olika alternativ finns tillgängliga när du klickar på\n"
+"knappen:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Det här är en delvis automatisk installation eftersom\n"
+"partitioneringssteget (och endast detta) fortfarande är interaktivt.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Helt automatisk installation: allt innehåll på\n"
+"hårddisken skrivs om och all data går förlorad.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Den här funktionen är väldigt praktisk om du ska installera ett större\n"
+"antal likande datorer. Se sektionen \"Auto install\" på vår hemsida.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): sparar föregående paketval.\n"
+"För att använda detta paketval vid en senare installation, sätt in \n"
+"disketten i diskettstationen. Vid prompten, tryck på \n"
+"[F1], och skriv >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< och tryck på [Enter] knappen.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Du behöver en FAT-formaterad diskett. För att skapa en under\n"
+"GNU/Linux, skriv \"mformat a:\", eller \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" följt av\n"
+" \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Generera automatisk installationsdiskett"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du önskar återanvända utrymmet på några gamla GNU/Linux\n"
+"partitioner kan du omformatera dem för att rensa dem på data. \n"
+"Om du vill göra det, välj de partitioner du vill formatera.\n"
+"\n"
+"Observera att det inte är nödvändigt att omformatera alla existerande\n"
+"partitioner. Du måste omformatera de partitioner som innehåller själva\n"
+"operativsystemet. (som t ex \"/\", \"/usr\" eller \"/var\") men du behöver\n"
+"inte formatera partitioner som innehåller data du vill behålla\n"
+"(vanligtvis /home).\n"
+"\n"
+"Var försiktig när du väljer partitioner, för efter formatering kommer all\n"
+"data på valda partitioner att vara raderat och du kommer inte att kunna \n"
+"återskapa någonting.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klicka på \"%s\" när du är redo att formatera partitionerna.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klicka på \"%s\" om du vill välja andra partitioner att installera ditt\n"
+"nya Mandriva Linux-system på.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klicka på \"%s\" för att välja på vilka partitioner du vill leta\n"
+"efter felaktiga block."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Sedan denna version av Mandriva Linux gavs ut är det troligt att\n"
+"några paket har uppdaterats. Fel kan ha rättats till och\n"
+"säkerhetsrelaterade problem kan ha lösts. För att du ska kunna ta\n"
+"del av dessa uppdateringar ges du nu möjligheten att ladda ner dem\n"
+"från Internet. Välj \"%s\" om du har en fungerande \n"
+"Internetuppkoppling, eller \"%s\" om du vill installera uppdaterade\n"
+" paket senare.\n"
+"\n"
+"När du väljer \"%s\" visas en lista på webplatser som det går att hämta\n"
+"paketen från. Du bör välja det som ligger närmast dig. Sedan visas en\n"
+"trädvy där det går att välja paket. Gå igenom valen och klicka sedan\n"
+"på \"%s\" för att hämta och installera valda paket, eller \"%s\" för att\n"
+" avbryta."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu är det dags att välja vilken säkerhetsnivå som ska tillämpas på\n"
+"datorn. En tumregel är säkerhetsnivån bör sättas högre om den \n"
+"kommer att innehålla viktig data eller om den kommer att vara \n"
+"tillgänglig från Internet. Det bör dock nämnas att nivån på säkerheten\n"
+"påverkar hur lättanvänd datorn blir.\n"
+"Om du inte är säker på vad du ska välja, behåll det förvalda alternativet.\n"
+"Du kan ändra det senare med draksec verktyget, vilket är en del av av\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Skriv in email adressen till personen som är ansvarig för säkerheten\n"
+"i \"%s\" fältet. Säkerhetsmeddelanden kommer att mailas till den\n"
+"adressen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Säkerhetsadministratör"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu måste du välja vilka partitioner som ska användas för installationen av\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-systemet. Om partitioner redan har definierats, antingen\n"
+"från en tidigare installation av GNU/Linux eller av ett annat\n"
+"partitionsverktyg, kan du använda dessa. Annars måste hårddiskpartitioner\n"
+"definieras.\n"
+"\n"
+"För att skapa partitioner måste du först välja en hårddisk. Du kan välja\n"
+"disken som ska partitioneras genom att klicka på \"hda\" för den första\n"
+"IDE-disken, \"hdb\" för den andra, \"sda\" för den första SCSI-disken\n"
+"och så vidare.\n"
+"\n"
+"För att partitionera den valda disken kan du använda dessa alternativ:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": det här alternativet tar bort alla partitioner på\n"
+"den valda hårddisken.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": det här alternativet låter dig automatiskt\n"
+"skapa Ext3- och växlingspartitioner på det lediga utrymmet på hårddisken.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ger tillgång till ytterligare funktioner:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" sparar partitionstabellen på diskett. Användbart för eventuell "
+"framtida återskapning av partitionstabell. Du rekommenderas\n"
+"att utföra detta steg.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tillåter återskapning av partitionstabell som sparats på "
+"diskett.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": om partitionstabellen är skadad, kan du\n"
+"försöka reparera den med detta alternativ. Var försiktig och ha i åtanke\n"
+"att det kan misslyckas.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bortser från alla ändringar och laddar din\n"
+"ursprungliga partitionstabell.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": avmarkering av detta\n"
+"alternativ tvingar användarna att manuellt montera och avmontera \n"
+"flyttbar media som disketter och cd-skivor.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": använd det här alternativet om du vill använda en guide för\n"
+"att partitionera hårddisken. Det rekommenderas om du inte har god kunskap\n"
+"om partitionering.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": välj detta för att ångra ändringarna.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tillåter ytterligare åtgärder för  partitionering\n"
+"(Typ, alternativ, format) och ger mer information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": när du har partitionerat klart hårddisken, kommer detta\n"
+"att spara ändringarna till disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"När du bestämmer storleken på en partition kan du finjustera storleken\n"
+"genom att använda piltangenterna på tangentbordet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Observera: du kan hoppa till vilket alternativ som helst med tangentbordet.\n"
+"Navigera genom partitionerna med tangenten tabb och upp- och nerpilarna.\n"
+"\n"
+"När en partition är vald kan du använda:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+c för att skapa en ny partition (när en tom partition är vald).\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+d för att ta bort en partition;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+m för att ange monteringspunkten.\n"
+"\n"
+"För att få information om de olika typerna av filsystem, läs kapitlet\n"
+"ext2FS i \"Reference Manual\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du installerar på en PPC-dator bör du skapa en en liten HFS-\n"
+"partition (\"bootstrap\") på åtminstone 1 MB. Den kommer att användas av\n"
+"starthanteraren Yaboot. Om du gör partitionen lite större, t ex 50 MB,\n"
+"har du ett bra ställe att lagra en reservkärna och ramdiskar för nödlägen."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automatisk montering av flyttningsbar media"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Byt mellan normal/expert läge"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Fler än en Microsoft Windows-partition har hittats på hårddisken.\n"
+"Välj vilken av dem du vill ändra storlek på för att kunna installera\n"
+"operativsystemet Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Varje partition listas som följer: \"Linux-namn\", \"Windows-namn\"\n"
+"\"Kapacitet\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux-namn\" är strukturerad på följande vis: \"hårddisktyp\", "
+"\"hårddisknummer\",\n"
+"\"partitionsnummer\" (till exempel, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hårddisktyp\" är \"hd\" om hårddisken är en IDE-hårddisk och\n"
+"\"sd\" om det är en SCSI-hårddisk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hårddisknummer\" är alltid en bokstav efter \"hd\" eller \"sd\". Med IDE-\n"
+"hårddiskar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" betyder \"master-hårddisk på den primära IDE-kontrollern\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" betyder \"slavhårddisk på den primära IDE-kontrollern\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" betyder \"master-hårddisk på den sekundära IDE-kontrollern\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" betyder \"slavhårddisk på den sekundära IDE-kontrollern\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Med SCSI-hårddiskar, betyder \"a\" \"lägsta SCSI-ID\", ett \"b\" betyder\n"
+"\"andra lägsta SCSI-ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows-namn\" är bokstaven på hårddisken under Windows (den första\n"
+"disken eller partitionen kallas \"C:\"). "
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+" * \"%s\": kontrollera valet av land. Om du inte finns i detta land,\n"
+"klicka på knappen \"%s\" och välj ett annat. Om ditt land\n"
+"inte finns i den första listan som visas, klicka på \"%s\" för att få\n"
+"den fullständiga listan på länder."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta steg startas endast om en gammal GNU/Linux-partition har hittats\n"
+"på datorn.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX behöver veta om du önskar starta en ny installation eller uppdatera\n"
+"ett redan existerande Mandriva Linux-system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Detta raderar oftast helt det gamla systemet. Om du vill ändra\n"
+"hur hårddiskarna är partitionerade eller ändra filsystemet ska du använda\n"
+"detta alternativ. Beroende på hur du har valt att partitionera är det "
+"möjligt\n"
+"att förhindra viss data från att skrivas över (förslagsvis innehållet i \n"
+"\"home\" katalogen).\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" detta installationsalternativ uppdaterar de paket som är "
+"installerade\n"
+"på ditt Mandriva Linux-system. Dina nuvarande partitioner och dina\n"
+"användares data kommer inte att förändras. De flesta installationssteg\n"
+"kommer att vara tillgängliga precis som på en vanlig installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Uppdateringsalternativet bör fungera utmärkt på Mandriva Linux-system\n"
+"som är version \"8.1\" eller senare. Att göra en uppdatering av tidigare\n"
+"versioner än \"8.1\" rekommenderas ej."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"I de flesta fall väljer DrakX rätt tangentbord åt dig (beroende på vilket\n"
+"språk du har valt) och det hela sker automatiskt.  Kontrollera att \n"
+"det förvalda tangentbordet passar dig eller välj ett annat tangentbord.\n"
+"\n"
+"Det kan även hända\n"
+"att du har ett tangentbord som inte helt motsvarar ditt språk: om du\n"
+"till exempel är en engelsktalande schweizare kanske du ändå vill att\n"
+"ditt tangentbord är schweiziskt. Eller om du talar engelska och bor i\n"
+"Quebec kan du befinna dig i en liknande situation. I båda fallen behöver\n"
+"du gå tillbaka till detta installationssteg och välja önskat tangentbord\n"
+"ur listan.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klicka på \"%s\" för en komplett lista över tillgängliga tangentbord.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du väljer en tangentbordslayout som inte är baserad på ett icke-latinskt\n"
+"alfabet kommer du i nästa dialogruta uppmanas att välja snabbtangenterna \n"
+"som ska användas för att byta mellan den latinska layouten och \n"
+"den icke-latinska."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Första steget är att välja språk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Det språk du väljer kommer att påverka språket i dokumentationen, "
+"installationsprogrammet och systemet i allmänhet. Välj först den region du "
+"bor i och sedan det språk som du talar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du klickar på %s kan du välja andra språk som du vill\n"
+"ha installerade på datorn. Genom att välja andra språk så kommer\n"
+"språkspecifika filer för systemdokumentation och program att installeras.\n"
+"Om du till exempel får besök av personer från Spanien som behöver använda\n"
+"datorn, välj ditt eget språk som huvudspråket i trädvyn och under den\n"
+"avancerade sektionen klicka på den ruta som motsvarar\n"
+"\"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Beträffande UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd: Unicode är en internationell\n"
+"standard för teckenkoder som har som mål att täcka alla\n"
+"existerande språk. Unicode i GNU/Linux fungerar, men\n"
+"är fortfarande under utveckling. Användandet av Unicode \n"
+"kommer därför att vara beroende på vilka språk du väljer.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Om du väljer ett språk med starkt stöd för äldre teckenkoder \n"
+"(latin1 språk, ryska, japanska, kinesiska, koreanska, thailändska, \n"
+"grekiska, turkiska, de flesta iso8859-2 språk) så kommer\n"
+"den äldre teckenkoden att väljas som standard. \n"
+"\n"
+" * Alla andra språk kommer att få Unicode som standard.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Om två eller flera språk har valts och dessa språk använder\n"
+"olika teckenkoder så kommer Unicode att väljas som standard \n"
+"för hela systemet.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Slutligen kan användaren tvinga hela systemet att använda\n"
+"Unicode oberoende av vilka språk som har valts genom att välja \n"
+"alternativet \"%s\" .\n"
+"\n"
+"Observera att flera språk kan installeras. Du kan till och med installera \n"
+"dem alla genom att välja \"%s\". Om du väljer stöd för ett språk\n"
+"betyder det att översättningar, teckensnitt, stavningskontroll etc. för \n"
+"språket kommer att installeras. \n"
+"För att välja mellan de olika språken installerade på systemet kan du\n"
+"starta kommandot \"localedrake\" som root för att ändra språket\n"
+"för hela systemet. Kör du kommandot som en vanlig användare kommer\n"
+"du att ändra språket för bara den användaren."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spanska"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX identifierar vanligen hur många knappar din mus har. Om inte\n"
+"antar den att du har en mus med två knappar och kommer att ställa in\n"
+"den för knapp 3-emulering. Den tredje knappen på en två-knappars\n"
+"mus kan användas genom att trycka på vänstra och högra\n"
+"musknappen samtidigt . DrakX kommer automatiskt att veta\n"
+"om musen är av typ PS/2, seriell eller USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du har en mus med tre knappar utan hjul kan du välj en \"%s\"\n"
+"mus. DrakX kommer då ställa in den så du kan simulera ett hjul\n"
+"med den. Tryck in mittenknappen och rör muspekaren upp eller\n"
+"ner för att simulera användandet av ett mushjul.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du vill specificera en annan mustyp välj då den i listan\n"
+"som visas.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan välja \"%s\" för att specifiera en \"generisk\" mustyp som\n"
+"kommer att fungera med nästan alla olika möss.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du väljer en annan mus än den förvalda kommer en testskärm att\n"
+"visas. Använd musknapparna och hjulet för att verifiera att inställningarna\n"
+"är korrekt. Om musen inte fungerar ordentligt tryck på mellanslag eller\n"
+"Enter för att avbryta och välja igen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ibland identifieras inte hjulmöss automatiskt. Du måste manuellt välja\n"
+"korrekt mus i listan. Se till så att du väljer den som motsvarar porten den\n"
+"är ansluten till. När du valt en mus och har klickat \"%s\" kommer en \n"
+"musbild att visas. Du måste då röra på hjulet för att aktivera det, och\n"
+"du kommer se mushjulet på skärmen röra sig. \n"
+"Testa sedan att alla knappar och musrörelsen fungerar korrekt, muspekaren\n"
+"skall röra sig på skärmen om allt fungerar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "med hjulemulering"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Valfri PS/2- eller USB-mus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj den korrekta porten. Exempel: porten som kallas \"COM1\" i\n"
+"Windows heter \"ttyS0\" i GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här är det viktigaste steget för säkerheten i ditt GNU/Linux-system:\n"
+"du ska ange \"root\"-lösenordet. \"root\" är systemets administratör och\n"
+"den enda som har behörighet att göra uppdateringar, lägga till användare,\n"
+"ändra på systemets övergripande konfiguration, osv. Kort sagt, \"root\" kan\n"
+"göra allt. Därför måste du välja ett lösenord som är svårt att lista ut.\n"
+"DrakX talar om för dig om du väljer ett lösenord som är för lätt. Som du\n"
+"ser har du möjlighet att inte ange något lösenord alls, men vi avråder från\n"
+"det. Det är lika lätt att begå misstag i GNU/Linux som i andra "
+"operativsystem.\n"
+"Eftersom \"root\" kan gå förbi alla begränsningar och oavsiktligt radera\n"
+"alla data på partitioner genom att vara oförsiktig är det viktigt att det "
+"är\n"
+"svårt att bli \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Lösenordet bör vara en blandning av numeriska tecken och bokstäver och\n"
+"minst åtta tecken långt. Skriv aldrig ner \"root\"-lösenordet - det\n"
+"ökar risken för ett intrång i systemet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Gör dock inte lösenordet för långt och komplicerat, för du måste\n"
+"kunna komma ihåg det utan allt för mycket besvär.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lösenordet visas inte på skärmen när du skriver in det. Det är därför\n"
+"du får skriva det två gånger, för att undvika att du skriver fel. Om du\n"
+"gör samma skrivfel två gånger måste du använda detta \"felaktiga\"\n"
+"lösenord första gången du loggar in.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tänk på att om du byter språk för tangentbordsinställningar efter att du\n"
+"har skrivit in ditt lösenord så kommer kanske vissa bokstäver eller\n"
+"specialtecken att tolkas annorlunda fast du trycker på exakt samma\n"
+"tangent som tidigare. Detta kan göra det svårt att skriva in lösenordet\n"
+"korrekt eftersom det inte visas på skärmen medan du skriver. Det kan\n"
+"därför vara en god ide att undvika att använda specialtecken i ditt\n"
+"lösenord.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du önskar att tillgången till denna dator ska kontrolleras av en\n"
+"autentiseringsserver, klicka på knappen \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Om ditt nätverk använder LDAP, NIS eller en Windows PDC för autentisering,\n"
+"välj motsvarande för \"%s\". Om du är osäker, fråga\n"
+"din nätverksadministratör.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du har problem med att komma ihåg lösenord kan du välja att ha\n"
+"\"%s\", om din dator inte kommer att vara uppkopplad mot\n"
+"Internet och du litar på alla som har tillgång till den."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "autentisering"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO och grub är starthanterare, små program som körs av din dator\n"
+"vid uppstart. De ansvarar för att starta systemet och ladda ett valfritt\n"
+"operativsystem. Detta steg är vanligtvis\n"
+"helt automatiserat. DrakX kommer att analysera diskens startsektor\n"
+"och agera efter vad den hittar där:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Om en Windows-startsektor hittas kommer den att ersättas med en\n"
+"Grub/Lilo-startsektor. Du kommer då varje gång du startar datorn att\n"
+"kunna välja att ladda antingen GNU/Linux eller andra operativsystem.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Om en Grub- eller Lilo-startsektor hittas kommer den att ersättas\n"
+"med en ny.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om den inte kan avgöra lämplig åtgärd kommer DrakX att fråga dig\n"
+"var starthanteraren ska placeras. Generellt är \"%s\" det säkraste\n"
+"valet. Om du väljer \"%s\" kommer ingen starthanterare att\n"
+"installeras. Välj endast detta om du är en erfaren användare som\n"
+"vet vad det innebär."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Här väljer du vilket skrivarsystem du ska använda. Andra operativsystem\n"
+"erbjuder dig kanske bara ett, men Mandriva erbjuder dig två.\n"
+"Vilket skrivarsystem som är lämpligast är beroende på vilken \n"
+"systemkonfiguration du har.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - vilket betyder \"print, do not queue\" (skriv direkt utan att \n"
+"använda köer), är det du ska välja om\n"
+"du har en direkt anslutning till din skrivare och vill ha möjligheten att\n"
+"stoppa utskrifter, och om du inte har några nätverksskrivare. \"%s\" "
+"hanterar\n"
+"bara enkla nätverksfall och är ganska långsamt över nätverk. Välj\n"
+"\"pdq\" om GNU/Linux är nytt för dig.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - ``Common Unix Printing System\" är mycket bra på att skriva\n"
+"ut både till lokala skrivare eller till skrivare som kan vara placerade \n"
+"på andra sidan jorden. Det är enkelt att anpassa och kan\n"
+"agera som en server eller klient för det gamla skrivarsystemet \"lpd\", det\n"
+"är alltså kompatibelt med gamla skrivarsystem. Det är mycket kraftfullt,\n"
+"men den grundläggande installationen är nästan lika enkel som med \"pdq\".\n"
+"Om du ska använda emulera en \"lpd\"-server måste du aktivera\n"
+"demonen \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\" har grafiska gränssnitt för utskrift, för olika "
+"utskriftsalternativ, och för att styra skrivare.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du gör ett val nu och senare kommer fram till att du inte gillar\n"
+"skrivarsystemet kan du alltid ändra dig efter installationen genom att\n"
+"använda PrinterdDrake i Mandrivas kontrollcentral, och där klicka på\n"
+"knappen \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Expert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX letar nu efter IDE-enheter i datorn. DrakX kommer också att\n"
+"leta efter PCI SCSI-kort på systemet. Om DrakX hittar ett SCSI-kort\n"
+"och känner till rätt drivrutin, kommer kortet att installeras automatiskt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Eftersom hårdvaruidentifieringen inte alltid hittar all hårdvara, kan du\n"
+"bli tvungen att ange din hårdvara för hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om du blir tvungen att manuellt specificera kortet kommer DrakX att\n"
+"fråga om du vill ange alternativ för det. Du bör tillåta DrakX att själv\n"
+"undersöka hårdvaran efter alternativ. Detta fungerar oftast bra.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om DrakX inte klarar av att undersöka hårdvaran kommer du att \n"
+"behöva konfigurera drivrutinen manuellt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": om ett ljudkort identifierats i datorn visas det här.\n"
+"Om du märker att det ljudkort som visas inte är det samma som finns\n"
+"i din dator så kan du klicka på knappen för att välja en annan drivrutin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"För att möjliggöra en förhandsgranskning, så presenterar DrakX en\n"
+"sammanfattning av ditt system. Beroende på vilken hårdvara du har \n"
+"installerad så kan du ha några eller alla av de följande kategorierna.\n"
+"Varje kategori består av vad som konfigurerats, följt av en enkel\n"
+"sammanfattning av aktuell konfigurering.\n"
+"Klicka på motsvarande \"%s\"-knapp för att ändra konfigureringen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kontrollera aktuella tangentbordsinställning och ändra om\n"
+"så önskas.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kontrollera förvalt land. Om du inte bor i detta land, välj \n"
+"knappen \"%s\" och ändra. Om ditt land inte finns med i den första\n"
+"listan som visas, klicka på knappen \"%s\" för att få en fullständig lista\n"
+"över länder.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": DrakX väljer automatiskt en tidszon baserat på vilket land\n"
+"du har valt. Om detta val inte är korrekt kan du korrigera det genom\n"
+"att klicka på knappen \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kontrollera aktuell muskonfiguration och klicka på knappen för\n"
+"att ändra den om så önskas.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Genom att klicka på knappen \"%s\" så öppnas guiden för\n"
+"konfigurering av skrivare. Läs i motsvarande kapitel i \"Starter Guide\"\n"
+"för mer information om hur man konfigurerar en ny skrivare. Gränssnittet\n"
+"som används liknar det som användes under själva installationen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": om ett ljudkort hittats på ditt system så visas det här. Om du\n"
+"upptäcker att ljudkortet som visas inte stämmer överens med det som\n"
+"i själva verket finns på din dator så kan du klicka på knappen och\n"
+"välja en ny drivrutin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": om ett TV-kort hittats på systemet så visas det här. \n"
+"Om du har ett TV-kort och det inte har hittats, klicka på \"%s\" för\n"
+"att försöka konfigurera det manuellt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": du kan klicka på \"%s\" för att ändra parametrar till\n"
+"kortet om det inte är korrekt inställt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": DrakX ställer som förval in ditt grafiska gränssnitt till "
+"upplösningen \"800x600\" eller \"1024x768\". Om detta inte passar dig, \n"
+"klicka på \"%s\" för att ändra inställningarna. \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": konfigurera din anslutning till Internet eller ett\n"
+"lokalt nätverk. Använd eventuell tryckt dokumentation eller använd\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center efter installationen har slutförts för att\n"
+"få tillgång till dokumentation och hjälp med inställningar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" ställa in HTTP- och FTP-proxy inställingar om din\n"
+"dator använder sig av en proxyserver för att nå nätet.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": omdefiniera säkerhetsnivån som\n"
+"valdes i ett tidigare steg av installationen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": om du tänker koppla upp din dator till Internet så är\n"
+"det en god ide att skydda dig från intrång genom att konfigurera\n"
+"en brandvägg. Läs i motsvarande kapitel av \"Starter Guide\" för\n"
+"mer detaljerad beskrivning av konfigurering av brandväggar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" ändra konfigurationen av din starthanterare.\n"
+" Detta bör endast göras av erfarna användare. \n"
+"Använd tryckt dokumentation eller den inbyggda hjälpen i Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center för konfiguration av starthanterare\n"
+".\n"
+" * \"%s\": här kan du ställa in i detalj vilka tjänster som körs på din\n"
+"dator. Om du tänker använda din dator som server är det en god ide att\n"
+"se över dessa inställningar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN-kort"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafiskt gränssnitt"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Välj vilken hårddisk du vill radera för att kunna installera din nya\n"
+"Mandriva Linux-partition. Var försiktig, alla data som för tillfället\n"
+"finns på partitionen kommer att gå förlorad och kommer inte att kunna \n"
+"återställas!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på \"%s\" om du vill ta bort alla data och alla partitioner som\n"
+"finns på denna hårddisk. Var försiktig, efter det att du klickat på \"%s\" \n"
+"kommer du inte att kunna återställa någon data eller några partitioner på\n"
+"denna hårddisk, inkluderande Windows-data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klicka på \"%s\" för att avbryta denna operation utan att förlora \n"
+"någon data eller några partitioner på denna hårddisk."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Nästa ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Föregående"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ta.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ta.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..582b2dfed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ta.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1590 @@
+# Drak X
+# Copyright (C) 2002 Mandriva
+#
+# NOTE: use UTF-8 only
+#
+# prabu <prabu_anand2000@yahoo.com>, 2002.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX 1.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-09-06 00:35+0800\n"
+"Last-Translator: prabu anand <prabu_anand2000@yahoo.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Tamil <tamilinix@yahoogroups.com>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 0.9.6\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை. Before continuing, you should read carefully "
+"the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the whole Mandriva Linux distribution, and if you do not agree with\n"
+"all the terms in it, click on the \"Refuse\" button which will immediately\n"
+"terminate the installation. To continue with the installation, click on the\n"
+"\"Accept\" button."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை.GNU/Linux is a multiuser system, and this "
+"means that each user can have his\n"
+"own preferences, his own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide''\n"
+"to learn more. But unlike \"root\", which is the administrator, the users\n"
+"you will add here will not be entitled to change anything except their own\n"
+"files and their own configuration. You will have to create at least one\n"
+"regular user for yourself. That account is where you should log in for\n"
+"routine use. Although it is very practical to log in as \"root\" everyday,\n"
+"it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake could mean that your\n"
+"system would not work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a regular\n"
+"user, you may only lose some information, but not the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course -\n"
+"as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the first\n"
+"word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User\n"
+"name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the\n"
+"system. You can change it. You then have to enter a password here. A\n"
+"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as \"root\"' one\n"
+"from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it: after\n"
+"all, your files are at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you click on \"Accept user\", you can then add as many as you want. Add\n"
+"a user for each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for\n"
+"example. When you finish adding all the users you want, select \"Done\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n"
+"for that user (bash by default)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "நீங்கள் இந்த வசதியை பயன்படுத்த விரும்புகிறீர்களா?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை.Listed above are the existing Linux partitions "
+"detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common\n"
+"installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a root\n"
+"partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not be\n"
+"able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a partition for \"/home\"\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை.The Mandriva Linux installation is spread out "
+"over several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n"
+"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM and will eject the\n"
+"current CD and ask you to insert a different one as required"
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை.It is now time to specify which programs you "
+"wish to install on your\n"
+"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and\n"
+"you are not supposed to know them all by heart.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are performing a standard installation from a CD-ROM, you will first\n"
+"be asked to specify the CDs you currently have (in Expert mode only). Check\n"
+"the CD labels and highlight the boxes corresponding to the CDs you have\n"
+"available for installation. Click \"OK\" when you are ready to continue.\n"
+"\n"
+"Packages are sorted in groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
+"machine. The groups themselves are sorted into four sections:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n"
+"select one or more of the corresponding groups;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Development\": if your machine is to be used for programming, choose\n"
+"the desired group(s);\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, you will be able\n"
+"to select which of the most common services you wish to install on your\n"
+"machine;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Graphical Environment\": finally, this is where you will choose your\n"
+"preferred graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want\n"
+"to have a graphical workstation!\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group. If you deselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
+"installation (by opposition to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
+"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"With X\": install the fewer packages possible to have a working\n"
+"graphical desktop;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n"
+"utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n"
+"setting up a server;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the strict minimum necessary to\n"
+"get a working Linux system, in command line only. This installation is\n"
+"about 65Mb large.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n"
+"you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n"
+"total control over what will be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n"
+"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
+"updating an existing system."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "ேமம்படுத்துதல்"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "உதவி நூல்களுடன் (குறைந்தபட்சம் இது தேவை!)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "குறைந்தபட்ச நிறுவல்"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை.Finally, depending on whether or not you "
+"selected individual packages, you\n"
+"will be presented a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
+"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
+"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
+"right. When your selection is finished, click the \"Install\" button which\n"
+"will then launch the installation process. Depending on the speed of your\n"
+"hardware and the number of packages that need to be installed, it may take\n"
+"a while to complete the process. An estimate of the time it will take to\n"
+"install everything is displayed on the screen, to help you gauge if there\n"
+"is sufficient time to enjoy a cup of coffee.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either intentionally or because\n"
+"it was part of a whole group, you will be asked to confirm that you really\n"
+"want those servers to be installed. Under Mandriva Linux, any installed\n"
+"servers are started by default at boot time. Even if they are safe and have\n"
+"no known issues at the time the distribution was shipped, it may happen\n"
+"that security holes are discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
+"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes\" will\n"
+"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
+"default. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option simply disables the warning dialog\n"
+"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package. This\n"
+"occurs because it has determined that it needs to satisfy a dependency with\n"
+"another package in order to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows to load the\n"
+"package list chosen during a previous installation. Clicking on this icon\n"
+"will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to create such\n"
+"a floppy."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை.You may now choose which services you wish to "
+"start at boot time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Here are presented all the services available with the current\n"
+"installation. Review them carefully and uncheck those which are not always\n"
+"needed at boot time.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can get a short explanatory text about a service by selecting a\n"
+"specific service. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful\n"
+"or not, it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you will probably not want to start any services which you do not\n"
+"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
+"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை.GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean "
+"Time) and translates it in\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible\n"
+"to deactivate this by deselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n"
+"hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the\n"
+"machine is hosting another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"Automatic time synchronization\" option will automatically regulate\n"
+"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. In the\n"
+"list that is presented, choose a server located near you. Of course you\n"
+"must have a working Internet connection for this feature to work. It will\n"
+"actually install on your machine a time server which can be optionally used\n"
+"by other machines on your local network."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "தானியங்கி நேர ஒத்தியக்கி(NTP உதவியுடன்)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்ைல.Finally, you will be asked whether you want to "
+"see the graphical interface\n"
+"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n"
+"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n"
+"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n"
+"configured."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "இருக்கும் வகிர்களை பயன்படுத்துங்கள்"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "முழு வட்ைடயும் அழித்து விடு"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை.There you are. Installation is now complete "
+"and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to use. Just click \"OK\" to reboot the system. You can start\n"
+"GNU/Linux or Windows, whichever you prefer (if you are dual-booting), as\n"
+"soon as the computer has booted up again.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n"
+"which will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of\n"
+"an operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation as the\n"
+"partitioning step (and only this one) remains interactive;\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n"
+"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing a great number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves the package selection as done\n"
+"previously. Then, when doing another installation, insert the floppy inside\n"
+"the drive and run the installation going to the help screen by pressing on\n"
+"the [F1] key, and by issuing >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\")"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "தானியங்கி நிறுவல்வட்ைட உருவாக்கவும்"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை.Any partitions that have been newly defined "
+"must be formatted for use\n"
+"(formatting means creating a filesystem).\n"
+"\n"
+"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
+"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
+"partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
+"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
+"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
+"any of it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n"
+"for bad blocks on the disk."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"உங்கள் மான்டிரேக் லினக்ஸ் இயக்க நிரல் வெளியீட்டிற்கும் \n"
+"இன்றைய தினத்திற்கும் இடையில் நிறைய புதிய பொதிகள் வெளிவந்து\n"
+"இருக்கலாம். இவை உங்கள் கணிணியில் நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ள பொதிகளின்\n"
+"பாதுகாப்பு குறைபாடுகளையும், பிழைகளையும் நீக்க இவை தேவைப்படலாம்\n"
+"இவை இணையத்தில் தரவு இறக்கம் செய்ய வேண்டும். இப்போது இணையத்துடன் \n"
+"இணைப்பு இருந்தால் நீங்கள் இவற்றை இறக்கி நிறுவலாம். நீங்கள் தொலைபேசி\n"
+"முலம் இணைந்திருந்தால் இதற்கு நீண்ட நேரம் ஆகலாம்\n"
+"பொதிகளை நிறுவ \"ஆம்\" எனவும், நிறுவ விருப்பம் இல்லையென்றால்  \"இல்லை\" \n"
+"எனவும் தேர்வு செய்யவும்.\n"
+"\n"
+"பொதிகளை நிறுவ \"ஆம்\" என தேர்வு செய்தால் உங்களுக்கு பல இணையதளங்களின்\n"
+"முகவரி காட்டப்படும். உங்களுக்கு அருகில் உள்ள தளத்திலிருந்து இறக்க அதனை\n"
+"தேர்வு செய்யவும். பின் \"நிறுவு\" என்றால் பொதிகள் நிறுவப்படும். இல்லையென்றால்\n"
+"\"நீக்கு\" எனச் சொல்லி வெளியேறவும்"
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை.At this point, it is time to choose the "
+"security level desired for the\n"
+"machine. As a rule of thumb, the more exposed the machine is, and the more\n"
+"the data stored in it is crucial, the higher the security level should be.\n"
+"However, a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of\n"
+"easiness of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual''\n"
+"to get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option"
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "பாதுகாப்பு மேலாளர்(பெயர் அல்லது மின்னஞ்சல் முகவரி)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை.At this point, you need to choose which "
+"partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n"
+"drive;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create \"Ext2\"\n"
+"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"More\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy.\n"
+"Useful for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly\n"
+"recommended to perform this step;\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n"
+"partition table from floppy disk;\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you\n"
+"can try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember\n"
+"that it can fail;\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your\n"
+"initial partition table;\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n"
+"users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n"
+"CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n"
+"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good knowledge of\n"
+"partitioning;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n"
+"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected);\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point.\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2fs chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "கழற்று ஊடகங்கள் தானேற்றம்"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "சாதாரனர் முறைமைக்கு மாறு"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்ைல.More than one Microsoft partition has been "
+"detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Normally, DrakX selects the right keyboard for you (depending on the\n"
+"language you have chosen) and you will not even see this step. However, you\n"
+"might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n"
+"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may still want\n"
+"your keyboard to be a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are\n"
+"located in Quebec, you may find yourself in the same situation. In both\n"
+"cases, you will have to go back to this installation step and select an\n"
+"appropriate keyboard from the list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"More\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
+"supported keyboards.உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other\n"
+"languages to be installed on your workstation. Selecting other languages\n"
+"will install the language-specific files for system documentation and\n"
+"applications. For example, if you will host users from Spain on your\n"
+"machine, select English as the main language in the tree view and in the\n"
+"Advanced section click on the box corresponding to \"Spanish|Spain\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that multiple languages may be installed. Once you have selected any\n"
+"additional locales, click the \"OK\" button to continue.உதவி இன்னமும் "
+"மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX generally detects the number of buttons your mouse has. If not, it\n"
+"assumes you have a two-button mouse and will set it up for third-button\n"
+"emulation. DrakX will automatically know whether it is a PS/2, serial or\n"
+"USB mouse.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you wish to specify a different type of mouse select the appropriate\n"
+"type from the provided list.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct. If the mouse is not working well, press the space bar or [Return]\n"
+"to \"Cancel\" and choose again.உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "பொத்தான் போன்மி"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்ைல.Please select the correct port. For example, "
+"the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux.. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை. This is the most crucial decision point for "
+"the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
+"guess - DrakX will tell you if it is too easy. As you can see, you can\n"
+"choose not to enter a password, but we strongly advise you against this if\n"
+"only for one reason: do not think that because you booted GNU/Linux that\n"
+"your other operating systems are safe from mistakes. Since \"root\" can\n"
+"overcome all limitations and unintentionally erase all data on partitions\n"
+"by carelessly accessing the partitions themselves, it is important for it\n"
+"to be difficult to become \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password - it makes it too\n"
+"easy to compromise a system.\n"
+"\n"
+"However, please do not make the password too long or complicated because\n"
+"you must be able to remember it without too much effort.\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. Hence, you\n"
+"will have to type the password twice to reduce the chance of a typing\n"
+"error. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n"
+"\n"
+"In Expert mode, you will be asked if you will be connecting to an\n"
+"authentication server, like NIS or LDAP.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses the LDAP (or NIS) protocol for authentication, select\n"
+"\"LDAP\" (or \"NIS\") as authentication. If you do not know, ask your\n"
+"network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your computer is not connected to any administrated network, you will\n"
+"want to choose \"Local files\" for authentication."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "நல்குாிமை"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "நிபுணர்"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை. DrakX now detects any IDE device present in "
+"your computer. It will also\n"
+"scan for one or more PCI SCSI card(s) on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection does not always detect a piece of hardware,\n"
+"DrakX will ask you to confirm if a PCI SCSI card is present. Click \"Yes\"\n"
+"if you know that there is a SCSI card installed in your machine. You will\n"
+"be presented a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you have\n"
+"no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of hardware\n"
+"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and clicking\n"
+"\"OK\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"OK\" button to\n"
+"return to the SCSI interface question.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have to manually specify your adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to\n"
+"specify options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the hardware for\n"
+"the card-specific options which the hardware needs to initialize. This\n"
+"usually works well.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options which need to be passed, you\n"
+"will need to provide options to the driver manually. Please review the\n"
+"``User Guide'' (chapter 3, in the ``Collecting Information on Your\n"
+"Hardware'' section) for hints on retrieving the parameters required from\n"
+"hardware documentation, from the manufacturer's web site (if you have\n"
+"Internet access) or from Microsoft Windows (if you used this hardware with\n"
+"Windows on your system)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN அட்ைட"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "வரைவியல்வழி"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"உங்கள் கணினியில் மாண்ட்ேரக் லினக்ஸ் இயக்க அமைப்ேபா மட்டும்\n"
+"இயக்க முடிவெடுத்தால் இவ்வுகப்பத்ைதத் தேர்ந்ெதடுக்கவும். இதனால்\n"
+"உங்களின் வன்வட்டு முழுவதுமுள்ள தரவுகள், வகிர்வுகள் எல்லாம்\n"
+"அழிந்துவிடும். அவைகளைத் திரும்பிப் பெற இயலாது. ஆகவே,\n"
+"எச்சரிக்ைகயாகச் செயல்பட வேண்டும்."
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"உதவி இன்னமும் மொழிபெயர்கப்படவில்லை. Click on \"OK\" if you want to delete all "
+"data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"Cancel\" to cancel this operation without losing any data and\n"
+"partitions present on this hard drive."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "அடுத்து ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- முன்னது"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/tg.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/tg.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf95ce1cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/tg.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1997 @@
+# translation of DrakX-tg.po to Tajik
+# translation of DrakX-tg.po to Тоҷикӣ
+# Copyright (C) 2001,2002,2003,2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# 2004, infoDev, a World Bank organization
+# 2004, Khujand Computer Technologies, Inc.
+# 2004, KCT1, NGO
+# 2005, Youth Opportunities, NGO
+# Abrorova Hiromon, 2004
+# Roger Kovacs <rkovacs@khujand.org>, 2003.
+# Dilshod Marupov <dma165@hotmail.com>, 2003, 2004.
+# Murod Marupov <abdullovich@khujand.org>, 2004.
+# Bahromhon Bobojonov <bahrambabajanov@hotmail.com>, 2004.
+# Victor Ibragimov <youth_opportunities@tajikngo.org>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-tg\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-17 16:03+0500\n"
+"Last-Translator: Victor Ibragimov <youth_opportunities@tajikngo.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Tajik\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Пеш аз давомдиҳӣ шумо бояд шартҳои литсензияро бо диққат хонед. Он\n"
+"ба ҳамаи тақсимоти  Mandriva Linux паҳн гардидааст. Агар шумо ба\n"
+"ҳамаи шартҳои литсензия розӣ бошед, пункти \"%s\"-ро қайд кунед. Агар розӣ\n"
+"набошед, танҳо \"%s\" компютери худро хомӯш созед."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux ин системаи бисёркорванда мебошад, ки ин маънои онро\n"
+"дорад, ки ҳар як корванд имтиёзҳои шахсӣ, файлҳои шахсӣ ва ғайраро дорад. "
+"Барои маълумоти муфассал ``Муҳофизати Оғози''-ро хонед.\n"
+"Лекин бо фарқият аз \"реша\", ки идоракунандаи системавӣ мебошад,\n"
+"корвандоне, ки шумо онҳоро дар ин ҷо илова мекунед, ҳуқуқи иваз\n"
+"кардани ҳеҷ чизро ба ғайр аз файлҳои шахсӣ ва батанзимдарории шахсии худ,\n"
+"надоранд. Барои системаро аз тағиротҳои нохост ва\n"
+"қасди бад, ки ба система асар мерасонанд, муҳофизат карданд.\n"
+"Шумо бояд аққалан як корванди доимиро барои худ офаред -- ин\n"
+"ҳисобе, ки шумо бояд барои воридшавӣ ва истифодаи ҳаррӯза\n"
+"истифода баред. Ба он нигоҳ накарда, ки ҳамчун \"реша\" ворид\n"
+"шудан барои ҳама чиз ва ҳама корро кардан хеле хавфнок бошад!\n"
+"Хатогии хеле оддӣ ба он оварда мерасонад, ки системаи шумо\n"
+"дигар тамоман кор намекунад. Ва агар ки шумо хатогии ҷиддиро ҳамчун корванд\n"
+"содир кунед пас танҳо як қисми ахборотро аз\n"
+"даст медиҳед, на ҳамаи системаро.\n"
+"\n"
+"Майдони аввал аз шумо номи ҳақиқиро пурсон мешавад. Албатта ин\n"
+"ҳатмӣ нест -- зеро ки шумо чизе ки хоҳед ворид карда метавонед.\n"
+"DrakX якум калимаи чопкардаатонро, ки шаклбандӣ намудед дар ин\n"
+"майдон истифода мебарад ва онро ба майдони \"%s\" нусха мебардорад, ки ин\n"
+"номро корванди алоҳида барои воридшавии система истифода\n"
+"мебарад. Қадами оянда ин вориди гузарвожа мебошад. Аз ҷиҳати\n"
+"бехатарӣ гузарвожаи корванди беимтиёздор (одатӣ) он қадар ҳам\n"
+"назар ба гузарвожаи \"решагӣ\" муҳим нест, лекин ин баҳона не, ки\n"
+"шумо ба он аҳамият надиҳед, ба ҳар ҳол шумо файлҳои худро ба\n"
+"хатар мегузоред.\n"
+"\n"
+"Бо ангуштзанӣ ба \"%s\" шумо дигар корвандро илова карда метавонед.\n"
+"Барои ҳар як дӯсти худ корвандро илова кунед, масалан: падар ё хоҳари\n"
+"худро. Баъди хатмкунии ҳамроҳсозии корвандон ба \"%s\" ангушт\n"
+"занед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пахшкунии тугмаи \"%s\" ба шумо имконияти ивазкунии \"пардозандаи фармонҳо\"-"
+"ро бо нобаёнӣ барои ин корванд медиҳад,\n"
+"(бо нобаёнӣ ин bash аст).\n"
+"\n"
+"Пас аз он, ки иловакунии корвандонро ба итмом мерасонед, ба шумо интихоб\n"
+"намудани корвандро, ки ба воситаи он ба система баъди\n"
+"боркунии компютер ба таври худкор дохил шудан мумкин аст,\n"
+"пешниҳод карда мешавад. Агар ин хусусият диққати шуморо ҷалб карда бошад "
+"(ва\n"
+"оиди бехатарии маҳаллӣ хавотир нашавед),\n"
+"корванд ва мудири тирезавии дилхоҳро интихоб кунед ва баъд \"%s\"-ро ангушт\n"
+"занед. Агар ин хусусият ба шумо лозим набошад қайди пункти\n"
+"\"%s\"-ро бекор кунед."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Шумо ин хислатро истифрда бурдан мехоҳед?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Дар ин ҷо бахшҳои мавҷудаи Linux, ки дар гардонандаи сахти шумо\n"
+"муайян шудаанд, номбар гардидаанд.\n"
+"Шумо метавонед тағиротҳои аз тарафи устод иҷрошударо боздоред, зеро онҳо "
+"барои коргузории бештари умумӣ мувофиқат мекунад.\n"
+"Агар шумо ягон тағиротро ба амал оред, шумо бояд ақалан бахши\n"
+"решавиро (\"/\") таъин намоед. Бахши хеле хурдро интихоб накунед, зеро бояд "
+"шумо шумораи кофии таъминоти барномавиро коргузорӣ\n"
+"карда наметавонед. Агар хоҳед, ки додаҳои худро дар бахши алоҳида\n"
+"нигоҳ доред, шумо бояд инчунин бахши \"/хона\"-ро офаред (ин танҳо\n"
+"дар ҳамон вақт имконпазир аст, ки агар зиёда аз як бахши Linux-ро\n"
+"дошта бошед).\n"
+"Ҳар бахш дар рӯйхат чунин номнависӣ мегардад: \"Ном\", \"Ғунҷоиш\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Ном\" таркибӣ мебошад: \"навъи гардонандаи сахт\", \"рақами гардонандаи "
+"сахт\", \"рақами бахш\" (масалан, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Навъи гардонандаи сахт\" ин \"hd\" аст, агар гардонандаи сахти шумо\n"
+"IDE гардонандаи сахт аст ва \"sd\" агар он SCSI гардонандаи сахт бошад.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Рақами гардонандаи сахт\" ин ҳама вақт ҳарфе мебошад, ки баъди\n"
+"\"hd\" ё \"sd\" меояд. Барои IDE гардонандаҳои сахт:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" маънои \"гардонандаи сахти master дар IDE нозири ибтидоӣ\"-ро "
+"дорад;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" маънои \"гардонандаи сахти slave дар IDE нозири ибтидоӣ\"-ро "
+"дорад;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" маънои \"гардонандаи сахти master дар IDE нозири дуюмин\"-ро "
+"дорад;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" маънои \"гардонандаи сахти slave дар IDE нозири дуюмин\"-ро дорад.\n"
+"\n"
+"Барои гардонандаи сахти SCSI \"a\" маънои \"якумин аз поёни SCSI ID\"-ро "
+"дорад, \"b\" маънои\"дуюмин аз поёни SCSI ID\"-ро дорад ва ғайра."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Коргузории Mandriva Linux дар CD-ROM-ҳои мухталиф тақсим шудааст. Агар\n"
+"бастаи интихобшуда дар дигар CD-ROM ҷойгир бошад, DrakX диски фишурдаи\n"
+"ҷориро ба берун кашида аз шумо вогузории диски талабшударо пурсон мешавад.\n"
+"Агар шумо дар даст диски фишурдаи талабшударо надошта бошед, танҳо ба \"%s\" "
+"ангушт занед, бастаи мувофиқ коргузорӣ карда\n"
+"намешавад."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Афзоиш"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Бо ҳуҷҷатҳои асосӣ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Коргузории аз ҳама пастарин"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Агар шумо ба коргузор оиди он ки шумо мехоҳед алоҳида бастаҳоро\n"
+"интихоб намоед, хабар диҳед, он ба шумо дарахтеро, ки ҳамаи бастаҳои ба "
+"гурӯҳҳоию зергурӯҳҳо тақсим карда шударо дарбар мегирад,\n"
+"намоиш медиҳад. Ҳангоми баррасии дарахт шумо метавонед гурӯҳҳои\n"
+"бутун, зергурӯҳҳо ё бастаҳои алоҳидаро интихоб кунед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ҳар дафъае, ки шумо бастаро дар дарахт интихоб мекунед, дар тарафи\n"
+"росташ барои фаҳмондани мақсади он тавсифот пайдо мешавад.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Агар бастаи хидматрасонро интихоб карда бошед, хоҳ барои интихоби муайяни "
+"бастаи алоҳида, хоҳ барои он ки вай як қисми гурӯҳӣ баста\n"
+"аст, шумо бояд тасдиқ кунед, ки дар ҳақиқат ин хидматрасонҳои\n"
+"коргузоришавандаро истифода бурдан мехоҳед. Дар Mandriva Linux\n"
+"ҳамаи хидматрасонҳои коргузоришуда ҳангоми оғозёбӣ ба таври худкор, бо "
+"нобаёнӣ сар дода мешаванд. Ҳарчанде, ки онҳо бехатаранд ва муаммоҳои\n"
+"маълумро ҳангоми даргиронидан дар тақсимот надоранд, мумкин аст, ки\n"
+"дар бехатарӣ баъди барориши нусхаи хотимавии Mandriva Linux\n"
+"сӯрохиҳои муайян мешаванд. Агар шумо надонед, ки барои чӣ ин ё он\n"
+"хидматрасон лозим аст ё барои чӣ он коргузорӣ мегардад пас ба \"%s\"\n"
+"ангушт занед. Бо пахшкунии \"%s\" шумо хидматрасонҳои номбаршударо\n"
+"коргузорӣ мекунед ва онҳо ҳангоми боршавӣ ба таври худкор\n"
+"бо нобаёнӣ оғоз меёбанд. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Интихоби \"%s\" барои хомӯш сохтани муколамаи огоҳӣ, ки ҳангоми\n"
+"аз тарафи коргузор интихоби худкори бастаҳо пайдо мешавад, истифода\n"
+"бурда мешавад. Баъзе бастаҳо бо ҳам алоқаҳои дутарафа доранд,\n"
+"бинобар ин зарурати коргузории баъзе дигар барномаҳоро пеш меояд.\n"
+"Коргузор худаш муайян карда метавонад, ки кадом бастаҳо баҳри\n"
+"қонеъкунии талаботҳо барои бо муваффақият иҷрои коргузорӣ лозиманд.\n"
+"\n"
+"Тасвири хурдакаки диски нарм дар охири рӯйхат имконияти боркунии\n"
+"рӯйхати бастаҳо, ки ҳангоми коргузориҳои шешина офарида шуда будаанд, "
+"медиҳад. Агар шумо шумораи мошинаҳоеро дошта бошед, ки\n"
+"алоҳида танзим кардан мехоҳед, он хеле фоиданок мегардад. Баъди\n"
+"ангуштзанӣ ба ин тасвир, аз шумо воридкунии диски нарм, ки дар охири\n"
+"дигар коргузории пешина офарида шуда буд, пурсон мешавад. Ба маслиҳати дуюм "
+"дар қадами охирон оиди чӣ тавр офаридани чунин\n"
+"диски нарм нигаред."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Вобастагиҳои автоматӣ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ҳангоми ангуштзанӣ ба тугмаи \"%s\" устоди ба танзимдарории чопгар "
+"кушода\n"
+"мешавад. Боби мувофиқи ба ``Раҳнамои Ибтидоӣ' бахшидашударо барои гирифтани\n"
+"маълумоти иловагӣ оиди барпосозии чопгари нав хонед. Интерфейси дар он ҷо\n"
+"пешниҳод шуда ба оне ки ҳангоми истифодаи коргузорӣ истифода мешавад,\n"
+"монанд аст."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Ин муколама барои интихоби хидматрасоне, ки ҳангоми оғозёбӣ\n"
+"бор карда мешавад, истифода бурда мешавад.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX рӯйхати ҳамаи хидматрасонҳое, ки дар коргузории ҷорӣ\n"
+"дастрасанд, пешкаш менамояд. Ҳар якеро дақиқона аз назар гузаронед\n"
+"ва қайди онҳоеро, ки дар вақти боршавӣ лозим нестанд, бекор кунед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ҳангоми интихоб кардан матни кӯтоҳи шарҳдиҳӣ намоиш дода мешавад.\n"
+"Лекин, агар ки шумо комилан боварӣ надошта бошед, ки ин хидматрасон\n"
+"фоиданок аст ё не, беҳтар аст, ки рафторро бо нобаёни гузоред.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Дар ин марҳила хеле дақиқ бошед агар нақша дошта бошед, ки \n"
+"мошинаи худро ҳамчун хидматрасон истифода баред: эҳтимолан шумо\n"
+"оғозёбии хидматрасонҳои даркориро нахоҳед. Илтимос, аз хотир набароред, ки "
+"баъзе хизматҳо, агар дар хидматрасон даргиронида шуда\n"
+"бошанд, хавфнок мебошанд. Умуман, танҳо он хидматрасонҳоеро интихоб кунед, "
+"ки дар ҳақиқат ба шумо лозиманд.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux вақтро дар GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) идора мекунад\n"
+"ва онро дар вақти маҳаллӣ мувофиқи минтақаи вақти интихобкардаатон\n"
+"намоиш медиҳад. Агар соат дар саҳфаи модараи шумо бо вақти маҳаллӣ\n"
+"барпо шудааст, шумо онро ба воситаи рад кардани интихоби \"%s\" ғайрифаъол "
+"сохта метавонед ва ин ба GNU/Linux имконияти дар хотир\n"
+"доштани он, ки соати системавӣ ва соати сахтафзорӣ дар як минтақаи\n"
+"соат мебошанд, медиҳад. Он ҳангоме, ки дар мошина дигар системаи омил ба "
+"монанди Windows ҷойгир шуда бошад фоиданок аст.\n"
+"\n"
+"Хосияти \"%s\" соатро ба таври худкор таҳлил мекунад ба воситаи пайвастшавӣ "
+"ба хидматрасони дурдасти вақт дар Интернет. Барои он\n"
+"ки ин хосият кор кунад, шумо бояд пайвастшавии кориро ба Интернет\n"
+"дошта бошед. Беҳтараш хидматрасони вақтро, ки дар назди шумо ҷойгир\n"
+"аст, интихоб намоед. Ин интихоб хидматрасони вақтро ба мошинаи шумо "
+"коргузорӣ мекунад, ки аз тарафи дираг мошинаҳои шабакаи маҳаллӣ\n"
+"истифода шуда метавонад."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Ҳамзамонсозии худкори вақт"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Корти графикӣ\n"
+"\n"
+"   Коргузор одатан ба таври автоматӣ корти графикиро муқаррар ва танзим "
+"менамояд,\n"
+"ки он ба системи шумо муаяйн гардида бошад. Агар он ин тавр набошад, онгоҳ "
+"шумо\n"
+"метавонед кортро дар систем интихоб намоед, ки дар ҳақиқат коргузорӣ "
+"шудааст.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Дар ҳолате ки барои корти шумо хидматрасонҳои гуногун бо шитоби 3D ё бе "
+"ин\n"
+"дастрас аст ба шумо пешниҳод карда мешавад, то ки шумо интихоб намоед кадом\n"
+"хидматрасон пеш аз ҳама ба эҳтиёҷи шумо мувофиқат мекунад."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (барои системи X Window) ин асоси интерфейси графикии GNU/Linux мебошад,\n"
+"ки дар он ҳамаи муҳитҳои графикӣ асос ёфтааст (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker ва ғайра) ва ба ҳайати Mandriva Linux дохил аст.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ба шумо рӯйхати параметрҳои гуногуне ки ба тағироти гирифтани тасвири\n"
+"беҳтарини графикӣ пешбинӣ шудааст, дода мешавад: Корти графикӣ\n"
+"\n"
+"   Коргузор одатан ба таври автоматӣ корти графикие ки ба мошини шумо\n"
+"коргузорӣ шудааст, муаяйн ва ба танзим медарорад. Агар ин тавр набошад, "
+"онгоҳ шумо метавонед аз ин рӯйхат корте ки шумо дар ҳақиқат коргузорӣ "
+"намудед,\n"
+"интихоб намоед.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Дар ҳолате ки хидматрасонҳои гуногун барои корти шумо мавҷуд аст ё бо\n"
+"шитоби 3D ё ин ки бе он, аз шумо пурсида мешавад, ки хидматрасонро интихоб\n"
+"намоед, ки бештар ба эҳтиёҷи шумо мувофиқат менамояд.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Коргузор одатан ба таври автоматӣ монитори ба мошини шумо пайваст шударо\n"
+"муаяйн ва ба танзим медарорад. Агар ин нодуруст бошад, онгоҳ шумо метавонед\n"
+"аз рӯйхат монитореро, ки дар ҳақиқат ба компютери шумо пайваст шудааст, "
+"интихоб\n"
+"намоед.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Иҷозат\n"
+"\n"
+"   Дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед иҷозат ва баландии рангеро, ки барои сахтафзори "
+"шумо\n"
+"мавҷуд аст, интихоб намоед. Онеро интихоб намоед, ки бештар ба эҳтиёҷи шумо\n"
+"мувофиқат менамояд (шумо метавонед онро баъд аз коргузорӣ тағир диҳед)\n"
+"Намунаи танзимдарории интихобшуда дар монитор инъикос ёфтааст.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Санҷидан\n"
+"\n"
+"   систем кӯшиш менамояд, то ки экрани графикиро мувофиқи иҷозати қобили "
+"қабул\n"
+"кушояд. Агар шумо пайғомро дар вақти санҷиш дида тавонед, онгоҳ ба \"%s\" "
+"ҷавоб\n"
+"диҳед. Дарин  ҳолат DrakX ба қадами оянда мегузарад. Агар шумо пайғомро "
+"дида\n"
+" натавонед, онгоҳ ин маънои онро дорад, ки қисме аз ба танзимдарории ба "
+"таври\n"
+"автоматӣ муаяйншаванда нодуруст буда санҷиш баъди 12 сония  ба таври "
+"автоматӣ\n"
+"ба итмом расида шуморо ба меню меоварад. То лаҳзаи гирифтани тасвири "
+"дурусти\n"
+"графикӣ гузоришро тағир диҳед.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Интихобҳо\n"
+"\n"
+"    Дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед интихоб намоед оё шумо хоҳиши ба таври "
+"автоматӣ\n"
+"гузариш намудани мошини худ ба интерфейси графикӣ ҳангоми худборшавӣ доред\n"
+"Зоҳиран, шумо хоҳиши тафтиш намудани \"%s\"-ро доред, агар мошини шумо бояд\n"
+"ҳамчун хидматрасон кор кунад ё ин ки шумо ҳангоми гирифтани тасвири ба\n"
+"танзим даровардашуда ба муваффақият ноил нашудед."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Коргузор одатан метавонад ба таври автоматӣ мониторро муаяйн ва ба танзим "
+"дарорад,ки\n"
+"ба мошини шумо пайваст аст. Агар ин нодуруст бошад, онгоҳ шумо метавонед "
+"мустақилона мониторро\n"
+"аз рӯйхат интихоб намоед."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Ҳалнокӣ\n"
+"\n"
+"   Дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед ҳал ва чуқурии ранге ки ба сахтафзори шумо "
+"дастрас\n"
+"аст, интихоб намоед. Онеро интихоб намоед, ки аз ҳама беҳтар ба эҳтиёҷи "
+"шумо\n"
+"мувофиқат намояд (баъд аз кор гузоштан шумо метавонед онро тағир диҳед).\n"
+"Намунаи ба танзимдарории интихобшуда дар монитор дода шудааст."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Дар ҳолате ки барои корти шумо хидматрасонҳои гуногун дастрас аст,\n"
+"бо шитоби 3-вазъа ва бе он, ба шумо таклиф карда мешавад, то ки интихоб "
+"намоед кадом хидматрасон бештар ба эҳтиёҷи\n"
+"шумо мувофиқат мекунад."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Интихобҳо\n"
+"\n"
+"   Дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед интихоб кунед: оё мехоҳед, ки мошинаи\n"
+"шумо ҳангоми боршавӣ ба таври худкор интерфейси графикиро даргиронад ё не. "
+"Фаҳмост, ки шумо бояд \"%s\"-ро қайд кунед,\n"
+"агар мошинаи шумо ҳамчун хидматрасон кор кунад ё агар шумо\n"
+"намоишгари худро танзим карда натавониста бошед."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Дар ин қадам шумо бояд дар куҷои гардонандаи сахт ҷойгир кардани\n"
+"системаи омили Mandriva Linux-ро ҳал кунед. Агар гардонандаи сахти\n"
+"шумо холӣ бошад ё системаи омили ҳозирбуда ҳамаи фазои имконпазирро\n"
+"ишғол кунад, ба шумо лозим меояд, ки гардонандаи сахти худро\n"
+"бахшбандӣ кунед. Бахшбандикунии гардонандаи сахт асосан аз тақсимоти "
+"мантиқии фазои ишғолшуда барои коргузории системаи омилии \n"
+"Mandriva Linux иборат аст.\n"
+"\n"
+"Азбаски ҷараёни бахшбандии гардонандаи сахт одатан барнагарданда\n"
+"аст ва ба гумшавии додаҳо оварда расониданаш мумкин аст, агар дар "
+"гардонандаи сахт аллакай системаи омилии коргузоршуда мавҷуд бошад\n"
+"пас барои корвандони нав ин як лаҳзаи ҷиддӣ ва ҷиддӣ\n"
+"аст. Хурсандона ба DrakX устоди соддакунандаи ин ҷараён дохил мешавад.\n"
+"Пеш аз оғози ин қадам аз идоракунанда ин оиди қисмат маълумот гиред.\n"
+"\n"
+"Вобаста ба танзими гардонандаи сахти шумо як қатор интихобҳо имконпазиранд:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ин интихоб маънои бахшбандии худкори гардонанда(ҳо)и\n"
+"холиро дорад. Агар шумо ин хусусиятро интихоб кунед, пас дар оянда ба шумо "
+"савол дода намешавад.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": устод мавҷудияти як ё зиёда бахшҳои Linux-ро дар гардонандаи\n"
+"сахти шумо муайян кард. Агар шумо онҳоро истифода бурдан хоҳед, ин\n"
+"хусусиятро интихоб кунед. Сипас аз шумо интихоб намудани нуқтаи\n"
+"насбшавӣ мувофиқан барои ҳар як бахшҳо талаб карда мешавад. Бо нобаёнӣ "
+"нуқтаҳои дурусти насбшавӣ интихоб мегарданд, ва шумо\n"
+"онҳоро нигоҳ дошта метавонед.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": агар Microsoft Windows дар гардонандаи сахти шумо\n"
+"коргузорӣ шудааст ва ҳамаи фазои имконпазирро ишғол карда бошад,\n"
+"шумо бояд фазои холиро барои Linux офаред. Барои инро иҷро кардан\n"
+"шумо метавонед бахшҳои ва маълумоти Microsoft Windows-ро нобуд созед "
+"(нигаред ба ҳалнокии ``Поккунии ҳамаи диск'') ва ё андозаи қисмати FAT "
+"Microsoft Windows-ро тағир диҳед. Тағирдиҳии андоза\n"
+"бе гумкунии додаҳо ба амал омада метавонад, махсусан агар шумо\n"
+"пешаки дефрагментатсияи бахши Windows-ро гузаронида бошед ва дар\n"
+"он шаклбандии FAT истифода мешавад. Нусхабардории захирашавии додаҳои шумо "
+"ҷиддӣ маслиҳат дода мешавад.. Агар шумо Mandriva\n"
+"Linux ва Microsoft Windows-ро дар як компютер якҷоя истифода\n"
+"бурдан хоҳед, истифодаи ин хусусиятро маслиҳат медиҳад.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Пеш аз интихоби ин хусусият шумо бояд фаҳмед, ки андозаи\n"
+"Microsoft Windows-и шумо назар ба ҳозира хурдтар мегардад.\n"
+"Барои захиракунии додаҳо ва коргузории таъминоти барномавии\n"
+"нав шумо дар Microsoft Windows фазои холии камтар хоҳед дошт.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": агар шумо хоҳед, ки ҳамаи додаҳоро дар ҳама қисматҳои\n"
+"дар гардонандаи сахти худ мавҷудбударо нобуд созед ва ҷои онҳоро бо системаи "
+"нави Mandriva Linux иваз кунед, ин хосиятро интихоб\n"
+"кунед. Эҳтиёт бошед, зеро баъди тасдиқот шумо интихоби худро\n"
+"баргардонида наметавонед.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Агар шумо ин хосиятро интихоб кунед, ҳамаи додаҳо дар гардонандаи "
+"сахти шумо нобуд карда мешаванд. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ин хосият имконияти поккунии ҳамаи маълумотро дар\n"
+"гардонандаи сахти шумо ва оғози офаридани бахшҳоро дар ҷои холӣ, медиҳад. "
+"Ҳама додаҳо дар гардонандаи сахти шумо гум мешаванд.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Агар шумо ин хосиятро интихоб кунед, ҳама додаҳо дар гардонандаи сахти "
+"шумо гум мешаванд.. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": агар шумо ба таври дасткорӣ бахшбандӣ намудани гардонандаи сахти "
+"худро хоҳед, ин хосиятро интихоб кунед. Эҳтиёт бошед -- зеро\n"
+"ин интихоби пурқудрат ва хатарнок аст ва шумо ба осонӣ ҳамаи\n"
+"додаҳоро аз даст дода метавонед. Бинобар ин интихоби ин хосият\n"
+"танҳо дар ҳолате, ки шумо аз ин пеш чизеро ба ин монанд иҷро карда\n"
+"бошед ё таҷрибаи муайян дошта бошед, маслиҳат дода мешавад.\n"
+"Барои маълумоти муфассал оиди истифодаи бахши барномаи пуштибонии DiskDrake "
+"ба қисмати ``Идоракунии Бахшҳои Шумо ''\n"
+"дар ``Раҳнамои Оғозии Корванд'' муроҷиат намоед."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Бахшбандии ҳозир бударо истифода баред"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Тамоми дискро тоза намоед"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Дискети худкоргузориро эҷод кардан"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Ин дафъа шумо метавонед баъзе бахшҳои GNU/Linux аллакай мавҷудбударо барои "
+"поккунии ҳамаи додаҳои дар онҳо буда, шаклбандиашро\n"
+"тағир намоед. Агар шумо чунин кардан хоҳед, марҳамат карда ин\n"
+"бахшҳоро интихоб намоед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Дар хотир доред, ки зарурати тағири шаклбандии ҳамаи бахшҳои\n"
+"пештар мавҷударо нест. Шумо бояд бахшҳоеро, ки системаи омилро\n"
+"дар бар мегаранд, тағири шакл кунед (ба монанди: \"/\", \"/usr\" ё \"/var"
+"\"),\n"
+"лекин шумо бояд қисматҳоеро, ки додаҳои нигоҳмедоштаатонро\n"
+"дар бар мегаранд, шаклбандиашро тағир диҳед (одатӣ\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Илтимос, ҳангоми интихоби бахшбандӣ эҳтиёт бошед. Баъди\n"
+"шаклбандикунӣ, ҳамаи додаҳо дар бахшҳои интихобшуда нобуд\n"
+"мегарданд ва шумо ягонтои онҳоро барқарор карда наметавонед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Агар шумо ба шаклбандии бахшҳо тайёр бошед ба \"%s\" ангушт занед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Агар шумо хоҳед, ки дигар бахшҳоро барои коргузории системаи\n"
+"омилии навъи Mandriva Linux интихоб кунед ба \"%s\" ангушт занед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Агар хоҳед бахшҳоеро, ки дар диск ба мавҷудияти қисмҳои бад\n"
+"тафтиш карда шаванд интихоб намоед, ба \"%s\" ангушт занед."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Ҳангоми коргузории Mandriva Linux хуб мешуд, ки баъзе бастаи\n"
+"барномаҳо нав карда шаванд, аз рӯзи барориши ибтидоӣ. Эҳтимолан\n"
+"баъзе хатогиҳо ислоҳ шудаанд ва дархостҳо оиди бехтарӣ ҳал шудаанд.\n"
+"Барои гирифтани фоида аз ин навсозиҳо, ҳозир ба шумо боркунии онҳо аз "
+"Интернет пешкаш карда мешавад. \"%s\"-ро қайд кунед, агар шумо\n"
+"пайвастшавии кориро бо Интернет дошта бошед ё \"%s\"-ро агар хоҳед,\n"
+"ки ин навсозиҳоро дертар коргузорӣ кунед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Бо интихоби \"%s\" рӯйхати ҷойҳое, ки аз онҳо навсозиро бозёбӣ карда\n"
+"метавонед, намоиш дода мешавад. Хидматрасони наздиктаринро интихоб кунед. "
+"Баъд дарахти интихоби бастаи барномаҳо пайдо мешавад:\n"
+"қисматро аз назар гузаронед ва \"%s\"-ро барои бозёбии коргузории баста(ҳо)и "
+"интихобшуда, пахш кунед ва ё \"%s\"-ро барои қатъ\n"
+"кардани коргузории бозсозӣ пахш кунед."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Дар ин марҳила DrakX ба шумо имконияти интихоби сатҳи бехатарии\n"
+"дилхоҳро барои мошина медиҳад. Чун қоида, бояд сатҳи бехатарии\n"
+"баландтар бошад, агар дар мошина додаҳои бӯҳронӣ мавҷуд бошанд\n"
+"ё мошина бевосита ба Интернет пайваст шуда бошад. Лекин сатҳи бехатарии "
+"баландтар дар ҳодисаи умумӣ бар ивази соддаи\n"
+"истифодабарӣ дастрас мегардад.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
+"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
+"Mandriva Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer who\n"
+"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
+"address."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Идоракунандаи Бехатарӣ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Дар ин пункт шумо бояд интихоб намоед, ки кадом бахш(ҳо) барои\n"
+"коргузории системавӣ Mandriva Linux-и шумо истифода бурда мешаванд.\n"
+"Агар бахшҳои алоқаи аз коргузории пешинаи GNU/Linux ё аз дигар\n"
+"асбоби бахшбандикунӣ муайян шуда бошад, шумо метавонед бахшҳои мавҷударо "
+"истифода баред. Дар дигар ҳолат бояд бахшҳои гардонандаи\n"
+"сахт муайян карда шаванд.\n"
+"\n"
+"Барои офаридани бахшҳо, шумо бояд аввал гардонандаи сахтро интихоб\n"
+"кунед. Шумо метавонед дискро барои бахшбандӣ ба воситаи ангуштзанӣ\n"
+"ба ``hda'' барои IDE гардонандаи аввал, ``hdb'' барои дуюм, ``sda'' барои "
+"SCSI гардонандаи аввал ва ҳоказо, интихоб кунед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Барои бахшбандии гардонандаи сахти интихобшуда шумо метавонед ин хосиятҳоро "
+"истифода баред:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ин хосият ҳамаи бахшҳоро дар гардонандаи сахти интихобшуда нобуд "
+"месозад\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ин хосият имконияти ба таври худкор офаридани бахшҳои\n"
+"ext3 ва swap-ро дар фазои холии гардонандаи сахти шумо, медиҳад\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": хусусиятҳои иловагиро дастрас мекунад:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ҷадвали бахшҳоро дар диски нарм захира мекунад. Барои\n"
+"барқарорсозии ҷадвали бахшҳо фоиданок аст, агар лозим бошад. Иҷрои\n"
+"ин қадам ҷиддан маслиҳат дода мешавад.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": имконияти барқароркунии ҷадвали бахшҳои пештарзахирашударо\n"
+"аз диск медиҳад.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": агар ҷадвали бахшҳои шумо хароб гашта бошад, шумо метавонед\n"
+"ба воситаи ин хосият барқарор кардани онро кӯшиш кунед. Илтимос, эҳтиёт\n"
+"бошед ва дар хотир доред, ки он на ҳама вақт кор мекунад.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ҳамаи тағиротҳоро бекор мекунадва ҷадвали бахшҳои ибтидоиро\n"
+"дар гардонандаи сахт бор мекунад.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ба бекор кардани қайди ин хосият шумо корвандонро маҷбур месозед, "
+"ки ба таври дасткорӣ муҳити ҷойивазкунандао ба монанди\n"
+"диски нарм ва CD-ROM насб кунанд ва мунфасил намоянд.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ин хсиятро истифода баред, агар хоҳед, ки устодро барои "
+"бахшбандии гардонандаи сахти худ итифода баред. Он ба шумо тавсия\n"
+"мешавад, агар ки дар бахшбандии гардонандаи сахт тасавуроти пурра\n"
+"надошта бошед\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ин хосиятро барои бекоркунии тағиротҳои худ истифода баред.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": амалиётҳои иловагиро дар бахшҳо (навъ, интихобҳо, шаклбандӣ) "
+"имконият медиҳад ва маълумоти бештарро оиди гардонандаи сахти шумо медиҳад.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": вақте, ки шумо гардонандаи сахти худро ба охир мерасонед\n"
+"ин тағиротҳои шуморо дар диск захира мекунад.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ҳангоми муайянсозии андозаи бахши шумо метавонед андозаи бахшро\n"
+"ба воситаи калидҳои тирчадор дар забонаки худ барпо созед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Эзоҳ: шумо ба воситаи забонак ба интихоби ҳамаи хосиятҳ расида метавонед.\n"
+"Дар гирди бахшҳо ба воситаи [Tab] ва тирчаҳои [Боло/Поён] гардиш кунед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Вақте, ки бахш интихоб гардид, шумо метавонед:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c -ро барои офаридани бахши нав (вақте, ки бахши холӣ интихоб шуда "
+"бошад)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d-ро барои нобуд кардани бахш\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m-ро барои барпосозии нуқнаи насбшавӣ истифода баред.\n"
+"\n"
+"Барои гирифтани маълумот оиди намудҳои системаи файлии дастрас\n"
+"марҳамат карда боби ext2FS-ро аз ``Раҳнамои Муроҷиат'' хонед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Агар шумо дар мошинаи PPC коргузориро иҷро карда бошед, ба шумо\n"
+"лозим меояд, ки бахши хурди HFS ``bootstrap''-ро офаред, ки ақалан 1Мб\n"
+"бошад ва он аз тарафи боркунандаи yaboot истифода бурда мешавад.\n"
+"Агар шумо хоҳед, ки бахшро каме калонтар кунед, масалан 50Мб шумо\n"
+"онро ҷои хеле қуллай барои захиракунии ҳастаи эҳтиётӣ ва симоҳои ramdisk "
+"ҳангоми ҳодисаи боркунии ғайричашмдошт,\n"
+"пайдо хоҳед кард."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Худваслкунии хориҷшавандаи муҳит"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Зомин байни усули мӯътадил/мутахассисӣ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Дар гардонандаи сахти шумо зиёда аз як бахши Microsoft муайян гардид.\n"
+"Марҳамат карда бахшеро, ки барои коргузории системаи нави омили\n"
+"Mandriva Linux андозаи онро тағир додан мехоҳед, интихоб намоед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ҳар бахш ба таври зерин ба рӯйхат гирифта мешавад: \"ном дар Linux\",\n"
+"\"ном дар Windows\" \"Ғунҷоиш\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"ном дар Linux\" таркибӣ мебошад: \"навъи гардонандаи сахт\",\n"
+"\"рақами гардонандаи сахт\", \"рақами бахш\" (масалан, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Навъи гардонандаи сахт\" ин \"hd\" агар гардонандаи сахти шумо IDE\n"
+"гардонандаи сахт бошад ва \"sd\", агар он гардонандаи сахти SCSI бошад.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Рақами гардонандаи сахт\" ҳамеша ҳарф баъди \"hd\" ё \"sd\" оянда аст.\n"
+"Барои IDE гардонандаи сахт:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" маънои \"гардонандаи сахти устод дар IDE нозири ибтидоӣ\"-ро "
+"дорад;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" гардонандаи сахти фармонбар дар IDE нозири ибтидоӣ\"-ро дорад;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" маънои \"гардонандаи сахти устод дар IDE нозири дуямин\"-ро дорад;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" маънои \"гардонандаи сахти фармонбар дар IDE нозири дуямин\"-ро "
+"дорад.\n"
+"\n"
+"Барои SCSI гардонандаи сахт \"a\" маънои \"якум аз поёни SCSI ID\"-ро\n"
+"дорад, \"b\" маънои \"дуюм аз поёни SCSI ID\"-ро дорад ва ғайра.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"ном дар Windows\" ин ҳарфи гардонандаи сахти шумо дар Windows аст\n"
+"(диски ё бахши якум \"C:\" номида мешавад)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": интихоби ҳозираи мамлакатро санҷед. Агар дар ин мамлакат набошед, "
+"онгоҳ\n"
+" ба дагмаи \"%s\" ангушт зада дигарашро интихоб намоед.\n"
+"Агар мамлакати шумо дар рӯйхати аввалаи нишондода нашуда бошад, онгоҳ ба\n"
+"дагмаи \"%s\"ангушт зада рӯйхати пураро бинед."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Ин қадам танҳо дар он ҳолате фаъол мегардад, ки дар мошинаи шумо\n"
+"бахши кӯҳнаи GNU/Linux пайдо гардад.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX бояд донад, ки оё шумо мехоҳед, ки коргузории навро гузаронед\n"
+"ё системаи Mandriva Linux-и мавҷударо афзоиш диҳед:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Дар бисёр ҳолатҳо ин вариант ба нобудшавии системаи кӯҳна\n"
+"оварда мерасонад. Агар хоҳед, ки бахшҳои гардонандаи сахти худро иваз\n"
+"кунед ё системаи файлиро тағир диҳед, шумо бояд ин хосиятро истифода\n"
+"баред. Лекин вобаста ба тарҳрезии гардонандаи сахт шумо эҳтимолан баъзеи\n"
+"додаҳои мавҷудаи худро аз бознависӣ захира карда метавонанд.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ин синфи коргузорӣ ба шумо имконияти авкунии бастаи\n"
+"барномаҳои дар системаи Mandriva Linux-и коргузоришударо медиҳад.\n"
+"Нақшаи бахшбандии ҷорӣ ва додаҳои корванд, ивазнашавандаанд.\n"
+"Бештари дигар қадамҳо низ дастрас мегарданд, ба монанди коргузории "
+"низоммеъёр.\n"
+"\n"
+"Интихоби хосияти ``Густариш'' дар системаҳои Mandriva Linux аз нусхаи\n"
+"\"8.1\" сар карда то охирон хеле хуб хоҳад кор кард. Гузаронидани Густариш\n"
+"дар системаҳои Mandriva Linux болотар аз \"8.1\" маслиҳат дода мешавад."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Вобаста ба забони нобаёнӣ, ки дар қисмат интихоб кардед, DrakX ба таври\n"
+"худкор навъи танзими забонакро интихоб мекунад. Инро интихоб кунед ё \n"
+"дигар ҷобаҷогузории забонакро интихоб кунед.\n"
+"Лекин шумо забонеро, ки,\n"
+"пурра ба забони шумо мувофиқат мекунад, надошта метавонед: масалан, агар\n"
+"шумо шахси швейтсариягии бо забони англисӣ гап зананда бошед, шумо забони\n"
+"швейтсариягӣ дошта бошед. Ё агар шумо бо забони англисӣ гап мезанед лекин "
+"дар Квебек сукунат доред, шумо ба ҳолате меафтед, ки забони модарии шумо\n"
+"ва забонаки мувофиқро аз рӯйхат медиҳад.\n"
+"\n"
+"Барои гирифтани рӯйхати пурраи забонакҳои пуштибоншаванда ба тугмаи\n"
+"\"%s\" ангушт занед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Агар шумо ҷобаҷогузории забонакро, ки ба алифбои ғайри Лотинӣ асос\n"
+"ёфтааст интихоб намоед, муколамаи оянда ба шумо имконияти интихоб\n"
+"кардани бастаи калидҳо барои гузриши байни ҷобаҷогузориҳои лотинӣ ва\n"
+"ғайри лотинӣ медиҳад."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Қадами аввал ин интихоби забони писандида аст.\n"
+"\n"
+"Интихоби забони писандида ба забони санадсозӣ, коргузор ва умуман\n"
+"коргузорӣ таъсир мерасонад. Аввал маҳаллӣ ҷойгиршавиатонро ва пас\n"
+"забонеро, ки бо он гуфтугӯ мекунед, интихоб кунед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Бо ангуштзании тугмаи \"%s\" шумо метавонед дигар забонҳоро, ки бо\n"
+"истгоҳи кории шумо коргузорӣ карда мешавад, интихоб кунед ва ҳамин\n"
+"тавр файлҳои санадсозии замимаҳои системавиро, ки ба забон алоқаманданд,\n"
+"коргузорӣ намоед. Масалан агар дар системаи шумо корвандони аз Испания\n"
+"кор кунанд, дар дарахти азназаргузарони англисиро ҳамчун забон бо нобаёнӣ "
+"интихоб кунед ва ҳатто ҳамаи онҳоро бо интихоби пункти \"%s\"дар бахши "
+"Муккамалгашт коргузрӣ карда метавонед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Интихоби пуштибонии забон маънои тарҷумаҳо, ҳуруфҳо, имлосанҷӣ ва ғайраро "
+"барои забонҳои коргузоришударо дорад. Ба ғайр аз ин шумо\n"
+"метавонед пункти \"%s\"-ро интихоб кунед, ки системаро барои истифода "
+"бурдани рамзи ягона (UTF-8) маҷбур месозад.\n"
+"Лекин дар хотир доред, ки ин хусусияти озмоишӣ аст.\n"
+"Агар шумо дигар забенероб ки дигар рамзро талаб мекунад интихоб кунед, ба "
+"ҳар ҳол пуштибонии рамзи ягона коргузорӣ\n"
+"мегардад.\"%s\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Барои гузариш аз байни забонҳои мухталифи коргузоришуда дар\n"
+"система шумо матавонед фармони \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" ҳамчун \"реша\" "
+"баҳри ивази забон барои ҳамаи система истифода баред\n"
+"Корандозии ин фармон, ҳамчун корванди муқаррарӣ танҳо\n"
+"гузоришҳои забонро барои ин корванди муайян иваз мекунад."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Испанӣ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Одатан дар DrakX ягон муаммо оиди муайянкунии шумораи тугмаҳо\n"
+"дар муши шумо пайдо намешавад. Агар чунин нашавад, пас он муши шуморо\n"
+"ҳамчун ду тугмадор мепиндорад ва онро ба намунасозии тугмаи сеюмро\n"
+"танзим мекунад. Тугмаи сеюми муши дутугмадор ба воситаи пахшкунии\n"
+"якзамонаи тугмаи рост ва чапи муш, пахш хоҳад шуд. DrakX ба таври худкор\n"
+"мефаҳмад, ки оё муши шумо кадоме аз интерфейси PS/2, serial ё USB-ро "
+"истифода мебарад.\n"
+"\n"
+"Агар шумо муши 3-тугмадорро бе чарха дошта бошед шумо \"%s\"\n"
+"-ро  интихоб карда метавонед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Агар шумо дигар мушро, ки аз интихоб кардан бо нобаёнӣ фарқ мекунад,\n"
+"экрани санҷишӣ намоиш дода мешавад. Тугма ва чархаҳоро барои санҷидан\n"
+"дурустии гузоришҳо ва дурустии кори муш истифода баред.\n"
+"Агар муш хуб кор накунад, сари фазо ё \"%s\" калиди [Баргаштан]-ро пахш "
+"кунед,\n"
+"то ки санҷишро бекор кунед ва ба рӯйхати интихобҳо баргардед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Мушҳои чархадор баъзе вақт худмуайян намегарданд. Дар ин ҳолат\n"
+"шумо бояд муши худро аз рӯйхат интихоб намоед. Бовари ҳосил\n"
+"кунед, ки шумо даргоҳи пайвастшавии мушро дуруст интихоб кардед.\n"
+"Вақте, ки муш интихоб шуд ва тугмаи \"%s\" пахш гардид, тасвир бо\n"
+"симои муш пайдо мешавад. Чархаҳои мушро гардонед, то бовари\n"
+"ҳосил кунед, ки он дуруст кор мекунад. Вақте шумо мебинед, ки\n"
+"чархаи муш дар экран ба ҳаракатҳои муши шумо ҳамзамон ҳаракат мекунад,\n"
+" кори тугмаҳо ва ҳаракати нишоннаморо, ки бояд мувофиқи\n"
+"ҷойивазкунии муши шумо ҳаракат кунад, санҷед."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "бо намунаи Ғилдиракча"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Уневерсалӣ | Дилхоҳ PS/2 & USB муш"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Лутфан бандари дурустро интихоб кунед. Барои мисол, бандари \"COM1\" таҳти "
+"Windows дар таҳти GNU/Linux \"ttySO\" номида мешавад."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ин ҳалли бӯҳронӣ оиди бехатарии системаи GNU/Linux-и шумост:\n"
+"шумо бояд гузарвожаи \"решавӣ\"-ро ворид кунед. \"Реша\" ин идоракунандаи\n"
+"системавӣ ва танҳо ӯ ҳуқуқи ба амал баровардани навсозиҳо, илова\n"
+"кардани корвандон, тағирдиҳии батанзимдарории система ва ғайраро дорад. "
+"Кӯтоҳ карда гӯем \"реша\" ҳама чизро карда метавонад! Бинобар\n"
+"ин шумо бояд чунин гузарвожаеро интихоб кунед, ки фаҳмидани он душвор\n"
+"гардад. Агар гузарвожа хеле содда бошад DrakX оиди он ба шумо хабар "
+"мерасонад. Чи хеле ки мебинед, шумо умуман гузарвожаро интихоб накарда\n"
+"метавонед, лекин мо ба шумо инро аз сабаби як чиз манъ мекунем: фикр\n"
+"накунед, ки агар шумо GNU/Linux-ро бор карда бошед, пас дигар системаҳои\n"
+"омили шумо аз хатогӣ муҳофизат мешаванд. Аз сабаби он, ки \"реша\" ҳамаи\n"
+"маҳдудиатҳоро гузашта метавонед ва тасодуфан ҳамаи додаҳоро дар бахшҳои\n"
+"диск пок карда метавонад, ба воситаи бо эҳтиёт муносибат кардан ба бахшҳои\n"
+"пас хеле муҳим аст, ки шудани \"реша\" хеле душвор гардад.\n"
+"\n"
+"Гузарвожа бояд якҷоягии аломатҳои рақамӣ ва ҳарфӣ бошад ва дарозиаш\n"
+"кам аз 8 аломат бошад. Ҳеҷ гоҳ гузарвожаи \"реша\"-ро сабт накунад. Зеро\n"
+"он боэътиборкунии системаро хеле осон мекунад.\n"
+"\n"
+"Лекин гузарвожаро хеле дароз ва хеле мураккаб накунед, зеро шумо бояд\n"
+"онро ба осонӣ хотир доред.!\n"
+"\n"
+"Гузарвожаи дар экран ба тавре чоп кардаи шумо намоиш дода намешавад.\n"
+"Ба ғайр аз ин ба шумо лозим меояд, ки воридкунии гузарвожаро дубора\n"
+"иҷро созед, барои пешгирии эҳтимолан хатогӣ дар чопкунӣ. Агар чунин\n"
+"ҳодиса рух диҳад, ки шумо дубора ҳангоми чопкунӣ хатогӣ кардед, пас шояд ин "
+"гузарвожаи ``нодуруст''-ро ҳангоми боркунии якумин истифода баред.\n"
+"\n"
+"Агар хоҳед, ки дастёби ба ин компютер аз тарафи хидматрасони аслшинос\n"
+"идора шавад, ба тугмаи \"%s\" ангушт занед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Агар шабакаи шумо хидматрасонҳои аслшиносии LDAP, NIS, ё PDC\n"
+"Windows Domain-ро истифода барад, навъи мувофиқи \"%s\"-ро интихоб\n"
+"кунед. Агар надонед, ки кадоме аз онҳоро истифода мебаред, идоракунандаи "
+"шабакавии худро пурсон шавед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Агар шумо оиди дархотирдории гузарвожа душворӣ кашед, шумо хосияти\n"
+"\"%s\"-ро интихоб карда метавонед, агар компютери шумо ба Интернет пайваст\n"
+"набошад ва агар шумо ба ҳамаи шахсоне, ки мошинаи шуморо истифда мебаранд,\n"
+"боварӣ дошта бошед."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "аслшиносӣ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO ва grub корандозҳои худборшави GNU/Linux мебошад. Ин қадам пурра\n"
+"автоматикунонида шудааст. DrakX соҳаи худборшавии дискетро таҳлил менамояд\n"
+"ва мувофиқи чизи дар он ҷой ёфтааш амал мекунад:\n"
+"\n"
+" * агар соҳаи худборшавии Windows ёфт шавад, онгоҳ онро ба соҳаи "
+"худборшавии\n"
+"grub/LILO иваз хоҳад кард. Пас, шумо метавонед ҳам GNU/Linux ва ҳам ОС-и\n"
+"дигарро кор андозед.\n"
+"\n"
+" * агар соҳаи худборшавии grub ё LILO ёфт шавад, онгоҳ \"%s\" онро ба наваш "
+"иваз хоҳад\n"
+"кард.\n"
+"\n"
+"Агар номуайянӣ рӯй диҳад, онгоҳ DrakX аз шумо мепурсад, ки дар куҷо\n"
+"корандози \"%s\" худборшавро ҷойгир намуд."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Ҳоло вақте расидааст барои интихоби системаи чопкунӣ барои компютери\n"
+"шумо. Дигар СО ба шумо як намудро пешкаш карда метавонад, Mandriva Linux\n"
+"бошад, ду намудро. Ҳар яке аз системаҳо барои батанзимдарории\n"
+"муайяни беҳтарин мебошад.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- ин маънои онро дорад, ки ``чопро саф наороед'' - ин интихоб,\n"
+"агар шумо бевосита ба чопгари худ пайваст бошед ва намехлҳед, ки\n"
+"қоғаз дар чопгар дар монад ва агар шумо чопгарони шабакавӣ надошта\n"
+"бошед (\"%s\" аз ӯҳдаи фақат шабакаҳои оддӣ баромада метавонад ва хеле\n"
+"барои онҳо суст мебошад.) Истифодаи \"pdq\" маслиҳат дода мешавад,\n"
+"ҳангоми гузоштани қадамҳои аввала ба GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', ин чопкуни олиҷаноб барои\n"
+"чопкунӣ дар шабакаи маҳаллии шумо, инчунин дар нисфи сайёра. Он дар\n"
+"батанзидарорӣ оддӣ ва ҳамчун хидматрасон ё мизоҷ дар системаҳои чопии\n"
+"пештараи \"lpd \", баромада метавонад. Барои ҳамин ҳам он бо системаҳои\n"
+"пештаристеҳсолшуда мутобиқ мебошад. Ба ҳамаи пурқудратии он нигоҳ\n"
+"накарда батанзимдарориҳои асосии он аз  \"pdq\" ҳам оддитар аст. Агар\n"
+"ба шумо намунасозии \"lpd\" хидматрасон лозим бошад, азозили \"cups-lpd \"-"
+"ро\n"
+"даргиронед. \"%s\" интерфейси графикӣ барои чоп кардан ё интихоби кортҳои\n"
+"принтер ва идоракунӣ бо он.\n"
+"\n"
+"Агар шумо интихоби худро кунед, лекин баъд маълум гардад, ки системаи\n"
+"чопкунӣ ба шумо писанд намеояд, шумо метавонед онро тағир диҳед ба воситаи "
+"сардодани PrinterDrake аз Маркази Идораи Mandriva ва пахшкунии \"%s\" "
+"тугмаи\n"
+"кордон."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Кордон"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Сараввал DrakX дастгоҳҳои дилхоҳи IDE-и ба компютери шумо омадаро муаяйн\n"
+"менамояд. Инчунин он системи шумо барои як ё кортҳои PCI SCSI зиёд баррасӣ\n"
+"менамояд. Агар корти SCSI ёфт шавад, онгоҳ DrakX ба таври автоматӣ ронандаи\n"
+"лозимаро коргузорӣ менамояд.\n"
+"\n"
+"Азбаски муаяйнкунии сахтафзор на ҳама вақт боваринок аст, DrakX\n"
+"шояд бо муяйнкунии гардонҳои сахт ба муваффақият ноил нагардад. Агар ин "
+"тавр\n"
+"бошад ба шумо лозим аст, то ки дастӣ сахтафзори худро нишон диҳед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Агар шумо созгори худро дастӣ нишон дода бошед, онгоҳ DrakX аз шумо "
+"мепурсад\n"
+"оё барои он хоҳиши ба танзим даровардани интихобҳоро доред.\n"
+"Шумо бояд ба DrakX иҷозат диҳед, то ки интихобҳои барои корт махсус бударо\n"
+"санҷед, ки барои коргузории созгор зарур аст. Одатан DrakX ин марҳиларо бе\n"
+"душворӣ мегузарад.\n"
+"\n"
+"Агар DrakX параметрҳои ба сахтфзор лозим буда муаяйн карда натавонад,\n"
+"онгоҳ ба шумо лозим аст, то ки дастӣ ронандаро ба танзим дароред."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": агар дар системи шумо корти овоздор муаяйн нашуда бошад,\n"
+" онгоҳ корти мазкур дар ин ҷо нишон дода мешавад. Агар шумо бинед, ки корти "
+"овоздори нишондода шуда\n"
+"ба оне ки дар системи шумо мувоффиқат намекунад, шумо метавонед ба дагма\n"
+"ангушт зада гардони дигарро интихоб намоед."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Ҳамчун азназаргузаронӣ DrakX ахборотеро, ки дар бораи системаи шумо\n"
+"дорад, пешниҳод мекунад. Вобаста ба он, ки кадом сахтафзор коргузорӣ\n"
+"шудааст, шумо метавонед ҳама ё баъзе аз ин пунктҳоро бинед. Ҳар пункт\n"
+"аз элементҳои батанзимдарор иборат аст, ки ахбороти хурде оиди\n"
+"батанзимдарориҳои ҷорӣ дорад. Барои ивази батанзимдарориҳо ба тугмаи\n"
+"мувофиқи \"%s\" ангушт занед.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": батанзимдарориҳои ҷории забонакро тафтиш \"%s\" кунед ва агар\n"
+"зарурат бошад, онро тағир диҳед\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": интихоби ҷории давлатро тафтиш кунед. Агар шумо дар дигар\n"
+"давлат бошед ба тугмаи \"%s\" ангушт зада онро интихоб кунед. Агар\n"
+"давлати шумо дар рӯйхати якумӣ нишон дода набошад, ба тугмаи \"%s\"\n"
+"ангушт занед барои дидани рӯйхати пурра.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Бо нобаёнӣ DrakX минтақаи вақтеро интихоб мекунад, ки\n"
+"ба интихоби давлатии шумо асос ёфтааст. Интихоб нодуруст бошад, дар\n"
+"ин ҷо шумо метавонед ба тугмаи \"%s\" ангушт занед\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Батанзимдарории ҷории мушро тафтиш кунед. Агар ягон чизро\n"
+"дигаргун сохтан лозим бошад ба тугма ангушт занед.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": дар вақти ангуштзанӣ ба \"%s\" устоди созкуни чопгар\n"
+"кушода мешавад. Аз китоби ``Роҳнамои оғозии корванд'' боби\n"
+"мувофиқро оиди чӣ тарз ба танзим даровардани чопгарро, хонед.\n"
+"Интерфейси дар он нишондода ба интерфейси батанзимдарорӣ монанд аст. \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": агар дар системаи шумо корти овозӣ пайдо гардад, он нишон дода\n"
+"мешавад. Агар шумо бинед, ки корти овозии нишондода ба он , ки дар\n"
+"системаи шумо ҳаст мувофиқат намекунад, шумо метавонед тугмаро\n"
+"ангушт зада, ронандаи дигарро интихоб кунед.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": бо нобаёнӣ DrakX интерфейси графикии шуморо бо ҳалнокии\n"
+"\"800x600\" ё \"1024x768\"ба танзим дароред. Агар ин шуморо қонеъ\n"
+"нагардонад, ба \"%s\" ангушт занед, барои дохилкунии дигаркуниҳо ба созгори "
+"интерфейси графикии шумо.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": агар дар системаи шумо корти ТВ пайдо гардад, он нишон дода\n"
+"мешавад. Агар шумо корти ТВ дошта бошеду он муайян нагардид, ба\"%s\"\n"
+"ангушт занед ва ба таври дастӣ онро ба танзим дароред.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": агар дар системаи шумо корти ISDN пайдо гардад, он нишон дода\n"
+"мешавад. Шумо метавонед ба \"%s\" ангушт занед барои тағири параметрҳои\n"
+"он.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": агар хоҳед, ки дастёбӣ ба Интернет ё шабакаи маҳаллиро танзим\n"
+"диҳед, бо ангуштзанӣ ба ин тугма, худи ҳозир онро иҷро карда метавонед.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ҳамчуноне, ки дар қадами пешина буд, ин пункт ба шумо\n"
+"бозмуайянкунии сатҳи бехатариро пешкаш мекунад ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": агар шумо мошинаи худро ба Интернет пайваст кардани бошед,\n"
+"беҳтар мешуд фейрволро коргузри кунед, барои муҳофизати системаи\n"
+"худ аз воридшавӣ аз берун. Аз китоби ``Роҳнамои оғозии корванд'' боби\n"
+"мувофиқро оиди чӣ тарз ба танзим даровардани фейрвол, хонед.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": агар хоҳед, ки танзими боркунандаи ибтидоиро тағир диҳед,\n"
+"ба ин тугма ангушт занед. Ин хосият барои корвандони моҳир пешбинӣ шудааст\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед, кадом намуди хидматрасониҳо\n"
+"дар мошинаи шумо корандозӣ карда мешаванд, идора кунед. Агар мошинаи шумо "
+"хидматрасон мешуда бошад, ба шумо тафтиши ин\n"
+"батанзимдарориҳо, ҳатмист."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Корти ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Интерфейси Графикӣ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Диски сахтеро, интихоб намоед, ки шумо онро барои офаридани қисми\n"
+"Mandriva Linux дур намудан мехоҳед. Эҳтиёт шавед, ки дар он ҳамаи\n"
+"додаҳои мавҷуд буда гум хоҳад шуд ва он барқарор намегардад!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Ба \"%s\" ангушт занед, агар шумо ҳамаи додаҳо ва қисмҳое ки дар ин диски "
+"сахт\n"
+"мавҷуд аст хориҷ намоед. Эҳтиёт шавед, ки баъд аз пахши \"%s\" шумо додаҳо "
+"ва\n"
+"қисмҳое ки дар ин диски сахт мавҷуд аст, инчунин ҳамаи додаҳои Windows-ро "
+"эҳё\n"
+"карда наметавонед.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ба \"%s\"ангушт занед, то ки бе талаф додани додаҳо ва қисмҳои дар ин диски "
+"сахт\n"
+"мавҷуд буда ин амалиётро бекор намоед."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Навбатӣ ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Гузашта"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/th.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/th.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58e6343d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/th.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1137 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Wachara Chinsettawong <wachara@yahoo.com>, 2001
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-09-10 14:24GMT+7\n"
+"Last-Translator: Wachara Chinsettawong <wachara@yahoo.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Thai <th@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 0.9.5\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "คุณต้องการใช้ aboot หรือไม่"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "อัพเกรด"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "ตำแหน่ง"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "ออกจากการติดตั้ง"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Boot Style Configuration"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "ใช้พาร์ติชั่นที่มีอยู่"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "ลบ disk ทั้งหมด"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "สร้างfloppyสำหรับการติดตั้งแบบออโตเมติก"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "อ๊อปชั่นของเครื่องพิมพ์แบบรีโมท"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "สำหรับผู้ชำนาญ > ปกติ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Logitech MouseMan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "การตรวจสอบสิทธิ์การใช้งาน"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "โหมดผู้เชี่ยวชาญ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX จะพยายามหา PCI SCSI adapter(s)  ถ้า DrakX\n"
+"หาเจอ SCSI adapter และรู้ว่าควรใช้ไดร์เวอร์อะไร มันก็จะ\n"
+"ถูกติดตั้งโดยออโตเมติก\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"ถ้าคุณมี SCSI adapter ISA adapter หรือ PCI SCSI adapter ที่ DrakX\n"
+"ไม่สามารถหาเจอ  คุณจะโดนถามว่ามี  SCSI adapter ในเครื่องของคุณ\n"
+"หรือไม่  ถ้าไม่มีกรุณากดที่ \"ไม่\"  แต่ถ้าคุณกดลงที่  \"ไช่\" คุณจะต้องเลือก\n"
+"ชนิดของ adapter ที่คุณมีอยู่\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"ถ้าคุณเป็นคนเลือก Adapter เอง DrakX จะถามว่าคุณจะป้อนข้อมูล\n"
+"Option หรือไม่  ถึงตรงนี้คุณควรจะให้ DrakX ค้นหา option ที่เหมาะสม\n"
+"ซึ่งโดยทั่วไปมันจะสามารถหาได้เองอย่างถูกต้อง\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"แต่ถ้าไม่สำเร็จคุณจำเป็นที่จะต้องให้ข้อมูล Option เอง  คุณควรหาข้อมูลเพิ่ม\n"
+"เติมได้จากคู่มือ (บทที่ 3 ตอน Collective informations on your hardware ) หรือ \n"
+"จาก Web Site ของผู้ผลิต หรือ จาก Microsoft Windows ถ้าคุณมีติดตั้ง"
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Internal ISDN card"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "ให้เป็นกราฟฟิคเมื่อเริ่มต้น"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"เลือก harddisk ที่ต้องการลบและลง Mandriva Linux\n"
+"ควรระวังเป็นอย่างมากดพราะว่าข้อมูลทุกอย่างจะถูกลบ\n"
+"และจะไม่สามารถกู้คืนได้"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"กด \"OK\" ถ้าคุณต้องการลบข้อมูลทั้งหมดบน harddisk นี้\n"
+"นี่รวมถึง partitions ทั้งหมดซึ่งรวมถึง Windows ด้วย\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"กด \"ยกเลิก\" เพื่อยกเสิกการทำงานนี้"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Next ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- ก่อน"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/tl.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/tl.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e4a00768a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/tl.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2076 @@
+# translation of DrakX-tl.po to Filipino
+# translation of DrakX.po to Filipino
+# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Arys P. Deloso <arys@deloso.org>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-tl\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-15 13:35+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Arys P. Deloso <arys@deloso.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Filipino <salinpinoy@comitus.net>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Bago magpatuloy, kailangang basahin ninyong mabuti ang mga nasasaad sa\n"
+"lisensiya. Tinutukoy nito ang kabuoang distribusyon ng Mandriva Linux. Kung\n"
+"kayo ay sumasang-ayon sa lahat ng nasasaad, i-check ang \"%s\" na box.\n"
+"Kung hindi, i-click ang \"%s\" na button para i-reboot ang inyong computer."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"Ang GNU/Linux ay isang sistema na pangmaramihang gumagamit, na nanganga-\n"
+"hulugang ang bawat gumagamit ay may kani-kaniyang pagtatangi o pagpili,.\n"
+"mga sariling file at iba pa. Maaari ninyong basahin ang ``Starter Guide'' "
+"para\n"
+"mas matutunan ang tungkol sa mga \"multi-user\" sistema. Pero hindi gaya ng\n"
+"\"root\", na siyang tagapamahala ng sistema, ang mga user na inyong idagdag\n"
+"mula sa punto na ito ay hindi pahihintulutan na baguhin ang kahit na ano "
+"maliban\n"
+"na lang sa kanilang sariling mga file at sarili nilang mga configuration, na "
+"nagbi-\n"
+"bigay proteksyon sa sistema laban sa mga hindi-sinasadyang o masamang\n"
+"hangaring pagbabago na makakaapekto sa kabuoang sistema. Nararapat na\n"
+"kayo ay lumalang ng kahit isang regular na user para sa inyong sarili -- ito "
+"ay\n"
+"account na dapat ninyong gamitin para sa pang-araw-araw na gamit. Kahit na\n"
+"napakadaling mag login bilang \"root\" para gawin kahit ano at lahat-lahat, "
+"ito\n"
+"rin ay mapanganib! Ang isang simpleng pagkakamali ay maaaring hindi na\n"
+"magpapatakbo ng inyong sistema. Kung mabigat naman ang inyong pagkaka-\n"
+"mali bilang isang regular na user, ang pinakamalalang mangyayari ay mawa-\n"
+"lan kayo ng ilang inpormasyon, pero hindi maaapektuhan ang buong sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ang unang field ay hihingin ang inyong tunay na pangalan. Siyempre hindi "
+"ito\n"
+"kinakailangan -- maari ninyong ipasok kahit anong gusto ninyo. Gagamitin ng\n"
+"DrakX ang unang salita na ipinasok ninyo sa field na ito at sisipiin ito sa "
+"field\n"
+"na \"%s\", na siyang pangalan na ipapasok ng user na ito sa pag login sa\n"
+"sistema. Kung gusto ninyo, maaari ninyong pawalang-halaga ang default\n"
+"at baguhin ang pangalan ng user. Ang susunod na hakbang ay pagpasok ng\n"
+"password. Sa pananaw ng seguridad, ang password ng \"non-privileged\" \n"
+"(regular) na user ay hindi kasing-halaga ng password ng \"root\", pero "
+"hindi\n"
+"ito dahilan para pabayaan ito at gawing blangko o napakasimple: kung "
+"iisipin\n"
+"ninyo, ang mga file ninyo ang nalalagay sa panganib.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kapag i-click ninyo ang \"%s\", makapagdadagdag kayo ng iba pang mga user.\n"
+"Magdagdag ng user para sa bawat isa ninyong mga kaibigan: halimbawa, sa\n"
+"bahay, tatay o kapatid ninyo; at sa tanggapan (opisina), mga kawani nito.\n"
+"I-click ang \"%s\" kung tapos na kayong magdagdag ng mga user.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ang pagki-click sa \"%s\" na button ay pahihintulutan kayong baguhin ang\n"
+"default na \"shell\" para sa user na iyon (bash ang default).\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung natapos na kayong magdagdag ng mga user, papipiliin kayo kung sinong\n"
+"user ang ila-login kaagad sa sistema kapag nag-boot ang sistema. Kung kayo\n"
+"ay interesado sa katangiang iyon (at walang gaanong pakialam sa local na\n"
+"seguridad), piliin ang napupusuang user at \"window manager\", at "
+"pagkatapos\n"
+"ay i-click ang \"%s\". Kung kayo ay hindi interesado sa katangiang ito, "
+"tanggalin\n"
+"ang check sa \"%s\" na box."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Gusto ninyong gamitin ang katangian na ito?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Nakalista rito ang mga namamalaging partisyon ng Linux na natiktikan sa\n"
+"inyong hard drive. Maaari ninyong itago ang mga pili ng Wizard, dahil sila\n"
+"ay mabuti para sa karamihan ng mga karaniwang \"installation\". Kung kayo\n"
+"ay gagawa ng mga pagbabago, mag-define dapat kayo ng partisyon ng\n"
+"\"root\" (\"/\"). Huwag pumili ng napakaliit na partisyon dahil hindi kayo "
+"maka-\n"
+"pag-i-install ng sapat na software. Kung gusto ninyong itago ang inyong "
+"data\n"
+"sa hiwalay na partisyon, kailangan ninyo ring gumawa ng \"/home\" na "
+"partisyon\n"
+"(maaari lamang kung kayo ay mayroong mahigit sa isang partisyon ng Linux na "
+"available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Bawat partisyon ay nakalista na sumusunod: \"Pangalan\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Pangalan\" ay naka-structure na: \"uri ng hard drive\", \"bilang ng hard "
+"drive\",\n"
+"\"bilang ng partisyon\" (halimbawa, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Uri ng hard drive\" ay \"hd\" kung ang inyong hard drive ay isang IDE na "
+"hard drive\n"
+"at \"sd\" kung ito ay isang SCSI na hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Bilang ng hard drive\" ay palaging titik pagkatapos ng \"hd\" o \"sd\". "
+"Para\n"
+"sa mga IDE na hard drive:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" ay nangangahulugang \"master hard drive sa primary IDE controller"
+"\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" ay nangangahulugang \"slave hard drive sa primary IDE controller"
+"\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" ay nangangahulugang \"master hard drive sa secondary IDE controller"
+"\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" ay nangangahulugang \"slave hard drive sa secondary IDE controller"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Sa mga SCSI na hard drive, ang \"a\" ay nangangahulugang \"pinakamababang "
+"SCSI ID\",\n"
+"ang \"b\" ay nangangahulugang \"pangalawang pinakamababang SCSI ID\", atbp."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Ang installation ng Mandriva Linux ay nakahati sa ilang mga CD-ROM.\n"
+"Kung ang napiling package ay nakalagay sa ibang CD-ROM, iluluwa ng DrakX\n"
+"ang kasalukuyang CD at ipapasuksok sa inyo ang tamang CD."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Panahon na para piliin kung aling mga program ang nais ninyong i-install sa\n"
+"inyong sistema. Mayroong libo-libong mga package na available para sa\n"
+"Mandriva Linux, at upang mas madali itong pangasiwaan, ang mga package\n"
+"ay inayos sa mga pangkat ng magkakatulad na mga application.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ang mga package ay inayos sa mga pangkat na batay sa paggamit ng\n"
+"inyong makina. Inaayos ng Mandriva Linux ang mga pangkat ng mga\n"
+"package sa apat na kategoriya. Maaari ninyong paghaluhaluin at\n"
+"pagbagaybagayin ang mga application mula sa sari-saring kategoriya,\n"
+"para ang installation na ``Workstation'' ay maaari pa ring maka-install\n"
+"ng mga application mula sa kategoriya ng ``Development''.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kung plano ninyong gamitin ang inyong makina bilang isang\n"
+"workstation, pumili ng isa o mahigit na pangkat na nasa kategoriya ng\n"
+"workstation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kung plano ninyong gamitin ang inyong makina sa paggawa\n"
+"ng program, pumili ng naaangkop na mga pangkat mula sa kategoriyang\n"
+"iyon.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kung ang makina ninyo ay gagamitin bilang server, piliin kung\n"
+"alin sa mga karaniwang serbisyo (\"common service\") ang nais ninyong\n"
+"i-install sa inyong makina.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dito ninyo pipiliin ang inyong nahihirang na \"graphical "
+"environment\".\n"
+"Dapat ay pumili ng isa kung gusto ninyong magkaroon ng \"graphical interface"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Ang paglipat ng \"mouse cursor\" sa ibabaw ng pangalan ng isang pangkat ay\n"
+"magpapakita ng maikling paliwanag tungkol sa pangkat na iyon. Kung inyong\n"
+"tatanggalin ang pagkapili sa mga pangkat habang nagsasagawa ng regular na\n"
+"installation (kasalungat ng \"upgrade\"), may dialog na magpa-pop-up na\n"
+"magmumungkahi ng iba-ibang mga option para sa isang maliitang installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ay mag-iinstall ng pinakamaliit na bilang ng mga package para "
+"lang\n"
+"maaaring magkaroon ng isang gumaganang \"graphical desktop\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ay i-install ang pinakabatayang sistema at saka mga "
+"pinakabatayang\n"
+"kagamitan (o \"utilities\") at ang kanilang mga dokumentasyon. Ang "
+"installation\n"
+"na ito ay nababagay para sa pagse-setup ng isang server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ay mag i-install ng ganap na kaliitang bilang ng mga package na\n"
+"kinakailangan para makakuha ng gumaganang sistema ng Linux. Sa installation\n"
+"na ito kayo ay magkakaroon lamang ng interface na command line (walang\n"
+"graphical interface). Ang kabuuang laki ng installation na ito ay mga 65\n"
+"megabytes.\n"
+"\n"
+"Maaari ninyong suriin ang \"%s\" na box, na kapakipakinabang kung kayo ay\n"
+"nakakakilala sa mga package na inihahandog o gusto ninyong magkaroon ng\n"
+"kabuuang kapangyarihan sa kung ano ang ii-install.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung sinimulan ninyo ang installation sa \"%s\" na mode, maaari ninyong\n"
+"tanggalin ang pagkapili ng lahat ng mga pangkat para maiwasan na\n"
+"makapag-install ng kahit anong bagong package. Ito ay mapapakinabangan\n"
+"sa pagkukumpuni o pag-a-update ng namamalaging sistema."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Upgrade"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "May basic na dokumentasyon"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Totoong maliitang install"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Kung sinabihan ninyo ang taga-install na gusto ninyong piliin ng isa-isa "
+"ang\n"
+"mga package, ito ay maghaharap ng \"tree\" na naglalaman ng mga\n"
+"package na napagbukod-bukod batay sa pangkat at pangkatan. Habang\n"
+"binabasa ang \"tree\", maaari kayong pumili ng mga buo-buong pangkat,\n"
+"pangkatan o isa-isang package.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tuwing kayo ay pipili ng package sa \"tree\", may paglalarawan na lalabas\n"
+"sa kanan para malaman ninyo ang layunin ng package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Kung ang isang package ng server ay napili, dahil kayo ay pumili ng\n"
+"bukod na package o kaya iyon ay bahagi ng isang pangkat ng mga package,\n"
+"kayo ay tatanungin kung gusto ninyo talagang i-install ang mga server na\n"
+"iyon. Bilang default, sisimulan kaagad ng Mandriva Linux pag-boot ang kahit\n"
+"anong na-install na mga service. Kahit na sila ay ligtas at walang kilalang "
+"mga\n"
+"issue nang mailabas ang distribusyon, maaring matuklasan na may butas sa\n"
+"seguridad pagkatapos matapos ang version ng Mandriva Linux na ito. Kung\n"
+"hindi ninyo nalalaman ang ginagawa ng isang service o bakit ito ini-"
+"install,\n"
+"i-click ang \"%s\". Ang pagki-click sa \"%s\" ay mag-i-install ng mga "
+"nakalistang\n"
+"service at sila ay sisimulan kaagad, bilang default, habang nagbo-boot. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Ang \"%s\" na option ay ginagamit para i-disable ang dialog ng babala na\n"
+"lumalabas tuwing ang taga-install ay kaagad namimili ng package para\n"
+"maresolba ang mga issue ng pagkaka-asa-asa (\"dependency\"). Ilang mga\n"
+"package ay may pagkakaugnayan sa pagitan ng bawat isa nila na kung saan\n"
+"ang pag-i-install ng isa ay nangangailangang na ma-install din ang ilang "
+"ibang\n"
+"program. Kaya ng taga-install na pasyahan kung aling mga package ang\n"
+"kinakailangan para masiyahan ang isang pagkaka-asa-asa upang matagumpay\n"
+"na matapos ang pag-i-install.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ang maliit na icon ng \"floppy disk\" sa ilalim ng listahan ay "
+"pahihintulutan\n"
+"kayong mag-load ng listahan ng package na ginawa noong nakaraang\n"
+"pag-i-install. Ito ay kapakipakinabang kung kayo ay mayroong ilang bilang "
+"ng\n"
+"mga makina na nais ninyong i-configure na magkapareho. Kapag nag-click\n"
+"sa icon na ito, kayo ay sasabihan na magsuksok ng \"floppy disk\" na ginawa\n"
+"noong nakaraang dulo ng pag-i-install. Tingnan ang pangalawang tip ng "
+"huling\n"
+"hakbang kung paano gumawa ng gayong floppy."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatic dependencies"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ang pagki-click sa \"%s\" na button ay magbubukas sa \"printer\n"
+"configuration wizard\". Konsultahin ang angkop na kabanata ng ``Starter\n"
+" Guide'' para sa karagdagang inpormasyon sa kung paano mag-setup ng\n"
+"bagong printer. Ang iniharap na interface doon ay katulad ng ginamit noong\n"
+"installation."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Itong dialog na ito ay ginagamit para piliin kung aling mga serbisyo o\n"
+"\"service\" ang nais ninyong magsimula sa oras ng pag-boot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ang DrakX ay maglilista ng lahat ng mga service na available sa "
+"kasalukuyang\n"
+"installation. Repasohin ng mabuti at maingat bawat isa at tanggalin ang "
+"check\n"
+"ng mga hindi kinakailangan sa oras ng pag-boot.\n"
+"\n"
+"May maikling paliwanag na ipapakita tungkol sa isang service kung ito ay\n"
+"napili. Ngunit kung kayo ay hindi nakatitiyak kung ang isang service ay\n"
+"may kabuluhan o wala, mas ligtas na pabayaan ang default na ayos.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Sa stage na ito, magpakaingat kung binabalak ninyong gamitin ang\n"
+"inyong makina bilang isang tagapagsilbi (\"server\"): malamang na hindi\n"
+"ninyo gugustuhin na simulan ang kahit na anong serbisyo (\"service\") na\n"
+"hindi ninyo kinakailangan. Pakitandaan na ilang mga serbisyo ay maaaring\n"
+"maging mapanganib kung sila ay gumagana sa isang \"server\". Sa karaniwan\n"
+"ay piliin lamang ang mga \"service\" na talagang kinakailangan ninyo.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Ginagamit ng GNU/Linux ang GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) sa pangangasiwa\n"
+"sa oras at isinasalin ito sa local na oras alinsunod sa pinili ninyong "
+"\"time zone\".\n"
+"Kung ang orasan sa inyong \"motherboard\" ay naka-set sa local na oras,\n"
+"maaari ninyong i-deactivate ito sa pamamagitan ng hindi pagpipili ng \"%s"
+"\",\n"
+"na magpapaalam sa GNU/Linux na ang orasan ng sistema at orasan ng\n"
+"hardware ay nasa parehong \"time zone\". Ito ay may kabuluhan kung ang\n"
+"makina ay naglalaman ng isa pang \"operating system\" (OS) gaya ng Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ang \"%s\" na option ay automatic na papangasiwaan ang orasan sa\n"
+"pamamagitan ng pagco-connect sa isang malayong tagapagsilbi na orasan\n"
+"(\"remote time server\") na nasa Internet. Para gumana ang katangiang ito,\n"
+"mayroon dapat kayong gumaganang koneksyon sa Internet. Pinakamabuti\n"
+"na pumili ng isang tagapagsilbi na orasan na malapit sa inyo. Ang option na\n"
+"ito ay talagang mag-i-install ng tagapagsilbi na orasan na magagamit rin ng\n"
+"ibang mga makina sa inyong local network."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatic na pagsasabaysabay ng oras"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   Karaniwan ay kaya ng taga-install na tiktikan ng automatic at\n"
+"i-configure ang \"graphic card\" na naka-install sa inyong makina.\n"
+"Kapag hindi ito nangyari, maaari ninyong piliin mula sa listahang ito\n"
+"ang card na talagang naka-install.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sa kalagayang maraming iba-ibang tagapagsilbi (\"server\") ang\n"
+"available para sa inyong card, mayroon o walang suporta sa 3D\n"
+"acceleration, kayo ay papipiliin ng tagapagsilbi na pinakababagay\n"
+"sa inyong pangangailangan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (para sa \"X Window System\") ay ang puso ng \"graphical interface\"\n"
+"ng GNU/Linux na kung saan lahat ng mga \"graphical environment\" (KDE,\n"
+"GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, atbp.) na kasama sa Mandriva Linux ay\n"
+"nakaasa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ihaharap sa inyo ang isang talaan ng iba-ibang mga parameter na babaguhin\n"
+"para makuha ang pinakamabuting (\"optimal\") graphical display: Graphic "
+"Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   Karaniwan ay kaya ng taga-install na tiktikan ng automatic at\n"
+"i-configure ang \"graphic card\" na naka-install sa inyong makina.\n"
+"Kapag hindi ito nangyari, maaari ninyong piliin mula sa listahang ito\n"
+"ang card na talagang naka-install.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sa kalagayang maraming iba-ibang tagapagsilbi (\"server\") ang\n"
+"available para sa inyong card, mayroon o walang suporta sa 3D\n"
+"acceleration, kayo ay papipiliin ng tagapagsilbi na pinakababagay\n"
+"sa inyong pangangailangan.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Karaniwan ay kaya ng taga-install na tiktikan ng automatic at\n"
+"i-configure ang monitor na nakakabit sa inyong makina. Kapag hindi\n"
+"ito tama, maaari ninyong piliin mula sa listahang ito ang monitor\n"
+"na talagang nakakabit sa inyong computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dito maaari ninyong piliin ang mga resolution at bigat ng kulay (\"color\n"
+"depth\") na available para sa inyong hardware. Pumili ng isang pinaka-\n"
+"babagay sa inyong pangangailangan (maaari ninyong baguhin iyon\n"
+"pagkatapos ng pag-i-install). Isang patikim ng piniling configuration ay\n"
+"ipapakita sa larawan ng monitor.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Subukan\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depende sa inyong hardware, ang \"entry\" na ito ay maaaring hindi "
+"lalabas.\n"
+"\n"
+"   ang sistema ay susubukang buksan ang \"graphical screen\" sa hinangad\n"
+"na resolution. Kung nakikita ninyo ang mensahe sa panahon ng pagsubok\n"
+"at sumagot ng \"%s\", ang DrakX ay magpapatuloy sa kasunod na hakbang.\n"
+"Kung hindi ninyo makita ang mensahe, nangangahulugan ito na ilang bahagi\n"
+"ng configuration ng automatic na pagtitiktik ay mali at ang pagsubok ay\n"
+"automatic na magtatapos pagkalipas ng 12 segundo, at dadalhin kayo\n"
+"pabalik sa menu. Baguhin ang mga setting hanggang makuha ninyo ang\n"
+"tamang \"graphical display\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Mga option\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dito ay makapipili kayo kung gusto ninyo na automatic na gamitin ng\n"
+"inyong makina ang \"graphical display\" pagka-boot. Halatang nais ninyong\n"
+"subukan ang \"%s\" kung ang inyong makina ay gaganap na tagapagsilbi,\n"
+"o kayo ay hindi nagtagumpay sa pag-configure ng display. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Karaniwan ay kaya ng taga-install na tiktikan ng automatic at\n"
+"i-configure ang monitor na nakakabit sa inyong makina. Kapag hindi\n"
+"ito tama, maaari ninyong piliin mula sa listahang ito ang monitor\n"
+"na talagang nakakabit sa inyong computer."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dito maaari ninyong piliin ang mga resolution at bigat ng kulay (\"color\n"
+"depth\") na available para sa inyong hardware. Pumili ng isang pinaka-\n"
+"babagay sa inyong pangangailangan (maaari ninyong baguhin iyon\n"
+"pagkatapos ng pag-i-install). Isang patikim ng piniling configuration ay\n"
+"ipapakita sa larawan ng monitor."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Sa kalagayang maraming iba-ibang tagapagsilbi (\"server\") ang\n"
+"available para sa inyong card, mayroon o walang suporta sa 3D\n"
+"acceleration, kayo ay papipiliin ng tagapagsilbi na pinakababagay\n"
+"sa inyong pangangailangan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Mga option\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dito ay makapipili kayo kung gusto ninyo na automatic na gamitin ng\n"
+"inyong makina ang \"graphical display\" pagka-boot. Halatang nais ninyong\n"
+"subukan ang \"%s\" kung ang inyong makina ay gaganap na tagapagsilbi,\n"
+"o kayo ay hindi nagtagumpay sa pag-configure ng display. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Sa puntong ito, kailangan ninyong magpasya kung saan ninyo nais i-install\n"
+"ang Mandriva Linux na \"operating system\" (OS) sa inyong \"hard drive\".\n"
+"Kung ang inyong \"hard drive\" ay walang laman o kung may namamalaging\n"
+"\"operating system\" na gumagamit sa lahat ng available na puwang,\n"
+"kakailanganin ninyong ipartisyon ang drive. Ang pagpapartisyon ng isang\n"
+"\"hard drive\" ay ginagawa sa pamamagitan ng paghahati-hati nito sa\n"
+"kaisipan (\"logical\") upang makagawa ng puwang na kinakailangan para\n"
+"ma-install ang inyong bagong sistema ng Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dahil kadalasan na hindi na mababawi ang paraan ng pagpapartisyon ng\n"
+"hard drive at maaaring magdulot ng pagkawala ng data  kung mayroon\n"
+"nang \"operating system\" na naka-install sa drive, ang pagpapartisyon ay\n"
+"ay maaaring maging nakakatakot at nakaka-stress kung kayo ay baguhang\n"
+"user.Sa kagandahang palad, ang DrakX ay may kalakip na \"wizard\" na\n"
+"magpapadali ng paraan na ito. Bago magpatuloy sa hakbang na ito,\n"
+"basahin muna ang mga nalalabing bahagi ng section na ito at higit sa\n"
+"lahat, huwag magmadali.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depende sa confiugration ng inyong hard drive, mayroong ilang mga option:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ang option na ito ay magsasagawa ng automatic na pagpapartisyon\n"
+"ng inyong walang lamang hard drive. Kung gagamitin ninyon ang option na ito\n"
+"hindi na magkakaroon ng iba pang mga \"prompt\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": natiktikan ng wizard na mayroong isa o mahigit na namamalaging\n"
+"partisyon ng Linux sa inyong \"hard drive\". Kung gusto ninyong gamitin "
+"sila,\n"
+"piliin ang option na ito. Pagkatapos kayo ay papipiliin ng mga \"mount point"
+"\"\n"
+"para sa bawat isang partisyon. Ang mga pamanang \"mount point\" ay pinili\n"
+"na bilang default, at para sa karamihang bahagi isang magandang pagkukuro\n"
+"kung gagamitin sila.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\":  kung ang Microsoft Windows ay naka-install sa inyong hard drive "
+"at\n"
+"ginagamit nito lahat ng mayroong puwang dito, kakailanganin ninyong\n"
+"gumawa ng libreng puwang para sa GNU/Linux. Para gawin ito, maaari ninyong\n"
+"tanggalin ang inyong partisyon ng Microsoft Windows at data (tingnan ang\n"
+"paglutas na ``Burahin ang buong disk'') o i-resize ang inyong partisyon ng\n"
+"Microsoft Windows na FAT o NTFS. Ang pagre-resize ay maaaring isagawa na\n"
+"walang mawawalang data, kung dati na ninyong na-defragment ang partisyon\n"
+"ng Windows. Matinding itinatagubilin na i-backup ang inyong data. Ang\n"
+"paggamit sa option na ito ay ipinapayo kung nais ninyong gamitin pareho ang\n"
+"Mandriva Linux at Microsoft Windows sa iisang computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bago piliin ang option na ito, pakiunawa na pagkatapos ng paraang ito,\n"
+"ang laki ng partisyon ng inyong Microsoft Windows ay magiging mas\n"
+"maliit kaysa nang kayo ay nagsimula. Magkakaroon kayo ng mas\n"
+"kaunting libreng puwang sa ilalim ng Microsoft Windows para iimbak ang\n"
+"inyong data o mag-install ng bagong software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kung gusto ninyong tanggalin lahat ng data at mga partisyon\n"
+"na mayroon sa inyong hard drive at palitan sila ng inyong bagong sistema\n"
+"ng Mandriva Linux, piliin ang option na ito. Maging maingat, dahil hindi na\n"
+"ninyo maaaring bawiin ang inyong pili matapos ninyong patotohanan ito.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! kung pipiliin ninyo ang option na ito, lahat ng data sa inyong disk "
+"ay\n"
+"matatanggal. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": buburahin nito lahat ng nasa inyong drive at mag-umpisa ng\n"
+"sariwa, pinapartisyon lahat mula sa simula. Lahat ng data sa inyong disk\n"
+"ay mawawala.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! kung pipiliin ninyo ang option na ito, lahat ng data sa inyong disk "
+"ay\n"
+"mawawala. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": piliin ang option na ito kung nais ninyong mano-manong "
+"ipartisyon\n"
+"ang inyong hard drive. Maging maingat -- ito ay makapangyarihan ngunit\n"
+"mapanganib na pili at maaaring madali ninyong mawala ang lahat ng\n"
+"inyong data. Ito ang dahilan kung bakit ipinapayo lamang ang option na ito\n"
+"kung kayo ay nakagawa na dati ng ganito at mayroong karanasan. Para sa\n"
+"karagdagang pagtuturo kung paano gamitin ang kagamitang DiskDrake,\n"
+"sumangguni sa section ng ``Managing Your Partitions'' (Pangangasiwa ng\n"
+"inyong mga Partisyon) sa ``Starter Guide'' (Patnubay sa Nagsisimula)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Gamitin ang namamalaging partisyon"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Burahin ang buong disk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Nandiyan na kayo. Tapos na ang pag-i-install at maaari nang gamitin ang\n"
+"inyong sistema ng GNU/Linux. I-click lang ang \"%s\" para i-reboot ang\n"
+"sistema. Huwag kalimutang alisin ang pang-install na media (CD-ROM\n"
+"o floppy). Ang unang bagay na dapat ninyong makita pagkatapos gawin ng\n"
+"inyong computer ang mga pagsubok sa hardware ay ang bootloader na menu,\n"
+"na papipiliin kayo kung aling \"operating system\" ang sisimulan.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ang \"%s\" na button ay nagpapakita ng dalawa pang button para:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": para gumawa ng pang-install na \"floppy disk\" na automatic na\n"
+"magsasagawa ng kabuuang pag-i-install na walang tulong ng isang\n"
+"tagpagpalakad, kamukha ng pag-i-install na kako-configure ninyo.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tandaan na mayroong dalawang magkaibang option pagkatapos i-click\n"
+"ang button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Ito ay halos automatic na pag-i-install. Ang pagpapartisyon\n"
+"na hakbang lamang ang siyang paraan na mapapakialaman.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Talagang automatic na pag-i-install : ang kabuuang hard disk\n"
+"ay susulatan muli, lahat ng data ay mawawala.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ang katangiang ito ay magagamit kung nag-i-install ng ilang bilang ng\n"
+"mga magkakahawig na makina.\n"
+" Tingnan ang section ng \"Auto install\"\n"
+"sa aming \"web site\" para sa karagdagang inpormasyon.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": magse-save ng talaan ng mga package na pinili sa pag-i-install\n"
+"na ito. Para gamitin ang pagpili na ito sa iba pang pag-i-install, isuksok "
+"ang\n"
+"ang floppy at simulan ang pag-i-install. Sa \"prompt\", pindutin ang [F1] "
+"key\n"
+"at i-type >> linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Lumikha ng auto-install na floppy"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Kailangang i-format ang kahit anong partisyon na bagong gawa para ito\n"
+"magamit (ang ibig sabihin ng pagfo-format ay paglilikha ng \"file system"
+"\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Sa ngayon, maaari ninyong naisin na i-format muli ang ilang mga mayroon\n"
+"nang partisyon para burahin ang nilalamang data nila. Kung nanaisin ninyong\n"
+"gawin iyon, pakipili rin ang mga partisyon na iyon.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pakitandaan na hindi kinakailangang i-format muli ang lahat ng dati nang\n"
+"mayroon ng mga partisyon. Kailangan ninyong i-format ulit ang mga\n"
+"partisyon na naglalaman ng \"operating system\" (gaya ng  \"/\", \"/usr\" o\n"
+"\"/var\") pero hindi ninyo kailangang i-format muli ang mga partisyon na\n"
+"naglalaman ng data na nais ninyong itago (karaniwan ay \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Pakiingatan ang pagpipili ng mga partisyon. Pagkatapos ng pagfo-format,\n"
+"lahat ng data sa mga napiling partisyon ay buburahin at hindi na ninyo\n"
+"mababawi ito.\n"
+"\n"
+"I-click ang \"%s\" kung handa na kayong i-format ang mga partisyon.\n"
+"\n"
+"I-click ang \"%s\" kung gusto ninyong pumili ng ibang partisyon para sa\n"
+"inyong pag-i-install ng bagong Mandriva Linux na \"operating system\".\n"
+"\n"
+"I-click ang \"%s\" kung nais ninyong piliin ang mga partisyon na susuriin\n"
+"para sa mga \"bad blocks\" (mga sirang bloke) sa disk."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Pagdating ng panahon na kayo ay nag-i-install ng Mandriva Linux, mas\n"
+"malamang na ilang mga package ay nabago na simula nang naunang\n"
+"paglabas. Maaaring inayos ang mga sira (\"bug\"), naresolba ang mga tanong\n"
+"sa sequridad. Para pakinabangan ang mga update (pagbabago) na ito ,\n"
+"maaari na ninyo ngayong i-download ito mula sa Internet. Suriin ang \"%s\"\n"
+"kung kayo ay may gumaganang koneksyon sa Internet, o \"%s\" kung mas\n"
+"nais ninyong i-install mamaya ang mga nabagong (\"update\") package.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ang pagpipili ng \"%s\" ay magpapakita ng talaan ng mga lugar kung saan\n"
+"ninyo maaaring makuha ang mga nabagong package. Pumili kayo dapat ng\n"
+"isa na malapit sa inyo. Lalabas ang isang tree ng mga napiling package:\n"
+"repasohin ang mga pagpili, at pindutin ang \"%s\" para kunin at i-install "
+"ang mga\n"
+"napiling package, o ang \"%s\" para hindi tumuloy."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Sa puntong ito, kayo ay papipiliin ng DrakX ng level ng seguridad o\n"
+"\"security level\" na hangarin ninyo para sa makinang ito. Ang level\n"
+"ng seguridad ay dapat na mas mataas kung ang makina ay maglalaman\n"
+"ng mga napakamahalagang data, o ito ay makinang itatapat sa Internet.\n"
+"Kung mas mataas ang seguridad, mas mahirap itong gamitin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung hindi ninyo alam ang pipiliin, manatili sa default na option. Maaari\n"
+"ninyong baguhin ang level ng seguridad mamaya gamit ang draksec\n"
+"na kasangkapan mula sa Mandriva Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ang \"%s\" na field ay magbibigay kaalaman sa sistema kung sinong \"user\"\n"
+"o gumagamit ng computer na ito ang siyang mananagot para sa seguridad.\n"
+"Ang mga mensaheng pangseguridad ay ipadadala sa \"address\" na iyon."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Tagapamala ng Seguridad"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Sa puntong ito, kailangan ninyong piliin kung aling mga partisyon ang\n"
+"gagamitin para sa pag-i-install ng sistema na Mandriva Linux. Kung ang\n"
+"mga partisyon ay nai-define na, mula sa dating pag-i-install ng GNU/Linux\n"
+"o ng ibang kasangkapang pangpartisyon, maaari ninyong gamiting ang\n"
+"mga mayroon nang partisyon. Kung hindi, dapat mag-define ng mga\n"
+"partisyon ng hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"Upang makalikha ng mga partisyon, dapat pumili muna kayo ng hard drive.\n"
+"Maaari ninyong piliin ang disk para sa pagpapartisyon sa pamamagitan ng\n"
+"pagki-click sa ``hda'' para sa unang IDE na drive, ``hdb'' para sa "
+"pangalawa,\n"
+"``sda'' para sa unang SCSI na drive at ganon.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para ipartisyon ang napiling hard drive, maaari ninyong gamitin ang mga\n"
+"option na ito:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ang option na ito ay magtatanggal ng lahat ng partisyon sa\n"
+"napiling hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ang option na ito ay hahayaan kayo na automatic na lumikha\n"
+"ng ext3 at swap na partisyon sa libreng puwang ng inyong hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": magbibigay daan sa karagdang mga katangian (\"feature\"):\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ise-save ang \"partition table\" sa floppy. Magagamit para sa\n"
+"mamayang pagbawi ng \"partition table\" kung kinakailangan. Matinding\n"
+"itinatagubilin na gawin ninyo ang hakbang na ito.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hahayaan kayong isauli ang dati nang na-save na \"partition\n"
+"table\" mula sa floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kung ang inyong partition table ay napinsala , maaari ninyong\n"
+"subukang bawiin iyon gamit ang option na ito.Maging maingat at tandaan\n"
+"na hindi iyon parating gumagana.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": babalewalain lahat ng mga pagbabago at kukunin muli ang\n"
+"partition table na nasa hard drive noong una pa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ang pagtatanggal ng check sa option na ito ay magpipilit sa mga\n"
+"gumagamit na mano-manong i-mount at i-unmount ang \"removable media\"\n"
+"gaya ng mga floppy at CD-ROM.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gamitin ang option na ito kung nais ninyong gumamit ng wizard "
+"para\n"
+"i-partisyon ang inyong hard drive. Ito ay nirerekomenda kung kayo ay walang\n"
+"mabuting kaalaman sa pagpapartisyon.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gamitin ang option na ito para bawiin ang mga pagbabago.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": magpapahintulot ng karagdagang magagawa sa mga partisyon (uri,\n"
+", mga option, format) at magbibigay ng mas maraming inpormasyon tungkol\n"
+"sa hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kung kayo ay tapos na sa pagpapartisyon  ng inyong hard drive, "
+"ito\n"
+"ay magse-save ng inyong mga pagbabago pabalik sa disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung inaalam ang laki ng partisyon, maaari ninyong i-set ng mabuti ang laki\n"
+"ng partisyon sa pamamagitan ng paggamit ng mga Arrow key ng inyong\n"
+"keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tandaan: maaari ninyon maabot ang kahit anong option gamit ang keyboard.\n"
+"Lakbayin ang mga partisyon gamit ang [Tab] at ang mga [Up/Down] arrow.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung may partisyon na nakapili, maaari ninyong gamitin ang:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c para lumikha ng bagong partisyon (kung walang laman ang partisyon "
+"na napili)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d para tanggalin ang partisyon\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m para i-set kung saan ilalagay (\"mount point\")\n"
+"\n"
+"Para makakuha ng inpormasyon tungkol sa mga iba't-ibang uri ng \"file system"
+"\",\n"
+"pakibasa ang kabanata ng ext2FS mula sa ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung kayo ay nag-i-install sa makina ng PPC, gugustuhin ninyong lumikha ng\n"
+"maliit na partisyon na HFS ``bootstrap'' na may laking hindi liliit sa 1MB "
+"na\n"
+"gagamitin ng yaboot bootloader. Kung pipiliin ninyong mas malaki ang\n"
+"partisyon, mga 50MB, makikita ninyong ito ay kapakipakinabang na lugar\n"
+"sa pag-iimbak ng mga reserbang kernel at mga \"ramdisk image\" para sa\n"
+"panahon ng mahigpit na pangangailangan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Ino-auto-mount ang removable media"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Lipat sa normal o bihasang mode"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Mahigit sa isang partisyon ng Microsoft ang natiktikan sa inyong hard "
+"drive.\n"
+"Pakipili kung alin ang gusto ninyong i-resize para ma-install ang inyong\n"
+"bagong \"operating sytem\" na Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bawat partition ay nakalista ng ganito: \"Pangalan ng Linux\",\n"
+"\"Pangalan ng Windows\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Pangalan ng Linux name\" ay may istruktura na: \"uri ng hard drive\",\n"
+"\"bilang ng hard drive\",\"bilang ng partisyon\" (halimbawa, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Uri ng hard drive\" ay \"hd\" kung ang inyong hard dive ay isang IDE\n"
+"na hard drive at \"sd\" kung iyon ay isang SCSI na hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Bilang ng hard drive\" ay palaging titik pagkatapos ng \"hd\" o \"sd\". "
+"Para\n"
+"sa mga IDE na hard drive:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" ay nangangahulugang \"master hard drive sa primary IDE controller"
+"\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" ay nangangahulugang \"slave hard drive sa primary IDE controller"
+"\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" ay nangangahulugang \"master hard drive sa secondary IDE controller"
+"\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" ay nangangahulugang \"slave hard drive sa secondary IDE controller"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Sa mga SCSI na hard drive, ang \"a\" ay nangangahulugang \"pinakamababang "
+"SCSI ID\",\n"
+"ang \"b\" ay nangangahulugang \"pangalawang pinakamababang SCSI ID\", atbp.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Pangalan ng Windows\" ay ang titik ng inyong hard drive sa ilalim ng "
+"Windows\n"
+"(ang unang disk o partisyon ay tinatawag na \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": i-check ang kasalukuyang pagpili ng bansa. Kung kayo ay wala sa\n"
+"bansang ito, i-click ang \"%s\" na button at pumili ng iba. Kung ang inyong\n"
+"bansa ay wala sa unang talaan na ipinakita, i-click ang \"%s\" na button\n"
+"para makuha ang buong talaan ng mga bansa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Ang hakbang na ito pagaganahin lamang kung mayroong nakitang\n"
+"partisyon ng GNU/Linux sa inyong makina.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kailangang malaman ngayon ng DrakX kung gusto ninyong magsagawa\n"
+"ng bagong install o upgrade ng namamalaging Mandriva Linux na sistema:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Para sa karamihang bahagi, ganap na binubura nito ang lumang\n"
+"sistema. Kung nais ninyong baguhin kung paano ang pagpartisyon sa inyong\n"
+"hard drive, o baguhin ang file system, dapat ninyong gamitin ang option na\n"
+"ito. Subalit, depende sa inyong pakana ng pagpapartisyon, maaari ninyong\n"
+"pigilang masulatan ang ilan sa inyong mga namamalaging data.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ang klase ng pag-i-install na ito ay pahihintulutan kayong i-"
+"update\n"
+"ang mga package na kasalukuyang naka-install sa inyong sistema ng\n"
+"Mandriva Linux. Ang inyong kasalukuyang pakana ng pagpapartisyon at\n"
+"data ng gumagamit ay hindi nabago. Karamihan ng ibang mga hakbang sa\n"
+"pagko-configure ay mayroon pa rin, katulad ng standard na pag-i-install.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ang paggamit sa ``Upgrade'' na option ay gagana ng mabuti sa mga sistema\n"
+"ng Mandriva Linux na nagpapatakbo ng version \"8.1\" o pataas. Ang\n"
+"pagsasagawa ng upgrade sa mga version bago ng Mandriva Linux \"8.1\" ay\n"
+"hindi ipinapayo."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Depende sa wika na pinili ninyo sa section, pipiliin kaagad ng DrakX ang\n"
+"isang tanging uri ng configuration ng keyboard. Suriin na ang pagpili ay\n"
+"nababagay sa inyo o pumili ng ibang keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Maaari rin kayong magkaroon ng keyboard na hindi tumutugma sa\n"
+"inyong wika: halimbawa, kung kayo ay Swiss native na nagsasalita ng\n"
+"English, maaari kayong magkaroon ng Swiss na keyboard. O kung kayo\n"
+"ay nagsasalita ng English at kayo ay nasa Quebec, maaari ninyong makita\n"
+"ang inyong sarili sa kalagayan na hindi magkatugma ang inyong native na\n"
+"wika at naka-country-set na keyboard. Kahit aling kaso, ang pag-i-install\n"
+"na hakbang na ito ay hahayaan kayong pumili ng angkop na keyboard\n"
+"mula sa talaan.\n"
+"\n"
+"Iclick ang \"%s\" na button para harapan kayo ng kumpletong talaan ng\n"
+"mga suportadong keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung kayo ay pipili ng keyboard layout na batay sa alfabetong hindi Latin,\n"
+"ang kasunod na dialog ay pahihintulutan kayong pumili ng \"key binding\"\n"
+"(pagkadikit sa key) na maglilipat sa keyboard sa pagitan ng Latin at ng\n"
+"hindi Latin na layout."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Ang inyong pili ng hinirang na wika ay makakaapekto sa wika ng mga\n"
+"dokumentasyon, sa taga-install at, sa karaniwan, sa sistema. Piliin muna\n"
+"ang rehiyon kung nasaan kayo, at pagkatapos ang wika ninyo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ang pagki-click sa \"%s\" na button ay hahayaan kayong pumili ng iba pang\n"
+"mga wika na ii-install sa inyong workstation, at mag-i-install ng mga file "
+"para\n"
+"sa dokumentasyon ng sistema at mga application, na angkop sa wikang\n"
+"napili. Halimbawa, kung kayo ay magho-host ng mga user o gumagamit\n"
+"mula sa Spain sa inyong makina, piliin ang English bilang default na wika "
+"sa\n"
+"\"tree view\" at \"%s\" sa \"Advanced section\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Tungkol sa suporta sa UTF-8 (unicode): Ang Unicode ay isang bagong\n"
+"\"character encoding\" na nagnanais masakop ang lahat ng namamalaging\n"
+"wika. Ang buong suporta dita ng GNU/Linux ay ginagawa pa rin. Sa dahilang\n"
+"ito, gagamitin ito o hindi ng Mandriva Linux depende sa mga pili ng mga\n"
+"gumagamit:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kung kayo ay pipili ng wika na may malakas na \"legacy encoding"
+"\" (latin1\n"
+"na mga wika, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish,\n"
+"karamihan ng mga wikang iso-8859-2), ang \"legacy encoding\" ay\n"
+"gagamitin bilang default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ang iba pang mga wika ay gagamitin ang unicode bilang default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kung mangangailangan ng dalawa o mahigit na mga wika, at iyong mga\n"
+"wika ay hindi gumagamit ng parehong \"encoding\", unicode ang gagamitin\n"
+"ng buong sistema;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Sa wakas, ang unicode ay maaaring ipilit para sa sistema sa hiling ng\n"
+"gumagamit (\"user\") sa pamamagitan ng pagpili sa option na \"%s\"\n"
+"na hiwalay o hindi umaasa sa kung aling mga wika ang mga napili.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tandaan na kayo ay makakapili ng hindi lamang isang karagdagang wika.\n"
+"Maaari kayong pumili ng ilan o kaya i-install silang lahat sa pamamagitan "
+"ng\n"
+"pagpipili sa \"%s\" na box. Ang pagpipili ng suporta sa isang wika ay\n"
+"nangangahulugang ii-install rin ang mga pagsasalin, font, pangsuri ng "
+"spelling,\n"
+"atbp. para sa wikang iyon.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para lumipat sa mga sari-saring wika na naka-install sa inyong sistema,\n"
+"maaari ninyong i-launch ang command na \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" bilang\n"
+"\"root\" para baguhin ang wika na gamit ng buong sistema. Kapag pinatakbo\n"
+"ang command o utos bilang isang regular na user o gumagamit, mababago\n"
+"lamang ang mga setting ng wika para sa gumagamit na iyon."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Sa pangkaraniwan, ang DrakX ay hindi magkakaproblema sa pagtitiktik\n"
+"ng dami ng button ng inyong mouse. Kung hindi, iipagpalagay nito na kayo\n"
+"ay mayroong \"two-button\" (dalawang pindutan) na mouse at ico-configure\n"
+"ito para tumulad sa mouse na may pangatlong pindutan. Ang pangatlong\n"
+"pindutan ng mouse na may dalawang pindutan lamang ay mapipindot sa\n"
+"pamamagitan ng sabay na pagpindot sa kaliwa at kanang pindutan ng mouse.\n"
+"Automatic na malalaman ng DrakX kung ang mouse ninyo ay gumagamit ng\n"
+"PS/2, serial o USB na \"interface\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung kayo ay mayroong mouse na may tatlong pindutan at walang \"wheel\"\n"
+"o gulong, maaari ninyong piliin ang mouse na nagsasabing \"%s\". Pagkatapos\n"
+"ay ico-configure ng DrakX ang inyong mouse para magkunwari na may gulong\n"
+"ito: para gawin ito, pindutin ang gitnang pindutan at igalaw ang inyong "
+"mouse\n"
+"na pataas at pababa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung sa anumang dahilan, naisin ninyong magbanggit ng ibang uri ng mouse,\n"
+"piliin ito mula sa talaan na ibinigay.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung kayo ay pipili ng mouse maliban sa default, may \"test screen\" na "
+"lalabas\n"
+"para masubukan ninyo ang inyong mouse. Gamitin ang mga pindutan at \"wheel"
+"\"\n"
+"para patotohanan na ang mga \"setting\" ay tama at ang inyong mouse ay\n"
+"gumagana ng tama. Kung ang mouse ay hindi gumana ng mabuti, pindutin\n"
+"ang \"space bar\" o [Return] key para i-cancel ang test at bumalik sa "
+"talaan\n"
+"ng mga pagpipilian.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ang mga mouse na may \"wheel\" o gulong ay karaniwang hindi natitiktikan ng\n"
+"automatic, kung kaya kailangan ninyong piliin ang inyong mouse mula sa "
+"talaan.\n"
+"Tiyakin na piliin ang isa na nababagay sa \"port\" kung saan nakakabit ang\n"
+"inyong mouse. Matapos makapili ng mouse at pindutin ang \"%s\" na pindutan,\n"
+"may lalabas na larawang-diwa ng mouse sa screen. I-scroll ang gulong ng\n"
+"mouse para matiyak na ito ay napagana ng tama. Kapag nakita na ninyong\n"
+"gumagalaw ang gulong ng mouse sa screen habang ini-scroll ninyo ang gulong\n"
+"ng inyong mouse,subukan ninyo ang mga pindutan at suriin kung ang pointer "
+"ng\n"
+"mouse sa screen ay gumagalaw habang ginagalaw ninyo ang inyong mouse."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "may Wheel emulation"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Kahit anong PS/2 & USB mouse"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Pakipili ang tamang port. Halimbawa, ang \"COM1\" port sa Windows\n"
+"ay may pangalang \"ttyS0\" sa ilalim ng GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ito ang pinakamahalagang punto ng desisyon para sa seguridad ng inyong\n"
+"GNU/Linux na sistema: dapat ninyong ipasok ang password ng \"root\". Ang\n"
+"\"root\" ay siyang tagapamahala ng sistema at siya lamang ang \"user\" o\n"
+"gumagamit na may pahintulot na mag-update, magdagdag ng mga user,\n"
+"baguhin ang kabuuang configuration ng sistema, atbp. Sa maikling salita,\n"
+"ang \"root\" ay may kakayahang gawin ang kahit na anong bagay! Ito ang\n"
+"dahilan kung bakit dapat kayong pumili ng password na mahirap mahulaan -\n"
+"sasabihan kayo ng DrakX kung ang password na pinili ninyo ay masyadong\n"
+"madali. Kung inyong mapapansin, hindi kayo pinipilit na magpasok ng "
+"password,\n"
+"pero matindi namin kayong pinapayuhan laban dito. Ang GNU/Linux na sistema\n"
+"ay makiling sa mga pagkakamali ng tagapagpalakad gaya ng lahat ng ibang\n"
+"\"operating system\". Dahil ang \"root\" ay may kakayahang daigin ang lahat\n"
+"ng mga hanggahan at hindi sinasadyang burahin lahat ng data sa mga\n"
+"partisyon dahil na rin sa walang ingat na pag-access sa mga partisyon,\n"
+"napakaimportante na mahirap maging \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Ang password ay dapat halo ng mga alphanumeric character at hindi iikli sa "
+"8\n"
+"character ang haba. Huwag na huwag isusulat ang password ng \"root\" --\n"
+"mas higit na mapapadaling madala ang sistema sa panganib.\n"
+"\n"
+"Isang babala -- huwag gawing napahaba o napakahirap ng password dahil\n"
+"dapat ay maaalala ninyo ito!\n"
+"\n"
+"Ang password ay hindi ipapakita sa screen habang itina-type ninyo ito. Para\n"
+"mabawasan ang pagkakamali sa pag-type ng hindi nakikita kakailanganin\n"
+"ninyong i-type ng dalawang beses ito. Kung naulit ninyo ang maling pag-type\n"
+"ng dalawang beses, itong maling password na ito ang siyang gagamitin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung nais ninyo na ang pagpasok sa computer na ito ay kontrolin ng isang\n"
+"\"authentication server\", i-click ang \"%s\" na pindutan.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung ang network ninyo ay gumagamit ng LDAP, NIS, o PDC \"Windows Domain\n"
+"authentication service\", piliin ang naaangkop para sa \"%s\". Kung hindi "
+"ninyo\n"
+"alam kung alin ang gagamitin, dapat kayong magtanong sa inyong\n"
+"tagapamahala ng network (\"network administrator\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung kayo ay nagkakaproblema sa pagtanda ng mga password, kung ang inyong\n"
+"computer ay hindi kakabit sa Internet at kayo ay lubos na nagtitiwala sa "
+"lahat\n"
+"ng gumagamit ng inyong computer, maaari ninyong piliin na magkaroon ng\n"
+"\"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "authentication"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ang LILO at GRUB ay mga bootloader ng GNU/Linux. Pangkaraniwan, ang\n"
+"stage na ito ay ganap na automatic. Susuriing mabuti ng DrakX ang\n"
+"\"boot sector\" ng disk at gagalaw ng angkop sa kung ano ang makita\n"
+"nito doon:\n"
+"\n"
+" * kung may nakitang boot sector ng Windows, ay papalitan ito ng\n"
+"GRUB/LILO na boot sector. Sa ganitong paraan ay maaari ninyong i-load\n"
+"ang GNU/Linux o ano pang ibang OS na naka-install sa inyong makina.\n"
+"\n"
+" * kung may nakitang GRUB o LILO na boot sector, papalitan ito ng bago.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung hindi ito mapasyahan, tatanungin kayo ng DrakX kung saan ilalagay\n"
+"ang bootloader. Pangakaraniwan, ang \"%s\" ang pinakaligtas na lugar.\n"
+"Ang pagpipili sa \"%s\" ay hindi mag-i-install ng kahit anong bootloader.\n"
+"Gamitin lamang ito kung alam ninyo ang inyong ginagawa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Panahon na upang pumili ng sistema ng pagpi-print para sa inyong computer.\n"
+"Ang ibang mga \"operating system\" (OS) ay mag-aalok lamang ng isa, pero\n"
+"ang Mandriva Linux ay nag-aalok ng dalawa. Bawat isa sa dalawang sistema\n"
+"ng pagpi-print na ito ay nababagay sa natatanging uri ng configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- na acronym para sa ``print, do not queue'', ang piliin kung "
+"mayroon\n"
+"kayong direktang koneksyon sa inyong printer, gusto ninyong madaling\n"
+"makakalas sa mga \"printer jam\", at wala kayong naka-network na printer.\n"
+"(\"%s\" ay makapangangasiwa lamang ng mga napakasimpleng kaso ng\n"
+"network at medyo mabagal kung gagamitin na may network). Inirerekomenda\n"
+"na gamitin ninyo ang \"pdq\" kung ito ang una ninyong karanasan sa GNU/"
+"Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', ay napakagaling na pili para "
+"sa\n"
+"pagpi-print sa inyong local na printer o sa kabilang panig ng mundo. Ito ay\n"
+"simpleng i-configure at maaaring gumanap na \"server\" o isang \"client\"\n"
+"para sa lumang \"lpd \" na sistema ng pagpi-print, samakatuwid ito ay\n"
+"magkaugma sa mga mas lumang \"operating system\" na maaaring\n"
+"mangailangan pa rin ng serbisyong pang-print. Habang makapangyarihan,\n"
+"ang basic na setup ay halos kasingdali ng sa \"pdq\". Kung kailangan "
+"ninyong\n"
+"gayahin ang \"lpd\" server, tiyakin na buksan ninyo ang \"cups-lpd \" "
+"daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" ay naglalaman ng mga graphical front-ends para sa pagpi-print o "
+"pagpili\n"
+"ng mga option ng printer at para sa pangangasiwa ng printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung kayo ay pipili na ngayon, at mamaya ay makita ninyo na hindi ninyo "
+"gusto\n"
+"ang inyong sistema ng pagpi-print maaari ninyo itong baguhin sa pamamagitan\n"
+"ng pagpapatakbo ng PrinterDrake mula sa Mandriva Control Center at\n"
+"pagki-click sa bihasa (\"expert\") na pindutan."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Bihasang Mode"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Titiktikan muna ng DrakX ang mga IDE device na mayroon sa inyong\n"
+"computer. Ito rin ay maghahanap ng isa o mahigit na mga PCI SCSI card\n"
+"sa inyong sistema. Kung may nakitang SCSI card, ii-install ng DrakX ang\n"
+"naaangkop na driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dahil sa hindi perpekto ang pagtiktik sa hardware, ang DrakX ay maaaring\n"
+"mabigo sa pagtitiktik sa inyong mga hard drive. Kung gayon, dapat ninyong\n"
+"sabihin ang inyong hardware ng mano-mano.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung kinailangan na mano-mano ninyong sabihin ang inyong PCI SCSI adapter,\n"
+"tatanungin kayo ng DrakX kung gusto ninyong i-configure ang mga option\n"
+"para dito. Dapat hayaan ninyo ang DrakX na suriing mabuti ang hardware\n"
+"para sa mga option na specific sa card na kinakailangan para ma-initialize\n"
+"ang adapter. Kadalasan, ang DrakX ay makakalagpas sa hakbang na ito na\n"
+"walang kahit anong problema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kung hindi nasuring mabuti ng DrakX ang mga option para automatic na\n"
+"mapasyahan kung aling mga parameter ang kinakailangan na ipasa sa inyong\n"
+"hardware, kakailanganin ninyong mano-manong i-configure ang driver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": kung may sound card na natiktikan sa inyong sistema, ipapakita\n"
+"iyon dito. Kung inyong mapansin na ang sound card na ipinakita ay hindi\n"
+"talaga iyong mayroon sa inyong sistema, maaari ninyong i-click ang pindutan\n"
+"at pumili ng ibang driver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Bilang balik-tanaw, ang DrakX ay maghaharap ng kabuuang inpormasyon na\n"
+"mayroon ito tungkol sa inyong sistema. Depende sa inyong naka-install na\n"
+"hardware, maaari kayong magkaroon ng ilan o lahat ng mga sumusunod na\n"
+"entry. Bawat entry ay binubuo ng \"configuration item\" na ico-configure, "
+"na\n"
+"sinusundan ng isang maikling kabuuan ng kasulukuyang configuration.\n"
+"I-click ang katapat na \"%s\" na pindutan para baguhin iyon.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": suriin ang kasalukuyang configuration ng \"keyboard map\" at\n"
+"baguhin kung kinakailangan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": suriin ang kasalukuyang bansang pinili. Kung wala kayo sa "
+"bansang\n"
+"ito, i-click ang \"%s\" na pindutan at pumili ng iba. Kung ang inyong bansa "
+"ay\n"
+"wala sa unang listahan na ipinakita, i-click ang \"%s\" na pindutan upang\n"
+"makakuha ng kompletong talaan ng bansa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bilang, default, malalaman ng DrakX ang inyong \"time zone\" "
+"batay\n"
+"sa bansang pinili ninyo. Maaari ninyong i-click ang \"%s\" na pindutan dito\n"
+"kung hindi ito tama.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": suriin ang kasalukuyang configuration ng mouse at i-click ang\n"
+"pindutan para baguhin ito kung kinakailangan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ang pagki-click sa \"%s\" na pindutan ay magbubukas sa wizard\n"
+"na pang-configure ng printer (\"printer configuration wizard\"). "
+"Konsultahin\n"
+"ang katapat na kabanata ng ``Starter Guide'' para sa karagdagang\n"
+"inpormasyon sa kung paano mag-setup ng bagong printer. Ang interface\n"
+"na ihaharap doon ay kahawig nung ginamit sa pag-i-install.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\":  kung may sound card na natiktikan sa inyong sistema, ipapakita\n"
+"iyon dito. Kung inyong mapansin na ang sound card na ipinakita ay hindi\n"
+"talaga iyong mayroon sa inyong sistema, maaari ninyong i-click ang pindutan\n"
+"at pumili ng ibang driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bilang default, kino-configure ng DrakX ang inyong \"graphical "
+"interface\"\n"
+"sa \"800x600\" o \"1024x768\" na resolution. Kung hindi iyon babagay sa "
+"inyong,\n"
+"i-click ang \"%s\" para i-configure ulit ang inyong \"graphical interface"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kung may TV card na natiktikan sa inyong sistema, ipapakita iyon\n"
+"dito. Kung mayroon kayong TV card at hindi ito natiktikan, i-click ang \"%s"
+"\"\n"
+"para subukang i-configure ito ng mano-mano.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kung may ISDN card na natiktikan sa inyong sistema, ipapakita\n"
+"iyon dito. Maaari ninyong i-click ang \"%s\" para baguhin ang mga\n"
+"parameter na kasamahan ng card.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Kung nais ninyong i-configure ngayon ang inyong pagpasok sa \n"
+"Internet o \"local network\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ang entry na ito ay hahayaan kayong i-define ulit ang level ng\n"
+"seguridad na nai-set sa nakaraang hakbang ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kung plano ninyon i-connect ang inyong makina sa Internet,\n"
+"magandang kaisipan na protektahan ninyo ang inyong sarili laban sa mga\n"
+"pagpasok ng walang pahintulot sa pamamagitan ng pag-setup ng firewall.\n"
+"Konsultahin ang katapat na section ng ``Starter Guide'' para sa detalye\n"
+"tungkol sa mga setting ng firewall.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kung nais ninyong baguhin ang configuration ng inyong "
+"bootloader,\n"
+"i-click ang pindutan na iyon. Ito ay para sa mga bihasang gumagamit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dito maaari ninyong piliing mabuti kung aling mga serbisyo o "
+"(\"service\")\n"
+"ang patatakbuhin sa inyong sistema. Kung plano niyong gamitin ang makinang\n"
+"ito bilang isang tagapagsilbi (\"server\") magandang balik-tanawin ang setup "
+"na\n"
+"ito."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN card"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Graphical Interface"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Piliin ang hard drive na inyong gustong burahin upang ma-install ang\n"
+"inyong bagong Mandriva Linux na partisyon. Mag-ingat, lahat ng data\n"
+"sa drive na ito ay mawawala at hindi na ito mababawi!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"I-click ang \"%s\" kung gusto ninyong tangalin lahat ng data at partisyon\n"
+"na mayroon sa hard drive na ito. Mag-ingat, pagkatapos ma-click ang\n"
+"\"%s\", hindi na ninyo mababawi ang kahit anong data at mga partisyon\n"
+"na mayroon sa hard drive na ito, kasama ang kahit anong data ng Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"I-click ang \"%s\" para hindi ituloy ang operasyon na ito na walang "
+"mawawlang\n"
+"data at mga partisyon na mayroon sa hard drive na ito."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Kasunod ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Nakaraan"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/tr.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/tr.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00d477eb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/tr.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1738 @@
+# translation of DrakX-tr.po to Turkish
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva
+# ############################################
+#
+# Ömer Fadıl USTA <omer_fad@hotmail.com> , 1999-2003.
+# Tuncay YENİAY <tuncayyeniay@mynet.com>,2002.
+# Nazmi Savga <nsavga@doruk.net.tr>,2001.
+# Durmuş Celep <durmusc_tr@yahoo.com>,2002.
+# Erçin EKER <erc.caldera@gmx.net>, 2003.
+#
+# #############################################
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-tr\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-15 13:35+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ömer Fadıl USTA <omer_fad@hotmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Turkish <tr@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Devam etmeden önce lisans koşullarını dikkatle okumalısınız. Lisans tüm\n"
+"Mandriva Linux dağıtımını kapsar, bu koşullarını tamamını kabul "
+"ediyorsanız,\n"
+"\"%s\" kutusunu işaretleyiniz aksi halde \"%s\" tuşuna tıklayarak\n"
+"makinenizi yeniden başlatabilirsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux çok kullanıcılı bir sistemdir, yani her kullanıcının kendi\n"
+"tercihleri, kendi dosyaları, v.s. olabilir. Daha fazla bilgi edinmek için\n"
+"\"Kullanıcı Kılavuzu\"nu okuyunuz. Sistem Yöneticisi olan \"root\" dışındaki "
+"kullanıcılar kendi dosyaları ve yapılandırmaları dışında hiçbir\n"
+"şeyi değiştiremezler. Kendiniz için en az bir normal kullanıcı "
+"oluşturmalısınız.\n"
+"Bu hesabı sıradan işler için kullanacaksınız. Sisteminizi \"root\" olarak\n"
+"kullanmak çok pratik gibi görünse de aslında çok tehlikelidir. En küçük bir\n"
+"yanlışlık sisteminizin çalışmamasıyla sonuçlanabilir. Ama normal kullanıcı\n"
+"olarak bir sürü yanlış da yapsanız sadece kendi bilgilerinize zarar vermiş\n"
+"olursunuz, sisteminize zarar veremezsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"İl alan gerçek isminizi girmeniz içindir. Tabii ki sorunlu değildir, "
+"herhangi bir\n"
+"şey yazabilirsiniz. DrakX bu bölüme ilk girdiğiniz kelimeyi \"%s\" bölümüne\n"
+"kopyalayacak ki bu sisteme giriş için kullanılacak kullanıcı adıdır. "
+"İsterseniz\n"
+"kullanıcı adını değiştirebilirsiniz. Sonra buraya bir parola gireceksiniz. "
+"Bir\n"
+"normal kullanıcının parolası \"root\" parolası kadar önemli değildir.\n"
+"Fakat bu boş yada basit bir şifre kullanmak için bir gerekçe değildir,\n"
+"sonuç olarak kişisel dosyalarınızı tehlikeye atmış olursunuz.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"e tıklayarak ile kullanıcı için öntanımlı \"kabuk\"u "
+"değiştirebilirsiniz\n"
+"(öntanımlı olan bash'dir).\n"
+"\n"
+"Kullanıcı eklemeyi tamamladıktan sonra, sistem açıldıktan sonra otomatik\n"
+"giriş yapılacak kullanıcı sorulacaktır. Eğer bu konu ile ilgileniyorsanızı "
+"(ve\n"
+"yerel güvenliğe önem vermiyorsanız), istediğiniz kullanıcıyı ve pencere\n"
+"yöneticisini seçin ve \"%s\"e tıklayın. Eğer bu konu ilginizi çekmiyorsa\n"
+"\"%s\" seçimini kaldırın ve devam edin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Bu özelliği kullanmak istiyor musunuz?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Yukarıdakiler, sabit diskinizde bulunan Linux bölümleridir. Genel kullanım\n"
+"için sihirbazın sunduğu seçenekleri değiştirmeden bırakabilirsiniz.\n"
+"Seçenekleri değiştirirseniz, en azından bir kök dizini (\"/\") tanımlamak\n"
+"zorundasınız. Lütfen çok küçük bir bölüm seçmeyin, istediğiniz tüm\n"
+"uygulamaları kurabilmek için yeterli yer bulamayabilirsiniz. Verilerinizi\n"
+"ayrı bir bölümde saklamak isterseniz, ayrıca bir \"/home\" bölümü\n"
+"tanımlamanız gerekecektir. (Birden fazla Linux bölümü tanımlıysa bu işlem\n"
+"gerçekleşebilir.)\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Her bir bölüm şöyle listelenmiştir: \"İsim\", \"Kapasite\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"İsim\" şöyle kodlanmıştır: \"sabit disk türü\", \"sabit disk harfi\"\n"
+"\"bölüm numarası\" (örneğin \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Sabit disk türü\", diskiniz bir IDE sürücüsüyse \"hd\",\n"
+"bir SCSI sürücüsüyse \"sd\"'dir.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Sabit disk harfi\" her zaman \"hd\" ya da \"sd\"'den sonra gelir. IDE\n"
+"sürücüleri için:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" birincil IDE denetleyicisindeki master sabit disk,\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" birincil IDE denetleyicisindeki slave sabit disk,\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" ikincil IDE denetleyicisindeki master sabit disk,\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" ikincil IDE denetleyicisindeki slave sabit disk,\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI sürücüleri için\n"
+"  * \"a\" \"birincil sabit disk\",\n"
+"  * \"b\" \"ikincil sabit disk\"\n"
+"  * ... anlamına gelir."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux kurulum CD'leri bir kaç CD'den oluşur. DrakX seçilen paketin\n"
+"hangi CD'de olduğunu bilir ve o CD'yi yerleştirmeniz için CD yuvasını açar\n"
+"ve size gerekli CD'yi yerleştirmeniz için uyarır."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Bundan sonra sisteminize hangi uygulamaları kuracağınızı belirteceksiniz.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sisteminde kullanılabilecek binlerce paket vardır ve onları "
+"hep aklınızda tutamazsınız.\n"
+"\n"
+"CD'den kurulum yapıyorsanız önce elinizde hangi CD'lerin bulunduğunu\n"
+"belirmelisiniz (sadece uzman kipinde). CD isimlerine bakarak ilgili\n"
+"kutucukları işaretleyin.\n"
+"Bitirdiğinizde \"Tamam\" seçerek kuruluma devam ediniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Paketler kullanım amaçlarına göre gruplanmış ve bu gruplar dört bölümde\n"
+"toplanmıştır: \n"
+"  * \"İş istasyonu\": makinasını bir iş istasyonu olarak ya da evde "
+"kullanmayı\n"
+"                      tasarlayanlar için.\n"
+"\n"
+"  *  \"Geliştirme\": makinanızı program geliştirme amacıyla kullanmak\n"
+"                     istiyenler için.\n"
+"\n"
+"  *      \"Sunucu\": makinanızı bir sunucu olarak kullanmayı "
+"tasarlıyorsanız\n"
+"                     çok kullanılan hizmetlerden hangilerini sunacağınızı\n"
+"                     bu paketlerden seçerek belirleyebilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"  * \"Grafik Ortam\": burada tercih ettiğiniz grafik ortamı seçeceksiniz.\n"
+"                      Bir grafik ortamlı iş istasyonu için en az bir grafik\n"
+"                      ortam belirlemelisiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Farenizi bir grup isminin üzerine götürdüğünüzde grup hakkında kısa bir\n"
+"açıklama göreceksiniz. Güncelleme değilde sıfırdan kurulum yapıyorsanız ve\n"
+"tüm grupların kurulmamasını seçmişseniz, en az yer kaplayan bir kurulum\n"
+"için size bazı seçenekler sunulacaktır:\n"
+"\n"
+"  * \"X olsun\": En az paket kurulumuyla çalışan bir masaüstü kurar.\n"
+"\n"
+"  * \"Temel bilgiler\": Linux sisteminizi çalıştırabilmek için sadece\n"
+"                 konsol için gereken en az sayıda belge kurulacaktır.\n"
+"                 Bu paketler 65Mb yer kaplar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sistem üzerinde tam denetim sağlayabilen eski Linux kullanıcıları\n"
+"\"Tek tek paket seçimi\" kutucuğunu işaretleyerek kurulacak paketleri\n"
+"kendileri seçebilirler.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Güncelleme\" kipinde kurulum başlattıysanız ve hiç bir yeni paketin\n"
+"kurulmamasını istiyorsanız tüm grupları seçilmemiş duruma getirebilirsiniz.\n"
+"Bu işlem mevcut sisteminizin onarımı için elverişlidir."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Güncelle"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Temel belgelerle birlikte"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "En ufak kurulum"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Son olarak, tek tek paket seçimini etkinleştirdiyseniz, paketleri gruplar\n"
+"ve alt gruplar şeklinde sıralanmış bir ağaçtan seçebilirsiniz. Ağacı\n"
+"tarayarak grup, alt grup ya da tek tek paket seçimleri yapabilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bir paketi seçtiğinizde sağ tarafta paket hakkında kısa bir açıklama "
+"görünür.\n"
+"Paket seçimini bitirdiğinizde \"Kur\" düğmesi ile kurulum işlemini\n"
+"başlatabilirsiniz. Kurulum için gereken süre donanım hızınıza ve seçtiğiniz\n"
+"paket sayısına  bağlıdır. Kurulumun tahmini bitme süresi bir gösterge ile\n"
+"gösterilecektir. Bu arada koltuğunuza yaslanıp çayınızı ya da kahvenizi\n"
+"yudumlayabilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"<ÖNEMLİ> İster bilerek ister belli bir grubun parçası olarak, sunucu\n"
+"bölümünden seçtiğiniz hizmetleri gerçekten kullanıp kullanmak istemediğiniz\n"
+"ayrıca sorulacaktır. Mandriva Linux başlatıldığında kurulu olan hizmetlerin\n"
+"herbiri öntanımlı olarak başlatılır. Onlar Mandriva Linux dağıtıma girerken\n"
+"kılavuzlarından güvenli oldukları anlaşılarak seçilmiş bile olsalar,\n"
+"dağıtımdan sonra bir takım güvenlik açıkları keşfedilmiş olabilir.\n"
+"Bir hizmetin ne sunduğu hakkında bir fikriniz yoksa ya da neden kurmak\n"
+"gerektiğini bilmiyorsanız \"Hayır\", listelenen hizmetlerin kurulmasını\n"
+"ve otomatik olarak başlatılmasını istiyorsanız \"Evet\" düğmesine\n"
+"tıklayınız. </ÖNEMLİ>\n"
+"\n"
+"Kurulum programının bağımlı paketleri kendiliğinden saptayıp kurması ve\n"
+"uyarı diyaloğunun görünmemesi için basitçe \"Otomatik Bağımlılıklar\"\n"
+"seçeneğini etkinleştirebilirsiniz. Kurulumun başarıyla tamamlanması ve\n"
+"kurulan paketlerin sorunsuz çalışabilmesi için bu paketlerin bağımlı\n"
+"olduğu paketlerin de kurulması gerekir.\n"
+"\n"
+"Listenin altındaki küçük disket simgesi önceki kurulumda seçilen paketlerin\n"
+"kurulmasını sağlar. Bu simgeye tıkladığınızda önceki kurulumun sonunda\n"
+"oluşturulan bir disketin sürücüye takılması istenecektir. Bu disketin nasıl\n"
+"oluşturulacağını öğrenmek için kurulumun son adımının ikinci ipucuna bakınız."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Otomatik bağımlılıklar"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Şimdi, açılış sırasında otomatik olarak başlamasını istediğiniz hizmetleri\n"
+"seçebilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Burada şu an ki kurulum sırasında kullanabileceğiniz tüm hizmetler\n"
+"listelenmiştir. Her birini dikkatle okuyun ve açılış sırasında başlamasını\n"
+"istemediğiniz hizmetleri seçilmemiş duruma getirin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bir hizmet seçildiğinde o hizmetin ne sunduğunu belirten kısa bir açıklama\n"
+"verilecektir. Bir hizmetin ne sunduğu hakkında bir fikriniz\n"
+"yoksa ayarına dokunmadan olduğu gibi bırakmak en güvenli yöntemdir.\n"
+"\n"
+"Eğer makinanızı bir sunucu olarak kullanacaksanız bu adımda *dikkatli*\n"
+"olmalısınız:\n"
+"!!\n"
+"Muhtemelen kullanmak istemediğiniz hiçbir hizmeti başlatmak istemezsiniz.\n"
+"Bir sunucuda açık duruma getirilen hizmetlerin her birinin aslında bir\n"
+"güvenlik açığı olabileceğini lütfen unutmayınız.\n"
+"Genel olarak, sadece ihtiyacınız olan hizmetleri seçmeye dikkat ediniz.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux zamanı GMT'ye (Greenwich Zamanı) göre saat farkını baz alarak\n"
+"ayarlar. Donanım saati ile sistem saati arsında fark olmamasını "
+"istiyorsanız,\n"
+"\"Donanım saatini GMT'ye göre ayarla\" seçeneğini seçilmemiş "
+"bırakabilirsiniz.\n"
+"Bu makinanızda Windows gibi başka bir işletim sistemini de kullanıyorsanız\n"
+"faydalıdır.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sistem saatinizin Internet'teki bir zaman sunucusundan otomatik olarak\n"
+"ayarlanmasını isterseniz \"Otomatik saat ayarı\" seçeneğini "
+"etkinleştiriniz.\n"
+"Listeden size en yakın sunucuyu seçebilirsiniz. Şüphesiz bu özelliği\n"
+"kullanabilmeniz için internet bağlantınızın olması gereklidir. Bu özellik\n"
+"ayrıca yerel ağınızdaki makinaların zamanlarını sizin makinanızdan\n"
+"ayarlamalarını sağlayacak bir zaman sunucusunu da kuracaktır."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Otomatik zaman senkronizyasyonu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Son olarak açılış sırasında grafik arayüzle başlamak isteyip istemediğiniz\n"
+"sorulacaktır. Yapılandırmanızı denemeyi seçmemiş bile olsanız bu soru yine "
+"de\n"
+"sorulacaktır. Ekranınızı iyi yapılandıramamışsanız ya da makinanızın bir\n"
+"sunucu rolü üstlenmesini seçmişseniz bu soruya \"Hayır\" cevabı vermeniz\n"
+"önerilir."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu noktada, Mandriva Linux işletim sisteminizi sabit diskinizde\n"
+"nereye kuracağınızı seçmeniz gerekiyor. Diskiniz boşsa, ya da\n"
+"halihazırda bir işletim sistemi diskin tamamını kullanıyorsa\n"
+"diski bölümlendirmeniz gerekmektedir. Temel olarak, bir diski\n"
+"bölümlendirmek, Mandriva Linux sistemini kurabilmek için onu\n"
+"mantıksal olarak bölmek ve böylece boş alan oluşturmak anlamına\n"
+"gelir.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölümlendirme işlemi gerellikle geri alınamaz ve zaten kurulu bir\n"
+"işletim sisteminiz var ise bilgi kaybına yol açabilir. Bu işlem, eğer\n"
+"tecrübesizseniz, korkutucu ve stresli bir iş olabilir. Mandriva Linux,\n"
+"bu işlemi oldukça kolaylaştıran bir sihirbaz sunmaktadır.Başlamadan\n"
+"önce lütfen aşağıdaki okumak için zaman ayrın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sabit disk yapınıza bağlı olarak, birkaç seçenek mevcut: \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bu seçenek boş sabit disk(ler)iniz üzerinde otomatik "
+"bölümlendirme\n"
+"gerçeklerştirir. Bu seçeneği seçerseniz konu hakkında soru sorulmayacak\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" sihirbaz sabit diskiniz üstünde bir ya da daha fazla Linux bölümü\n"
+"buldu. Eğer bunları kullanmak istiyorsanız bu seçeneği kullanın. Sonra ki\n"
+"adımda bu bölümler ile ilişkili bağlama noktaları seçmeniz istenecek.\n"
+"Bağlama noktaları öntanımlı olarak seçilir ve genellikle olduğu gibi "
+"bırakmak\n"
+"en iyisidir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": eğer sisteminizde Microsoft Windows kurulu ve tük disk "
+"kapasitesini\n"
+"kullanıyorsa Linux'un kullanabilmesi için yer açmanız gerekecektir. Bunun "
+"için,\n"
+"Microsoft Window disk bölümünü ve bilgileri silebilir (``Tüm Diski Sil''e "
+"bakın)\n"
+"yada Microsoft Windows FAT bölümünüzü yeniden boyutlandırabilirsiniz. Bu\n"
+"işlem sırasında eğer Windows bölümünüzü birleştirmiş ve biçimi FAT ise\n"
+"herhangi bir veri kaybı yaşamazsınız. Verilerinizi yedeklemeniz şiddetle "
+"önerilir.\n"
+"Eğer aynı bilgisayarda hem Mandriva Linux hem de Windows kullanamk\n"
+"istiyorsanız bu seçeneği seçmeniz önerilir.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bu seçeneği seçmeden önce unutmayın ki işlem tamamlandığında Microsoft\n"
+"Windows disk bölümünüz küçülmüş olacak. Yeni yazılımları yüklemek ya da "
+"kişisel\n"
+"verilerinizi saklamak için Microsoft Windows altında daha az boş alanınız "
+"olacak.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Sabit diskinizde bulunan tüm bilgileri silmek ve yeni bir "
+"Mandriva Linux\n"
+"kurulumu yapmak için bu seçeneği seçin. Lütfen bu seçeneği kullanırken "
+"dikkatli\n"
+"olun, çünkü onayladıktan sonra geri alma şansınız bulunmuyor.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Eğer bu seçeneği seçerseniz sabit diskinizdeki tüm bilgi "
+"silinecektir. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bu seçenek tüm sabit diski silecek ve disk bölümlerini baştan "
+"oluşturacak.\n"
+"Diskinizdeki tüm bilgiler silinecektir.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Eğer bu seçeneği seçerseniz sabit diskinizdeki tüm bilgileri "
+"kaybedeceksiniz. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Sabit diskinizi kendiniz bölümlendirmek istiyorsanız bu seçeneği "
+"seçin.\n"
+"Dikkati olun -- oldukça güçlü bir seçenektir ama veri kaybetmek oldukça "
+"kolaydır.\n"
+"Bu seçenek sadece daha önce buna benzer bir işlem yapmışsanız ve biraz da "
+"olsa\n"
+"deneyiminiz var ise önerilmektedir. DiskDrake aracının kullanımı hakkında "
+"daha\n"
+"detaylı bilgiyi ``Başlangıç Kılavuzu'' içindeki ``Disk Bölümlerini Yönetme'' "
+"başlığı\n"
+"altında bulabilirsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Geçerli bölümlendirmeyi kullan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Tüm disk silinsin"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Buraya kadar geldiyseniz kurulum tamamlanmış ve GNU/Linux sisteminizi\n"
+"kullanmaya hazırsınız demektir. \"TAMAM\" düğmesine tıkladığınızda "
+"sisteminiz\n"
+"yeniden başlatılacaktır. Hem Windows hem de GNU/Linux kullanımını "
+"seçtiyseniz\n"
+"makinanızın her açılışında bu sistemlerden biri için tercihinizi\n"
+"kullanabileceksiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Gelişmiş\" düğmesine (Uzman kipinde görünür) tıkladığınızda size iki\n"
+"seçenek sunulacaktır:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Otomatik kurulum disketi oluşturulsun\": yaptığınız kuruluma benzer "
+"bir\n"
+"   kurulumu herhangi bir yardım gerekmeksizin otomatik olarak "
+"yapılabilmesini\n"
+"   sağlayacak bir kurulum disketi oluşturabilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bu seçeneği kullanmaya karar verdiğinizde size iki seçenek sunulacaktır:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Etkileşimli\": bu sadece disk bölümlemesinin etkileşimli olduğu "
+"yarı\n"
+"      otomatik kurulumdur.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Otomatik\": sabit diskin tamamen silinip yeniden yazılması\n"
+"      ile kurulumu tamamen otomatik olarak gerçekleştirebilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"      Bu seçenek aynı sistemi çok sayıda makinaya kurmak için çok\n"
+"      kullanışlıdır. Web sitemizde ki \"Auto install\" bölümünde daha\n"
+"      ayrıntılı bilgi edinebilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Paket seçim listesini kaydet\"(*): kurulum sırasında seçtiğiniz\n"
+"   paketlerin listesi kaydedilir. Bir başka kurulum sırasında disketi\n"
+"   sürücüye yerleştirdikten sonra [F1] tuşuna bastıktan sonra\n"
+"   »linux defcfg=\"floppy\"« yazarak kurulumu yardım ekranına kadar "
+"ilerletin\n"
+"\n"
+"   (*) Bu seçenek için FAT biçemli bir diskete ihtiyacınız olacak. Bu "
+"disketi\n"
+"   GNU/Linux altında \"mformat a:\" komutu ile oluşturabilirsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Otomatik-kurulum disketi oluştur"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Yeni tanımlanmış her bölüm, kullanım için biçemlendirilmelidir.\n"
+" (Biçemlendirmek bir dosya sistemi oluşturmak anlamına gelir.)\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Şimdi, halihazırda bulunan bölümlerinizdeki verileri silmek için onları\n"
+"tekrar biçemlendirmek isteyebilirsiniz. Bunu istiyorsanız, biçemlendirmek\n"
+"istediğiniz bu bölümleri de ayrıca seçili duruma getirin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Eskiden kalma tüm bölümlerin biçemlendirilmesi gerekmediğini lütfen\n"
+"unutmayın. İşletim sistemi içerenleri (örneğin \"/\", \"/usr\" ya da \"/var"
+"\"\n"
+"gibi) biçemlendirmelisiniz, ama sadece verilerinizin bulunduğu bölümleri\n"
+"biçemlendirmeyebilirsiniz. (örneğin \"/home\".)\n"
+"\n"
+"Biçemlendireceğiniz bölümleri seçerken dikkatli olun, içlerindeki tüm "
+"veriler\n"
+"yok olacaktır ve biçemlendirildikten sonra geri dönülmesi mümkün değildir.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölümleri biçemlendirmeye hazır olduğunuzda \"Tamam\"'a tıklayın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sisteminizi kurmak isteyeceğiniz başka bölümler de seçmek\n"
+"isterseniz \"İptal\"'e basın.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Gelişmiş\" düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra isterseniz, sabit diskinizindeki\n"
+"disk bölümlerinde hatalı blok sınaması yapabilirsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux kurulumunuz sırasında dağıtımdan sonra güncellenmiş bazı "
+"paketler, düzeltmeler ve çözümlenmiş güvenlik unsurlarının olup olmadığını "
+"internet bağlantınız üzerinden kontrol edip varsa indirip kurabilir. Çalışan "
+"bir internet bağlantınız varsa \"Evet\" seçebilir, yoksa \"Hayır\" seçerek "
+"paket güncelleme işlemini kurulum sonrasına bırakabilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Evet\" seçtiğinizde güncellemelerin alınabileceği yerlerin bir listesi "
+"gösterilir. Size en yakın olanı seçtikten sonra, paket seçim ağacı görünür. "
+"Seçimi izleyebilir ve seçilen paketlerin indirilip kurulması için \"Kur\", "
+"çıkmak için \"İptal\" seçebilirsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Şimdi, makinanız için düşündüğünüz güvenlik seviyesini belirteceksiniz. "
+"Kural\n"
+"olarak makinanızda sakladığınız bilgilere bağlı olarak güvenlik seviyesini\n"
+"yükselmek gerekir. Güvenlik seviyesi yükseldikçe sunulan hizmetlerin sayısı\n"
+"düşecek ve sisteminizi kullanmak zorlaşacaktır. Bu seviyeler hakkında daha\n"
+"fazla bilgi edinmek için ``Başvuru Kılavuzu''ndaki MSEC bölümüne bakınız.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ne seçeceğiniz hakkında bir fikriniz yoksa öntanımlı seçeneklere "
+"dokunmayınız."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Güvenlik Yöneticisi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu noktada, Mandriva Linux işletim sisteminizi sabit diskinizde nereye\n"
+"kuracağınızı seçmeniz gerekiyor. Bölümler önceki bir kurulumda ya da bir\n"
+"başka bölümlendirme aracıyla önceden tanımlanmışsa eski bölümlerinizi\n"
+"kullanabilirsiniz. Aksi takdirde, sabit disk bölümlerinin tanımlanması\n"
+"gerekir.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölümleri oluşturmak için bir sabit disk seçmelisiniz. \"hda\"'ya\n"
+"tıklayarak ilk, \"hdb\"'ye tıklayarak ikinci IDE sürücüsünü, ya da\n"
+"\"sda\"'ya tıklayarak birinci SCSI sürücüsünü bölümlendirmek için\n"
+"seçebilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Seçili sürücüyü bölümlendirmek için, aşağıdaki seçenekleri\n"
+"kullanabilirsiniz:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Tümünü temizle\": seçili sürücüdeki tüm bölümler silinecektir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Otomatik bölümlendir\": sabit diskinizdeki boş alanda otomatik\n"
+"     olarak ext2 ve takas bölümlerinin tanımlanmasını sağlayacaktır.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Daha\": Bu seçenekle aşağıdaki özellikleri de kullanabilirsiniz:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Diskete kaydet\": bölümlendirme tablonuzu diskete kaydetmek "
+"isterseniz\n"
+"     bu seçeneği kullanın. İleride disk bölümlendirme tablosunu kurtarmak\n"
+"     için bu disketi kullanabilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Disketten al\": önceki bir kurulumda bölümlendirme tablonuzu bir\n"
+"     diskete kaydettiyseniz, bu seçenek ile onu tekrar kullanabilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Bölümlendirme tablosunu kurtar\": bölümlendirme tablosu hasar "
+"gördüyse\n"
+"     bu seçeneği kullanarak onu kurtarabilirsiniz. Lütfen dikkatli olun ve\n"
+"     başarısız olma ihtimali olduğunu hatırlayın.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Geri al\": bu seçeneği kullanarak, daha önce yaptığınız\n"
+"     değişikliklerden vazgeçebilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Disket/CD sürücüsünü otomatik bağla\": bu seçeneği seçilmemiş duruma\n"
+"     getirerek bu sürücülerin bağlanmasını sistem kullanıcılarının\n"
+"     kendilerinin yapmasını sağlayabilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Sihirbaz\": sabit diskinizi bölümlendirme işlemi için sihirbazı\n"
+"     kullanmak isterseniz, bu seçeneği kullanabilirsiniz. Bölümlendirme\n"
+"     hakkında fazla bir bilgiye sahip değilseniz bu seçeneği kullanmanız\n"
+"     önerilir.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Geri al\": bu seçeneği kullanarak, yaptığınız tüm değişiklikleri\n"
+"     geri alıp eski bölümlendirme tablosunu yükleyebilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Normal/Uzman kipi değiştirme\": disk bölümlendirme sırasında "
+"daha      az ya da daha fazla seçenek ve bilgi sunulur.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"Bitti\": sabit diskinizi bölümlendirme işlemi bittiğinde\n"
+"     değişikliklerinizin kaydedilebilmesi için bu seçeneği kullanın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klavyeyi kullanarak herhangi bir seçeneğe gidebilirsiniz: Bölümler\n"
+"arasında gezinmek için [Sekme] ve [Yukarı/Aşağı] ok tuşlarını\n"
+"kullanabilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bir bölüm seçildiğinde, aşağıdaki tuşları kullanabilirsiniz:\n"
+"\n"
+"           * yeni bir bölüm oluşturmak için (boş bir bölüm seçildiğinde)\n"
+"             Ctrl-c;\n"
+"\n"
+"           * bir bölümü silmek için Ctrl-d;\n"
+"\n"
+"           * bağlama noktasını atamak için Ctrl-m\n"
+"\n"
+"Başka dosya sistemleri hakkında bilgi edinmek için \"Başvuru Kılavuzu"
+"\"ndaki\n"
+"ext2fs bölümünü okuyunuz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bir PPC makina üzerine kurulum yapıyorsanız, yaboot önyükleyicisi "
+"tarafından\n"
+"kullanılmak üzere en az 1MB lık küçük bir HFS \"önyükleme\" bölümü "
+"oluşturmak\n"
+"isteyeceksiniz. Bu disk bölümünü biraz daha büyük, örneğin 50MB yaparsanız\n"
+"bir yedek çekirdeğin ve kurtarma açılışı gereksinimleri için ramdisk\n"
+"görüntüsünün saklanacağı kullanışlı bir alan elde edebilirsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Kaldırılabilir meyda otomatik-bağlanıyor"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Normal/Uzman kipleri arasında geçiş yap"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Sabit diskinizde birden fazla Windows bölümü bulundu. Yeni Mandriva Linux\n"
+"işletim sisteminizi kurmak için hangi bölümün boyutunu değiştirmek\n"
+"istiyorsunuz?\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Her bir bölüm şöyle listelenmiştir; \"Linux adı\", \"Windows adı\",\n"
+"\"Kapasite\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux adı\" şöyle kodlanır: \"sabit disk türü\", \"sabit disk harfi\",\n"
+"\"bölüm numarası\" (örneğin \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Sabit disk türü\", diskiniz bir IDE sürücüsüyse \"hd\", bir SCSI\n"
+"sürücüsüyse \"sd\"'dir.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Sabit disk harfi\" her zaman \"hd\" ya da \"sd\"'den sonra gelir. IDE\n"
+"sürücüleri için:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\"   \"birincil IDE denetleyicisindeki master sabit disk \",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\"   \"birincil IDE denetleyicisindeki slave sabit disk \",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\"   \"ikincil IDE denetleyicisindeki master sabit disk \",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\"   \"ikincil IDE denetleyicisindeki slave sabit disk \",\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI sürücüleri için\n"
+"   * \"a\"   \"birincil sabit disk\",\n"
+"   * \"b\"   \"ikincil sabit disk\"\n"
+"   * ... anlamına gelir.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows adı\" ise diskinizin windows altındayken kullandığı sürücü\n"
+"harfidir.\n"
+"(Örneğin ilk disk ya da disk bölümünün ismi \"C:\"dir."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalde seçtiğiniz dile bağlı olarak DrakX, doğru klavyeyi seçecektir.\n"
+"Ancak dilinizle ilişkili olmayan bir klavye seçmek de isteyebilirsiniz.\n"
+"Örneğin Türkçe konuşan biri olmanıza rağmen Almanya'da ikamet ediyorsanız\n"
+"Almanca klavyeyi kullanmak isteyebileceğiniz gibi Türkçe Q ya da Türkçe F\n"
+"klavyelerden birini seçmek de isteyebilirsiniz. Bu durumda da bir\n"
+"adımdan geriye gidip listeden kullanmak istediğiniz klavyeyi\n"
+"seçebilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Başka\" düğmesine tıklayarak desteklenen klavyelerin tam listesini\n"
+"görebilirsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Tercih ettiğiniz lisan dökümantasyon , kurulum ve genel sistemi "
+"etkileyecektir.\n"
+"İlk olarak bulunduğunuz bölgenin çoğrafi pozisyonunu seçiniz, Daha sonra\n"
+"konuşmakta olduğunuz dili seçiniz.\n"
+"\"%s\" tuşu diğer ek birçok dil daha seçmenize imkan tanıyacaktır. Bu imkan\n"
+"farklı bir lisanıda beraberinde kullanmanıza müsade edecektir. Bu ayarı\n"
+"\"%s\" gelişmiş menüsünden yapabilirsiniz.\n"
+"Not: Ek dil seçmekte bir dil ile sınırlı değilsiniz. \"%s\" kutusundan "
+"isetediğiniz\n"
+"kadar dil seçebilirsiniz. Bir dil seçimi beraberinde çeviriler , yazı "
+"tipleri , ve\n"
+"imla kontrolcüleri ve bunun gibi diğer uygulamalarıda getirecektir.\n"
+"Ayrıca \"%s\" kutusundan sistemi UTF-8 (unicode) kodlamasını kullanmak\n"
+"için zorlayabilirsiniz.\n"
+"Yüklediğiniz lisanlar arasında geçiş yapmak için root yetkisine sahip iken\n"
+"\"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" komutunu kullanabilirsiniz. Bu komut tüm\n"
+"sistemin veya sadece bir tek kullanıcının tüm dil ayarlarının \n"
+"değiştirilebilmesini sağlar. Bu komut normal bir kullanıcı tarafından "
+"kullanırsa\n"
+"sadece kendi kişisel ayarlarında değişiklik yapmış olur."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "İspanyol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Genellikle DrakX farenizdeki tuş sayısınız bulmada sorun yaşamaz. Eğer,\n"
+"başarısız olursa farenizi iki tuşlu var sayacak ve üçüncü tuş taklidini\n"
+"etkinleştirecektir. İki tuşlu bir farede üçüncü tuşa ``basmak'' için sağ ve\n"
+"sol tuşa beraber bamalısınız. DrakX, farenizin PS/2 ya da USB "
+"bağlantısından\n"
+"hangisini kullandığını kendisi bulacaktır.\n"
+"\n"
+"Eğer değişik türden bir fare seçmek isterseniz, verilen listeden seçmeniz\n"
+"yeterli.\n"
+"\n"
+"Eğer öntanımlı fare dışında bir fare seçecek olursanız bir deneme ekranı\n"
+"belirecek. Fare yapılandırmasının doğru olduğundan ve düzgün çalıştığından\n"
+"emin olmak için düğmeleri ve tekerleği kullanın. Eğer fare düzgün "
+"çalışmıyorsa\n"
+"boşluk tuşuna yada [Return] tuşuna basarak fare seçimine dönebilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tekerlekli fareler genellikle doğru olarak algılanamamaktadır, bu nedenle\n"
+"farenizi listeden seçmeniz gerekebilir. Farenizin takılı olduğu kapı ile "
+"alakalı bir\n"
+"fare seçiniz. Farenizi seçtikten sonra \"%s\" tuşuna basın, ekranda bir fare "
+"resmi\n"
+"görüntülenecektir. Tekerin doğru çalıştığını anlamak için tekerleği "
+"döndürün.\n"
+"Ekrandaki fare tekerinin döndüğünü gördükten sonra fare düğmelerini deneyin "
+"ve\n"
+"fare işaretçisinin ekrandaki hareketini kontrol edin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Tekerlek Emülasyonlu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Lütfen doğru portu seçiniz. Örneğin, MS Windows'da ki \"COM1\"in karşılığı\n"
+"GNU/Linux'ta \"ttyS0\", \"COM2\"nin karşılığı \"ttyS1\"dir."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux sisteminizin güvenliği için çok önemli karar noktasındasınız:\n"
+"\"root\" parolasını seçmelisiniz.\n"
+"\"root\" sistem yöneticisidir. Güncellemeler, kullanıcıların eklenmesi,\n"
+"sistemin yapılandırılması, v.s. için en yetkili kullanıcıdır. Kısaca,\n"
+"\"root\" herşeyi yapabilir! Bu nedenle tahmin edilmesi çok zor olan bir\n"
+"parola seçmelisiniz. - DrakX bu parolanın seçim kriterlerinde size yardımcı\n"
+"olarak bu zor kararı kolaylaştıracaktır. Göreceğiniz gibi bir parola\n"
+"vermemeyi de seçebilirsiniz. Fakat tek bir sebepten dolayı bu kararı\n"
+"almamanız sağlanmaya çalışılacaktır: GNU/Linux'un diğer işletim\n"
+"sistemlerinden farkı normal kullanıcılarının sisteme zarar verememelerinin\n"
+"sağlanmış olmasıdır. Sisteme zarar verebilecek tek kullanıcı \"root\"dur.\n"
+"Bu bakımdan sistemde \"root\" kullanıcısı olmak zorlaştırılmalıdır.\n"
+"\n"
+"Parolayı çok uzun ve çok karmaşık yapmayın ki hatırlaması zor olmasın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Parolayı yazarken ekranda görmeyeceksiniz. Bu bakımdan yazdığınızın\n"
+"doğruluğunu ancak yeniden yazarak anlayabilirsiniz. İkincisini yazarken\n"
+"hata yaparsanız DrakX sizi uyaracaktır. Ama hatayı ikisinde de yapar ve\n"
+"farkında olmazsanız bu \"yanlış\" parola ile sisteme giriş yapAMAmak\n"
+"zorunda kalabilirsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Uzman kipte NIS ya da LDAP gibi bir kimlik kanıtlama sunucusuna bağlanıp\n"
+"bağlanmayacağınız sorulacaktır.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ağınızda kimlik sınaması için \"LDAP\" (ya da \"NIS\") protokolü\n"
+"kullanılıyorsa ilgili protokolü seçmelisiniz. Bu konuda bilginiz yoksa\n"
+"ağ yöneticinize danışın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Makinanız herhangi bir yönetimli ağa bağlanmayacaksa, kimlik kanıtlama için\n"
+"\"Yerel dosyalar\"ı seçeceksiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "kimlikleme"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO ve gub GNU/Linux önyükleyicileridir. Normal şartlar artında bu "
+"işlemler\n"
+"tamamen otomatik bir şekilde tamamlanır.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Eğer Bir Windows önyükleme sektörü bulundu ise, bu grub/LILO ile "
+"değiştirilir\n"
+"Bu aynı zamanda çoktan seçmeli önyükleme özelliğini getirir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Eğer bir grub veya LILO önyükleme sektörü bulundu ise bunlar yeni şekli "
+"ile\n"
+"güncellenir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Eğer bir tanımlama yapılamadı ise, DrakX size önyükleyiciyi nereye "
+"kuracağı\n"
+"sorusunu yönlendirir.\n"
+"\"Önyükleme aygıtı\": genelde öntanımlı ayarı değiştirmeye ihtiyacınız "
+"yoktur\n"
+"(\"Sürücünün ilk sektörü(MBR)\". Fakat tercihinize göre önyükleyiciyi "
+"ikincil\n"
+"sürücüye (\"/dev/hdb\") veya herhangi bir diskete yükleyebilirsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada kullanacağınız yazdırma sistemini seçeceksiniz. Diğer işletim\n"
+"sistemleri bir seçenek sunarken, Mandriva Linux size iki ayrı seçenek\n"
+"sunmaktadır. İki tip yazdırma sistemide özel yapılandırma türü için en "
+"iyidir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"pdq\" -- bir ağ yazıcısı kullanmıyorsanız, yazıcının kağıt yemesi\n"
+"   durumunda tekrar yazdırma sorunu yaşamak istemiyorsanız, bir de \n"
+"   makinanıza doğrudan bağlı bir yazıcınız varsa, 'kuyruğa değil doğrudan\n"
+"   yazıcıya yolla' deme şansınız bulunuyor. 'Bu tam da benim aradığım "
+"özellik'\n"
+"   diyorsanız \"PDQ\" seçeneğine tıklayınız.\n"
+"   Bu seçenek eğer bu ilk linux deneyiminizse özellikle TAVSİYE edilir\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Unix Ortak Yazdırma Sistemi '' hem yerel yazıcınızı hem de "
+"ağ\n"
+"   üzerindeki bir yazıcıyı kullanabilmenizi sağlayan, mevcut tüm \n"
+"   sistemlerle uyumlu, eski \"lpd\" yazdırma sistemi için hem sunucu hem "
+"de \n"
+"   istemci gibi davranabilen, basit ama mükemmel bir sistemdir. Çok "
+"çeşitli \n"
+"   seçenekler sunmasına rağmen en az \"pdq\" kadar kolay ayarlanabilir. \n"
+"   Bir \"lpd\" sunucusunu taklit etmek isterseniz \"cups-lpd\" artalan "
+"uygulamasını\n"
+"   çalıştırabilirsiniz. Yazdırma ve yazıcı seçeneklerini belirlemek için\n"
+"   bir grafik arayüze de sahiptir.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Şimdi kararınızı verin. Kurulumdan sonra Mandriva Kontrol Merkezi'nden\n"
+"   PrinterDrake uygulamasını çalıştırdıktan sonra uzman düğmesine\n"
+"   tıklayarak seçimlerinizi değiştirebilirsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Uzman"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX ilk olarak sisteminizde mevcut olan IDE aygıtlarını algılayacaktır.\n"
+"Ayrıyeten PCI ve SCSI kartlarınıza ulaşmaya çalışacaktır.\n"
+"Eğer bir SCSI arabirimi bulursa otomatik olarak gerekli sürücü kuracaktır.\n"
+"\n"
+"Donanım algılama dört dörtlük bir sistem değildir, DrakX algılama sırasında\n"
+"başarısızlığa uğrayabilir.Eğer böyle bir durum olursa donanımınızı elle \n"
+"yapılandırmanız gerekecektir."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN kartı"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafiksel Arabirim"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Lütfen yeni Mandriva Linux disk bölümünüzü kurmak için silmek istediğiniz\n"
+"sabit diski seçin. Üzerindeki tüm verilerin yok olacağını ve geriye dönüşün\n"
+"mümkün olmayacağını unutmayın!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu sabit disk üzerindeki tüm verinin ve bölümlerin silinmesini istiyorsanız\n"
+"\"%s\" tuşuna tıklayın. Dikkatli olun, \"%s\"  tuşuna tıkladıktan\n"
+"sonra bu diskte bulunan tüm bölümlerinizi ve verilerinizi kaybedeceksiniz,\n"
+"bunlara Windows verileriniz dahildir.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sabit diskinizdeki hiçbir veriyi ya da bölümü silmeden bu işlemden\n"
+"vazgeçmek istiyorsanız lütfen \"%s\" tuşuna tıklayın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Sonraki ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Önceki"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/uk.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/uk.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b12515d03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/uk.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1942 @@
+# translation of DrakX-uk.po to ukrainian
+# translation of DrakX.po to ukrainian
+# $Id: uk.po 26602 2006-04-22 07:43:48Z fwang $
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Dmytro  Kovalov <kov@tokyo.email.ne.jp>, 2000.
+# Taras Boychuk <btr1@torba.com>, 2003, 2004.
+# Taras Boychuk <btr1@mail.ru>, 2004, 2003.
+# Taras Boychuk <btr1@ukrpost.net>, 2004, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-uk\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-01 01:29+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Taras Boychuk <btr1@ukrpost.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: ukrainian <uk@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Перш, ніж продовжувати, прочитайте уважно умови ліцензії. Вона\n"
+"стосується всього дистрибутиву Мандріва лінакс. Якщо Ви\n"
+"погоджуєтесь з умовами ліцензії, помітьте \"%s\". Якщо ні,\n"
+"то натисніть \"%s\", щоб перезавантажити комп'ютер."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux - багатокористувацька система, це означає, що кожен з\n"
+"користувачів може мати свої власні установки, власні файли, тощо. Щоб\n"
+"більше дізнатися про це, Ви можете прочитати Підручник користувача з\n"
+"системи. Але на відміну від користувача Root, який є адміністратором\n"
+"системи, користувачі, яких Ви будете створювати на цьому кроці, не\n"
+"мають права змінювати нічого в системі, крім своїх власних файлів і\n"
+"власної конфігурації. Ви маєте створити рахунок для хоча б одного\n"
+"єдиного користувача - для самого себе. Ви будете користуватися цим\n"
+"рахунком для того, щоб виконувати щоденні задачі. І хоча це і дуже\n"
+"зручно реєструватись в системі як Root, але одночасно це і дуже\n"
+"небезпечно! Найменша помилка може призвести до того, що система буде\n"
+"неробочою. Якщо Ви помилитесь як звичайний користувач, Ви можете,\n"
+"звичайно, втратити деякі свої дані, але не всю систему.\n"
+"\n"
+"Перше поле запитує Ваше справжнє ім'я. Звичайно ж, воно не обов'язкове,\n"
+"Ви можете надрукувати все, що завгодно. DrakX візьме перше слово з цього\n"
+"поля і скопіює його в поле \"%s\", яке є ім'ям користувача, під яким "
+"користувач\n"
+"буде реєструватись у системі. Якщо захочете, Ви можете змінити це ім'я. \n"
+"Потім Вам потрібно ввести пароль. З міркувань безпеки системи пароль\n"
+"звичайного (не root) користувача не є таким критичним, як пароль \n"
+"адміністратора, але все одно немає причин для того, щоб нехтувати ним,\n"
+"залишаючи його порожнім або надто простим: врешті-решт, це загрожує\n"
+"Вашим власним файлам. \n"
+"\n"
+"Після того, як Ви натиснете кнопку \"%s\", Ви можете додати ще багато \n"
+"інших користувачів. Додайте користувача для кожного з Ваших друзів:\n"
+"для тата й сестри, наприклад. Після того, як Ви закінчили додавати\n"
+"користувачів, натисніть \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Натиснувши на кнопку \"%s\", Ви зможете змінити типову командну оболонку\n"
+"для кожного користувача (типова оболонка - bash). \n"
+"\n"
+"Коли Ви закінчите додавати користувачів, Вам буде запропоновано вибрати\n"
+"користувача, який буде автоматично реєструватися в системі при стартуванні\n"
+"комп'ютера. Якщо така можливість Вас цікавить (і не надто турбує про\n"
+"локальну безпеку), виберіть користувача і менеджер вікон, тоді натисніть "
+"на \n"
+"\"%s\". Якщо Вас така можливість не цікавить, відмініть вибір \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Ви хочете використовувати цю можливість?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Тут перелічені вже існуючі розділи, знайдені на Вашому твердому\n"
+"диску. Ви можете залишити вибір, зроблений Помічником, він підходить\n"
+"для більшості випадків встановлення. Якщо Ви робите якісь зміни, то "
+"потрібно\n"
+"як мінімум створити кореневу файлову систему (/). Не виділяйте\n"
+"для цього занадто малий розділ, бо інакше Ви не зможете встановити\n"
+"всі потрібні Вам програми. Якщо Ви бажаєте зберігати всі свої дані в\n"
+"окремому розділі, потрібно буде також створити розділ \"/home\" (тільки у\n"
+"випадку, якщо Ви маєте більше одного розділа для Лінакса). \n"
+"\n"
+"Кожен розділ показано в такому вигляді: \"Назва\", \"Розмір\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Назва розшифровується так: \"тип твердого диску\", \"номер твердого\n"
+"диску\", \"номер розділу на диску\", (наприклад: \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Тип твердого диску\" - це \"hd\", якщо Ви маєте диск типу IDE, і \"sd\",\n"
+"якщо Ви маєте твердий диск типу SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Номер твердого диску\" - це завжди літера після \"hd\" чи \"sd\". Для\n"
+"дисків типу IDE це:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"a\" - головний диск (master) на першому контролері IDE,\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"b\" - вторинний (slave) диск на першому контролері IDE,\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"c\" - головний диск на другому контролері IDE,\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"d\" - вторинний диск на другому контролері IDE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Для SCSI дисків \"a\" означає \"головний диск\", \"b\" - другорядний диск, "
+"і\n"
+"т.д. ..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Дистрибутив Мандріва лінакс розміщений на кількох компакт-дисках.\n"
+"Якщо вибраний пакунок знаходиться на іншому диску, DrakX викине \n"
+"поточний компакт-диск і попросить вставити потрібний. Якщо у вас немає\n"
+"потрібного диску під руками, просто натисніть \"%s\", пакунок не буде\n"
+"встановлено."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер час вибрати, які програми Ви хочете встановити в своїй\n"
+"системі. Мандріва лінакс має тисячі програмних пакунків, і щоб спростити\n"
+"керування ними, пакунки розміщено в групи подібних програм.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пакунки розсортовано в групи відповідно до способу використання Вашої\n"
+"машини. Мандріва Лінакс має чотири попередньо налаштовані типи\n"
+"встановлення. Ви можете комбінувати і підбирати програми з різних\n"
+"груп, і встановлення типу \"Робоча станція\"' може мати програми із групи\n"
+"пакунків \"Розробник\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": якщо Ви збираєтесь використовувати свою машину як робочу\n"
+"станцію, виберіть одну чи більше програм з цієї групи.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": якщо Ви збираєтесь використовувати цю машину для\n"
+"програмування, виберіть відповідні пакунки з цієї групи. Спеціальна група\n"
+"\"СБЛ\" налаштує систему таким чином, що вона міститиме якнайповнішу\n"
+"специфікацію Стандартної бази Лінакса.\n"
+"\n"
+"   При виборі групи \"СБЛ\" встановиться ядро серії \"2.4\", на відміну від\n"
+"\"2.6\", яке встановлюється типово. Ця зроблено для 100%% впевненості у\n"
+"сумісності з \"СБЛ\". Проте, якщо Ви не виберете групу \"СБЛ\", всеодно\n"
+"отримаєте систему майже 100%%-сумісну з \"СБЛ\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": якщо машина призначається для використання в якості\n"
+"сервера, виберіть додаткові сервіси, які Ви хочете встановити на своїй\n"
+"машині.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": тут Ви можете вибрати графічне середовище собі до вподоби.\n"
+"Виберіть хоча б одне, якщо Ви хочете мати графічний інтерфейс.\n"
+"\n"
+"При пересуванні курсора над назвою групи буде висвічуватися текст із\n"
+"коротким поясненням про групу.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ви можете помітити \"%s\", що може використовуватися при добрих\n"
+"знаннях пакунків, або якщо Ви хочете мати повний контроль над тим,\n"
+"що встановлюєте.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо Ви почали встановлення в режимі \"%s\", можете зняти вибір усіх\n"
+"груп і не встановлювати жодних нових пакунків. Це можна\n"
+"використовувати при відновленні або поновленні системи.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо Ви зняли вибір усіх груп під час підготовки звичайного\n"
+"встановлення (на відміну від поновлення), появиться діалогове\n"
+"вікно з різними параметрами для мінімального встановлення:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\":встановити найменшу можливу кількість пакунків, щоб мати\n"
+"працюючу графічну стільницю.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": встановлює основну систему плюс основні інструменти і їх\n"
+"документацію. Цей спосіб використовується для встановлення сервера.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": встановить абсолютно найменшу кількість пакунків, необхідних,\n"
+"щоб отримати працюючу систему Лінакс. При цьому встановленні Ви\n"
+"будете мати тільки інтерфейс командного рядка. Загальний розмір цього\n"
+"встановлення становить біля 65 мегабайтів."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Поновлення"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Із загальною документацією"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Насправді мінімальне встановлення"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо Ви вказали програмі встановлення, що хочете мати індивідуальний\n"
+"вибір пакунків, Вам буде показано повне дерево пакунків, зібраних за\n"
+"групами і підгрупами. Переглядаючи дерево, Ви зможете вибрати повні\n"
+"групи, підгрупи та окремі пакунки.\n"
+"\n"
+"Кожного разу, коли Ви вибираєте пакунок в дереві, справа з'являється\n"
+"підказка про призначення пакунка.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Якщо було вибрано серверний пакунок, чи то шляхом спеціального\n"
+"вибору індивідуального пакунка, чи він є складовою частиною групи\n"
+"пакунків, Вам буде задане запитання, чи Ви справді бажаєте встановити\n"
+"ці сервери. В Мандріва лінакс всі встановлені сервери автоматично\n"
+"запускаються при завантаженні системи. Навіть, якщо на час придбання\n"
+"системи не було відомо жодних проблем з безпекою даних серверів,\n"
+"можливо, що після встановлення системи такі проблеми буде виявлено.\n"
+"Якщо Ви не знаєте призначення конкретного сервера або з якою метою\n"
+"його встановлено, натисніть \"%s\". Якщо Ви натиснете \"%s\", буде\n"
+"встановлено перелічені сервери і вони будуть стартувати автоматично під\n"
+"час завантаження !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Параметр \"%s\" використовується, щоб заборонити діалог попередження,\n"
+"який появляється, як тільки програма встановлення автоматично вибирає\n"
+"пакунки для задоволення залежностей. Деякі пакунки мають відношення\n"
+"до інших так, що встановлення пакунка вимагає, щоб інші програми також були\n"
+"встановлені. Програма встановлення може визначити, які пакунки необхідні\n"
+"для задоволення залежностей, щоб успішно завершити встановлення.\n"
+"\n"
+"Маленька піктограма дискети внизу списку дозволяє завантажити з дискети\n"
+"список, створений при попередньому встановленні. Це зручно використовувати,\n"
+"якщо є певна кількість машин, що мають бути сконфігуровані однаково.\n"
+"Після натискання цієї кнопки, система попросить Вас вставити попередньо\n"
+"створену дискету в кінці іншого встановлення. Перегляньте другу пораду\n"
+"останнього кроку про те, як створити таку дискету."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Автоматичні залежності"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": натиснення кнопки \"%s\" викликає Помічника налаштування\n"
+"друкарки. Зверніться до відповідного розділу \"Starter Guide\" для\n"
+"додаткової інформації про встановлення нової друкарки. Показаний\n"
+"там інтерфейс подібний до того, що використовується при встановленні."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Цей діалог використовується, щоб вибрати, які сервіси будуть запускатися\n"
+"автоматично при старті системи. \n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX надасть список всіх служб, можливих при цьому встановленні.\n"
+"Перегляньте уважно ці служби і відмініть вибір тих, які не повинні\n"
+"запускатися при старті системи.\n"
+"\n"
+"При виборі служби появляється короткий текст з поясненням про неї.\n"
+"Проте, якщо Ви не впевнені, чи потрібно використовувати якусь службу,\n"
+"залишіть запропонований вибір.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Будьте особливо уважними, якщо Ви збираєтесь використовувати цю\n"
+"систему як сервер: можливо, не потрібно стартувати служби, які Вам\n"
+"не потрібні. Пам'ятайте, будь ласка, що деякі увімкнені служби можуть\n"
+"бути небезпечними на сервері. Одним словом, вибирайте тільки ті служби,\n"
+"які Вам дійсно необхідні. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux оперує часом по GMT (середній час по Ґрінвічу) і переводить\n"
+"його в місцевий час відповідно до часового поясу, який Ви вказали.\n"
+"Якщо годинник на Вашій материнській платі встановлено в локальний\n"
+"час, Ви можете відмінити \"%s\", що дасть змогу GNU/Linux знати, що\n"
+"системний годинник і апаратний годинник встановлені на один часовий\n"
+"пояс. Це використовується, коли машина також може завантажуватися\n"
+"в іншу операційну систему.\n"
+"\n"
+"Параметр \"%s\" автоматично наводить годинник шляхом під'єднання до\n"
+"віддаленого серверу часу в Інтернеті. Щоб ця можливість працювала, Ви\n"
+"повинні мати працююче з'єднання з Інтернетом. Найкраще вибрати сервер\n"
+"часу, розташований біля Вас. Цей параметр встановлює сервер часу, який\n"
+"також може використовуватися іншими машинами у Вашій місцевій мережі."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Автоматична синхронізація часу"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Графічна карта\n"
+"\n"
+"   Програма встановлення в нормальному режимі автоматично знаходить\n"
+"і налаштовує графічну карту, встановлену на Вашій машині. Якщо цього не\n"
+"відбувається, Ви можете вибрати із списку карту, яку Ви встановили.\n"
+"\n"
+"   У випадку, якщо Ваша карта підтримує різні сервери з або без\n"
+"3D-прискорення, Вам буде надана можливість вибрати сервер, який найбільше\n"
+"Вам підходить."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (для системи X Window) є серцем графічного інтерфейсу GNU/Linux,\n"
+"від якого залежать всі графічні середовища (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, і т.і.), пов'язані з Мандріва лінакс.\n"
+"\n"
+"Вам буде представлено список різних параметрів для налаштування,\n"
+"щоб отримати оптимальний графічний дисплей.\n"
+"\n"
+"Графічна карта\n"
+"\n"
+"   Програма встановлення автоматично визначає і налаштовує графічну\n"
+"карту, встановлену в машину. Якщо вона визначена неправильно, Ви можете\n"
+"вибрати із списку карту, яка дійсно встановлена.\n"
+"\n"
+"   У випадку, якщо Ваша карта підтримує різні сервери з або без 3D\n"
+"прискоренням, буде запропоновано вибрати сервер, який Вам найбільше\n"
+"підходить.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Монітор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Програма встановлення автоматично визначає і налаштовує монітор,\n"
+"під'єднаний до Вашої машини. Якщо це зроблено неправильно, Ви можете\n"
+"вибрати із списку монітор, який дійсно під'єднано до Вашого комп'ютера.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Роздільна здатність\n"
+"\n"
+"   Тут Ви можете вибрати роздільну здатність і кількість кольорів, які\n"
+"підтримує Ваше обладнання. Підберіть величини, які найбільше Вас\n"
+"влаштовують (Ви матимите змогу їх змінити пізніше). Зразок вибраного\n"
+"налаштування буде показано на моніторі.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Тест\n"
+"\n"
+"   В залежності від обладнання цього пункту може не бути.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Система спробує відкрити графічний екран з вибраною роздільністю.\n"
+"Якщо Ви зможете побачити повідомлення під час тесту і відповісте \"%s\",\n"
+"DrakX перейде до наступного кроку. Якщо Ви не зможете бачити\n"
+"повідомлення, це означатиме, що певна частина автоматично визначеної\n"
+"конфігурації неправильна, тест автоматично завершиться через 12\n"
+"секунд і Ви повернетесь назад в меню. Змінюйте налаштування, поки\n"
+"не отримаєте коректний графічний дисплей.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Параметри\n"
+"\n"
+"   Тут Ви можете вибрати, чи хочете Ви, щоб Ваша машина автоматично\n"
+"перемикалася в графічний інтерфейс при завантаженні. Зрозуміло, що\n"
+"Ви захочете вибрати \"%s\", якщо Ваша машина є сервером, або якщо Ви\n"
+"не змогли успішно налаштувати дисплей."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Монітор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Програма встановлення звичайно автоматично виявляє і налаштовує монітор,\n"
+"під'єднаний до Вашої машини. Якщо вона це зробила неправильно, Ви можете\n"
+"вибрати правильний монітор з цього списку."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Роздільна здатність\n"
+"\n"
+"   Тут Ви можете вибрати роздільну здатність і глибину кольору.\n"
+"Виберіть величини, які Вас найбільше влаштовують (Ви зможете\n"
+"їх змінити після встановлення). Зразок вибраного налаштування\n"
+"буде показано на моніторі."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"У випадку, якщо Ваша карта підтримує різні сервери, з або без 3D\n"
+"прискоренням, Вам буде запропоновано вибрати сервер, який Вам\n"
+"найбільше підходить."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Параметри\n"
+"\n"
+"   Тут можна вказати, чи хочете Ви, щоб графічний інтерфейс вмикався\n"
+"автоматично при завантаженні системи. Вам потрібно вибрати \"%s\", якщо\n"
+"Ваша машина буде працювати сервером, або якщо Ви не змогли успішно\n"
+"налаштувати дисплей."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Тепер потрібно вирішити, де саме Ви б хотіли встановити систему\n"
+"Мандріва лінакс на твердому диску. Якщо твердий диск порожній, або\n"
+"якщо існуюча операційна система використовує весь простір, Вам\n"
+"потрібно буде перерозподілити диск. Фактично перерозподіл твердого\n"
+"диску полягає в логічному його розділенні, щоб створити місце для\n"
+"встановлення Мандріва Лінакса.\n"
+"\n"
+"Через те, що процес перерозбиття твердого диску звичайно є\n"
+"незворотнім і може призвести до втрати даних, якщо іншу операційну\n"
+"систему вже було встановлено, ця операція може бути відлякуючою\n"
+"і стресовою, якщо Ви є недосвідченим користувачем. На щастя, DrakX\n"
+"має помічника, який спрощує цей процес. Перед продовженням цього\n"
+"кроку прочитайте до кінця цього розділу і, що головне, приділіть трохи "
+"часу.\n"
+"\n"
+"В залежності від конфігурації Вашого твердого диску можливі кілька \n"
+"варіантів продовження:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Цей режим виконує автоматичне розбиття на розділи Вашого\n"
+"порожнього диску (дисків). Якщо Ви вибрали цю команду, інших\n"
+"запитань до Вас вже не буде.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Помічник виявив один або більше розділів Лінакс на Вашому\n"
+"твердому диску. Якщо Ви хочете використати їх, виберіть цей режим.\n"
+"Тоді Вам буде запропоновано вказати відповідні до кожного розділу точки\n"
+"монтування. Попередні точки монтування будуть показані типово і у\n"
+"більшості випадків залишити їх без змін буде прийнятним варіантом.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Якщо на Вашому твердому диску встановлено Microsoft Windows\n"
+"і він займає весь простір на ньому, Вам потрібно буде створити вільне\n"
+"місце для Лінакса. Щоб зробити це, Ви можете стерти всі розділи Microsoft\n"
+"Windows і дані (дивись команду \"Стерти весь диск\"), або змінити розмір\n"
+"розділу Microsoft Windows FAT або NTFS. Зміна розміру буде здійснена\n"
+"без втрати будь яких даних, які знаходяться на попередньо\n"
+"дефрагментованому розділі Windows. Дуже рекомендується зробити\n"
+"резервну копію Ваших даних. Використання цього режиму\n"
+"рекомендується, якщо Ви хочете використовувати Мандріва Лінакс \n"
+"і Майкрософт Віндовс на одному комп'ютері.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Перед вибором цього режиму зрозумійте, що після виконання цієї\n"
+"процедури розмір розділу Microsoft Windows стане меншим, ніж до\n"
+"цього. Ви будете мати менше вільного місця у Microsoft Windows на\n"
+"зберігання даних і встановлення нових програм.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Якщо Ви хочете стерти всі дані і всі розділи, які є на твердому\n"
+"диску і замінити їх новою системою Мандріва Лінакс,\n"
+"виберіть цей режим. Будьте уважні, бо підтвердивши цей\n"
+"вибір, Ви вже не зможете повернутись назад.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Якщо Ви виберете цей режим, всі дані на твердому диску будуть "
+"видалені. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Це просто зітре повністю весь диск і почне новий\n"
+"поділ на розділи. Всі дані на диску буде втрачено.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Якщо Ви виберете цей режим, всі дані на диску будуть втрачені. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Виберіть цей режим, якщо Ви хочете вручну перерозподілити\n"
+"простір на Вашому твердому диску. Однак будьте обережними, це --\n"
+"потужний, але дуже небезпечний вибір, Ви можете дуже легко втратити\n"
+"всі дані. Тому цей режим насправді рекомендується тоді, якщо Ви вже\n"
+"щось подібне робили або маєте певний досвід. Для детальнішої інформації,\n"
+"як використовувати інструмент DiskDrake, звертайтеся до розділу\n"
+"\"Managing Your Partitions\" в \"Starter Guide\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Використовувати існуючий розділ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Стерти весь диск"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ось і все. Встановлення завершене і Ваша система GNU/Linux готова\n"
+"до використання. Просто натисніть \"%s\" для перезавантаження.\n"
+"Не забудьте вийняти носії (КД або дискету). Перше, що Ви побачите\n"
+"після завершення системою тестів обладнання, буде меню\n"
+"завантажувача, яке запропонує Вам вибір операційної системи\n"
+"для запуску.\n"
+"\n"
+"Кнопка \"%s\"покаже дві інші кнопки:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": дозволяє створити дискету для встановлення, яка автоматично,\n"
+"без допомоги оператора виконає все встановлення, подібне до того, яке\n"
+"Ви щойно зробили.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Зауважте, що після натиснення на кнопку будуть можливі два різні\n"
+"параметри:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Це частково автоматизоване встановлення. В режимі\n"
+"діалогу відбувається тільки етап розбиття на розділи.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Повністю автоматизоване встановлення: твердий диск\n"
+"повністю перезаписується, всі дані втрачаються.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Цей параметр є дуже зручним при встановленні на багато подібних\n"
+"машин. Дивіться розділ Auto install на нашому веб-сайті для детальної\n"
+"інформації.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): зберігає список пакунків, вибраних при цьому встановленні.\n"
+"Щоб використати цей вибір при іншому встановленні, вставте дискету і\n"
+"запустіть встановлення. При підказці натисніть клавішу [F1] і введіть\n"
+">>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" << і натисніть [Enter].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Вам потрібно мати дискету у FAT-форматі. Щоб створити таку в\n"
+"GNU/Linux, введіть \"mformat a:\", або \"fdformat /dev/fd0\", а після цього\n"
+"\"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Створити дискету для автоматичного встановлення"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Якщо Ви вирішили використовувати деякі з існуючих розділів\n"
+"GNU/Linux, можливо, захочете переформатувати деякі з них\n"
+"для того, щоб стерти дані, які на них записані. Якщо Ви\n"
+"хочете це зробити, виберіть також розділи, які хочете\n"
+"відформатувати.\n"
+"\n"
+"Зауважте, однак, що не обов'язково форматувати всі розділи, які\n"
+"існували раніше. Ви повинні відформатувати розділи, які містять\n"
+"операційну систему (такі, як \"/\", \"/usr\" чи \"/var\"), але не мусите\n"
+"форматувати ті розділи, які містять дані, які Ви б хотіли зберегти\n"
+"(типово це розділ \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Будьте уважні з вибором розділів. Після форматування всі дані на\n"
+"вибраних розділах будуть стерті і їх вже не можна буде відновити.\n"
+"\n"
+"Натисніть на \"%s\", коли будете готові приступити до форматування\n"
+"розділів.\n"
+"\n"
+"Натисніть на \"%s\", якщо Ви хочете вибрати інші розділи для\n"
+"того, щоб встановити нову систему Мандріва лінакс.\n"
+"\n"
+"Натисніть на \"%s\", якщо Ви хочете вибрати розділи для\n"
+"перевірки на існування збійних блоків."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Коли Ви встановлюєте Мандріва лінакс, деякі пакунки можуть\n"
+"бути поновлені з часу виходу дистрибутиву. Можуть бути виправлені\n"
+"помилки, вирішені проблеми безпеки. Щоб мати користь від цих поновлень,\n"
+"зараз Ви можете звантажити їх з Інтернету. Перевірте \"%s\", якщо маєте\n"
+"зв'язок з Інтернетом, або \"%s\", якщо бажаєте встановити поновлені пакунки\n"
+"пізніше.\n"
+"\n"
+"Вибравши \"%s\", Ви побачите список адрес, звідки можуть бути взяті\n"
+"поновлення. Вам потрібно вибрати якісь із найближчих до Вас. Появиться\n"
+"дерево вибору пакунків: зробіть вибір і натисніть \"%s\", щоб звантажити\n"
+"і встановити їх, або \"%s\", щоб вийти."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"В цьому місці DrakX дасть Вам можливість вибрати рівень безпеки\n"
+"для Вашої системи. На практиці можна використовувати таке правило:\n"
+"рівень безпеки повинен бути вищий, якщо на машині зберігатимуться\n"
+"важливі дані, або якщо вона буде безпосередньо під'єднана до Інтернету.\n"
+"Платою за вищий рівень безпеки у більшості випадків є легкість у\n"
+"використанні.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо Ви не знаєте, на чому зупинитись, залиште все, як є. Ви зможете\n"
+"змінити рівень безпеки пізніше з допомогою інструменту draksec з \n"
+"Центру керування Мандріва.\n"
+"\n"
+"Поле \"%s\" може використовуватися для сповіщення користувача, який\n"
+"відповідає за безпеку. Повідомлення відправлятиметься на вказану адресу."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Адміністратор з безпеки"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Зараз Вам потрібно вибрати, які розділи використовувати для встановлення\n"
+"Вашої нової системи Мандріва лінакс. Якщо ці розділи вже були створені\n"
+"при попередньому встановленні системи GNU/Linux, або створені іншою\n"
+"програмою розподілу диску, Ви можете скористатися вже існуючими\n"
+"розділами. В іншому випадку потрібно створити розділи на твердому диску.\n"
+"\n"
+"Щоб створити розділи, Вам потрібно вибрати твердий диск. Ви можете\n"
+"вибрати диск, клацнувши на \"hda\" для першого диску типу IDE,\n"
+"\"hdb\" для другого диску типу IDE, \"sda\", якщо Ви будете встановлювати\n"
+"систему на першому диску типу SCSI і так далі.\n"
+"\n"
+"Щоб розбити диск на розділи, Ви можете скористатися такими командами:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": видаляє всі розділи на вибраному твердому диску\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ця команда автоматично створить розділи типу ext3 та swap\n"
+"на вільному місці диску\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": дає доступ до додаткових параметрів:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": записує таблицю розділів на дискету. Використовується для\n"
+"відновлення таблиці розділів при потребі. Дуже рекомендується виконувати\n"
+"цей крок.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": дає змогу Вам відновити раніше записану таблицю розділів з\n"
+"дискети.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": якщо таблиця розділів Вашого диску пошкоджена, Ви можете\n"
+"спробувати відновити її, скориставшись цією командою. Будь ласка,\n"
+"будьте обережними і пам'ятайте, що ця команда не завжди спрацьовує.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": відмовитися від всіх змін і завантажити таблицю розділів, яка\n"
+"була на Вашому твердому диску.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": відміна цього параметра зробить необхідним монтування і\n"
+"розмонтування знімних носіїв - дискети і компакт-диску - користувачами\n"
+"вручну.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": використайте цю команду, якщо Ви хочете, щоб помічник розподілив\n"
+"Ваш диск. Рекомендується, якщо Ви не розумієтесь добре про\n"
+"розподіл диску. \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": використайте цю команду, щоб скасувати всі зміни.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": дозволити додаткові дії при розбиванні (тип, параметри, формат)\n"
+"і отримати більше інформації про твердий диск.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ця команда запише зміни на диск після того, як Ви закінчите "
+"розбиття\n"
+"Вашого твердого диску. \n"
+"\n"
+"Коли Ви задаєте розмір розділу, можете точніше задати розмір,\n"
+"використовуючи клавіші курсора на клавіатурі.\n"
+"\n"
+"Примітка: Ви можете виконати будь-яку команду з клавіатури. Переміщайтеся\n"
+"по розділах з допомогою клавіш [Tab] і [Up/Down].\n"
+"\n"
+"Коли певний розділ вибрано, Ви можете використовувати:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c, щоб створити новий розділ (якщо вибрано порожній розділ)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d, щоб стерти розділ\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m, щоб встановити точку монтування\n"
+"\n"
+"Щоб отримати інформацію про різні типи файлових систем, які Ви можете\n"
+"створити, прочитайте розділ ext2FS з \"Reference Manual\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо Ви встановлюєте систему на комп'ютер з процесором PPC, можете\n"
+"створити маленький розділ типу HFS для завантаження 'bootstrap'\n"
+"(розміром не менше 1Мб) для завантажувача yaboot. Якщо Ви вирішите\n"
+"створити розділ трохи більшого розміру, скажімо 50Мб, Ви зможете\n"
+"також зберігати на ньому резервне ядро системи та віртуальний диск для\n"
+"аварійних завантажень системи. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Автоматичне монтування змінних носіїв"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Перемикнути між режимами Експерт/Звичайний"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"На Вашому диску знайдено більше одного розділа Майкрософт.\n"
+"Виберіть, будь ласка, розмір якого з них Ви хотіли б змінити, для\n"
+"того, щоб встановити операційну систем Мандріва лінакс.\n"
+"\n"
+"Кожен розділ подано в такому вигляді: \"Назва в Лінаксі\", \"Назва у\n"
+"Віндовс\", \"Розмір\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Назва в Лінаксі\" подана таким чином: \"тип твердого диску\",\n"
+"\"номер твердого диску\", \"номер розділу на диску\", (наприклад:\n"
+"\"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Тип твердого диску\" - це \"hd\", якщо Ви маєте диск типу IDE, і \"sd\",\n"
+"якщо Ви маєте твердий диск типу SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Номер твердого диску\" - це завжди літера після \"hd\" чи \"sd\". Для\n"
+"дисків типу IDE це:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"a\" - головний диск (master) на першому контролері IDE,\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"b\" - вторинний (slave) диск на першому контролері IDE,\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"c\" - головний диск на другому контролері IDE,\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"d\" - вторинний диск на другому контролері IDE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Для SCSI дисків \"a\" означає \"головний диск\", \"b\" - другорядний диск, "
+"і\n"
+"т.д. ...\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Назва у Віндовс\" - це літера Вашого твердого диску, як Ви її бачите\n"
+"при роботі у Віндовс (перший диск чи розділ називається \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": перевірити поточний вибір країни. Якщо Ви знаходитесь не\n"
+"в цій країні, натисніть кнопку \"%s\" і виберіть іншу країну. Якщо Вашої\n"
+"країни немає в першому переліку, натисніть \"%s\", щоб отримати повний\n"
+"список країн."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Цей крок виконується тільки у випадку, якщо на Вашій машині було\n"
+"знайдено старий розділ GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX зараз потрібно знати, чи Ви хочете виконати нове встановлення,\n"
+"чи поновити існуючу систему Мандріва лінакс:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": В більшій частині це повністю знищує стару систему. Якщо Ви\n"
+"хочете змінити розбиття твердого диску на розділи або змінити файлову\n"
+"систему, використовуйте цей параметр. Проте в залежності від схеми\n"
+"розбиття на розділи Ви можете оберегти деякі з існуючих даних від\n"
+"переписування.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": цей тип встановлення дозволяє Вам поновити пакунки, вже\n"
+"встановлені на Вашій системі Мандріва лінакс. Ваша існуюча схема\n"
+"розбиття на розділи і дані користувачів не змінюються. Більшість інших\n"
+"кроків встановлення залишаються, подібно до стандартного встановлення.\n"
+"\n"
+"Використання параметра \"Поновлення\" працюватиме на системах з\n"
+"Мандріва лінакс версії \"8.1\" і пізніших. Виконання поновлення версій,\n"
+"попередніх до Мандріва лінакс \"8.1\" не рекомендується."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"В залежності від типової мови, яку Ви вказали у розділі, drakX\n"
+"автоматично вибере певний тип конфігурації клавіатури. Перевірте,\n"
+"щоб виділення відповідало Вашому вибору, якщо потрібно, виберіть\n"
+"відповідну мапу.\n"
+"\n"
+"Проте, може не існувати мапи клавіатури, що точно відповідає Вашій мові:\n"
+"наприклад, якщо Ви англомовний швейцарець, Ви все одно можете\n"
+"забажати користуватись швейцарською мапою. Або, якщо Ви говорите\n"
+"англійською, але живете в Квебеку, Ви потрапляєте в аналогічну\n"
+"ситуацію, коли Ваша рідна мова і мапа клавіатури не співпадають. В\n"
+"таких випадках цей крок встановлення дасть Вам змогу вибрати\n"
+"відповідну клавіатуру з наданого списку.\n"
+"\n"
+"Натисніть кнопку \"%s\", щоб побачити повний список мап клавіатур.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо Ви вибрали мапу, що основана на нелатинському алфавіті,\n"
+"наступний діалог дасть змогу вибрати комбінацію клавіш, яка\n"
+"перемикатиме клавіатуру між латинською і нелатинською мапами."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Перший крок - вибір мови.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ваш вибір мови вплине на мову документації, програми встановлення\n"
+"і систему в цілому. Спочатку виберіть регіон, в якому Ви знаходитесь,\n"
+"потім мову, якою Ви розмовляєте.\n"
+"\n"
+"Натиснувши кнопку \"%s\" Ви зможете вибрати інші мови, які можна\n"
+"встановити на Вашій робочій станції, при цьому встановлюються особливі\n"
+"для мови файли системної документації і програми. Наприклад, якщо\n"
+"в системі будуть працювати користувачі з Іспанії, виберіть англійську\n"
+"мову типовою з дерева перегляду і \"%s\" в розділі Додатково.\n"
+"\n"
+"Кілька слів про підтримку UTF-8 (юнікоду): Юнікод - це нове кодування\n"
+"символів, яке вміщує усі мови. Повна підтримка для GNU/Linux все ще\n"
+"знаходиться в стадії розробки. Через це Мандріва лінакс\n"
+"використовуватиме його залежно від вибору користувача:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Якщо Ви вибрали мови із традиційним кодуванням (мови latin1\n"
+"Українська, Японська, Китайська, Корейська, Тайська, Грецька,\n"
+"Турецька, більшість мов iso-8859-2), це кодування і\n"
+"використовуватиметься;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Інші мови використовуватимуть юнікод типово;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Якщо вибирається підтримка двох чи більше мов і вони не\n"
+"використовують однакове кодування, юнікод використовуватиметься\n"
+"для всієї системи;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Нарешті, незалежно від вибраної мови юнікод також\n"
+"використовуватиметься для системи у випадку, якщо користувач\n"
+"вказав \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Зауважте, що Ви не обмежені вибором однієї додаткової мови. Ви\n"
+"можете вибрати їх кілька або встановити їх всі, вибравши пункт \"%s\".\n"
+"Вибір підтримки мови означає вибір перекладів, шрифтів, перевірку\n"
+"орфографії і т.д.\n"
+"\n"
+"Для перемикання між різними мовами, встановленими в системі, можете\n"
+"виконати команду \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" з правами \"root\", щоб змінити\n"
+"мову для всієї системи. Виконання цієї команди від звичайного\n"
+"користувача змінить мову тільки для даного конкретного користувача."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Іспанська"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Здебільшого DrakX не має проблем при визначенні кількості кнопок на\n"
+"Вашій миші. Якщо це стається, приймається, що Ви маєте двохкнопкову\n"
+"мишу, і можете сконфігурувати її для емуляції третьої кнопки. Третя\n"
+"кнопка на двохкнопковій миші може бути \"натиснута\" одночасним\n"
+"натисканням лівої і правої кнопок. DrakX автоматично знатиме, який\n"
+"інтерфейс використовує Ваша миша: PS/2, послідовний чи USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"У випадку, якщо Ви маєте мишу з трьома кнопками і без коліщатка,\n"
+"можете вибрати мишу \"%s\". DrakX тоді налаштує її так, щоб Ви могли\n"
+"симулювати його: для цього натисніть середню кнопку і переміщуйте\n"
+"мишу вперед-назад.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо з певних міркувань Ви хочете задати інший тип миші, виберіть його\n"
+"із списку, який пропонується.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ви можете вибрати пункт \"%s\", щоб встановити \"загальний\" тип,\n"
+"який працює майже з усіма типами мишок.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо Ви вибрали мишу, відмінну від запропонованої, буде показано\n"
+"тестове вікно. Перевірте кнопки і коліщатко, щоб переконатися, що\n"
+"миша працює добре. Якщо миша працює неправильно, натисніть\n"
+"пробіл або [Return], щоб припинити тест і повернутися в список вибору.\n"
+"\n"
+"Миші з коліщатком деколи не визначаються автоматично, тому Вам\n"
+"буде потрібно вибрати мишу із списку. Переконайтеся, що Ви\n"
+"вибираєте мишу відповідно до порта, до якого вона під'єднана. Після\n"
+"того, як Ви виберете мишу і натиснете на кнопку \"%s\", на екрані\n"
+"появиться зображення миші. Покрутіть коліщатко миші, щоб\n"
+"переконатися, що воно активізоване правильно. Після того, як Ви\n"
+"побачите, що коліщатко на екрані рухається відповідно до коліщатка\n"
+"на миші, протестуйте кнопки і переконайтеся, що вказівник миші\n"
+"на екрані рухається відповідно до переміщення миші."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "з емуляцією коліщатка"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Універсальна | Будь-яка миша PS/2 та USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Будь ласка, виберіть вірний порт. Наприклад, порт  COM1 у MS\n"
+"Windows має назву ttyS0 у GNU/Лінаксі."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Це найважливіший крок для безпеки Вашої системи GNU/Linux: Вам\n"
+"потрібно ввести пароль для користувача Root. Root - це системний\n"
+"адміністратор і тільки йому дозволено робити поновлення системи,\n"
+"додавати користувачів, змінювати загальну конфігурацію системи,\n"
+"таке інше. Одним словом - Root може все! Ось чому Вам слід вибирати\n"
+"пароль, який важко вгадати - DrakX підкаже Вам, якщо пароль занадто\n"
+"легкий. Як Ви побачите, пароль вводити необов'язково, але ми\n"
+"настійливо застерігаємо Вас проти такого. GNU/Linux така ж схильна\n"
+"до помилок оператора, як і будь-яка інша система. Оскільки Root може\n"
+"обминути всі обмеження і ненароком стерти всі дані на всіх розділах,\n"
+"неуважно працюючи з ними, тому повинно бути важко стати\n"
+"користувачем root.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пароль має бути сумішшю алфавітно-цифрових символів і бути\n"
+"завдовжки не менше 8 символів. Ніколи не записуйте пароль - це\n"
+"зробить занадто легким отримання несанкціонованого доступу до\n"
+"системи.\n"
+"\n"
+"Одне застереження -- не робіть пароль занадто довгим чи складним,\n"
+"тому що Вам потрібно його запам'ятовувати.\n"
+"\n"
+"Коли Ви будете вводити пароль, його не буде видно на екрані. Щоб\n"
+"зменшити можливість помилки при вводі пароля \"всліпу\", Вам\n"
+"потрібно буде ввести його двічі. Якщо ж так станеться, що Ви\n"
+"допустите одну і ту ж помилку двічі, Вам потрібно буде ввести цей\n"
+"\"неправильний\" пароль при першій реєстрації в системі.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо Ви хочете дозволити доступ до цього комп'ютера для його\n"
+"контролю сервером автентифікації, натисніть кнопку \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо Ваша мережа використовує служби автентифікації LDAP, NIS або\n"
+"PDC Windows Domain, виберіть одну з можливостей з \"%s\". Якщо Ви не\n"
+"знаєте, яку з них використовувати, запитайте в свого системного "
+"адміністратора.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо Ви боїтесь, що маєте проблеми із запам'ятовуванням паролів, якщо\n"
+"Ваш комп'ютер ніколи не буде під'єднано до Інтернету, або Ви абсолютно\n"
+"довіряєте всім, хто використовує Ваш комп'ютер, можете вибрати \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "розпізнавання"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Завантажувач є невеликою програмою, яка завантажується після\n"
+"увімкнення комп'ютера. Він відповідає за завантаження всієї\n"
+"системи. Зазвичай встановлення завантажувача є повністю\n"
+"автоматизованим. DrakX проаналізує завантажувальний сектор диску\n"
+"і відповідно до знайденого на ньому виконає таке:\n"
+"\n"
+" * якщо знайдено сектор завантаження Windows, він замінить його на\n"
+"сектор завантаження GRUB/LILO. В такий спосіб Ви зможете\n"
+"завантажувати як GNU/Linux, так і іншу ОС.\n"
+"\n"
+" * якщо знайдено сектор завантаження GRUB або LILO, його буде\n"
+"замінено на новий.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо неможливо визначити, DrakX запитає Вас, куди встановити\n"
+"завантажувач. В загальному випадку \"%s\" є найкращим місцем.\n"
+"Вибравши \"%s\", Ви не встановите завантажувач. Використовуйте\n"
+"це тільки тоді, коли розумієте, що робите."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Зараз настав час вибрати систему друку на Вашому комп'ютері. Інші\n"
+"ОС мають одну систему друку, але Мандріва лінакс пропонує дві.\n"
+"Кожна система друку найкраще підходить до різних типів конфігурації.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- який є акронімом для \"друкувати, не ставити в чергу\", є\n"
+"вибором, коли Ви маєте безпосередньо під'єднану друкарку і не\n"
+"хочете мати проблем із зминанням паперу, і не маєте мережевих\n"
+"друкарок. (\"%s\" керуватиме тільки дуже простими випадками з\n"
+"мережею і є в деякій мірі повільнішим, ніж використання з мережами).\n"
+"Рекомендується використовувати \"pdq\", якщо це Ваш перший досвід\n"
+"використання GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - \"Загальна система друку для Лінакс\", є відміннім вибором\n"
+"для друку на місцеву друкарку або на іншу в будь-якій точці планети.\n"
+"Вона проста для налаштування і може працювати як клієнт або сервер\n"
+"для старих систем друку \"lpd \", тобто є сумісною з попередніми\n"
+"операційними системами, які можуть все ще вимагати сервісів друку.\n"
+"Хоч вона і є дуже потужною, загальне встановлення є майже таким\n"
+"самим простим, як і \"pdq\". Якщо Вам потрібно емулювати сервер \"lpd\",\n"
+"переконайтеся, що увімкнена служба \"cups-lpd \". \"%s\" має графічну\n"
+"оболонку для друку або вибору параметрів друкарки і управління нею.\n"
+" \n"
+"Якщо Ви зараз зробите вибір, а пізніше побачите, що ця система друку\n"
+"Вам не подобається, Ви можете її замінити з допомогою PrinterDrake з\n"
+"Центру керування Мандріва , натиснувши кнопку \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Експертний режим"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Спочатку DrakX спробує відшукати всі тверді диски на Вашому\n"
+"комп'ютері. Також він зробить пошук одної або більше карт PCI SCSI.\n"
+"Якщо DrakX знайде плату SCSI, то автоматично встановить для неї\n"
+"драйвер.\n"
+"\n"
+"Через те, що визначення заліза не є простим, DrakX може завершити\n"
+"визначення твердих дисків невдало. Якщо таке трапиться, Вам потрібно\n"
+"буде ввести тип обладнання вручну.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо Вам потрібно буде вручну вибирати драйвер, DrakX запитає,\n"
+"чи хочете Ви налаштувати його параметри. Краще, якщо Ви вкажете\n"
+"DrakX випробувати плату з особливими для неї параметрами, потрібними\n"
+"для ініціалізації адаптера. У більшості випадків це працює нормально.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо DrakX не зможе встановити тип параметрів, необхідних для\n"
+"передачі обладнанню, Вам потрібно буде налаштувати драйвер вручну."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": якщо система визначить звукову карту, її тип буде показано тут.\n"
+"Якщо Ви побачите, що вона не того типу, що дійсно вставлена у Вашій\n"
+"системі, можете натиснути кнопку і вибрати інший драйвер."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX пропонує для перегляду підсумкову інформацію, яку він зібрав\n"
+"про Вашу систему. В залежності від встановленого заліза, у Вас\n"
+"повинні бути або всі, або деякі пункти. Кожен пункт може бути\n"
+"налаштований, що завершується коротким підсумком про поточну\n"
+"конфігурацію. Натисніть на відповідну \"%s\" кнопку, щоб змінити.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": перевірити поточну мапу клавіатури і змінити, якщо потрібно.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": перевірити вибір країни. Якщо Ви знаходитесь не в цій\n"
+"країні, натисніть кнопку \"%s\" і виберіть іншу. Якщо Вашої країни\n"
+"немає в показаному початковому списку, натисніть кнопку \"%s\",\n"
+"щоб отримати повний список країн.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": типово DrakX визначає часовий пояс на основі країни, яку\n"
+"Ви вибрали. Ви можете натиснути кнопку \"%s\", якщо його визначено\n"
+"неправильно.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": перевірте налаштування миші і натисніть на кнопку, щоб\n"
+"змінити, якщо необхідно.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": натиснувши на кнопку \"%s\", Ви викличите Помічника\n"
+"налаштування друкарки. Зверніться до відповідного розділу \"Starter\n"
+"Guide\" для детальнішої інформації про те, як встановити нову\n"
+"друкарку. Інтерфейс, представлений там, є подібним до того, що\n"
+"використовується при встановленні.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": якщо у Вашій системі знайдено звукову карту, її буде\n"
+"показано тут. Якщо Ви виявите, що показана звукова карта не є\n"
+"тою, що насправді встановлена у системі, можете натиснути на\n"
+"кнопку і вибрати інший драйвер.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": якщо у Вашій системі знайдено карту ТБ, її має бути показано\n"
+"тут. Якщо ж Ви маєте карту ТБ, але її не знайдено, натисніть \"%s\",\n"
+"щоб спробувати налаштувати її вручну.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ви можете натиснути \"%s\", щоб змінити параметри, пов'язані\n"
+"з картою, якщо бачите, що конфігурацію встановлено неправильно.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": типово DrakX налаштовує графічний інтерфейс з роздільною\n"
+"здатністю \"800x600\" або \"1024x768\". Якщо це Вас не задовольняє,\n"
+"натисніть \"%s\", щоб переналаштувати графічний інтерфейс.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Якщо Ви хочете зараз налаштувати доступ до Інтернету\n"
+"або місцевої мережі. Зверніться до друкованої документації, або\n"
+"Центру керування Мандріва після завершення встановлення,\n"
+"щоб отримати повну довідку.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": тут можна налаштувати адреси проксі HTTP і FTP, якщо\n"
+"Ваша машина знаходиться за проксі-сервером.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": цей пункт дасть змогу перевизначити рівень безпеки, який\n"
+"встановлено попереднім кроком ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": якщо Ви плануєте під'єднати Вашу машину до Інтернету,\n"
+"хорошою ідеєю є захистися від вторгнення шляхом встановлення\n"
+"захисного шлюзу. Зверніться до відповідного розділу \"Starter Guide\"\n"
+"для детальнішої інформації про встановлення захисного шлюзу.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": якщо Ви хочете змінити конфігурацію завантажувача,\n"
+"натисніть цю кнопку. Це зарезервовано для досвідчених користувачів.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": тут Ви можете підправити, які служби будуть виконуватися\n"
+"на Вашій машині. Якщо Ви плануєте використовувати цю машину в\n"
+"якості сервера, хорошою ідеєю є переглянути ці налаштування."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Карта ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Графічний інтерфейс"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Виберіть твердий диск, який Ви хочете відформатувати для\n"
+"створення нового розділу Мандріва лінакса. Будьте обережні,\n"
+"всі дані, що знаходяться в цьому розділі, будуть втрачені і їх\n"
+"неможливо буде відновити!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Натисніть \"%s\", якщо Ви хочете стерти всі дані і розділи на цьому\n"
+"твердому диску. Будьте уважні, після натиснення на \"%s\" Ви\n"
+"не зможете відновити жодних даних і розділів на цьому твердому\n"
+"диску, включаючи також будь-які дані Віндовс.\n"
+"\n"
+"Натисніть \"%s\", щоб зупинити цю операцію без втрати даних і\n"
+"розділів, які знаходяться на цьому твердому диску."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Далі ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Попередній"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/uz.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/uz.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f11696d44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/uz.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1141 @@
+# translation of DrakX-uz.po to Uzbek
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Mandriva.
+#
+# Mashrab Kuvatov <kmashrab@uni-bremen.de>, 2003, 2004, 2006.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-uz\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-23 12:29+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Mashrab Kuvatov <kmashrab@uni-bremen.de>\n"
+"Language-Team: Uzbek <kmashrab@uni-bremen.de>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Давом этишдан олдин лицензиянинг шартларини эътибор билан ўқиб\n"
+"чиқинг. Лицензия бутун Mandriva Linux'га тегишли. Агар унинг барча\n"
+"шартларига рози бўлсангиз, \"%s\"ни танланг. Агар рози бўлмасангиз,\n"
+"компьютерни ўчириб-ёқиш учун \"%s\" тугмасини босинг."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Бу қулайликдан фойдаланишни истайсизми?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux бир нечта компакт-дискларда тарқатилади. Агар танланган "
+"пакет\n"
+"бошқа компакт-дискда жойлашган бўлса, DrakX жорий компакт-дискни\n"
+"чиқаради ва тегишлисини қўйишни сўрайди. Агар сўралган компакт-диск сизда\n"
+"бўлмаса, \"%s\" тугмасини босинг. Бу ҳолда, тегишли пакетлар ўрнатилмайди."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Янгилаш"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Асосий қўлланмалар билан"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Ҳақиқий минимал ўрнатиш"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Одатда, ўрнатувчи компьютерингизга уланган мониторни\n"
+"автоматик равишда аниқлайди ва мослайди. Агар бу нотўғри\n"
+"бўлса, аслида уланган мониторни рўйхатдан танлашингиз мумкин."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Одатда, ўрнатувчи компьютерингизга уланган мониторни\n"
+"автоматик равишда аниқлайди ва мослайди. Агар бу нотўғри\n"
+"бўлса, аслида уланган мониторни рўйхатдан танлашингиз мумкин."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Дискда бор қисмлардан фойдаланиш"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Бутун дискни ўчириш"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Авто-ўрнатиш дискетни яратиш"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Хавфсизлик бошқарувчиси"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Одий/эксперт усулига ўтиш"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Истаган PS/2 ва USB сичқонча"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Илтимос тўғри портни танланг. Масалан, Windows'даги \"COM1\"\n"
+"портининг номи GNU/Linux'да \"ttyS0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "тасдиқлаш"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Эксперт"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": агар компьютерда товуш картаси аниқланса у шу ерда кўрсатилади.\n"
+"Агар кўрсатилган товуш картаси компьютердаги товуш картаси\n"
+"билан мос келмаса, тугмани босиб бошқа драйверни танлашингиз мумкин."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN karta"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "График интерфейс"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Бу дискдаги барча маълумотни ва дискнинг барча қисмларини\n"
+"ўчириш учун \"%s\"ни босинг. Эҳтиёт бўлинг, \"%s\"ни босганингиздан\n"
+"кейин дискдаги маълумотни ва дискнинг қисмларини, шу жумлада\n"
+"Windows маълумотини ҳам, тиклаб бўлмайди.\n"
+"\n"
+"Маълумотни ва дискнинг барча қисмларини йўқотмасдан бу\n"
+"операцияни тўхтатиш учун \"%s\"ни босинг."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Кейинги ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Олдинги"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/uz@Latn.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/uz@Latn.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6608ada4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/uz@Latn.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1142 @@
+# translation of DrakX-uz.po to Uzbek
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Mandriva.
+#
+# Mashrab Kuvatov <kmashrab@uni-bremen.de>, 2003, 2004, 2006.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-uz\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-23 12:29+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Mashrab Kuvatov <kmashrab@uni-bremen.de>\n"
+"Language-Team: Uzbek <kmashrab@uni-bremen.de>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Davom etishdan oldin litsenziyaning shartlarini e'tibor bilan o'qib\n"
+"chiqing. Litsenziya butun Mandriva Linux'ga tegishli. Agar uning barcha\n"
+"shartlariga rozi bo'lsangiz, \"%s\"ni tanlang. Agar rozi bo'lmasangiz,\n"
+"kompyuterni o'chirib-yoqish uchun \"%s\" tugmasini bosing."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Bu qulaylikdan foydalanishni istaysizmi?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux bir nechta kompakt-disklarda tarqatiladi. Agar tanlangan "
+"paket\n"
+"boshqa kompakt-diskda joylashgan bo'lsa, DrakX joriy kompakt-diskni\n"
+"chiqaradi va tegishlisini qo'yishni so'raydi. Agar so'ralgan kompakt-disk "
+"sizda\n"
+"bo'lmasa, \"%s\" tugmasini bosing. Bu holda, tegishli paketlar o'rnatilmaydi."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Yangilash"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Asosiy qo'llanmalar bilan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Haqiqiy minimal o'rnatish"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Odatda, o'rnatuvchi kompyuteringizga ulangan monitorni\n"
+"avtomatik ravishda aniqlaydi va moslaydi. Agar bu noto'g'ri\n"
+"bo'lsa, aslida ulangan monitorni ro'yxatdan tanlashingiz mumkin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Odatda, o'rnatuvchi kompyuteringizga ulangan monitorni\n"
+"avtomatik ravishda aniqlaydi va moslaydi. Agar bu noto'g'ri\n"
+"bo'lsa, aslida ulangan monitorni ro'yxatdan tanlashingiz mumkin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Diskda bor qismlardan foydalanish"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Butun diskni o'chirish"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Avto-o'rnatish disketni yaratish"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Xavfsizlik boshqaruvchisi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Odiy/ekspert usuliga o'tish"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Istagan PS/2 va USB sichqoncha"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Iltimos to'g'ri portni tanlang. Masalan, Windows'dagi \"COM1\"\n"
+"portining nomi GNU/Linux'da \"ttyS0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "tasdiqlash"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ekspert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": agar kompyuterda tovush kartasi aniqlansa u shu erda ko'rsatiladi.\n"
+"Agar ko'rsatilgan tovush kartasi kompyuterdagi tovush kartasi\n"
+"bilan mos kelmasa, tugmani bosib boshqa drayverni tanlashingiz mumkin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN karta"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafik interfeys"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu diskdagi barcha ma'lumotni va diskning barcha qismlarini\n"
+"o'chirish uchun \"%s\"ni bosing. Ehtiyot bo'ling, \"%s\"ni bosganingizdan\n"
+"keyin diskdagi ma'lumotni va diskning qismlarini, shu jumlada\n"
+"Windows ma'lumotini ham, tiklab bo'lmaydi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ma'lumotni va diskning barcha qismlarini yo'qotmasdan bu\n"
+"operatsiyani to'xtatish uchun \"%s\"ni bosing."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Keyingi ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Oldingi"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/vi.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/vi.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..04e84249f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/vi.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1869 @@
+# translation of DrakX-vi.po to 
+# Vietnamese Translation for DrakX module.
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Trinh Minh Thanh <tmthanh@yahoo.com> 2001-2005.
+# Larry Nguyen <larry@vnlinux.org> 2005.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-vi version\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-02 21:17+0700\n"
+"Last-Translator: Larry Nguyen <larry@vnlinux.org>\n"
+"Language-Team:  <gnomevi-list@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Trước khi tiếp tục, hãy đọc kỹ các điều khoản ghi trong bản quyền.\n"
+"Nó bao xuyên suốt toàn bộ phân phối Mandriva Linux. Nếu đồng ý với\n"
+"mọi điều khoản trong đó, nhấn vào hộp kiểm \"%s\". Nếu không, hãy\n"
+"nhấn nút \"%s\" để khởi động lại máy tính."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux là hệ thống đa người dùng, nghĩa là từng người dùng có thể có\n"
+"riêng các tùy thích, tập tin,... Bạn có thể đọc ``Starter Guide'' để biết "
+"thêm\n"
+"điều này.Nhưng không như \"root\", là người quản trị, các người dùng mà bạn\n"
+"thêm vào đây sẽ không được quyền thay đổi bất kỳ cái gì ngoài các tập tin\n"
+"và cấu hình của riêng họ. Bạn sẽ phải tạo ít nhất một người dùng thường lệ\n"
+"cho mình. Đó là tài khoản mà bạn nên dùng cho công việc hàng ngày. Mặc\n"
+"dù bạn cũng có thể đăng nhập \"root\" để làm việc, nhưng sẽ rất nguy hiểm!\n"
+"Chỉ một lỗi nhỏ cũng có thể làm hệ thống không hoạt động nữa. Nếu bạn\n"
+"gây một lỗi trầm trọng khi là người dùng thông thường, bạn có thể chỉ mất "
+"một\n"
+"số thông tin mà không làm ảnh hưởng tới toàn bộ hệ thống.\n"
+"\n"
+"Trường thứ nhất hỏi tên thật của bạn. Tuy nhiên, điều này không phải là bắt\n"
+"buộc. -- có thể nhập bất kỳ cái gì bạn muốn. DrakX sẽ lấy từ đầu tiên mà "
+"bạn\n"
+"nhập để đem nhập vào trường \"%s\", là tên mà người dùng này\n"
+"sẽ sử dụng để đăng nhập vào hệ thống. Nếu muốn, bạn có thể thay đổi nó.\n"
+"Bước tiếp theo là nhập mật khẩu. Về phương diện bảo mật, mật khẩu của người\n"
+"dùng thông thường không quan trọng như mật khẩu \"root\", nhưng cũng đừng\n"
+"để trống hay đặt quá đơn giản để bảo vệ các tập tin riêng của bạn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mỗi khi nhấn \"%s\", bạn có thể thêm người dùng khác cho người thân như\n"
+"anh chị em... của bạn. Nhấn \"%s\" khi đã hoàn thành việc thêm người dùng.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nhấn nút \"%s\" cho phép bạn thay đổi \"shell\" mặc định cho người dùng\n"
+"đó (mặc định là bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Khi đã hoàn thành việc thêm người dùng, bạn có thể chọn người dùng nào sẽ\n"
+"được tự động đăng nhập vào hệ thống khi khởi động máy tính. Nếu bạn thích\n"
+"tính năng này và không quan tâm nhiều đến bảo mật nội bộ, hãy chọn người\n"
+"dùng mong muốn và trình quản lý cửa sổ rối nhấn \"%s\". Nếu không thích\n"
+"dùng tính năng này, hãy bỏ chọn hộp kiểm \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Bạn muốn dùng tính năng này không?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Trên đây là danh sách các phân vùng Linux hiện có trên đĩa cứng của bạn.\n"
+"Bạn có thể giữ các lựa chọn do đồ thuật tạo ra, chúng thích hợp cho hầu hết\n"
+"các trường hợp thông thường. Nếu bạn tạo bất kỳ thay đổi nào, ít nhất phải\n"
+"định ra một phân vùng root (\"/\"). Đừng chọn phân vùng này nhỏ quá vì có "
+"thể bạn\n"
+"sẽ không thể cài đặt đủ phần mềm. Nếu bạn muốn đặt dữ liệu lên một phân\n"
+"vùng riêng biệt, bạn cũng cần tạo phân vùng  cho \"/home\" (với điều kiện\n"
+"nếu bạn có sẵn hơn một phân vùng Linux).\n"
+"\n"
+"Mỗi phân vùng được liệt kê như sau: \"Tên\", \"Dung lượng\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tên\" có cấu trúc như sau: \"kiểu đĩa cứng\", \"số hiệu đĩa cứng\",\n"
+"\"số hiệu phân vùng\" (ví dụ, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Kiểu ổ cứng\" là \"hd\" nếu ổ cứng của bạn là IDE và \"sd\"\n"
+"nếu là loại SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Số hiệu ổ cứng\" luôn là chữ cái đứng sau \"hd\" hoặc \"sd\". Với các\n"
+"ổ cứng IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" là \"ổ cứng chính nối với điều khiển IDE đầu tiên\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"b\" là \"ổ cứng phụ nối với điều khiển IDE đầu tiên\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"c\" là \"ổ cứng chính nối với điều khiển IDE thứ hai\",\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"d\" là \"ổ cứng phụ nối với điều khiển IDE thứ hai\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Với các ổ đĩa SCSI, \"a\" là \"SCSI ID thấp nhất\", \"b\" là \"SCSI ID\n"
+"thấp thứ nhì\", v.v..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Việc cài đặt Mandriva Linux được phân phối trên vài đĩa CDROM. Nếu\n"
+"một gói được chọn nằm trên CD khác, DrakX sẽ nhả CD hiện thời và yêu\n"
+"cầu bạn nạp CD thích hợp. Nếu không có CD đó, hãy nhấn \"%s\", gói\n"
+"tương ứng sẽ không được cài đặt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Bây giờ là lúc chỉ ra chương trình nào mà bạn muốn cài đặt vào hệ thống.\n"
+"Hiện có hàng nghìn gói tin dùng cho Mandriva Linux và được tổ chức theo\n"
+"nhóm các ứng dụng giống nhau để dễ dàng quản lý.\n"
+"\n"
+"Các gói phần mềm được xếp loại theo các nhóm tương ứng với việc sử dụng\n"
+"cụ thể cho máy tính. Mandriva Linux có 4 kiểu cài đặt sẵn với nhiều loại gói "
+"tin.\n"
+"Bạn có thể chọn dùng các ứng dụng pha trộn của các kiểu cài đặt này, ví dụ\n"
+"như cài đặt kiểu ``Máy trạm'' cùng với việc cài các ứng dụng của kiểu cài\n"
+"đặt ``Máy chủ''.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nếu định dùng máy tính này thành một trạm làm việc,\n"
+"hãy chọn một hay nhiều ứng dụng của kiểu cài đặt máy trạm.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nếu định sử dụng máy này để lập trình, hãy chọn các gói\n"
+"mong muốn từ kiểu cài đặt này. Nhóm \"LSB\" sẽ cấu hình hệ thống\n"
+"sao cho việc biên dịch tuân theo mọi đặc điểm của Linux Standard\n"
+"Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"  Chọn nhóm \"LSB\" sẽ cài đặt kernel \"2.4\" thay vì kernel mặc định là\n"
+"\"2.6\". Điều này đảm bảo hệ thống tương thích LBS 100%%. Dù sao, nếu\n"
+"không chọn nhóm này thì bạn cũng vẫn có một hệ thống gần như tương\n"
+"thích hoàn toàn với LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nếu muốn dùng máy này làm máy chủ, hãy chọn các dịch vụ\n"
+"thông dụng mà bạn muốn cài đặt lên máy tính này.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": đây là nơi bạn sẽ chọn môi trường đồ họa ưa thích.\n"
+"Cần chọn ít nhất một môi trường nếu muốn dùng giao diện đồ họa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Việc hơ con trỏ chuột lên tên nhóm  sẽ làm xuất hiện đoạn chú giải vắn\n"
+"tắt về nhóm đó.\n"
+"\n"
+"Có thể chọn \"%s\" nếu bạn biết rõ các gói tin hay khi bạn muốn kiểm\n"
+"soát toàn bộ việc cài đặt các gói.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nếu cài đặt theo chế độ \"%s\", bạn có thể bỏ chọn toàn bộ các nhóm\n"
+"và không cho cài đặt các gói mới. Nó thích hợp cho việc sửa chữa hay\n"
+"cập nhật hệ thống sẵn có.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nếu bạn bỏ chọn toàn bộ các nhóm khi thực hiện cài đặt thường quy\n"
+"(ngược lại với việc nâng cấp), một hộp thoại sẽ bật lên để gợi ý các tùy\n"
+"chọn khác nhau cho việc cài đặt tối thiểu:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": thực hiện cài đặt tối thiểu các gói tin mà để có một màn hình\n"
+"nền đồ họa làm việc.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cài đặt một hệ thống cơ bản cộng thêm các\n"
+"tiện ích cơ bản cùng với tài liệu của chúng. Việc cài đặt này thích hợp \n"
+"cho việc thiết lập một máy chủ.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sẽ cài đặt thật sự tối thiểu nhất các gói\n"
+"cho một hệ thống Linux hoạt động chỉ với giao diện dòng lệnh. Kích thước\n"
+"cho kiểu cài đặt này là\n"
+"65 MB."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Nâng cấp"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Kèm tài liệu cơ bản"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Cài đặt thật tối thiểu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Nếu bạn đã yêu cầu trình cài đặt là bạn muốn tự chọn thêm các gói tin,\n"
+"bạn sẽ thấy một cây chứa toàn bộ các gói xếp loại theo nhóm và nhóm\n"
+"con. Trong khi duyệt cây này, bạn có thể chọn toàn bộ các nhóm, nhóm\n"
+"con, hay các gói chọn riêng.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bất kỳ khi nào bạn chọn một gói tin trên cây, một thuyết minh sẽ xuất\n"
+"hiện từ phải sang trái để cho bạn biết công dụng của gói đó.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Nếu các gói tin cho server được chọn cố tình hoặc do nó là thành\n"
+"phần của một nhóm, bạn sẽ được hỏi để khẳng định là bạn thật sự\n"
+"muốn những server này được cài đặt. Trong Mandriva Linux, bất kỳ\n"
+"server đã được cài đặt nào đều chạy vào lúc khởi động theo mặc định.\n"
+"Thậm chí được coi là an toàn tại thời điểm phát hành, nó vẫn có thể\n"
+"có lỗ hổng bảo mật được phát hiện sau khi phát hành phiên bản Mandriva\n"
+"Linux. Nếu không biết một dịch vụ nào đó được dùng để làm gì\n"
+"hay tại sao lại được cài đặt, hãy nhấn \"%s\". Nhấn \"%s\" sẽ cài\n"
+"đặt các dịch vụ được liệt kê và chúng sẽ khởi chạy tự động theo\n"
+"mặc định. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Tùy chọn \"%s\" đơn giản là để không xuất hiện hộp thoại cảnh báo khi\n"
+"chương trình cài đặt tự động chọn gói tin để giải quyết phụ thuộc.\n"
+"Một số gói có liên quan với nhau như việc cài đặt gói này yêu cầu một\n"
+"số chương trình đã phải được cài đặt. Trình cài đặt sẽ xác định những\n"
+"gói nào cần có để thỏa mãn vấn đề phụ thuộc nhằm mục đính hoàn thành\n"
+"quá trình cài đặt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Biểu tượng đĩa mềm nhỏ nằm ở bên dưới danh sách cho phép nạp danh\n"
+"sách các gói tin được chọn trong lần cài đặt trước. Việc này có ích khi\n"
+"bạn có nhiều máy tính và muốn cấu hình chúng giống nhau. Nhấn lên biểu\n"
+"tượng này sẽ yêu cầu bạn nạp đĩa mềm được tạo từ lần cài đặt trước, tại\n"
+"giai đoạn cuối. Hãy xem lời khuyên thứ hai của bước cuối cùng về cách tạo\n"
+"một đĩa mềm như vậy."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Các phụ thuộc tự động"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": việc nhấn nút \"%s\" sẽ mở đồ thuật cấu hình máy in.\n"
+"Tham khảo chương tương ứng trong ``Starter Guide'' để biết thêm\n"
+"thông tin về cách thiết lập máy in mới. Giao diện hiện diện tại\n"
+"đó giống như giao diện thấy trong quá trình cài đặt."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Hộp thoại này dùng để chọn khởi chạy dịch vụ nào bạn muốn khi khởi\n"
+"động hệ thống.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX sẽ liệt kê mọi dịch vụ hiện có của cài đặt hiện hành. Hãy xem xét "
+"thận\n"
+"trọng từng dịch vụ và bỏ chọn những gì không cần lúc khởi động.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bạn có thể nhận được một đoạn chú giải ngắn về dịch vụ khi chọn. Tuy\n"
+"nhiên, nếu không biết rõ dịch vụ đó có hữu ích hay không, để an toàn,\n"
+"hãy để theo mặc định.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Thật thận trọng ở bước này nếu bạn định dùng máy này làm máy\n"
+"chủ: có thể bạn sẽ không muốn khởi chạy các dịch vụ không cần đến.\n"
+"Nên nhớ là một số dịch vụ có thể gây nguy hiểm khi chúng được chạy\n"
+"trên máy chủ. Nói chung, chỉ chọn các dịch vụ thực sự cần thiết. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux quản lý thời gian theo GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) và chuyển\n"
+"thành giờ địa phương tùy theo múi giờ bạn chọn. Nếu đồng hồ trong máy\n"
+"bạn đặt theo giờ địa phương, bạn có thể bất hoạt điều này bằng việc\n"
+"thôi chọn \"%s\", nó sẽ làm cho GNU/Linux biết đồng hồ trong máy và\n"
+"đồng hồ hệ thống là cùng múi giờ. Việc này hữu ích máy tính cũng chứa\n"
+"một hệ điều hành khác như là Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tùy chọn \"%s\" sẽ tự động điều chỉnh đồng hồ bằng cách nối với một máy\n"
+"chủ thời gian ở xa trên Internet. Trong danh sách hiển thị, hãy chọn\n"
+"một máy chủ ở gần bạn. Tất nhiên, bạn phải có một kết nối Internet để\n"
+"cho tính năng này hoạt động. Thực tế là nó sẽ cài đặt một máy chủ thời\n"
+"gian lên máy tính này để các máy khác trong mạng cục bộ tùy ý sử dụng."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Tự động đồng bộ hóa thời gian"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Card Đồ Họa\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bình thường, trình cài đặt có khả năng tự động phát hiện và cấu\n"
+"cấu hình card đồ họa có trong máy tính. Nếu không được vậy, bạn\n"
+"có thể chọn nó trong danh sách này.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Trong trường hợp có server khác sẵn dùng cho card này, có hoặc\n"
+"không có tăng tốc 3D, bạn sẽ được đề nghị chọn server thích hợp nhất\n"
+"cho nhu cầu của bạn."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (cho hệ thống cửa sổ X) là trái tim của giao diện đồ họa GNU/Linux\n"
+"mà trên đó mọi môi trường đồ họa (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) được kết hợp trong Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bạn sẽ được xem danh sách các tham số khác nhau để thay đổi sao\n"
+"cho việc hiển thị đồ họa được tối ưu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Card đồ họa\n"
+"\n"
+"   Trình cài đặt thông thường sẽ tự động phát hiện và cấu hình card\n"
+"đồ họa có trong máy. Nếu không được như vậy, bạn có thể chọn\n"
+"cái bạn thật sự có trong danh sách này.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Trong trường hợp có các server khác nhau cho card của bạn, có hay\n"
+"không có tăng tốc 3D, bạn sẽ được đề nghị chọn server nào mà thích\n"
+"hợp nhất với nhu cầu của bạn.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Trình cài đặt thông thường sẽ tự động phát hiện và cấu hình monitor\n"
+"nối với máy của bạn. Nếu không được như vậy, bạn có thể chọn trong\n"
+"danh sách này cái mà bạn thật sự có.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Độ phân giải\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bạn có thể chọn ở đây độ phân giải và độ sâu màu trong số những cái\n"
+"hiện có cho phần cứng của bạn. Hãy chọ một cái phù hợp nhất với nhu\n"
+"cầu của bạn (và có thể thay đổi sau khi cài đặt. Ví dụ về cấu hình được\n"
+"chọn hiển thị trên monitor.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Chạy thử\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hệ thống sẽ mở một màn hình đồ hoạ với độ phân giải mong muốn.\n"
+"Nếu bạn nhìn thấy thông điệp trong khi chạy thử và trả lời \"%s\", thì\n"
+"DrakX sẽ thực hiện bước tiếp theo. Nếu bạn không nhìn thấy, nghĩa là\n"
+"một số phần nào đó của cấu hình được phát hiện tự động đã không\n"
+"đúng và việc chạy thử sẽ tự kết thúc sau 12 giây, đưa bạn trở về với\n"
+"menu. Hãy thay đổi các thiết lập tới khi bạn nhận hiển thị đồ họa đúng.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Các tùy chọn\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tại đây có thể chọn việc máy tính của bạn tự động chuyển vào giao\n"
+"diện đồ họa khi khởi động hay không. Hiển nhiên là bạn muốn chọn\n"
+"\"%s\" nếu bạn dùng máy này làm máy chủ, hay khi bạn đã không\n"
+"thành công trong việc cấu hình hiển thị đồ họa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Thông thường, trình cài đặt có khả năng tự động phát hiện và cấu hình\n"
+"monitor nối với máy tính. Nếu không được vậy, bạn có thể chọn trong\n"
+"danh sách monitor cho cái bạn có."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Độ phân giải\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tại đây có thể chọn các độ phân giải và độ sâu màu sẵn có cho\n"
+"phần cứng bạn có. Hãy chọn cái thích hợp nhất với nhu cầu của bạn\n"
+"(và có thể thay đổi lại sau khi cài đặt). Ví dụ về cấu hình được chọn\n"
+"sẽ hiển thị trên monitor."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Trong trường hợp có các server khác dùng được cho card của bạn, có\n"
+"hay không có tăng tốc 3D, bạn sẽ được đề nghị chọn server nào thích\n"
+"hợp nhất cho nhu cầu của bạn."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Tùy chọn\n"
+"\n"
+"...Tại đây, bạn có thể chọn việc hệ thống tự khởi động vào giao diện\n"
+"đồ họa. Hiển nhiên, bạn muốn trả lời \"%s\" nếu máy của bạn hoạt động\n"
+"như một máy chủ, hay khi bạn không thành công trong việc cấu hình hiển\n"
+"thị."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Lúc này bạn cần chọn nơi nào trên đĩa cứng sẽ cài đặt hệ điều hành\n"
+"Mandriva Linux. Nếu như đĩa cứng chưa có gì hoặc nếu đã có một hệ\n"
+"điều hành đang sử dụng toàn bộ không gian đĩa, bạn cần thực hiện việc\n"
+"phân vùng đĩa. Về cơ bản, việc phân vùng một ổ đĩa cứng là phân chia\n"
+"các ổ lý luận, tạo không gian để cài đặt hệ thống Mandriva Linux mới.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do kết quả của quá trình phân vùng thường không thay đổi lại được nữa,\n"
+"nên việc phân vùng có thể gây sợ hãi và căng thẳng nếu bạn không phải\n"
+"người dùng có kinh nghiệm. May thay, DrakX đã có đồ thuật đơn giản hoá\n"
+"việc này. Trước khi bắt đầu, hãy đọc phần hướng dẫn dưới đây và trên hết\n"
+"là đừng vội vàng.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tùy thuộc vào cấu hình của đĩa cứng, sẵn có một số tùy chọn như sau:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": tùy chọn này sẽ tiến hành tự động việc\n"
+"phân vùng cho đĩa trống. Bạn sẽ không bị nhắc là phải làm gì nữa nếu\n"
+"dùng tùy chọn này.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": đồ thuật đã phát hiện thấy một hoặc nhiều\n"
+"phân vùng Linux hiện có trên đĩa cứng. Nếu muốn dùng chúng, hãy dùng\n"
+"tùy chọn này. Bạn sẽ được hỏi về các điểm gắn kết cho từng phân vùng.\n"
+"Các điểm gắn kết kế tục được chọn theo mặc định và trong hầu hết các\n"
+"trường hợp, bạn nên giữ chúng.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nếu Windows đã\n"
+"được cài đặt trên đĩa cứng và dùng toàn bộ không gian đĩa, bạn cần tạo\n"
+"không gian trống cho Linux. Để làm việc đó, bạn có thể xóa bỏ dữ liệu và\n"
+"phân vùng của Microsoft Windows (xem giải pháp ``Xóa toàn bộ đĩa'') hoặc\n"
+"lập lại kích thước phân vùng của MS Windows mà có thể không bị mất bất\n"
+"kỳ dữ liệu nào. Tuy nhiên bạn rất nên thực hiện việc sao lưu dữ liệu trước "
+"đã.\n"
+"Nên chọn giải pháp này nếu muốn dùng cả Mandriva Linux và Windows trên\n"
+"cùng một máy tính.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Trước khi chọn tùy chọn này, hãy hiểu là sau khi thực hiện cách này,\n"
+"kích thước phân vùng của MS Windows sẽ nhỏ hơn so với lúc này.\n"
+"Sẽ có ít không gian trống hơn trong Microsoft Windows để lưu dữ\n"
+"liệu và cài đặt phần mềm mới.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nếu muốn xoá toàn bộ dữ liệu và các phân vùng\n"
+"hiện có trên ổ cứng và thay thế bằng hệ thống Mandriva Linux mới,\n"
+"hãy dùng tùy chọn này. Hãy thận trọng với tùy chọn này vì sẽ không\n"
+"thể thay đổi lựa chọn sau khi đã khẳng định.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Nếu chọn tùy chọn này, toàn bộ dữ liệu trên đĩa sẽ mất. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": đơn giản là sẽ xoá sạch mọi thứ có trên\n"
+"đĩa, làm sạch, phân vùng mọi thứ từ đầu. Mọi dữ liệu trên đĩa sẽ\n"
+"bị mất.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Nếu chọn tùy chọn này, mọi dữ liệu trên đĩa sẽ mất. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dùng tùy chọn này khi bạn muốn tự phân\n"
+"vùng đĩa cứng. Hãy cẩn thận - đây là tùy chọn mạnh nhưng nguy hiểm, rất\n"
+"dễ bị mất mọi dữ liệu. Vì vậy, không nên chọn chế độ này trừ khi trước\n"
+"đây bạn đã từng thực hiện và đã có kinh nghiệm."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Dùng phân vùng hiện thời"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Xoá toàn bộ đĩa"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Chúc mừng. Việc cài đặt đã hoàn thành và hệ thống GNU/Linux sẵn sàng\n"
+"để sử dụng. Hãy nhấn \"%s\" để khởi động lại hệ thống. Cái đầu tiên mà\n"
+"bạn thấy sau khi kết thúc việc kiểm tra phần cứng sẽ là menu của trình\n"
+"nạp khởi động, nó cho bạn chọn hệ điều hành nào sẽ khởi động.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nút \"%s\" hiển thị thêm 2 nút để:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": để tạo một đĩa mềm cài đặt nhờ đó\n"
+"sẽ tự động thực hiện toàn bộ quá trình cài đặt mà không cần có người\n"
+"thực hiện, giống hệt như quá trình cài đặt mà bạn vừa tiến hành.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Lưu ý: sẽ có 2 tùy chọn khác nhau sau khi nhấn chuột lên nút:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". là quá trình cài đặt tự động từng phần. Chỉ còn\n"
+"bước phân vùng là còn phải tương tác.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Cài đặt hoàn toàn tự động: đĩa cứng được ghi lại\n"
+"hoàn toàn, mọi dữ liệu bị mất.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tính năng này rất thuận tiện khi thực hiện cài đặt cho một số lượng\n"
+"lớn các máy giống nhau. Xem Phần cài đặt tự động tại website của hãng.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*) : lưu lại danh sách các gói được chọn của quá trình cài đặt\n"
+"này. Để dùng việc chọn này cho lần cài đặt khác, hãy nạp đĩa mềm vào ổ\n"
+"và bắt đầu chạy quá trình cài đặt. Tại dấu nhắc, nhấn phím [F1] và gõ\n"
+">>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Bạn cần một đĩa mềm được định dạng FAT. Để tạo nó trong GNU/Linux,\n"
+"gõ \"mformat a:\", hay \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" rồi đến \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Tạo đĩa mềm cài đặt tự động"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Nếu chọn dùng lại một số phân vùng linux sẵn có, bạn có thể muốn format\n"
+"lại và xóa dữ liệu trên một số phân vùng đó. Để thực hiện, hãy chọn chúng.\n"
+"\n"
+" Hãy lưu ý là không nhất thiết phải format lại mọi phân vùng có sẵn từ "
+"trước.\n"
+"Bạn phải format lại các phân vùng chứa hệ điều hành (như là : \"/\", \"/usr"
+"\"\n"
+"hay \"/var\") nhưng không phải làm việc này đối với các phân vùng có dữ\n"
+"liệu mà bạn muốn giữ (điển hình là \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Hãy thận trọng khi chọn các phân vùng. Sau khi format, mọi dữ liệu\n"
+"trên đó sẽ bị xóa và sẽ không có cách nào để khôi phục lại chúng\n"
+"nữa\n"
+"\n"
+"Nhấn lên \"%s\" khi bạn sẵn sàng format các phân vùng.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nhấn lên \"%s\" nếu muốn chọn một phân vùng khác cho việc\n"
+"cài đặt hệ điều hành Mandriva Linux mới.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nhấn lên \"%s\" nếu muốn chọn các phân vùng sẽ được kiểm\n"
+"tra các khối bị hỏng trên bề mặt đĩa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Vào lúc bạn đang cài đặt Mandriva Linux, có thể đã có một số gói tin\n"
+"đã được cập nhật kể từ lúc phát hành phiên bản này. Một số lỗi chương\n"
+"trình đã được sửa, các vấn đề bảo mật được giải quyết. Để cho bạn\n"
+"được hưởng lợi từ các cập nhật này, bây giờ bạn có thể để tải chúng về\n"
+"từ internet. Chọn \"%s\" nếu bạn có kết nối Intertnet hoạt động, hoặc\n"
+"\"%s\" nếu bạn muốn cài đặt các gói tin cập nhật sau này.\n"
+"\n"
+"Chọn \"%s\" sẽ hiển thị danh sách những nơi bạn có thể thu thập các\n"
+"cập nhật. Hãy chọn nơi gần bạn nhất. Sẽ xuất hiện một cây chứa các\n"
+"gói để chọn, hãy xem qua nội dung rồi nhấn \"%s\" để lấy về và cài\n"
+"đặt những gói được chọn, hoặc nhấn \"%s\" để thôi cập nhật."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Lúc này, DrakX cho phép bạn chọn mức bảo mật theo mong muốn cho\n"
+"máy tính. Với một nguyên tắc chủ đạo: máy càng bị phơi bày nhiều trên\n"
+"internet hoặc chứa dữ liệu quan trọng bao nhiêu thì mức độ bảo mật cần\n"
+"phải cao bấy nhiêu. Tuy nhiên, mức độ bảo mật càng cao thì càng làm\n"
+"giảm tính dễ sử dụng.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nếu không biết phải chọn mức độ nào, hãy giữ tùy chọn mặc định. Bạn\n"
+"có thể thay đổi lại sau này bằng côngcụ draksec trong Trung Tâm Điều\n"
+"Khiển Mandriva.\n"
+"\n"
+"Điền vào \"%s\" địa chỉ e-mail của người quản trị bảo mật. Thông báo\n"
+"bảo mật sẽ được gửi tới địa chỉ này."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Người Quản Trị Bảo Mật:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Vào lúc này, bạn cần chọn những phân vùng nào sẽ được dùng để cài đặt\n"
+"hệ thống Mandriva Linux. Nếu các phân vùng đã được xác lập từ lần cài\n"
+"đặt GNU/Linux trước đó hay được tạo bằng một công cụ phân vùng khác,\n"
+"bạn có thể dùng chúng. Nếu chưa có, bạn sẽ sẽ phải thực hiện việc hoạch\n"
+"định các phân vùng.\n"
+"\n"
+"Để tạo các phân vùng, đầu tiên phải chọn một đĩa cứng. Có thể chọn đĩa\n"
+"để phân vùng bằng cách nhấn lên ``hda'' đối với đĩa IDE đầu tiên, ``hdb'' "
+"cho\n"
+"đĩa thứ hai, ``sda'' đới với ổ SCSI đầu tiên và cứ tương tự như vậy.\n"
+"\n"
+"Để phân vùng cho đĩa cứng được chọn, có thể dùng những tùy chọn sau:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": để xóa mọi phân vùng có trên đĩa cứng được chọn.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cho phép tự động tạo các phân vùng ext3 và swap\n"
+"tại không gian trống của đĩa cứng.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" : cho phép thực hiện thêm một số tính năng:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": để lưu bảng phân vùng vào đĩa mềm. Có ích khi cần thực hiện\n"
+"việc khôi phục lại bảng phân vùng. Bạn rất nên thực hiện bước này.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cho phép khôi phục bảng phân vùng đã được lưu vào đĩa mềm\n"
+"từ trước đó.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nếu bảng phân vùng bị hư, bạn có thể thử khôi phục lại nó\n"
+"bằng tùy chọn này. Xin hãy thận trọng và nên nhớ là nó không phải lúc\n"
+"nào cũng thành công.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bỏ qua mọi thay đổi và nạp lại bảng phân vùng ban đầu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bỏ chọn tùy chọn này sẽ buộc người dùng phải tự thực hiện\n"
+"gắn kết/thôi gắn kết các phương tiện tháo lắp ví dụ như đĩa mềm và CD.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dùng tùy chọn này nếu bạn muốn sử dụng đồ thuật để\n"
+"phân vùng đĩa cứng. Bạn nên sử dụng đồ thuật nếu bạn không hiểu rõ\n"
+"về việc phân vùng.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": dùng để bỏ qua, không thực hiện những thay đổi vừa làm.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cung cấp thêm các thao tác trên phân vùng (kiểu, tùy chọn,\n"
+"định dạng) và thêm thông tin về đĩa cứng.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": khi bạn đã thực hiện xong việc phân vùng đĩa cứng, các thay đổi\n"
+"sẽ đưọc lưu lại vào đĩa.\n"
+"\n"
+"Khi đặt kích thước phân vùng, bạn có thể đặt chính xác kích thước bằng\n"
+"việc dùng các phím mũi tên của bàn phím.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lưu ý: có thể dùng bàn phím để chọn các tùy chọn. Chọn qua lại các phân\n"
+"vùng bằng phím [Tab] và phím mũi tên [Lên/Xuống].\n"
+"\n"
+"Khi một phân vùng đã được chọn, có thể dùng:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c để tạo một phân vùng mới (khi chọn một phân vùng trống);\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d để xóa một phân vùng;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m để thiết lập điểm gắn kết.\n"
+"\n"
+"Để có thêm thông tin về các loại hệ thống tập tin hiện có, hãy đọc chương\n"
+"ext2FS ở trong ``Tài liệu Tham khảo''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nếu đang thực hiện cài đặt trên máy PPC, có thể bạn muốn tạo một phân vùng\n"
+"``bootstrap'' HFS có kích thước ít nhất 1MB để cho trình nạp khởi động\n"
+"yaboot. Nếu lập kích thước phân vùng này lớn hơn một chút (50MB), bạn sẽ "
+"thấy\n"
+"đó là nơi hữu ích để lưu trữ kernel dự phòng và các ảnh ramdisk cho các\n"
+"trường hợp khởi động khẩn cấp."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Tự động gắn kết phương tiện có thể tháo rời"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Chuyển đổi giữa chế độ bình thường và chuyên gia"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Phát hiện ra có hơn một phân vùng Microsoft Windows trên đĩa cứng.\n"
+"Hãy chọn một phân vùng cần lập lại kích thước để cài đặt hệ điều\n"
+"hành Mandriva Linux mới.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mỗi phân vùng được liệt kê như sau: \"Tên Linux\", \"Tên Windows\"\n"
+"\"Dung lượng\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tên Linux\" có cấu trúc: \"loại đĩa cứng\", \"số hiệu đĩa cứng\",\n"
+"\"số hiệu phân vùng\" (ví dụ, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Loại đĩa cứng\" là \"hd\" nếu ổ đĩa cứng là loại IDE và\n"
+"\"sd\" nếu là ổ đĩa cứng SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Số hiệu ổ cứng\" luôn là một chữ đứng sau \"hd\" hay \"sd\". Với đĩa\n"
+"cứng IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" nghĩa là \"ổ đĩa chính nối với điều khiển IDE thứ nhất\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" nghĩa là \"ổ đĩa phụ nối với điều khiển IDE thứ nhất\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" nghĩa là \"ổ đĩa chính nối với điều khiển IDE thứ hai\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" nghĩa là \"ổ đĩa phụ nối với điều khiển IDE thứ hai\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Với các ổ đĩa SCSI, chữ \"a\" nghĩa là \"SCSI ID thấp nhất\", \"b\" là\n"
+"\"SCSI ID thấp thứ nhì\", v.v...\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tên Windows\" là chữ cái gán cho ổ đĩa cứng trong Windows (đĩa\n"
+"cứng hoặc phân vùng đầu tiên được gọi là \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": kiểm vào phần chọn quốc gia hiện thời. Nếu bạn \n"
+"không sống tại đó, hãy nhấn \"%s\" và chọn quốc gia khác.\n"
+"Nếu quốc gia của bạn không có trong danh sách, hãy\n"
+"nhấn \"%s\" để xem danh sách đầy đủ các quốc gia."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Bước này chỉ được kích hoạt khi phát hiện thấy một phân vùng GNU/Linux\n"
+"đang có sẵn trên máy của bạn.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX cần được biết là bạn muốn thực hiện cài đặt mới hay là nâng cấp\n"
+"hệ thống Mandriva Linux hiện có:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hầu hết các trường hợp, việc này sẽ xóa sạch hệ thống\n"
+"cũ. Nếu bạn muốn thay đổi các phân vùng của đĩa cứng, hoặc thay đổi\n"
+"hệ thống tập tin, bạn nên dùng tùy chọn này. Dù sao, tùy theo sắp xếp\n"
+"phân vùng, bạn có thể tránh việc mất dữ liệu hiện có do việc ghi đè\n"
+"lên ví dụ như thư mục \"home\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": loại cài đặt này cho phép bạn nâng cấp các gói hiện thời\n"
+"đã cài trên hệ thống Mandriva Linux của bạn. Việc sắp xếp phân vùng\n"
+"hiện thời và dữ liệu không bị thay đổi. Hầu hết các bước cấu hình khác\n"
+"vẫn sẵn có để dùng, giống như việc cài đặt chuẩn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tùy chọn ``Nâng cấp'' sẽ hoạt động tốt trên hệ thống Mandriva Linux\n"
+"phiên bản \"8.1\" hay mới hơn. Không nên thực hiện nâng cấp cho các\n"
+"phiên bản cũ hơn Mandriva Linux \"8.1\" ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Tùy theo ngôn ngữ đã chọn () mà DrakX sẽ tự động chọn loại cấu hình\n"
+"bàn phím thích ứng. Hãy chọn bàn phím thích hợp hoặc chọn một tổ\n"
+"chức bàn phím khác.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tuy nhiên, cũng có khả năng là bàn phím không tương ứng chính xác\n"
+"với ngôn ngữ. Ví dụ: bạn là người Thụy sĩ nói tiếng Anh và bạn có thể\n"
+"chọnbàn phím Thụy sĩ. Hay bạn nói tiếng Anh nhưng lại đang ở Quebec,\n"
+"bạn có thể liên hệ theo tình huống tương tự khi ngôn ngữ và bàn phím\n"
+"không tương ứng với nhau. Trong các trường hợp đó, bước cài đặt này\n"
+"cho phép bạn chọn một bàn phím thích hợp từ danh sách.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nhấp chuột lên nút \"%s\" để có một danh sách đầy đủ các bàn phím\n"
+"được hỗ trợ.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nếu bạn chọn tổ chức bàn phím không dựa trên bảng chữ cái la tinh,\n"
+"hộp thoại tiếp theo sẽ cho phép chọn tổ hợp phím nóng để chuyển đổi\n"
+"tổ chức bàn phím giữa La tinh và không phải La tinh."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Việc đầu tiên là chọn ngôn ngữ để dùng.\n"
+"\n"
+"Việc chọn ngôn ngữ sẽ tác động lên ngôn ngữ hiển thị tài liệu, chương\n"
+"trình cài đặt và hệ thống chung. Trước tiên hãy chọn vùng bạn sống rồi\n"
+"đến ngôn ngữ của bạn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nhấn nút \"%s\" sẽ cho phép lựa chọn các ngôn ngữ khác sẽ được\n"
+"cài đặt lên trạm làm việc. Việc chọn các ngôn ngữ khác sẽ cài đặt\n"
+"các tập tin của ngôn ngữ đó cho phần tài liệu hệ thống và các ứng\n"
+"dụng. Ví dụ: bạn có một người từ Tây ban nha đến và dùng máy của\n"
+"bạn, chọn tiếng Anh là ngôn ngữ chính trong danh sách, và \"%s\"\n"
+"trong phần Nâng cao.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lưu ý là bạn không bị hạn chế chọn thêm ngôn ngữ. Bạn có thể chọn\n"
+"vài ngôn ngữ hay toàn bộ các ngôn ngữ bằng việc chọn hộp \"%s\".\n"
+"Chọn hỗ trợ ngôn ngữ nghĩa là phần dịch, phông chữ, trình kiểm tra\n"
+"chính tả, ... cho ngôn ngữ đó sẽ được cài đặt. Thêm nữa, hộp kiểm \"%s\"\n"
+"cho phép ép buộc hệ thống sử dụng Unicode (UTF-8). Tuy nhiên đây là\n"
+"tính năng đang thử nghiệm. Nếu chọn các ngôn ngữ khác nhau đòi hỏi các\n"
+"bộ mã khác nhau nhưng hỗ trợ\n"
+"Unicode vẫn được cài đặt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Để chuyển đổi sang các ngôn ngữ khác nhau đã cài đặt trong hệ thống,\n"
+"bạn có thể chạy dòng lệnh \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" bằng \"root\" để thay\n"
+"đổi ngôn ngữ cho toàn bộ hệ thống. Nếu chạy dòng lệnh này bằng người\n"
+"dùng thông thường thì việc thay đổi sẽ chỉ áp dụng cho người dùng đó."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Tây ban nha"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Thông thường, DrakX phát hiện đúng số nút của thiết bị chuột bạn có.\n"
+"Theo mặc định, DrakX cho là chuột có 2 nút và sẽ cấu hình việc mô\n"
+"phỏng nút thứ ba. Nút mô phỏng thứ ba này sẽ là việc nhấn đồng thời\n"
+"hai nút phải và trái. DrakX cũng sẽ tự động nhận ra chuột là loại PS/2,\n"
+"serial hay USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nếu có chuột 3 nút, không có bánh xe, bạn có thể chọn chuột \"%s\".\n"
+"DrakX sẽ cấu hình chuột và mô phỏng bánh xe cho nó: nhấn nút giữa\n"
+"và di chuyển chuột lên hay xuống.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vì lý do nào đó mà bạn muốn định rõ loại chuột khác, hãy tự chọn\n"
+"từ danh sách được cung cấp.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bạn cũng có thể chọn \"%s\" để chọn loại chuột ``generic'' là chuẩn\n"
+"chung có thể làm việc được với nhiều loại thiết bị chuột.\n"
+"\n"
+" Nếu chọn chuột khác với mặc định, bạn sẽ nhận một màn hình để chạy\n"
+"thử chuột. Sử dụng các nút và lăn bánh xe để xác minh các thiết lập\n"
+"là đúng. Nếu chuột không hoạt động đúng, hãy nhấn thanh space hoặc\n"
+"phím [Return] để bỏ qua việc chạy thử và chọn lại từ danh sách.\n"
+"\n"
+"Đôi khi chuột có bánh xe cuộn không được tự động phát hiện, nên bạn\n"
+"phải chọn nó trong danh sách. Đảm bảo là bạn chọn đúng cổng nối\n"
+"của chuột. Sau khi chọn chuột và nhấn nút \"%s\", sẽ hiện lên màn\n"
+"hình một ảnh thiết bị chuột. Hãy lăn bánh xe để khẳng định nó được kích\n"
+"hoạt đúng rồi hãy nhấn để kiểm tra các nút khác và di chuột trên màn\n"
+"hình."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "mô phỏng nút cuốn"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Chuột đa dụng | PS/2 & USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Hãy chọn đúng cổng. Ví dụ, cổng COM1 trong Microsoft Windows được gọi\n"
+"là ttyS0 trong GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Đây là thời điểm quan trọng nhất cho việc bảo mật hệ thống GNU/Linux:\n"
+"cần phải nhập mật khẩu cho \"root\". \"Root\" là người quản trị hệ thống,\n"
+"là người duy nhất được phép tiến hành cập nhật, thêm người dùng, thay đổi\n"
+"mọi cấu hình hệ thống, v.v... Nói ngắn gọn là \"root\" có thể thực hiện tất "
+"cả!\n"
+"Đó là lý do tại sao bạn cần chọn một mật khẩu phải thật khó đoán.\n"
+"DrakX sẽ cho bạn biết nếu nó quá dễ đoán. Như bạn biết, bạn không bị ép\n"
+"nhập mật khẩu, nhưng chúng tôi khuyên bạn rất nên thực hiện. GNU/Linux\n"
+"có thể bị lỗi như các hệ điều hành khác. Do \"root\" có thể vượt quyền và\n"
+"vô ý xóa toàn bộ dữ liệu trên các phân vùng bởi việc tự nó truy cập thiếu\n"
+"thận trọng! Quan trọng là phải để thật khó khăn nếu muốn trở thành \"root"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Mật khẩu nên pha trộn các ký tự số và chữ cái và có độ dài ít nhất 8\n"
+"ký tự. Không nên ghi mật khẩu \"root\" vào đâu cả để tránh hệ thống.\n"
+"bị xâm hại\n"
+"\n"
+"Cũng đừng dùng mật khẩu quá dài hoặc phức tạp vì bạn phải nhớ nó!\n"
+"\n"
+"Mật khẩu sẽ không hiển thị trên màn hình khi bạn nhập vào. Vì vậy,\n"
+"phải nhập mật khẩu hai lần để tránh gặp lỗi khi gõ bàn phím. Nếu cả\n"
+"hai lần bạn đều gõ sai như nhau thì mật khẩu \"sai\" sẽ được dùng vào\n"
+"lần đầu bạn thực hiện kết nối.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nếu bạn muốn truy cập vào máy này sẽ được máy chủ chứng thực\n"
+"quản lý, hãy nhấn nút \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Nếu mạng của bạn dùng trong số LDAP, NIS hay các dịch vụ chứng\n"
+"thực Miền Windows PDC, hãy chọn một cái thích hợp làm \"%s\".\n"
+"Nếu bạn không biết rõ là dùng cái nào, hãy hỏi nhà quản trị mạng.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nếu gặp trục trặc với việc nhắc mật khẩu, bạn có thể chọn \"%s\"\n"
+"khi bạn không nối vào internet hoặc tin tưởng người cùng dùng máy\n"
+"với bạn."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "chứng thực"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Trình nạp khởi động là chương trình nhỏ được chạy khi khởi động máy.\n"
+"Nó chịu trách nhiệm khởi chạy toàn bộ hệ thống. Bình thường, trình nạp\n"
+"khởi động được cài đặt tự động. DrakX sẽ phân tích sector khởi động\n"
+"của đĩa và hoạt động tùy theo các trường hợp mà nó phát hiện như sau:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Nếu thấy sector khởi động của Windows, nó sẽ thay thế bằng sector\n"
+"khởi động của Grub/LILO. Cách này cho phép bạn khởi động vào Linux\n"
+"hoặc các hệ điều hành khác.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Nếu thấy sector khởi động của Grub hay LILO, nó sẽ thay bằng cái mới.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nếu không xác định được vị trí của boot sector, DrakX sẽ hỏi nơi bạn muốn\n"
+"cài đặt trình nạp khởi động. Thông thường, \"%s\" là vị trí an toàn nhất.\n"
+"Chọn \"%s\" sẽ không thực hiện cài đặt trình nạp khởi động. Chỉ dùng\n"
+"tùy chọn này khi bạn hiểu rõ việc mình làm."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Đây là lúc chọn hệ thống in ấn dùng cho máy tính này. Các hệ điều\n"
+"hành khác có thể chỉ cung cấp một loại, nhưng Mandriva cho bạn\n"
+"2 loại. Mỗi một hệ thống in ấn có một loại cấu hình riêng biệt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - là chữ viết tắt của ``in, không xếp hàng'', là một lựa chọn\n"
+"nếu bạn có kết nối trực tiếp tới máy in và điều bạn muốn là có thể loại bỏ\n"
+"hiện tượng nghẽn hàng in, và bạn không có bất kỳ máy in mạng nào.\n"
+"(\"%s\" sẽ chỉ xử lý cho các trường hợp mạng rất đơn giản và có phần hơi\n"
+"chậm khi dùng trong mạng). Hãy chọn \"pdq\" nếu đây là lần đầu tiên bạn\n"
+"dùng GNU/Linux.\n"
+" \n"
+" * \"%s\" - ``Common Unix Printing System'' là lựa chọn tuyệt vời để in\n"
+"tới máy in cục bộ và cũng như máy in ở xa. Cấu hình nó đơn giản và có\n"
+"thể hoạt động như một server hay một client đối với hệ thống in \"lpd\" cũ,\n"
+"cho nên nó tương thích với các hệ điều hành cũ hơn cần các dịch vụ in.\n"
+"Nó rất mạnh, nhưng thiết lập cơ bản thì lại đơn giản là \"pdq\". Nếu cần\n"
+"giả lập một server \"lpd\", bạn cần bật chạy daemon \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\"\n"
+"có các front-end đồ họa để in hoặc chọn các tùy chọn cho máy in và\n"
+"để quản lý máy in.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nếu bây giờ bạn chọn nhưng sau này lại muốn đổi hệ thống in, bạn có thể\n"
+"thực hiện bằng việc chạy PrinterDrake từ Trung Tâm Điều Khiển của\n"
+"Mandriva Linux và nhấn nút \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Chuyên Gia"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Trước tiên, DrakX sẽ phát hiện các thiết bị IDE có trong máy. Nó cũng\n"
+"sẽ rà quét các PCI SCSI Card có trên hệ thống. Nếu tìm thấy card SCSI,\n"
+"DrakX sẽ tự động cài đặt driver phù hợp.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vì việc phát hiện phần cứng không đơn giản, DrakX có thể không dò tìm\n"
+"được các đĩa cứng. Trong trường hợp đó, bạn sẽ phải tự cấu hình.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nếu như bạn phải tự chỉ ra PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX sẽ hỏi bạn có muốn\n"
+"cấu hình các tùy chọn cho nó không. Bạn nên để DrakX thăm dò phần\n"
+"cứng để đưa ra các tùy chọn cần để khởi tạo adapter. Việc này thường\n"
+"diễn ra một cách trôi chảy.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nếu DrakX không thể thăm dò được các tùy chọn thích hợp để tự động\n"
+"xác định những tham số cần cho phần cứng, bạn sẽ phải tự cấu hình\n"
+"driver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": Nếu phát hiện thấy có card âm thanh trong hệ thống,\n"
+"nó sẽ hiển thị tại đây. Nếu nó không đúng với cái bạn đang\n"
+"có trong hệ thống, bạn có thể nhấn nút này và chọn một\n"
+"driver khác."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sẽ hiển thị bản tóm tắt về những thông tin của hệ thống của bạn.\n"
+"Tùy theo phần cứng được cài đặt mà bạn có thể có một số hay toàn bộ\n"
+"các mục sau. Mỗi một mục có tính năng cấu hình đi theo. Nhấn lên nút\n"
+"\"%s\" tương ứng để thay đổi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kiểm tra cấu hình bảng ánh xạ bàn phím (keyboard map) và thay\n"
+"đổi nếu cần thiết.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Kiểm tra việc chọn quốc gia hiện thời. Nếu bạn không sống\n"
+"tại nước này, hãy nhấn nút \"%s\" để chọn lại. Nếu quốc gia của bạn\n"
+"không có trong danh sách đầu tiên, hãy nhấn nút \"%s\" để xem danh\n"
+"sách tất cả các quốc gia.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Theo mặc định, DrakX tự xác định múi giờ dựa vào quốc gia\n"
+"bạn chọn. Nếu không đúng, hãy nhấn nút \"%s\" để hiệu chỉnh.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kiểm tra cấu hình chuột hiện thời và nhấn nút để thay đổi nếu\n"
+"cần thiết.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nhấn nút \"%s\" để mở đồ thuật cấu hình máy in. Hãy tham\n"
+"khảo chương tương ứng trong ``Starter Guide'' để biết thêm về cách\n"
+"cấu hình máy in mới. Giao diện hiện diện ở đó giống như giao diện\n"
+"thấy trong quá trình cài đặt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nếu phát hiện ra card âm thanh trên hệ thống, nó sẽ hiển\n"
+"thị ở đây. Nếu bạn thấy nó không đúng với cái bạn đang có, hãy nhấn\n"
+"nút và chọn một driver khác.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Nếu phát hiện có TV card trong hệ thống, nó sẽ hiển thị tại đây.\n"
+"Nếu bạn có một TV card nhưng nó không được phát hiện, nhấn \"%s\" để tự\n"
+"cấu hình nó.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": nếu cần hiệu chỉnh các tham số cho card khi bạn thấy cấu hình\n"
+"chưa đúng, nhấn \"%s\" để thay đổi.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": Theo mặc định, DrakX sẽ cấu hình giao diện đồ họa với độ\n"
+"phân giải \"800x600\" hoặc \"1024x768\". Nếu không thích hợp cho\n"
+"bạn, hãy nhấn \"%s\" để cấu hình lại giao diện đồ họa của bạn.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Nếu muốn cấu hình truy cập mạng cục bộ hay truy cập\n"
+"internet. Tham khảo tài liệu hoặc dùng Trung Tâm Điều Khiển \n"
+"Mandriva Linux để thực hiện sau khi cài đặt xong để có được sự trợ\n"
+"giúp hoàn chỉnh.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cho phép cấu hình địa chỉ proxy HTTP và FTP nếu máy tính\n"
+"được đặt sau một proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mục này cho phép thay đổi lại mức bảo mật đã được lập từ\n"
+"bước trước ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Nếu muốn kết nối máy tính vào internet, hãy lập tường lửa\n"
+"để ngăn chặn xâm nhập. Hãy tham khảo phần tương ứng trong\n"
+"``Starter Guide'' để biết thông tin về thiết lập tường lửa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nếu muốn thay đổi cấu hình của trình nạp khởi động, hãy\n"
+"nhấn nút này. Nên dùng chỉ khi bạn là người dùng thành thạo. Hãy tham\n"
+"khảo tài liệu đi kèm hoặc trợ giúp trực tuyến về cấu hình trình nạp khởi\n"
+"động trong Trung Tâm Cấu Hình Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bạn có thể điều khiển dịch vụ nào sẽ được chạy trên máy\n"
+"này. Nếu bạn có kế hoạch dùng máy này làm máy chủ, hãy xem lại\n"
+"thiết lập này."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN card"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Giao Diện Đồ Họa"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Hãy chọn ổ cứng mà bạn muốn xoá để cài đặt phân vùng Mandriva Linux\n"
+"mới. Hãy thận trọng, mọi dữ liệu có trên đó sẽ bị mất và không thể khôi\n"
+"phục lại được !"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Nhấn chuột lên \"%s\" nếu muốn xóa mọi dữ liệu và phân vùng hiện có\n"
+"trên đĩa cứng này. Hãy thận trọng, sau khi nhấn \"%s\", bạn sẽ không\n"
+"thể khôi phục dữ liệu và các phân vùng hiện có trên đĩa cứng này, kể\n"
+"cả dữ liệu của Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nhấn chuột lên \"%s\" để thoát bước này và bạn sẽ không mất\n"
+"dữ liệu và các phân vùng hiện có trên đĩa cứng này."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Tiếp theo ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Về trước"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/wa.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/wa.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..55d454d50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/wa.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1994 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Pablo Saratxaga <pablo@mandriva.com>, 2000,2002,2003,2004.
+# Lorint Hendschel <lorinthendschel@skynet.be>, 2002.
+# Lucyin Mahin <lucyin@walon.org>, 2002,2003,2005.
+# Pablo Saratxaga <pablo@walon.org>, 2003, 2004, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-24 21:42+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Pablo Saratxaga <pablo@walon.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa@walon.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.2\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Divant d' aler pus avant, vos dvrîz lére atintivmint l' licince.\n"
+"Ele covere li distribucion Mandriva Linux, si vos estoz d' acoird\n"
+"avou les termes del licince, clitchîz sol boesse «%s».\n"
+"Ôtrumint, clitchîz sol boton «%s» po renonder l' copiutrece."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux est on sistinme multi-uzeus, dj' ô bén, tchaeke uzeu pout aveur\n"
+"èn evironmint, des preferinces eyet des fitchîs da lu. Vos ploz lére li\n"
+"«Guide di l' Uzeu» po ndè saveur pus long. Mins, å contråve di «root»,\n"
+"k' est l' administreu, les uzeus ki vos alez radjouter chal n' åront\n"
+"nén l' droet di candjî ene sacwè so l' éndjole apus k' les fitchîs eyet\n"
+"apontiaedjes da zels. Vos dvroz fé pol moens èn uzeu normå po vos minme.\n"
+"Ci conte uzeu la c' est po moussî el copiutrece po l' eployaedje di tos\n"
+"les djoûs. Minme si çoula shonne ahessåve di moussî tofer come «root»,\n"
+"c' est ossu ene sacwè di foirt dandjureu! Li pus ptite måcule pout\n"
+"signifyî kel sistinme da vosse ni rotrè gote pus. Si vos fjhoz ene\n"
+"consecante aroke come èn uzeu normå, li pé ki vs pout ariver c' est di\n"
+"piede sacwants fitchîs et informåcions, mins nén li sistinme en etir.\n"
+"\n"
+"D' aprume, vos dvoz dner vosse no e prumî tchamp. C' est nén obligatwere, "
+"bén\n"
+"seur - et vos ploz bén î mete çou k' vos vloz. DrakX irè adon prinde li "
+"prumî mot\n"
+"ki vos avoz tapé eyet l' passer el tchamp «%s». Ci no la c' est\n"
+"l' no ki l' éndjole vos cnoxhe; çou ki vos dvoz taper el purnea di bénvnowe\n"
+"po moussî el copiutrece. Vos l' poloz candjî. Vos ploz mete çou k' vos vloz\n"
+"mins di moens di ût letes; et rén ki des ptitès letes sins accints, des\n"
+"chifes, li loyeure («-») ou li sene sorlignî («_»).\n"
+"Après çoula, vos dvoz taper vosse sicret. Li scret d' èn uzeu normå, sins\n"
+"advintaedjes sipeciås n' est nén ossu impôrtant kel ci da «root», do pont\n"
+"d' vuwe del såvrité, mins c' est tolminme nén ene råjhon po n' nén\n"
+"fé atincion ås screts des uzeus - c' est vos fitchîs ki sont-st e risse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vos clitchîz so «%s» l' uzeu srè radjouté po d' bon avou\n"
+"les informåcions ki vs avoz dné, et les tchamps sront vudîs po vos pleur\n"
+"e radjouter èn ôte. Vos e ploz radjouter ostant ki vos vloz: onk po tchaeke\n"
+"di vos soçons, po vosse pere, vosse sour, par egzimpe. Cwand vos avoz fini\n"
+"d' endè radjouter, clitchîz so «%s».\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vos clitchîz sol boton «%s» vos ploz candjî l' shell eployî pa\n"
+"cist uzeu la (li prémetou shell est li «bash»).\n"
+"\n"
+"Cwand vos avoz fini di radjouter tos les uzeus, on vs dimandrè di tchoezi\n"
+"èn uzeu ki srè otomaticmint elodjî cwand l' copiutrece est enondêye.\n"
+"Si cisse fonccionålité la vos interesse (et ki l' såvrité n' est nén\n"
+"on problinme locålmint), tchoezixhoz l' uzeu eyet li manaedjeu di\n"
+"purneas ki vos vloz, et clitchîz so «%s». Si vos n' voloz nén\n"
+"cisse fonccionålité, disclitchîz «%s»."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Voloz vs eployî cisse fonccionålité chal?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Chal pa dzeur i gn a ene djivêye des pårticions Linux k' i gn a so vosse\n"
+"deure plake et ki on stî detectêyes. Vos ploz wårder les tchuzes fwaites\n"
+"pa l' macrea, ele sont comifåt po les cas les pus comons.\n"
+"Si vos les voloz candjî vos dvoz fé å moens ene pårticion raecene («/»).\n"
+"Ni prindoz nén ene trop ptite grandeu ôtrumint vos n' pôrîz astaler "
+"åjheymint\n"
+"des programes, fåte di plaece. Si vos vloz mete vos dnêyes so ene pårticion\n"
+"diferinne, vos dvroz ossu fé ene po «/home» (çou ki vos pôroz fé seulmint "
+"si\n"
+"vos avoz pus d' ene pårticion del sôre Linux).\n"
+"\n"
+"Po l' informåcion, tchaeke pårticion est mostrêye come çoula: «no», "
+"«grandeu».\n"
+"\n"
+"Li «no» est costrût come çouchal: «sôre del deure plake» + «limero del deure "
+"plake» +\n"
+"«limero del pårticion» (par egzimpe, hd+a+1 --> «hda1»)\n"
+"\n"
+"Li «sôre del deure plake» est «hd» si vosse deure plake est del sôre IDE,\n"
+"oudonbén «sd» si elle est del sôre SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"Li «limero del deure plake» est todi ene lete pa drî «hd» ou «sd».\n"
+"Avou les plakes IDE on a:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «a» pol plake mwaisse sol prumî controleu IDE,\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «b» pol plake esclåve sol prumî controleu IDE,\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «c» pol plake mwaisse sol deujhinme controleu IDE,\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «d» pol plake esclåve sol deujhinme controleu IDE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Avou les plakes SCSI, «a» vout dire «prumire deure plake», «b» vout dire "
+"«deujhinme deure plake», evnd..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"L' astalaedje del distribucion Mandriva Linux si fwait a pårti di\n"
+"sacwantès plakes lazer diferinnes. Si on pacaedje k' a stî tchoezi\n"
+"est so ene ôte plake lazer, DrakX frè rexhe li plake k' est el lijheu\n"
+"d' plakes lazer eyet vos dmander d' î mete li cene k' i fåt.\n"
+"Si vos n' avoz nén l' plake dimandêye dizo l' mwin, i vs sufixh di\n"
+"clitchî so «%s», les pacaedjes corespondants èn seront nén astalés."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Asteure c' est l' moumint di specifyî kés programes ki vos vloz astaler so\n"
+"voste éndjole. I gn a des meyes et des meyes di pacaedjes pol Mandriva "
+"Linux,\n"
+"po rinde li tchoezixhaedje pus simpe il ont stî metous dins des groupes\n"
+"di programes sorlon les bouyes k' i permetèt d' fé.\n"
+"\n"
+"Les pacaedjes sont metous dins des groupes corespondant a des uzaedjes\n"
+"ki pôrént esse fwaits. Vos ploz prinde et maxhî des programes\n"
+"di sacwantes di ces categoreyes la, par egzimpe èn astalaedje «Posse "
+"éndjolrece»\n"
+"n' espaitche nén d' astaler des programes del sôre «Programaedje».\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: si vos tuzez a-z eployî voste éndjole come on posse\n"
+"éndjolrece (dj' ô bén: èn uzaedje personel, å contråve d' èn uzaedje\n"
+"come sierveu metans), adon tchoezixhoz onk ou pluzieurs des programes\n"
+"di ç' categoreye chal.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: si l' éndjole va-z esse eployeye po programer,\n"
+"tchoezixhoz les pacaedjes ki vos vloz chal.\n"
+"Li groupe especiå «LSB» aponteyrè vosse sistinme po shure,\n"
+"ostant ki possibe, les specifiaedjes del «Linux Standard Base».\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tchoezi l' groupe «LSB» astalrè eto les naweas del séreye «2.4»,\n"
+"el plaece do prémetou nawea «2.6». Çoula c' est po-z esse 100%% copatibe "
+"avou LSB. Mins nerén, si vos n' tchoezixhoz nén li groupe «LSB»\n"
+"vos ploz tot l' minme aveur on sistinme k' est copatibe LSB cåzu a 100%%.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: al fén, si l' såme di l' éndjole c' est d' esse on sierveu,\n"
+"vos pôroz les kés siervices vos vloz vey astalés so l' éndjole.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: chal c' est wice ki vos alez tchoezi vosse\n"
+"evironmint grafike favori. I fåt ndè tchoezi pol moens onk si vos vloz\n"
+"on posse éndjolrece avou ene eterface grafike!\n"
+"\n"
+"Cwand vos alez avou l' sori å dzeu do no d' ene categoreye, ene racsegne "
+"srè\n"
+"håynêye avou on court discrijhaedje di çou a cwè i pout siervi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vos ploz clitchî sol tchuze «%s». C' est\n"
+"ahessåve si vos cnoxhoz on pô les pacaedjes k' i gn a et çki vos vloz;\n"
+"oudonbén si vos vloz on contrôle totå so çki srè astalé ou nén.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vos cmincîz l' astalaedje e môde «%s», vos ploz disclitchî\n"
+"totes les categoreyes po nén aveur des noveas pacaedjes d' astalés,\n"
+"seulmint les cis k' vos avîz ddja davance sront astalés. Çouchal est\n"
+"ahessåve po rpårer ou mete a djoû on sistinme k' est ddja sol deure plake.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vos n' tchoezixhoz nole categoreye po l' astalaedje (et k' c' est nén on\n"
+"metaedje a djoû), on purnea vos dmandrè li sôre di l' astalåcion minimom ki\n"
+"vos vloz. Çoula pout esse:\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s» astale li moens possibe di pacaedjes po tot l' minme aveur\n"
+"l' eterface grafike X11 en alaedje;\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s» astale li sistinme di båze eyet sacwantes\n"
+"usteyes avou leu documintåcion. C' est l' astalåcion a l' idêye po on\n"
+"sierveu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s» n' astalrè ki vormint li minimom po ki\n"
+"l' éndjole s' enonde eyet aveur on sistinme Linux en alaedje; rén k' e\n"
+"roye di comande. Ciste astalåcion chal a mezåjhe di 65 Mo seulmint."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Metaedje a djoû"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Avou li documintåcion di båze"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Astalåcion vormint minimåle"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Finålmint, sorlon vosse tchuze di tchoezi ou nén les pacaedjes onk après\n"
+"l' ôte, vos voeroz èn åbe avou tos les pacaedjes metous dins des groupes\n"
+"et des sorgroupes. Tot naiviant dins l' åbe vos ploz tchoezi des groupes\n"
+"ou des sorgroupes etirs, ou des pacaedjes tot seus.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tchaeke côp ki vos tchoezixhoz on pacaedje dins l' åbe, si discrijhaedje\n"
+"est mostré sol droete ki vs dit a cwè i pout bén siervi.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Si on pacaedje di sierveu a stî tchoezi, soeye-t i en esprès, ou k' i\n"
+"fwait pårteye d' on groupe, on vos dmandrè d' acertiner ki vos vloz\n"
+"vormint astaler ces sierveus la. Avou Mandriva Linux tot l' minme ké\n"
+"sierveu k' a stî astalé est, avou les prémetowès tchuzes, metou en\n"
+"alaedje tins di l' enondaedje di l' éndjole. Minme s' i sont seurs\n"
+"et k' i gn a nou cnoxhou problinme å moumint ki l' distribucion a stî\n"
+"fwaite, i s' pout k' des trôs di såvrité soeyexhe discovrous après ki\n"
+"cisse modêye chal di Mandriva Linux fouxhe fineye. Si vos n' savoz nén çou\n"
+"k' on siervice dné est supôzé di fé, ou pocwè k' il est astalé, adon\n"
+"clitchîz so «%s». Si vos clitchîz so «%s» les siervices mostrés sront\n"
+"astalés eyet enondés otomaticmint. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Li tchuze «%s» simplumint fwait ki l' purnea \n"
+"d' adviertixhmint cwand on pacaedje est tchoezi otomaticmint n' est\n"
+"nén håyné. Les pacaedjes tchoezi otomaticmint c' est pask' i gn a des\n"
+"pacaedjes tchoezis k' ont des aloyances avou des ôtes pacaedjes, et \n"
+"k' i les fåt astaler avou po-z aveur l' astalåcion fwaite a môde\n"
+"di djin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Li ptite imådje d' ene plakete al valeye del djivêye vos permete di\n"
+"tcherdjî ene djivêye di pacaedjes tchoezis k' åreut stî fwaite å moumint\n"
+"d' èn ôte astalaedje. Si vos clitchîz so ciste imådjete chal, i vos srè\n"
+"dmandé di mete li plakete fwaite al fén di l' astalaedje di dvant.\n"
+"Loukîz l' aidance do deujhinme pont del dierinne etape po saveur kimint\n"
+"fé ene sifwaite plakete."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Aloyances otomatikes"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"«%s»: si vos clitchîz so «%s» çoula enondrè li macrea\n"
+"d' apontiaedje des scrireces. Loukîz li tchaptrê corespondant do «Guide\n"
+"d' Enondaedje» po pus d' informåcions sol manire d' apontyî ene nouve\n"
+"sicrirece. L' eterface prezintêye e nosse guide rishonne al cisse håynêye\n"
+"tins di l' astalåcion."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Asteure, vos poloz bén tchoezi les kés siervices ki s' divèt mete en "
+"alaedje\n"
+"cwand c' est ki vosse copiutrece s' enonde.\n"
+"\n"
+"Chal sont prezintés tos les siervices k' i gn a el astalåcion do moumint.\n"
+"Prindoz sogne delzès verifyî et disclitchîz les cis k' i gn end a pont\n"
+"tofer mezåjhe a l' enondaedje.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cwand vosse tchoezixhoz on siervice, ene racsegne aparexhe po vs\n"
+"dire çou ki l' siervice fwait. Si vos n' estoz nén seur si on siervice\n"
+"est ahessåve por vos ou nén, vos estoz todi a houte tot l' leyant a si\n"
+"prémetowe valixhance.\n"
+"\n"
+"!!\n"
+"Loukîz a vosse sogne si voste éndjole serè eployeye come sierveu: c' est\n"
+"dandjureu mî di n' nén enonder les siervices ki vos n' avoz nén dandjî!\n"
+"Rimimbrez vs ki des siervices k' i gn a polèt esse riskeus s' i sont\n"
+"metous so on sierveu. Tchoezixhoz djusse les siervices ki vos avoz dandjî.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux manaedje l' eure e tins GMT (coistrece di Greenwich) et l' candje\n"
+"en eure locåle sorlon li coisse d' eureye ki vs avoz tchoezi.\n"
+"C' est possibe di l' dismete si vos tchoezixhoz «%s»,\n"
+"insi vos eployroz li minme eure pol sistinme eyet pol divintrinne ôrlodje.\n"
+"Çoula pout esse ahessåve cwand i gn a èn ôte sistinme d' operance\n"
+"so l' éndjole, et k' i n' sait nén eployî li tins universel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Li tchuze «%s» va sincronijhî otomaticmint\n"
+"l' ôrlodje do sistinme. Po çoula on raloyaedje est fwait so on sierveu "
+"d' eure\n"
+"sol daegntoele. Tchoezixhoz onk, sol djivêye ki vs est prezintêye, ki "
+"n' soeye\n"
+"nén lon erî di wice ki vos dmorez. Bén seur vos dvoz aveur on raloyaedje\n"
+"al rantoele en alaedje po-z eployî cisse tchuze chal. Çoula astalrè so "
+"voste\n"
+"éndjole on sierveu d' eure ki pôreut ossu esse eployî pa d' ôtès\n"
+"copiutreces, par egzimpe les cenes d' ene rantoele locåle, si vos vloz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sincronijhaedje otomatike di l' eure"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Cåte grafike\n"
+"\n"
+"   Li programe d' astalaedje fwait normålmint otomaticmint li deteccion\n"
+"eyet l' apontiaedje del cåte grafike k' i gn a dins voste éndjole.\n"
+"Si c' est nén l' cas, vos ploz tchoezi e l' djivêye li cåte ki vos\n"
+"avoz po d' bon.\n"
+"\n"
+"   S' i gn a des sierveus grafikes diferins po vosse cåte grafike, des cis\n"
+"k' i gn a avou di l' acceleråcion 3D, des ôtes sins, on vs propôzrè di\n"
+"tchoezi l' ci ki vs convént l' mî."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (po Sistinme di Purneas X) est l' miercour di l' eterface grafike di\n"
+"GNU/Linux, ki tos les evironmints grafikes (KDE, Gnome, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowsMaker, evnd.) ki vnèt avou Mandriva Linux end ont mezåjhe.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vos åroz ene djivêye des diferins parametes a candjî po-z aveur\n"
+"voste eterface grafike a l' idêye:\n"
+"\n"
+"Cåte grafike\n"
+"\n"
+"   Li programe d' astalaedje fwait normålmint otomaticmint li deteccion\n"
+"eyet l' apontiaedje del cåte grafike k' i gn a dins voste éndjole.\n"
+"Si c' est nén l' cas, vos ploz tchoezi e l' djivêye li cåte ki vos\n"
+"avoz po d' bon.\n"
+"\n"
+"S' i gn a des sierveus grafikes diferins po vosse cåte grafike, des cis\n"
+"k' i gn a avou di l' acceleråcion 3D, des ôtes sins, on vs propôzrè di\n"
+"tchoezi l' ci ki vs convént l' mî.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Waitroûle\n"
+"\n"
+"    L' astaleu fwait normålmint li deteccion eyet apontiaedje otomatike\n"
+"del waitroûle raloyeye a voste éndjole. Si ça n' va nén tot seu, vos ploz\n"
+"tchoezi vosse waitroûle dins ene djivêye.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Finté\n"
+"\n"
+"   Vos ploz tchoezi chal les fintés eyet nombe di coleurs emey les tchuzes\n"
+"possibes po voste éndjolreye. Tchoezixhoz çou ki vs convént l' mî (vos\n"
+"pôroz candjî çoula pus tård, après l' astalaedje, si vos vloz). Èn egzimpe\n"
+"do tchoezi apontiaedje est håyné e l' waitroûle.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Saye\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sorlon voste éndjolreye, i s' pout ki ciste intrêye chal n' aparexhe "
+"nén.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Li sistinme sayrè d' enonder ene waitroûle grafike al finté dmandêye.\n"
+"Si vos ploz vey li messaedje håyné tins del saye, clitchîz so «%s», eyet\n"
+"DrakX pasrè a l' etape shuvante. Si vos n' savoz vey li messaedje, çoula\n"
+"vout dire k' ene sacwè n' a nén stî avou l' apontiaedje, eyet l' saye\n"
+"si va djoker après 12 segondes, vos ramoennant å menu. Vos î pôroz candjî\n"
+"les valixhances disk' a-z aveur ene eterface grafike ki rote comifåt.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Tchuzes\n"
+"\n"
+"   Chal vos ploz tchoezi si vos vloz ou nén ki l' éndjole enonde\n"
+"otomaticmint l' eterface grafike a l' enondaedje. Bén seur, vos alez\n"
+"dire «%s» si voste éndjole va fé do sierveu, ou si vos n' avoz nén\n"
+"polou apontyî comifåt l' eterface grafike."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Waitroûle\n"
+"\n"
+"    L' astaleu fwait normålmint li deteccion eyet apontiaedje otomatike\n"
+"del waitroûle raloyeye a voste éndjole. Si ça n' va nén tot seu, vos ploz\n"
+"tchoezi vosse waitroûle dins ene djivêye."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Finté\n"
+"\n"
+"   Vos ploz tchoezi chal les fintés eyet nombe di coleurs emey les tchuzes\n"
+"possibes po voste éndjolreye. Tchoezixhoz çou ki vs convént l' mî (vos\n"
+"pôroz candjî çoula pus tård, après l' astalaedje, si vos vloz). Èn egzimpe\n"
+"do tchoezi apontiaedje est håyné e l' waitroûle."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"S' i gn a des sierveus grafikes diferins po vosse cåte grafike, des cis\n"
+"k' i gn a avou di l' acceleråcion 3D, des ôtes sins, on vs propôzrè di\n"
+"tchoezi l' ci ki vs convént l' mî."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Tchuzes\n"
+"\n"
+"   Chal vos ploz tchoezi si vos vloz k' l' eterface grafike soeye en alaedje "
+"cwand\n"
+"l' éndjole est enondêye. Bén seur, si voste éndjole va-st ovrer come on "
+"sierveu,\n"
+"ou si vos n' arivez nén a-z apontyî l' cåte videyo, vos ploz responde «%s»."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Asteure, vos dvoz tchoezi wice ki vos vloz astaler vosse sistinme\n"
+"d' operance Mandriva Linux so vosse deure plake. Si l' plake est vude,\n"
+"ou si les sistinmes d' operance k' i gn a ddja prindèt tote li plaece,\n"
+"vos avoz mezåjhe del pårti. Fé on pårtixhaedje d' ene deure plake çoula\n"
+"vout dire del pårti lodjicmint po fé del plaece po-z astaler vosse novea\n"
+"sistinme Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Come, on côp ki li pårtixhaedje est fwait, on n' sait rivni en erî\n"
+"(normålmint), les apurdisses ont sovint sogne ou peu di s' enonder.\n"
+"Awoureuzmint, i gn a on macrea ki vs aidrè po l' fé.\n"
+"Divant di cmincî, lijhoz cisse seccion chal en etir, et sortot purdoz\n"
+"bén vosse tins.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sorlon l' apontiaedje di vosse deure plake, pluzieurès solucions\n"
+"sont possibes:\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: çouchal frè tot simplumint on pårtixhaedje\n"
+"otomatike del plaece vude so les deures plakes da vosse;\n"
+"vos n' avoz a vos preyocuper di rén après.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: li macrea a detecté ene ou pus di\n"
+"pårticions Linux k' egzistèt ddja so vosse deure plake.\n"
+"Si vos les vloz wårder, prindoz cisse tchuze chal.\n"
+"On vs dimandrè adon di tchoezi les ponts di montaedje des pårticions,\n"
+"les vîs ponts di montaedjes sront metous come prémetowès valixhances,\n"
+"et pol pus grande pårt c' est ene bone idêye delzès wårder.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: si Microsoft Windows est\n"
+"astalé so vosse deure plake et s' i prind tote li plaece k' i gn a,\n"
+"vos dvoz fé del plaece libe po les dnêyes di Linux. Po çoula vos ploz\n"
+"disfacer li pårticion Microsoft Windows et totes ses dnêyes (veyoz les\n"
+"solucions «Disfacer li plake etire») oudonbén raptiti vosse pårticion\n"
+"FAT di Microsoft Windows.\n"
+"Li candjmint d' grandeu des pårticions si pout fé sins piede des dnêyes,\n"
+"a condicion del disfragminter d' aprume, eyet kel pårticion soeye ene\n"
+"pårticion FAT. C' est hôtmint ricmandé di fé ene copeye di såvrité.\n"
+"Cisse solucions est ricmandêye si vos vloz eployî Mandriva Linux et\n"
+"Microsoft Windows sol minme copiutrece.\n"
+"\n"
+"Divant di tchoezi cisse solucion, i vos fåt comprinde kel grandeu di vosse\n"
+"pårticion Microsoft Windows srè pus ptite ki çk' ele est asteure.\n"
+"Dj' ô bén, vos åroz moens di plaece libe so Microsoft Windows po wårder\n"
+"les dnêyes da vosse ou astaler des noveas programes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: si vos vloz disfacer totes les dnêyes k' i gn a\n"
+"so vosse deure plake po mete el plaece li sistinme Mandriva Linux,\n"
+"vos ploz tchoezi cisse tchuze chal.\n"
+"Prindoz asteme k' avou cisse solucion chal vos n' pôroz nén rivni en erî\n"
+"on côp ki vos avoz acertiné vosse tchuze.\n"
+"\n"
+"  !! Avou cisse tchuze chal, totes les dnêyes del deure plake sront "
+"pierdowes !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: çouchal va simplumint disfacer ttafwait sol\n"
+"deure plake eyet cmincî on novea pårtixhaedje. Totes les dnêyes sol\n"
+"deure plake vont esse pierdowes.\n"
+"\n"
+"  !! Avou cisse tchuze chal, Tot çk' i gn a el deure plake srè pierdou. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: si vos vloz fé manuwelmint\n"
+"li pårtixhaedje del deure plake, vos ploz tchoezi çouchal.\n"
+"Mins prindoz asteme, avou cisse solucion chal vos pôroz fé des poûxhantès\n"
+"mins dandjureusès sacwès.\n"
+"Vos ploz åjheymint piede totes vos dnêyes. Adon, ni tchoezixhoz nén\n"
+"çouchal, a moens di vormint saveur çou k' vos fjhoz.\n"
+"Po pus di racsegnes sol manire d' eployî  l' usteye DrakDisk,\n"
+"loukîz li seccion «Manaedjî vos pårticions» do manuwel."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Eployî les pårticions k' i gn a"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Disfacer li plake etire"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Vo nos la. L' astalåcion a stî fineye et asteure vosse sistinme GNU/Linux\n"
+"est presse a-z esse eployî. Vos n' avoz k' a clitchî sol boton «%s»\n"
+"po renonder l' éndjole. Èn rovyîz nén di bodjî l' sopoirt d' astalaedje\n"
+"(plakete ou plake lazer) do lijheu. Li prumire sacwè ki vos voeroz on côp\n"
+"l' éndjole renondêye, djusse après li verifiaedje di l' éndjolreye, c' est\n"
+"li menu d' l' enondrece, ki vs dene li tchuze di ké sistinme d' operance "
+"enonder.\n"
+"\n"
+"Li boton «%s» mostere deus ôtes botons:\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: po fé ene plakete ki vs\n"
+"permetrè di fé ene ôte astalåcion pareye al cene ki vos vnoz d' fé,\n"
+"mins di manire otomatike, sins mezåjhe d' ene djin po fé les tchuzes.\n"
+"\n"
+"  Notez k' i gn a co deus ôtes tchuzes on côp ki vos avoz clitchî ç' boton "
+"la:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * «%s». Po ene astalåcion dimey-otomatike, l' etape do pårtixhaedje\n"
+"(et seulmint cisse etape la) dimorant eteractive;\n"
+"\n"
+"    * «%s». Astalåcion ttafwaitmint otomatike: li deure plake est\n"
+"completmint riscrîte et rpårteye, totes les dnêyes k' i gn aveut sront\n"
+"pierdowes.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Cisse fonccionålité la est foirt ahessåve po-z astaler so on grand nombe\n"
+"d' éndjoles similaires. Loukîz eto li seccion so l' Oto-astalaedje sol\n"
+"waibe da nosse.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»(*): schapêye li tchuze des pacaedjes\n"
+"k' a stî fwaite tins di l' astalaedje. Adonpu, cwand vos froz ene nouve\n"
+"astalåcion, metoz l' plakete dins l' lijheu ey enonder l' astalaedje\n"
+"tot-z alant sol waitroûle d' aidance (tchoûkîz sol tape [F1]), et s' taper\n"
+"« linux defcfg=\"floppy\" » sol roye d' intrêye et poy li tape [Enter].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) I vs fåt ene plakete FAT-abwesnêye (po ndè fé ene a pårti di GNU/Linux,\n"
+"tapez « mformat a: » sol roye di comande)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Fé li plakete d' astalaedje otomatike"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vos avoz tchoezi d' eployî des pårticions GNU/Linux k' i gn aveut\n"
+"davance, vos vloz motoit lzès rabwesner po disfacer les dnêyes\n"
+"k' ele ont å dvins et raveur del plaece. Si vos vloz fé çoula,\n"
+"i vs fåt tchoezi eto les pårticions ki vos vloz rabwesner.\n"
+"\n"
+"Notez k' i n' a nén mezåjhe di rabwesner totes les pårticions ki sont\n"
+"ddja fwaites ey abwesnêyes po GNU/Linux. Vos l' divoz fé po les\n"
+"pårticions ki sievront pol cour do sistinme d' operance (dj' ô bén,\n"
+"les pårticions ki sront montêyes come « / », « /usr » ou co « /var  »),\n"
+"mins vos ploz reployî sins abwesnaedje des pårticions avou des dnêyes\n"
+"ki vos vloz wårder (come c' est l' cas tipike del pårticion avou «/home»).\n"
+"\n"
+"Fijhoz bén atincion å moumint d' tchoezi les pårticions.\n"
+"On côp l' abwesnaedje fwait, totes les dnêyes del pårticion sront\n"
+"pierdowes; vos n' les pôroz nén rapexhî.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clitchîz so «%s» cwand vos estoz presse po l' abwesnaedje des\n"
+"pårticions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clitchîz so «%s» si vos vloz tchoezi ene ôte pårticion po-z astaler\n"
+"vosse novea sistinme d' operance Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clitchîz so «%s» si vos vloz tchoezi les pårticions ki sront\n"
+"verifieyes po vey s' i gn a des måvas bloks sol deure plake."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Å moumint ki vos astalez Mandriva Linux, i s' pout bén k' i gn åye\n"
+"des pacaedjes k' ont stî metous a djoû dispoy li moumint do fijhaedje\n"
+"del distribucion. Motoit k' des bugs ont stî coridjîs, ou des problinmes\n"
+"di såvrité. Por vos profiter di ces metaedjes a djoû, on vs propôze\n"
+"d' aberweter di so l' daegntoele les metaedjes a djoû k' i pout gn aveur.\n"
+"Tchoezixhoz «%s» si vos avoz on raloyaedje al daegntoele en alaedje, ou\n"
+"«%s» si vos inmez mî d' ratinde et fé les metaedjes a djoû pus tård.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vos tchoezixhoz «%s», i gn årè ene djivêye des plaeces di wice k' on\n"
+"pout prinde les metaedjes a djoû ki vs serè mostrêye. Tchoezixhoz li plaece\n"
+"li pus près d' vos. Adonpu, èn åbe di tchoezixhaedje des pacaedjes\n"
+"aparetrè: verifyîz l' tchuze, et clitchîz so «%s» po-z aberweter\n"
+"ey astaler les tchoezi(s) pacaedje(s), oudonbén clitchîz so «%s»\n"
+"po leyî ouve."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Chal, c' est po tchoezi l' livea di såvrité ki vos vloz po voste éndjole.\n"
+"Ene rîle simpe c' est ki pus voste éndjole est egzpozêye, pus les dnêyes\n"
+"k' i gn a å dvins sont impôrtantes, pus li livea di såvrité doet esse hôt.\n"
+"Mins ossu, on hôt livea di såvrité çoula vout dire ki c' est moens åjhey\n"
+"d' eployî li copiutrece.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vos n' savoz cwè tchoezi, leyîz li prémetou livea. Vos l' pôroz candjî\n"
+"pus tård avou l' usteye draksec a pårti do cinte di contrôle di Mandriva "
+"Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Li tchamp «%s» c' est po dner l' adresse emile d' ene sakî responsåve del\n"
+"såvrité po ciste éndjole ci. Les messaedjes sol såvrité lyi sront evoyîs."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Manaedjeu pol såvrité"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Chal, vos dvoz tchoezi so kéne/kénès pårticion(s) ki vos voloz astaler\n"
+"vosse sistinme Mandriva Linux. Si vos pårticions ont ddja stî fwaites\n"
+"(p. egz. li dierin côp ki vos avoz astalé GNU/Linux ou bén avou ene ôte\n"
+"usteye di pårtixhaedje), vos les ploz eployî. Ôtrumint, des pårticions dvèt\n"
+"esse defineyes so vosse deure plake. Ça vout dire ki vos alez dispårti\n"
+"lodjicmint li deure plake di voste éndjole e diferinnes coines separêyes\n"
+"di ene l' ôte.\n"
+"\n"
+"Po fé les pårticions, vos dvoz d' aprume tchoezi li plake a pårti e\n"
+"clitchant so «hda» pol prumire plake IDE, «hdb» pol deujhinme, «sda» pol \n"
+"prumire plake SCSI, et vos nd åroz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pol pårtixhaedje del deure plake tchoezeye, vos ploz prinde ene di ces\n"
+"tchuzes chal:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «%s»: cisse tchuze va disfacer totes les pårticions k' i gn a sol "
+"tchoezeye deure plake.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «%s»: cisse tchuze va fé des pårticions ext3 pol sistinme et ene di "
+"swap e prindant li plaece di libe k' i gn a sol deure plake et carculant "
+"otomaticmint li grandeu li meyeuse.\n"
+"\n"
+"«%s» dene des ôtes tchuzes, pus spepieuses:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «%s»: po schaper li tåvlea di pårtixhaedje\n"
+"so ene plakete. Ahessåve pol poleur rapexhî pus tård, s' i fåt.\n"
+"C' est hôtmint ricmandé del fé.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «%s»: vos permete di rapexhî\n"
+"on tåvlea di pårtixhaedje k' a stî schapé so plakete d' avance.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «%s»: si vosse tåvlea di pårtixhaedje est crombe, vos ploz sayî del "
+"rapexhî avou cisse tchuze chal. Prindoz asteme et rimimbrez vs ki çoula pout "
+"n' nén roter a tos les côps.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «%s»: Cisse tchuze chal c' est si vos\n"
+"vloz disfé tos les candjmints et tcherdjî vosse tåvlea di pårtixhaedje\n"
+"di dpårt.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «%s»: disclitchîz cisse tchuze\n"
+"chal si vos n' voloz nén ki les bodjåves sopoirts (plakes lazer,\n"
+"plaketes,...) soeyexhe montés otomaticmint mins l' fé al mwin.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «%s»: Si vos vloz aveur l' aidance d' on macrea po fé li pårtixhaedje "
+"del deure plake, vos ploz tchoezi cisse tchuze chal. Ele est ricomandêye si "
+"vos n' estoz nén on spepieus e pårtixhaedje.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «%s»: clitchîz so ci boton la po disfé tos vos candjmints.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «%s»: vos dene des ôtès tchuzes po les\n"
+"pårticions (sôre, tchuzes, abwesnaedje) eyet dene pus d' informåcions\n"
+"sol deure plake.\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «%s»: on côp ki vos avoz fini li pårtixhaedje del deure plake, "
+"tchoezixhoz çouchal po schaper po d' bon les candjmints.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cwand vos dnez l' grandeu del pårticion, vos l' poloz tchoezi finmint avou\n"
+"les tapes fletches di vosse taprece.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: vos ploz tot fé pår avou l' taprece: naivyîz d' ene pårticion a l' ôte "
+"avou li tape Tab et les fletches Up/Down.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cwand ene pårticion a stî tchoezeye, vos poloz fé:\n"
+"\n"
+"  * Ctrl-c  po fé ene novele pårticion (cwand c' est ene vude pårticion k' a "
+"stî tchoezeye)\n"
+"\n"
+"  * Ctrl-d  po disfacer li pårticion\n"
+"\n"
+"  * Ctrl-m  po defini li pont di montaedje\n"
+"\n"
+"Po-z aveur des informåcions so les diferins sistinmes di fitchîs k' i gn a,\n"
+"lijhoz li tchaptrê so «ext2FS» do «Manuel di Referince».\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vos alez astaler sor ene éndjole PPC, motoit ki vos vôroz fé ene pitite "
+"pårticion HFS «d' enondaedje» di 1 Mo å moens po l' eployî avou l' enondrece "
+"«yaboot». Si vos decidez del fé on pô pus grande, par egzimpe 50 Mo, çoula "
+"pôreut fé ene clapante plaece po-z î mete on nawea et ene imådje ramdisk po "
+"des cas d' urdjince k' i gn åreut."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Montaedje otomatike des sopoirts bodjåves"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Candjî pol môde normå/spepieus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Pus d' ene pårticion Windows a stî detectêye so vosse deure plake.\n"
+"Tchoezixhoz li cene ki vos vloz candjî si grandeu, po-z astaler vosse\n"
+"novea sistinme d'&nbsp;operance Mandriva Linux s' i vs plait.\n"
+"\n"
+"Po l' informåcion, tchaeke pårticion est mostrêye come çoula:\n"
+"«no Linux», «no Windows», «grandeu».\n"
+"\n"
+"Li «no Linux» est costrût come çouchal:\n"
+"«sôre del deure plake» + «limero del deure plake» + «limero del "
+"pårticion» (par egzimpe, hd+a+1 --> «hda1»)\n"
+"\n"
+"Li «sôre del deure plake» est «hd» si vosse deure plake est del sôre IDE,\n"
+"oudonbén «sd» si elle est del sôre SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"Li «limero del deure plake» est todi ene lete pa drî «hd» ou «sd».\n"
+"Avou les plakes IDE on a:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «a» pol plake mwaisse sol prumî controleu IDE,\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «b» pol plake esclåve sol prumî controleu IDE,\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «c» pol plake mwaisse sol deujhinme controleu IDE,\n"
+"\n"
+"   * «d» pol plake esclåve sol deujhinme controleu IDE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Avou les plakes SCSI, «a» vout dire «prumire deure plake», «b» vout dire "
+"«deujhinme deure plake», evnd...\n"
+"\n"
+"Li «no Windows» est li lete ki Windows eploye po-z idintifyî li pårticion "
+"(par egzimpe li prumire pårticion Windows del prumire deure plake est lomêye "
+"«C:»)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"«%s»: verifyîz ki l' tchuze est bén l' bone. Si vos dmorez dins\n"
+"èn ôte payis, clitchîz sol boton «%s» po ndè tchoezi èn ôte.\n"
+"Si vosse payis n' est nén e l' prumire djivêye di håynêye, clitchîz sol\n"
+"boton «%s» po-z aveur li djivêye en etir di tos les payis del Daegn."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Ciste etape est enondêye seulmint si ene viye pårticion GNU/Linux a stî\n"
+"trovêye so voste éndjole.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX asteure a mezåjhe di saveur si vos vloz fé ene novele astalåcion\n"
+"oudonbén fé on metaedje a djoû d' on sistinme Mandriva Linux k' i gn a\n"
+"ddja sol plake:\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: çouchal va spotchî ttafwait l' vî sistinme k' i gn\n"
+"aveut sol plake. Si vos vloz candjî l' manire ki vos deurès plakes sont\n"
+"pårteyes, oudonbén candjî li sistinme di fitchîs, vos dvrîz tchoezi\n"
+"çouchal. Sorlon vosse pårtixhaedje, si vos avoz « /home » so ene\n"
+"pårticion da sinne metans, vos ploz wårder on boket di vos dnêyes\n"
+"ki n' seront nén spotcheyes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: cisse classe d' astalaedje chal vos permete di\n"
+"mete a djoû les pacaedjes k' i gn a so vosse sistinme Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"Vosse pårtixhaedje est wårdé et les dnêyes des uzeus n' sont nén\n"
+"candjeyes. Li plupårt des ôtès etapes d' apontiaedje dimorèt, come\n"
+"pol cas d' èn astalaedje sitandård.\n"
+"\n"
+"Eployî l' tchuze «Metaedje a djoû» rote comifåt po mete a djoû des\n"
+"sistinmes Mandriva Linux modêye «8.1» ou pus nouve. Mins l' fé po\n"
+"des modêyes di Mandriva Linux pus viyes kel «8.1» n' est nén ricmandé."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Sorlon li tchuze do lingaedje,  DrakX va tchoezi otomaticmint li boune\n"
+"taprece por vos. Verifyîz kel tchuze corespond bén a çou k' vos vloz,\n"
+"oudonbén candjîz di taprece.\n"
+"\n"
+"I s' pout ki vos åyoxhe ene taprece diferinne del cene prémetowe\n"
+"po vosse lingaedje: par egzimpe, ene djin ki djåzreut inglès mins\n"
+"vicreut el Swisse, ele vôreut cwand minme ene swisse taprece.\n"
+"Oudonbén si vos avoz tchoezi l' walon mins ki vos avoz ene taprece\n"
+"francesse ou qwerty purade k' ene taprece bedje. Dins les deus cas,\n"
+"vos pôroz candjî vosse tchuze a l' etape «Rascourti éndjolreye» pus lon,\n"
+"et tchoezi l' cene ki vos vloz dins en ene djivêye.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clitchîz so «%s» po-z aveur li djivêye etire di totes les tapreces ki sont\n"
+"sopoirtêyes.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vos tchoezixhoz ene taprece po èn alfabet nén latén, li purnea shuvant\n"
+"vos dinrè l' tchuze des tapes a tchôkî po candjî inte l' alfabet latén eyet\n"
+"l' taprece nén latene."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Li prumire etape c' est di tchoezi vosse lingaedje.\n"
+"\n"
+"Li lingaedje ki vos tchoezixhoz serè li prémetou\n"
+"lingaedje do sistinme. Ci srè l' lingaedje eployî pol\n"
+"documintåcion, l' astalaedje, eyet l' sistinme e djenerå.\n"
+"Les lingaedjes sont rgroupés pa grandès redjons del Daegn\n"
+"po-z aveur des rîlêyes di lingaedjes pus coûtes.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vos clitchîz so «%s» vos pôroz tchoezi d' aveur\n"
+"do sopoirt po ds ôtes lingaedjes avou. Cwand vos tchoezixhoz èn ôte\n"
+"lingaedje les fitchîs specifikes po ci lingaedje la (ratournaedjes, "
+"aidance,\n"
+"documintåcions, coridjreces,...) sront astalés. Par egzimpe, si vos alez\n"
+"aveur so voste éndjole èn uzeu ki vént del Sipagne, clitchîz sol boesse\n"
+"a clitchî ki mostere «%s» dins l' djivêye del seccion «Sipepieus».\n"
+"\n"
+"Åd fwait do sopoirt UTF-8 (unicôde): Unicôde est on novea ecôdaedje\n"
+"ki permete di scrire tos les lingaedjes del Daegn. Mins i gn a co des\n"
+"sacwès a-z amidrer dins l' sopoirt UTF-8 so GNU/Linux. Vola pocwè\n"
+"Mandriva Linux eployrè UTF-8 ou nén sorlon les tchuzes ki vos djhoz:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si vos tchoezixhoz on lingaedje avou ene foite eritance d' on dné\n"
+"ecôdaedje (lingaedjes latin1, rûsse, djaponès, chinwès, corêyin, taylandès\n"
+"grek, turk, li plupårt des lingaedjes latin2), cist ecôdaedje d' eritance "
+"la\n"
+"serè-st eployî come prémetou ecôdaedje;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Les ôtes lingaedjes eployèt unicôde;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si deus, ou di pus, di lingaedjes sont tchoezis, et si ces lingaedjes la\n"
+"n' eployèt nén l' minme prémetou ecôdaedje, adon unicôde serè-st eployî,\n"
+"la k' il est li seu cmon ecôdaedje;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Di pus, li boesse «%s» vos permete di foirci\n"
+"l' sistinme a-z eployî unicôde (UTF-8), et çoula po tot l' minme ké "
+"lingaedje.\n"
+"\n"
+"Notez ki vos ploz astaler li sopoirt po bråmint des lingaedjes et nén \n"
+"seulmint onk. Si vos les vloz tos (tos les cis sopoirtés pol moumint, come \n"
+"di djusse), clitchîz sol boesse «%s». Cisse tchuze la \n"
+"est ahessåve po ene éndjole ki srè eployeye pa des djins di tolminme ké \n"
+"payis. Dimander l' sopoirt po on lingaedje ça vout dire ki les fontes,\n"
+"les ratournaedjes, les coridjreces, evnd. po ç' lingaedje la sront astalés.\n"
+"\n"
+"On côp ki vos avoz tchoezi les locåles ki vos vloz, clitchîz so «Shuvant» po "
+"passer a l' etape shuvante.\n"
+"Po candjî d' on lingaedje a l' ôte sol sistinme on côp astalé, vos ploz "
+"enonder li comande «localedrake» come uzeu «root» po candjî li prémetou "
+"lingaedje do sistinme; ou l' enonder come èn uzeu normå po candjî les "
+"preferinces di lingaedje po cist uzeu la."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Español"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"D' acostumance, DrakX n' a nole rujhe po trover l' nombe di botons di\n"
+"vosse sori. S' i n' trove nén, i pinsrè ki vos avoz ene sori di deus\n"
+"botons, et va mete en alaedje l' emulåcion do troejhinme boton. Li\n"
+"troejhinme boton d' ene sori a deus botons pout esse emulé tot\n"
+"clitchant avou les botons d' hintche eyet d' droete e minme tins.\n"
+"DrakX sårè otomaticmint si vosse sori est ene sori PS/2, séreye\n"
+"oudonbén USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vos avoz ene sori a troes botons sins rôlete, vos ploz tchoezi\n"
+"l' sori ki dit «%s». DrakX va adon apontyî vosse sori po pleur emuler\n"
+"li rôlete: po çoula, clitchîz sol boton do mitan et s' bodjîz l sori.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vos vloz defini ene sôre di sori diferinne, tchoezixhoz li sôre k' i fåt "
+"el djivêye.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vos ploz tchoezi l' intrêye «%s» po ene sôre di sori «djenerike»\n"
+"k' irè bén avou cåzu totes les soris.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vos fjhoz ene tchuze diferinne del prémetowe, DrakX vos mosterrè on\n"
+"purnea po sayî l' sori. Sayîz les botons et li rôlete po vey si tot va\n"
+"comifåt. Si l' sori ni rote nén comifåt, tapez so l' espåce, oudonbén so\n"
+"RETURN po rivni èn erî eyet ndè tchoezi ene ôte.\n"
+"\n"
+"Des côps k' i gn a, les soris a rôlete èn sont nén detectêyes otomaticmint\n"
+"et vos dvroz l' tchoezi dins ene djivêye. Acertinez vs di tchoezi l' cene\n"
+"ki coresponde å pôrt ki vosse sori est raloyeye. Après aveur tchoezi ene\n"
+"sori eyet clitchî sol boton «%s», ene imådje d' ene sori est håynêye el\n"
+"waitroûle. Fijhoz bodjî l' rôlete po verifyî k' ele rote comifåt.\n"
+"On côp ki vos voeyoz l' imådje del rôlete sol waitroûle ki bodje del minme\n"
+"manire ki vos fjhoz bodjî l' rôlete, sayîz les botons eyet vey si\n"
+"l' cursoe shût bén les movmints del sori."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "avou rôlete emulêye"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Univiersele | Tot l' minme kéne sori PS/2 ou USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Tchoezixhoz li bon pôrt.  Metans: li pôrt «COM1» dzo MS Windows si lome\n"
+"«ttyS0» dzo GNU/Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Çouchal c' est li pus consecant decidaedje pol såvrité di vosse sistinme\n"
+"GNU/Linux: vos dvoz dner li scret po «root». «root» est li manaedjeu\n"
+"do sistinme eyet l' seu otorijhî a fé des metaedjes a djoû, radjouter\n"
+"des uzeus, candjî l' apontiaedje djenerå do sistinme, evnd. Po fé court,\n"
+"«root» pout fé ttafwait! C' est po çoula k' i vs fåt bén tchoezi li scret\n"
+"di «root», onk ki soeye målåjhey a trover - DrakX vos dirè s' il est trop\n"
+"åjhey. Come vos l' poloz vey, vos avoz l' tchuze di n' nén dner di scret,\n"
+"mins nos nel consians nén; «root» pout tot fé, çoula vout dire eto k' i "
+"pout\n"
+"disfacer -- minme sins l' voleur -- tot çou k' i gn a so les deurès\n"
+"plakes, minme so les pårticions d' ôtes sistinmes d' operance; i våt mî\n"
+"n' eployî l' conte «root» ki vormint cwand nd a mezåjhe, et po çoula\n"
+"våt mî nén rinde l' accès å conte trop åjhey.\n"
+"\n"
+"Li scret dvreut maxhî des letes et des chifes ey esse 8 caracteres long.\n"
+"Ni scrijhoz måy li scret di «root» ene sawice - c' est on trop grand\n"
+"risse po vosse sistinme.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mins nerén, nel fijhoz nén trop long ou trop målåjhey ki vos n' arivez\n"
+"nén a vos l' rimimbrer!\n"
+"\n"
+"Li scret ni srè nén håyné sol waitroûle cwand vos l' tapez, po çoula vos\n"
+"dvoz l' diner deus côps, po bén l' acertiner et k' i gn åye moens di\n"
+"fé ene flotche tot l' tapant. Si vos tapez deus côps avou l' minme\n"
+"flotche, si srè ci scret «incorek» la k' i vs fårè dner l' côp ki vént.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vos vloz ki l' contrôle des screts soeye fwait pa on sierveu "
+"d' otintifiaedje\n"
+"(come NIS ou LDAP), adon clitchîz sol boton «%s».\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vosse rantoele eploye li protocole LDAP, NIS ou les dominnes Windows PDC\n"
+"po l' otintifiaedje, tchoezixhoz li moyén d' otintifiaedje corek po «%s».\n"
+"Si vos n' savoz nén, dimandez a l' administreu del rantoele locåle.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vos avoz des rujhes po vs rimimbrer les screts, vos ploz tchoezi di\n"
+"n' eployî «%s», si voste éndjole n' est nén raloyeye al daegntoele\n"
+"et si vos avoz fiyate a totes les djins k' ont accès al copiutrece."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "otintifiaedje"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Ene enondrece c' est on ptit programe ki s' mete en alaedje a l' enondaedje\n"
+"del copiutrece. C' est lu ki s' ocupe d' enonder tot l' sistinme. "
+"Normålmint,\n"
+"l' astalaedje di l' enondrece est ene etape totafwaitmint otomatike. DrakX "
+"va\n"
+"analijhî li cmince del deure plake eyet ovrer sorlon çou ki srè trové la:\n"
+"\n"
+" * si c' est on secteu d' enondaedje Windows k' est trové, i srè\n"
+"replaecî avou on secteu d' enondaedje di GRUB/LILO. Come çoula vos pôroz\n"
+"enonder GNU/Linux ou èn ôte S.O.\n"
+"\n"
+" * si c' est on secteu d' enondaedje di GRUB ou LILO k' est trové,\n"
+"i srè replaecî avou on pus novea.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si nou secteu d' enondaedje n' est trové, DrakX vos dmandrè wice\n"
+"mete l' enondrece. Normålmint, li «%s»\n"
+"est li meyeuse plaece. Tchoezi «%s»\n"
+"n' astalrè nole enondrece. Eployîz çoula seulmint si vos savoz çou\n"
+"k' vos fjhoz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Chal, vos tchoezixhoz li ké sistinme d' imprimaedje vos vloz eployî\n"
+"so vosse copiutrece. Des ôtes sistinmes d' operance k' i gn a\n"
+"vos dnèt onk, mins Mandriva Linux vos lait tchoezi inte deus, tchaeke onk\n"
+"estant l' meyeu dins on cas dné.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s» - ki vout dire «print, do not queue» (imprimer sins cawêye), est\n"
+"li tchuze a-z eployî si vosse copiutrece est raloyeye directumint a vosse\n"
+"copiutrece et ki vos vloz divni araedjî cwand l' papî s' bôre... et ki\n"
+"vos n' avoz nén des scrireces sol rantoele locåle («%s» n' sait manaedjî\n"
+"ki des apontiaedjes rantoele foirt simpes eyet il est ene miete londjin\n"
+"po-z imprimer pal rantoele). Tchoezixhoz «pdq» si vos estoz on "
+"mieraprindisse\n"
+"avou GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" «%s» - «Common Unix Printing System» (sistinme di cmon imprimaedje po\n"
+"Unix), est clapant po l' imprimaedje so vosse sicrirece locåle ossu bén\n"
+"ki les cenes a l' ôte costé del bole. Il est simpe et pout fé do cliyint\n"
+"come do sierveu pol vî sistinme d' imprimaedje «lpd». Ça vout dire k' il\n"
+"est copatibe avou les sistinme k' i gn aveut davance. I pout fé bråmint\n"
+"d' afwaires, mins l' apontiaedje di båze est cåzu ossu åjhey ki l' ci\n"
+"di «pdq». Si vos avoz mezåjhe d' emuler on sierveu «lpd», i vs fåt mete\n"
+"en alaedje li demon «cups-lpd». «%s» a des eterfaces grafikes po tchoezi\n"
+"les scrireces, apontyî les tchuzes prôpes a tchaeskene et po-z imprimer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vos tchoezixhoz asteure, et ki pus tård vos n' inmez nén vosse sistinme\n"
+"d' imprimaedje, vos l' poloz åjheymint candjî avou l' usteye d' apontiaedje\n"
+"des scrireces, a-z enonder a pårti do cinte di contrôle di Mandriva Linux, "
+"tot\n"
+"clitchant sol boton «%s»."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Sipepieus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX va cweri après on/des éndjins IDE so vosse copiutrece. I va ossu\n"
+"cweri après ene/des cåte(s) SCSI e PCI. Si ene cåte SCSI est trovêye\n"
+"DrakX va-st astaler otomaticmint li mineu k' i gn a mezåjhe.\n"
+"\n"
+"Come pa des côps li deteccion di l' éndjolreye ni sait nén trover ene "
+"sacwè,\n"
+"i s' pout ki DrakX ni trove rén. Dins ç' cas, vos dvroz specifyî vos minme\n"
+"l' éndjolreye da vosse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vos dvoz tchoezi manuwelmint vosse mineu, DrakX vos dmandrè si vos voloz\n"
+"mete des tchuzes por lu. Mins po cmincî, leyîz li mineu rconoxhe tot seu\n"
+"voste éndjolreye: d' acostumance, ça va tot seu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si ça n' va nén tot seu, vos dvroz dner les informåcions pol mineu "
+"manuwelmint."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"«%s»: si ene cåte son est detectêye so vosse sistinme, ele srè\n"
+"metowe chal. Si c' est nén l' cene ki vos avoz, vos ploz clitchî chal\n"
+"po tchoezi èn ôte mineu."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Chal sont prezintés sacwants parametes k' ont a vey avou voste éndjole.\n"
+"Sorlon çou k' vos avoz come éndjolreye vos voeroz, ou nén, ene ou sacwantes\n"
+"des intrêyes shuvantes. Tchaeke intrêye est fwaite avou l' no do cayet\n"
+"a-z apontyî, shuvowe d' on rascourti di l' apontiaedje do moumint.\n"
+"Clitchîz sol boton «%s» corespondant si vos l' vloz candjî.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: verifyîz l' apontiaedje del taprece et clitchîz sol boton\n"
+"pol candjî, s' i fåt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: verifyîz ki l' tchuze est bén l' bone. Si vos dmorez dins\n"
+"èn ôte payis, clitchîz sol boton «%s» po ndè tchoezi èn ôte.\n"
+"Si vosse payis n' est nén e l' prumire djivêye di håynêye, clitchîz sol\n"
+"boton «%s» po-z aveur li djivêye en etir di tos les payis del Daegn.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: Li prémetowe coisse d' eureye est tchoezeye pa\n"
+"DrakX sorlon li lingaedje/payis ki vs avoz tchoezi. Vos ploz clitchî\n"
+"sol boton «%s» po-z apontyî vosse ôrlodje avou l' eure locåle del\n"
+"plaece wice ki vos dmorez si l' prémetowe valixhance n' est nén coreke.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: verifyîz l' apontiaedje del sori eyet clitchîz sol boton pol\n"
+"candjî, s' i fåt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: si vos clitchîz so «%s» çoula enondrè li macrea\n"
+"d' apontiaedje des scrireces. Loukîz li tchaptrê corespondant do «Guide\n"
+"d' Enondaedje» po pus d' informåcions sol manire d' apontyî ene nouve\n"
+"sicrirece. L' eterface prezintêye chal rishonne a cene håynêye tins\n"
+"di l' astalåcion.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: si ene cåte son est detectêye so vosse sistinme, ele srè\n"
+"metowe chal. Si c' est nén l' cene ki vos avoz, vos ploz clitchî chal\n"
+"po tchoezi èn ôte mineu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: si ene cåte tévé est detectêye so vosse sistinme, ele srè\n"
+"metowe chal. Si ele n' est nén detectêye, clitchîz sol boton «%s»\n"
+"po sayî d' l' apontyî al mwin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: vos ploz clitchî so «%s» po candjî les parametes\n"
+"del cåte, si vos pinsez k' i sont måvas.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: li prémetowe finté ki DrakX definixhe po l' eterface\n"
+"grafike est di 800x600 oudonbén 1024x768, sorlon voste éndjolreye.\n"
+"Si ça n' vos va nén, clitchîz sol boton «%s» pol rapontyî.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: Si vos vloz apontyî li rantoele (locåle ou daegnrece),\n"
+"clitchîz so ç' boton chal. Lijhoz li documintåcion so papî oudonbén\n"
+"li cene håynåve a pårti do cinte di controle di Mandriva Linux\n"
+"après l' astalaedje po-z aveur pus di racsegnes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: vos permete d' apontyî les adresses des procsis HTTP eyet FTP\n"
+"si l' éndjole ki vos astalez si trovrè pa drî on côpe-feu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: ciste intrêye chal vos permete di rdefini l' livea\n"
+"di såvrité, té k' il a stî defini dins l' etape di dvant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: si vos tuzez a raloyî voste éndjole al rantoele daegnrece,\n"
+"c' est ene bone idêye di vs protedjî des hacneus avou on sistinme côpe feu.\n"
+"Lijhoz li seccion corespondante do «Guide d' Enondaedje» po-z aveur di pus\n"
+"di detays so ls apontiaedjes do côpe feu.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: si vos vloz candjî l' apontiaedje di l' enondrece\n"
+"di l' éndjole. Vos nel duvrîz fé ki si vos estoz seur di vos.\n"
+"Lijhoz li documintåcion so l' enondrece dins l' cinte di controle\n"
+"di Mandriva Linux po pus di racsegnes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * «%s»: vos pôroz controler finmint les kés siervices ki vos vloz\n"
+"enonder so voste éndjole. Si vos l' vloz eployî po fé do sierveu c' est\n"
+"ene bone idêye di candjî et d' verifyî les valixhances chal."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Cåte RDIS"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Eterface grafike"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Tchoezixhoz li deure plake ki vos vloz disfacer po-z î astaler vosse\n"
+"novele pårticion Mandriva Linux. Prindoz asteme, totes les dnêyes\n"
+"k' i gn a sol deure plake vont esse pierdowes, et vos n' pôroz les rapexhî."
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Clitchîz so «%s» si vos vloz disfacer totes les dnêyes et totes les\n"
+"pårticions k' i gn a so vosse deure plake.\n"
+"Prindoz asteme, dispoy aveur clitchî so «%s», vos n' pôroz pus rapexhî\n"
+"nole dinêye ou pårticion k' i gn aveut sol deure plake, nerén les cis\n"
+"da Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clitchîz so «%s» po rinoncî a cisse operåcion, et leyî les dnêyes\n"
+"et les pårticions come ele estént sol deure plake."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Shuvant ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Di dvant"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_CN.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_CN.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4e2e21ece
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_CN.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1786 @@
+# drakx messages in Simplified Chinese
+# Danny Zeng <danny@zeng.com.cn>, 2000, 2002
+# Jesse Kuang <kjx@mandriva.com>, 2002
+# Shiyu Tang <shiyutang@netscape.net>, 2003, 2004
+# Funda Wang <fundawang@linux.net.cn>, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX 2007\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-22 15:41+0800\n"
+"Last-Translator: Funda Wang <fundawang@linux.net.cn>\n"
+"Language-Team: Mandriva Linux i18n Team <cooker-i18n@mandrivalinux.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"在继续之前, 您应该仔细阅读许可协议的条款。该许可适用于整个 Mandriva Linux发行"
+"版。如果您同意其中的全部条款, 请选中\"%s\"框。如果不同意, 单击\"%s\"按钮将重"
+"新启动您的计算机。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux 是多用户系统, 这意味着每个用户可拥有自己独立的首选项, 以及自己的文"
+"件, 等等。若要了解关于多用户系统的更多内容, 建议您阅读\n"
+"``初学者指南''。但是与系统管理员 \"root\"\n"
+"不同, 您在此处添加的用户所能做的更改将仅限于他们自己的文件及他们自己的配置, "
+"这可使系统免遭有意无意的破坏。您至少需要为您自己创建一个普通用户 --\n"
+"这应该是您每天所使用的主要账户。尽管以 \"root\"\n"
+"登录很容易, 您可以不受任何限制的完成任何操作, 但这很危险！非常低级的错误就可"
+"能让您的系统再也无法启动。如果您以普通用户的身份犯了非常危险的错误, 最坏的情"
+"况也就是丢失某些信息, 而不会影响整个系统。\n"
+"\n"
+"第一个域会询问您的真实姓名。当然, 这并不是必需的 -- 您当然可以输入您喜欢的任"
+"何内容。DrakX\n"
+"将会使用您在此域中输入的第一个单词作为\"%s\"域的初始值, 即此用户登录系统所用"
+"的名称。如果您喜欢的话, 您也可以不使用默认值, 而换用您喜欢的用户名。下一步就"
+"是输入密码。从安全的角度来说, 非特权(普通)用户密码并没有\n"
+"\"root\" 密码那么需要保密, 但是也没有理由忽视这个密码, 而将其留空或设置得太简"
+"单: 反正, 您自己的文件将会是最危险的。\n"
+"\n"
+"您单击\"%s\"之后, 您还可以添加其它用户。可以为您的每个朋友添加一个用户: 例"
+"如, 您的父亲或您的妹妹。当您添加完用户之后, 请单击\"%s\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"单击\"%s\"按钮允许您更改该用户的默认 \"shell\"(默认为 bash)。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"当您添加完用户之后, 您可以从中选择一个用户, 计算机启动后将自动以该用户的身份"
+"登录到系统。如果您对此特性感兴趣(也不考虑太多的本地安全性), 请选择希望的用户"
+"和窗口管理器, 然后单击\"%s\"。如果您对此特性不感兴趣, 请不要选中\"%s\"框。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "您要使用此特性吗?"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"在此列出了您硬盘上已有的 Linux\n"
+"分区。您可以保留向导所作的选择, 因为对于大多数安装来说这一选择是较好的。如果"
+"您想要进行更改的话, 您必须至少定义一个根分区(\"/\")。不要选择太小的分区, 否则"
+"您可能无法安装足够的软件。如果您想要将您的数据存放在单独的分区中, 您还需要创"
+"建一个\n"
+"\"/home\" 分区(仅当您有多于一个 Linux 分区时才可用)。\n"
+"\n"
+"每个分区都按下列格式列出: \"名称\", \"容量\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"\"名称\"结构为: \"硬盘类型\", \"硬盘编号\", \"分区编号\"(例如, \"hda1\")。\n"
+"\n"
+"\"硬盘类型\"取决于硬盘的接口方式。如您的硬盘是 IDE 硬盘, 则\"硬盘类型\"就为"
+"\"hd\"；若硬盘为 SCSI 硬盘, 就为\"sd\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"\"硬盘编号\"就是在\"hd\"或\"sd\"后面的那个字母。对于IDE硬盘: \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\"意味着\"主 IDE 控制器的主硬盘\"；\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\"意味着\"主 IDE 控制器的从硬盘\"；\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\"意味着\"从 IDE 控制器的主硬盘\"；\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\"意味着\"从IDE控制器的从硬盘\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"对于 SCSI 硬盘, \"a\"意味着\"最低的 SCSI ID\", \"b\"意味着\"第二低的 SCSI ID"
+"\", 依此类推。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux 安装分布于多张 CD-ROM 中。如果选中软件包位于另外的 CD-ROM, "
+"DrakX 将弹出当前\n"
+"CD, 并要求您插入所需的正确 CD。如果您手中没有所请求的 CD, 只需单击\"%s\", 就"
+"不会安装相应的软件包了。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"现在该指定要在您的系统中安装哪些程序了。Mandriva Linux\n"
+"为您准备了数千个软件包。而为了使管理软件包更加容易, 软件包已经按相似程度分成"
+"了多个组。\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux\n"
+"按四个类别对软件包进行了分类。您可以从不同的类别混合选择应用程序。也就是说, "
+"``工作站''中也可以选择安装``服务器''分类中的应用程序。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您计划将您的计算机用作工作站, 请选择工作站分类中的一个或多个"
+"组。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您计划使用您的计算机进行编程, 请从该类别中选择相应的组。特殊"
+"的 \"LSB\"\n"
+"组将会对您的系统进行配置, 这样所编译的结果将会尽可能遵从 Linux 标准基础(LSB)"
+"规范。\n"
+"\n"
+"   选择 \"LSB\" 组将安装 \"2.4\" 内核系列, 而不是默认的 \"2.6\" 内核。这是为"
+"了保证系统能够百分之百的遵从\n"
+"LSB。但是, 即便您不选择 \"LSB\" 组, 您也会得到一个接近百分之百遵从 LSB 的系"
+"统。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您的计算机即将成为服务器, 请选择您想要安装在计算机上的公共服"
+"务。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：这里您可以选择您首选的图形环境。如果您想要使用图形界面, 则至少要选"
+"择其中一个。\n"
+"\n"
+"将鼠标光标移动到组名之上, 您会看到该组的简要描述文字。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您对所提供的软件包比较熟悉, 或者您想要完全控制安装什么软件包, 就可以选中"
+"\"%s\"选项。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您以\"%s\"模式启动安装, 您可以不选择任何组, 这样可以避免安装任何新软件"
+"包。这对于修复或升级已有系统很有帮助。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您在执行常规安装(与升级相对)的时候一个组也没有选中, 会弹出一个对话框建议"
+"最小安装的不同选项：\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：安装图形桌面所需的最少软件包。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：安装基本系统, 另加基本工具及相应文档。此安装适合建立服务器。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：将安装使 Linux 系统能够正常运行的最少软件包。使用此安装, 您仅仅有"
+"命令行界面。此安装的总计大小为约 65 兆字节。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "升级"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "安装基础文档"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "真正的最小安装"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"如果您选中了想要选择单个软件包, 安装程序会显示出一个软件包的树形结构, 其中会"
+"按照组和子组分类显示全部软件包。浏览软件包树时, 您可以选择整个组, 子组或单个"
+"软件包。\n"
+"\n"
+"只要您在左侧的树中选择了软件包, 右侧就会出现该软件包用途的描述。\n"
+"\n"
+"!!\n"
+"如果选择了服务器软件包, 不管是您特意选中的, 还是因为该软件包是某组的成员, 您"
+"都需要确认是否真的想要安装这些服务器。默认情况下, Mandriva Linux\n"
+"会在启动时自动启动已安装的全部服务。尽管在发行版送出时这些服务是安全的, 但完"
+"全有可能在此版本 Mandriva Linux\n"
+"完成后发现了相应软件的安全漏洞。如果您并不知道特定服务的用途, 或者不知道为什"
+"么要安装这些服务, 请单击\"%s\"。单击\"%s\"将安装列出的服务, 并且启动时这些服"
+"务会被自动启动。\n"
+"!!\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"选项用于在安装程序自动选择软件包以解决依赖性问题时禁止弹出警告对话框。"
+"某些软件包会依赖其它软件包, 而要安装一个软件包的需要先安装另外一个软件包。安"
+"装程序会自动确定要满足依赖性需要安装哪些软件包, 以便顺利完成安装。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"列表底部的小软盘图标允许您装入先前安装时创建的软件包列表。如果您一次想要配置"
+"多台计算机, 此选项可能非常有用。单击此图标后, 您需要插入另外一次安装结束后创"
+"建的那张软盘。参看最后一步的第二条提示, 其中描述了如何创建这样的软盘。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "自动依赖性"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\"：单击\"%s\"按钮将打开打印机配置向导。请参看``初学者指南''中的相应章"
+"节, 其中详细描述了如何设置新打印机。那里给出的界面与安装时所用的界面大体相"
+"同。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"此对话框可让您选择启动时要启动哪些服务。\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX 将会列出本次安装所有可用的服务。请仔细检查, 并且去掉那些在启动时不总需"
+"要的服务。\n"
+"\n"
+"将您的鼠标移动到选项上面会弹出帮助提示, 解释这个服务的作用。不过, 如果您不确"
+"定某一个服务到底是否需要, 还是保留默认设置会比较安全。\n"
+"\n"
+"!!\n"
+"如果您的机器将作为服务器, 在这一步请格外小心：请不要启动任何您不需要的服务。"
+"请不要忘了, 如果在服务器上启用了某些服务, 这些服务可能对服务器造成潜在的危"
+"险。通常, 只选择您确实要使用的那些服务。\n"
+"!!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux 以 GMT (格林威治标准时)管理时间, 并根据您所选的时区将其翻译为本地时"
+"间。如果您主板上的时钟设定为本地时间, 您应当关闭\n"
+"\"%s\", 这将会让 GNU/Linux 知道系统始终和硬件时钟在同一时区。如果本计算机仍然"
+"运行其它操作系统, 则此设置将十分有用。\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"选项将连接到 Internet 上的远程时间服务器自动校准系统时钟。要让此特性正"
+"常工作, 您必须连接到\n"
+"Internet。最好选择地理位置离您较近的时间服务器。此选项还会自动安装时间服务"
+"器, 这样您局域网中的其它计算机都能够进行自动校时了。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "自动时间同步"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"显示卡\n"
+"\n"
+"   安装程序通常可以自动检测并配置连接到计算机上的显示卡。如果检测的结果不对, "
+"您可以在此列表中选择您所实际使用的显示卡。\n"
+"\n"
+"   如果您的显示卡支持不同的服务器, 为了选择是否要启用 3D 加速, 您应该在这里选"
+"择符合您需要的服务器。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X(代表 X 窗口系统)是 GNU/Linux 图形界面的核心部分。Mandriva Linux\n"
+"附带的所有图形环境(KDE、GNOME、AfterStep、WindowMaker 等)都依赖于该系统。\n"
+"\n"
+"您将会看到不同的参数列表, 以便进行图形显示选项的更改来达到最佳状态。其中包"
+"括：\n"
+"\n"
+"显示卡\n"
+"\n"
+"   安装程序通常可以自动检测并配置连接到计算机上的显示卡。如果检测的结果不对, "
+"您可以在此列表中选择您所实际使用的显示卡。\n"
+"\n"
+"   如果您的显示卡支持不同的服务器, 为了选择是否要启用 3D 加速, 您应该在这里选"
+"择符合您需要的服务器。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"显示器\n"
+"\n"
+"   安装程序通常可以自动检测并配置连接到计算机上的显示器。如果检测的结果不对, "
+"您可以在此列表中选择您所实际使用的显示器。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"分辨率\n"
+"\n"
+"   \n"
+"您可以在此选择分辨率和颜色深度, 但您的显示卡硬件要支持。请选择最适合您需要的"
+"选项(您在安装完成之后仍可进行修改)。所选配置的例子会显示在显示器上。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"测试\n"
+"\n"
+"   根据您的硬件, 此项可能不会出现。\n"
+"\n"
+"   系统将会以所选的分辨率打开图形屏幕。如果您在测试时看到了提示, 请回答\"%s"
+"\", DrakX\n"
+"就会执行安装的下一步骤。如果您没有看到任何提示, 这意味着自动检测的某一部分不"
+"正确, 测试将会在 12\n"
+"秒后自动结束, 并把您带回菜单。请更改设置, 直到您能够看到正确的图形显示为"
+"止。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"选项\n"
+"\n"
+"   您可以在此选择是否想要在计算机启动的时候就切换到图形界面。显然, 如果本机将"
+"用作服务器, 或者您的显示配置还没有成功, 您可能想要选择\"%s\"。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"显示器\n"
+"\n"
+"   安装程序通常可以自动检测并配置连接到计算机上的显示器。如果不幸您的显示器未"
+"被检测出来, 您可以在此列表中选择您所实际使用的显示器。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"分辨率\n"
+"\n"
+"   您可以在此选择分辨率和颜色深度, 但您的硬件要支持。请选择最适合您需要的选项"
+"(您在安装完成之后仍可进行修改)。所选配置的例子会显示在显示器上。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"如果您的显示卡支持不同的服务器, 为了选择是否要启用 3D 加速, 您应该在这里选择"
+"符合您需要的服务器。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"选项\n"
+"\n"
+"   您可以在此选择是否想要在计算机启动的时候就切换到图形界面。显然, 如果本机将"
+"用作服务器, 或者您的显示配置还没有成功, 您可能想要选择\"%s\"。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"在这一步里, 您需要决定您想要将 Mandriva Linux\n"
+"操作系统安装到硬盘的何处。如果您的硬盘完全是空的, 或者已有操作系统使用了所有"
+"的空间, 您就必须要对硬盘进行分区。粗略的说, 对硬盘进行分区就是将其划分成几个"
+"逻辑上不同的部分, 以便创建安装您新的\n"
+"Mandriva Linux 系统所需的空间。\n"
+"\n"
+"由于对硬盘进行分区通常是不可恢复的, 并且可能导致数据丢失, 所以对于没有经验的"
+"用户来说, 分区是十分危险的操作。所幸的是, DrakX\n"
+"所包含的向导能够显著简化这一过程。在继续这一步骤之前, 请花点时间仔细阅读本节"
+"及以上的所有内容。\n"
+"\n"
+"根据您的硬盘配置不同, 您可从以下选项中加以选择：\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"。此选项将对您的空驱动器执行自动分区。如果您使用此选项, 则不会有任何"
+"后续的提示。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"。向导检测到了硬盘上有一个或多个已有的 Linux\n"
+"分区。如果您想要使用这些分区, 请选择此选项。稍后, 安装程序会让您选择与每个分"
+"区关联的挂载点。先前的挂载点默认已经选中了, 而保留这些选项是个不错的主意。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"。如果在您的硬盘上安装了 Microsoft Windows, 而该操作系统占用了所有的"
+"空间, 您就需要为 GNU/Linux\n"
+"创建剩余空间。要完成这一操作, 您可以删除您的 Microsoft Windows 分区和数据(参"
+"看``删除整个磁盘''方案), 或者更改\n"
+"Microsoft Windows FAT 或 NTFS 分区的大小。更改分区大小通常不会造成任何数据丢"
+"失, 但您必须事先对 Windows\n"
+"分区进行了磁盘碎片整理。我们强烈推荐您事先备份您的数据。如果您想要在同一台计"
+"算机上使用 Mandriva Linux 和 Microsoft\n"
+"Windows, 则推荐使用此选项。\n"
+"\n"
+"   注意, 在执行这一过程之后, 您原有的 Microsoft Windows 分区将会比先前小一"
+"些。而您在 Microsoft Windows\n"
+"下可用来存储数据或安装新软件的剩余空间也会变少。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"。如果您想要删除硬盘上的全部数据和全部分区, 并将其替换为全新的 "
+"Mandriva Linux\n"
+"系统, 请选择此选项。请额外小心, 因为在您确认之后, 此操作无法撤销。\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! 如果您选择了此选项, 您硬盘上的全部数据都将被删除。 !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"。当硬盘完全被 Microsoft Windows 占用时, 会出现此选项。选择此选项将"
+"删除硬盘上的全部内容, 然后从头开始进行分区。\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! 如果您选择了此选项, 您硬盘上的全部数据都将被删除。 !!\n"
+"\n"
+" *\n"
+"\"%s\"。如果您想要手动对您的硬盘进行分区, 请选择此选项。请额外小心——该功能十"
+"分强大, 但也很危险, 您可能在不经意之间毁掉您的全部数据。这也正是为什么我们只"
+"对那些以前执行过类似操作并有些经验的用户才推荐此选项的原因。要获得关于如何使"
+"用\n"
+"DiskDrake 工具的更多说明, 请参阅``初学者指南''一书中的``管理您的分区''一节。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "使用已有分区"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "清除整个磁盘"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"现在安装已经完成, 您的 GNU/Linux 系统已经可以使用了。只需单击\"%s\"就可重新启"
+"动系统。别忘了取出安装介质(CD-ROM\n"
+"或软盘)。在计算机完成硬件测试后, 您所看到的第一个系统自检完后的屏幕就是引导菜"
+"单, 您可以从中选择要启动哪个操作系统。\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"按钮显示了两个额外的按钮, 可：\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：创建一张安装软盘。该软盘可在无人值守的情况下, 按照您刚才的设置重新"
+"安装一个类似的系统。\n"
+"\n"
+"   请注意, 单击按钮后会出现两个不同的选项：\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\"。 半自动安装。只有分区部分是交互的。\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\"。 全自动安装：硬盘会被完全重写, 所有数据都将丢失。\n"
+"\n"
+"   如果有一大批相同的机器要安装, 这个功能非常方便。请参考我们网站上的自动安装"
+"一节中的更多信息。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*)：把您刚才选择的软件包记录在软盘上。要使用本次的安装包执行另外一"
+"次安装, 请插入软盘然后开始安装。出现提示的时候, 按 [F1]\n"
+"键, 输入 >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<。\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) 您需要一张 FAT 格式的软盘。要在 GNU/Linux 下创建一张这样的软盘, 一种方法"
+"是输入 \"mformat a:\"；另一种是首先\n"
+"\"fdformat /dev/fd0\", 然后 \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "生成自动安装软盘"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"如果您想要重用某些现有的 GNU/Linux\n"
+"分区, 您可能想要先格式化其中的一些分区, 并删除这些分区中的全部数据。如果您希"
+"望这么做的话, 请同时选中这些分区。\n"
+"\n"
+"请注意, 没有必要重新格式化已有的全部分区。您必须重新格式化包含操作系统的分区"
+"(比如 \"/\", \"/usr\" 或\n"
+"\"/var\"), 而无需重新格式化包含您想要保留的数据的分区(典型的如 \"/home\")。\n"
+"\n"
+"请在选择分区时额外小心。格式化后, 选中分区的全部数据都将被删除, 您也无法进行"
+"恢复。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您准备好格式化分区了, 请单击\"%s\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您想要选择其它分区用于安装 Mandriva Linux 操作系统, 请单击\"%s\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您想要选择要检测磁盘上的坏块, 请单击单击\"%s\"。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"在您安装 Mandriva Linux\n"
+"的这个时候, 很可能有些软件包在发行之后已经更新。有些故障已经被修正, 有些安全"
+"问题已经被解决。为了让您能够享用这些更新, 您现在可以从 Internet\n"
+"上下载它们。如果您的 Internet 连接已经可以使用, 请选择\"%s\"。如果您愿意以后"
+"再升级, 请选择\"%s\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"选择\"%s\"将显示一个清单, 其中列出的地方都提供了更新软件包。您应该选择离您地"
+"理位置较近的镜像。之后会出现一个可以下载的软件包选择树：复查选项, 然后单击\"%"
+"s\"来获取并安装选中的软件包, 要终止请单击\"%s\"。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"在这里, DrakX 将允许您选择计算机要使用的安全级别。说的直白一点, 如果计算机将"
+"包含关键数据, 或者将直接暴露于 Internet\n"
+"之下, 则应该设置较高的安全级别。较高的安全级别通常以损失易用性作为代价。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您不知道要选择什么, 请保持默认选项。您可以稍后从 Mandriva Linux 控制中心"
+"的一部分 draksec\n"
+"来更改安全级别。\n"
+"\n"
+"请在\"%s\"域中填入要负责安全的人的电子邮件地址。安全信息将被发送到该地址。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "安全管理员"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"在这一步中, 您需要选择要使用哪个或哪些分区来安装您的 Mandriva Linux 系统。如"
+"果已经定义了分区, 不管是先前安装的 GNU/Linux\n"
+"还是由其它分区工具划分的, 您都可以使用已有的分区。否则, 必须对硬盘分区进行定"
+"义。\n"
+"\n"
+"要创建分区, 您必须先选择硬盘。您可以单击“hda”选择第一个 IDE 硬盘进行分区, "
+"“hdb”选择第二个 IDE 硬盘, “sda”\n"
+"选择第一个 SCSI 驱动器, 依此类推。\n"
+"\n"
+"为了对选中硬盘进行分区, 您需要使用这些选项: \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 此选项将删除选中硬盘上的全部分区\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 此选项可在您硬盘的剩余空间中为您自动创建 ext3 和交换分区\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": 使您可以访问额外特性: \n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 将分区表保存到软盘。如果需要的话, 稍后可进行分区表修复。强烈推荐您"
+"执行这一步骤。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 允许您恢复先前保存在软盘上的分区表。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 如果您的分区表已损坏, 您可以使用此选项尝试修复。请额外小心, 并记住"
+"这一选项并不总是能够帮助您。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 忽略全部更改并重新装入硬盘上的原始分区表。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 取消此选项将强迫用户手动挂载类似软盘和 CD-ROM 的可移动介质。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 如果您想要使用向导对您的营盘进行分区, 则使用此选项。如果您对分区理"
+"解不深的话, 推荐您使用此选项。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 使用此选项取消您的更改。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 允许对分区进行额外的操作(类型、选项、格式化), 并给出关于硬盘的额外"
+"信息。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 当您完成对硬盘的分区后, 此选项将把您的更改回存到硬盘。\n"
+"\n"
+"定义分区大小时, 您可以使用键盘上的光标键对分区大小进行调整。\n"
+"\n"
+"注意: 您可以使用键盘访问任何选项。可以使用 [Tab] 和 [上/下]光标键来切换分"
+"区。\n"
+"\n"
+"选中分区后, 您可以用: \n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+C 创建新分区(如果选中了空分区)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+D 删除分区\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+M 设定挂载点\n"
+"\n"
+"要的关于不同的文件系统类型的更多信息, 请查看“参考手册”中 ext2FS 一章。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您在 PPC 计算机上安装, 您可能需要创建至少 1MB 大小的 HFS“bootstrap”分区, "
+"该分区将用于 yaboot\n"
+"引导程序。如果您创建的分区再稍微大点, 比如说 50MB, 您可能会发现这个分区可用来"
+"存储内核或紧急引导时的虚拟磁盘映像。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "自动挂载可移动介质"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "在正常/专家模式间切换"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"在硬盘上检测到了多个 Microsoft 分区。请选择一个分区改变大小, 以便安装您新\n"
+"的 Mandriva Linux 操作系统。\n"
+"\n"
+"每个分区都是按“Linux 名称”、“Windows 名称”、“容量”顺序列出的。\n"
+"\n"
+"“Linux 名称”的结构为:“硬盘类型”、“硬盘编号”、“分区编号”(例如, \n"
+"“hda1”)。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您的硬盘是 IDE 硬盘, “硬盘类型”为“hd”；如果为 SCSI 硬盘则为“sd”。\n"
+"\n"
+"“硬盘编号”总是跟在“hd”或“sd”后面的字母。对于 IDE 硬盘来说:\n"
+"\n"
+" *“a”意味着“主 IDE 控制器的主硬盘”；\n"
+"\n"
+" *“b”意味着“主 IDE 控制器的从硬盘”；\n"
+"\n"
+" *“c”意味着“从 IDE 控制器的主硬盘”；\n"
+"\n"
+" *“d”意味着“从 IDE 控制器的从硬盘”。\n"
+"\n"
+"对于 SCSI 硬盘, “a”意味着“最低的 SCSI ID”, “b”意味着“第二低的 SCSI ID”, 等"
+"等。\n"
+"\n"
+"“Windows 名称”就是硬盘在 Windows 下的盘符(第一个此盘或分区就是“C:”)。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\"：检查当前的国家选择。如果您并非在这个国家, 请单击\"%s\"按钮, 并选择另"
+"外的选项。如果您的国家在第一个列表中并没有显示出来, 单击\"%s\"按钮可获得完整"
+"的国家列表。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"仅当在您的计算机上发现了已有的 GNU/Linux 分区, 才会激活这一步骤。\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX 现在需要知道您是想要执行全新安装, 还是升级已有的 Mandriva Linux 系"
+"统：\n"
+"\n"
+" *\n"
+"\"%s\"：总体来说, 这将完全销毁旧系统。但是, 根据您选择的分区方案, 您可以让现"
+"有的数据(比如\"主\"目录)免于覆盖。如果您想要更改硬盘的分区方案, 或者更该文件"
+"系统, 您就应该使用此选项。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：这一安装级别允许您更新目前安装在您 Mandriva Linux\n"
+"系统上的软件包。您的分区方案和用户数据都不会被破坏。绝大多数配置步骤仍然可"
+"用, 与标准安装类似。\n"
+"\n"
+"使用``升级''选项应该在 \"8.1\" 或更新版本的 Mandriva Linux 系统上工作正常。不"
+"推荐在先于 \"8.1\" 版本的\n"
+"Mandriva Linux 系统上执行升级。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"根据您在中所选择的语言, DrakX 将会自动选择特定类型的键盘配置。请检查列出的选"
+"项是否适合您, 若不适合请选择其它键盘布局。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"当然, 可能您使用的语言与键盘并不相同：例如, 您是说英语的瑞典本土人, 但正在用"
+"瑞士键盘。或者, 如果您说英语但住在魁北克, 您可能也会遇到您的母语和所使用的键"
+"盘并不匹配的情况。不管是哪种情况, 您都可以在这一步骤从列表种选择相应的键"
+"盘。\n"
+"\n"
+"单击\"%s\"按钮可显示所支持键盘的完整列表。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您选择了基于非拉丁字符集的键盘布局, 下个对话框将允许您选择用于切换拉丁和"
+"非拉丁布局之间的组合键。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"第一步是选择您首选的语言。\n"
+"\n"
+"您对首选语言的选择将影响安装程序、文档及系统的总体配置。请先选择您所在的地"
+"区, 然后选择您讲的语言。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"单击\"%s\"按钮以后, 您可以选择要在您的工作站上安装哪些额外的语言, 即为系统文"
+"档和应用程序安装特定语言的文件。例如, 如果您的计算机要为繁体中文的用户提供服"
+"务, 请在树视图中选择简体中文作为默认语言, 然后在高级选项中选择\"%s\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"关于 UTF-8 (Unicode) 支持：Unicode 是一种新的字符编码, 该编码可支持所有现存的"
+"语言。但是, 在 GNU/Linux 下完全支持\n"
+"Unicode, 仍然在开发和完善中。由此原因, Mandriva Linux 会根据用户的选择是否使"
+"用 UTF-8：\n"
+"\n"
+" * 如果您所选的语言自身有强制性的编码(latin1 语言、俄语、日语、中文、朝鲜语、"
+"泰语、希腊语、土耳其语及大多数 iso-8859-2\n"
+"语言), 则会默认使用强制编码；\n"
+"\n"
+" * 其它语言默认会使用 Unicode；\n"
+"\n"
+" * 如果需要两种或更多种语言, 而这两种语言所使用的编码并不相同, 则整个系统都会"
+"使用 Unicode；\n"
+"\n"
+" * 最后, 如果要强制系统使用 Unicode, 而不管选中的是哪个或哪些语言, 则应选中选"
+"项\"%s\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"请注意, 系统没有限制您只能选择一种额外的语言。您可以选择多种语言, 甚至选择\"%"
+"s\"框表明您想要安装全部语言。选择支持某种语言, 意味着同时安装该语言的翻译、字"
+"体、拼写检查程序等等。\n"
+"\n"
+"要在系统中所安装的不同语言之间切换, 请以 \"root\" 身份执行 \"/usr/sbin/"
+"localedrake\"\n"
+"命令, 这样可以更改整个系统所用的语言。以普通用户执行该命令, 只会更改特定用户"
+"的语言设置。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "西班牙"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"通常情况下, DrakX\n"
+"能够正确检测到您的鼠标有几个按键。如果检测不正确的话, 就会假定您有一个两键鼠"
+"标, 并配置为模拟第三键。如果您想在两键鼠标上使用第三键的话, 只需同时按下左右"
+"键。DrakX\n"
+"会自动确定您的鼠标所使用的端口, 是 PS/2、串口, 还是 USB 接口。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您的三键鼠标没有滚轮, 您可以选择\"%s\"类型的鼠标。DrakX 就会配置您的鼠标"
+"来模拟滚轮：只需按下中键, 然后上下移动鼠标。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果因为某些原因, 您希望指定不同类型的鼠标, 请从提供的列表中进行选择。\n"
+"\n"
+"您可以选择\"%s\"选项来选择``通用''鼠标类型, 这样基本会适应任何鼠标。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您选择了不同于默认值的鼠标, 会出现一个测试屏幕。请用您鼠标的按键和滚轮来"
+"验证设置是否正确, 鼠标是否工作正常。如果鼠标工作不正常, 请按空格键或\n"
+"[Enter] 键取消测试, 返回到可供选择的鼠标列表中。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"滚轮鼠标有时可能无法自动检测, 所以您可能需要从列表中进行选择。请确定您选对了"
+"鼠标所连接的端口。选择鼠标后, 单击\"%s\"按钮, 会在屏幕上出现鼠标图像。试着滚"
+"动滚轮, 以确保滚轮可以正常激活。您在滚动鼠标滚轮的同时应该看到屏幕上的滚轮也"
+"在滚动。另外, 也应该测试一下鼠标按钮, 鼠标指针的移动应该和鼠标的操作保持一"
+"致。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "模拟滚轮"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "通用 | 任何 PS/2 或 USB 鼠标"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"请选择正确的端口。例如, \n"
+"Windows 里的 COM1, 在 GNU/Linux 里面叫做 ttyS0。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"要保卫您的 GNU/Linux 系统, 现在是最关键的一步：您需要输入 \"root\" 密码。"
+"\"Root\"\n"
+"是系统管理员, 而且是唯一有权进行更新、添加用户、更改泛系统配置等操作的用户。"
+"简言之, \"root\"\n"
+"可以做任何事！这就是为什么您必须选择难于猜测的密码：如果您的密码太简单了, "
+"DrakX\n"
+"会提醒您的。正如您所看到的那样, 您不必非得输入密码, 但是我们强烈建议您输入一"
+"个密码。GNU/Linux 和其它任何操作系统一样容易遇到错误的操作。由于\n"
+"\"root\" 可以越过所有限制并在访问分区时无意间就删除分区上的全部数据, 所以成"
+"为 \"root\" 应该很难才对。\n"
+"\n"
+"密码应该是字母和数字的无序混合, 并且至少要有 8 位长。绝对不要将 \"root\" 的密"
+"码写下来 -- 这样的密码形同虚设。\n"
+"\n"
+"还有一条准则 -- 不要将密码设置得太长或太复杂, 否则您自己也记不住！\n"
+"\n"
+"您输入的密码不会显示在屏幕上。为了减少盲打所造成的输入错误, 您需要再次输入密"
+"码。如果您碰巧两次都输错了, 那么这个``不正确的''密码将成为您第一次以\n"
+"\"root\" 身份登录时的密码。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您想要身份验证服务器控制对您计算机的访问, 请单击\"%s\"按钮。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您的网络使用 LDAP 或 NIS, 又或者 PDC Windows\n"
+"域验证服务, 请选择相应的\"%s\"。如果您不知道应该使用哪种, 请询问您的网络管理"
+"员。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您记住密码有困难的话, 如果您的计算机不需要连接到 Internet, 您也绝对信任可"
+"使用您计算机的所有人, 您可以选择\"%s\"。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "认证"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"所谓引导程序, 是指计算机启动时所执行的小程序。它的责任就是启动整个系统。通"
+"常, 引导程序的安装是全自动的。DrakX\n"
+"将分析磁盘的引导扇区, 并根据发现的情况做出以下操作：\n"
+"\n"
+" * 如果发现了 Windows 引导扇区, 则将其替换为 GRUB/LILO 引导扇区。这样, 您就可"
+"以装入 GNU/Linux\n"
+"或在您计算机上安装的任何操作系统。\n"
+"\n"
+" * 如果发现了 GRUB 或 LILO 引导扇区, 则将其替换为新的引导扇区。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果无法确定, DrakX\n"
+"将询问您将引导程序放在哪里。通常, \"%s\"是最安全的地方。选择\"%s\"将不会安装"
+"任何引导程序。除非您真的知道自己在做什么的话, 否则不要使用此选项。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"现在, 应该为您的计算机选择打印系统了。其它的操作系统也许只提供了一种选择, 但 "
+"Mandriva Linux\n"
+"提供了两种。每种打印系统都能够在不同的配置中大展身手。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" --\n"
+"这是``不排队打印''的缩写。如果您的打印机是直接连接在这台电脑上的, 您也不会打"
+"印太多的任务, 更不会使用网络打印机, 那么请选择本系统。(\"%s\"\n"
+"只能应付极为简单的网络情况, 而且在网络中使用也很慢。)如果您从来没有使用过 "
+"GNU/Linux, 那么推荐您使用\"pdq\"。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -``通用 Unix\n"
+"打印系统'', 不论是打印到本地打印机, 还是打印到地球另一面的网络打印机, 本系统"
+"都能完全胜任。它配置简单, 甚至可以作为老式 \"lpd\n"
+"\"打印系统的服务器和客户机。所以即便是老得掉牙的操作系统需要打印服务的话, 都"
+"可以顺畅的应用本系统。尽管它的功能十分强大, 可它的基本设置仍然和\n"
+"\"pdq\" 一样简单。如果您想模拟一台 \"lpd\" 服务器, 不要忘了打开 \"cups-lpd "
+"\" 守护程序。\"%s\"\n"
+"还包括一个图形界面, 可用来打印或选择打印机选项, 以及管理打印机。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您现在进行了选择, 但稍后又发现您并不喜欢所选择的打印系统, 可以轻松修改。"
+"只需从 Mandriva Linux Control Center中选择\n"
+"PrinterDrake, 然后单击\"%s\"按钮。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "专家"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX 将会首先检测您系统中所安装的 IDE 设备。它还会搜索您系统中所有的 PCI\n"
+"SCSI 适配卡。如果 DrakX 发现了 SCSI 适配卡, 它会自动安装合适的驱动程序。\n"
+"\n"
+"由于硬件检测并不总是可信的, DrakX 可能无法检测到您的硬盘驱动器。如果是这样\n"
+"的话, 您就需要手动指定您的硬件。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您需要手动指定 PCI SCSI 适配卡, DrakX 将提问您是否要指定特别的参数。您\n"
+"最好让 DrakX 去检测硬件, 这样有助于获得初始化适配卡所需的选项。在大多数情况\n"
+"下, DrakX 将会顺利通过这一步。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果 DrakX 无法检测到适当的参数, 就只好劳驾您亲自配置驱动程序了。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\"：如果在您的系统中检测到了声卡, 则会在此处显示。如果您发现在此显示的声"
+"卡与您系统中实际安装的声卡并不相同, 您可以单击该按钮选择不同的驱动程序。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"作为概览, DrakX\n"
+"将会将它所发现的关于系统的信息概览显示出来。根据您所安装的硬件不同, 您可能会"
+"看到以下各项的部分或全部。每项由几个可配置的硬件项组成, 而每个条目后面都列出"
+"了当前配置的概览。单击相应的\"%s\"按钮可进行更改。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：检查当前的键盘映射配置, 如果需要的话进行更改。\n"
+"\n"
+" *\n"
+"\"%s\"：检查当前的国家选择。如果您并非在这个国家, 请单击\"%s\"按钮, 并选择另"
+"外的选项。如果您的国家在第一个列表中并没有显示出来, 单击\"%s\"按钮可获得完整"
+"的国家列表。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：默认情况下, DrakX 会根据您所选的国家猜测您的时区。如果时区不对的"
+"话, 您可以单击此处的\"%s\"按钮。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：检查当前的鼠标配置, 如果需要的话单击按钮进行修改。\n"
+"\n"
+" *\n"
+"\"%s\"：单击\"%s\"按钮将打开打印机配置向导。请参看``初学者指南''中的相应章"
+"节, 其中详细描述了如何设置新打印机。那里给出的界面与安装时所用的界面大体相"
+"同。\n"
+"\n"
+" *\n"
+"\"%s\"：如果在您的系统中检测到了声卡, 则会在此处显示。如果您发现在此显示的声"
+"卡与您系统中实际安装的声卡并不相同, 您可以单击该按钮选择不同的驱动程序。\n"
+"\n"
+" *\n"
+"\"%s\"：如果在您的系统中检测到了电视卡, 则会在此显示关于其配置的信息。如果您"
+"安装了电视卡, 但并未被正确检测到, 请单击\"%s\"尝试手动进行配置。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您觉得检测的配置有错, 可以点击\"%s\"来更改与该卡关联的参数。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：默认情况下, DrakX 会将您的图形界面配置为 \"800x600\" 或 \"1024x768"
+"\"\n"
+"分辨率。如果这不适合您的话, 请单击\"%s\"重新配置您的图形界面。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您想要配置您的 Internet 或局域网访问, 现在就可以进行。请参考印"
+"刷文档或在安装完成后使用 Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center来获得完整的在线帮助。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您所安装的计算机位于代理服务器之后, 这里将允许您配置 HTTP 和 "
+"FTP 代理服务器地址。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：此项允许您重新调整安全级别, 与以前的步骤完全相同()。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您计划将您的计算机连接到\n"
+"Internet, 那么保护您的计算机免于攻击的有效方法就是设置防火墙。请参考``初学者"
+"指南''中的相应章节, 以获得关于防火墙设置的细节。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您想要更改您的引导程序配置, 请单击此按钮。这仅适用于高级用户。"
+"请参考印刷文档或 Mandriva Linux 控制中心中关于引导程序配置的帮助。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：在此您可以精确调整要在您的计算机上运行哪些服务。如果您要将此计算机"
+"用作服务器, 那么应该复查这一设置。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN 卡"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "图形界面"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"请选择您为了安装新的 Mandriva Linux 分区想要删除的硬盘分区。\n"
+"注意, 该硬盘分区上的所有数据将丢失并且无法恢复！"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"如果您想要删除此硬盘上的所有数据和分区, 请单击“%s”。注意, 单击“%s”后, \n"
+"您将无法恢复此硬盘上的任何数据或分区(包括任何 Windows 数据)。\n"
+"\n"
+"单击“%s”可以停止此操作, 此硬盘上的任何数据或分区不会丢失。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "下一步 ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- 上一步"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_TW.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_TW.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d7cf7b9c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/zh_TW.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1617 @@
+# translation of zh_TW.po to 正體中文
+# translation of zh_TW.po to Chinese Traditional
+# translation of DrakX-zh_TW.po to Chinese Traditional
+# drakbootdisk messages in Traditional Chinese
+# Copyright (C) 2000, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Platin <platin@cle.linux.org.tw> , 2000
+# Kenduest Lee <kenduest@i18n.linux.org.tw> , 2002
+# Danny Zeng <danny@zeng.com.cn>, 2000.
+# Joe Man <trmetal@yahoo.com.hk>, 2001.
+# Chong Sein Yeo <csyeo@hal-pc.org>, 2003.
+# Hilbert <freehil@yahoo.com>, 2003, 2004.
+# Hilbert <h@mandrake.org>, 2004.
+# hilbert <h@mandrake.org>, 2004.
+# Shiva Huang <blueshiva@giga.net.tw>, 2005.
+# Shiva Huang <shivahuang@gmail.com>, 2005.
+# You-Cheng Hsieh <yochenhsieh@xuite.net>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-06 20:30+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Shiva Huang <shivahuang@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Traditional Chinese <zh@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n"
+"X-Poedit-Language: Chinese\n"
+"X-Poedit-Country: TAIWAN\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"在繼續之前，您應該仔細的閱讀下面相關版權條款。\n"
+"這包含整個 Mandriva Linux 發行版的版權內容。若是您同意裡面的所有條款，\n"
+"請點選 \"%s\" 按鈕，否則請點選 \"%s\" 按鈕並自動重新開機。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux 是一個多使用者的系統，那表示每個使用者都可以擁有各自的\n"
+"偏好設定、檔案等等。不同於系統管理者 \"root\" 您在這新增的使用者\n"
+"將僅被授權於改變他們自己的檔案與設定，以保護系統免於遭受到無意或\n"
+"惡意的對整個系統造成衝擊的改變。您需要建立至少一個一般使用者給您\n"
+"自己 -- 這是您應該用於一般日常操作的帳號。雖然使用 \"root\" 登入\n"
+"來做任何事是非常容易的，但這也是非常危險的！一個非常簡單的錯誤就\n"
+"可能造成系您的統再也不能正常工作。但是若您以一般使用者的身份犯了\n"
+"一連串嚴重的錯誤，最糟的情況將僅僅是您遺失某些資訊，但並不影響整\n"
+"個系統。\n"
+"\n"
+"第一個欄位詢問您的真實名稱。當然這並非必要 -- 事實上您可以輸入任\n"
+"何您喜歡的名字。DrakX 會將您輸入於此欄位的第一個字複製到 \"%s\" \n"
+"欄，作為使用者登入系統時輸入的名稱。若您喜歡，您可以不使用預設值\n"
+"並改變使用者名稱。下一步是輸入一個密碼。從安全性的觀點而言，一個\n"
+"一般使用者的密碼並不如 \"root\" 密碼來的重要，但是這並不構成輕忽\n"
+"地使用空白或過於簡單的密碼的理由：畢竟您的檔案可能正處於危險中。\n"
+"\n"
+"一旦您點選 \"%s\"，您可以新增其他使用者。新增使用者給您的每一個\n"
+"朋友、您的父親或姊妹。當您全部新增完成後，請點選 \"%s\" 。\n"
+"\n"
+"點選 \"%s\" 按鈕允許您改變預設的 \"shell\" 給這位使用者 (預設值\n"
+"為 bash)。\n"
+"\n"
+"當您完成新增使用者之後，您將會被要求選擇一位使用者在電腦開機時自\n"
+"動登入系統。如果您對這個功能有興趣 (且不太關心本地端安全性)，請\n"
+"選擇想要登入的使用者與視窗管理員，然後勾選 \"%s\"。若您對這個功\n"
+"能沒有興趣，請不要勾選 \"%s\"。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "您想要使用這個功能嗎？"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"目前所列出來的是硬碟機上偵測到已經存在的 Linux 分割區.\n"
+"您可以保留精靈模式做的選擇，因為他們對一般安裝是不錯的。\n"
+"如果您做任何改變的話, 您至少要定義出一塊當作根分割區 (\"/\").\n"
+"別選擇一個太小的分割區, 否則您將無法安裝足夠的軟體.\n"
+"如果您想儲存您的資料到一個分離的分割區, 你需要建立一個\"/home\" 分割區\n"
+"(只在您有多於一個 Linux 分割區情況下才可能).\n"
+"\n"
+"下列每個分割區都列出了: \"名稱\", \"容量\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"名稱\" 都是有統一的命名方式: \"硬碟類型\", \"硬碟編號\", \n"
+"\"分割區編號\" (例如, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"硬碟類型\" 部份, IDE 硬碟使用 \"hd\", SCSI 則是 \"sd\".\n"
+"\"硬碟編號\" 部份, 伴隨在 \"hd\" 或者是 \"sd\" 後面:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" 這是指 \"primary IDE controller 上第一台 (master) 硬碟\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" 這是指 \"primmary IDE controller 上第二台 (slave) 硬碟\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" 這是指 \"secondary IDE controller 上第一台 (master) 硬碟\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" 這是指 \"secondary IDE controller 上第二台 (slave) 硬碟\".\n"
+"\n"
+"以 SCSI 硬碟來說, \"a\" 就是指 \"SCSI ID 編號最小的那一台\", \"b\"\n"
+"就是指 \"SCSI ID 編號為第二小的那一台硬碟\", 然後依此類推下去."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux 安裝片包含數張光碟片。若所選擇的套件是位於另一張光碟上，\n"
+"DrakeX 會退出現在的光碟且要求您放入所要求的正確光碟片。\n"
+"若您沒有要求的光碟在手上的話, 就按下 \"%s\", 對應的套件不會被安裝."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"現在是指定那個程式您想要裝在您的系統上. Mandriva Linux 有上千個套件,\n"
+"為了簡單管理, 相似性質的應用程式已經被分類到群組裡.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux 分類套件群組於四個類別. 你能由不同類別混合與配對應用程式,\n"
+"所以一個 ``工作站''安裝也能安裝``伺服器''類別安裝的應用程式.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 如果您計畫用您的機器當作一個工作站, 選擇一個或\n"
+"更多的群組於工作站類別.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 如果您計畫用您的機器來程式設計, 選擇適當\n"
+"的群組於那個類別。特別的 \"LSB\" 群組將設定您的系統使之盡量符合\n"
+"Linux Standard Bases 規範.\n"
+"\n"
+"   選擇 \"LSB\" 群組除了預設的 \"2.6\" 也將安裝 \"2.4\" 核心系列,\n"
+"這是確保系統的 100%%-LSB compliance. 可是, 如果您不選擇 \"LSB\"\n"
+"群組您仍然將有一個幾乎 100%% LSB-compliant 的系統.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 如果您的機器是要用作伺服器, 選擇那一個\n"
+"更常用的服務您想裝在系統上.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 這是您選擇您的偏好的圖形環境的地方.\n"
+"如果您像要有圖形介面可用, 至少一個要被選擇.\n"
+"\n"
+"移動滑鼠游標到一個群組上方將顯示一段關於該群組簡短的解釋文字\n"
+"\n"
+"你能選取 \"%s\" 方塊盒, 若您對所提供的套件熟悉或您想要有對於什麼\n"
+"將被安裝有全部控制, 這將會有用\n"
+"\n"
+"若您用 \"%s\" 模式開始安裝, 你可以取消選擇全部群組且防止安裝任何新套件.\n"
+"這對修復或更新一個已經存在的系統很有用.\n"
+"\n"
+"如果當您執行一個一般正常安裝, 您取消選擇全部群組 (相反於一個升級)，\n"
+"一個對話方塊將會跳出建議不同的選項給最小安裝：\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：安裝最少的套件來擁有可工作的圖形桌面。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：安裝系統基礎加上基本的工具與其文件\n"
+"這種安裝適合於設定起來一個伺服器。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：將安裝絕對最少套件必要於使一個 Linux 系統工作。\n"
+"用這個安裝您將只擁有一個命令列介面. 全部安裝大小大約 65 MB。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "升級"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "包含基本的說明文件"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "真的最小安裝"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "自動相依性"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"這個對話視窗用來選擇你打算於啟動系統時執行運作的服務.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX 將列出在現在安裝上可選擇的服務項目. 仔細詳細回顧查看每一個\n"
+"且取消選取那些開機時不會用到的.\n"
+"\n"
+"當你選取該項目時, 會出現一個簡略說明文字. 但是若是您對於該項目\n"
+"實在不確定是否要啟用的話, 比較安全的作法就是維持原樣不要動作即可.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! 在這階段, 請小心如果您這台機器是要當作伺服器: 您大概不想要\n"
+"開啟那些您不用的服務. 請記得某些服務在伺服器上啟動後可能會有危險.\n"
+"大致上只選那些你真正需要的服務. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "自動時間同步"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"顯示卡\n"
+"\n"
+"   一般而言，安裝程式會自動偵測並設定安裝在您機器上的顯示\n"
+"卡。如果偵測結果不正確，您可以由本清單中選取正確的型號。\n"
+"\n"
+"   如果有不同的伺服器可以與您的顯示卡搭配使用 (有或沒有 3D\n"
+"加速功能)，請您選擇一個最符合您需求的伺服器來使用。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"螢幕\n"
+"\n"
+"    一般來說，安裝程式會自動偵測並設定連接到您電腦的螢幕。如果它不正確\n"
+"，您可以由此列表中選取連結到您電腦的螢幕。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"解析度\n"
+"\n"
+"    在這裡您可以選擇您顯示卡可以使用的解析度與色深。請選取最適合您的設定值\n"
+"(您可以在安裝完成之後更改)。您選取的設定值的樣本將顯示在螢幕圖片上。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"如果有不同的伺服器可以與您的顯示卡搭配使用 (有或沒有 3D加速\n"
+"功能)，請您選擇一個最符合您需求的伺服器來使用。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"選項\n"
+"\n"
+"   這個步驟允許您選擇是否想要您的機器開機時自動跳到圖形介.\n"
+"顯然地, 如果您的機器是當作一個伺服器或您不能成功地設定顯示,\n"
+"您想核對選取 \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"您需要決定那裡你想要安裝 Mandriva Linux\n"
+"作業系統於那個硬碟. 如果您的硬碟是全新尚未使用或\n"
+"已經存在的作業系統正在使用全部可被利用的空間, 您將\n"
+"必須進行分割硬碟的動作. 基本上, 分割硬碟的動作包含\n"
+"邏輯上劃分它以建立需要的空間來安裝您的新\n"
+"Mandriva Linux 系統.\n"
+"\n"
+"因為分割硬碟的動作程序通常是無法回復的\n"
+"且能導致資料遺失, 若您是一位不熟練的使用者,\n"
+"割硬碟的動作是脅迫恫嚇與充滿著緊張壓力的. 幸運的是\n"
+"DrakX 包含精靈模式以簡化這程序。於繼續此步驟前，\n"
+"先詳細閱讀其他部份與全部, 慢慢來.\n"
+"\n"
+"根據您的硬碟設定值, 有數個選項可用:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". 該項目將會執行自動劃分您空白的磁碟.\n"
+"若您使用此選項, 將沒有進一步的提示.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"。精靈模式已經偵測一個或多個已經存在的 Linux 硬碟\n"
+"分割. 若您想要使用他們, 選此選項. 您將會\n"
+"被要求選擇關於每一個分割的掛載點.\n"
+"就有的掛載點預設為被選擇, 且大部分最好保留\n"
+"他們.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". 若您硬碟有安裝 Microsoft Windows 且佔據\n"
+"全部可用剩餘可用的空間, 您將必須建立自由空間給\n"
+"GNU/Linux. 為了達到目的, 您可以刪除 Microsoft Windows 分割與資料\n"
+"(見 ``Erase entire disk (消除整個磁碟)'' 解決方案) 或是\n"
+"重新調整 Microsoft Windows FAT 或 NTFS 分割區大小.\n"
+"若您已經 defragment(不連續碎片重新整理) Windows 分割\n"
+"且它用 FAT 格式.重新調整分割可以被執行於不遺失任何資料\n"
+"資料備份是被強烈建議的. 若您想要使用 Mandriva Linux and Microsoft\n"
+"Windows 於同一台電腦, 使用此選項是被建議的.\n"
+"\n"
+"   選擇此選項前, 請了解當使用這個過程項目後, Microsoft Windows\n"
+"分割可用的剩餘空間將會比之前減少. 您將有較少的自由空間於\n"
+" Microsoft Windows 來存您的資料與安裝新軟體.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". 如果您想要刪除全部現存於您的硬碟上資料與\n"
+"分割且以您的新 Mandriva Linux 系統替換他們,\n"
+"選此選項. 但是小心使用, 你將無法於你確認之後\n"
+"逆反你的決定.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! 若你選此選項, 全部於你的磁碟上的資料將會被刪除. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". 當硬碟完全被 Microsoft Windows 佔據時出現此選項.\n"
+"選擇此選項將會簡單地消除一切於磁碟中的資料且從新開始,\n"
+"從頭開始分割一切.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! 若你選此選項, 全部於你的磁碟上的資料將會遺失. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". 選這個選項若您想要手動分割您的硬碟.\n"
+"請小心使用 -- 它是強力的但是危險的選擇且您可能非常\n"
+"容易遺失您的全部資料. 這是為何此選項事實上只於\n"
+"您曾經做過類似於此且有些許經驗的時候被建議.\n"
+"更多指令於如何使用 DiskDrake 工具, 指向\n"
+"``Starter Guide (初學者指導)''的\n"
+"``Managing Your Partitions (管理您的分割)'' 部份."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "使用已經存在的分割區"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "刪除所有磁碟內容"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"整個安裝步驟到這裡代表您安裝已經完成了且 GNU/Linux 系統準備好被使用.\n"
+"只要點選 \"%s\" 來重新啟動系統. 別忘了移除安裝媒介 (光碟或軟片).\n"
+"於您的電腦完成硬體測試後您第一個見到的是開機載入程式選單,\n"
+"給您開始那個作業系統的選擇\n"
+" \"%s\" 按鈕顯示另兩個按鈕到:\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": 使您建立一個安裝軟片, 一張不需要操作手的幫助\n"
+"就能夠自動執行全部安裝的軟片, 類似於您剛剛設定的安裝一樣.\n"
+"\n"
+"   注意按下那個按鈕後有兩個不同的選項可供選擇:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". 這是半自動安裝方式, 磁碟分割項目將是唯一維持手動方式操作.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". 這是全自動的安裝方式: 硬碟將完全被重新寫入, 全部資料遺失.\n"
+"\n"
+"   這功能對於需要大量安裝很多相似機器上的話來說這是相當實用.\n"
+"可以參考我們網頁上自動安裝章節的更多資訊.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): 儲存一個於這安裝時選擇的套件清單.\n"
+"要用這些選擇於另一個安裝, 插入軟片且開始安裝. 於提示時按下 F1 按鍵,\n"
+"然後輸入 >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< 按下 [Enter] 鍵.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) 您需要一個 FAT-formatted 軟片. 要建立一張於於GNU/Linux 環境下,\n"
+"鍵入 \"mformat a:\", 或 \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" 然後 \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "產生自動安裝軟片"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"如果您選擇去重新使用某些 GNU/Linux 分割, 您或許想要重新格式化他們\n"
+"且抹去任何他們包含的資料. 要的話, 請選擇那些分割.\n"
+"請注意一下, 並不是所有先前已經存在的分割區都得重新格式化,\n"
+"您必須重新格式化包含作業系統的分割 (例如 \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\")\n"
+"但是您不需要重新格式化包含您想保留資料的分割 (通常是 \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"請小心選擇分割. 當格式化完成時, 全部在選擇分割上得資料將被刪除且\n"
+"您將不行重新恢復它.\n"
+"當您準備好要格式化此分割, 點選 \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"若您想選擇另一個分割給您的新的 Mandriva Linux 作業系統安裝, 點選了\"%s\".\n"
+"若您想選擇要被檢查磁碟上壞的區塊的分割, 點選.\"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"此時您安裝 Mandriva Linux 時, 或許自從初始釋出的某些套件將有更新.\n"
+"臭蟲或許已經修正了, 安全性問題解決了. 為了允許您從這些更新中\n"
+"獲得利益, 您現在可以由網際網路下載他們. 如果您有可用的網際網路連線,\n"
+"選取 \"%s\", 或是, 如果您想稍後安裝更新套件, 選取 \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"選擇 \"%s\" 將顯示一張更新可以被擷取的網站位置清單. 您應該選擇一個\n"
+"跟您近的. 一個套件選擇樹將出現: 審查選擇, 按下 \"%s\" 來擷取且安裝\n"
+"被選擇的套件, 或 \"%s\" 以中斷放棄."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"到這裡時, DrakX 將允許您選擇您想要的安全性等級給您的機器.\n"
+"根據拇指規則, 若是機器將要有包含重要的資料, 或是直接暴露在網際網路,\n"
+"安全性等級應該設定較高. 權衡之下, 較高的安全性等級換得不容易使用.\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您不知道選什麼, 保留預設選項. 您將能在稍後用 draksec 工具改變它,\n"
+"draksec 是 Mandriva Linux 控制中心的一部分.用負責安全性的人的 e-mail 地址填"
+"入 \"%s\" 欄位. 安全性訊息將被寄到\n"
+"那個位址."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "安全性管理員："
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"在這個階段, 您需要選擇要用來安裝 Mandriva Linux 系統的分割區.\n"
+"如果分割區已經被定義了, 不管是從舊有的 GNU/Linux 安裝或是\n"
+"另一個處理分割區的工具, 您可以使用原本已經劃分好的分割區.\n"
+"否則硬碟分割必須要被定義.\n"
+"\n"
+"要建立分割區, 您需要先選擇一台硬碟. 您可以選擇要操作的分割區, 按 ``hda''\n"
+"為第一台 IDE 磁碟, ``hdb'' 為第二台, ``sda'' 為第一台 SCSI 磁碟等等.\n"
+"\n"
+"要進行分割的動作於選好的硬碟上, 您有這些項目可以使用:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 這個選項刪除在所選的影碟上的全部分割區\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 這個選項使您自動建立 ext3 與 swap 分割區於您的硬碟上的空白空間\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": 給多加的功能的使用:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 儲存分割表到軟片. 必要時對於分割表拯救有用. 強烈建議執行此步驟.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 允許您回存一個之前從軟片儲存的分割表\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 如果您的分割表受損, 您可以試著用這個選項救回它.\n"
+"請小心且記得這並非總是有效.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 丟棄全部改變且重新載入原始硬碟的分割表.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 不選取這個選項將強制使用者手動掛載與卸載可移除式媒介例如磁碟片與\n"
+"光碟。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 如果您想用精靈來分割您的硬碟, 使用這個選項. 如果您沒有對於\n"
+"操作分割的好的了解, 這是被建議的.\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 用這個選項來取消您的變更.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 允許多加的動作於分割 (類型, 選項, 格式)且給更多的關於硬碟的資訊.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": 當您完成分割您的硬碟, 這將儲存您的變更回磁碟.\n"
+"\n"
+"當定義一個分割的大小時, 您可以好好的用鍵盤上的方向鍵來設定分割大小.\n"
+"\n"
+"注意: 您可以用鍵盤達成任何選項. 用 [Tab] 鍵與上或下方向鍵瀏覽分割.\n"
+"\n"
+"當一個分個被選擇時, 您可以使用:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c 來建立一個新的分割 (當空白分割被選擇時)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d 來刪除一個分割\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m 來設定掛載點\n"
+"\n"
+"要得到關於不同可用的檔案系統的資訊, 請從 ``Reference Manual (參考手冊)''\n"
+"閱讀 ext2FS 章節.\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您正在安裝於一個 PPC 機器, 您將想要建立一個小的 HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' 分割至少 1MB 以用於 yaboot 開機載入器. 如果您選擇使分割大一"
+"些,\n"
+"像 50MB, 您或許發現它是一個好用的貯存一個備用核心與 ramdisk\n"
+"影像給緊急使用開機的好地方."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "可移除式媒介自動掛載"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "切換一般/專家模式"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"多於一個 Microsoft 分割區已經在您的硬碟上被偵測到. 請選擇您希望要重新調整 大"
+"小的分割以便安裝您的新的 Mandriva Linux 作業系統.\n"
+"\n"
+"每個分割區都列出了像是: \"Linux 名稱\", \"Windows 名稱\", \"容量\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux 名稱\" 是有結構性的: \"硬碟型態\", \"硬碟編號\", \"分割區編號\"\n"
+"(比方像是: \"hda1\" ).\n"
+"\n"
+"\"硬碟型態\" 就是, 若您使用的是 IDE 硬碟, 會顯示 \"hd\", 若是SCSI硬碟的話,\n"
+"就是 \"sd\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"硬碟編號\" 就是在 \"hd\" 或者是 \"sd\" 後面的字母. 以 IDE 硬碟裝置來說:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\"這是指 \"primary IDE controller 上第一台 (master) 硬碟\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\"這是指\"primmary IDE controller 上第二台 (slave) 硬碟\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\"這是指\"secondary IDE controller 上第一台 (master) 硬碟\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\"這是指\"secondary IDE controller 上第二台 (slave) 硬碟\".\n"
+"\n"
+"以 SCSI 硬碟來說, \"a\" 是指 \"SCSI ID 編號最小的那一台硬碟\", \"b\" 是指"
+"\"SCSI ID 編號為第二小的那一台硬碟\", 然後依此類推下去.....\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows 名稱\" 是在 Windows 下的磁碟機代號名稱 (第一個磁碟或分割稱為\n"
+"\"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\"：檢視目前選擇的國家。如果您不在這個國家，\n"
+"請按下 \"%s\" 按鈕並選擇另一個。如果您的國家不在選單中，\n"
+"請按下 \"%s\" 按鈕來看完整的國家清單。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"這個步驟是在您的機器上找到已經存在的 GNU/Linux 分割區才會啟用。\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX 需要知道您是要安裝新的系統或者升級既有的 Mandriva Linux 系統：\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". 大致來說，這將會完全抹除舊的系統。然而，根據您的分割區配\n"
+"置方式，您可以避免部分現存的資料 (例如 \"home\" 之中的目錄) 被完全\n"
+"抹除。如果您想要改變您的硬碟分割方式，或改變檔案系統，您應該使用這\n"
+"個選項。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". 這個安裝方式讓您更新目前安裝在您的 Mandriva Linux 中的套\n"
+"件。您目前的分割方式和使用者資料不會被改變。大部分其他的設定步驟仍\n"
+"然會出現並且和標準的安裝過程相似。\n"
+"\n"
+"使用 ``更新'' 選項應該在 Mandriva Linux 版本 \"8.1\" 或更新的系統上\n"
+"可以正常運作。不建議從 Mandriva Linux 版本 \"8.1\" 或更早的系統進行更新。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"根據您所選的語言 (), DrakX 將會自動選擇一個特別的鍵盤設定型態. 檢查所選擇的\n"
+"是否適合您或選擇另一個鍵盤形式。\n"
+"\n"
+"您或許沒有精確對應於您的語言的鍵盤: 例如, 如果您是一個說英文的瑞士本國人,\n"
+"您或許有瑞士鍵盤. 或如果您說英文且在魁北克 (Quebec), 您或許發現您自己在一個\n"
+"您本國語言與國家鍵盤組合不對稱的情況. 不管是那種情形, 這個安裝步驟將允許您\n"
+"從一個清單中選擇適合的鍵盤\n"
+"\n"
+"點選 \"%s\" 按鈕以顯示一個支援的鍵盤清單.\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您根據一個非拉丁語系字母選擇一個鍵盤形式，下一個對話窗將允許您選擇\n"
+"按鍵組合以便切換於拉丁與非拉丁鍵盤形式之中。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"第一步驟是選擇您偏好的語言.\n"
+"\n"
+"您選擇的偏好語言一般來說將影響安裝、文件、與系統。先選擇您在的區域，然後\n"
+"是您說的語言.\n"
+"\n"
+"點選 \"%s\" 按鍵將允許您選擇其他語言來安裝在您的工作站上, 因此, 安裝特殊語"
+"言\n"
+"檔案給系統文件與應用程式. 例如, 如果西班牙使用者會用您的機器, 在樹狀檢視中\n"
+"選擇英文當預設語言且在進階部份選擇 \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"關於 UTF-8 (unicode) 支援：Unicode 是一個新的字元編碼以涵蓋所有存在的語言。\n"
+"然而, 在 GNU/Linux 下完全的支援仍然在開發中. 因為那個原因, Mandriva Linux "
+"的\n"
+" UTF-8 使用將根據使用者的選擇而定：\n"
+"\n"
+" * 如果您選擇一個有偏重傳統編碼的語言 (latin1 語言、俄羅斯文、日文、中文、\n"
+"韓國, 泰國, 希臘, 土耳其, 大多的 iso-8859-2 語言)\n"
+"\n"
+" * 其他語言將使用 unicode 為預設;\n"
+"\n"
+" * 如果兩個或兩個以上的語言被需要, 且那些語言不用相同的編碼, 則 unicode 將被"
+"用於整個系統；\n"
+"\n"
+" * 最後，unicode 也可以被強制使用於整個系統，藉由使用者的選擇 \"%s\" 選項\n"
+"來要求之.\n"
+"\n"
+"記得您不被限制於選擇一個單一的附加語言. 您可以選擇數個, 或甚至藉由選擇\n"
+" \"%s\" 方塊安裝他們全部。選擇支援該種語言是指翻譯、字型、拼字檢查等等，\n"
+"將也會被安裝給那個語言.\n"
+"為了切換於不同的安裝於您系統上的語言之間，您可以用 \"root\" 執行\n"
+"\"localedrake\" 程式來改變用於整個系統上的語言。用一般使用者執行程式\n"
+"將只會改變對於那個特別使用者的語言設定."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "西班牙語"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"通常 DrakX 沒有偵測滑鼠按鍵數量的問題. 如果有的話, 它假設您有兩鍵的滑鼠\n"
+"且將設定它模擬三鍵. 第三鍵按鍵於兩鍵滑鼠可以由同時按下左鍵與右鍵來模擬.\n"
+"DrakX 將會自動知道您的滑鼠是否使用 PS/2, 序列埠 或 USB 介面.\n"
+"\n"
+" 如果您有一個無滾輪的三鍵滑鼠, 您可以選擇 \"%s\" 滑鼠. DrakX 將會設定您的\n"
+"滑鼠以至於您可以用它模擬滾輪: 為了要使用它, 按下中間鍵且上下移動您的滑鼠指"
+"標.\n"
+"\n"
+"如果由於某些原因您想指定一個不同的滑鼠類型, 從提供的清單中選它.\n"
+"\n"
+"您可以選擇 \"%s\" 項目來選擇一個 ``generic (一般)'' 滑鼠型態, 適用於幾乎全"
+"部\n"
+"的滑鼠.\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您選擇一個不同於預設值的滑鼠，將會顯示一個測試畫面。使用按鍵與滾輪來\n"
+"確認設定值是正確的且滑鼠正確工作。如果滑鼠不能工作，請按下空白鍵或 [Return] "
+"鍵\n"
+"以取消測試且您將回到滑鼠清單.\n"
+"\n"
+"某些情況下, 滾輪滑鼠不能被自動偵測, 所以您將需要從清單中選擇您的滑鼠.\n"
+"確定選擇一個對應於您的滑鼠連接埠的項目。選擇一個滑鼠且按下 \"%s\" 鍵後，\n"
+"一個滑鼠影像將顯示在螢幕上.\n"
+"請捲動滑鼠滾輪以確定它正確被啟動。當您滾動滾輪，您將看見螢幕上的滾輪移動。\n"
+"測試按鍵並檢查當您移動您的滑鼠時游標是否在螢幕上移動。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "滾輪模擬"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "通用 | 任何 PS/2 & USB 滑鼠"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"請選擇正確的連接埠名稱. 比方, Windows 所稱呼的 \"COM1\"\n"
+"在 GNU/Linux 環境是稱呼為 \"ttyS0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"這是最重要的 GNU/Linux 系統安全性決定點: 你一定要輸入 \"root\" 密碼.\n"
+"\"root\" 是系統管理員且是被授權做更新, 增加使用者, 變更整個系統設定等等\n"
+"的人。簡而言之，\"root\" 能做任何事！那就是為什麼您必須要選擇一個很難猜中\n"
+"的密碼. DrakX 將告訴您您的密碼是否太簡單. 就像您所見的一樣, 您並不被強制輸"
+"入\n"
+"一個密碼, 但是我們強烈建議如此. GNU/Linux 就像其他任何作業系統一般易於受\n"
+"操作手誤影響。因為 \"root\" 可以克服全部限制且藉由不小心存取分割，可以\n"
+"不經意地抹除所有分割上的資料，因此讓成為 \"root\" 身分很困難是極重要的。\n"
+"\n"
+"密碼應該是一組字母與數字字元且至少 8 個字元長. 絕不寫下 \"root\" 密碼 - \n"
+"它使得太容易掌控您的系統(安全性)。\n"
+"\n"
+"一個警告: 別把密碼設定太長或太複雜, 因為您必須能記住它!\n"
+"\n"
+"您在輸入密碼時, 螢幕上不會顯示出你實際敲入的內容. 另外就是您需要輸入兩次\n"
+"以便於確定所輸入的密碼沒有打錯. 如果您不小心做出兩次同樣的輸入錯誤,\n"
+"您將必須使用這個 ``錯誤'' 密碼於第一次您試著以 \"root\" 連入.\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您想要一個認證伺服器來控制存取您的電腦, 點選 \"%s\" 按鍵.\n"
+"\n"
+"若是你知道您所在網路有使用 LDAP, NIS, 或 PDC Windows 網域認證服務,\n"
+"選適合的一個給 \"%s\". 如果您不知道選那一個, 向網路管理者詢問相關資訊.\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您遇到記住密碼的問題, 或如果您的電腦將永遠不連上網際網路且您絕對相信\n"
+"所有使用您電腦的人，您可以選擇 \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "認證"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"開機載入器是在電腦開機時啟動的程式。它負責啟動整個系統。正常的話，開機載入\n"
+"程式的安裝是完全自動化的。DrakX 會分析硬碟的開機扇區並根據它所找到的行動：\n"
+"\n"
+" * 如果找到 Windows 開機扇區的話，它會將其取代為 GRUB/LILO 開機扇區。這樣\n"
+"您就能載入 GNU/Linux 或任何其他安裝在您的機器上的作業系統。\n"
+"\n"
+" * 如果找到 GRUB 或 LILO 開機扇區，它會用一個新的將其取代。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果 DrakX 無法決定該將開機扇區放在哪哩，它會詢問您要將其放置於何處。一般來\n"
+"說，\"%s\" 是最安全的地方。選擇 \"%s\" 將不會安裝任何開機載入程式。只有在\n"
+"您很清楚您在做什麼時才選擇這個選項。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"現在要選擇您的電腦要使用的列印系統. 其他作業系統或許只有提供您一種選擇,\n"
+"但是 Mandriva Linux 這邊提供了兩種選擇. 每一種列印系統是最適合於特別設定型"
+"態.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - 是 ``print, do not queue (列印, 不排隊)'' 之縮寫字, 是當您有一"
+"個\n"
+"直接連線的印表機, 您不想因為卡紙而驚慌, 且您沒有網路印表機. (\"%s\"\n"
+"只將會處理非常簡單的網路條件且當用於網路時有些慢) 如果這是您第一次 GNU/"
+"Linux\n"
+"經驗, 建議您使用\"pdq\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" 是 ``Common Unix Printing System (通用 Unix 列印系統)'', 這是一套\n"
+"對於直接列印到本地端印表機上, 或者是到地球另一端都相當出色的選擇. 它的設定\n"
+"是相當簡單且可以當成古老的 lpd 列印系統的伺服器端或者是用戶端使用, 所以它是\n"
+"相容於需要列印服務比較舊的作業系統。相當強大，基本設定幾乎跟 \"pdq\" 一樣\n"
+"簡單. 如果您希望能夠模擬 \"lpd\" 伺服器, 確定您開啟 \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" 提供了圖形的介面前端給列印, 選擇列印的選項, 管理印表機.\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您現在做出決定, 且您之後發現不喜歡您的列印系統, 您可以藉由從\n"
+"Mandriva Linux 控制中心執行 PrinterDrake 點選 \"%s\" 按鍵改變它."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "專家"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX 將要偵測您電腦上的 IDE 裝置. 它也會順便掃描您系統上的 PCI\n"
+"SCSI 介面卡. 當偵測到 SCSI 卡時, DrakX 將會自動安裝適當的驅動程式\n"
+"\n"
+"因為也許無法完全的偵測出您的系統是否還有更多的硬體裝置, 所以 DrakX或許會失敗"
+"偵測您的硬碟. 若是這樣, 您必須手動指定您的硬體.\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您必須手動方式指定您的 PCI SCSI 適配器時, DrakX 會詢問您是否要對這個\n"
+"驅動程式設定選項參數. 您應該要允許 DrakX 能夠先自動偵測硬體卡特別的選項參數\n"
+"以需要初始化適配器. 通常, DrakX 將會沒有問題通過這個步驟.\n"
+"\n"
+"若是 DrakX 無法偵測選項以自動決定那個參數需要被送到硬體, 您必須手動設定\n"
+"驅動程式."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": 如果您的系統上有偵測到音效卡，它將會顯示在這裡。如果您發現這並不是\n"
+"目前您的系統使用的音效卡，您可以按下按鈕並選擇另一個驅動程式。"
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN 卡"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "圖形介面"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"選擇您想要抹除的硬碟來安裝新的 Mandriva Linux 分割. 小心,\n"
+"磁碟上全部資料將遺失且將無法挽回!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"您如果想要刪除在這個硬碟上的全部資料與分割, 點選 \"%s\".\n"
+"小心, 點選 \"%s\" 之後, 您將無法挽回任何在這個硬碟上的資料與分割, 包含\n"
+"Windows 資料.\n"
+"\n"
+"點選 \"%s\" 以不遺失在這個硬碟上的資料與分割放棄這個動作."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "下一步 ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- 上一步"
+